http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/api.php?action=feedcontributions&user=Mark+Ludwig&feedformat=atom
GIB - Glossar der Bildphilosophie - Benutzerbeiträge [de-formal]
2024-03-29T08:23:09Z
Benutzerbeiträge
MediaWiki 1.30.0
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Werbung&diff=8185
Werbung
2012-03-01T11:25:17Z
<p>Mark Ludwig: /* Werbung: Grundlagen und Begriffe */</p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Unterpunkte--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
[[Kategorie:Unterpunkt]]<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Wiki)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
[[Kategorie:Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Glossar)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
Unterpunkt zu: [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--beides sollte in der Regel der gleiche Text sein--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Abschnitt bitte nicht ändern--><br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt; Überschriften gegebenenfalls anpassen--><br />
=====Werbung: Grundlagen und Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
Werbung stellt ein dynamisches wie heterogenes Phänomen dar, mit dem sich nach anfänglichen Vorbehalten heute eine Reihe von Disziplinen mit unterschiedlicher Perspektivierung beschäftigen. Unter anderem bestehen wirtschaftwissenschaftliche, psychologische, soziologische, semiotische sowie kommunikationswissenschaftliche Zugänge. Einhergehend mit den gesellschaftlichen wie medienspezifischen Veränderungen der vergangenen Jahrzehnte sowie der Vielzahl der Beobachtungsperspektiven auf den Forschungsgegenstand, hat sich mittlerweile eine kaum mehr überschaubare Anzahl an Definitionsversuchen herausgebildet. <br />
<br />
In einem kommunikationswissenschaftlich geprägten, die generell gebräuchlichen Begriffsbestimmungen zusammenfassenden Zugriff kann Werbung in einer zeitgemäßen Definition nach Siegert als ein geplanter Kommunikationsprozess definiert werden, der „gezielt Wissen, Meinungen, Einstellungen und/oder Verhalten über und zu Produkten, Dienstleistungen, Unternehmen, Marken oder Ideen beeinflussen“ (<bib id='Siegert & Brecheis 2005a'></bib>: S. 26) will. Verbreitung findet Werbung hierbei maßgeblich über unterschiedliche Werbemittel (z.B. Anzeige, Plakat, TV- oder Radiospot) und Werbeträger (z. B. Massenmedien, Werbeträger im öffentlichen Raum wie Litfaßsäulen). <br />
<br />
Zu unterscheiden ist ferner zwischen sogenannter Above-the-Line- und Below-the-Line-Werbung. Als Above-the-Line wird hierbei zumeist klassische, über Massenmedien (Anzeigen, Spots etc.) und Außenwerbung (Plakate, Citylights etc.) vermittelte Werbung verstanden, mit dem Begriff der Below-the-Line-Werbung bezeichnet man davon abweichende Formen wie Guerilla Marketing (ungewöhnliche werbliche Aktionen, die mit zumeist geringem Budget umsetzbar sind) oder Product Placement (die gezielte Integration von Produkten in Massenmedien, wie etwa die Einbringung von Markenartikeln in Filmen). <br />
<br />
Der noch in den 1950er Jahren gebräuchliche und synonym verwendete Begriff der Reklame findet hingegen heute kaum mehr Verwendung, wohl auch weil Werbung sich nicht auf das Bekanntmachen oder Anpreisen (frz.: réclamer: ausrufen, anpreisen), wie es der wortgeschichtliche Ursprung des Wortes Reklame suggeriert, von Produkten, Marken oder Unternehmen reduzieren lässt.<br />
<br />
<!--Anmerkung zwischen <ref> und </ref> im laufenden Text--><br />
<!--Literaturverweise im laufenden Text <bib id='Jonas 61a'>Jonas 1961</bib> --><br />
<!-- ... id im Literaturverzeichnis nachsehen, gegebenenfalls neu einfügen --><br />
<!-- ... (siehe Link "Sammlung" in Bibliographie-Box --><br />
<!-- Bilder als thumbs einsetzen, Muster: [[Datei:Beispiel.png|thumb|Bildtitel]] --><br />
<br />
=====Entwicklung der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung=====<br />
<br />
Bis ins die 20er Jahre des 19. Jahrhunderts spielten Bilder in der werblichen Kommunikation kaum eine Rolle, Anzeigen verzichteten zumeist gänzlich auf Illustrationen oder andere Gestaltungsmittel (<bib id='Schierl 2001a'></bib>: S. 42). Mit der Professionalisierung der Werbung und technischen Entwicklungen der Massenpresse veränderte sich schließlich auch die Gestaltungsweise von Werbung. So erscheinen in den 1820er Jahren in der englischen Provinzpresse erste Holzschnitte zu Anzeigen, in den 1860er Jahren wird das Illustrieren von Anzeigen dann auf einer breiteren Basis üblich. <br />
<br />
Um die Jahrhundertwende setzt sich schließlich ein neuer plakativer Stil durch, bei dem das Bild eine beherrschende Stellung einnimmt (vgl. ebd.). Anzeigen oder auch Plakate für Litfaßsäulen wurden in dieser Zeit häufig von Künstlern produziert und beinhalteten bildliche Elemente (vgl. (<bib id='Haas 1995a'></bib>). So entwarf etwa der französische Künstler Henri de Toulouse-Lautrec Plakate für das Pariser Varieté Moulin Rouge (Abb.1). [[Bild: MoulinRouge.jpg]]<br />
<br />
Ab den 1920er Jahren werden schließlich im Zuge neuer technischer Möglichkeiten in zunehmender Weise auch Fotografien eingesetzt. Insgesamt zeichnet sich bis heute eine Entwicklung ab, in der in der Gestaltung von Werbemitteln grafische Illustrationen immer seltener eingesetzt und durch den Einsatz von Fotografien weitestgehend ersetzt werden. <br />
Mit der Entwicklung und Verbreitung des Fernsehens sowie in den vergangenen Jahrzehnten neu entstandenen Möglichkeiten der Verbreitung von bewegten und nicht-bewegten Bildern in den so genannten Neuen Medien hat sich die Dominanz der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung weiter verstärkt (vgl. (<bib id='Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a'></bib>: S. 18); (<bib id='Schierl 2003a'></bib>). Inhaltsanalytische Studien bestätigen, dass in der werblichen Kommunikation bildliche Gestaltungsmittel zunehmend Verwendung finden (vgl. (<bib id='Schierl 2001a'></bib>).<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
=====Werberelevante Aspekte der Bildkommunikation=====<br />
<br />
Aufgrund ihres spezifischen Zeichencharakters weisen Bilder Merkmale auf, die aus einer werblich geprägten Perspektive eine Reihe vorteilhafter Kommunikationsmöglichkeiten eröffnen. Vor dem Hintergrund eines generell zu konstatierenden „information overload“ und einer damit verknüpften zunehmend flüchtiger und selektiver werdenden Informationsaufnahme wird Bildkommunikation in der Werbung insbesondere genutzt, um das eigene Informationsangebot aus der Fülle der Angebote abheben zu können (<bib id='Kroeber-Riel 1996a'></bib>: S.7) und damit die Aufmerksamkeit des Rezipienten auf das Produkt zu lenken (<bib id='Schierl 2001a'></bib>: S.79-159).<br />
<br />
Da Bilder besonders schnell erfasst werden und Emotionen generieren bzw. verstärken können (<bib id='Weidenmann 1988a'></bib>; <bib id='Messaris 1997a'></bib>), eignen sich Bilder hierzu in besonderer Weise. Wie in verschiedenen Studien gezeigt werden konnte (vgl. u.a. <bib id='Garcia 1990a'></bib> und <bib id='Garcia 1997a'></bib>), generieren Bilder mehr Aufmerksamkeit als Texte und verfügen darüber hinaus über ein höheres Aktivierungspotenzial. Dem Bild kommt demnach in der werblichen Kommunikation eine außerordentliche Bedeutung als „Lead in“ zu (vgl. u. a. <bib id='Schierl 2001a'></bib>). <br />
<br />
Ein für die werbliche Kommunikation ebenfalls bedeutender Aspekt ist das im Vergleich zu Texten hohe semantische Potenzial von Bildern. So lassen sich Objekteigenschaften (Farbe, Form, etc.) der beworbenen Produkte mit Bildern genauer darstellen, da hierfür oftmals entsprechende Begriffe fehlen (<bib id='Gibson 1982b'></bib>: S.290). Wichtig erscheint darüber hinaus der hohe Wiedererkennungswert von Bildern, der sowohl Markenaufbau und -bindung wie auch Imageaufbau und -bindung erleichtert. Zum Image, der Gesamtvorstellung eines Produktes, einer Firma oder einer Marke, können Bilder insofern beitragen, als sie geeignet sind, innere Firmen- und Markenbilder zu erzeugen (<bib id='Kroeber-Riel 1996a'></bib>: S.194).<br />
<br />
In der werblichen Kommunikation wird zudem die Tatsache genutzt, dass es aufgrund der Analogizität von Bildern in der bildlichen Vermittlung von Ereignissen in Massenmedien nicht ohne weiteres möglich ist, bestimmte Aspekte auszublenden. So sind in zunehmenden Maße auch im redaktionellen Teil von Medien Werbebotschaften visuell präsent, im Ressort Sport beispielsweise auf Trikots der Sportler, Spielgeräten oder in Form von Bandenwerbung (vgl. <bib id='Schierl & Ludwig 2011a'></bib>). <br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
=====Auswirkungen auf andere Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
Verknüpfte Bereiche:<br />
- Bildverwendungstypen<br />
- Bilder als Zeichen<br />
- Bildsemantik<br />
- Bild und Sprache<br />
- Bildwahrnehmung<br />
- Bilder als Medien<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
<!--den folgenden Befehl, der die drei rechten Kästen einfügt, nicht verändern--><br />
<!--Anmerkungen und Literatur wird automatisch eingesetzt --><br />
<!--Literatur muß dazu mit entsprechender Bezeichnung in der Bibliogryphy-Seite eingetragen sein--><br />
<!-- ... dazu den "Sammlung"-Link im Literaturkasten verwenden --><br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
{{GlosTab3}}<br />
''Verantwortlich:'' <br />
<br />
<!--in der folgenden Zeile XXX durch Benutzernamen ersetzen--><br />
* [[Benutzer:Thomas Schierl|Schierl, Thomas]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Mark Ludwig|Ludwig, Mark]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Hartmut Stöckl|Stöckl, Hartmut]]<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Mark Ludwig
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Werbung&diff=8182
Werbung
2012-03-01T11:00:29Z
<p>Mark Ludwig: /* Werberelevante Aspekte der Bildkommunikation */</p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Unterpunkte--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
[[Kategorie:Unterpunkt]]<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Wiki)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
[[Kategorie:Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Glossar)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
Unterpunkt zu: [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--beides sollte in der Regel der gleiche Text sein--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Abschnitt bitte nicht ändern--><br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt; Überschriften gegebenenfalls anpassen--><br />
=====Werbung: Grundlagen und Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
Werbung stellt ein dynamisches wie heterogenes Phänomen dar, mit dem sich nach anfänglichen Vorbehalten heute eine Reihe von Disziplinen mit unterschiedlicher Perspektivierung beschäftigen. Unter anderem bestehen wirtschaftwissenschaftliche, psychologische, soziologische, semiotische sowie kommunikationswissenschaftliche Zugänge. Einhergehend mit den gesellschaftlichen wie medienspezifischen Veränderungen der vergangenen Jahrzehnte sowie der Vielzahl der Beobachtungsperspektiven auf den Forschungsgegenstand, hat sich mittlerweile eine kaum mehr überschaubare Anzahl an Definitionsversuchen herausgebildet. <br />
<br />
In einem kommunikationswissenschaftlich geprägten, die generell gebräuchlichen Begriffsbestimmungen zusammenfassenden Zugriff kann Werbung in einer zeitgemäßen Definition nach Siegert als ein geplanter Kommunikationsprozess definiert werden, der „gezielt Wissen, Meinungen, Einstellungen und/oder Verhalten über und zu Produkten, Dienstleistungen, Unternehmen, Marken oder Ideen beeinflussen“ (<bib id='Siegert & Brecheis 2005a'></bib>: S. 26) will. Verbreitung findet Werbung hierbei maßgeblich über unterschiedliche Werbemittel (z.B. Anzeige, Plakat, TV- oder Radiospot) und Werbeträger (z. B. Massenmedien, Werbeträger im öffentlichen Raum wie Litfaßsäulen). <br />
<br />
Zu unterscheiden ist ferner zwischen sogenannter Above-the-Line- und Below-the-Line-Werbung. Als Above-the-Line wird hierbei zumeist klassische, über Massenmedien (Anzeigen, Spots etc.) und Außenwerbung (Plakate, Citylights etc.) vermittelte Werbung verstanden, mit dem Begriff der Below-the-Line-Werbung bezeichnet man davon abweichende Formen wie Guerilla Marketing oder Product Placement. Der noch in den 1950er Jahren gebräuchliche und synonym verwendete Begriff der Reklame findet hingegen heute kaum mehr Verwendung, wohl auch weil Werbung sich nicht auf das Bekanntmachen oder Anpreisen (frz.: réclamer: ausrufen, anpreisen), wie es der wortgeschichtliche Ursprung des Wortes Reklame suggeriert, von Produkten, Marken oder Unternehmen reduzieren lässt.<br />
<br />
<!--Anmerkung zwischen <ref> und </ref> im laufenden Text--><br />
<!--Literaturverweise im laufenden Text <bib id='Jonas 61a'>Jonas 1961</bib> --><br />
<!-- ... id im Literaturverzeichnis nachsehen, gegebenenfalls neu einfügen --><br />
<!-- ... (siehe Link "Sammlung" in Bibliographie-Box --><br />
<!-- Bilder als thumbs einsetzen, Muster: [[Datei:Beispiel.png|thumb|Bildtitel]] --><br />
<br />
=====Entwicklung der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung=====<br />
<br />
Bis ins die 20er Jahre des 19. Jahrhunderts spielten Bilder in der werblichen Kommunikation kaum eine Rolle, Anzeigen verzichteten zumeist gänzlich auf Illustrationen oder andere Gestaltungsmittel (<bib id='Schierl 2001a'></bib>: S. 42). Mit der Professionalisierung der Werbung und technischen Entwicklungen der Massenpresse veränderte sich schließlich auch die Gestaltungsweise von Werbung. So erscheinen in den 1820er Jahren in der englischen Provinzpresse erste Holzschnitte zu Anzeigen, in den 1860er Jahren wird das Illustrieren von Anzeigen dann auf einer breiteren Basis üblich. <br />
<br />
Um die Jahrhundertwende setzt sich schließlich ein neuer plakativer Stil durch, bei dem das Bild eine beherrschende Stellung einnimmt (vgl. ebd.). Anzeigen oder auch Plakate für Litfaßsäulen wurden in dieser Zeit häufig von Künstlern produziert und beinhalteten bildliche Elemente (vgl. (<bib id='Haas 1995a'></bib>). So entwarf etwa der französische Künstler Henri de Toulouse-Lautrec Plakate für das Pariser Varieté Moulin Rouge (Abb.1). [[Bild: MoulinRouge.jpg]]<br />
<br />
Ab den 1920er Jahren werden schließlich im Zuge neuer technischer Möglichkeiten in zunehmender Weise auch Fotografien eingesetzt. Insgesamt zeichnet sich bis heute eine Entwicklung ab, in der in der Gestaltung von Werbemitteln grafische Illustrationen immer seltener eingesetzt und durch den Einsatz von Fotografien weitestgehend ersetzt werden. <br />
Mit der Entwicklung und Verbreitung des Fernsehens sowie in den vergangenen Jahrzehnten neu entstandenen Möglichkeiten der Verbreitung von bewegten und nicht-bewegten Bildern in den so genannten Neuen Medien hat sich die Dominanz der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung weiter verstärkt (vgl. (<bib id='Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a'></bib>: S. 18); (<bib id='Schierl 2003a'></bib>). Inhaltsanalytische Studien bestätigen, dass in der werblichen Kommunikation bildliche Gestaltungsmittel zunehmend Verwendung finden (vgl. (<bib id='Schierl 2001a'></bib>).<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
=====Werberelevante Aspekte der Bildkommunikation=====<br />
<br />
Aufgrund ihres spezifischen Zeichencharakters weisen Bilder Merkmale auf, die aus einer werblich geprägten Perspektive eine Reihe vorteilhafter Kommunikationsmöglichkeiten eröffnen. Vor dem Hintergrund eines generell zu konstatierenden „information overload“ und einer damit verknüpften zunehmend flüchtiger und selektiver werdenden Informationsaufnahme wird Bildkommunikation in der Werbung insbesondere genutzt, um das eigene Informationsangebot aus der Fülle der Angebote abheben zu können (<bib id='Kroeber-Riel 1996a'></bib>: S.7) und damit die Aufmerksamkeit des Rezipienten auf das Produkt zu lenken (<bib id='Schierl 2001a'></bib>: S.79-159).<br />
<br />
Da Bilder besonders schnell erfasst werden und Emotionen generieren bzw. verstärken können (<bib id='Weidenmann 1988a'></bib>; <bib id='Messaris 1997a'></bib>), eignen sich Bilder hierzu in besonderer Weise. Wie in verschiedenen Studien gezeigt werden konnte (vgl. u.a. <bib id='Garcia 1990a'></bib> und <bib id='Garcia 1997a'></bib>), generieren Bilder mehr Aufmerksamkeit als Texte und verfügen darüber hinaus über ein höheres Aktivierungspotenzial. Dem Bild kommt demnach in der werblichen Kommunikation eine außerordentliche Bedeutung als „Lead in“ zu (vgl. u. a. <bib id='Schierl 2001a'></bib>). <br />
<br />
Ein für die werbliche Kommunikation ebenfalls bedeutender Aspekt ist das im Vergleich zu Texten hohe semantische Potenzial von Bildern. So lassen sich Objekteigenschaften (Farbe, Form, etc.) der beworbenen Produkte mit Bildern genauer darstellen, da hierfür oftmals entsprechende Begriffe fehlen (<bib id='Gibson 1982b'></bib>: S.290). Wichtig erscheint darüber hinaus der hohe Wiedererkennungswert von Bildern, der sowohl Markenaufbau und -bindung wie auch Imageaufbau und -bindung erleichtert. Zum Image, der Gesamtvorstellung eines Produktes, einer Firma oder einer Marke, können Bilder insofern beitragen, als sie geeignet sind, innere Firmen- und Markenbilder zu erzeugen (<bib id='Kroeber-Riel 1996a'></bib>: S.194).<br />
<br />
In der werblichen Kommunikation wird zudem die Tatsache genutzt, dass es aufgrund der Analogizität von Bildern in der bildlichen Vermittlung von Ereignissen in Massenmedien nicht ohne weiteres möglich ist, bestimmte Aspekte auszublenden. So sind in zunehmenden Maße auch im redaktionellen Teil von Medien Werbebotschaften visuell präsent, im Ressort Sport beispielsweise auf Trikots der Sportler, Spielgeräten oder in Form von Bandenwerbung (vgl. <bib id='Schierl & Ludwig 2011a'></bib>). <br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
=====Auswirkungen auf andere Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
Verknüpfte Bereiche:<br />
- Bildverwendungstypen<br />
- Bilder als Zeichen<br />
- Bildsemantik<br />
- Bild und Sprache<br />
- Bildwahrnehmung<br />
- Bilder als Medien<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
<!--den folgenden Befehl, der die drei rechten Kästen einfügt, nicht verändern--><br />
<!--Anmerkungen und Literatur wird automatisch eingesetzt --><br />
<!--Literatur muß dazu mit entsprechender Bezeichnung in der Bibliogryphy-Seite eingetragen sein--><br />
<!-- ... dazu den "Sammlung"-Link im Literaturkasten verwenden --><br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
{{GlosTab3}}<br />
''Verantwortlich:'' <br />
<br />
<!--in der folgenden Zeile XXX durch Benutzernamen ersetzen--><br />
* [[Benutzer:Thomas Schierl|Schierl, Thomas]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Mark Ludwig|Ludwig, Mark]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Hartmut Stöckl|Stöckl, Hartmut]]<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Mark Ludwig
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Benutzer:Mark_Ludwig&diff=8161
Benutzer:Mark Ludwig
2012-03-01T10:36:17Z
<p>Mark Ludwig: </p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Benutzerseiten--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Abschnitt bitte nicht ändern--><br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt --><br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
'''Dr. Mark Ludwig''': Beruflicher Werdegang<br />
<br />
seit 2011 Wissenschaftlicher Mitarbeiter am Institut für Kommunikations- und Medienforschung an der DSHS Köln<br />
<br />
2009 - 2011 Lehrkraft für besondere Aufgaben am Institut für Kommunikations- und Medienforschung an der DSHS Köln<br />
<br />
2007 - 2009 Wissenschaftlicher Mitarbeiter am Institut für Kommunikations- und Medienforschung an der DSHS Köln<br />
<br />
2003 - 2007 Wissenschaftliche Hilfskraft am Institut für Kommunikations- und Medienforschung an der DSHS Köln<br />
Ausbildung<br />
<br />
2004 - 2010 Promotionsstudium an der Universität zu Köln mit Abschluss zum Dr. phil.<br />
<br />
1999 - 2000 Studium als Erasmus-Stipendiat am University College London<br />
<br />
1996 - 2002 Magister-Studium an der Universität zu Köln<br />
<br />
<!--den folgenden Befehl, der die drei rechten Kästen einfügt, nicht verändern--><br />
<!--Literatur wird automatisch eingesetzt --><br />
<!--Literatur muß dazu in der Bibliography-Seite eingetragen sein--><br />
<!-- ... dazu die Links im Literaturkasten verwenden --><br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxSub}}<br />
[[Datei:NN-Portrait.jpg|center|thumb|Portrait von Nutzer (bitte ersetzen)]]<br />
<!-- ... Datei bitte hochladen und hier einsetzen --><br />
<br />
</div><br />
{{GlossarBoxSub}}<br />
<bibprint/><br />
</div><br />
{{GlossarBoxSub}}<br />
''Verantwortlich für:'' <br />
<br />
* [[Werbung]]<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{BenEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Mark Ludwig
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Werbung&diff=6094
Werbung
2011-07-19T08:55:21Z
<p>Mark Ludwig: /* Entwicklung der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung */</p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Unterpunkte--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
[[Kategorie:Unterpunkt]]<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Wiki)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
[[Kategorie:Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Glossar)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
Unterpunkt zu: [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--beides sollte in der Regel der gleiche Text sein--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Abschnitt bitte nicht ändern--><br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt; Überschriften gegebenenfalls anpassen--><br />
=====Werbung: Grundlagen und Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
Werbung stellt ein dynamisches wie heterogenes Phänomen dar mit dem sich nach anfänglichen Vorbehalten heute eine Reihe von Disziplinen mit unterschiedlicher Perspektivierung beschäftigen, unter anderem bestehen wirtschaftwissenschaftliche, psychologische, soziologische, semiotische sowie kommunikationswissenschaftliche Zugänge. Einhergehend mit den gesellschaftlichen wie medienspezifischen Veränderungen der vergangenen Jahrzehnte sowie der Vielzahl der Beobachtungsperspektiven auf den Forschungsgegenstand, hat sich mittlerweile eine kaum mehr überschaubare Anzahl an Definitionsversuchen herausgebildet. <br />
<br />
In einem kommunikationswissenschaftlich geprägten, die generell gebräuchlichen Begriffsbestimmungen zusammenfassenden Zugriff kann Werbung in einer zeitgemäßen Definition nach Siegert als ein geplanter Kommunikationsprozess definiert werden, der „gezielt Wissen, Meinungen, Einstellungen und/oder Verhalten über und zu Produkten, Dienstleistungen, Unternehmen, Marken oder Ideen beeinflussen“ (<bib id='Siegert & Brecheis 2005a'></bib>: S. 26) will. Verbreitung findet Werbung hierbei maßgeblich über unterschiedliche Werbemittel (z. B. Anzeige, Plakat, TV- oder Radiospot) und Werbeträger (z. B. Massenmedien, Werbeträger im öffentlichen Raum wie Litfaßsäulen). <br />
<br />
Zu unterscheiden ist ferner zwischen sogenannter Above-the-Line- und Below-the-Line-Werbung. Als Above-the-Line wird hierbei zumeist klassische, über Massenmedien (Anzeigen, Spots, etc.) und Außenwerbung (Plakate, Citylights, etc.) vermittelte Werbung verstanden, mit dem Begriff Below-the-Line-Werbung bezeichnet man davon abweichende Formen wie Guerilla Marketing oder Product Placement. Der noch in den 1950er Jahren gebräuchliche und synonym verwendete Begriff der Reklame findet hingegen heute kaum mehr Verwendung, wohl auch weil Werbung sich nicht auf das Bekanntmachen oder Anpreisen (frz.: réclamer: ausrufen, anpreisen), wie es der wortgeschichtliche Ursprung des Wortes Reklame suggeriert, von Produkten, Marken oder Unternehmen reduzieren lässt.<br />
<br />
<!--Anmerkung zwischen <ref> und </ref> im laufenden Text--><br />
<!--Literaturverweise im laufenden Text <bib id='Jonas 61a'>Jonas 1961</bib> --><br />
<!-- ... id im Literaturverzeichnis nachsehen, gegebenenfalls neu einfügen --><br />
<!-- ... (siehe Link "Sammlung" in Bibliographie-Box --><br />
<!-- Bilder als thumbs einsetzen, Muster: [[Datei:Beispiel.png|thumb|Bildtitel]] --><br />
<br />
=====Entwicklung der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung=====<br />
<br />
Bis ins die 20er Jahre des 19. Jahrhunderts spielten Bilder in der werblichen Kommunikation kaum eine Rolle, Anzeigen verzichteten zumeist gänzlich auf Illustrationen oder andere Gestaltungsmittel (<bib id='Schierl 2001a'></bib>: S. 42). Mit der Professionalisierung der Werbung und technischen Entwicklungen der Massenpresse veränderte sich schließlich auch die Gestaltungsweise von Werbung. So erscheinen in den 1820er Jahren in der englischen Provinzpresse erste Holzschnitte zu Anzeigen, in den 1860er Jahren wird das Illustrieren von Anzeigen dann auf einer breiteren Basis üblich. <br />
<br />
Um die Jahrhundertwende setzt sich schließlich ein neuer plakativer Stil durch, bei dem das Bild eine beherrschende Stellung einnimmt (vgl. ebd.). Anzeigen oder auch Plakate für Litfaßsäulen werden in dieser Zeit häufig von Künstlern produziert und beinhalteten bildliche Elemente (vgl. (<bib id='Haas 1995a'></bib>). So entwarf etwa der französische Künstler Henri Toulouse-Lautrec Plakate für das Pariser Varieté Moulin Rouge (Abb.1). [[Bild: MoulinRouge.jpg]]<br />
<br />
In den 1920er Jahren werden schließlich im Zuge neuer technischer Möglichkeiten in zunehmender Weise auch Fotografien eingesetzt. Insgesamt zeichnet sich bis heute eine Entwicklung ab, in der in der Gestaltung von Werbemitteln Illustrationen immer seltener eingesetzt und durch den Einsatz von Fotografien weitestgehend ersetzt werden. <br />
Mit der Entwicklung und Verbreitung des Fernsehens sowie in den vergangenen Jahrzehnten neu entstandenen Möglichkeiten der Verbreitung von bewegten und nicht-bewegten Bildern in den so genannten Neuen Medien hat sich die Dominanz der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung weiter verstärkt (vgl. (<bib id='Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a'></bib>: S. 18); (<bib id='Schierl 2003a'></bib>). Inhaltsanalytische Studien bestätigen, dass in der werblichen Kommunikation bildliche Gestaltungsmittel zunehmend Verwendung finden (vgl. (<bib id='Schierl 2001a'></bib>).<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
=====Werberelevante Aspekte der Bildkommunikation=====<br />
<br />
Aufgrund ihres spezifischen Zeichencharakters weisen Bilder Merkmale auf, die aus einer werblich geprägten Perspektive eine Reihe vorteilhafter Kommunikationsmöglichkeiten eröffnen. Vor dem Hintergrund eines generell zu konstatierenden „information overload“ und einer damit verknüpften zunehmend flüchtiger und selektiver werdenden Informationsaufnahme wird Bildkommunikation in der Werbung insbesondere genutzt, um das eigene Informationsangebot aus der Fülle der Angebote abheben zu können (<bib id='Kroeber-Riel 1996a'></bib>: S.7) und damit die Aufmerksamkeit des Rezipienten auf das Produkt zu lenken (<bib id='Schierl 2001a'></bib>: S.79-159).<br />
<br />
Da Bilder besonders schnell erfasst werden und Emotionen generieren bzw. verstärken können (<bib id='Weidenmann 1988a'></bib>; <bib id='Messaris 1997a'></bib>), eignen sich Bilder hierzu in besonderer Weise. Wie in verschiedenen Studien gezeigt werden konnte (vgl. u.a. <bib id='Garcia 1990a'></bib> und <bib id='Garcia 1997a'></bib>), generieren Bilder mehr Aufmerksamkeit als Texte und verfügen darüber hinaus über ein höheres Aktivierungspotenzial. Dem Bild kommt demnach in der werblichen Kommunikation eine außerordentliche Bedeutung als „Lead in“ zu (vgl. u. a. <bib id='Schierl 2001a'></bib>). <br />
<br />
Ein für die werbliche Kommunikation ebenfalls bedeutender Aspekt ist das im Vergleich zu Texten hohe semantische Potenzial von Bildern. So lassen sich Objekteigenschaften (Farbe, Form, etc.) der beworbenen Produkte mit Bildern genauer darstellen, da hierfür oftmals entsprechende Begriffe fehlen (<bib id='Gibson 1982b'></bib>: S.290). Wichtig erscheint darüber hinaus der hohe Wiedererkennungswert von Bildern, der sowohl Imageaufbau und -bindung wie als auch Markenaufbau und -bindung erleichtert.<br />
<br />
In der werblichen Kommunikation wird zudem die Tatsache genutzt, dass aufgrund der Analogizität von Bildern in der bildlichen Vermittlung von Ereignissen in Massenmedien nicht ohne weiteres möglich ist, bestimmte Aspekte auszublenden. So sind ist zunehmenden Maße auch im redaktionellen Teil von Medien Werbebotschaften visuell präsent, im Ressort Sport beispielsweise auf Trikots der Sportler, Spielgeräten oder in Form von Bandenwerbung (vgl. <bib id='Schierl & Ludwig 2011a'></bib>). <br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
=====Auswirkungen auf andere Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
Verknüpfte Bereiche:<br />
- Bildverwendungstypen<br />
- Bilder als Zeichen<br />
- Bildsemantik<br />
- Bild und Sprache<br />
- Bildwahrnehmung<br />
- Bilder als Medien<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
<!--den folgenden Befehl, der die drei rechten Kästen einfügt, nicht verändern--><br />
<!--Anmerkungen und Literatur wird automatisch eingesetzt --><br />
<!--Literatur muß dazu mit entsprechender Bezeichnung in der Bibliogryphy-Seite eingetragen sein--><br />
<!-- ... dazu den "Sammlung"-Link im Literaturkasten verwenden --><br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
{{GlosTab3}}<br />
''Verantwortlich:'' <br />
<br />
<!--in der folgenden Zeile XXX durch Benutzernamen ersetzen--><br />
* [[Benutzer:Thomas Schierl|Schierl. Thomas]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Mark Ludwig|Ludwig, Mark]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Hartmut Stöckl|Stöckl, Hartmut]]<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Mark Ludwig
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Werbung&diff=6093
Werbung
2011-07-19T08:54:27Z
<p>Mark Ludwig: /* Entwicklung der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung */</p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Unterpunkte--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
[[Kategorie:Unterpunkt]]<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Wiki)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
[[Kategorie:Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Glossar)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
Unterpunkt zu: [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--beides sollte in der Regel der gleiche Text sein--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Abschnitt bitte nicht ändern--><br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt; Überschriften gegebenenfalls anpassen--><br />
=====Werbung: Grundlagen und Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
Werbung stellt ein dynamisches wie heterogenes Phänomen dar mit dem sich nach anfänglichen Vorbehalten heute eine Reihe von Disziplinen mit unterschiedlicher Perspektivierung beschäftigen, unter anderem bestehen wirtschaftwissenschaftliche, psychologische, soziologische, semiotische sowie kommunikationswissenschaftliche Zugänge. Einhergehend mit den gesellschaftlichen wie medienspezifischen Veränderungen der vergangenen Jahrzehnte sowie der Vielzahl der Beobachtungsperspektiven auf den Forschungsgegenstand, hat sich mittlerweile eine kaum mehr überschaubare Anzahl an Definitionsversuchen herausgebildet. <br />
<br />
In einem kommunikationswissenschaftlich geprägten, die generell gebräuchlichen Begriffsbestimmungen zusammenfassenden Zugriff kann Werbung in einer zeitgemäßen Definition nach Siegert als ein geplanter Kommunikationsprozess definiert werden, der „gezielt Wissen, Meinungen, Einstellungen und/oder Verhalten über und zu Produkten, Dienstleistungen, Unternehmen, Marken oder Ideen beeinflussen“ (<bib id='Siegert & Brecheis 2005a'></bib>: S. 26) will. Verbreitung findet Werbung hierbei maßgeblich über unterschiedliche Werbemittel (z. B. Anzeige, Plakat, TV- oder Radiospot) und Werbeträger (z. B. Massenmedien, Werbeträger im öffentlichen Raum wie Litfaßsäulen). <br />
<br />
Zu unterscheiden ist ferner zwischen sogenannter Above-the-Line- und Below-the-Line-Werbung. Als Above-the-Line wird hierbei zumeist klassische, über Massenmedien (Anzeigen, Spots, etc.) und Außenwerbung (Plakate, Citylights, etc.) vermittelte Werbung verstanden, mit dem Begriff Below-the-Line-Werbung bezeichnet man davon abweichende Formen wie Guerilla Marketing oder Product Placement. Der noch in den 1950er Jahren gebräuchliche und synonym verwendete Begriff der Reklame findet hingegen heute kaum mehr Verwendung, wohl auch weil Werbung sich nicht auf das Bekanntmachen oder Anpreisen (frz.: réclamer: ausrufen, anpreisen), wie es der wortgeschichtliche Ursprung des Wortes Reklame suggeriert, von Produkten, Marken oder Unternehmen reduzieren lässt.<br />
<br />
<!--Anmerkung zwischen <ref> und </ref> im laufenden Text--><br />
<!--Literaturverweise im laufenden Text <bib id='Jonas 61a'>Jonas 1961</bib> --><br />
<!-- ... id im Literaturverzeichnis nachsehen, gegebenenfalls neu einfügen --><br />
<!-- ... (siehe Link "Sammlung" in Bibliographie-Box --><br />
<!-- Bilder als thumbs einsetzen, Muster: [[Datei:Beispiel.png|thumb|Bildtitel]] --><br />
<br />
=====Entwicklung der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung=====<br />
<br />
Bis ins die 20er Jahre des 19. Jahrhunderts spielten Bilder in der werblichen Kommunikation kaum eine Rolle, Anzeigen verzichteten zumeist gänzlich auf Illustrationen oder andere Gestaltungsmittel (<bib id='Schierl 2001a'></bib>: S. 42). Mit der Professionalisierung der Werbung und technischen Entwicklungen der Massenpresse veränderte sich schließlich auch die Gestaltungsweise von Werbung. So erscheinen in den 1820er Jahren in der englischen Provinzpresse erste Holzschnitte zu Anzeigen, in den 1860er Jahren wird das Illustrieren von Anzeigen dann auf einer breiteren Basis üblich. <br />
<br />
Um die Jahrhundertwende setzt sich schließlich ein neuer plakativer Stil durch, bei dem das Bild eine beherrschende Stellung einnimmt (vgl. ebd.). Anzeigen oder auch Plakate für Litfaßsäulen werden in dieser Zeit häufig von Künstlern produziert und beinhalteten bildliche Elemente (vgl. (<bib id='Haas 1995a'></bib>). So entwarf etwa der französische Künstler Henri Toulouse-Lautrec Plakate für das Pariser Varieté Moulin Rouge (Abb.1). [[Bild: MoulinRouge.jpg/Abb.1: Henri Toulouse-Lautrec: Moulin Rouge - La Goulue (1891, Lithographie, 191 x 117 cm). Quelle: Ibiblio.org.]]<br />
<br />
In den 1920er Jahren werden schließlich im Zuge neuer technischer Möglichkeiten in zunehmender Weise auch Fotografien eingesetzt. Insgesamt zeichnet sich bis heute eine Entwicklung ab, in der in der Gestaltung von Werbemitteln Illustrationen immer seltener eingesetzt und durch den Einsatz von Fotografien weitestgehend ersetzt werden. <br />
Mit der Entwicklung und Verbreitung des Fernsehens sowie in den vergangenen Jahrzehnten neu entstandenen Möglichkeiten der Verbreitung von bewegten und nicht-bewegten Bildern in den so genannten Neuen Medien hat sich die Dominanz der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung weiter verstärkt (vgl. (<bib id='Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a'></bib>: S. 18); (<bib id='Schierl 2003a'></bib>). Inhaltsanalytische Studien bestätigen, dass in der werblichen Kommunikation bildliche Gestaltungsmittel zunehmend Verwendung finden (vgl. (<bib id='Schierl 2001a'></bib>).<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
=====Werberelevante Aspekte der Bildkommunikation=====<br />
<br />
Aufgrund ihres spezifischen Zeichencharakters weisen Bilder Merkmale auf, die aus einer werblich geprägten Perspektive eine Reihe vorteilhafter Kommunikationsmöglichkeiten eröffnen. Vor dem Hintergrund eines generell zu konstatierenden „information overload“ und einer damit verknüpften zunehmend flüchtiger und selektiver werdenden Informationsaufnahme wird Bildkommunikation in der Werbung insbesondere genutzt, um das eigene Informationsangebot aus der Fülle der Angebote abheben zu können (<bib id='Kroeber-Riel 1996a'></bib>: S.7) und damit die Aufmerksamkeit des Rezipienten auf das Produkt zu lenken (<bib id='Schierl 2001a'></bib>: S.79-159).<br />
<br />
Da Bilder besonders schnell erfasst werden und Emotionen generieren bzw. verstärken können (<bib id='Weidenmann 1988a'></bib>; <bib id='Messaris 1997a'></bib>), eignen sich Bilder hierzu in besonderer Weise. Wie in verschiedenen Studien gezeigt werden konnte (vgl. u.a. <bib id='Garcia 1990a'></bib> und <bib id='Garcia 1997a'></bib>), generieren Bilder mehr Aufmerksamkeit als Texte und verfügen darüber hinaus über ein höheres Aktivierungspotenzial. Dem Bild kommt demnach in der werblichen Kommunikation eine außerordentliche Bedeutung als „Lead in“ zu (vgl. u. a. <bib id='Schierl 2001a'></bib>). <br />
<br />
Ein für die werbliche Kommunikation ebenfalls bedeutender Aspekt ist das im Vergleich zu Texten hohe semantische Potenzial von Bildern. So lassen sich Objekteigenschaften (Farbe, Form, etc.) der beworbenen Produkte mit Bildern genauer darstellen, da hierfür oftmals entsprechende Begriffe fehlen (<bib id='Gibson 1982b'></bib>: S.290). Wichtig erscheint darüber hinaus der hohe Wiedererkennungswert von Bildern, der sowohl Imageaufbau und -bindung wie als auch Markenaufbau und -bindung erleichtert.<br />
<br />
In der werblichen Kommunikation wird zudem die Tatsache genutzt, dass aufgrund der Analogizität von Bildern in der bildlichen Vermittlung von Ereignissen in Massenmedien nicht ohne weiteres möglich ist, bestimmte Aspekte auszublenden. So sind ist zunehmenden Maße auch im redaktionellen Teil von Medien Werbebotschaften visuell präsent, im Ressort Sport beispielsweise auf Trikots der Sportler, Spielgeräten oder in Form von Bandenwerbung (vgl. <bib id='Schierl & Ludwig 2011a'></bib>). <br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
=====Auswirkungen auf andere Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
Verknüpfte Bereiche:<br />
- Bildverwendungstypen<br />
- Bilder als Zeichen<br />
- Bildsemantik<br />
- Bild und Sprache<br />
- Bildwahrnehmung<br />
- Bilder als Medien<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
<!--den folgenden Befehl, der die drei rechten Kästen einfügt, nicht verändern--><br />
<!--Anmerkungen und Literatur wird automatisch eingesetzt --><br />
<!--Literatur muß dazu mit entsprechender Bezeichnung in der Bibliogryphy-Seite eingetragen sein--><br />
<!-- ... dazu den "Sammlung"-Link im Literaturkasten verwenden --><br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
{{GlosTab3}}<br />
''Verantwortlich:'' <br />
<br />
<!--in der folgenden Zeile XXX durch Benutzernamen ersetzen--><br />
* [[Benutzer:Thomas Schierl|Schierl. Thomas]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Mark Ludwig|Ludwig, Mark]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Hartmut Stöckl|Stöckl, Hartmut]]<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Mark Ludwig
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Werbung&diff=6092
Werbung
2011-07-19T08:53:19Z
<p>Mark Ludwig: /* Entwicklung der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung */</p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Unterpunkte--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
[[Kategorie:Unterpunkt]]<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Wiki)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
[[Kategorie:Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Glossar)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
Unterpunkt zu: [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--beides sollte in der Regel der gleiche Text sein--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Abschnitt bitte nicht ändern--><br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt; Überschriften gegebenenfalls anpassen--><br />
=====Werbung: Grundlagen und Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
Werbung stellt ein dynamisches wie heterogenes Phänomen dar mit dem sich nach anfänglichen Vorbehalten heute eine Reihe von Disziplinen mit unterschiedlicher Perspektivierung beschäftigen, unter anderem bestehen wirtschaftwissenschaftliche, psychologische, soziologische, semiotische sowie kommunikationswissenschaftliche Zugänge. Einhergehend mit den gesellschaftlichen wie medienspezifischen Veränderungen der vergangenen Jahrzehnte sowie der Vielzahl der Beobachtungsperspektiven auf den Forschungsgegenstand, hat sich mittlerweile eine kaum mehr überschaubare Anzahl an Definitionsversuchen herausgebildet. <br />
<br />
In einem kommunikationswissenschaftlich geprägten, die generell gebräuchlichen Begriffsbestimmungen zusammenfassenden Zugriff kann Werbung in einer zeitgemäßen Definition nach Siegert als ein geplanter Kommunikationsprozess definiert werden, der „gezielt Wissen, Meinungen, Einstellungen und/oder Verhalten über und zu Produkten, Dienstleistungen, Unternehmen, Marken oder Ideen beeinflussen“ (<bib id='Siegert & Brecheis 2005a'></bib>: S. 26) will. Verbreitung findet Werbung hierbei maßgeblich über unterschiedliche Werbemittel (z. B. Anzeige, Plakat, TV- oder Radiospot) und Werbeträger (z. B. Massenmedien, Werbeträger im öffentlichen Raum wie Litfaßsäulen). <br />
<br />
Zu unterscheiden ist ferner zwischen sogenannter Above-the-Line- und Below-the-Line-Werbung. Als Above-the-Line wird hierbei zumeist klassische, über Massenmedien (Anzeigen, Spots, etc.) und Außenwerbung (Plakate, Citylights, etc.) vermittelte Werbung verstanden, mit dem Begriff Below-the-Line-Werbung bezeichnet man davon abweichende Formen wie Guerilla Marketing oder Product Placement. Der noch in den 1950er Jahren gebräuchliche und synonym verwendete Begriff der Reklame findet hingegen heute kaum mehr Verwendung, wohl auch weil Werbung sich nicht auf das Bekanntmachen oder Anpreisen (frz.: réclamer: ausrufen, anpreisen), wie es der wortgeschichtliche Ursprung des Wortes Reklame suggeriert, von Produkten, Marken oder Unternehmen reduzieren lässt.<br />
<br />
<!--Anmerkung zwischen <ref> und </ref> im laufenden Text--><br />
<!--Literaturverweise im laufenden Text <bib id='Jonas 61a'>Jonas 1961</bib> --><br />
<!-- ... id im Literaturverzeichnis nachsehen, gegebenenfalls neu einfügen --><br />
<!-- ... (siehe Link "Sammlung" in Bibliographie-Box --><br />
<!-- Bilder als thumbs einsetzen, Muster: [[Datei:Beispiel.png|thumb|Bildtitel]] --><br />
<br />
=====Entwicklung der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung=====<br />
<br />
Bis ins die 20er Jahre des 19. Jahrhunderts spielten Bilder in der werblichen Kommunikation kaum eine Rolle, Anzeigen verzichteten zumeist gänzlich auf Illustrationen oder andere Gestaltungsmittel (<bib id='Schierl 2001a'></bib>: S. 42). Mit der Professionalisierung der Werbung und technischen Entwicklungen der Massenpresse veränderte sich schließlich auch die Gestaltungsweise von Werbung. So erscheinen in den 1820er Jahren in der englischen Provinzpresse erste Holzschnitte zu Anzeigen, in den 1860er Jahren wird das Illustrieren von Anzeigen dann auf einer breiteren Basis üblich. <br />
<br />
Um die Jahrhundertwende setzt sich schließlich ein neuer plakativer Stil durch, bei dem das Bild eine beherrschende Stellung einnimmt (vgl. ebd.). Anzeigen oder auch Plakate für Litfaßsäulen werden in dieser Zeit häufig von Künstlern produziert und beinhalteten bildliche Elemente (vgl. (<bib id='Haas 1995a'></bib>). So entwarf etwa der französische Künstler Henri Toulouse-Lautrec Plakate für das Pariser Varieté Moulin Rouge (Abb.1). [[Datei: MoulinRouge.jpg]]<br />
<br />
In den 1920er Jahren werden schließlich im Zuge neuer technischer Möglichkeiten in zunehmender Weise auch Fotografien eingesetzt. Insgesamt zeichnet sich bis heute eine Entwicklung ab, in der in der Gestaltung von Werbemitteln Illustrationen immer seltener eingesetzt und durch den Einsatz von Fotografien weitestgehend ersetzt werden. <br />
Mit der Entwicklung und Verbreitung des Fernsehens sowie in den vergangenen Jahrzehnten neu entstandenen Möglichkeiten der Verbreitung von bewegten und nicht-bewegten Bildern in den so genannten Neuen Medien hat sich die Dominanz der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung weiter verstärkt (vgl. (<bib id='Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a'></bib>: S. 18); (<bib id='Schierl 2003a'></bib>). Inhaltsanalytische Studien bestätigen, dass in der werblichen Kommunikation bildliche Gestaltungsmittel zunehmend Verwendung finden (vgl. (<bib id='Schierl 2001a'></bib>).<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
=====Werberelevante Aspekte der Bildkommunikation=====<br />
<br />
Aufgrund ihres spezifischen Zeichencharakters weisen Bilder Merkmale auf, die aus einer werblich geprägten Perspektive eine Reihe vorteilhafter Kommunikationsmöglichkeiten eröffnen. Vor dem Hintergrund eines generell zu konstatierenden „information overload“ und einer damit verknüpften zunehmend flüchtiger und selektiver werdenden Informationsaufnahme wird Bildkommunikation in der Werbung insbesondere genutzt, um das eigene Informationsangebot aus der Fülle der Angebote abheben zu können (<bib id='Kroeber-Riel 1996a'></bib>: S.7) und damit die Aufmerksamkeit des Rezipienten auf das Produkt zu lenken (<bib id='Schierl 2001a'></bib>: S.79-159).<br />
<br />
Da Bilder besonders schnell erfasst werden und Emotionen generieren bzw. verstärken können (<bib id='Weidenmann 1988a'></bib>; <bib id='Messaris 1997a'></bib>), eignen sich Bilder hierzu in besonderer Weise. Wie in verschiedenen Studien gezeigt werden konnte (vgl. u.a. <bib id='Garcia 1990a'></bib> und <bib id='Garcia 1997a'></bib>), generieren Bilder mehr Aufmerksamkeit als Texte und verfügen darüber hinaus über ein höheres Aktivierungspotenzial. Dem Bild kommt demnach in der werblichen Kommunikation eine außerordentliche Bedeutung als „Lead in“ zu (vgl. u. a. <bib id='Schierl 2001a'></bib>). <br />
<br />
Ein für die werbliche Kommunikation ebenfalls bedeutender Aspekt ist das im Vergleich zu Texten hohe semantische Potenzial von Bildern. So lassen sich Objekteigenschaften (Farbe, Form, etc.) der beworbenen Produkte mit Bildern genauer darstellen, da hierfür oftmals entsprechende Begriffe fehlen (<bib id='Gibson 1982b'></bib>: S.290). Wichtig erscheint darüber hinaus der hohe Wiedererkennungswert von Bildern, der sowohl Imageaufbau und -bindung wie als auch Markenaufbau und -bindung erleichtert.<br />
<br />
In der werblichen Kommunikation wird zudem die Tatsache genutzt, dass aufgrund der Analogizität von Bildern in der bildlichen Vermittlung von Ereignissen in Massenmedien nicht ohne weiteres möglich ist, bestimmte Aspekte auszublenden. So sind ist zunehmenden Maße auch im redaktionellen Teil von Medien Werbebotschaften visuell präsent, im Ressort Sport beispielsweise auf Trikots der Sportler, Spielgeräten oder in Form von Bandenwerbung (vgl. <bib id='Schierl & Ludwig 2011a'></bib>). <br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
=====Auswirkungen auf andere Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
Verknüpfte Bereiche:<br />
- Bildverwendungstypen<br />
- Bilder als Zeichen<br />
- Bildsemantik<br />
- Bild und Sprache<br />
- Bildwahrnehmung<br />
- Bilder als Medien<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
<!--den folgenden Befehl, der die drei rechten Kästen einfügt, nicht verändern--><br />
<!--Anmerkungen und Literatur wird automatisch eingesetzt --><br />
<!--Literatur muß dazu mit entsprechender Bezeichnung in der Bibliogryphy-Seite eingetragen sein--><br />
<!-- ... dazu den "Sammlung"-Link im Literaturkasten verwenden --><br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
{{GlosTab3}}<br />
''Verantwortlich:'' <br />
<br />
<!--in der folgenden Zeile XXX durch Benutzernamen ersetzen--><br />
* [[Benutzer:Thomas Schierl|Schierl. Thomas]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Mark Ludwig|Ludwig, Mark]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Hartmut Stöckl|Stöckl, Hartmut]]<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Mark Ludwig
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Werbung&diff=6091
Werbung
2011-07-19T08:48:18Z
<p>Mark Ludwig: /* Entwicklung der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung */</p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Unterpunkte--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
[[Kategorie:Unterpunkt]]<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Wiki)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
[[Kategorie:Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Glossar)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
Unterpunkt zu: [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--beides sollte in der Regel der gleiche Text sein--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Abschnitt bitte nicht ändern--><br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt; Überschriften gegebenenfalls anpassen--><br />
=====Werbung: Grundlagen und Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
Werbung stellt ein dynamisches wie heterogenes Phänomen dar mit dem sich nach anfänglichen Vorbehalten heute eine Reihe von Disziplinen mit unterschiedlicher Perspektivierung beschäftigen, unter anderem bestehen wirtschaftwissenschaftliche, psychologische, soziologische, semiotische sowie kommunikationswissenschaftliche Zugänge. Einhergehend mit den gesellschaftlichen wie medienspezifischen Veränderungen der vergangenen Jahrzehnte sowie der Vielzahl der Beobachtungsperspektiven auf den Forschungsgegenstand, hat sich mittlerweile eine kaum mehr überschaubare Anzahl an Definitionsversuchen herausgebildet. <br />
<br />
In einem kommunikationswissenschaftlich geprägten, die generell gebräuchlichen Begriffsbestimmungen zusammenfassenden Zugriff kann Werbung in einer zeitgemäßen Definition nach Siegert als ein geplanter Kommunikationsprozess definiert werden, der „gezielt Wissen, Meinungen, Einstellungen und/oder Verhalten über und zu Produkten, Dienstleistungen, Unternehmen, Marken oder Ideen beeinflussen“ (<bib id='Siegert & Brecheis 2005a'></bib>: S. 26) will. Verbreitung findet Werbung hierbei maßgeblich über unterschiedliche Werbemittel (z. B. Anzeige, Plakat, TV- oder Radiospot) und Werbeträger (z. B. Massenmedien, Werbeträger im öffentlichen Raum wie Litfaßsäulen). <br />
<br />
Zu unterscheiden ist ferner zwischen sogenannter Above-the-Line- und Below-the-Line-Werbung. Als Above-the-Line wird hierbei zumeist klassische, über Massenmedien (Anzeigen, Spots, etc.) und Außenwerbung (Plakate, Citylights, etc.) vermittelte Werbung verstanden, mit dem Begriff Below-the-Line-Werbung bezeichnet man davon abweichende Formen wie Guerilla Marketing oder Product Placement. Der noch in den 1950er Jahren gebräuchliche und synonym verwendete Begriff der Reklame findet hingegen heute kaum mehr Verwendung, wohl auch weil Werbung sich nicht auf das Bekanntmachen oder Anpreisen (frz.: réclamer: ausrufen, anpreisen), wie es der wortgeschichtliche Ursprung des Wortes Reklame suggeriert, von Produkten, Marken oder Unternehmen reduzieren lässt.<br />
<br />
<!--Anmerkung zwischen <ref> und </ref> im laufenden Text--><br />
<!--Literaturverweise im laufenden Text <bib id='Jonas 61a'>Jonas 1961</bib> --><br />
<!-- ... id im Literaturverzeichnis nachsehen, gegebenenfalls neu einfügen --><br />
<!-- ... (siehe Link "Sammlung" in Bibliographie-Box --><br />
<!-- Bilder als thumbs einsetzen, Muster: [[Datei:Beispiel.png|thumb|Bildtitel]] --><br />
<br />
=====Entwicklung der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung=====<br />
<br />
Bis ins die 20er Jahre des 19. Jahrhunderts spielten Bilder in der werblichen Kommunikation kaum eine Rolle, Anzeigen verzichteten zumeist gänzlich auf Illustrationen oder andere Gestaltungsmittel (<bib id='Schierl 2001a'></bib>: S. 42). Mit der Professionalisierung der Werbung und technischen Entwicklungen der Massenpresse veränderte sich schließlich auch die Gestaltungsweise von Werbung. So erscheinen in den 1820er Jahren in der englischen Provinzpresse erste Holzschnitte zu Anzeigen, in den 1860er Jahren wird das Illustrieren von Anzeigen dann auf einer breiteren Basis üblich. <br />
<br />
Um die Jahrhundertwende setzt sich schließlich ein neuer plakativer Stil durch, bei dem das Bild eine beherrschende Stellung einnimmt (vgl. ebd.). Anzeigen oder auch Plakate für Litfaßsäulen werden in dieser Zeit häufig von Künstlern produziert und beinhalteten bildliche Elemente (vgl. (<bib id='Haas 1995a'></bib>). So entwarf etwa der französische Künstler Henri Toulouse-Lautrec Plakate für das Pariser Varieté Moulin Rouge (Abb.1). <br />
<br />
In den 1920er Jahren werden schließlich im Zuge neuer technischer Möglichkeiten in zunehmender Weise auch Fotografien eingesetzt. Insgesamt zeichnet sich bis heute eine Entwicklung ab, in der in der Gestaltung von Werbemitteln Illustrationen immer seltener eingesetzt und durch den Einsatz von Fotografien weitestgehend ersetzt werden. <br />
Mit der Entwicklung und Verbreitung des Fernsehens sowie in den vergangenen Jahrzehnten neu entstandenen Möglichkeiten der Verbreitung von bewegten und nicht-bewegten Bildern in den so genannten Neuen Medien hat sich die Dominanz der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung weiter verstärkt (vgl. (<bib id='Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a'></bib>: S. 18); (<bib id='Schierl 2003a'></bib>). Inhaltsanalytische Studien bestätigen, dass in der werblichen Kommunikation bildliche Gestaltungsmittel zunehmend Verwendung finden (vgl. (<bib id='Schierl 2001a'></bib>).<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
=====Werberelevante Aspekte der Bildkommunikation=====<br />
<br />
Aufgrund ihres spezifischen Zeichencharakters weisen Bilder Merkmale auf, die aus einer werblich geprägten Perspektive eine Reihe vorteilhafter Kommunikationsmöglichkeiten eröffnen. Vor dem Hintergrund eines generell zu konstatierenden „information overload“ und einer damit verknüpften zunehmend flüchtiger und selektiver werdenden Informationsaufnahme wird Bildkommunikation in der Werbung insbesondere genutzt, um das eigene Informationsangebot aus der Fülle der Angebote abheben zu können (<bib id='Kroeber-Riel 1996a'></bib>: S.7) und damit die Aufmerksamkeit des Rezipienten auf das Produkt zu lenken (<bib id='Schierl 2001a'></bib>: S.79-159).<br />
<br />
Da Bilder besonders schnell erfasst werden und Emotionen generieren bzw. verstärken können (<bib id='Weidenmann 1988a'></bib>; <bib id='Messaris 1997a'></bib>), eignen sich Bilder hierzu in besonderer Weise. Wie in verschiedenen Studien gezeigt werden konnte (vgl. u.a. <bib id='Garcia 1990a'></bib> und <bib id='Garcia 1997a'></bib>), generieren Bilder mehr Aufmerksamkeit als Texte und verfügen darüber hinaus über ein höheres Aktivierungspotenzial. Dem Bild kommt demnach in der werblichen Kommunikation eine außerordentliche Bedeutung als „Lead in“ zu (vgl. u. a. <bib id='Schierl 2001a'></bib>). <br />
<br />
Ein für die werbliche Kommunikation ebenfalls bedeutender Aspekt ist das im Vergleich zu Texten hohe semantische Potenzial von Bildern. So lassen sich Objekteigenschaften (Farbe, Form, etc.) der beworbenen Produkte mit Bildern genauer darstellen, da hierfür oftmals entsprechende Begriffe fehlen (<bib id='Gibson 1982b'></bib>: S.290). Wichtig erscheint darüber hinaus der hohe Wiedererkennungswert von Bildern, der sowohl Imageaufbau und -bindung wie als auch Markenaufbau und -bindung erleichtert.<br />
<br />
In der werblichen Kommunikation wird zudem die Tatsache genutzt, dass aufgrund der Analogizität von Bildern in der bildlichen Vermittlung von Ereignissen in Massenmedien nicht ohne weiteres möglich ist, bestimmte Aspekte auszublenden. So sind ist zunehmenden Maße auch im redaktionellen Teil von Medien Werbebotschaften visuell präsent, im Ressort Sport beispielsweise auf Trikots der Sportler, Spielgeräten oder in Form von Bandenwerbung (vgl. <bib id='Schierl & Ludwig 2011a'></bib>). <br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
=====Auswirkungen auf andere Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
Verknüpfte Bereiche:<br />
- Bildverwendungstypen<br />
- Bilder als Zeichen<br />
- Bildsemantik<br />
- Bild und Sprache<br />
- Bildwahrnehmung<br />
- Bilder als Medien<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
<!--den folgenden Befehl, der die drei rechten Kästen einfügt, nicht verändern--><br />
<!--Anmerkungen und Literatur wird automatisch eingesetzt --><br />
<!--Literatur muß dazu mit entsprechender Bezeichnung in der Bibliogryphy-Seite eingetragen sein--><br />
<!-- ... dazu den "Sammlung"-Link im Literaturkasten verwenden --><br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
{{GlosTab3}}<br />
''Verantwortlich:'' <br />
<br />
<!--in der folgenden Zeile XXX durch Benutzernamen ersetzen--><br />
* [[Benutzer:Thomas Schierl|Schierl. Thomas]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Mark Ludwig|Ludwig, Mark]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Hartmut Stöckl|Stöckl, Hartmut]]<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Mark Ludwig
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Werbung&diff=6090
Werbung
2011-07-19T08:47:42Z
<p>Mark Ludwig: /* Entwicklung der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung */</p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Unterpunkte--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
[[Kategorie:Unterpunkt]]<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Wiki)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
[[Kategorie:Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Glossar)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
Unterpunkt zu: [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--beides sollte in der Regel der gleiche Text sein--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Abschnitt bitte nicht ändern--><br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt; Überschriften gegebenenfalls anpassen--><br />
=====Werbung: Grundlagen und Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
Werbung stellt ein dynamisches wie heterogenes Phänomen dar mit dem sich nach anfänglichen Vorbehalten heute eine Reihe von Disziplinen mit unterschiedlicher Perspektivierung beschäftigen, unter anderem bestehen wirtschaftwissenschaftliche, psychologische, soziologische, semiotische sowie kommunikationswissenschaftliche Zugänge. Einhergehend mit den gesellschaftlichen wie medienspezifischen Veränderungen der vergangenen Jahrzehnte sowie der Vielzahl der Beobachtungsperspektiven auf den Forschungsgegenstand, hat sich mittlerweile eine kaum mehr überschaubare Anzahl an Definitionsversuchen herausgebildet. <br />
<br />
In einem kommunikationswissenschaftlich geprägten, die generell gebräuchlichen Begriffsbestimmungen zusammenfassenden Zugriff kann Werbung in einer zeitgemäßen Definition nach Siegert als ein geplanter Kommunikationsprozess definiert werden, der „gezielt Wissen, Meinungen, Einstellungen und/oder Verhalten über und zu Produkten, Dienstleistungen, Unternehmen, Marken oder Ideen beeinflussen“ (<bib id='Siegert & Brecheis 2005a'></bib>: S. 26) will. Verbreitung findet Werbung hierbei maßgeblich über unterschiedliche Werbemittel (z. B. Anzeige, Plakat, TV- oder Radiospot) und Werbeträger (z. B. Massenmedien, Werbeträger im öffentlichen Raum wie Litfaßsäulen). <br />
<br />
Zu unterscheiden ist ferner zwischen sogenannter Above-the-Line- und Below-the-Line-Werbung. Als Above-the-Line wird hierbei zumeist klassische, über Massenmedien (Anzeigen, Spots, etc.) und Außenwerbung (Plakate, Citylights, etc.) vermittelte Werbung verstanden, mit dem Begriff Below-the-Line-Werbung bezeichnet man davon abweichende Formen wie Guerilla Marketing oder Product Placement. Der noch in den 1950er Jahren gebräuchliche und synonym verwendete Begriff der Reklame findet hingegen heute kaum mehr Verwendung, wohl auch weil Werbung sich nicht auf das Bekanntmachen oder Anpreisen (frz.: réclamer: ausrufen, anpreisen), wie es der wortgeschichtliche Ursprung des Wortes Reklame suggeriert, von Produkten, Marken oder Unternehmen reduzieren lässt.<br />
<br />
<!--Anmerkung zwischen <ref> und </ref> im laufenden Text--><br />
<!--Literaturverweise im laufenden Text <bib id='Jonas 61a'>Jonas 1961</bib> --><br />
<!-- ... id im Literaturverzeichnis nachsehen, gegebenenfalls neu einfügen --><br />
<!-- ... (siehe Link "Sammlung" in Bibliographie-Box --><br />
<!-- Bilder als thumbs einsetzen, Muster: [[Datei:Beispiel.png|thumb|Bildtitel]] --><br />
<br />
=====Entwicklung der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung=====<br />
<br />
Bis ins die 20er Jahre des 19. Jahrhunderts spielten Bilder in der werblichen Kommunikation kaum eine Rolle, Anzeigen verzichteten zumeist gänzlich auf Illustrationen oder andere Gestaltungsmittel (<bib id='Schierl 2001a'></bib>: S. 42). Mit der Professionalisierung der Werbung und technischen Entwicklungen der Massenpresse veränderte sich schließlich auch die Gestaltungsweise von Werbung. So erscheinen in den 1820er Jahren in der englischen Provinzpresse erste Holzschnitte zu Anzeigen, in den 1860er Jahren wird das Illustrieren von Anzeigen dann auf einer breiteren Basis üblich. <br />
<br />
Um die Jahrhundertwende setzt sich schließlich ein neuer plakativer Stil durch, bei dem das Bild eine beherrschende Stellung einnimmt (vgl. ebd.). Anzeigen oder auch Plakate für Litfaßsäulen werden in dieser Zeit häufig von Künstlern produziert und beinhalteten bildliche Elemente (vgl. (<bib id='Haas 1995a'></bib>). So entwarf etwa der französische Künstler Henri Toulouse-Lautrec Plakate für das Pariser Varieté Moulin Rouge (Abb.1). <Datei: MoulinRouge.jpg><br />
<br />
In den 1920er Jahren werden schließlich im Zuge neuer technischer Möglichkeiten in zunehmender Weise auch Fotografien eingesetzt. Insgesamt zeichnet sich bis heute eine Entwicklung ab, in der in der Gestaltung von Werbemitteln Illustrationen immer seltener eingesetzt und durch den Einsatz von Fotografien weitestgehend ersetzt werden. <br />
Mit der Entwicklung und Verbreitung des Fernsehens sowie in den vergangenen Jahrzehnten neu entstandenen Möglichkeiten der Verbreitung von bewegten und nicht-bewegten Bildern in den so genannten Neuen Medien hat sich die Dominanz der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung weiter verstärkt (vgl. (<bib id='Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a'></bib>: S. 18); (<bib id='Schierl 2003a'></bib>). Inhaltsanalytische Studien bestätigen, dass in der werblichen Kommunikation bildliche Gestaltungsmittel zunehmend Verwendung finden (vgl. (<bib id='Schierl 2001a'></bib>).<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
=====Werberelevante Aspekte der Bildkommunikation=====<br />
<br />
Aufgrund ihres spezifischen Zeichencharakters weisen Bilder Merkmale auf, die aus einer werblich geprägten Perspektive eine Reihe vorteilhafter Kommunikationsmöglichkeiten eröffnen. Vor dem Hintergrund eines generell zu konstatierenden „information overload“ und einer damit verknüpften zunehmend flüchtiger und selektiver werdenden Informationsaufnahme wird Bildkommunikation in der Werbung insbesondere genutzt, um das eigene Informationsangebot aus der Fülle der Angebote abheben zu können (<bib id='Kroeber-Riel 1996a'></bib>: S.7) und damit die Aufmerksamkeit des Rezipienten auf das Produkt zu lenken (<bib id='Schierl 2001a'></bib>: S.79-159).<br />
<br />
Da Bilder besonders schnell erfasst werden und Emotionen generieren bzw. verstärken können (<bib id='Weidenmann 1988a'></bib>; <bib id='Messaris 1997a'></bib>), eignen sich Bilder hierzu in besonderer Weise. Wie in verschiedenen Studien gezeigt werden konnte (vgl. u.a. <bib id='Garcia 1990a'></bib> und <bib id='Garcia 1997a'></bib>), generieren Bilder mehr Aufmerksamkeit als Texte und verfügen darüber hinaus über ein höheres Aktivierungspotenzial. Dem Bild kommt demnach in der werblichen Kommunikation eine außerordentliche Bedeutung als „Lead in“ zu (vgl. u. a. <bib id='Schierl 2001a'></bib>). <br />
<br />
Ein für die werbliche Kommunikation ebenfalls bedeutender Aspekt ist das im Vergleich zu Texten hohe semantische Potenzial von Bildern. So lassen sich Objekteigenschaften (Farbe, Form, etc.) der beworbenen Produkte mit Bildern genauer darstellen, da hierfür oftmals entsprechende Begriffe fehlen (<bib id='Gibson 1982b'></bib>: S.290). Wichtig erscheint darüber hinaus der hohe Wiedererkennungswert von Bildern, der sowohl Imageaufbau und -bindung wie als auch Markenaufbau und -bindung erleichtert.<br />
<br />
In der werblichen Kommunikation wird zudem die Tatsache genutzt, dass aufgrund der Analogizität von Bildern in der bildlichen Vermittlung von Ereignissen in Massenmedien nicht ohne weiteres möglich ist, bestimmte Aspekte auszublenden. So sind ist zunehmenden Maße auch im redaktionellen Teil von Medien Werbebotschaften visuell präsent, im Ressort Sport beispielsweise auf Trikots der Sportler, Spielgeräten oder in Form von Bandenwerbung (vgl. <bib id='Schierl & Ludwig 2011a'></bib>). <br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
=====Auswirkungen auf andere Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
Verknüpfte Bereiche:<br />
- Bildverwendungstypen<br />
- Bilder als Zeichen<br />
- Bildsemantik<br />
- Bild und Sprache<br />
- Bildwahrnehmung<br />
- Bilder als Medien<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
<!--den folgenden Befehl, der die drei rechten Kästen einfügt, nicht verändern--><br />
<!--Anmerkungen und Literatur wird automatisch eingesetzt --><br />
<!--Literatur muß dazu mit entsprechender Bezeichnung in der Bibliogryphy-Seite eingetragen sein--><br />
<!-- ... dazu den "Sammlung"-Link im Literaturkasten verwenden --><br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
{{GlosTab3}}<br />
''Verantwortlich:'' <br />
<br />
<!--in der folgenden Zeile XXX durch Benutzernamen ersetzen--><br />
* [[Benutzer:Thomas Schierl|Schierl. Thomas]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Mark Ludwig|Ludwig, Mark]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Hartmut Stöckl|Stöckl, Hartmut]]<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Mark Ludwig
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Werbung&diff=6089
Werbung
2011-07-19T08:46:37Z
<p>Mark Ludwig: /* Entwicklung der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung */</p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Unterpunkte--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
[[Kategorie:Unterpunkt]]<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Wiki)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
[[Kategorie:Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Glossar)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
Unterpunkt zu: [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--beides sollte in der Regel der gleiche Text sein--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Abschnitt bitte nicht ändern--><br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt; Überschriften gegebenenfalls anpassen--><br />
=====Werbung: Grundlagen und Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
Werbung stellt ein dynamisches wie heterogenes Phänomen dar mit dem sich nach anfänglichen Vorbehalten heute eine Reihe von Disziplinen mit unterschiedlicher Perspektivierung beschäftigen, unter anderem bestehen wirtschaftwissenschaftliche, psychologische, soziologische, semiotische sowie kommunikationswissenschaftliche Zugänge. Einhergehend mit den gesellschaftlichen wie medienspezifischen Veränderungen der vergangenen Jahrzehnte sowie der Vielzahl der Beobachtungsperspektiven auf den Forschungsgegenstand, hat sich mittlerweile eine kaum mehr überschaubare Anzahl an Definitionsversuchen herausgebildet. <br />
<br />
In einem kommunikationswissenschaftlich geprägten, die generell gebräuchlichen Begriffsbestimmungen zusammenfassenden Zugriff kann Werbung in einer zeitgemäßen Definition nach Siegert als ein geplanter Kommunikationsprozess definiert werden, der „gezielt Wissen, Meinungen, Einstellungen und/oder Verhalten über und zu Produkten, Dienstleistungen, Unternehmen, Marken oder Ideen beeinflussen“ (<bib id='Siegert & Brecheis 2005a'></bib>: S. 26) will. Verbreitung findet Werbung hierbei maßgeblich über unterschiedliche Werbemittel (z. B. Anzeige, Plakat, TV- oder Radiospot) und Werbeträger (z. B. Massenmedien, Werbeträger im öffentlichen Raum wie Litfaßsäulen). <br />
<br />
Zu unterscheiden ist ferner zwischen sogenannter Above-the-Line- und Below-the-Line-Werbung. Als Above-the-Line wird hierbei zumeist klassische, über Massenmedien (Anzeigen, Spots, etc.) und Außenwerbung (Plakate, Citylights, etc.) vermittelte Werbung verstanden, mit dem Begriff Below-the-Line-Werbung bezeichnet man davon abweichende Formen wie Guerilla Marketing oder Product Placement. Der noch in den 1950er Jahren gebräuchliche und synonym verwendete Begriff der Reklame findet hingegen heute kaum mehr Verwendung, wohl auch weil Werbung sich nicht auf das Bekanntmachen oder Anpreisen (frz.: réclamer: ausrufen, anpreisen), wie es der wortgeschichtliche Ursprung des Wortes Reklame suggeriert, von Produkten, Marken oder Unternehmen reduzieren lässt.<br />
<br />
<!--Anmerkung zwischen <ref> und </ref> im laufenden Text--><br />
<!--Literaturverweise im laufenden Text <bib id='Jonas 61a'>Jonas 1961</bib> --><br />
<!-- ... id im Literaturverzeichnis nachsehen, gegebenenfalls neu einfügen --><br />
<!-- ... (siehe Link "Sammlung" in Bibliographie-Box --><br />
<!-- Bilder als thumbs einsetzen, Muster: [[Datei:Beispiel.png|thumb|Bildtitel]] --><br />
<br />
=====Entwicklung der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung=====<br />
<br />
Bis ins die 20er Jahre des 19. Jahrhunderts spielten Bilder in der werblichen Kommunikation kaum eine Rolle, Anzeigen verzichteten zumeist gänzlich auf Illustrationen oder andere Gestaltungsmittel (<bib id='Schierl 2001a'></bib>: S. 42). Mit der Professionalisierung der Werbung und technischen Entwicklungen der Massenpresse veränderte sich schließlich auch die Gestaltungsweise von Werbung. So erscheinen in den 1820er Jahren in der englischen Provinzpresse erste Holzschnitte zu Anzeigen, in den 1860er Jahren wird das Illustrieren von Anzeigen dann auf einer breiteren Basis üblich. <br />
<br />
Um die Jahrhundertwende setzt sich schließlich ein neuer plakativer Stil durch, bei dem das Bild eine beherrschende Stellung einnimmt (vgl. ebd.). Anzeigen oder auch Plakate für Litfaßsäulen werden in dieser Zeit häufig von Künstlern produziert und beinhalteten bildliche Elemente (vgl. (<bib id='Haas 1995a'></bib>). So entwarf etwa der französische Künstler Henri Toulouse-Lautrec Plakate für das Pariser Varieté Moulin Rouge (Abb.1). [Datei: MoulinRouge.jpg]<br />
<br />
In den 1920er Jahren werden schließlich im Zuge neuer technischer Möglichkeiten in zunehmender Weise auch Fotografien eingesetzt. Insgesamt zeichnet sich bis heute eine Entwicklung ab, in der in der Gestaltung von Werbemitteln Illustrationen immer seltener eingesetzt und durch den Einsatz von Fotografien weitestgehend ersetzt werden. <br />
Mit der Entwicklung und Verbreitung des Fernsehens sowie in den vergangenen Jahrzehnten neu entstandenen Möglichkeiten der Verbreitung von bewegten und nicht-bewegten Bildern in den so genannten Neuen Medien hat sich die Dominanz der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung weiter verstärkt (vgl. (<bib id='Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a'></bib>: S. 18); (<bib id='Schierl 2003a'></bib>). Inhaltsanalytische Studien bestätigen, dass in der werblichen Kommunikation bildliche Gestaltungsmittel zunehmend Verwendung finden (vgl. (<bib id='Schierl 2001a'></bib>).<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
=====Werberelevante Aspekte der Bildkommunikation=====<br />
<br />
Aufgrund ihres spezifischen Zeichencharakters weisen Bilder Merkmale auf, die aus einer werblich geprägten Perspektive eine Reihe vorteilhafter Kommunikationsmöglichkeiten eröffnen. Vor dem Hintergrund eines generell zu konstatierenden „information overload“ und einer damit verknüpften zunehmend flüchtiger und selektiver werdenden Informationsaufnahme wird Bildkommunikation in der Werbung insbesondere genutzt, um das eigene Informationsangebot aus der Fülle der Angebote abheben zu können (<bib id='Kroeber-Riel 1996a'></bib>: S.7) und damit die Aufmerksamkeit des Rezipienten auf das Produkt zu lenken (<bib id='Schierl 2001a'></bib>: S.79-159).<br />
<br />
Da Bilder besonders schnell erfasst werden und Emotionen generieren bzw. verstärken können (<bib id='Weidenmann 1988a'></bib>; <bib id='Messaris 1997a'></bib>), eignen sich Bilder hierzu in besonderer Weise. Wie in verschiedenen Studien gezeigt werden konnte (vgl. u.a. <bib id='Garcia 1990a'></bib> und <bib id='Garcia 1997a'></bib>), generieren Bilder mehr Aufmerksamkeit als Texte und verfügen darüber hinaus über ein höheres Aktivierungspotenzial. Dem Bild kommt demnach in der werblichen Kommunikation eine außerordentliche Bedeutung als „Lead in“ zu (vgl. u. a. <bib id='Schierl 2001a'></bib>). <br />
<br />
Ein für die werbliche Kommunikation ebenfalls bedeutender Aspekt ist das im Vergleich zu Texten hohe semantische Potenzial von Bildern. So lassen sich Objekteigenschaften (Farbe, Form, etc.) der beworbenen Produkte mit Bildern genauer darstellen, da hierfür oftmals entsprechende Begriffe fehlen (<bib id='Gibson 1982b'></bib>: S.290). Wichtig erscheint darüber hinaus der hohe Wiedererkennungswert von Bildern, der sowohl Imageaufbau und -bindung wie als auch Markenaufbau und -bindung erleichtert.<br />
<br />
In der werblichen Kommunikation wird zudem die Tatsache genutzt, dass aufgrund der Analogizität von Bildern in der bildlichen Vermittlung von Ereignissen in Massenmedien nicht ohne weiteres möglich ist, bestimmte Aspekte auszublenden. So sind ist zunehmenden Maße auch im redaktionellen Teil von Medien Werbebotschaften visuell präsent, im Ressort Sport beispielsweise auf Trikots der Sportler, Spielgeräten oder in Form von Bandenwerbung (vgl. <bib id='Schierl & Ludwig 2011a'></bib>). <br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
=====Auswirkungen auf andere Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
Verknüpfte Bereiche:<br />
- Bildverwendungstypen<br />
- Bilder als Zeichen<br />
- Bildsemantik<br />
- Bild und Sprache<br />
- Bildwahrnehmung<br />
- Bilder als Medien<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
<!--den folgenden Befehl, der die drei rechten Kästen einfügt, nicht verändern--><br />
<!--Anmerkungen und Literatur wird automatisch eingesetzt --><br />
<!--Literatur muß dazu mit entsprechender Bezeichnung in der Bibliogryphy-Seite eingetragen sein--><br />
<!-- ... dazu den "Sammlung"-Link im Literaturkasten verwenden --><br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
{{GlosTab3}}<br />
''Verantwortlich:'' <br />
<br />
<!--in der folgenden Zeile XXX durch Benutzernamen ersetzen--><br />
* [[Benutzer:Thomas Schierl|Schierl. Thomas]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Mark Ludwig|Ludwig, Mark]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Hartmut Stöckl|Stöckl, Hartmut]]<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Mark Ludwig
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Datei:MoulinRouge.jpg&diff=6088
Datei:MoulinRouge.jpg
2011-07-19T08:42:55Z
<p>Mark Ludwig: Abb.1: Henri Toulouse-Lautrec: Moulin Rouge - La Goulue (1891, Lithographie, 191 x 117 cm). Quelle: Ibiblio.org.</p>
<hr />
<div>Abb.1: Henri Toulouse-Lautrec: Moulin Rouge - La Goulue (1891, Lithographie, 191 x 117 cm). Quelle: Ibiblio.org.</div>
Mark Ludwig
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Bibliography&diff=5959
Bibliography
2011-06-21T14:19:34Z
<p>Mark Ludwig: /* Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a */</p>
<hr />
<div>===Warnke 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Warnke 1993a,<br />
title = {Bildersturm. Die Zerstörung des Kunstwerks},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Warnke, Martin},<br />
publisher = {S. Fischer Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2008b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2008b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, W.J.T.},<br />
title = {Das Leben der Bilder. Eine Theorie der visuellen Kultur},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Verlag C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {mit einem Vorwort von Hans Belting, aus dem Englischen von Achim Eschbach, Anna-Victoria Eschbach und Mark Halawa},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lippold 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lippold 1993a,<br />
author = {Lippold, Lutz},<br />
title = {Macht des Bildes - Bild der Macht: Kunst zwischen Verehrung und Zerstörung bis zum ausgehenden Mittelalter},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Edition Leipzig},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2002b,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Ereignis und Aura. Untersuchungen zu einer performativen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fischer-Lichte 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fischer-Lichte 2004a,<br />
author = {Fischer-Lichte, Erika},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Performativen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kris & Kurz 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kris & Kurz 1995a,<br />
author = {Kris, Ernst & Kurz, Otto},<br />
title = {Die Legende vom Künstler. Ein geschichtlicher Versuch},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {mit einem Vorwort von Ernst H. Gombrich},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 2000a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Vor einem Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser Verlag},<br />
address = {München/Wien},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Reinold Werner},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Panofsky 2002a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Sinn und Deutung in der bildenden Kunst (Meaning in the Visual Arts)},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Dumont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<!--- Dies ist eine Kommentarzeile --><br />
<!--- In diese Seite kommen alle bibliographischen Daten rein, --><br />
<!--- also wirklich a l l e für dieses Glossar. --><br />
<!--- Wer es kennt, wird erkennen, dass wir uns an BibTex orientieren. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- !!!!! Bitte erst mal durchsuchen, ob der geplante Eintrag !!! --><br />
<!--- !!!!! hier nicht schon unter anderer Bezeichnung steht! !!! --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Ein Schema für neue Einträge wird hier oben automatisch --><br />
<!--- eingeblendet, wenn ein neuer Literaturverweis in einer Seite --><br />
<!--- eingebaut wurde und man dem entsprechenden Link dort im --><br />
<!--- Literaturverzeichnis folgt. Bitte nach Anlegen nach unten kopieren, --><br />
<!--- so dass eine alphabetisch geordnete Liste erhalten bleibt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Derzeit sind folgende Formen möglich Monographie (=book), --> <br />
<!--- Sammelband (= Proceedings), Artikel in Sammelband (= inproceedings),--><br />
<!--- Zeitschriftenartikel (= article), Rest (= misc.) --><br />
<!--- (An einer Übersetzung dieser Typbezeichnungen wird gearbeitet) --><br />
<!--- In allen sind die jeweils üblichen Felder verfügbar; weitere Daten --><br />
<!--- können im Feld note deponiert werden -- die werden jeweils am Ende --><br />
<!--- der damit produzierten Literaturangabe angezeigt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Nun die Einträge; wenn möglich die Namen (1. Zeile nach bibentry) --><br />
<!--- alle nach gleichem Schema bauen und alphabetisch geordnet eintragen.--><br />
<!--- Angabe des Jahres am Besten immer mit fortlaufendem Kleinbuchstaben --><br />
<!--- indizieren, auch wenn noch kein zweites Werk des Autors im gleichen --><br />
<!--- Jahr aufgenommen wurde; kann ja noch kommen. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Wenn ein als Identifier benutzter Nachname mit einem Sonderzeichen --><br />
<!--- (insbesondere Umlaut) beginnt, bitte die Normalumschrift benutzen, --><br />
<!--- sonst sind die Literaturangaben auf den Seiten falsch geordnet. --><br />
<!--- Den korrekt geschriebenen Namen zwischen den <bib>Klammern nutzen. --><br />
{{GlossarBoxSub}}__TOC__</div><br />
<!--- --><br />
<br />
==A==<br />
===Adelmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelmann 2009a, <br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adelmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Adelmann 2004a, <br />
author = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Digitale Animationen in dokumentarischen Fernsehformaten?}, <br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung}, <br />
year = {2004}, <br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke}, <br />
pages = {387-406}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adelung 1811===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelung 1811, <br />
editor = {Adelung, Johann Christoph}, <br />
title = {Grammatisch-kritisches Wörterbuch der hochdeutschen Mundart: mit beständiger Vergleichung der übrigen Mundarten, besonders aber der Oberdeutschen. Erster Teil: A-E. Mit D. W. Soltau's Beyträgen; revidirt und berichtiget von Franz Xaver Schönberger, Doctor der freyen Künste und Philosophie},<br />
year = {1811}, <br />
publisher = {Bauer}, <br />
address = {Wien}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adorno 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Adorno 2003,<br />
author = {Adorno, Theodor W.},<br />
title = {Gesammelte Schriften, Bd. 7: Ästhetische Theorie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Alpers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alpers 1985a,<br />
author = {Alpers, Svetlana},<br />
title = {Kunst als Beschreibung. Holländische Malerei des 17. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Amelunxen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Amelunxen 1996a, <br />
author = {Amelunxen, Hubertus}, <br />
title = {Fotografie nach der Fotografie}, <br />
year = {1996}, <br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Dresden u.a.}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Appadurai 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Appadurai 2003a, <br />
author = {Appadurai, Arjun},<br />
title = {Archive and Aspiration},<br />
booktitle = {Information is Alive},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Brouwer, Joke; Mulder, Arjen},<br />
pages = {14-25},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Rotterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1997,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Poetik. Griechisch/Deutsch},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Manfred Fuhrmann},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {Übers. und Hrsg.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995c,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Physik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 6; Übers.: Hans Günter Zekl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995b,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Nikomachische Ethik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 3; Übers.: Eugen Rolfes},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995a,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Metaphysik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 5; Übers.: Hermann Bonitz},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a,<br />
author = {Asemissen, Hermann Ulrich & Schweikhart, Gunter},<br />
title = {Malerei als Thema der Malerei},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Attneave 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Attneave 1971a,<br />
author = {Attneave, F.},<br />
title = {Multistability in perception},<br />
journal = {Sci.Am 225},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
volume = {225},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Auerbach 1946===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Auerbach 1946,<br />
author = {Auerbach, Erich},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Dargestellte Wirklichkeit in der abendländischen Literatur [1946]},<br />
year = {<sup>10</sup>2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen/Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Augustinus 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Augustinus 2002,<br />
author = {Augustinus},<br />
title = {Was ist Zeit? Confessiones XI/Bekenntnisse 11},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {lateinisch-deutsche Ausgabe, eingeleitet, übersetzt und mit Anmerkungen versehen von Norbert Fischer},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Austin 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Austin 1972a,<br />
author = {Austin, John L.},<br />
title = {Zur Theorie der Sprechakte},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {orig.: How to do things with Words, 1962},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==B==<br />
===Baader 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baader 2003a,<br />
author = {Baader, Hannah},<br />
title = {Paragone},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {263},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bachmann-Medick 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bachmann-Medick 2006a,<br />
author = {Bachmann-Medick, Doris},<br />
title = {Cultural Turns. Neuorientierungen in den Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Badakshi 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Badakshi 2006a,<br />
author = {Badakshi, Harun},<br />
title = {Körper in/aus Zahlen. Digitale Bildgebung in der Medizin},<br />
booktitle = {The Picture's Image. Wissenschaftliche Visualisierung als Komposit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Hinterwaldner, Inge; Buschhaus, Markus},<br />
pages = {199-205},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Badt 1963a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Badt 1963a,<br />
author = {Badt, Kurt },<br />
title = {Raumphantasien und Raumillusionen. Wesen der Plastik}<br />
year = {1963},<br />
publisher = {DuMont}, <br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Balázs 2001a,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der Geist des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Balázs 2001b,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der sichtbare Mensch},<br />
booktitle = {Texte zur Theorie des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {v. F. Albersmeier},<br />
publisher = {Philip Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
pages = {224-233},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baltrušaitis 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baltrušaitis 77a,<br />
author = {Baltrušaitis, Jurgis},<br />
title = {Anamorphic Art},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Chadwyck-Healey},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {(aus dem Französischen von W.J. Strachan, zuerst: Paris 1969)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1977a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetoric of the Image},<br />
booktitle = {Image, Music, Text},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
editor = {Stephen Heath},<br />
pages = {32–51},<br />
publisher = {Fontana},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {orig. 1964 in Communications},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1964a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetorik des Bildes (1964)},<br />
booktitle = {Der entgegenkommende und der stumpfe Sinn. Kritische Essays III},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Hornig, Dieter},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barthes 1989a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Die helle Kammer. Bemerkung zur Photographie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batchen 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Batchen 1998a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Photogenics/Fotogenik},<br />
journal = {Camera Austria},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {62/63},<br />
pages = {5-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batchen 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Batchen 2000a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Ectoplasm. Photography in the Digital Age},<br />
booktitle = {Over Exposed. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Squiers, Carol},<br />
pages = {9.23},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batteux 1746/1770===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Batteux 1746/1770,<br />
author = {Batteux, Charles},<br />
title = {Einschränkung der schönen Künste auf einen einzigen Grundsatz},<br />
year = {<sup>3</sup>1770},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Aus dem Französischen übersetzt und mit Abhandlungen begleitet von Johann Adolf Schlegel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baudrillard 1978a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Agonie des Realen},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baudrillard 2000a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Das perfekte Verbrechen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {von Amelunxen},<br />
pages = {256-260},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baumberger 2010===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baumberger 2010,<br />
author = {Baumberger, Christoph},<br />
title = {Gebaute Zeichen. Eine Symboltheorie der Architektur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Ontos},<br />
address = {Heusenstamm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baxandall 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baxandall 1972a,<br />
author = {Baxandall, Michael},<br />
title = {Painting and Experience in Fifteenth Century Italy. A Primer in the Social History of Pictorial Style},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Clarendon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bayer 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bayer 1984,<br />
author = {Bayer, Udo},<br />
title = {Laokoon – Momente einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gunter Gebauer},<br />
pages = {59-101},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bechtloff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bechtloff 2001a,<br />
author = {Bechtloff, Dieter (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Choreographie der Gewalt}, <br />
journal = {Kunstforum International}, <br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Hefte 153, 155 & 156},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Heft 153: Der gerissene Faden. Nichtlineare Techniken in der Kunst; Heft 156: Plateau der Menschheit},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beckmann 1995===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beckmann 1995,<br />
author = {Beckmann, Jan P.},<br />
title = {Wilhelm von Ockham},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beil 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beil 2010a,<br />
author = {Beil, Benjamin},<br />
title = {First Person Perspectives. Point of View und figurenzentrierte Erzählformen im Film und im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belach & Jacobsen 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belach & Jacobsen 93,<br />
author = {Belach, Helga & Jacobsen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {CinemaScope. Zur Geschichte der Breitwandfilme},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Spiess},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Stiftung Deutsche Kinemathek},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beller 2005a,<br />
author = {Beller Hans},<br />
title = {Aspekte der Filmmontage - Eine Art Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch der Filmmontage. Praxis und Prinzipien des Filmschnitts},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Beller Hans},<br />
publisher = {TR-Verlagsunion},<br />
address = {München},<br />
pages = {9-33},<br />
note = {5., gegenüber der 4. unveränderte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2008a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Florenz und Bagdad. Eine westöstliche Geschichte des Blicks},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2004a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bild und Kult. Eine Geschichte des Bildes vor dem Zeitalter der Kunst},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {6. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2002a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte. Eine Revision nach zehn Jahren},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Verlag C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2., erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2001a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bildanthropologie. Entwürfe für eine Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 1983a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte?},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Kunstverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting & Haustein 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting & Haustein 1998a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans & Haustein, Lydia},<br />
title = {Das Erbe der Bilder. Kunst und moderne Medien in den Kulturen der Welt},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Benkő 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Benkő 1976a,<br />
editor = {Benkő, L.},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelv történeti-etimológiai szótára. I-IV},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bergson 1948a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bergson 1948a,<br />
author = {Bergson, Henri},<br />
title = {Das Mögliche und das Wirkliche},<br />
booktitle = {Denken und Schöpferisches Werden. Aufsätze und Vorträge},<br />
year = {1948},<br />
editor = {Bergson, H.},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Meisenheim am Glan},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {110-125},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bernays 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernays 1970a,<br />
author = {Bernays, Jacob},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der verlorenen Abhandlung des Aristoteles über Wirkung der Tragödie},<br />
year = {1970}<br />
publisher = {G. Olms},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bernhardt et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernhardt et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Bernhardt, Petra; Hadj-Abdou, Leila; Liebhart, Karin & Pribersky, Andreas},<br />
title = {EUropäische Bildpolitiken. Politische Bildanalyse an Beispielen der EU-Politik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {facultas UTB},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bertram et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bertram et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bertram, Georg W.; Lauer, David; Liptow, Jasper; & Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {In der Welt der Sprache: Konsequenzen des semantischen Holismus},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp}, <br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Berz 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Berz 2009a,<br />
author = {Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bitmapped Graphic},<br />
booktitle = {Zeitkritische Medien},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Volmar, Axel},<br />
pages = {127-154},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bevers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bevers 1985a,<br />
author = {Bevers, Antonius M.},<br />
title = {Dynamik der Formen bei Georg Simmel. Eine Studie über die methodische und theoretische Einheit eines Gesamtwerkes},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Duncker & Humblot},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Sozialwissenschaftliche Abhandlungen der Görres-Gesellschaft, Band 13},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beyme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beyme 2004a,<br />
author = {Beyme, Klaus von},<br />
title = {Politische Ikonologie der modernen Architektur},<br />
booktitle = {Politikwissenschaft als Kulturwissenschaft. Theorien, Methoden, Problemstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schwelling, Birgit},<br />
pages = {351-372},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bieger 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bieger 2007a,<br />
author = {Bieger, Laura},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Immersion. Raum-Erleben zwischen Welt und Bild},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Black 1972===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Black 1972,<br />
author = {Black, Max},<br />
title = {How do Pictures represent?},<br />
booktitle = {Art, Perception, and Reality},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gombrich, E.H.; Hochberg, Julian & Black, Max},<br />
pages = {95-130},<br />
publisher = {John Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blanke 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Blanke 2003,<br />
author = {Blanke, Börries},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Sinn. Das ikonische Zeichen zwischen strukturalistischer Semiotik und analytischer Philosophie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Reihe Bildwissenschaft, Bd. 4},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Block 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Block 1990a,<br />
author = {Block, Ned},<br />
title = {The Computer Model of the Mind},<br />
booktitle = {Thinking. An Invitation to Cognitive Science, Vol. 3},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {D. N. Osherson & E. E. Smith},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bloomfield 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bloomfield 1933a,<br />
author = {Bloomfield, Leonard},<br />
title = {Language},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Henry Holt and Co},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1986a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Annäherungen an die Aktualität der Rhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Wirklichkeiten in denen wir leben},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
pages = {104-136},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1969a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeitsbegriff und Möglichkeit des Romans},<br />
booktitle = {Nachahmung und Illusion. Poetik und Hermeneutik 1},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Hans Robert Jauß},<br />
pages = {9-27},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Blumenberg 1957a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {'Nachahmung der Natur'. Zur Vorgeschichte der Idee des schöpferischen Menschen},<br />
journal = {Studium Generale},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {5},<br />
pages = {266-283},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2008a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Augenmaß. Zur Genese der ikonischen Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Mersman, Birgit & Spies, Christian},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 2007a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2005a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild und die hermeneutische Reflexion},<br />
booktitle = {Dimensionen des Hermeneutischen. Heidegger und Gadamer},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Martin-Heidegger-Gesellschaft},<br />
pages = {23-35},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Schriftenreihe Band 7},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Sprache? Anmerkungen zur Logik der Bilder (2004)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {34-53},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild in der Kunstwissenschaft. Interview mit Gottfried Boehm},<br />
booktitle = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {11-21},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm 2001a,<br />
title = {Homo Pictor},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Saur},<br />
address = {München / Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1999a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zwischen Auge und Hand. Bilder als Instrumente der Erkenntnis (1999)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {94-113},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1994a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Wiederkehr der Bilder},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1994b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Bilderfrage},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Gottfried Boehm},<br />
pages = {325-343},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1994c,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1985a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Der Andere als Prototyp},<br />
booktitle = {Bildnis und Individuum. Über den Ursprung der Porträtmalerei in der italienischen Renaissance},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1978a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zu einer Hermeneutik des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Die Hermeneutik und die Wissenschaft},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Gadamer, Hans-Georg & Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {444-471},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a,<br />
title = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried; Mersmann, Birgit; Spies, Christian},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Böhme 2004a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Der Raum leiblicher Anwesenheit und der Raum als Medium von Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böhme 1999a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böcking 2008===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böcking 2008,<br />
author = {Böcking, Saskia},<br />
title = {Grenzen der Fiktion? Von Suspension of Disbelief zu einer Toleranztheorie für die Filmrezeption.},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bogen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bogen 2005a,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen},<br />
title = {Kunstgeschichte/Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus },<br />
pages = {52-67},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bonsiepe 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bonsiepe 1968a,<br />
author = {Bonsiepe, Gui},<br />
title = {Visuell/Verbale Rhetorik},<br />
journal = {Format: Zeitschrift für visuelle Kommunikation},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {17},<br />
pages = {11–18},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bousso 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bousso 2002a,<br />
author = {Bousso, Raphael},<br />
title = {The Holographic Principle},<br />
journal = {Reviews of Modern Physics},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {74},<br />
pages = {825-874},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brachfeld 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brachfeld_1976a,<br />
author = {Brachfeld, Otto},<br />
title = {Image},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {215-217},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandt 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandt 1999a,<br />
author = {Brandt, Reinhard},<br />
title = {Die Wirklichkeit der Bilder. Sehen und Erkennen – Vom Spiegel zum Kunstbild},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandom 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandom 2000a,<br />
author = {Brandom, Robert},<br />
title = {Expressive Vernunft. Begründung, Repräsentation und diskursive Festlegung (1994)},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Gilmer, Eva & Vetter, Hermann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2007a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Galilei der Künstler. Der Mond. Die Sonne. Die Hand},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2005a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Darwins Korallen. Die frühen Evolutionsdiagramme und die Tradition der Naturgeschichte},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Klaus Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bredekamp 2004a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Drehmomente. Merkmale und Ansprüche des Iconic Turn},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Turn. Die neue Macht der Bilder},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Maar, Christa & Burda, Hubert},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {A Neglected Tradition? Art History as Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2000a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Antikensehnsucht und Maschinenglauben. Die Geschichte der Kunstkammer und die Zukunft der Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 1994a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Die digitale Kunstkammer. Ein Interview mit Horst Bredekamp},<br />
journal = {Texte zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst; Schneider, Birgit; Dünkel, Vera},<br />
title = {Das Technische Bild. Kompendium für eine Stilgeschichte wissenschaftlicher Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst & Schneider, Pablo},<br />
title = {Visuelle Argumentationen. Die Mysterien der Repräsentation und die Berechenbarkeit der Welt},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2010a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildakts. Frankfurter Adorno-Vorlesungen 2007},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brentano 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brentano 1930a,<br />
author = {Brentano, Franz},<br />
title = {Wahrheit und Evidenz},<br />
year = {1930},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {(1975??)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Pitts, Michael A. & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right parietal brain activity precedes perceptual alternation during binocular rivalry},<br />
journal = {Hum. Brain Mapping},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/20690124},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Landis, Theodor & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right parietal brain activity precedes perceptual alternation of bistable stimuli},<br />
journal = {Cereb. Cortex 19},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {55-65},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brugger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger 1999a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter},<br />
title = {One hundred years of an ambiguous figure: happy birthday, duck/rabbit},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
number = {???},<br />
pages = {973–977},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brugger & Brugger 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger & Brugger 1993a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter & Brugger, Susanne},<br />
title = {The easterbunny in october: I is it disguised as a duck},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
number = {???},<br />
pages = {577–578},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brunet 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brunet 2008a,<br />
author = {Brunet, François},<br />
title = {A Better Example is a Photograph': On the Exemplary Value of Photographs in C. S. Peirce's Reflection on Signs},<br />
booktitle = {The Meaning of Photography},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Kelsey, Robin; Stimson, Blake},<br />
pages = {34-49},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Williamstown},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bruno 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bruno 2007a,<br />
author = {Bruno, Giuliana},<br />
title = {Public Intimacy. Architecture and the Visual Arts},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bryson 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bryson 2001a,<br />
author = {Norman Bryson},<br />
title = {Das Sehen und die Malerei},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 2000a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Die Krise der Psychologie},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Velbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Achim Eschbach und Jens Kapitzky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Büttner 2003a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank},<br />
title = {Perspektive},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {265},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher 2011a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {“Man sieht, was man hört“. Multimodales Verstehen als interaktionale Aneignung. Handlungstheoretische Medienanalyse.},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Jan Georg Schneider & Hartmut Stöckl},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher2010a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {Multimodales Verstehen oder Rezeption als Interaktion. Theoretische und empirische Grundlagen einers systematischen Analyse der Multimodalität},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Hajo Diekmannshenke & Michael Klemm & Hartmut Stöckl},<br />
pages = {121-156},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchner 1665===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchner 1665,<br />
author = {August Buchner},<br />
title = {Poet}<br />
year = {1665},<br />
publisher = {???}, <br />
address = {Wittenberg},<br />
note = {hrsg. v. Otto Prätorius},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchwald 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchwald 1989a,<br />
author = {Buchwald, Jed Z.},<br />
title = {The Rise of the Wave Theory of Light},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1933a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Axiomatik der Sprachwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1934a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1934a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Sprachtheorie. Die Darstellungsfunktion der Sprache},<br />
year = {<sup>2</sup>1965},<br />
publisher = {Fischer },<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bürger 1784===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bürger 1784,<br />
author = {Bürger, Gottfried August},<br />
title = {Von der Popularität der Poesie [1784]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Günter und Hiltrud Hintzschel}, <br />
pages = {725-730},<br />
publisher = {Hanser}, <br />
address = {München}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1784},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burckhardt 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Burckhardt 2001a,<br />
author = {Burckhardt, Jacob},<br />
title = {Der Cicerone. Eine Anleitung zum Genuss der Kunstwerke Italiens},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Kritische Gesamtausgabe},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {B. Roeck et al.}, <br />
pages = {Bd. 2},<br />
publisher = {Beck}, <br />
address = {München/Basel}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1855},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burke 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Burke 2003a,<br />
author = {Burke, Peter},<br />
title = {Augenzeugenschaft. Bilder als historische Quellen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Busch 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Busch 2004a,<br />
author = {Busch, Kathrin},<br />
title = {Geschicktes Geben. Aporien der Gabe bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Busch & Därmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Busch & Därmann 2007a,<br />
title = {pathos. Konturen eines kulturwissenschaftlichen Grundbegriffes},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Busch, Kathrin; Därmann, Iris},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Butler 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Butler 2001a,<br />
author = {Butler, Judith},<br />
title = {Psyche der Macht. Das Subjekt der Unterwerfung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner & Gottdank 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Büttner & Gottdank 2009a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank & Gottdank, Andrea},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Ikonographie. Wege zur Deutung von Bildinhalten},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==C==<br />
===Caglioti 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Caglioti 1995a,<br />
author = {Caglioti, G.},<br />
title = {Perception of ambiguous figures: A qualitative Model based on Synergetics and Quantum Mechanics},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {463–478.},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Campe 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Campe 2006a,<br />
author = {Campe, R.},<br />
title = {Epoche der Evidenz. Knoten in einem terminologischen Netzwerk zwischen Descartes und Kant},<br />
booktitle = {Intellektuelle Anschauung. Figurationen von Evidenz zwischen Kunst und Wissen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Peters, S. & Schäfer, M.J. },<br />
pages = {5-43},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carani 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carani 1986a,<br />
author = {Carani, Marie},<br />
title = {Le corpus Pellan: une relecture sémiotique},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carbone 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carbone 2001a,<br />
author = {Mauro Carbone},<br />
title = {La visibilité de l’invisible},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a,<br />
author = {Carlbom, Ingrid; Paciorek, Joseph},<br />
title = {Planar Geometric Projections and Viewing Transformations},<br />
journal = {ACM Computing Surveys},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {465-502},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carnap 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carnap 1947a,<br />
author = {Carnap, Rudolf},<br />
title = {Meaning and Necessity: A Study in Semantics and Modal Logic},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, IL},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2007a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {The World at a Glance},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2005a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {Earth-Mapping. Artists Reshaping Landscape},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2002a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {Representing Place. Landscape Painting and Maps},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 2010a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Birgit Recki},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 2009a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Der Begriff der symbolischen Form im Aufbau der Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
pages = {63-92},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Marion Lauschke},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1990a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Versuch über den Menschen. Einführung in eine Philosophie der Kultur},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1989a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Zur Logik der Kulturwissenschaften. Fünf Studien},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {5., unveränd. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 1930a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Mythischer, ästhetischer und theoretischer Raum (1930)},<br />
booktitle = {Ernst Cassirer: Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 17},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {B. Recki},<br />
pages = {411-436 [1931]},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1929a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1925a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1925a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Zweiter Teil: Das mythische Denken},<br />
year = {1925},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1923a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Erster Teil: Die Sprache},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===CCALED===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{CCALED-4,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Collins Cobuild Advanced Learner’s English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
publisher = {Collins},<br />
address = {Glasgow},<br />
note = {4<sup>th</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cha & Rautzenberg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cha & Rautzenberg 08a,<br />
author = {Cha, Kyung-Ho & Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
title = {Einleitung: Im Theater des Sehens. Anamorphose als Bild und philosophische Metapher},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {dies.},<br />
pages = {7-22},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chomsky 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chomsky 1957a,<br />
author = {Chomsky, Noam},<br />
title = {Syntactic Structures},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Christian 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Christian 2009a,<br />
author = {Christian, Alexander},<br />
title = {Piktogramme, Kritischer Beitrag zu einer Begriffsbestimmung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Shaker},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cipolla et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cipolla et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Cipolla, Roberto & Battiato, Sebastiano & Farinella, Giovanni Maria },<br />
title = {Computer Vision: Detection, Recognition and Reconstruction},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin, Heidelberg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Collingwood 1945===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Collingwood 1945,<br />
author = {Collingwood, Robin},<br />
title = {Die Idee der Natur [The Idea of Nature (1945)]},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {Übers.: Martin Suhr},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, M. R.; Roberts A. R.; Barbee A. P.; Druen P. B.; Wu Cheng-Huan},<br />
title = {„Their ideas of beauty are, on the wohle, the same as ours“: consistency and variability in the cross-cultural perception of female physical attractiveness},<br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {68},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-279},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham 1986a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, M.R.},<br />
title = {Measuring the physical in physical attractiveness: Quasi-experiments on the sociobiology of female facial beauty}, <br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {50},<br />
number = {}, <br />
pages = {925-935},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==D==<br />
===Damisch 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Damisch 1987a,<br />
author = {Damisch, Hubert},<br />
title = {L'origine de la perspective},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Flammarion},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Darwin 1872a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Darwin 1872a,<br />
author = {Darwin, Charles},<br />
title = {On the Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals},<br />
year = {1872},<br />
publisher = {Murray},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davidson 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Davidson 2004a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
title = {Drei Spielarten des Wissens},<br />
booktitle = {Subjektiv, intersubjektiv, objektiv},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
pages = {339-363},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davies 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Davies 1991,<br />
author = {Davies, David},<br />
title = {Works, Texts, and Contexts. Goodman on the Literary Artwork},<br />
journal = {Canadian Journal of Philosophy},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {331-346},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Deleuze 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Deleuze 1989a,<br />
author = {Deleuze, Gilles},<br />
title = {Das Bewegungs-Bild. Kino1},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M},<br />
note = {a. d. Franz. v. U. Christians und U. Bokelmann; Erstveröffentlichung 1983},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Demuth 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Demuth 2007a,<br />
author = {Demuth, Volker},<br />
title = {Extreme Expeditionen. Digitale, hybride und künstlerische Räume},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {89-104},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Depaulo 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Depaulo 1992a,<br />
author = {DePaulo, B. M. },<br />
title = {Nonverbal Behavior and Self Presentation},<br />
journal = {Psychological Bulletin},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {111},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {203-243},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Derrida 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 2007a,<br />
author = {Jacques Derrida},<br />
title = {Aufzeichnungen eines Blinden. Das Selbstporträt und andere Ruinen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Derrida 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 1992a,<br />
author = {Derrida, J.},<br />
title = {Die Wahrheit in der Malerei},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===de Duve 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{de Duve 1990a,<br />
author = {de Duve, Thierry},<br />
title = {The Monochrome and the Blank Canvas},<br />
booktitle = {Reconstructiong Modernism. Art in New York, Paris and Montreal 1945-1964},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Guilbaut, Serge},<br />
pages = {244-310},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge/Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===de Schonen et.al. 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{de Schonen et.al. 1994a,<br />
author = {de Schonen, S.; Deruelle, C.; Pascalis, O.; & Mancini, J.},<br />
title = {About funcional brain specialization.The development of face recognition (Functional cerebral specialization in the development of face recognition / A propos de la notion de specialisation cerebrale fonctionnelle: le developpement de la reconnaissance des visages)},<br />
journal = {Psychologie francaise},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {259-274},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Diderot 1751===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Diderot 1751,<br />
author = {Denis Diderot},<br />
title = {Brief über die Taubstummen [1751},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Schriften. Erster Band},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Friedrich Bassenge},<br />
pages = {27-97},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 1999a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Was wir sehen blickt uns an. Zur Metapsychologie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Didi-Huberman 2005a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {L’espace danse – Der Raum tanzt},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {16-30},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Diekmannshenke, Hajo & Klemm, Michael & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {erscheint Ende 2010},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dion 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dion 2002a,<br />
author = {Dion, K. K.},<br />
title = {Cultural Perspectives on Facial Attractiveness},<br />
booktitle = {Facial Attractiveness. Evolutionary, Cognitive, and Social Perspectives},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Rhodes, G. & Zebrowitz, L.A.},<br />
pages = {239-260},<br />
publisher = {Ablex},<br />
address = {Westport, CT},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ditzinger 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ditzinger 2006a,<br />
author = {Ditzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Illusionen des Sehens. Eine Reise in die Welt der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Elsevier, Spektrum, Akad. Verl.},<br />
address = {München, Heidelberg},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2002a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Malerei im Bilderstreit. Eine Revision aus Anlass des Rubenspreis-Jubiläums},<br />
booktitle = {10 x Malerei. Rubenspreis der Stadt Siegen in Werken der Sammlung Lambrecht-Schadeberg},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {19-34},<br />
publisher = {Museum für Gegenwartskunst },<br />
address = {Siegen},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dobbe 1999a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Querelle des Anciens, des Modernes et des Postmodernes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2007a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian},<br />
title = {Figuren der visuellen Rhetorik in werblichen Gesamttexten},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {71–112},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2001a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian },<br />
title = {Ein Funktionenmodell für Bildtexte},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Klaus Sachs-Hombach},<br />
pages = {29-39},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Döring 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Döring 2009a,<br />
author = {Döring, Sabine},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie der Gefühle},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Döring, Sabine},<br />
pages = {12-65},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drechsel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Drechsel 2006a,<br />
author = {Drechsel, Benjamin},<br />
title = {Was ist ein politisches Bild? Einige Überlegungen zur Entwicklung der Politikwissenschaft als Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Moderne. Kulturwissenschaftliches Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {106-120},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1989a,<br />
author = {Drosdowsi, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Etymologie. Herkunftwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache.},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {2. völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1988a,<br />
author = {Drosdowski, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Stilwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache. Die Verwendung der Wörter im Satz.},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {7., völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {= DUDEN Band 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dubois 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubois 1998a,<br />
author = {Dubois, Philippe},<br />
title = {Der fotografische Akt. Versuch über ein theoretisches Dispositiv},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Dresden, Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dubos 1760-61===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubos 1760-61,<br />
author = {Du Bos, Jean-Baptiste},<br />
title = {Kritische Betrachtungen über die Poesie und Malerey, 3 Teile},<br />
year = {1760-1761},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Übers.: Gottfried Benediktus Funk},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Duden 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Duden 1999a,<br />
author = {Duden},<br />
title = {Das große Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache in zehn Bänden},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dudenredaktion 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dudenredaktion 2003a,<br />
author = {Dudenredaktion (Hg.)},<br />
title = {DUDEN. Das Stilwörterbuch.},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {8. völlig neu bearbeitete Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Durand 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Durand 1987a,<br />
author = {Durand, Jacques},<br />
title = {Rhetorical Figures in the Advertising Image},<br />
booktitle = {Marketing and Semiotics},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Sebeok, J.U. },<br />
pages = {295–318},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==E==<br />
===Ebert 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ebert 1979a,<br />
author = {Ebert, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Montage Editing Schnitt},<br />
journal = {Filmkritik},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {547-558},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eco 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eco 1998,<br />
author = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
title = {Lector in fabula. Die Mitarbeit der Interpretation in erzählenden Texten},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {dtv},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eddiks 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Eddiks 2004a,<br />
author = {Eddiks, Christina},<br />
title = {Dem Emblem auf der Spur},<br />
howpublished = {},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
note = {Diplomarbeit},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kisd.de/~tom/diplom/christina_emblematik.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Edgerton 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Edgerton 2002a,<br />
author = {Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Die Entdeckung der Perspektive},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. & Ch. Sütterlin},<br />
title = {Im Banne der Angst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte menschlicher Abwehrsymbolik},<br />
year = {1992}, <br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. & Ch. Sütterlin},<br />
title = {Weltsprache Kunst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte bildlicher Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2008}, <br />
publisher = {Brandstätter},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt. I. },<br />
title = {Die Biologie menschlichen Verhaltens. Lehrbuch der Humanethologie},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt I. },<br />
title = {The expressive behavior of the deaf- and blind born},<br />
booktitle = {Social Communication and Movement},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {M. v. Cranach & I. Vine},<br />
pages = {163-194},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ekman 1973b,<br />
author = {Ekman, P. },<br />
title = {Cross cultural studies of facial expression},<br />
booktitle = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Ekman, P.},<br />
pages = {169-222},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ekman 1973a,<br />
editor = {Ekman, P. },<br />
title = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Elgin 1992,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Notation},<br />
booktitle = {A Companion to Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Cooper, David},<br />
pages = {307-309},<br />
publisher = {Blackwell},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1983===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elgin 1983,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {With Reference to Reference},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elkins 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 2003a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {Visual Studies. A Skeptical Introduction},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elkins 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 1999a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {The Domain of Images},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ellgring 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ellgring 1989a,<br />
author = {Ellgring, H.},<br />
title = {Nonverbal communication in depression},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Else 1958===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Else 1958,<br />
author = {Else, Gerald F.},<br />
title = {Imitation in the fifth century},<br />
journal = {Classical Philology},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
volume = {53},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {73-90},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Enright 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Enright 1987a,<br />
author = {Enright, J. T.},<br />
title = {Perspective vergence: oculomotor responses to line drawings},<br />
journal = {Vision Res},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1513–1526},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst 2002a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gibt es eine spezifische Videozität?},<br />
booktitle = {REC - Video als mediales Phänomen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf; Hoffmann, Hilde & Nohr, Rolf F.},<br />
pages = {14-29},<br />
publisher = {VDG},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang & Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Digitale Bildarchivierung. Der Wölfflin-Kalkül},<br />
booktitle = {Konfigurationen. Zwischen Kunst und Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Schade, Sigrid & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
pages = {306-320},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst et al. 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ernst et al. 2003a,<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang et al.},<br />
title = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Esposito 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Esposito 1998,<br />
author = {Esposito, Elena},<br />
title = {Fiktion und Virtualität},<br />
booktitle = {edien, Computer Realität. Wirklichkeitsvorstellungen und Neue Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {269-296},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Etcoff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Etcoff 2001a,<br />
author = {Etcoff, N. },<br />
title = {Nur die Schönsten überleben. Die Ästhetik des Menschen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eusterschulte 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eusterschulte 2001,<br />
author = {Eusterschulte, Anne},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 5: L-Musi},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Gert Ueding},<br />
pages = {Sp. 1232-1294},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==F==<br />
===Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a,<br />
author = {Fahlenbrach, Kathrin & Viehoff, Reinhold},<br />
title = {Medienikonen des Krieges. Die symbolische Entthronung Saddams als Versuch strategischer Ikonisierung},<br />
booktitle = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
pages = {356-387},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fantz 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fantz 1966a,<br />
author = {Fantz, R.L. },<br />
title = {Pattern discrimination and selective attention as determinants of perceptual development from birth},<br />
booktitle = {Perceptual Development in Children},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Kidd, A.H. & Rivoire, J.L},<br />
pages = {143-173},<br />
publisher = {University Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Farago 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Farago 1992a,<br />
author = {Farago, Claire J.},<br />
title = {Leonardo da Vinci’s Paragone. A Critical Interpretation with a New Edition of the Text in the Codex Urbinas},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leiden/New York/Kopenhagen/Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ferino-Pagden 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ferino-Pagden 2009a,<br />
title = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S. },<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fiedler 1991a,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2 Bd., hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991b,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Über den Ursprung der künstlerischen Tätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {111-220},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 1, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991c,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Aphorismen},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {7-105},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991d,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Zur neueren Kunsttheorie},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {247-290},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiske 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiske 2001a,<br />
author = {Fiske, John },<br />
title = {Videotech},<br />
booktitle = {Grundlagentexte zur Fernsehwissenschaft. Theorie - Geschichte - Analyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf et al.},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Konstanz},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {484-502},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Floch 1998a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean Marie},<br />
title = {The Contribution of Structural Semiotics to the Design of a Hypermarket},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Research in Marketing },<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1995a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Identités visuelles},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Presses Universitaires de France},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1990a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Sémiotique, marketing et communication},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Presses Universitaires de France.},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flügge et al. 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flügge et al. 2007a,<br />
author = {Flügge, Matthias; Kudielka, Robert & Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Vorwort und Dank},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {6-9},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flusser 1994===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flusser 1994,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Abbild – Vorbild},<br />
booktitle = {Was heißt „Darstellen“? },<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Christiaan L. Hart Nibbrig},<br />
pages = {34-48},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foley et al. 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foley et al. 1990a,<br />
author = {Foley, James D.; van Dam; Feiner & Hughes },<br />
title = {Computer Graphics. Principles and Practice},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Addison Wesley},<br />
address = {Reading, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foster & Krauss 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Foster & Krauss 1996a,<br />
author = {Foster, H. & Krauss, R.},<br />
title = {Introduction},<br />
journal = {October},<br />
pages = {3-4},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Foucault 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foucault 1976a,<br />
author = {Foucault, Michael},<br />
title = {Überwachen und Strafen},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fox 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fox 2006a,<br />
author = {Fox, Mark},<br />
title = {Quantum Optics. An Introduction},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frank & Lange 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frank & Lange 10a,<br />
author = {Frank, Gustav & Lange, Barbara},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft. Bilder in der visuellen Kultur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freedberg 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Freedberg 1991a,<br />
author = {Freedberg, David},<br />
title = {The Power of Images. Studies in the History and Theory of Response (1989)},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frege 1892===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frege 1892,<br />
author = {Frege, Gottlob},<br />
title = {Über Sinn und Bedeutung, zitiert nach der Ausgabe in: Frege, Gottlob: Funktion, Begriff, Bedeutung},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {G. Patzig},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {40-65},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1946a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die Verdrängung},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {247-261},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1946b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946b,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Das Unbewußte},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {263-303},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fuhrmann 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fuhrmann 2003,<br />
author = {Fuhrmann, Manfred},<br />
title = {Die Dichtungstheorie der Antike. Aristoteles – Horaz – 'Longin' Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Artemis & Winkler},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf und Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==G==<br />
<br />
===Gaede 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gaede 1981a,<br />
author = {Gaede, Werner},<br />
title = {Vom Wort zum Bild: Kreativ-Methoden der Visualisierung},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
publisher = {Langen Müller/Herbig},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Galison 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Galison 1997a,<br />
author = {Galison, Peter},<br />
title = {Image and Logic. A Material Culture of Microphysics},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ganz & Henkel 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ganz & Henkel 2004a,<br />
title = {Rahmen-Diskurse. Kultbilder im konfessionellen Zeitalter},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Ganz, David; Henkel, Georg},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Garcia 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Garcia 1990a,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Color Design},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Garcia 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Garcia 1997a,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Evolutions},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gardner 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gardner 1985a,<br />
author = {Gardner, Howard},<br />
title = {The Mind’s New Science. A History of the Cognitive Revolution},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Basic Books},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gebauer & Wulf 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gebauer & Wulf 1992a,<br />
author = {Gebauer, Gunter & Wulf, Christoph},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Kultur – Kunst - Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Der Mensch. Seine Natur und seine Stellung in der Welt},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Aula},<br />
address = {Wiebelsheim},<br />
note = {14. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004b,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Urmensch und Spätkultur. Philosophische Ergebnisse und Aussagen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Kolstermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {6., erw. Aufl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 1961a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Forschung. Zur Selbstbegegnung und Selbstentdeckung des Menschen},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a,<br />
author = {Geiger, Susi & Henn-Memmesheimer, Beate},<br />
title = {Visuell-verbale Textgestaltung von Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {1/2},<br />
pages = {55–74},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gellius 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gellius 1987a,<br />
author = {Gellius, A.},<br />
title = {Attische Nächte...},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Ü: H. Berthold},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerhardus et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gerhardus et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Gerhardus, Dietfried & Kledzik, S.M. & Reitzig, G.H.},<br />
title = {Schlüssiges Argumentieren – Logisch-propädeutisches Lehr- und Arbeitsbuch},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Gerstengrabe, Carina; Lang, Katharina & Schneider, Anna},<br />
title = {Wasserzeichen. Vom 13. Jahrhundert bis zum Digital Watermarking. Kulturen des Kopierschutzes<br />
II},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {9-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982a,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung und Umwelt. Der ökologische Ansatz in der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Urban & Schwarzenberg},<br />
address = {München, Wien u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982b,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Die Sinne und der Prozeß der Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Huber},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glock 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Glock 2000a,<br />
author = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
title = {Aspektwahrnehmung},<br />
booktitle = {Wittgenstein-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
pages = {43},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glüher 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Glüher 1998a,<br />
author = {Glüher, Gebhard},<br />
title = {Von der Theorie der Fotografie zur Theorie des digitalen Bildes},<br />
journal = {Kritische Berichte},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {23-31},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldie 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goldie 2000a,<br />
author = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
title = {The Emotions. A Philosophical Exploration},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldie 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Goldie 2010a,<br />
title = {The Oxford Handbook of Philosophy of Emotion},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 2002a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Phaidon},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {6},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1977a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gondek 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gondek 1997a,<br />
author = {Gondek, Hans-Dieter},<br />
title = {Der Blick – zwischen Sartre und Lacan. Ein Kommentar zum VII. Kapitel des Seminar XI},<br />
journal = {Riss. Zeitschrift für Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {37/38},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gooch & Gooch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gooch & Gooch 2001a,<br />
author = {Gooch, Bruce & Gooch, Amy},<br />
title = {Non-Photorealistic Rendering},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Natick, MA. },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1968a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Languages of Art},<br />
year = {1968, 2. rev. Aufl. 1976},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {dt.: Sprachen der Kunst. Suhrkamp 1998},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman & Elgin 1988===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman & Elgin 1988,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson & Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Reconceptions in Philosophy and Other Arts and Sciences},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {Deutsch: <em>Revisionen. Philosophie und andere Künste und Wissenschaften</em>. Frankfurt a. M.: Suhrkamp, 1993},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goren et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Goren et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Goren, C. C., Sarty, M., & Wu, P. Y.},<br />
title = { Visual following and pattern discrimination of face-like stimuli by newborn infants},<br />
journal = {Pediatrics},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {544-549},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/1165958?dopt=abstract},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_Kruse_2009a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Roland Barthes: Zeichen, Kommunikation und Mythos},<br />
booktitle = {Schlüsselwerke der Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Hepp, Andreas; Krotz, Friedrich & Thomas, Tanja},<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {VS/GWV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Empathische Cues und die Möglichkeit einer Affekt-Sprache des Films},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4},<br />
pages = {289-298},<br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2008b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008b,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Gewalt als Erlebnis. Die somatische Decodierung als Strategie des Filmerlebens in CLOVERFIELD},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4}, <br />
pages = {299-312},<br />
note = {}, <br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_Kruse_2009a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Roland Barthes: Zeichen, Kommunikation und Mythos},<br />
booktitle = {Schlüsselwerke der Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Hepp, Andreas; Krotz, Friedrich & Thomas, Tanja},<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {VS/GWV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_2010a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars},<br />
title = {Die Evolution des Cyborgs. Künstliche Lebensformen im japanischen Anime Ergo Proxy (2006)},<br />
booktitle = {Japan - Europa. Wechselwirkungen zwischen den Kulturen im Film und den darstellenden Künsten},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Adachi-Rabe, Kayo; Becker, Andreas; Mundhenke, Florian},<br />
pages = {213-230},<br />
publisher = {Büchner Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grammer et al. 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grammer et al. 2002a,<br />
author = {Grammer, Karl, Fink, B. & Renninger, L. A.},<br />
title = {Dynamic Systems and Inferential Information Processing in Human Communication},<br />
journal = {Neuroendocrinology Letters},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {Suppl. 4},<br />
pages = {15-22},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Graumann 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graumann 1966a,<br />
author = {Graumann, Carl Friedrich},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der Verhaltensbeobachtung},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Meyer, Ernst & Maier, Hans}, <br />
booktitle = {Fernsehen in der Lehrerbildung, Neue Forschungsansätze in Pädagogik},<br />
publisher = {Manz},<br />
pages = {86-107},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gregory 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gregory 2000a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Ambiguity of ‘ambiguity’},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1139-1142},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.richardgregory.org/papers/editorials/ambiguity-of-ambiguity.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gregory 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gregory 1997a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Eye and brain. The psychology of seeing},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Princeton University Press},<br />
address = {Princeton, N.J},<br />
note = {5. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1970a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Du sens, Teil I},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Essais Sémiotiques},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1966a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Sémantique structurale},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Semantik. Braunschweig: Vieweg, 1971},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas & Courtés 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas & Courtés 1979a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien & Courtés, Joseph},<br />
title = {Sémiotique: Dictionnaire raisonné de la théorie du langage},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hachette},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greenberg 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Greenberg 1997a,<br />
author = {Greenberg, Clement},<br />
title = {Zu einem neuen Laokoon},<br />
booktitle = {Clement Greenberg – Die Essenz der Modere. Ausgewählte Essays und Kritiken},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lüdeking, Karlheinz},<br />
pages = {56-81},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Dresden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grieshofer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grieshofer 2009a,<br />
author = {Grieshofer, F. },<br />
title = {Masken im Brennpunkt musealer Sammeltätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grimm 1860===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Grimm 1860,<br />
title = {Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: Biermörder-D},<br />
year = {1860},<br />
editor = {Jacob Grimm & Wilhelm Grimm},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grittmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grittmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Grittmann, Elke},<br />
title = {Das politische Bild. Fotojournalismus und Pressefotografie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Groß et al. 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Groß et al. 1981a,<br />
author = {Gross, C.G.; Bruce, C.J.; Desimone, R.; Fleming, J. & Gattass, R.},<br />
title = {Cortical visual areas of the temporal lobe: Three areas in the macaque},<br />
booktitle = {Cortical Sensory Organization. Vol. 2: Multiple Visual Areas},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
editor = {C.N. Woolsey},<br />
pages = {187-216},<br />
publisher = {Humana Press},<br />
address = {Totowa N.J.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Günzel 2006a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Bildtheoretische Analyse von Computerspielen in der Perspektive Erste Person},<br />
journal = {IMAGE},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {31-43},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2008a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Realität des Simulationsbildes. Raum im Computerspiel},<br />
booktitle = {Die Realität der Imagination - Architektur und das digitale Bild},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
pages = {127-136},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weimar}, <br />
note = {10. internationales Bauhaus-Kolloquium},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2009a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Simulation und Perspektive. Der bildtheoretische Ansatz in der Computerspielforschung},<br />
booktitle = {Shooter: Eine multdisziplinäre Einführung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Bopp, Matthias; Wiemer, Serjoscha & Nohr,Rolf F.},<br />
pages = {331-352},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2010a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Geste des Manipulierens. Zu Gebrauch statischer und beweglicher Digitalbilder}, <br />
booktitle = {Freeze Frames. Zum Verhältnis von Fotografie und Film},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmann & Gerlin},<br />
pages = {114-129},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==H==<br />
<br />
===Haas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haas 1995a,<br />
author = {Haas, Stefan},<br />
title = {Psychologen, Künstler, Ökonomen. Das Selbstverständnis der Werbetreibenden zwischen Fin de siècle und Nachkriegszeit},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderwelt des Alltags. Werbung in der Konsumgesellschaft des 19. und 20. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Borscheid, Peter & Wischermann, Clemens},<br />
pages = {78-89},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
===Habermas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1995a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Theorie des kommunikativen Handelns (1981), 2 Bd.},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Habermas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1973a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Erkenntnis und Interesse},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002a,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Die Entropie der Fotografie. Skizzen zu einer Genealogie der digitalelektronischen Bildaufzeichnung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf},<br />
pages = {195-238},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002b,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Es gibt kein ,digitales Bild'. Eine medienepistemologische Anmerkung},<br />
booktitle = {Licht und Leitung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Engel},<br />
pages = {103-112},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Haken 1995===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haken 1995,<br />
author = {Haken, Hermann},<br />
title = {Some basic concepts of Synergetics with respect of multistability in perception, phase transmissions and formation of meaning},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {23–44},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halawa 2008a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Wie sind Bilder möglich? Argumente für eine semiotische Fundierung des Bildbegriffs},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halbfass 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halbfass 1972a,<br />
author = {Halbfass, W.},<br />
title = {Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gründer, K. & Ritter, J. },<br />
pages = {Sp. 829-834},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halliday 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halliday 1996a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {Language as a Social Semiotic},<br />
booktitle = {The Communication Theory Reader},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Cobley, Paul},<br />
pages = {359-383},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halliday 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halliday 1985a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {An Introduction to Functional Grammar},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Edward Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hansen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hansen 2005a,<br />
author = {Hansen, S. },<br />
title = {Neolithische Figuralplastik im südlichen Karpatenbecken},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Harris 1756===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Harris 1756,<br />
author = {James Harris},<br />
title = {Drey Abhandlungen. Die erste über die Kunst, die andere über die Music, Mahlerey und Poesie, die dritte über die Glückseligkeit},<br />
year = {1756},<br />
publisher = {Schuster},<br />
address = {Danzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hasselbeck 1979===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hasselbeck 1979,<br />
author = {Hasselbeck, Otto},<br />
title = {Illusion und Fiktion. Lessings Beitrag zur poetologischen Diskussion über das Verhältnis von Kunst und Wirklichkeit},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hauschild 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hauschild 1982a,<br />
author = {Hauschild, Thomas},<br />
title = {Der böse Blick. Ideengeschichtliche und sozialpsychologische Untersuchungen, Beiträge zur Ethnomedizin, Ethnobotanik und Ethnozoologie},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1826===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1826,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Kunst. Vorlesung von 1826},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Gethmann-Siefert, Annemarie; Kwon, Jeong-Im & Berr, Karsten},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1830===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1830,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Enzyklopädie der philosophischen Wissenschaften im Grundrisse [1830]},<br />
year = {<sup>6</sup>1959},<br />
editor = {Friedhelm Nicolin und Otto Pöggeler},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1835===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1835,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Einleitung in die Ästhetik. Mit den beiden Vorreden von Heinrich Gustav Hotho [1835]},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hegel 1970a,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über die Ästhetik II},<br />
booktitle = {Werke},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
editor = {E. Moldenhauer & K. M. Michel},<br />
pages = {Bd. 14},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1835},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heidegger 1986a,<br />
author = {Martin Heidegger},<br />
title = {Ursprung des Kunstwerkes (1935/36)},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ditzingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1950a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidegger 1950a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Die Zeit des Weltbildes},<br />
booktitle = {Holzwege},<br />
year = {1950},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {69-104},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidenreich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidenreich 2001a,<br />
author = {Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Effekte der Digitalisierung: Berechenbarkeit und Suche},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, Wolfgang & Jaworek, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {259-262},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heider 2009a,<br />
author = {Heider, Don},<br />
title = {Living Virtually. Researching New Worlds},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang Publishing},<br />
address = {New Yor},<br />
note = {(Digital Formations vol. 47)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 2001a,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Abhandlung über den Ursprung der Sprache (1772)},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Irmscher, Hans Dietrich},<br />
publisher = {Philipp Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 1800===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 1800,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Sämtliche Werke. Bd. 22: Kalligone [1800]},<br />
year = {1880},<br />
editor = {Bernhard Suphan},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hernadi 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hernadi 1991,<br />
author = {Hernadi, Paul},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
title = {Reconceiving Notation and Performance},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetic Education},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herter 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Herter 1947a,<br />
author = {Herter, H. },<br />
title = {Vom dionysischen Tanz zum komischen Spiel. Die Anfänge der Attischen Komödie},<br />
journal = {Darstellung und Deutung},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {Iserlohn},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heßler 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Heßler 2006a, <br />
author = {Heßler, Martina},<br />
title = {Von der doppelten Unsichtbarkeit digitaler Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Ressource}, <br />
publisher = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden ={letzter Kontrollaufruf: 07.08.2010},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2006/3/Hessler/dippArticle.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hick 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hick 99a,<br />
author = {Hick, Ulrike},<br />
title = {Geschichte der optischen Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hickethier 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hickethier 1995a,<br />
author = {Hickethier, Knut},<br />
title = {Dispositiv Fernsehen – Skizze eines Modells},<br />
journal = {Montage/av},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1}<br />
pages = {63-83},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: },<br />
url = {www.montage-av.de/pdf/041_1995/04_1_Knut_Hickethier_Dispositiv_Fernsehen.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hildebrand 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hildebrand 1969a,<br />
author = {Hildebrand, Adolf von},<br />
title = {Das Problem der Form},<br />
booktitle = {Hildebrand: Gesammelte Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Bock, H.},<br />
pages = {41-350},<br />
publisher = {Westdeutscher Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln/Opladen},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1903},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hinterwaldner 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hinterwaldner 2008a,<br />
author = {Hinterwaldner, Inge},<br />
title = {Simulationsmodelle. Zur Verhältnisbestimmung von Modellierung und Bildgebung in interaktiven Echtzeitsimulationen},<br />
booktitle = {Visuelle Modelle},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Reichle, Ingeborg; Siegel, Steffen & Spelten, Achim},<br />
pages = {301-316},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hjelmslev 1954a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {La stratification du langage},<br />
booktitle = {Essais linguistiques},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
editor = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Nordisk Sprog- od Kulturforlag},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1943a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hjelmslev 1943a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {Omkring sprogteoriens grundlæggelse},<br />
year = {1943},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Dt. Prolegomena zu einer Sprachtheorie. München: Hueber},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hochberg 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hochberg 1977a,<br />
author = {Hochberg, Julian E.},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hofmann 2000a,<br />
author = {Hoffman, Donald D.},<br />
title = {Visuelle Intelligenz. Wie die Welt im Kopf entsteht},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hofmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Hofmann, Werner },<br />
title = {Spielräume und Raumverstecke},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {10-22},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2010a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Bildüberschreibungen. Wie Sprechtexte Nachrichtenfilme lesbar machen (und umgekehrt)},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, Hajo; Klemm, Michael & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
pages = {231-254},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {erscheint Ende 2010},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2009a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Der Wort-Bild-Reißverschluss. Über die performative Dynamik audiovisueller Transkriptivität},<br />
booktitle = {Oberfläche und Performanz. Untersuchungen zur Sprache als dynamischer Gestalt},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Linke, Angelika & Feilke, Helmuth},<br />
pages = {389-406},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2007a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Audiovisuelle Hermeneutik: Am Beispiel des TV-Spots der Kampagne ‚Du bist Deutschland’},<br />
booktitle = {Linguistische Hermeneutik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hermanns, Fritz},<br />
pages = {389–428},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly & Jäger 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly & Jäger 2011a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner & Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptionstheoretische Medienanalyse. Vom Anders-lesbar-Machen durch intermediale Bezugnahmepraktiken},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, Jan Georg & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {erscheint Frühjahr 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holmes 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holmes 1980a,<br />
author = {Holmes, Sir Oliver Wendell},<br />
title = {Das Stereoskop und der Stereograph},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie I. 1839-1912},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {114-122},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Originalausgabe 1859},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holschbach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holschbach 2003a,<br />
author = {Holschbach, Susanne},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Diskurse der Fotografie. Fotokritik am Ende des fotografischen Zeitalters},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {7-21},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {BD. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hömberg & Karasek 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hömberg & Karasek 2008a,<br />
author = {Hömberg, Walter & Karasek, Johannes},<br />
title = {Der Schweißfleck der Kanzlerkandidatin. Bildmanipulation, Bildfälschung und Bildethik im Zeitalter der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
journal = {Communicatio Socialis},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {276-293},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hopkins 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hopkins 1998a,<br />
author = {Hopkins, Robert},<br />
title = {Picture, Image and Experience},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Huber 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Huber 2004a,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Bild Beobachter Milieu. Entwurf einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1820a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1820a,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über das vergleichende Sprachstudium in Beziehung auf die verschiedenen Epochen der Sprachentwicklung [1820]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 4: 1820-1822},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
editor = {Albert Leitzmann},<br />
pages = {1-34},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1830-1835===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1830-1835,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über die Verschiedenheit des menschlichen Sprachbaues und ihren Einfluß auf die geistige Entwicklung des Menschengeschlechts [1830-1835]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 7.1},<br />
year = {1907},<br />
editor = {Albert Leitzmann},<br />
pages = {1-344},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 2006,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Phantasie und Bildbewußtsein},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {herausgegeben und eingeleitet von Eduard Marbach, Text nach Husserliana, Band XXIII},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1993a,<br />
author = {Husserl, E.},<br />
title = {Logische Untersuchungen. Elemente einer phänomenologischen Aufklärung der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {Teil II/Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1980a,<br />
author = {Edmund Husserl},<br />
title = {Phantasie, Bildbewusstsein, Erinnerung. Zur Phänomenologie der anschaulichen Vergegenwärtigungen. Texte aus dem Nachlass (1898-1925) (Husserliana XXIII)},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag / Boston / Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hyman 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hyman 2006a,<br />
author = {Hyman, John},<br />
title = {The Objective Eye: Color, Form, and Reality in the Theory of Art},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {UP},<br />
address = {Chicago },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hynes 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hynes 2005a,<br />
author = {Hynes, Maria},<br />
title = {Rethinking Reductionism},<br />
journal = {Culture Machine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {online journal},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.culturemachine.net/index.php/cm/article/viewArticle/33/41},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==I==<br />
===Imdahl 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1996a,<br />
author = {Max Imdahl},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Max Imdahl, Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {Wiederauflage der Schrift von 1974},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<!--- ===Imdahl 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1974a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {Wiederabruck}, <br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
--><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1987a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Farbe. Kunsttheoretische Reflexionen in Frankreich},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==J==<br />
===Jäger & Knauer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jäger & Knauer 2009a,<br />
title = {Bilder als historische Quellen? Dimensionen der Debatte um historische Bildforschung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jäger, Jens & Knauer, Martin},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jansen 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jansen 2005,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Aristoteles und das Problem des Neuen: Wie kreativ sind Veränderungsprinzipien?},<br />
booktitle = {Kreativität. XX. Deutscher Kongress für Philosophie. 26.-30. September 2005 in Berlin. Sektionsbeiträge, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Günter Abel},<br />
pages = {15-25},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag der TU Berlin},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jansen 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jansen 2002,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Tun und Können. Ein systematischer Kommentar zu Aristoteles' Theorie der Vermögen im neunten Buch der „Metaphysik”},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Hänsel-Hohenhausen},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jäger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2008a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptive Verhältnisse. Zur Logik intra- und intermedialer Bezugnahmen in ästhetischen Diskursen},<br />
booktitle = {Transkription und Fassung in der Musik des 20. Jahrhunderts. Beiträge des Kolloquiums in der Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur, Mainz, vom 5. bis 6. März 2004},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Gabriele Buschmeier & Ulrich Konrad & Albrecht Riethmüller},<br />
pages = {103-134},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jäger 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2002a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptivität. Zur medialen Logik der kulturellen Semantik},<br />
booktitle = {Transkribieren - Medien/Lektüre},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Ludwig Jäger & Georg Stanitzek},<br />
pages = {19-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jaubert 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jaubert 1998a,<br />
author = {Jaubert, Alain},<br />
title = {Fotos, die lügen: Politik mit gefälschten Bildern},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Äthenaum},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jean Paul 1795===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jean Paul 1795,<br />
author = {Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Ueber die natürliche Magie der Einbildungskraft [1795]},<br />
booktitle = {Ausgewählte Werke. Bd. 7/8: Leben des Qunitus Fixlein, aus fünfzehn Zettelschaften gezogen, nebst einem Mußtheil und einigen Jus de tablette},<br />
year = {1847},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jewitt 2009a,<br />
title = {The Routledge Handbook of Multimodal Analysis},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jewitt, Carey},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt & Oyama 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jewitt & Oyama 2001a,<br />
author = {Jewitt, Carey & Oyama, Rumiko},<br />
title = {Visual Meaning. A Social-Semiotic Approach},<br />
booktitle = {Handbook of Visual Analysis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Theo van Leeuwen & Carey Jewitt},<br />
pages = {134–156},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnson, Neil F. et al.???},<br />
title = {Information Hiding. Steganography and Watermarking - Attacks and Countermeasures},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Boston, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1996a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Der Computer im Kopf. Formen und Verfahren der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1983a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Mental Models. Towards a cognitive science of language, inference, and conciousness},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnston 2006a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Sean},<br />
title = {Holographic Visions. A History of New Science},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnston, V.S.; Hagel, R.; Franklin, M.; Fink, B. & Grammer, K.},<br />
title = {Male Facial attractiveness. Evidence for hormone-mediated adaptive design},<br />
journal = {Evolution and Human Behavior},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {251-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston & Franklin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston & Franklin 1993a,<br />
author = {Johnston, V.S. & Franklin, M.},<br />
title = {Is beauty in the eye of the beholder?},<br />
journal = {Ethology and Sociobiology},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {14},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {183-199},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1973a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Homo pictor. Von der Freiheit des Bildens},<br />
booktitle = {Organismus und Freiheit. Ansätze zu einer philosophischen Biologie},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
pages = {226-257},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1963===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1963,<br />
author = {Hans Jonas},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens. Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
booktitle = {Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit. Drei Aufsätze zur Lehre vom Menschen},<br />
year = {1963},<br />
editor = {Hans Jonas},<br />
pages = {26-43},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Jonas 1961a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens – Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Philosophische Forschung},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {161–176},<br />
note = {Wieder abgedruckt in: Jonas, Hans: <em>Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit – Zur Lehre vom Menschen</em>. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1987, 26–43},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Juhász et al. 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Juhász et al. 1999a,<br />
editor = {Juhász, J.; Szőke, I.; Nagy, G.O. & Kovalovszky, M.},<br />
title = {Magyar értelmező szótár},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jung 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jung 2003a,<br />
title = {Holographic Network},<br />
year = {2003a},<br />
editor = {Jung, Dieter},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bramsche},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==K==<br />
===Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a,<br />
author = {Kamlah, Wilhelm & Lorenzen, Paul},<br />
title = {Logische Propädeutik - Vorschule des vernünftigen Redens},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {BI Wissenschaftsverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl. (<sup>1</sup>1967, <sup>3</sup>1996)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a,<br />
author = {Kanizsa, G. & Luccio, R.},<br />
title = {Multistability as a research tool in experimental phenomenology},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {47–68},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1974a,<br />
author = {Kant, I.},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1787a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1787a,<br />
author = {Kant, I.},<br />
title = {Kritik der reinen Vernunft},<br />
year = {1787},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kant 1960a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Logik},<br />
booktitle = {Kant: Werke in 12 Bänden},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Weischedel, W.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Bd. VI},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1977a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Werkausgabe Band X, hrsg. von Wilhelm Weischedel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kardaun 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kardaun 1993,<br />
author = {Kardaun, Maria},<br />
title = {Der Mimesisbegriff in der griechischen Antike. Neubetrachtung eines umstrittenen Begriffes als Ansatz zu einer neuen Interpretation der platonischen Kunstauffassung},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {North-Holland},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/New York/Oxford/Tokyo},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kecskesi 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kecskesi 1982a,<br />
author = {Kecskesi, M. },<br />
title = {Kunst aus dem alten Afrika},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Pinguin},<br />
address = {Innsbruck},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kemp 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kemp 1974a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Disegno. Beiträge zu einer Geschichte des Begriffs zwischen 1547 und 1607},<br />
journal = {Marburger Jahrbuch für Kunstwissenschaf},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {219-240},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kittler 2002a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Computergrafik. Eine halbtechnische Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Hertha},<br />
pages = {178-194},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 2002b,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Optische Medien. Berliner Vorlesung 1999},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kjørup 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjørup 1978,<br />
author = {Kjørup, Søren},<br />
title = {Pictorial Speech Acts},<br />
journal = {Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {55-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1779===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Klopstock 1779,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ueber Sprache und Dichtkunst. Fragmente},<br />
year = {1779},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {243-258},<br />
publisher = {Heroldsche Buchhandlung},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1774===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klopstock 1774,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Werke und Briefe. Historisch-kritische Ausgabe. Bd. 7.1: Die deutsche Gelehrtenrepublik [1774]},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {Hurlebusch, Rose-Marie},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kluge 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kluge 2002a,<br />
author = {Kluge, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Etymologisches Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache.},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Seebold, Elmar},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter.},<br />
address = {Berlin, New York},<br />
note = {24. durchgesehene und erweiterte Auflage.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knieper & Müller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Knieper & Müller 2005a,<br />
author = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===König & Obrist 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{König & Obrist 1993a,<br />
title = {Der zerbrochene Spiegel. Positionen zur Malerei},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {König, Kasper & Obrist, Hans-Ulrich},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog Kunsthalle Wien / Deichtorhallen Hamburg},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Koller 1954===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Koller 1954,<br />
author = {Koller, Hermann},<br />
title = {Die Mimesis in der Antike. Nachahmung, Darstellung, Ausdruck},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kondor 2008a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Embedded Thinking: Multimedia and the New Rationality},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007c,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna },<br />
title = {Multimodal Integration: From a Philosophical Point of View},<br />
booktitle = {Proceedings of the IADIS International Conference: Mobile Learning },<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Arnedillo-Sanchez, Immaculada},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007b,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {The Mobile Image: Experience on the Move},<br />
booktitle = {obile Studies: Paradigms and Perspectives},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Nyíri, Kristóf},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Passagen},<br />
address = {Vienna},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Old Patterns, New Bewitchments},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophy of the Information Society: Papers of the 30th International Wittgenstein Symposium},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hrachovec, H.; Pichler. A. & Wang, J.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Konersmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Konersmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Konersmann, Ralf},<br />
title = {Kulturelle Tatsachen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kornmeier et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, Jürgen; Hein, Christine Maira & Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Multistable perception: When bottom-up and top-down coincide},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {69},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138–147},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kornmeier & Bach 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier & Bach 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, & Jürgen Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Object perception: When our brain is impressed but we do not notice it},<br />
journal = {Journal of Vision},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {7},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Korte 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Korte 2003a,<br />
author = {Korte, Helmut},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Systematische Filmanalyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {ESB},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kracauer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kracauer 1992a,<br />
author = {Kracauer, Siegfried},<br />
title = {Der verbotene Blick},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille & Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Kultur, Technik, Kulturtechnik: Wider die Diskursivierung der Kultur},<br />
booktitle = {Bild, Schrift, Zahl},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krauss 1999a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Reinventing the Medium},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {25,},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {289-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Winter},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 2000a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {A Voyage on the North Sea. Art in the Age of the Post-Medium Condition},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress 2010a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther},<br />
title = {Multimodality. A Social-Semiotic Approach to Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 2001a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Multimodal Discourse. The Modes and Media of Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 1996a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Reading Images. The Grammar of Visual Design},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krewani 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Krewani 2003a,<br />
author = {Krewani, Anna Maria},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Malerei bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=973507624},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
hidden = {Dissertation},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kripke 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kripke 1972a,<br />
author = {Kripke, Saul A.},<br />
title = {Naming and Necessity},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Natural Language},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Davidson, D. & Harman, G.},<br />
pages = {253-355, 763-769},<br />
publisher = {Reidel},<br />
address = {Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krkac 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krkac 2010a,<br />
author = {Krkac, Kristijan},<br />
title = {Wittgensteins’s Dubbit III},<br />
journal = {Wittgenstein-Studien},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {121-149},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kroeber-Riel 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kroeber-Riel 1996a,<br />
author = { Kroeber-Riel, Werner},<br />
title = { Bildkommunikation. Imagerystrategien für die Werbung },<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Vahlen},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a,<br />
author = { Kroeber-Riel, Werner & Esch, Franz-Rudolf},<br />
title = { Strategie und Technik der Werbung. Verhaltenswissenschaftliche Ansätze},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krüger 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krüger 2001a,<br />
author = {Krüger, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als Schleier des Unsichtbaren. Ästhetische Illusion in der Kunst der frühen Neuzeit in Italien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kruse 2003a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Christiane},<br />
title = {Wozu Menschen malen. Historische Begründungen eines Bildmediums},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse & Stadler 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kruse & Stadler 1995a,<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Papers originally presented at the International Symposium on Perceptual Multistability and Semantic Ambiguity held at the University of Bremen, Germany, March 22-25, 1993},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kruse et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Peter; Strüber, D. & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Significance of perceptual multistability for research on cognitive self-organization},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {69–84},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kudielka 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kudielka 2005a,<br />
author = {Kudielka, Robert},<br />
title = {Gegenstände der Betrachtung – Orte der Erfahrung. Zum Wandel der Kunstauffassung im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {44-57},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kulvicki 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kulvicki 2006a,<br />
author = {Kulvicki, John},<br />
title = {On Images: Their Structure and Content},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Oxford UP},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Külpe 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Külpe 1923a,<br />
author = {Külpe, Oswald},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über Logik},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Künzli 1996/1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Künzli 1996/1997a,<br />
author = {Künzli, Hansjörg},<br />
title = {Über die Haltbarkeit digitaler Daten},<br />
journal = {Rundbrief Fotografie},<br />
year = {1996/1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Sonderheft 3},<br />
pages = {5-8},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==L==<br />
===Lacan 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lacan 1987a,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jacques},<br />
title = {Die vier Grundbegriffe der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weinheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lakoff 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff 1987a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George},<br />
title = {Women, fire, and dangerous things – What categories reveal about the mind},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Chicago University Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lammert 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lammert 2007a,<br />
author = {Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Die vertrauten Sichtweisen sind umzustoßen. Zum Raum der Nachkriegszeit in ungewohnten Begegnungen},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {55-69},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst}<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Langer 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Langer 1984a,<br />
author = {Langer, Susanne},<br />
title = {Philosophie auf neuem Wege. Das Symbol im Denken, im Ritus und in der Kunst},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Langlois & Roggman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Langlois & Roggman 1990a,<br />
author = {Langlois, J.H. & Roggman I.A.},<br />
title = {Attractive faces are only average},<br />
journal = {American Psychol. Society},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
volume = {1/2},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {115-121},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lanz 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lanz 1971a,<br />
author = {Lanz, Jakob},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter},<br />
pages = {Spalte 89-100},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a,<br />
author = {Laplanche, Jean; Pontalis, Jean-Bertrand},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Das Vokabular der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Laplanche, Jean; Pontalis, Jean-Bertrand},<br />
pages = {37-38},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Latour 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Latour 2007a,<br />
author = {Latour, Bruno},<br />
title = {Eine neue Soziologie für eine neue Gesellschaft. Einführung in die Akteur-Netzwerk-Theorie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Law & Whittaker 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Law & Whittaker 1988a,<br />
author = {Law, John & Whittaker, John},<br />
title = {On the Art of Representation. Notes on the Politics of Visualisation},<br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, Gordon & Law, John},<br />
pages = {160-183},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leeuwen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leeuwen 2005a,<br />
author = {Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Introducing Social Semiotics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lefebvre 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lefebvre 2007a,<br />
author = {Lefebvre, Martin},<br />
title = {The Art of Pointing: On Peirce, Indexicality, and Photographic Images},<br />
booktitle = {Photography Theory},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Elkins, James},<br />
pages = {220-244},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York u. a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lenzen 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lenzen 1997a,<br />
author = {Lenzen, Dieter},<br />
title = {Lebenslauf oder Humanontogenese? Vom Erziehungssystem zum kurativen System – von der Erziehungswissenschaft zur Humanvitologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildung und Weiterbildung im Erziehungssystem. Lebenslauf und Humanontogenese als Medium und Form},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lenzen, D. & Luhmann, N.},<br />
pages = {228-247},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leopold & Logothetis 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Leopold & Logothetis 1999a,<br />
author = {Leopold, David A. & Logothetis, Nikos K.},<br />
title = {Multistable phenomena: changing views in perception},<br />
journal = {Trends Cogn. Sci. (Regul. Ed.)},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {254–264},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leroi-Gourhan 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leroi-Gourhan 1971a,<br />
author = {Leroi-Gourhan, André},<br />
title = {Präshistorische Kunst},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Herder},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1788===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1788,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon: Paralipomena [Erstveröffentlichung 1788]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe. Bd. 5/2. Werke 1766-169},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Wilfried Barner},<br />
pages = {207-321},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1766===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1766,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie [1766]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe in zwölf Bänden. Bd. 5/2: Werke 1766-1769},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Wilfried Bahner},<br />
pages = {11-206},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1974a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie},<br />
booktitle = {Werke, Bd. 6},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Göpfert, H. G.},<br />
pages = {7-187},<br />
publisher = {Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1766},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lévi-Strauss 1958a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lévi-Strauss 1958a,<br />
author = {Lévi-Straus, Claude},<br />
title = {Anthropologie structurale},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
publisher = {Plon},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Anthropologie. Frankfurt/Main: Suhrkamp},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990b,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Autographic and Allographic Art Revisited},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
pages = {89-106},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {What a Musical Work is},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
pages = {63-88},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levinson 1983a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Stephen C.},<br />
title = {Pragmatics},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lichtblau 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lichtblau 2009a,<br />
author = {Lichtblau, Klaus},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Georg Simmel: Soziologische Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Lichtblau, Klaus},<br />
pages = {7-27},<br />
publisher = {VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Licklider 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Licklider 1960a,<br />
author = {Licklider, J.},<br />
title = {Man-Computer Symbiosis},<br />
journal = {IRE Transactions on Human Factors in Electronics},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {4-11},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liebsch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liebsch 2001a,<br />
author = {Liebsch, Dimitri},<br />
title = {Die Geburt der ästhetischen Bildung aus dem Körper der antiken Plastik. Zur Bildungssemantik im ästhetischen Diskurs zwischen 1750 und 1800},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liesbrock 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Liesbrock 2010a,<br />
title = {Ad Reinhardt: Letzte Bilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Liesbrock, Heinz},<br />
publisher = {Josef Albers Museum Quadrat Bottrop},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2004a,<br />
author = {Liessmann, Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Reiz und Rührung. Über ästhetische Empfindungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2009a,<br />
author = {Liessmann Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Ästhetische Empfindungen. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas-WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lipps 1903a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lipps 1903a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor},<br />
title = {Grundlegung der Ästhetik. Erster Teil},<br />
year = {1903},<br />
publisher = {Leopold Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lipps 1920a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lipps 1920a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor },<br />
title = {»Zur Einfühlung«, in: Psychologische Untersuchungen 2/3, 1913},<br />
booktitle = {Die ästhetische Betrachtung und die bildende Kunst},<br />
year = {1920},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {111-491},<br />
publisher = {Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Löbner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Löbner 2003a,<br />
author = {Löbner, Sebastian},<br />
title = {Semantik. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Locke 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Locke 1975a,<br />
author = {Locke, J.},<br />
title = {An Essay Concerning Human Understanding},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {hg. von Niddich, P. H.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Logothetis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Logothetis 1998a,<br />
author = {Logothetis, N. K.},<br />
journal = {Philos. Trans. R. Soc. Lond., B, Biol. Sci.},<br />
title = {Single units and conscious vision},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {353},<br />
number = {1377},<br />
pages = {1801–1818},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lopes 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lopes 1996a,<br />
author = {Lopes, Dominic},<br />
title = {Understanding Pictures},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Claredon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1970a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Elemente der Sprachkritik – Eine Alternative zum Dogmatismus und Skeptizismus in der Analytischen Philosophie},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1990a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Einführung in die philosophische Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {(<sup>2</sup>1992)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lovejoy 1936===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lovejoy 1936,<br />
author = {Lovejoy, Arthur O.},<br />
title = {Die große Kette der Wesen. Geschichte eines Gedankens [The Great Chain of Being. A Study in the History of an Idea (1936)]},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1997a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Kunst der Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1996a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Realität der Massenmedien},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Luhmann 1993a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Form der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = { Hans Ulrich Gumbrecht & K. Ludwig Pfeiffer},<br />
pages = {349-366},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lunenfeld 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lunenfeld 2002a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Digitale Fotografie. Das dubitative Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografies},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {158-177},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lynch & Edgerton 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lynch & Edgerton 1988a,<br />
author = {Lynch, Michael & Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Digital Image Processing. Re-presentational Craft in Contemporary Astronomy}, <br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, Gordon & Law, John},<br />
pages = {184-220},<br />
publisher = {???}, <br />
address = {London u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==M==<br />
===Mach 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mach 1987a,<br />
author = {Mach, Ernst},<br />
title = {Die Analyse der Empfindungen und das Verhältnis des Physischen zum Psychischen},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Macpherson 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Macpherson 1996a,<br />
author = {Macpherson, Fiona},<br />
title = {Ambiguous Figures and the Content of Experience},<br />
journal = {Nous},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {82-117},<br />
note = {2006?},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Majetschak 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Majetschak 1997,<br />
title = {Auge und Hand. Konrad Fiedlers Kunsttheorie im Kontext},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manovich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manovich 2001a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {The Language of New Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge/MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manovich 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Manovich 2005a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {Die Poetik des erweiterten Raums},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {A. Lammert, M. Diers, R. Kudielka & G. Mattenklott},<br />
pages = {337-350},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manow 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manow 2008a,<br />
author = {Manow, Philip},<br />
title = {Im Schatten des Königs. Die politische Anatomie demokratischer Repräsentation},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Marshall 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Marshall 1968a,<br />
title = {Gellius: Noctes Atticae XIII, 17},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Marshall, P.K.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxonii},<br />
note = {Scriptorum Classicorum Bibliotheca Oxoniensis},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Martinec & Salway 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Martinec & Salway 2005a,<br />
author = {Martinec, Radan & Salway, Andrew},<br />
title = {A System for Image-Text-Relations in New (and Old) Media},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {337–371},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Massey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Massey 2007a,<br />
author = {Massey, Lyle},<br />
title = {Picturing Space, Displacing Bodies. Anamorphosis in Early Modern Theories of Perspective},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Pennsylvania State University Press},<br />
address = {University Park, Pa},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Maul 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Maul 2007a,<br />
author = {Maul, Stefan M.},<br />
title = {Gilgamesch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Babylonischen [auf der Grundlage von zum Teil noch unveröffentlichten Textzeugnissen neu und vollständig] übersetzt und mit einem Nachwort versehen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mead 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mead 1968a,<br />
author = {Mead, George Herbert},<br />
title = {Geist, Identität und Gesellschaft aus der Sicht des Sozialbehaviorismus},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {Original: <em>Mind, Self, and Society</em>. Hg. v. Charles W. Morris. Chicago, 1934},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meier 1757===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meier 1757,<br />
author = {Georg Friedrich Meier},<br />
title = {Betrachtungen über den ersten Grundsatz aller Schönen Künste und Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1757},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Halle},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meinhardt 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meinhardt 1997a,<br />
author = {Meinhardt, Johannes},<br />
title = {Ende der Malerei und Malerei nach dem Ende der Malerei},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mendelsohn 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mendelsohn 1982a,<br />
author = {Mendelsohn, Leatrice},<br />
title = {Paragoni. Benedetto Varchi’s Due Lezioni and Cinquecento Art Theory},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ann Arbor},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Menzer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Menzer 1992a,<br />
author = {Menzer, Ursula},<br />
title = {Subjektive und objektive Kultur. Georg Simmels Philosophie der Geschlechter vor dem Hintergrund seines Kultur-Begriffs},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Centaurus},<br />
address = {Pfaffenweiler},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 2003a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophisches Essays},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1993a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Die Prosa der Welt},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1966a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Phänomenologie der Wahrnehmung (1945)},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Walter de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen übersetzt und eingeführt durch eine Vorrede von Boehm, Rudolf},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1961a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophische Essays.}<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {neu bearbeitet, kommentiert und mit einer Einleitung versehen von Bermes, Christian (2003)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 1994a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Der Zweifel Cézannes (1948)},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Gottfried Boehm},<br />
pages = {39-59},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 2006a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Kino und die neue Psychologie (1947)},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie des Films},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Dimitri Liebsch},<br />
pages = {70-84},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mersch 2006a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Mediale Paradoxa. Einleitung in eine negative Medienphilosophie},<br />
journal = {Sic et Non. Zeitschrift für Philosophie und Kultur im Netz},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.sicetnon.org/content/perform/Mersch_Medienphilosophie_sw.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersch 2003a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Wort, Bild, Ton, Zahl – Modalitäten medialen Darstellens},<br />
booktitle = {Die Medien der Künste. Beiträge zur Theorie des Darstellens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
pages = {9-49},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2002a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Was sich zeigt. Materialität, Präsenz, Ereignis},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersmann 08a,<br />
author = {Mersmann, Jasmin},<br />
title = {Wandelgänge. Monumentale Anamorphosen im 17. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Cha, Kyung-Ho & Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
pages = {23-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Messaris 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Messaris 1997a,<br />
author = { Messaris, Paul},<br />
title = { Visual Persuasion: The Role of Images in Advertising},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {Thousand Oaks},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metscher 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metscher 2001,<br />
author = {Metscher, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metz 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metz 1972a,<br />
author = {Metz, Christian},<br />
title = {Semiologie des Films (1968)},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Koch, Renate},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzger 2008a,<br />
author = {Metzger, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gesetze des Sehens},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Klotz},<br />
address = {Taunus},<br />
note = {4. unveränd. Aufl., Repr. nach d. 3., völlig neu bearb. Aufl. 1975.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzinger 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Metzinger 2000a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Philosophische Perspektiven auf das Selbstbewusstsein: Die Selbstmodell-Theorie der Subjektivität},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Selbst},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Greve, W. },<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Psychologie Verlagsunion},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {Zitiert aus der überarbeiteten Online-Version},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.philosophie.uni-mainz.de/metzinger/publikationen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzinger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzinger 1999a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Subjekt und Selbstmodell. Die Perspektivität phänomenalen Bewusstseins vor dem Hintergrund einer naturalistischen Theorie mentaler Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meyer 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meyer 2001a,<br />
author = {Meyer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mediokratie. Die Kolonisierung der Politik durch das Mediensystem},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Michalsky 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Michalsky 2005a,<br />
author = {Michalsky, Tanja},<br />
title = {Raum visualisieren. Zur Genese des modernen Raumverständnisses in den Medien der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Ortsgespräche. Raum und Kommunikation im 19. und 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Geppert, Alexander C.T.; Jensen, Uffa & Weinhold, Jörn},<br />
pages = {292ff ??},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mirzoeff 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mirzoeff 2007a,<br />
author = {Mirzoeff, Nicholas},<br />
title = {Von Bildern und Helden. Sichtbarkeit im Krieg der Bilder},<br />
booktitle = {Feindbilder. Ideologien und visuelle Strategien der Kulturen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Haustein, Lydia; Scherer, Bernd & Hager, Martin},<br />
pages = {135-156},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2008a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. Thomas},<br />
title = {Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Gustav Frank},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2007a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.},<br />
title = {Realismus im digitalen Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderfragen. Die Bildwissenschaften im Aufbruch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Belting, Hans},<br />
pages = {237-256},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2006a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {Den Terror klonen. Der Krieg der Bilder 2001-2004},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Worlds. Neue Bilderwelten und Wissensräume},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Maar, Christa & Burda, Hubert},<br />
pages = {255-285},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2005a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. Thomas},<br />
title = {What Do Pictures Want? The Lives and Loves of Images},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1994a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.},<br />
title = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Representation},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1992a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {The Reconfigured Eye. Visual Truth in the Post-Photographic Era},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 1992b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {"The Pictorial Turn"},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
booktitle = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Repräsentation},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
publisher = {Universität of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1986a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {Iconology. Image, Text, Ideology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mojsisch 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mojsisch 1983a,<br />
author = {Mojsisch, Burkhard},<br />
title = {Meister Eckhart. Analogie, Univozität und Einheit},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mondzain 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mondzain 2006a,<br />
author = {Mondzain, Marie-José},<br />
title = {Können Bilder töten?},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich, Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Morris 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Morris 1994a,<br />
author = {Morris, D.},<br />
title = {Das Tier Mensch},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mülder-Bach 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mülder-Bach 1998,<br />
author = {Inka Mülder-Bach},<br />
title = {Im Zeichen Pygmalions. Das Modell der Statue und die Entdeckung der „Darstellung“ im 18. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1997a,<br />
author = {Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {Politische Bildstrategien im amerikanischen Präsidentschaftswahlkampf, 1828-1996},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1985a,<br />
author = {Müller, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {DUDEN Bedeutungswörterbuch = DUDEN Band 10},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a,<br />
author = {Müller-Beck, H. & Albrecht, G. },<br />
title = {Die Anfänge der Kunst vor 30'000 Jahren},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Theiss},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Münkler 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Münkler 2009a,<br />
author = {Münkler, Herfried},<br />
title = {Visualisierungsstrategien im politischen Machtkampf: Der Übergang vom Personenverband zum institutionellen Territorialstaat},<br />
booktitle = {Strategien der Visualisierung. Verbildlichung als Mittel politischer Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Münkler, Herfried & Hacke, Jens},<br />
pages = {23-51},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Musterle & Roessler 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Musterle & Roessler 1986a,<br />
author = {Musterle, W.A. & Roessler, O.E.},<br />
title = {Computer faces: The human Lorenz Matrix},<br />
journal = {Bio Systems},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {61-80},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==N==<br />
===Naef 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Naef 2007a,<br />
author = {Naef, Silvia},<br />
title = {Bilder und Bilderverbot im Islam},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {C. H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nänni 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nänni 2008a,<br />
author = {Nänni, Jürg},<br />
title = {Visuelle Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Niggli},<br />
address = {Sulgen},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
url = {www.worldcat.org/oclc/254718373},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006a,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc},<br />
title = {Am Grund der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006b,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc & Ferrari, Federico},<br />
title = {Die Haut der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Neuhaus 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Neuhaus 2006a,<br />
author = {Neuhaus, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Als William Gibson den Cyberspace erfand ... - Die Faszination für ein Vielzweck-Symbol aus der Science Fiction-Literatur},<br />
journal = {Telepolis},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.heise.de/tp/r4/artikel/23/23727/1.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Niederée & Heyer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Niederée & Heyer 2003a,<br />
author = {Niederée, R. & Heyer, D.},<br />
title = {The Dual Nature of Picture Perception: A Challenge to Current General Accounts of Visual Perception},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into pictures. An interdisciplinary approach to pictorial space},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, Heiko; Schwartz, Robert & Atherton, Margaret},<br />
pages = {77–98},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nietzsche 1870-1873===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nietzsche 1870-1873,<br />
author = {Nietzsche, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Ueber Wahrheit und Lüge im aussermoralischen Sinne [1870-1873]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke. Kritische Studienausgabe in 15 Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Giorgio Colli und Mazzino Montinari},<br />
pages = {873-890},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nivelle 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nivelle 1971,<br />
author = {Nivelle, Armand},<br />
title = {Kunst- und Dichtungstheorien zwischen Aufklärung und Klassik},<br />
year = {2. Auflage 1971},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nöth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nöth 2000a,<br />
author = {Nöth, Winfried},<br />
title = {Der Zusammenhang von Text und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Text- und Gesprächslinguistik. Handbücher zur Sprach- und Kommunikationswissenschaft 16},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Klaus Brinker et al.},<br />
pages = {489–496},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Novitz 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Novitz 1977,<br />
author = {Novitz, David},<br />
title = {Pictures and their Use in Communication. A philosphical Essay},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==O==<br />
===OED===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{OED-3,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Oxford English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
url = {dictionary.oed.com},<br />
note = {3<sup>rd</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Öhlschläger 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Oehlschläger 2005a,<br />
author = {Öhlschläger, C.},<br />
title = {Evidenz und Ereignis. Musils poetische ‚Momentaufnahmen‘ im Kontext der Moderne},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {203-216},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ohler 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ohler 1994a,<br />
author = {Ohler, Peter},<br />
title = {Kognitive Filmpsychologie. Verarbeitung und mentale Repräsentation narrativer Filme},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {MAkS Publikationen},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Okolowitz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Okolowitz 2006a,<br />
author = {Okolowitz, Herbert},<br />
title = {Virtualität bei G.W. Leibniz. Eine Retrospektive},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Diss. Universität Augsburg},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=98278726X},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ott 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ott 2007a,<br />
author = {Ott, Michaela},<br />
title = {Der unbestimmte Raum in Philosophie und Film},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==P==<br />
===Pang 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pang 2002a,<br />
author = {Pang, Alex Soojung-Kim},<br />
title = {Technologie und Ästhetik der Astrofotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Ordnungen der Sichtbarkeit. Fotografie in Wissenschaft, Kunst und Technologie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Geimer, Peter},<br />
pages = {101-141},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 1924a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Panofsky 1924a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Die Perspektive als symbolische Form (1924)},<br />
booktitle = {Erwin Panofsky, Deutschsprachige Aufsätze Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Michels, K. & Warnke, M.},<br />
pages = {664-757},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Erstpublikation in: <em>Vorträge der Bibliothek Warburg (1924/25)</em>. Leipzig, 1927, 258-330},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paret 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1960a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Textbelege zum islamischen Bilderverbot},<br />
booktitle = {Das Werk des Künstlers. Studien zur Ikonographie und Formgeschichte},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Hans Fegers},<br />
pages = {36-48},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paret 1968===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1968a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Das islamische Bilderverbot und die Schia},<br />
booktitle = {Festschrift Werner Caskel. Zum siebzigsten Geburtstag 5. März 1966 gewidmet von Freunden und Schülern},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Erwin Gräf},<br />
pages = {242-232},<br />
publisher = {Brill},<br />
address = {Leiden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2009a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1900 bis 1949},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2008a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1949 bis heute},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2006a,<br />
title = {Visual History. Ein Studienbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck und Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Paul 2005a,<br />
author = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Der Bilderkrieg. Inszenierungen, Bilder und Perspektiven der "Operation Irakische Freiheit"},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Perrault 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Perrault 1964a,<br />
author = {Perrault, Charles},<br />
title = {Parallèle des Anciens et des Modernes en ce qui regarde les Arts et les Sciences},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {orig.: Paris (4 Bde): 1688, 1690, 1692, 1694; Faksimileausgabe mit einer Einführung von Hans Robert Jauss und einem Kommentar von Max Imdahl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pesch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pesch 2001a,<br />
author = {Pesch, Martin},<br />
title = {Raumbilder-Bildräume. Zu den Arbeiten von Julia Ziegler},<br />
journal = {Kunstforum International},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {153},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Petersen 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Petersen 2000,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {Mimesis – Imitatio – Nachahmung. Eine Geschichte der europäischen Poetik},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Petersen 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Petersen 1992,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {‚Mimesis’ versus ‚Nachahmung’. Die Poetik des Aristoteles – nochmals neu gelesen},<br />
journal = {Arcadia. Zeitschrift für vergleichende Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {3-46},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a,<br />
title = {Der Künstler als Kunstwerk. Selbstporträts vom Mittelalter bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich & von Rosen, Valeska},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a,<br />
title = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget 1956a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1956a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {The Child’s Construction of Space},<br />
year = {1956},<br />
publisher = {Routledge / Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget et al. 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget et al. 1960a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean; Inhelder, B. & Szemenska, I.},<br />
title = {The Child’s Conception of Geometry},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
publisher = {Harper},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1978a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {Das Weltbild des Kindes},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {dtv/Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pias 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pias 2003a,<br />
author = {Pias, Claus},<br />
title = {Das digitale Bild gibt es nicht. Über das (Nicht-)Wissen der Bilder und die informatische Illusion},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2003/01/pias/pias.pdf}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Piccolino & Wade 2006a,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco & Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early examples of ambiguity (1)},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {861–864},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Piccolino & Wade 2006b,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco &. Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early examples of ambiguity (2)},<br />
booktitle = {Perception 35 (8)},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {1003–1006},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pillow 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pillow 2003,<br />
author = {Pillow, Kirk},<br />
title = {Did Goodman's Distinction Survive LeWitt?},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {61},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {365-380},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pitts et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pitts et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Pitts, Michael A.; Gavin, William J. & Nerger, Janice L.},<br />
title = {Early top-down influences on bistable perception revealed by event-related potentials},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {11–24},<br />
volume = {67},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 1991b,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Timaios},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke VIII},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Hülser, Karlheinz},<br />
pages = {197-425},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 2008a,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Politeia},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke, Band 2},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Ursula},<br />
pages = {195-537},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Plessner 1928a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Die Stufen des Organischen und der Mensch},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {W. de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {<sup>3</sup>1975},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1982a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Trieb und Leidenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Mit anderen Augen},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Plessner, Helmuth}, <br />
pages = {110-123},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1989a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Zur Anthropologie der Nachahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, G.},<br />
pages = {176-184},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plinius 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Plinius 2004,<br />
title = {G. Plinius Secundus d. Ä: Naturkunde / Naturalis historia : lateinisch-deutsch},<br />
year = {1990–2004},<br />
editor = {Roderich König et al.},<br />
publisher = {Artemis},<br />
address = {Zürich},<br />
note = {unkritische Ausgabe des lateinischen Textes mit Übersetzung und Erläuterungen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plümacher 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plümacher 1999a,<br />
author = {Plümacher, Martina},<br />
title = {Wohlgeformtheitsbedingugen für Bilder?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pöppel 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pöppel 1982a,<br />
author = {Pöppel, E.},<br />
title = {Lust und Schmerz},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Severin & Siedler},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pollmeier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pollmeier 2005a,<br />
author = {Pollmeier, Klaus},<br />
title = {Vom Baryt zum Bit. Zur Konservierung analoger und digitaler fotografischer Bilder. Digitale Bildverarbeitung, eine Erweiterung oder radikale Veränderung der Fotografie?},<br />
howpublished = {Ludwigsburg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
note = {Hasenpflug (Red.): Dokumentation des Symposiums am 12./13. November 2004 im Museum Folkwang, Essen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Popper 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Popper 2002a,<br />
author = {Popper, Karl R.},<br />
title = {Alle Menschen sind Philosophen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Bohnet, Heidi & Stadler, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München/Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pratschke 2005a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Digitale Form},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pratschke 2008a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Interaktion mit Bildern. Digitale Bildgeschichte am Beispiel grafischer Benutzeroberflächen},<br />
booktitle = {Technische Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bredekamp, Horst et al.},<br />
pages = {68-80},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Predelli 1999===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Predelli 1999,<br />
author = {Predelli, Stefano},<br />
title = {Goodman and the Score},<br />
journal = {British Journal of Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138-147},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pross 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pross 1972a,<br />
author = {Pross, Harry},<br />
title = {Medienforschung. Film, Funk, Presse, Fernsehen},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Habel},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Puttfarken 1991a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {The Dispute about Disegno and Colorito in Venice. Paolo Pino, Lodovico Dolce and Titian},<br />
booktitle = {Kunst und Kunsttheorie 1400–1900},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Peter Glanz et al.},<br />
pages = {75-95},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Puttfarken 1985a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {Roger de Piles‘ Theory of Art},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New Haven/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Q==<br />
==R==<br />
===Rager 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rager 1997a,<br />
author = {Rager, Dietmar},<br />
title = {Aspekte Sehen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob/ & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Raphael 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Raphael 1986a,<br />
author = {Raphael, Max},<br />
title = {Raumgestaltungen. Der Beginn der modernen Kunst im Kubismus und im Werk von Georges Braque}, <br />
year = {1986, Erstausgabe 1949},<br />
publisher = {Campus}<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M./New York},<br />
note = {hg. v. H.-J. Heinrichs},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rastier 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rastier 1972a,<br />
author = {Rastier, François },<br />
title = {Systematiques des isotopies},<br />
booktitle = {Essais de sémiotique poétique},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Greimas, A.J.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Larousse},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Recki 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Recki 2004a,<br />
author = {Recki, Birgit},<br />
title = {Kultur als Praxis. Eine Einführung in Ernst Cassirers Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Akademie-Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Renz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Renz 2006a,<br />
author = {Renz, U.},<br />
title = {Schönheit. Eine Wissenschaft für sich},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Berlin Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riedel 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Riedel 2005a,<br />
author = {Riedel, W.},<br />
title = {Endogene Bilder. Anthropologie und Poetik bei Gottfried Benn},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {163-202},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rieger 2009a,<br />
author = {Rieger, Stefan},<br />
title = {Holographie. Das Versprechen der Ganzheit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {87-106},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger & Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rieger & Schröter 2009a,<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen}, <br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riegl 1931a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Riegl 1931a,<br />
author = {Riegl, Alois},<br />
title = {Das holländische Gruppenporträt},<br />
year = {1931},<br />
publisher = {Staatsdruckerei},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1902},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rimmele 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rimmele 2010a,<br />
author = {Rimmele, Marius},<br />
title = {Das Triptychon als Metapher, Körper und Ort. Semantisierungen eines Bildträgers},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ritchin 1990a,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {In Our Image: The Coming Revolution in Photography. How Computer Technology is Changing our View of the World},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ritchin 1990b,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {Photojournalism in the Age of Computers},<br />
booktitle = {The Critical Image. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Squiers},<br />
pages = {28-37},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Seattle},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roch 1998a,<br />
author = {Roch, Axel},<br />
title = {Radartechnologie und Computergraphik. Zur Geschichte der Beleuchtungsmodelle in computergenerierten Bildern},<br />
booktitle = {Geschichte der Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Faßler, Manfred & Halbach, Wulf R.},<br />
pages = {227-254},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rock 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rock 1985a,<br />
author = {Rock, Irvin},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung. Vom visuellen Reiz zum Sehen u. Erkennen},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Spektrum-der-Wissenschaft-Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roloff 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roloff_1972a,<br />
author = {Roloff, D.},<br />
title = {Eidolon, Eikon, Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd.2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {330-332},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Róna-Tas 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Róna-Tas 1999a,<br />
author = {Róna-Tas, A.},<br />
title = {Hungarians and Europe in the Early Middle Ages. An Introduction to Early Hungarian History},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {CEU Press},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rorty 1967a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rorty 1967a,<br />
author = {Rorty, Richard},<br />
title = {The Linguistic Turn: Essays in Philosophical Method},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press.},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 2005a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Materie und Geist. Eine philosophische Untersuchung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ros 1999a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Was ist Philosophie?},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophieren über Philosophie}<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Raatzsch, Richard},<br />
pages = {36–58},<br />
publisher = {Leipziger Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ros 1989a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {“Bedeutung”, “Idee” und “Begriff” – Zur Behandlung einiger bedeutungstheoretischer Paradoxien durch Leibniz},<br />
journal = {Studia Leibnitiana},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {133-154},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1989/90a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1989/90a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Begründung und Begriff. Wandlungen des Verständnisses begrifflicher Argumentationen},<br />
year = {1989/90},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {3 Bände},<br />
hidden = {B. I: Antike, Spätantike und Mittelalter; B. II: Neuzeit; B. III: Moderne},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1979a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Objektkonstitution und elementare Sprachhandlungsbegriffe},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Königstein/Ts.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosch 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosch 1978a,<br />
author = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
title = {Principles of categorization}<br />
booktitle = {Cognition and Categorization},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
pages = {27-48},<br />
publisher = {Hillsdale},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosler 2000a,<br />
author = {Rosler, Martha},<br />
title = {Bildsimulationen, Computermanipulationen: einige Überlegungen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV. 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {von Amelunxen, Hubertus},<br />
pages = {129-170},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roth 2000a,<br />
author = {Roth, Peter},<br />
title = {Virtualis als Sprachschöpfung mittelalterlicher Theologen},<br />
booktitle = {Die Anwesenheit des Abwesenden. Theologische Annäherungen an Begriff und Phänomene von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Roth, Peter; Schreiber, Stefan & Siemons, Stefan},<br />
pages = {33-42},<br />
publisher = {Wißner},<br />
address = {Augsburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Royce 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Royce 1998a,<br />
author = {Royce, Terry},<br />
title = {Synergy on the Page: Exploring Intersemiotic Complementarity in Page-based Multimodal Text},<br />
journal = {JASFL Occasional Papers},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {25-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rötzer 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rötzer 1993a,<br />
author = {Rötzer, Florian},<br />
title = {Cyberspace. Zum medialen Gesamtkunstwerk},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ruff 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ruff 2009a,<br />
author = {Ruff, Thomas},<br />
title = {Jpegs},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ryan 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ryan 2001,<br />
author = {Ryan, Marie-Laure},<br />
title = {arrative as Virtual Reality. Immersion and Interactivity in Literature and Electronic Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {The Johns Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore & London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==S==<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Medium},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005b,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005a,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2004a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als kommunikatives Medium. Elemente einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003b,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Was ist Bildkompetenz?},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1999a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, },<br />
title = {Gibt es ein Bildalphabet?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {57-66},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1995a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Piktoriale Einstellungen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktoraler Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {195-211},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 1993a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Philosophische Psychologie im 19. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Prädikative und modale Bildtheorie },<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik. Theorien - Methoden - Fallbeispiele},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H.; Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {97-119},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-2/index.html},<br />
abstract ={Gegenstände sind immer nur dann Bilder, wenn jemand sie als solche benutzt. Hierbei können Bilder eine Vielzahl von Funktionen übernehmen. Lassen sich diese verschiedenen Funktionen oder Verwendungsweisen vielleicht aus einer einzigen Grundfunktion ableiten? Und sofern das so ist: Was wäre, ließe sich zweitens fragen, diese Grundfunktion von Bildern und in welcher Relation, ergibt sich als dritte Frage, steht sie zu den Verwendungsweisen von Sprache? Eine positive Beantwortung der ersten Frage voraussetzend werden zwei Kandidaten für die zweite Frage untersucht und diskutiert: Während die prädikative Theorie die grundlegende Bildverwendung in etwa paraphrasiert mit „… sieht so und so aus“ (bzw. „Der Gegenstand, der so und so aussieht, …“), schlägt die modale Theorie eine Verwendungsweise vor analog zu „An einem anderen (auch fiktiven) Ort oder einer anderen (auch hypothetischen) Zeit ist der Fall, daß so und so.“ },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Medientheorie, visuelle Kultur und Bildanthropologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {393-424},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.JRJS.de/Work/Papers/P09/P09-1/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachsse 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachsse 1974a,<br />
author = {Sachsse, Hans},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Kybernetik. Unter besonderer Berücksichtigung von technischen und biologischen Wirkungsgefügen},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Vieweg},<br />
address = {Braunschweig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 2007a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Le Sens du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1990a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Semiotics of Visual Language},<br />
publisher = {Indiana University Press},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
address = {Bloomington, IN},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1987a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {Englisch: Semiotics of Visual Language. Bloomington, Indianapolis: Indiana University Press.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1986a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie et syntax visuelle: Une analyse de Mascerade de Pellan},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 2008a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Transfigurements: On the True Sense of Art},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 1998a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Shades. Of Painting at the Limit},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Salomon 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2006a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {Transformations and Projections in Computer Graphics},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Salomon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2008a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {A Concise Introduction to Data Compression},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sander 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sander 1962a,<br />
author = {Sander, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Experimentelle Ergebnisse der Gestaltpsychologie},<br />
booktitle = {Ganzheitspsychoplogie. Grundlagen, Ergebnisse, Anwendungen: gesammelte Abhandlungen},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sander, Friedrich & Volkelt, Hans},<br />
pages = {73–122},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck'sche Verlagsbuchhandlung},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1962a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Blick},<br />
booktitle = {Das Sein und das Nichts},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Skizze einer Theorie der Emotionen},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {255-321},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1994b,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Das Imaginäre. Phänomenologische Psychologie der Einbildungskraft (1940)},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-2, hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994c,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Die Imagination (1936)},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {97-254},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1999a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Die Suche nach dem Absoluten. Texte zur bildenden Kunst},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sauer 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sauer 2008a,<br />
author = {Sauer, Martina},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmen von Sinn vor jeder sprachlichen oder gedanklichen Fassung? Frage an Ernst Cassirer},<br />
journal = {Kunstgeschichte. Texte zur Diskussion},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.kunstgeschichte-ejournal.net/discussion/2008/Sauer},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saussure 1916a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saussure 1916a,<br />
author = {Saussure, Ferdinand de },<br />
title = {Cours de linguistique générale},<br />
year = {1916},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Deutsch: Grundfragen der allgemeinen Sprachwissenschaft. 3. Aufl. Berlin 2001.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saxena & Sahay 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saxena & Sahay 2005a,<br />
author = {Saxena, Anupam & Sahay, Birendra},<br />
title = {Computer Aided Engineering Design},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scheler 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scheler 1928a,<br />
author = {Scheler, Max},<br />
title = {Die Stellung des Menschen im Kosmos},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {Otto Reichl Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schier 2005a,<br />
author = {Schier, W. },<br />
title = {Die Maske von Uivar},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W. },<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl 2001a ===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schierl 2001a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas},<br />
title = { Text und Bild in der Werbung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl 2003a ===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schierl 2003a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas},<br />
title = {Werbung im Fernsehen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl & Ludwig 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schierl & Ludwig 2011a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas & Ludwig, Mark},<br />
title = {Produktpolitik als Strategie der Visualisierung des Fußballsports in den Medien},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
journal ={Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
volume = {32},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schirra 2007a,<br />
editor = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Computational Visualistics and Picture Morphology},<br />
publisher = {IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
note = {Themenbeiheft zu Band 5},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Projects/Image/IMAGE5-Themenbeiheft.pdf},<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Begriffsgenetische Betrachtungen in der Bildwissenschaft: Fünf Thesen},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Medium. Kunstgeschichtliche und philosophische Grundlagen der interdisziplinären Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {197-215},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-3/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 2005a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Foundation of Computational Visualistics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {ISBN: 3-8350-6015-5 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-8350-6015-5'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra 2005b,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Ein Disziplinen-Mandala für die Bildwissenschaft - Kleine Provokation zu einem Neuen Fach},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-1/index.html},<br />
journal ={IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
pages = {30-45},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Von der Bildwissenschaft als einer Disziplin, die über die Grenzen von Kunstgeschichte oder Kunstwissenschaft hinausgeht und sich wissenschaftlich mit allen Aspekten des Umgehens mit Bildern und verwandten visuellen Repräsentations- und Zeichensystemen befaßt, wird erst seit etwa der Mitte der 1990'er Jahre gesprochen. In den folgenden Überlegungen geht es insbesondere um die Bildwissenschaft als den Versuch, ein Fachgebiet zu etablieren, in dem ein modernes Verständnis dessen, was eine etablierte Disziplin sein kann, verwirklicht sein soll. Zentrales Kriterium für in dem hier gemeinten Sinne "Neue" Disziplinen ist ihre Interdisziplinarität und die dadurch bedingte starke Methodenpluralität. Grundsätzlich muß daher die Frage geklärt werden, wie das Verhältnis der Teildisziplinen zueinander, insbesondere das Wechselspiel der jeweils eingesetzten Methoden betreffend, zu denken ist. Dem Forschungssujet der Bildwissenschaft entsprechend soll in dem Beitrag versucht werden, das Beziehungsgeflecht der beteiligten Elterndisziplinen (zumindest teilweise) in Form eines Bildes anzugeben. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2005c,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Computervisualistik},<br />
booktitle = { Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {268-280},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bausteine vieler Disziplinen müssen in eine allgemeine Bildwissenschaft integriert werden. Als Beitrag aus der Informatik versteht sich die Computervisualistik, die alle Aspekte rechnergestützten Umgangs mit Bildern umfaßt. Zwei Grundbegriffe der Informatik werden vorgestellt und bestimmen, auf den Begriff "Bild" angewendet, den methodologischen Kern der Computervisualistik. Als Beitrag der Informatik zum Gegenstand der Bildtheorie werden interaktive Bilder betrachtet. Schließlich werden die Beziehungen zu anderen "Bildwissenschaften" kurz umrissen. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2001a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bilder &nbsp;&nbsp; —— &nbsp;&nbsp; Kontextbilder},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln – Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Pragmatik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {77-100},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P01/P01-5/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bildkommunikation und die Verständigung mit Aussagen scheinen wenig gemein zu haben. Genauere logisch-pragmatische Analysen der Kontextrelativität von Aussagen zeigen jedoch eine enge systematische Abhängigkeit beider Kommunikationsformen im Begriff der Kontextbildung, den Bilder auf ausgezeichnete Weise implementieren. Prädikatorische und nominatorische Verwendungen von Bildern sind aus der grundlegenden Funktion zur Kontextbildung ableitbar. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2000a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Täuschung, Ähnlichkeit und Immersion: Die Vögel des Zeuxis},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Realismus der Bilder: Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Semantik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Rehkämper, K.& Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {119-135},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P00/P00-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bilder gibt es als solche – von ihrem Begriff her – immer nur für Individuen, die sich in einer bestimmten Weise verhalten, oder die gewisse Handlungen vollziehen. Wenn dies aber der Fall ist, scheint es ratsam, den Begriff "Bild" nicht, wie es gewöhnlich geschieht, als einen Begriff für einen isoliert vorkommenden Gegenstand zu erläutern, sondern als Komponente der Begriffe für bestimmte Verhaltens- oder Handlungsfähigkeiten. Ausgehend von der antiken Zeuxis-Anekdote werden in diesem Sinne erste Schritte zu einem handlungstheoretischen Ähnlichkeitsbegriff versucht.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1999a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Syntaktische Dichte oder Kontinuität - Ein mathematischer Aspekt der Visualistik},<br />
booktitle = {bildgrammatik. interdisziplinäre forschungen zur syntax bildlicher darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {103-119},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P99/P99-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Der Begriff Dichte spielt eine zentrale Rolle in Diskussionen zur Bildsyntax, wird aber selten in Beziehung zum mathematisch verwandten Kontinuumsbegriff gestellt. Dabei ist die Frage, ob Bilder syntaktisch nur als dicht oder gar als kontinuierlich verstanden werden sollten, durchaus relevant, wie anhand von informatischen und neuropsychologischen Argumenten gezeigt wird.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1995a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Understanding Radio Broadcasts On Soccer. The Concept `Mental Image' and Its Use in Spatial Reasoning},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktorialer Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {107-136},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P95/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Most cognitive theories agree that a listener of a sports broadcast on radio usually imagines the scene described; the concept `mental image' appears in a specific sort of explanations. In contrast to this conception, it is argued that this concept should rather be understood as part of a certain kind of grounding explanations of the radio listener's understanding. This particular conception is based on the distinction between `specification' and `implementation' as found in the theory of abstract data types. Its application to the field of spatial concepts leads to a computational system (ANTLIMA) which exemplifies how the expression `mental image' could be used while explaining a speaker's ability to control the resolvability of ambiguities in an objective report of what the speaker sees. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 1994a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bildbeschreibung als Verbindung von visuellem und sprachlichem Raum},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {DISKI},<br />
address = {St. Augustin},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {ISBN 3-929037-71-8 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-929037-71-8'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P94/P94-1-d/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1993a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Connecting Visual and Verbal Space: Preliminary Considerations Concerning the Concept »Mental Image«},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Time, Space, and Movement},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {M. Aurnague, A. Borillo, M. Borillo & M. Bras},<br />
pages = {105-121},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Paul Sabatier},<br />
address = {Toulouse},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P93/P93-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {AI research concerning the connection between seeing and speaking mainly employs what is called reference semantics. Within this framework, the notion of `mental image' is often used while explaining how somebody not situated in the same perceptual context is able to anchor his understanding of an utterance describing the scene visually perceived by the speaker. We give a foundation for considering mental images as propositions with respect to a certain field of concepts: these fields have to provide a syntactically dense set of concepts distinguishing locations. The use of such propositions in the reference semantic explanations of understanding utterances about visually perceived scenes is motivated by applying Kant's idea of the introduction of new types of objects: we conceive spatial relations as relations only applicable to sortal objects, i.e., individuated objects which are synthetically introduced on a syntactically dense field providing their potential locations. The concept `mental image' which results from these preliminary studies is applied to two current projects in AI, one dealing with the semantics of particular spatial prepositions, and the other more generally concerned with the logic of the connection between visual and verbal space.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Anthropologie in der systematischen Bildwissenschaft: Auf der Spur des homo pictor},<br />
booktitle = {Disziplinen der Anthropologie},<br />
editor = {Meyer, S. & Owzar, A.},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
pages = {145-177},<br />
note = {},<br />
publisher = {Waxmann},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Homo pictor and the Linguistic Turn: Revisiting Hans Jonas’ Picture Anthropology},<br />
journal = {Linguistic and Philosophical Investigations},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {144–181},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P10/P10-2/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {There has been a long tradition of characterizing man as the animal that talks. However, the remarkable ability of using pictures also only belongs to human beings, after all we know empirically so far. Are there conceptual reasons for that coincidence? The paper is dedicated to a philosophical programme of “concept-genetic” considerations dealing in particular with the dependencies between those two abilities: The conceptual relation between the competence to use assertive language and the faculty of employing pictures must be conceived of as being much closer than usually expected. Indeed we conclude, there cannot be creatures with only one of them.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte – elektronisch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
url = {www.uni-due.de/germanistik/elise/ausgabe_12006},<br />
hidden = {letzter Zugriff: 25. September 2010},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract ={Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie, wie sie der Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt, eignet - und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Eine Gegenüberstellung der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild führt zu eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden: Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von (darstellenden) Bildern Sprache gegenüber durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. In beiden Fällen hängen die Aufgliederungen mit der Funktion der Kontextbildung zusammen, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung mündet daher in das Programm einer begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, die eine derartige Begründung zu liefern imstande wäre. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Fähigkeiten zum Bild- und Sprachgebrauch },<br />
journal = {Deutsche Zeitschrift für Philosophie},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {54},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {887-905},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-5/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie wie in die Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Ein erster Vergleich der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild listet eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden auf. Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von Bildern gegenüber Sprache durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung weitet sich daher zu einer begriffsgenetischen Skizzierung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, wobei sich die Begriffe des sortalen Gegenstands und des Verhaltenskontextes als zentral herausstellen. Mit ihnen kann die Beziehung zwischen den beiden Fähigkeiten genauer untersucht werden: Sie ergibt sich insbesondere aus der Funktion der Kontextbildung, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Im Rahmen der begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung ergeben sich schließlich Argumente dafür, die Beziehung als eine wechselseitige Abhängigkeit zu charakterisieren, wobei auch eine Vorschlag zur Analyse des Begriffs des inneren Bildes - oder besser: des Vorstellungsvermögens eingeschlossen ist. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Scholz 1998a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. & Scholz, Martin},<br />
title = {Abstraction versus Realism: Not the Real Question},<br />
booktitle = {Computer Visualization – Graphics, Abstraction, and Interactivity},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Strothotte, T. (et al.)},<br />
pages = {379-401},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {Chapter 22},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P98/P98-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {When browsing through a book on computer graphics, one usually finds a lot of more or less interesting pictures that are produced by means of computers. These pictures are embedded in pages of technical texts describing how this image generation was performed and why it provides a better way to do so than other methods. Less space is usually given to the methodological background and the motivation underlying the preoccupation with computer visualization. In this chapter, we want to complement the more technically oriented part of this book with some reflections as to why such techniques can be interesting not only for computer graphics researchers, and where, from a communication-theoretic point of view, they might be of use in our society.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schleicher 1859a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schleicher 1859a,<br />
author = {Schleicher, August},<br />
title = {Zur Morphologie der Sprache},<br />
journal = {Mémoires de l'académdie impériale des sciences de St. Pétersbourg},<br />
year = {1859},<br />
volume = {1?},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1-38},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt 2000,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter},<br />
title = {Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1: : Absenz – Darstellung},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {831-875},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt & George 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt_George_2005a,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter; George, Marion},<br />
title = {Typisch/Typ(us)},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {191-246},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlosser 1952a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schlosser 1952a,<br />
author = {Schlosser, K.},<br />
title = {Der Signalismus in der Kunst der Naturvölker: Biologisch-psychologische Gesetzlichkeiten in den Abweichungen von der Norm des Vorbildes},<br />
year = {1952},<br />
publisher = {Mühlau},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmid 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmid 2009a,<br />
author = {Schmid, Gabriele},<br />
title = {Zwischen Bildern. Die holographische Installation als Handlungsfeld},<br />
booktitle = {holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {161-180},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1998a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Mimesis bei Aristoteles und in den Poetikkommentaren der Renaissance. Zum Wandel des Gedankens von der Nachahmung der Natur in der frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Mimesis und Simulation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Andreas Kablitz & Gerhard Neumann},<br />
pages = {17-53},<br />
publisher = {ombach},<br />
address = {Freiburg im Breisgau},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1996a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Teleologie und Geschichte bei Aristoteles oder Wie kommen nach Aristoteles Anfang, Mitte und Ende in die Geschichte?},<br />
booktitle = {Das Ende. Figuren einer Denkform},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Stierle und Rainer Warning},<br />
pages = {528-563},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider 2009a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit},<br />
title = {Wissenschaftsbilder zwischen digitaler Transformation und Manipulation. Einige Anmerkungen zur Diskussion des “digitalen Bildes”},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {188-200},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schneider 2000a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Ralf},<br />
title = {Grundriß zur kognitiven Theorie der Figurenkonzeption am Beispiel des viktorianischen Romans},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Stauffenburg},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider & Berz 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider & Berz 2002a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit & Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bildtexturen. Punkte, Zeilen, Spalten. I. Textile Processing/II. Bildtelegraphie}<br />
booktitle = {Mimetische Differenzen. Der Spielraum der Medien zwischen Abbildung und Nachbildung}, <br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Flach, Sabine & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
pages = {181-220},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider & Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schneider & Stöckl 2011a,<br />
title = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, Jan Georg & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {erscheint Frühjahr 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2011===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Schönhammer 2011,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Stichwort: Kippbilder},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
howpublished = {PsyDok, Volltextserver der Virtuellen Fachbibliothek Psychologie},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://psydok.sulb.uni-saarland.de/frontdoor.php?source_opus=2756&la=de},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schönhammer 2009a,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Wahrnehmungspsychologie. Sinne, Körper, Bewegung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 2004a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstellung, Zeichen. Philosophische Theorien bildhafter Darstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {2., vollständig überarbeitete Aufl.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Scholz 1998a,<br />
title = {Mimesis. Studien zur literarischen Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Scholz, Bernhard F.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 1991a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstellung, Zeichen. Philosophische Theorien bildhafter Darstellungen},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {(1. Aufl.)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schott 1657a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schott 57a,<br />
author = {Schott, Kaspar},<br />
title = {De Magia Anamorphotica},<br />
booktitle = {Magia Universalis Naturae et Artis},<br />
year = {1657},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Herbipoli},<br />
note = {Teil 1, Buch III},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2001a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Eine kurze Geschichte der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht. Fotografieren in Museen & Archiven & Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, Wolfgang & Jaworek, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {249-257},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter 2003a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Virtuelle Kamera. Zum Fortbestand fotografischer Medien in computergenerierten Bildern}, <br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {88},<br />
pages = {3-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Welt. Analoge und Digitale Bilder - mehr oder weniger Realität?},<br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke},<br />
pages = {335-354},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2004b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Netz und die Virtuelle Realität. Zur Selbstprogrammierung der Gesellschaft durch die universelle Maschine},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Computer/Simulation. Kopie ohne Original oder das Original kontrollierende Kopie},<br />
booktitle = {OriginalKopie. Praktiken des Sekundären},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fehrmann, Gisela et al.},<br />
pages = {139-155},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Notizen zu einer Geschichte des Löschens. Am Beispiel von Video und Robert Rauschenbergs Erased de Kooning-Drawing},<br />
booktitle = {Im Banne der Ungewissheit. Bilder zwischen Medien, Kunst und Menschen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schumacher-Chilla, Doris},<br />
pages = {171-194},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oberhausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2005a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {MetaMorphing. Camerons Analysen der digitalen Bilder in Terminator 2 und The Abyss}, <br />
booktitle = {Mythen, Mütter, Maschinen. Die Filme des James Cameron},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pabst, Eckhard},<br />
pages = {289-315},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeit ist überhaupt nur darzustellen, indem man sie konstruiert (Andreas Gursky)},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {201-218},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {On the Logic of the Digital Archive},<br />
booktitle = {The You Tube Reader},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Vonderau, Patrick & Snickars, Pelle},<br />
pages = {330-346},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2009c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {3D. Zur Theorie, Geschichte und Medienästhetik des technischtransplanen Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen und die Nicht-Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {77-86},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2010a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Fotografie und Fiktionalität},<br />
booktitle = {Die fotografische Wirklichkeit. Inszenierung - Fiktion - Narration},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Blunck, Lars},<br />
pages = {143-158},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2010b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Zeitalter der technischen Nichtreproduzierbarkeit},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
editor = {Schröter, Jens et al.},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {1-38},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter & Thielmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter & Thielmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens & Thielmann, Tristan},<br />
title = {Display I: Analog},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften}<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2010a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Darstellung einer Vorstellung. Das Bild der Welt auf der Pioneer-Plakette},<br />
booktitle = {Atlas der Weltbilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Markschies, C. et al.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schürmann 2008a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Sehen als Praxis. Ethisch-ästhetische Studien zum Verhältnis von Sicht und Einsicht},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulz 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulz 2005a,<br />
author = {Schulz, Martin},<br />
title = {Ordnungen der Bilder. Eine Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Finke},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulze 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulze 2000a,<br />
author = {Schulze, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Die Erlebnis-Gesellschaft. Kultursoziologie der Gegenwart. 8. Auflage. Studienausgabe.},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M., New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schwingeler 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schwingeler 2008a,<br />
author = {Schwingeler, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Raummaschine. Raum und Perspektive im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Werner Hülsbusch},<br />
address = {Boizenburg},<br />
note = {(Reihe Game Studies)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Searle 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Searle 1971,<br />
author = {Searle, John R.},<br />
title = {Sprechakttheorie - Ein sprachphilosophischer Essay},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 2003a,<br />
author = {Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Erscheinens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seel 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 1991a,<br />
author = {Seel, Norbert M.},<br />
title = {Weltwissen und mentale Modelle},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seiterle 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Seiterle 1988a,<br />
author = {Seiterle, G. },<br />
title = {Maske, Ziegenbock und Satyr},<br />
journal = {Antike Welt. Z. für Archäologie und Kulturgeschichte},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seja 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seja 2009a,<br />
author = {Seja, Silvia},<br />
title = {Handlungstheorien des Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sekula 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sekula 2002a,<br />
author = {Sekula, Allan},<br />
title = {Der Handel mit Fotografien},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {255-290},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shannon & Weaver 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shannon & Weaver 1976a,<br />
author = {Shannon, Claude E. & Weaver, Warren},<br />
title = {Mathematische Grundlagen der Informationstheorie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shepard 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shepard 1990a,<br />
author = {Shepard, Roger N.},<br />
title = {Mind sights. Original illusions, ambiguities, and other anomalies, with a commentary on the play of mind in perception and art},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {W. H. Freeman},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shneiderman 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Shneiderman 1983a,<br />
author = {Shneiderman, B.},<br />
title = {Direct Manipulation - A Step Beyond Programming Languages},<br />
journal = {IEEE Computer},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
volume = {16},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {57-69},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shohat & Stam 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Shohat & Stam 1998a,<br />
author = {Shohat, E. & Stam R.},<br />
title = {Narrativizing Visual Culture. Towards a Polycentric Aesthetics},<br />
booktitle = {The Visual Culture Reader},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Mirzoeff, N.},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {26-49},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegert & Brecheis 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegert & Brecheis 2005a,<br />
author = {Siegert, Gabriele & Brecheis, Dieter },<br />
title = {Werbung in der Medien- und Informationsgesellschaft. Eine kommunikationswissenschaftliche Einführung },<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {VS},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegmund 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegmund 2007a,<br />
author = {Siegmund, J.},<br />
title = {Die Evidenz der Kunst. Künstlerisches Handeln als ästhetische Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Simmel 1995a,<br />
author = {Simmel, G.},<br />
title = {Der Bildrahmen. Ein ästhetischer Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Aufsätze und Abhandlungen 1901-1908 Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Simmel, G.},<br />
pages = {101-108},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1992a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Soziologie. Untersuchungen über die Formen der Vergesellschaftung},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Gesamtausgabe, Bd. 11, hrsg. von Otthein Rammstedt},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1978a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Das individuelle Gesetz. Philosophische Exkurse},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Michael Landmann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a,<br />
author = {Smith, Robert W. & Tatarewicz, Joseph N.},<br />
title = {Replacing a Technology: The Large Space Telescope and CCDs},<br />
journal = {Proceedings of the IEEE},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
volume = {73},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1221-1235},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sobchack 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sobchack 1997a,<br />
author = {Sobchack, Vivian},<br />
title = {Meta-Morphing. Visual Transformation and the Culture of Quick-Change},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minneapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a,<br />
author = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
title = {Figurative Politik. Prolegomena zu einer Kultursoziologie politischen Handelns},<br />
booktitle = {Figurative Politik. Zur Performanz der Macht in der modernen Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
pages = {17-33},<br />
publisher = {Leske und Budrich},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sommer 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sommer 1987a,<br />
author = {Sommer, M.},<br />
title = {Evidenz im Augenblick. Eine Phänomenologie der reinen Empfindung},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sonesson 1992a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Bildbetydelser: Inledning till bildsemiotiken som vetenskap},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Studentlitteratur},<br />
address = {Lund},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sonesson 1989a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Pictorial Concepts},<br />
publisher = {Lund University Press},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sörbom 1966===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sörbom 1966,<br />
author = {Sörbom, Göran},<br />
title = {Mimesis and Art. Studies in the Origin an Early Development of an Aesthetic Vocabulary},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spariosu 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Spariosu 1984,<br />
title = {Mimesis in contemporary theory: An interdisciplinary Approach. Volume I: The Literary and the Philosophical Debate},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Spariosu, Mihai},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Philadelphia/Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spillner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Spillner 1982a,<br />
author = {Spillner, Bernd},<br />
title = {Stilanalyse semiotisch komplexer Texte: Zum Verhältnis von sprachlicher und bil¬dicher Information in Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4/5},<br />
pages = {91–106},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stadler & Kruse 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stadler & Kruse 1995a,<br />
author = {Stadler, Michael & Kruse, Peter},<br />
title = {The Function of Meaning in Cognitive Order Formation.},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {5–21},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Steinbrenner 2009a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Bildtheorien der analytischen Tradition},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {284-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 2004a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Zeichen über Zeichen. Grundlagen einer Theorie der Metabezugnahme},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Synchron Wissenschaftsverlag der Autoren},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 1996a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Kognitivismus in der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a,<br />
title = {Farben: Betrachtungen aus Philosophie und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Glasauer, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a,<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
title = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stiegler 2004a,<br />
author = {Stiegler, Bernd},<br />
title = {Digitale Photographie als epistemologischer Bruch und historische Wende},<br />
booktitle = {Das Gesicht der Welt. Medien in der digitalen Kultur},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Engell & Neitzel},<br />
pages = {105-126},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stierle 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stierle 1984a,<br />
author = {Stierle, Karlheinz},<br />
title = {Das bequeme Verhältnis. Lessings Laokoon und die Entdeckung des ästhetischen Mediums},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, Gunter},<br />
pages = {23-58},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2011a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbekommunikation semiotisch},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch Werbekommunikation},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Nina Janich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {UTB},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {erscheint Mitte 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {The Language-Image-Text. Theoretical and Analytical Inroads into Semiotic Complexity},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {202-226},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Beyond Depicting. Language-Image-Links in the Service of Advertising},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {3-28},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2008a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbetypographie. Formen und Funktionen},<br />
booktitle = {Werbung – grenzenlos. Multimodale Werbetexte im interkulturellen Vergleich},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bendel, Sylvia & Held, Gudrun},<br />
pages = {13–36},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2005a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typography: Body and Dress of a Text – A Signing Mode between Language and Image},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {204-214},<br />
note = {Special Issue “The New Typography”},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2004b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typographie: Körper und Gewand des Textes. Linguistische Überlegungen zu typographischer Gestaltung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Angewandte Linguistik},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {41},<br />
pages = {5-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stöckl 2004a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Die Sprache im Bild – Das Bild in der Sprache. Zur Verknüpfung von Sprache und Bild im massenmedialen Text},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2003a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {„Imagine“: Stilanalyse multimodal. Am Beispiel des TV-Werbespots},<br />
booktitle = {Sprachstil – Zugänge und Anwendungen. Ulla Fix zum 60. Geburtstag},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Barz, Irmhild & Lerchner, Gotthard & Schröder, },<br />
pages = {305-323},<br />
publisher = {Winter},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 1992a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Der ‚picture relation type’ – Ein praktischer Analysemodus zur Beschreibung der vielfältigen Einbettungs- und Verknüpfungsbeziehungen von Bild und Text},<br />
journal = {Papiere zur Linguistik},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {46},<br />
number = {11},<br />
pages = {49-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoesz 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Stoesz 2008a,<br />
author = {Stoesz Brenda Marie},<br />
title = {The Role of Selective Attention in Perceptual Switching. },<br />
year = {2008},<br />
howpublished = {Department of Psychology, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Manitoba},<br />
note = {Thesis Master of Arts Thesis},<br />
hidden = {zuletzt geprüft am 17.03.2011},<br />
url = {mspace.lib.umanitoba.ca/bitstream/1993/3083/1/BStoesz%20-%20MA%20thesis%202008%20revisions.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoichita 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stoichita 1998a,<br />
author = {Stoichita, Victor I.},<br />
title = {Das selbstbewußte Bild. Vom Ursprung der Metamalerei},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauß 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strauß 1998a,<br />
author = {Strauß, Bernd (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Zuschauer},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strenge 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Strenge_1998a,<br />
author = {Strenge, Britta},<br />
title = {Typos/Typologie},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {1587-1595},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Striedter 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Striedter 1984a,<br />
author = {Striedter, K.H.},<br />
title = {Felsbilder der Sahara},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauss 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Strauss 1979a,<br />
author = {Strauss, M.S.},<br />
title = {Abstraction of prototypical information by adults and 10-month-old infants},<br />
journal = {J. of Experimental Psychology: Human Leraning and Memory},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {5},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {618-632},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a,<br />
author = {Strothotte, Thomas & Schlechtweg, Stefan},<br />
title = {Non-photorealistic Computer Graphics: Modeling, Rendering, and Animation},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {San Francisco u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stüber & Stadler 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stüber & Stadler 1999a,<br />
author = {Strüber, Daniel & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Differences in top-down influences on the reversal rate of different categories of reversible figures},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {28},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1185–1196},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sturken & Cartwright 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sturken & Cartwright 2001a,<br />
author = {Sturken, M. & Cartwright L.},<br />
title = {Practices of Looking. An Introduction to Visual Culture},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
address = {Oxford, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch.},<br />
title = {Schreck-Gesichter. Symbole des magischen Alltags},<br />
booktitle = {Symbole des Alltags, Alltag der Symbole},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Blaschitz, G.; et al. },<br />
pages = {517-554},<br />
publisher = {ADV},<br />
address = {Graz},<br />
note = {Festschrift Harry Kühnel zum 65. Geburtstag},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1998a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch. },<br />
title = {Grenzen der Komplexität. Die Kunst als Bild der Wirklichkeit. Neuropsychologische und ethologische Erkenntnisse in der Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Einfachen zur Ganzheitlichkeit. Das Problem der Komplexität auf organismischer und soziokultureller Ebene},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {A.M. Wobus, & U. Wobus},<br />
pages = {167-188},<br />
publisher = {Nova Acta Leopoldina 77(304)},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Szily 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Szily 1999a,<br />
author = {Szily, K.},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelvújítás szótára},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Nap Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==T==<br />
===Tatarkiewicz 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tatarkiewicz 2003,<br />
author = {Tatarkiewicz, Wladysaw},<br />
title = {Geschichte der sechs Begriffe. Kunst • Schönheit • Form • Kreativität • Mimesis • Ästhetisches Erlebnis},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thielmann & Schröter 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Thielmann & Schröter 2007a,<br />
title = {Display II: Digital. Navigationen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Thielmann, Tristan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {<em>Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften</em>},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {Jg. 7, H. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tholen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tholen 2003a,<br />
author = {Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
title = {Die Zäsur der Medien. Kulturphilosophische Konturen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a,<br />
author = {Thornhill, R. & Gangestad, S.W. },<br />
title = {Human facial beauty: averageness, symmetry and parasite resistance},<br />
journal = {Human nature},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {237-269},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Thürlemann 1990a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Raum. Beiträge zu einer semiotischen Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Thürlemann 1984a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Die Farbe in der Malerei: Symbolischer und semi-symbolischer Bedeutungsmodus},<br />
booktitle = {Semiotics Unfolding. Proceedings of the Second Congress of the International Association for Semiotic Studies},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Tasso Borbé},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tischner 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tischner 1954a,<br />
author = {Tischner, H.},<br />
title = {Kunst der Südsee},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Todorov 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Todorov 1977,<br />
author = {Todorov, Tzvetan},<br />
title = {Symboltheorien},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {[frz. Original 1977]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Topper 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Topper 00a,<br />
author = {Topper, David},<br />
title = {On Anamorphosis. Setting Some Things Straight},<br />
journal = {Leonardo},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
volume = {33},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {115-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tótfalusi 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tótfalusi 2002a,<br />
author = {Tótfalusi, I.},<br />
title = {Magyar szótörténeti szótár},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Anno Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Totzke 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Totzke 2004a,<br />
author = {Totzke, Rainer},<br />
title = {Buchstaben-Folgen. Schriftlichkeit, Wissenschaft und Heideggers Kritik an der Wissenschaftsideologie},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Welbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Troje & McAdam 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Troje & McAdam 2010a,<br />
author = {Troje, N. F. & McAdam, M.},<br />
title = {The viewing-from-above bias and the silhouette illusion},<br />
journal = {i-Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {143–148},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {i-perception.perceptionweb.com/fulltext/i01/i0408.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Trübner 1940===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Trübner 1940,<br />
title = {Trübners Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: C-F},<br />
year = {1940},<br />
editor = {Alfred Göze},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Art. „darstellen“, S. 27},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tugendhat 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat 1976a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die sprachanalytische Philosophie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst & Wolf, Ursula},<br />
title = {Logisch-semantische Propädeutik},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {(revid. 1986)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==U==<br />
===Ullrich 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ullrich 1997a,<br />
author = {Ullrich, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Digitaler Nominalismus. Zum Status der Computerfotografie},<br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {64},<br />
pages = {63-73},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==V==<br />
===Vaihinger 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vaihinger 1997a,<br />
author = {Vaihinger, Dirk},<br />
title = {Virtualität und Realität – Die Fiktionalisierung der Wirklichkeit und die unendliche Information},<br />
booktitle = {Künstliche Paradiese, Virtuelle Realitäten. Künstliche Räume in Literatur-, Sozial-, und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Krapp, Holger & Wägenbaur, Thomas},<br />
pages = {19-43},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Valenza et al. 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Valenza et al. 1996a,<br />
author = {Valenza, E.; Simion, F.; Cassia, V.M. & Umiltà, C.},<br />
title = {Face preference at birth},<br />
journal = {J. of experimental Psychology (Human Perception and Performance) },<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {892-903},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Varela 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Varela 1990a,<br />
author = {Varela, Francisco J.},<br />
title = {Kognitionswissenschaft, Kognitionstechnik. Eine Skizze aktueller Perspektiven},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===VCQ 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{VCQ 1996a,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Visual Culture Questionnaire},<br />
journal = {October},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
pages = {25-70},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ventola et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ventola et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Ventola, Eija & Guijarro, Moya & Arsenio, Jesús},<br />
title = {The World Told and the World Shown. Multisemiotic Issues},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan},<br />
address = {Basingstoke},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Venus 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Venus 2009a,<br />
author = {Venus, Jochen},<br />
title = {Raumbild und Tätigkeitssimulation. Video- und Computerspiele als Darstellungsmedien des Tätigkeitsempfindens},<br />
booktitle = {Das Raumbild. Bilder jenseits ihrer Flächen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Winter, Gundolf; Schröter, Jens & Barck, Joanna},<br />
pages = {259-280},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vischer 1873a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vischer 1873a,<br />
author = {Vischer, Robert},<br />
title = {Ueber das optische Formgefühl. Ein Beitrag zur Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1873},<br />
publisher = {Credner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Völker 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Völker 2010a,<br />
author = {Völker, Clara},<br />
title = {Mobile Medien. Zur Genealogie des Mobilfunks und zur Ideengeschichte von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vogel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vogel 2003a,<br />
author = {Vogel, Matthias},<br />
title = {Medien als Voraussetzungen für Gedanken},<br />
booktitle = {Medienphilosophie. Beiträge zur Klärung eines Begriffs},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Münker, Stefan; Roesler, Alexander & Sandbothe, Mike},<br />
pages = {107-134 + 213-215 [Anmerkungen]},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Volkelt 1905a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Volkelt 1905a,<br />
author = {Volkelt, Johannes},<br />
title = {System der Ästhetik. Erster Band: Grundlegung der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vorländer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vorländer 2003a,<br />
author = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
title = {Demokratie und Ästhetik. Zur Rehabilitierung eines problematischen Zusammenhangs},<br />
booktitle = {Zur Ästhetik der Demokratie. Formen der politischen Selbstdarstellung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
pages = {11-26},<br />
publisher = {Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==W==<br />
<br />
===Wade et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wade et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Wade, Nicholas J.; Campbel, Robin N.; Ross, Helen E. & Lingelbach, Bernd},<br />
title = {Necker in Scotch perspective},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1–4},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Waldenfels 2010a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Sinne und Künste im Wechselspiel. Modi ästhetischer Erfahrung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Waldenfels 1999a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Ordnungen des Sichtbaren},<br />
booktitle = {Sinnesschwellen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Walton 1973a,<br />
author = {Kendall L. Walton},<br />
title = {Pictures as Make-Believe},<br />
journal = {The Philosophical Review},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
volume = {82},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {283-319},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Walton 1990a,<br />
author = {Walton, Kendall L.},<br />
title = {Mimesis as make-believe : on the foundations of the representational arts},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Harvard Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass. [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warburg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warburg 2008a,<br />
author = {Warburg, Aby},<br />
title = {Der Bilderatlas Mnemosyne (2000)},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Warnke, Martin; unter Mitarbeit von Brink, Claudia},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warnke 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warnke 1984a,<br />
author = {Warnke, Martin},<br />
title = {Politische Architektur in Europa vom Mittelalter bis heute: Repräsentation und Gemeinschaft},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Watt 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Watt 2002a, <br />
author = {Watt, Alan}, <br />
title = {3D-Computergrafik},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weber 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weber 2000a,<br />
author = { Weber, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Windmühlen oder Mauern? Die Archive und der neue Wind in der Informationstechnik},<br />
booktitle = {Digitale Archive - Ein neues Paradigma?},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Metzing, Andreas},<br />
pages = {79-94},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Marburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weidenmann 1988a ===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Weidenmann 1988a,<br />
author = {Weidenmann, Bernd },<br />
title = {Psychische Prozesse beim Verstehen von Bildern},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Huber},<br />
address = { Bern u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Weiss 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weiss 2009a,<br />
author = {Weiss, G. },<br />
title = {Masken begleiten, erinnern, ehren und erneuern},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wellbery 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wellbery 1977,<br />
author = {Wellbery, David E.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Semiotics in the German Enlightenment},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Yale University},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Werckmeister 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Werckmeister 2005a,<br />
author = {Werckmeister, Otto Karl},<br />
title = {Der Medusa Effekt. Politische Bildstrategien seit dem 11. September 2001},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {form + zweck},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wescher 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wescher 1968a,<br />
author = {Wescher, Herta},<br />
title = {Die Collage / Geschichte eines künstlerischen Ausdrucksmittels},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {DuMont Schauberg},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wheeler 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wheeler 2005a,<br />
author = {Wheeler, Michael},<br />
title = {Reconstructing the Cognitive World: The Next Step},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2008a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Die Sichtbarkeit des Bildes. Geschichte und Perspektiven der formalen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main, New York},<br />
note = {Mit einem aktuellen Vorwort des Autors zur Neuausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2005a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Artifizielle Präsenz. Studien zur Philosophie des Bildes.},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wiesing 2004a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Pragmatismus und Performativität des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {115-128},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2000a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Phänomene im Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wimmer 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wimmer 1991a,<br />
author = {Wimmer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Fabrikation der Fiktion?},<br />
booktitle = {Digitaler Schein. Ästhetik der digitalen Medien},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Rötzer, }, <br />
pages = {519-533},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winkler 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Winkler 2003a,<br />
author = {Winkler, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Zugriff. Thesen zur Umorganisation der gesellschaftlichen Bildarchive unter den Bedingungen des Digitalen},<br />
booktitle = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang; Heidenreich, Stefan & Holl, Ute},<br />
pages = {144-148},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winner 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Winner 1962a,<br />
author = {Winner, Matthias},<br />
title = {Gemalte Kunsttheorie. Zu Gustave Courbets ‚Allégorie réelle‘ und der Tradition},<br />
journal = {Jahrbuch der Berliner Museen},<br />
year = {4},<br />
volume = {1962},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {150-185},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wirth 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wirth 2004a,<br />
author = {Wirth, Uwe},<br />
title = {Das Vorwort als performative, paratextuelle und parergonale Rahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Rhetorik. Figuration und Performanz},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fohrmann, Jürgen},<br />
pages = {603-628},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Whitfield 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Whitfield 1999a,<br />
author = {Whitfield, S.},<br />
title = {Lucio Fontana},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Hayward Gallery Publ.},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witsch 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witsch 2008a,<br />
author = {Witsch, Monika},<br />
title = {Kultur und Bildung: Ein Beitrag für eine kulturwissenschaftliche Grundlegung von Bildung im Anschluss an Georg Simmel, Ernst Cassirer und Richard Hönigswald},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witte 2010a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Zur Geschichte der Bildung. Eine philosophische Kritik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2009a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Selbstbild und Bildung. Ein Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildung – Argumentation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Helmer, K.; Herchert, G. & Löwenstein, S.},<br />
pages = {81-100},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reihe: Beiträge zur Theorie der Argumentation in der Pädagogik. Herausgegeben von Andreas Dörpinghaus und Karl Helmer. Band 5},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1990a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus logico-philosophicus},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Tagebücher 1914-1916; Philosophische Untersuchungen. [7. Aufl.]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1971a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Philosophische Untersuchungen},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1922===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1922,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus},<br />
year = {1922},<br />
publisher = {Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wollheim 1982a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Sehen-als, sehen-in und bildliche Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Objekte der Kunst},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
pages = {192-210},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Looser, Max},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 1978,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Are the Criteria of Identity that Hold für a Work of Art in the Different Arts Aesthetically Relevant?},<br />
journal = {Ratio},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {20},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {29-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 2001a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {On Pictorial Representation},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
pages = {215-2268},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {Neuabdruck in: Gerwen, Rob van (Hg.). Richard Wollheim on the Art of Painting: Art as Representation and Expression. Cambridge UP, 2001},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==X==<br />
==Y==<br />
==Z==<br />
===Zaloscer 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Zaloscer 1974a,<br />
author = {Zaloscer, Hilde},<br />
title = {Versuch einer Phänomenologie des Rahmens},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Ästhetik und allgemeine Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {189-224},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zeune 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zeune 1997a,<br />
author = {Zeune, Joachim},<br />
title = {Burgen. Symbole der Macht. Ein neues Bild der mittelalterlichen Burg},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Pustet},<br />
address = {Regensburg},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zimmer 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zimmer 1995a,<br />
author = {Zimmer, A. C.},<br />
title = {Multistability – More than just a Freak Phenomenon},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {99–138},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==Fehlerhafte Angaben==<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, Jörg R. J.},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
note = {'''''Achtung!!Reihenfolge der Autoren ist verkehrt!!! Bitte korrigieren!!!''''' },<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.uni-due.de/imperia/md/content/elise/2006_-_schirra___hombach.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<!--- Die folgende Zeile muß immer am Ende der Seite stehen!! --><br />
<!--- Nicht entfernen und keinen Biblio-Eintrag danach setzen --><br />
<bibexport/></div>
Mark Ludwig
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Bibliography&diff=5957
Bibliography
2011-06-21T14:17:27Z
<p>Mark Ludwig: /* W */</p>
<hr />
<div>===Warnke 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Warnke 1993a,<br />
title = {Bildersturm. Die Zerstörung des Kunstwerks},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Warnke, Martin},<br />
publisher = {S. Fischer Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2008b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2008b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, W.J.T.},<br />
title = {Das Leben der Bilder. Eine Theorie der visuellen Kultur},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Verlag C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {mit einem Vorwort von Hans Belting, aus dem Englischen von Achim Eschbach, Anna-Victoria Eschbach und Mark Halawa},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lippold 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lippold 1993a,<br />
author = {Lippold, Lutz},<br />
title = {Macht des Bildes - Bild der Macht: Kunst zwischen Verehrung und Zerstörung bis zum ausgehenden Mittelalter},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Edition Leipzig},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2002b,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Ereignis und Aura. Untersuchungen zu einer performativen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fischer-Lichte 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fischer-Lichte 2004a,<br />
author = {Fischer-Lichte, Erika},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Performativen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kris & Kurz 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kris & Kurz 1995a,<br />
author = {Kris, Ernst & Kurz, Otto},<br />
title = {Die Legende vom Künstler. Ein geschichtlicher Versuch},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {mit einem Vorwort von Ernst H. Gombrich},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 2000a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Vor einem Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser Verlag},<br />
address = {München/Wien},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Reinold Werner},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Panofsky 2002a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Sinn und Deutung in der bildenden Kunst (Meaning in the Visual Arts)},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Dumont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<!--- Dies ist eine Kommentarzeile --><br />
<!--- In diese Seite kommen alle bibliographischen Daten rein, --><br />
<!--- also wirklich a l l e für dieses Glossar. --><br />
<!--- Wer es kennt, wird erkennen, dass wir uns an BibTex orientieren. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- !!!!! Bitte erst mal durchsuchen, ob der geplante Eintrag !!! --><br />
<!--- !!!!! hier nicht schon unter anderer Bezeichnung steht! !!! --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Ein Schema für neue Einträge wird hier oben automatisch --><br />
<!--- eingeblendet, wenn ein neuer Literaturverweis in einer Seite --><br />
<!--- eingebaut wurde und man dem entsprechenden Link dort im --><br />
<!--- Literaturverzeichnis folgt. Bitte nach Anlegen nach unten kopieren, --><br />
<!--- so dass eine alphabetisch geordnete Liste erhalten bleibt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Derzeit sind folgende Formen möglich Monographie (=book), --> <br />
<!--- Sammelband (= Proceedings), Artikel in Sammelband (= inproceedings),--><br />
<!--- Zeitschriftenartikel (= article), Rest (= misc.) --><br />
<!--- (An einer Übersetzung dieser Typbezeichnungen wird gearbeitet) --><br />
<!--- In allen sind die jeweils üblichen Felder verfügbar; weitere Daten --><br />
<!--- können im Feld note deponiert werden -- die werden jeweils am Ende --><br />
<!--- der damit produzierten Literaturangabe angezeigt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Nun die Einträge; wenn möglich die Namen (1. Zeile nach bibentry) --><br />
<!--- alle nach gleichem Schema bauen und alphabetisch geordnet eintragen.--><br />
<!--- Angabe des Jahres am Besten immer mit fortlaufendem Kleinbuchstaben --><br />
<!--- indizieren, auch wenn noch kein zweites Werk des Autors im gleichen --><br />
<!--- Jahr aufgenommen wurde; kann ja noch kommen. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Wenn ein als Identifier benutzter Nachname mit einem Sonderzeichen --><br />
<!--- (insbesondere Umlaut) beginnt, bitte die Normalumschrift benutzen, --><br />
<!--- sonst sind die Literaturangaben auf den Seiten falsch geordnet. --><br />
<!--- Den korrekt geschriebenen Namen zwischen den <bib>Klammern nutzen. --><br />
{{GlossarBoxSub}}__TOC__</div><br />
<!--- --><br />
<br />
==A==<br />
===Adelmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelmann 2009a, <br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adelmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Adelmann 2004a, <br />
author = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Digitale Animationen in dokumentarischen Fernsehformaten?}, <br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung}, <br />
year = {2004}, <br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke}, <br />
pages = {387-406}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adelung 1811===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelung 1811, <br />
editor = {Adelung, Johann Christoph}, <br />
title = {Grammatisch-kritisches Wörterbuch der hochdeutschen Mundart: mit beständiger Vergleichung der übrigen Mundarten, besonders aber der Oberdeutschen. Erster Teil: A-E. Mit D. W. Soltau's Beyträgen; revidirt und berichtiget von Franz Xaver Schönberger, Doctor der freyen Künste und Philosophie},<br />
year = {1811}, <br />
publisher = {Bauer}, <br />
address = {Wien}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adorno 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Adorno 2003,<br />
author = {Adorno, Theodor W.},<br />
title = {Gesammelte Schriften, Bd. 7: Ästhetische Theorie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Alpers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alpers 1985a,<br />
author = {Alpers, Svetlana},<br />
title = {Kunst als Beschreibung. Holländische Malerei des 17. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Amelunxen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Amelunxen 1996a, <br />
author = {Amelunxen, Hubertus}, <br />
title = {Fotografie nach der Fotografie}, <br />
year = {1996}, <br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Dresden u.a.}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Appadurai 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Appadurai 2003a, <br />
author = {Appadurai, Arjun},<br />
title = {Archive and Aspiration},<br />
booktitle = {Information is Alive},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Brouwer, Joke; Mulder, Arjen},<br />
pages = {14-25},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Rotterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1997,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Poetik. Griechisch/Deutsch},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Manfred Fuhrmann},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {Übers. und Hrsg.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995c,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Physik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 6; Übers.: Hans Günter Zekl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995b,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Nikomachische Ethik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 3; Übers.: Eugen Rolfes},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995a,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Metaphysik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 5; Übers.: Hermann Bonitz},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a,<br />
author = {Asemissen, Hermann Ulrich & Schweikhart, Gunter},<br />
title = {Malerei als Thema der Malerei},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Attneave 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Attneave 1971a,<br />
author = {Attneave, F.},<br />
title = {Multistability in perception},<br />
journal = {Sci.Am 225},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
volume = {225},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Auerbach 1946===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Auerbach 1946,<br />
author = {Auerbach, Erich},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Dargestellte Wirklichkeit in der abendländischen Literatur [1946]},<br />
year = {<sup>10</sup>2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen/Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Augustinus 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Augustinus 2002,<br />
author = {Augustinus},<br />
title = {Was ist Zeit? Confessiones XI/Bekenntnisse 11},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {lateinisch-deutsche Ausgabe, eingeleitet, übersetzt und mit Anmerkungen versehen von Norbert Fischer},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Austin 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Austin 1972a,<br />
author = {Austin, John L.},<br />
title = {Zur Theorie der Sprechakte},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {orig.: How to do things with Words, 1962},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==B==<br />
===Baader 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baader 2003a,<br />
author = {Baader, Hannah},<br />
title = {Paragone},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {263},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bachmann-Medick 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bachmann-Medick 2006a,<br />
author = {Bachmann-Medick, Doris},<br />
title = {Cultural Turns. Neuorientierungen in den Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Badakshi 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Badakshi 2006a,<br />
author = {Badakshi, Harun},<br />
title = {Körper in/aus Zahlen. Digitale Bildgebung in der Medizin},<br />
booktitle = {The Picture's Image. Wissenschaftliche Visualisierung als Komposit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Hinterwaldner, Inge; Buschhaus, Markus},<br />
pages = {199-205},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Badt 1963a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Badt 1963a,<br />
author = {Badt, Kurt },<br />
title = {Raumphantasien und Raumillusionen. Wesen der Plastik}<br />
year = {1963},<br />
publisher = {DuMont}, <br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Balázs 2001a,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der Geist des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Balázs 2001b,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der sichtbare Mensch},<br />
booktitle = {Texte zur Theorie des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {v. F. Albersmeier},<br />
publisher = {Philip Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
pages = {224-233},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baltrušaitis 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baltrušaitis 77a,<br />
author = {Baltrušaitis, Jurgis},<br />
title = {Anamorphic Art},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Chadwyck-Healey},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {(aus dem Französischen von W.J. Strachan, zuerst: Paris 1969)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1977a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetoric of the Image},<br />
booktitle = {Image, Music, Text},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
editor = {Stephen Heath},<br />
pages = {32–51},<br />
publisher = {Fontana},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {orig. 1964 in Communications},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1964a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetorik des Bildes (1964)},<br />
booktitle = {Der entgegenkommende und der stumpfe Sinn. Kritische Essays III},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Hornig, Dieter},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barthes 1989a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Die helle Kammer. Bemerkung zur Photographie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batchen 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Batchen 1998a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Photogenics/Fotogenik},<br />
journal = {Camera Austria},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {62/63},<br />
pages = {5-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batchen 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Batchen 2000a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Ectoplasm. Photography in the Digital Age},<br />
booktitle = {Over Exposed. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Squiers, Carol},<br />
pages = {9.23},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batteux 1746/1770===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Batteux 1746/1770,<br />
author = {Batteux, Charles},<br />
title = {Einschränkung der schönen Künste auf einen einzigen Grundsatz},<br />
year = {<sup>3</sup>1770},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Aus dem Französischen übersetzt und mit Abhandlungen begleitet von Johann Adolf Schlegel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baudrillard 1978a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Agonie des Realen},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baudrillard 2000a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Das perfekte Verbrechen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {von Amelunxen},<br />
pages = {256-260},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baumberger 2010===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baumberger 2010,<br />
author = {Baumberger, Christoph},<br />
title = {Gebaute Zeichen. Eine Symboltheorie der Architektur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Ontos},<br />
address = {Heusenstamm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baxandall 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baxandall 1972a,<br />
author = {Baxandall, Michael},<br />
title = {Painting and Experience in Fifteenth Century Italy. A Primer in the Social History of Pictorial Style},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Clarendon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bayer 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bayer 1984,<br />
author = {Bayer, Udo},<br />
title = {Laokoon – Momente einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gunter Gebauer},<br />
pages = {59-101},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bechtloff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bechtloff 2001a,<br />
author = {Bechtloff, Dieter (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Choreographie der Gewalt}, <br />
journal = {Kunstforum International}, <br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Hefte 153, 155 & 156},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Heft 153: Der gerissene Faden. Nichtlineare Techniken in der Kunst; Heft 156: Plateau der Menschheit},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beckmann 1995===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beckmann 1995,<br />
author = {Beckmann, Jan P.},<br />
title = {Wilhelm von Ockham},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beil 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beil 2010a,<br />
author = {Beil, Benjamin},<br />
title = {First Person Perspectives. Point of View und figurenzentrierte Erzählformen im Film und im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belach & Jacobsen 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belach & Jacobsen 93,<br />
author = {Belach, Helga & Jacobsen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {CinemaScope. Zur Geschichte der Breitwandfilme},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Spiess},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Stiftung Deutsche Kinemathek},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beller 2005a,<br />
author = {Beller Hans},<br />
title = {Aspekte der Filmmontage - Eine Art Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch der Filmmontage. Praxis und Prinzipien des Filmschnitts},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Beller Hans},<br />
publisher = {TR-Verlagsunion},<br />
address = {München},<br />
pages = {9-33},<br />
note = {5., gegenüber der 4. unveränderte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2008a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Florenz und Bagdad. Eine westöstliche Geschichte des Blicks},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2004a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bild und Kult. Eine Geschichte des Bildes vor dem Zeitalter der Kunst},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {6. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2002a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte. Eine Revision nach zehn Jahren},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Verlag C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2., erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2001a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bildanthropologie. Entwürfe für eine Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 1983a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte?},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Kunstverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting & Haustein 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting & Haustein 1998a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans & Haustein, Lydia},<br />
title = {Das Erbe der Bilder. Kunst und moderne Medien in den Kulturen der Welt},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Benkő 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Benkő 1976a,<br />
editor = {Benkő, L.},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelv történeti-etimológiai szótára. I-IV},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bergson 1948a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bergson 1948a,<br />
author = {Bergson, Henri},<br />
title = {Das Mögliche und das Wirkliche},<br />
booktitle = {Denken und Schöpferisches Werden. Aufsätze und Vorträge},<br />
year = {1948},<br />
editor = {Bergson, H.},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Meisenheim am Glan},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {110-125},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bernays 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernays 1970a,<br />
author = {Bernays, Jacob},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der verlorenen Abhandlung des Aristoteles über Wirkung der Tragödie},<br />
year = {1970}<br />
publisher = {G. Olms},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bernhardt et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernhardt et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Bernhardt, Petra; Hadj-Abdou, Leila; Liebhart, Karin & Pribersky, Andreas},<br />
title = {EUropäische Bildpolitiken. Politische Bildanalyse an Beispielen der EU-Politik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {facultas UTB},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bertram et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bertram et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bertram, Georg W.; Lauer, David; Liptow, Jasper; & Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {In der Welt der Sprache: Konsequenzen des semantischen Holismus},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp}, <br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Berz 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Berz 2009a,<br />
author = {Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bitmapped Graphic},<br />
booktitle = {Zeitkritische Medien},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Volmar, Axel},<br />
pages = {127-154},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bevers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bevers 1985a,<br />
author = {Bevers, Antonius M.},<br />
title = {Dynamik der Formen bei Georg Simmel. Eine Studie über die methodische und theoretische Einheit eines Gesamtwerkes},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Duncker & Humblot},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Sozialwissenschaftliche Abhandlungen der Görres-Gesellschaft, Band 13},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beyme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beyme 2004a,<br />
author = {Beyme, Klaus von},<br />
title = {Politische Ikonologie der modernen Architektur},<br />
booktitle = {Politikwissenschaft als Kulturwissenschaft. Theorien, Methoden, Problemstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schwelling, Birgit},<br />
pages = {351-372},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bieger 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bieger 2007a,<br />
author = {Bieger, Laura},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Immersion. Raum-Erleben zwischen Welt und Bild},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Black 1972===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Black 1972,<br />
author = {Black, Max},<br />
title = {How do Pictures represent?},<br />
booktitle = {Art, Perception, and Reality},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gombrich, E.H.; Hochberg, Julian & Black, Max},<br />
pages = {95-130},<br />
publisher = {John Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blanke 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Blanke 2003,<br />
author = {Blanke, Börries},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Sinn. Das ikonische Zeichen zwischen strukturalistischer Semiotik und analytischer Philosophie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Reihe Bildwissenschaft, Bd. 4},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Block 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Block 1990a,<br />
author = {Block, Ned},<br />
title = {The Computer Model of the Mind},<br />
booktitle = {Thinking. An Invitation to Cognitive Science, Vol. 3},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {D. N. Osherson & E. E. Smith},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bloomfield 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bloomfield 1933a,<br />
author = {Bloomfield, Leonard},<br />
title = {Language},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Henry Holt and Co},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1986a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Annäherungen an die Aktualität der Rhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Wirklichkeiten in denen wir leben},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
pages = {104-136},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1969a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeitsbegriff und Möglichkeit des Romans},<br />
booktitle = {Nachahmung und Illusion. Poetik und Hermeneutik 1},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Hans Robert Jauß},<br />
pages = {9-27},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Blumenberg 1957a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {'Nachahmung der Natur'. Zur Vorgeschichte der Idee des schöpferischen Menschen},<br />
journal = {Studium Generale},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {5},<br />
pages = {266-283},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2008a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Augenmaß. Zur Genese der ikonischen Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Mersman, Birgit & Spies, Christian},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 2007a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2005a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild und die hermeneutische Reflexion},<br />
booktitle = {Dimensionen des Hermeneutischen. Heidegger und Gadamer},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Martin-Heidegger-Gesellschaft},<br />
pages = {23-35},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Schriftenreihe Band 7},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Sprache? Anmerkungen zur Logik der Bilder (2004)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {34-53},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild in der Kunstwissenschaft. Interview mit Gottfried Boehm},<br />
booktitle = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {11-21},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm 2001a,<br />
title = {Homo Pictor},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Saur},<br />
address = {München / Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1999a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zwischen Auge und Hand. Bilder als Instrumente der Erkenntnis (1999)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {94-113},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1994a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Wiederkehr der Bilder},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1994b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Bilderfrage},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Gottfried Boehm},<br />
pages = {325-343},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1994c,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1985a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Der Andere als Prototyp},<br />
booktitle = {Bildnis und Individuum. Über den Ursprung der Porträtmalerei in der italienischen Renaissance},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1978a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zu einer Hermeneutik des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Die Hermeneutik und die Wissenschaft},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Gadamer, Hans-Georg & Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {444-471},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a,<br />
title = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried; Mersmann, Birgit; Spies, Christian},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Böhme 2004a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Der Raum leiblicher Anwesenheit und der Raum als Medium von Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böhme 1999a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böcking 2008===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böcking 2008,<br />
author = {Böcking, Saskia},<br />
title = {Grenzen der Fiktion? Von Suspension of Disbelief zu einer Toleranztheorie für die Filmrezeption.},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bogen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bogen 2005a,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen},<br />
title = {Kunstgeschichte/Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus },<br />
pages = {52-67},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bonsiepe 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bonsiepe 1968a,<br />
author = {Bonsiepe, Gui},<br />
title = {Visuell/Verbale Rhetorik},<br />
journal = {Format: Zeitschrift für visuelle Kommunikation},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {17},<br />
pages = {11–18},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bousso 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bousso 2002a,<br />
author = {Bousso, Raphael},<br />
title = {The Holographic Principle},<br />
journal = {Reviews of Modern Physics},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {74},<br />
pages = {825-874},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brachfeld 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brachfeld_1976a,<br />
author = {Brachfeld, Otto},<br />
title = {Image},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {215-217},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandt 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandt 1999a,<br />
author = {Brandt, Reinhard},<br />
title = {Die Wirklichkeit der Bilder. Sehen und Erkennen – Vom Spiegel zum Kunstbild},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandom 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandom 2000a,<br />
author = {Brandom, Robert},<br />
title = {Expressive Vernunft. Begründung, Repräsentation und diskursive Festlegung (1994)},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Gilmer, Eva & Vetter, Hermann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2007a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Galilei der Künstler. Der Mond. Die Sonne. Die Hand},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2005a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Darwins Korallen. Die frühen Evolutionsdiagramme und die Tradition der Naturgeschichte},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Klaus Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bredekamp 2004a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Drehmomente. Merkmale und Ansprüche des Iconic Turn},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Turn. Die neue Macht der Bilder},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Maar, Christa & Burda, Hubert},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {A Neglected Tradition? Art History as Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2000a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Antikensehnsucht und Maschinenglauben. Die Geschichte der Kunstkammer und die Zukunft der Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 1994a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Die digitale Kunstkammer. Ein Interview mit Horst Bredekamp},<br />
journal = {Texte zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst; Schneider, Birgit; Dünkel, Vera},<br />
title = {Das Technische Bild. Kompendium für eine Stilgeschichte wissenschaftlicher Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst & Schneider, Pablo},<br />
title = {Visuelle Argumentationen. Die Mysterien der Repräsentation und die Berechenbarkeit der Welt},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2010a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildakts. Frankfurter Adorno-Vorlesungen 2007},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brentano 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brentano 1930a,<br />
author = {Brentano, Franz},<br />
title = {Wahrheit und Evidenz},<br />
year = {1930},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {(1975??)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Pitts, Michael A. & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right parietal brain activity precedes perceptual alternation during binocular rivalry},<br />
journal = {Hum. Brain Mapping},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/20690124},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Landis, Theodor & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right parietal brain activity precedes perceptual alternation of bistable stimuli},<br />
journal = {Cereb. Cortex 19},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {55-65},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brugger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger 1999a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter},<br />
title = {One hundred years of an ambiguous figure: happy birthday, duck/rabbit},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
number = {???},<br />
pages = {973–977},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brugger & Brugger 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger & Brugger 1993a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter & Brugger, Susanne},<br />
title = {The easterbunny in october: I is it disguised as a duck},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
number = {???},<br />
pages = {577–578},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brunet 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brunet 2008a,<br />
author = {Brunet, François},<br />
title = {A Better Example is a Photograph': On the Exemplary Value of Photographs in C. S. Peirce's Reflection on Signs},<br />
booktitle = {The Meaning of Photography},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Kelsey, Robin; Stimson, Blake},<br />
pages = {34-49},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Williamstown},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bruno 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bruno 2007a,<br />
author = {Bruno, Giuliana},<br />
title = {Public Intimacy. Architecture and the Visual Arts},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bryson 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bryson 2001a,<br />
author = {Norman Bryson},<br />
title = {Das Sehen und die Malerei},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 2000a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Die Krise der Psychologie},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Velbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Achim Eschbach und Jens Kapitzky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Büttner 2003a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank},<br />
title = {Perspektive},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {265},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher 2011a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {“Man sieht, was man hört“. Multimodales Verstehen als interaktionale Aneignung. Handlungstheoretische Medienanalyse.},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Jan Georg Schneider & Hartmut Stöckl},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher2010a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {Multimodales Verstehen oder Rezeption als Interaktion. Theoretische und empirische Grundlagen einers systematischen Analyse der Multimodalität},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Hajo Diekmannshenke & Michael Klemm & Hartmut Stöckl},<br />
pages = {121-156},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchner 1665===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchner 1665,<br />
author = {August Buchner},<br />
title = {Poet}<br />
year = {1665},<br />
publisher = {???}, <br />
address = {Wittenberg},<br />
note = {hrsg. v. Otto Prätorius},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchwald 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchwald 1989a,<br />
author = {Buchwald, Jed Z.},<br />
title = {The Rise of the Wave Theory of Light},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1933a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Axiomatik der Sprachwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1934a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1934a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Sprachtheorie. Die Darstellungsfunktion der Sprache},<br />
year = {<sup>2</sup>1965},<br />
publisher = {Fischer },<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bürger 1784===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bürger 1784,<br />
author = {Bürger, Gottfried August},<br />
title = {Von der Popularität der Poesie [1784]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Günter und Hiltrud Hintzschel}, <br />
pages = {725-730},<br />
publisher = {Hanser}, <br />
address = {München}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1784},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burckhardt 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Burckhardt 2001a,<br />
author = {Burckhardt, Jacob},<br />
title = {Der Cicerone. Eine Anleitung zum Genuss der Kunstwerke Italiens},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Kritische Gesamtausgabe},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {B. Roeck et al.}, <br />
pages = {Bd. 2},<br />
publisher = {Beck}, <br />
address = {München/Basel}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1855},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burke 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Burke 2003a,<br />
author = {Burke, Peter},<br />
title = {Augenzeugenschaft. Bilder als historische Quellen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Busch 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Busch 2004a,<br />
author = {Busch, Kathrin},<br />
title = {Geschicktes Geben. Aporien der Gabe bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Busch & Därmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Busch & Därmann 2007a,<br />
title = {pathos. Konturen eines kulturwissenschaftlichen Grundbegriffes},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Busch, Kathrin; Därmann, Iris},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Butler 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Butler 2001a,<br />
author = {Butler, Judith},<br />
title = {Psyche der Macht. Das Subjekt der Unterwerfung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner & Gottdank 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Büttner & Gottdank 2009a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank & Gottdank, Andrea},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Ikonographie. Wege zur Deutung von Bildinhalten},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==C==<br />
===Caglioti 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Caglioti 1995a,<br />
author = {Caglioti, G.},<br />
title = {Perception of ambiguous figures: A qualitative Model based on Synergetics and Quantum Mechanics},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {463–478.},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Campe 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Campe 2006a,<br />
author = {Campe, R.},<br />
title = {Epoche der Evidenz. Knoten in einem terminologischen Netzwerk zwischen Descartes und Kant},<br />
booktitle = {Intellektuelle Anschauung. Figurationen von Evidenz zwischen Kunst und Wissen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Peters, S. & Schäfer, M.J. },<br />
pages = {5-43},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carani 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carani 1986a,<br />
author = {Carani, Marie},<br />
title = {Le corpus Pellan: une relecture sémiotique},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carbone 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carbone 2001a,<br />
author = {Mauro Carbone},<br />
title = {La visibilité de l’invisible},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a,<br />
author = {Carlbom, Ingrid; Paciorek, Joseph},<br />
title = {Planar Geometric Projections and Viewing Transformations},<br />
journal = {ACM Computing Surveys},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {465-502},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carnap 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carnap 1947a,<br />
author = {Carnap, Rudolf},<br />
title = {Meaning and Necessity: A Study in Semantics and Modal Logic},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, IL},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2007a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {The World at a Glance},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2005a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {Earth-Mapping. Artists Reshaping Landscape},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2002a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {Representing Place. Landscape Painting and Maps},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 2010a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Birgit Recki},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 2009a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Der Begriff der symbolischen Form im Aufbau der Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
pages = {63-92},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Marion Lauschke},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1990a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Versuch über den Menschen. Einführung in eine Philosophie der Kultur},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1989a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Zur Logik der Kulturwissenschaften. Fünf Studien},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {5., unveränd. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 1930a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Mythischer, ästhetischer und theoretischer Raum (1930)},<br />
booktitle = {Ernst Cassirer: Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 17},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {B. Recki},<br />
pages = {411-436 [1931]},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1929a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1925a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1925a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Zweiter Teil: Das mythische Denken},<br />
year = {1925},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1923a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Erster Teil: Die Sprache},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===CCALED===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{CCALED-4,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Collins Cobuild Advanced Learner’s English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
publisher = {Collins},<br />
address = {Glasgow},<br />
note = {4<sup>th</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cha & Rautzenberg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cha & Rautzenberg 08a,<br />
author = {Cha, Kyung-Ho & Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
title = {Einleitung: Im Theater des Sehens. Anamorphose als Bild und philosophische Metapher},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {dies.},<br />
pages = {7-22},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chomsky 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chomsky 1957a,<br />
author = {Chomsky, Noam},<br />
title = {Syntactic Structures},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Christian 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Christian 2009a,<br />
author = {Christian, Alexander},<br />
title = {Piktogramme, Kritischer Beitrag zu einer Begriffsbestimmung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Shaker},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cipolla et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cipolla et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Cipolla, Roberto & Battiato, Sebastiano & Farinella, Giovanni Maria },<br />
title = {Computer Vision: Detection, Recognition and Reconstruction},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin, Heidelberg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Collingwood 1945===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Collingwood 1945,<br />
author = {Collingwood, Robin},<br />
title = {Die Idee der Natur [The Idea of Nature (1945)]},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {Übers.: Martin Suhr},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, M. R.; Roberts A. R.; Barbee A. P.; Druen P. B.; Wu Cheng-Huan},<br />
title = {„Their ideas of beauty are, on the wohle, the same as ours“: consistency and variability in the cross-cultural perception of female physical attractiveness},<br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {68},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-279},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham 1986a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, M.R.},<br />
title = {Measuring the physical in physical attractiveness: Quasi-experiments on the sociobiology of female facial beauty}, <br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {50},<br />
number = {}, <br />
pages = {925-935},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==D==<br />
===Damisch 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Damisch 1987a,<br />
author = {Damisch, Hubert},<br />
title = {L'origine de la perspective},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Flammarion},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Darwin 1872a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Darwin 1872a,<br />
author = {Darwin, Charles},<br />
title = {On the Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals},<br />
year = {1872},<br />
publisher = {Murray},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davidson 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Davidson 2004a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
title = {Drei Spielarten des Wissens},<br />
booktitle = {Subjektiv, intersubjektiv, objektiv},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
pages = {339-363},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davies 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Davies 1991,<br />
author = {Davies, David},<br />
title = {Works, Texts, and Contexts. Goodman on the Literary Artwork},<br />
journal = {Canadian Journal of Philosophy},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {331-346},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Deleuze 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Deleuze 1989a,<br />
author = {Deleuze, Gilles},<br />
title = {Das Bewegungs-Bild. Kino1},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M},<br />
note = {a. d. Franz. v. U. Christians und U. Bokelmann; Erstveröffentlichung 1983},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Demuth 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Demuth 2007a,<br />
author = {Demuth, Volker},<br />
title = {Extreme Expeditionen. Digitale, hybride und künstlerische Räume},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {89-104},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Depaulo 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Depaulo 1992a,<br />
author = {DePaulo, B. M. },<br />
title = {Nonverbal Behavior and Self Presentation},<br />
journal = {Psychological Bulletin},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {111},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {203-243},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Derrida 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 2007a,<br />
author = {Jacques Derrida},<br />
title = {Aufzeichnungen eines Blinden. Das Selbstporträt und andere Ruinen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Derrida 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 1992a,<br />
author = {Derrida, J.},<br />
title = {Die Wahrheit in der Malerei},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===de Duve 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{de Duve 1990a,<br />
author = {de Duve, Thierry},<br />
title = {The Monochrome and the Blank Canvas},<br />
booktitle = {Reconstructiong Modernism. Art in New York, Paris and Montreal 1945-1964},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Guilbaut, Serge},<br />
pages = {244-310},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge/Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===de Schonen et.al. 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{de Schonen et.al. 1994a,<br />
author = {de Schonen, S.; Deruelle, C.; Pascalis, O.; & Mancini, J.},<br />
title = {About funcional brain specialization.The development of face recognition (Functional cerebral specialization in the development of face recognition / A propos de la notion de specialisation cerebrale fonctionnelle: le developpement de la reconnaissance des visages)},<br />
journal = {Psychologie francaise},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {259-274},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Diderot 1751===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Diderot 1751,<br />
author = {Denis Diderot},<br />
title = {Brief über die Taubstummen [1751},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Schriften. Erster Band},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Friedrich Bassenge},<br />
pages = {27-97},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 1999a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Was wir sehen blickt uns an. Zur Metapsychologie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Didi-Huberman 2005a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {L’espace danse – Der Raum tanzt},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {16-30},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Diekmannshenke, Hajo & Klemm, Michael & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {erscheint Ende 2010},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dion 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dion 2002a,<br />
author = {Dion, K. K.},<br />
title = {Cultural Perspectives on Facial Attractiveness},<br />
booktitle = {Facial Attractiveness. Evolutionary, Cognitive, and Social Perspectives},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Rhodes, G. & Zebrowitz, L.A.},<br />
pages = {239-260},<br />
publisher = {Ablex},<br />
address = {Westport, CT},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ditzinger 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ditzinger 2006a,<br />
author = {Ditzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Illusionen des Sehens. Eine Reise in die Welt der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Elsevier, Spektrum, Akad. Verl.},<br />
address = {München, Heidelberg},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2002a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Malerei im Bilderstreit. Eine Revision aus Anlass des Rubenspreis-Jubiläums},<br />
booktitle = {10 x Malerei. Rubenspreis der Stadt Siegen in Werken der Sammlung Lambrecht-Schadeberg},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {19-34},<br />
publisher = {Museum für Gegenwartskunst },<br />
address = {Siegen},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dobbe 1999a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Querelle des Anciens, des Modernes et des Postmodernes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2007a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian},<br />
title = {Figuren der visuellen Rhetorik in werblichen Gesamttexten},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {71–112},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2001a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian },<br />
title = {Ein Funktionenmodell für Bildtexte},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Klaus Sachs-Hombach},<br />
pages = {29-39},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Döring 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Döring 2009a,<br />
author = {Döring, Sabine},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie der Gefühle},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Döring, Sabine},<br />
pages = {12-65},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drechsel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Drechsel 2006a,<br />
author = {Drechsel, Benjamin},<br />
title = {Was ist ein politisches Bild? Einige Überlegungen zur Entwicklung der Politikwissenschaft als Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Moderne. Kulturwissenschaftliches Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {106-120},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1989a,<br />
author = {Drosdowsi, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Etymologie. Herkunftwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache.},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {2. völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1988a,<br />
author = {Drosdowski, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Stilwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache. Die Verwendung der Wörter im Satz.},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {7., völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {= DUDEN Band 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dubois 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubois 1998a,<br />
author = {Dubois, Philippe},<br />
title = {Der fotografische Akt. Versuch über ein theoretisches Dispositiv},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Dresden, Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dubos 1760-61===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubos 1760-61,<br />
author = {Du Bos, Jean-Baptiste},<br />
title = {Kritische Betrachtungen über die Poesie und Malerey, 3 Teile},<br />
year = {1760-1761},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Übers.: Gottfried Benediktus Funk},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Duden 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Duden 1999a,<br />
author = {Duden},<br />
title = {Das große Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache in zehn Bänden},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dudenredaktion 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dudenredaktion 2003a,<br />
author = {Dudenredaktion (Hg.)},<br />
title = {DUDEN. Das Stilwörterbuch.},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {8. völlig neu bearbeitete Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Durand 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Durand 1987a,<br />
author = {Durand, Jacques},<br />
title = {Rhetorical Figures in the Advertising Image},<br />
booktitle = {Marketing and Semiotics},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Sebeok, J.U. },<br />
pages = {295–318},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==E==<br />
===Ebert 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ebert 1979a,<br />
author = {Ebert, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Montage Editing Schnitt},<br />
journal = {Filmkritik},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {547-558},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eco 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eco 1998,<br />
author = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
title = {Lector in fabula. Die Mitarbeit der Interpretation in erzählenden Texten},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {dtv},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eddiks 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Eddiks 2004a,<br />
author = {Eddiks, Christina},<br />
title = {Dem Emblem auf der Spur},<br />
howpublished = {},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
note = {Diplomarbeit},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kisd.de/~tom/diplom/christina_emblematik.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Edgerton 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Edgerton 2002a,<br />
author = {Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Die Entdeckung der Perspektive},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. & Ch. Sütterlin},<br />
title = {Im Banne der Angst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte menschlicher Abwehrsymbolik},<br />
year = {1992}, <br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. & Ch. Sütterlin},<br />
title = {Weltsprache Kunst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte bildlicher Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2008}, <br />
publisher = {Brandstätter},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt. I. },<br />
title = {Die Biologie menschlichen Verhaltens. Lehrbuch der Humanethologie},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt I. },<br />
title = {The expressive behavior of the deaf- and blind born},<br />
booktitle = {Social Communication and Movement},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {M. v. Cranach & I. Vine},<br />
pages = {163-194},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ekman 1973b,<br />
author = {Ekman, P. },<br />
title = {Cross cultural studies of facial expression},<br />
booktitle = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Ekman, P.},<br />
pages = {169-222},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ekman 1973a,<br />
editor = {Ekman, P. },<br />
title = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Elgin 1992,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Notation},<br />
booktitle = {A Companion to Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Cooper, David},<br />
pages = {307-309},<br />
publisher = {Blackwell},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1983===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elgin 1983,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {With Reference to Reference},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elkins 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 2003a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {Visual Studies. A Skeptical Introduction},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elkins 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 1999a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {The Domain of Images},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ellgring 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ellgring 1989a,<br />
author = {Ellgring, H.},<br />
title = {Nonverbal communication in depression},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Else 1958===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Else 1958,<br />
author = {Else, Gerald F.},<br />
title = {Imitation in the fifth century},<br />
journal = {Classical Philology},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
volume = {53},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {73-90},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Enright 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Enright 1987a,<br />
author = {Enright, J. T.},<br />
title = {Perspective vergence: oculomotor responses to line drawings},<br />
journal = {Vision Res},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1513–1526},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst 2002a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gibt es eine spezifische Videozität?},<br />
booktitle = {REC - Video als mediales Phänomen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf; Hoffmann, Hilde & Nohr, Rolf F.},<br />
pages = {14-29},<br />
publisher = {VDG},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang & Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Digitale Bildarchivierung. Der Wölfflin-Kalkül},<br />
booktitle = {Konfigurationen. Zwischen Kunst und Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Schade, Sigrid & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
pages = {306-320},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst et al. 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ernst et al. 2003a,<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang et al.},<br />
title = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Esposito 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Esposito 1998,<br />
author = {Esposito, Elena},<br />
title = {Fiktion und Virtualität},<br />
booktitle = {edien, Computer Realität. Wirklichkeitsvorstellungen und Neue Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {269-296},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Etcoff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Etcoff 2001a,<br />
author = {Etcoff, N. },<br />
title = {Nur die Schönsten überleben. Die Ästhetik des Menschen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eusterschulte 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eusterschulte 2001,<br />
author = {Eusterschulte, Anne},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 5: L-Musi},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Gert Ueding},<br />
pages = {Sp. 1232-1294},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==F==<br />
===Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a,<br />
author = {Fahlenbrach, Kathrin & Viehoff, Reinhold},<br />
title = {Medienikonen des Krieges. Die symbolische Entthronung Saddams als Versuch strategischer Ikonisierung},<br />
booktitle = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
pages = {356-387},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fantz 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fantz 1966a,<br />
author = {Fantz, R.L. },<br />
title = {Pattern discrimination and selective attention as determinants of perceptual development from birth},<br />
booktitle = {Perceptual Development in Children},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Kidd, A.H. & Rivoire, J.L},<br />
pages = {143-173},<br />
publisher = {University Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Farago 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Farago 1992a,<br />
author = {Farago, Claire J.},<br />
title = {Leonardo da Vinci’s Paragone. A Critical Interpretation with a New Edition of the Text in the Codex Urbinas},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leiden/New York/Kopenhagen/Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ferino-Pagden 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ferino-Pagden 2009a,<br />
title = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S. },<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fiedler 1991a,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2 Bd., hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991b,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Über den Ursprung der künstlerischen Tätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {111-220},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 1, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991c,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Aphorismen},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {7-105},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991d,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Zur neueren Kunsttheorie},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {247-290},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiske 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiske 2001a,<br />
author = {Fiske, John },<br />
title = {Videotech},<br />
booktitle = {Grundlagentexte zur Fernsehwissenschaft. Theorie - Geschichte - Analyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf et al.},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Konstanz},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {484-502},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Floch 1998a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean Marie},<br />
title = {The Contribution of Structural Semiotics to the Design of a Hypermarket},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Research in Marketing },<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1995a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Identités visuelles},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Presses Universitaires de France},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1990a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Sémiotique, marketing et communication},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Presses Universitaires de France.},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flügge et al. 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flügge et al. 2007a,<br />
author = {Flügge, Matthias; Kudielka, Robert & Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Vorwort und Dank},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {6-9},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flusser 1994===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flusser 1994,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Abbild – Vorbild},<br />
booktitle = {Was heißt „Darstellen“? },<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Christiaan L. Hart Nibbrig},<br />
pages = {34-48},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foley et al. 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foley et al. 1990a,<br />
author = {Foley, James D.; van Dam; Feiner & Hughes },<br />
title = {Computer Graphics. Principles and Practice},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Addison Wesley},<br />
address = {Reading, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foster & Krauss 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Foster & Krauss 1996a,<br />
author = {Foster, H. & Krauss, R.},<br />
title = {Introduction},<br />
journal = {October},<br />
pages = {3-4},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Foucault 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foucault 1976a,<br />
author = {Foucault, Michael},<br />
title = {Überwachen und Strafen},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fox 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fox 2006a,<br />
author = {Fox, Mark},<br />
title = {Quantum Optics. An Introduction},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frank & Lange 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frank & Lange 10a,<br />
author = {Frank, Gustav & Lange, Barbara},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft. Bilder in der visuellen Kultur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freedberg 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Freedberg 1991a,<br />
author = {Freedberg, David},<br />
title = {The Power of Images. Studies in the History and Theory of Response (1989)},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frege 1892===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frege 1892,<br />
author = {Frege, Gottlob},<br />
title = {Über Sinn und Bedeutung, zitiert nach der Ausgabe in: Frege, Gottlob: Funktion, Begriff, Bedeutung},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {G. Patzig},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {40-65},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1946a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die Verdrängung},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {247-261},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1946b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946b,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Das Unbewußte},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {263-303},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fuhrmann 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fuhrmann 2003,<br />
author = {Fuhrmann, Manfred},<br />
title = {Die Dichtungstheorie der Antike. Aristoteles – Horaz – 'Longin' Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Artemis & Winkler},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf und Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==G==<br />
<br />
===Gaede 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gaede 1981a,<br />
author = {Gaede, Werner},<br />
title = {Vom Wort zum Bild: Kreativ-Methoden der Visualisierung},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
publisher = {Langen Müller/Herbig},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Galison 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Galison 1997a,<br />
author = {Galison, Peter},<br />
title = {Image and Logic. A Material Culture of Microphysics},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ganz & Henkel 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ganz & Henkel 2004a,<br />
title = {Rahmen-Diskurse. Kultbilder im konfessionellen Zeitalter},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Ganz, David; Henkel, Georg},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Garcia 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Garcia 1990a,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Color Design},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Garcia 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Garcia 1997a,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Evolutions},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gardner 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gardner 1985a,<br />
author = {Gardner, Howard},<br />
title = {The Mind’s New Science. A History of the Cognitive Revolution},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Basic Books},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gebauer & Wulf 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gebauer & Wulf 1992a,<br />
author = {Gebauer, Gunter & Wulf, Christoph},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Kultur – Kunst - Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Der Mensch. Seine Natur und seine Stellung in der Welt},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Aula},<br />
address = {Wiebelsheim},<br />
note = {14. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004b,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Urmensch und Spätkultur. Philosophische Ergebnisse und Aussagen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Kolstermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {6., erw. Aufl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 1961a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Forschung. Zur Selbstbegegnung und Selbstentdeckung des Menschen},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a,<br />
author = {Geiger, Susi & Henn-Memmesheimer, Beate},<br />
title = {Visuell-verbale Textgestaltung von Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {1/2},<br />
pages = {55–74},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gellius 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gellius 1987a,<br />
author = {Gellius, A.},<br />
title = {Attische Nächte...},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Ü: H. Berthold},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerhardus et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gerhardus et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Gerhardus, Dietfried & Kledzik, S.M. & Reitzig, G.H.},<br />
title = {Schlüssiges Argumentieren – Logisch-propädeutisches Lehr- und Arbeitsbuch},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Gerstengrabe, Carina; Lang, Katharina & Schneider, Anna},<br />
title = {Wasserzeichen. Vom 13. Jahrhundert bis zum Digital Watermarking. Kulturen des Kopierschutzes<br />
II},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {9-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982a,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung und Umwelt. Der ökologische Ansatz in der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Urban & Schwarzenberg},<br />
address = {München, Wien u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982b,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Die Sinne und der Prozeß der Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Huber},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glock 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Glock 2000a,<br />
author = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
title = {Aspektwahrnehmung},<br />
booktitle = {Wittgenstein-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
pages = {43},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glüher 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Glüher 1998a,<br />
author = {Glüher, Gebhard},<br />
title = {Von der Theorie der Fotografie zur Theorie des digitalen Bildes},<br />
journal = {Kritische Berichte},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {23-31},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldie 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goldie 2000a,<br />
author = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
title = {The Emotions. A Philosophical Exploration},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldie 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Goldie 2010a,<br />
title = {The Oxford Handbook of Philosophy of Emotion},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 2002a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Phaidon},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {6},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1977a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gondek 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gondek 1997a,<br />
author = {Gondek, Hans-Dieter},<br />
title = {Der Blick – zwischen Sartre und Lacan. Ein Kommentar zum VII. Kapitel des Seminar XI},<br />
journal = {Riss. Zeitschrift für Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {37/38},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gooch & Gooch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gooch & Gooch 2001a,<br />
author = {Gooch, Bruce & Gooch, Amy},<br />
title = {Non-Photorealistic Rendering},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Natick, MA. },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1968a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Languages of Art},<br />
year = {1968, 2. rev. Aufl. 1976},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {dt.: Sprachen der Kunst. Suhrkamp 1998},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman & Elgin 1988===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman & Elgin 1988,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson & Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Reconceptions in Philosophy and Other Arts and Sciences},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {Deutsch: <em>Revisionen. Philosophie und andere Künste und Wissenschaften</em>. Frankfurt a. M.: Suhrkamp, 1993},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goren et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Goren et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Goren, C. C., Sarty, M., & Wu, P. Y.},<br />
title = { Visual following and pattern discrimination of face-like stimuli by newborn infants},<br />
journal = {Pediatrics},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {544-549},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/1165958?dopt=abstract},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_Kruse_2009a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Roland Barthes: Zeichen, Kommunikation und Mythos},<br />
booktitle = {Schlüsselwerke der Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Hepp, Andreas; Krotz, Friedrich & Thomas, Tanja},<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {VS/GWV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Empathische Cues und die Möglichkeit einer Affekt-Sprache des Films},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4},<br />
pages = {289-298},<br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2008b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008b,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Gewalt als Erlebnis. Die somatische Decodierung als Strategie des Filmerlebens in CLOVERFIELD},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4}, <br />
pages = {299-312},<br />
note = {}, <br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_Kruse_2009a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Roland Barthes: Zeichen, Kommunikation und Mythos},<br />
booktitle = {Schlüsselwerke der Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Hepp, Andreas; Krotz, Friedrich & Thomas, Tanja},<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {VS/GWV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_2010a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars},<br />
title = {Die Evolution des Cyborgs. Künstliche Lebensformen im japanischen Anime Ergo Proxy (2006)},<br />
booktitle = {Japan - Europa. Wechselwirkungen zwischen den Kulturen im Film und den darstellenden Künsten},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Adachi-Rabe, Kayo; Becker, Andreas; Mundhenke, Florian},<br />
pages = {213-230},<br />
publisher = {Büchner Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grammer et al. 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grammer et al. 2002a,<br />
author = {Grammer, Karl, Fink, B. & Renninger, L. A.},<br />
title = {Dynamic Systems and Inferential Information Processing in Human Communication},<br />
journal = {Neuroendocrinology Letters},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {Suppl. 4},<br />
pages = {15-22},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Graumann 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graumann 1966a,<br />
author = {Graumann, Carl Friedrich},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der Verhaltensbeobachtung},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Meyer, Ernst & Maier, Hans}, <br />
booktitle = {Fernsehen in der Lehrerbildung, Neue Forschungsansätze in Pädagogik},<br />
publisher = {Manz},<br />
pages = {86-107},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gregory 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gregory 2000a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Ambiguity of ‘ambiguity’},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1139-1142},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.richardgregory.org/papers/editorials/ambiguity-of-ambiguity.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gregory 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gregory 1997a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Eye and brain. The psychology of seeing},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Princeton University Press},<br />
address = {Princeton, N.J},<br />
note = {5. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1970a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Du sens, Teil I},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Essais Sémiotiques},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1966a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Sémantique structurale},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Semantik. Braunschweig: Vieweg, 1971},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas & Courtés 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas & Courtés 1979a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien & Courtés, Joseph},<br />
title = {Sémiotique: Dictionnaire raisonné de la théorie du langage},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hachette},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greenberg 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Greenberg 1997a,<br />
author = {Greenberg, Clement},<br />
title = {Zu einem neuen Laokoon},<br />
booktitle = {Clement Greenberg – Die Essenz der Modere. Ausgewählte Essays und Kritiken},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lüdeking, Karlheinz},<br />
pages = {56-81},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Dresden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grieshofer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grieshofer 2009a,<br />
author = {Grieshofer, F. },<br />
title = {Masken im Brennpunkt musealer Sammeltätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grimm 1860===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Grimm 1860,<br />
title = {Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: Biermörder-D},<br />
year = {1860},<br />
editor = {Jacob Grimm & Wilhelm Grimm},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grittmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grittmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Grittmann, Elke},<br />
title = {Das politische Bild. Fotojournalismus und Pressefotografie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Groß et al. 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Groß et al. 1981a,<br />
author = {Gross, C.G.; Bruce, C.J.; Desimone, R.; Fleming, J. & Gattass, R.},<br />
title = {Cortical visual areas of the temporal lobe: Three areas in the macaque},<br />
booktitle = {Cortical Sensory Organization. Vol. 2: Multiple Visual Areas},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
editor = {C.N. Woolsey},<br />
pages = {187-216},<br />
publisher = {Humana Press},<br />
address = {Totowa N.J.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Günzel 2006a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Bildtheoretische Analyse von Computerspielen in der Perspektive Erste Person},<br />
journal = {IMAGE},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {31-43},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2008a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Realität des Simulationsbildes. Raum im Computerspiel},<br />
booktitle = {Die Realität der Imagination - Architektur und das digitale Bild},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
pages = {127-136},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weimar}, <br />
note = {10. internationales Bauhaus-Kolloquium},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2009a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Simulation und Perspektive. Der bildtheoretische Ansatz in der Computerspielforschung},<br />
booktitle = {Shooter: Eine multdisziplinäre Einführung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Bopp, Matthias; Wiemer, Serjoscha & Nohr,Rolf F.},<br />
pages = {331-352},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2010a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Geste des Manipulierens. Zu Gebrauch statischer und beweglicher Digitalbilder}, <br />
booktitle = {Freeze Frames. Zum Verhältnis von Fotografie und Film},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmann & Gerlin},<br />
pages = {114-129},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==H==<br />
<br />
===Haas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haas 1995a,<br />
author = {Haas, Stefan},<br />
title = {Psychologen, Künstler, Ökonomen. Das Selbstverständnis der Werbetreibenden zwischen Fin de siècle und Nachkriegszeit},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderwelt des Alltags. Werbung in der Konsumgesellschaft des 19. und 20. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Borscheid, Peter & Wischermann, Clemens},<br />
pages = {78-89},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
===Habermas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1995a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Theorie des kommunikativen Handelns (1981), 2 Bd.},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Habermas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1973a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Erkenntnis und Interesse},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002a,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Die Entropie der Fotografie. Skizzen zu einer Genealogie der digitalelektronischen Bildaufzeichnung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf},<br />
pages = {195-238},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002b,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Es gibt kein ,digitales Bild'. Eine medienepistemologische Anmerkung},<br />
booktitle = {Licht und Leitung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Engel},<br />
pages = {103-112},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Haken 1995===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haken 1995,<br />
author = {Haken, Hermann},<br />
title = {Some basic concepts of Synergetics with respect of multistability in perception, phase transmissions and formation of meaning},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {23–44},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halawa 2008a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Wie sind Bilder möglich? Argumente für eine semiotische Fundierung des Bildbegriffs},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halbfass 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halbfass 1972a,<br />
author = {Halbfass, W.},<br />
title = {Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gründer, K. & Ritter, J. },<br />
pages = {Sp. 829-834},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halliday 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halliday 1996a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {Language as a Social Semiotic},<br />
booktitle = {The Communication Theory Reader},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Cobley, Paul},<br />
pages = {359-383},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halliday 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halliday 1985a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {An Introduction to Functional Grammar},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Edward Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hansen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hansen 2005a,<br />
author = {Hansen, S. },<br />
title = {Neolithische Figuralplastik im südlichen Karpatenbecken},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Harris 1756===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Harris 1756,<br />
author = {James Harris},<br />
title = {Drey Abhandlungen. Die erste über die Kunst, die andere über die Music, Mahlerey und Poesie, die dritte über die Glückseligkeit},<br />
year = {1756},<br />
publisher = {Schuster},<br />
address = {Danzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hasselbeck 1979===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hasselbeck 1979,<br />
author = {Hasselbeck, Otto},<br />
title = {Illusion und Fiktion. Lessings Beitrag zur poetologischen Diskussion über das Verhältnis von Kunst und Wirklichkeit},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hauschild 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hauschild 1982a,<br />
author = {Hauschild, Thomas},<br />
title = {Der böse Blick. Ideengeschichtliche und sozialpsychologische Untersuchungen, Beiträge zur Ethnomedizin, Ethnobotanik und Ethnozoologie},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1826===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1826,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Kunst. Vorlesung von 1826},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Gethmann-Siefert, Annemarie; Kwon, Jeong-Im & Berr, Karsten},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1830===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1830,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Enzyklopädie der philosophischen Wissenschaften im Grundrisse [1830]},<br />
year = {<sup>6</sup>1959},<br />
editor = {Friedhelm Nicolin und Otto Pöggeler},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1835===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1835,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Einleitung in die Ästhetik. Mit den beiden Vorreden von Heinrich Gustav Hotho [1835]},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hegel 1970a,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über die Ästhetik II},<br />
booktitle = {Werke},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
editor = {E. Moldenhauer & K. M. Michel},<br />
pages = {Bd. 14},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1835},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heidegger 1986a,<br />
author = {Martin Heidegger},<br />
title = {Ursprung des Kunstwerkes (1935/36)},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ditzingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1950a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidegger 1950a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Die Zeit des Weltbildes},<br />
booktitle = {Holzwege},<br />
year = {1950},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {69-104},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidenreich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidenreich 2001a,<br />
author = {Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Effekte der Digitalisierung: Berechenbarkeit und Suche},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, Wolfgang & Jaworek, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {259-262},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heider 2009a,<br />
author = {Heider, Don},<br />
title = {Living Virtually. Researching New Worlds},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang Publishing},<br />
address = {New Yor},<br />
note = {(Digital Formations vol. 47)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 2001a,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Abhandlung über den Ursprung der Sprache (1772)},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Irmscher, Hans Dietrich},<br />
publisher = {Philipp Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 1800===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 1800,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Sämtliche Werke. Bd. 22: Kalligone [1800]},<br />
year = {1880},<br />
editor = {Bernhard Suphan},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hernadi 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hernadi 1991,<br />
author = {Hernadi, Paul},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
title = {Reconceiving Notation and Performance},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetic Education},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herter 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Herter 1947a,<br />
author = {Herter, H. },<br />
title = {Vom dionysischen Tanz zum komischen Spiel. Die Anfänge der Attischen Komödie},<br />
journal = {Darstellung und Deutung},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {Iserlohn},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heßler 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Heßler 2006a, <br />
author = {Heßler, Martina},<br />
title = {Von der doppelten Unsichtbarkeit digitaler Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Ressource}, <br />
publisher = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden ={letzter Kontrollaufruf: 07.08.2010},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2006/3/Hessler/dippArticle.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hick 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hick 99a,<br />
author = {Hick, Ulrike},<br />
title = {Geschichte der optischen Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hickethier 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hickethier 1995a,<br />
author = {Hickethier, Knut},<br />
title = {Dispositiv Fernsehen – Skizze eines Modells},<br />
journal = {Montage/av},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1}<br />
pages = {63-83},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: },<br />
url = {www.montage-av.de/pdf/041_1995/04_1_Knut_Hickethier_Dispositiv_Fernsehen.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hildebrand 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hildebrand 1969a,<br />
author = {Hildebrand, Adolf von},<br />
title = {Das Problem der Form},<br />
booktitle = {Hildebrand: Gesammelte Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Bock, H.},<br />
pages = {41-350},<br />
publisher = {Westdeutscher Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln/Opladen},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1903},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hinterwaldner 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hinterwaldner 2008a,<br />
author = {Hinterwaldner, Inge},<br />
title = {Simulationsmodelle. Zur Verhältnisbestimmung von Modellierung und Bildgebung in interaktiven Echtzeitsimulationen},<br />
booktitle = {Visuelle Modelle},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Reichle, Ingeborg; Siegel, Steffen & Spelten, Achim},<br />
pages = {301-316},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hjelmslev 1954a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {La stratification du langage},<br />
booktitle = {Essais linguistiques},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
editor = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Nordisk Sprog- od Kulturforlag},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1943a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hjelmslev 1943a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {Omkring sprogteoriens grundlæggelse},<br />
year = {1943},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Dt. Prolegomena zu einer Sprachtheorie. München: Hueber},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hochberg 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hochberg 1977a,<br />
author = {Hochberg, Julian E.},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hofmann 2000a,<br />
author = {Hoffman, Donald D.},<br />
title = {Visuelle Intelligenz. Wie die Welt im Kopf entsteht},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hofmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Hofmann, Werner },<br />
title = {Spielräume und Raumverstecke},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {10-22},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2010a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Bildüberschreibungen. Wie Sprechtexte Nachrichtenfilme lesbar machen (und umgekehrt)},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, Hajo; Klemm, Michael & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
pages = {231-254},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {erscheint Ende 2010},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2009a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Der Wort-Bild-Reißverschluss. Über die performative Dynamik audiovisueller Transkriptivität},<br />
booktitle = {Oberfläche und Performanz. Untersuchungen zur Sprache als dynamischer Gestalt},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Linke, Angelika & Feilke, Helmuth},<br />
pages = {389-406},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2007a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Audiovisuelle Hermeneutik: Am Beispiel des TV-Spots der Kampagne ‚Du bist Deutschland’},<br />
booktitle = {Linguistische Hermeneutik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hermanns, Fritz},<br />
pages = {389–428},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly & Jäger 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly & Jäger 2011a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner & Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptionstheoretische Medienanalyse. Vom Anders-lesbar-Machen durch intermediale Bezugnahmepraktiken},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, Jan Georg & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {erscheint Frühjahr 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holmes 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holmes 1980a,<br />
author = {Holmes, Sir Oliver Wendell},<br />
title = {Das Stereoskop und der Stereograph},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie I. 1839-1912},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {114-122},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Originalausgabe 1859},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holschbach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holschbach 2003a,<br />
author = {Holschbach, Susanne},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Diskurse der Fotografie. Fotokritik am Ende des fotografischen Zeitalters},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {7-21},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {BD. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hömberg & Karasek 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hömberg & Karasek 2008a,<br />
author = {Hömberg, Walter & Karasek, Johannes},<br />
title = {Der Schweißfleck der Kanzlerkandidatin. Bildmanipulation, Bildfälschung und Bildethik im Zeitalter der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
journal = {Communicatio Socialis},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {276-293},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hopkins 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hopkins 1998a,<br />
author = {Hopkins, Robert},<br />
title = {Picture, Image and Experience},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Huber 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Huber 2004a,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Bild Beobachter Milieu. Entwurf einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1820a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1820a,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über das vergleichende Sprachstudium in Beziehung auf die verschiedenen Epochen der Sprachentwicklung [1820]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 4: 1820-1822},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
editor = {Albert Leitzmann},<br />
pages = {1-34},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1830-1835===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1830-1835,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über die Verschiedenheit des menschlichen Sprachbaues und ihren Einfluß auf die geistige Entwicklung des Menschengeschlechts [1830-1835]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 7.1},<br />
year = {1907},<br />
editor = {Albert Leitzmann},<br />
pages = {1-344},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 2006,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Phantasie und Bildbewußtsein},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {herausgegeben und eingeleitet von Eduard Marbach, Text nach Husserliana, Band XXIII},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1993a,<br />
author = {Husserl, E.},<br />
title = {Logische Untersuchungen. Elemente einer phänomenologischen Aufklärung der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {Teil II/Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1980a,<br />
author = {Edmund Husserl},<br />
title = {Phantasie, Bildbewusstsein, Erinnerung. Zur Phänomenologie der anschaulichen Vergegenwärtigungen. Texte aus dem Nachlass (1898-1925) (Husserliana XXIII)},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag / Boston / Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hyman 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hyman 2006a,<br />
author = {Hyman, John},<br />
title = {The Objective Eye: Color, Form, and Reality in the Theory of Art},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {UP},<br />
address = {Chicago },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hynes 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hynes 2005a,<br />
author = {Hynes, Maria},<br />
title = {Rethinking Reductionism},<br />
journal = {Culture Machine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {online journal},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.culturemachine.net/index.php/cm/article/viewArticle/33/41},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==I==<br />
===Imdahl 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1996a,<br />
author = {Max Imdahl},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Max Imdahl, Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {Wiederauflage der Schrift von 1974},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<!--- ===Imdahl 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1974a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {Wiederabruck}, <br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
--><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1987a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Farbe. Kunsttheoretische Reflexionen in Frankreich},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==J==<br />
===Jäger & Knauer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jäger & Knauer 2009a,<br />
title = {Bilder als historische Quellen? Dimensionen der Debatte um historische Bildforschung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jäger, Jens & Knauer, Martin},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jansen 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jansen 2005,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Aristoteles und das Problem des Neuen: Wie kreativ sind Veränderungsprinzipien?},<br />
booktitle = {Kreativität. XX. Deutscher Kongress für Philosophie. 26.-30. September 2005 in Berlin. Sektionsbeiträge, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Günter Abel},<br />
pages = {15-25},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag der TU Berlin},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jansen 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jansen 2002,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Tun und Können. Ein systematischer Kommentar zu Aristoteles' Theorie der Vermögen im neunten Buch der „Metaphysik”},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Hänsel-Hohenhausen},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jäger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2008a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptive Verhältnisse. Zur Logik intra- und intermedialer Bezugnahmen in ästhetischen Diskursen},<br />
booktitle = {Transkription und Fassung in der Musik des 20. Jahrhunderts. Beiträge des Kolloquiums in der Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur, Mainz, vom 5. bis 6. März 2004},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Gabriele Buschmeier & Ulrich Konrad & Albrecht Riethmüller},<br />
pages = {103-134},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jäger 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2002a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptivität. Zur medialen Logik der kulturellen Semantik},<br />
booktitle = {Transkribieren - Medien/Lektüre},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Ludwig Jäger & Georg Stanitzek},<br />
pages = {19-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jaubert 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jaubert 1998a,<br />
author = {Jaubert, Alain},<br />
title = {Fotos, die lügen: Politik mit gefälschten Bildern},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Äthenaum},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jean Paul 1795===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jean Paul 1795,<br />
author = {Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Ueber die natürliche Magie der Einbildungskraft [1795]},<br />
booktitle = {Ausgewählte Werke. Bd. 7/8: Leben des Qunitus Fixlein, aus fünfzehn Zettelschaften gezogen, nebst einem Mußtheil und einigen Jus de tablette},<br />
year = {1847},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jewitt 2009a,<br />
title = {The Routledge Handbook of Multimodal Analysis},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jewitt, Carey},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt & Oyama 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jewitt & Oyama 2001a,<br />
author = {Jewitt, Carey & Oyama, Rumiko},<br />
title = {Visual Meaning. A Social-Semiotic Approach},<br />
booktitle = {Handbook of Visual Analysis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Theo van Leeuwen & Carey Jewitt},<br />
pages = {134–156},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnson, Neil F. et al.???},<br />
title = {Information Hiding. Steganography and Watermarking - Attacks and Countermeasures},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Boston, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1996a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Der Computer im Kopf. Formen und Verfahren der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1983a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Mental Models. Towards a cognitive science of language, inference, and conciousness},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnston 2006a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Sean},<br />
title = {Holographic Visions. A History of New Science},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnston, V.S.; Hagel, R.; Franklin, M.; Fink, B. & Grammer, K.},<br />
title = {Male Facial attractiveness. Evidence for hormone-mediated adaptive design},<br />
journal = {Evolution and Human Behavior},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {251-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston & Franklin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston & Franklin 1993a,<br />
author = {Johnston, V.S. & Franklin, M.},<br />
title = {Is beauty in the eye of the beholder?},<br />
journal = {Ethology and Sociobiology},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {14},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {183-199},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1973a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Homo pictor. Von der Freiheit des Bildens},<br />
booktitle = {Organismus und Freiheit. Ansätze zu einer philosophischen Biologie},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
pages = {226-257},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1963===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1963,<br />
author = {Hans Jonas},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens. Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
booktitle = {Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit. Drei Aufsätze zur Lehre vom Menschen},<br />
year = {1963},<br />
editor = {Hans Jonas},<br />
pages = {26-43},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Jonas 1961a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens – Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Philosophische Forschung},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {161–176},<br />
note = {Wieder abgedruckt in: Jonas, Hans: <em>Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit – Zur Lehre vom Menschen</em>. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1987, 26–43},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Juhász et al. 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Juhász et al. 1999a,<br />
editor = {Juhász, J.; Szőke, I.; Nagy, G.O. & Kovalovszky, M.},<br />
title = {Magyar értelmező szótár},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jung 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jung 2003a,<br />
title = {Holographic Network},<br />
year = {2003a},<br />
editor = {Jung, Dieter},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bramsche},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==K==<br />
===Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a,<br />
author = {Kamlah, Wilhelm & Lorenzen, Paul},<br />
title = {Logische Propädeutik - Vorschule des vernünftigen Redens},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {BI Wissenschaftsverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl. (<sup>1</sup>1967, <sup>3</sup>1996)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a,<br />
author = {Kanizsa, G. & Luccio, R.},<br />
title = {Multistability as a research tool in experimental phenomenology},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {47–68},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1974a,<br />
author = {Kant, I.},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1787a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1787a,<br />
author = {Kant, I.},<br />
title = {Kritik der reinen Vernunft},<br />
year = {1787},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kant 1960a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Logik},<br />
booktitle = {Kant: Werke in 12 Bänden},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Weischedel, W.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Bd. VI},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1977a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Werkausgabe Band X, hrsg. von Wilhelm Weischedel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kardaun 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kardaun 1993,<br />
author = {Kardaun, Maria},<br />
title = {Der Mimesisbegriff in der griechischen Antike. Neubetrachtung eines umstrittenen Begriffes als Ansatz zu einer neuen Interpretation der platonischen Kunstauffassung},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {North-Holland},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/New York/Oxford/Tokyo},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kecskesi 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kecskesi 1982a,<br />
author = {Kecskesi, M. },<br />
title = {Kunst aus dem alten Afrika},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Pinguin},<br />
address = {Innsbruck},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kemp 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kemp 1974a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Disegno. Beiträge zu einer Geschichte des Begriffs zwischen 1547 und 1607},<br />
journal = {Marburger Jahrbuch für Kunstwissenschaf},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {219-240},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kittler 2002a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Computergrafik. Eine halbtechnische Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Hertha},<br />
pages = {178-194},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 2002b,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Optische Medien. Berliner Vorlesung 1999},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kjørup 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjørup 1978,<br />
author = {Kjørup, Søren},<br />
title = {Pictorial Speech Acts},<br />
journal = {Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {55-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1779===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Klopstock 1779,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ueber Sprache und Dichtkunst. Fragmente},<br />
year = {1779},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {243-258},<br />
publisher = {Heroldsche Buchhandlung},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1774===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klopstock 1774,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Werke und Briefe. Historisch-kritische Ausgabe. Bd. 7.1: Die deutsche Gelehrtenrepublik [1774]},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {Hurlebusch, Rose-Marie},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kluge 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kluge 2002a,<br />
author = {Kluge, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Etymologisches Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache.},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Seebold, Elmar},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter.},<br />
address = {Berlin, New York},<br />
note = {24. durchgesehene und erweiterte Auflage.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knieper & Müller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Knieper & Müller 2005a,<br />
author = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===König & Obrist 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{König & Obrist 1993a,<br />
title = {Der zerbrochene Spiegel. Positionen zur Malerei},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {König, Kasper & Obrist, Hans-Ulrich},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog Kunsthalle Wien / Deichtorhallen Hamburg},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Koller 1954===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Koller 1954,<br />
author = {Koller, Hermann},<br />
title = {Die Mimesis in der Antike. Nachahmung, Darstellung, Ausdruck},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kondor 2008a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Embedded Thinking: Multimedia and the New Rationality},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007c,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna },<br />
title = {Multimodal Integration: From a Philosophical Point of View},<br />
booktitle = {Proceedings of the IADIS International Conference: Mobile Learning },<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Arnedillo-Sanchez, Immaculada},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007b,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {The Mobile Image: Experience on the Move},<br />
booktitle = {obile Studies: Paradigms and Perspectives},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Nyíri, Kristóf},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Passagen},<br />
address = {Vienna},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Old Patterns, New Bewitchments},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophy of the Information Society: Papers of the 30th International Wittgenstein Symposium},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hrachovec, H.; Pichler. A. & Wang, J.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Konersmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Konersmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Konersmann, Ralf},<br />
title = {Kulturelle Tatsachen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kornmeier et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, Jürgen; Hein, Christine Maira & Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Multistable perception: When bottom-up and top-down coincide},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {69},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138–147},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kornmeier & Bach 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier & Bach 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, & Jürgen Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Object perception: When our brain is impressed but we do not notice it},<br />
journal = {Journal of Vision},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {7},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Korte 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Korte 2003a,<br />
author = {Korte, Helmut},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Systematische Filmanalyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {ESB},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kracauer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kracauer 1992a,<br />
author = {Kracauer, Siegfried},<br />
title = {Der verbotene Blick},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille & Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Kultur, Technik, Kulturtechnik: Wider die Diskursivierung der Kultur},<br />
booktitle = {Bild, Schrift, Zahl},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krauss 1999a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Reinventing the Medium},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {25,},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {289-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Winter},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 2000a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {A Voyage on the North Sea. Art in the Age of the Post-Medium Condition},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress 2010a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther},<br />
title = {Multimodality. A Social-Semiotic Approach to Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 2001a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Multimodal Discourse. The Modes and Media of Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 1996a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Reading Images. The Grammar of Visual Design},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krewani 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Krewani 2003a,<br />
author = {Krewani, Anna Maria},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Malerei bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=973507624},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
hidden = {Dissertation},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kripke 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kripke 1972a,<br />
author = {Kripke, Saul A.},<br />
title = {Naming and Necessity},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Natural Language},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Davidson, D. & Harman, G.},<br />
pages = {253-355, 763-769},<br />
publisher = {Reidel},<br />
address = {Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krkac 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krkac 2010a,<br />
author = {Krkac, Kristijan},<br />
title = {Wittgensteins’s Dubbit III},<br />
journal = {Wittgenstein-Studien},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {121-149},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kroeber-Riel 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kroeber-Riel 1996a,<br />
author = { Kroeber-Riel, Werner},<br />
title = { Bildkommunikation. Imagerystrategien für die Werbung },<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Vahlen},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{ Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a,<br />
author = { Kroeber-Riel, Werner & Esch, Franz-Rudolf},<br />
title = { Strategie und Technik der Werbung. Verhaltenswissenschaftliche Ansätze},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krüger 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krüger 2001a,<br />
author = {Krüger, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als Schleier des Unsichtbaren. Ästhetische Illusion in der Kunst der frühen Neuzeit in Italien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kruse 2003a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Christiane},<br />
title = {Wozu Menschen malen. Historische Begründungen eines Bildmediums},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse & Stadler 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kruse & Stadler 1995a,<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Papers originally presented at the International Symposium on Perceptual Multistability and Semantic Ambiguity held at the University of Bremen, Germany, March 22-25, 1993},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kruse et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Peter; Strüber, D. & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Significance of perceptual multistability for research on cognitive self-organization},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {69–84},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kudielka 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kudielka 2005a,<br />
author = {Kudielka, Robert},<br />
title = {Gegenstände der Betrachtung – Orte der Erfahrung. Zum Wandel der Kunstauffassung im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {44-57},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kulvicki 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kulvicki 2006a,<br />
author = {Kulvicki, John},<br />
title = {On Images: Their Structure and Content},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Oxford UP},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Külpe 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Külpe 1923a,<br />
author = {Külpe, Oswald},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über Logik},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Künzli 1996/1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Künzli 1996/1997a,<br />
author = {Künzli, Hansjörg},<br />
title = {Über die Haltbarkeit digitaler Daten},<br />
journal = {Rundbrief Fotografie},<br />
year = {1996/1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Sonderheft 3},<br />
pages = {5-8},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==L==<br />
===Lacan 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lacan 1987a,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jacques},<br />
title = {Die vier Grundbegriffe der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weinheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lakoff 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff 1987a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George},<br />
title = {Women, fire, and dangerous things – What categories reveal about the mind},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Chicago University Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lammert 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lammert 2007a,<br />
author = {Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Die vertrauten Sichtweisen sind umzustoßen. Zum Raum der Nachkriegszeit in ungewohnten Begegnungen},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {55-69},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst}<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Langer 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Langer 1984a,<br />
author = {Langer, Susanne},<br />
title = {Philosophie auf neuem Wege. Das Symbol im Denken, im Ritus und in der Kunst},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Langlois & Roggman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Langlois & Roggman 1990a,<br />
author = {Langlois, J.H. & Roggman I.A.},<br />
title = {Attractive faces are only average},<br />
journal = {American Psychol. Society},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
volume = {1/2},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {115-121},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lanz 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lanz 1971a,<br />
author = {Lanz, Jakob},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter},<br />
pages = {Spalte 89-100},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a,<br />
author = {Laplanche, Jean; Pontalis, Jean-Bertrand},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Das Vokabular der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Laplanche, Jean; Pontalis, Jean-Bertrand},<br />
pages = {37-38},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Latour 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Latour 2007a,<br />
author = {Latour, Bruno},<br />
title = {Eine neue Soziologie für eine neue Gesellschaft. Einführung in die Akteur-Netzwerk-Theorie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Law & Whittaker 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Law & Whittaker 1988a,<br />
author = {Law, John & Whittaker, John},<br />
title = {On the Art of Representation. Notes on the Politics of Visualisation},<br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, Gordon & Law, John},<br />
pages = {160-183},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leeuwen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leeuwen 2005a,<br />
author = {Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Introducing Social Semiotics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lefebvre 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lefebvre 2007a,<br />
author = {Lefebvre, Martin},<br />
title = {The Art of Pointing: On Peirce, Indexicality, and Photographic Images},<br />
booktitle = {Photography Theory},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Elkins, James},<br />
pages = {220-244},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York u. a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lenzen 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lenzen 1997a,<br />
author = {Lenzen, Dieter},<br />
title = {Lebenslauf oder Humanontogenese? Vom Erziehungssystem zum kurativen System – von der Erziehungswissenschaft zur Humanvitologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildung und Weiterbildung im Erziehungssystem. Lebenslauf und Humanontogenese als Medium und Form},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lenzen, D. & Luhmann, N.},<br />
pages = {228-247},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leopold & Logothetis 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Leopold & Logothetis 1999a,<br />
author = {Leopold, David A. & Logothetis, Nikos K.},<br />
title = {Multistable phenomena: changing views in perception},<br />
journal = {Trends Cogn. Sci. (Regul. Ed.)},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {254–264},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leroi-Gourhan 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leroi-Gourhan 1971a,<br />
author = {Leroi-Gourhan, André},<br />
title = {Präshistorische Kunst},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Herder},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1788===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1788,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon: Paralipomena [Erstveröffentlichung 1788]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe. Bd. 5/2. Werke 1766-169},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Wilfried Barner},<br />
pages = {207-321},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1766===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1766,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie [1766]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe in zwölf Bänden. Bd. 5/2: Werke 1766-1769},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Wilfried Bahner},<br />
pages = {11-206},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1974a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie},<br />
booktitle = {Werke, Bd. 6},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Göpfert, H. G.},<br />
pages = {7-187},<br />
publisher = {Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1766},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lévi-Strauss 1958a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lévi-Strauss 1958a,<br />
author = {Lévi-Straus, Claude},<br />
title = {Anthropologie structurale},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
publisher = {Plon},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Anthropologie. Frankfurt/Main: Suhrkamp},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990b,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Autographic and Allographic Art Revisited},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
pages = {89-106},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {What a Musical Work is},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
pages = {63-88},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levinson 1983a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Stephen C.},<br />
title = {Pragmatics},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lichtblau 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lichtblau 2009a,<br />
author = {Lichtblau, Klaus},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Georg Simmel: Soziologische Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Lichtblau, Klaus},<br />
pages = {7-27},<br />
publisher = {VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Licklider 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Licklider 1960a,<br />
author = {Licklider, J.},<br />
title = {Man-Computer Symbiosis},<br />
journal = {IRE Transactions on Human Factors in Electronics},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {4-11},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liebsch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liebsch 2001a,<br />
author = {Liebsch, Dimitri},<br />
title = {Die Geburt der ästhetischen Bildung aus dem Körper der antiken Plastik. Zur Bildungssemantik im ästhetischen Diskurs zwischen 1750 und 1800},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liesbrock 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Liesbrock 2010a,<br />
title = {Ad Reinhardt: Letzte Bilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Liesbrock, Heinz},<br />
publisher = {Josef Albers Museum Quadrat Bottrop},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2004a,<br />
author = {Liessmann, Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Reiz und Rührung. Über ästhetische Empfindungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2009a,<br />
author = {Liessmann Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Ästhetische Empfindungen. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas-WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lipps 1903a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lipps 1903a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor},<br />
title = {Grundlegung der Ästhetik. Erster Teil},<br />
year = {1903},<br />
publisher = {Leopold Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lipps 1920a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lipps 1920a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor },<br />
title = {»Zur Einfühlung«, in: Psychologische Untersuchungen 2/3, 1913},<br />
booktitle = {Die ästhetische Betrachtung und die bildende Kunst},<br />
year = {1920},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {111-491},<br />
publisher = {Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Löbner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Löbner 2003a,<br />
author = {Löbner, Sebastian},<br />
title = {Semantik. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Locke 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Locke 1975a,<br />
author = {Locke, J.},<br />
title = {An Essay Concerning Human Understanding},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {hg. von Niddich, P. H.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Logothetis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Logothetis 1998a,<br />
author = {Logothetis, N. K.},<br />
journal = {Philos. Trans. R. Soc. Lond., B, Biol. Sci.},<br />
title = {Single units and conscious vision},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {353},<br />
number = {1377},<br />
pages = {1801–1818},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lopes 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lopes 1996a,<br />
author = {Lopes, Dominic},<br />
title = {Understanding Pictures},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Claredon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1970a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Elemente der Sprachkritik – Eine Alternative zum Dogmatismus und Skeptizismus in der Analytischen Philosophie},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1990a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Einführung in die philosophische Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {(<sup>2</sup>1992)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lovejoy 1936===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lovejoy 1936,<br />
author = {Lovejoy, Arthur O.},<br />
title = {Die große Kette der Wesen. Geschichte eines Gedankens [The Great Chain of Being. A Study in the History of an Idea (1936)]},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1997a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Kunst der Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1996a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Realität der Massenmedien},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Luhmann 1993a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Form der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = { Hans Ulrich Gumbrecht & K. Ludwig Pfeiffer},<br />
pages = {349-366},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lunenfeld 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lunenfeld 2002a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Digitale Fotografie. Das dubitative Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografies},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {158-177},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lynch & Edgerton 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lynch & Edgerton 1988a,<br />
author = {Lynch, Michael & Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Digital Image Processing. Re-presentational Craft in Contemporary Astronomy}, <br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, Gordon & Law, John},<br />
pages = {184-220},<br />
publisher = {???}, <br />
address = {London u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==M==<br />
===Mach 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mach 1987a,<br />
author = {Mach, Ernst},<br />
title = {Die Analyse der Empfindungen und das Verhältnis des Physischen zum Psychischen},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Macpherson 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Macpherson 1996a,<br />
author = {Macpherson, Fiona},<br />
title = {Ambiguous Figures and the Content of Experience},<br />
journal = {Nous},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {82-117},<br />
note = {2006?},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Majetschak 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Majetschak 1997,<br />
title = {Auge und Hand. Konrad Fiedlers Kunsttheorie im Kontext},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manovich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manovich 2001a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {The Language of New Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge/MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manovich 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Manovich 2005a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {Die Poetik des erweiterten Raums},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {A. Lammert, M. Diers, R. Kudielka & G. Mattenklott},<br />
pages = {337-350},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manow 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manow 2008a,<br />
author = {Manow, Philip},<br />
title = {Im Schatten des Königs. Die politische Anatomie demokratischer Repräsentation},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Marshall 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Marshall 1968a,<br />
title = {Gellius: Noctes Atticae XIII, 17},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Marshall, P.K.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxonii},<br />
note = {Scriptorum Classicorum Bibliotheca Oxoniensis},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Martinec & Salway 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Martinec & Salway 2005a,<br />
author = {Martinec, Radan & Salway, Andrew},<br />
title = {A System for Image-Text-Relations in New (and Old) Media},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {337–371},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Massey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Massey 2007a,<br />
author = {Massey, Lyle},<br />
title = {Picturing Space, Displacing Bodies. Anamorphosis in Early Modern Theories of Perspective},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Pennsylvania State University Press},<br />
address = {University Park, Pa},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Maul 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Maul 2007a,<br />
author = {Maul, Stefan M.},<br />
title = {Gilgamesch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Babylonischen [auf der Grundlage von zum Teil noch unveröffentlichten Textzeugnissen neu und vollständig] übersetzt und mit einem Nachwort versehen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mead 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mead 1968a,<br />
author = {Mead, George Herbert},<br />
title = {Geist, Identität und Gesellschaft aus der Sicht des Sozialbehaviorismus},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {Original: <em>Mind, Self, and Society</em>. Hg. v. Charles W. Morris. Chicago, 1934},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meier 1757===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meier 1757,<br />
author = {Georg Friedrich Meier},<br />
title = {Betrachtungen über den ersten Grundsatz aller Schönen Künste und Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1757},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Halle},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meinhardt 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meinhardt 1997a,<br />
author = {Meinhardt, Johannes},<br />
title = {Ende der Malerei und Malerei nach dem Ende der Malerei},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mendelsohn 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mendelsohn 1982a,<br />
author = {Mendelsohn, Leatrice},<br />
title = {Paragoni. Benedetto Varchi’s Due Lezioni and Cinquecento Art Theory},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ann Arbor},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Menzer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Menzer 1992a,<br />
author = {Menzer, Ursula},<br />
title = {Subjektive und objektive Kultur. Georg Simmels Philosophie der Geschlechter vor dem Hintergrund seines Kultur-Begriffs},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Centaurus},<br />
address = {Pfaffenweiler},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 2003a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophisches Essays},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1993a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Die Prosa der Welt},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1966a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Phänomenologie der Wahrnehmung (1945)},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Walter de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen übersetzt und eingeführt durch eine Vorrede von Boehm, Rudolf},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1961a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophische Essays.}<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {neu bearbeitet, kommentiert und mit einer Einleitung versehen von Bermes, Christian (2003)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 1994a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Der Zweifel Cézannes (1948)},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Gottfried Boehm},<br />
pages = {39-59},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 2006a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Kino und die neue Psychologie (1947)},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie des Films},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Dimitri Liebsch},<br />
pages = {70-84},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mersch 2006a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Mediale Paradoxa. Einleitung in eine negative Medienphilosophie},<br />
journal = {Sic et Non. Zeitschrift für Philosophie und Kultur im Netz},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.sicetnon.org/content/perform/Mersch_Medienphilosophie_sw.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersch 2003a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Wort, Bild, Ton, Zahl – Modalitäten medialen Darstellens},<br />
booktitle = {Die Medien der Künste. Beiträge zur Theorie des Darstellens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
pages = {9-49},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2002a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Was sich zeigt. Materialität, Präsenz, Ereignis},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersmann 08a,<br />
author = {Mersmann, Jasmin},<br />
title = {Wandelgänge. Monumentale Anamorphosen im 17. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Cha, Kyung-Ho & Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
pages = {23-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Messaris 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Messaris 1997a,<br />
author = { Messaris, Paul},<br />
title = { Visual Persuasion: The Role of Images in Advertising},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {Thousand Oaks},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metscher 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metscher 2001,<br />
author = {Metscher, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metz 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metz 1972a,<br />
author = {Metz, Christian},<br />
title = {Semiologie des Films (1968)},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Koch, Renate},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzger 2008a,<br />
author = {Metzger, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gesetze des Sehens},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Klotz},<br />
address = {Taunus},<br />
note = {4. unveränd. Aufl., Repr. nach d. 3., völlig neu bearb. Aufl. 1975.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzinger 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Metzinger 2000a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Philosophische Perspektiven auf das Selbstbewusstsein: Die Selbstmodell-Theorie der Subjektivität},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Selbst},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Greve, W. },<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Psychologie Verlagsunion},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {Zitiert aus der überarbeiteten Online-Version},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.philosophie.uni-mainz.de/metzinger/publikationen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzinger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzinger 1999a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Subjekt und Selbstmodell. Die Perspektivität phänomenalen Bewusstseins vor dem Hintergrund einer naturalistischen Theorie mentaler Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meyer 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meyer 2001a,<br />
author = {Meyer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mediokratie. Die Kolonisierung der Politik durch das Mediensystem},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Michalsky 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Michalsky 2005a,<br />
author = {Michalsky, Tanja},<br />
title = {Raum visualisieren. Zur Genese des modernen Raumverständnisses in den Medien der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Ortsgespräche. Raum und Kommunikation im 19. und 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Geppert, Alexander C.T.; Jensen, Uffa & Weinhold, Jörn},<br />
pages = {292ff ??},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mirzoeff 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mirzoeff 2007a,<br />
author = {Mirzoeff, Nicholas},<br />
title = {Von Bildern und Helden. Sichtbarkeit im Krieg der Bilder},<br />
booktitle = {Feindbilder. Ideologien und visuelle Strategien der Kulturen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Haustein, Lydia; Scherer, Bernd & Hager, Martin},<br />
pages = {135-156},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2008a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. Thomas},<br />
title = {Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Gustav Frank},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2007a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.},<br />
title = {Realismus im digitalen Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderfragen. Die Bildwissenschaften im Aufbruch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Belting, Hans},<br />
pages = {237-256},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2006a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {Den Terror klonen. Der Krieg der Bilder 2001-2004},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Worlds. Neue Bilderwelten und Wissensräume},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Maar, Christa & Burda, Hubert},<br />
pages = {255-285},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2005a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. Thomas},<br />
title = {What Do Pictures Want? The Lives and Loves of Images},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1994a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.},<br />
title = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Representation},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1992a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {The Reconfigured Eye. Visual Truth in the Post-Photographic Era},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 1992b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {"The Pictorial Turn"},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
booktitle = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Repräsentation},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
publisher = {Universität of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1986a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {Iconology. Image, Text, Ideology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mojsisch 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mojsisch 1983a,<br />
author = {Mojsisch, Burkhard},<br />
title = {Meister Eckhart. Analogie, Univozität und Einheit},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mondzain 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mondzain 2006a,<br />
author = {Mondzain, Marie-José},<br />
title = {Können Bilder töten?},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich, Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Morris 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Morris 1994a,<br />
author = {Morris, D.},<br />
title = {Das Tier Mensch},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mülder-Bach 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mülder-Bach 1998,<br />
author = {Inka Mülder-Bach},<br />
title = {Im Zeichen Pygmalions. Das Modell der Statue und die Entdeckung der „Darstellung“ im 18. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1997a,<br />
author = {Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {Politische Bildstrategien im amerikanischen Präsidentschaftswahlkampf, 1828-1996},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1985a,<br />
author = {Müller, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {DUDEN Bedeutungswörterbuch = DUDEN Band 10},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a,<br />
author = {Müller-Beck, H. & Albrecht, G. },<br />
title = {Die Anfänge der Kunst vor 30'000 Jahren},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Theiss},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Münkler 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Münkler 2009a,<br />
author = {Münkler, Herfried},<br />
title = {Visualisierungsstrategien im politischen Machtkampf: Der Übergang vom Personenverband zum institutionellen Territorialstaat},<br />
booktitle = {Strategien der Visualisierung. Verbildlichung als Mittel politischer Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Münkler, Herfried & Hacke, Jens},<br />
pages = {23-51},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Musterle & Roessler 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Musterle & Roessler 1986a,<br />
author = {Musterle, W.A. & Roessler, O.E.},<br />
title = {Computer faces: The human Lorenz Matrix},<br />
journal = {Bio Systems},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {61-80},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==N==<br />
===Naef 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Naef 2007a,<br />
author = {Naef, Silvia},<br />
title = {Bilder und Bilderverbot im Islam},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {C. H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nänni 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nänni 2008a,<br />
author = {Nänni, Jürg},<br />
title = {Visuelle Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Niggli},<br />
address = {Sulgen},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
url = {www.worldcat.org/oclc/254718373},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006a,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc},<br />
title = {Am Grund der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006b,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc & Ferrari, Federico},<br />
title = {Die Haut der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Neuhaus 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Neuhaus 2006a,<br />
author = {Neuhaus, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Als William Gibson den Cyberspace erfand ... - Die Faszination für ein Vielzweck-Symbol aus der Science Fiction-Literatur},<br />
journal = {Telepolis},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.heise.de/tp/r4/artikel/23/23727/1.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Niederée & Heyer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Niederée & Heyer 2003a,<br />
author = {Niederée, R. & Heyer, D.},<br />
title = {The Dual Nature of Picture Perception: A Challenge to Current General Accounts of Visual Perception},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into pictures. An interdisciplinary approach to pictorial space},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, Heiko; Schwartz, Robert & Atherton, Margaret},<br />
pages = {77–98},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nietzsche 1870-1873===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nietzsche 1870-1873,<br />
author = {Nietzsche, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Ueber Wahrheit und Lüge im aussermoralischen Sinne [1870-1873]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke. Kritische Studienausgabe in 15 Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Giorgio Colli und Mazzino Montinari},<br />
pages = {873-890},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nivelle 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nivelle 1971,<br />
author = {Nivelle, Armand},<br />
title = {Kunst- und Dichtungstheorien zwischen Aufklärung und Klassik},<br />
year = {2. Auflage 1971},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nöth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nöth 2000a,<br />
author = {Nöth, Winfried},<br />
title = {Der Zusammenhang von Text und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Text- und Gesprächslinguistik. Handbücher zur Sprach- und Kommunikationswissenschaft 16},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Klaus Brinker et al.},<br />
pages = {489–496},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Novitz 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Novitz 1977,<br />
author = {Novitz, David},<br />
title = {Pictures and their Use in Communication. A philosphical Essay},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==O==<br />
===OED===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{OED-3,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Oxford English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
url = {dictionary.oed.com},<br />
note = {3<sup>rd</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Öhlschläger 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Oehlschläger 2005a,<br />
author = {Öhlschläger, C.},<br />
title = {Evidenz und Ereignis. Musils poetische ‚Momentaufnahmen‘ im Kontext der Moderne},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {203-216},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ohler 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ohler 1994a,<br />
author = {Ohler, Peter},<br />
title = {Kognitive Filmpsychologie. Verarbeitung und mentale Repräsentation narrativer Filme},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {MAkS Publikationen},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Okolowitz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Okolowitz 2006a,<br />
author = {Okolowitz, Herbert},<br />
title = {Virtualität bei G.W. Leibniz. Eine Retrospektive},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Diss. Universität Augsburg},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=98278726X},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ott 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ott 2007a,<br />
author = {Ott, Michaela},<br />
title = {Der unbestimmte Raum in Philosophie und Film},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==P==<br />
===Pang 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pang 2002a,<br />
author = {Pang, Alex Soojung-Kim},<br />
title = {Technologie und Ästhetik der Astrofotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Ordnungen der Sichtbarkeit. Fotografie in Wissenschaft, Kunst und Technologie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Geimer, Peter},<br />
pages = {101-141},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 1924a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Panofsky 1924a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Die Perspektive als symbolische Form (1924)},<br />
booktitle = {Erwin Panofsky, Deutschsprachige Aufsätze Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Michels, K. & Warnke, M.},<br />
pages = {664-757},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Erstpublikation in: <em>Vorträge der Bibliothek Warburg (1924/25)</em>. Leipzig, 1927, 258-330},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paret 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1960a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Textbelege zum islamischen Bilderverbot},<br />
booktitle = {Das Werk des Künstlers. Studien zur Ikonographie und Formgeschichte},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Hans Fegers},<br />
pages = {36-48},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paret 1968===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1968a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Das islamische Bilderverbot und die Schia},<br />
booktitle = {Festschrift Werner Caskel. Zum siebzigsten Geburtstag 5. März 1966 gewidmet von Freunden und Schülern},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Erwin Gräf},<br />
pages = {242-232},<br />
publisher = {Brill},<br />
address = {Leiden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2009a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1900 bis 1949},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2008a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1949 bis heute},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2006a,<br />
title = {Visual History. Ein Studienbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck und Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Paul 2005a,<br />
author = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Der Bilderkrieg. Inszenierungen, Bilder und Perspektiven der "Operation Irakische Freiheit"},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Perrault 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Perrault 1964a,<br />
author = {Perrault, Charles},<br />
title = {Parallèle des Anciens et des Modernes en ce qui regarde les Arts et les Sciences},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {orig.: Paris (4 Bde): 1688, 1690, 1692, 1694; Faksimileausgabe mit einer Einführung von Hans Robert Jauss und einem Kommentar von Max Imdahl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pesch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pesch 2001a,<br />
author = {Pesch, Martin},<br />
title = {Raumbilder-Bildräume. Zu den Arbeiten von Julia Ziegler},<br />
journal = {Kunstforum International},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {153},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Petersen 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Petersen 2000,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {Mimesis – Imitatio – Nachahmung. Eine Geschichte der europäischen Poetik},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Petersen 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Petersen 1992,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {‚Mimesis’ versus ‚Nachahmung’. Die Poetik des Aristoteles – nochmals neu gelesen},<br />
journal = {Arcadia. Zeitschrift für vergleichende Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {3-46},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a,<br />
title = {Der Künstler als Kunstwerk. Selbstporträts vom Mittelalter bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich & von Rosen, Valeska},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a,<br />
title = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget 1956a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1956a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {The Child’s Construction of Space},<br />
year = {1956},<br />
publisher = {Routledge / Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget et al. 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget et al. 1960a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean; Inhelder, B. & Szemenska, I.},<br />
title = {The Child’s Conception of Geometry},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
publisher = {Harper},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1978a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {Das Weltbild des Kindes},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {dtv/Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pias 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pias 2003a,<br />
author = {Pias, Claus},<br />
title = {Das digitale Bild gibt es nicht. Über das (Nicht-)Wissen der Bilder und die informatische Illusion},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2003/01/pias/pias.pdf}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Piccolino & Wade 2006a,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco & Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early examples of ambiguity (1)},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {861–864},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Piccolino & Wade 2006b,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco &. Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early examples of ambiguity (2)},<br />
booktitle = {Perception 35 (8)},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {1003–1006},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pillow 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pillow 2003,<br />
author = {Pillow, Kirk},<br />
title = {Did Goodman's Distinction Survive LeWitt?},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {61},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {365-380},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pitts et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pitts et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Pitts, Michael A.; Gavin, William J. & Nerger, Janice L.},<br />
title = {Early top-down influences on bistable perception revealed by event-related potentials},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {11–24},<br />
volume = {67},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 1991b,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Timaios},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke VIII},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Hülser, Karlheinz},<br />
pages = {197-425},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 2008a,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Politeia},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke, Band 2},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Ursula},<br />
pages = {195-537},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Plessner 1928a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Die Stufen des Organischen und der Mensch},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {W. de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {<sup>3</sup>1975},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1982a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Trieb und Leidenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Mit anderen Augen},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Plessner, Helmuth}, <br />
pages = {110-123},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1989a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Zur Anthropologie der Nachahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, G.},<br />
pages = {176-184},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plinius 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Plinius 2004,<br />
title = {G. Plinius Secundus d. Ä: Naturkunde / Naturalis historia : lateinisch-deutsch},<br />
year = {1990–2004},<br />
editor = {Roderich König et al.},<br />
publisher = {Artemis},<br />
address = {Zürich},<br />
note = {unkritische Ausgabe des lateinischen Textes mit Übersetzung und Erläuterungen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plümacher 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plümacher 1999a,<br />
author = {Plümacher, Martina},<br />
title = {Wohlgeformtheitsbedingugen für Bilder?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pöppel 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pöppel 1982a,<br />
author = {Pöppel, E.},<br />
title = {Lust und Schmerz},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Severin & Siedler},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pollmeier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pollmeier 2005a,<br />
author = {Pollmeier, Klaus},<br />
title = {Vom Baryt zum Bit. Zur Konservierung analoger und digitaler fotografischer Bilder. Digitale Bildverarbeitung, eine Erweiterung oder radikale Veränderung der Fotografie?},<br />
howpublished = {Ludwigsburg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
note = {Hasenpflug (Red.): Dokumentation des Symposiums am 12./13. November 2004 im Museum Folkwang, Essen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Popper 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Popper 2002a,<br />
author = {Popper, Karl R.},<br />
title = {Alle Menschen sind Philosophen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Bohnet, Heidi & Stadler, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München/Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pratschke 2005a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Digitale Form},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pratschke 2008a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Interaktion mit Bildern. Digitale Bildgeschichte am Beispiel grafischer Benutzeroberflächen},<br />
booktitle = {Technische Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bredekamp, Horst et al.},<br />
pages = {68-80},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Predelli 1999===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Predelli 1999,<br />
author = {Predelli, Stefano},<br />
title = {Goodman and the Score},<br />
journal = {British Journal of Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138-147},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pross 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pross 1972a,<br />
author = {Pross, Harry},<br />
title = {Medienforschung. Film, Funk, Presse, Fernsehen},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Habel},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Puttfarken 1991a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {The Dispute about Disegno and Colorito in Venice. Paolo Pino, Lodovico Dolce and Titian},<br />
booktitle = {Kunst und Kunsttheorie 1400–1900},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Peter Glanz et al.},<br />
pages = {75-95},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Puttfarken 1985a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {Roger de Piles‘ Theory of Art},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New Haven/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Q==<br />
==R==<br />
===Rager 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rager 1997a,<br />
author = {Rager, Dietmar},<br />
title = {Aspekte Sehen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob/ & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Raphael 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Raphael 1986a,<br />
author = {Raphael, Max},<br />
title = {Raumgestaltungen. Der Beginn der modernen Kunst im Kubismus und im Werk von Georges Braque}, <br />
year = {1986, Erstausgabe 1949},<br />
publisher = {Campus}<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M./New York},<br />
note = {hg. v. H.-J. Heinrichs},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rastier 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rastier 1972a,<br />
author = {Rastier, François },<br />
title = {Systematiques des isotopies},<br />
booktitle = {Essais de sémiotique poétique},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Greimas, A.J.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Larousse},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Recki 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Recki 2004a,<br />
author = {Recki, Birgit},<br />
title = {Kultur als Praxis. Eine Einführung in Ernst Cassirers Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Akademie-Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Renz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Renz 2006a,<br />
author = {Renz, U.},<br />
title = {Schönheit. Eine Wissenschaft für sich},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Berlin Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riedel 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Riedel 2005a,<br />
author = {Riedel, W.},<br />
title = {Endogene Bilder. Anthropologie und Poetik bei Gottfried Benn},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {163-202},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rieger 2009a,<br />
author = {Rieger, Stefan},<br />
title = {Holographie. Das Versprechen der Ganzheit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {87-106},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger & Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rieger & Schröter 2009a,<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen}, <br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riegl 1931a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Riegl 1931a,<br />
author = {Riegl, Alois},<br />
title = {Das holländische Gruppenporträt},<br />
year = {1931},<br />
publisher = {Staatsdruckerei},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1902},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rimmele 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rimmele 2010a,<br />
author = {Rimmele, Marius},<br />
title = {Das Triptychon als Metapher, Körper und Ort. Semantisierungen eines Bildträgers},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ritchin 1990a,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {In Our Image: The Coming Revolution in Photography. How Computer Technology is Changing our View of the World},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ritchin 1990b,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {Photojournalism in the Age of Computers},<br />
booktitle = {The Critical Image. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Squiers},<br />
pages = {28-37},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Seattle},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roch 1998a,<br />
author = {Roch, Axel},<br />
title = {Radartechnologie und Computergraphik. Zur Geschichte der Beleuchtungsmodelle in computergenerierten Bildern},<br />
booktitle = {Geschichte der Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Faßler, Manfred & Halbach, Wulf R.},<br />
pages = {227-254},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rock 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rock 1985a,<br />
author = {Rock, Irvin},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung. Vom visuellen Reiz zum Sehen u. Erkennen},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Spektrum-der-Wissenschaft-Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roloff 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roloff_1972a,<br />
author = {Roloff, D.},<br />
title = {Eidolon, Eikon, Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd.2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {330-332},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Róna-Tas 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Róna-Tas 1999a,<br />
author = {Róna-Tas, A.},<br />
title = {Hungarians and Europe in the Early Middle Ages. An Introduction to Early Hungarian History},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {CEU Press},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rorty 1967a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rorty 1967a,<br />
author = {Rorty, Richard},<br />
title = {The Linguistic Turn: Essays in Philosophical Method},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press.},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 2005a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Materie und Geist. Eine philosophische Untersuchung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ros 1999a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Was ist Philosophie?},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophieren über Philosophie}<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Raatzsch, Richard},<br />
pages = {36–58},<br />
publisher = {Leipziger Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ros 1989a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {“Bedeutung”, “Idee” und “Begriff” – Zur Behandlung einiger bedeutungstheoretischer Paradoxien durch Leibniz},<br />
journal = {Studia Leibnitiana},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {133-154},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1989/90a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1989/90a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Begründung und Begriff. Wandlungen des Verständnisses begrifflicher Argumentationen},<br />
year = {1989/90},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {3 Bände},<br />
hidden = {B. I: Antike, Spätantike und Mittelalter; B. II: Neuzeit; B. III: Moderne},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1979a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Objektkonstitution und elementare Sprachhandlungsbegriffe},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Königstein/Ts.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosch 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosch 1978a,<br />
author = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
title = {Principles of categorization}<br />
booktitle = {Cognition and Categorization},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
pages = {27-48},<br />
publisher = {Hillsdale},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosler 2000a,<br />
author = {Rosler, Martha},<br />
title = {Bildsimulationen, Computermanipulationen: einige Überlegungen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV. 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {von Amelunxen, Hubertus},<br />
pages = {129-170},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roth 2000a,<br />
author = {Roth, Peter},<br />
title = {Virtualis als Sprachschöpfung mittelalterlicher Theologen},<br />
booktitle = {Die Anwesenheit des Abwesenden. Theologische Annäherungen an Begriff und Phänomene von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Roth, Peter; Schreiber, Stefan & Siemons, Stefan},<br />
pages = {33-42},<br />
publisher = {Wißner},<br />
address = {Augsburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Royce 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Royce 1998a,<br />
author = {Royce, Terry},<br />
title = {Synergy on the Page: Exploring Intersemiotic Complementarity in Page-based Multimodal Text},<br />
journal = {JASFL Occasional Papers},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {25-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rötzer 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rötzer 1993a,<br />
author = {Rötzer, Florian},<br />
title = {Cyberspace. Zum medialen Gesamtkunstwerk},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ruff 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ruff 2009a,<br />
author = {Ruff, Thomas},<br />
title = {Jpegs},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ryan 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ryan 2001,<br />
author = {Ryan, Marie-Laure},<br />
title = {arrative as Virtual Reality. Immersion and Interactivity in Literature and Electronic Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {The Johns Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore & London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==S==<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Medium},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005b,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005a,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2004a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als kommunikatives Medium. Elemente einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003b,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Was ist Bildkompetenz?},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1999a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, },<br />
title = {Gibt es ein Bildalphabet?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {57-66},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1995a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Piktoriale Einstellungen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktoraler Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {195-211},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 1993a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Philosophische Psychologie im 19. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Prädikative und modale Bildtheorie },<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik. Theorien - Methoden - Fallbeispiele},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H.; Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {97-119},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-2/index.html},<br />
abstract ={Gegenstände sind immer nur dann Bilder, wenn jemand sie als solche benutzt. Hierbei können Bilder eine Vielzahl von Funktionen übernehmen. Lassen sich diese verschiedenen Funktionen oder Verwendungsweisen vielleicht aus einer einzigen Grundfunktion ableiten? Und sofern das so ist: Was wäre, ließe sich zweitens fragen, diese Grundfunktion von Bildern und in welcher Relation, ergibt sich als dritte Frage, steht sie zu den Verwendungsweisen von Sprache? Eine positive Beantwortung der ersten Frage voraussetzend werden zwei Kandidaten für die zweite Frage untersucht und diskutiert: Während die prädikative Theorie die grundlegende Bildverwendung in etwa paraphrasiert mit „… sieht so und so aus“ (bzw. „Der Gegenstand, der so und so aussieht, …“), schlägt die modale Theorie eine Verwendungsweise vor analog zu „An einem anderen (auch fiktiven) Ort oder einer anderen (auch hypothetischen) Zeit ist der Fall, daß so und so.“ },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Medientheorie, visuelle Kultur und Bildanthropologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {393-424},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.JRJS.de/Work/Papers/P09/P09-1/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachsse 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachsse 1974a,<br />
author = {Sachsse, Hans},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Kybernetik. Unter besonderer Berücksichtigung von technischen und biologischen Wirkungsgefügen},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Vieweg},<br />
address = {Braunschweig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 2007a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Le Sens du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1990a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Semiotics of Visual Language},<br />
publisher = {Indiana University Press},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
address = {Bloomington, IN},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1987a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {Englisch: Semiotics of Visual Language. Bloomington, Indianapolis: Indiana University Press.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1986a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie et syntax visuelle: Une analyse de Mascerade de Pellan},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 2008a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Transfigurements: On the True Sense of Art},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 1998a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Shades. Of Painting at the Limit},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Salomon 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2006a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {Transformations and Projections in Computer Graphics},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Salomon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2008a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {A Concise Introduction to Data Compression},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sander 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sander 1962a,<br />
author = {Sander, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Experimentelle Ergebnisse der Gestaltpsychologie},<br />
booktitle = {Ganzheitspsychoplogie. Grundlagen, Ergebnisse, Anwendungen: gesammelte Abhandlungen},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sander, Friedrich & Volkelt, Hans},<br />
pages = {73–122},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck'sche Verlagsbuchhandlung},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1962a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Blick},<br />
booktitle = {Das Sein und das Nichts},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Skizze einer Theorie der Emotionen},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {255-321},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1994b,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Das Imaginäre. Phänomenologische Psychologie der Einbildungskraft (1940)},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-2, hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994c,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Die Imagination (1936)},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {97-254},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1999a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Die Suche nach dem Absoluten. Texte zur bildenden Kunst},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sauer 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sauer 2008a,<br />
author = {Sauer, Martina},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmen von Sinn vor jeder sprachlichen oder gedanklichen Fassung? Frage an Ernst Cassirer},<br />
journal = {Kunstgeschichte. Texte zur Diskussion},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.kunstgeschichte-ejournal.net/discussion/2008/Sauer},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saussure 1916a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saussure 1916a,<br />
author = {Saussure, Ferdinand de },<br />
title = {Cours de linguistique générale},<br />
year = {1916},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Deutsch: Grundfragen der allgemeinen Sprachwissenschaft. 3. Aufl. Berlin 2001.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saxena & Sahay 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saxena & Sahay 2005a,<br />
author = {Saxena, Anupam & Sahay, Birendra},<br />
title = {Computer Aided Engineering Design},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scheler 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scheler 1928a,<br />
author = {Scheler, Max},<br />
title = {Die Stellung des Menschen im Kosmos},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {Otto Reichl Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schier 2005a,<br />
author = {Schier, W. },<br />
title = {Die Maske von Uivar},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W. },<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl 2001a ===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schierl 2001a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas},<br />
title = { Text und Bild in der Werbung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl 2003a ===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schierl 2003a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas},<br />
title = {Werbung im Fernsehen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl & Ludwig 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schierl & Ludwig 2011a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas & Ludwig, Mark},<br />
title = {Produktpolitik als Strategie der Visualisierung des Fußballsports in den Medien},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
journal ={Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
volume = {32},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schirra 2007a,<br />
editor = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Computational Visualistics and Picture Morphology},<br />
publisher = {IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
note = {Themenbeiheft zu Band 5},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Projects/Image/IMAGE5-Themenbeiheft.pdf},<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Begriffsgenetische Betrachtungen in der Bildwissenschaft: Fünf Thesen},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Medium. Kunstgeschichtliche und philosophische Grundlagen der interdisziplinären Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {197-215},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-3/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 2005a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Foundation of Computational Visualistics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {ISBN: 3-8350-6015-5 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-8350-6015-5'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra 2005b,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Ein Disziplinen-Mandala für die Bildwissenschaft - Kleine Provokation zu einem Neuen Fach},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-1/index.html},<br />
journal ={IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
pages = {30-45},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Von der Bildwissenschaft als einer Disziplin, die über die Grenzen von Kunstgeschichte oder Kunstwissenschaft hinausgeht und sich wissenschaftlich mit allen Aspekten des Umgehens mit Bildern und verwandten visuellen Repräsentations- und Zeichensystemen befaßt, wird erst seit etwa der Mitte der 1990'er Jahre gesprochen. In den folgenden Überlegungen geht es insbesondere um die Bildwissenschaft als den Versuch, ein Fachgebiet zu etablieren, in dem ein modernes Verständnis dessen, was eine etablierte Disziplin sein kann, verwirklicht sein soll. Zentrales Kriterium für in dem hier gemeinten Sinne "Neue" Disziplinen ist ihre Interdisziplinarität und die dadurch bedingte starke Methodenpluralität. Grundsätzlich muß daher die Frage geklärt werden, wie das Verhältnis der Teildisziplinen zueinander, insbesondere das Wechselspiel der jeweils eingesetzten Methoden betreffend, zu denken ist. Dem Forschungssujet der Bildwissenschaft entsprechend soll in dem Beitrag versucht werden, das Beziehungsgeflecht der beteiligten Elterndisziplinen (zumindest teilweise) in Form eines Bildes anzugeben. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2005c,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Computervisualistik},<br />
booktitle = { Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {268-280},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bausteine vieler Disziplinen müssen in eine allgemeine Bildwissenschaft integriert werden. Als Beitrag aus der Informatik versteht sich die Computervisualistik, die alle Aspekte rechnergestützten Umgangs mit Bildern umfaßt. Zwei Grundbegriffe der Informatik werden vorgestellt und bestimmen, auf den Begriff "Bild" angewendet, den methodologischen Kern der Computervisualistik. Als Beitrag der Informatik zum Gegenstand der Bildtheorie werden interaktive Bilder betrachtet. Schließlich werden die Beziehungen zu anderen "Bildwissenschaften" kurz umrissen. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2001a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bilder &nbsp;&nbsp; —— &nbsp;&nbsp; Kontextbilder},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln – Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Pragmatik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {77-100},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P01/P01-5/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bildkommunikation und die Verständigung mit Aussagen scheinen wenig gemein zu haben. Genauere logisch-pragmatische Analysen der Kontextrelativität von Aussagen zeigen jedoch eine enge systematische Abhängigkeit beider Kommunikationsformen im Begriff der Kontextbildung, den Bilder auf ausgezeichnete Weise implementieren. Prädikatorische und nominatorische Verwendungen von Bildern sind aus der grundlegenden Funktion zur Kontextbildung ableitbar. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2000a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Täuschung, Ähnlichkeit und Immersion: Die Vögel des Zeuxis},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Realismus der Bilder: Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Semantik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Rehkämper, K.& Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {119-135},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P00/P00-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bilder gibt es als solche – von ihrem Begriff her – immer nur für Individuen, die sich in einer bestimmten Weise verhalten, oder die gewisse Handlungen vollziehen. Wenn dies aber der Fall ist, scheint es ratsam, den Begriff "Bild" nicht, wie es gewöhnlich geschieht, als einen Begriff für einen isoliert vorkommenden Gegenstand zu erläutern, sondern als Komponente der Begriffe für bestimmte Verhaltens- oder Handlungsfähigkeiten. Ausgehend von der antiken Zeuxis-Anekdote werden in diesem Sinne erste Schritte zu einem handlungstheoretischen Ähnlichkeitsbegriff versucht.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1999a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Syntaktische Dichte oder Kontinuität - Ein mathematischer Aspekt der Visualistik},<br />
booktitle = {bildgrammatik. interdisziplinäre forschungen zur syntax bildlicher darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {103-119},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P99/P99-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Der Begriff Dichte spielt eine zentrale Rolle in Diskussionen zur Bildsyntax, wird aber selten in Beziehung zum mathematisch verwandten Kontinuumsbegriff gestellt. Dabei ist die Frage, ob Bilder syntaktisch nur als dicht oder gar als kontinuierlich verstanden werden sollten, durchaus relevant, wie anhand von informatischen und neuropsychologischen Argumenten gezeigt wird.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1995a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Understanding Radio Broadcasts On Soccer. The Concept `Mental Image' and Its Use in Spatial Reasoning},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktorialer Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {107-136},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P95/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Most cognitive theories agree that a listener of a sports broadcast on radio usually imagines the scene described; the concept `mental image' appears in a specific sort of explanations. In contrast to this conception, it is argued that this concept should rather be understood as part of a certain kind of grounding explanations of the radio listener's understanding. This particular conception is based on the distinction between `specification' and `implementation' as found in the theory of abstract data types. Its application to the field of spatial concepts leads to a computational system (ANTLIMA) which exemplifies how the expression `mental image' could be used while explaining a speaker's ability to control the resolvability of ambiguities in an objective report of what the speaker sees. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 1994a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bildbeschreibung als Verbindung von visuellem und sprachlichem Raum},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {DISKI},<br />
address = {St. Augustin},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {ISBN 3-929037-71-8 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-929037-71-8'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P94/P94-1-d/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1993a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Connecting Visual and Verbal Space: Preliminary Considerations Concerning the Concept »Mental Image«},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Time, Space, and Movement},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {M. Aurnague, A. Borillo, M. Borillo & M. Bras},<br />
pages = {105-121},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Paul Sabatier},<br />
address = {Toulouse},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P93/P93-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {AI research concerning the connection between seeing and speaking mainly employs what is called reference semantics. Within this framework, the notion of `mental image' is often used while explaining how somebody not situated in the same perceptual context is able to anchor his understanding of an utterance describing the scene visually perceived by the speaker. We give a foundation for considering mental images as propositions with respect to a certain field of concepts: these fields have to provide a syntactically dense set of concepts distinguishing locations. The use of such propositions in the reference semantic explanations of understanding utterances about visually perceived scenes is motivated by applying Kant's idea of the introduction of new types of objects: we conceive spatial relations as relations only applicable to sortal objects, i.e., individuated objects which are synthetically introduced on a syntactically dense field providing their potential locations. The concept `mental image' which results from these preliminary studies is applied to two current projects in AI, one dealing with the semantics of particular spatial prepositions, and the other more generally concerned with the logic of the connection between visual and verbal space.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Anthropologie in der systematischen Bildwissenschaft: Auf der Spur des homo pictor},<br />
booktitle = {Disziplinen der Anthropologie},<br />
editor = {Meyer, S. & Owzar, A.},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
pages = {145-177},<br />
note = {},<br />
publisher = {Waxmann},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Homo pictor and the Linguistic Turn: Revisiting Hans Jonas’ Picture Anthropology},<br />
journal = {Linguistic and Philosophical Investigations},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {144–181},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P10/P10-2/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {There has been a long tradition of characterizing man as the animal that talks. However, the remarkable ability of using pictures also only belongs to human beings, after all we know empirically so far. Are there conceptual reasons for that coincidence? The paper is dedicated to a philosophical programme of “concept-genetic” considerations dealing in particular with the dependencies between those two abilities: The conceptual relation between the competence to use assertive language and the faculty of employing pictures must be conceived of as being much closer than usually expected. Indeed we conclude, there cannot be creatures with only one of them.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte – elektronisch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
url = {www.uni-due.de/germanistik/elise/ausgabe_12006},<br />
hidden = {letzter Zugriff: 25. September 2010},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract ={Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie, wie sie der Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt, eignet - und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Eine Gegenüberstellung der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild führt zu eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden: Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von (darstellenden) Bildern Sprache gegenüber durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. In beiden Fällen hängen die Aufgliederungen mit der Funktion der Kontextbildung zusammen, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung mündet daher in das Programm einer begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, die eine derartige Begründung zu liefern imstande wäre. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Fähigkeiten zum Bild- und Sprachgebrauch },<br />
journal = {Deutsche Zeitschrift für Philosophie},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {54},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {887-905},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-5/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie wie in die Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Ein erster Vergleich der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild listet eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden auf. Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von Bildern gegenüber Sprache durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung weitet sich daher zu einer begriffsgenetischen Skizzierung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, wobei sich die Begriffe des sortalen Gegenstands und des Verhaltenskontextes als zentral herausstellen. Mit ihnen kann die Beziehung zwischen den beiden Fähigkeiten genauer untersucht werden: Sie ergibt sich insbesondere aus der Funktion der Kontextbildung, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Im Rahmen der begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung ergeben sich schließlich Argumente dafür, die Beziehung als eine wechselseitige Abhängigkeit zu charakterisieren, wobei auch eine Vorschlag zur Analyse des Begriffs des inneren Bildes - oder besser: des Vorstellungsvermögens eingeschlossen ist. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Scholz 1998a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. & Scholz, Martin},<br />
title = {Abstraction versus Realism: Not the Real Question},<br />
booktitle = {Computer Visualization – Graphics, Abstraction, and Interactivity},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Strothotte, T. (et al.)},<br />
pages = {379-401},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {Chapter 22},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P98/P98-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {When browsing through a book on computer graphics, one usually finds a lot of more or less interesting pictures that are produced by means of computers. These pictures are embedded in pages of technical texts describing how this image generation was performed and why it provides a better way to do so than other methods. Less space is usually given to the methodological background and the motivation underlying the preoccupation with computer visualization. In this chapter, we want to complement the more technically oriented part of this book with some reflections as to why such techniques can be interesting not only for computer graphics researchers, and where, from a communication-theoretic point of view, they might be of use in our society.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schleicher 1859a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schleicher 1859a,<br />
author = {Schleicher, August},<br />
title = {Zur Morphologie der Sprache},<br />
journal = {Mémoires de l'académdie impériale des sciences de St. Pétersbourg},<br />
year = {1859},<br />
volume = {1?},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1-38},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt 2000,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter},<br />
title = {Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1: : Absenz – Darstellung},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {831-875},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt & George 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt_George_2005a,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter; George, Marion},<br />
title = {Typisch/Typ(us)},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {191-246},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlosser 1952a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schlosser 1952a,<br />
author = {Schlosser, K.},<br />
title = {Der Signalismus in der Kunst der Naturvölker: Biologisch-psychologische Gesetzlichkeiten in den Abweichungen von der Norm des Vorbildes},<br />
year = {1952},<br />
publisher = {Mühlau},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmid 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmid 2009a,<br />
author = {Schmid, Gabriele},<br />
title = {Zwischen Bildern. Die holographische Installation als Handlungsfeld},<br />
booktitle = {holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {161-180},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1998a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Mimesis bei Aristoteles und in den Poetikkommentaren der Renaissance. Zum Wandel des Gedankens von der Nachahmung der Natur in der frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Mimesis und Simulation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Andreas Kablitz & Gerhard Neumann},<br />
pages = {17-53},<br />
publisher = {ombach},<br />
address = {Freiburg im Breisgau},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1996a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Teleologie und Geschichte bei Aristoteles oder Wie kommen nach Aristoteles Anfang, Mitte und Ende in die Geschichte?},<br />
booktitle = {Das Ende. Figuren einer Denkform},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Stierle und Rainer Warning},<br />
pages = {528-563},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider 2009a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit},<br />
title = {Wissenschaftsbilder zwischen digitaler Transformation und Manipulation. Einige Anmerkungen zur Diskussion des “digitalen Bildes”},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {188-200},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schneider 2000a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Ralf},<br />
title = {Grundriß zur kognitiven Theorie der Figurenkonzeption am Beispiel des viktorianischen Romans},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Stauffenburg},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider & Berz 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider & Berz 2002a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit & Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bildtexturen. Punkte, Zeilen, Spalten. I. Textile Processing/II. Bildtelegraphie}<br />
booktitle = {Mimetische Differenzen. Der Spielraum der Medien zwischen Abbildung und Nachbildung}, <br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Flach, Sabine & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
pages = {181-220},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider & Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schneider & Stöckl 2011a,<br />
title = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, Jan Georg & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {erscheint Frühjahr 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2011===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Schönhammer 2011,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Stichwort: Kippbilder},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
howpublished = {PsyDok, Volltextserver der Virtuellen Fachbibliothek Psychologie},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://psydok.sulb.uni-saarland.de/frontdoor.php?source_opus=2756&la=de},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schönhammer 2009a,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Wahrnehmungspsychologie. Sinne, Körper, Bewegung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 2004a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstellung, Zeichen. Philosophische Theorien bildhafter Darstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {2., vollständig überarbeitete Aufl.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Scholz 1998a,<br />
title = {Mimesis. Studien zur literarischen Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Scholz, Bernhard F.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 1991a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstellung, Zeichen. Philosophische Theorien bildhafter Darstellungen},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {(1. Aufl.)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schott 1657a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schott 57a,<br />
author = {Schott, Kaspar},<br />
title = {De Magia Anamorphotica},<br />
booktitle = {Magia Universalis Naturae et Artis},<br />
year = {1657},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Herbipoli},<br />
note = {Teil 1, Buch III},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2001a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Eine kurze Geschichte der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht. Fotografieren in Museen & Archiven & Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, Wolfgang & Jaworek, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {249-257},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter 2003a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Virtuelle Kamera. Zum Fortbestand fotografischer Medien in computergenerierten Bildern}, <br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {88},<br />
pages = {3-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Welt. Analoge und Digitale Bilder - mehr oder weniger Realität?},<br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke},<br />
pages = {335-354},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2004b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Netz und die Virtuelle Realität. Zur Selbstprogrammierung der Gesellschaft durch die universelle Maschine},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Computer/Simulation. Kopie ohne Original oder das Original kontrollierende Kopie},<br />
booktitle = {OriginalKopie. Praktiken des Sekundären},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fehrmann, Gisela et al.},<br />
pages = {139-155},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Notizen zu einer Geschichte des Löschens. Am Beispiel von Video und Robert Rauschenbergs Erased de Kooning-Drawing},<br />
booktitle = {Im Banne der Ungewissheit. Bilder zwischen Medien, Kunst und Menschen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schumacher-Chilla, Doris},<br />
pages = {171-194},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oberhausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2005a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {MetaMorphing. Camerons Analysen der digitalen Bilder in Terminator 2 und The Abyss}, <br />
booktitle = {Mythen, Mütter, Maschinen. Die Filme des James Cameron},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pabst, Eckhard},<br />
pages = {289-315},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeit ist überhaupt nur darzustellen, indem man sie konstruiert (Andreas Gursky)},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {201-218},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {On the Logic of the Digital Archive},<br />
booktitle = {The You Tube Reader},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Vonderau, Patrick & Snickars, Pelle},<br />
pages = {330-346},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2009c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {3D. Zur Theorie, Geschichte und Medienästhetik des technischtransplanen Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen und die Nicht-Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {77-86},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2010a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Fotografie und Fiktionalität},<br />
booktitle = {Die fotografische Wirklichkeit. Inszenierung - Fiktion - Narration},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Blunck, Lars},<br />
pages = {143-158},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2010b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Zeitalter der technischen Nichtreproduzierbarkeit},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
editor = {Schröter, Jens et al.},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {1-38},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter & Thielmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter & Thielmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens & Thielmann, Tristan},<br />
title = {Display I: Analog},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften}<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2010a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Darstellung einer Vorstellung. Das Bild der Welt auf der Pioneer-Plakette},<br />
booktitle = {Atlas der Weltbilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Markschies, C. et al.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schürmann 2008a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Sehen als Praxis. Ethisch-ästhetische Studien zum Verhältnis von Sicht und Einsicht},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulz 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulz 2005a,<br />
author = {Schulz, Martin},<br />
title = {Ordnungen der Bilder. Eine Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Finke},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulze 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulze 2000a,<br />
author = {Schulze, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Die Erlebnis-Gesellschaft. Kultursoziologie der Gegenwart. 8. Auflage. Studienausgabe.},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M., New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schwingeler 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schwingeler 2008a,<br />
author = {Schwingeler, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Raummaschine. Raum und Perspektive im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Werner Hülsbusch},<br />
address = {Boizenburg},<br />
note = {(Reihe Game Studies)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Searle 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Searle 1971,<br />
author = {Searle, John R.},<br />
title = {Sprechakttheorie - Ein sprachphilosophischer Essay},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 2003a,<br />
author = {Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Erscheinens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seel 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 1991a,<br />
author = {Seel, Norbert M.},<br />
title = {Weltwissen und mentale Modelle},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seiterle 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Seiterle 1988a,<br />
author = {Seiterle, G. },<br />
title = {Maske, Ziegenbock und Satyr},<br />
journal = {Antike Welt. Z. für Archäologie und Kulturgeschichte},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seja 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seja 2009a,<br />
author = {Seja, Silvia},<br />
title = {Handlungstheorien des Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sekula 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sekula 2002a,<br />
author = {Sekula, Allan},<br />
title = {Der Handel mit Fotografien},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {255-290},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shannon & Weaver 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shannon & Weaver 1976a,<br />
author = {Shannon, Claude E. & Weaver, Warren},<br />
title = {Mathematische Grundlagen der Informationstheorie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shepard 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shepard 1990a,<br />
author = {Shepard, Roger N.},<br />
title = {Mind sights. Original illusions, ambiguities, and other anomalies, with a commentary on the play of mind in perception and art},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {W. H. Freeman},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shneiderman 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Shneiderman 1983a,<br />
author = {Shneiderman, B.},<br />
title = {Direct Manipulation - A Step Beyond Programming Languages},<br />
journal = {IEEE Computer},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
volume = {16},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {57-69},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shohat & Stam 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Shohat & Stam 1998a,<br />
author = {Shohat, E. & Stam R.},<br />
title = {Narrativizing Visual Culture. Towards a Polycentric Aesthetics},<br />
booktitle = {The Visual Culture Reader},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Mirzoeff, N.},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {26-49},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegert & Brecheis 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegert & Brecheis 2005a,<br />
author = {Siegert, Gabriele & Brecheis, Dieter },<br />
title = {Werbung in der Medien- und Informationsgesellschaft. Eine kommunikationswissenschaftliche Einführung },<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {VS},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegmund 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegmund 2007a,<br />
author = {Siegmund, J.},<br />
title = {Die Evidenz der Kunst. Künstlerisches Handeln als ästhetische Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Simmel 1995a,<br />
author = {Simmel, G.},<br />
title = {Der Bildrahmen. Ein ästhetischer Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Aufsätze und Abhandlungen 1901-1908 Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Simmel, G.},<br />
pages = {101-108},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1992a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Soziologie. Untersuchungen über die Formen der Vergesellschaftung},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Gesamtausgabe, Bd. 11, hrsg. von Otthein Rammstedt},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1978a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Das individuelle Gesetz. Philosophische Exkurse},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Michael Landmann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a,<br />
author = {Smith, Robert W. & Tatarewicz, Joseph N.},<br />
title = {Replacing a Technology: The Large Space Telescope and CCDs},<br />
journal = {Proceedings of the IEEE},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
volume = {73},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1221-1235},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sobchack 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sobchack 1997a,<br />
author = {Sobchack, Vivian},<br />
title = {Meta-Morphing. Visual Transformation and the Culture of Quick-Change},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minneapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a,<br />
author = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
title = {Figurative Politik. Prolegomena zu einer Kultursoziologie politischen Handelns},<br />
booktitle = {Figurative Politik. Zur Performanz der Macht in der modernen Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
pages = {17-33},<br />
publisher = {Leske und Budrich},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sommer 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sommer 1987a,<br />
author = {Sommer, M.},<br />
title = {Evidenz im Augenblick. Eine Phänomenologie der reinen Empfindung},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sonesson 1992a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Bildbetydelser: Inledning till bildsemiotiken som vetenskap},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Studentlitteratur},<br />
address = {Lund},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sonesson 1989a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Pictorial Concepts},<br />
publisher = {Lund University Press},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sörbom 1966===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sörbom 1966,<br />
author = {Sörbom, Göran},<br />
title = {Mimesis and Art. Studies in the Origin an Early Development of an Aesthetic Vocabulary},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spariosu 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Spariosu 1984,<br />
title = {Mimesis in contemporary theory: An interdisciplinary Approach. Volume I: The Literary and the Philosophical Debate},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Spariosu, Mihai},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Philadelphia/Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spillner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Spillner 1982a,<br />
author = {Spillner, Bernd},<br />
title = {Stilanalyse semiotisch komplexer Texte: Zum Verhältnis von sprachlicher und bil¬dicher Information in Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4/5},<br />
pages = {91–106},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stadler & Kruse 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stadler & Kruse 1995a,<br />
author = {Stadler, Michael & Kruse, Peter},<br />
title = {The Function of Meaning in Cognitive Order Formation.},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {5–21},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Steinbrenner 2009a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Bildtheorien der analytischen Tradition},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {284-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 2004a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Zeichen über Zeichen. Grundlagen einer Theorie der Metabezugnahme},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Synchron Wissenschaftsverlag der Autoren},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 1996a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Kognitivismus in der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a,<br />
title = {Farben: Betrachtungen aus Philosophie und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Glasauer, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a,<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
title = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stiegler 2004a,<br />
author = {Stiegler, Bernd},<br />
title = {Digitale Photographie als epistemologischer Bruch und historische Wende},<br />
booktitle = {Das Gesicht der Welt. Medien in der digitalen Kultur},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Engell & Neitzel},<br />
pages = {105-126},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stierle 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stierle 1984a,<br />
author = {Stierle, Karlheinz},<br />
title = {Das bequeme Verhältnis. Lessings Laokoon und die Entdeckung des ästhetischen Mediums},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, Gunter},<br />
pages = {23-58},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2011a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbekommunikation semiotisch},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch Werbekommunikation},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Nina Janich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {UTB},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {erscheint Mitte 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {The Language-Image-Text. Theoretical and Analytical Inroads into Semiotic Complexity},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {202-226},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Beyond Depicting. Language-Image-Links in the Service of Advertising},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {3-28},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2008a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbetypographie. Formen und Funktionen},<br />
booktitle = {Werbung – grenzenlos. Multimodale Werbetexte im interkulturellen Vergleich},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bendel, Sylvia & Held, Gudrun},<br />
pages = {13–36},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2005a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typography: Body and Dress of a Text – A Signing Mode between Language and Image},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {204-214},<br />
note = {Special Issue “The New Typography”},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2004b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typographie: Körper und Gewand des Textes. Linguistische Überlegungen zu typographischer Gestaltung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Angewandte Linguistik},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {41},<br />
pages = {5-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stöckl 2004a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Die Sprache im Bild – Das Bild in der Sprache. Zur Verknüpfung von Sprache und Bild im massenmedialen Text},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2003a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {„Imagine“: Stilanalyse multimodal. Am Beispiel des TV-Werbespots},<br />
booktitle = {Sprachstil – Zugänge und Anwendungen. Ulla Fix zum 60. Geburtstag},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Barz, Irmhild & Lerchner, Gotthard & Schröder, },<br />
pages = {305-323},<br />
publisher = {Winter},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 1992a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Der ‚picture relation type’ – Ein praktischer Analysemodus zur Beschreibung der vielfältigen Einbettungs- und Verknüpfungsbeziehungen von Bild und Text},<br />
journal = {Papiere zur Linguistik},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {46},<br />
number = {11},<br />
pages = {49-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoesz 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Stoesz 2008a,<br />
author = {Stoesz Brenda Marie},<br />
title = {The Role of Selective Attention in Perceptual Switching. },<br />
year = {2008},<br />
howpublished = {Department of Psychology, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Manitoba},<br />
note = {Thesis Master of Arts Thesis},<br />
hidden = {zuletzt geprüft am 17.03.2011},<br />
url = {mspace.lib.umanitoba.ca/bitstream/1993/3083/1/BStoesz%20-%20MA%20thesis%202008%20revisions.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoichita 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stoichita 1998a,<br />
author = {Stoichita, Victor I.},<br />
title = {Das selbstbewußte Bild. Vom Ursprung der Metamalerei},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauß 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strauß 1998a,<br />
author = {Strauß, Bernd (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Zuschauer},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strenge 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Strenge_1998a,<br />
author = {Strenge, Britta},<br />
title = {Typos/Typologie},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {1587-1595},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Striedter 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Striedter 1984a,<br />
author = {Striedter, K.H.},<br />
title = {Felsbilder der Sahara},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauss 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Strauss 1979a,<br />
author = {Strauss, M.S.},<br />
title = {Abstraction of prototypical information by adults and 10-month-old infants},<br />
journal = {J. of Experimental Psychology: Human Leraning and Memory},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {5},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {618-632},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a,<br />
author = {Strothotte, Thomas & Schlechtweg, Stefan},<br />
title = {Non-photorealistic Computer Graphics: Modeling, Rendering, and Animation},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {San Francisco u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stüber & Stadler 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stüber & Stadler 1999a,<br />
author = {Strüber, Daniel & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Differences in top-down influences on the reversal rate of different categories of reversible figures},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {28},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1185–1196},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sturken & Cartwright 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sturken & Cartwright 2001a,<br />
author = {Sturken, M. & Cartwright L.},<br />
title = {Practices of Looking. An Introduction to Visual Culture},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
address = {Oxford, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch.},<br />
title = {Schreck-Gesichter. Symbole des magischen Alltags},<br />
booktitle = {Symbole des Alltags, Alltag der Symbole},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Blaschitz, G.; et al. },<br />
pages = {517-554},<br />
publisher = {ADV},<br />
address = {Graz},<br />
note = {Festschrift Harry Kühnel zum 65. Geburtstag},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1998a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch. },<br />
title = {Grenzen der Komplexität. Die Kunst als Bild der Wirklichkeit. Neuropsychologische und ethologische Erkenntnisse in der Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Einfachen zur Ganzheitlichkeit. Das Problem der Komplexität auf organismischer und soziokultureller Ebene},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {A.M. Wobus, & U. Wobus},<br />
pages = {167-188},<br />
publisher = {Nova Acta Leopoldina 77(304)},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Szily 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Szily 1999a,<br />
author = {Szily, K.},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelvújítás szótára},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Nap Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==T==<br />
===Tatarkiewicz 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tatarkiewicz 2003,<br />
author = {Tatarkiewicz, Wladysaw},<br />
title = {Geschichte der sechs Begriffe. Kunst • Schönheit • Form • Kreativität • Mimesis • Ästhetisches Erlebnis},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thielmann & Schröter 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Thielmann & Schröter 2007a,<br />
title = {Display II: Digital. Navigationen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Thielmann, Tristan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {<em>Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften</em>},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {Jg. 7, H. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tholen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tholen 2003a,<br />
author = {Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
title = {Die Zäsur der Medien. Kulturphilosophische Konturen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a,<br />
author = {Thornhill, R. & Gangestad, S.W. },<br />
title = {Human facial beauty: averageness, symmetry and parasite resistance},<br />
journal = {Human nature},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {237-269},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Thürlemann 1990a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Raum. Beiträge zu einer semiotischen Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Thürlemann 1984a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Die Farbe in der Malerei: Symbolischer und semi-symbolischer Bedeutungsmodus},<br />
booktitle = {Semiotics Unfolding. Proceedings of the Second Congress of the International Association for Semiotic Studies},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Tasso Borbé},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tischner 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tischner 1954a,<br />
author = {Tischner, H.},<br />
title = {Kunst der Südsee},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Todorov 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Todorov 1977,<br />
author = {Todorov, Tzvetan},<br />
title = {Symboltheorien},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {[frz. Original 1977]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Topper 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Topper 00a,<br />
author = {Topper, David},<br />
title = {On Anamorphosis. Setting Some Things Straight},<br />
journal = {Leonardo},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
volume = {33},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {115-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tótfalusi 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tótfalusi 2002a,<br />
author = {Tótfalusi, I.},<br />
title = {Magyar szótörténeti szótár},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Anno Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Totzke 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Totzke 2004a,<br />
author = {Totzke, Rainer},<br />
title = {Buchstaben-Folgen. Schriftlichkeit, Wissenschaft und Heideggers Kritik an der Wissenschaftsideologie},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Welbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Troje & McAdam 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Troje & McAdam 2010a,<br />
author = {Troje, N. F. & McAdam, M.},<br />
title = {The viewing-from-above bias and the silhouette illusion},<br />
journal = {i-Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {143–148},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {i-perception.perceptionweb.com/fulltext/i01/i0408.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Trübner 1940===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Trübner 1940,<br />
title = {Trübners Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: C-F},<br />
year = {1940},<br />
editor = {Alfred Göze},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Art. „darstellen“, S. 27},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tugendhat 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat 1976a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die sprachanalytische Philosophie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst & Wolf, Ursula},<br />
title = {Logisch-semantische Propädeutik},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {(revid. 1986)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==U==<br />
===Ullrich 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ullrich 1997a,<br />
author = {Ullrich, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Digitaler Nominalismus. Zum Status der Computerfotografie},<br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {64},<br />
pages = {63-73},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==V==<br />
===Vaihinger 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vaihinger 1997a,<br />
author = {Vaihinger, Dirk},<br />
title = {Virtualität und Realität – Die Fiktionalisierung der Wirklichkeit und die unendliche Information},<br />
booktitle = {Künstliche Paradiese, Virtuelle Realitäten. Künstliche Räume in Literatur-, Sozial-, und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Krapp, Holger & Wägenbaur, Thomas},<br />
pages = {19-43},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Valenza et al. 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Valenza et al. 1996a,<br />
author = {Valenza, E.; Simion, F.; Cassia, V.M. & Umiltà, C.},<br />
title = {Face preference at birth},<br />
journal = {J. of experimental Psychology (Human Perception and Performance) },<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {892-903},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Varela 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Varela 1990a,<br />
author = {Varela, Francisco J.},<br />
title = {Kognitionswissenschaft, Kognitionstechnik. Eine Skizze aktueller Perspektiven},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===VCQ 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{VCQ 1996a,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Visual Culture Questionnaire},<br />
journal = {October},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
pages = {25-70},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ventola et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ventola et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Ventola, Eija & Guijarro, Moya & Arsenio, Jesús},<br />
title = {The World Told and the World Shown. Multisemiotic Issues},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan},<br />
address = {Basingstoke},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Venus 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Venus 2009a,<br />
author = {Venus, Jochen},<br />
title = {Raumbild und Tätigkeitssimulation. Video- und Computerspiele als Darstellungsmedien des Tätigkeitsempfindens},<br />
booktitle = {Das Raumbild. Bilder jenseits ihrer Flächen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Winter, Gundolf; Schröter, Jens & Barck, Joanna},<br />
pages = {259-280},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vischer 1873a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vischer 1873a,<br />
author = {Vischer, Robert},<br />
title = {Ueber das optische Formgefühl. Ein Beitrag zur Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1873},<br />
publisher = {Credner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Völker 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Völker 2010a,<br />
author = {Völker, Clara},<br />
title = {Mobile Medien. Zur Genealogie des Mobilfunks und zur Ideengeschichte von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vogel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vogel 2003a,<br />
author = {Vogel, Matthias},<br />
title = {Medien als Voraussetzungen für Gedanken},<br />
booktitle = {Medienphilosophie. Beiträge zur Klärung eines Begriffs},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Münker, Stefan; Roesler, Alexander & Sandbothe, Mike},<br />
pages = {107-134 + 213-215 [Anmerkungen]},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Volkelt 1905a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Volkelt 1905a,<br />
author = {Volkelt, Johannes},<br />
title = {System der Ästhetik. Erster Band: Grundlegung der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vorländer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vorländer 2003a,<br />
author = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
title = {Demokratie und Ästhetik. Zur Rehabilitierung eines problematischen Zusammenhangs},<br />
booktitle = {Zur Ästhetik der Demokratie. Formen der politischen Selbstdarstellung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
pages = {11-26},<br />
publisher = {Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==W==<br />
<br />
===Wade et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wade et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Wade, Nicholas J.; Campbel, Robin N.; Ross, Helen E. & Lingelbach, Bernd},<br />
title = {Necker in Scotch perspective},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1–4},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Waldenfels 2010a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Sinne und Künste im Wechselspiel. Modi ästhetischer Erfahrung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Waldenfels 1999a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Ordnungen des Sichtbaren},<br />
booktitle = {Sinnesschwellen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Walton 1973a,<br />
author = {Kendall L. Walton},<br />
title = {Pictures as Make-Believe},<br />
journal = {The Philosophical Review},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
volume = {82},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {283-319},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Walton 1990a,<br />
author = {Walton, Kendall L.},<br />
title = {Mimesis as make-believe : on the foundations of the representational arts},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Harvard Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass. [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warburg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warburg 2008a,<br />
author = {Warburg, Aby},<br />
title = {Der Bilderatlas Mnemosyne (2000)},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Warnke, Martin; unter Mitarbeit von Brink, Claudia},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warnke 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warnke 1984a,<br />
author = {Warnke, Martin},<br />
title = {Politische Architektur in Europa vom Mittelalter bis heute: Repräsentation und Gemeinschaft},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Watt 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Watt 2002a, <br />
author = {Watt, Alan}, <br />
title = {3D-Computergrafik},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weber 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weber 2000a,<br />
author = { Weber, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Windmühlen oder Mauern? Die Archive und der neue Wind in der Informationstechnik},<br />
booktitle = {Digitale Archive - Ein neues Paradigma?},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Metzing, Andreas},<br />
pages = {79-94},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Marburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weidenmann 1988a ===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Weidenmann 1988a,<br />
author = {Weidenmann, Bernd },<br />
title = {Psychische Prozesse beim Verstehen von Bildern},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Huber},<br />
address = { Bern u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Weiss 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weiss 2009a,<br />
author = {Weiss, G. },<br />
title = {Masken begleiten, erinnern, ehren und erneuern},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wellbery 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wellbery 1977,<br />
author = {Wellbery, David E.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Semiotics in the German Enlightenment},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Yale University},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Werckmeister 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Werckmeister 2005a,<br />
author = {Werckmeister, Otto Karl},<br />
title = {Der Medusa Effekt. Politische Bildstrategien seit dem 11. September 2001},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {form + zweck},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wescher 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wescher 1968a,<br />
author = {Wescher, Herta},<br />
title = {Die Collage / Geschichte eines künstlerischen Ausdrucksmittels},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {DuMont Schauberg},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wheeler 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wheeler 2005a,<br />
author = {Wheeler, Michael},<br />
title = {Reconstructing the Cognitive World: The Next Step},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2008a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Die Sichtbarkeit des Bildes. Geschichte und Perspektiven der formalen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main, New York},<br />
note = {Mit einem aktuellen Vorwort des Autors zur Neuausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2005a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Artifizielle Präsenz. Studien zur Philosophie des Bildes.},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wiesing 2004a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Pragmatismus und Performativität des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {115-128},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2000a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Phänomene im Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wimmer 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wimmer 1991a,<br />
author = {Wimmer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Fabrikation der Fiktion?},<br />
booktitle = {Digitaler Schein. Ästhetik der digitalen Medien},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Rötzer, }, <br />
pages = {519-533},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winkler 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Winkler 2003a,<br />
author = {Winkler, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Zugriff. Thesen zur Umorganisation der gesellschaftlichen Bildarchive unter den Bedingungen des Digitalen},<br />
booktitle = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang; Heidenreich, Stefan & Holl, Ute},<br />
pages = {144-148},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winner 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Winner 1962a,<br />
author = {Winner, Matthias},<br />
title = {Gemalte Kunsttheorie. Zu Gustave Courbets ‚Allégorie réelle‘ und der Tradition},<br />
journal = {Jahrbuch der Berliner Museen},<br />
year = {4},<br />
volume = {1962},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {150-185},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wirth 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wirth 2004a,<br />
author = {Wirth, Uwe},<br />
title = {Das Vorwort als performative, paratextuelle und parergonale Rahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Rhetorik. Figuration und Performanz},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fohrmann, Jürgen},<br />
pages = {603-628},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Whitfield 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Whitfield 1999a,<br />
author = {Whitfield, S.},<br />
title = {Lucio Fontana},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Hayward Gallery Publ.},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witsch 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witsch 2008a,<br />
author = {Witsch, Monika},<br />
title = {Kultur und Bildung: Ein Beitrag für eine kulturwissenschaftliche Grundlegung von Bildung im Anschluss an Georg Simmel, Ernst Cassirer und Richard Hönigswald},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witte 2010a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Zur Geschichte der Bildung. Eine philosophische Kritik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2009a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Selbstbild und Bildung. Ein Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildung – Argumentation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Helmer, K.; Herchert, G. & Löwenstein, S.},<br />
pages = {81-100},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reihe: Beiträge zur Theorie der Argumentation in der Pädagogik. Herausgegeben von Andreas Dörpinghaus und Karl Helmer. Band 5},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1990a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus logico-philosophicus},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Tagebücher 1914-1916; Philosophische Untersuchungen. [7. Aufl.]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1971a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Philosophische Untersuchungen},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1922===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1922,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus},<br />
year = {1922},<br />
publisher = {Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wollheim 1982a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Sehen-als, sehen-in und bildliche Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Objekte der Kunst},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
pages = {192-210},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Looser, Max},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 1978,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Are the Criteria of Identity that Hold für a Work of Art in the Different Arts Aesthetically Relevant?},<br />
journal = {Ratio},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {20},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {29-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 2001a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {On Pictorial Representation},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
pages = {215-2268},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {Neuabdruck in: Gerwen, Rob van (Hg.). Richard Wollheim on the Art of Painting: Art as Representation and Expression. Cambridge UP, 2001},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==X==<br />
==Y==<br />
==Z==<br />
===Zaloscer 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Zaloscer 1974a,<br />
author = {Zaloscer, Hilde},<br />
title = {Versuch einer Phänomenologie des Rahmens},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Ästhetik und allgemeine Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {189-224},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zeune 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zeune 1997a,<br />
author = {Zeune, Joachim},<br />
title = {Burgen. Symbole der Macht. Ein neues Bild der mittelalterlichen Burg},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Pustet},<br />
address = {Regensburg},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zimmer 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zimmer 1995a,<br />
author = {Zimmer, A. C.},<br />
title = {Multistability – More than just a Freak Phenomenon},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {99–138},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==Fehlerhafte Angaben==<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, Jörg R. J.},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
note = {'''''Achtung!!Reihenfolge der Autoren ist verkehrt!!! Bitte korrigieren!!!''''' },<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.uni-due.de/imperia/md/content/elise/2006_-_schirra___hombach.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<!--- Die folgende Zeile muß immer am Ende der Seite stehen!! --><br />
<!--- Nicht entfernen und keinen Biblio-Eintrag danach setzen --><br />
<bibexport/></div>
Mark Ludwig
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Bibliography&diff=5955
Bibliography
2011-06-21T14:15:54Z
<p>Mark Ludwig: /* Siegert & Brecheis 2005a */</p>
<hr />
<div>===Warnke 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Warnke 1993a,<br />
title = {Bildersturm. Die Zerstörung des Kunstwerks},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Warnke, Martin},<br />
publisher = {S. Fischer Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2008b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2008b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, W.J.T.},<br />
title = {Das Leben der Bilder. Eine Theorie der visuellen Kultur},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Verlag C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {mit einem Vorwort von Hans Belting, aus dem Englischen von Achim Eschbach, Anna-Victoria Eschbach und Mark Halawa},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lippold 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lippold 1993a,<br />
author = {Lippold, Lutz},<br />
title = {Macht des Bildes - Bild der Macht: Kunst zwischen Verehrung und Zerstörung bis zum ausgehenden Mittelalter},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Edition Leipzig},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2002b,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Ereignis und Aura. Untersuchungen zu einer performativen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fischer-Lichte 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fischer-Lichte 2004a,<br />
author = {Fischer-Lichte, Erika},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Performativen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kris & Kurz 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kris & Kurz 1995a,<br />
author = {Kris, Ernst & Kurz, Otto},<br />
title = {Die Legende vom Künstler. Ein geschichtlicher Versuch},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {mit einem Vorwort von Ernst H. Gombrich},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 2000a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Vor einem Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser Verlag},<br />
address = {München/Wien},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Reinold Werner},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Panofsky 2002a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Sinn und Deutung in der bildenden Kunst (Meaning in the Visual Arts)},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Dumont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<!--- Dies ist eine Kommentarzeile --><br />
<!--- In diese Seite kommen alle bibliographischen Daten rein, --><br />
<!--- also wirklich a l l e für dieses Glossar. --><br />
<!--- Wer es kennt, wird erkennen, dass wir uns an BibTex orientieren. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- !!!!! Bitte erst mal durchsuchen, ob der geplante Eintrag !!! --><br />
<!--- !!!!! hier nicht schon unter anderer Bezeichnung steht! !!! --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Ein Schema für neue Einträge wird hier oben automatisch --><br />
<!--- eingeblendet, wenn ein neuer Literaturverweis in einer Seite --><br />
<!--- eingebaut wurde und man dem entsprechenden Link dort im --><br />
<!--- Literaturverzeichnis folgt. Bitte nach Anlegen nach unten kopieren, --><br />
<!--- so dass eine alphabetisch geordnete Liste erhalten bleibt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Derzeit sind folgende Formen möglich Monographie (=book), --> <br />
<!--- Sammelband (= Proceedings), Artikel in Sammelband (= inproceedings),--><br />
<!--- Zeitschriftenartikel (= article), Rest (= misc.) --><br />
<!--- (An einer Übersetzung dieser Typbezeichnungen wird gearbeitet) --><br />
<!--- In allen sind die jeweils üblichen Felder verfügbar; weitere Daten --><br />
<!--- können im Feld note deponiert werden -- die werden jeweils am Ende --><br />
<!--- der damit produzierten Literaturangabe angezeigt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Nun die Einträge; wenn möglich die Namen (1. Zeile nach bibentry) --><br />
<!--- alle nach gleichem Schema bauen und alphabetisch geordnet eintragen.--><br />
<!--- Angabe des Jahres am Besten immer mit fortlaufendem Kleinbuchstaben --><br />
<!--- indizieren, auch wenn noch kein zweites Werk des Autors im gleichen --><br />
<!--- Jahr aufgenommen wurde; kann ja noch kommen. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Wenn ein als Identifier benutzter Nachname mit einem Sonderzeichen --><br />
<!--- (insbesondere Umlaut) beginnt, bitte die Normalumschrift benutzen, --><br />
<!--- sonst sind die Literaturangaben auf den Seiten falsch geordnet. --><br />
<!--- Den korrekt geschriebenen Namen zwischen den <bib>Klammern nutzen. --><br />
{{GlossarBoxSub}}__TOC__</div><br />
<!--- --><br />
<br />
==A==<br />
===Adelmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelmann 2009a, <br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adelmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Adelmann 2004a, <br />
author = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Digitale Animationen in dokumentarischen Fernsehformaten?}, <br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung}, <br />
year = {2004}, <br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke}, <br />
pages = {387-406}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adelung 1811===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelung 1811, <br />
editor = {Adelung, Johann Christoph}, <br />
title = {Grammatisch-kritisches Wörterbuch der hochdeutschen Mundart: mit beständiger Vergleichung der übrigen Mundarten, besonders aber der Oberdeutschen. Erster Teil: A-E. Mit D. W. Soltau's Beyträgen; revidirt und berichtiget von Franz Xaver Schönberger, Doctor der freyen Künste und Philosophie},<br />
year = {1811}, <br />
publisher = {Bauer}, <br />
address = {Wien}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adorno 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Adorno 2003,<br />
author = {Adorno, Theodor W.},<br />
title = {Gesammelte Schriften, Bd. 7: Ästhetische Theorie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Alpers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alpers 1985a,<br />
author = {Alpers, Svetlana},<br />
title = {Kunst als Beschreibung. Holländische Malerei des 17. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Amelunxen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Amelunxen 1996a, <br />
author = {Amelunxen, Hubertus}, <br />
title = {Fotografie nach der Fotografie}, <br />
year = {1996}, <br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Dresden u.a.}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Appadurai 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Appadurai 2003a, <br />
author = {Appadurai, Arjun},<br />
title = {Archive and Aspiration},<br />
booktitle = {Information is Alive},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Brouwer, Joke; Mulder, Arjen},<br />
pages = {14-25},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Rotterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1997,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Poetik. Griechisch/Deutsch},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Manfred Fuhrmann},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {Übers. und Hrsg.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995c,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Physik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 6; Übers.: Hans Günter Zekl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995b,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Nikomachische Ethik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 3; Übers.: Eugen Rolfes},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995a,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Metaphysik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 5; Übers.: Hermann Bonitz},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a,<br />
author = {Asemissen, Hermann Ulrich & Schweikhart, Gunter},<br />
title = {Malerei als Thema der Malerei},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Attneave 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Attneave 1971a,<br />
author = {Attneave, F.},<br />
title = {Multistability in perception},<br />
journal = {Sci.Am 225},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
volume = {225},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Auerbach 1946===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Auerbach 1946,<br />
author = {Auerbach, Erich},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Dargestellte Wirklichkeit in der abendländischen Literatur [1946]},<br />
year = {<sup>10</sup>2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen/Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Augustinus 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Augustinus 2002,<br />
author = {Augustinus},<br />
title = {Was ist Zeit? Confessiones XI/Bekenntnisse 11},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {lateinisch-deutsche Ausgabe, eingeleitet, übersetzt und mit Anmerkungen versehen von Norbert Fischer},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Austin 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Austin 1972a,<br />
author = {Austin, John L.},<br />
title = {Zur Theorie der Sprechakte},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {orig.: How to do things with Words, 1962},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==B==<br />
===Baader 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baader 2003a,<br />
author = {Baader, Hannah},<br />
title = {Paragone},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {263},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bachmann-Medick 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bachmann-Medick 2006a,<br />
author = {Bachmann-Medick, Doris},<br />
title = {Cultural Turns. Neuorientierungen in den Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Badakshi 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Badakshi 2006a,<br />
author = {Badakshi, Harun},<br />
title = {Körper in/aus Zahlen. Digitale Bildgebung in der Medizin},<br />
booktitle = {The Picture's Image. Wissenschaftliche Visualisierung als Komposit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Hinterwaldner, Inge; Buschhaus, Markus},<br />
pages = {199-205},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Badt 1963a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Badt 1963a,<br />
author = {Badt, Kurt },<br />
title = {Raumphantasien und Raumillusionen. Wesen der Plastik}<br />
year = {1963},<br />
publisher = {DuMont}, <br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Balázs 2001a,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der Geist des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Balázs 2001b,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der sichtbare Mensch},<br />
booktitle = {Texte zur Theorie des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {v. F. Albersmeier},<br />
publisher = {Philip Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
pages = {224-233},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baltrušaitis 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baltrušaitis 77a,<br />
author = {Baltrušaitis, Jurgis},<br />
title = {Anamorphic Art},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Chadwyck-Healey},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {(aus dem Französischen von W.J. Strachan, zuerst: Paris 1969)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1977a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetoric of the Image},<br />
booktitle = {Image, Music, Text},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
editor = {Stephen Heath},<br />
pages = {32–51},<br />
publisher = {Fontana},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {orig. 1964 in Communications},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1964a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetorik des Bildes (1964)},<br />
booktitle = {Der entgegenkommende und der stumpfe Sinn. Kritische Essays III},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Hornig, Dieter},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barthes 1989a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Die helle Kammer. Bemerkung zur Photographie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batchen 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Batchen 1998a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Photogenics/Fotogenik},<br />
journal = {Camera Austria},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {62/63},<br />
pages = {5-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batchen 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Batchen 2000a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Ectoplasm. Photography in the Digital Age},<br />
booktitle = {Over Exposed. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Squiers, Carol},<br />
pages = {9.23},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batteux 1746/1770===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Batteux 1746/1770,<br />
author = {Batteux, Charles},<br />
title = {Einschränkung der schönen Künste auf einen einzigen Grundsatz},<br />
year = {<sup>3</sup>1770},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Aus dem Französischen übersetzt und mit Abhandlungen begleitet von Johann Adolf Schlegel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baudrillard 1978a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Agonie des Realen},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baudrillard 2000a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Das perfekte Verbrechen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {von Amelunxen},<br />
pages = {256-260},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baumberger 2010===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baumberger 2010,<br />
author = {Baumberger, Christoph},<br />
title = {Gebaute Zeichen. Eine Symboltheorie der Architektur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Ontos},<br />
address = {Heusenstamm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baxandall 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baxandall 1972a,<br />
author = {Baxandall, Michael},<br />
title = {Painting and Experience in Fifteenth Century Italy. A Primer in the Social History of Pictorial Style},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Clarendon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bayer 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bayer 1984,<br />
author = {Bayer, Udo},<br />
title = {Laokoon – Momente einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gunter Gebauer},<br />
pages = {59-101},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bechtloff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bechtloff 2001a,<br />
author = {Bechtloff, Dieter (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Choreographie der Gewalt}, <br />
journal = {Kunstforum International}, <br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Hefte 153, 155 & 156},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Heft 153: Der gerissene Faden. Nichtlineare Techniken in der Kunst; Heft 156: Plateau der Menschheit},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beckmann 1995===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beckmann 1995,<br />
author = {Beckmann, Jan P.},<br />
title = {Wilhelm von Ockham},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beil 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beil 2010a,<br />
author = {Beil, Benjamin},<br />
title = {First Person Perspectives. Point of View und figurenzentrierte Erzählformen im Film und im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belach & Jacobsen 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belach & Jacobsen 93,<br />
author = {Belach, Helga & Jacobsen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {CinemaScope. Zur Geschichte der Breitwandfilme},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Spiess},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Stiftung Deutsche Kinemathek},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beller 2005a,<br />
author = {Beller Hans},<br />
title = {Aspekte der Filmmontage - Eine Art Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch der Filmmontage. Praxis und Prinzipien des Filmschnitts},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Beller Hans},<br />
publisher = {TR-Verlagsunion},<br />
address = {München},<br />
pages = {9-33},<br />
note = {5., gegenüber der 4. unveränderte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2008a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Florenz und Bagdad. Eine westöstliche Geschichte des Blicks},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2004a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bild und Kult. Eine Geschichte des Bildes vor dem Zeitalter der Kunst},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {6. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2002a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte. Eine Revision nach zehn Jahren},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Verlag C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2., erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2001a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bildanthropologie. Entwürfe für eine Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 1983a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte?},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Kunstverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting & Haustein 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting & Haustein 1998a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans & Haustein, Lydia},<br />
title = {Das Erbe der Bilder. Kunst und moderne Medien in den Kulturen der Welt},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Benkő 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Benkő 1976a,<br />
editor = {Benkő, L.},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelv történeti-etimológiai szótára. I-IV},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bergson 1948a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bergson 1948a,<br />
author = {Bergson, Henri},<br />
title = {Das Mögliche und das Wirkliche},<br />
booktitle = {Denken und Schöpferisches Werden. Aufsätze und Vorträge},<br />
year = {1948},<br />
editor = {Bergson, H.},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Meisenheim am Glan},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {110-125},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bernays 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernays 1970a,<br />
author = {Bernays, Jacob},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der verlorenen Abhandlung des Aristoteles über Wirkung der Tragödie},<br />
year = {1970}<br />
publisher = {G. Olms},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bernhardt et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernhardt et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Bernhardt, Petra; Hadj-Abdou, Leila; Liebhart, Karin & Pribersky, Andreas},<br />
title = {EUropäische Bildpolitiken. Politische Bildanalyse an Beispielen der EU-Politik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {facultas UTB},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bertram et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bertram et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bertram, Georg W.; Lauer, David; Liptow, Jasper; & Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {In der Welt der Sprache: Konsequenzen des semantischen Holismus},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp}, <br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Berz 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Berz 2009a,<br />
author = {Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bitmapped Graphic},<br />
booktitle = {Zeitkritische Medien},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Volmar, Axel},<br />
pages = {127-154},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bevers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bevers 1985a,<br />
author = {Bevers, Antonius M.},<br />
title = {Dynamik der Formen bei Georg Simmel. Eine Studie über die methodische und theoretische Einheit eines Gesamtwerkes},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Duncker & Humblot},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Sozialwissenschaftliche Abhandlungen der Görres-Gesellschaft, Band 13},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beyme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beyme 2004a,<br />
author = {Beyme, Klaus von},<br />
title = {Politische Ikonologie der modernen Architektur},<br />
booktitle = {Politikwissenschaft als Kulturwissenschaft. Theorien, Methoden, Problemstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schwelling, Birgit},<br />
pages = {351-372},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bieger 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bieger 2007a,<br />
author = {Bieger, Laura},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Immersion. Raum-Erleben zwischen Welt und Bild},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Black 1972===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Black 1972,<br />
author = {Black, Max},<br />
title = {How do Pictures represent?},<br />
booktitle = {Art, Perception, and Reality},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gombrich, E.H.; Hochberg, Julian & Black, Max},<br />
pages = {95-130},<br />
publisher = {John Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blanke 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Blanke 2003,<br />
author = {Blanke, Börries},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Sinn. Das ikonische Zeichen zwischen strukturalistischer Semiotik und analytischer Philosophie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Reihe Bildwissenschaft, Bd. 4},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Block 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Block 1990a,<br />
author = {Block, Ned},<br />
title = {The Computer Model of the Mind},<br />
booktitle = {Thinking. An Invitation to Cognitive Science, Vol. 3},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {D. N. Osherson & E. E. Smith},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bloomfield 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bloomfield 1933a,<br />
author = {Bloomfield, Leonard},<br />
title = {Language},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Henry Holt and Co},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1986a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Annäherungen an die Aktualität der Rhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Wirklichkeiten in denen wir leben},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
pages = {104-136},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1969a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeitsbegriff und Möglichkeit des Romans},<br />
booktitle = {Nachahmung und Illusion. Poetik und Hermeneutik 1},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Hans Robert Jauß},<br />
pages = {9-27},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Blumenberg 1957a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {'Nachahmung der Natur'. Zur Vorgeschichte der Idee des schöpferischen Menschen},<br />
journal = {Studium Generale},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {5},<br />
pages = {266-283},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2008a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Augenmaß. Zur Genese der ikonischen Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Mersman, Birgit & Spies, Christian},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 2007a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2005a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild und die hermeneutische Reflexion},<br />
booktitle = {Dimensionen des Hermeneutischen. Heidegger und Gadamer},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Martin-Heidegger-Gesellschaft},<br />
pages = {23-35},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Schriftenreihe Band 7},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Sprache? Anmerkungen zur Logik der Bilder (2004)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {34-53},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild in der Kunstwissenschaft. Interview mit Gottfried Boehm},<br />
booktitle = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {11-21},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm 2001a,<br />
title = {Homo Pictor},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Saur},<br />
address = {München / Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1999a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zwischen Auge und Hand. Bilder als Instrumente der Erkenntnis (1999)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {94-113},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1994a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Wiederkehr der Bilder},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1994b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Bilderfrage},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Gottfried Boehm},<br />
pages = {325-343},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1994c,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1985a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Der Andere als Prototyp},<br />
booktitle = {Bildnis und Individuum. Über den Ursprung der Porträtmalerei in der italienischen Renaissance},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1978a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zu einer Hermeneutik des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Die Hermeneutik und die Wissenschaft},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Gadamer, Hans-Georg & Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {444-471},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a,<br />
title = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried; Mersmann, Birgit; Spies, Christian},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Böhme 2004a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Der Raum leiblicher Anwesenheit und der Raum als Medium von Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böhme 1999a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böcking 2008===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böcking 2008,<br />
author = {Böcking, Saskia},<br />
title = {Grenzen der Fiktion? Von Suspension of Disbelief zu einer Toleranztheorie für die Filmrezeption.},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bogen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bogen 2005a,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen},<br />
title = {Kunstgeschichte/Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus },<br />
pages = {52-67},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bonsiepe 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bonsiepe 1968a,<br />
author = {Bonsiepe, Gui},<br />
title = {Visuell/Verbale Rhetorik},<br />
journal = {Format: Zeitschrift für visuelle Kommunikation},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {17},<br />
pages = {11–18},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bousso 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bousso 2002a,<br />
author = {Bousso, Raphael},<br />
title = {The Holographic Principle},<br />
journal = {Reviews of Modern Physics},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {74},<br />
pages = {825-874},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brachfeld 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brachfeld_1976a,<br />
author = {Brachfeld, Otto},<br />
title = {Image},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {215-217},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandt 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandt 1999a,<br />
author = {Brandt, Reinhard},<br />
title = {Die Wirklichkeit der Bilder. Sehen und Erkennen – Vom Spiegel zum Kunstbild},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandom 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandom 2000a,<br />
author = {Brandom, Robert},<br />
title = {Expressive Vernunft. Begründung, Repräsentation und diskursive Festlegung (1994)},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Gilmer, Eva & Vetter, Hermann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2007a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Galilei der Künstler. Der Mond. Die Sonne. Die Hand},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2005a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Darwins Korallen. Die frühen Evolutionsdiagramme und die Tradition der Naturgeschichte},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Klaus Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bredekamp 2004a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Drehmomente. Merkmale und Ansprüche des Iconic Turn},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Turn. Die neue Macht der Bilder},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Maar, Christa & Burda, Hubert},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {A Neglected Tradition? Art History as Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2000a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Antikensehnsucht und Maschinenglauben. Die Geschichte der Kunstkammer und die Zukunft der Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 1994a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Die digitale Kunstkammer. Ein Interview mit Horst Bredekamp},<br />
journal = {Texte zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst; Schneider, Birgit; Dünkel, Vera},<br />
title = {Das Technische Bild. Kompendium für eine Stilgeschichte wissenschaftlicher Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst & Schneider, Pablo},<br />
title = {Visuelle Argumentationen. Die Mysterien der Repräsentation und die Berechenbarkeit der Welt},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2010a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildakts. Frankfurter Adorno-Vorlesungen 2007},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brentano 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brentano 1930a,<br />
author = {Brentano, Franz},<br />
title = {Wahrheit und Evidenz},<br />
year = {1930},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {(1975??)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Pitts, Michael A. & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right parietal brain activity precedes perceptual alternation during binocular rivalry},<br />
journal = {Hum. Brain Mapping},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/20690124},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Landis, Theodor & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right parietal brain activity precedes perceptual alternation of bistable stimuli},<br />
journal = {Cereb. Cortex 19},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {55-65},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brugger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger 1999a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter},<br />
title = {One hundred years of an ambiguous figure: happy birthday, duck/rabbit},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
number = {???},<br />
pages = {973–977},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brugger & Brugger 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger & Brugger 1993a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter & Brugger, Susanne},<br />
title = {The easterbunny in october: I is it disguised as a duck},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
number = {???},<br />
pages = {577–578},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brunet 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brunet 2008a,<br />
author = {Brunet, François},<br />
title = {A Better Example is a Photograph': On the Exemplary Value of Photographs in C. S. Peirce's Reflection on Signs},<br />
booktitle = {The Meaning of Photography},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Kelsey, Robin; Stimson, Blake},<br />
pages = {34-49},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Williamstown},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bruno 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bruno 2007a,<br />
author = {Bruno, Giuliana},<br />
title = {Public Intimacy. Architecture and the Visual Arts},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bryson 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bryson 2001a,<br />
author = {Norman Bryson},<br />
title = {Das Sehen und die Malerei},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 2000a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Die Krise der Psychologie},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Velbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Achim Eschbach und Jens Kapitzky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Büttner 2003a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank},<br />
title = {Perspektive},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {265},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher 2011a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {“Man sieht, was man hört“. Multimodales Verstehen als interaktionale Aneignung. Handlungstheoretische Medienanalyse.},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Jan Georg Schneider & Hartmut Stöckl},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher2010a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {Multimodales Verstehen oder Rezeption als Interaktion. Theoretische und empirische Grundlagen einers systematischen Analyse der Multimodalität},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Hajo Diekmannshenke & Michael Klemm & Hartmut Stöckl},<br />
pages = {121-156},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchner 1665===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchner 1665,<br />
author = {August Buchner},<br />
title = {Poet}<br />
year = {1665},<br />
publisher = {???}, <br />
address = {Wittenberg},<br />
note = {hrsg. v. Otto Prätorius},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchwald 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchwald 1989a,<br />
author = {Buchwald, Jed Z.},<br />
title = {The Rise of the Wave Theory of Light},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1933a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Axiomatik der Sprachwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1934a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1934a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Sprachtheorie. Die Darstellungsfunktion der Sprache},<br />
year = {<sup>2</sup>1965},<br />
publisher = {Fischer },<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bürger 1784===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bürger 1784,<br />
author = {Bürger, Gottfried August},<br />
title = {Von der Popularität der Poesie [1784]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Günter und Hiltrud Hintzschel}, <br />
pages = {725-730},<br />
publisher = {Hanser}, <br />
address = {München}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1784},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burckhardt 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Burckhardt 2001a,<br />
author = {Burckhardt, Jacob},<br />
title = {Der Cicerone. Eine Anleitung zum Genuss der Kunstwerke Italiens},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Kritische Gesamtausgabe},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {B. Roeck et al.}, <br />
pages = {Bd. 2},<br />
publisher = {Beck}, <br />
address = {München/Basel}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1855},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burke 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Burke 2003a,<br />
author = {Burke, Peter},<br />
title = {Augenzeugenschaft. Bilder als historische Quellen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Busch 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Busch 2004a,<br />
author = {Busch, Kathrin},<br />
title = {Geschicktes Geben. Aporien der Gabe bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Busch & Därmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Busch & Därmann 2007a,<br />
title = {pathos. Konturen eines kulturwissenschaftlichen Grundbegriffes},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Busch, Kathrin; Därmann, Iris},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Butler 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Butler 2001a,<br />
author = {Butler, Judith},<br />
title = {Psyche der Macht. Das Subjekt der Unterwerfung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner & Gottdank 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Büttner & Gottdank 2009a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank & Gottdank, Andrea},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Ikonographie. Wege zur Deutung von Bildinhalten},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==C==<br />
===Caglioti 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Caglioti 1995a,<br />
author = {Caglioti, G.},<br />
title = {Perception of ambiguous figures: A qualitative Model based on Synergetics and Quantum Mechanics},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {463–478.},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Campe 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Campe 2006a,<br />
author = {Campe, R.},<br />
title = {Epoche der Evidenz. Knoten in einem terminologischen Netzwerk zwischen Descartes und Kant},<br />
booktitle = {Intellektuelle Anschauung. Figurationen von Evidenz zwischen Kunst und Wissen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Peters, S. & Schäfer, M.J. },<br />
pages = {5-43},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carani 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carani 1986a,<br />
author = {Carani, Marie},<br />
title = {Le corpus Pellan: une relecture sémiotique},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carbone 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carbone 2001a,<br />
author = {Mauro Carbone},<br />
title = {La visibilité de l’invisible},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a,<br />
author = {Carlbom, Ingrid; Paciorek, Joseph},<br />
title = {Planar Geometric Projections and Viewing Transformations},<br />
journal = {ACM Computing Surveys},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {465-502},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carnap 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carnap 1947a,<br />
author = {Carnap, Rudolf},<br />
title = {Meaning and Necessity: A Study in Semantics and Modal Logic},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, IL},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2007a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {The World at a Glance},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2005a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {Earth-Mapping. Artists Reshaping Landscape},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2002a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {Representing Place. Landscape Painting and Maps},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 2010a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Birgit Recki},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 2009a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Der Begriff der symbolischen Form im Aufbau der Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
pages = {63-92},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Marion Lauschke},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1990a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Versuch über den Menschen. Einführung in eine Philosophie der Kultur},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1989a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Zur Logik der Kulturwissenschaften. Fünf Studien},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {5., unveränd. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 1930a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Mythischer, ästhetischer und theoretischer Raum (1930)},<br />
booktitle = {Ernst Cassirer: Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 17},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {B. Recki},<br />
pages = {411-436 [1931]},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1929a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1925a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1925a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Zweiter Teil: Das mythische Denken},<br />
year = {1925},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1923a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Erster Teil: Die Sprache},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===CCALED===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{CCALED-4,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Collins Cobuild Advanced Learner’s English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
publisher = {Collins},<br />
address = {Glasgow},<br />
note = {4<sup>th</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cha & Rautzenberg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cha & Rautzenberg 08a,<br />
author = {Cha, Kyung-Ho & Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
title = {Einleitung: Im Theater des Sehens. Anamorphose als Bild und philosophische Metapher},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {dies.},<br />
pages = {7-22},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chomsky 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chomsky 1957a,<br />
author = {Chomsky, Noam},<br />
title = {Syntactic Structures},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Christian 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Christian 2009a,<br />
author = {Christian, Alexander},<br />
title = {Piktogramme, Kritischer Beitrag zu einer Begriffsbestimmung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Shaker},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cipolla et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cipolla et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Cipolla, Roberto & Battiato, Sebastiano & Farinella, Giovanni Maria },<br />
title = {Computer Vision: Detection, Recognition and Reconstruction},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin, Heidelberg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Collingwood 1945===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Collingwood 1945,<br />
author = {Collingwood, Robin},<br />
title = {Die Idee der Natur [The Idea of Nature (1945)]},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {Übers.: Martin Suhr},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, M. R.; Roberts A. R.; Barbee A. P.; Druen P. B.; Wu Cheng-Huan},<br />
title = {„Their ideas of beauty are, on the wohle, the same as ours“: consistency and variability in the cross-cultural perception of female physical attractiveness},<br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {68},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-279},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham 1986a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, M.R.},<br />
title = {Measuring the physical in physical attractiveness: Quasi-experiments on the sociobiology of female facial beauty}, <br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {50},<br />
number = {}, <br />
pages = {925-935},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==D==<br />
===Damisch 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Damisch 1987a,<br />
author = {Damisch, Hubert},<br />
title = {L'origine de la perspective},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Flammarion},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Darwin 1872a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Darwin 1872a,<br />
author = {Darwin, Charles},<br />
title = {On the Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals},<br />
year = {1872},<br />
publisher = {Murray},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davidson 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Davidson 2004a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
title = {Drei Spielarten des Wissens},<br />
booktitle = {Subjektiv, intersubjektiv, objektiv},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
pages = {339-363},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davies 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Davies 1991,<br />
author = {Davies, David},<br />
title = {Works, Texts, and Contexts. Goodman on the Literary Artwork},<br />
journal = {Canadian Journal of Philosophy},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {331-346},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Deleuze 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Deleuze 1989a,<br />
author = {Deleuze, Gilles},<br />
title = {Das Bewegungs-Bild. Kino1},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M},<br />
note = {a. d. Franz. v. U. Christians und U. Bokelmann; Erstveröffentlichung 1983},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Demuth 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Demuth 2007a,<br />
author = {Demuth, Volker},<br />
title = {Extreme Expeditionen. Digitale, hybride und künstlerische Räume},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {89-104},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Depaulo 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Depaulo 1992a,<br />
author = {DePaulo, B. M. },<br />
title = {Nonverbal Behavior and Self Presentation},<br />
journal = {Psychological Bulletin},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {111},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {203-243},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Derrida 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 2007a,<br />
author = {Jacques Derrida},<br />
title = {Aufzeichnungen eines Blinden. Das Selbstporträt und andere Ruinen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Derrida 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 1992a,<br />
author = {Derrida, J.},<br />
title = {Die Wahrheit in der Malerei},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===de Duve 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{de Duve 1990a,<br />
author = {de Duve, Thierry},<br />
title = {The Monochrome and the Blank Canvas},<br />
booktitle = {Reconstructiong Modernism. Art in New York, Paris and Montreal 1945-1964},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Guilbaut, Serge},<br />
pages = {244-310},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge/Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===de Schonen et.al. 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{de Schonen et.al. 1994a,<br />
author = {de Schonen, S.; Deruelle, C.; Pascalis, O.; & Mancini, J.},<br />
title = {About funcional brain specialization.The development of face recognition (Functional cerebral specialization in the development of face recognition / A propos de la notion de specialisation cerebrale fonctionnelle: le developpement de la reconnaissance des visages)},<br />
journal = {Psychologie francaise},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {259-274},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Diderot 1751===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Diderot 1751,<br />
author = {Denis Diderot},<br />
title = {Brief über die Taubstummen [1751},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Schriften. Erster Band},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Friedrich Bassenge},<br />
pages = {27-97},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 1999a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Was wir sehen blickt uns an. Zur Metapsychologie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Didi-Huberman 2005a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {L’espace danse – Der Raum tanzt},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {16-30},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Diekmannshenke, Hajo & Klemm, Michael & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {erscheint Ende 2010},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dion 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dion 2002a,<br />
author = {Dion, K. K.},<br />
title = {Cultural Perspectives on Facial Attractiveness},<br />
booktitle = {Facial Attractiveness. Evolutionary, Cognitive, and Social Perspectives},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Rhodes, G. & Zebrowitz, L.A.},<br />
pages = {239-260},<br />
publisher = {Ablex},<br />
address = {Westport, CT},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ditzinger 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ditzinger 2006a,<br />
author = {Ditzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Illusionen des Sehens. Eine Reise in die Welt der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Elsevier, Spektrum, Akad. Verl.},<br />
address = {München, Heidelberg},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2002a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Malerei im Bilderstreit. Eine Revision aus Anlass des Rubenspreis-Jubiläums},<br />
booktitle = {10 x Malerei. Rubenspreis der Stadt Siegen in Werken der Sammlung Lambrecht-Schadeberg},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {19-34},<br />
publisher = {Museum für Gegenwartskunst },<br />
address = {Siegen},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dobbe 1999a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Querelle des Anciens, des Modernes et des Postmodernes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2007a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian},<br />
title = {Figuren der visuellen Rhetorik in werblichen Gesamttexten},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {71–112},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2001a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian },<br />
title = {Ein Funktionenmodell für Bildtexte},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Klaus Sachs-Hombach},<br />
pages = {29-39},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Döring 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Döring 2009a,<br />
author = {Döring, Sabine},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie der Gefühle},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Döring, Sabine},<br />
pages = {12-65},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drechsel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Drechsel 2006a,<br />
author = {Drechsel, Benjamin},<br />
title = {Was ist ein politisches Bild? Einige Überlegungen zur Entwicklung der Politikwissenschaft als Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Moderne. Kulturwissenschaftliches Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {106-120},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1989a,<br />
author = {Drosdowsi, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Etymologie. Herkunftwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache.},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {2. völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1988a,<br />
author = {Drosdowski, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Stilwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache. Die Verwendung der Wörter im Satz.},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {7., völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {= DUDEN Band 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dubois 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubois 1998a,<br />
author = {Dubois, Philippe},<br />
title = {Der fotografische Akt. Versuch über ein theoretisches Dispositiv},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Dresden, Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dubos 1760-61===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubos 1760-61,<br />
author = {Du Bos, Jean-Baptiste},<br />
title = {Kritische Betrachtungen über die Poesie und Malerey, 3 Teile},<br />
year = {1760-1761},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Übers.: Gottfried Benediktus Funk},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Duden 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Duden 1999a,<br />
author = {Duden},<br />
title = {Das große Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache in zehn Bänden},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dudenredaktion 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dudenredaktion 2003a,<br />
author = {Dudenredaktion (Hg.)},<br />
title = {DUDEN. Das Stilwörterbuch.},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {8. völlig neu bearbeitete Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Durand 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Durand 1987a,<br />
author = {Durand, Jacques},<br />
title = {Rhetorical Figures in the Advertising Image},<br />
booktitle = {Marketing and Semiotics},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Sebeok, J.U. },<br />
pages = {295–318},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==E==<br />
===Ebert 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ebert 1979a,<br />
author = {Ebert, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Montage Editing Schnitt},<br />
journal = {Filmkritik},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {547-558},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eco 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eco 1998,<br />
author = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
title = {Lector in fabula. Die Mitarbeit der Interpretation in erzählenden Texten},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {dtv},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eddiks 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Eddiks 2004a,<br />
author = {Eddiks, Christina},<br />
title = {Dem Emblem auf der Spur},<br />
howpublished = {},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
note = {Diplomarbeit},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kisd.de/~tom/diplom/christina_emblematik.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Edgerton 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Edgerton 2002a,<br />
author = {Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Die Entdeckung der Perspektive},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. & Ch. Sütterlin},<br />
title = {Im Banne der Angst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte menschlicher Abwehrsymbolik},<br />
year = {1992}, <br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. & Ch. Sütterlin},<br />
title = {Weltsprache Kunst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte bildlicher Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2008}, <br />
publisher = {Brandstätter},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt. I. },<br />
title = {Die Biologie menschlichen Verhaltens. Lehrbuch der Humanethologie},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt I. },<br />
title = {The expressive behavior of the deaf- and blind born},<br />
booktitle = {Social Communication and Movement},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {M. v. Cranach & I. Vine},<br />
pages = {163-194},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ekman 1973b,<br />
author = {Ekman, P. },<br />
title = {Cross cultural studies of facial expression},<br />
booktitle = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Ekman, P.},<br />
pages = {169-222},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ekman 1973a,<br />
editor = {Ekman, P. },<br />
title = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Elgin 1992,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Notation},<br />
booktitle = {A Companion to Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Cooper, David},<br />
pages = {307-309},<br />
publisher = {Blackwell},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1983===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elgin 1983,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {With Reference to Reference},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elkins 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 2003a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {Visual Studies. A Skeptical Introduction},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elkins 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 1999a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {The Domain of Images},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ellgring 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ellgring 1989a,<br />
author = {Ellgring, H.},<br />
title = {Nonverbal communication in depression},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Else 1958===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Else 1958,<br />
author = {Else, Gerald F.},<br />
title = {Imitation in the fifth century},<br />
journal = {Classical Philology},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
volume = {53},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {73-90},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Enright 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Enright 1987a,<br />
author = {Enright, J. T.},<br />
title = {Perspective vergence: oculomotor responses to line drawings},<br />
journal = {Vision Res},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1513–1526},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst 2002a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gibt es eine spezifische Videozität?},<br />
booktitle = {REC - Video als mediales Phänomen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf; Hoffmann, Hilde & Nohr, Rolf F.},<br />
pages = {14-29},<br />
publisher = {VDG},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang & Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Digitale Bildarchivierung. Der Wölfflin-Kalkül},<br />
booktitle = {Konfigurationen. Zwischen Kunst und Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Schade, Sigrid & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
pages = {306-320},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst et al. 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ernst et al. 2003a,<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang et al.},<br />
title = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Esposito 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Esposito 1998,<br />
author = {Esposito, Elena},<br />
title = {Fiktion und Virtualität},<br />
booktitle = {edien, Computer Realität. Wirklichkeitsvorstellungen und Neue Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {269-296},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Etcoff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Etcoff 2001a,<br />
author = {Etcoff, N. },<br />
title = {Nur die Schönsten überleben. Die Ästhetik des Menschen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eusterschulte 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eusterschulte 2001,<br />
author = {Eusterschulte, Anne},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 5: L-Musi},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Gert Ueding},<br />
pages = {Sp. 1232-1294},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==F==<br />
===Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a,<br />
author = {Fahlenbrach, Kathrin & Viehoff, Reinhold},<br />
title = {Medienikonen des Krieges. Die symbolische Entthronung Saddams als Versuch strategischer Ikonisierung},<br />
booktitle = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
pages = {356-387},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fantz 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fantz 1966a,<br />
author = {Fantz, R.L. },<br />
title = {Pattern discrimination and selective attention as determinants of perceptual development from birth},<br />
booktitle = {Perceptual Development in Children},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Kidd, A.H. & Rivoire, J.L},<br />
pages = {143-173},<br />
publisher = {University Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Farago 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Farago 1992a,<br />
author = {Farago, Claire J.},<br />
title = {Leonardo da Vinci’s Paragone. A Critical Interpretation with a New Edition of the Text in the Codex Urbinas},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leiden/New York/Kopenhagen/Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ferino-Pagden 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ferino-Pagden 2009a,<br />
title = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S. },<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fiedler 1991a,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2 Bd., hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991b,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Über den Ursprung der künstlerischen Tätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {111-220},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 1, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991c,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Aphorismen},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {7-105},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991d,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Zur neueren Kunsttheorie},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {247-290},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiske 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiske 2001a,<br />
author = {Fiske, John },<br />
title = {Videotech},<br />
booktitle = {Grundlagentexte zur Fernsehwissenschaft. Theorie - Geschichte - Analyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf et al.},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Konstanz},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {484-502},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Floch 1998a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean Marie},<br />
title = {The Contribution of Structural Semiotics to the Design of a Hypermarket},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Research in Marketing },<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1995a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Identités visuelles},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Presses Universitaires de France},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1990a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Sémiotique, marketing et communication},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Presses Universitaires de France.},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flügge et al. 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flügge et al. 2007a,<br />
author = {Flügge, Matthias; Kudielka, Robert & Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Vorwort und Dank},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {6-9},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flusser 1994===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flusser 1994,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Abbild – Vorbild},<br />
booktitle = {Was heißt „Darstellen“? },<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Christiaan L. Hart Nibbrig},<br />
pages = {34-48},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foley et al. 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foley et al. 1990a,<br />
author = {Foley, James D.; van Dam; Feiner & Hughes },<br />
title = {Computer Graphics. Principles and Practice},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Addison Wesley},<br />
address = {Reading, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foster & Krauss 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Foster & Krauss 1996a,<br />
author = {Foster, H. & Krauss, R.},<br />
title = {Introduction},<br />
journal = {October},<br />
pages = {3-4},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Foucault 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foucault 1976a,<br />
author = {Foucault, Michael},<br />
title = {Überwachen und Strafen},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fox 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fox 2006a,<br />
author = {Fox, Mark},<br />
title = {Quantum Optics. An Introduction},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frank & Lange 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frank & Lange 10a,<br />
author = {Frank, Gustav & Lange, Barbara},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft. Bilder in der visuellen Kultur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freedberg 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Freedberg 1991a,<br />
author = {Freedberg, David},<br />
title = {The Power of Images. Studies in the History and Theory of Response (1989)},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frege 1892===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frege 1892,<br />
author = {Frege, Gottlob},<br />
title = {Über Sinn und Bedeutung, zitiert nach der Ausgabe in: Frege, Gottlob: Funktion, Begriff, Bedeutung},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {G. Patzig},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {40-65},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1946a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die Verdrängung},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {247-261},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1946b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946b,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Das Unbewußte},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {263-303},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fuhrmann 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fuhrmann 2003,<br />
author = {Fuhrmann, Manfred},<br />
title = {Die Dichtungstheorie der Antike. Aristoteles – Horaz – 'Longin' Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Artemis & Winkler},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf und Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==G==<br />
<br />
===Gaede 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gaede 1981a,<br />
author = {Gaede, Werner},<br />
title = {Vom Wort zum Bild: Kreativ-Methoden der Visualisierung},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
publisher = {Langen Müller/Herbig},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Galison 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Galison 1997a,<br />
author = {Galison, Peter},<br />
title = {Image and Logic. A Material Culture of Microphysics},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ganz & Henkel 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ganz & Henkel 2004a,<br />
title = {Rahmen-Diskurse. Kultbilder im konfessionellen Zeitalter},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Ganz, David; Henkel, Georg},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Garcia 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Garcia 1990a,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Color Design},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Garcia 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Garcia 1997a,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Evolutions},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gardner 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gardner 1985a,<br />
author = {Gardner, Howard},<br />
title = {The Mind’s New Science. A History of the Cognitive Revolution},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Basic Books},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gebauer & Wulf 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gebauer & Wulf 1992a,<br />
author = {Gebauer, Gunter & Wulf, Christoph},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Kultur – Kunst - Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Der Mensch. Seine Natur und seine Stellung in der Welt},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Aula},<br />
address = {Wiebelsheim},<br />
note = {14. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004b,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Urmensch und Spätkultur. Philosophische Ergebnisse und Aussagen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Kolstermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {6., erw. Aufl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 1961a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Forschung. Zur Selbstbegegnung und Selbstentdeckung des Menschen},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a,<br />
author = {Geiger, Susi & Henn-Memmesheimer, Beate},<br />
title = {Visuell-verbale Textgestaltung von Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {1/2},<br />
pages = {55–74},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gellius 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gellius 1987a,<br />
author = {Gellius, A.},<br />
title = {Attische Nächte...},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Ü: H. Berthold},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerhardus et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gerhardus et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Gerhardus, Dietfried & Kledzik, S.M. & Reitzig, G.H.},<br />
title = {Schlüssiges Argumentieren – Logisch-propädeutisches Lehr- und Arbeitsbuch},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Gerstengrabe, Carina; Lang, Katharina & Schneider, Anna},<br />
title = {Wasserzeichen. Vom 13. Jahrhundert bis zum Digital Watermarking. Kulturen des Kopierschutzes<br />
II},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {9-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982a,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung und Umwelt. Der ökologische Ansatz in der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Urban & Schwarzenberg},<br />
address = {München, Wien u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982b,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Die Sinne und der Prozeß der Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Huber},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glock 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Glock 2000a,<br />
author = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
title = {Aspektwahrnehmung},<br />
booktitle = {Wittgenstein-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
pages = {43},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glüher 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Glüher 1998a,<br />
author = {Glüher, Gebhard},<br />
title = {Von der Theorie der Fotografie zur Theorie des digitalen Bildes},<br />
journal = {Kritische Berichte},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {23-31},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldie 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goldie 2000a,<br />
author = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
title = {The Emotions. A Philosophical Exploration},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldie 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Goldie 2010a,<br />
title = {The Oxford Handbook of Philosophy of Emotion},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 2002a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Phaidon},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {6},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1977a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gondek 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gondek 1997a,<br />
author = {Gondek, Hans-Dieter},<br />
title = {Der Blick – zwischen Sartre und Lacan. Ein Kommentar zum VII. Kapitel des Seminar XI},<br />
journal = {Riss. Zeitschrift für Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {37/38},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gooch & Gooch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gooch & Gooch 2001a,<br />
author = {Gooch, Bruce & Gooch, Amy},<br />
title = {Non-Photorealistic Rendering},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Natick, MA. },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1968a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Languages of Art},<br />
year = {1968, 2. rev. Aufl. 1976},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {dt.: Sprachen der Kunst. Suhrkamp 1998},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman & Elgin 1988===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman & Elgin 1988,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson & Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Reconceptions in Philosophy and Other Arts and Sciences},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {Deutsch: <em>Revisionen. Philosophie und andere Künste und Wissenschaften</em>. Frankfurt a. M.: Suhrkamp, 1993},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goren et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Goren et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Goren, C. C., Sarty, M., & Wu, P. Y.},<br />
title = { Visual following and pattern discrimination of face-like stimuli by newborn infants},<br />
journal = {Pediatrics},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {544-549},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/1165958?dopt=abstract},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_Kruse_2009a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Roland Barthes: Zeichen, Kommunikation und Mythos},<br />
booktitle = {Schlüsselwerke der Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Hepp, Andreas; Krotz, Friedrich & Thomas, Tanja},<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {VS/GWV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Empathische Cues und die Möglichkeit einer Affekt-Sprache des Films},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4},<br />
pages = {289-298},<br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2008b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008b,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Gewalt als Erlebnis. Die somatische Decodierung als Strategie des Filmerlebens in CLOVERFIELD},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4}, <br />
pages = {299-312},<br />
note = {}, <br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_Kruse_2009a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Roland Barthes: Zeichen, Kommunikation und Mythos},<br />
booktitle = {Schlüsselwerke der Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Hepp, Andreas; Krotz, Friedrich & Thomas, Tanja},<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {VS/GWV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_2010a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars},<br />
title = {Die Evolution des Cyborgs. Künstliche Lebensformen im japanischen Anime Ergo Proxy (2006)},<br />
booktitle = {Japan - Europa. Wechselwirkungen zwischen den Kulturen im Film und den darstellenden Künsten},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Adachi-Rabe, Kayo; Becker, Andreas; Mundhenke, Florian},<br />
pages = {213-230},<br />
publisher = {Büchner Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grammer et al. 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grammer et al. 2002a,<br />
author = {Grammer, Karl, Fink, B. & Renninger, L. A.},<br />
title = {Dynamic Systems and Inferential Information Processing in Human Communication},<br />
journal = {Neuroendocrinology Letters},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {Suppl. 4},<br />
pages = {15-22},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Graumann 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graumann 1966a,<br />
author = {Graumann, Carl Friedrich},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der Verhaltensbeobachtung},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Meyer, Ernst & Maier, Hans}, <br />
booktitle = {Fernsehen in der Lehrerbildung, Neue Forschungsansätze in Pädagogik},<br />
publisher = {Manz},<br />
pages = {86-107},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gregory 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gregory 2000a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Ambiguity of ‘ambiguity’},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1139-1142},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.richardgregory.org/papers/editorials/ambiguity-of-ambiguity.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gregory 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gregory 1997a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Eye and brain. The psychology of seeing},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Princeton University Press},<br />
address = {Princeton, N.J},<br />
note = {5. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1970a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Du sens, Teil I},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Essais Sémiotiques},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1966a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Sémantique structurale},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Semantik. Braunschweig: Vieweg, 1971},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas & Courtés 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas & Courtés 1979a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien & Courtés, Joseph},<br />
title = {Sémiotique: Dictionnaire raisonné de la théorie du langage},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hachette},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greenberg 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Greenberg 1997a,<br />
author = {Greenberg, Clement},<br />
title = {Zu einem neuen Laokoon},<br />
booktitle = {Clement Greenberg – Die Essenz der Modere. Ausgewählte Essays und Kritiken},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lüdeking, Karlheinz},<br />
pages = {56-81},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Dresden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grieshofer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grieshofer 2009a,<br />
author = {Grieshofer, F. },<br />
title = {Masken im Brennpunkt musealer Sammeltätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grimm 1860===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Grimm 1860,<br />
title = {Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: Biermörder-D},<br />
year = {1860},<br />
editor = {Jacob Grimm & Wilhelm Grimm},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grittmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grittmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Grittmann, Elke},<br />
title = {Das politische Bild. Fotojournalismus und Pressefotografie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Groß et al. 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Groß et al. 1981a,<br />
author = {Gross, C.G.; Bruce, C.J.; Desimone, R.; Fleming, J. & Gattass, R.},<br />
title = {Cortical visual areas of the temporal lobe: Three areas in the macaque},<br />
booktitle = {Cortical Sensory Organization. Vol. 2: Multiple Visual Areas},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
editor = {C.N. Woolsey},<br />
pages = {187-216},<br />
publisher = {Humana Press},<br />
address = {Totowa N.J.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Günzel 2006a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Bildtheoretische Analyse von Computerspielen in der Perspektive Erste Person},<br />
journal = {IMAGE},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {31-43},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2008a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Realität des Simulationsbildes. Raum im Computerspiel},<br />
booktitle = {Die Realität der Imagination - Architektur und das digitale Bild},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
pages = {127-136},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weimar}, <br />
note = {10. internationales Bauhaus-Kolloquium},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2009a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Simulation und Perspektive. Der bildtheoretische Ansatz in der Computerspielforschung},<br />
booktitle = {Shooter: Eine multdisziplinäre Einführung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Bopp, Matthias; Wiemer, Serjoscha & Nohr,Rolf F.},<br />
pages = {331-352},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2010a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Geste des Manipulierens. Zu Gebrauch statischer und beweglicher Digitalbilder}, <br />
booktitle = {Freeze Frames. Zum Verhältnis von Fotografie und Film},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmann & Gerlin},<br />
pages = {114-129},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==H==<br />
<br />
===Haas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haas 1995a,<br />
author = {Haas, Stefan},<br />
title = {Psychologen, Künstler, Ökonomen. Das Selbstverständnis der Werbetreibenden zwischen Fin de siècle und Nachkriegszeit},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderwelt des Alltags. Werbung in der Konsumgesellschaft des 19. und 20. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Borscheid, Peter & Wischermann, Clemens},<br />
pages = {78-89},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
===Habermas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1995a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Theorie des kommunikativen Handelns (1981), 2 Bd.},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Habermas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1973a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Erkenntnis und Interesse},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002a,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Die Entropie der Fotografie. Skizzen zu einer Genealogie der digitalelektronischen Bildaufzeichnung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf},<br />
pages = {195-238},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002b,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Es gibt kein ,digitales Bild'. Eine medienepistemologische Anmerkung},<br />
booktitle = {Licht und Leitung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Engel},<br />
pages = {103-112},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Haken 1995===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haken 1995,<br />
author = {Haken, Hermann},<br />
title = {Some basic concepts of Synergetics with respect of multistability in perception, phase transmissions and formation of meaning},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {23–44},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halawa 2008a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Wie sind Bilder möglich? Argumente für eine semiotische Fundierung des Bildbegriffs},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halbfass 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halbfass 1972a,<br />
author = {Halbfass, W.},<br />
title = {Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gründer, K. & Ritter, J. },<br />
pages = {Sp. 829-834},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halliday 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halliday 1996a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {Language as a Social Semiotic},<br />
booktitle = {The Communication Theory Reader},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Cobley, Paul},<br />
pages = {359-383},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halliday 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halliday 1985a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {An Introduction to Functional Grammar},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Edward Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hansen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hansen 2005a,<br />
author = {Hansen, S. },<br />
title = {Neolithische Figuralplastik im südlichen Karpatenbecken},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Harris 1756===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Harris 1756,<br />
author = {James Harris},<br />
title = {Drey Abhandlungen. Die erste über die Kunst, die andere über die Music, Mahlerey und Poesie, die dritte über die Glückseligkeit},<br />
year = {1756},<br />
publisher = {Schuster},<br />
address = {Danzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hasselbeck 1979===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hasselbeck 1979,<br />
author = {Hasselbeck, Otto},<br />
title = {Illusion und Fiktion. Lessings Beitrag zur poetologischen Diskussion über das Verhältnis von Kunst und Wirklichkeit},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hauschild 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hauschild 1982a,<br />
author = {Hauschild, Thomas},<br />
title = {Der böse Blick. Ideengeschichtliche und sozialpsychologische Untersuchungen, Beiträge zur Ethnomedizin, Ethnobotanik und Ethnozoologie},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1826===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1826,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Kunst. Vorlesung von 1826},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Gethmann-Siefert, Annemarie; Kwon, Jeong-Im & Berr, Karsten},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1830===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1830,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Enzyklopädie der philosophischen Wissenschaften im Grundrisse [1830]},<br />
year = {<sup>6</sup>1959},<br />
editor = {Friedhelm Nicolin und Otto Pöggeler},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1835===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1835,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Einleitung in die Ästhetik. Mit den beiden Vorreden von Heinrich Gustav Hotho [1835]},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hegel 1970a,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über die Ästhetik II},<br />
booktitle = {Werke},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
editor = {E. Moldenhauer & K. M. Michel},<br />
pages = {Bd. 14},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1835},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heidegger 1986a,<br />
author = {Martin Heidegger},<br />
title = {Ursprung des Kunstwerkes (1935/36)},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ditzingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1950a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidegger 1950a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Die Zeit des Weltbildes},<br />
booktitle = {Holzwege},<br />
year = {1950},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {69-104},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidenreich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidenreich 2001a,<br />
author = {Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Effekte der Digitalisierung: Berechenbarkeit und Suche},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, Wolfgang & Jaworek, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {259-262},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heider 2009a,<br />
author = {Heider, Don},<br />
title = {Living Virtually. Researching New Worlds},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang Publishing},<br />
address = {New Yor},<br />
note = {(Digital Formations vol. 47)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 2001a,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Abhandlung über den Ursprung der Sprache (1772)},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Irmscher, Hans Dietrich},<br />
publisher = {Philipp Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 1800===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 1800,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Sämtliche Werke. Bd. 22: Kalligone [1800]},<br />
year = {1880},<br />
editor = {Bernhard Suphan},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hernadi 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hernadi 1991,<br />
author = {Hernadi, Paul},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
title = {Reconceiving Notation and Performance},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetic Education},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herter 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Herter 1947a,<br />
author = {Herter, H. },<br />
title = {Vom dionysischen Tanz zum komischen Spiel. Die Anfänge der Attischen Komödie},<br />
journal = {Darstellung und Deutung},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {Iserlohn},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heßler 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Heßler 2006a, <br />
author = {Heßler, Martina},<br />
title = {Von der doppelten Unsichtbarkeit digitaler Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Ressource}, <br />
publisher = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden ={letzter Kontrollaufruf: 07.08.2010},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2006/3/Hessler/dippArticle.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hick 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hick 99a,<br />
author = {Hick, Ulrike},<br />
title = {Geschichte der optischen Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hickethier 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hickethier 1995a,<br />
author = {Hickethier, Knut},<br />
title = {Dispositiv Fernsehen – Skizze eines Modells},<br />
journal = {Montage/av},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1}<br />
pages = {63-83},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: },<br />
url = {www.montage-av.de/pdf/041_1995/04_1_Knut_Hickethier_Dispositiv_Fernsehen.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hildebrand 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hildebrand 1969a,<br />
author = {Hildebrand, Adolf von},<br />
title = {Das Problem der Form},<br />
booktitle = {Hildebrand: Gesammelte Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Bock, H.},<br />
pages = {41-350},<br />
publisher = {Westdeutscher Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln/Opladen},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1903},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hinterwaldner 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hinterwaldner 2008a,<br />
author = {Hinterwaldner, Inge},<br />
title = {Simulationsmodelle. Zur Verhältnisbestimmung von Modellierung und Bildgebung in interaktiven Echtzeitsimulationen},<br />
booktitle = {Visuelle Modelle},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Reichle, Ingeborg; Siegel, Steffen & Spelten, Achim},<br />
pages = {301-316},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hjelmslev 1954a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {La stratification du langage},<br />
booktitle = {Essais linguistiques},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
editor = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Nordisk Sprog- od Kulturforlag},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1943a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hjelmslev 1943a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {Omkring sprogteoriens grundlæggelse},<br />
year = {1943},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Dt. Prolegomena zu einer Sprachtheorie. München: Hueber},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hochberg 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hochberg 1977a,<br />
author = {Hochberg, Julian E.},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hofmann 2000a,<br />
author = {Hoffman, Donald D.},<br />
title = {Visuelle Intelligenz. Wie die Welt im Kopf entsteht},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hofmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Hofmann, Werner },<br />
title = {Spielräume und Raumverstecke},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {10-22},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2010a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Bildüberschreibungen. Wie Sprechtexte Nachrichtenfilme lesbar machen (und umgekehrt)},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, Hajo; Klemm, Michael & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
pages = {231-254},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {erscheint Ende 2010},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2009a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Der Wort-Bild-Reißverschluss. Über die performative Dynamik audiovisueller Transkriptivität},<br />
booktitle = {Oberfläche und Performanz. Untersuchungen zur Sprache als dynamischer Gestalt},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Linke, Angelika & Feilke, Helmuth},<br />
pages = {389-406},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2007a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Audiovisuelle Hermeneutik: Am Beispiel des TV-Spots der Kampagne ‚Du bist Deutschland’},<br />
booktitle = {Linguistische Hermeneutik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hermanns, Fritz},<br />
pages = {389–428},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly & Jäger 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly & Jäger 2011a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner & Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptionstheoretische Medienanalyse. Vom Anders-lesbar-Machen durch intermediale Bezugnahmepraktiken},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, Jan Georg & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {erscheint Frühjahr 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holmes 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holmes 1980a,<br />
author = {Holmes, Sir Oliver Wendell},<br />
title = {Das Stereoskop und der Stereograph},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie I. 1839-1912},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {114-122},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Originalausgabe 1859},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holschbach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holschbach 2003a,<br />
author = {Holschbach, Susanne},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Diskurse der Fotografie. Fotokritik am Ende des fotografischen Zeitalters},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {7-21},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {BD. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hömberg & Karasek 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hömberg & Karasek 2008a,<br />
author = {Hömberg, Walter & Karasek, Johannes},<br />
title = {Der Schweißfleck der Kanzlerkandidatin. Bildmanipulation, Bildfälschung und Bildethik im Zeitalter der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
journal = {Communicatio Socialis},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {276-293},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hopkins 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hopkins 1998a,<br />
author = {Hopkins, Robert},<br />
title = {Picture, Image and Experience},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Huber 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Huber 2004a,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Bild Beobachter Milieu. Entwurf einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1820a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1820a,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über das vergleichende Sprachstudium in Beziehung auf die verschiedenen Epochen der Sprachentwicklung [1820]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 4: 1820-1822},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
editor = {Albert Leitzmann},<br />
pages = {1-34},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1830-1835===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1830-1835,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über die Verschiedenheit des menschlichen Sprachbaues und ihren Einfluß auf die geistige Entwicklung des Menschengeschlechts [1830-1835]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 7.1},<br />
year = {1907},<br />
editor = {Albert Leitzmann},<br />
pages = {1-344},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 2006,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Phantasie und Bildbewußtsein},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {herausgegeben und eingeleitet von Eduard Marbach, Text nach Husserliana, Band XXIII},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1993a,<br />
author = {Husserl, E.},<br />
title = {Logische Untersuchungen. Elemente einer phänomenologischen Aufklärung der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {Teil II/Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1980a,<br />
author = {Edmund Husserl},<br />
title = {Phantasie, Bildbewusstsein, Erinnerung. Zur Phänomenologie der anschaulichen Vergegenwärtigungen. Texte aus dem Nachlass (1898-1925) (Husserliana XXIII)},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag / Boston / Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hyman 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hyman 2006a,<br />
author = {Hyman, John},<br />
title = {The Objective Eye: Color, Form, and Reality in the Theory of Art},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {UP},<br />
address = {Chicago },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hynes 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hynes 2005a,<br />
author = {Hynes, Maria},<br />
title = {Rethinking Reductionism},<br />
journal = {Culture Machine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {online journal},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.culturemachine.net/index.php/cm/article/viewArticle/33/41},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==I==<br />
===Imdahl 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1996a,<br />
author = {Max Imdahl},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Max Imdahl, Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {Wiederauflage der Schrift von 1974},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<!--- ===Imdahl 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1974a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {Wiederabruck}, <br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
--><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1987a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Farbe. Kunsttheoretische Reflexionen in Frankreich},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==J==<br />
===Jäger & Knauer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jäger & Knauer 2009a,<br />
title = {Bilder als historische Quellen? Dimensionen der Debatte um historische Bildforschung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jäger, Jens & Knauer, Martin},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jansen 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jansen 2005,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Aristoteles und das Problem des Neuen: Wie kreativ sind Veränderungsprinzipien?},<br />
booktitle = {Kreativität. XX. Deutscher Kongress für Philosophie. 26.-30. September 2005 in Berlin. Sektionsbeiträge, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Günter Abel},<br />
pages = {15-25},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag der TU Berlin},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jansen 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jansen 2002,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Tun und Können. Ein systematischer Kommentar zu Aristoteles' Theorie der Vermögen im neunten Buch der „Metaphysik”},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Hänsel-Hohenhausen},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jäger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2008a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptive Verhältnisse. Zur Logik intra- und intermedialer Bezugnahmen in ästhetischen Diskursen},<br />
booktitle = {Transkription und Fassung in der Musik des 20. Jahrhunderts. Beiträge des Kolloquiums in der Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur, Mainz, vom 5. bis 6. März 2004},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Gabriele Buschmeier & Ulrich Konrad & Albrecht Riethmüller},<br />
pages = {103-134},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jäger 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2002a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptivität. Zur medialen Logik der kulturellen Semantik},<br />
booktitle = {Transkribieren - Medien/Lektüre},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Ludwig Jäger & Georg Stanitzek},<br />
pages = {19-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jaubert 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jaubert 1998a,<br />
author = {Jaubert, Alain},<br />
title = {Fotos, die lügen: Politik mit gefälschten Bildern},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Äthenaum},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jean Paul 1795===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jean Paul 1795,<br />
author = {Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Ueber die natürliche Magie der Einbildungskraft [1795]},<br />
booktitle = {Ausgewählte Werke. Bd. 7/8: Leben des Qunitus Fixlein, aus fünfzehn Zettelschaften gezogen, nebst einem Mußtheil und einigen Jus de tablette},<br />
year = {1847},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jewitt 2009a,<br />
title = {The Routledge Handbook of Multimodal Analysis},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jewitt, Carey},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt & Oyama 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jewitt & Oyama 2001a,<br />
author = {Jewitt, Carey & Oyama, Rumiko},<br />
title = {Visual Meaning. A Social-Semiotic Approach},<br />
booktitle = {Handbook of Visual Analysis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Theo van Leeuwen & Carey Jewitt},<br />
pages = {134–156},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnson, Neil F. et al.???},<br />
title = {Information Hiding. Steganography and Watermarking - Attacks and Countermeasures},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Boston, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1996a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Der Computer im Kopf. Formen und Verfahren der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1983a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Mental Models. Towards a cognitive science of language, inference, and conciousness},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnston 2006a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Sean},<br />
title = {Holographic Visions. A History of New Science},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnston, V.S.; Hagel, R.; Franklin, M.; Fink, B. & Grammer, K.},<br />
title = {Male Facial attractiveness. Evidence for hormone-mediated adaptive design},<br />
journal = {Evolution and Human Behavior},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {251-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston & Franklin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston & Franklin 1993a,<br />
author = {Johnston, V.S. & Franklin, M.},<br />
title = {Is beauty in the eye of the beholder?},<br />
journal = {Ethology and Sociobiology},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {14},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {183-199},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1973a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Homo pictor. Von der Freiheit des Bildens},<br />
booktitle = {Organismus und Freiheit. Ansätze zu einer philosophischen Biologie},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
pages = {226-257},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1963===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1963,<br />
author = {Hans Jonas},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens. Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
booktitle = {Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit. Drei Aufsätze zur Lehre vom Menschen},<br />
year = {1963},<br />
editor = {Hans Jonas},<br />
pages = {26-43},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Jonas 1961a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens – Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Philosophische Forschung},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {161–176},<br />
note = {Wieder abgedruckt in: Jonas, Hans: <em>Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit – Zur Lehre vom Menschen</em>. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1987, 26–43},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Juhász et al. 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Juhász et al. 1999a,<br />
editor = {Juhász, J.; Szőke, I.; Nagy, G.O. & Kovalovszky, M.},<br />
title = {Magyar értelmező szótár},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jung 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jung 2003a,<br />
title = {Holographic Network},<br />
year = {2003a},<br />
editor = {Jung, Dieter},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bramsche},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==K==<br />
===Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a,<br />
author = {Kamlah, Wilhelm & Lorenzen, Paul},<br />
title = {Logische Propädeutik - Vorschule des vernünftigen Redens},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {BI Wissenschaftsverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl. (<sup>1</sup>1967, <sup>3</sup>1996)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a,<br />
author = {Kanizsa, G. & Luccio, R.},<br />
title = {Multistability as a research tool in experimental phenomenology},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {47–68},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1974a,<br />
author = {Kant, I.},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1787a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1787a,<br />
author = {Kant, I.},<br />
title = {Kritik der reinen Vernunft},<br />
year = {1787},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kant 1960a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Logik},<br />
booktitle = {Kant: Werke in 12 Bänden},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Weischedel, W.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Bd. VI},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1977a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Werkausgabe Band X, hrsg. von Wilhelm Weischedel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kardaun 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kardaun 1993,<br />
author = {Kardaun, Maria},<br />
title = {Der Mimesisbegriff in der griechischen Antike. Neubetrachtung eines umstrittenen Begriffes als Ansatz zu einer neuen Interpretation der platonischen Kunstauffassung},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {North-Holland},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/New York/Oxford/Tokyo},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kecskesi 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kecskesi 1982a,<br />
author = {Kecskesi, M. },<br />
title = {Kunst aus dem alten Afrika},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Pinguin},<br />
address = {Innsbruck},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kemp 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kemp 1974a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Disegno. Beiträge zu einer Geschichte des Begriffs zwischen 1547 und 1607},<br />
journal = {Marburger Jahrbuch für Kunstwissenschaf},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {219-240},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kittler 2002a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Computergrafik. Eine halbtechnische Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Hertha},<br />
pages = {178-194},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 2002b,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Optische Medien. Berliner Vorlesung 1999},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kjørup 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjørup 1978,<br />
author = {Kjørup, Søren},<br />
title = {Pictorial Speech Acts},<br />
journal = {Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {55-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1779===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Klopstock 1779,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ueber Sprache und Dichtkunst. Fragmente},<br />
year = {1779},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {243-258},<br />
publisher = {Heroldsche Buchhandlung},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1774===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klopstock 1774,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Werke und Briefe. Historisch-kritische Ausgabe. Bd. 7.1: Die deutsche Gelehrtenrepublik [1774]},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {Hurlebusch, Rose-Marie},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kluge 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kluge 2002a,<br />
author = {Kluge, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Etymologisches Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache.},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Seebold, Elmar},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter.},<br />
address = {Berlin, New York},<br />
note = {24. durchgesehene und erweiterte Auflage.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knieper & Müller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Knieper & Müller 2005a,<br />
author = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===König & Obrist 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{König & Obrist 1993a,<br />
title = {Der zerbrochene Spiegel. Positionen zur Malerei},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {König, Kasper & Obrist, Hans-Ulrich},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog Kunsthalle Wien / Deichtorhallen Hamburg},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Koller 1954===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Koller 1954,<br />
author = {Koller, Hermann},<br />
title = {Die Mimesis in der Antike. Nachahmung, Darstellung, Ausdruck},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kondor 2008a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Embedded Thinking: Multimedia and the New Rationality},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007c,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna },<br />
title = {Multimodal Integration: From a Philosophical Point of View},<br />
booktitle = {Proceedings of the IADIS International Conference: Mobile Learning },<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Arnedillo-Sanchez, Immaculada},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007b,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {The Mobile Image: Experience on the Move},<br />
booktitle = {obile Studies: Paradigms and Perspectives},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Nyíri, Kristóf},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Passagen},<br />
address = {Vienna},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Old Patterns, New Bewitchments},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophy of the Information Society: Papers of the 30th International Wittgenstein Symposium},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hrachovec, H.; Pichler. A. & Wang, J.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Konersmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Konersmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Konersmann, Ralf},<br />
title = {Kulturelle Tatsachen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kornmeier et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, Jürgen; Hein, Christine Maira & Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Multistable perception: When bottom-up and top-down coincide},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {69},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138–147},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kornmeier & Bach 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier & Bach 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, & Jürgen Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Object perception: When our brain is impressed but we do not notice it},<br />
journal = {Journal of Vision},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {7},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Korte 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Korte 2003a,<br />
author = {Korte, Helmut},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Systematische Filmanalyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {ESB},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kracauer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kracauer 1992a,<br />
author = {Kracauer, Siegfried},<br />
title = {Der verbotene Blick},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille & Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Kultur, Technik, Kulturtechnik: Wider die Diskursivierung der Kultur},<br />
booktitle = {Bild, Schrift, Zahl},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krauss 1999a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Reinventing the Medium},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {25,},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {289-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Winter},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 2000a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {A Voyage on the North Sea. Art in the Age of the Post-Medium Condition},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress 2010a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther},<br />
title = {Multimodality. A Social-Semiotic Approach to Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 2001a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Multimodal Discourse. The Modes and Media of Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 1996a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Reading Images. The Grammar of Visual Design},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krewani 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Krewani 2003a,<br />
author = {Krewani, Anna Maria},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Malerei bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=973507624},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
hidden = {Dissertation},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kripke 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kripke 1972a,<br />
author = {Kripke, Saul A.},<br />
title = {Naming and Necessity},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Natural Language},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Davidson, D. & Harman, G.},<br />
pages = {253-355, 763-769},<br />
publisher = {Reidel},<br />
address = {Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krkac 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krkac 2010a,<br />
author = {Krkac, Kristijan},<br />
title = {Wittgensteins’s Dubbit III},<br />
journal = {Wittgenstein-Studien},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {121-149},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kroeber-Riel 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kroeber-Riel 1996a,<br />
author = { Kroeber-Riel, Werner},<br />
title = { Bildkommunikation. Imagerystrategien für die Werbung },<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Vahlen},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{ Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a,<br />
author = { Kroeber-Riel, Werner & Esch, Franz-Rudolf},<br />
title = { Strategie und Technik der Werbung. Verhaltenswissenschaftliche Ansätze},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krüger 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krüger 2001a,<br />
author = {Krüger, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als Schleier des Unsichtbaren. Ästhetische Illusion in der Kunst der frühen Neuzeit in Italien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kruse 2003a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Christiane},<br />
title = {Wozu Menschen malen. Historische Begründungen eines Bildmediums},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse & Stadler 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kruse & Stadler 1995a,<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Papers originally presented at the International Symposium on Perceptual Multistability and Semantic Ambiguity held at the University of Bremen, Germany, March 22-25, 1993},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kruse et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Peter; Strüber, D. & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Significance of perceptual multistability for research on cognitive self-organization},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {69–84},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kudielka 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kudielka 2005a,<br />
author = {Kudielka, Robert},<br />
title = {Gegenstände der Betrachtung – Orte der Erfahrung. Zum Wandel der Kunstauffassung im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {44-57},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kulvicki 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kulvicki 2006a,<br />
author = {Kulvicki, John},<br />
title = {On Images: Their Structure and Content},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Oxford UP},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Külpe 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Külpe 1923a,<br />
author = {Külpe, Oswald},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über Logik},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Künzli 1996/1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Künzli 1996/1997a,<br />
author = {Künzli, Hansjörg},<br />
title = {Über die Haltbarkeit digitaler Daten},<br />
journal = {Rundbrief Fotografie},<br />
year = {1996/1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Sonderheft 3},<br />
pages = {5-8},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==L==<br />
===Lacan 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lacan 1987a,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jacques},<br />
title = {Die vier Grundbegriffe der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weinheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lakoff 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff 1987a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George},<br />
title = {Women, fire, and dangerous things – What categories reveal about the mind},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Chicago University Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lammert 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lammert 2007a,<br />
author = {Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Die vertrauten Sichtweisen sind umzustoßen. Zum Raum der Nachkriegszeit in ungewohnten Begegnungen},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {55-69},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst}<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Langer 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Langer 1984a,<br />
author = {Langer, Susanne},<br />
title = {Philosophie auf neuem Wege. Das Symbol im Denken, im Ritus und in der Kunst},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Langlois & Roggman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Langlois & Roggman 1990a,<br />
author = {Langlois, J.H. & Roggman I.A.},<br />
title = {Attractive faces are only average},<br />
journal = {American Psychol. Society},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
volume = {1/2},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {115-121},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lanz 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lanz 1971a,<br />
author = {Lanz, Jakob},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter},<br />
pages = {Spalte 89-100},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a,<br />
author = {Laplanche, Jean; Pontalis, Jean-Bertrand},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Das Vokabular der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Laplanche, Jean; Pontalis, Jean-Bertrand},<br />
pages = {37-38},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Latour 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Latour 2007a,<br />
author = {Latour, Bruno},<br />
title = {Eine neue Soziologie für eine neue Gesellschaft. Einführung in die Akteur-Netzwerk-Theorie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Law & Whittaker 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Law & Whittaker 1988a,<br />
author = {Law, John & Whittaker, John},<br />
title = {On the Art of Representation. Notes on the Politics of Visualisation},<br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, Gordon & Law, John},<br />
pages = {160-183},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leeuwen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leeuwen 2005a,<br />
author = {Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Introducing Social Semiotics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lefebvre 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lefebvre 2007a,<br />
author = {Lefebvre, Martin},<br />
title = {The Art of Pointing: On Peirce, Indexicality, and Photographic Images},<br />
booktitle = {Photography Theory},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Elkins, James},<br />
pages = {220-244},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York u. a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lenzen 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lenzen 1997a,<br />
author = {Lenzen, Dieter},<br />
title = {Lebenslauf oder Humanontogenese? Vom Erziehungssystem zum kurativen System – von der Erziehungswissenschaft zur Humanvitologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildung und Weiterbildung im Erziehungssystem. Lebenslauf und Humanontogenese als Medium und Form},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lenzen, D. & Luhmann, N.},<br />
pages = {228-247},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leopold & Logothetis 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Leopold & Logothetis 1999a,<br />
author = {Leopold, David A. & Logothetis, Nikos K.},<br />
title = {Multistable phenomena: changing views in perception},<br />
journal = {Trends Cogn. Sci. (Regul. Ed.)},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {254–264},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leroi-Gourhan 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leroi-Gourhan 1971a,<br />
author = {Leroi-Gourhan, André},<br />
title = {Präshistorische Kunst},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Herder},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1788===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1788,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon: Paralipomena [Erstveröffentlichung 1788]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe. Bd. 5/2. Werke 1766-169},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Wilfried Barner},<br />
pages = {207-321},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1766===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1766,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie [1766]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe in zwölf Bänden. Bd. 5/2: Werke 1766-1769},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Wilfried Bahner},<br />
pages = {11-206},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1974a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie},<br />
booktitle = {Werke, Bd. 6},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Göpfert, H. G.},<br />
pages = {7-187},<br />
publisher = {Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1766},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lévi-Strauss 1958a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lévi-Strauss 1958a,<br />
author = {Lévi-Straus, Claude},<br />
title = {Anthropologie structurale},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
publisher = {Plon},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Anthropologie. Frankfurt/Main: Suhrkamp},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990b,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Autographic and Allographic Art Revisited},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
pages = {89-106},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {What a Musical Work is},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
pages = {63-88},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levinson 1983a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Stephen C.},<br />
title = {Pragmatics},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lichtblau 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lichtblau 2009a,<br />
author = {Lichtblau, Klaus},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Georg Simmel: Soziologische Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Lichtblau, Klaus},<br />
pages = {7-27},<br />
publisher = {VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Licklider 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Licklider 1960a,<br />
author = {Licklider, J.},<br />
title = {Man-Computer Symbiosis},<br />
journal = {IRE Transactions on Human Factors in Electronics},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {4-11},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liebsch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liebsch 2001a,<br />
author = {Liebsch, Dimitri},<br />
title = {Die Geburt der ästhetischen Bildung aus dem Körper der antiken Plastik. Zur Bildungssemantik im ästhetischen Diskurs zwischen 1750 und 1800},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liesbrock 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Liesbrock 2010a,<br />
title = {Ad Reinhardt: Letzte Bilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Liesbrock, Heinz},<br />
publisher = {Josef Albers Museum Quadrat Bottrop},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2004a,<br />
author = {Liessmann, Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Reiz und Rührung. Über ästhetische Empfindungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2009a,<br />
author = {Liessmann Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Ästhetische Empfindungen. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas-WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lipps 1903a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lipps 1903a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor},<br />
title = {Grundlegung der Ästhetik. Erster Teil},<br />
year = {1903},<br />
publisher = {Leopold Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lipps 1920a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lipps 1920a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor },<br />
title = {»Zur Einfühlung«, in: Psychologische Untersuchungen 2/3, 1913},<br />
booktitle = {Die ästhetische Betrachtung und die bildende Kunst},<br />
year = {1920},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {111-491},<br />
publisher = {Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Löbner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Löbner 2003a,<br />
author = {Löbner, Sebastian},<br />
title = {Semantik. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Locke 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Locke 1975a,<br />
author = {Locke, J.},<br />
title = {An Essay Concerning Human Understanding},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {hg. von Niddich, P. H.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Logothetis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Logothetis 1998a,<br />
author = {Logothetis, N. K.},<br />
journal = {Philos. Trans. R. Soc. Lond., B, Biol. Sci.},<br />
title = {Single units and conscious vision},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {353},<br />
number = {1377},<br />
pages = {1801–1818},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lopes 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lopes 1996a,<br />
author = {Lopes, Dominic},<br />
title = {Understanding Pictures},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Claredon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1970a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Elemente der Sprachkritik – Eine Alternative zum Dogmatismus und Skeptizismus in der Analytischen Philosophie},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1990a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Einführung in die philosophische Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {(<sup>2</sup>1992)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lovejoy 1936===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lovejoy 1936,<br />
author = {Lovejoy, Arthur O.},<br />
title = {Die große Kette der Wesen. Geschichte eines Gedankens [The Great Chain of Being. A Study in the History of an Idea (1936)]},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1997a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Kunst der Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1996a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Realität der Massenmedien},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Luhmann 1993a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Form der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = { Hans Ulrich Gumbrecht & K. Ludwig Pfeiffer},<br />
pages = {349-366},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lunenfeld 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lunenfeld 2002a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Digitale Fotografie. Das dubitative Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografies},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {158-177},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lynch & Edgerton 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lynch & Edgerton 1988a,<br />
author = {Lynch, Michael & Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Digital Image Processing. Re-presentational Craft in Contemporary Astronomy}, <br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, Gordon & Law, John},<br />
pages = {184-220},<br />
publisher = {???}, <br />
address = {London u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==M==<br />
===Mach 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mach 1987a,<br />
author = {Mach, Ernst},<br />
title = {Die Analyse der Empfindungen und das Verhältnis des Physischen zum Psychischen},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Macpherson 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Macpherson 1996a,<br />
author = {Macpherson, Fiona},<br />
title = {Ambiguous Figures and the Content of Experience},<br />
journal = {Nous},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {82-117},<br />
note = {2006?},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Majetschak 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Majetschak 1997,<br />
title = {Auge und Hand. Konrad Fiedlers Kunsttheorie im Kontext},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manovich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manovich 2001a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {The Language of New Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge/MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manovich 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Manovich 2005a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {Die Poetik des erweiterten Raums},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {A. Lammert, M. Diers, R. Kudielka & G. Mattenklott},<br />
pages = {337-350},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manow 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manow 2008a,<br />
author = {Manow, Philip},<br />
title = {Im Schatten des Königs. Die politische Anatomie demokratischer Repräsentation},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Marshall 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Marshall 1968a,<br />
title = {Gellius: Noctes Atticae XIII, 17},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Marshall, P.K.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxonii},<br />
note = {Scriptorum Classicorum Bibliotheca Oxoniensis},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Martinec & Salway 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Martinec & Salway 2005a,<br />
author = {Martinec, Radan & Salway, Andrew},<br />
title = {A System for Image-Text-Relations in New (and Old) Media},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {337–371},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Massey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Massey 2007a,<br />
author = {Massey, Lyle},<br />
title = {Picturing Space, Displacing Bodies. Anamorphosis in Early Modern Theories of Perspective},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Pennsylvania State University Press},<br />
address = {University Park, Pa},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Maul 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Maul 2007a,<br />
author = {Maul, Stefan M.},<br />
title = {Gilgamesch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Babylonischen [auf der Grundlage von zum Teil noch unveröffentlichten Textzeugnissen neu und vollständig] übersetzt und mit einem Nachwort versehen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mead 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mead 1968a,<br />
author = {Mead, George Herbert},<br />
title = {Geist, Identität und Gesellschaft aus der Sicht des Sozialbehaviorismus},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {Original: <em>Mind, Self, and Society</em>. Hg. v. Charles W. Morris. Chicago, 1934},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meier 1757===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meier 1757,<br />
author = {Georg Friedrich Meier},<br />
title = {Betrachtungen über den ersten Grundsatz aller Schönen Künste und Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1757},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Halle},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meinhardt 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meinhardt 1997a,<br />
author = {Meinhardt, Johannes},<br />
title = {Ende der Malerei und Malerei nach dem Ende der Malerei},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mendelsohn 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mendelsohn 1982a,<br />
author = {Mendelsohn, Leatrice},<br />
title = {Paragoni. Benedetto Varchi’s Due Lezioni and Cinquecento Art Theory},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ann Arbor},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Menzer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Menzer 1992a,<br />
author = {Menzer, Ursula},<br />
title = {Subjektive und objektive Kultur. Georg Simmels Philosophie der Geschlechter vor dem Hintergrund seines Kultur-Begriffs},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Centaurus},<br />
address = {Pfaffenweiler},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 2003a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophisches Essays},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1993a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Die Prosa der Welt},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1966a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Phänomenologie der Wahrnehmung (1945)},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Walter de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen übersetzt und eingeführt durch eine Vorrede von Boehm, Rudolf},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1961a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophische Essays.}<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {neu bearbeitet, kommentiert und mit einer Einleitung versehen von Bermes, Christian (2003)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 1994a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Der Zweifel Cézannes (1948)},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Gottfried Boehm},<br />
pages = {39-59},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 2006a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Kino und die neue Psychologie (1947)},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie des Films},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Dimitri Liebsch},<br />
pages = {70-84},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mersch 2006a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Mediale Paradoxa. Einleitung in eine negative Medienphilosophie},<br />
journal = {Sic et Non. Zeitschrift für Philosophie und Kultur im Netz},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.sicetnon.org/content/perform/Mersch_Medienphilosophie_sw.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersch 2003a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Wort, Bild, Ton, Zahl – Modalitäten medialen Darstellens},<br />
booktitle = {Die Medien der Künste. Beiträge zur Theorie des Darstellens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
pages = {9-49},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2002a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Was sich zeigt. Materialität, Präsenz, Ereignis},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersmann 08a,<br />
author = {Mersmann, Jasmin},<br />
title = {Wandelgänge. Monumentale Anamorphosen im 17. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Cha, Kyung-Ho & Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
pages = {23-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Messaris 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Messaris 1997a,<br />
author = { Messaris, Paul},<br />
title = { Visual Persuasion: The Role of Images in Advertising},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {Thousand Oaks},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metscher 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metscher 2001,<br />
author = {Metscher, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metz 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metz 1972a,<br />
author = {Metz, Christian},<br />
title = {Semiologie des Films (1968)},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Koch, Renate},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzger 2008a,<br />
author = {Metzger, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gesetze des Sehens},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Klotz},<br />
address = {Taunus},<br />
note = {4. unveränd. Aufl., Repr. nach d. 3., völlig neu bearb. Aufl. 1975.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzinger 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Metzinger 2000a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Philosophische Perspektiven auf das Selbstbewusstsein: Die Selbstmodell-Theorie der Subjektivität},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Selbst},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Greve, W. },<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Psychologie Verlagsunion},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {Zitiert aus der überarbeiteten Online-Version},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.philosophie.uni-mainz.de/metzinger/publikationen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzinger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzinger 1999a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Subjekt und Selbstmodell. Die Perspektivität phänomenalen Bewusstseins vor dem Hintergrund einer naturalistischen Theorie mentaler Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meyer 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meyer 2001a,<br />
author = {Meyer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mediokratie. Die Kolonisierung der Politik durch das Mediensystem},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Michalsky 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Michalsky 2005a,<br />
author = {Michalsky, Tanja},<br />
title = {Raum visualisieren. Zur Genese des modernen Raumverständnisses in den Medien der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Ortsgespräche. Raum und Kommunikation im 19. und 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Geppert, Alexander C.T.; Jensen, Uffa & Weinhold, Jörn},<br />
pages = {292ff ??},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mirzoeff 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mirzoeff 2007a,<br />
author = {Mirzoeff, Nicholas},<br />
title = {Von Bildern und Helden. Sichtbarkeit im Krieg der Bilder},<br />
booktitle = {Feindbilder. Ideologien und visuelle Strategien der Kulturen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Haustein, Lydia; Scherer, Bernd & Hager, Martin},<br />
pages = {135-156},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2008a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. Thomas},<br />
title = {Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Gustav Frank},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2007a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.},<br />
title = {Realismus im digitalen Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderfragen. Die Bildwissenschaften im Aufbruch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Belting, Hans},<br />
pages = {237-256},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2006a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {Den Terror klonen. Der Krieg der Bilder 2001-2004},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Worlds. Neue Bilderwelten und Wissensräume},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Maar, Christa & Burda, Hubert},<br />
pages = {255-285},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2005a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. Thomas},<br />
title = {What Do Pictures Want? The Lives and Loves of Images},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1994a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.},<br />
title = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Representation},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1992a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {The Reconfigured Eye. Visual Truth in the Post-Photographic Era},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 1992b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {"The Pictorial Turn"},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
booktitle = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Repräsentation},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
publisher = {Universität of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1986a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {Iconology. Image, Text, Ideology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mojsisch 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mojsisch 1983a,<br />
author = {Mojsisch, Burkhard},<br />
title = {Meister Eckhart. Analogie, Univozität und Einheit},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mondzain 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mondzain 2006a,<br />
author = {Mondzain, Marie-José},<br />
title = {Können Bilder töten?},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich, Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Morris 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Morris 1994a,<br />
author = {Morris, D.},<br />
title = {Das Tier Mensch},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mülder-Bach 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mülder-Bach 1998,<br />
author = {Inka Mülder-Bach},<br />
title = {Im Zeichen Pygmalions. Das Modell der Statue und die Entdeckung der „Darstellung“ im 18. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1997a,<br />
author = {Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {Politische Bildstrategien im amerikanischen Präsidentschaftswahlkampf, 1828-1996},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1985a,<br />
author = {Müller, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {DUDEN Bedeutungswörterbuch = DUDEN Band 10},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a,<br />
author = {Müller-Beck, H. & Albrecht, G. },<br />
title = {Die Anfänge der Kunst vor 30'000 Jahren},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Theiss},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Münkler 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Münkler 2009a,<br />
author = {Münkler, Herfried},<br />
title = {Visualisierungsstrategien im politischen Machtkampf: Der Übergang vom Personenverband zum institutionellen Territorialstaat},<br />
booktitle = {Strategien der Visualisierung. Verbildlichung als Mittel politischer Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Münkler, Herfried & Hacke, Jens},<br />
pages = {23-51},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Musterle & Roessler 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Musterle & Roessler 1986a,<br />
author = {Musterle, W.A. & Roessler, O.E.},<br />
title = {Computer faces: The human Lorenz Matrix},<br />
journal = {Bio Systems},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {61-80},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==N==<br />
===Naef 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Naef 2007a,<br />
author = {Naef, Silvia},<br />
title = {Bilder und Bilderverbot im Islam},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {C. H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nänni 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nänni 2008a,<br />
author = {Nänni, Jürg},<br />
title = {Visuelle Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Niggli},<br />
address = {Sulgen},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
url = {www.worldcat.org/oclc/254718373},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006a,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc},<br />
title = {Am Grund der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006b,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc & Ferrari, Federico},<br />
title = {Die Haut der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Neuhaus 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Neuhaus 2006a,<br />
author = {Neuhaus, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Als William Gibson den Cyberspace erfand ... - Die Faszination für ein Vielzweck-Symbol aus der Science Fiction-Literatur},<br />
journal = {Telepolis},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.heise.de/tp/r4/artikel/23/23727/1.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Niederée & Heyer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Niederée & Heyer 2003a,<br />
author = {Niederée, R. & Heyer, D.},<br />
title = {The Dual Nature of Picture Perception: A Challenge to Current General Accounts of Visual Perception},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into pictures. An interdisciplinary approach to pictorial space},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, Heiko; Schwartz, Robert & Atherton, Margaret},<br />
pages = {77–98},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nietzsche 1870-1873===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nietzsche 1870-1873,<br />
author = {Nietzsche, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Ueber Wahrheit und Lüge im aussermoralischen Sinne [1870-1873]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke. Kritische Studienausgabe in 15 Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Giorgio Colli und Mazzino Montinari},<br />
pages = {873-890},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nivelle 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nivelle 1971,<br />
author = {Nivelle, Armand},<br />
title = {Kunst- und Dichtungstheorien zwischen Aufklärung und Klassik},<br />
year = {2. Auflage 1971},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nöth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nöth 2000a,<br />
author = {Nöth, Winfried},<br />
title = {Der Zusammenhang von Text und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Text- und Gesprächslinguistik. Handbücher zur Sprach- und Kommunikationswissenschaft 16},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Klaus Brinker et al.},<br />
pages = {489–496},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Novitz 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Novitz 1977,<br />
author = {Novitz, David},<br />
title = {Pictures and their Use in Communication. A philosphical Essay},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==O==<br />
===OED===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{OED-3,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Oxford English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
url = {dictionary.oed.com},<br />
note = {3<sup>rd</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Öhlschläger 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Oehlschläger 2005a,<br />
author = {Öhlschläger, C.},<br />
title = {Evidenz und Ereignis. Musils poetische ‚Momentaufnahmen‘ im Kontext der Moderne},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {203-216},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ohler 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ohler 1994a,<br />
author = {Ohler, Peter},<br />
title = {Kognitive Filmpsychologie. Verarbeitung und mentale Repräsentation narrativer Filme},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {MAkS Publikationen},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Okolowitz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Okolowitz 2006a,<br />
author = {Okolowitz, Herbert},<br />
title = {Virtualität bei G.W. Leibniz. Eine Retrospektive},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Diss. Universität Augsburg},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=98278726X},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ott 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ott 2007a,<br />
author = {Ott, Michaela},<br />
title = {Der unbestimmte Raum in Philosophie und Film},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==P==<br />
===Pang 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pang 2002a,<br />
author = {Pang, Alex Soojung-Kim},<br />
title = {Technologie und Ästhetik der Astrofotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Ordnungen der Sichtbarkeit. Fotografie in Wissenschaft, Kunst und Technologie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Geimer, Peter},<br />
pages = {101-141},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 1924a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Panofsky 1924a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Die Perspektive als symbolische Form (1924)},<br />
booktitle = {Erwin Panofsky, Deutschsprachige Aufsätze Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Michels, K. & Warnke, M.},<br />
pages = {664-757},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Erstpublikation in: <em>Vorträge der Bibliothek Warburg (1924/25)</em>. Leipzig, 1927, 258-330},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paret 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1960a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Textbelege zum islamischen Bilderverbot},<br />
booktitle = {Das Werk des Künstlers. Studien zur Ikonographie und Formgeschichte},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Hans Fegers},<br />
pages = {36-48},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paret 1968===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1968a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Das islamische Bilderverbot und die Schia},<br />
booktitle = {Festschrift Werner Caskel. Zum siebzigsten Geburtstag 5. März 1966 gewidmet von Freunden und Schülern},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Erwin Gräf},<br />
pages = {242-232},<br />
publisher = {Brill},<br />
address = {Leiden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2009a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1900 bis 1949},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2008a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1949 bis heute},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2006a,<br />
title = {Visual History. Ein Studienbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck und Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Paul 2005a,<br />
author = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Der Bilderkrieg. Inszenierungen, Bilder und Perspektiven der "Operation Irakische Freiheit"},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Perrault 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Perrault 1964a,<br />
author = {Perrault, Charles},<br />
title = {Parallèle des Anciens et des Modernes en ce qui regarde les Arts et les Sciences},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {orig.: Paris (4 Bde): 1688, 1690, 1692, 1694; Faksimileausgabe mit einer Einführung von Hans Robert Jauss und einem Kommentar von Max Imdahl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pesch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pesch 2001a,<br />
author = {Pesch, Martin},<br />
title = {Raumbilder-Bildräume. Zu den Arbeiten von Julia Ziegler},<br />
journal = {Kunstforum International},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {153},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Petersen 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Petersen 2000,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {Mimesis – Imitatio – Nachahmung. Eine Geschichte der europäischen Poetik},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Petersen 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Petersen 1992,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {‚Mimesis’ versus ‚Nachahmung’. Die Poetik des Aristoteles – nochmals neu gelesen},<br />
journal = {Arcadia. Zeitschrift für vergleichende Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {3-46},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a,<br />
title = {Der Künstler als Kunstwerk. Selbstporträts vom Mittelalter bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich & von Rosen, Valeska},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a,<br />
title = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget 1956a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1956a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {The Child’s Construction of Space},<br />
year = {1956},<br />
publisher = {Routledge / Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget et al. 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget et al. 1960a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean; Inhelder, B. & Szemenska, I.},<br />
title = {The Child’s Conception of Geometry},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
publisher = {Harper},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1978a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {Das Weltbild des Kindes},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {dtv/Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pias 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pias 2003a,<br />
author = {Pias, Claus},<br />
title = {Das digitale Bild gibt es nicht. Über das (Nicht-)Wissen der Bilder und die informatische Illusion},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2003/01/pias/pias.pdf}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Piccolino & Wade 2006a,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco & Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early examples of ambiguity (1)},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {861–864},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Piccolino & Wade 2006b,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco &. Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early examples of ambiguity (2)},<br />
booktitle = {Perception 35 (8)},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {1003–1006},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pillow 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pillow 2003,<br />
author = {Pillow, Kirk},<br />
title = {Did Goodman's Distinction Survive LeWitt?},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {61},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {365-380},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pitts et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pitts et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Pitts, Michael A.; Gavin, William J. & Nerger, Janice L.},<br />
title = {Early top-down influences on bistable perception revealed by event-related potentials},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {11–24},<br />
volume = {67},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 1991b,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Timaios},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke VIII},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Hülser, Karlheinz},<br />
pages = {197-425},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 2008a,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Politeia},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke, Band 2},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Ursula},<br />
pages = {195-537},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Plessner 1928a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Die Stufen des Organischen und der Mensch},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {W. de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {<sup>3</sup>1975},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1982a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Trieb und Leidenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Mit anderen Augen},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Plessner, Helmuth}, <br />
pages = {110-123},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1989a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Zur Anthropologie der Nachahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, G.},<br />
pages = {176-184},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plinius 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Plinius 2004,<br />
title = {G. Plinius Secundus d. Ä: Naturkunde / Naturalis historia : lateinisch-deutsch},<br />
year = {1990–2004},<br />
editor = {Roderich König et al.},<br />
publisher = {Artemis},<br />
address = {Zürich},<br />
note = {unkritische Ausgabe des lateinischen Textes mit Übersetzung und Erläuterungen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plümacher 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plümacher 1999a,<br />
author = {Plümacher, Martina},<br />
title = {Wohlgeformtheitsbedingugen für Bilder?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pöppel 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pöppel 1982a,<br />
author = {Pöppel, E.},<br />
title = {Lust und Schmerz},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Severin & Siedler},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pollmeier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pollmeier 2005a,<br />
author = {Pollmeier, Klaus},<br />
title = {Vom Baryt zum Bit. Zur Konservierung analoger und digitaler fotografischer Bilder. Digitale Bildverarbeitung, eine Erweiterung oder radikale Veränderung der Fotografie?},<br />
howpublished = {Ludwigsburg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
note = {Hasenpflug (Red.): Dokumentation des Symposiums am 12./13. November 2004 im Museum Folkwang, Essen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Popper 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Popper 2002a,<br />
author = {Popper, Karl R.},<br />
title = {Alle Menschen sind Philosophen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Bohnet, Heidi & Stadler, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München/Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pratschke 2005a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Digitale Form},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pratschke 2008a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Interaktion mit Bildern. Digitale Bildgeschichte am Beispiel grafischer Benutzeroberflächen},<br />
booktitle = {Technische Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bredekamp, Horst et al.},<br />
pages = {68-80},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Predelli 1999===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Predelli 1999,<br />
author = {Predelli, Stefano},<br />
title = {Goodman and the Score},<br />
journal = {British Journal of Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138-147},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pross 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pross 1972a,<br />
author = {Pross, Harry},<br />
title = {Medienforschung. Film, Funk, Presse, Fernsehen},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Habel},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Puttfarken 1991a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {The Dispute about Disegno and Colorito in Venice. Paolo Pino, Lodovico Dolce and Titian},<br />
booktitle = {Kunst und Kunsttheorie 1400–1900},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Peter Glanz et al.},<br />
pages = {75-95},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Puttfarken 1985a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {Roger de Piles‘ Theory of Art},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New Haven/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Q==<br />
==R==<br />
===Rager 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rager 1997a,<br />
author = {Rager, Dietmar},<br />
title = {Aspekte Sehen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob/ & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Raphael 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Raphael 1986a,<br />
author = {Raphael, Max},<br />
title = {Raumgestaltungen. Der Beginn der modernen Kunst im Kubismus und im Werk von Georges Braque}, <br />
year = {1986, Erstausgabe 1949},<br />
publisher = {Campus}<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M./New York},<br />
note = {hg. v. H.-J. Heinrichs},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rastier 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rastier 1972a,<br />
author = {Rastier, François },<br />
title = {Systematiques des isotopies},<br />
booktitle = {Essais de sémiotique poétique},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Greimas, A.J.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Larousse},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Recki 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Recki 2004a,<br />
author = {Recki, Birgit},<br />
title = {Kultur als Praxis. Eine Einführung in Ernst Cassirers Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Akademie-Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Renz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Renz 2006a,<br />
author = {Renz, U.},<br />
title = {Schönheit. Eine Wissenschaft für sich},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Berlin Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riedel 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Riedel 2005a,<br />
author = {Riedel, W.},<br />
title = {Endogene Bilder. Anthropologie und Poetik bei Gottfried Benn},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {163-202},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rieger 2009a,<br />
author = {Rieger, Stefan},<br />
title = {Holographie. Das Versprechen der Ganzheit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {87-106},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger & Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rieger & Schröter 2009a,<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen}, <br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riegl 1931a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Riegl 1931a,<br />
author = {Riegl, Alois},<br />
title = {Das holländische Gruppenporträt},<br />
year = {1931},<br />
publisher = {Staatsdruckerei},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1902},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rimmele 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rimmele 2010a,<br />
author = {Rimmele, Marius},<br />
title = {Das Triptychon als Metapher, Körper und Ort. Semantisierungen eines Bildträgers},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ritchin 1990a,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {In Our Image: The Coming Revolution in Photography. How Computer Technology is Changing our View of the World},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ritchin 1990b,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {Photojournalism in the Age of Computers},<br />
booktitle = {The Critical Image. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Squiers},<br />
pages = {28-37},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Seattle},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roch 1998a,<br />
author = {Roch, Axel},<br />
title = {Radartechnologie und Computergraphik. Zur Geschichte der Beleuchtungsmodelle in computergenerierten Bildern},<br />
booktitle = {Geschichte der Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Faßler, Manfred & Halbach, Wulf R.},<br />
pages = {227-254},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rock 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rock 1985a,<br />
author = {Rock, Irvin},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung. Vom visuellen Reiz zum Sehen u. Erkennen},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Spektrum-der-Wissenschaft-Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roloff 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roloff_1972a,<br />
author = {Roloff, D.},<br />
title = {Eidolon, Eikon, Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd.2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {330-332},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Róna-Tas 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Róna-Tas 1999a,<br />
author = {Róna-Tas, A.},<br />
title = {Hungarians and Europe in the Early Middle Ages. An Introduction to Early Hungarian History},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {CEU Press},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rorty 1967a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rorty 1967a,<br />
author = {Rorty, Richard},<br />
title = {The Linguistic Turn: Essays in Philosophical Method},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press.},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 2005a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Materie und Geist. Eine philosophische Untersuchung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ros 1999a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Was ist Philosophie?},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophieren über Philosophie}<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Raatzsch, Richard},<br />
pages = {36–58},<br />
publisher = {Leipziger Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ros 1989a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {“Bedeutung”, “Idee” und “Begriff” – Zur Behandlung einiger bedeutungstheoretischer Paradoxien durch Leibniz},<br />
journal = {Studia Leibnitiana},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {133-154},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1989/90a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1989/90a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Begründung und Begriff. Wandlungen des Verständnisses begrifflicher Argumentationen},<br />
year = {1989/90},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {3 Bände},<br />
hidden = {B. I: Antike, Spätantike und Mittelalter; B. II: Neuzeit; B. III: Moderne},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1979a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Objektkonstitution und elementare Sprachhandlungsbegriffe},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Königstein/Ts.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosch 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosch 1978a,<br />
author = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
title = {Principles of categorization}<br />
booktitle = {Cognition and Categorization},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
pages = {27-48},<br />
publisher = {Hillsdale},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosler 2000a,<br />
author = {Rosler, Martha},<br />
title = {Bildsimulationen, Computermanipulationen: einige Überlegungen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV. 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {von Amelunxen, Hubertus},<br />
pages = {129-170},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roth 2000a,<br />
author = {Roth, Peter},<br />
title = {Virtualis als Sprachschöpfung mittelalterlicher Theologen},<br />
booktitle = {Die Anwesenheit des Abwesenden. Theologische Annäherungen an Begriff und Phänomene von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Roth, Peter; Schreiber, Stefan & Siemons, Stefan},<br />
pages = {33-42},<br />
publisher = {Wißner},<br />
address = {Augsburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Royce 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Royce 1998a,<br />
author = {Royce, Terry},<br />
title = {Synergy on the Page: Exploring Intersemiotic Complementarity in Page-based Multimodal Text},<br />
journal = {JASFL Occasional Papers},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {25-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rötzer 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rötzer 1993a,<br />
author = {Rötzer, Florian},<br />
title = {Cyberspace. Zum medialen Gesamtkunstwerk},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ruff 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ruff 2009a,<br />
author = {Ruff, Thomas},<br />
title = {Jpegs},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ryan 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ryan 2001,<br />
author = {Ryan, Marie-Laure},<br />
title = {arrative as Virtual Reality. Immersion and Interactivity in Literature and Electronic Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {The Johns Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore & London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==S==<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Medium},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005b,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005a,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2004a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als kommunikatives Medium. Elemente einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003b,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Was ist Bildkompetenz?},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1999a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, },<br />
title = {Gibt es ein Bildalphabet?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {57-66},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1995a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Piktoriale Einstellungen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktoraler Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {195-211},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 1993a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Philosophische Psychologie im 19. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Prädikative und modale Bildtheorie },<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik. Theorien - Methoden - Fallbeispiele},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H.; Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {97-119},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-2/index.html},<br />
abstract ={Gegenstände sind immer nur dann Bilder, wenn jemand sie als solche benutzt. Hierbei können Bilder eine Vielzahl von Funktionen übernehmen. Lassen sich diese verschiedenen Funktionen oder Verwendungsweisen vielleicht aus einer einzigen Grundfunktion ableiten? Und sofern das so ist: Was wäre, ließe sich zweitens fragen, diese Grundfunktion von Bildern und in welcher Relation, ergibt sich als dritte Frage, steht sie zu den Verwendungsweisen von Sprache? Eine positive Beantwortung der ersten Frage voraussetzend werden zwei Kandidaten für die zweite Frage untersucht und diskutiert: Während die prädikative Theorie die grundlegende Bildverwendung in etwa paraphrasiert mit „… sieht so und so aus“ (bzw. „Der Gegenstand, der so und so aussieht, …“), schlägt die modale Theorie eine Verwendungsweise vor analog zu „An einem anderen (auch fiktiven) Ort oder einer anderen (auch hypothetischen) Zeit ist der Fall, daß so und so.“ },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Medientheorie, visuelle Kultur und Bildanthropologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {393-424},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.JRJS.de/Work/Papers/P09/P09-1/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachsse 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachsse 1974a,<br />
author = {Sachsse, Hans},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Kybernetik. Unter besonderer Berücksichtigung von technischen und biologischen Wirkungsgefügen},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Vieweg},<br />
address = {Braunschweig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 2007a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Le Sens du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1990a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Semiotics of Visual Language},<br />
publisher = {Indiana University Press},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
address = {Bloomington, IN},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1987a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {Englisch: Semiotics of Visual Language. Bloomington, Indianapolis: Indiana University Press.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1986a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie et syntax visuelle: Une analyse de Mascerade de Pellan},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 2008a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Transfigurements: On the True Sense of Art},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 1998a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Shades. Of Painting at the Limit},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Salomon 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2006a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {Transformations and Projections in Computer Graphics},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Salomon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2008a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {A Concise Introduction to Data Compression},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sander 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sander 1962a,<br />
author = {Sander, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Experimentelle Ergebnisse der Gestaltpsychologie},<br />
booktitle = {Ganzheitspsychoplogie. Grundlagen, Ergebnisse, Anwendungen: gesammelte Abhandlungen},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sander, Friedrich & Volkelt, Hans},<br />
pages = {73–122},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck'sche Verlagsbuchhandlung},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1962a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Blick},<br />
booktitle = {Das Sein und das Nichts},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Skizze einer Theorie der Emotionen},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {255-321},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1994b,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Das Imaginäre. Phänomenologische Psychologie der Einbildungskraft (1940)},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-2, hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994c,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Die Imagination (1936)},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {97-254},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1999a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Die Suche nach dem Absoluten. Texte zur bildenden Kunst},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sauer 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sauer 2008a,<br />
author = {Sauer, Martina},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmen von Sinn vor jeder sprachlichen oder gedanklichen Fassung? Frage an Ernst Cassirer},<br />
journal = {Kunstgeschichte. Texte zur Diskussion},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.kunstgeschichte-ejournal.net/discussion/2008/Sauer},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saussure 1916a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saussure 1916a,<br />
author = {Saussure, Ferdinand de },<br />
title = {Cours de linguistique générale},<br />
year = {1916},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Deutsch: Grundfragen der allgemeinen Sprachwissenschaft. 3. Aufl. Berlin 2001.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saxena & Sahay 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saxena & Sahay 2005a,<br />
author = {Saxena, Anupam & Sahay, Birendra},<br />
title = {Computer Aided Engineering Design},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scheler 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scheler 1928a,<br />
author = {Scheler, Max},<br />
title = {Die Stellung des Menschen im Kosmos},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {Otto Reichl Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schier 2005a,<br />
author = {Schier, W. },<br />
title = {Die Maske von Uivar},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W. },<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl 2001a ===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schierl 2001a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas},<br />
title = { Text und Bild in der Werbung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl 2003a ===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schierl 2003a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas},<br />
title = {Werbung im Fernsehen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl & Ludwig 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schierl & Ludwig 2011a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas & Ludwig, Mark},<br />
title = {Produktpolitik als Strategie der Visualisierung des Fußballsports in den Medien},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
journal ={Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
volume = {32},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schirra 2007a,<br />
editor = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Computational Visualistics and Picture Morphology},<br />
publisher = {IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
note = {Themenbeiheft zu Band 5},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Projects/Image/IMAGE5-Themenbeiheft.pdf},<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Begriffsgenetische Betrachtungen in der Bildwissenschaft: Fünf Thesen},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Medium. Kunstgeschichtliche und philosophische Grundlagen der interdisziplinären Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {197-215},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-3/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 2005a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Foundation of Computational Visualistics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {ISBN: 3-8350-6015-5 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-8350-6015-5'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra 2005b,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Ein Disziplinen-Mandala für die Bildwissenschaft - Kleine Provokation zu einem Neuen Fach},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-1/index.html},<br />
journal ={IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
pages = {30-45},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Von der Bildwissenschaft als einer Disziplin, die über die Grenzen von Kunstgeschichte oder Kunstwissenschaft hinausgeht und sich wissenschaftlich mit allen Aspekten des Umgehens mit Bildern und verwandten visuellen Repräsentations- und Zeichensystemen befaßt, wird erst seit etwa der Mitte der 1990'er Jahre gesprochen. In den folgenden Überlegungen geht es insbesondere um die Bildwissenschaft als den Versuch, ein Fachgebiet zu etablieren, in dem ein modernes Verständnis dessen, was eine etablierte Disziplin sein kann, verwirklicht sein soll. Zentrales Kriterium für in dem hier gemeinten Sinne "Neue" Disziplinen ist ihre Interdisziplinarität und die dadurch bedingte starke Methodenpluralität. Grundsätzlich muß daher die Frage geklärt werden, wie das Verhältnis der Teildisziplinen zueinander, insbesondere das Wechselspiel der jeweils eingesetzten Methoden betreffend, zu denken ist. Dem Forschungssujet der Bildwissenschaft entsprechend soll in dem Beitrag versucht werden, das Beziehungsgeflecht der beteiligten Elterndisziplinen (zumindest teilweise) in Form eines Bildes anzugeben. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2005c,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Computervisualistik},<br />
booktitle = { Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {268-280},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bausteine vieler Disziplinen müssen in eine allgemeine Bildwissenschaft integriert werden. Als Beitrag aus der Informatik versteht sich die Computervisualistik, die alle Aspekte rechnergestützten Umgangs mit Bildern umfaßt. Zwei Grundbegriffe der Informatik werden vorgestellt und bestimmen, auf den Begriff "Bild" angewendet, den methodologischen Kern der Computervisualistik. Als Beitrag der Informatik zum Gegenstand der Bildtheorie werden interaktive Bilder betrachtet. Schließlich werden die Beziehungen zu anderen "Bildwissenschaften" kurz umrissen. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2001a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bilder &nbsp;&nbsp; —— &nbsp;&nbsp; Kontextbilder},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln – Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Pragmatik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {77-100},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P01/P01-5/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bildkommunikation und die Verständigung mit Aussagen scheinen wenig gemein zu haben. Genauere logisch-pragmatische Analysen der Kontextrelativität von Aussagen zeigen jedoch eine enge systematische Abhängigkeit beider Kommunikationsformen im Begriff der Kontextbildung, den Bilder auf ausgezeichnete Weise implementieren. Prädikatorische und nominatorische Verwendungen von Bildern sind aus der grundlegenden Funktion zur Kontextbildung ableitbar. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2000a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Täuschung, Ähnlichkeit und Immersion: Die Vögel des Zeuxis},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Realismus der Bilder: Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Semantik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Rehkämper, K.& Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {119-135},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P00/P00-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bilder gibt es als solche – von ihrem Begriff her – immer nur für Individuen, die sich in einer bestimmten Weise verhalten, oder die gewisse Handlungen vollziehen. Wenn dies aber der Fall ist, scheint es ratsam, den Begriff "Bild" nicht, wie es gewöhnlich geschieht, als einen Begriff für einen isoliert vorkommenden Gegenstand zu erläutern, sondern als Komponente der Begriffe für bestimmte Verhaltens- oder Handlungsfähigkeiten. Ausgehend von der antiken Zeuxis-Anekdote werden in diesem Sinne erste Schritte zu einem handlungstheoretischen Ähnlichkeitsbegriff versucht.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1999a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Syntaktische Dichte oder Kontinuität - Ein mathematischer Aspekt der Visualistik},<br />
booktitle = {bildgrammatik. interdisziplinäre forschungen zur syntax bildlicher darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {103-119},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P99/P99-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Der Begriff Dichte spielt eine zentrale Rolle in Diskussionen zur Bildsyntax, wird aber selten in Beziehung zum mathematisch verwandten Kontinuumsbegriff gestellt. Dabei ist die Frage, ob Bilder syntaktisch nur als dicht oder gar als kontinuierlich verstanden werden sollten, durchaus relevant, wie anhand von informatischen und neuropsychologischen Argumenten gezeigt wird.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1995a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Understanding Radio Broadcasts On Soccer. The Concept `Mental Image' and Its Use in Spatial Reasoning},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktorialer Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {107-136},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P95/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Most cognitive theories agree that a listener of a sports broadcast on radio usually imagines the scene described; the concept `mental image' appears in a specific sort of explanations. In contrast to this conception, it is argued that this concept should rather be understood as part of a certain kind of grounding explanations of the radio listener's understanding. This particular conception is based on the distinction between `specification' and `implementation' as found in the theory of abstract data types. Its application to the field of spatial concepts leads to a computational system (ANTLIMA) which exemplifies how the expression `mental image' could be used while explaining a speaker's ability to control the resolvability of ambiguities in an objective report of what the speaker sees. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 1994a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bildbeschreibung als Verbindung von visuellem und sprachlichem Raum},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {DISKI},<br />
address = {St. Augustin},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {ISBN 3-929037-71-8 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-929037-71-8'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P94/P94-1-d/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1993a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Connecting Visual and Verbal Space: Preliminary Considerations Concerning the Concept »Mental Image«},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Time, Space, and Movement},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {M. Aurnague, A. Borillo, M. Borillo & M. Bras},<br />
pages = {105-121},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Paul Sabatier},<br />
address = {Toulouse},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P93/P93-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {AI research concerning the connection between seeing and speaking mainly employs what is called reference semantics. Within this framework, the notion of `mental image' is often used while explaining how somebody not situated in the same perceptual context is able to anchor his understanding of an utterance describing the scene visually perceived by the speaker. We give a foundation for considering mental images as propositions with respect to a certain field of concepts: these fields have to provide a syntactically dense set of concepts distinguishing locations. The use of such propositions in the reference semantic explanations of understanding utterances about visually perceived scenes is motivated by applying Kant's idea of the introduction of new types of objects: we conceive spatial relations as relations only applicable to sortal objects, i.e., individuated objects which are synthetically introduced on a syntactically dense field providing their potential locations. The concept `mental image' which results from these preliminary studies is applied to two current projects in AI, one dealing with the semantics of particular spatial prepositions, and the other more generally concerned with the logic of the connection between visual and verbal space.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Anthropologie in der systematischen Bildwissenschaft: Auf der Spur des homo pictor},<br />
booktitle = {Disziplinen der Anthropologie},<br />
editor = {Meyer, S. & Owzar, A.},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
pages = {145-177},<br />
note = {},<br />
publisher = {Waxmann},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Homo pictor and the Linguistic Turn: Revisiting Hans Jonas’ Picture Anthropology},<br />
journal = {Linguistic and Philosophical Investigations},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {144–181},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P10/P10-2/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {There has been a long tradition of characterizing man as the animal that talks. However, the remarkable ability of using pictures also only belongs to human beings, after all we know empirically so far. Are there conceptual reasons for that coincidence? The paper is dedicated to a philosophical programme of “concept-genetic” considerations dealing in particular with the dependencies between those two abilities: The conceptual relation between the competence to use assertive language and the faculty of employing pictures must be conceived of as being much closer than usually expected. Indeed we conclude, there cannot be creatures with only one of them.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte – elektronisch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
url = {www.uni-due.de/germanistik/elise/ausgabe_12006},<br />
hidden = {letzter Zugriff: 25. September 2010},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract ={Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie, wie sie der Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt, eignet - und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Eine Gegenüberstellung der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild führt zu eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden: Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von (darstellenden) Bildern Sprache gegenüber durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. In beiden Fällen hängen die Aufgliederungen mit der Funktion der Kontextbildung zusammen, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung mündet daher in das Programm einer begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, die eine derartige Begründung zu liefern imstande wäre. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Fähigkeiten zum Bild- und Sprachgebrauch },<br />
journal = {Deutsche Zeitschrift für Philosophie},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {54},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {887-905},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-5/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie wie in die Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Ein erster Vergleich der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild listet eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden auf. Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von Bildern gegenüber Sprache durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung weitet sich daher zu einer begriffsgenetischen Skizzierung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, wobei sich die Begriffe des sortalen Gegenstands und des Verhaltenskontextes als zentral herausstellen. Mit ihnen kann die Beziehung zwischen den beiden Fähigkeiten genauer untersucht werden: Sie ergibt sich insbesondere aus der Funktion der Kontextbildung, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Im Rahmen der begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung ergeben sich schließlich Argumente dafür, die Beziehung als eine wechselseitige Abhängigkeit zu charakterisieren, wobei auch eine Vorschlag zur Analyse des Begriffs des inneren Bildes - oder besser: des Vorstellungsvermögens eingeschlossen ist. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Scholz 1998a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. & Scholz, Martin},<br />
title = {Abstraction versus Realism: Not the Real Question},<br />
booktitle = {Computer Visualization – Graphics, Abstraction, and Interactivity},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Strothotte, T. (et al.)},<br />
pages = {379-401},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {Chapter 22},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P98/P98-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {When browsing through a book on computer graphics, one usually finds a lot of more or less interesting pictures that are produced by means of computers. These pictures are embedded in pages of technical texts describing how this image generation was performed and why it provides a better way to do so than other methods. Less space is usually given to the methodological background and the motivation underlying the preoccupation with computer visualization. In this chapter, we want to complement the more technically oriented part of this book with some reflections as to why such techniques can be interesting not only for computer graphics researchers, and where, from a communication-theoretic point of view, they might be of use in our society.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schleicher 1859a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schleicher 1859a,<br />
author = {Schleicher, August},<br />
title = {Zur Morphologie der Sprache},<br />
journal = {Mémoires de l'académdie impériale des sciences de St. Pétersbourg},<br />
year = {1859},<br />
volume = {1?},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1-38},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt 2000,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter},<br />
title = {Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1: : Absenz – Darstellung},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {831-875},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt & George 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt_George_2005a,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter; George, Marion},<br />
title = {Typisch/Typ(us)},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {191-246},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlosser 1952a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schlosser 1952a,<br />
author = {Schlosser, K.},<br />
title = {Der Signalismus in der Kunst der Naturvölker: Biologisch-psychologische Gesetzlichkeiten in den Abweichungen von der Norm des Vorbildes},<br />
year = {1952},<br />
publisher = {Mühlau},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmid 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmid 2009a,<br />
author = {Schmid, Gabriele},<br />
title = {Zwischen Bildern. Die holographische Installation als Handlungsfeld},<br />
booktitle = {holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {161-180},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1998a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Mimesis bei Aristoteles und in den Poetikkommentaren der Renaissance. Zum Wandel des Gedankens von der Nachahmung der Natur in der frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Mimesis und Simulation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Andreas Kablitz & Gerhard Neumann},<br />
pages = {17-53},<br />
publisher = {ombach},<br />
address = {Freiburg im Breisgau},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1996a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Teleologie und Geschichte bei Aristoteles oder Wie kommen nach Aristoteles Anfang, Mitte und Ende in die Geschichte?},<br />
booktitle = {Das Ende. Figuren einer Denkform},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Stierle und Rainer Warning},<br />
pages = {528-563},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider 2009a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit},<br />
title = {Wissenschaftsbilder zwischen digitaler Transformation und Manipulation. Einige Anmerkungen zur Diskussion des “digitalen Bildes”},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {188-200},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schneider 2000a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Ralf},<br />
title = {Grundriß zur kognitiven Theorie der Figurenkonzeption am Beispiel des viktorianischen Romans},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Stauffenburg},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider & Berz 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider & Berz 2002a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit & Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bildtexturen. Punkte, Zeilen, Spalten. I. Textile Processing/II. Bildtelegraphie}<br />
booktitle = {Mimetische Differenzen. Der Spielraum der Medien zwischen Abbildung und Nachbildung}, <br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Flach, Sabine & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
pages = {181-220},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider & Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schneider & Stöckl 2011a,<br />
title = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, Jan Georg & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {erscheint Frühjahr 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2011===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Schönhammer 2011,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Stichwort: Kippbilder},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
howpublished = {PsyDok, Volltextserver der Virtuellen Fachbibliothek Psychologie},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://psydok.sulb.uni-saarland.de/frontdoor.php?source_opus=2756&la=de},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schönhammer 2009a,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Wahrnehmungspsychologie. Sinne, Körper, Bewegung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 2004a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstellung, Zeichen. Philosophische Theorien bildhafter Darstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {2., vollständig überarbeitete Aufl.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Scholz 1998a,<br />
title = {Mimesis. Studien zur literarischen Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Scholz, Bernhard F.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 1991a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstellung, Zeichen. Philosophische Theorien bildhafter Darstellungen},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {(1. Aufl.)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schott 1657a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schott 57a,<br />
author = {Schott, Kaspar},<br />
title = {De Magia Anamorphotica},<br />
booktitle = {Magia Universalis Naturae et Artis},<br />
year = {1657},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Herbipoli},<br />
note = {Teil 1, Buch III},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2001a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Eine kurze Geschichte der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht. Fotografieren in Museen & Archiven & Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, Wolfgang & Jaworek, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {249-257},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter 2003a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Virtuelle Kamera. Zum Fortbestand fotografischer Medien in computergenerierten Bildern}, <br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {88},<br />
pages = {3-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Welt. Analoge und Digitale Bilder - mehr oder weniger Realität?},<br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke},<br />
pages = {335-354},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2004b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Netz und die Virtuelle Realität. Zur Selbstprogrammierung der Gesellschaft durch die universelle Maschine},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Computer/Simulation. Kopie ohne Original oder das Original kontrollierende Kopie},<br />
booktitle = {OriginalKopie. Praktiken des Sekundären},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fehrmann, Gisela et al.},<br />
pages = {139-155},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Notizen zu einer Geschichte des Löschens. Am Beispiel von Video und Robert Rauschenbergs Erased de Kooning-Drawing},<br />
booktitle = {Im Banne der Ungewissheit. Bilder zwischen Medien, Kunst und Menschen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schumacher-Chilla, Doris},<br />
pages = {171-194},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oberhausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2005a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {MetaMorphing. Camerons Analysen der digitalen Bilder in Terminator 2 und The Abyss}, <br />
booktitle = {Mythen, Mütter, Maschinen. Die Filme des James Cameron},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pabst, Eckhard},<br />
pages = {289-315},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeit ist überhaupt nur darzustellen, indem man sie konstruiert (Andreas Gursky)},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {201-218},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {On the Logic of the Digital Archive},<br />
booktitle = {The You Tube Reader},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Vonderau, Patrick & Snickars, Pelle},<br />
pages = {330-346},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2009c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {3D. Zur Theorie, Geschichte und Medienästhetik des technischtransplanen Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen und die Nicht-Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {77-86},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2010a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Fotografie und Fiktionalität},<br />
booktitle = {Die fotografische Wirklichkeit. Inszenierung - Fiktion - Narration},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Blunck, Lars},<br />
pages = {143-158},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2010b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Zeitalter der technischen Nichtreproduzierbarkeit},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
editor = {Schröter, Jens et al.},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {1-38},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter & Thielmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter & Thielmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens & Thielmann, Tristan},<br />
title = {Display I: Analog},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften}<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2010a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Darstellung einer Vorstellung. Das Bild der Welt auf der Pioneer-Plakette},<br />
booktitle = {Atlas der Weltbilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Markschies, C. et al.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schürmann 2008a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Sehen als Praxis. Ethisch-ästhetische Studien zum Verhältnis von Sicht und Einsicht},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulz 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulz 2005a,<br />
author = {Schulz, Martin},<br />
title = {Ordnungen der Bilder. Eine Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Finke},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulze 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulze 2000a,<br />
author = {Schulze, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Die Erlebnis-Gesellschaft. Kultursoziologie der Gegenwart. 8. Auflage. Studienausgabe.},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M., New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schwingeler 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schwingeler 2008a,<br />
author = {Schwingeler, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Raummaschine. Raum und Perspektive im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Werner Hülsbusch},<br />
address = {Boizenburg},<br />
note = {(Reihe Game Studies)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Searle 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Searle 1971,<br />
author = {Searle, John R.},<br />
title = {Sprechakttheorie - Ein sprachphilosophischer Essay},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 2003a,<br />
author = {Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Erscheinens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seel 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 1991a,<br />
author = {Seel, Norbert M.},<br />
title = {Weltwissen und mentale Modelle},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seiterle 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Seiterle 1988a,<br />
author = {Seiterle, G. },<br />
title = {Maske, Ziegenbock und Satyr},<br />
journal = {Antike Welt. Z. für Archäologie und Kulturgeschichte},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seja 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seja 2009a,<br />
author = {Seja, Silvia},<br />
title = {Handlungstheorien des Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sekula 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sekula 2002a,<br />
author = {Sekula, Allan},<br />
title = {Der Handel mit Fotografien},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {255-290},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shannon & Weaver 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shannon & Weaver 1976a,<br />
author = {Shannon, Claude E. & Weaver, Warren},<br />
title = {Mathematische Grundlagen der Informationstheorie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shepard 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shepard 1990a,<br />
author = {Shepard, Roger N.},<br />
title = {Mind sights. Original illusions, ambiguities, and other anomalies, with a commentary on the play of mind in perception and art},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {W. H. Freeman},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shneiderman 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Shneiderman 1983a,<br />
author = {Shneiderman, B.},<br />
title = {Direct Manipulation - A Step Beyond Programming Languages},<br />
journal = {IEEE Computer},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
volume = {16},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {57-69},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shohat & Stam 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Shohat & Stam 1998a,<br />
author = {Shohat, E. & Stam R.},<br />
title = {Narrativizing Visual Culture. Towards a Polycentric Aesthetics},<br />
booktitle = {The Visual Culture Reader},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Mirzoeff, N.},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {26-49},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegert & Brecheis 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegert & Brecheis 2005a,<br />
author = {Siegert, Gabriele & Brecheis, Dieter },<br />
title = {Werbung in der Medien- und Informationsgesellschaft. Eine kommunikationswissenschaftliche Einführung },<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {VS},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegmund 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegmund 2007a,<br />
author = {Siegmund, J.},<br />
title = {Die Evidenz der Kunst. Künstlerisches Handeln als ästhetische Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Simmel 1995a,<br />
author = {Simmel, G.},<br />
title = {Der Bildrahmen. Ein ästhetischer Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Aufsätze und Abhandlungen 1901-1908 Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Simmel, G.},<br />
pages = {101-108},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1992a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Soziologie. Untersuchungen über die Formen der Vergesellschaftung},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Gesamtausgabe, Bd. 11, hrsg. von Otthein Rammstedt},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1978a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Das individuelle Gesetz. Philosophische Exkurse},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Michael Landmann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a,<br />
author = {Smith, Robert W. & Tatarewicz, Joseph N.},<br />
title = {Replacing a Technology: The Large Space Telescope and CCDs},<br />
journal = {Proceedings of the IEEE},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
volume = {73},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1221-1235},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sobchack 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sobchack 1997a,<br />
author = {Sobchack, Vivian},<br />
title = {Meta-Morphing. Visual Transformation and the Culture of Quick-Change},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minneapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a,<br />
author = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
title = {Figurative Politik. Prolegomena zu einer Kultursoziologie politischen Handelns},<br />
booktitle = {Figurative Politik. Zur Performanz der Macht in der modernen Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
pages = {17-33},<br />
publisher = {Leske und Budrich},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sommer 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sommer 1987a,<br />
author = {Sommer, M.},<br />
title = {Evidenz im Augenblick. Eine Phänomenologie der reinen Empfindung},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sonesson 1992a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Bildbetydelser: Inledning till bildsemiotiken som vetenskap},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Studentlitteratur},<br />
address = {Lund},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sonesson 1989a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Pictorial Concepts},<br />
publisher = {Lund University Press},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sörbom 1966===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sörbom 1966,<br />
author = {Sörbom, Göran},<br />
title = {Mimesis and Art. Studies in the Origin an Early Development of an Aesthetic Vocabulary},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spariosu 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Spariosu 1984,<br />
title = {Mimesis in contemporary theory: An interdisciplinary Approach. Volume I: The Literary and the Philosophical Debate},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Spariosu, Mihai},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Philadelphia/Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spillner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Spillner 1982a,<br />
author = {Spillner, Bernd},<br />
title = {Stilanalyse semiotisch komplexer Texte: Zum Verhältnis von sprachlicher und bil¬dicher Information in Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4/5},<br />
pages = {91–106},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stadler & Kruse 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stadler & Kruse 1995a,<br />
author = {Stadler, Michael & Kruse, Peter},<br />
title = {The Function of Meaning in Cognitive Order Formation.},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {5–21},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Steinbrenner 2009a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Bildtheorien der analytischen Tradition},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {284-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 2004a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Zeichen über Zeichen. Grundlagen einer Theorie der Metabezugnahme},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Synchron Wissenschaftsverlag der Autoren},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 1996a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Kognitivismus in der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a,<br />
title = {Farben: Betrachtungen aus Philosophie und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Glasauer, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a,<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
title = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stiegler 2004a,<br />
author = {Stiegler, Bernd},<br />
title = {Digitale Photographie als epistemologischer Bruch und historische Wende},<br />
booktitle = {Das Gesicht der Welt. Medien in der digitalen Kultur},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Engell & Neitzel},<br />
pages = {105-126},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stierle 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stierle 1984a,<br />
author = {Stierle, Karlheinz},<br />
title = {Das bequeme Verhältnis. Lessings Laokoon und die Entdeckung des ästhetischen Mediums},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, Gunter},<br />
pages = {23-58},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2011a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbekommunikation semiotisch},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch Werbekommunikation},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Nina Janich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {UTB},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {erscheint Mitte 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {The Language-Image-Text. Theoretical and Analytical Inroads into Semiotic Complexity},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {202-226},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Beyond Depicting. Language-Image-Links in the Service of Advertising},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {3-28},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2008a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbetypographie. Formen und Funktionen},<br />
booktitle = {Werbung – grenzenlos. Multimodale Werbetexte im interkulturellen Vergleich},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bendel, Sylvia & Held, Gudrun},<br />
pages = {13–36},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2005a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typography: Body and Dress of a Text – A Signing Mode between Language and Image},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {204-214},<br />
note = {Special Issue “The New Typography”},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2004b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typographie: Körper und Gewand des Textes. Linguistische Überlegungen zu typographischer Gestaltung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Angewandte Linguistik},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {41},<br />
pages = {5-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stöckl 2004a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Die Sprache im Bild – Das Bild in der Sprache. Zur Verknüpfung von Sprache und Bild im massenmedialen Text},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2003a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {„Imagine“: Stilanalyse multimodal. Am Beispiel des TV-Werbespots},<br />
booktitle = {Sprachstil – Zugänge und Anwendungen. Ulla Fix zum 60. Geburtstag},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Barz, Irmhild & Lerchner, Gotthard & Schröder, },<br />
pages = {305-323},<br />
publisher = {Winter},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 1992a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Der ‚picture relation type’ – Ein praktischer Analysemodus zur Beschreibung der vielfältigen Einbettungs- und Verknüpfungsbeziehungen von Bild und Text},<br />
journal = {Papiere zur Linguistik},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {46},<br />
number = {11},<br />
pages = {49-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoesz 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Stoesz 2008a,<br />
author = {Stoesz Brenda Marie},<br />
title = {The Role of Selective Attention in Perceptual Switching. },<br />
year = {2008},<br />
howpublished = {Department of Psychology, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Manitoba},<br />
note = {Thesis Master of Arts Thesis},<br />
hidden = {zuletzt geprüft am 17.03.2011},<br />
url = {mspace.lib.umanitoba.ca/bitstream/1993/3083/1/BStoesz%20-%20MA%20thesis%202008%20revisions.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoichita 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stoichita 1998a,<br />
author = {Stoichita, Victor I.},<br />
title = {Das selbstbewußte Bild. Vom Ursprung der Metamalerei},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauß 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strauß 1998a,<br />
author = {Strauß, Bernd (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Zuschauer},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strenge 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Strenge_1998a,<br />
author = {Strenge, Britta},<br />
title = {Typos/Typologie},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {1587-1595},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Striedter 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Striedter 1984a,<br />
author = {Striedter, K.H.},<br />
title = {Felsbilder der Sahara},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauss 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Strauss 1979a,<br />
author = {Strauss, M.S.},<br />
title = {Abstraction of prototypical information by adults and 10-month-old infants},<br />
journal = {J. of Experimental Psychology: Human Leraning and Memory},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {5},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {618-632},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a,<br />
author = {Strothotte, Thomas & Schlechtweg, Stefan},<br />
title = {Non-photorealistic Computer Graphics: Modeling, Rendering, and Animation},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {San Francisco u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stüber & Stadler 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stüber & Stadler 1999a,<br />
author = {Strüber, Daniel & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Differences in top-down influences on the reversal rate of different categories of reversible figures},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {28},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1185–1196},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sturken & Cartwright 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sturken & Cartwright 2001a,<br />
author = {Sturken, M. & Cartwright L.},<br />
title = {Practices of Looking. An Introduction to Visual Culture},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
address = {Oxford, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch.},<br />
title = {Schreck-Gesichter. Symbole des magischen Alltags},<br />
booktitle = {Symbole des Alltags, Alltag der Symbole},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Blaschitz, G.; et al. },<br />
pages = {517-554},<br />
publisher = {ADV},<br />
address = {Graz},<br />
note = {Festschrift Harry Kühnel zum 65. Geburtstag},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1998a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch. },<br />
title = {Grenzen der Komplexität. Die Kunst als Bild der Wirklichkeit. Neuropsychologische und ethologische Erkenntnisse in der Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Einfachen zur Ganzheitlichkeit. Das Problem der Komplexität auf organismischer und soziokultureller Ebene},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {A.M. Wobus, & U. Wobus},<br />
pages = {167-188},<br />
publisher = {Nova Acta Leopoldina 77(304)},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Szily 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Szily 1999a,<br />
author = {Szily, K.},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelvújítás szótára},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Nap Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==T==<br />
===Tatarkiewicz 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tatarkiewicz 2003,<br />
author = {Tatarkiewicz, Wladysaw},<br />
title = {Geschichte der sechs Begriffe. Kunst • Schönheit • Form • Kreativität • Mimesis • Ästhetisches Erlebnis},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thielmann & Schröter 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Thielmann & Schröter 2007a,<br />
title = {Display II: Digital. Navigationen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Thielmann, Tristan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {<em>Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften</em>},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {Jg. 7, H. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tholen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tholen 2003a,<br />
author = {Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
title = {Die Zäsur der Medien. Kulturphilosophische Konturen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a,<br />
author = {Thornhill, R. & Gangestad, S.W. },<br />
title = {Human facial beauty: averageness, symmetry and parasite resistance},<br />
journal = {Human nature},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {237-269},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Thürlemann 1990a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Raum. Beiträge zu einer semiotischen Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Thürlemann 1984a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Die Farbe in der Malerei: Symbolischer und semi-symbolischer Bedeutungsmodus},<br />
booktitle = {Semiotics Unfolding. Proceedings of the Second Congress of the International Association for Semiotic Studies},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Tasso Borbé},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tischner 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tischner 1954a,<br />
author = {Tischner, H.},<br />
title = {Kunst der Südsee},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Todorov 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Todorov 1977,<br />
author = {Todorov, Tzvetan},<br />
title = {Symboltheorien},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {[frz. Original 1977]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Topper 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Topper 00a,<br />
author = {Topper, David},<br />
title = {On Anamorphosis. Setting Some Things Straight},<br />
journal = {Leonardo},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
volume = {33},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {115-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tótfalusi 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tótfalusi 2002a,<br />
author = {Tótfalusi, I.},<br />
title = {Magyar szótörténeti szótár},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Anno Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Totzke 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Totzke 2004a,<br />
author = {Totzke, Rainer},<br />
title = {Buchstaben-Folgen. Schriftlichkeit, Wissenschaft und Heideggers Kritik an der Wissenschaftsideologie},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Welbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Troje & McAdam 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Troje & McAdam 2010a,<br />
author = {Troje, N. F. & McAdam, M.},<br />
title = {The viewing-from-above bias and the silhouette illusion},<br />
journal = {i-Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {143–148},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {i-perception.perceptionweb.com/fulltext/i01/i0408.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Trübner 1940===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Trübner 1940,<br />
title = {Trübners Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: C-F},<br />
year = {1940},<br />
editor = {Alfred Göze},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Art. „darstellen“, S. 27},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tugendhat 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat 1976a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die sprachanalytische Philosophie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst & Wolf, Ursula},<br />
title = {Logisch-semantische Propädeutik},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {(revid. 1986)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==U==<br />
===Ullrich 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ullrich 1997a,<br />
author = {Ullrich, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Digitaler Nominalismus. Zum Status der Computerfotografie},<br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {64},<br />
pages = {63-73},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==V==<br />
===Vaihinger 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vaihinger 1997a,<br />
author = {Vaihinger, Dirk},<br />
title = {Virtualität und Realität – Die Fiktionalisierung der Wirklichkeit und die unendliche Information},<br />
booktitle = {Künstliche Paradiese, Virtuelle Realitäten. Künstliche Räume in Literatur-, Sozial-, und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Krapp, Holger & Wägenbaur, Thomas},<br />
pages = {19-43},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Valenza et al. 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Valenza et al. 1996a,<br />
author = {Valenza, E.; Simion, F.; Cassia, V.M. & Umiltà, C.},<br />
title = {Face preference at birth},<br />
journal = {J. of experimental Psychology (Human Perception and Performance) },<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {892-903},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Varela 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Varela 1990a,<br />
author = {Varela, Francisco J.},<br />
title = {Kognitionswissenschaft, Kognitionstechnik. Eine Skizze aktueller Perspektiven},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===VCQ 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{VCQ 1996a,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Visual Culture Questionnaire},<br />
journal = {October},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
pages = {25-70},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ventola et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ventola et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Ventola, Eija & Guijarro, Moya & Arsenio, Jesús},<br />
title = {The World Told and the World Shown. Multisemiotic Issues},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan},<br />
address = {Basingstoke},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Venus 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Venus 2009a,<br />
author = {Venus, Jochen},<br />
title = {Raumbild und Tätigkeitssimulation. Video- und Computerspiele als Darstellungsmedien des Tätigkeitsempfindens},<br />
booktitle = {Das Raumbild. Bilder jenseits ihrer Flächen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Winter, Gundolf; Schröter, Jens & Barck, Joanna},<br />
pages = {259-280},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vischer 1873a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vischer 1873a,<br />
author = {Vischer, Robert},<br />
title = {Ueber das optische Formgefühl. Ein Beitrag zur Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1873},<br />
publisher = {Credner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Völker 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Völker 2010a,<br />
author = {Völker, Clara},<br />
title = {Mobile Medien. Zur Genealogie des Mobilfunks und zur Ideengeschichte von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vogel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vogel 2003a,<br />
author = {Vogel, Matthias},<br />
title = {Medien als Voraussetzungen für Gedanken},<br />
booktitle = {Medienphilosophie. Beiträge zur Klärung eines Begriffs},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Münker, Stefan; Roesler, Alexander & Sandbothe, Mike},<br />
pages = {107-134 + 213-215 [Anmerkungen]},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Volkelt 1905a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Volkelt 1905a,<br />
author = {Volkelt, Johannes},<br />
title = {System der Ästhetik. Erster Band: Grundlegung der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vorländer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vorländer 2003a,<br />
author = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
title = {Demokratie und Ästhetik. Zur Rehabilitierung eines problematischen Zusammenhangs},<br />
booktitle = {Zur Ästhetik der Demokratie. Formen der politischen Selbstdarstellung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
pages = {11-26},<br />
publisher = {Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==W==<br />
<br />
===Wade et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wade et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Wade, Nicholas J.; Campbel, Robin N.; Ross, Helen E. & Lingelbach, Bernd},<br />
title = {Necker in Scotch perspective},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1–4},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Waldenfels 2010a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Sinne und Künste im Wechselspiel. Modi ästhetischer Erfahrung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Waldenfels 1999a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Ordnungen des Sichtbaren},<br />
booktitle = {Sinnesschwellen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Walton 1973a,<br />
author = {Kendall L. Walton},<br />
title = {Pictures as Make-Believe},<br />
journal = {The Philosophical Review},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
volume = {82},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {283-319},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Walton 1990a,<br />
author = {Walton, Kendall L.},<br />
title = {Mimesis as make-believe : on the foundations of the representational arts},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Harvard Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass. [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warburg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warburg 2008a,<br />
author = {Warburg, Aby},<br />
title = {Der Bilderatlas Mnemosyne (2000)},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Warnke, Martin; unter Mitarbeit von Brink, Claudia},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warnke 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warnke 1984a,<br />
author = {Warnke, Martin},<br />
title = {Politische Architektur in Europa vom Mittelalter bis heute: Repräsentation und Gemeinschaft},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Watt 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Watt 2002a, <br />
author = {Watt, Alan}, <br />
title = {3D-Computergrafik},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weber 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weber 2000a,<br />
author = { Weber, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Windmühlen oder Mauern? Die Archive und der neue Wind in der Informationstechnik},<br />
booktitle = {Digitale Archive - Ein neues Paradigma?},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Metzing, Andreas},<br />
pages = {79-94},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Marburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weiss 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weiss 2009a,<br />
author = {Weiss, G. },<br />
title = {Masken begleiten, erinnern, ehren und erneuern},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wellbery 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wellbery 1977,<br />
author = {Wellbery, David E.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Semiotics in the German Enlightenment},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Yale University},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Werckmeister 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Werckmeister 2005a,<br />
author = {Werckmeister, Otto Karl},<br />
title = {Der Medusa Effekt. Politische Bildstrategien seit dem 11. September 2001},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {form + zweck},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wescher 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wescher 1968a,<br />
author = {Wescher, Herta},<br />
title = {Die Collage / Geschichte eines künstlerischen Ausdrucksmittels},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {DuMont Schauberg},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wheeler 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wheeler 2005a,<br />
author = {Wheeler, Michael},<br />
title = {Reconstructing the Cognitive World: The Next Step},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2008a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Die Sichtbarkeit des Bildes. Geschichte und Perspektiven der formalen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main, New York},<br />
note = {Mit einem aktuellen Vorwort des Autors zur Neuausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2005a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Artifizielle Präsenz. Studien zur Philosophie des Bildes.},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wiesing 2004a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Pragmatismus und Performativität des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {115-128},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2000a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Phänomene im Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wimmer 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wimmer 1991a,<br />
author = {Wimmer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Fabrikation der Fiktion?},<br />
booktitle = {Digitaler Schein. Ästhetik der digitalen Medien},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Rötzer, }, <br />
pages = {519-533},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winkler 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Winkler 2003a,<br />
author = {Winkler, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Zugriff. Thesen zur Umorganisation der gesellschaftlichen Bildarchive unter den Bedingungen des Digitalen},<br />
booktitle = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang; Heidenreich, Stefan & Holl, Ute},<br />
pages = {144-148},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winner 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Winner 1962a,<br />
author = {Winner, Matthias},<br />
title = {Gemalte Kunsttheorie. Zu Gustave Courbets ‚Allégorie réelle‘ und der Tradition},<br />
journal = {Jahrbuch der Berliner Museen},<br />
year = {4},<br />
volume = {1962},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {150-185},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wirth 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wirth 2004a,<br />
author = {Wirth, Uwe},<br />
title = {Das Vorwort als performative, paratextuelle und parergonale Rahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Rhetorik. Figuration und Performanz},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fohrmann, Jürgen},<br />
pages = {603-628},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Whitfield 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Whitfield 1999a,<br />
author = {Whitfield, S.},<br />
title = {Lucio Fontana},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Hayward Gallery Publ.},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witsch 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witsch 2008a,<br />
author = {Witsch, Monika},<br />
title = {Kultur und Bildung: Ein Beitrag für eine kulturwissenschaftliche Grundlegung von Bildung im Anschluss an Georg Simmel, Ernst Cassirer und Richard Hönigswald},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witte 2010a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Zur Geschichte der Bildung. Eine philosophische Kritik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2009a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Selbstbild und Bildung. Ein Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildung – Argumentation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Helmer, K.; Herchert, G. & Löwenstein, S.},<br />
pages = {81-100},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reihe: Beiträge zur Theorie der Argumentation in der Pädagogik. Herausgegeben von Andreas Dörpinghaus und Karl Helmer. Band 5},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1990a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus logico-philosophicus},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Tagebücher 1914-1916; Philosophische Untersuchungen. [7. Aufl.]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1971a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Philosophische Untersuchungen},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1922===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1922,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus},<br />
year = {1922},<br />
publisher = {Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wollheim 1982a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Sehen-als, sehen-in und bildliche Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Objekte der Kunst},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
pages = {192-210},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Looser, Max},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 1978,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Are the Criteria of Identity that Hold für a Work of Art in the Different Arts Aesthetically Relevant?},<br />
journal = {Ratio},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {20},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {29-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 2001a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {On Pictorial Representation},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
pages = {215-2268},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {Neuabdruck in: Gerwen, Rob van (Hg.). Richard Wollheim on the Art of Painting: Art as Representation and Expression. Cambridge UP, 2001},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==X==<br />
==Y==<br />
==Z==<br />
===Zaloscer 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Zaloscer 1974a,<br />
author = {Zaloscer, Hilde},<br />
title = {Versuch einer Phänomenologie des Rahmens},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Ästhetik und allgemeine Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {189-224},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zeune 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zeune 1997a,<br />
author = {Zeune, Joachim},<br />
title = {Burgen. Symbole der Macht. Ein neues Bild der mittelalterlichen Burg},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Pustet},<br />
address = {Regensburg},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zimmer 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zimmer 1995a,<br />
author = {Zimmer, A. C.},<br />
title = {Multistability – More than just a Freak Phenomenon},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {99–138},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==Fehlerhafte Angaben==<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, Jörg R. J.},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
note = {'''''Achtung!!Reihenfolge der Autoren ist verkehrt!!! Bitte korrigieren!!!''''' },<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.uni-due.de/imperia/md/content/elise/2006_-_schirra___hombach.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<!--- Die folgende Zeile muß immer am Ende der Seite stehen!! --><br />
<!--- Nicht entfernen und keinen Biblio-Eintrag danach setzen --><br />
<bibexport/></div>
Mark Ludwig
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Bibliography&diff=5953
Bibliography
2011-06-21T14:15:06Z
<p>Mark Ludwig: /* Messaris 1997a */</p>
<hr />
<div>===Warnke 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Warnke 1993a,<br />
title = {Bildersturm. Die Zerstörung des Kunstwerks},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Warnke, Martin},<br />
publisher = {S. Fischer Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2008b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2008b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, W.J.T.},<br />
title = {Das Leben der Bilder. Eine Theorie der visuellen Kultur},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Verlag C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {mit einem Vorwort von Hans Belting, aus dem Englischen von Achim Eschbach, Anna-Victoria Eschbach und Mark Halawa},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lippold 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lippold 1993a,<br />
author = {Lippold, Lutz},<br />
title = {Macht des Bildes - Bild der Macht: Kunst zwischen Verehrung und Zerstörung bis zum ausgehenden Mittelalter},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Edition Leipzig},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2002b,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Ereignis und Aura. Untersuchungen zu einer performativen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fischer-Lichte 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fischer-Lichte 2004a,<br />
author = {Fischer-Lichte, Erika},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Performativen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kris & Kurz 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kris & Kurz 1995a,<br />
author = {Kris, Ernst & Kurz, Otto},<br />
title = {Die Legende vom Künstler. Ein geschichtlicher Versuch},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {mit einem Vorwort von Ernst H. Gombrich},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 2000a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Vor einem Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser Verlag},<br />
address = {München/Wien},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Reinold Werner},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Panofsky 2002a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Sinn und Deutung in der bildenden Kunst (Meaning in the Visual Arts)},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Dumont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<!--- Dies ist eine Kommentarzeile --><br />
<!--- In diese Seite kommen alle bibliographischen Daten rein, --><br />
<!--- also wirklich a l l e für dieses Glossar. --><br />
<!--- Wer es kennt, wird erkennen, dass wir uns an BibTex orientieren. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- !!!!! Bitte erst mal durchsuchen, ob der geplante Eintrag !!! --><br />
<!--- !!!!! hier nicht schon unter anderer Bezeichnung steht! !!! --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Ein Schema für neue Einträge wird hier oben automatisch --><br />
<!--- eingeblendet, wenn ein neuer Literaturverweis in einer Seite --><br />
<!--- eingebaut wurde und man dem entsprechenden Link dort im --><br />
<!--- Literaturverzeichnis folgt. Bitte nach Anlegen nach unten kopieren, --><br />
<!--- so dass eine alphabetisch geordnete Liste erhalten bleibt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Derzeit sind folgende Formen möglich Monographie (=book), --> <br />
<!--- Sammelband (= Proceedings), Artikel in Sammelband (= inproceedings),--><br />
<!--- Zeitschriftenartikel (= article), Rest (= misc.) --><br />
<!--- (An einer Übersetzung dieser Typbezeichnungen wird gearbeitet) --><br />
<!--- In allen sind die jeweils üblichen Felder verfügbar; weitere Daten --><br />
<!--- können im Feld note deponiert werden -- die werden jeweils am Ende --><br />
<!--- der damit produzierten Literaturangabe angezeigt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Nun die Einträge; wenn möglich die Namen (1. Zeile nach bibentry) --><br />
<!--- alle nach gleichem Schema bauen und alphabetisch geordnet eintragen.--><br />
<!--- Angabe des Jahres am Besten immer mit fortlaufendem Kleinbuchstaben --><br />
<!--- indizieren, auch wenn noch kein zweites Werk des Autors im gleichen --><br />
<!--- Jahr aufgenommen wurde; kann ja noch kommen. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Wenn ein als Identifier benutzter Nachname mit einem Sonderzeichen --><br />
<!--- (insbesondere Umlaut) beginnt, bitte die Normalumschrift benutzen, --><br />
<!--- sonst sind die Literaturangaben auf den Seiten falsch geordnet. --><br />
<!--- Den korrekt geschriebenen Namen zwischen den <bib>Klammern nutzen. --><br />
{{GlossarBoxSub}}__TOC__</div><br />
<!--- --><br />
<br />
==A==<br />
===Adelmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelmann 2009a, <br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adelmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Adelmann 2004a, <br />
author = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Digitale Animationen in dokumentarischen Fernsehformaten?}, <br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung}, <br />
year = {2004}, <br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke}, <br />
pages = {387-406}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adelung 1811===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelung 1811, <br />
editor = {Adelung, Johann Christoph}, <br />
title = {Grammatisch-kritisches Wörterbuch der hochdeutschen Mundart: mit beständiger Vergleichung der übrigen Mundarten, besonders aber der Oberdeutschen. Erster Teil: A-E. Mit D. W. Soltau's Beyträgen; revidirt und berichtiget von Franz Xaver Schönberger, Doctor der freyen Künste und Philosophie},<br />
year = {1811}, <br />
publisher = {Bauer}, <br />
address = {Wien}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adorno 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Adorno 2003,<br />
author = {Adorno, Theodor W.},<br />
title = {Gesammelte Schriften, Bd. 7: Ästhetische Theorie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Alpers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alpers 1985a,<br />
author = {Alpers, Svetlana},<br />
title = {Kunst als Beschreibung. Holländische Malerei des 17. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Amelunxen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Amelunxen 1996a, <br />
author = {Amelunxen, Hubertus}, <br />
title = {Fotografie nach der Fotografie}, <br />
year = {1996}, <br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Dresden u.a.}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Appadurai 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Appadurai 2003a, <br />
author = {Appadurai, Arjun},<br />
title = {Archive and Aspiration},<br />
booktitle = {Information is Alive},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Brouwer, Joke; Mulder, Arjen},<br />
pages = {14-25},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Rotterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1997,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Poetik. Griechisch/Deutsch},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Manfred Fuhrmann},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {Übers. und Hrsg.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995c,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Physik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 6; Übers.: Hans Günter Zekl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995b,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Nikomachische Ethik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 3; Übers.: Eugen Rolfes},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995a,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Metaphysik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 5; Übers.: Hermann Bonitz},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a,<br />
author = {Asemissen, Hermann Ulrich & Schweikhart, Gunter},<br />
title = {Malerei als Thema der Malerei},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Attneave 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Attneave 1971a,<br />
author = {Attneave, F.},<br />
title = {Multistability in perception},<br />
journal = {Sci.Am 225},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
volume = {225},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Auerbach 1946===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Auerbach 1946,<br />
author = {Auerbach, Erich},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Dargestellte Wirklichkeit in der abendländischen Literatur [1946]},<br />
year = {<sup>10</sup>2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen/Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Augustinus 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Augustinus 2002,<br />
author = {Augustinus},<br />
title = {Was ist Zeit? Confessiones XI/Bekenntnisse 11},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {lateinisch-deutsche Ausgabe, eingeleitet, übersetzt und mit Anmerkungen versehen von Norbert Fischer},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Austin 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Austin 1972a,<br />
author = {Austin, John L.},<br />
title = {Zur Theorie der Sprechakte},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {orig.: How to do things with Words, 1962},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==B==<br />
===Baader 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baader 2003a,<br />
author = {Baader, Hannah},<br />
title = {Paragone},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {263},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bachmann-Medick 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bachmann-Medick 2006a,<br />
author = {Bachmann-Medick, Doris},<br />
title = {Cultural Turns. Neuorientierungen in den Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Badakshi 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Badakshi 2006a,<br />
author = {Badakshi, Harun},<br />
title = {Körper in/aus Zahlen. Digitale Bildgebung in der Medizin},<br />
booktitle = {The Picture's Image. Wissenschaftliche Visualisierung als Komposit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Hinterwaldner, Inge; Buschhaus, Markus},<br />
pages = {199-205},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Badt 1963a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Badt 1963a,<br />
author = {Badt, Kurt },<br />
title = {Raumphantasien und Raumillusionen. Wesen der Plastik}<br />
year = {1963},<br />
publisher = {DuMont}, <br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Balázs 2001a,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der Geist des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Balázs 2001b,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der sichtbare Mensch},<br />
booktitle = {Texte zur Theorie des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {v. F. Albersmeier},<br />
publisher = {Philip Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
pages = {224-233},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baltrušaitis 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baltrušaitis 77a,<br />
author = {Baltrušaitis, Jurgis},<br />
title = {Anamorphic Art},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Chadwyck-Healey},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {(aus dem Französischen von W.J. Strachan, zuerst: Paris 1969)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1977a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetoric of the Image},<br />
booktitle = {Image, Music, Text},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
editor = {Stephen Heath},<br />
pages = {32–51},<br />
publisher = {Fontana},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {orig. 1964 in Communications},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1964a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetorik des Bildes (1964)},<br />
booktitle = {Der entgegenkommende und der stumpfe Sinn. Kritische Essays III},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Hornig, Dieter},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barthes 1989a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Die helle Kammer. Bemerkung zur Photographie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batchen 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Batchen 1998a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Photogenics/Fotogenik},<br />
journal = {Camera Austria},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {62/63},<br />
pages = {5-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batchen 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Batchen 2000a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Ectoplasm. Photography in the Digital Age},<br />
booktitle = {Over Exposed. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Squiers, Carol},<br />
pages = {9.23},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batteux 1746/1770===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Batteux 1746/1770,<br />
author = {Batteux, Charles},<br />
title = {Einschränkung der schönen Künste auf einen einzigen Grundsatz},<br />
year = {<sup>3</sup>1770},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Aus dem Französischen übersetzt und mit Abhandlungen begleitet von Johann Adolf Schlegel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baudrillard 1978a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Agonie des Realen},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baudrillard 2000a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Das perfekte Verbrechen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {von Amelunxen},<br />
pages = {256-260},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baumberger 2010===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baumberger 2010,<br />
author = {Baumberger, Christoph},<br />
title = {Gebaute Zeichen. Eine Symboltheorie der Architektur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Ontos},<br />
address = {Heusenstamm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baxandall 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baxandall 1972a,<br />
author = {Baxandall, Michael},<br />
title = {Painting and Experience in Fifteenth Century Italy. A Primer in the Social History of Pictorial Style},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Clarendon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bayer 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bayer 1984,<br />
author = {Bayer, Udo},<br />
title = {Laokoon – Momente einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gunter Gebauer},<br />
pages = {59-101},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bechtloff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bechtloff 2001a,<br />
author = {Bechtloff, Dieter (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Choreographie der Gewalt}, <br />
journal = {Kunstforum International}, <br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Hefte 153, 155 & 156},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Heft 153: Der gerissene Faden. Nichtlineare Techniken in der Kunst; Heft 156: Plateau der Menschheit},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beckmann 1995===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beckmann 1995,<br />
author = {Beckmann, Jan P.},<br />
title = {Wilhelm von Ockham},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beil 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beil 2010a,<br />
author = {Beil, Benjamin},<br />
title = {First Person Perspectives. Point of View und figurenzentrierte Erzählformen im Film und im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belach & Jacobsen 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belach & Jacobsen 93,<br />
author = {Belach, Helga & Jacobsen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {CinemaScope. Zur Geschichte der Breitwandfilme},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Spiess},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Stiftung Deutsche Kinemathek},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beller 2005a,<br />
author = {Beller Hans},<br />
title = {Aspekte der Filmmontage - Eine Art Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch der Filmmontage. Praxis und Prinzipien des Filmschnitts},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Beller Hans},<br />
publisher = {TR-Verlagsunion},<br />
address = {München},<br />
pages = {9-33},<br />
note = {5., gegenüber der 4. unveränderte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2008a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Florenz und Bagdad. Eine westöstliche Geschichte des Blicks},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2004a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bild und Kult. Eine Geschichte des Bildes vor dem Zeitalter der Kunst},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {6. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2002a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte. Eine Revision nach zehn Jahren},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Verlag C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2., erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2001a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bildanthropologie. Entwürfe für eine Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 1983a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte?},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Kunstverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting & Haustein 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting & Haustein 1998a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans & Haustein, Lydia},<br />
title = {Das Erbe der Bilder. Kunst und moderne Medien in den Kulturen der Welt},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Benkő 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Benkő 1976a,<br />
editor = {Benkő, L.},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelv történeti-etimológiai szótára. I-IV},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bergson 1948a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bergson 1948a,<br />
author = {Bergson, Henri},<br />
title = {Das Mögliche und das Wirkliche},<br />
booktitle = {Denken und Schöpferisches Werden. Aufsätze und Vorträge},<br />
year = {1948},<br />
editor = {Bergson, H.},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Meisenheim am Glan},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {110-125},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bernays 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernays 1970a,<br />
author = {Bernays, Jacob},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der verlorenen Abhandlung des Aristoteles über Wirkung der Tragödie},<br />
year = {1970}<br />
publisher = {G. Olms},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bernhardt et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernhardt et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Bernhardt, Petra; Hadj-Abdou, Leila; Liebhart, Karin & Pribersky, Andreas},<br />
title = {EUropäische Bildpolitiken. Politische Bildanalyse an Beispielen der EU-Politik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {facultas UTB},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bertram et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bertram et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bertram, Georg W.; Lauer, David; Liptow, Jasper; & Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {In der Welt der Sprache: Konsequenzen des semantischen Holismus},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp}, <br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Berz 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Berz 2009a,<br />
author = {Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bitmapped Graphic},<br />
booktitle = {Zeitkritische Medien},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Volmar, Axel},<br />
pages = {127-154},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bevers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bevers 1985a,<br />
author = {Bevers, Antonius M.},<br />
title = {Dynamik der Formen bei Georg Simmel. Eine Studie über die methodische und theoretische Einheit eines Gesamtwerkes},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Duncker & Humblot},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Sozialwissenschaftliche Abhandlungen der Görres-Gesellschaft, Band 13},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beyme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beyme 2004a,<br />
author = {Beyme, Klaus von},<br />
title = {Politische Ikonologie der modernen Architektur},<br />
booktitle = {Politikwissenschaft als Kulturwissenschaft. Theorien, Methoden, Problemstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schwelling, Birgit},<br />
pages = {351-372},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bieger 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bieger 2007a,<br />
author = {Bieger, Laura},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Immersion. Raum-Erleben zwischen Welt und Bild},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Black 1972===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Black 1972,<br />
author = {Black, Max},<br />
title = {How do Pictures represent?},<br />
booktitle = {Art, Perception, and Reality},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gombrich, E.H.; Hochberg, Julian & Black, Max},<br />
pages = {95-130},<br />
publisher = {John Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blanke 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Blanke 2003,<br />
author = {Blanke, Börries},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Sinn. Das ikonische Zeichen zwischen strukturalistischer Semiotik und analytischer Philosophie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Reihe Bildwissenschaft, Bd. 4},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Block 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Block 1990a,<br />
author = {Block, Ned},<br />
title = {The Computer Model of the Mind},<br />
booktitle = {Thinking. An Invitation to Cognitive Science, Vol. 3},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {D. N. Osherson & E. E. Smith},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bloomfield 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bloomfield 1933a,<br />
author = {Bloomfield, Leonard},<br />
title = {Language},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Henry Holt and Co},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1986a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Annäherungen an die Aktualität der Rhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Wirklichkeiten in denen wir leben},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
pages = {104-136},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1969a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeitsbegriff und Möglichkeit des Romans},<br />
booktitle = {Nachahmung und Illusion. Poetik und Hermeneutik 1},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Hans Robert Jauß},<br />
pages = {9-27},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Blumenberg 1957a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {'Nachahmung der Natur'. Zur Vorgeschichte der Idee des schöpferischen Menschen},<br />
journal = {Studium Generale},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {5},<br />
pages = {266-283},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2008a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Augenmaß. Zur Genese der ikonischen Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Mersman, Birgit & Spies, Christian},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 2007a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2005a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild und die hermeneutische Reflexion},<br />
booktitle = {Dimensionen des Hermeneutischen. Heidegger und Gadamer},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Martin-Heidegger-Gesellschaft},<br />
pages = {23-35},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Schriftenreihe Band 7},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Sprache? Anmerkungen zur Logik der Bilder (2004)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {34-53},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild in der Kunstwissenschaft. Interview mit Gottfried Boehm},<br />
booktitle = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {11-21},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm 2001a,<br />
title = {Homo Pictor},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Saur},<br />
address = {München / Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1999a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zwischen Auge und Hand. Bilder als Instrumente der Erkenntnis (1999)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {94-113},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1994a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Wiederkehr der Bilder},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1994b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Bilderfrage},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Gottfried Boehm},<br />
pages = {325-343},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1994c,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1985a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Der Andere als Prototyp},<br />
booktitle = {Bildnis und Individuum. Über den Ursprung der Porträtmalerei in der italienischen Renaissance},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1978a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zu einer Hermeneutik des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Die Hermeneutik und die Wissenschaft},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Gadamer, Hans-Georg & Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {444-471},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a,<br />
title = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried; Mersmann, Birgit; Spies, Christian},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Böhme 2004a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Der Raum leiblicher Anwesenheit und der Raum als Medium von Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böhme 1999a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böcking 2008===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böcking 2008,<br />
author = {Böcking, Saskia},<br />
title = {Grenzen der Fiktion? Von Suspension of Disbelief zu einer Toleranztheorie für die Filmrezeption.},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bogen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bogen 2005a,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen},<br />
title = {Kunstgeschichte/Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus },<br />
pages = {52-67},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bonsiepe 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bonsiepe 1968a,<br />
author = {Bonsiepe, Gui},<br />
title = {Visuell/Verbale Rhetorik},<br />
journal = {Format: Zeitschrift für visuelle Kommunikation},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {17},<br />
pages = {11–18},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bousso 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bousso 2002a,<br />
author = {Bousso, Raphael},<br />
title = {The Holographic Principle},<br />
journal = {Reviews of Modern Physics},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {74},<br />
pages = {825-874},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brachfeld 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brachfeld_1976a,<br />
author = {Brachfeld, Otto},<br />
title = {Image},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {215-217},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandt 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandt 1999a,<br />
author = {Brandt, Reinhard},<br />
title = {Die Wirklichkeit der Bilder. Sehen und Erkennen – Vom Spiegel zum Kunstbild},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandom 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandom 2000a,<br />
author = {Brandom, Robert},<br />
title = {Expressive Vernunft. Begründung, Repräsentation und diskursive Festlegung (1994)},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Gilmer, Eva & Vetter, Hermann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2007a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Galilei der Künstler. Der Mond. Die Sonne. Die Hand},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2005a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Darwins Korallen. Die frühen Evolutionsdiagramme und die Tradition der Naturgeschichte},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Klaus Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bredekamp 2004a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Drehmomente. Merkmale und Ansprüche des Iconic Turn},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Turn. Die neue Macht der Bilder},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Maar, Christa & Burda, Hubert},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {A Neglected Tradition? Art History as Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2000a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Antikensehnsucht und Maschinenglauben. Die Geschichte der Kunstkammer und die Zukunft der Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 1994a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Die digitale Kunstkammer. Ein Interview mit Horst Bredekamp},<br />
journal = {Texte zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst; Schneider, Birgit; Dünkel, Vera},<br />
title = {Das Technische Bild. Kompendium für eine Stilgeschichte wissenschaftlicher Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst & Schneider, Pablo},<br />
title = {Visuelle Argumentationen. Die Mysterien der Repräsentation und die Berechenbarkeit der Welt},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2010a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildakts. Frankfurter Adorno-Vorlesungen 2007},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brentano 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brentano 1930a,<br />
author = {Brentano, Franz},<br />
title = {Wahrheit und Evidenz},<br />
year = {1930},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {(1975??)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Pitts, Michael A. & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right parietal brain activity precedes perceptual alternation during binocular rivalry},<br />
journal = {Hum. Brain Mapping},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/20690124},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Landis, Theodor & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right parietal brain activity precedes perceptual alternation of bistable stimuli},<br />
journal = {Cereb. Cortex 19},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {55-65},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brugger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger 1999a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter},<br />
title = {One hundred years of an ambiguous figure: happy birthday, duck/rabbit},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
number = {???},<br />
pages = {973–977},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brugger & Brugger 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger & Brugger 1993a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter & Brugger, Susanne},<br />
title = {The easterbunny in october: I is it disguised as a duck},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
number = {???},<br />
pages = {577–578},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brunet 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brunet 2008a,<br />
author = {Brunet, François},<br />
title = {A Better Example is a Photograph': On the Exemplary Value of Photographs in C. S. Peirce's Reflection on Signs},<br />
booktitle = {The Meaning of Photography},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Kelsey, Robin; Stimson, Blake},<br />
pages = {34-49},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Williamstown},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bruno 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bruno 2007a,<br />
author = {Bruno, Giuliana},<br />
title = {Public Intimacy. Architecture and the Visual Arts},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bryson 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bryson 2001a,<br />
author = {Norman Bryson},<br />
title = {Das Sehen und die Malerei},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 2000a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Die Krise der Psychologie},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Velbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Achim Eschbach und Jens Kapitzky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Büttner 2003a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank},<br />
title = {Perspektive},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {265},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher 2011a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {“Man sieht, was man hört“. Multimodales Verstehen als interaktionale Aneignung. Handlungstheoretische Medienanalyse.},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Jan Georg Schneider & Hartmut Stöckl},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher2010a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {Multimodales Verstehen oder Rezeption als Interaktion. Theoretische und empirische Grundlagen einers systematischen Analyse der Multimodalität},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Hajo Diekmannshenke & Michael Klemm & Hartmut Stöckl},<br />
pages = {121-156},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchner 1665===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchner 1665,<br />
author = {August Buchner},<br />
title = {Poet}<br />
year = {1665},<br />
publisher = {???}, <br />
address = {Wittenberg},<br />
note = {hrsg. v. Otto Prätorius},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchwald 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchwald 1989a,<br />
author = {Buchwald, Jed Z.},<br />
title = {The Rise of the Wave Theory of Light},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1933a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Axiomatik der Sprachwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1934a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1934a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Sprachtheorie. Die Darstellungsfunktion der Sprache},<br />
year = {<sup>2</sup>1965},<br />
publisher = {Fischer },<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bürger 1784===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bürger 1784,<br />
author = {Bürger, Gottfried August},<br />
title = {Von der Popularität der Poesie [1784]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Günter und Hiltrud Hintzschel}, <br />
pages = {725-730},<br />
publisher = {Hanser}, <br />
address = {München}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1784},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burckhardt 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Burckhardt 2001a,<br />
author = {Burckhardt, Jacob},<br />
title = {Der Cicerone. Eine Anleitung zum Genuss der Kunstwerke Italiens},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Kritische Gesamtausgabe},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {B. Roeck et al.}, <br />
pages = {Bd. 2},<br />
publisher = {Beck}, <br />
address = {München/Basel}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1855},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burke 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Burke 2003a,<br />
author = {Burke, Peter},<br />
title = {Augenzeugenschaft. Bilder als historische Quellen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Busch 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Busch 2004a,<br />
author = {Busch, Kathrin},<br />
title = {Geschicktes Geben. Aporien der Gabe bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Busch & Därmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Busch & Därmann 2007a,<br />
title = {pathos. Konturen eines kulturwissenschaftlichen Grundbegriffes},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Busch, Kathrin; Därmann, Iris},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Butler 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Butler 2001a,<br />
author = {Butler, Judith},<br />
title = {Psyche der Macht. Das Subjekt der Unterwerfung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner & Gottdank 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Büttner & Gottdank 2009a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank & Gottdank, Andrea},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Ikonographie. Wege zur Deutung von Bildinhalten},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==C==<br />
===Caglioti 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Caglioti 1995a,<br />
author = {Caglioti, G.},<br />
title = {Perception of ambiguous figures: A qualitative Model based on Synergetics and Quantum Mechanics},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {463–478.},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Campe 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Campe 2006a,<br />
author = {Campe, R.},<br />
title = {Epoche der Evidenz. Knoten in einem terminologischen Netzwerk zwischen Descartes und Kant},<br />
booktitle = {Intellektuelle Anschauung. Figurationen von Evidenz zwischen Kunst und Wissen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Peters, S. & Schäfer, M.J. },<br />
pages = {5-43},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carani 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carani 1986a,<br />
author = {Carani, Marie},<br />
title = {Le corpus Pellan: une relecture sémiotique},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carbone 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carbone 2001a,<br />
author = {Mauro Carbone},<br />
title = {La visibilité de l’invisible},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a,<br />
author = {Carlbom, Ingrid; Paciorek, Joseph},<br />
title = {Planar Geometric Projections and Viewing Transformations},<br />
journal = {ACM Computing Surveys},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {465-502},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carnap 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carnap 1947a,<br />
author = {Carnap, Rudolf},<br />
title = {Meaning and Necessity: A Study in Semantics and Modal Logic},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, IL},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2007a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {The World at a Glance},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2005a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {Earth-Mapping. Artists Reshaping Landscape},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2002a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {Representing Place. Landscape Painting and Maps},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 2010a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Birgit Recki},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 2009a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Der Begriff der symbolischen Form im Aufbau der Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
pages = {63-92},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Marion Lauschke},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1990a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Versuch über den Menschen. Einführung in eine Philosophie der Kultur},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1989a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Zur Logik der Kulturwissenschaften. Fünf Studien},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {5., unveränd. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 1930a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Mythischer, ästhetischer und theoretischer Raum (1930)},<br />
booktitle = {Ernst Cassirer: Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 17},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {B. Recki},<br />
pages = {411-436 [1931]},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1929a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1925a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1925a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Zweiter Teil: Das mythische Denken},<br />
year = {1925},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1923a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Erster Teil: Die Sprache},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===CCALED===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{CCALED-4,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Collins Cobuild Advanced Learner’s English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
publisher = {Collins},<br />
address = {Glasgow},<br />
note = {4<sup>th</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cha & Rautzenberg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cha & Rautzenberg 08a,<br />
author = {Cha, Kyung-Ho & Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
title = {Einleitung: Im Theater des Sehens. Anamorphose als Bild und philosophische Metapher},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {dies.},<br />
pages = {7-22},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chomsky 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chomsky 1957a,<br />
author = {Chomsky, Noam},<br />
title = {Syntactic Structures},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Christian 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Christian 2009a,<br />
author = {Christian, Alexander},<br />
title = {Piktogramme, Kritischer Beitrag zu einer Begriffsbestimmung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Shaker},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cipolla et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cipolla et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Cipolla, Roberto & Battiato, Sebastiano & Farinella, Giovanni Maria },<br />
title = {Computer Vision: Detection, Recognition and Reconstruction},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin, Heidelberg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Collingwood 1945===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Collingwood 1945,<br />
author = {Collingwood, Robin},<br />
title = {Die Idee der Natur [The Idea of Nature (1945)]},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {Übers.: Martin Suhr},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, M. R.; Roberts A. R.; Barbee A. P.; Druen P. B.; Wu Cheng-Huan},<br />
title = {„Their ideas of beauty are, on the wohle, the same as ours“: consistency and variability in the cross-cultural perception of female physical attractiveness},<br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {68},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-279},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham 1986a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, M.R.},<br />
title = {Measuring the physical in physical attractiveness: Quasi-experiments on the sociobiology of female facial beauty}, <br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {50},<br />
number = {}, <br />
pages = {925-935},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==D==<br />
===Damisch 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Damisch 1987a,<br />
author = {Damisch, Hubert},<br />
title = {L'origine de la perspective},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Flammarion},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Darwin 1872a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Darwin 1872a,<br />
author = {Darwin, Charles},<br />
title = {On the Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals},<br />
year = {1872},<br />
publisher = {Murray},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davidson 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Davidson 2004a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
title = {Drei Spielarten des Wissens},<br />
booktitle = {Subjektiv, intersubjektiv, objektiv},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
pages = {339-363},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davies 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Davies 1991,<br />
author = {Davies, David},<br />
title = {Works, Texts, and Contexts. Goodman on the Literary Artwork},<br />
journal = {Canadian Journal of Philosophy},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {331-346},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Deleuze 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Deleuze 1989a,<br />
author = {Deleuze, Gilles},<br />
title = {Das Bewegungs-Bild. Kino1},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M},<br />
note = {a. d. Franz. v. U. Christians und U. Bokelmann; Erstveröffentlichung 1983},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Demuth 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Demuth 2007a,<br />
author = {Demuth, Volker},<br />
title = {Extreme Expeditionen. Digitale, hybride und künstlerische Räume},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {89-104},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Depaulo 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Depaulo 1992a,<br />
author = {DePaulo, B. M. },<br />
title = {Nonverbal Behavior and Self Presentation},<br />
journal = {Psychological Bulletin},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {111},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {203-243},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Derrida 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 2007a,<br />
author = {Jacques Derrida},<br />
title = {Aufzeichnungen eines Blinden. Das Selbstporträt und andere Ruinen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Derrida 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 1992a,<br />
author = {Derrida, J.},<br />
title = {Die Wahrheit in der Malerei},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===de Duve 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{de Duve 1990a,<br />
author = {de Duve, Thierry},<br />
title = {The Monochrome and the Blank Canvas},<br />
booktitle = {Reconstructiong Modernism. Art in New York, Paris and Montreal 1945-1964},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Guilbaut, Serge},<br />
pages = {244-310},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge/Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===de Schonen et.al. 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{de Schonen et.al. 1994a,<br />
author = {de Schonen, S.; Deruelle, C.; Pascalis, O.; & Mancini, J.},<br />
title = {About funcional brain specialization.The development of face recognition (Functional cerebral specialization in the development of face recognition / A propos de la notion de specialisation cerebrale fonctionnelle: le developpement de la reconnaissance des visages)},<br />
journal = {Psychologie francaise},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {259-274},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Diderot 1751===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Diderot 1751,<br />
author = {Denis Diderot},<br />
title = {Brief über die Taubstummen [1751},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Schriften. Erster Band},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Friedrich Bassenge},<br />
pages = {27-97},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 1999a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Was wir sehen blickt uns an. Zur Metapsychologie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Didi-Huberman 2005a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {L’espace danse – Der Raum tanzt},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {16-30},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Diekmannshenke, Hajo & Klemm, Michael & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {erscheint Ende 2010},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dion 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dion 2002a,<br />
author = {Dion, K. K.},<br />
title = {Cultural Perspectives on Facial Attractiveness},<br />
booktitle = {Facial Attractiveness. Evolutionary, Cognitive, and Social Perspectives},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Rhodes, G. & Zebrowitz, L.A.},<br />
pages = {239-260},<br />
publisher = {Ablex},<br />
address = {Westport, CT},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ditzinger 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ditzinger 2006a,<br />
author = {Ditzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Illusionen des Sehens. Eine Reise in die Welt der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Elsevier, Spektrum, Akad. Verl.},<br />
address = {München, Heidelberg},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2002a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Malerei im Bilderstreit. Eine Revision aus Anlass des Rubenspreis-Jubiläums},<br />
booktitle = {10 x Malerei. Rubenspreis der Stadt Siegen in Werken der Sammlung Lambrecht-Schadeberg},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {19-34},<br />
publisher = {Museum für Gegenwartskunst },<br />
address = {Siegen},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dobbe 1999a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Querelle des Anciens, des Modernes et des Postmodernes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2007a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian},<br />
title = {Figuren der visuellen Rhetorik in werblichen Gesamttexten},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {71–112},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2001a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian },<br />
title = {Ein Funktionenmodell für Bildtexte},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Klaus Sachs-Hombach},<br />
pages = {29-39},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Döring 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Döring 2009a,<br />
author = {Döring, Sabine},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie der Gefühle},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Döring, Sabine},<br />
pages = {12-65},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drechsel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Drechsel 2006a,<br />
author = {Drechsel, Benjamin},<br />
title = {Was ist ein politisches Bild? Einige Überlegungen zur Entwicklung der Politikwissenschaft als Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Moderne. Kulturwissenschaftliches Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {106-120},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1989a,<br />
author = {Drosdowsi, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Etymologie. Herkunftwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache.},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {2. völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1988a,<br />
author = {Drosdowski, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Stilwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache. Die Verwendung der Wörter im Satz.},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {7., völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {= DUDEN Band 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dubois 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubois 1998a,<br />
author = {Dubois, Philippe},<br />
title = {Der fotografische Akt. Versuch über ein theoretisches Dispositiv},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Dresden, Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dubos 1760-61===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubos 1760-61,<br />
author = {Du Bos, Jean-Baptiste},<br />
title = {Kritische Betrachtungen über die Poesie und Malerey, 3 Teile},<br />
year = {1760-1761},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Übers.: Gottfried Benediktus Funk},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Duden 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Duden 1999a,<br />
author = {Duden},<br />
title = {Das große Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache in zehn Bänden},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dudenredaktion 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dudenredaktion 2003a,<br />
author = {Dudenredaktion (Hg.)},<br />
title = {DUDEN. Das Stilwörterbuch.},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {8. völlig neu bearbeitete Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Durand 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Durand 1987a,<br />
author = {Durand, Jacques},<br />
title = {Rhetorical Figures in the Advertising Image},<br />
booktitle = {Marketing and Semiotics},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Sebeok, J.U. },<br />
pages = {295–318},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==E==<br />
===Ebert 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ebert 1979a,<br />
author = {Ebert, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Montage Editing Schnitt},<br />
journal = {Filmkritik},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {547-558},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eco 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eco 1998,<br />
author = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
title = {Lector in fabula. Die Mitarbeit der Interpretation in erzählenden Texten},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {dtv},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eddiks 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Eddiks 2004a,<br />
author = {Eddiks, Christina},<br />
title = {Dem Emblem auf der Spur},<br />
howpublished = {},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
note = {Diplomarbeit},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kisd.de/~tom/diplom/christina_emblematik.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Edgerton 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Edgerton 2002a,<br />
author = {Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Die Entdeckung der Perspektive},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. & Ch. Sütterlin},<br />
title = {Im Banne der Angst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte menschlicher Abwehrsymbolik},<br />
year = {1992}, <br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. & Ch. Sütterlin},<br />
title = {Weltsprache Kunst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte bildlicher Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2008}, <br />
publisher = {Brandstätter},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt. I. },<br />
title = {Die Biologie menschlichen Verhaltens. Lehrbuch der Humanethologie},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt I. },<br />
title = {The expressive behavior of the deaf- and blind born},<br />
booktitle = {Social Communication and Movement},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {M. v. Cranach & I. Vine},<br />
pages = {163-194},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ekman 1973b,<br />
author = {Ekman, P. },<br />
title = {Cross cultural studies of facial expression},<br />
booktitle = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Ekman, P.},<br />
pages = {169-222},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ekman 1973a,<br />
editor = {Ekman, P. },<br />
title = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Elgin 1992,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Notation},<br />
booktitle = {A Companion to Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Cooper, David},<br />
pages = {307-309},<br />
publisher = {Blackwell},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1983===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elgin 1983,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {With Reference to Reference},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elkins 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 2003a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {Visual Studies. A Skeptical Introduction},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elkins 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 1999a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {The Domain of Images},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ellgring 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ellgring 1989a,<br />
author = {Ellgring, H.},<br />
title = {Nonverbal communication in depression},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Else 1958===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Else 1958,<br />
author = {Else, Gerald F.},<br />
title = {Imitation in the fifth century},<br />
journal = {Classical Philology},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
volume = {53},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {73-90},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Enright 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Enright 1987a,<br />
author = {Enright, J. T.},<br />
title = {Perspective vergence: oculomotor responses to line drawings},<br />
journal = {Vision Res},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1513–1526},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst 2002a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gibt es eine spezifische Videozität?},<br />
booktitle = {REC - Video als mediales Phänomen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf; Hoffmann, Hilde & Nohr, Rolf F.},<br />
pages = {14-29},<br />
publisher = {VDG},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang & Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Digitale Bildarchivierung. Der Wölfflin-Kalkül},<br />
booktitle = {Konfigurationen. Zwischen Kunst und Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Schade, Sigrid & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
pages = {306-320},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst et al. 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ernst et al. 2003a,<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang et al.},<br />
title = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Esposito 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Esposito 1998,<br />
author = {Esposito, Elena},<br />
title = {Fiktion und Virtualität},<br />
booktitle = {edien, Computer Realität. Wirklichkeitsvorstellungen und Neue Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {269-296},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Etcoff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Etcoff 2001a,<br />
author = {Etcoff, N. },<br />
title = {Nur die Schönsten überleben. Die Ästhetik des Menschen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eusterschulte 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eusterschulte 2001,<br />
author = {Eusterschulte, Anne},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 5: L-Musi},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Gert Ueding},<br />
pages = {Sp. 1232-1294},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==F==<br />
===Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a,<br />
author = {Fahlenbrach, Kathrin & Viehoff, Reinhold},<br />
title = {Medienikonen des Krieges. Die symbolische Entthronung Saddams als Versuch strategischer Ikonisierung},<br />
booktitle = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
pages = {356-387},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fantz 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fantz 1966a,<br />
author = {Fantz, R.L. },<br />
title = {Pattern discrimination and selective attention as determinants of perceptual development from birth},<br />
booktitle = {Perceptual Development in Children},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Kidd, A.H. & Rivoire, J.L},<br />
pages = {143-173},<br />
publisher = {University Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Farago 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Farago 1992a,<br />
author = {Farago, Claire J.},<br />
title = {Leonardo da Vinci’s Paragone. A Critical Interpretation with a New Edition of the Text in the Codex Urbinas},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leiden/New York/Kopenhagen/Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ferino-Pagden 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ferino-Pagden 2009a,<br />
title = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S. },<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fiedler 1991a,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2 Bd., hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991b,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Über den Ursprung der künstlerischen Tätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {111-220},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 1, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991c,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Aphorismen},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {7-105},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991d,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Zur neueren Kunsttheorie},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {247-290},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiske 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiske 2001a,<br />
author = {Fiske, John },<br />
title = {Videotech},<br />
booktitle = {Grundlagentexte zur Fernsehwissenschaft. Theorie - Geschichte - Analyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf et al.},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Konstanz},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {484-502},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Floch 1998a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean Marie},<br />
title = {The Contribution of Structural Semiotics to the Design of a Hypermarket},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Research in Marketing },<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1995a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Identités visuelles},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Presses Universitaires de France},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1990a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Sémiotique, marketing et communication},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Presses Universitaires de France.},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flügge et al. 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flügge et al. 2007a,<br />
author = {Flügge, Matthias; Kudielka, Robert & Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Vorwort und Dank},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {6-9},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flusser 1994===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flusser 1994,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Abbild – Vorbild},<br />
booktitle = {Was heißt „Darstellen“? },<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Christiaan L. Hart Nibbrig},<br />
pages = {34-48},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foley et al. 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foley et al. 1990a,<br />
author = {Foley, James D.; van Dam; Feiner & Hughes },<br />
title = {Computer Graphics. Principles and Practice},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Addison Wesley},<br />
address = {Reading, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foster & Krauss 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Foster & Krauss 1996a,<br />
author = {Foster, H. & Krauss, R.},<br />
title = {Introduction},<br />
journal = {October},<br />
pages = {3-4},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Foucault 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foucault 1976a,<br />
author = {Foucault, Michael},<br />
title = {Überwachen und Strafen},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fox 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fox 2006a,<br />
author = {Fox, Mark},<br />
title = {Quantum Optics. An Introduction},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frank & Lange 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frank & Lange 10a,<br />
author = {Frank, Gustav & Lange, Barbara},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft. Bilder in der visuellen Kultur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freedberg 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Freedberg 1991a,<br />
author = {Freedberg, David},<br />
title = {The Power of Images. Studies in the History and Theory of Response (1989)},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frege 1892===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frege 1892,<br />
author = {Frege, Gottlob},<br />
title = {Über Sinn und Bedeutung, zitiert nach der Ausgabe in: Frege, Gottlob: Funktion, Begriff, Bedeutung},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {G. Patzig},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {40-65},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1946a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die Verdrängung},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {247-261},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1946b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946b,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Das Unbewußte},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {263-303},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fuhrmann 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fuhrmann 2003,<br />
author = {Fuhrmann, Manfred},<br />
title = {Die Dichtungstheorie der Antike. Aristoteles – Horaz – 'Longin' Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Artemis & Winkler},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf und Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==G==<br />
<br />
===Gaede 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gaede 1981a,<br />
author = {Gaede, Werner},<br />
title = {Vom Wort zum Bild: Kreativ-Methoden der Visualisierung},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
publisher = {Langen Müller/Herbig},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Galison 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Galison 1997a,<br />
author = {Galison, Peter},<br />
title = {Image and Logic. A Material Culture of Microphysics},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ganz & Henkel 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ganz & Henkel 2004a,<br />
title = {Rahmen-Diskurse. Kultbilder im konfessionellen Zeitalter},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Ganz, David; Henkel, Georg},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Garcia 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Garcia 1990a,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Color Design},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Garcia 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Garcia 1997a,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Evolutions},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gardner 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gardner 1985a,<br />
author = {Gardner, Howard},<br />
title = {The Mind’s New Science. A History of the Cognitive Revolution},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Basic Books},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gebauer & Wulf 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gebauer & Wulf 1992a,<br />
author = {Gebauer, Gunter & Wulf, Christoph},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Kultur – Kunst - Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Der Mensch. Seine Natur und seine Stellung in der Welt},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Aula},<br />
address = {Wiebelsheim},<br />
note = {14. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004b,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Urmensch und Spätkultur. Philosophische Ergebnisse und Aussagen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Kolstermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {6., erw. Aufl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 1961a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Forschung. Zur Selbstbegegnung und Selbstentdeckung des Menschen},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a,<br />
author = {Geiger, Susi & Henn-Memmesheimer, Beate},<br />
title = {Visuell-verbale Textgestaltung von Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {1/2},<br />
pages = {55–74},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gellius 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gellius 1987a,<br />
author = {Gellius, A.},<br />
title = {Attische Nächte...},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Ü: H. Berthold},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerhardus et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gerhardus et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Gerhardus, Dietfried & Kledzik, S.M. & Reitzig, G.H.},<br />
title = {Schlüssiges Argumentieren – Logisch-propädeutisches Lehr- und Arbeitsbuch},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Gerstengrabe, Carina; Lang, Katharina & Schneider, Anna},<br />
title = {Wasserzeichen. Vom 13. Jahrhundert bis zum Digital Watermarking. Kulturen des Kopierschutzes<br />
II},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {9-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982a,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung und Umwelt. Der ökologische Ansatz in der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Urban & Schwarzenberg},<br />
address = {München, Wien u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982b,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Die Sinne und der Prozeß der Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Huber},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glock 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Glock 2000a,<br />
author = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
title = {Aspektwahrnehmung},<br />
booktitle = {Wittgenstein-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
pages = {43},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glüher 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Glüher 1998a,<br />
author = {Glüher, Gebhard},<br />
title = {Von der Theorie der Fotografie zur Theorie des digitalen Bildes},<br />
journal = {Kritische Berichte},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {23-31},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldie 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goldie 2000a,<br />
author = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
title = {The Emotions. A Philosophical Exploration},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldie 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Goldie 2010a,<br />
title = {The Oxford Handbook of Philosophy of Emotion},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 2002a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Phaidon},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {6},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1977a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gondek 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gondek 1997a,<br />
author = {Gondek, Hans-Dieter},<br />
title = {Der Blick – zwischen Sartre und Lacan. Ein Kommentar zum VII. Kapitel des Seminar XI},<br />
journal = {Riss. Zeitschrift für Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {37/38},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gooch & Gooch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gooch & Gooch 2001a,<br />
author = {Gooch, Bruce & Gooch, Amy},<br />
title = {Non-Photorealistic Rendering},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Natick, MA. },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1968a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Languages of Art},<br />
year = {1968, 2. rev. Aufl. 1976},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {dt.: Sprachen der Kunst. Suhrkamp 1998},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman & Elgin 1988===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman & Elgin 1988,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson & Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Reconceptions in Philosophy and Other Arts and Sciences},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {Deutsch: <em>Revisionen. Philosophie und andere Künste und Wissenschaften</em>. Frankfurt a. M.: Suhrkamp, 1993},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goren et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Goren et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Goren, C. C., Sarty, M., & Wu, P. Y.},<br />
title = { Visual following and pattern discrimination of face-like stimuli by newborn infants},<br />
journal = {Pediatrics},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {544-549},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/1165958?dopt=abstract},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_Kruse_2009a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Roland Barthes: Zeichen, Kommunikation und Mythos},<br />
booktitle = {Schlüsselwerke der Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Hepp, Andreas; Krotz, Friedrich & Thomas, Tanja},<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {VS/GWV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Empathische Cues und die Möglichkeit einer Affekt-Sprache des Films},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4},<br />
pages = {289-298},<br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2008b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008b,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Gewalt als Erlebnis. Die somatische Decodierung als Strategie des Filmerlebens in CLOVERFIELD},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4}, <br />
pages = {299-312},<br />
note = {}, <br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_Kruse_2009a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Roland Barthes: Zeichen, Kommunikation und Mythos},<br />
booktitle = {Schlüsselwerke der Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Hepp, Andreas; Krotz, Friedrich & Thomas, Tanja},<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {VS/GWV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_2010a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars},<br />
title = {Die Evolution des Cyborgs. Künstliche Lebensformen im japanischen Anime Ergo Proxy (2006)},<br />
booktitle = {Japan - Europa. Wechselwirkungen zwischen den Kulturen im Film und den darstellenden Künsten},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Adachi-Rabe, Kayo; Becker, Andreas; Mundhenke, Florian},<br />
pages = {213-230},<br />
publisher = {Büchner Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grammer et al. 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grammer et al. 2002a,<br />
author = {Grammer, Karl, Fink, B. & Renninger, L. A.},<br />
title = {Dynamic Systems and Inferential Information Processing in Human Communication},<br />
journal = {Neuroendocrinology Letters},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {Suppl. 4},<br />
pages = {15-22},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Graumann 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graumann 1966a,<br />
author = {Graumann, Carl Friedrich},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der Verhaltensbeobachtung},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Meyer, Ernst & Maier, Hans}, <br />
booktitle = {Fernsehen in der Lehrerbildung, Neue Forschungsansätze in Pädagogik},<br />
publisher = {Manz},<br />
pages = {86-107},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gregory 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gregory 2000a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Ambiguity of ‘ambiguity’},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1139-1142},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.richardgregory.org/papers/editorials/ambiguity-of-ambiguity.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gregory 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gregory 1997a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Eye and brain. The psychology of seeing},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Princeton University Press},<br />
address = {Princeton, N.J},<br />
note = {5. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1970a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Du sens, Teil I},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Essais Sémiotiques},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1966a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Sémantique structurale},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Semantik. Braunschweig: Vieweg, 1971},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas & Courtés 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas & Courtés 1979a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien & Courtés, Joseph},<br />
title = {Sémiotique: Dictionnaire raisonné de la théorie du langage},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hachette},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greenberg 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Greenberg 1997a,<br />
author = {Greenberg, Clement},<br />
title = {Zu einem neuen Laokoon},<br />
booktitle = {Clement Greenberg – Die Essenz der Modere. Ausgewählte Essays und Kritiken},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lüdeking, Karlheinz},<br />
pages = {56-81},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Dresden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grieshofer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grieshofer 2009a,<br />
author = {Grieshofer, F. },<br />
title = {Masken im Brennpunkt musealer Sammeltätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grimm 1860===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Grimm 1860,<br />
title = {Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: Biermörder-D},<br />
year = {1860},<br />
editor = {Jacob Grimm & Wilhelm Grimm},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grittmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grittmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Grittmann, Elke},<br />
title = {Das politische Bild. Fotojournalismus und Pressefotografie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Groß et al. 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Groß et al. 1981a,<br />
author = {Gross, C.G.; Bruce, C.J.; Desimone, R.; Fleming, J. & Gattass, R.},<br />
title = {Cortical visual areas of the temporal lobe: Three areas in the macaque},<br />
booktitle = {Cortical Sensory Organization. Vol. 2: Multiple Visual Areas},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
editor = {C.N. Woolsey},<br />
pages = {187-216},<br />
publisher = {Humana Press},<br />
address = {Totowa N.J.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Günzel 2006a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Bildtheoretische Analyse von Computerspielen in der Perspektive Erste Person},<br />
journal = {IMAGE},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {31-43},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2008a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Realität des Simulationsbildes. Raum im Computerspiel},<br />
booktitle = {Die Realität der Imagination - Architektur und das digitale Bild},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
pages = {127-136},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weimar}, <br />
note = {10. internationales Bauhaus-Kolloquium},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2009a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Simulation und Perspektive. Der bildtheoretische Ansatz in der Computerspielforschung},<br />
booktitle = {Shooter: Eine multdisziplinäre Einführung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Bopp, Matthias; Wiemer, Serjoscha & Nohr,Rolf F.},<br />
pages = {331-352},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2010a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Geste des Manipulierens. Zu Gebrauch statischer und beweglicher Digitalbilder}, <br />
booktitle = {Freeze Frames. Zum Verhältnis von Fotografie und Film},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmann & Gerlin},<br />
pages = {114-129},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==H==<br />
<br />
===Haas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haas 1995a,<br />
author = {Haas, Stefan},<br />
title = {Psychologen, Künstler, Ökonomen. Das Selbstverständnis der Werbetreibenden zwischen Fin de siècle und Nachkriegszeit},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderwelt des Alltags. Werbung in der Konsumgesellschaft des 19. und 20. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Borscheid, Peter & Wischermann, Clemens},<br />
pages = {78-89},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
===Habermas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1995a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Theorie des kommunikativen Handelns (1981), 2 Bd.},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Habermas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1973a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Erkenntnis und Interesse},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002a,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Die Entropie der Fotografie. Skizzen zu einer Genealogie der digitalelektronischen Bildaufzeichnung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf},<br />
pages = {195-238},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002b,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Es gibt kein ,digitales Bild'. Eine medienepistemologische Anmerkung},<br />
booktitle = {Licht und Leitung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Engel},<br />
pages = {103-112},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Haken 1995===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haken 1995,<br />
author = {Haken, Hermann},<br />
title = {Some basic concepts of Synergetics with respect of multistability in perception, phase transmissions and formation of meaning},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {23–44},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halawa 2008a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Wie sind Bilder möglich? Argumente für eine semiotische Fundierung des Bildbegriffs},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halbfass 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halbfass 1972a,<br />
author = {Halbfass, W.},<br />
title = {Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gründer, K. & Ritter, J. },<br />
pages = {Sp. 829-834},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halliday 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halliday 1996a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {Language as a Social Semiotic},<br />
booktitle = {The Communication Theory Reader},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Cobley, Paul},<br />
pages = {359-383},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halliday 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halliday 1985a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {An Introduction to Functional Grammar},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Edward Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hansen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hansen 2005a,<br />
author = {Hansen, S. },<br />
title = {Neolithische Figuralplastik im südlichen Karpatenbecken},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Harris 1756===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Harris 1756,<br />
author = {James Harris},<br />
title = {Drey Abhandlungen. Die erste über die Kunst, die andere über die Music, Mahlerey und Poesie, die dritte über die Glückseligkeit},<br />
year = {1756},<br />
publisher = {Schuster},<br />
address = {Danzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hasselbeck 1979===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hasselbeck 1979,<br />
author = {Hasselbeck, Otto},<br />
title = {Illusion und Fiktion. Lessings Beitrag zur poetologischen Diskussion über das Verhältnis von Kunst und Wirklichkeit},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hauschild 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hauschild 1982a,<br />
author = {Hauschild, Thomas},<br />
title = {Der böse Blick. Ideengeschichtliche und sozialpsychologische Untersuchungen, Beiträge zur Ethnomedizin, Ethnobotanik und Ethnozoologie},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1826===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1826,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Kunst. Vorlesung von 1826},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Gethmann-Siefert, Annemarie; Kwon, Jeong-Im & Berr, Karsten},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1830===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1830,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Enzyklopädie der philosophischen Wissenschaften im Grundrisse [1830]},<br />
year = {<sup>6</sup>1959},<br />
editor = {Friedhelm Nicolin und Otto Pöggeler},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1835===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1835,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Einleitung in die Ästhetik. Mit den beiden Vorreden von Heinrich Gustav Hotho [1835]},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hegel 1970a,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über die Ästhetik II},<br />
booktitle = {Werke},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
editor = {E. Moldenhauer & K. M. Michel},<br />
pages = {Bd. 14},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1835},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heidegger 1986a,<br />
author = {Martin Heidegger},<br />
title = {Ursprung des Kunstwerkes (1935/36)},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ditzingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1950a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidegger 1950a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Die Zeit des Weltbildes},<br />
booktitle = {Holzwege},<br />
year = {1950},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {69-104},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidenreich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidenreich 2001a,<br />
author = {Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Effekte der Digitalisierung: Berechenbarkeit und Suche},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, Wolfgang & Jaworek, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {259-262},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heider 2009a,<br />
author = {Heider, Don},<br />
title = {Living Virtually. Researching New Worlds},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang Publishing},<br />
address = {New Yor},<br />
note = {(Digital Formations vol. 47)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 2001a,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Abhandlung über den Ursprung der Sprache (1772)},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Irmscher, Hans Dietrich},<br />
publisher = {Philipp Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 1800===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 1800,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Sämtliche Werke. Bd. 22: Kalligone [1800]},<br />
year = {1880},<br />
editor = {Bernhard Suphan},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hernadi 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hernadi 1991,<br />
author = {Hernadi, Paul},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
title = {Reconceiving Notation and Performance},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetic Education},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herter 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Herter 1947a,<br />
author = {Herter, H. },<br />
title = {Vom dionysischen Tanz zum komischen Spiel. Die Anfänge der Attischen Komödie},<br />
journal = {Darstellung und Deutung},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {Iserlohn},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heßler 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Heßler 2006a, <br />
author = {Heßler, Martina},<br />
title = {Von der doppelten Unsichtbarkeit digitaler Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Ressource}, <br />
publisher = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden ={letzter Kontrollaufruf: 07.08.2010},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2006/3/Hessler/dippArticle.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hick 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hick 99a,<br />
author = {Hick, Ulrike},<br />
title = {Geschichte der optischen Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hickethier 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hickethier 1995a,<br />
author = {Hickethier, Knut},<br />
title = {Dispositiv Fernsehen – Skizze eines Modells},<br />
journal = {Montage/av},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1}<br />
pages = {63-83},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: },<br />
url = {www.montage-av.de/pdf/041_1995/04_1_Knut_Hickethier_Dispositiv_Fernsehen.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hildebrand 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hildebrand 1969a,<br />
author = {Hildebrand, Adolf von},<br />
title = {Das Problem der Form},<br />
booktitle = {Hildebrand: Gesammelte Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Bock, H.},<br />
pages = {41-350},<br />
publisher = {Westdeutscher Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln/Opladen},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1903},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hinterwaldner 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hinterwaldner 2008a,<br />
author = {Hinterwaldner, Inge},<br />
title = {Simulationsmodelle. Zur Verhältnisbestimmung von Modellierung und Bildgebung in interaktiven Echtzeitsimulationen},<br />
booktitle = {Visuelle Modelle},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Reichle, Ingeborg; Siegel, Steffen & Spelten, Achim},<br />
pages = {301-316},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hjelmslev 1954a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {La stratification du langage},<br />
booktitle = {Essais linguistiques},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
editor = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Nordisk Sprog- od Kulturforlag},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1943a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hjelmslev 1943a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {Omkring sprogteoriens grundlæggelse},<br />
year = {1943},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Dt. Prolegomena zu einer Sprachtheorie. München: Hueber},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hochberg 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hochberg 1977a,<br />
author = {Hochberg, Julian E.},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hofmann 2000a,<br />
author = {Hoffman, Donald D.},<br />
title = {Visuelle Intelligenz. Wie die Welt im Kopf entsteht},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hofmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Hofmann, Werner },<br />
title = {Spielräume und Raumverstecke},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {10-22},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2010a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Bildüberschreibungen. Wie Sprechtexte Nachrichtenfilme lesbar machen (und umgekehrt)},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, Hajo; Klemm, Michael & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
pages = {231-254},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {erscheint Ende 2010},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2009a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Der Wort-Bild-Reißverschluss. Über die performative Dynamik audiovisueller Transkriptivität},<br />
booktitle = {Oberfläche und Performanz. Untersuchungen zur Sprache als dynamischer Gestalt},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Linke, Angelika & Feilke, Helmuth},<br />
pages = {389-406},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2007a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Audiovisuelle Hermeneutik: Am Beispiel des TV-Spots der Kampagne ‚Du bist Deutschland’},<br />
booktitle = {Linguistische Hermeneutik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hermanns, Fritz},<br />
pages = {389–428},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly & Jäger 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly & Jäger 2011a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner & Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptionstheoretische Medienanalyse. Vom Anders-lesbar-Machen durch intermediale Bezugnahmepraktiken},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, Jan Georg & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {erscheint Frühjahr 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holmes 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holmes 1980a,<br />
author = {Holmes, Sir Oliver Wendell},<br />
title = {Das Stereoskop und der Stereograph},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie I. 1839-1912},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {114-122},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Originalausgabe 1859},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holschbach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holschbach 2003a,<br />
author = {Holschbach, Susanne},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Diskurse der Fotografie. Fotokritik am Ende des fotografischen Zeitalters},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {7-21},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {BD. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hömberg & Karasek 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hömberg & Karasek 2008a,<br />
author = {Hömberg, Walter & Karasek, Johannes},<br />
title = {Der Schweißfleck der Kanzlerkandidatin. Bildmanipulation, Bildfälschung und Bildethik im Zeitalter der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
journal = {Communicatio Socialis},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {276-293},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hopkins 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hopkins 1998a,<br />
author = {Hopkins, Robert},<br />
title = {Picture, Image and Experience},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Huber 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Huber 2004a,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Bild Beobachter Milieu. Entwurf einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1820a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1820a,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über das vergleichende Sprachstudium in Beziehung auf die verschiedenen Epochen der Sprachentwicklung [1820]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 4: 1820-1822},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
editor = {Albert Leitzmann},<br />
pages = {1-34},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1830-1835===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1830-1835,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über die Verschiedenheit des menschlichen Sprachbaues und ihren Einfluß auf die geistige Entwicklung des Menschengeschlechts [1830-1835]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 7.1},<br />
year = {1907},<br />
editor = {Albert Leitzmann},<br />
pages = {1-344},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 2006,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Phantasie und Bildbewußtsein},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {herausgegeben und eingeleitet von Eduard Marbach, Text nach Husserliana, Band XXIII},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1993a,<br />
author = {Husserl, E.},<br />
title = {Logische Untersuchungen. Elemente einer phänomenologischen Aufklärung der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {Teil II/Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1980a,<br />
author = {Edmund Husserl},<br />
title = {Phantasie, Bildbewusstsein, Erinnerung. Zur Phänomenologie der anschaulichen Vergegenwärtigungen. Texte aus dem Nachlass (1898-1925) (Husserliana XXIII)},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag / Boston / Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hyman 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hyman 2006a,<br />
author = {Hyman, John},<br />
title = {The Objective Eye: Color, Form, and Reality in the Theory of Art},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {UP},<br />
address = {Chicago },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hynes 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hynes 2005a,<br />
author = {Hynes, Maria},<br />
title = {Rethinking Reductionism},<br />
journal = {Culture Machine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {online journal},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.culturemachine.net/index.php/cm/article/viewArticle/33/41},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==I==<br />
===Imdahl 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1996a,<br />
author = {Max Imdahl},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Max Imdahl, Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {Wiederauflage der Schrift von 1974},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<!--- ===Imdahl 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1974a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {Wiederabruck}, <br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
--><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1987a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Farbe. Kunsttheoretische Reflexionen in Frankreich},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==J==<br />
===Jäger & Knauer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jäger & Knauer 2009a,<br />
title = {Bilder als historische Quellen? Dimensionen der Debatte um historische Bildforschung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jäger, Jens & Knauer, Martin},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jansen 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jansen 2005,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Aristoteles und das Problem des Neuen: Wie kreativ sind Veränderungsprinzipien?},<br />
booktitle = {Kreativität. XX. Deutscher Kongress für Philosophie. 26.-30. September 2005 in Berlin. Sektionsbeiträge, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Günter Abel},<br />
pages = {15-25},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag der TU Berlin},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jansen 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jansen 2002,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Tun und Können. Ein systematischer Kommentar zu Aristoteles' Theorie der Vermögen im neunten Buch der „Metaphysik”},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Hänsel-Hohenhausen},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jäger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2008a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptive Verhältnisse. Zur Logik intra- und intermedialer Bezugnahmen in ästhetischen Diskursen},<br />
booktitle = {Transkription und Fassung in der Musik des 20. Jahrhunderts. Beiträge des Kolloquiums in der Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur, Mainz, vom 5. bis 6. März 2004},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Gabriele Buschmeier & Ulrich Konrad & Albrecht Riethmüller},<br />
pages = {103-134},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jäger 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2002a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptivität. Zur medialen Logik der kulturellen Semantik},<br />
booktitle = {Transkribieren - Medien/Lektüre},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Ludwig Jäger & Georg Stanitzek},<br />
pages = {19-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jaubert 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jaubert 1998a,<br />
author = {Jaubert, Alain},<br />
title = {Fotos, die lügen: Politik mit gefälschten Bildern},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Äthenaum},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jean Paul 1795===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jean Paul 1795,<br />
author = {Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Ueber die natürliche Magie der Einbildungskraft [1795]},<br />
booktitle = {Ausgewählte Werke. Bd. 7/8: Leben des Qunitus Fixlein, aus fünfzehn Zettelschaften gezogen, nebst einem Mußtheil und einigen Jus de tablette},<br />
year = {1847},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jewitt 2009a,<br />
title = {The Routledge Handbook of Multimodal Analysis},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jewitt, Carey},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt & Oyama 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jewitt & Oyama 2001a,<br />
author = {Jewitt, Carey & Oyama, Rumiko},<br />
title = {Visual Meaning. A Social-Semiotic Approach},<br />
booktitle = {Handbook of Visual Analysis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Theo van Leeuwen & Carey Jewitt},<br />
pages = {134–156},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnson, Neil F. et al.???},<br />
title = {Information Hiding. Steganography and Watermarking - Attacks and Countermeasures},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Boston, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1996a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Der Computer im Kopf. Formen und Verfahren der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1983a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Mental Models. Towards a cognitive science of language, inference, and conciousness},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnston 2006a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Sean},<br />
title = {Holographic Visions. A History of New Science},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnston, V.S.; Hagel, R.; Franklin, M.; Fink, B. & Grammer, K.},<br />
title = {Male Facial attractiveness. Evidence for hormone-mediated adaptive design},<br />
journal = {Evolution and Human Behavior},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {251-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston & Franklin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston & Franklin 1993a,<br />
author = {Johnston, V.S. & Franklin, M.},<br />
title = {Is beauty in the eye of the beholder?},<br />
journal = {Ethology and Sociobiology},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {14},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {183-199},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1973a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Homo pictor. Von der Freiheit des Bildens},<br />
booktitle = {Organismus und Freiheit. Ansätze zu einer philosophischen Biologie},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
pages = {226-257},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1963===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1963,<br />
author = {Hans Jonas},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens. Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
booktitle = {Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit. Drei Aufsätze zur Lehre vom Menschen},<br />
year = {1963},<br />
editor = {Hans Jonas},<br />
pages = {26-43},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Jonas 1961a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens – Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Philosophische Forschung},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {161–176},<br />
note = {Wieder abgedruckt in: Jonas, Hans: <em>Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit – Zur Lehre vom Menschen</em>. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1987, 26–43},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Juhász et al. 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Juhász et al. 1999a,<br />
editor = {Juhász, J.; Szőke, I.; Nagy, G.O. & Kovalovszky, M.},<br />
title = {Magyar értelmező szótár},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jung 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jung 2003a,<br />
title = {Holographic Network},<br />
year = {2003a},<br />
editor = {Jung, Dieter},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bramsche},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==K==<br />
===Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a,<br />
author = {Kamlah, Wilhelm & Lorenzen, Paul},<br />
title = {Logische Propädeutik - Vorschule des vernünftigen Redens},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {BI Wissenschaftsverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl. (<sup>1</sup>1967, <sup>3</sup>1996)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a,<br />
author = {Kanizsa, G. & Luccio, R.},<br />
title = {Multistability as a research tool in experimental phenomenology},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {47–68},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1974a,<br />
author = {Kant, I.},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1787a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1787a,<br />
author = {Kant, I.},<br />
title = {Kritik der reinen Vernunft},<br />
year = {1787},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kant 1960a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Logik},<br />
booktitle = {Kant: Werke in 12 Bänden},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Weischedel, W.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Bd. VI},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1977a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Werkausgabe Band X, hrsg. von Wilhelm Weischedel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kardaun 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kardaun 1993,<br />
author = {Kardaun, Maria},<br />
title = {Der Mimesisbegriff in der griechischen Antike. Neubetrachtung eines umstrittenen Begriffes als Ansatz zu einer neuen Interpretation der platonischen Kunstauffassung},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {North-Holland},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/New York/Oxford/Tokyo},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kecskesi 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kecskesi 1982a,<br />
author = {Kecskesi, M. },<br />
title = {Kunst aus dem alten Afrika},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Pinguin},<br />
address = {Innsbruck},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kemp 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kemp 1974a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Disegno. Beiträge zu einer Geschichte des Begriffs zwischen 1547 und 1607},<br />
journal = {Marburger Jahrbuch für Kunstwissenschaf},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {219-240},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kittler 2002a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Computergrafik. Eine halbtechnische Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Hertha},<br />
pages = {178-194},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 2002b,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Optische Medien. Berliner Vorlesung 1999},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kjørup 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjørup 1978,<br />
author = {Kjørup, Søren},<br />
title = {Pictorial Speech Acts},<br />
journal = {Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {55-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1779===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Klopstock 1779,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ueber Sprache und Dichtkunst. Fragmente},<br />
year = {1779},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {243-258},<br />
publisher = {Heroldsche Buchhandlung},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1774===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klopstock 1774,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Werke und Briefe. Historisch-kritische Ausgabe. Bd. 7.1: Die deutsche Gelehrtenrepublik [1774]},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {Hurlebusch, Rose-Marie},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kluge 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kluge 2002a,<br />
author = {Kluge, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Etymologisches Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache.},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Seebold, Elmar},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter.},<br />
address = {Berlin, New York},<br />
note = {24. durchgesehene und erweiterte Auflage.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knieper & Müller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Knieper & Müller 2005a,<br />
author = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===König & Obrist 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{König & Obrist 1993a,<br />
title = {Der zerbrochene Spiegel. Positionen zur Malerei},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {König, Kasper & Obrist, Hans-Ulrich},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog Kunsthalle Wien / Deichtorhallen Hamburg},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Koller 1954===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Koller 1954,<br />
author = {Koller, Hermann},<br />
title = {Die Mimesis in der Antike. Nachahmung, Darstellung, Ausdruck},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kondor 2008a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Embedded Thinking: Multimedia and the New Rationality},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007c,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna },<br />
title = {Multimodal Integration: From a Philosophical Point of View},<br />
booktitle = {Proceedings of the IADIS International Conference: Mobile Learning },<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Arnedillo-Sanchez, Immaculada},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007b,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {The Mobile Image: Experience on the Move},<br />
booktitle = {obile Studies: Paradigms and Perspectives},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Nyíri, Kristóf},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Passagen},<br />
address = {Vienna},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Old Patterns, New Bewitchments},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophy of the Information Society: Papers of the 30th International Wittgenstein Symposium},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hrachovec, H.; Pichler. A. & Wang, J.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Konersmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Konersmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Konersmann, Ralf},<br />
title = {Kulturelle Tatsachen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kornmeier et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, Jürgen; Hein, Christine Maira & Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Multistable perception: When bottom-up and top-down coincide},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {69},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138–147},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kornmeier & Bach 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier & Bach 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, & Jürgen Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Object perception: When our brain is impressed but we do not notice it},<br />
journal = {Journal of Vision},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {7},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Korte 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Korte 2003a,<br />
author = {Korte, Helmut},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Systematische Filmanalyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {ESB},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kracauer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kracauer 1992a,<br />
author = {Kracauer, Siegfried},<br />
title = {Der verbotene Blick},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille & Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Kultur, Technik, Kulturtechnik: Wider die Diskursivierung der Kultur},<br />
booktitle = {Bild, Schrift, Zahl},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krauss 1999a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Reinventing the Medium},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {25,},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {289-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Winter},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 2000a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {A Voyage on the North Sea. Art in the Age of the Post-Medium Condition},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress 2010a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther},<br />
title = {Multimodality. A Social-Semiotic Approach to Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 2001a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Multimodal Discourse. The Modes and Media of Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 1996a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Reading Images. The Grammar of Visual Design},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krewani 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Krewani 2003a,<br />
author = {Krewani, Anna Maria},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Malerei bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=973507624},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
hidden = {Dissertation},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kripke 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kripke 1972a,<br />
author = {Kripke, Saul A.},<br />
title = {Naming and Necessity},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Natural Language},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Davidson, D. & Harman, G.},<br />
pages = {253-355, 763-769},<br />
publisher = {Reidel},<br />
address = {Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krkac 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krkac 2010a,<br />
author = {Krkac, Kristijan},<br />
title = {Wittgensteins’s Dubbit III},<br />
journal = {Wittgenstein-Studien},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {121-149},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kroeber-Riel 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kroeber-Riel 1996a,<br />
author = { Kroeber-Riel, Werner},<br />
title = { Bildkommunikation. Imagerystrategien für die Werbung },<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Vahlen},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{ Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a,<br />
author = { Kroeber-Riel, Werner & Esch, Franz-Rudolf},<br />
title = { Strategie und Technik der Werbung. Verhaltenswissenschaftliche Ansätze},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krüger 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krüger 2001a,<br />
author = {Krüger, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als Schleier des Unsichtbaren. Ästhetische Illusion in der Kunst der frühen Neuzeit in Italien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kruse 2003a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Christiane},<br />
title = {Wozu Menschen malen. Historische Begründungen eines Bildmediums},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse & Stadler 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kruse & Stadler 1995a,<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Papers originally presented at the International Symposium on Perceptual Multistability and Semantic Ambiguity held at the University of Bremen, Germany, March 22-25, 1993},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kruse et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Peter; Strüber, D. & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Significance of perceptual multistability for research on cognitive self-organization},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {69–84},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kudielka 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kudielka 2005a,<br />
author = {Kudielka, Robert},<br />
title = {Gegenstände der Betrachtung – Orte der Erfahrung. Zum Wandel der Kunstauffassung im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {44-57},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kulvicki 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kulvicki 2006a,<br />
author = {Kulvicki, John},<br />
title = {On Images: Their Structure and Content},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Oxford UP},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Külpe 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Külpe 1923a,<br />
author = {Külpe, Oswald},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über Logik},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Künzli 1996/1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Künzli 1996/1997a,<br />
author = {Künzli, Hansjörg},<br />
title = {Über die Haltbarkeit digitaler Daten},<br />
journal = {Rundbrief Fotografie},<br />
year = {1996/1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Sonderheft 3},<br />
pages = {5-8},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==L==<br />
===Lacan 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lacan 1987a,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jacques},<br />
title = {Die vier Grundbegriffe der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weinheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lakoff 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff 1987a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George},<br />
title = {Women, fire, and dangerous things – What categories reveal about the mind},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Chicago University Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lammert 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lammert 2007a,<br />
author = {Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Die vertrauten Sichtweisen sind umzustoßen. Zum Raum der Nachkriegszeit in ungewohnten Begegnungen},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {55-69},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst}<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Langer 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Langer 1984a,<br />
author = {Langer, Susanne},<br />
title = {Philosophie auf neuem Wege. Das Symbol im Denken, im Ritus und in der Kunst},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Langlois & Roggman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Langlois & Roggman 1990a,<br />
author = {Langlois, J.H. & Roggman I.A.},<br />
title = {Attractive faces are only average},<br />
journal = {American Psychol. Society},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
volume = {1/2},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {115-121},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lanz 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lanz 1971a,<br />
author = {Lanz, Jakob},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter},<br />
pages = {Spalte 89-100},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a,<br />
author = {Laplanche, Jean; Pontalis, Jean-Bertrand},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Das Vokabular der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Laplanche, Jean; Pontalis, Jean-Bertrand},<br />
pages = {37-38},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Latour 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Latour 2007a,<br />
author = {Latour, Bruno},<br />
title = {Eine neue Soziologie für eine neue Gesellschaft. Einführung in die Akteur-Netzwerk-Theorie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Law & Whittaker 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Law & Whittaker 1988a,<br />
author = {Law, John & Whittaker, John},<br />
title = {On the Art of Representation. Notes on the Politics of Visualisation},<br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, Gordon & Law, John},<br />
pages = {160-183},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leeuwen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leeuwen 2005a,<br />
author = {Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Introducing Social Semiotics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lefebvre 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lefebvre 2007a,<br />
author = {Lefebvre, Martin},<br />
title = {The Art of Pointing: On Peirce, Indexicality, and Photographic Images},<br />
booktitle = {Photography Theory},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Elkins, James},<br />
pages = {220-244},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York u. a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lenzen 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lenzen 1997a,<br />
author = {Lenzen, Dieter},<br />
title = {Lebenslauf oder Humanontogenese? Vom Erziehungssystem zum kurativen System – von der Erziehungswissenschaft zur Humanvitologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildung und Weiterbildung im Erziehungssystem. Lebenslauf und Humanontogenese als Medium und Form},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lenzen, D. & Luhmann, N.},<br />
pages = {228-247},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leopold & Logothetis 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Leopold & Logothetis 1999a,<br />
author = {Leopold, David A. & Logothetis, Nikos K.},<br />
title = {Multistable phenomena: changing views in perception},<br />
journal = {Trends Cogn. Sci. (Regul. Ed.)},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {254–264},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leroi-Gourhan 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leroi-Gourhan 1971a,<br />
author = {Leroi-Gourhan, André},<br />
title = {Präshistorische Kunst},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Herder},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1788===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1788,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon: Paralipomena [Erstveröffentlichung 1788]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe. Bd. 5/2. Werke 1766-169},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Wilfried Barner},<br />
pages = {207-321},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1766===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1766,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie [1766]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe in zwölf Bänden. Bd. 5/2: Werke 1766-1769},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Wilfried Bahner},<br />
pages = {11-206},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1974a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie},<br />
booktitle = {Werke, Bd. 6},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Göpfert, H. G.},<br />
pages = {7-187},<br />
publisher = {Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1766},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lévi-Strauss 1958a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lévi-Strauss 1958a,<br />
author = {Lévi-Straus, Claude},<br />
title = {Anthropologie structurale},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
publisher = {Plon},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Anthropologie. Frankfurt/Main: Suhrkamp},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990b,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Autographic and Allographic Art Revisited},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
pages = {89-106},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {What a Musical Work is},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
pages = {63-88},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levinson 1983a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Stephen C.},<br />
title = {Pragmatics},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lichtblau 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lichtblau 2009a,<br />
author = {Lichtblau, Klaus},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Georg Simmel: Soziologische Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Lichtblau, Klaus},<br />
pages = {7-27},<br />
publisher = {VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Licklider 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Licklider 1960a,<br />
author = {Licklider, J.},<br />
title = {Man-Computer Symbiosis},<br />
journal = {IRE Transactions on Human Factors in Electronics},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {4-11},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liebsch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liebsch 2001a,<br />
author = {Liebsch, Dimitri},<br />
title = {Die Geburt der ästhetischen Bildung aus dem Körper der antiken Plastik. Zur Bildungssemantik im ästhetischen Diskurs zwischen 1750 und 1800},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liesbrock 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Liesbrock 2010a,<br />
title = {Ad Reinhardt: Letzte Bilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Liesbrock, Heinz},<br />
publisher = {Josef Albers Museum Quadrat Bottrop},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2004a,<br />
author = {Liessmann, Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Reiz und Rührung. Über ästhetische Empfindungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2009a,<br />
author = {Liessmann Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Ästhetische Empfindungen. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas-WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lipps 1903a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lipps 1903a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor},<br />
title = {Grundlegung der Ästhetik. Erster Teil},<br />
year = {1903},<br />
publisher = {Leopold Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lipps 1920a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lipps 1920a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor },<br />
title = {»Zur Einfühlung«, in: Psychologische Untersuchungen 2/3, 1913},<br />
booktitle = {Die ästhetische Betrachtung und die bildende Kunst},<br />
year = {1920},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {111-491},<br />
publisher = {Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Löbner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Löbner 2003a,<br />
author = {Löbner, Sebastian},<br />
title = {Semantik. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Locke 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Locke 1975a,<br />
author = {Locke, J.},<br />
title = {An Essay Concerning Human Understanding},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {hg. von Niddich, P. H.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Logothetis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Logothetis 1998a,<br />
author = {Logothetis, N. K.},<br />
journal = {Philos. Trans. R. Soc. Lond., B, Biol. Sci.},<br />
title = {Single units and conscious vision},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {353},<br />
number = {1377},<br />
pages = {1801–1818},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lopes 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lopes 1996a,<br />
author = {Lopes, Dominic},<br />
title = {Understanding Pictures},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Claredon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1970a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Elemente der Sprachkritik – Eine Alternative zum Dogmatismus und Skeptizismus in der Analytischen Philosophie},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1990a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Einführung in die philosophische Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {(<sup>2</sup>1992)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lovejoy 1936===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lovejoy 1936,<br />
author = {Lovejoy, Arthur O.},<br />
title = {Die große Kette der Wesen. Geschichte eines Gedankens [The Great Chain of Being. A Study in the History of an Idea (1936)]},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1997a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Kunst der Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1996a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Realität der Massenmedien},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Luhmann 1993a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Form der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = { Hans Ulrich Gumbrecht & K. Ludwig Pfeiffer},<br />
pages = {349-366},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lunenfeld 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lunenfeld 2002a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Digitale Fotografie. Das dubitative Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografies},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {158-177},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lynch & Edgerton 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lynch & Edgerton 1988a,<br />
author = {Lynch, Michael & Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Digital Image Processing. Re-presentational Craft in Contemporary Astronomy}, <br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, Gordon & Law, John},<br />
pages = {184-220},<br />
publisher = {???}, <br />
address = {London u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==M==<br />
===Mach 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mach 1987a,<br />
author = {Mach, Ernst},<br />
title = {Die Analyse der Empfindungen und das Verhältnis des Physischen zum Psychischen},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Macpherson 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Macpherson 1996a,<br />
author = {Macpherson, Fiona},<br />
title = {Ambiguous Figures and the Content of Experience},<br />
journal = {Nous},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {82-117},<br />
note = {2006?},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Majetschak 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Majetschak 1997,<br />
title = {Auge und Hand. Konrad Fiedlers Kunsttheorie im Kontext},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manovich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manovich 2001a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {The Language of New Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge/MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manovich 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Manovich 2005a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {Die Poetik des erweiterten Raums},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {A. Lammert, M. Diers, R. Kudielka & G. Mattenklott},<br />
pages = {337-350},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manow 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manow 2008a,<br />
author = {Manow, Philip},<br />
title = {Im Schatten des Königs. Die politische Anatomie demokratischer Repräsentation},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Marshall 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Marshall 1968a,<br />
title = {Gellius: Noctes Atticae XIII, 17},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Marshall, P.K.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxonii},<br />
note = {Scriptorum Classicorum Bibliotheca Oxoniensis},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Martinec & Salway 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Martinec & Salway 2005a,<br />
author = {Martinec, Radan & Salway, Andrew},<br />
title = {A System for Image-Text-Relations in New (and Old) Media},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {337–371},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Massey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Massey 2007a,<br />
author = {Massey, Lyle},<br />
title = {Picturing Space, Displacing Bodies. Anamorphosis in Early Modern Theories of Perspective},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Pennsylvania State University Press},<br />
address = {University Park, Pa},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Maul 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Maul 2007a,<br />
author = {Maul, Stefan M.},<br />
title = {Gilgamesch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Babylonischen [auf der Grundlage von zum Teil noch unveröffentlichten Textzeugnissen neu und vollständig] übersetzt und mit einem Nachwort versehen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mead 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mead 1968a,<br />
author = {Mead, George Herbert},<br />
title = {Geist, Identität und Gesellschaft aus der Sicht des Sozialbehaviorismus},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {Original: <em>Mind, Self, and Society</em>. Hg. v. Charles W. Morris. Chicago, 1934},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meier 1757===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meier 1757,<br />
author = {Georg Friedrich Meier},<br />
title = {Betrachtungen über den ersten Grundsatz aller Schönen Künste und Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1757},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Halle},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meinhardt 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meinhardt 1997a,<br />
author = {Meinhardt, Johannes},<br />
title = {Ende der Malerei und Malerei nach dem Ende der Malerei},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mendelsohn 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mendelsohn 1982a,<br />
author = {Mendelsohn, Leatrice},<br />
title = {Paragoni. Benedetto Varchi’s Due Lezioni and Cinquecento Art Theory},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ann Arbor},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Menzer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Menzer 1992a,<br />
author = {Menzer, Ursula},<br />
title = {Subjektive und objektive Kultur. Georg Simmels Philosophie der Geschlechter vor dem Hintergrund seines Kultur-Begriffs},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Centaurus},<br />
address = {Pfaffenweiler},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 2003a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophisches Essays},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1993a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Die Prosa der Welt},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1966a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Phänomenologie der Wahrnehmung (1945)},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Walter de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen übersetzt und eingeführt durch eine Vorrede von Boehm, Rudolf},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1961a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophische Essays.}<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {neu bearbeitet, kommentiert und mit einer Einleitung versehen von Bermes, Christian (2003)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 1994a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Der Zweifel Cézannes (1948)},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Gottfried Boehm},<br />
pages = {39-59},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 2006a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Kino und die neue Psychologie (1947)},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie des Films},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Dimitri Liebsch},<br />
pages = {70-84},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mersch 2006a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Mediale Paradoxa. Einleitung in eine negative Medienphilosophie},<br />
journal = {Sic et Non. Zeitschrift für Philosophie und Kultur im Netz},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.sicetnon.org/content/perform/Mersch_Medienphilosophie_sw.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersch 2003a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Wort, Bild, Ton, Zahl – Modalitäten medialen Darstellens},<br />
booktitle = {Die Medien der Künste. Beiträge zur Theorie des Darstellens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
pages = {9-49},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2002a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Was sich zeigt. Materialität, Präsenz, Ereignis},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersmann 08a,<br />
author = {Mersmann, Jasmin},<br />
title = {Wandelgänge. Monumentale Anamorphosen im 17. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Cha, Kyung-Ho & Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
pages = {23-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Messaris 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Messaris 1997a,<br />
author = { Messaris, Paul},<br />
title = { Visual Persuasion: The Role of Images in Advertising},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {Thousand Oaks},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metscher 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metscher 2001,<br />
author = {Metscher, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metz 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metz 1972a,<br />
author = {Metz, Christian},<br />
title = {Semiologie des Films (1968)},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Koch, Renate},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzger 2008a,<br />
author = {Metzger, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gesetze des Sehens},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Klotz},<br />
address = {Taunus},<br />
note = {4. unveränd. Aufl., Repr. nach d. 3., völlig neu bearb. Aufl. 1975.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzinger 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Metzinger 2000a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Philosophische Perspektiven auf das Selbstbewusstsein: Die Selbstmodell-Theorie der Subjektivität},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Selbst},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Greve, W. },<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Psychologie Verlagsunion},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {Zitiert aus der überarbeiteten Online-Version},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.philosophie.uni-mainz.de/metzinger/publikationen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzinger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzinger 1999a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Subjekt und Selbstmodell. Die Perspektivität phänomenalen Bewusstseins vor dem Hintergrund einer naturalistischen Theorie mentaler Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meyer 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meyer 2001a,<br />
author = {Meyer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mediokratie. Die Kolonisierung der Politik durch das Mediensystem},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Michalsky 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Michalsky 2005a,<br />
author = {Michalsky, Tanja},<br />
title = {Raum visualisieren. Zur Genese des modernen Raumverständnisses in den Medien der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Ortsgespräche. Raum und Kommunikation im 19. und 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Geppert, Alexander C.T.; Jensen, Uffa & Weinhold, Jörn},<br />
pages = {292ff ??},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mirzoeff 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mirzoeff 2007a,<br />
author = {Mirzoeff, Nicholas},<br />
title = {Von Bildern und Helden. Sichtbarkeit im Krieg der Bilder},<br />
booktitle = {Feindbilder. Ideologien und visuelle Strategien der Kulturen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Haustein, Lydia; Scherer, Bernd & Hager, Martin},<br />
pages = {135-156},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2008a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. Thomas},<br />
title = {Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Gustav Frank},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2007a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.},<br />
title = {Realismus im digitalen Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderfragen. Die Bildwissenschaften im Aufbruch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Belting, Hans},<br />
pages = {237-256},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2006a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {Den Terror klonen. Der Krieg der Bilder 2001-2004},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Worlds. Neue Bilderwelten und Wissensräume},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Maar, Christa & Burda, Hubert},<br />
pages = {255-285},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2005a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. Thomas},<br />
title = {What Do Pictures Want? The Lives and Loves of Images},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1994a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.},<br />
title = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Representation},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1992a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {The Reconfigured Eye. Visual Truth in the Post-Photographic Era},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 1992b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {"The Pictorial Turn"},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
booktitle = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Repräsentation},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
publisher = {Universität of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1986a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {Iconology. Image, Text, Ideology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mojsisch 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mojsisch 1983a,<br />
author = {Mojsisch, Burkhard},<br />
title = {Meister Eckhart. Analogie, Univozität und Einheit},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mondzain 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mondzain 2006a,<br />
author = {Mondzain, Marie-José},<br />
title = {Können Bilder töten?},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich, Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Morris 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Morris 1994a,<br />
author = {Morris, D.},<br />
title = {Das Tier Mensch},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mülder-Bach 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mülder-Bach 1998,<br />
author = {Inka Mülder-Bach},<br />
title = {Im Zeichen Pygmalions. Das Modell der Statue und die Entdeckung der „Darstellung“ im 18. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1997a,<br />
author = {Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {Politische Bildstrategien im amerikanischen Präsidentschaftswahlkampf, 1828-1996},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1985a,<br />
author = {Müller, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {DUDEN Bedeutungswörterbuch = DUDEN Band 10},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a,<br />
author = {Müller-Beck, H. & Albrecht, G. },<br />
title = {Die Anfänge der Kunst vor 30'000 Jahren},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Theiss},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Münkler 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Münkler 2009a,<br />
author = {Münkler, Herfried},<br />
title = {Visualisierungsstrategien im politischen Machtkampf: Der Übergang vom Personenverband zum institutionellen Territorialstaat},<br />
booktitle = {Strategien der Visualisierung. Verbildlichung als Mittel politischer Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Münkler, Herfried & Hacke, Jens},<br />
pages = {23-51},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Musterle & Roessler 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Musterle & Roessler 1986a,<br />
author = {Musterle, W.A. & Roessler, O.E.},<br />
title = {Computer faces: The human Lorenz Matrix},<br />
journal = {Bio Systems},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {61-80},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==N==<br />
===Naef 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Naef 2007a,<br />
author = {Naef, Silvia},<br />
title = {Bilder und Bilderverbot im Islam},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {C. H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nänni 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nänni 2008a,<br />
author = {Nänni, Jürg},<br />
title = {Visuelle Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Niggli},<br />
address = {Sulgen},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
url = {www.worldcat.org/oclc/254718373},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006a,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc},<br />
title = {Am Grund der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006b,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc & Ferrari, Federico},<br />
title = {Die Haut der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Neuhaus 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Neuhaus 2006a,<br />
author = {Neuhaus, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Als William Gibson den Cyberspace erfand ... - Die Faszination für ein Vielzweck-Symbol aus der Science Fiction-Literatur},<br />
journal = {Telepolis},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.heise.de/tp/r4/artikel/23/23727/1.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Niederée & Heyer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Niederée & Heyer 2003a,<br />
author = {Niederée, R. & Heyer, D.},<br />
title = {The Dual Nature of Picture Perception: A Challenge to Current General Accounts of Visual Perception},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into pictures. An interdisciplinary approach to pictorial space},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, Heiko; Schwartz, Robert & Atherton, Margaret},<br />
pages = {77–98},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nietzsche 1870-1873===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nietzsche 1870-1873,<br />
author = {Nietzsche, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Ueber Wahrheit und Lüge im aussermoralischen Sinne [1870-1873]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke. Kritische Studienausgabe in 15 Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Giorgio Colli und Mazzino Montinari},<br />
pages = {873-890},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nivelle 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nivelle 1971,<br />
author = {Nivelle, Armand},<br />
title = {Kunst- und Dichtungstheorien zwischen Aufklärung und Klassik},<br />
year = {2. Auflage 1971},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nöth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nöth 2000a,<br />
author = {Nöth, Winfried},<br />
title = {Der Zusammenhang von Text und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Text- und Gesprächslinguistik. Handbücher zur Sprach- und Kommunikationswissenschaft 16},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Klaus Brinker et al.},<br />
pages = {489–496},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Novitz 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Novitz 1977,<br />
author = {Novitz, David},<br />
title = {Pictures and their Use in Communication. A philosphical Essay},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==O==<br />
===OED===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{OED-3,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Oxford English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
url = {dictionary.oed.com},<br />
note = {3<sup>rd</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Öhlschläger 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Oehlschläger 2005a,<br />
author = {Öhlschläger, C.},<br />
title = {Evidenz und Ereignis. Musils poetische ‚Momentaufnahmen‘ im Kontext der Moderne},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {203-216},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ohler 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ohler 1994a,<br />
author = {Ohler, Peter},<br />
title = {Kognitive Filmpsychologie. Verarbeitung und mentale Repräsentation narrativer Filme},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {MAkS Publikationen},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Okolowitz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Okolowitz 2006a,<br />
author = {Okolowitz, Herbert},<br />
title = {Virtualität bei G.W. Leibniz. Eine Retrospektive},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Diss. Universität Augsburg},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=98278726X},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ott 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ott 2007a,<br />
author = {Ott, Michaela},<br />
title = {Der unbestimmte Raum in Philosophie und Film},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==P==<br />
===Pang 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pang 2002a,<br />
author = {Pang, Alex Soojung-Kim},<br />
title = {Technologie und Ästhetik der Astrofotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Ordnungen der Sichtbarkeit. Fotografie in Wissenschaft, Kunst und Technologie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Geimer, Peter},<br />
pages = {101-141},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 1924a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Panofsky 1924a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Die Perspektive als symbolische Form (1924)},<br />
booktitle = {Erwin Panofsky, Deutschsprachige Aufsätze Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Michels, K. & Warnke, M.},<br />
pages = {664-757},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Erstpublikation in: <em>Vorträge der Bibliothek Warburg (1924/25)</em>. Leipzig, 1927, 258-330},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paret 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1960a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Textbelege zum islamischen Bilderverbot},<br />
booktitle = {Das Werk des Künstlers. Studien zur Ikonographie und Formgeschichte},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Hans Fegers},<br />
pages = {36-48},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paret 1968===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1968a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Das islamische Bilderverbot und die Schia},<br />
booktitle = {Festschrift Werner Caskel. Zum siebzigsten Geburtstag 5. März 1966 gewidmet von Freunden und Schülern},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Erwin Gräf},<br />
pages = {242-232},<br />
publisher = {Brill},<br />
address = {Leiden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2009a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1900 bis 1949},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2008a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1949 bis heute},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2006a,<br />
title = {Visual History. Ein Studienbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck und Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Paul 2005a,<br />
author = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Der Bilderkrieg. Inszenierungen, Bilder und Perspektiven der "Operation Irakische Freiheit"},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Perrault 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Perrault 1964a,<br />
author = {Perrault, Charles},<br />
title = {Parallèle des Anciens et des Modernes en ce qui regarde les Arts et les Sciences},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {orig.: Paris (4 Bde): 1688, 1690, 1692, 1694; Faksimileausgabe mit einer Einführung von Hans Robert Jauss und einem Kommentar von Max Imdahl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pesch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pesch 2001a,<br />
author = {Pesch, Martin},<br />
title = {Raumbilder-Bildräume. Zu den Arbeiten von Julia Ziegler},<br />
journal = {Kunstforum International},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {153},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Petersen 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Petersen 2000,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {Mimesis – Imitatio – Nachahmung. Eine Geschichte der europäischen Poetik},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Petersen 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Petersen 1992,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {‚Mimesis’ versus ‚Nachahmung’. Die Poetik des Aristoteles – nochmals neu gelesen},<br />
journal = {Arcadia. Zeitschrift für vergleichende Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {3-46},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a,<br />
title = {Der Künstler als Kunstwerk. Selbstporträts vom Mittelalter bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich & von Rosen, Valeska},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a,<br />
title = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget 1956a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1956a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {The Child’s Construction of Space},<br />
year = {1956},<br />
publisher = {Routledge / Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget et al. 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget et al. 1960a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean; Inhelder, B. & Szemenska, I.},<br />
title = {The Child’s Conception of Geometry},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
publisher = {Harper},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1978a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {Das Weltbild des Kindes},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {dtv/Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pias 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pias 2003a,<br />
author = {Pias, Claus},<br />
title = {Das digitale Bild gibt es nicht. Über das (Nicht-)Wissen der Bilder und die informatische Illusion},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2003/01/pias/pias.pdf}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Piccolino & Wade 2006a,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco & Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early examples of ambiguity (1)},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {861–864},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Piccolino & Wade 2006b,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco &. Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early examples of ambiguity (2)},<br />
booktitle = {Perception 35 (8)},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {1003–1006},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pillow 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pillow 2003,<br />
author = {Pillow, Kirk},<br />
title = {Did Goodman's Distinction Survive LeWitt?},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {61},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {365-380},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pitts et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pitts et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Pitts, Michael A.; Gavin, William J. & Nerger, Janice L.},<br />
title = {Early top-down influences on bistable perception revealed by event-related potentials},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {11–24},<br />
volume = {67},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 1991b,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Timaios},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke VIII},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Hülser, Karlheinz},<br />
pages = {197-425},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 2008a,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Politeia},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke, Band 2},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Ursula},<br />
pages = {195-537},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Plessner 1928a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Die Stufen des Organischen und der Mensch},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {W. de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {<sup>3</sup>1975},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1982a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Trieb und Leidenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Mit anderen Augen},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Plessner, Helmuth}, <br />
pages = {110-123},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1989a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Zur Anthropologie der Nachahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, G.},<br />
pages = {176-184},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plinius 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Plinius 2004,<br />
title = {G. Plinius Secundus d. Ä: Naturkunde / Naturalis historia : lateinisch-deutsch},<br />
year = {1990–2004},<br />
editor = {Roderich König et al.},<br />
publisher = {Artemis},<br />
address = {Zürich},<br />
note = {unkritische Ausgabe des lateinischen Textes mit Übersetzung und Erläuterungen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plümacher 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plümacher 1999a,<br />
author = {Plümacher, Martina},<br />
title = {Wohlgeformtheitsbedingugen für Bilder?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pöppel 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pöppel 1982a,<br />
author = {Pöppel, E.},<br />
title = {Lust und Schmerz},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Severin & Siedler},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pollmeier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pollmeier 2005a,<br />
author = {Pollmeier, Klaus},<br />
title = {Vom Baryt zum Bit. Zur Konservierung analoger und digitaler fotografischer Bilder. Digitale Bildverarbeitung, eine Erweiterung oder radikale Veränderung der Fotografie?},<br />
howpublished = {Ludwigsburg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
note = {Hasenpflug (Red.): Dokumentation des Symposiums am 12./13. November 2004 im Museum Folkwang, Essen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Popper 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Popper 2002a,<br />
author = {Popper, Karl R.},<br />
title = {Alle Menschen sind Philosophen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Bohnet, Heidi & Stadler, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München/Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pratschke 2005a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Digitale Form},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pratschke 2008a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Interaktion mit Bildern. Digitale Bildgeschichte am Beispiel grafischer Benutzeroberflächen},<br />
booktitle = {Technische Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bredekamp, Horst et al.},<br />
pages = {68-80},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Predelli 1999===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Predelli 1999,<br />
author = {Predelli, Stefano},<br />
title = {Goodman and the Score},<br />
journal = {British Journal of Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138-147},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pross 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pross 1972a,<br />
author = {Pross, Harry},<br />
title = {Medienforschung. Film, Funk, Presse, Fernsehen},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Habel},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Puttfarken 1991a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {The Dispute about Disegno and Colorito in Venice. Paolo Pino, Lodovico Dolce and Titian},<br />
booktitle = {Kunst und Kunsttheorie 1400–1900},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Peter Glanz et al.},<br />
pages = {75-95},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Puttfarken 1985a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {Roger de Piles‘ Theory of Art},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New Haven/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Q==<br />
==R==<br />
===Rager 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rager 1997a,<br />
author = {Rager, Dietmar},<br />
title = {Aspekte Sehen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob/ & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Raphael 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Raphael 1986a,<br />
author = {Raphael, Max},<br />
title = {Raumgestaltungen. Der Beginn der modernen Kunst im Kubismus und im Werk von Georges Braque}, <br />
year = {1986, Erstausgabe 1949},<br />
publisher = {Campus}<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M./New York},<br />
note = {hg. v. H.-J. Heinrichs},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rastier 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rastier 1972a,<br />
author = {Rastier, François },<br />
title = {Systematiques des isotopies},<br />
booktitle = {Essais de sémiotique poétique},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Greimas, A.J.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Larousse},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Recki 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Recki 2004a,<br />
author = {Recki, Birgit},<br />
title = {Kultur als Praxis. Eine Einführung in Ernst Cassirers Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Akademie-Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Renz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Renz 2006a,<br />
author = {Renz, U.},<br />
title = {Schönheit. Eine Wissenschaft für sich},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Berlin Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riedel 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Riedel 2005a,<br />
author = {Riedel, W.},<br />
title = {Endogene Bilder. Anthropologie und Poetik bei Gottfried Benn},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {163-202},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rieger 2009a,<br />
author = {Rieger, Stefan},<br />
title = {Holographie. Das Versprechen der Ganzheit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {87-106},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger & Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rieger & Schröter 2009a,<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen}, <br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riegl 1931a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Riegl 1931a,<br />
author = {Riegl, Alois},<br />
title = {Das holländische Gruppenporträt},<br />
year = {1931},<br />
publisher = {Staatsdruckerei},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1902},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rimmele 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rimmele 2010a,<br />
author = {Rimmele, Marius},<br />
title = {Das Triptychon als Metapher, Körper und Ort. Semantisierungen eines Bildträgers},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ritchin 1990a,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {In Our Image: The Coming Revolution in Photography. How Computer Technology is Changing our View of the World},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ritchin 1990b,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {Photojournalism in the Age of Computers},<br />
booktitle = {The Critical Image. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Squiers},<br />
pages = {28-37},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Seattle},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roch 1998a,<br />
author = {Roch, Axel},<br />
title = {Radartechnologie und Computergraphik. Zur Geschichte der Beleuchtungsmodelle in computergenerierten Bildern},<br />
booktitle = {Geschichte der Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Faßler, Manfred & Halbach, Wulf R.},<br />
pages = {227-254},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rock 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rock 1985a,<br />
author = {Rock, Irvin},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung. Vom visuellen Reiz zum Sehen u. Erkennen},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Spektrum-der-Wissenschaft-Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roloff 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roloff_1972a,<br />
author = {Roloff, D.},<br />
title = {Eidolon, Eikon, Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd.2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {330-332},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Róna-Tas 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Róna-Tas 1999a,<br />
author = {Róna-Tas, A.},<br />
title = {Hungarians and Europe in the Early Middle Ages. An Introduction to Early Hungarian History},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {CEU Press},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rorty 1967a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rorty 1967a,<br />
author = {Rorty, Richard},<br />
title = {The Linguistic Turn: Essays in Philosophical Method},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press.},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 2005a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Materie und Geist. Eine philosophische Untersuchung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ros 1999a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Was ist Philosophie?},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophieren über Philosophie}<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Raatzsch, Richard},<br />
pages = {36–58},<br />
publisher = {Leipziger Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ros 1989a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {“Bedeutung”, “Idee” und “Begriff” – Zur Behandlung einiger bedeutungstheoretischer Paradoxien durch Leibniz},<br />
journal = {Studia Leibnitiana},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {133-154},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1989/90a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1989/90a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Begründung und Begriff. Wandlungen des Verständnisses begrifflicher Argumentationen},<br />
year = {1989/90},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {3 Bände},<br />
hidden = {B. I: Antike, Spätantike und Mittelalter; B. II: Neuzeit; B. III: Moderne},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1979a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Objektkonstitution und elementare Sprachhandlungsbegriffe},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Königstein/Ts.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosch 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosch 1978a,<br />
author = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
title = {Principles of categorization}<br />
booktitle = {Cognition and Categorization},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
pages = {27-48},<br />
publisher = {Hillsdale},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosler 2000a,<br />
author = {Rosler, Martha},<br />
title = {Bildsimulationen, Computermanipulationen: einige Überlegungen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV. 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {von Amelunxen, Hubertus},<br />
pages = {129-170},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roth 2000a,<br />
author = {Roth, Peter},<br />
title = {Virtualis als Sprachschöpfung mittelalterlicher Theologen},<br />
booktitle = {Die Anwesenheit des Abwesenden. Theologische Annäherungen an Begriff und Phänomene von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Roth, Peter; Schreiber, Stefan & Siemons, Stefan},<br />
pages = {33-42},<br />
publisher = {Wißner},<br />
address = {Augsburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Royce 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Royce 1998a,<br />
author = {Royce, Terry},<br />
title = {Synergy on the Page: Exploring Intersemiotic Complementarity in Page-based Multimodal Text},<br />
journal = {JASFL Occasional Papers},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {25-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rötzer 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rötzer 1993a,<br />
author = {Rötzer, Florian},<br />
title = {Cyberspace. Zum medialen Gesamtkunstwerk},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ruff 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ruff 2009a,<br />
author = {Ruff, Thomas},<br />
title = {Jpegs},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ryan 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ryan 2001,<br />
author = {Ryan, Marie-Laure},<br />
title = {arrative as Virtual Reality. Immersion and Interactivity in Literature and Electronic Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {The Johns Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore & London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==S==<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Medium},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005b,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005a,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2004a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als kommunikatives Medium. Elemente einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003b,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Was ist Bildkompetenz?},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1999a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, },<br />
title = {Gibt es ein Bildalphabet?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {57-66},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1995a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Piktoriale Einstellungen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktoraler Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {195-211},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 1993a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Philosophische Psychologie im 19. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Prädikative und modale Bildtheorie },<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik. Theorien - Methoden - Fallbeispiele},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H.; Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {97-119},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-2/index.html},<br />
abstract ={Gegenstände sind immer nur dann Bilder, wenn jemand sie als solche benutzt. Hierbei können Bilder eine Vielzahl von Funktionen übernehmen. Lassen sich diese verschiedenen Funktionen oder Verwendungsweisen vielleicht aus einer einzigen Grundfunktion ableiten? Und sofern das so ist: Was wäre, ließe sich zweitens fragen, diese Grundfunktion von Bildern und in welcher Relation, ergibt sich als dritte Frage, steht sie zu den Verwendungsweisen von Sprache? Eine positive Beantwortung der ersten Frage voraussetzend werden zwei Kandidaten für die zweite Frage untersucht und diskutiert: Während die prädikative Theorie die grundlegende Bildverwendung in etwa paraphrasiert mit „… sieht so und so aus“ (bzw. „Der Gegenstand, der so und so aussieht, …“), schlägt die modale Theorie eine Verwendungsweise vor analog zu „An einem anderen (auch fiktiven) Ort oder einer anderen (auch hypothetischen) Zeit ist der Fall, daß so und so.“ },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Medientheorie, visuelle Kultur und Bildanthropologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {393-424},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.JRJS.de/Work/Papers/P09/P09-1/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachsse 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachsse 1974a,<br />
author = {Sachsse, Hans},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Kybernetik. Unter besonderer Berücksichtigung von technischen und biologischen Wirkungsgefügen},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Vieweg},<br />
address = {Braunschweig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 2007a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Le Sens du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1990a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Semiotics of Visual Language},<br />
publisher = {Indiana University Press},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
address = {Bloomington, IN},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1987a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {Englisch: Semiotics of Visual Language. Bloomington, Indianapolis: Indiana University Press.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1986a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie et syntax visuelle: Une analyse de Mascerade de Pellan},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 2008a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Transfigurements: On the True Sense of Art},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 1998a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Shades. Of Painting at the Limit},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Salomon 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2006a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {Transformations and Projections in Computer Graphics},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Salomon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2008a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {A Concise Introduction to Data Compression},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sander 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sander 1962a,<br />
author = {Sander, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Experimentelle Ergebnisse der Gestaltpsychologie},<br />
booktitle = {Ganzheitspsychoplogie. Grundlagen, Ergebnisse, Anwendungen: gesammelte Abhandlungen},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sander, Friedrich & Volkelt, Hans},<br />
pages = {73–122},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck'sche Verlagsbuchhandlung},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1962a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Blick},<br />
booktitle = {Das Sein und das Nichts},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Skizze einer Theorie der Emotionen},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {255-321},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1994b,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Das Imaginäre. Phänomenologische Psychologie der Einbildungskraft (1940)},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-2, hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994c,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Die Imagination (1936)},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {97-254},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1999a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Die Suche nach dem Absoluten. Texte zur bildenden Kunst},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sauer 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sauer 2008a,<br />
author = {Sauer, Martina},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmen von Sinn vor jeder sprachlichen oder gedanklichen Fassung? Frage an Ernst Cassirer},<br />
journal = {Kunstgeschichte. Texte zur Diskussion},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.kunstgeschichte-ejournal.net/discussion/2008/Sauer},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saussure 1916a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saussure 1916a,<br />
author = {Saussure, Ferdinand de },<br />
title = {Cours de linguistique générale},<br />
year = {1916},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Deutsch: Grundfragen der allgemeinen Sprachwissenschaft. 3. Aufl. Berlin 2001.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saxena & Sahay 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saxena & Sahay 2005a,<br />
author = {Saxena, Anupam & Sahay, Birendra},<br />
title = {Computer Aided Engineering Design},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scheler 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scheler 1928a,<br />
author = {Scheler, Max},<br />
title = {Die Stellung des Menschen im Kosmos},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {Otto Reichl Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schier 2005a,<br />
author = {Schier, W. },<br />
title = {Die Maske von Uivar},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W. },<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl 2001a ===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schierl 2001a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas},<br />
title = { Text und Bild in der Werbung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl 2003a ===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schierl 2003a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas},<br />
title = {Werbung im Fernsehen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl & Ludwig 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schierl & Ludwig 2011a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas & Ludwig, Mark},<br />
title = {Produktpolitik als Strategie der Visualisierung des Fußballsports in den Medien},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
journal ={Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
volume = {32},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schirra 2007a,<br />
editor = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Computational Visualistics and Picture Morphology},<br />
publisher = {IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
note = {Themenbeiheft zu Band 5},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Projects/Image/IMAGE5-Themenbeiheft.pdf},<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Begriffsgenetische Betrachtungen in der Bildwissenschaft: Fünf Thesen},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Medium. Kunstgeschichtliche und philosophische Grundlagen der interdisziplinären Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {197-215},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-3/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 2005a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Foundation of Computational Visualistics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {ISBN: 3-8350-6015-5 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-8350-6015-5'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra 2005b,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Ein Disziplinen-Mandala für die Bildwissenschaft - Kleine Provokation zu einem Neuen Fach},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-1/index.html},<br />
journal ={IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
pages = {30-45},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Von der Bildwissenschaft als einer Disziplin, die über die Grenzen von Kunstgeschichte oder Kunstwissenschaft hinausgeht und sich wissenschaftlich mit allen Aspekten des Umgehens mit Bildern und verwandten visuellen Repräsentations- und Zeichensystemen befaßt, wird erst seit etwa der Mitte der 1990'er Jahre gesprochen. In den folgenden Überlegungen geht es insbesondere um die Bildwissenschaft als den Versuch, ein Fachgebiet zu etablieren, in dem ein modernes Verständnis dessen, was eine etablierte Disziplin sein kann, verwirklicht sein soll. Zentrales Kriterium für in dem hier gemeinten Sinne "Neue" Disziplinen ist ihre Interdisziplinarität und die dadurch bedingte starke Methodenpluralität. Grundsätzlich muß daher die Frage geklärt werden, wie das Verhältnis der Teildisziplinen zueinander, insbesondere das Wechselspiel der jeweils eingesetzten Methoden betreffend, zu denken ist. Dem Forschungssujet der Bildwissenschaft entsprechend soll in dem Beitrag versucht werden, das Beziehungsgeflecht der beteiligten Elterndisziplinen (zumindest teilweise) in Form eines Bildes anzugeben. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2005c,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Computervisualistik},<br />
booktitle = { Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {268-280},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bausteine vieler Disziplinen müssen in eine allgemeine Bildwissenschaft integriert werden. Als Beitrag aus der Informatik versteht sich die Computervisualistik, die alle Aspekte rechnergestützten Umgangs mit Bildern umfaßt. Zwei Grundbegriffe der Informatik werden vorgestellt und bestimmen, auf den Begriff "Bild" angewendet, den methodologischen Kern der Computervisualistik. Als Beitrag der Informatik zum Gegenstand der Bildtheorie werden interaktive Bilder betrachtet. Schließlich werden die Beziehungen zu anderen "Bildwissenschaften" kurz umrissen. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2001a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bilder &nbsp;&nbsp; —— &nbsp;&nbsp; Kontextbilder},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln – Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Pragmatik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {77-100},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P01/P01-5/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bildkommunikation und die Verständigung mit Aussagen scheinen wenig gemein zu haben. Genauere logisch-pragmatische Analysen der Kontextrelativität von Aussagen zeigen jedoch eine enge systematische Abhängigkeit beider Kommunikationsformen im Begriff der Kontextbildung, den Bilder auf ausgezeichnete Weise implementieren. Prädikatorische und nominatorische Verwendungen von Bildern sind aus der grundlegenden Funktion zur Kontextbildung ableitbar. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2000a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Täuschung, Ähnlichkeit und Immersion: Die Vögel des Zeuxis},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Realismus der Bilder: Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Semantik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Rehkämper, K.& Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {119-135},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P00/P00-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bilder gibt es als solche – von ihrem Begriff her – immer nur für Individuen, die sich in einer bestimmten Weise verhalten, oder die gewisse Handlungen vollziehen. Wenn dies aber der Fall ist, scheint es ratsam, den Begriff "Bild" nicht, wie es gewöhnlich geschieht, als einen Begriff für einen isoliert vorkommenden Gegenstand zu erläutern, sondern als Komponente der Begriffe für bestimmte Verhaltens- oder Handlungsfähigkeiten. Ausgehend von der antiken Zeuxis-Anekdote werden in diesem Sinne erste Schritte zu einem handlungstheoretischen Ähnlichkeitsbegriff versucht.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1999a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Syntaktische Dichte oder Kontinuität - Ein mathematischer Aspekt der Visualistik},<br />
booktitle = {bildgrammatik. interdisziplinäre forschungen zur syntax bildlicher darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {103-119},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P99/P99-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Der Begriff Dichte spielt eine zentrale Rolle in Diskussionen zur Bildsyntax, wird aber selten in Beziehung zum mathematisch verwandten Kontinuumsbegriff gestellt. Dabei ist die Frage, ob Bilder syntaktisch nur als dicht oder gar als kontinuierlich verstanden werden sollten, durchaus relevant, wie anhand von informatischen und neuropsychologischen Argumenten gezeigt wird.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1995a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Understanding Radio Broadcasts On Soccer. The Concept `Mental Image' and Its Use in Spatial Reasoning},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktorialer Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {107-136},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P95/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Most cognitive theories agree that a listener of a sports broadcast on radio usually imagines the scene described; the concept `mental image' appears in a specific sort of explanations. In contrast to this conception, it is argued that this concept should rather be understood as part of a certain kind of grounding explanations of the radio listener's understanding. This particular conception is based on the distinction between `specification' and `implementation' as found in the theory of abstract data types. Its application to the field of spatial concepts leads to a computational system (ANTLIMA) which exemplifies how the expression `mental image' could be used while explaining a speaker's ability to control the resolvability of ambiguities in an objective report of what the speaker sees. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 1994a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bildbeschreibung als Verbindung von visuellem und sprachlichem Raum},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {DISKI},<br />
address = {St. Augustin},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {ISBN 3-929037-71-8 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-929037-71-8'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P94/P94-1-d/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1993a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Connecting Visual and Verbal Space: Preliminary Considerations Concerning the Concept »Mental Image«},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Time, Space, and Movement},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {M. Aurnague, A. Borillo, M. Borillo & M. Bras},<br />
pages = {105-121},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Paul Sabatier},<br />
address = {Toulouse},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P93/P93-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {AI research concerning the connection between seeing and speaking mainly employs what is called reference semantics. Within this framework, the notion of `mental image' is often used while explaining how somebody not situated in the same perceptual context is able to anchor his understanding of an utterance describing the scene visually perceived by the speaker. We give a foundation for considering mental images as propositions with respect to a certain field of concepts: these fields have to provide a syntactically dense set of concepts distinguishing locations. The use of such propositions in the reference semantic explanations of understanding utterances about visually perceived scenes is motivated by applying Kant's idea of the introduction of new types of objects: we conceive spatial relations as relations only applicable to sortal objects, i.e., individuated objects which are synthetically introduced on a syntactically dense field providing their potential locations. The concept `mental image' which results from these preliminary studies is applied to two current projects in AI, one dealing with the semantics of particular spatial prepositions, and the other more generally concerned with the logic of the connection between visual and verbal space.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Anthropologie in der systematischen Bildwissenschaft: Auf der Spur des homo pictor},<br />
booktitle = {Disziplinen der Anthropologie},<br />
editor = {Meyer, S. & Owzar, A.},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
pages = {145-177},<br />
note = {},<br />
publisher = {Waxmann},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Homo pictor and the Linguistic Turn: Revisiting Hans Jonas’ Picture Anthropology},<br />
journal = {Linguistic and Philosophical Investigations},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {144–181},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P10/P10-2/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {There has been a long tradition of characterizing man as the animal that talks. However, the remarkable ability of using pictures also only belongs to human beings, after all we know empirically so far. Are there conceptual reasons for that coincidence? The paper is dedicated to a philosophical programme of “concept-genetic” considerations dealing in particular with the dependencies between those two abilities: The conceptual relation between the competence to use assertive language and the faculty of employing pictures must be conceived of as being much closer than usually expected. Indeed we conclude, there cannot be creatures with only one of them.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte – elektronisch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
url = {www.uni-due.de/germanistik/elise/ausgabe_12006},<br />
hidden = {letzter Zugriff: 25. September 2010},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract ={Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie, wie sie der Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt, eignet - und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Eine Gegenüberstellung der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild führt zu eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden: Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von (darstellenden) Bildern Sprache gegenüber durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. In beiden Fällen hängen die Aufgliederungen mit der Funktion der Kontextbildung zusammen, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung mündet daher in das Programm einer begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, die eine derartige Begründung zu liefern imstande wäre. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Fähigkeiten zum Bild- und Sprachgebrauch },<br />
journal = {Deutsche Zeitschrift für Philosophie},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {54},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {887-905},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-5/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie wie in die Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Ein erster Vergleich der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild listet eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden auf. Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von Bildern gegenüber Sprache durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung weitet sich daher zu einer begriffsgenetischen Skizzierung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, wobei sich die Begriffe des sortalen Gegenstands und des Verhaltenskontextes als zentral herausstellen. Mit ihnen kann die Beziehung zwischen den beiden Fähigkeiten genauer untersucht werden: Sie ergibt sich insbesondere aus der Funktion der Kontextbildung, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Im Rahmen der begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung ergeben sich schließlich Argumente dafür, die Beziehung als eine wechselseitige Abhängigkeit zu charakterisieren, wobei auch eine Vorschlag zur Analyse des Begriffs des inneren Bildes - oder besser: des Vorstellungsvermögens eingeschlossen ist. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Scholz 1998a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. & Scholz, Martin},<br />
title = {Abstraction versus Realism: Not the Real Question},<br />
booktitle = {Computer Visualization – Graphics, Abstraction, and Interactivity},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Strothotte, T. (et al.)},<br />
pages = {379-401},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {Chapter 22},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P98/P98-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {When browsing through a book on computer graphics, one usually finds a lot of more or less interesting pictures that are produced by means of computers. These pictures are embedded in pages of technical texts describing how this image generation was performed and why it provides a better way to do so than other methods. Less space is usually given to the methodological background and the motivation underlying the preoccupation with computer visualization. In this chapter, we want to complement the more technically oriented part of this book with some reflections as to why such techniques can be interesting not only for computer graphics researchers, and where, from a communication-theoretic point of view, they might be of use in our society.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schleicher 1859a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schleicher 1859a,<br />
author = {Schleicher, August},<br />
title = {Zur Morphologie der Sprache},<br />
journal = {Mémoires de l'académdie impériale des sciences de St. Pétersbourg},<br />
year = {1859},<br />
volume = {1?},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1-38},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt 2000,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter},<br />
title = {Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1: : Absenz – Darstellung},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {831-875},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt & George 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt_George_2005a,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter; George, Marion},<br />
title = {Typisch/Typ(us)},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {191-246},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlosser 1952a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schlosser 1952a,<br />
author = {Schlosser, K.},<br />
title = {Der Signalismus in der Kunst der Naturvölker: Biologisch-psychologische Gesetzlichkeiten in den Abweichungen von der Norm des Vorbildes},<br />
year = {1952},<br />
publisher = {Mühlau},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmid 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmid 2009a,<br />
author = {Schmid, Gabriele},<br />
title = {Zwischen Bildern. Die holographische Installation als Handlungsfeld},<br />
booktitle = {holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {161-180},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1998a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Mimesis bei Aristoteles und in den Poetikkommentaren der Renaissance. Zum Wandel des Gedankens von der Nachahmung der Natur in der frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Mimesis und Simulation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Andreas Kablitz & Gerhard Neumann},<br />
pages = {17-53},<br />
publisher = {ombach},<br />
address = {Freiburg im Breisgau},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1996a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Teleologie und Geschichte bei Aristoteles oder Wie kommen nach Aristoteles Anfang, Mitte und Ende in die Geschichte?},<br />
booktitle = {Das Ende. Figuren einer Denkform},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Stierle und Rainer Warning},<br />
pages = {528-563},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider 2009a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit},<br />
title = {Wissenschaftsbilder zwischen digitaler Transformation und Manipulation. Einige Anmerkungen zur Diskussion des “digitalen Bildes”},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {188-200},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schneider 2000a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Ralf},<br />
title = {Grundriß zur kognitiven Theorie der Figurenkonzeption am Beispiel des viktorianischen Romans},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Stauffenburg},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider & Berz 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider & Berz 2002a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit & Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bildtexturen. Punkte, Zeilen, Spalten. I. Textile Processing/II. Bildtelegraphie}<br />
booktitle = {Mimetische Differenzen. Der Spielraum der Medien zwischen Abbildung und Nachbildung}, <br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Flach, Sabine & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
pages = {181-220},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider & Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schneider & Stöckl 2011a,<br />
title = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, Jan Georg & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {erscheint Frühjahr 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2011===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Schönhammer 2011,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Stichwort: Kippbilder},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
howpublished = {PsyDok, Volltextserver der Virtuellen Fachbibliothek Psychologie},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://psydok.sulb.uni-saarland.de/frontdoor.php?source_opus=2756&la=de},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schönhammer 2009a,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Wahrnehmungspsychologie. Sinne, Körper, Bewegung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 2004a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstellung, Zeichen. Philosophische Theorien bildhafter Darstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {2., vollständig überarbeitete Aufl.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Scholz 1998a,<br />
title = {Mimesis. Studien zur literarischen Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Scholz, Bernhard F.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 1991a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstellung, Zeichen. Philosophische Theorien bildhafter Darstellungen},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {(1. Aufl.)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schott 1657a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schott 57a,<br />
author = {Schott, Kaspar},<br />
title = {De Magia Anamorphotica},<br />
booktitle = {Magia Universalis Naturae et Artis},<br />
year = {1657},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Herbipoli},<br />
note = {Teil 1, Buch III},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2001a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Eine kurze Geschichte der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht. Fotografieren in Museen & Archiven & Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, Wolfgang & Jaworek, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {249-257},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter 2003a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Virtuelle Kamera. Zum Fortbestand fotografischer Medien in computergenerierten Bildern}, <br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {88},<br />
pages = {3-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Welt. Analoge und Digitale Bilder - mehr oder weniger Realität?},<br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke},<br />
pages = {335-354},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2004b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Netz und die Virtuelle Realität. Zur Selbstprogrammierung der Gesellschaft durch die universelle Maschine},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Computer/Simulation. Kopie ohne Original oder das Original kontrollierende Kopie},<br />
booktitle = {OriginalKopie. Praktiken des Sekundären},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fehrmann, Gisela et al.},<br />
pages = {139-155},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Notizen zu einer Geschichte des Löschens. Am Beispiel von Video und Robert Rauschenbergs Erased de Kooning-Drawing},<br />
booktitle = {Im Banne der Ungewissheit. Bilder zwischen Medien, Kunst und Menschen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schumacher-Chilla, Doris},<br />
pages = {171-194},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oberhausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2005a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {MetaMorphing. Camerons Analysen der digitalen Bilder in Terminator 2 und The Abyss}, <br />
booktitle = {Mythen, Mütter, Maschinen. Die Filme des James Cameron},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pabst, Eckhard},<br />
pages = {289-315},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeit ist überhaupt nur darzustellen, indem man sie konstruiert (Andreas Gursky)},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {201-218},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {On the Logic of the Digital Archive},<br />
booktitle = {The You Tube Reader},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Vonderau, Patrick & Snickars, Pelle},<br />
pages = {330-346},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2009c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {3D. Zur Theorie, Geschichte und Medienästhetik des technischtransplanen Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen und die Nicht-Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {77-86},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2010a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Fotografie und Fiktionalität},<br />
booktitle = {Die fotografische Wirklichkeit. Inszenierung - Fiktion - Narration},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Blunck, Lars},<br />
pages = {143-158},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2010b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Zeitalter der technischen Nichtreproduzierbarkeit},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
editor = {Schröter, Jens et al.},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {1-38},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter & Thielmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter & Thielmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens & Thielmann, Tristan},<br />
title = {Display I: Analog},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften}<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2010a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Darstellung einer Vorstellung. Das Bild der Welt auf der Pioneer-Plakette},<br />
booktitle = {Atlas der Weltbilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Markschies, C. et al.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schürmann 2008a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Sehen als Praxis. Ethisch-ästhetische Studien zum Verhältnis von Sicht und Einsicht},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulz 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulz 2005a,<br />
author = {Schulz, Martin},<br />
title = {Ordnungen der Bilder. Eine Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Finke},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulze 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulze 2000a,<br />
author = {Schulze, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Die Erlebnis-Gesellschaft. Kultursoziologie der Gegenwart. 8. Auflage. Studienausgabe.},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M., New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schwingeler 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schwingeler 2008a,<br />
author = {Schwingeler, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Raummaschine. Raum und Perspektive im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Werner Hülsbusch},<br />
address = {Boizenburg},<br />
note = {(Reihe Game Studies)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Searle 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Searle 1971,<br />
author = {Searle, John R.},<br />
title = {Sprechakttheorie - Ein sprachphilosophischer Essay},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 2003a,<br />
author = {Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Erscheinens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seel 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 1991a,<br />
author = {Seel, Norbert M.},<br />
title = {Weltwissen und mentale Modelle},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seiterle 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Seiterle 1988a,<br />
author = {Seiterle, G. },<br />
title = {Maske, Ziegenbock und Satyr},<br />
journal = {Antike Welt. Z. für Archäologie und Kulturgeschichte},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seja 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seja 2009a,<br />
author = {Seja, Silvia},<br />
title = {Handlungstheorien des Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sekula 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sekula 2002a,<br />
author = {Sekula, Allan},<br />
title = {Der Handel mit Fotografien},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {255-290},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shannon & Weaver 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shannon & Weaver 1976a,<br />
author = {Shannon, Claude E. & Weaver, Warren},<br />
title = {Mathematische Grundlagen der Informationstheorie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shepard 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shepard 1990a,<br />
author = {Shepard, Roger N.},<br />
title = {Mind sights. Original illusions, ambiguities, and other anomalies, with a commentary on the play of mind in perception and art},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {W. H. Freeman},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shneiderman 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Shneiderman 1983a,<br />
author = {Shneiderman, B.},<br />
title = {Direct Manipulation - A Step Beyond Programming Languages},<br />
journal = {IEEE Computer},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
volume = {16},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {57-69},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shohat & Stam 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Shohat & Stam 1998a,<br />
author = {Shohat, E. & Stam R.},<br />
title = {Narrativizing Visual Culture. Towards a Polycentric Aesthetics},<br />
booktitle = {The Visual Culture Reader},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Mirzoeff, N.},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {26-49},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegert & Brecheis 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{ Siegert & Brecheis 2005a,<br />
author = {Siegert, Gabriele & Brecheis, Dieter },<br />
title = {Werbung in der Medien- und Informationsgesellschaft. Eine kommunikationswissenschaftliche Einführung },<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {VS},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegmund 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegmund 2007a,<br />
author = {Siegmund, J.},<br />
title = {Die Evidenz der Kunst. Künstlerisches Handeln als ästhetische Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Simmel 1995a,<br />
author = {Simmel, G.},<br />
title = {Der Bildrahmen. Ein ästhetischer Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Aufsätze und Abhandlungen 1901-1908 Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Simmel, G.},<br />
pages = {101-108},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1992a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Soziologie. Untersuchungen über die Formen der Vergesellschaftung},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Gesamtausgabe, Bd. 11, hrsg. von Otthein Rammstedt},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1978a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Das individuelle Gesetz. Philosophische Exkurse},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Michael Landmann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a,<br />
author = {Smith, Robert W. & Tatarewicz, Joseph N.},<br />
title = {Replacing a Technology: The Large Space Telescope and CCDs},<br />
journal = {Proceedings of the IEEE},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
volume = {73},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1221-1235},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sobchack 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sobchack 1997a,<br />
author = {Sobchack, Vivian},<br />
title = {Meta-Morphing. Visual Transformation and the Culture of Quick-Change},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minneapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a,<br />
author = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
title = {Figurative Politik. Prolegomena zu einer Kultursoziologie politischen Handelns},<br />
booktitle = {Figurative Politik. Zur Performanz der Macht in der modernen Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
pages = {17-33},<br />
publisher = {Leske und Budrich},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sommer 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sommer 1987a,<br />
author = {Sommer, M.},<br />
title = {Evidenz im Augenblick. Eine Phänomenologie der reinen Empfindung},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sonesson 1992a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Bildbetydelser: Inledning till bildsemiotiken som vetenskap},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Studentlitteratur},<br />
address = {Lund},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sonesson 1989a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Pictorial Concepts},<br />
publisher = {Lund University Press},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sörbom 1966===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sörbom 1966,<br />
author = {Sörbom, Göran},<br />
title = {Mimesis and Art. Studies in the Origin an Early Development of an Aesthetic Vocabulary},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spariosu 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Spariosu 1984,<br />
title = {Mimesis in contemporary theory: An interdisciplinary Approach. Volume I: The Literary and the Philosophical Debate},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Spariosu, Mihai},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Philadelphia/Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spillner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Spillner 1982a,<br />
author = {Spillner, Bernd},<br />
title = {Stilanalyse semiotisch komplexer Texte: Zum Verhältnis von sprachlicher und bil¬dicher Information in Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4/5},<br />
pages = {91–106},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stadler & Kruse 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stadler & Kruse 1995a,<br />
author = {Stadler, Michael & Kruse, Peter},<br />
title = {The Function of Meaning in Cognitive Order Formation.},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {5–21},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Steinbrenner 2009a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Bildtheorien der analytischen Tradition},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {284-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 2004a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Zeichen über Zeichen. Grundlagen einer Theorie der Metabezugnahme},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Synchron Wissenschaftsverlag der Autoren},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 1996a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Kognitivismus in der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a,<br />
title = {Farben: Betrachtungen aus Philosophie und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Glasauer, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a,<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
title = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stiegler 2004a,<br />
author = {Stiegler, Bernd},<br />
title = {Digitale Photographie als epistemologischer Bruch und historische Wende},<br />
booktitle = {Das Gesicht der Welt. Medien in der digitalen Kultur},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Engell & Neitzel},<br />
pages = {105-126},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stierle 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stierle 1984a,<br />
author = {Stierle, Karlheinz},<br />
title = {Das bequeme Verhältnis. Lessings Laokoon und die Entdeckung des ästhetischen Mediums},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, Gunter},<br />
pages = {23-58},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2011a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbekommunikation semiotisch},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch Werbekommunikation},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Nina Janich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {UTB},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {erscheint Mitte 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {The Language-Image-Text. Theoretical and Analytical Inroads into Semiotic Complexity},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {202-226},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Beyond Depicting. Language-Image-Links in the Service of Advertising},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {3-28},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2008a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbetypographie. Formen und Funktionen},<br />
booktitle = {Werbung – grenzenlos. Multimodale Werbetexte im interkulturellen Vergleich},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bendel, Sylvia & Held, Gudrun},<br />
pages = {13–36},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2005a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typography: Body and Dress of a Text – A Signing Mode between Language and Image},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {204-214},<br />
note = {Special Issue “The New Typography”},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2004b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typographie: Körper und Gewand des Textes. Linguistische Überlegungen zu typographischer Gestaltung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Angewandte Linguistik},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {41},<br />
pages = {5-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stöckl 2004a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Die Sprache im Bild – Das Bild in der Sprache. Zur Verknüpfung von Sprache und Bild im massenmedialen Text},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2003a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {„Imagine“: Stilanalyse multimodal. Am Beispiel des TV-Werbespots},<br />
booktitle = {Sprachstil – Zugänge und Anwendungen. Ulla Fix zum 60. Geburtstag},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Barz, Irmhild & Lerchner, Gotthard & Schröder, },<br />
pages = {305-323},<br />
publisher = {Winter},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 1992a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Der ‚picture relation type’ – Ein praktischer Analysemodus zur Beschreibung der vielfältigen Einbettungs- und Verknüpfungsbeziehungen von Bild und Text},<br />
journal = {Papiere zur Linguistik},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {46},<br />
number = {11},<br />
pages = {49-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoesz 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Stoesz 2008a,<br />
author = {Stoesz Brenda Marie},<br />
title = {The Role of Selective Attention in Perceptual Switching. },<br />
year = {2008},<br />
howpublished = {Department of Psychology, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Manitoba},<br />
note = {Thesis Master of Arts Thesis},<br />
hidden = {zuletzt geprüft am 17.03.2011},<br />
url = {mspace.lib.umanitoba.ca/bitstream/1993/3083/1/BStoesz%20-%20MA%20thesis%202008%20revisions.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoichita 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stoichita 1998a,<br />
author = {Stoichita, Victor I.},<br />
title = {Das selbstbewußte Bild. Vom Ursprung der Metamalerei},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauß 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strauß 1998a,<br />
author = {Strauß, Bernd (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Zuschauer},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strenge 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Strenge_1998a,<br />
author = {Strenge, Britta},<br />
title = {Typos/Typologie},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {1587-1595},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Striedter 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Striedter 1984a,<br />
author = {Striedter, K.H.},<br />
title = {Felsbilder der Sahara},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauss 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Strauss 1979a,<br />
author = {Strauss, M.S.},<br />
title = {Abstraction of prototypical information by adults and 10-month-old infants},<br />
journal = {J. of Experimental Psychology: Human Leraning and Memory},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {5},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {618-632},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a,<br />
author = {Strothotte, Thomas & Schlechtweg, Stefan},<br />
title = {Non-photorealistic Computer Graphics: Modeling, Rendering, and Animation},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {San Francisco u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stüber & Stadler 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stüber & Stadler 1999a,<br />
author = {Strüber, Daniel & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Differences in top-down influences on the reversal rate of different categories of reversible figures},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {28},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1185–1196},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sturken & Cartwright 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sturken & Cartwright 2001a,<br />
author = {Sturken, M. & Cartwright L.},<br />
title = {Practices of Looking. An Introduction to Visual Culture},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
address = {Oxford, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch.},<br />
title = {Schreck-Gesichter. Symbole des magischen Alltags},<br />
booktitle = {Symbole des Alltags, Alltag der Symbole},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Blaschitz, G.; et al. },<br />
pages = {517-554},<br />
publisher = {ADV},<br />
address = {Graz},<br />
note = {Festschrift Harry Kühnel zum 65. Geburtstag},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1998a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch. },<br />
title = {Grenzen der Komplexität. Die Kunst als Bild der Wirklichkeit. Neuropsychologische und ethologische Erkenntnisse in der Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Einfachen zur Ganzheitlichkeit. Das Problem der Komplexität auf organismischer und soziokultureller Ebene},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {A.M. Wobus, & U. Wobus},<br />
pages = {167-188},<br />
publisher = {Nova Acta Leopoldina 77(304)},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Szily 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Szily 1999a,<br />
author = {Szily, K.},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelvújítás szótára},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Nap Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==T==<br />
===Tatarkiewicz 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tatarkiewicz 2003,<br />
author = {Tatarkiewicz, Wladysaw},<br />
title = {Geschichte der sechs Begriffe. Kunst • Schönheit • Form • Kreativität • Mimesis • Ästhetisches Erlebnis},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thielmann & Schröter 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Thielmann & Schröter 2007a,<br />
title = {Display II: Digital. Navigationen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Thielmann, Tristan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {<em>Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften</em>},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {Jg. 7, H. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tholen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tholen 2003a,<br />
author = {Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
title = {Die Zäsur der Medien. Kulturphilosophische Konturen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a,<br />
author = {Thornhill, R. & Gangestad, S.W. },<br />
title = {Human facial beauty: averageness, symmetry and parasite resistance},<br />
journal = {Human nature},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {237-269},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Thürlemann 1990a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Raum. Beiträge zu einer semiotischen Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Thürlemann 1984a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Die Farbe in der Malerei: Symbolischer und semi-symbolischer Bedeutungsmodus},<br />
booktitle = {Semiotics Unfolding. Proceedings of the Second Congress of the International Association for Semiotic Studies},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Tasso Borbé},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tischner 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tischner 1954a,<br />
author = {Tischner, H.},<br />
title = {Kunst der Südsee},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Todorov 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Todorov 1977,<br />
author = {Todorov, Tzvetan},<br />
title = {Symboltheorien},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {[frz. Original 1977]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Topper 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Topper 00a,<br />
author = {Topper, David},<br />
title = {On Anamorphosis. Setting Some Things Straight},<br />
journal = {Leonardo},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
volume = {33},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {115-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tótfalusi 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tótfalusi 2002a,<br />
author = {Tótfalusi, I.},<br />
title = {Magyar szótörténeti szótár},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Anno Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Totzke 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Totzke 2004a,<br />
author = {Totzke, Rainer},<br />
title = {Buchstaben-Folgen. Schriftlichkeit, Wissenschaft und Heideggers Kritik an der Wissenschaftsideologie},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Welbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Troje & McAdam 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Troje & McAdam 2010a,<br />
author = {Troje, N. F. & McAdam, M.},<br />
title = {The viewing-from-above bias and the silhouette illusion},<br />
journal = {i-Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {143–148},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {i-perception.perceptionweb.com/fulltext/i01/i0408.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Trübner 1940===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Trübner 1940,<br />
title = {Trübners Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: C-F},<br />
year = {1940},<br />
editor = {Alfred Göze},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Art. „darstellen“, S. 27},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tugendhat 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat 1976a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die sprachanalytische Philosophie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst & Wolf, Ursula},<br />
title = {Logisch-semantische Propädeutik},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {(revid. 1986)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==U==<br />
===Ullrich 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ullrich 1997a,<br />
author = {Ullrich, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Digitaler Nominalismus. Zum Status der Computerfotografie},<br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {64},<br />
pages = {63-73},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==V==<br />
===Vaihinger 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vaihinger 1997a,<br />
author = {Vaihinger, Dirk},<br />
title = {Virtualität und Realität – Die Fiktionalisierung der Wirklichkeit und die unendliche Information},<br />
booktitle = {Künstliche Paradiese, Virtuelle Realitäten. Künstliche Räume in Literatur-, Sozial-, und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Krapp, Holger & Wägenbaur, Thomas},<br />
pages = {19-43},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Valenza et al. 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Valenza et al. 1996a,<br />
author = {Valenza, E.; Simion, F.; Cassia, V.M. & Umiltà, C.},<br />
title = {Face preference at birth},<br />
journal = {J. of experimental Psychology (Human Perception and Performance) },<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {892-903},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Varela 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Varela 1990a,<br />
author = {Varela, Francisco J.},<br />
title = {Kognitionswissenschaft, Kognitionstechnik. Eine Skizze aktueller Perspektiven},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===VCQ 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{VCQ 1996a,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Visual Culture Questionnaire},<br />
journal = {October},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
pages = {25-70},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ventola et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ventola et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Ventola, Eija & Guijarro, Moya & Arsenio, Jesús},<br />
title = {The World Told and the World Shown. Multisemiotic Issues},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan},<br />
address = {Basingstoke},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Venus 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Venus 2009a,<br />
author = {Venus, Jochen},<br />
title = {Raumbild und Tätigkeitssimulation. Video- und Computerspiele als Darstellungsmedien des Tätigkeitsempfindens},<br />
booktitle = {Das Raumbild. Bilder jenseits ihrer Flächen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Winter, Gundolf; Schröter, Jens & Barck, Joanna},<br />
pages = {259-280},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vischer 1873a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vischer 1873a,<br />
author = {Vischer, Robert},<br />
title = {Ueber das optische Formgefühl. Ein Beitrag zur Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1873},<br />
publisher = {Credner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Völker 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Völker 2010a,<br />
author = {Völker, Clara},<br />
title = {Mobile Medien. Zur Genealogie des Mobilfunks und zur Ideengeschichte von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vogel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vogel 2003a,<br />
author = {Vogel, Matthias},<br />
title = {Medien als Voraussetzungen für Gedanken},<br />
booktitle = {Medienphilosophie. Beiträge zur Klärung eines Begriffs},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Münker, Stefan; Roesler, Alexander & Sandbothe, Mike},<br />
pages = {107-134 + 213-215 [Anmerkungen]},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Volkelt 1905a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Volkelt 1905a,<br />
author = {Volkelt, Johannes},<br />
title = {System der Ästhetik. Erster Band: Grundlegung der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vorländer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vorländer 2003a,<br />
author = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
title = {Demokratie und Ästhetik. Zur Rehabilitierung eines problematischen Zusammenhangs},<br />
booktitle = {Zur Ästhetik der Demokratie. Formen der politischen Selbstdarstellung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
pages = {11-26},<br />
publisher = {Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==W==<br />
<br />
===Wade et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wade et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Wade, Nicholas J.; Campbel, Robin N.; Ross, Helen E. & Lingelbach, Bernd},<br />
title = {Necker in Scotch perspective},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1–4},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Waldenfels 2010a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Sinne und Künste im Wechselspiel. Modi ästhetischer Erfahrung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Waldenfels 1999a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Ordnungen des Sichtbaren},<br />
booktitle = {Sinnesschwellen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Walton 1973a,<br />
author = {Kendall L. Walton},<br />
title = {Pictures as Make-Believe},<br />
journal = {The Philosophical Review},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
volume = {82},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {283-319},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Walton 1990a,<br />
author = {Walton, Kendall L.},<br />
title = {Mimesis as make-believe : on the foundations of the representational arts},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Harvard Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass. [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warburg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warburg 2008a,<br />
author = {Warburg, Aby},<br />
title = {Der Bilderatlas Mnemosyne (2000)},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Warnke, Martin; unter Mitarbeit von Brink, Claudia},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warnke 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warnke 1984a,<br />
author = {Warnke, Martin},<br />
title = {Politische Architektur in Europa vom Mittelalter bis heute: Repräsentation und Gemeinschaft},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Watt 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Watt 2002a, <br />
author = {Watt, Alan}, <br />
title = {3D-Computergrafik},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weber 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weber 2000a,<br />
author = { Weber, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Windmühlen oder Mauern? Die Archive und der neue Wind in der Informationstechnik},<br />
booktitle = {Digitale Archive - Ein neues Paradigma?},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Metzing, Andreas},<br />
pages = {79-94},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Marburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weiss 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weiss 2009a,<br />
author = {Weiss, G. },<br />
title = {Masken begleiten, erinnern, ehren und erneuern},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wellbery 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wellbery 1977,<br />
author = {Wellbery, David E.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Semiotics in the German Enlightenment},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Yale University},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Werckmeister 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Werckmeister 2005a,<br />
author = {Werckmeister, Otto Karl},<br />
title = {Der Medusa Effekt. Politische Bildstrategien seit dem 11. September 2001},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {form + zweck},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wescher 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wescher 1968a,<br />
author = {Wescher, Herta},<br />
title = {Die Collage / Geschichte eines künstlerischen Ausdrucksmittels},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {DuMont Schauberg},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wheeler 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wheeler 2005a,<br />
author = {Wheeler, Michael},<br />
title = {Reconstructing the Cognitive World: The Next Step},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2008a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Die Sichtbarkeit des Bildes. Geschichte und Perspektiven der formalen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main, New York},<br />
note = {Mit einem aktuellen Vorwort des Autors zur Neuausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2005a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Artifizielle Präsenz. Studien zur Philosophie des Bildes.},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wiesing 2004a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Pragmatismus und Performativität des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {115-128},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2000a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Phänomene im Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wimmer 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wimmer 1991a,<br />
author = {Wimmer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Fabrikation der Fiktion?},<br />
booktitle = {Digitaler Schein. Ästhetik der digitalen Medien},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Rötzer, }, <br />
pages = {519-533},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winkler 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Winkler 2003a,<br />
author = {Winkler, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Zugriff. Thesen zur Umorganisation der gesellschaftlichen Bildarchive unter den Bedingungen des Digitalen},<br />
booktitle = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang; Heidenreich, Stefan & Holl, Ute},<br />
pages = {144-148},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winner 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Winner 1962a,<br />
author = {Winner, Matthias},<br />
title = {Gemalte Kunsttheorie. Zu Gustave Courbets ‚Allégorie réelle‘ und der Tradition},<br />
journal = {Jahrbuch der Berliner Museen},<br />
year = {4},<br />
volume = {1962},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {150-185},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wirth 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wirth 2004a,<br />
author = {Wirth, Uwe},<br />
title = {Das Vorwort als performative, paratextuelle und parergonale Rahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Rhetorik. Figuration und Performanz},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fohrmann, Jürgen},<br />
pages = {603-628},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Whitfield 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Whitfield 1999a,<br />
author = {Whitfield, S.},<br />
title = {Lucio Fontana},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Hayward Gallery Publ.},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witsch 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witsch 2008a,<br />
author = {Witsch, Monika},<br />
title = {Kultur und Bildung: Ein Beitrag für eine kulturwissenschaftliche Grundlegung von Bildung im Anschluss an Georg Simmel, Ernst Cassirer und Richard Hönigswald},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witte 2010a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Zur Geschichte der Bildung. Eine philosophische Kritik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2009a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Selbstbild und Bildung. Ein Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildung – Argumentation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Helmer, K.; Herchert, G. & Löwenstein, S.},<br />
pages = {81-100},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reihe: Beiträge zur Theorie der Argumentation in der Pädagogik. Herausgegeben von Andreas Dörpinghaus und Karl Helmer. Band 5},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1990a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus logico-philosophicus},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Tagebücher 1914-1916; Philosophische Untersuchungen. [7. Aufl.]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1971a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Philosophische Untersuchungen},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1922===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1922,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus},<br />
year = {1922},<br />
publisher = {Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wollheim 1982a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Sehen-als, sehen-in und bildliche Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Objekte der Kunst},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
pages = {192-210},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Looser, Max},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 1978,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Are the Criteria of Identity that Hold für a Work of Art in the Different Arts Aesthetically Relevant?},<br />
journal = {Ratio},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {20},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {29-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 2001a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {On Pictorial Representation},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
pages = {215-2268},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {Neuabdruck in: Gerwen, Rob van (Hg.). Richard Wollheim on the Art of Painting: Art as Representation and Expression. Cambridge UP, 2001},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==X==<br />
==Y==<br />
==Z==<br />
===Zaloscer 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Zaloscer 1974a,<br />
author = {Zaloscer, Hilde},<br />
title = {Versuch einer Phänomenologie des Rahmens},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Ästhetik und allgemeine Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {189-224},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zeune 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zeune 1997a,<br />
author = {Zeune, Joachim},<br />
title = {Burgen. Symbole der Macht. Ein neues Bild der mittelalterlichen Burg},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Pustet},<br />
address = {Regensburg},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zimmer 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zimmer 1995a,<br />
author = {Zimmer, A. C.},<br />
title = {Multistability – More than just a Freak Phenomenon},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {99–138},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==Fehlerhafte Angaben==<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, Jörg R. J.},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
note = {'''''Achtung!!Reihenfolge der Autoren ist verkehrt!!! Bitte korrigieren!!!''''' },<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.uni-due.de/imperia/md/content/elise/2006_-_schirra___hombach.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<!--- Die folgende Zeile muß immer am Ende der Seite stehen!! --><br />
<!--- Nicht entfernen und keinen Biblio-Eintrag danach setzen --><br />
<bibexport/></div>
Mark Ludwig
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Bibliography&diff=5949
Bibliography
2011-06-21T14:10:40Z
<p>Mark Ludwig: /* Garcia 1997a */</p>
<hr />
<div>===Warnke 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Warnke 1993a,<br />
title = {Bildersturm. Die Zerstörung des Kunstwerks},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Warnke, Martin},<br />
publisher = {S. Fischer Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2008b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2008b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, W.J.T.},<br />
title = {Das Leben der Bilder. Eine Theorie der visuellen Kultur},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Verlag C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {mit einem Vorwort von Hans Belting, aus dem Englischen von Achim Eschbach, Anna-Victoria Eschbach und Mark Halawa},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lippold 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lippold 1993a,<br />
author = {Lippold, Lutz},<br />
title = {Macht des Bildes - Bild der Macht: Kunst zwischen Verehrung und Zerstörung bis zum ausgehenden Mittelalter},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Edition Leipzig},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2002b,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Ereignis und Aura. Untersuchungen zu einer performativen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fischer-Lichte 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fischer-Lichte 2004a,<br />
author = {Fischer-Lichte, Erika},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Performativen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kris & Kurz 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kris & Kurz 1995a,<br />
author = {Kris, Ernst & Kurz, Otto},<br />
title = {Die Legende vom Künstler. Ein geschichtlicher Versuch},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {mit einem Vorwort von Ernst H. Gombrich},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 2000a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Vor einem Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser Verlag},<br />
address = {München/Wien},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Reinold Werner},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Panofsky 2002a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Sinn und Deutung in der bildenden Kunst (Meaning in the Visual Arts)},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Dumont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<!--- Dies ist eine Kommentarzeile --><br />
<!--- In diese Seite kommen alle bibliographischen Daten rein, --><br />
<!--- also wirklich a l l e für dieses Glossar. --><br />
<!--- Wer es kennt, wird erkennen, dass wir uns an BibTex orientieren. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- !!!!! Bitte erst mal durchsuchen, ob der geplante Eintrag !!! --><br />
<!--- !!!!! hier nicht schon unter anderer Bezeichnung steht! !!! --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Ein Schema für neue Einträge wird hier oben automatisch --><br />
<!--- eingeblendet, wenn ein neuer Literaturverweis in einer Seite --><br />
<!--- eingebaut wurde und man dem entsprechenden Link dort im --><br />
<!--- Literaturverzeichnis folgt. Bitte nach Anlegen nach unten kopieren, --><br />
<!--- so dass eine alphabetisch geordnete Liste erhalten bleibt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Derzeit sind folgende Formen möglich Monographie (=book), --> <br />
<!--- Sammelband (= Proceedings), Artikel in Sammelband (= inproceedings),--><br />
<!--- Zeitschriftenartikel (= article), Rest (= misc.) --><br />
<!--- (An einer Übersetzung dieser Typbezeichnungen wird gearbeitet) --><br />
<!--- In allen sind die jeweils üblichen Felder verfügbar; weitere Daten --><br />
<!--- können im Feld note deponiert werden -- die werden jeweils am Ende --><br />
<!--- der damit produzierten Literaturangabe angezeigt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Nun die Einträge; wenn möglich die Namen (1. Zeile nach bibentry) --><br />
<!--- alle nach gleichem Schema bauen und alphabetisch geordnet eintragen.--><br />
<!--- Angabe des Jahres am Besten immer mit fortlaufendem Kleinbuchstaben --><br />
<!--- indizieren, auch wenn noch kein zweites Werk des Autors im gleichen --><br />
<!--- Jahr aufgenommen wurde; kann ja noch kommen. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Wenn ein als Identifier benutzter Nachname mit einem Sonderzeichen --><br />
<!--- (insbesondere Umlaut) beginnt, bitte die Normalumschrift benutzen, --><br />
<!--- sonst sind die Literaturangaben auf den Seiten falsch geordnet. --><br />
<!--- Den korrekt geschriebenen Namen zwischen den <bib>Klammern nutzen. --><br />
{{GlossarBoxSub}}__TOC__</div><br />
<!--- --><br />
<br />
==A==<br />
===Adelmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelmann 2009a, <br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adelmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Adelmann 2004a, <br />
author = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Digitale Animationen in dokumentarischen Fernsehformaten?}, <br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung}, <br />
year = {2004}, <br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke}, <br />
pages = {387-406}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adelung 1811===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelung 1811, <br />
editor = {Adelung, Johann Christoph}, <br />
title = {Grammatisch-kritisches Wörterbuch der hochdeutschen Mundart: mit beständiger Vergleichung der übrigen Mundarten, besonders aber der Oberdeutschen. Erster Teil: A-E. Mit D. W. Soltau's Beyträgen; revidirt und berichtiget von Franz Xaver Schönberger, Doctor der freyen Künste und Philosophie},<br />
year = {1811}, <br />
publisher = {Bauer}, <br />
address = {Wien}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adorno 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Adorno 2003,<br />
author = {Adorno, Theodor W.},<br />
title = {Gesammelte Schriften, Bd. 7: Ästhetische Theorie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Alpers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alpers 1985a,<br />
author = {Alpers, Svetlana},<br />
title = {Kunst als Beschreibung. Holländische Malerei des 17. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Amelunxen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Amelunxen 1996a, <br />
author = {Amelunxen, Hubertus}, <br />
title = {Fotografie nach der Fotografie}, <br />
year = {1996}, <br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Dresden u.a.}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Appadurai 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Appadurai 2003a, <br />
author = {Appadurai, Arjun},<br />
title = {Archive and Aspiration},<br />
booktitle = {Information is Alive},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Brouwer, Joke; Mulder, Arjen},<br />
pages = {14-25},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Rotterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1997,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Poetik. Griechisch/Deutsch},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Manfred Fuhrmann},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {Übers. und Hrsg.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995c,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Physik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 6; Übers.: Hans Günter Zekl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995b,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Nikomachische Ethik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 3; Übers.: Eugen Rolfes},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995a,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Metaphysik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 5; Übers.: Hermann Bonitz},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a,<br />
author = {Asemissen, Hermann Ulrich & Schweikhart, Gunter},<br />
title = {Malerei als Thema der Malerei},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Attneave 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Attneave 1971a,<br />
author = {Attneave, F.},<br />
title = {Multistability in perception},<br />
journal = {Sci.Am 225},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
volume = {225},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Auerbach 1946===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Auerbach 1946,<br />
author = {Auerbach, Erich},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Dargestellte Wirklichkeit in der abendländischen Literatur [1946]},<br />
year = {<sup>10</sup>2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen/Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Augustinus 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Augustinus 2002,<br />
author = {Augustinus},<br />
title = {Was ist Zeit? Confessiones XI/Bekenntnisse 11},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {lateinisch-deutsche Ausgabe, eingeleitet, übersetzt und mit Anmerkungen versehen von Norbert Fischer},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Austin 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Austin 1972a,<br />
author = {Austin, John L.},<br />
title = {Zur Theorie der Sprechakte},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {orig.: How to do things with Words, 1962},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==B==<br />
===Baader 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baader 2003a,<br />
author = {Baader, Hannah},<br />
title = {Paragone},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {263},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bachmann-Medick 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bachmann-Medick 2006a,<br />
author = {Bachmann-Medick, Doris},<br />
title = {Cultural Turns. Neuorientierungen in den Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Badakshi 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Badakshi 2006a,<br />
author = {Badakshi, Harun},<br />
title = {Körper in/aus Zahlen. Digitale Bildgebung in der Medizin},<br />
booktitle = {The Picture's Image. Wissenschaftliche Visualisierung als Komposit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Hinterwaldner, Inge; Buschhaus, Markus},<br />
pages = {199-205},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Badt 1963a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Badt 1963a,<br />
author = {Badt, Kurt },<br />
title = {Raumphantasien und Raumillusionen. Wesen der Plastik}<br />
year = {1963},<br />
publisher = {DuMont}, <br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Balázs 2001a,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der Geist des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Balázs 2001b,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der sichtbare Mensch},<br />
booktitle = {Texte zur Theorie des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {v. F. Albersmeier},<br />
publisher = {Philip Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
pages = {224-233},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baltrušaitis 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baltrušaitis 77a,<br />
author = {Baltrušaitis, Jurgis},<br />
title = {Anamorphic Art},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Chadwyck-Healey},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {(aus dem Französischen von W.J. Strachan, zuerst: Paris 1969)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1977a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetoric of the Image},<br />
booktitle = {Image, Music, Text},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
editor = {Stephen Heath},<br />
pages = {32–51},<br />
publisher = {Fontana},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {orig. 1964 in Communications},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1964a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetorik des Bildes (1964)},<br />
booktitle = {Der entgegenkommende und der stumpfe Sinn. Kritische Essays III},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Hornig, Dieter},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barthes 1989a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Die helle Kammer. Bemerkung zur Photographie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batchen 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Batchen 1998a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Photogenics/Fotogenik},<br />
journal = {Camera Austria},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {62/63},<br />
pages = {5-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batchen 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Batchen 2000a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Ectoplasm. Photography in the Digital Age},<br />
booktitle = {Over Exposed. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Squiers, Carol},<br />
pages = {9.23},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batteux 1746/1770===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Batteux 1746/1770,<br />
author = {Batteux, Charles},<br />
title = {Einschränkung der schönen Künste auf einen einzigen Grundsatz},<br />
year = {<sup>3</sup>1770},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Aus dem Französischen übersetzt und mit Abhandlungen begleitet von Johann Adolf Schlegel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baudrillard 1978a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Agonie des Realen},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baudrillard 2000a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Das perfekte Verbrechen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {von Amelunxen},<br />
pages = {256-260},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baumberger 2010===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baumberger 2010,<br />
author = {Baumberger, Christoph},<br />
title = {Gebaute Zeichen. Eine Symboltheorie der Architektur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Ontos},<br />
address = {Heusenstamm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baxandall 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baxandall 1972a,<br />
author = {Baxandall, Michael},<br />
title = {Painting and Experience in Fifteenth Century Italy. A Primer in the Social History of Pictorial Style},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Clarendon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bayer 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bayer 1984,<br />
author = {Bayer, Udo},<br />
title = {Laokoon – Momente einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gunter Gebauer},<br />
pages = {59-101},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bechtloff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bechtloff 2001a,<br />
author = {Bechtloff, Dieter (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Choreographie der Gewalt}, <br />
journal = {Kunstforum International}, <br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Hefte 153, 155 & 156},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Heft 153: Der gerissene Faden. Nichtlineare Techniken in der Kunst; Heft 156: Plateau der Menschheit},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beckmann 1995===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beckmann 1995,<br />
author = {Beckmann, Jan P.},<br />
title = {Wilhelm von Ockham},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beil 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beil 2010a,<br />
author = {Beil, Benjamin},<br />
title = {First Person Perspectives. Point of View und figurenzentrierte Erzählformen im Film und im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belach & Jacobsen 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belach & Jacobsen 93,<br />
author = {Belach, Helga & Jacobsen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {CinemaScope. Zur Geschichte der Breitwandfilme},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Spiess},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Stiftung Deutsche Kinemathek},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beller 2005a,<br />
author = {Beller Hans},<br />
title = {Aspekte der Filmmontage - Eine Art Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch der Filmmontage. Praxis und Prinzipien des Filmschnitts},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Beller Hans},<br />
publisher = {TR-Verlagsunion},<br />
address = {München},<br />
pages = {9-33},<br />
note = {5., gegenüber der 4. unveränderte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2008a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Florenz und Bagdad. Eine westöstliche Geschichte des Blicks},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2004a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bild und Kult. Eine Geschichte des Bildes vor dem Zeitalter der Kunst},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {6. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2002a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte. Eine Revision nach zehn Jahren},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Verlag C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2., erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2001a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bildanthropologie. Entwürfe für eine Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 1983a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte?},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Kunstverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting & Haustein 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting & Haustein 1998a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans & Haustein, Lydia},<br />
title = {Das Erbe der Bilder. Kunst und moderne Medien in den Kulturen der Welt},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Benkő 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Benkő 1976a,<br />
editor = {Benkő, L.},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelv történeti-etimológiai szótára. I-IV},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bergson 1948a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bergson 1948a,<br />
author = {Bergson, Henri},<br />
title = {Das Mögliche und das Wirkliche},<br />
booktitle = {Denken und Schöpferisches Werden. Aufsätze und Vorträge},<br />
year = {1948},<br />
editor = {Bergson, H.},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Meisenheim am Glan},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {110-125},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bernays 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernays 1970a,<br />
author = {Bernays, Jacob},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der verlorenen Abhandlung des Aristoteles über Wirkung der Tragödie},<br />
year = {1970}<br />
publisher = {G. Olms},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bernhardt et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernhardt et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Bernhardt, Petra; Hadj-Abdou, Leila; Liebhart, Karin & Pribersky, Andreas},<br />
title = {EUropäische Bildpolitiken. Politische Bildanalyse an Beispielen der EU-Politik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {facultas UTB},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bertram et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bertram et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bertram, Georg W.; Lauer, David; Liptow, Jasper; & Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {In der Welt der Sprache: Konsequenzen des semantischen Holismus},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp}, <br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Berz 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Berz 2009a,<br />
author = {Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bitmapped Graphic},<br />
booktitle = {Zeitkritische Medien},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Volmar, Axel},<br />
pages = {127-154},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bevers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bevers 1985a,<br />
author = {Bevers, Antonius M.},<br />
title = {Dynamik der Formen bei Georg Simmel. Eine Studie über die methodische und theoretische Einheit eines Gesamtwerkes},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Duncker & Humblot},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Sozialwissenschaftliche Abhandlungen der Görres-Gesellschaft, Band 13},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beyme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beyme 2004a,<br />
author = {Beyme, Klaus von},<br />
title = {Politische Ikonologie der modernen Architektur},<br />
booktitle = {Politikwissenschaft als Kulturwissenschaft. Theorien, Methoden, Problemstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schwelling, Birgit},<br />
pages = {351-372},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bieger 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bieger 2007a,<br />
author = {Bieger, Laura},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Immersion. Raum-Erleben zwischen Welt und Bild},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Black 1972===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Black 1972,<br />
author = {Black, Max},<br />
title = {How do Pictures represent?},<br />
booktitle = {Art, Perception, and Reality},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gombrich, E.H.; Hochberg, Julian & Black, Max},<br />
pages = {95-130},<br />
publisher = {John Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blanke 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Blanke 2003,<br />
author = {Blanke, Börries},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Sinn. Das ikonische Zeichen zwischen strukturalistischer Semiotik und analytischer Philosophie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Reihe Bildwissenschaft, Bd. 4},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Block 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Block 1990a,<br />
author = {Block, Ned},<br />
title = {The Computer Model of the Mind},<br />
booktitle = {Thinking. An Invitation to Cognitive Science, Vol. 3},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {D. N. Osherson & E. E. Smith},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bloomfield 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bloomfield 1933a,<br />
author = {Bloomfield, Leonard},<br />
title = {Language},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Henry Holt and Co},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1986a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Annäherungen an die Aktualität der Rhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Wirklichkeiten in denen wir leben},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
pages = {104-136},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1969a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeitsbegriff und Möglichkeit des Romans},<br />
booktitle = {Nachahmung und Illusion. Poetik und Hermeneutik 1},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Hans Robert Jauß},<br />
pages = {9-27},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Blumenberg 1957a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {'Nachahmung der Natur'. Zur Vorgeschichte der Idee des schöpferischen Menschen},<br />
journal = {Studium Generale},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {5},<br />
pages = {266-283},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2008a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Augenmaß. Zur Genese der ikonischen Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Mersman, Birgit & Spies, Christian},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 2007a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2005a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild und die hermeneutische Reflexion},<br />
booktitle = {Dimensionen des Hermeneutischen. Heidegger und Gadamer},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Martin-Heidegger-Gesellschaft},<br />
pages = {23-35},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Schriftenreihe Band 7},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Sprache? Anmerkungen zur Logik der Bilder (2004)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {34-53},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild in der Kunstwissenschaft. Interview mit Gottfried Boehm},<br />
booktitle = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {11-21},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm 2001a,<br />
title = {Homo Pictor},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Saur},<br />
address = {München / Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1999a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zwischen Auge und Hand. Bilder als Instrumente der Erkenntnis (1999)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {94-113},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1994a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Wiederkehr der Bilder},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1994b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Bilderfrage},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Gottfried Boehm},<br />
pages = {325-343},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1994c,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1985a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Der Andere als Prototyp},<br />
booktitle = {Bildnis und Individuum. Über den Ursprung der Porträtmalerei in der italienischen Renaissance},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1978a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zu einer Hermeneutik des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Die Hermeneutik und die Wissenschaft},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Gadamer, Hans-Georg & Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {444-471},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a,<br />
title = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried; Mersmann, Birgit; Spies, Christian},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Böhme 2004a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Der Raum leiblicher Anwesenheit und der Raum als Medium von Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böhme 1999a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böcking 2008===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böcking 2008,<br />
author = {Böcking, Saskia},<br />
title = {Grenzen der Fiktion? Von Suspension of Disbelief zu einer Toleranztheorie für die Filmrezeption.},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bogen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bogen 2005a,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen},<br />
title = {Kunstgeschichte/Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus },<br />
pages = {52-67},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bonsiepe 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bonsiepe 1968a,<br />
author = {Bonsiepe, Gui},<br />
title = {Visuell/Verbale Rhetorik},<br />
journal = {Format: Zeitschrift für visuelle Kommunikation},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {17},<br />
pages = {11–18},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bousso 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bousso 2002a,<br />
author = {Bousso, Raphael},<br />
title = {The Holographic Principle},<br />
journal = {Reviews of Modern Physics},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {74},<br />
pages = {825-874},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brachfeld 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brachfeld_1976a,<br />
author = {Brachfeld, Otto},<br />
title = {Image},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {215-217},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandt 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandt 1999a,<br />
author = {Brandt, Reinhard},<br />
title = {Die Wirklichkeit der Bilder. Sehen und Erkennen – Vom Spiegel zum Kunstbild},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandom 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandom 2000a,<br />
author = {Brandom, Robert},<br />
title = {Expressive Vernunft. Begründung, Repräsentation und diskursive Festlegung (1994)},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Gilmer, Eva & Vetter, Hermann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2007a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Galilei der Künstler. Der Mond. Die Sonne. Die Hand},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2005a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Darwins Korallen. Die frühen Evolutionsdiagramme und die Tradition der Naturgeschichte},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Klaus Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bredekamp 2004a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Drehmomente. Merkmale und Ansprüche des Iconic Turn},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Turn. Die neue Macht der Bilder},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Maar, Christa & Burda, Hubert},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {A Neglected Tradition? Art History as Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2000a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Antikensehnsucht und Maschinenglauben. Die Geschichte der Kunstkammer und die Zukunft der Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 1994a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Die digitale Kunstkammer. Ein Interview mit Horst Bredekamp},<br />
journal = {Texte zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst; Schneider, Birgit; Dünkel, Vera},<br />
title = {Das Technische Bild. Kompendium für eine Stilgeschichte wissenschaftlicher Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst & Schneider, Pablo},<br />
title = {Visuelle Argumentationen. Die Mysterien der Repräsentation und die Berechenbarkeit der Welt},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2010a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildakts. Frankfurter Adorno-Vorlesungen 2007},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brentano 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brentano 1930a,<br />
author = {Brentano, Franz},<br />
title = {Wahrheit und Evidenz},<br />
year = {1930},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {(1975??)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Pitts, Michael A. & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right parietal brain activity precedes perceptual alternation during binocular rivalry},<br />
journal = {Hum. Brain Mapping},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/20690124},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Landis, Theodor & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right parietal brain activity precedes perceptual alternation of bistable stimuli},<br />
journal = {Cereb. Cortex 19},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {55-65},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brugger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger 1999a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter},<br />
title = {One hundred years of an ambiguous figure: happy birthday, duck/rabbit},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
number = {???},<br />
pages = {973–977},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brugger & Brugger 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger & Brugger 1993a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter & Brugger, Susanne},<br />
title = {The easterbunny in october: I is it disguised as a duck},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
number = {???},<br />
pages = {577–578},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brunet 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brunet 2008a,<br />
author = {Brunet, François},<br />
title = {A Better Example is a Photograph': On the Exemplary Value of Photographs in C. S. Peirce's Reflection on Signs},<br />
booktitle = {The Meaning of Photography},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Kelsey, Robin; Stimson, Blake},<br />
pages = {34-49},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Williamstown},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bruno 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bruno 2007a,<br />
author = {Bruno, Giuliana},<br />
title = {Public Intimacy. Architecture and the Visual Arts},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bryson 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bryson 2001a,<br />
author = {Norman Bryson},<br />
title = {Das Sehen und die Malerei},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 2000a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Die Krise der Psychologie},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Velbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Achim Eschbach und Jens Kapitzky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Büttner 2003a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank},<br />
title = {Perspektive},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {265},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher 2011a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {“Man sieht, was man hört“. Multimodales Verstehen als interaktionale Aneignung. Handlungstheoretische Medienanalyse.},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Jan Georg Schneider & Hartmut Stöckl},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher2010a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {Multimodales Verstehen oder Rezeption als Interaktion. Theoretische und empirische Grundlagen einers systematischen Analyse der Multimodalität},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Hajo Diekmannshenke & Michael Klemm & Hartmut Stöckl},<br />
pages = {121-156},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchner 1665===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchner 1665,<br />
author = {August Buchner},<br />
title = {Poet}<br />
year = {1665},<br />
publisher = {???}, <br />
address = {Wittenberg},<br />
note = {hrsg. v. Otto Prätorius},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchwald 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchwald 1989a,<br />
author = {Buchwald, Jed Z.},<br />
title = {The Rise of the Wave Theory of Light},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1933a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Axiomatik der Sprachwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1934a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1934a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Sprachtheorie. Die Darstellungsfunktion der Sprache},<br />
year = {<sup>2</sup>1965},<br />
publisher = {Fischer },<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bürger 1784===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bürger 1784,<br />
author = {Bürger, Gottfried August},<br />
title = {Von der Popularität der Poesie [1784]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Günter und Hiltrud Hintzschel}, <br />
pages = {725-730},<br />
publisher = {Hanser}, <br />
address = {München}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1784},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burckhardt 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Burckhardt 2001a,<br />
author = {Burckhardt, Jacob},<br />
title = {Der Cicerone. Eine Anleitung zum Genuss der Kunstwerke Italiens},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Kritische Gesamtausgabe},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {B. Roeck et al.}, <br />
pages = {Bd. 2},<br />
publisher = {Beck}, <br />
address = {München/Basel}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1855},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burke 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Burke 2003a,<br />
author = {Burke, Peter},<br />
title = {Augenzeugenschaft. Bilder als historische Quellen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Busch 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Busch 2004a,<br />
author = {Busch, Kathrin},<br />
title = {Geschicktes Geben. Aporien der Gabe bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Busch & Därmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Busch & Därmann 2007a,<br />
title = {pathos. Konturen eines kulturwissenschaftlichen Grundbegriffes},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Busch, Kathrin; Därmann, Iris},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Butler 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Butler 2001a,<br />
author = {Butler, Judith},<br />
title = {Psyche der Macht. Das Subjekt der Unterwerfung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner & Gottdank 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Büttner & Gottdank 2009a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank & Gottdank, Andrea},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Ikonographie. Wege zur Deutung von Bildinhalten},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==C==<br />
===Caglioti 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Caglioti 1995a,<br />
author = {Caglioti, G.},<br />
title = {Perception of ambiguous figures: A qualitative Model based on Synergetics and Quantum Mechanics},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {463–478.},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Campe 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Campe 2006a,<br />
author = {Campe, R.},<br />
title = {Epoche der Evidenz. Knoten in einem terminologischen Netzwerk zwischen Descartes und Kant},<br />
booktitle = {Intellektuelle Anschauung. Figurationen von Evidenz zwischen Kunst und Wissen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Peters, S. & Schäfer, M.J. },<br />
pages = {5-43},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carani 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carani 1986a,<br />
author = {Carani, Marie},<br />
title = {Le corpus Pellan: une relecture sémiotique},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carbone 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carbone 2001a,<br />
author = {Mauro Carbone},<br />
title = {La visibilité de l’invisible},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a,<br />
author = {Carlbom, Ingrid; Paciorek, Joseph},<br />
title = {Planar Geometric Projections and Viewing Transformations},<br />
journal = {ACM Computing Surveys},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {465-502},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carnap 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carnap 1947a,<br />
author = {Carnap, Rudolf},<br />
title = {Meaning and Necessity: A Study in Semantics and Modal Logic},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, IL},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2007a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {The World at a Glance},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2005a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {Earth-Mapping. Artists Reshaping Landscape},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2002a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {Representing Place. Landscape Painting and Maps},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 2010a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Birgit Recki},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 2009a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Der Begriff der symbolischen Form im Aufbau der Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
pages = {63-92},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Marion Lauschke},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1990a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Versuch über den Menschen. Einführung in eine Philosophie der Kultur},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1989a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Zur Logik der Kulturwissenschaften. Fünf Studien},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {5., unveränd. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 1930a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Mythischer, ästhetischer und theoretischer Raum (1930)},<br />
booktitle = {Ernst Cassirer: Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 17},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {B. Recki},<br />
pages = {411-436 [1931]},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1929a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1925a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1925a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Zweiter Teil: Das mythische Denken},<br />
year = {1925},<br />
publisher = {Cassirer, Bruno},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1923a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Erster Teil: Die Sprache},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===CCALED===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{CCALED-4,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Collins Cobuild Advanced Learner’s English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
publisher = {Collins},<br />
address = {Glasgow},<br />
note = {4<sup>th</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cha & Rautzenberg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cha & Rautzenberg 08a,<br />
author = {Cha, Kyung-Ho & Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
title = {Einleitung: Im Theater des Sehens. Anamorphose als Bild und philosophische Metapher},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {dies.},<br />
pages = {7-22},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chomsky 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chomsky 1957a,<br />
author = {Chomsky, Noam},<br />
title = {Syntactic Structures},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Christian 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Christian 2009a,<br />
author = {Christian, Alexander},<br />
title = {Piktogramme, Kritischer Beitrag zu einer Begriffsbestimmung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Shaker},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cipolla et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cipolla et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Cipolla, Roberto & Battiato, Sebastiano & Farinella, Giovanni Maria },<br />
title = {Computer Vision: Detection, Recognition and Reconstruction},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin, Heidelberg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Collingwood 1945===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Collingwood 1945,<br />
author = {Collingwood, Robin},<br />
title = {Die Idee der Natur [The Idea of Nature (1945)]},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {Übers.: Martin Suhr},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, M. R.; Roberts A. R.; Barbee A. P.; Druen P. B.; Wu Cheng-Huan},<br />
title = {„Their ideas of beauty are, on the wohle, the same as ours“: consistency and variability in the cross-cultural perception of female physical attractiveness},<br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {68},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-279},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham 1986a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, M.R.},<br />
title = {Measuring the physical in physical attractiveness: Quasi-experiments on the sociobiology of female facial beauty}, <br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {50},<br />
number = {}, <br />
pages = {925-935},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==D==<br />
===Damisch 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Damisch 1987a,<br />
author = {Damisch, Hubert},<br />
title = {L'origine de la perspective},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Flammarion},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Darwin 1872a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Darwin 1872a,<br />
author = {Darwin, Charles},<br />
title = {On the Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals},<br />
year = {1872},<br />
publisher = {Murray},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davidson 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Davidson 2004a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
title = {Drei Spielarten des Wissens},<br />
booktitle = {Subjektiv, intersubjektiv, objektiv},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
pages = {339-363},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davies 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Davies 1991,<br />
author = {Davies, David},<br />
title = {Works, Texts, and Contexts. Goodman on the Literary Artwork},<br />
journal = {Canadian Journal of Philosophy},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {331-346},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Deleuze 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Deleuze 1989a,<br />
author = {Deleuze, Gilles},<br />
title = {Das Bewegungs-Bild. Kino1},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M},<br />
note = {a. d. Franz. v. U. Christians und U. Bokelmann; Erstveröffentlichung 1983},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Demuth 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Demuth 2007a,<br />
author = {Demuth, Volker},<br />
title = {Extreme Expeditionen. Digitale, hybride und künstlerische Räume},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {89-104},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Depaulo 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Depaulo 1992a,<br />
author = {DePaulo, B. M. },<br />
title = {Nonverbal Behavior and Self Presentation},<br />
journal = {Psychological Bulletin},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {111},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {203-243},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Derrida 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 2007a,<br />
author = {Jacques Derrida},<br />
title = {Aufzeichnungen eines Blinden. Das Selbstporträt und andere Ruinen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Derrida 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 1992a,<br />
author = {Derrida, J.},<br />
title = {Die Wahrheit in der Malerei},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===de Duve 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{de Duve 1990a,<br />
author = {de Duve, Thierry},<br />
title = {The Monochrome and the Blank Canvas},<br />
booktitle = {Reconstructiong Modernism. Art in New York, Paris and Montreal 1945-1964},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Guilbaut, Serge},<br />
pages = {244-310},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge/Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===de Schonen et.al. 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{de Schonen et.al. 1994a,<br />
author = {de Schonen, S.; Deruelle, C.; Pascalis, O.; & Mancini, J.},<br />
title = {About funcional brain specialization.The development of face recognition (Functional cerebral specialization in the development of face recognition / A propos de la notion de specialisation cerebrale fonctionnelle: le developpement de la reconnaissance des visages)},<br />
journal = {Psychologie francaise},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {259-274},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Diderot 1751===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Diderot 1751,<br />
author = {Denis Diderot},<br />
title = {Brief über die Taubstummen [1751},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Schriften. Erster Band},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Friedrich Bassenge},<br />
pages = {27-97},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 1999a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Was wir sehen blickt uns an. Zur Metapsychologie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Didi-Huberman 2005a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {L’espace danse – Der Raum tanzt},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {16-30},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Diekmannshenke, Hajo & Klemm, Michael & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {erscheint Ende 2010},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dion 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dion 2002a,<br />
author = {Dion, K. K.},<br />
title = {Cultural Perspectives on Facial Attractiveness},<br />
booktitle = {Facial Attractiveness. Evolutionary, Cognitive, and Social Perspectives},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Rhodes, G. & Zebrowitz, L.A.},<br />
pages = {239-260},<br />
publisher = {Ablex},<br />
address = {Westport, CT},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ditzinger 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ditzinger 2006a,<br />
author = {Ditzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Illusionen des Sehens. Eine Reise in die Welt der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Elsevier, Spektrum, Akad. Verl.},<br />
address = {München, Heidelberg},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2002a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Malerei im Bilderstreit. Eine Revision aus Anlass des Rubenspreis-Jubiläums},<br />
booktitle = {10 x Malerei. Rubenspreis der Stadt Siegen in Werken der Sammlung Lambrecht-Schadeberg},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {19-34},<br />
publisher = {Museum für Gegenwartskunst },<br />
address = {Siegen},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dobbe 1999a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Querelle des Anciens, des Modernes et des Postmodernes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2007a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian},<br />
title = {Figuren der visuellen Rhetorik in werblichen Gesamttexten},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {71–112},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2001a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian },<br />
title = {Ein Funktionenmodell für Bildtexte},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Klaus Sachs-Hombach},<br />
pages = {29-39},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Döring 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Döring 2009a,<br />
author = {Döring, Sabine},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie der Gefühle},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Döring, Sabine},<br />
pages = {12-65},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drechsel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Drechsel 2006a,<br />
author = {Drechsel, Benjamin},<br />
title = {Was ist ein politisches Bild? Einige Überlegungen zur Entwicklung der Politikwissenschaft als Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Moderne. Kulturwissenschaftliches Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {106-120},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1989a,<br />
author = {Drosdowsi, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Etymologie. Herkunftwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache.},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {2. völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1988a,<br />
author = {Drosdowski, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Stilwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache. Die Verwendung der Wörter im Satz.},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {7., völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {= DUDEN Band 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dubois 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubois 1998a,<br />
author = {Dubois, Philippe},<br />
title = {Der fotografische Akt. Versuch über ein theoretisches Dispositiv},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Dresden, Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dubos 1760-61===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubos 1760-61,<br />
author = {Du Bos, Jean-Baptiste},<br />
title = {Kritische Betrachtungen über die Poesie und Malerey, 3 Teile},<br />
year = {1760-1761},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Übers.: Gottfried Benediktus Funk},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Duden 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Duden 1999a,<br />
author = {Duden},<br />
title = {Das große Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache in zehn Bänden},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dudenredaktion 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dudenredaktion 2003a,<br />
author = {Dudenredaktion (Hg.)},<br />
title = {DUDEN. Das Stilwörterbuch.},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {8. völlig neu bearbeitete Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Durand 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Durand 1987a,<br />
author = {Durand, Jacques},<br />
title = {Rhetorical Figures in the Advertising Image},<br />
booktitle = {Marketing and Semiotics},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Sebeok, J.U. },<br />
pages = {295–318},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==E==<br />
===Ebert 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ebert 1979a,<br />
author = {Ebert, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Montage Editing Schnitt},<br />
journal = {Filmkritik},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {547-558},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eco 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eco 1998,<br />
author = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
title = {Lector in fabula. Die Mitarbeit der Interpretation in erzählenden Texten},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {dtv},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eddiks 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Eddiks 2004a,<br />
author = {Eddiks, Christina},<br />
title = {Dem Emblem auf der Spur},<br />
howpublished = {},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
note = {Diplomarbeit},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kisd.de/~tom/diplom/christina_emblematik.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Edgerton 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Edgerton 2002a,<br />
author = {Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Die Entdeckung der Perspektive},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. & Ch. Sütterlin},<br />
title = {Im Banne der Angst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte menschlicher Abwehrsymbolik},<br />
year = {1992}, <br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. & Ch. Sütterlin},<br />
title = {Weltsprache Kunst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte bildlicher Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2008}, <br />
publisher = {Brandstätter},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt. I. },<br />
title = {Die Biologie menschlichen Verhaltens. Lehrbuch der Humanethologie},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt I. },<br />
title = {The expressive behavior of the deaf- and blind born},<br />
booktitle = {Social Communication and Movement},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {M. v. Cranach & I. Vine},<br />
pages = {163-194},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ekman 1973b,<br />
author = {Ekman, P. },<br />
title = {Cross cultural studies of facial expression},<br />
booktitle = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Ekman, P.},<br />
pages = {169-222},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ekman 1973a,<br />
editor = {Ekman, P. },<br />
title = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Elgin 1992,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Notation},<br />
booktitle = {A Companion to Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Cooper, David},<br />
pages = {307-309},<br />
publisher = {Blackwell},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1983===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elgin 1983,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {With Reference to Reference},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elkins 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 2003a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {Visual Studies. A Skeptical Introduction},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elkins 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 1999a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {The Domain of Images},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ellgring 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ellgring 1989a,<br />
author = {Ellgring, H.},<br />
title = {Nonverbal communication in depression},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Else 1958===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Else 1958,<br />
author = {Else, Gerald F.},<br />
title = {Imitation in the fifth century},<br />
journal = {Classical Philology},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
volume = {53},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {73-90},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Enright 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Enright 1987a,<br />
author = {Enright, J. T.},<br />
title = {Perspective vergence: oculomotor responses to line drawings},<br />
journal = {Vision Res},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1513–1526},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst 2002a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gibt es eine spezifische Videozität?},<br />
booktitle = {REC - Video als mediales Phänomen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf; Hoffmann, Hilde & Nohr, Rolf F.},<br />
pages = {14-29},<br />
publisher = {VDG},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang & Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Digitale Bildarchivierung. Der Wölfflin-Kalkül},<br />
booktitle = {Konfigurationen. Zwischen Kunst und Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Schade, Sigrid & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
pages = {306-320},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst et al. 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ernst et al. 2003a,<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang et al.},<br />
title = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Esposito 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Esposito 1998,<br />
author = {Esposito, Elena},<br />
title = {Fiktion und Virtualität},<br />
booktitle = {edien, Computer Realität. Wirklichkeitsvorstellungen und Neue Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {269-296},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Etcoff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Etcoff 2001a,<br />
author = {Etcoff, N. },<br />
title = {Nur die Schönsten überleben. Die Ästhetik des Menschen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eusterschulte 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eusterschulte 2001,<br />
author = {Eusterschulte, Anne},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 5: L-Musi},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Gert Ueding},<br />
pages = {Sp. 1232-1294},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==F==<br />
===Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a,<br />
author = {Fahlenbrach, Kathrin & Viehoff, Reinhold},<br />
title = {Medienikonen des Krieges. Die symbolische Entthronung Saddams als Versuch strategischer Ikonisierung},<br />
booktitle = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
pages = {356-387},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fantz 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fantz 1966a,<br />
author = {Fantz, R.L. },<br />
title = {Pattern discrimination and selective attention as determinants of perceptual development from birth},<br />
booktitle = {Perceptual Development in Children},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Kidd, A.H. & Rivoire, J.L},<br />
pages = {143-173},<br />
publisher = {University Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Farago 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Farago 1992a,<br />
author = {Farago, Claire J.},<br />
title = {Leonardo da Vinci’s Paragone. A Critical Interpretation with a New Edition of the Text in the Codex Urbinas},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leiden/New York/Kopenhagen/Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ferino-Pagden 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ferino-Pagden 2009a,<br />
title = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S. },<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fiedler 1991a,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2 Bd., hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991b,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Über den Ursprung der künstlerischen Tätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {111-220},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 1, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991c,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Aphorismen},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {7-105},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991d,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Zur neueren Kunsttheorie},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {247-290},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiske 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiske 2001a,<br />
author = {Fiske, John },<br />
title = {Videotech},<br />
booktitle = {Grundlagentexte zur Fernsehwissenschaft. Theorie - Geschichte - Analyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf et al.},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Konstanz},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {484-502},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Floch 1998a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean Marie},<br />
title = {The Contribution of Structural Semiotics to the Design of a Hypermarket},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Research in Marketing },<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1995a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Identités visuelles},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Presses Universitaires de France},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1990a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Sémiotique, marketing et communication},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Presses Universitaires de France.},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flügge et al. 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flügge et al. 2007a,<br />
author = {Flügge, Matthias; Kudielka, Robert & Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Vorwort und Dank},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {6-9},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flusser 1994===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flusser 1994,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Abbild – Vorbild},<br />
booktitle = {Was heißt „Darstellen“? },<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Christiaan L. Hart Nibbrig},<br />
pages = {34-48},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foley et al. 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foley et al. 1990a,<br />
author = {Foley, James D.; van Dam; Feiner & Hughes },<br />
title = {Computer Graphics. Principles and Practice},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Addison Wesley},<br />
address = {Reading, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foster & Krauss 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Foster & Krauss 1996a,<br />
author = {Foster, H. & Krauss, R.},<br />
title = {Introduction},<br />
journal = {October},<br />
pages = {3-4},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Foucault 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foucault 1976a,<br />
author = {Foucault, Michael},<br />
title = {Überwachen und Strafen},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fox 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fox 2006a,<br />
author = {Fox, Mark},<br />
title = {Quantum Optics. An Introduction},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frank & Lange 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frank & Lange 10a,<br />
author = {Frank, Gustav & Lange, Barbara},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft. Bilder in der visuellen Kultur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freedberg 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Freedberg 1991a,<br />
author = {Freedberg, David},<br />
title = {The Power of Images. Studies in the History and Theory of Response (1989)},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frege 1892===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frege 1892,<br />
author = {Frege, Gottlob},<br />
title = {Über Sinn und Bedeutung, zitiert nach der Ausgabe in: Frege, Gottlob: Funktion, Begriff, Bedeutung},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {G. Patzig},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {40-65},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1946a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die Verdrängung},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {247-261},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1946b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946b,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Das Unbewußte},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {263-303},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fuhrmann 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fuhrmann 2003,<br />
author = {Fuhrmann, Manfred},<br />
title = {Die Dichtungstheorie der Antike. Aristoteles – Horaz – 'Longin' Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Artemis & Winkler},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf und Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==G==<br />
<br />
===Gaede 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gaede 1981a,<br />
author = {Gaede, Werner},<br />
title = {Vom Wort zum Bild: Kreativ-Methoden der Visualisierung},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
publisher = {Langen Müller/Herbig},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Galison 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Galison 1997a,<br />
author = {Galison, Peter},<br />
title = {Image and Logic. A Material Culture of Microphysics},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ganz & Henkel 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ganz & Henkel 2004a,<br />
title = {Rahmen-Diskurse. Kultbilder im konfessionellen Zeitalter},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Ganz, David; Henkel, Georg},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Garcia 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Garcia 1990a,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Color Design},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Garcia 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Garcia 1997a,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Evolutions},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gardner 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gardner 1985a,<br />
author = {Gardner, Howard},<br />
title = {The Mind’s New Science. A History of the Cognitive Revolution},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Basic Books},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gebauer & Wulf 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gebauer & Wulf 1992a,<br />
author = {Gebauer, Gunter & Wulf, Christoph},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Kultur – Kunst - Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Der Mensch. Seine Natur und seine Stellung in der Welt},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Aula},<br />
address = {Wiebelsheim},<br />
note = {14. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004b,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Urmensch und Spätkultur. Philosophische Ergebnisse und Aussagen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Kolstermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {6., erw. Aufl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 1961a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Forschung. Zur Selbstbegegnung und Selbstentdeckung des Menschen},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a,<br />
author = {Geiger, Susi & Henn-Memmesheimer, Beate},<br />
title = {Visuell-verbale Textgestaltung von Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {1/2},<br />
pages = {55–74},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gellius 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gellius 1987a,<br />
author = {Gellius, A.},<br />
title = {Attische Nächte...},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Ü: H. Berthold},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerhardus et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gerhardus et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Gerhardus, Dietfried & Kledzik, S.M. & Reitzig, G.H.},<br />
title = {Schlüssiges Argumentieren – Logisch-propädeutisches Lehr- und Arbeitsbuch},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Gerstengrabe, Carina; Lang, Katharina & Schneider, Anna},<br />
title = {Wasserzeichen. Vom 13. Jahrhundert bis zum Digital Watermarking. Kulturen des Kopierschutzes<br />
II},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {9-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982a,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung und Umwelt. Der ökologische Ansatz in der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Urban & Schwarzenberg},<br />
address = {München, Wien u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982b,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Die Sinne und der Prozeß der Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Huber},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glock 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Glock 2000a,<br />
author = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
title = {Aspektwahrnehmung},<br />
booktitle = {Wittgenstein-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
pages = {43},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glüher 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Glüher 1998a,<br />
author = {Glüher, Gebhard},<br />
title = {Von der Theorie der Fotografie zur Theorie des digitalen Bildes},<br />
journal = {Kritische Berichte},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {23-31},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldie 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goldie 2000a,<br />
author = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
title = {The Emotions. A Philosophical Exploration},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldie 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Goldie 2010a,<br />
title = {The Oxford Handbook of Philosophy of Emotion},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 2002a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Phaidon},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {6},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1977a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gondek 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gondek 1997a,<br />
author = {Gondek, Hans-Dieter},<br />
title = {Der Blick – zwischen Sartre und Lacan. Ein Kommentar zum VII. Kapitel des Seminar XI},<br />
journal = {Riss. Zeitschrift für Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {37/38},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gooch & Gooch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gooch & Gooch 2001a,<br />
author = {Gooch, Bruce & Gooch, Amy},<br />
title = {Non-Photorealistic Rendering},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Natick, MA. },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1968a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Languages of Art},<br />
year = {1968, 2. rev. Aufl. 1976},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {dt.: Sprachen der Kunst. Suhrkamp 1998},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman & Elgin 1988===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman & Elgin 1988,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson & Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Reconceptions in Philosophy and Other Arts and Sciences},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {Deutsch: <em>Revisionen. Philosophie und andere Künste und Wissenschaften</em>. Frankfurt a. M.: Suhrkamp, 1993},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goren et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Goren et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Goren, C. C., Sarty, M., & Wu, P. Y.},<br />
title = { Visual following and pattern discrimination of face-like stimuli by newborn infants},<br />
journal = {Pediatrics},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {544-549},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/1165958?dopt=abstract},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_Kruse_2009a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Roland Barthes: Zeichen, Kommunikation und Mythos},<br />
booktitle = {Schlüsselwerke der Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Hepp, Andreas; Krotz, Friedrich & Thomas, Tanja},<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {VS/GWV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Empathische Cues und die Möglichkeit einer Affekt-Sprache des Films},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4},<br />
pages = {289-298},<br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2008b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008b,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Gewalt als Erlebnis. Die somatische Decodierung als Strategie des Filmerlebens in CLOVERFIELD},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4}, <br />
pages = {299-312},<br />
note = {}, <br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_Kruse_2009a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Roland Barthes: Zeichen, Kommunikation und Mythos},<br />
booktitle = {Schlüsselwerke der Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Hepp, Andreas; Krotz, Friedrich & Thomas, Tanja},<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {VS/GWV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_2010a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars},<br />
title = {Die Evolution des Cyborgs. Künstliche Lebensformen im japanischen Anime Ergo Proxy (2006)},<br />
booktitle = {Japan - Europa. Wechselwirkungen zwischen den Kulturen im Film und den darstellenden Künsten},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Adachi-Rabe, Kayo; Becker, Andreas; Mundhenke, Florian},<br />
pages = {213-230},<br />
publisher = {Büchner Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grammer et al. 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grammer et al. 2002a,<br />
author = {Grammer, Karl, Fink, B. & Renninger, L. A.},<br />
title = {Dynamic Systems and Inferential Information Processing in Human Communication},<br />
journal = {Neuroendocrinology Letters},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {Suppl. 4},<br />
pages = {15-22},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Graumann 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graumann 1966a,<br />
author = {Graumann, Carl Friedrich},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der Verhaltensbeobachtung},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Meyer, Ernst & Maier, Hans}, <br />
booktitle = {Fernsehen in der Lehrerbildung, Neue Forschungsansätze in Pädagogik},<br />
publisher = {Manz},<br />
pages = {86-107},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gregory 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gregory 2000a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Ambiguity of ‘ambiguity’},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1139-1142},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.richardgregory.org/papers/editorials/ambiguity-of-ambiguity.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gregory 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gregory 1997a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Eye and brain. The psychology of seeing},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Princeton University Press},<br />
address = {Princeton, N.J},<br />
note = {5. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1970a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Du sens, Teil I},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Essais Sémiotiques},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1966a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Sémantique structurale},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Semantik. Braunschweig: Vieweg, 1971},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas & Courtés 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas & Courtés 1979a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien & Courtés, Joseph},<br />
title = {Sémiotique: Dictionnaire raisonné de la théorie du langage},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hachette},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greenberg 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Greenberg 1997a,<br />
author = {Greenberg, Clement},<br />
title = {Zu einem neuen Laokoon},<br />
booktitle = {Clement Greenberg – Die Essenz der Modere. Ausgewählte Essays und Kritiken},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lüdeking, Karlheinz},<br />
pages = {56-81},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Dresden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grieshofer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grieshofer 2009a,<br />
author = {Grieshofer, F. },<br />
title = {Masken im Brennpunkt musealer Sammeltätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grimm 1860===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Grimm 1860,<br />
title = {Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: Biermörder-D},<br />
year = {1860},<br />
editor = {Jacob Grimm & Wilhelm Grimm},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grittmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grittmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Grittmann, Elke},<br />
title = {Das politische Bild. Fotojournalismus und Pressefotografie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Groß et al. 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Groß et al. 1981a,<br />
author = {Gross, C.G.; Bruce, C.J.; Desimone, R.; Fleming, J. & Gattass, R.},<br />
title = {Cortical visual areas of the temporal lobe: Three areas in the macaque},<br />
booktitle = {Cortical Sensory Organization. Vol. 2: Multiple Visual Areas},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
editor = {C.N. Woolsey},<br />
pages = {187-216},<br />
publisher = {Humana Press},<br />
address = {Totowa N.J.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Günzel 2006a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Bildtheoretische Analyse von Computerspielen in der Perspektive Erste Person},<br />
journal = {IMAGE},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {31-43},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2008a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Realität des Simulationsbildes. Raum im Computerspiel},<br />
booktitle = {Die Realität der Imagination - Architektur und das digitale Bild},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
pages = {127-136},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weimar}, <br />
note = {10. internationales Bauhaus-Kolloquium},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2009a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Simulation und Perspektive. Der bildtheoretische Ansatz in der Computerspielforschung},<br />
booktitle = {Shooter: Eine multdisziplinäre Einführung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Bopp, Matthias; Wiemer, Serjoscha & Nohr,Rolf F.},<br />
pages = {331-352},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2010a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Geste des Manipulierens. Zu Gebrauch statischer und beweglicher Digitalbilder}, <br />
booktitle = {Freeze Frames. Zum Verhältnis von Fotografie und Film},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmann & Gerlin},<br />
pages = {114-129},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==H==<br />
<br />
===Haas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haas 1995a,<br />
author = {Haas, Stefan},<br />
title = {Psychologen, Künstler, Ökonomen. Das Selbstverständnis der Werbetreibenden zwischen Fin de siècle und Nachkriegszeit},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderwelt des Alltags. Werbung in der Konsumgesellschaft des 19. und 20. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Borscheid, Peter & Wischermann, Clemens},<br />
pages = {78-89},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
===Habermas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1995a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Theorie des kommunikativen Handelns (1981), 2 Bd.},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Habermas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1973a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Erkenntnis und Interesse},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002a,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Die Entropie der Fotografie. Skizzen zu einer Genealogie der digitalelektronischen Bildaufzeichnung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf},<br />
pages = {195-238},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002b,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Es gibt kein ,digitales Bild'. Eine medienepistemologische Anmerkung},<br />
booktitle = {Licht und Leitung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Engel},<br />
pages = {103-112},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Haken 1995===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haken 1995,<br />
author = {Haken, Hermann},<br />
title = {Some basic concepts of Synergetics with respect of multistability in perception, phase transmissions and formation of meaning},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {23–44},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halawa 2008a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Wie sind Bilder möglich? Argumente für eine semiotische Fundierung des Bildbegriffs},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halbfass 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halbfass 1972a,<br />
author = {Halbfass, W.},<br />
title = {Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gründer, K. & Ritter, J. },<br />
pages = {Sp. 829-834},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halliday 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halliday 1996a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {Language as a Social Semiotic},<br />
booktitle = {The Communication Theory Reader},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Cobley, Paul},<br />
pages = {359-383},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halliday 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halliday 1985a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {An Introduction to Functional Grammar},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Edward Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hansen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hansen 2005a,<br />
author = {Hansen, S. },<br />
title = {Neolithische Figuralplastik im südlichen Karpatenbecken},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Harris 1756===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Harris 1756,<br />
author = {James Harris},<br />
title = {Drey Abhandlungen. Die erste über die Kunst, die andere über die Music, Mahlerey und Poesie, die dritte über die Glückseligkeit},<br />
year = {1756},<br />
publisher = {Schuster},<br />
address = {Danzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hasselbeck 1979===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hasselbeck 1979,<br />
author = {Hasselbeck, Otto},<br />
title = {Illusion und Fiktion. Lessings Beitrag zur poetologischen Diskussion über das Verhältnis von Kunst und Wirklichkeit},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hauschild 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hauschild 1982a,<br />
author = {Hauschild, Thomas},<br />
title = {Der böse Blick. Ideengeschichtliche und sozialpsychologische Untersuchungen, Beiträge zur Ethnomedizin, Ethnobotanik und Ethnozoologie},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1826===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1826,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Kunst. Vorlesung von 1826},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Gethmann-Siefert, Annemarie; Kwon, Jeong-Im & Berr, Karsten},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1830===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1830,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Enzyklopädie der philosophischen Wissenschaften im Grundrisse [1830]},<br />
year = {<sup>6</sup>1959},<br />
editor = {Friedhelm Nicolin und Otto Pöggeler},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1835===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1835,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Einleitung in die Ästhetik. Mit den beiden Vorreden von Heinrich Gustav Hotho [1835]},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hegel 1970a,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über die Ästhetik II},<br />
booktitle = {Werke},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
editor = {E. Moldenhauer & K. M. Michel},<br />
pages = {Bd. 14},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1835},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heidegger 1986a,<br />
author = {Martin Heidegger},<br />
title = {Ursprung des Kunstwerkes (1935/36)},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ditzingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1950a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidegger 1950a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Die Zeit des Weltbildes},<br />
booktitle = {Holzwege},<br />
year = {1950},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {69-104},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidenreich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidenreich 2001a,<br />
author = {Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Effekte der Digitalisierung: Berechenbarkeit und Suche},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, Wolfgang & Jaworek, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {259-262},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heider 2009a,<br />
author = {Heider, Don},<br />
title = {Living Virtually. Researching New Worlds},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang Publishing},<br />
address = {New Yor},<br />
note = {(Digital Formations vol. 47)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 2001a,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Abhandlung über den Ursprung der Sprache (1772)},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Irmscher, Hans Dietrich},<br />
publisher = {Philipp Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 1800===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 1800,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Sämtliche Werke. Bd. 22: Kalligone [1800]},<br />
year = {1880},<br />
editor = {Bernhard Suphan},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hernadi 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hernadi 1991,<br />
author = {Hernadi, Paul},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
title = {Reconceiving Notation and Performance},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetic Education},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herter 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Herter 1947a,<br />
author = {Herter, H. },<br />
title = {Vom dionysischen Tanz zum komischen Spiel. Die Anfänge der Attischen Komödie},<br />
journal = {Darstellung und Deutung},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {Iserlohn},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heßler 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Heßler 2006a, <br />
author = {Heßler, Martina},<br />
title = {Von der doppelten Unsichtbarkeit digitaler Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Ressource}, <br />
publisher = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden ={letzter Kontrollaufruf: 07.08.2010},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2006/3/Hessler/dippArticle.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hick 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hick 99a,<br />
author = {Hick, Ulrike},<br />
title = {Geschichte der optischen Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hickethier 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hickethier 1995a,<br />
author = {Hickethier, Knut},<br />
title = {Dispositiv Fernsehen – Skizze eines Modells},<br />
journal = {Montage/av},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1}<br />
pages = {63-83},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: },<br />
url = {www.montage-av.de/pdf/041_1995/04_1_Knut_Hickethier_Dispositiv_Fernsehen.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hildebrand 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hildebrand 1969a,<br />
author = {Hildebrand, Adolf von},<br />
title = {Das Problem der Form},<br />
booktitle = {Hildebrand: Gesammelte Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Bock, H.},<br />
pages = {41-350},<br />
publisher = {Westdeutscher Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln/Opladen},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1903},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hinterwaldner 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hinterwaldner 2008a,<br />
author = {Hinterwaldner, Inge},<br />
title = {Simulationsmodelle. Zur Verhältnisbestimmung von Modellierung und Bildgebung in interaktiven Echtzeitsimulationen},<br />
booktitle = {Visuelle Modelle},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Reichle, Ingeborg; Siegel, Steffen & Spelten, Achim},<br />
pages = {301-316},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hjelmslev 1954a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {La stratification du langage},<br />
booktitle = {Essais linguistiques},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
editor = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Nordisk Sprog- od Kulturforlag},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1943a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hjelmslev 1943a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {Omkring sprogteoriens grundlæggelse},<br />
year = {1943},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Dt. Prolegomena zu einer Sprachtheorie. München: Hueber},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hochberg 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hochberg 1977a,<br />
author = {Hochberg, Julian E.},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hofmann 2000a,<br />
author = {Hoffman, Donald D.},<br />
title = {Visuelle Intelligenz. Wie die Welt im Kopf entsteht},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hofmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Hofmann, Werner },<br />
title = {Spielräume und Raumverstecke},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {10-22},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2010a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Bildüberschreibungen. Wie Sprechtexte Nachrichtenfilme lesbar machen (und umgekehrt)},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, Hajo; Klemm, Michael & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
pages = {231-254},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {erscheint Ende 2010},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2009a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Der Wort-Bild-Reißverschluss. Über die performative Dynamik audiovisueller Transkriptivität},<br />
booktitle = {Oberfläche und Performanz. Untersuchungen zur Sprache als dynamischer Gestalt},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Linke, Angelika & Feilke, Helmuth},<br />
pages = {389-406},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2007a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Audiovisuelle Hermeneutik: Am Beispiel des TV-Spots der Kampagne ‚Du bist Deutschland’},<br />
booktitle = {Linguistische Hermeneutik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hermanns, Fritz},<br />
pages = {389–428},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly & Jäger 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly & Jäger 2011a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner & Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptionstheoretische Medienanalyse. Vom Anders-lesbar-Machen durch intermediale Bezugnahmepraktiken},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, Jan Georg & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {erscheint Frühjahr 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holmes 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holmes 1980a,<br />
author = {Holmes, Sir Oliver Wendell},<br />
title = {Das Stereoskop und der Stereograph},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie I. 1839-1912},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {114-122},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Originalausgabe 1859},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holschbach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holschbach 2003a,<br />
author = {Holschbach, Susanne},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Diskurse der Fotografie. Fotokritik am Ende des fotografischen Zeitalters},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {7-21},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {BD. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hömberg & Karasek 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hömberg & Karasek 2008a,<br />
author = {Hömberg, Walter & Karasek, Johannes},<br />
title = {Der Schweißfleck der Kanzlerkandidatin. Bildmanipulation, Bildfälschung und Bildethik im Zeitalter der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
journal = {Communicatio Socialis},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {276-293},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hopkins 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hopkins 1998a,<br />
author = {Hopkins, Robert},<br />
title = {Picture, Image and Experience},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Huber 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Huber 2004a,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Bild Beobachter Milieu. Entwurf einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1820a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1820a,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über das vergleichende Sprachstudium in Beziehung auf die verschiedenen Epochen der Sprachentwicklung [1820]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 4: 1820-1822},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
editor = {Albert Leitzmann},<br />
pages = {1-34},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1830-1835===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1830-1835,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über die Verschiedenheit des menschlichen Sprachbaues und ihren Einfluß auf die geistige Entwicklung des Menschengeschlechts [1830-1835]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 7.1},<br />
year = {1907},<br />
editor = {Albert Leitzmann},<br />
pages = {1-344},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 2006,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Phantasie und Bildbewußtsein},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {herausgegeben und eingeleitet von Eduard Marbach, Text nach Husserliana, Band XXIII},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1993a,<br />
author = {Husserl, E.},<br />
title = {Logische Untersuchungen. Elemente einer phänomenologischen Aufklärung der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {Teil II/Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1980a,<br />
author = {Edmund Husserl},<br />
title = {Phantasie, Bildbewusstsein, Erinnerung. Zur Phänomenologie der anschaulichen Vergegenwärtigungen. Texte aus dem Nachlass (1898-1925) (Husserliana XXIII)},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag / Boston / Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hyman 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hyman 2006a,<br />
author = {Hyman, John},<br />
title = {The Objective Eye: Color, Form, and Reality in the Theory of Art},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {UP},<br />
address = {Chicago },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hynes 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hynes 2005a,<br />
author = {Hynes, Maria},<br />
title = {Rethinking Reductionism},<br />
journal = {Culture Machine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {online journal},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.culturemachine.net/index.php/cm/article/viewArticle/33/41},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==I==<br />
===Imdahl 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1996a,<br />
author = {Max Imdahl},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Max Imdahl, Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {Wiederauflage der Schrift von 1974},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<!--- ===Imdahl 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1974a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {Wiederabruck}, <br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
--><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1987a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Farbe. Kunsttheoretische Reflexionen in Frankreich},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==J==<br />
===Jäger & Knauer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jäger & Knauer 2009a,<br />
title = {Bilder als historische Quellen? Dimensionen der Debatte um historische Bildforschung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jäger, Jens & Knauer, Martin},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jansen 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jansen 2005,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Aristoteles und das Problem des Neuen: Wie kreativ sind Veränderungsprinzipien?},<br />
booktitle = {Kreativität. XX. Deutscher Kongress für Philosophie. 26.-30. September 2005 in Berlin. Sektionsbeiträge, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Günter Abel},<br />
pages = {15-25},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag der TU Berlin},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jansen 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jansen 2002,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Tun und Können. Ein systematischer Kommentar zu Aristoteles' Theorie der Vermögen im neunten Buch der „Metaphysik”},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Hänsel-Hohenhausen},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jäger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2008a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptive Verhältnisse. Zur Logik intra- und intermedialer Bezugnahmen in ästhetischen Diskursen},<br />
booktitle = {Transkription und Fassung in der Musik des 20. Jahrhunderts. Beiträge des Kolloquiums in der Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur, Mainz, vom 5. bis 6. März 2004},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Gabriele Buschmeier & Ulrich Konrad & Albrecht Riethmüller},<br />
pages = {103-134},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jäger 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2002a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptivität. Zur medialen Logik der kulturellen Semantik},<br />
booktitle = {Transkribieren - Medien/Lektüre},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Ludwig Jäger & Georg Stanitzek},<br />
pages = {19-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jaubert 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jaubert 1998a,<br />
author = {Jaubert, Alain},<br />
title = {Fotos, die lügen: Politik mit gefälschten Bildern},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Äthenaum},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jean Paul 1795===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jean Paul 1795,<br />
author = {Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Ueber die natürliche Magie der Einbildungskraft [1795]},<br />
booktitle = {Ausgewählte Werke. Bd. 7/8: Leben des Qunitus Fixlein, aus fünfzehn Zettelschaften gezogen, nebst einem Mußtheil und einigen Jus de tablette},<br />
year = {1847},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jewitt 2009a,<br />
title = {The Routledge Handbook of Multimodal Analysis},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jewitt, Carey},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt & Oyama 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jewitt & Oyama 2001a,<br />
author = {Jewitt, Carey & Oyama, Rumiko},<br />
title = {Visual Meaning. A Social-Semiotic Approach},<br />
booktitle = {Handbook of Visual Analysis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Theo van Leeuwen & Carey Jewitt},<br />
pages = {134–156},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnson, Neil F. et al.???},<br />
title = {Information Hiding. Steganography and Watermarking - Attacks and Countermeasures},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Boston, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1996a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Der Computer im Kopf. Formen und Verfahren der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1983a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Mental Models. Towards a cognitive science of language, inference, and conciousness},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnston 2006a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Sean},<br />
title = {Holographic Visions. A History of New Science},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnston, V.S.; Hagel, R.; Franklin, M.; Fink, B. & Grammer, K.},<br />
title = {Male Facial attractiveness. Evidence for hormone-mediated adaptive design},<br />
journal = {Evolution and Human Behavior},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {251-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston & Franklin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston & Franklin 1993a,<br />
author = {Johnston, V.S. & Franklin, M.},<br />
title = {Is beauty in the eye of the beholder?},<br />
journal = {Ethology and Sociobiology},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {14},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {183-199},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1973a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Homo pictor. Von der Freiheit des Bildens},<br />
booktitle = {Organismus und Freiheit. Ansätze zu einer philosophischen Biologie},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
pages = {226-257},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1963===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1963,<br />
author = {Hans Jonas},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens. Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
booktitle = {Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit. Drei Aufsätze zur Lehre vom Menschen},<br />
year = {1963},<br />
editor = {Hans Jonas},<br />
pages = {26-43},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Jonas 1961a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens – Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Philosophische Forschung},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {161–176},<br />
note = {Wieder abgedruckt in: Jonas, Hans: <em>Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit – Zur Lehre vom Menschen</em>. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1987, 26–43},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Juhász et al. 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Juhász et al. 1999a,<br />
editor = {Juhász, J.; Szőke, I.; Nagy, G.O. & Kovalovszky, M.},<br />
title = {Magyar értelmező szótár},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jung 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jung 2003a,<br />
title = {Holographic Network},<br />
year = {2003a},<br />
editor = {Jung, Dieter},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bramsche},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==K==<br />
===Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a,<br />
author = {Kamlah, Wilhelm & Lorenzen, Paul},<br />
title = {Logische Propädeutik - Vorschule des vernünftigen Redens},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {BI Wissenschaftsverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl. (<sup>1</sup>1967, <sup>3</sup>1996)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a,<br />
author = {Kanizsa, G. & Luccio, R.},<br />
title = {Multistability as a research tool in experimental phenomenology},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {47–68},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1974a,<br />
author = {Kant, I.},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1787a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1787a,<br />
author = {Kant, I.},<br />
title = {Kritik der reinen Vernunft},<br />
year = {1787},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kant 1960a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Logik},<br />
booktitle = {Kant: Werke in 12 Bänden},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Weischedel, W.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Bd. VI},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1977a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Werkausgabe Band X, hrsg. von Wilhelm Weischedel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kardaun 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kardaun 1993,<br />
author = {Kardaun, Maria},<br />
title = {Der Mimesisbegriff in der griechischen Antike. Neubetrachtung eines umstrittenen Begriffes als Ansatz zu einer neuen Interpretation der platonischen Kunstauffassung},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {North-Holland},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/New York/Oxford/Tokyo},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kecskesi 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kecskesi 1982a,<br />
author = {Kecskesi, M. },<br />
title = {Kunst aus dem alten Afrika},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Pinguin},<br />
address = {Innsbruck},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kemp 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kemp 1974a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Disegno. Beiträge zu einer Geschichte des Begriffs zwischen 1547 und 1607},<br />
journal = {Marburger Jahrbuch für Kunstwissenschaf},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {219-240},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kittler 2002a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Computergrafik. Eine halbtechnische Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Hertha},<br />
pages = {178-194},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 2002b,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Optische Medien. Berliner Vorlesung 1999},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kjørup 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjørup 1978,<br />
author = {Kjørup, Søren},<br />
title = {Pictorial Speech Acts},<br />
journal = {Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {55-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1779===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Klopstock 1779,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ueber Sprache und Dichtkunst. Fragmente},<br />
year = {1779},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {243-258},<br />
publisher = {Heroldsche Buchhandlung},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1774===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klopstock 1774,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Werke und Briefe. Historisch-kritische Ausgabe. Bd. 7.1: Die deutsche Gelehrtenrepublik [1774]},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {Hurlebusch, Rose-Marie},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kluge 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kluge 2002a,<br />
author = {Kluge, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Etymologisches Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache.},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Seebold, Elmar},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter.},<br />
address = {Berlin, New York},<br />
note = {24. durchgesehene und erweiterte Auflage.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knieper & Müller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Knieper & Müller 2005a,<br />
author = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===König & Obrist 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{König & Obrist 1993a,<br />
title = {Der zerbrochene Spiegel. Positionen zur Malerei},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {König, Kasper & Obrist, Hans-Ulrich},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog Kunsthalle Wien / Deichtorhallen Hamburg},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Koller 1954===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Koller 1954,<br />
author = {Koller, Hermann},<br />
title = {Die Mimesis in der Antike. Nachahmung, Darstellung, Ausdruck},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kondor 2008a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Embedded Thinking: Multimedia and the New Rationality},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007c,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna },<br />
title = {Multimodal Integration: From a Philosophical Point of View},<br />
booktitle = {Proceedings of the IADIS International Conference: Mobile Learning },<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Arnedillo-Sanchez, Immaculada},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007b,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {The Mobile Image: Experience on the Move},<br />
booktitle = {obile Studies: Paradigms and Perspectives},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Nyíri, Kristóf},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Passagen},<br />
address = {Vienna},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Old Patterns, New Bewitchments},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophy of the Information Society: Papers of the 30th International Wittgenstein Symposium},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hrachovec, H.; Pichler. A. & Wang, J.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Konersmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Konersmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Konersmann, Ralf},<br />
title = {Kulturelle Tatsachen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kornmeier et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, Jürgen; Hein, Christine Maira & Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Multistable perception: When bottom-up and top-down coincide},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {69},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138–147},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kornmeier & Bach 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier & Bach 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, & Jürgen Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Object perception: When our brain is impressed but we do not notice it},<br />
journal = {Journal of Vision},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {7},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Korte 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Korte 2003a,<br />
author = {Korte, Helmut},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Systematische Filmanalyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {ESB},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kracauer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kracauer 1992a,<br />
author = {Kracauer, Siegfried},<br />
title = {Der verbotene Blick},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille & Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Kultur, Technik, Kulturtechnik: Wider die Diskursivierung der Kultur},<br />
booktitle = {Bild, Schrift, Zahl},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krauss 1999a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Reinventing the Medium},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {25,},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {289-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Winter},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 2000a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {A Voyage on the North Sea. Art in the Age of the Post-Medium Condition},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress 2010a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther},<br />
title = {Multimodality. A Social-Semiotic Approach to Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 2001a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Multimodal Discourse. The Modes and Media of Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 1996a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Reading Images. The Grammar of Visual Design},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krewani 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Krewani 2003a,<br />
author = {Krewani, Anna Maria},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Malerei bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=973507624},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
hidden = {Dissertation},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kripke 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kripke 1972a,<br />
author = {Kripke, Saul A.},<br />
title = {Naming and Necessity},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Natural Language},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Davidson, D. & Harman, G.},<br />
pages = {253-355, 763-769},<br />
publisher = {Reidel},<br />
address = {Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krkac 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krkac 2010a,<br />
author = {Krkac, Kristijan},<br />
title = {Wittgensteins’s Dubbit III},<br />
journal = {Wittgenstein-Studien},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {121-149},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kroeber-Riel 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kroeber-Riel 1996a,<br />
author = { Kroeber-Riel, Werner},<br />
title = { Bildkommunikation. Imagerystrategien für die Werbung },<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Vahlen},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{ Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a,<br />
author = { Kroeber-Riel, Werner & Esch, Franz-Rudolf},<br />
title = { Strategie und Technik der Werbung. Verhaltenswissenschaftliche Ansätze},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krüger 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krüger 2001a,<br />
author = {Krüger, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als Schleier des Unsichtbaren. Ästhetische Illusion in der Kunst der frühen Neuzeit in Italien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kruse 2003a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Christiane},<br />
title = {Wozu Menschen malen. Historische Begründungen eines Bildmediums},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse & Stadler 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kruse & Stadler 1995a,<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Papers originally presented at the International Symposium on Perceptual Multistability and Semantic Ambiguity held at the University of Bremen, Germany, March 22-25, 1993},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kruse et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Peter; Strüber, D. & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Significance of perceptual multistability for research on cognitive self-organization},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {69–84},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kudielka 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kudielka 2005a,<br />
author = {Kudielka, Robert},<br />
title = {Gegenstände der Betrachtung – Orte der Erfahrung. Zum Wandel der Kunstauffassung im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {44-57},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kulvicki 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kulvicki 2006a,<br />
author = {Kulvicki, John},<br />
title = {On Images: Their Structure and Content},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Oxford UP},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Külpe 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Külpe 1923a,<br />
author = {Külpe, Oswald},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über Logik},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Künzli 1996/1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Künzli 1996/1997a,<br />
author = {Künzli, Hansjörg},<br />
title = {Über die Haltbarkeit digitaler Daten},<br />
journal = {Rundbrief Fotografie},<br />
year = {1996/1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Sonderheft 3},<br />
pages = {5-8},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==L==<br />
===Lacan 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lacan 1987a,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jacques},<br />
title = {Die vier Grundbegriffe der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weinheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lakoff 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff 1987a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George},<br />
title = {Women, fire, and dangerous things – What categories reveal about the mind},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Chicago University Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lammert 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lammert 2007a,<br />
author = {Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Die vertrauten Sichtweisen sind umzustoßen. Zum Raum der Nachkriegszeit in ungewohnten Begegnungen},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {55-69},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst}<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Langer 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Langer 1984a,<br />
author = {Langer, Susanne},<br />
title = {Philosophie auf neuem Wege. Das Symbol im Denken, im Ritus und in der Kunst},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Langlois & Roggman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Langlois & Roggman 1990a,<br />
author = {Langlois, J.H. & Roggman I.A.},<br />
title = {Attractive faces are only average},<br />
journal = {American Psychol. Society},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
volume = {1/2},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {115-121},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lanz 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lanz 1971a,<br />
author = {Lanz, Jakob},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter},<br />
pages = {Spalte 89-100},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a,<br />
author = {Laplanche, Jean; Pontalis, Jean-Bertrand},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Das Vokabular der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Laplanche, Jean; Pontalis, Jean-Bertrand},<br />
pages = {37-38},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Latour 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Latour 2007a,<br />
author = {Latour, Bruno},<br />
title = {Eine neue Soziologie für eine neue Gesellschaft. Einführung in die Akteur-Netzwerk-Theorie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Law & Whittaker 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Law & Whittaker 1988a,<br />
author = {Law, John & Whittaker, John},<br />
title = {On the Art of Representation. Notes on the Politics of Visualisation},<br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, Gordon & Law, John},<br />
pages = {160-183},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leeuwen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leeuwen 2005a,<br />
author = {Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Introducing Social Semiotics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lefebvre 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lefebvre 2007a,<br />
author = {Lefebvre, Martin},<br />
title = {The Art of Pointing: On Peirce, Indexicality, and Photographic Images},<br />
booktitle = {Photography Theory},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Elkins, James},<br />
pages = {220-244},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York u. a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lenzen 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lenzen 1997a,<br />
author = {Lenzen, Dieter},<br />
title = {Lebenslauf oder Humanontogenese? Vom Erziehungssystem zum kurativen System – von der Erziehungswissenschaft zur Humanvitologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildung und Weiterbildung im Erziehungssystem. Lebenslauf und Humanontogenese als Medium und Form},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lenzen, D. & Luhmann, N.},<br />
pages = {228-247},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leopold & Logothetis 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Leopold & Logothetis 1999a,<br />
author = {Leopold, David A. & Logothetis, Nikos K.},<br />
title = {Multistable phenomena: changing views in perception},<br />
journal = {Trends Cogn. Sci. (Regul. Ed.)},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {254–264},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leroi-Gourhan 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leroi-Gourhan 1971a,<br />
author = {Leroi-Gourhan, André},<br />
title = {Präshistorische Kunst},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Herder},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1788===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1788,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon: Paralipomena [Erstveröffentlichung 1788]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe. Bd. 5/2. Werke 1766-169},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Wilfried Barner},<br />
pages = {207-321},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1766===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1766,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie [1766]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe in zwölf Bänden. Bd. 5/2: Werke 1766-1769},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Wilfried Bahner},<br />
pages = {11-206},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1974a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie},<br />
booktitle = {Werke, Bd. 6},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Göpfert, H. G.},<br />
pages = {7-187},<br />
publisher = {Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1766},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lévi-Strauss 1958a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lévi-Strauss 1958a,<br />
author = {Lévi-Straus, Claude},<br />
title = {Anthropologie structurale},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
publisher = {Plon},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Anthropologie. Frankfurt/Main: Suhrkamp},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990b,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Autographic and Allographic Art Revisited},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
pages = {89-106},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {What a Musical Work is},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
pages = {63-88},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levinson 1983a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Stephen C.},<br />
title = {Pragmatics},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lichtblau 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lichtblau 2009a,<br />
author = {Lichtblau, Klaus},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Georg Simmel: Soziologische Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Lichtblau, Klaus},<br />
pages = {7-27},<br />
publisher = {VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Licklider 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Licklider 1960a,<br />
author = {Licklider, J.},<br />
title = {Man-Computer Symbiosis},<br />
journal = {IRE Transactions on Human Factors in Electronics},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {4-11},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liebsch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liebsch 2001a,<br />
author = {Liebsch, Dimitri},<br />
title = {Die Geburt der ästhetischen Bildung aus dem Körper der antiken Plastik. Zur Bildungssemantik im ästhetischen Diskurs zwischen 1750 und 1800},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liesbrock 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Liesbrock 2010a,<br />
title = {Ad Reinhardt: Letzte Bilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Liesbrock, Heinz},<br />
publisher = {Josef Albers Museum Quadrat Bottrop},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2004a,<br />
author = {Liessmann, Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Reiz und Rührung. Über ästhetische Empfindungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2009a,<br />
author = {Liessmann Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Ästhetische Empfindungen. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas-WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lipps 1903a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lipps 1903a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor},<br />
title = {Grundlegung der Ästhetik. Erster Teil},<br />
year = {1903},<br />
publisher = {Leopold Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lipps 1920a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lipps 1920a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor },<br />
title = {»Zur Einfühlung«, in: Psychologische Untersuchungen 2/3, 1913},<br />
booktitle = {Die ästhetische Betrachtung und die bildende Kunst},<br />
year = {1920},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {111-491},<br />
publisher = {Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Löbner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Löbner 2003a,<br />
author = {Löbner, Sebastian},<br />
title = {Semantik. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Locke 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Locke 1975a,<br />
author = {Locke, J.},<br />
title = {An Essay Concerning Human Understanding},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {hg. von Niddich, P. H.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Logothetis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Logothetis 1998a,<br />
author = {Logothetis, N. K.},<br />
journal = {Philos. Trans. R. Soc. Lond., B, Biol. Sci.},<br />
title = {Single units and conscious vision},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {353},<br />
number = {1377},<br />
pages = {1801–1818},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lopes 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lopes 1996a,<br />
author = {Lopes, Dominic},<br />
title = {Understanding Pictures},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Claredon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1970a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Elemente der Sprachkritik – Eine Alternative zum Dogmatismus und Skeptizismus in der Analytischen Philosophie},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1990a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Einführung in die philosophische Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {(<sup>2</sup>1992)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lovejoy 1936===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lovejoy 1936,<br />
author = {Lovejoy, Arthur O.},<br />
title = {Die große Kette der Wesen. Geschichte eines Gedankens [The Great Chain of Being. A Study in the History of an Idea (1936)]},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1997a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Kunst der Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1996a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Realität der Massenmedien},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Luhmann 1993a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Form der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = { Hans Ulrich Gumbrecht & K. Ludwig Pfeiffer},<br />
pages = {349-366},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lunenfeld 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lunenfeld 2002a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Digitale Fotografie. Das dubitative Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografies},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {158-177},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lynch & Edgerton 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lynch & Edgerton 1988a,<br />
author = {Lynch, Michael & Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Digital Image Processing. Re-presentational Craft in Contemporary Astronomy}, <br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, Gordon & Law, John},<br />
pages = {184-220},<br />
publisher = {???}, <br />
address = {London u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==M==<br />
===Mach 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mach 1987a,<br />
author = {Mach, Ernst},<br />
title = {Die Analyse der Empfindungen und das Verhältnis des Physischen zum Psychischen},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Macpherson 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Macpherson 1996a,<br />
author = {Macpherson, Fiona},<br />
title = {Ambiguous Figures and the Content of Experience},<br />
journal = {Nous},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {82-117},<br />
note = {2006?},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Majetschak 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Majetschak 1997,<br />
title = {Auge und Hand. Konrad Fiedlers Kunsttheorie im Kontext},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manovich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manovich 2001a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {The Language of New Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge/MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manovich 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Manovich 2005a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {Die Poetik des erweiterten Raums},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {A. Lammert, M. Diers, R. Kudielka & G. Mattenklott},<br />
pages = {337-350},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manow 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manow 2008a,<br />
author = {Manow, Philip},<br />
title = {Im Schatten des Königs. Die politische Anatomie demokratischer Repräsentation},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Marshall 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Marshall 1968a,<br />
title = {Gellius: Noctes Atticae XIII, 17},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Marshall, P.K.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxonii},<br />
note = {Scriptorum Classicorum Bibliotheca Oxoniensis},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Martinec & Salway 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Martinec & Salway 2005a,<br />
author = {Martinec, Radan & Salway, Andrew},<br />
title = {A System for Image-Text-Relations in New (and Old) Media},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {337–371},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Massey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Massey 2007a,<br />
author = {Massey, Lyle},<br />
title = {Picturing Space, Displacing Bodies. Anamorphosis in Early Modern Theories of Perspective},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Pennsylvania State University Press},<br />
address = {University Park, Pa},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Maul 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Maul 2007a,<br />
author = {Maul, Stefan M.},<br />
title = {Gilgamesch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Babylonischen [auf der Grundlage von zum Teil noch unveröffentlichten Textzeugnissen neu und vollständig] übersetzt und mit einem Nachwort versehen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mead 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mead 1968a,<br />
author = {Mead, George Herbert},<br />
title = {Geist, Identität und Gesellschaft aus der Sicht des Sozialbehaviorismus},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {Original: <em>Mind, Self, and Society</em>. Hg. v. Charles W. Morris. Chicago, 1934},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meier 1757===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meier 1757,<br />
author = {Georg Friedrich Meier},<br />
title = {Betrachtungen über den ersten Grundsatz aller Schönen Künste und Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1757},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Halle},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meinhardt 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meinhardt 1997a,<br />
author = {Meinhardt, Johannes},<br />
title = {Ende der Malerei und Malerei nach dem Ende der Malerei},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mendelsohn 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mendelsohn 1982a,<br />
author = {Mendelsohn, Leatrice},<br />
title = {Paragoni. Benedetto Varchi’s Due Lezioni and Cinquecento Art Theory},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ann Arbor},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Menzer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Menzer 1992a,<br />
author = {Menzer, Ursula},<br />
title = {Subjektive und objektive Kultur. Georg Simmels Philosophie der Geschlechter vor dem Hintergrund seines Kultur-Begriffs},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Centaurus},<br />
address = {Pfaffenweiler},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 2003a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophisches Essays},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1993a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Die Prosa der Welt},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1966a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Phänomenologie der Wahrnehmung (1945)},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Walter de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen übersetzt und eingeführt durch eine Vorrede von Boehm, Rudolf},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1961a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophische Essays.}<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {neu bearbeitet, kommentiert und mit einer Einleitung versehen von Bermes, Christian (2003)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 1994a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Der Zweifel Cézannes (1948)},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Gottfried Boehm},<br />
pages = {39-59},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 2006a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Kino und die neue Psychologie (1947)},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie des Films},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Dimitri Liebsch},<br />
pages = {70-84},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mersch 2006a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Mediale Paradoxa. Einleitung in eine negative Medienphilosophie},<br />
journal = {Sic et Non. Zeitschrift für Philosophie und Kultur im Netz},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.sicetnon.org/content/perform/Mersch_Medienphilosophie_sw.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersch 2003a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Wort, Bild, Ton, Zahl – Modalitäten medialen Darstellens},<br />
booktitle = {Die Medien der Künste. Beiträge zur Theorie des Darstellens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
pages = {9-49},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2002a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Was sich zeigt. Materialität, Präsenz, Ereignis},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersmann 08a,<br />
author = {Mersmann, Jasmin},<br />
title = {Wandelgänge. Monumentale Anamorphosen im 17. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Cha, Kyung-Ho & Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
pages = {23-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Messaris 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{ Messaris 1997a,<br />
author = { Messaris, Paul},<br />
title = { Visual Persuasion: The Role of Images in Advertising},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {Thousand Oaks},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metscher 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metscher 2001,<br />
author = {Metscher, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metz 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metz 1972a,<br />
author = {Metz, Christian},<br />
title = {Semiologie des Films (1968)},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Koch, Renate},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzger 2008a,<br />
author = {Metzger, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gesetze des Sehens},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Klotz},<br />
address = {Taunus},<br />
note = {4. unveränd. Aufl., Repr. nach d. 3., völlig neu bearb. Aufl. 1975.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzinger 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Metzinger 2000a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Philosophische Perspektiven auf das Selbstbewusstsein: Die Selbstmodell-Theorie der Subjektivität},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Selbst},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Greve, W. },<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Psychologie Verlagsunion},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {Zitiert aus der überarbeiteten Online-Version},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.philosophie.uni-mainz.de/metzinger/publikationen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzinger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzinger 1999a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Subjekt und Selbstmodell. Die Perspektivität phänomenalen Bewusstseins vor dem Hintergrund einer naturalistischen Theorie mentaler Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meyer 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meyer 2001a,<br />
author = {Meyer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mediokratie. Die Kolonisierung der Politik durch das Mediensystem},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Michalsky 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Michalsky 2005a,<br />
author = {Michalsky, Tanja},<br />
title = {Raum visualisieren. Zur Genese des modernen Raumverständnisses in den Medien der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Ortsgespräche. Raum und Kommunikation im 19. und 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Geppert, Alexander C.T.; Jensen, Uffa & Weinhold, Jörn},<br />
pages = {292ff ??},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mirzoeff 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mirzoeff 2007a,<br />
author = {Mirzoeff, Nicholas},<br />
title = {Von Bildern und Helden. Sichtbarkeit im Krieg der Bilder},<br />
booktitle = {Feindbilder. Ideologien und visuelle Strategien der Kulturen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Haustein, Lydia; Scherer, Bernd & Hager, Martin},<br />
pages = {135-156},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2008a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. Thomas},<br />
title = {Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Gustav Frank},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2007a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.},<br />
title = {Realismus im digitalen Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderfragen. Die Bildwissenschaften im Aufbruch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Belting, Hans},<br />
pages = {237-256},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2006a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {Den Terror klonen. Der Krieg der Bilder 2001-2004},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Worlds. Neue Bilderwelten und Wissensräume},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Maar, Christa & Burda, Hubert},<br />
pages = {255-285},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2005a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. Thomas},<br />
title = {What Do Pictures Want? The Lives and Loves of Images},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1994a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.},<br />
title = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Representation},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1992a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {The Reconfigured Eye. Visual Truth in the Post-Photographic Era},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 1992b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {"The Pictorial Turn"},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
booktitle = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Repräsentation},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
publisher = {Universität of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1986a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {Iconology. Image, Text, Ideology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mojsisch 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mojsisch 1983a,<br />
author = {Mojsisch, Burkhard},<br />
title = {Meister Eckhart. Analogie, Univozität und Einheit},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mondzain 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mondzain 2006a,<br />
author = {Mondzain, Marie-José},<br />
title = {Können Bilder töten?},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich, Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Morris 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Morris 1994a,<br />
author = {Morris, D.},<br />
title = {Das Tier Mensch},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mülder-Bach 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mülder-Bach 1998,<br />
author = {Inka Mülder-Bach},<br />
title = {Im Zeichen Pygmalions. Das Modell der Statue und die Entdeckung der „Darstellung“ im 18. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1997a,<br />
author = {Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {Politische Bildstrategien im amerikanischen Präsidentschaftswahlkampf, 1828-1996},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1985a,<br />
author = {Müller, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {DUDEN Bedeutungswörterbuch = DUDEN Band 10},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a,<br />
author = {Müller-Beck, H. & Albrecht, G. },<br />
title = {Die Anfänge der Kunst vor 30'000 Jahren},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Theiss},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Münkler 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Münkler 2009a,<br />
author = {Münkler, Herfried},<br />
title = {Visualisierungsstrategien im politischen Machtkampf: Der Übergang vom Personenverband zum institutionellen Territorialstaat},<br />
booktitle = {Strategien der Visualisierung. Verbildlichung als Mittel politischer Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Münkler, Herfried & Hacke, Jens},<br />
pages = {23-51},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Musterle & Roessler 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Musterle & Roessler 1986a,<br />
author = {Musterle, W.A. & Roessler, O.E.},<br />
title = {Computer faces: The human Lorenz Matrix},<br />
journal = {Bio Systems},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {61-80},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==N==<br />
===Naef 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Naef 2007a,<br />
author = {Naef, Silvia},<br />
title = {Bilder und Bilderverbot im Islam},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {C. H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nänni 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nänni 2008a,<br />
author = {Nänni, Jürg},<br />
title = {Visuelle Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Niggli},<br />
address = {Sulgen},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
url = {www.worldcat.org/oclc/254718373},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006a,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc},<br />
title = {Am Grund der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006b,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc & Ferrari, Federico},<br />
title = {Die Haut der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Neuhaus 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Neuhaus 2006a,<br />
author = {Neuhaus, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Als William Gibson den Cyberspace erfand ... - Die Faszination für ein Vielzweck-Symbol aus der Science Fiction-Literatur},<br />
journal = {Telepolis},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.heise.de/tp/r4/artikel/23/23727/1.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Niederée & Heyer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Niederée & Heyer 2003a,<br />
author = {Niederée, R. & Heyer, D.},<br />
title = {The Dual Nature of Picture Perception: A Challenge to Current General Accounts of Visual Perception},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into pictures. An interdisciplinary approach to pictorial space},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, Heiko; Schwartz, Robert & Atherton, Margaret},<br />
pages = {77–98},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nietzsche 1870-1873===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nietzsche 1870-1873,<br />
author = {Nietzsche, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Ueber Wahrheit und Lüge im aussermoralischen Sinne [1870-1873]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke. Kritische Studienausgabe in 15 Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Giorgio Colli und Mazzino Montinari},<br />
pages = {873-890},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nivelle 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nivelle 1971,<br />
author = {Nivelle, Armand},<br />
title = {Kunst- und Dichtungstheorien zwischen Aufklärung und Klassik},<br />
year = {2. Auflage 1971},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nöth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nöth 2000a,<br />
author = {Nöth, Winfried},<br />
title = {Der Zusammenhang von Text und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Text- und Gesprächslinguistik. Handbücher zur Sprach- und Kommunikationswissenschaft 16},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Klaus Brinker et al.},<br />
pages = {489–496},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Novitz 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Novitz 1977,<br />
author = {Novitz, David},<br />
title = {Pictures and their Use in Communication. A philosphical Essay},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==O==<br />
===OED===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{OED-3,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Oxford English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
url = {dictionary.oed.com},<br />
note = {3<sup>rd</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Öhlschläger 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Oehlschläger 2005a,<br />
author = {Öhlschläger, C.},<br />
title = {Evidenz und Ereignis. Musils poetische ‚Momentaufnahmen‘ im Kontext der Moderne},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {203-216},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ohler 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ohler 1994a,<br />
author = {Ohler, Peter},<br />
title = {Kognitive Filmpsychologie. Verarbeitung und mentale Repräsentation narrativer Filme},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {MAkS Publikationen},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Okolowitz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Okolowitz 2006a,<br />
author = {Okolowitz, Herbert},<br />
title = {Virtualität bei G.W. Leibniz. Eine Retrospektive},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Diss. Universität Augsburg},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=98278726X},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ott 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ott 2007a,<br />
author = {Ott, Michaela},<br />
title = {Der unbestimmte Raum in Philosophie und Film},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==P==<br />
===Pang 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pang 2002a,<br />
author = {Pang, Alex Soojung-Kim},<br />
title = {Technologie und Ästhetik der Astrofotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Ordnungen der Sichtbarkeit. Fotografie in Wissenschaft, Kunst und Technologie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Geimer, Peter},<br />
pages = {101-141},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 1924a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Panofsky 1924a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Die Perspektive als symbolische Form (1924)},<br />
booktitle = {Erwin Panofsky, Deutschsprachige Aufsätze Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Michels, K. & Warnke, M.},<br />
pages = {664-757},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Erstpublikation in: <em>Vorträge der Bibliothek Warburg (1924/25)</em>. Leipzig, 1927, 258-330},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paret 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1960a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Textbelege zum islamischen Bilderverbot},<br />
booktitle = {Das Werk des Künstlers. Studien zur Ikonographie und Formgeschichte},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Hans Fegers},<br />
pages = {36-48},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paret 1968===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1968a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Das islamische Bilderverbot und die Schia},<br />
booktitle = {Festschrift Werner Caskel. Zum siebzigsten Geburtstag 5. März 1966 gewidmet von Freunden und Schülern},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Erwin Gräf},<br />
pages = {242-232},<br />
publisher = {Brill},<br />
address = {Leiden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2009a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1900 bis 1949},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2008a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1949 bis heute},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2006a,<br />
title = {Visual History. Ein Studienbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck und Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Paul 2005a,<br />
author = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Der Bilderkrieg. Inszenierungen, Bilder und Perspektiven der "Operation Irakische Freiheit"},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Perrault 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Perrault 1964a,<br />
author = {Perrault, Charles},<br />
title = {Parallèle des Anciens et des Modernes en ce qui regarde les Arts et les Sciences},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {orig.: Paris (4 Bde): 1688, 1690, 1692, 1694; Faksimileausgabe mit einer Einführung von Hans Robert Jauss und einem Kommentar von Max Imdahl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pesch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pesch 2001a,<br />
author = {Pesch, Martin},<br />
title = {Raumbilder-Bildräume. Zu den Arbeiten von Julia Ziegler},<br />
journal = {Kunstforum International},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {153},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Petersen 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Petersen 2000,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {Mimesis – Imitatio – Nachahmung. Eine Geschichte der europäischen Poetik},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Petersen 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Petersen 1992,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {‚Mimesis’ versus ‚Nachahmung’. Die Poetik des Aristoteles – nochmals neu gelesen},<br />
journal = {Arcadia. Zeitschrift für vergleichende Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {3-46},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a,<br />
title = {Der Künstler als Kunstwerk. Selbstporträts vom Mittelalter bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich & von Rosen, Valeska},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a,<br />
title = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget 1956a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1956a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {The Child’s Construction of Space},<br />
year = {1956},<br />
publisher = {Routledge / Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget et al. 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget et al. 1960a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean; Inhelder, B. & Szemenska, I.},<br />
title = {The Child’s Conception of Geometry},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
publisher = {Harper},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1978a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {Das Weltbild des Kindes},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {dtv/Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pias 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pias 2003a,<br />
author = {Pias, Claus},<br />
title = {Das digitale Bild gibt es nicht. Über das (Nicht-)Wissen der Bilder und die informatische Illusion},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2003/01/pias/pias.pdf}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Piccolino & Wade 2006a,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco & Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early examples of ambiguity (1)},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {861–864},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Piccolino & Wade 2006b,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco &. Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early examples of ambiguity (2)},<br />
booktitle = {Perception 35 (8)},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {1003–1006},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pillow 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pillow 2003,<br />
author = {Pillow, Kirk},<br />
title = {Did Goodman's Distinction Survive LeWitt?},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {61},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {365-380},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pitts et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pitts et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Pitts, Michael A.; Gavin, William J. & Nerger, Janice L.},<br />
title = {Early top-down influences on bistable perception revealed by event-related potentials},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {11–24},<br />
volume = {67},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 1991b,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Timaios},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke VIII},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Hülser, Karlheinz},<br />
pages = {197-425},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 2008a,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Politeia},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke, Band 2},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Ursula},<br />
pages = {195-537},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Plessner 1928a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Die Stufen des Organischen und der Mensch},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {W. de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {<sup>3</sup>1975},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1982a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Trieb und Leidenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Mit anderen Augen},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Plessner, Helmuth}, <br />
pages = {110-123},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1989a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Zur Anthropologie der Nachahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, G.},<br />
pages = {176-184},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plinius 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Plinius 2004,<br />
title = {G. Plinius Secundus d. Ä: Naturkunde / Naturalis historia : lateinisch-deutsch},<br />
year = {1990–2004},<br />
editor = {Roderich König et al.},<br />
publisher = {Artemis},<br />
address = {Zürich},<br />
note = {unkritische Ausgabe des lateinischen Textes mit Übersetzung und Erläuterungen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plümacher 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plümacher 1999a,<br />
author = {Plümacher, Martina},<br />
title = {Wohlgeformtheitsbedingugen für Bilder?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pöppel 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pöppel 1982a,<br />
author = {Pöppel, E.},<br />
title = {Lust und Schmerz},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Severin & Siedler},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pollmeier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pollmeier 2005a,<br />
author = {Pollmeier, Klaus},<br />
title = {Vom Baryt zum Bit. Zur Konservierung analoger und digitaler fotografischer Bilder. Digitale Bildverarbeitung, eine Erweiterung oder radikale Veränderung der Fotografie?},<br />
howpublished = {Ludwigsburg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
note = {Hasenpflug (Red.): Dokumentation des Symposiums am 12./13. November 2004 im Museum Folkwang, Essen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Popper 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Popper 2002a,<br />
author = {Popper, Karl R.},<br />
title = {Alle Menschen sind Philosophen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Bohnet, Heidi & Stadler, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München/Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pratschke 2005a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Digitale Form},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pratschke 2008a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Interaktion mit Bildern. Digitale Bildgeschichte am Beispiel grafischer Benutzeroberflächen},<br />
booktitle = {Technische Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bredekamp, Horst et al.},<br />
pages = {68-80},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Predelli 1999===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Predelli 1999,<br />
author = {Predelli, Stefano},<br />
title = {Goodman and the Score},<br />
journal = {British Journal of Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138-147},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pross 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pross 1972a,<br />
author = {Pross, Harry},<br />
title = {Medienforschung. Film, Funk, Presse, Fernsehen},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Habel},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Puttfarken 1991a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {The Dispute about Disegno and Colorito in Venice. Paolo Pino, Lodovico Dolce and Titian},<br />
booktitle = {Kunst und Kunsttheorie 1400–1900},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Peter Glanz et al.},<br />
pages = {75-95},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Puttfarken 1985a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {Roger de Piles‘ Theory of Art},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New Haven/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Q==<br />
==R==<br />
===Rager 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rager 1997a,<br />
author = {Rager, Dietmar},<br />
title = {Aspekte Sehen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob/ & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Raphael 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Raphael 1986a,<br />
author = {Raphael, Max},<br />
title = {Raumgestaltungen. Der Beginn der modernen Kunst im Kubismus und im Werk von Georges Braque}, <br />
year = {1986, Erstausgabe 1949},<br />
publisher = {Campus}<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M./New York},<br />
note = {hg. v. H.-J. Heinrichs},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rastier 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rastier 1972a,<br />
author = {Rastier, François },<br />
title = {Systematiques des isotopies},<br />
booktitle = {Essais de sémiotique poétique},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Greimas, A.J.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Larousse},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Recki 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Recki 2004a,<br />
author = {Recki, Birgit},<br />
title = {Kultur als Praxis. Eine Einführung in Ernst Cassirers Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Akademie-Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Renz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Renz 2006a,<br />
author = {Renz, U.},<br />
title = {Schönheit. Eine Wissenschaft für sich},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Berlin Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riedel 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Riedel 2005a,<br />
author = {Riedel, W.},<br />
title = {Endogene Bilder. Anthropologie und Poetik bei Gottfried Benn},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {163-202},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rieger 2009a,<br />
author = {Rieger, Stefan},<br />
title = {Holographie. Das Versprechen der Ganzheit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {87-106},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger & Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rieger & Schröter 2009a,<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen}, <br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riegl 1931a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Riegl 1931a,<br />
author = {Riegl, Alois},<br />
title = {Das holländische Gruppenporträt},<br />
year = {1931},<br />
publisher = {Staatsdruckerei},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1902},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rimmele 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rimmele 2010a,<br />
author = {Rimmele, Marius},<br />
title = {Das Triptychon als Metapher, Körper und Ort. Semantisierungen eines Bildträgers},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ritchin 1990a,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {In Our Image: The Coming Revolution in Photography. How Computer Technology is Changing our View of the World},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ritchin 1990b,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {Photojournalism in the Age of Computers},<br />
booktitle = {The Critical Image. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Squiers},<br />
pages = {28-37},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Seattle},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roch 1998a,<br />
author = {Roch, Axel},<br />
title = {Radartechnologie und Computergraphik. Zur Geschichte der Beleuchtungsmodelle in computergenerierten Bildern},<br />
booktitle = {Geschichte der Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Faßler, Manfred & Halbach, Wulf R.},<br />
pages = {227-254},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rock 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rock 1985a,<br />
author = {Rock, Irvin},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung. Vom visuellen Reiz zum Sehen u. Erkennen},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Spektrum-der-Wissenschaft-Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roloff 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roloff_1972a,<br />
author = {Roloff, D.},<br />
title = {Eidolon, Eikon, Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd.2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {330-332},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Róna-Tas 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Róna-Tas 1999a,<br />
author = {Róna-Tas, A.},<br />
title = {Hungarians and Europe in the Early Middle Ages. An Introduction to Early Hungarian History},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {CEU Press},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rorty 1967a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rorty 1967a,<br />
author = {Rorty, Richard},<br />
title = {The Linguistic Turn: Essays in Philosophical Method},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press.},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 2005a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Materie und Geist. Eine philosophische Untersuchung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ros 1999a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Was ist Philosophie?},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophieren über Philosophie}<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Raatzsch, Richard},<br />
pages = {36–58},<br />
publisher = {Leipziger Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ros 1989a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {“Bedeutung”, “Idee” und “Begriff” – Zur Behandlung einiger bedeutungstheoretischer Paradoxien durch Leibniz},<br />
journal = {Studia Leibnitiana},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {133-154},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1989/90a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1989/90a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Begründung und Begriff. Wandlungen des Verständnisses begrifflicher Argumentationen},<br />
year = {1989/90},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {3 Bände},<br />
hidden = {B. I: Antike, Spätantike und Mittelalter; B. II: Neuzeit; B. III: Moderne},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1979a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Objektkonstitution und elementare Sprachhandlungsbegriffe},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Königstein/Ts.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosch 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosch 1978a,<br />
author = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
title = {Principles of categorization}<br />
booktitle = {Cognition and Categorization},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
pages = {27-48},<br />
publisher = {Hillsdale},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosler 2000a,<br />
author = {Rosler, Martha},<br />
title = {Bildsimulationen, Computermanipulationen: einige Überlegungen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV. 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {von Amelunxen, Hubertus},<br />
pages = {129-170},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roth 2000a,<br />
author = {Roth, Peter},<br />
title = {Virtualis als Sprachschöpfung mittelalterlicher Theologen},<br />
booktitle = {Die Anwesenheit des Abwesenden. Theologische Annäherungen an Begriff und Phänomene von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Roth, Peter; Schreiber, Stefan & Siemons, Stefan},<br />
pages = {33-42},<br />
publisher = {Wißner},<br />
address = {Augsburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Royce 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Royce 1998a,<br />
author = {Royce, Terry},<br />
title = {Synergy on the Page: Exploring Intersemiotic Complementarity in Page-based Multimodal Text},<br />
journal = {JASFL Occasional Papers},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {25-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rötzer 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rötzer 1993a,<br />
author = {Rötzer, Florian},<br />
title = {Cyberspace. Zum medialen Gesamtkunstwerk},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ruff 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ruff 2009a,<br />
author = {Ruff, Thomas},<br />
title = {Jpegs},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ryan 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ryan 2001,<br />
author = {Ryan, Marie-Laure},<br />
title = {arrative as Virtual Reality. Immersion and Interactivity in Literature and Electronic Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {The Johns Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore & London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==S==<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Medium},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005b,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005a,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2004a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als kommunikatives Medium. Elemente einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003b,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Was ist Bildkompetenz?},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1999a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, },<br />
title = {Gibt es ein Bildalphabet?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {57-66},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1995a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Piktoriale Einstellungen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktoraler Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {195-211},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 1993a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Philosophische Psychologie im 19. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Prädikative und modale Bildtheorie },<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik. Theorien - Methoden - Fallbeispiele},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H.; Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {97-119},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-2/index.html},<br />
abstract ={Gegenstände sind immer nur dann Bilder, wenn jemand sie als solche benutzt. Hierbei können Bilder eine Vielzahl von Funktionen übernehmen. Lassen sich diese verschiedenen Funktionen oder Verwendungsweisen vielleicht aus einer einzigen Grundfunktion ableiten? Und sofern das so ist: Was wäre, ließe sich zweitens fragen, diese Grundfunktion von Bildern und in welcher Relation, ergibt sich als dritte Frage, steht sie zu den Verwendungsweisen von Sprache? Eine positive Beantwortung der ersten Frage voraussetzend werden zwei Kandidaten für die zweite Frage untersucht und diskutiert: Während die prädikative Theorie die grundlegende Bildverwendung in etwa paraphrasiert mit „… sieht so und so aus“ (bzw. „Der Gegenstand, der so und so aussieht, …“), schlägt die modale Theorie eine Verwendungsweise vor analog zu „An einem anderen (auch fiktiven) Ort oder einer anderen (auch hypothetischen) Zeit ist der Fall, daß so und so.“ },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Medientheorie, visuelle Kultur und Bildanthropologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {393-424},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.JRJS.de/Work/Papers/P09/P09-1/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachsse 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachsse 1974a,<br />
author = {Sachsse, Hans},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Kybernetik. Unter besonderer Berücksichtigung von technischen und biologischen Wirkungsgefügen},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Vieweg},<br />
address = {Braunschweig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 2007a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Le Sens du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1990a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Semiotics of Visual Language},<br />
publisher = {Indiana University Press},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
address = {Bloomington, IN},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1987a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {Englisch: Semiotics of Visual Language. Bloomington, Indianapolis: Indiana University Press.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1986a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie et syntax visuelle: Une analyse de Mascerade de Pellan},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 2008a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Transfigurements: On the True Sense of Art},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 1998a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Shades. Of Painting at the Limit},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Salomon 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2006a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {Transformations and Projections in Computer Graphics},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Salomon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2008a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {A Concise Introduction to Data Compression},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sander 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sander 1962a,<br />
author = {Sander, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Experimentelle Ergebnisse der Gestaltpsychologie},<br />
booktitle = {Ganzheitspsychoplogie. Grundlagen, Ergebnisse, Anwendungen: gesammelte Abhandlungen},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sander, Friedrich & Volkelt, Hans},<br />
pages = {73–122},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck'sche Verlagsbuchhandlung},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1962a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Blick},<br />
booktitle = {Das Sein und das Nichts},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Skizze einer Theorie der Emotionen},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {255-321},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1994b,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Das Imaginäre. Phänomenologische Psychologie der Einbildungskraft (1940)},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-2, hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994c,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Die Imagination (1936)},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {97-254},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1999a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Die Suche nach dem Absoluten. Texte zur bildenden Kunst},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sauer 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sauer 2008a,<br />
author = {Sauer, Martina},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmen von Sinn vor jeder sprachlichen oder gedanklichen Fassung? Frage an Ernst Cassirer},<br />
journal = {Kunstgeschichte. Texte zur Diskussion},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.kunstgeschichte-ejournal.net/discussion/2008/Sauer},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saussure 1916a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saussure 1916a,<br />
author = {Saussure, Ferdinand de },<br />
title = {Cours de linguistique générale},<br />
year = {1916},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Deutsch: Grundfragen der allgemeinen Sprachwissenschaft. 3. Aufl. Berlin 2001.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saxena & Sahay 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saxena & Sahay 2005a,<br />
author = {Saxena, Anupam & Sahay, Birendra},<br />
title = {Computer Aided Engineering Design},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scheler 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scheler 1928a,<br />
author = {Scheler, Max},<br />
title = {Die Stellung des Menschen im Kosmos},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {Otto Reichl Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schier 2005a,<br />
author = {Schier, W. },<br />
title = {Die Maske von Uivar},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W. },<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl 2001a ===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schierl 2001a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas},<br />
title = { Text und Bild in der Werbung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl 2003a ===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schierl 2003a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas},<br />
title = {Werbung im Fernsehen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl & Ludwig 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schierl & Ludwig 2011a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas & Ludwig, Mark},<br />
title = {Produktpolitik als Strategie der Visualisierung des Fußballsports in den Medien},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
journal ={Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
volume = {32},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schirra 2007a,<br />
editor = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Computational Visualistics and Picture Morphology},<br />
publisher = {IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
note = {Themenbeiheft zu Band 5},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Projects/Image/IMAGE5-Themenbeiheft.pdf},<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Begriffsgenetische Betrachtungen in der Bildwissenschaft: Fünf Thesen},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Medium. Kunstgeschichtliche und philosophische Grundlagen der interdisziplinären Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {197-215},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-3/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 2005a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Foundation of Computational Visualistics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {ISBN: 3-8350-6015-5 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-8350-6015-5'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra 2005b,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Ein Disziplinen-Mandala für die Bildwissenschaft - Kleine Provokation zu einem Neuen Fach},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-1/index.html},<br />
journal ={IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
pages = {30-45},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Von der Bildwissenschaft als einer Disziplin, die über die Grenzen von Kunstgeschichte oder Kunstwissenschaft hinausgeht und sich wissenschaftlich mit allen Aspekten des Umgehens mit Bildern und verwandten visuellen Repräsentations- und Zeichensystemen befaßt, wird erst seit etwa der Mitte der 1990'er Jahre gesprochen. In den folgenden Überlegungen geht es insbesondere um die Bildwissenschaft als den Versuch, ein Fachgebiet zu etablieren, in dem ein modernes Verständnis dessen, was eine etablierte Disziplin sein kann, verwirklicht sein soll. Zentrales Kriterium für in dem hier gemeinten Sinne "Neue" Disziplinen ist ihre Interdisziplinarität und die dadurch bedingte starke Methodenpluralität. Grundsätzlich muß daher die Frage geklärt werden, wie das Verhältnis der Teildisziplinen zueinander, insbesondere das Wechselspiel der jeweils eingesetzten Methoden betreffend, zu denken ist. Dem Forschungssujet der Bildwissenschaft entsprechend soll in dem Beitrag versucht werden, das Beziehungsgeflecht der beteiligten Elterndisziplinen (zumindest teilweise) in Form eines Bildes anzugeben. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2005c,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Computervisualistik},<br />
booktitle = { Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {268-280},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bausteine vieler Disziplinen müssen in eine allgemeine Bildwissenschaft integriert werden. Als Beitrag aus der Informatik versteht sich die Computervisualistik, die alle Aspekte rechnergestützten Umgangs mit Bildern umfaßt. Zwei Grundbegriffe der Informatik werden vorgestellt und bestimmen, auf den Begriff "Bild" angewendet, den methodologischen Kern der Computervisualistik. Als Beitrag der Informatik zum Gegenstand der Bildtheorie werden interaktive Bilder betrachtet. Schließlich werden die Beziehungen zu anderen "Bildwissenschaften" kurz umrissen. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2001a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bilder &nbsp;&nbsp; —— &nbsp;&nbsp; Kontextbilder},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln – Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Pragmatik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {77-100},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P01/P01-5/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bildkommunikation und die Verständigung mit Aussagen scheinen wenig gemein zu haben. Genauere logisch-pragmatische Analysen der Kontextrelativität von Aussagen zeigen jedoch eine enge systematische Abhängigkeit beider Kommunikationsformen im Begriff der Kontextbildung, den Bilder auf ausgezeichnete Weise implementieren. Prädikatorische und nominatorische Verwendungen von Bildern sind aus der grundlegenden Funktion zur Kontextbildung ableitbar. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2000a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Täuschung, Ähnlichkeit und Immersion: Die Vögel des Zeuxis},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Realismus der Bilder: Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Semantik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Rehkämper, K.& Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {119-135},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P00/P00-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bilder gibt es als solche – von ihrem Begriff her – immer nur für Individuen, die sich in einer bestimmten Weise verhalten, oder die gewisse Handlungen vollziehen. Wenn dies aber der Fall ist, scheint es ratsam, den Begriff "Bild" nicht, wie es gewöhnlich geschieht, als einen Begriff für einen isoliert vorkommenden Gegenstand zu erläutern, sondern als Komponente der Begriffe für bestimmte Verhaltens- oder Handlungsfähigkeiten. Ausgehend von der antiken Zeuxis-Anekdote werden in diesem Sinne erste Schritte zu einem handlungstheoretischen Ähnlichkeitsbegriff versucht.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1999a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Syntaktische Dichte oder Kontinuität - Ein mathematischer Aspekt der Visualistik},<br />
booktitle = {bildgrammatik. interdisziplinäre forschungen zur syntax bildlicher darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {103-119},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P99/P99-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Der Begriff Dichte spielt eine zentrale Rolle in Diskussionen zur Bildsyntax, wird aber selten in Beziehung zum mathematisch verwandten Kontinuumsbegriff gestellt. Dabei ist die Frage, ob Bilder syntaktisch nur als dicht oder gar als kontinuierlich verstanden werden sollten, durchaus relevant, wie anhand von informatischen und neuropsychologischen Argumenten gezeigt wird.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1995a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Understanding Radio Broadcasts On Soccer. The Concept `Mental Image' and Its Use in Spatial Reasoning},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktorialer Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {107-136},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P95/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Most cognitive theories agree that a listener of a sports broadcast on radio usually imagines the scene described; the concept `mental image' appears in a specific sort of explanations. In contrast to this conception, it is argued that this concept should rather be understood as part of a certain kind of grounding explanations of the radio listener's understanding. This particular conception is based on the distinction between `specification' and `implementation' as found in the theory of abstract data types. Its application to the field of spatial concepts leads to a computational system (ANTLIMA) which exemplifies how the expression `mental image' could be used while explaining a speaker's ability to control the resolvability of ambiguities in an objective report of what the speaker sees. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 1994a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bildbeschreibung als Verbindung von visuellem und sprachlichem Raum},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {DISKI},<br />
address = {St. Augustin},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {ISBN 3-929037-71-8 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-929037-71-8'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P94/P94-1-d/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1993a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Connecting Visual and Verbal Space: Preliminary Considerations Concerning the Concept »Mental Image«},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Time, Space, and Movement},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {M. Aurnague, A. Borillo, M. Borillo & M. Bras},<br />
pages = {105-121},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Paul Sabatier},<br />
address = {Toulouse},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P93/P93-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {AI research concerning the connection between seeing and speaking mainly employs what is called reference semantics. Within this framework, the notion of `mental image' is often used while explaining how somebody not situated in the same perceptual context is able to anchor his understanding of an utterance describing the scene visually perceived by the speaker. We give a foundation for considering mental images as propositions with respect to a certain field of concepts: these fields have to provide a syntactically dense set of concepts distinguishing locations. The use of such propositions in the reference semantic explanations of understanding utterances about visually perceived scenes is motivated by applying Kant's idea of the introduction of new types of objects: we conceive spatial relations as relations only applicable to sortal objects, i.e., individuated objects which are synthetically introduced on a syntactically dense field providing their potential locations. The concept `mental image' which results from these preliminary studies is applied to two current projects in AI, one dealing with the semantics of particular spatial prepositions, and the other more generally concerned with the logic of the connection between visual and verbal space.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Anthropologie in der systematischen Bildwissenschaft: Auf der Spur des homo pictor},<br />
booktitle = {Disziplinen der Anthropologie},<br />
editor = {Meyer, S. & Owzar, A.},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
pages = {145-177},<br />
note = {},<br />
publisher = {Waxmann},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Homo pictor and the Linguistic Turn: Revisiting Hans Jonas’ Picture Anthropology},<br />
journal = {Linguistic and Philosophical Investigations},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {144–181},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P10/P10-2/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {There has been a long tradition of characterizing man as the animal that talks. However, the remarkable ability of using pictures also only belongs to human beings, after all we know empirically so far. Are there conceptual reasons for that coincidence? The paper is dedicated to a philosophical programme of “concept-genetic” considerations dealing in particular with the dependencies between those two abilities: The conceptual relation between the competence to use assertive language and the faculty of employing pictures must be conceived of as being much closer than usually expected. Indeed we conclude, there cannot be creatures with only one of them.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte – elektronisch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
url = {www.uni-due.de/germanistik/elise/ausgabe_12006},<br />
hidden = {letzter Zugriff: 25. September 2010},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract ={Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie, wie sie der Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt, eignet - und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Eine Gegenüberstellung der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild führt zu eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden: Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von (darstellenden) Bildern Sprache gegenüber durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. In beiden Fällen hängen die Aufgliederungen mit der Funktion der Kontextbildung zusammen, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung mündet daher in das Programm einer begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, die eine derartige Begründung zu liefern imstande wäre. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Fähigkeiten zum Bild- und Sprachgebrauch },<br />
journal = {Deutsche Zeitschrift für Philosophie},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {54},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {887-905},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-5/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie wie in die Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Ein erster Vergleich der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild listet eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden auf. Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von Bildern gegenüber Sprache durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung weitet sich daher zu einer begriffsgenetischen Skizzierung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, wobei sich die Begriffe des sortalen Gegenstands und des Verhaltenskontextes als zentral herausstellen. Mit ihnen kann die Beziehung zwischen den beiden Fähigkeiten genauer untersucht werden: Sie ergibt sich insbesondere aus der Funktion der Kontextbildung, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Im Rahmen der begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung ergeben sich schließlich Argumente dafür, die Beziehung als eine wechselseitige Abhängigkeit zu charakterisieren, wobei auch eine Vorschlag zur Analyse des Begriffs des inneren Bildes - oder besser: des Vorstellungsvermögens eingeschlossen ist. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Scholz 1998a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. & Scholz, Martin},<br />
title = {Abstraction versus Realism: Not the Real Question},<br />
booktitle = {Computer Visualization – Graphics, Abstraction, and Interactivity},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Strothotte, T. (et al.)},<br />
pages = {379-401},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {Chapter 22},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P98/P98-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {When browsing through a book on computer graphics, one usually finds a lot of more or less interesting pictures that are produced by means of computers. These pictures are embedded in pages of technical texts describing how this image generation was performed and why it provides a better way to do so than other methods. Less space is usually given to the methodological background and the motivation underlying the preoccupation with computer visualization. In this chapter, we want to complement the more technically oriented part of this book with some reflections as to why such techniques can be interesting not only for computer graphics researchers, and where, from a communication-theoretic point of view, they might be of use in our society.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schleicher 1859a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schleicher 1859a,<br />
author = {Schleicher, August},<br />
title = {Zur Morphologie der Sprache},<br />
journal = {Mémoires de l'académdie impériale des sciences de St. Pétersbourg},<br />
year = {1859},<br />
volume = {1?},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1-38},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt 2000,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter},<br />
title = {Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1: : Absenz – Darstellung},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {831-875},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt & George 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt_George_2005a,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter; George, Marion},<br />
title = {Typisch/Typ(us)},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {191-246},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlosser 1952a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schlosser 1952a,<br />
author = {Schlosser, K.},<br />
title = {Der Signalismus in der Kunst der Naturvölker: Biologisch-psychologische Gesetzlichkeiten in den Abweichungen von der Norm des Vorbildes},<br />
year = {1952},<br />
publisher = {Mühlau},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmid 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmid 2009a,<br />
author = {Schmid, Gabriele},<br />
title = {Zwischen Bildern. Die holographische Installation als Handlungsfeld},<br />
booktitle = {holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {161-180},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1998a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Mimesis bei Aristoteles und in den Poetikkommentaren der Renaissance. Zum Wandel des Gedankens von der Nachahmung der Natur in der frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Mimesis und Simulation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Andreas Kablitz & Gerhard Neumann},<br />
pages = {17-53},<br />
publisher = {ombach},<br />
address = {Freiburg im Breisgau},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1996a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Teleologie und Geschichte bei Aristoteles oder Wie kommen nach Aristoteles Anfang, Mitte und Ende in die Geschichte?},<br />
booktitle = {Das Ende. Figuren einer Denkform},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Stierle und Rainer Warning},<br />
pages = {528-563},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider 2009a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit},<br />
title = {Wissenschaftsbilder zwischen digitaler Transformation und Manipulation. Einige Anmerkungen zur Diskussion des “digitalen Bildes”},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {188-200},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schneider 2000a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Ralf},<br />
title = {Grundriß zur kognitiven Theorie der Figurenkonzeption am Beispiel des viktorianischen Romans},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Stauffenburg},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider & Berz 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider & Berz 2002a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit & Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bildtexturen. Punkte, Zeilen, Spalten. I. Textile Processing/II. Bildtelegraphie}<br />
booktitle = {Mimetische Differenzen. Der Spielraum der Medien zwischen Abbildung und Nachbildung}, <br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Flach, Sabine & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
pages = {181-220},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider & Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schneider & Stöckl 2011a,<br />
title = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, Jan Georg & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {erscheint Frühjahr 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2011===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Schönhammer 2011,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Stichwort: Kippbilder},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
howpublished = {PsyDok, Volltextserver der Virtuellen Fachbibliothek Psychologie},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://psydok.sulb.uni-saarland.de/frontdoor.php?source_opus=2756&la=de},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schönhammer 2009a,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Wahrnehmungspsychologie. Sinne, Körper, Bewegung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 2004a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstellung, Zeichen. Philosophische Theorien bildhafter Darstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {2., vollständig überarbeitete Aufl.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Scholz 1998a,<br />
title = {Mimesis. Studien zur literarischen Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Scholz, Bernhard F.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 1991a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstellung, Zeichen. Philosophische Theorien bildhafter Darstellungen},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {(1. Aufl.)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schott 1657a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schott 57a,<br />
author = {Schott, Kaspar},<br />
title = {De Magia Anamorphotica},<br />
booktitle = {Magia Universalis Naturae et Artis},<br />
year = {1657},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Herbipoli},<br />
note = {Teil 1, Buch III},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2001a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Eine kurze Geschichte der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht. Fotografieren in Museen & Archiven & Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, Wolfgang & Jaworek, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {249-257},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter 2003a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Virtuelle Kamera. Zum Fortbestand fotografischer Medien in computergenerierten Bildern}, <br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {88},<br />
pages = {3-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Welt. Analoge und Digitale Bilder - mehr oder weniger Realität?},<br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke},<br />
pages = {335-354},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2004b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Netz und die Virtuelle Realität. Zur Selbstprogrammierung der Gesellschaft durch die universelle Maschine},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Computer/Simulation. Kopie ohne Original oder das Original kontrollierende Kopie},<br />
booktitle = {OriginalKopie. Praktiken des Sekundären},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fehrmann, Gisela et al.},<br />
pages = {139-155},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Notizen zu einer Geschichte des Löschens. Am Beispiel von Video und Robert Rauschenbergs Erased de Kooning-Drawing},<br />
booktitle = {Im Banne der Ungewissheit. Bilder zwischen Medien, Kunst und Menschen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schumacher-Chilla, Doris},<br />
pages = {171-194},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oberhausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2005a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {MetaMorphing. Camerons Analysen der digitalen Bilder in Terminator 2 und The Abyss}, <br />
booktitle = {Mythen, Mütter, Maschinen. Die Filme des James Cameron},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pabst, Eckhard},<br />
pages = {289-315},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeit ist überhaupt nur darzustellen, indem man sie konstruiert (Andreas Gursky)},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {201-218},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {On the Logic of the Digital Archive},<br />
booktitle = {The You Tube Reader},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Vonderau, Patrick & Snickars, Pelle},<br />
pages = {330-346},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2009c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {3D. Zur Theorie, Geschichte und Medienästhetik des technischtransplanen Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen und die Nicht-Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {77-86},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2010a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Fotografie und Fiktionalität},<br />
booktitle = {Die fotografische Wirklichkeit. Inszenierung - Fiktion - Narration},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Blunck, Lars},<br />
pages = {143-158},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2010b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Zeitalter der technischen Nichtreproduzierbarkeit},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
editor = {Schröter, Jens et al.},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {1-38},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter & Thielmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter & Thielmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens & Thielmann, Tristan},<br />
title = {Display I: Analog},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften}<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2010a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Darstellung einer Vorstellung. Das Bild der Welt auf der Pioneer-Plakette},<br />
booktitle = {Atlas der Weltbilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Markschies, C. et al.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schürmann 2008a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Sehen als Praxis. Ethisch-ästhetische Studien zum Verhältnis von Sicht und Einsicht},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulz 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulz 2005a,<br />
author = {Schulz, Martin},<br />
title = {Ordnungen der Bilder. Eine Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Finke},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulze 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulze 2000a,<br />
author = {Schulze, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Die Erlebnis-Gesellschaft. Kultursoziologie der Gegenwart. 8. Auflage. Studienausgabe.},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M., New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schwingeler 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schwingeler 2008a,<br />
author = {Schwingeler, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Raummaschine. Raum und Perspektive im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Werner Hülsbusch},<br />
address = {Boizenburg},<br />
note = {(Reihe Game Studies)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Searle 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Searle 1971,<br />
author = {Searle, John R.},<br />
title = {Sprechakttheorie - Ein sprachphilosophischer Essay},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 2003a,<br />
author = {Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Erscheinens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seel 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 1991a,<br />
author = {Seel, Norbert M.},<br />
title = {Weltwissen und mentale Modelle},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seiterle 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Seiterle 1988a,<br />
author = {Seiterle, G. },<br />
title = {Maske, Ziegenbock und Satyr},<br />
journal = {Antike Welt. Z. für Archäologie und Kulturgeschichte},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seja 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seja 2009a,<br />
author = {Seja, Silvia},<br />
title = {Handlungstheorien des Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sekula 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sekula 2002a,<br />
author = {Sekula, Allan},<br />
title = {Der Handel mit Fotografien},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {255-290},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shannon & Weaver 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shannon & Weaver 1976a,<br />
author = {Shannon, Claude E. & Weaver, Warren},<br />
title = {Mathematische Grundlagen der Informationstheorie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shepard 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shepard 1990a,<br />
author = {Shepard, Roger N.},<br />
title = {Mind sights. Original illusions, ambiguities, and other anomalies, with a commentary on the play of mind in perception and art},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {W. H. Freeman},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shneiderman 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Shneiderman 1983a,<br />
author = {Shneiderman, B.},<br />
title = {Direct Manipulation - A Step Beyond Programming Languages},<br />
journal = {IEEE Computer},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
volume = {16},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {57-69},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shohat & Stam 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Shohat & Stam 1998a,<br />
author = {Shohat, E. & Stam R.},<br />
title = {Narrativizing Visual Culture. Towards a Polycentric Aesthetics},<br />
booktitle = {The Visual Culture Reader},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Mirzoeff, N.},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {26-49},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegert & Brecheis 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{ Siegert & Brecheis 2005a,<br />
author = {Siegert, Gabriele & Brecheis, Dieter },<br />
title = {Werbung in der Medien- und Informationsgesellschaft. Eine kommunikationswissenschaftliche Einführung },<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {VS},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegmund 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegmund 2007a,<br />
author = {Siegmund, J.},<br />
title = {Die Evidenz der Kunst. Künstlerisches Handeln als ästhetische Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Simmel 1995a,<br />
author = {Simmel, G.},<br />
title = {Der Bildrahmen. Ein ästhetischer Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Aufsätze und Abhandlungen 1901-1908 Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Simmel, G.},<br />
pages = {101-108},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1992a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Soziologie. Untersuchungen über die Formen der Vergesellschaftung},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Gesamtausgabe, Bd. 11, hrsg. von Otthein Rammstedt},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1978a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Das individuelle Gesetz. Philosophische Exkurse},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Michael Landmann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a,<br />
author = {Smith, Robert W. & Tatarewicz, Joseph N.},<br />
title = {Replacing a Technology: The Large Space Telescope and CCDs},<br />
journal = {Proceedings of the IEEE},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
volume = {73},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1221-1235},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sobchack 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sobchack 1997a,<br />
author = {Sobchack, Vivian},<br />
title = {Meta-Morphing. Visual Transformation and the Culture of Quick-Change},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minneapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a,<br />
author = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
title = {Figurative Politik. Prolegomena zu einer Kultursoziologie politischen Handelns},<br />
booktitle = {Figurative Politik. Zur Performanz der Macht in der modernen Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
pages = {17-33},<br />
publisher = {Leske und Budrich},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sommer 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sommer 1987a,<br />
author = {Sommer, M.},<br />
title = {Evidenz im Augenblick. Eine Phänomenologie der reinen Empfindung},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sonesson 1992a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Bildbetydelser: Inledning till bildsemiotiken som vetenskap},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Studentlitteratur},<br />
address = {Lund},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sonesson 1989a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Pictorial Concepts},<br />
publisher = {Lund University Press},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sörbom 1966===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sörbom 1966,<br />
author = {Sörbom, Göran},<br />
title = {Mimesis and Art. Studies in the Origin an Early Development of an Aesthetic Vocabulary},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spariosu 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Spariosu 1984,<br />
title = {Mimesis in contemporary theory: An interdisciplinary Approach. Volume I: The Literary and the Philosophical Debate},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Spariosu, Mihai},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Philadelphia/Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spillner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Spillner 1982a,<br />
author = {Spillner, Bernd},<br />
title = {Stilanalyse semiotisch komplexer Texte: Zum Verhältnis von sprachlicher und bil¬dicher Information in Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4/5},<br />
pages = {91–106},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stadler & Kruse 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stadler & Kruse 1995a,<br />
author = {Stadler, Michael & Kruse, Peter},<br />
title = {The Function of Meaning in Cognitive Order Formation.},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {5–21},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Steinbrenner 2009a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Bildtheorien der analytischen Tradition},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {284-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 2004a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Zeichen über Zeichen. Grundlagen einer Theorie der Metabezugnahme},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Synchron Wissenschaftsverlag der Autoren},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 1996a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Kognitivismus in der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a,<br />
title = {Farben: Betrachtungen aus Philosophie und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Glasauer, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a,<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
title = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stiegler 2004a,<br />
author = {Stiegler, Bernd},<br />
title = {Digitale Photographie als epistemologischer Bruch und historische Wende},<br />
booktitle = {Das Gesicht der Welt. Medien in der digitalen Kultur},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Engell & Neitzel},<br />
pages = {105-126},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stierle 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stierle 1984a,<br />
author = {Stierle, Karlheinz},<br />
title = {Das bequeme Verhältnis. Lessings Laokoon und die Entdeckung des ästhetischen Mediums},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, Gunter},<br />
pages = {23-58},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2011a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbekommunikation semiotisch},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch Werbekommunikation},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Nina Janich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {UTB},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {erscheint Mitte 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {The Language-Image-Text. Theoretical and Analytical Inroads into Semiotic Complexity},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {202-226},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Beyond Depicting. Language-Image-Links in the Service of Advertising},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {3-28},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2008a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbetypographie. Formen und Funktionen},<br />
booktitle = {Werbung – grenzenlos. Multimodale Werbetexte im interkulturellen Vergleich},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bendel, Sylvia & Held, Gudrun},<br />
pages = {13–36},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2005a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typography: Body and Dress of a Text – A Signing Mode between Language and Image},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {204-214},<br />
note = {Special Issue “The New Typography”},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2004b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typographie: Körper und Gewand des Textes. Linguistische Überlegungen zu typographischer Gestaltung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Angewandte Linguistik},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {41},<br />
pages = {5-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stöckl 2004a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Die Sprache im Bild – Das Bild in der Sprache. Zur Verknüpfung von Sprache und Bild im massenmedialen Text},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2003a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {„Imagine“: Stilanalyse multimodal. Am Beispiel des TV-Werbespots},<br />
booktitle = {Sprachstil – Zugänge und Anwendungen. Ulla Fix zum 60. Geburtstag},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Barz, Irmhild & Lerchner, Gotthard & Schröder, },<br />
pages = {305-323},<br />
publisher = {Winter},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 1992a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Der ‚picture relation type’ – Ein praktischer Analysemodus zur Beschreibung der vielfältigen Einbettungs- und Verknüpfungsbeziehungen von Bild und Text},<br />
journal = {Papiere zur Linguistik},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {46},<br />
number = {11},<br />
pages = {49-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoesz 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Stoesz 2008a,<br />
author = {Stoesz Brenda Marie},<br />
title = {The Role of Selective Attention in Perceptual Switching. },<br />
year = {2008},<br />
howpublished = {Department of Psychology, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Manitoba},<br />
note = {Thesis Master of Arts Thesis},<br />
hidden = {zuletzt geprüft am 17.03.2011},<br />
url = {mspace.lib.umanitoba.ca/bitstream/1993/3083/1/BStoesz%20-%20MA%20thesis%202008%20revisions.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoichita 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stoichita 1998a,<br />
author = {Stoichita, Victor I.},<br />
title = {Das selbstbewußte Bild. Vom Ursprung der Metamalerei},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauß 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strauß 1998a,<br />
author = {Strauß, Bernd (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Zuschauer},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strenge 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Strenge_1998a,<br />
author = {Strenge, Britta},<br />
title = {Typos/Typologie},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {1587-1595},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Striedter 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Striedter 1984a,<br />
author = {Striedter, K.H.},<br />
title = {Felsbilder der Sahara},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauss 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Strauss 1979a,<br />
author = {Strauss, M.S.},<br />
title = {Abstraction of prototypical information by adults and 10-month-old infants},<br />
journal = {J. of Experimental Psychology: Human Leraning and Memory},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {5},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {618-632},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a,<br />
author = {Strothotte, Thomas & Schlechtweg, Stefan},<br />
title = {Non-photorealistic Computer Graphics: Modeling, Rendering, and Animation},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {San Francisco u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stüber & Stadler 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stüber & Stadler 1999a,<br />
author = {Strüber, Daniel & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Differences in top-down influences on the reversal rate of different categories of reversible figures},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {28},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1185–1196},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sturken & Cartwright 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sturken & Cartwright 2001a,<br />
author = {Sturken, M. & Cartwright L.},<br />
title = {Practices of Looking. An Introduction to Visual Culture},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
address = {Oxford, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch.},<br />
title = {Schreck-Gesichter. Symbole des magischen Alltags},<br />
booktitle = {Symbole des Alltags, Alltag der Symbole},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Blaschitz, G.; et al. },<br />
pages = {517-554},<br />
publisher = {ADV},<br />
address = {Graz},<br />
note = {Festschrift Harry Kühnel zum 65. Geburtstag},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1998a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch. },<br />
title = {Grenzen der Komplexität. Die Kunst als Bild der Wirklichkeit. Neuropsychologische und ethologische Erkenntnisse in der Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Einfachen zur Ganzheitlichkeit. Das Problem der Komplexität auf organismischer und soziokultureller Ebene},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {A.M. Wobus, & U. Wobus},<br />
pages = {167-188},<br />
publisher = {Nova Acta Leopoldina 77(304)},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Szily 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Szily 1999a,<br />
author = {Szily, K.},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelvújítás szótára},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Nap Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==T==<br />
===Tatarkiewicz 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tatarkiewicz 2003,<br />
author = {Tatarkiewicz, Wladysaw},<br />
title = {Geschichte der sechs Begriffe. Kunst • Schönheit • Form • Kreativität • Mimesis • Ästhetisches Erlebnis},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thielmann & Schröter 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Thielmann & Schröter 2007a,<br />
title = {Display II: Digital. Navigationen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Thielmann, Tristan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {<em>Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften</em>},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {Jg. 7, H. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tholen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tholen 2003a,<br />
author = {Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
title = {Die Zäsur der Medien. Kulturphilosophische Konturen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a,<br />
author = {Thornhill, R. & Gangestad, S.W. },<br />
title = {Human facial beauty: averageness, symmetry and parasite resistance},<br />
journal = {Human nature},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {237-269},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Thürlemann 1990a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Raum. Beiträge zu einer semiotischen Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Thürlemann 1984a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Die Farbe in der Malerei: Symbolischer und semi-symbolischer Bedeutungsmodus},<br />
booktitle = {Semiotics Unfolding. Proceedings of the Second Congress of the International Association for Semiotic Studies},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Tasso Borbé},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tischner 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tischner 1954a,<br />
author = {Tischner, H.},<br />
title = {Kunst der Südsee},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Todorov 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Todorov 1977,<br />
author = {Todorov, Tzvetan},<br />
title = {Symboltheorien},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {[frz. Original 1977]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Topper 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Topper 00a,<br />
author = {Topper, David},<br />
title = {On Anamorphosis. Setting Some Things Straight},<br />
journal = {Leonardo},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
volume = {33},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {115-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tótfalusi 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tótfalusi 2002a,<br />
author = {Tótfalusi, I.},<br />
title = {Magyar szótörténeti szótár},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Anno Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Totzke 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Totzke 2004a,<br />
author = {Totzke, Rainer},<br />
title = {Buchstaben-Folgen. Schriftlichkeit, Wissenschaft und Heideggers Kritik an der Wissenschaftsideologie},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Welbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Troje & McAdam 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Troje & McAdam 2010a,<br />
author = {Troje, N. F. & McAdam, M.},<br />
title = {The viewing-from-above bias and the silhouette illusion},<br />
journal = {i-Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {143–148},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {i-perception.perceptionweb.com/fulltext/i01/i0408.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Trübner 1940===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Trübner 1940,<br />
title = {Trübners Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: C-F},<br />
year = {1940},<br />
editor = {Alfred Göze},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Art. „darstellen“, S. 27},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tugendhat 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat 1976a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die sprachanalytische Philosophie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst & Wolf, Ursula},<br />
title = {Logisch-semantische Propädeutik},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {(revid. 1986)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==U==<br />
===Ullrich 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ullrich 1997a,<br />
author = {Ullrich, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Digitaler Nominalismus. Zum Status der Computerfotografie},<br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {64},<br />
pages = {63-73},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==V==<br />
===Vaihinger 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vaihinger 1997a,<br />
author = {Vaihinger, Dirk},<br />
title = {Virtualität und Realität – Die Fiktionalisierung der Wirklichkeit und die unendliche Information},<br />
booktitle = {Künstliche Paradiese, Virtuelle Realitäten. Künstliche Räume in Literatur-, Sozial-, und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Krapp, Holger & Wägenbaur, Thomas},<br />
pages = {19-43},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Valenza et al. 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Valenza et al. 1996a,<br />
author = {Valenza, E.; Simion, F.; Cassia, V.M. & Umiltà, C.},<br />
title = {Face preference at birth},<br />
journal = {J. of experimental Psychology (Human Perception and Performance) },<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {892-903},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Varela 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Varela 1990a,<br />
author = {Varela, Francisco J.},<br />
title = {Kognitionswissenschaft, Kognitionstechnik. Eine Skizze aktueller Perspektiven},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===VCQ 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{VCQ 1996a,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Visual Culture Questionnaire},<br />
journal = {October},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
pages = {25-70},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ventola et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ventola et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Ventola, Eija & Guijarro, Moya & Arsenio, Jesús},<br />
title = {The World Told and the World Shown. Multisemiotic Issues},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan},<br />
address = {Basingstoke},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Venus 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Venus 2009a,<br />
author = {Venus, Jochen},<br />
title = {Raumbild und Tätigkeitssimulation. Video- und Computerspiele als Darstellungsmedien des Tätigkeitsempfindens},<br />
booktitle = {Das Raumbild. Bilder jenseits ihrer Flächen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Winter, Gundolf; Schröter, Jens & Barck, Joanna},<br />
pages = {259-280},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vischer 1873a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vischer 1873a,<br />
author = {Vischer, Robert},<br />
title = {Ueber das optische Formgefühl. Ein Beitrag zur Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1873},<br />
publisher = {Credner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Völker 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Völker 2010a,<br />
author = {Völker, Clara},<br />
title = {Mobile Medien. Zur Genealogie des Mobilfunks und zur Ideengeschichte von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vogel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vogel 2003a,<br />
author = {Vogel, Matthias},<br />
title = {Medien als Voraussetzungen für Gedanken},<br />
booktitle = {Medienphilosophie. Beiträge zur Klärung eines Begriffs},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Münker, Stefan; Roesler, Alexander & Sandbothe, Mike},<br />
pages = {107-134 + 213-215 [Anmerkungen]},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Volkelt 1905a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Volkelt 1905a,<br />
author = {Volkelt, Johannes},<br />
title = {System der Ästhetik. Erster Band: Grundlegung der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vorländer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vorländer 2003a,<br />
author = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
title = {Demokratie und Ästhetik. Zur Rehabilitierung eines problematischen Zusammenhangs},<br />
booktitle = {Zur Ästhetik der Demokratie. Formen der politischen Selbstdarstellung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
pages = {11-26},<br />
publisher = {Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==W==<br />
<br />
===Wade et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wade et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Wade, Nicholas J.; Campbel, Robin N.; Ross, Helen E. & Lingelbach, Bernd},<br />
title = {Necker in Scotch perspective},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1–4},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Waldenfels 2010a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Sinne und Künste im Wechselspiel. Modi ästhetischer Erfahrung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Waldenfels 1999a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Ordnungen des Sichtbaren},<br />
booktitle = {Sinnesschwellen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Walton 1973a,<br />
author = {Kendall L. Walton},<br />
title = {Pictures as Make-Believe},<br />
journal = {The Philosophical Review},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
volume = {82},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {283-319},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Walton 1990a,<br />
author = {Walton, Kendall L.},<br />
title = {Mimesis as make-believe : on the foundations of the representational arts},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Harvard Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass. [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warburg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warburg 2008a,<br />
author = {Warburg, Aby},<br />
title = {Der Bilderatlas Mnemosyne (2000)},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Warnke, Martin; unter Mitarbeit von Brink, Claudia},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warnke 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warnke 1984a,<br />
author = {Warnke, Martin},<br />
title = {Politische Architektur in Europa vom Mittelalter bis heute: Repräsentation und Gemeinschaft},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Watt 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Watt 2002a, <br />
author = {Watt, Alan}, <br />
title = {3D-Computergrafik},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weber 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weber 2000a,<br />
author = { Weber, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Windmühlen oder Mauern? Die Archive und der neue Wind in der Informationstechnik},<br />
booktitle = {Digitale Archive - Ein neues Paradigma?},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Metzing, Andreas},<br />
pages = {79-94},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Marburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weiss 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weiss 2009a,<br />
author = {Weiss, G. },<br />
title = {Masken begleiten, erinnern, ehren und erneuern},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wellbery 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wellbery 1977,<br />
author = {Wellbery, David E.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Semiotics in the German Enlightenment},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Yale University},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Werckmeister 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Werckmeister 2005a,<br />
author = {Werckmeister, Otto Karl},<br />
title = {Der Medusa Effekt. Politische Bildstrategien seit dem 11. September 2001},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {form + zweck},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wescher 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wescher 1968a,<br />
author = {Wescher, Herta},<br />
title = {Die Collage / Geschichte eines künstlerischen Ausdrucksmittels},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {DuMont Schauberg},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wheeler 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wheeler 2005a,<br />
author = {Wheeler, Michael},<br />
title = {Reconstructing the Cognitive World: The Next Step},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2008a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Die Sichtbarkeit des Bildes. Geschichte und Perspektiven der formalen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main, New York},<br />
note = {Mit einem aktuellen Vorwort des Autors zur Neuausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2005a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Artifizielle Präsenz. Studien zur Philosophie des Bildes.},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wiesing 2004a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Pragmatismus und Performativität des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {115-128},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2000a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Phänomene im Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wimmer 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wimmer 1991a,<br />
author = {Wimmer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Fabrikation der Fiktion?},<br />
booktitle = {Digitaler Schein. Ästhetik der digitalen Medien},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Rötzer, }, <br />
pages = {519-533},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winkler 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Winkler 2003a,<br />
author = {Winkler, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Zugriff. Thesen zur Umorganisation der gesellschaftlichen Bildarchive unter den Bedingungen des Digitalen},<br />
booktitle = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang; Heidenreich, Stefan & Holl, Ute},<br />
pages = {144-148},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winner 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Winner 1962a,<br />
author = {Winner, Matthias},<br />
title = {Gemalte Kunsttheorie. Zu Gustave Courbets ‚Allégorie réelle‘ und der Tradition},<br />
journal = {Jahrbuch der Berliner Museen},<br />
year = {4},<br />
volume = {1962},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {150-185},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wirth 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wirth 2004a,<br />
author = {Wirth, Uwe},<br />
title = {Das Vorwort als performative, paratextuelle und parergonale Rahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Rhetorik. Figuration und Performanz},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fohrmann, Jürgen},<br />
pages = {603-628},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Whitfield 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Whitfield 1999a,<br />
author = {Whitfield, S.},<br />
title = {Lucio Fontana},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Hayward Gallery Publ.},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witsch 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witsch 2008a,<br />
author = {Witsch, Monika},<br />
title = {Kultur und Bildung: Ein Beitrag für eine kulturwissenschaftliche Grundlegung von Bildung im Anschluss an Georg Simmel, Ernst Cassirer und Richard Hönigswald},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witte 2010a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Zur Geschichte der Bildung. Eine philosophische Kritik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2009a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Selbstbild und Bildung. Ein Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildung – Argumentation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Helmer, K.; Herchert, G. & Löwenstein, S.},<br />
pages = {81-100},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reihe: Beiträge zur Theorie der Argumentation in der Pädagogik. Herausgegeben von Andreas Dörpinghaus und Karl Helmer. Band 5},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1990a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus logico-philosophicus},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Tagebücher 1914-1916; Philosophische Untersuchungen. [7. Aufl.]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1971a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Philosophische Untersuchungen},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1922===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1922,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus},<br />
year = {1922},<br />
publisher = {Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wollheim 1982a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Sehen-als, sehen-in und bildliche Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Objekte der Kunst},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
pages = {192-210},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Looser, Max},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 1978,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Are the Criteria of Identity that Hold für a Work of Art in the Different Arts Aesthetically Relevant?},<br />
journal = {Ratio},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {20},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {29-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 2001a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {On Pictorial Representation},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
pages = {215-2268},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {Neuabdruck in: Gerwen, Rob van (Hg.). Richard Wollheim on the Art of Painting: Art as Representation and Expression. Cambridge UP, 2001},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==X==<br />
==Y==<br />
==Z==<br />
===Zaloscer 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Zaloscer 1974a,<br />
author = {Zaloscer, Hilde},<br />
title = {Versuch einer Phänomenologie des Rahmens},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Ästhetik und allgemeine Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {189-224},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zeune 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zeune 1997a,<br />
author = {Zeune, Joachim},<br />
title = {Burgen. Symbole der Macht. Ein neues Bild der mittelalterlichen Burg},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Pustet},<br />
address = {Regensburg},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zimmer 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zimmer 1995a,<br />
author = {Zimmer, A. C.},<br />
title = {Multistability – More than just a Freak Phenomenon},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {99–138},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==Fehlerhafte Angaben==<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, Jörg R. J.},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
note = {'''''Achtung!!Reihenfolge der Autoren ist verkehrt!!! Bitte korrigieren!!!''''' },<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.uni-due.de/imperia/md/content/elise/2006_-_schirra___hombach.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<!--- Die folgende Zeile muß immer am Ende der Seite stehen!! --><br />
<!--- Nicht entfernen und keinen Biblio-Eintrag danach setzen --><br />
<bibexport/></div>
Mark Ludwig
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Bibliography&diff=5948
Bibliography
2011-06-21T14:10:01Z
<p>Mark Ludwig: /* Garcia 1990a */</p>
<hr />
<div>===Warnke 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Warnke 1993a,<br />
title = {Bildersturm. Die Zerstörung des Kunstwerks},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Warnke, Martin},<br />
publisher = {S. Fischer Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2008b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2008b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, W.J.T.},<br />
title = {Das Leben der Bilder. Eine Theorie der visuellen Kultur},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Verlag C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {mit einem Vorwort von Hans Belting, aus dem Englischen von Achim Eschbach, Anna-Victoria Eschbach und Mark Halawa},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lippold 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lippold 1993a,<br />
author = {Lippold, Lutz},<br />
title = {Macht des Bildes - Bild der Macht: Kunst zwischen Verehrung und Zerstörung bis zum ausgehenden Mittelalter},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Edition Leipzig},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2002b,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Ereignis und Aura. Untersuchungen zu einer performativen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fischer-Lichte 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fischer-Lichte 2004a,<br />
author = {Fischer-Lichte, Erika},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Performativen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kris & Kurz 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kris & Kurz 1995a,<br />
author = {Kris, Ernst & Kurz, Otto},<br />
title = {Die Legende vom Künstler. Ein geschichtlicher Versuch},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {mit einem Vorwort von Ernst H. Gombrich},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 2000a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Vor einem Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser Verlag},<br />
address = {München/Wien},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Reinold Werner},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Panofsky 2002a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Sinn und Deutung in der bildenden Kunst (Meaning in the Visual Arts)},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Dumont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<!--- Dies ist eine Kommentarzeile --><br />
<!--- In diese Seite kommen alle bibliographischen Daten rein, --><br />
<!--- also wirklich a l l e für dieses Glossar. --><br />
<!--- Wer es kennt, wird erkennen, dass wir uns an BibTex orientieren. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- !!!!! Bitte erst mal durchsuchen, ob der geplante Eintrag !!! --><br />
<!--- !!!!! hier nicht schon unter anderer Bezeichnung steht! !!! --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Ein Schema für neue Einträge wird hier oben automatisch --><br />
<!--- eingeblendet, wenn ein neuer Literaturverweis in einer Seite --><br />
<!--- eingebaut wurde und man dem entsprechenden Link dort im --><br />
<!--- Literaturverzeichnis folgt. Bitte nach Anlegen nach unten kopieren, --><br />
<!--- so dass eine alphabetisch geordnete Liste erhalten bleibt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Derzeit sind folgende Formen möglich Monographie (=book), --> <br />
<!--- Sammelband (= Proceedings), Artikel in Sammelband (= inproceedings),--><br />
<!--- Zeitschriftenartikel (= article), Rest (= misc.) --><br />
<!--- (An einer Übersetzung dieser Typbezeichnungen wird gearbeitet) --><br />
<!--- In allen sind die jeweils üblichen Felder verfügbar; weitere Daten --><br />
<!--- können im Feld note deponiert werden -- die werden jeweils am Ende --><br />
<!--- der damit produzierten Literaturangabe angezeigt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Nun die Einträge; wenn möglich die Namen (1. Zeile nach bibentry) --><br />
<!--- alle nach gleichem Schema bauen und alphabetisch geordnet eintragen.--><br />
<!--- Angabe des Jahres am Besten immer mit fortlaufendem Kleinbuchstaben --><br />
<!--- indizieren, auch wenn noch kein zweites Werk des Autors im gleichen --><br />
<!--- Jahr aufgenommen wurde; kann ja noch kommen. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Wenn ein als Identifier benutzter Nachname mit einem Sonderzeichen --><br />
<!--- (insbesondere Umlaut) beginnt, bitte die Normalumschrift benutzen, --><br />
<!--- sonst sind die Literaturangaben auf den Seiten falsch geordnet. --><br />
<!--- Den korrekt geschriebenen Namen zwischen den <bib>Klammern nutzen. --><br />
{{GlossarBoxSub}}__TOC__</div><br />
<!--- --><br />
<br />
==A==<br />
===Adelmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelmann 2009a, <br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adelmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Adelmann 2004a, <br />
author = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Digitale Animationen in dokumentarischen Fernsehformaten?}, <br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung}, <br />
year = {2004}, <br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke}, <br />
pages = {387-406}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adelung 1811===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelung 1811, <br />
editor = {Adelung, Johann Christoph}, <br />
title = {Grammatisch-kritisches Wörterbuch der hochdeutschen Mundart: mit beständiger Vergleichung der übrigen Mundarten, besonders aber der Oberdeutschen. Erster Teil: A-E. Mit D. W. Soltau's Beyträgen; revidirt und berichtiget von Franz Xaver Schönberger, Doctor der freyen Künste und Philosophie},<br />
year = {1811}, <br />
publisher = {Bauer}, <br />
address = {Wien}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adorno 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Adorno 2003,<br />
author = {Adorno, Theodor W.},<br />
title = {Gesammelte Schriften, Bd. 7: Ästhetische Theorie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Alpers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alpers 1985a,<br />
author = {Alpers, Svetlana},<br />
title = {Kunst als Beschreibung. Holländische Malerei des 17. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Amelunxen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Amelunxen 1996a, <br />
author = {Amelunxen, Hubertus}, <br />
title = {Fotografie nach der Fotografie}, <br />
year = {1996}, <br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Dresden u.a.}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Appadurai 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Appadurai 2003a, <br />
author = {Appadurai, Arjun},<br />
title = {Archive and Aspiration},<br />
booktitle = {Information is Alive},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Brouwer, Joke; Mulder, Arjen},<br />
pages = {14-25},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Rotterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1997,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Poetik. Griechisch/Deutsch},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Manfred Fuhrmann},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {Übers. und Hrsg.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995c,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Physik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 6; Übers.: Hans Günter Zekl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995b,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Nikomachische Ethik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 3; Übers.: Eugen Rolfes},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995a,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Metaphysik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 5; Übers.: Hermann Bonitz},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a,<br />
author = {Asemissen, Hermann Ulrich & Schweikhart, Gunter},<br />
title = {Malerei als Thema der Malerei},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Attneave 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Attneave 1971a,<br />
author = {Attneave, F.},<br />
title = {Multistability in perception},<br />
journal = {Sci.Am 225},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
volume = {225},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Auerbach 1946===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Auerbach 1946,<br />
author = {Auerbach, Erich},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Dargestellte Wirklichkeit in der abendländischen Literatur [1946]},<br />
year = {<sup>10</sup>2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen/Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Augustinus 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Augustinus 2002,<br />
author = {Augustinus},<br />
title = {Was ist Zeit? Confessiones XI/Bekenntnisse 11},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {lateinisch-deutsche Ausgabe, eingeleitet, übersetzt und mit Anmerkungen versehen von Norbert Fischer},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Austin 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Austin 1972a,<br />
author = {Austin, John L.},<br />
title = {Zur Theorie der Sprechakte},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {orig.: How to do things with Words, 1962},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==B==<br />
===Baader 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baader 2003a,<br />
author = {Baader, Hannah},<br />
title = {Paragone},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {263},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bachmann-Medick 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bachmann-Medick 2006a,<br />
author = {Bachmann-Medick, Doris},<br />
title = {Cultural Turns. Neuorientierungen in den Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Badakshi 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Badakshi 2006a,<br />
author = {Badakshi, Harun},<br />
title = {Körper in/aus Zahlen. Digitale Bildgebung in der Medizin},<br />
booktitle = {The Picture's Image. Wissenschaftliche Visualisierung als Komposit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Hinterwaldner, Inge; Buschhaus, Markus},<br />
pages = {199-205},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Badt 1963a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Badt 1963a,<br />
author = {Badt, Kurt },<br />
title = {Raumphantasien und Raumillusionen. Wesen der Plastik}<br />
year = {1963},<br />
publisher = {DuMont}, <br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Balázs 2001a,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der Geist des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Balázs 2001b,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der sichtbare Mensch},<br />
booktitle = {Texte zur Theorie des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {v. F. Albersmeier},<br />
publisher = {Philip Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
pages = {224-233},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baltrušaitis 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baltrušaitis 77a,<br />
author = {Baltrušaitis, Jurgis},<br />
title = {Anamorphic Art},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Chadwyck-Healey},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {(aus dem Französischen von W.J. Strachan, zuerst: Paris 1969)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1977a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetoric of the Image},<br />
booktitle = {Image, Music, Text},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
editor = {Stephen Heath},<br />
pages = {32–51},<br />
publisher = {Fontana},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {orig. 1964 in Communications},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1964a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetorik des Bildes (1964)},<br />
booktitle = {Der entgegenkommende und der stumpfe Sinn. Kritische Essays III},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Hornig, Dieter},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barthes 1989a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Die helle Kammer. Bemerkung zur Photographie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batchen 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Batchen 1998a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Photogenics/Fotogenik},<br />
journal = {Camera Austria},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {62/63},<br />
pages = {5-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batchen 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Batchen 2000a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Ectoplasm. Photography in the Digital Age},<br />
booktitle = {Over Exposed. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Squiers, Carol},<br />
pages = {9.23},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batteux 1746/1770===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Batteux 1746/1770,<br />
author = {Batteux, Charles},<br />
title = {Einschränkung der schönen Künste auf einen einzigen Grundsatz},<br />
year = {<sup>3</sup>1770},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Aus dem Französischen übersetzt und mit Abhandlungen begleitet von Johann Adolf Schlegel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baudrillard 1978a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Agonie des Realen},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baudrillard 2000a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Das perfekte Verbrechen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {von Amelunxen},<br />
pages = {256-260},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baumberger 2010===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baumberger 2010,<br />
author = {Baumberger, Christoph},<br />
title = {Gebaute Zeichen. Eine Symboltheorie der Architektur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Ontos},<br />
address = {Heusenstamm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baxandall 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baxandall 1972a,<br />
author = {Baxandall, Michael},<br />
title = {Painting and Experience in Fifteenth Century Italy. A Primer in the Social History of Pictorial Style},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Clarendon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bayer 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bayer 1984,<br />
author = {Bayer, Udo},<br />
title = {Laokoon – Momente einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gunter Gebauer},<br />
pages = {59-101},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bechtloff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bechtloff 2001a,<br />
author = {Bechtloff, Dieter (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Choreographie der Gewalt}, <br />
journal = {Kunstforum International}, <br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Hefte 153, 155 & 156},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Heft 153: Der gerissene Faden. Nichtlineare Techniken in der Kunst; Heft 156: Plateau der Menschheit},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beckmann 1995===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beckmann 1995,<br />
author = {Beckmann, Jan P.},<br />
title = {Wilhelm von Ockham},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beil 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beil 2010a,<br />
author = {Beil, Benjamin},<br />
title = {First Person Perspectives. Point of View und figurenzentrierte Erzählformen im Film und im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belach & Jacobsen 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belach & Jacobsen 93,<br />
author = {Belach, Helga & Jacobsen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {CinemaScope. Zur Geschichte der Breitwandfilme},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Spiess},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Stiftung Deutsche Kinemathek},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beller 2005a,<br />
author = {Beller Hans},<br />
title = {Aspekte der Filmmontage - Eine Art Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch der Filmmontage. Praxis und Prinzipien des Filmschnitts},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Beller Hans},<br />
publisher = {TR-Verlagsunion},<br />
address = {München},<br />
pages = {9-33},<br />
note = {5., gegenüber der 4. unveränderte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2008a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Florenz und Bagdad. Eine westöstliche Geschichte des Blicks},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2004a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bild und Kult. Eine Geschichte des Bildes vor dem Zeitalter der Kunst},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {6. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2002a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte. Eine Revision nach zehn Jahren},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Verlag C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2., erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2001a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bildanthropologie. Entwürfe für eine Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 1983a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte?},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Kunstverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting & Haustein 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting & Haustein 1998a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans & Haustein, Lydia},<br />
title = {Das Erbe der Bilder. Kunst und moderne Medien in den Kulturen der Welt},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Benkő 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Benkő 1976a,<br />
editor = {Benkő, L.},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelv történeti-etimológiai szótára. I-IV},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bergson 1948a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bergson 1948a,<br />
author = {Bergson, Henri},<br />
title = {Das Mögliche und das Wirkliche},<br />
booktitle = {Denken und Schöpferisches Werden. Aufsätze und Vorträge},<br />
year = {1948},<br />
editor = {Bergson, H.},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Meisenheim am Glan},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {110-125},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bernays 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernays 1970a,<br />
author = {Bernays, Jacob},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der verlorenen Abhandlung des Aristoteles über Wirkung der Tragödie},<br />
year = {1970}<br />
publisher = {G. Olms},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bernhardt et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernhardt et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Bernhardt, Petra; Hadj-Abdou, Leila; Liebhart, Karin & Pribersky, Andreas},<br />
title = {EUropäische Bildpolitiken. Politische Bildanalyse an Beispielen der EU-Politik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {facultas UTB},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bertram et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bertram et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bertram, Georg W.; Lauer, David; Liptow, Jasper; & Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {In der Welt der Sprache: Konsequenzen des semantischen Holismus},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp}, <br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Berz 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Berz 2009a,<br />
author = {Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bitmapped Graphic},<br />
booktitle = {Zeitkritische Medien},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Volmar, Axel},<br />
pages = {127-154},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bevers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bevers 1985a,<br />
author = {Bevers, Antonius M.},<br />
title = {Dynamik der Formen bei Georg Simmel. Eine Studie über die methodische und theoretische Einheit eines Gesamtwerkes},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Duncker & Humblot},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Sozialwissenschaftliche Abhandlungen der Görres-Gesellschaft, Band 13},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beyme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beyme 2004a,<br />
author = {Beyme, Klaus von},<br />
title = {Politische Ikonologie der modernen Architektur},<br />
booktitle = {Politikwissenschaft als Kulturwissenschaft. Theorien, Methoden, Problemstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schwelling, Birgit},<br />
pages = {351-372},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bieger 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bieger 2007a,<br />
author = {Bieger, Laura},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Immersion. Raum-Erleben zwischen Welt und Bild},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Black 1972===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Black 1972,<br />
author = {Black, Max},<br />
title = {How do Pictures represent?},<br />
booktitle = {Art, Perception, and Reality},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gombrich, E.H.; Hochberg, Julian & Black, Max},<br />
pages = {95-130},<br />
publisher = {John Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blanke 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Blanke 2003,<br />
author = {Blanke, Börries},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Sinn. Das ikonische Zeichen zwischen strukturalistischer Semiotik und analytischer Philosophie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Reihe Bildwissenschaft, Bd. 4},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Block 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Block 1990a,<br />
author = {Block, Ned},<br />
title = {The Computer Model of the Mind},<br />
booktitle = {Thinking. An Invitation to Cognitive Science, Vol. 3},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {D. N. Osherson & E. E. Smith},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bloomfield 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bloomfield 1933a,<br />
author = {Bloomfield, Leonard},<br />
title = {Language},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Henry Holt and Co},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1986a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Annäherungen an die Aktualität der Rhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Wirklichkeiten in denen wir leben},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
pages = {104-136},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1969a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeitsbegriff und Möglichkeit des Romans},<br />
booktitle = {Nachahmung und Illusion. Poetik und Hermeneutik 1},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Hans Robert Jauß},<br />
pages = {9-27},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Blumenberg 1957a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {'Nachahmung der Natur'. Zur Vorgeschichte der Idee des schöpferischen Menschen},<br />
journal = {Studium Generale},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {5},<br />
pages = {266-283},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2008a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Augenmaß. Zur Genese der ikonischen Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Mersman, Birgit & Spies, Christian},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 2007a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2005a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild und die hermeneutische Reflexion},<br />
booktitle = {Dimensionen des Hermeneutischen. Heidegger und Gadamer},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Martin-Heidegger-Gesellschaft},<br />
pages = {23-35},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Schriftenreihe Band 7},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Sprache? Anmerkungen zur Logik der Bilder (2004)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {34-53},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild in der Kunstwissenschaft. Interview mit Gottfried Boehm},<br />
booktitle = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {11-21},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm 2001a,<br />
title = {Homo Pictor},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Saur},<br />
address = {München / Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1999a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zwischen Auge und Hand. Bilder als Instrumente der Erkenntnis (1999)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {94-113},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1994a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Wiederkehr der Bilder},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1994b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Bilderfrage},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Gottfried Boehm},<br />
pages = {325-343},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1994c,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1985a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Der Andere als Prototyp},<br />
booktitle = {Bildnis und Individuum. Über den Ursprung der Porträtmalerei in der italienischen Renaissance},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1978a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zu einer Hermeneutik des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Die Hermeneutik und die Wissenschaft},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Gadamer, Hans-Georg & Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {444-471},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a,<br />
title = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried; Mersmann, Birgit; Spies, Christian},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Böhme 2004a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Der Raum leiblicher Anwesenheit und der Raum als Medium von Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böhme 1999a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böcking 2008===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böcking 2008,<br />
author = {Böcking, Saskia},<br />
title = {Grenzen der Fiktion? Von Suspension of Disbelief zu einer Toleranztheorie für die Filmrezeption.},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bogen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bogen 2005a,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen},<br />
title = {Kunstgeschichte/Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus },<br />
pages = {52-67},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bonsiepe 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bonsiepe 1968a,<br />
author = {Bonsiepe, Gui},<br />
title = {Visuell/Verbale Rhetorik},<br />
journal = {Format: Zeitschrift für visuelle Kommunikation},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {17},<br />
pages = {11–18},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bousso 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bousso 2002a,<br />
author = {Bousso, Raphael},<br />
title = {The Holographic Principle},<br />
journal = {Reviews of Modern Physics},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {74},<br />
pages = {825-874},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brachfeld 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brachfeld_1976a,<br />
author = {Brachfeld, Otto},<br />
title = {Image},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {215-217},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandt 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandt 1999a,<br />
author = {Brandt, Reinhard},<br />
title = {Die Wirklichkeit der Bilder. Sehen und Erkennen – Vom Spiegel zum Kunstbild},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandom 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandom 2000a,<br />
author = {Brandom, Robert},<br />
title = {Expressive Vernunft. Begründung, Repräsentation und diskursive Festlegung (1994)},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Gilmer, Eva & Vetter, Hermann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2007a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Galilei der Künstler. Der Mond. Die Sonne. Die Hand},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2005a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Darwins Korallen. Die frühen Evolutionsdiagramme und die Tradition der Naturgeschichte},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Klaus Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bredekamp 2004a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Drehmomente. Merkmale und Ansprüche des Iconic Turn},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Turn. Die neue Macht der Bilder},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Maar, Christa & Burda, Hubert},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {A Neglected Tradition? Art History as Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2000a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Antikensehnsucht und Maschinenglauben. Die Geschichte der Kunstkammer und die Zukunft der Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 1994a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Die digitale Kunstkammer. Ein Interview mit Horst Bredekamp},<br />
journal = {Texte zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst; Schneider, Birgit; Dünkel, Vera},<br />
title = {Das Technische Bild. Kompendium für eine Stilgeschichte wissenschaftlicher Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst & Schneider, Pablo},<br />
title = {Visuelle Argumentationen. Die Mysterien der Repräsentation und die Berechenbarkeit der Welt},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2010a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildakts. Frankfurter Adorno-Vorlesungen 2007},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brentano 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brentano 1930a,<br />
author = {Brentano, Franz},<br />
title = {Wahrheit und Evidenz},<br />
year = {1930},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {(1975??)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Pitts, Michael A. & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right parietal brain activity precedes perceptual alternation during binocular rivalry},<br />
journal = {Hum. Brain Mapping},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/20690124},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Landis, Theodor & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right parietal brain activity precedes perceptual alternation of bistable stimuli},<br />
journal = {Cereb. Cortex 19},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {55-65},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brugger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger 1999a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter},<br />
title = {One hundred years of an ambiguous figure: happy birthday, duck/rabbit},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
number = {???},<br />
pages = {973–977},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brugger & Brugger 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger & Brugger 1993a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter & Brugger, Susanne},<br />
title = {The easterbunny in october: I is it disguised as a duck},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
number = {???},<br />
pages = {577–578},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brunet 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brunet 2008a,<br />
author = {Brunet, François},<br />
title = {A Better Example is a Photograph': On the Exemplary Value of Photographs in C. S. Peirce's Reflection on Signs},<br />
booktitle = {The Meaning of Photography},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Kelsey, Robin; Stimson, Blake},<br />
pages = {34-49},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Williamstown},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bruno 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bruno 2007a,<br />
author = {Bruno, Giuliana},<br />
title = {Public Intimacy. Architecture and the Visual Arts},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bryson 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bryson 2001a,<br />
author = {Norman Bryson},<br />
title = {Das Sehen und die Malerei},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 2000a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Die Krise der Psychologie},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Velbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Achim Eschbach und Jens Kapitzky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Büttner 2003a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank},<br />
title = {Perspektive},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {265},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher 2011a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {“Man sieht, was man hört“. Multimodales Verstehen als interaktionale Aneignung. Handlungstheoretische Medienanalyse.},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Jan Georg Schneider & Hartmut Stöckl},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher2010a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {Multimodales Verstehen oder Rezeption als Interaktion. Theoretische und empirische Grundlagen einers systematischen Analyse der Multimodalität},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Hajo Diekmannshenke & Michael Klemm & Hartmut Stöckl},<br />
pages = {121-156},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchner 1665===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchner 1665,<br />
author = {August Buchner},<br />
title = {Poet}<br />
year = {1665},<br />
publisher = {???}, <br />
address = {Wittenberg},<br />
note = {hrsg. v. Otto Prätorius},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchwald 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchwald 1989a,<br />
author = {Buchwald, Jed Z.},<br />
title = {The Rise of the Wave Theory of Light},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1933a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Axiomatik der Sprachwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1934a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1934a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Sprachtheorie. Die Darstellungsfunktion der Sprache},<br />
year = {<sup>2</sup>1965},<br />
publisher = {Fischer },<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bürger 1784===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bürger 1784,<br />
author = {Bürger, Gottfried August},<br />
title = {Von der Popularität der Poesie [1784]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Günter und Hiltrud Hintzschel}, <br />
pages = {725-730},<br />
publisher = {Hanser}, <br />
address = {München}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1784},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burckhardt 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Burckhardt 2001a,<br />
author = {Burckhardt, Jacob},<br />
title = {Der Cicerone. Eine Anleitung zum Genuss der Kunstwerke Italiens},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Kritische Gesamtausgabe},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {B. Roeck et al.}, <br />
pages = {Bd. 2},<br />
publisher = {Beck}, <br />
address = {München/Basel}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1855},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burke 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Burke 2003a,<br />
author = {Burke, Peter},<br />
title = {Augenzeugenschaft. Bilder als historische Quellen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Busch 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Busch 2004a,<br />
author = {Busch, Kathrin},<br />
title = {Geschicktes Geben. Aporien der Gabe bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Busch & Därmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Busch & Därmann 2007a,<br />
title = {pathos. Konturen eines kulturwissenschaftlichen Grundbegriffes},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Busch, Kathrin; Därmann, Iris},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Butler 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Butler 2001a,<br />
author = {Butler, Judith},<br />
title = {Psyche der Macht. Das Subjekt der Unterwerfung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner & Gottdank 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Büttner & Gottdank 2009a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank & Gottdank, Andrea},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Ikonographie. Wege zur Deutung von Bildinhalten},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==C==<br />
===Caglioti 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Caglioti 1995a,<br />
author = {Caglioti, G.},<br />
title = {Perception of ambiguous figures: A qualitative Model based on Synergetics and Quantum Mechanics},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {463–478.},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Campe 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Campe 2006a,<br />
author = {Campe, R.},<br />
title = {Epoche der Evidenz. Knoten in einem terminologischen Netzwerk zwischen Descartes und Kant},<br />
booktitle = {Intellektuelle Anschauung. Figurationen von Evidenz zwischen Kunst und Wissen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Peters, S. & Schäfer, M.J. },<br />
pages = {5-43},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carani 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carani 1986a,<br />
author = {Carani, Marie},<br />
title = {Le corpus Pellan: une relecture sémiotique},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carbone 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carbone 2001a,<br />
author = {Mauro Carbone},<br />
title = {La visibilité de l’invisible},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a,<br />
author = {Carlbom, Ingrid; Paciorek, Joseph},<br />
title = {Planar Geometric Projections and Viewing Transformations},<br />
journal = {ACM Computing Surveys},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {465-502},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carnap 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carnap 1947a,<br />
author = {Carnap, Rudolf},<br />
title = {Meaning and Necessity: A Study in Semantics and Modal Logic},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, IL},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2007a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {The World at a Glance},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2005a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {Earth-Mapping. Artists Reshaping Landscape},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2002a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {Representing Place. Landscape Painting and Maps},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 2010a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Birgit Recki},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 2009a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Der Begriff der symbolischen Form im Aufbau der Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
pages = {63-92},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Marion Lauschke},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1990a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Versuch über den Menschen. Einführung in eine Philosophie der Kultur},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1989a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Zur Logik der Kulturwissenschaften. Fünf Studien},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {5., unveränd. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 1930a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Mythischer, ästhetischer und theoretischer Raum (1930)},<br />
booktitle = {Ernst Cassirer: Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 17},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {B. Recki},<br />
pages = {411-436 [1931]},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1929a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1925a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1925a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Zweiter Teil: Das mythische Denken},<br />
year = {1925},<br />
publisher = {Cassirer, Bruno},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1923a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Erster Teil: Die Sprache},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===CCALED===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{CCALED-4,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Collins Cobuild Advanced Learner’s English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
publisher = {Collins},<br />
address = {Glasgow},<br />
note = {4<sup>th</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cha & Rautzenberg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cha & Rautzenberg 08a,<br />
author = {Cha, Kyung-Ho & Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
title = {Einleitung: Im Theater des Sehens. Anamorphose als Bild und philosophische Metapher},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {dies.},<br />
pages = {7-22},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chomsky 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chomsky 1957a,<br />
author = {Chomsky, Noam},<br />
title = {Syntactic Structures},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Christian 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Christian 2009a,<br />
author = {Christian, Alexander},<br />
title = {Piktogramme, Kritischer Beitrag zu einer Begriffsbestimmung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Shaker},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cipolla et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cipolla et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Cipolla, Roberto & Battiato, Sebastiano & Farinella, Giovanni Maria },<br />
title = {Computer Vision: Detection, Recognition and Reconstruction},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin, Heidelberg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Collingwood 1945===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Collingwood 1945,<br />
author = {Collingwood, Robin},<br />
title = {Die Idee der Natur [The Idea of Nature (1945)]},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {Übers.: Martin Suhr},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, M. R.; Roberts A. R.; Barbee A. P.; Druen P. B.; Wu Cheng-Huan},<br />
title = {„Their ideas of beauty are, on the wohle, the same as ours“: consistency and variability in the cross-cultural perception of female physical attractiveness},<br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {68},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-279},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham 1986a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, M.R.},<br />
title = {Measuring the physical in physical attractiveness: Quasi-experiments on the sociobiology of female facial beauty}, <br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {50},<br />
number = {}, <br />
pages = {925-935},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==D==<br />
===Damisch 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Damisch 1987a,<br />
author = {Damisch, Hubert},<br />
title = {L'origine de la perspective},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Flammarion},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Darwin 1872a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Darwin 1872a,<br />
author = {Darwin, Charles},<br />
title = {On the Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals},<br />
year = {1872},<br />
publisher = {Murray},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davidson 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Davidson 2004a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
title = {Drei Spielarten des Wissens},<br />
booktitle = {Subjektiv, intersubjektiv, objektiv},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
pages = {339-363},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davies 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Davies 1991,<br />
author = {Davies, David},<br />
title = {Works, Texts, and Contexts. Goodman on the Literary Artwork},<br />
journal = {Canadian Journal of Philosophy},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {331-346},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Deleuze 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Deleuze 1989a,<br />
author = {Deleuze, Gilles},<br />
title = {Das Bewegungs-Bild. Kino1},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M},<br />
note = {a. d. Franz. v. U. Christians und U. Bokelmann; Erstveröffentlichung 1983},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Demuth 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Demuth 2007a,<br />
author = {Demuth, Volker},<br />
title = {Extreme Expeditionen. Digitale, hybride und künstlerische Räume},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {89-104},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Depaulo 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Depaulo 1992a,<br />
author = {DePaulo, B. M. },<br />
title = {Nonverbal Behavior and Self Presentation},<br />
journal = {Psychological Bulletin},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {111},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {203-243},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Derrida 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 2007a,<br />
author = {Jacques Derrida},<br />
title = {Aufzeichnungen eines Blinden. Das Selbstporträt und andere Ruinen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Derrida 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 1992a,<br />
author = {Derrida, J.},<br />
title = {Die Wahrheit in der Malerei},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===de Duve 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{de Duve 1990a,<br />
author = {de Duve, Thierry},<br />
title = {The Monochrome and the Blank Canvas},<br />
booktitle = {Reconstructiong Modernism. Art in New York, Paris and Montreal 1945-1964},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Guilbaut, Serge},<br />
pages = {244-310},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge/Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===de Schonen et.al. 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{de Schonen et.al. 1994a,<br />
author = {de Schonen, S.; Deruelle, C.; Pascalis, O.; & Mancini, J.},<br />
title = {About funcional brain specialization.The development of face recognition (Functional cerebral specialization in the development of face recognition / A propos de la notion de specialisation cerebrale fonctionnelle: le developpement de la reconnaissance des visages)},<br />
journal = {Psychologie francaise},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {259-274},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Diderot 1751===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Diderot 1751,<br />
author = {Denis Diderot},<br />
title = {Brief über die Taubstummen [1751},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Schriften. Erster Band},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Friedrich Bassenge},<br />
pages = {27-97},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 1999a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Was wir sehen blickt uns an. Zur Metapsychologie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Didi-Huberman 2005a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {L’espace danse – Der Raum tanzt},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {16-30},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Diekmannshenke, Hajo & Klemm, Michael & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {erscheint Ende 2010},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dion 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dion 2002a,<br />
author = {Dion, K. K.},<br />
title = {Cultural Perspectives on Facial Attractiveness},<br />
booktitle = {Facial Attractiveness. Evolutionary, Cognitive, and Social Perspectives},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Rhodes, G. & Zebrowitz, L.A.},<br />
pages = {239-260},<br />
publisher = {Ablex},<br />
address = {Westport, CT},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ditzinger 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ditzinger 2006a,<br />
author = {Ditzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Illusionen des Sehens. Eine Reise in die Welt der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Elsevier, Spektrum, Akad. Verl.},<br />
address = {München, Heidelberg},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2002a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Malerei im Bilderstreit. Eine Revision aus Anlass des Rubenspreis-Jubiläums},<br />
booktitle = {10 x Malerei. Rubenspreis der Stadt Siegen in Werken der Sammlung Lambrecht-Schadeberg},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {19-34},<br />
publisher = {Museum für Gegenwartskunst },<br />
address = {Siegen},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dobbe 1999a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Querelle des Anciens, des Modernes et des Postmodernes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2007a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian},<br />
title = {Figuren der visuellen Rhetorik in werblichen Gesamttexten},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {71–112},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2001a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian },<br />
title = {Ein Funktionenmodell für Bildtexte},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Klaus Sachs-Hombach},<br />
pages = {29-39},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Döring 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Döring 2009a,<br />
author = {Döring, Sabine},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie der Gefühle},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Döring, Sabine},<br />
pages = {12-65},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drechsel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Drechsel 2006a,<br />
author = {Drechsel, Benjamin},<br />
title = {Was ist ein politisches Bild? Einige Überlegungen zur Entwicklung der Politikwissenschaft als Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Moderne. Kulturwissenschaftliches Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {106-120},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1989a,<br />
author = {Drosdowsi, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Etymologie. Herkunftwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache.},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {2. völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1988a,<br />
author = {Drosdowski, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Stilwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache. Die Verwendung der Wörter im Satz.},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {7., völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {= DUDEN Band 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dubois 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubois 1998a,<br />
author = {Dubois, Philippe},<br />
title = {Der fotografische Akt. Versuch über ein theoretisches Dispositiv},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Dresden, Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dubos 1760-61===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubos 1760-61,<br />
author = {Du Bos, Jean-Baptiste},<br />
title = {Kritische Betrachtungen über die Poesie und Malerey, 3 Teile},<br />
year = {1760-1761},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Übers.: Gottfried Benediktus Funk},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Duden 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Duden 1999a,<br />
author = {Duden},<br />
title = {Das große Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache in zehn Bänden},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dudenredaktion 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dudenredaktion 2003a,<br />
author = {Dudenredaktion (Hg.)},<br />
title = {DUDEN. Das Stilwörterbuch.},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {8. völlig neu bearbeitete Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Durand 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Durand 1987a,<br />
author = {Durand, Jacques},<br />
title = {Rhetorical Figures in the Advertising Image},<br />
booktitle = {Marketing and Semiotics},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Sebeok, J.U. },<br />
pages = {295–318},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==E==<br />
===Ebert 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ebert 1979a,<br />
author = {Ebert, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Montage Editing Schnitt},<br />
journal = {Filmkritik},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {547-558},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eco 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eco 1998,<br />
author = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
title = {Lector in fabula. Die Mitarbeit der Interpretation in erzählenden Texten},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {dtv},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eddiks 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Eddiks 2004a,<br />
author = {Eddiks, Christina},<br />
title = {Dem Emblem auf der Spur},<br />
howpublished = {},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
note = {Diplomarbeit},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kisd.de/~tom/diplom/christina_emblematik.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Edgerton 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Edgerton 2002a,<br />
author = {Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Die Entdeckung der Perspektive},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. & Ch. Sütterlin},<br />
title = {Im Banne der Angst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte menschlicher Abwehrsymbolik},<br />
year = {1992}, <br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. & Ch. Sütterlin},<br />
title = {Weltsprache Kunst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte bildlicher Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2008}, <br />
publisher = {Brandstätter},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt. I. },<br />
title = {Die Biologie menschlichen Verhaltens. Lehrbuch der Humanethologie},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt I. },<br />
title = {The expressive behavior of the deaf- and blind born},<br />
booktitle = {Social Communication and Movement},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {M. v. Cranach & I. Vine},<br />
pages = {163-194},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ekman 1973b,<br />
author = {Ekman, P. },<br />
title = {Cross cultural studies of facial expression},<br />
booktitle = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Ekman, P.},<br />
pages = {169-222},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ekman 1973a,<br />
editor = {Ekman, P. },<br />
title = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Elgin 1992,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Notation},<br />
booktitle = {A Companion to Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Cooper, David},<br />
pages = {307-309},<br />
publisher = {Blackwell},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1983===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elgin 1983,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {With Reference to Reference},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elkins 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 2003a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {Visual Studies. A Skeptical Introduction},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elkins 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 1999a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {The Domain of Images},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ellgring 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ellgring 1989a,<br />
author = {Ellgring, H.},<br />
title = {Nonverbal communication in depression},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Else 1958===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Else 1958,<br />
author = {Else, Gerald F.},<br />
title = {Imitation in the fifth century},<br />
journal = {Classical Philology},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
volume = {53},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {73-90},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Enright 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Enright 1987a,<br />
author = {Enright, J. T.},<br />
title = {Perspective vergence: oculomotor responses to line drawings},<br />
journal = {Vision Res},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1513–1526},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst 2002a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gibt es eine spezifische Videozität?},<br />
booktitle = {REC - Video als mediales Phänomen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf; Hoffmann, Hilde & Nohr, Rolf F.},<br />
pages = {14-29},<br />
publisher = {VDG},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang & Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Digitale Bildarchivierung. Der Wölfflin-Kalkül},<br />
booktitle = {Konfigurationen. Zwischen Kunst und Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Schade, Sigrid & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
pages = {306-320},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst et al. 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ernst et al. 2003a,<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang et al.},<br />
title = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Esposito 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Esposito 1998,<br />
author = {Esposito, Elena},<br />
title = {Fiktion und Virtualität},<br />
booktitle = {edien, Computer Realität. Wirklichkeitsvorstellungen und Neue Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {269-296},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Etcoff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Etcoff 2001a,<br />
author = {Etcoff, N. },<br />
title = {Nur die Schönsten überleben. Die Ästhetik des Menschen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eusterschulte 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eusterschulte 2001,<br />
author = {Eusterschulte, Anne},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 5: L-Musi},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Gert Ueding},<br />
pages = {Sp. 1232-1294},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==F==<br />
===Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a,<br />
author = {Fahlenbrach, Kathrin & Viehoff, Reinhold},<br />
title = {Medienikonen des Krieges. Die symbolische Entthronung Saddams als Versuch strategischer Ikonisierung},<br />
booktitle = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
pages = {356-387},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fantz 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fantz 1966a,<br />
author = {Fantz, R.L. },<br />
title = {Pattern discrimination and selective attention as determinants of perceptual development from birth},<br />
booktitle = {Perceptual Development in Children},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Kidd, A.H. & Rivoire, J.L},<br />
pages = {143-173},<br />
publisher = {University Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Farago 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Farago 1992a,<br />
author = {Farago, Claire J.},<br />
title = {Leonardo da Vinci’s Paragone. A Critical Interpretation with a New Edition of the Text in the Codex Urbinas},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leiden/New York/Kopenhagen/Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ferino-Pagden 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ferino-Pagden 2009a,<br />
title = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S. },<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fiedler 1991a,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2 Bd., hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991b,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Über den Ursprung der künstlerischen Tätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {111-220},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 1, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991c,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Aphorismen},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {7-105},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991d,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Zur neueren Kunsttheorie},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {247-290},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiske 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiske 2001a,<br />
author = {Fiske, John },<br />
title = {Videotech},<br />
booktitle = {Grundlagentexte zur Fernsehwissenschaft. Theorie - Geschichte - Analyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf et al.},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Konstanz},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {484-502},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Floch 1998a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean Marie},<br />
title = {The Contribution of Structural Semiotics to the Design of a Hypermarket},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Research in Marketing },<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1995a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Identités visuelles},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Presses Universitaires de France},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1990a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Sémiotique, marketing et communication},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Presses Universitaires de France.},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flügge et al. 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flügge et al. 2007a,<br />
author = {Flügge, Matthias; Kudielka, Robert & Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Vorwort und Dank},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {6-9},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flusser 1994===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flusser 1994,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Abbild – Vorbild},<br />
booktitle = {Was heißt „Darstellen“? },<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Christiaan L. Hart Nibbrig},<br />
pages = {34-48},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foley et al. 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foley et al. 1990a,<br />
author = {Foley, James D.; van Dam; Feiner & Hughes },<br />
title = {Computer Graphics. Principles and Practice},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Addison Wesley},<br />
address = {Reading, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foster & Krauss 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Foster & Krauss 1996a,<br />
author = {Foster, H. & Krauss, R.},<br />
title = {Introduction},<br />
journal = {October},<br />
pages = {3-4},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Foucault 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foucault 1976a,<br />
author = {Foucault, Michael},<br />
title = {Überwachen und Strafen},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fox 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fox 2006a,<br />
author = {Fox, Mark},<br />
title = {Quantum Optics. An Introduction},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frank & Lange 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frank & Lange 10a,<br />
author = {Frank, Gustav & Lange, Barbara},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft. Bilder in der visuellen Kultur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freedberg 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Freedberg 1991a,<br />
author = {Freedberg, David},<br />
title = {The Power of Images. Studies in the History and Theory of Response (1989)},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frege 1892===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frege 1892,<br />
author = {Frege, Gottlob},<br />
title = {Über Sinn und Bedeutung, zitiert nach der Ausgabe in: Frege, Gottlob: Funktion, Begriff, Bedeutung},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {G. Patzig},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {40-65},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1946a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die Verdrängung},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {247-261},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1946b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946b,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Das Unbewußte},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {263-303},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fuhrmann 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fuhrmann 2003,<br />
author = {Fuhrmann, Manfred},<br />
title = {Die Dichtungstheorie der Antike. Aristoteles – Horaz – 'Longin' Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Artemis & Winkler},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf und Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==G==<br />
<br />
===Gaede 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gaede 1981a,<br />
author = {Gaede, Werner},<br />
title = {Vom Wort zum Bild: Kreativ-Methoden der Visualisierung},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
publisher = {Langen Müller/Herbig},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Galison 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Galison 1997a,<br />
author = {Galison, Peter},<br />
title = {Image and Logic. A Material Culture of Microphysics},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ganz & Henkel 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ganz & Henkel 2004a,<br />
title = {Rahmen-Diskurse. Kultbilder im konfessionellen Zeitalter},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Ganz, David; Henkel, Georg},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Garcia 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Garcia 1990a,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Color Design},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Garcia 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Garcia 1997,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Evolutions},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gardner 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gardner 1985a,<br />
author = {Gardner, Howard},<br />
title = {The Mind’s New Science. A History of the Cognitive Revolution},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Basic Books},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gebauer & Wulf 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gebauer & Wulf 1992a,<br />
author = {Gebauer, Gunter & Wulf, Christoph},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Kultur – Kunst - Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Der Mensch. Seine Natur und seine Stellung in der Welt},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Aula},<br />
address = {Wiebelsheim},<br />
note = {14. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004b,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Urmensch und Spätkultur. Philosophische Ergebnisse und Aussagen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Kolstermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {6., erw. Aufl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 1961a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Forschung. Zur Selbstbegegnung und Selbstentdeckung des Menschen},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a,<br />
author = {Geiger, Susi & Henn-Memmesheimer, Beate},<br />
title = {Visuell-verbale Textgestaltung von Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {1/2},<br />
pages = {55–74},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gellius 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gellius 1987a,<br />
author = {Gellius, A.},<br />
title = {Attische Nächte...},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Ü: H. Berthold},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerhardus et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gerhardus et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Gerhardus, Dietfried & Kledzik, S.M. & Reitzig, G.H.},<br />
title = {Schlüssiges Argumentieren – Logisch-propädeutisches Lehr- und Arbeitsbuch},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Gerstengrabe, Carina; Lang, Katharina & Schneider, Anna},<br />
title = {Wasserzeichen. Vom 13. Jahrhundert bis zum Digital Watermarking. Kulturen des Kopierschutzes<br />
II},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {9-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982a,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung und Umwelt. Der ökologische Ansatz in der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Urban & Schwarzenberg},<br />
address = {München, Wien u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982b,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Die Sinne und der Prozeß der Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Huber},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glock 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Glock 2000a,<br />
author = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
title = {Aspektwahrnehmung},<br />
booktitle = {Wittgenstein-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
pages = {43},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glüher 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Glüher 1998a,<br />
author = {Glüher, Gebhard},<br />
title = {Von der Theorie der Fotografie zur Theorie des digitalen Bildes},<br />
journal = {Kritische Berichte},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {23-31},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldie 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goldie 2000a,<br />
author = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
title = {The Emotions. A Philosophical Exploration},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldie 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Goldie 2010a,<br />
title = {The Oxford Handbook of Philosophy of Emotion},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 2002a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Phaidon},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {6},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1977a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gondek 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gondek 1997a,<br />
author = {Gondek, Hans-Dieter},<br />
title = {Der Blick – zwischen Sartre und Lacan. Ein Kommentar zum VII. Kapitel des Seminar XI},<br />
journal = {Riss. Zeitschrift für Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {37/38},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gooch & Gooch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gooch & Gooch 2001a,<br />
author = {Gooch, Bruce & Gooch, Amy},<br />
title = {Non-Photorealistic Rendering},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Natick, MA. },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1968a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Languages of Art},<br />
year = {1968, 2. rev. Aufl. 1976},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {dt.: Sprachen der Kunst. Suhrkamp 1998},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman & Elgin 1988===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman & Elgin 1988,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson & Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Reconceptions in Philosophy and Other Arts and Sciences},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {Deutsch: <em>Revisionen. Philosophie und andere Künste und Wissenschaften</em>. Frankfurt a. M.: Suhrkamp, 1993},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goren et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Goren et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Goren, C. C., Sarty, M., & Wu, P. Y.},<br />
title = { Visual following and pattern discrimination of face-like stimuli by newborn infants},<br />
journal = {Pediatrics},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {544-549},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/1165958?dopt=abstract},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_Kruse_2009a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Roland Barthes: Zeichen, Kommunikation und Mythos},<br />
booktitle = {Schlüsselwerke der Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Hepp, Andreas; Krotz, Friedrich & Thomas, Tanja},<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {VS/GWV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Empathische Cues und die Möglichkeit einer Affekt-Sprache des Films},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4},<br />
pages = {289-298},<br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2008b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008b,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Gewalt als Erlebnis. Die somatische Decodierung als Strategie des Filmerlebens in CLOVERFIELD},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4}, <br />
pages = {299-312},<br />
note = {}, <br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_Kruse_2009a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Roland Barthes: Zeichen, Kommunikation und Mythos},<br />
booktitle = {Schlüsselwerke der Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Hepp, Andreas; Krotz, Friedrich & Thomas, Tanja},<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {VS/GWV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_2010a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars},<br />
title = {Die Evolution des Cyborgs. Künstliche Lebensformen im japanischen Anime Ergo Proxy (2006)},<br />
booktitle = {Japan - Europa. Wechselwirkungen zwischen den Kulturen im Film und den darstellenden Künsten},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Adachi-Rabe, Kayo; Becker, Andreas; Mundhenke, Florian},<br />
pages = {213-230},<br />
publisher = {Büchner Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grammer et al. 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grammer et al. 2002a,<br />
author = {Grammer, Karl, Fink, B. & Renninger, L. A.},<br />
title = {Dynamic Systems and Inferential Information Processing in Human Communication},<br />
journal = {Neuroendocrinology Letters},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {Suppl. 4},<br />
pages = {15-22},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Graumann 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graumann 1966a,<br />
author = {Graumann, Carl Friedrich},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der Verhaltensbeobachtung},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Meyer, Ernst & Maier, Hans}, <br />
booktitle = {Fernsehen in der Lehrerbildung, Neue Forschungsansätze in Pädagogik},<br />
publisher = {Manz},<br />
pages = {86-107},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gregory 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gregory 2000a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Ambiguity of ‘ambiguity’},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1139-1142},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.richardgregory.org/papers/editorials/ambiguity-of-ambiguity.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gregory 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gregory 1997a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Eye and brain. The psychology of seeing},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Princeton University Press},<br />
address = {Princeton, N.J},<br />
note = {5. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1970a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Du sens, Teil I},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Essais Sémiotiques},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1966a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Sémantique structurale},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Semantik. Braunschweig: Vieweg, 1971},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas & Courtés 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas & Courtés 1979a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien & Courtés, Joseph},<br />
title = {Sémiotique: Dictionnaire raisonné de la théorie du langage},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hachette},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greenberg 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Greenberg 1997a,<br />
author = {Greenberg, Clement},<br />
title = {Zu einem neuen Laokoon},<br />
booktitle = {Clement Greenberg – Die Essenz der Modere. Ausgewählte Essays und Kritiken},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lüdeking, Karlheinz},<br />
pages = {56-81},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Dresden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grieshofer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grieshofer 2009a,<br />
author = {Grieshofer, F. },<br />
title = {Masken im Brennpunkt musealer Sammeltätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grimm 1860===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Grimm 1860,<br />
title = {Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: Biermörder-D},<br />
year = {1860},<br />
editor = {Jacob Grimm & Wilhelm Grimm},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grittmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grittmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Grittmann, Elke},<br />
title = {Das politische Bild. Fotojournalismus und Pressefotografie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Groß et al. 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Groß et al. 1981a,<br />
author = {Gross, C.G.; Bruce, C.J.; Desimone, R.; Fleming, J. & Gattass, R.},<br />
title = {Cortical visual areas of the temporal lobe: Three areas in the macaque},<br />
booktitle = {Cortical Sensory Organization. Vol. 2: Multiple Visual Areas},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
editor = {C.N. Woolsey},<br />
pages = {187-216},<br />
publisher = {Humana Press},<br />
address = {Totowa N.J.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Günzel 2006a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Bildtheoretische Analyse von Computerspielen in der Perspektive Erste Person},<br />
journal = {IMAGE},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {31-43},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2008a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Realität des Simulationsbildes. Raum im Computerspiel},<br />
booktitle = {Die Realität der Imagination - Architektur und das digitale Bild},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
pages = {127-136},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weimar}, <br />
note = {10. internationales Bauhaus-Kolloquium},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2009a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Simulation und Perspektive. Der bildtheoretische Ansatz in der Computerspielforschung},<br />
booktitle = {Shooter: Eine multdisziplinäre Einführung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Bopp, Matthias; Wiemer, Serjoscha & Nohr,Rolf F.},<br />
pages = {331-352},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2010a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Geste des Manipulierens. Zu Gebrauch statischer und beweglicher Digitalbilder}, <br />
booktitle = {Freeze Frames. Zum Verhältnis von Fotografie und Film},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmann & Gerlin},<br />
pages = {114-129},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==H==<br />
<br />
===Haas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haas 1995a,<br />
author = {Haas, Stefan},<br />
title = {Psychologen, Künstler, Ökonomen. Das Selbstverständnis der Werbetreibenden zwischen Fin de siècle und Nachkriegszeit},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderwelt des Alltags. Werbung in der Konsumgesellschaft des 19. und 20. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Borscheid, Peter & Wischermann, Clemens},<br />
pages = {78-89},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
===Habermas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1995a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Theorie des kommunikativen Handelns (1981), 2 Bd.},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Habermas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1973a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Erkenntnis und Interesse},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002a,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Die Entropie der Fotografie. Skizzen zu einer Genealogie der digitalelektronischen Bildaufzeichnung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf},<br />
pages = {195-238},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002b,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Es gibt kein ,digitales Bild'. Eine medienepistemologische Anmerkung},<br />
booktitle = {Licht und Leitung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Engel},<br />
pages = {103-112},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Haken 1995===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haken 1995,<br />
author = {Haken, Hermann},<br />
title = {Some basic concepts of Synergetics with respect of multistability in perception, phase transmissions and formation of meaning},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {23–44},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halawa 2008a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Wie sind Bilder möglich? Argumente für eine semiotische Fundierung des Bildbegriffs},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halbfass 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halbfass 1972a,<br />
author = {Halbfass, W.},<br />
title = {Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gründer, K. & Ritter, J. },<br />
pages = {Sp. 829-834},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halliday 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halliday 1996a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {Language as a Social Semiotic},<br />
booktitle = {The Communication Theory Reader},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Cobley, Paul},<br />
pages = {359-383},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halliday 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halliday 1985a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {An Introduction to Functional Grammar},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Edward Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hansen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hansen 2005a,<br />
author = {Hansen, S. },<br />
title = {Neolithische Figuralplastik im südlichen Karpatenbecken},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Harris 1756===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Harris 1756,<br />
author = {James Harris},<br />
title = {Drey Abhandlungen. Die erste über die Kunst, die andere über die Music, Mahlerey und Poesie, die dritte über die Glückseligkeit},<br />
year = {1756},<br />
publisher = {Schuster},<br />
address = {Danzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hasselbeck 1979===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hasselbeck 1979,<br />
author = {Hasselbeck, Otto},<br />
title = {Illusion und Fiktion. Lessings Beitrag zur poetologischen Diskussion über das Verhältnis von Kunst und Wirklichkeit},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hauschild 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hauschild 1982a,<br />
author = {Hauschild, Thomas},<br />
title = {Der böse Blick. Ideengeschichtliche und sozialpsychologische Untersuchungen, Beiträge zur Ethnomedizin, Ethnobotanik und Ethnozoologie},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1826===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1826,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Kunst. Vorlesung von 1826},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Gethmann-Siefert, Annemarie; Kwon, Jeong-Im & Berr, Karsten},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1830===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1830,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Enzyklopädie der philosophischen Wissenschaften im Grundrisse [1830]},<br />
year = {<sup>6</sup>1959},<br />
editor = {Friedhelm Nicolin und Otto Pöggeler},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1835===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1835,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Einleitung in die Ästhetik. Mit den beiden Vorreden von Heinrich Gustav Hotho [1835]},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hegel 1970a,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über die Ästhetik II},<br />
booktitle = {Werke},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
editor = {E. Moldenhauer & K. M. Michel},<br />
pages = {Bd. 14},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1835},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heidegger 1986a,<br />
author = {Martin Heidegger},<br />
title = {Ursprung des Kunstwerkes (1935/36)},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ditzingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1950a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidegger 1950a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Die Zeit des Weltbildes},<br />
booktitle = {Holzwege},<br />
year = {1950},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {69-104},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidenreich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidenreich 2001a,<br />
author = {Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Effekte der Digitalisierung: Berechenbarkeit und Suche},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, Wolfgang & Jaworek, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {259-262},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heider 2009a,<br />
author = {Heider, Don},<br />
title = {Living Virtually. Researching New Worlds},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang Publishing},<br />
address = {New Yor},<br />
note = {(Digital Formations vol. 47)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 2001a,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Abhandlung über den Ursprung der Sprache (1772)},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Irmscher, Hans Dietrich},<br />
publisher = {Philipp Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 1800===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 1800,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Sämtliche Werke. Bd. 22: Kalligone [1800]},<br />
year = {1880},<br />
editor = {Bernhard Suphan},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hernadi 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hernadi 1991,<br />
author = {Hernadi, Paul},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
title = {Reconceiving Notation and Performance},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetic Education},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herter 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Herter 1947a,<br />
author = {Herter, H. },<br />
title = {Vom dionysischen Tanz zum komischen Spiel. Die Anfänge der Attischen Komödie},<br />
journal = {Darstellung und Deutung},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {Iserlohn},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heßler 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Heßler 2006a, <br />
author = {Heßler, Martina},<br />
title = {Von der doppelten Unsichtbarkeit digitaler Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Ressource}, <br />
publisher = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden ={letzter Kontrollaufruf: 07.08.2010},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2006/3/Hessler/dippArticle.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hick 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hick 99a,<br />
author = {Hick, Ulrike},<br />
title = {Geschichte der optischen Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hickethier 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hickethier 1995a,<br />
author = {Hickethier, Knut},<br />
title = {Dispositiv Fernsehen – Skizze eines Modells},<br />
journal = {Montage/av},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1}<br />
pages = {63-83},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: },<br />
url = {www.montage-av.de/pdf/041_1995/04_1_Knut_Hickethier_Dispositiv_Fernsehen.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hildebrand 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hildebrand 1969a,<br />
author = {Hildebrand, Adolf von},<br />
title = {Das Problem der Form},<br />
booktitle = {Hildebrand: Gesammelte Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Bock, H.},<br />
pages = {41-350},<br />
publisher = {Westdeutscher Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln/Opladen},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1903},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hinterwaldner 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hinterwaldner 2008a,<br />
author = {Hinterwaldner, Inge},<br />
title = {Simulationsmodelle. Zur Verhältnisbestimmung von Modellierung und Bildgebung in interaktiven Echtzeitsimulationen},<br />
booktitle = {Visuelle Modelle},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Reichle, Ingeborg; Siegel, Steffen & Spelten, Achim},<br />
pages = {301-316},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hjelmslev 1954a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {La stratification du langage},<br />
booktitle = {Essais linguistiques},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
editor = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Nordisk Sprog- od Kulturforlag},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1943a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hjelmslev 1943a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {Omkring sprogteoriens grundlæggelse},<br />
year = {1943},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Dt. Prolegomena zu einer Sprachtheorie. München: Hueber},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hochberg 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hochberg 1977a,<br />
author = {Hochberg, Julian E.},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hofmann 2000a,<br />
author = {Hoffman, Donald D.},<br />
title = {Visuelle Intelligenz. Wie die Welt im Kopf entsteht},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hofmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Hofmann, Werner },<br />
title = {Spielräume und Raumverstecke},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {10-22},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2010a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Bildüberschreibungen. Wie Sprechtexte Nachrichtenfilme lesbar machen (und umgekehrt)},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, Hajo; Klemm, Michael & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
pages = {231-254},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {erscheint Ende 2010},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2009a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Der Wort-Bild-Reißverschluss. Über die performative Dynamik audiovisueller Transkriptivität},<br />
booktitle = {Oberfläche und Performanz. Untersuchungen zur Sprache als dynamischer Gestalt},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Linke, Angelika & Feilke, Helmuth},<br />
pages = {389-406},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2007a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Audiovisuelle Hermeneutik: Am Beispiel des TV-Spots der Kampagne ‚Du bist Deutschland’},<br />
booktitle = {Linguistische Hermeneutik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hermanns, Fritz},<br />
pages = {389–428},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly & Jäger 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly & Jäger 2011a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner & Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptionstheoretische Medienanalyse. Vom Anders-lesbar-Machen durch intermediale Bezugnahmepraktiken},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, Jan Georg & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {erscheint Frühjahr 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holmes 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holmes 1980a,<br />
author = {Holmes, Sir Oliver Wendell},<br />
title = {Das Stereoskop und der Stereograph},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie I. 1839-1912},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {114-122},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Originalausgabe 1859},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holschbach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holschbach 2003a,<br />
author = {Holschbach, Susanne},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Diskurse der Fotografie. Fotokritik am Ende des fotografischen Zeitalters},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {7-21},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {BD. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hömberg & Karasek 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hömberg & Karasek 2008a,<br />
author = {Hömberg, Walter & Karasek, Johannes},<br />
title = {Der Schweißfleck der Kanzlerkandidatin. Bildmanipulation, Bildfälschung und Bildethik im Zeitalter der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
journal = {Communicatio Socialis},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {276-293},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hopkins 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hopkins 1998a,<br />
author = {Hopkins, Robert},<br />
title = {Picture, Image and Experience},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Huber 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Huber 2004a,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Bild Beobachter Milieu. Entwurf einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1820a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1820a,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über das vergleichende Sprachstudium in Beziehung auf die verschiedenen Epochen der Sprachentwicklung [1820]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 4: 1820-1822},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
editor = {Albert Leitzmann},<br />
pages = {1-34},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1830-1835===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1830-1835,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über die Verschiedenheit des menschlichen Sprachbaues und ihren Einfluß auf die geistige Entwicklung des Menschengeschlechts [1830-1835]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 7.1},<br />
year = {1907},<br />
editor = {Albert Leitzmann},<br />
pages = {1-344},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 2006,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Phantasie und Bildbewußtsein},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {herausgegeben und eingeleitet von Eduard Marbach, Text nach Husserliana, Band XXIII},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1993a,<br />
author = {Husserl, E.},<br />
title = {Logische Untersuchungen. Elemente einer phänomenologischen Aufklärung der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {Teil II/Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1980a,<br />
author = {Edmund Husserl},<br />
title = {Phantasie, Bildbewusstsein, Erinnerung. Zur Phänomenologie der anschaulichen Vergegenwärtigungen. Texte aus dem Nachlass (1898-1925) (Husserliana XXIII)},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag / Boston / Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hyman 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hyman 2006a,<br />
author = {Hyman, John},<br />
title = {The Objective Eye: Color, Form, and Reality in the Theory of Art},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {UP},<br />
address = {Chicago },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hynes 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hynes 2005a,<br />
author = {Hynes, Maria},<br />
title = {Rethinking Reductionism},<br />
journal = {Culture Machine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {online journal},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.culturemachine.net/index.php/cm/article/viewArticle/33/41},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==I==<br />
===Imdahl 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1996a,<br />
author = {Max Imdahl},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Max Imdahl, Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {Wiederauflage der Schrift von 1974},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<!--- ===Imdahl 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1974a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {Wiederabruck}, <br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
--><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1987a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Farbe. Kunsttheoretische Reflexionen in Frankreich},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==J==<br />
===Jäger & Knauer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jäger & Knauer 2009a,<br />
title = {Bilder als historische Quellen? Dimensionen der Debatte um historische Bildforschung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jäger, Jens & Knauer, Martin},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jansen 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jansen 2005,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Aristoteles und das Problem des Neuen: Wie kreativ sind Veränderungsprinzipien?},<br />
booktitle = {Kreativität. XX. Deutscher Kongress für Philosophie. 26.-30. September 2005 in Berlin. Sektionsbeiträge, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Günter Abel},<br />
pages = {15-25},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag der TU Berlin},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jansen 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jansen 2002,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Tun und Können. Ein systematischer Kommentar zu Aristoteles' Theorie der Vermögen im neunten Buch der „Metaphysik”},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Hänsel-Hohenhausen},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jäger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2008a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptive Verhältnisse. Zur Logik intra- und intermedialer Bezugnahmen in ästhetischen Diskursen},<br />
booktitle = {Transkription und Fassung in der Musik des 20. Jahrhunderts. Beiträge des Kolloquiums in der Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur, Mainz, vom 5. bis 6. März 2004},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Gabriele Buschmeier & Ulrich Konrad & Albrecht Riethmüller},<br />
pages = {103-134},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jäger 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2002a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptivität. Zur medialen Logik der kulturellen Semantik},<br />
booktitle = {Transkribieren - Medien/Lektüre},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Ludwig Jäger & Georg Stanitzek},<br />
pages = {19-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jaubert 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jaubert 1998a,<br />
author = {Jaubert, Alain},<br />
title = {Fotos, die lügen: Politik mit gefälschten Bildern},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Äthenaum},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jean Paul 1795===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jean Paul 1795,<br />
author = {Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Ueber die natürliche Magie der Einbildungskraft [1795]},<br />
booktitle = {Ausgewählte Werke. Bd. 7/8: Leben des Qunitus Fixlein, aus fünfzehn Zettelschaften gezogen, nebst einem Mußtheil und einigen Jus de tablette},<br />
year = {1847},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jewitt 2009a,<br />
title = {The Routledge Handbook of Multimodal Analysis},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jewitt, Carey},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt & Oyama 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jewitt & Oyama 2001a,<br />
author = {Jewitt, Carey & Oyama, Rumiko},<br />
title = {Visual Meaning. A Social-Semiotic Approach},<br />
booktitle = {Handbook of Visual Analysis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Theo van Leeuwen & Carey Jewitt},<br />
pages = {134–156},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnson, Neil F. et al.???},<br />
title = {Information Hiding. Steganography and Watermarking - Attacks and Countermeasures},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Boston, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1996a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Der Computer im Kopf. Formen und Verfahren der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1983a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Mental Models. Towards a cognitive science of language, inference, and conciousness},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnston 2006a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Sean},<br />
title = {Holographic Visions. A History of New Science},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnston, V.S.; Hagel, R.; Franklin, M.; Fink, B. & Grammer, K.},<br />
title = {Male Facial attractiveness. Evidence for hormone-mediated adaptive design},<br />
journal = {Evolution and Human Behavior},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {251-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston & Franklin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston & Franklin 1993a,<br />
author = {Johnston, V.S. & Franklin, M.},<br />
title = {Is beauty in the eye of the beholder?},<br />
journal = {Ethology and Sociobiology},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {14},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {183-199},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1973a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Homo pictor. Von der Freiheit des Bildens},<br />
booktitle = {Organismus und Freiheit. Ansätze zu einer philosophischen Biologie},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
pages = {226-257},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1963===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1963,<br />
author = {Hans Jonas},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens. Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
booktitle = {Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit. Drei Aufsätze zur Lehre vom Menschen},<br />
year = {1963},<br />
editor = {Hans Jonas},<br />
pages = {26-43},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Jonas 1961a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens – Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Philosophische Forschung},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {161–176},<br />
note = {Wieder abgedruckt in: Jonas, Hans: <em>Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit – Zur Lehre vom Menschen</em>. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1987, 26–43},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Juhász et al. 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Juhász et al. 1999a,<br />
editor = {Juhász, J.; Szőke, I.; Nagy, G.O. & Kovalovszky, M.},<br />
title = {Magyar értelmező szótár},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jung 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jung 2003a,<br />
title = {Holographic Network},<br />
year = {2003a},<br />
editor = {Jung, Dieter},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bramsche},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==K==<br />
===Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a,<br />
author = {Kamlah, Wilhelm & Lorenzen, Paul},<br />
title = {Logische Propädeutik - Vorschule des vernünftigen Redens},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {BI Wissenschaftsverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl. (<sup>1</sup>1967, <sup>3</sup>1996)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a,<br />
author = {Kanizsa, G. & Luccio, R.},<br />
title = {Multistability as a research tool in experimental phenomenology},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {47–68},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1974a,<br />
author = {Kant, I.},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1787a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1787a,<br />
author = {Kant, I.},<br />
title = {Kritik der reinen Vernunft},<br />
year = {1787},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kant 1960a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Logik},<br />
booktitle = {Kant: Werke in 12 Bänden},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Weischedel, W.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Bd. VI},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1977a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Werkausgabe Band X, hrsg. von Wilhelm Weischedel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kardaun 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kardaun 1993,<br />
author = {Kardaun, Maria},<br />
title = {Der Mimesisbegriff in der griechischen Antike. Neubetrachtung eines umstrittenen Begriffes als Ansatz zu einer neuen Interpretation der platonischen Kunstauffassung},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {North-Holland},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/New York/Oxford/Tokyo},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kecskesi 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kecskesi 1982a,<br />
author = {Kecskesi, M. },<br />
title = {Kunst aus dem alten Afrika},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Pinguin},<br />
address = {Innsbruck},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kemp 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kemp 1974a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Disegno. Beiträge zu einer Geschichte des Begriffs zwischen 1547 und 1607},<br />
journal = {Marburger Jahrbuch für Kunstwissenschaf},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {219-240},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kittler 2002a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Computergrafik. Eine halbtechnische Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Hertha},<br />
pages = {178-194},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 2002b,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Optische Medien. Berliner Vorlesung 1999},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kjørup 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjørup 1978,<br />
author = {Kjørup, Søren},<br />
title = {Pictorial Speech Acts},<br />
journal = {Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {55-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1779===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Klopstock 1779,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ueber Sprache und Dichtkunst. Fragmente},<br />
year = {1779},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {243-258},<br />
publisher = {Heroldsche Buchhandlung},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1774===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klopstock 1774,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Werke und Briefe. Historisch-kritische Ausgabe. Bd. 7.1: Die deutsche Gelehrtenrepublik [1774]},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {Hurlebusch, Rose-Marie},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kluge 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kluge 2002a,<br />
author = {Kluge, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Etymologisches Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache.},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Seebold, Elmar},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter.},<br />
address = {Berlin, New York},<br />
note = {24. durchgesehene und erweiterte Auflage.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knieper & Müller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Knieper & Müller 2005a,<br />
author = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===König & Obrist 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{König & Obrist 1993a,<br />
title = {Der zerbrochene Spiegel. Positionen zur Malerei},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {König, Kasper & Obrist, Hans-Ulrich},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog Kunsthalle Wien / Deichtorhallen Hamburg},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Koller 1954===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Koller 1954,<br />
author = {Koller, Hermann},<br />
title = {Die Mimesis in der Antike. Nachahmung, Darstellung, Ausdruck},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kondor 2008a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Embedded Thinking: Multimedia and the New Rationality},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007c,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna },<br />
title = {Multimodal Integration: From a Philosophical Point of View},<br />
booktitle = {Proceedings of the IADIS International Conference: Mobile Learning },<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Arnedillo-Sanchez, Immaculada},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007b,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {The Mobile Image: Experience on the Move},<br />
booktitle = {obile Studies: Paradigms and Perspectives},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Nyíri, Kristóf},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Passagen},<br />
address = {Vienna},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Old Patterns, New Bewitchments},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophy of the Information Society: Papers of the 30th International Wittgenstein Symposium},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hrachovec, H.; Pichler. A. & Wang, J.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Konersmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Konersmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Konersmann, Ralf},<br />
title = {Kulturelle Tatsachen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kornmeier et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, Jürgen; Hein, Christine Maira & Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Multistable perception: When bottom-up and top-down coincide},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {69},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138–147},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kornmeier & Bach 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier & Bach 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, & Jürgen Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Object perception: When our brain is impressed but we do not notice it},<br />
journal = {Journal of Vision},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {7},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Korte 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Korte 2003a,<br />
author = {Korte, Helmut},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Systematische Filmanalyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {ESB},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kracauer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kracauer 1992a,<br />
author = {Kracauer, Siegfried},<br />
title = {Der verbotene Blick},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille & Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Kultur, Technik, Kulturtechnik: Wider die Diskursivierung der Kultur},<br />
booktitle = {Bild, Schrift, Zahl},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krauss 1999a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Reinventing the Medium},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {25,},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {289-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Winter},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 2000a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {A Voyage on the North Sea. Art in the Age of the Post-Medium Condition},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress 2010a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther},<br />
title = {Multimodality. A Social-Semiotic Approach to Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 2001a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Multimodal Discourse. The Modes and Media of Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 1996a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Reading Images. The Grammar of Visual Design},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krewani 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Krewani 2003a,<br />
author = {Krewani, Anna Maria},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Malerei bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=973507624},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
hidden = {Dissertation},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kripke 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kripke 1972a,<br />
author = {Kripke, Saul A.},<br />
title = {Naming and Necessity},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Natural Language},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Davidson, D. & Harman, G.},<br />
pages = {253-355, 763-769},<br />
publisher = {Reidel},<br />
address = {Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krkac 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krkac 2010a,<br />
author = {Krkac, Kristijan},<br />
title = {Wittgensteins’s Dubbit III},<br />
journal = {Wittgenstein-Studien},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {121-149},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kroeber-Riel 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kroeber-Riel 1996a,<br />
author = { Kroeber-Riel, Werner},<br />
title = { Bildkommunikation. Imagerystrategien für die Werbung },<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Vahlen},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{ Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a,<br />
author = { Kroeber-Riel, Werner & Esch, Franz-Rudolf},<br />
title = { Strategie und Technik der Werbung. Verhaltenswissenschaftliche Ansätze},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krüger 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krüger 2001a,<br />
author = {Krüger, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als Schleier des Unsichtbaren. Ästhetische Illusion in der Kunst der frühen Neuzeit in Italien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kruse 2003a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Christiane},<br />
title = {Wozu Menschen malen. Historische Begründungen eines Bildmediums},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse & Stadler 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kruse & Stadler 1995a,<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Papers originally presented at the International Symposium on Perceptual Multistability and Semantic Ambiguity held at the University of Bremen, Germany, March 22-25, 1993},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kruse et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Peter; Strüber, D. & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Significance of perceptual multistability for research on cognitive self-organization},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {69–84},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kudielka 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kudielka 2005a,<br />
author = {Kudielka, Robert},<br />
title = {Gegenstände der Betrachtung – Orte der Erfahrung. Zum Wandel der Kunstauffassung im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {44-57},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kulvicki 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kulvicki 2006a,<br />
author = {Kulvicki, John},<br />
title = {On Images: Their Structure and Content},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Oxford UP},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Külpe 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Külpe 1923a,<br />
author = {Külpe, Oswald},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über Logik},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Künzli 1996/1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Künzli 1996/1997a,<br />
author = {Künzli, Hansjörg},<br />
title = {Über die Haltbarkeit digitaler Daten},<br />
journal = {Rundbrief Fotografie},<br />
year = {1996/1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Sonderheft 3},<br />
pages = {5-8},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==L==<br />
===Lacan 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lacan 1987a,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jacques},<br />
title = {Die vier Grundbegriffe der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weinheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lakoff 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff 1987a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George},<br />
title = {Women, fire, and dangerous things – What categories reveal about the mind},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Chicago University Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lammert 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lammert 2007a,<br />
author = {Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Die vertrauten Sichtweisen sind umzustoßen. Zum Raum der Nachkriegszeit in ungewohnten Begegnungen},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {55-69},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst}<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Langer 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Langer 1984a,<br />
author = {Langer, Susanne},<br />
title = {Philosophie auf neuem Wege. Das Symbol im Denken, im Ritus und in der Kunst},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Langlois & Roggman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Langlois & Roggman 1990a,<br />
author = {Langlois, J.H. & Roggman I.A.},<br />
title = {Attractive faces are only average},<br />
journal = {American Psychol. Society},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
volume = {1/2},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {115-121},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lanz 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lanz 1971a,<br />
author = {Lanz, Jakob},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter},<br />
pages = {Spalte 89-100},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a,<br />
author = {Laplanche, Jean; Pontalis, Jean-Bertrand},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Das Vokabular der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Laplanche, Jean; Pontalis, Jean-Bertrand},<br />
pages = {37-38},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Latour 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Latour 2007a,<br />
author = {Latour, Bruno},<br />
title = {Eine neue Soziologie für eine neue Gesellschaft. Einführung in die Akteur-Netzwerk-Theorie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Law & Whittaker 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Law & Whittaker 1988a,<br />
author = {Law, John & Whittaker, John},<br />
title = {On the Art of Representation. Notes on the Politics of Visualisation},<br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, Gordon & Law, John},<br />
pages = {160-183},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leeuwen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leeuwen 2005a,<br />
author = {Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Introducing Social Semiotics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lefebvre 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lefebvre 2007a,<br />
author = {Lefebvre, Martin},<br />
title = {The Art of Pointing: On Peirce, Indexicality, and Photographic Images},<br />
booktitle = {Photography Theory},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Elkins, James},<br />
pages = {220-244},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York u. a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lenzen 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lenzen 1997a,<br />
author = {Lenzen, Dieter},<br />
title = {Lebenslauf oder Humanontogenese? Vom Erziehungssystem zum kurativen System – von der Erziehungswissenschaft zur Humanvitologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildung und Weiterbildung im Erziehungssystem. Lebenslauf und Humanontogenese als Medium und Form},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lenzen, D. & Luhmann, N.},<br />
pages = {228-247},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leopold & Logothetis 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Leopold & Logothetis 1999a,<br />
author = {Leopold, David A. & Logothetis, Nikos K.},<br />
title = {Multistable phenomena: changing views in perception},<br />
journal = {Trends Cogn. Sci. (Regul. Ed.)},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {254–264},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leroi-Gourhan 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leroi-Gourhan 1971a,<br />
author = {Leroi-Gourhan, André},<br />
title = {Präshistorische Kunst},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Herder},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1788===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1788,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon: Paralipomena [Erstveröffentlichung 1788]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe. Bd. 5/2. Werke 1766-169},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Wilfried Barner},<br />
pages = {207-321},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1766===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1766,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie [1766]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe in zwölf Bänden. Bd. 5/2: Werke 1766-1769},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Wilfried Bahner},<br />
pages = {11-206},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1974a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie},<br />
booktitle = {Werke, Bd. 6},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Göpfert, H. G.},<br />
pages = {7-187},<br />
publisher = {Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1766},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lévi-Strauss 1958a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lévi-Strauss 1958a,<br />
author = {Lévi-Straus, Claude},<br />
title = {Anthropologie structurale},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
publisher = {Plon},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Anthropologie. Frankfurt/Main: Suhrkamp},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990b,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Autographic and Allographic Art Revisited},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
pages = {89-106},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {What a Musical Work is},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
pages = {63-88},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levinson 1983a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Stephen C.},<br />
title = {Pragmatics},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lichtblau 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lichtblau 2009a,<br />
author = {Lichtblau, Klaus},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Georg Simmel: Soziologische Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Lichtblau, Klaus},<br />
pages = {7-27},<br />
publisher = {VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Licklider 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Licklider 1960a,<br />
author = {Licklider, J.},<br />
title = {Man-Computer Symbiosis},<br />
journal = {IRE Transactions on Human Factors in Electronics},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {4-11},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liebsch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liebsch 2001a,<br />
author = {Liebsch, Dimitri},<br />
title = {Die Geburt der ästhetischen Bildung aus dem Körper der antiken Plastik. Zur Bildungssemantik im ästhetischen Diskurs zwischen 1750 und 1800},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liesbrock 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Liesbrock 2010a,<br />
title = {Ad Reinhardt: Letzte Bilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Liesbrock, Heinz},<br />
publisher = {Josef Albers Museum Quadrat Bottrop},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2004a,<br />
author = {Liessmann, Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Reiz und Rührung. Über ästhetische Empfindungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2009a,<br />
author = {Liessmann Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Ästhetische Empfindungen. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas-WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lipps 1903a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lipps 1903a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor},<br />
title = {Grundlegung der Ästhetik. Erster Teil},<br />
year = {1903},<br />
publisher = {Leopold Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lipps 1920a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lipps 1920a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor },<br />
title = {»Zur Einfühlung«, in: Psychologische Untersuchungen 2/3, 1913},<br />
booktitle = {Die ästhetische Betrachtung und die bildende Kunst},<br />
year = {1920},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {111-491},<br />
publisher = {Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Löbner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Löbner 2003a,<br />
author = {Löbner, Sebastian},<br />
title = {Semantik. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Locke 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Locke 1975a,<br />
author = {Locke, J.},<br />
title = {An Essay Concerning Human Understanding},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {hg. von Niddich, P. H.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Logothetis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Logothetis 1998a,<br />
author = {Logothetis, N. K.},<br />
journal = {Philos. Trans. R. Soc. Lond., B, Biol. Sci.},<br />
title = {Single units and conscious vision},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {353},<br />
number = {1377},<br />
pages = {1801–1818},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lopes 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lopes 1996a,<br />
author = {Lopes, Dominic},<br />
title = {Understanding Pictures},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Claredon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1970a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Elemente der Sprachkritik – Eine Alternative zum Dogmatismus und Skeptizismus in der Analytischen Philosophie},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1990a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Einführung in die philosophische Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {(<sup>2</sup>1992)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lovejoy 1936===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lovejoy 1936,<br />
author = {Lovejoy, Arthur O.},<br />
title = {Die große Kette der Wesen. Geschichte eines Gedankens [The Great Chain of Being. A Study in the History of an Idea (1936)]},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1997a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Kunst der Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1996a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Realität der Massenmedien},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Luhmann 1993a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Form der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = { Hans Ulrich Gumbrecht & K. Ludwig Pfeiffer},<br />
pages = {349-366},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lunenfeld 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lunenfeld 2002a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Digitale Fotografie. Das dubitative Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografies},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {158-177},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lynch & Edgerton 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lynch & Edgerton 1988a,<br />
author = {Lynch, Michael & Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Digital Image Processing. Re-presentational Craft in Contemporary Astronomy}, <br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, Gordon & Law, John},<br />
pages = {184-220},<br />
publisher = {???}, <br />
address = {London u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==M==<br />
===Mach 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mach 1987a,<br />
author = {Mach, Ernst},<br />
title = {Die Analyse der Empfindungen und das Verhältnis des Physischen zum Psychischen},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Macpherson 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Macpherson 1996a,<br />
author = {Macpherson, Fiona},<br />
title = {Ambiguous Figures and the Content of Experience},<br />
journal = {Nous},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {82-117},<br />
note = {2006?},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Majetschak 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Majetschak 1997,<br />
title = {Auge und Hand. Konrad Fiedlers Kunsttheorie im Kontext},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manovich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manovich 2001a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {The Language of New Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge/MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manovich 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Manovich 2005a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {Die Poetik des erweiterten Raums},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {A. Lammert, M. Diers, R. Kudielka & G. Mattenklott},<br />
pages = {337-350},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manow 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manow 2008a,<br />
author = {Manow, Philip},<br />
title = {Im Schatten des Königs. Die politische Anatomie demokratischer Repräsentation},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Marshall 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Marshall 1968a,<br />
title = {Gellius: Noctes Atticae XIII, 17},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Marshall, P.K.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxonii},<br />
note = {Scriptorum Classicorum Bibliotheca Oxoniensis},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Martinec & Salway 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Martinec & Salway 2005a,<br />
author = {Martinec, Radan & Salway, Andrew},<br />
title = {A System for Image-Text-Relations in New (and Old) Media},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {337–371},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Massey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Massey 2007a,<br />
author = {Massey, Lyle},<br />
title = {Picturing Space, Displacing Bodies. Anamorphosis in Early Modern Theories of Perspective},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Pennsylvania State University Press},<br />
address = {University Park, Pa},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Maul 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Maul 2007a,<br />
author = {Maul, Stefan M.},<br />
title = {Gilgamesch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Babylonischen [auf der Grundlage von zum Teil noch unveröffentlichten Textzeugnissen neu und vollständig] übersetzt und mit einem Nachwort versehen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mead 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mead 1968a,<br />
author = {Mead, George Herbert},<br />
title = {Geist, Identität und Gesellschaft aus der Sicht des Sozialbehaviorismus},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {Original: <em>Mind, Self, and Society</em>. Hg. v. Charles W. Morris. Chicago, 1934},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meier 1757===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meier 1757,<br />
author = {Georg Friedrich Meier},<br />
title = {Betrachtungen über den ersten Grundsatz aller Schönen Künste und Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1757},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Halle},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meinhardt 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meinhardt 1997a,<br />
author = {Meinhardt, Johannes},<br />
title = {Ende der Malerei und Malerei nach dem Ende der Malerei},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mendelsohn 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mendelsohn 1982a,<br />
author = {Mendelsohn, Leatrice},<br />
title = {Paragoni. Benedetto Varchi’s Due Lezioni and Cinquecento Art Theory},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ann Arbor},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Menzer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Menzer 1992a,<br />
author = {Menzer, Ursula},<br />
title = {Subjektive und objektive Kultur. Georg Simmels Philosophie der Geschlechter vor dem Hintergrund seines Kultur-Begriffs},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Centaurus},<br />
address = {Pfaffenweiler},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 2003a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophisches Essays},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1993a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Die Prosa der Welt},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1966a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Phänomenologie der Wahrnehmung (1945)},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Walter de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen übersetzt und eingeführt durch eine Vorrede von Boehm, Rudolf},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1961a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophische Essays.}<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {neu bearbeitet, kommentiert und mit einer Einleitung versehen von Bermes, Christian (2003)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 1994a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Der Zweifel Cézannes (1948)},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Gottfried Boehm},<br />
pages = {39-59},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 2006a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Kino und die neue Psychologie (1947)},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie des Films},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Dimitri Liebsch},<br />
pages = {70-84},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mersch 2006a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Mediale Paradoxa. Einleitung in eine negative Medienphilosophie},<br />
journal = {Sic et Non. Zeitschrift für Philosophie und Kultur im Netz},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.sicetnon.org/content/perform/Mersch_Medienphilosophie_sw.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersch 2003a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Wort, Bild, Ton, Zahl – Modalitäten medialen Darstellens},<br />
booktitle = {Die Medien der Künste. Beiträge zur Theorie des Darstellens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
pages = {9-49},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2002a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Was sich zeigt. Materialität, Präsenz, Ereignis},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersmann 08a,<br />
author = {Mersmann, Jasmin},<br />
title = {Wandelgänge. Monumentale Anamorphosen im 17. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Cha, Kyung-Ho & Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
pages = {23-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Messaris 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{ Messaris 1997a,<br />
author = { Messaris, Paul},<br />
title = { Visual Persuasion: The Role of Images in Advertising},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {Thousand Oaks},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metscher 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metscher 2001,<br />
author = {Metscher, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metz 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metz 1972a,<br />
author = {Metz, Christian},<br />
title = {Semiologie des Films (1968)},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Koch, Renate},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzger 2008a,<br />
author = {Metzger, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gesetze des Sehens},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Klotz},<br />
address = {Taunus},<br />
note = {4. unveränd. Aufl., Repr. nach d. 3., völlig neu bearb. Aufl. 1975.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzinger 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Metzinger 2000a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Philosophische Perspektiven auf das Selbstbewusstsein: Die Selbstmodell-Theorie der Subjektivität},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Selbst},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Greve, W. },<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Psychologie Verlagsunion},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {Zitiert aus der überarbeiteten Online-Version},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.philosophie.uni-mainz.de/metzinger/publikationen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzinger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzinger 1999a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Subjekt und Selbstmodell. Die Perspektivität phänomenalen Bewusstseins vor dem Hintergrund einer naturalistischen Theorie mentaler Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meyer 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meyer 2001a,<br />
author = {Meyer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mediokratie. Die Kolonisierung der Politik durch das Mediensystem},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Michalsky 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Michalsky 2005a,<br />
author = {Michalsky, Tanja},<br />
title = {Raum visualisieren. Zur Genese des modernen Raumverständnisses in den Medien der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Ortsgespräche. Raum und Kommunikation im 19. und 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Geppert, Alexander C.T.; Jensen, Uffa & Weinhold, Jörn},<br />
pages = {292ff ??},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mirzoeff 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mirzoeff 2007a,<br />
author = {Mirzoeff, Nicholas},<br />
title = {Von Bildern und Helden. Sichtbarkeit im Krieg der Bilder},<br />
booktitle = {Feindbilder. Ideologien und visuelle Strategien der Kulturen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Haustein, Lydia; Scherer, Bernd & Hager, Martin},<br />
pages = {135-156},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2008a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. Thomas},<br />
title = {Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Gustav Frank},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2007a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.},<br />
title = {Realismus im digitalen Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderfragen. Die Bildwissenschaften im Aufbruch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Belting, Hans},<br />
pages = {237-256},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2006a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {Den Terror klonen. Der Krieg der Bilder 2001-2004},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Worlds. Neue Bilderwelten und Wissensräume},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Maar, Christa & Burda, Hubert},<br />
pages = {255-285},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2005a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. Thomas},<br />
title = {What Do Pictures Want? The Lives and Loves of Images},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1994a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.},<br />
title = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Representation},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1992a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {The Reconfigured Eye. Visual Truth in the Post-Photographic Era},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 1992b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {"The Pictorial Turn"},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
booktitle = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Repräsentation},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
publisher = {Universität of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1986a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {Iconology. Image, Text, Ideology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mojsisch 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mojsisch 1983a,<br />
author = {Mojsisch, Burkhard},<br />
title = {Meister Eckhart. Analogie, Univozität und Einheit},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mondzain 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mondzain 2006a,<br />
author = {Mondzain, Marie-José},<br />
title = {Können Bilder töten?},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich, Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Morris 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Morris 1994a,<br />
author = {Morris, D.},<br />
title = {Das Tier Mensch},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mülder-Bach 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mülder-Bach 1998,<br />
author = {Inka Mülder-Bach},<br />
title = {Im Zeichen Pygmalions. Das Modell der Statue und die Entdeckung der „Darstellung“ im 18. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1997a,<br />
author = {Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {Politische Bildstrategien im amerikanischen Präsidentschaftswahlkampf, 1828-1996},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1985a,<br />
author = {Müller, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {DUDEN Bedeutungswörterbuch = DUDEN Band 10},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a,<br />
author = {Müller-Beck, H. & Albrecht, G. },<br />
title = {Die Anfänge der Kunst vor 30'000 Jahren},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Theiss},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Münkler 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Münkler 2009a,<br />
author = {Münkler, Herfried},<br />
title = {Visualisierungsstrategien im politischen Machtkampf: Der Übergang vom Personenverband zum institutionellen Territorialstaat},<br />
booktitle = {Strategien der Visualisierung. Verbildlichung als Mittel politischer Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Münkler, Herfried & Hacke, Jens},<br />
pages = {23-51},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Musterle & Roessler 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Musterle & Roessler 1986a,<br />
author = {Musterle, W.A. & Roessler, O.E.},<br />
title = {Computer faces: The human Lorenz Matrix},<br />
journal = {Bio Systems},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {61-80},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==N==<br />
===Naef 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Naef 2007a,<br />
author = {Naef, Silvia},<br />
title = {Bilder und Bilderverbot im Islam},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {C. H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nänni 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nänni 2008a,<br />
author = {Nänni, Jürg},<br />
title = {Visuelle Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Niggli},<br />
address = {Sulgen},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
url = {www.worldcat.org/oclc/254718373},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006a,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc},<br />
title = {Am Grund der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006b,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc & Ferrari, Federico},<br />
title = {Die Haut der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Neuhaus 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Neuhaus 2006a,<br />
author = {Neuhaus, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Als William Gibson den Cyberspace erfand ... - Die Faszination für ein Vielzweck-Symbol aus der Science Fiction-Literatur},<br />
journal = {Telepolis},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.heise.de/tp/r4/artikel/23/23727/1.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Niederée & Heyer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Niederée & Heyer 2003a,<br />
author = {Niederée, R. & Heyer, D.},<br />
title = {The Dual Nature of Picture Perception: A Challenge to Current General Accounts of Visual Perception},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into pictures. An interdisciplinary approach to pictorial space},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, Heiko; Schwartz, Robert & Atherton, Margaret},<br />
pages = {77–98},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nietzsche 1870-1873===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nietzsche 1870-1873,<br />
author = {Nietzsche, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Ueber Wahrheit und Lüge im aussermoralischen Sinne [1870-1873]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke. Kritische Studienausgabe in 15 Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Giorgio Colli und Mazzino Montinari},<br />
pages = {873-890},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nivelle 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nivelle 1971,<br />
author = {Nivelle, Armand},<br />
title = {Kunst- und Dichtungstheorien zwischen Aufklärung und Klassik},<br />
year = {2. Auflage 1971},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nöth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nöth 2000a,<br />
author = {Nöth, Winfried},<br />
title = {Der Zusammenhang von Text und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Text- und Gesprächslinguistik. Handbücher zur Sprach- und Kommunikationswissenschaft 16},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Klaus Brinker et al.},<br />
pages = {489–496},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Novitz 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Novitz 1977,<br />
author = {Novitz, David},<br />
title = {Pictures and their Use in Communication. A philosphical Essay},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==O==<br />
===OED===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{OED-3,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Oxford English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
url = {dictionary.oed.com},<br />
note = {3<sup>rd</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Öhlschläger 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Oehlschläger 2005a,<br />
author = {Öhlschläger, C.},<br />
title = {Evidenz und Ereignis. Musils poetische ‚Momentaufnahmen‘ im Kontext der Moderne},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {203-216},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ohler 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ohler 1994a,<br />
author = {Ohler, Peter},<br />
title = {Kognitive Filmpsychologie. Verarbeitung und mentale Repräsentation narrativer Filme},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {MAkS Publikationen},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Okolowitz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Okolowitz 2006a,<br />
author = {Okolowitz, Herbert},<br />
title = {Virtualität bei G.W. Leibniz. Eine Retrospektive},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Diss. Universität Augsburg},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=98278726X},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ott 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ott 2007a,<br />
author = {Ott, Michaela},<br />
title = {Der unbestimmte Raum in Philosophie und Film},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==P==<br />
===Pang 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pang 2002a,<br />
author = {Pang, Alex Soojung-Kim},<br />
title = {Technologie und Ästhetik der Astrofotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Ordnungen der Sichtbarkeit. Fotografie in Wissenschaft, Kunst und Technologie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Geimer, Peter},<br />
pages = {101-141},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 1924a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Panofsky 1924a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Die Perspektive als symbolische Form (1924)},<br />
booktitle = {Erwin Panofsky, Deutschsprachige Aufsätze Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Michels, K. & Warnke, M.},<br />
pages = {664-757},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Erstpublikation in: <em>Vorträge der Bibliothek Warburg (1924/25)</em>. Leipzig, 1927, 258-330},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paret 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1960a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Textbelege zum islamischen Bilderverbot},<br />
booktitle = {Das Werk des Künstlers. Studien zur Ikonographie und Formgeschichte},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Hans Fegers},<br />
pages = {36-48},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paret 1968===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1968a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Das islamische Bilderverbot und die Schia},<br />
booktitle = {Festschrift Werner Caskel. Zum siebzigsten Geburtstag 5. März 1966 gewidmet von Freunden und Schülern},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Erwin Gräf},<br />
pages = {242-232},<br />
publisher = {Brill},<br />
address = {Leiden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2009a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1900 bis 1949},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2008a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1949 bis heute},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2006a,<br />
title = {Visual History. Ein Studienbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck und Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Paul 2005a,<br />
author = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Der Bilderkrieg. Inszenierungen, Bilder und Perspektiven der "Operation Irakische Freiheit"},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Perrault 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Perrault 1964a,<br />
author = {Perrault, Charles},<br />
title = {Parallèle des Anciens et des Modernes en ce qui regarde les Arts et les Sciences},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {orig.: Paris (4 Bde): 1688, 1690, 1692, 1694; Faksimileausgabe mit einer Einführung von Hans Robert Jauss und einem Kommentar von Max Imdahl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pesch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pesch 2001a,<br />
author = {Pesch, Martin},<br />
title = {Raumbilder-Bildräume. Zu den Arbeiten von Julia Ziegler},<br />
journal = {Kunstforum International},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {153},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Petersen 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Petersen 2000,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {Mimesis – Imitatio – Nachahmung. Eine Geschichte der europäischen Poetik},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Petersen 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Petersen 1992,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {‚Mimesis’ versus ‚Nachahmung’. Die Poetik des Aristoteles – nochmals neu gelesen},<br />
journal = {Arcadia. Zeitschrift für vergleichende Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {3-46},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a,<br />
title = {Der Künstler als Kunstwerk. Selbstporträts vom Mittelalter bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich & von Rosen, Valeska},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a,<br />
title = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget 1956a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1956a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {The Child’s Construction of Space},<br />
year = {1956},<br />
publisher = {Routledge / Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget et al. 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget et al. 1960a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean; Inhelder, B. & Szemenska, I.},<br />
title = {The Child’s Conception of Geometry},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
publisher = {Harper},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1978a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {Das Weltbild des Kindes},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {dtv/Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pias 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pias 2003a,<br />
author = {Pias, Claus},<br />
title = {Das digitale Bild gibt es nicht. Über das (Nicht-)Wissen der Bilder und die informatische Illusion},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2003/01/pias/pias.pdf}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Piccolino & Wade 2006a,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco & Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early examples of ambiguity (1)},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {861–864},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Piccolino & Wade 2006b,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco &. Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early examples of ambiguity (2)},<br />
booktitle = {Perception 35 (8)},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {1003–1006},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pillow 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pillow 2003,<br />
author = {Pillow, Kirk},<br />
title = {Did Goodman's Distinction Survive LeWitt?},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {61},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {365-380},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pitts et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pitts et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Pitts, Michael A.; Gavin, William J. & Nerger, Janice L.},<br />
title = {Early top-down influences on bistable perception revealed by event-related potentials},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {11–24},<br />
volume = {67},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 1991b,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Timaios},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke VIII},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Hülser, Karlheinz},<br />
pages = {197-425},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 2008a,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Politeia},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke, Band 2},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Ursula},<br />
pages = {195-537},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Plessner 1928a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Die Stufen des Organischen und der Mensch},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {W. de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {<sup>3</sup>1975},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1982a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Trieb und Leidenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Mit anderen Augen},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Plessner, Helmuth}, <br />
pages = {110-123},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1989a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Zur Anthropologie der Nachahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, G.},<br />
pages = {176-184},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plinius 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Plinius 2004,<br />
title = {G. Plinius Secundus d. Ä: Naturkunde / Naturalis historia : lateinisch-deutsch},<br />
year = {1990–2004},<br />
editor = {Roderich König et al.},<br />
publisher = {Artemis},<br />
address = {Zürich},<br />
note = {unkritische Ausgabe des lateinischen Textes mit Übersetzung und Erläuterungen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plümacher 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plümacher 1999a,<br />
author = {Plümacher, Martina},<br />
title = {Wohlgeformtheitsbedingugen für Bilder?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pöppel 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pöppel 1982a,<br />
author = {Pöppel, E.},<br />
title = {Lust und Schmerz},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Severin & Siedler},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pollmeier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pollmeier 2005a,<br />
author = {Pollmeier, Klaus},<br />
title = {Vom Baryt zum Bit. Zur Konservierung analoger und digitaler fotografischer Bilder. Digitale Bildverarbeitung, eine Erweiterung oder radikale Veränderung der Fotografie?},<br />
howpublished = {Ludwigsburg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
note = {Hasenpflug (Red.): Dokumentation des Symposiums am 12./13. November 2004 im Museum Folkwang, Essen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Popper 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Popper 2002a,<br />
author = {Popper, Karl R.},<br />
title = {Alle Menschen sind Philosophen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Bohnet, Heidi & Stadler, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München/Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pratschke 2005a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Digitale Form},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pratschke 2008a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Interaktion mit Bildern. Digitale Bildgeschichte am Beispiel grafischer Benutzeroberflächen},<br />
booktitle = {Technische Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bredekamp, Horst et al.},<br />
pages = {68-80},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Predelli 1999===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Predelli 1999,<br />
author = {Predelli, Stefano},<br />
title = {Goodman and the Score},<br />
journal = {British Journal of Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138-147},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pross 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pross 1972a,<br />
author = {Pross, Harry},<br />
title = {Medienforschung. Film, Funk, Presse, Fernsehen},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Habel},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Puttfarken 1991a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {The Dispute about Disegno and Colorito in Venice. Paolo Pino, Lodovico Dolce and Titian},<br />
booktitle = {Kunst und Kunsttheorie 1400–1900},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Peter Glanz et al.},<br />
pages = {75-95},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Puttfarken 1985a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {Roger de Piles‘ Theory of Art},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New Haven/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Q==<br />
==R==<br />
===Rager 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rager 1997a,<br />
author = {Rager, Dietmar},<br />
title = {Aspekte Sehen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob/ & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Raphael 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Raphael 1986a,<br />
author = {Raphael, Max},<br />
title = {Raumgestaltungen. Der Beginn der modernen Kunst im Kubismus und im Werk von Georges Braque}, <br />
year = {1986, Erstausgabe 1949},<br />
publisher = {Campus}<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M./New York},<br />
note = {hg. v. H.-J. Heinrichs},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rastier 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rastier 1972a,<br />
author = {Rastier, François },<br />
title = {Systematiques des isotopies},<br />
booktitle = {Essais de sémiotique poétique},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Greimas, A.J.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Larousse},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Recki 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Recki 2004a,<br />
author = {Recki, Birgit},<br />
title = {Kultur als Praxis. Eine Einführung in Ernst Cassirers Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Akademie-Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Renz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Renz 2006a,<br />
author = {Renz, U.},<br />
title = {Schönheit. Eine Wissenschaft für sich},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Berlin Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riedel 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Riedel 2005a,<br />
author = {Riedel, W.},<br />
title = {Endogene Bilder. Anthropologie und Poetik bei Gottfried Benn},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {163-202},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rieger 2009a,<br />
author = {Rieger, Stefan},<br />
title = {Holographie. Das Versprechen der Ganzheit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {87-106},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger & Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rieger & Schröter 2009a,<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen}, <br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riegl 1931a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Riegl 1931a,<br />
author = {Riegl, Alois},<br />
title = {Das holländische Gruppenporträt},<br />
year = {1931},<br />
publisher = {Staatsdruckerei},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1902},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rimmele 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rimmele 2010a,<br />
author = {Rimmele, Marius},<br />
title = {Das Triptychon als Metapher, Körper und Ort. Semantisierungen eines Bildträgers},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ritchin 1990a,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {In Our Image: The Coming Revolution in Photography. How Computer Technology is Changing our View of the World},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ritchin 1990b,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {Photojournalism in the Age of Computers},<br />
booktitle = {The Critical Image. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Squiers},<br />
pages = {28-37},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Seattle},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roch 1998a,<br />
author = {Roch, Axel},<br />
title = {Radartechnologie und Computergraphik. Zur Geschichte der Beleuchtungsmodelle in computergenerierten Bildern},<br />
booktitle = {Geschichte der Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Faßler, Manfred & Halbach, Wulf R.},<br />
pages = {227-254},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rock 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rock 1985a,<br />
author = {Rock, Irvin},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung. Vom visuellen Reiz zum Sehen u. Erkennen},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Spektrum-der-Wissenschaft-Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roloff 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roloff_1972a,<br />
author = {Roloff, D.},<br />
title = {Eidolon, Eikon, Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd.2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {330-332},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Róna-Tas 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Róna-Tas 1999a,<br />
author = {Róna-Tas, A.},<br />
title = {Hungarians and Europe in the Early Middle Ages. An Introduction to Early Hungarian History},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {CEU Press},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rorty 1967a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rorty 1967a,<br />
author = {Rorty, Richard},<br />
title = {The Linguistic Turn: Essays in Philosophical Method},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press.},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 2005a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Materie und Geist. Eine philosophische Untersuchung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ros 1999a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Was ist Philosophie?},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophieren über Philosophie}<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Raatzsch, Richard},<br />
pages = {36–58},<br />
publisher = {Leipziger Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ros 1989a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {“Bedeutung”, “Idee” und “Begriff” – Zur Behandlung einiger bedeutungstheoretischer Paradoxien durch Leibniz},<br />
journal = {Studia Leibnitiana},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {133-154},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1989/90a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1989/90a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Begründung und Begriff. Wandlungen des Verständnisses begrifflicher Argumentationen},<br />
year = {1989/90},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {3 Bände},<br />
hidden = {B. I: Antike, Spätantike und Mittelalter; B. II: Neuzeit; B. III: Moderne},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1979a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Objektkonstitution und elementare Sprachhandlungsbegriffe},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Königstein/Ts.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosch 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosch 1978a,<br />
author = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
title = {Principles of categorization}<br />
booktitle = {Cognition and Categorization},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
pages = {27-48},<br />
publisher = {Hillsdale},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosler 2000a,<br />
author = {Rosler, Martha},<br />
title = {Bildsimulationen, Computermanipulationen: einige Überlegungen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV. 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {von Amelunxen, Hubertus},<br />
pages = {129-170},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roth 2000a,<br />
author = {Roth, Peter},<br />
title = {Virtualis als Sprachschöpfung mittelalterlicher Theologen},<br />
booktitle = {Die Anwesenheit des Abwesenden. Theologische Annäherungen an Begriff und Phänomene von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Roth, Peter; Schreiber, Stefan & Siemons, Stefan},<br />
pages = {33-42},<br />
publisher = {Wißner},<br />
address = {Augsburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Royce 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Royce 1998a,<br />
author = {Royce, Terry},<br />
title = {Synergy on the Page: Exploring Intersemiotic Complementarity in Page-based Multimodal Text},<br />
journal = {JASFL Occasional Papers},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {25-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rötzer 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rötzer 1993a,<br />
author = {Rötzer, Florian},<br />
title = {Cyberspace. Zum medialen Gesamtkunstwerk},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ruff 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ruff 2009a,<br />
author = {Ruff, Thomas},<br />
title = {Jpegs},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ryan 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ryan 2001,<br />
author = {Ryan, Marie-Laure},<br />
title = {arrative as Virtual Reality. Immersion and Interactivity in Literature and Electronic Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {The Johns Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore & London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==S==<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Medium},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005b,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005a,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2004a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als kommunikatives Medium. Elemente einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003b,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Was ist Bildkompetenz?},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1999a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, },<br />
title = {Gibt es ein Bildalphabet?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {57-66},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1995a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Piktoriale Einstellungen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktoraler Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {195-211},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 1993a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Philosophische Psychologie im 19. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Prädikative und modale Bildtheorie },<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik. Theorien - Methoden - Fallbeispiele},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H.; Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {97-119},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-2/index.html},<br />
abstract ={Gegenstände sind immer nur dann Bilder, wenn jemand sie als solche benutzt. Hierbei können Bilder eine Vielzahl von Funktionen übernehmen. Lassen sich diese verschiedenen Funktionen oder Verwendungsweisen vielleicht aus einer einzigen Grundfunktion ableiten? Und sofern das so ist: Was wäre, ließe sich zweitens fragen, diese Grundfunktion von Bildern und in welcher Relation, ergibt sich als dritte Frage, steht sie zu den Verwendungsweisen von Sprache? Eine positive Beantwortung der ersten Frage voraussetzend werden zwei Kandidaten für die zweite Frage untersucht und diskutiert: Während die prädikative Theorie die grundlegende Bildverwendung in etwa paraphrasiert mit „… sieht so und so aus“ (bzw. „Der Gegenstand, der so und so aussieht, …“), schlägt die modale Theorie eine Verwendungsweise vor analog zu „An einem anderen (auch fiktiven) Ort oder einer anderen (auch hypothetischen) Zeit ist der Fall, daß so und so.“ },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Medientheorie, visuelle Kultur und Bildanthropologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {393-424},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.JRJS.de/Work/Papers/P09/P09-1/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachsse 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachsse 1974a,<br />
author = {Sachsse, Hans},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Kybernetik. Unter besonderer Berücksichtigung von technischen und biologischen Wirkungsgefügen},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Vieweg},<br />
address = {Braunschweig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 2007a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Le Sens du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1990a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Semiotics of Visual Language},<br />
publisher = {Indiana University Press},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
address = {Bloomington, IN},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1987a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {Englisch: Semiotics of Visual Language. Bloomington, Indianapolis: Indiana University Press.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1986a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie et syntax visuelle: Une analyse de Mascerade de Pellan},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 2008a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Transfigurements: On the True Sense of Art},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 1998a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Shades. Of Painting at the Limit},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Salomon 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2006a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {Transformations and Projections in Computer Graphics},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Salomon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2008a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {A Concise Introduction to Data Compression},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sander 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sander 1962a,<br />
author = {Sander, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Experimentelle Ergebnisse der Gestaltpsychologie},<br />
booktitle = {Ganzheitspsychoplogie. Grundlagen, Ergebnisse, Anwendungen: gesammelte Abhandlungen},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sander, Friedrich & Volkelt, Hans},<br />
pages = {73–122},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck'sche Verlagsbuchhandlung},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1962a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Blick},<br />
booktitle = {Das Sein und das Nichts},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Skizze einer Theorie der Emotionen},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {255-321},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1994b,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Das Imaginäre. Phänomenologische Psychologie der Einbildungskraft (1940)},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-2, hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994c,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Die Imagination (1936)},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {97-254},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1999a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Die Suche nach dem Absoluten. Texte zur bildenden Kunst},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sauer 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sauer 2008a,<br />
author = {Sauer, Martina},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmen von Sinn vor jeder sprachlichen oder gedanklichen Fassung? Frage an Ernst Cassirer},<br />
journal = {Kunstgeschichte. Texte zur Diskussion},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.kunstgeschichte-ejournal.net/discussion/2008/Sauer},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saussure 1916a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saussure 1916a,<br />
author = {Saussure, Ferdinand de },<br />
title = {Cours de linguistique générale},<br />
year = {1916},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Deutsch: Grundfragen der allgemeinen Sprachwissenschaft. 3. Aufl. Berlin 2001.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saxena & Sahay 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saxena & Sahay 2005a,<br />
author = {Saxena, Anupam & Sahay, Birendra},<br />
title = {Computer Aided Engineering Design},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scheler 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scheler 1928a,<br />
author = {Scheler, Max},<br />
title = {Die Stellung des Menschen im Kosmos},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {Otto Reichl Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schier 2005a,<br />
author = {Schier, W. },<br />
title = {Die Maske von Uivar},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W. },<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl 2001a ===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schierl 2001a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas},<br />
title = { Text und Bild in der Werbung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl 2003a ===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schierl 2003a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas},<br />
title = {Werbung im Fernsehen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl & Ludwig 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schierl & Ludwig 2011a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas & Ludwig, Mark},<br />
title = {Produktpolitik als Strategie der Visualisierung des Fußballsports in den Medien},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
journal ={Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
volume = {32},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schirra 2007a,<br />
editor = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Computational Visualistics and Picture Morphology},<br />
publisher = {IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
note = {Themenbeiheft zu Band 5},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Projects/Image/IMAGE5-Themenbeiheft.pdf},<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Begriffsgenetische Betrachtungen in der Bildwissenschaft: Fünf Thesen},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Medium. Kunstgeschichtliche und philosophische Grundlagen der interdisziplinären Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {197-215},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-3/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 2005a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Foundation of Computational Visualistics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {ISBN: 3-8350-6015-5 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-8350-6015-5'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra 2005b,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Ein Disziplinen-Mandala für die Bildwissenschaft - Kleine Provokation zu einem Neuen Fach},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-1/index.html},<br />
journal ={IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
pages = {30-45},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Von der Bildwissenschaft als einer Disziplin, die über die Grenzen von Kunstgeschichte oder Kunstwissenschaft hinausgeht und sich wissenschaftlich mit allen Aspekten des Umgehens mit Bildern und verwandten visuellen Repräsentations- und Zeichensystemen befaßt, wird erst seit etwa der Mitte der 1990'er Jahre gesprochen. In den folgenden Überlegungen geht es insbesondere um die Bildwissenschaft als den Versuch, ein Fachgebiet zu etablieren, in dem ein modernes Verständnis dessen, was eine etablierte Disziplin sein kann, verwirklicht sein soll. Zentrales Kriterium für in dem hier gemeinten Sinne "Neue" Disziplinen ist ihre Interdisziplinarität und die dadurch bedingte starke Methodenpluralität. Grundsätzlich muß daher die Frage geklärt werden, wie das Verhältnis der Teildisziplinen zueinander, insbesondere das Wechselspiel der jeweils eingesetzten Methoden betreffend, zu denken ist. Dem Forschungssujet der Bildwissenschaft entsprechend soll in dem Beitrag versucht werden, das Beziehungsgeflecht der beteiligten Elterndisziplinen (zumindest teilweise) in Form eines Bildes anzugeben. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2005c,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Computervisualistik},<br />
booktitle = { Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {268-280},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bausteine vieler Disziplinen müssen in eine allgemeine Bildwissenschaft integriert werden. Als Beitrag aus der Informatik versteht sich die Computervisualistik, die alle Aspekte rechnergestützten Umgangs mit Bildern umfaßt. Zwei Grundbegriffe der Informatik werden vorgestellt und bestimmen, auf den Begriff "Bild" angewendet, den methodologischen Kern der Computervisualistik. Als Beitrag der Informatik zum Gegenstand der Bildtheorie werden interaktive Bilder betrachtet. Schließlich werden die Beziehungen zu anderen "Bildwissenschaften" kurz umrissen. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2001a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bilder &nbsp;&nbsp; —— &nbsp;&nbsp; Kontextbilder},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln – Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Pragmatik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {77-100},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P01/P01-5/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bildkommunikation und die Verständigung mit Aussagen scheinen wenig gemein zu haben. Genauere logisch-pragmatische Analysen der Kontextrelativität von Aussagen zeigen jedoch eine enge systematische Abhängigkeit beider Kommunikationsformen im Begriff der Kontextbildung, den Bilder auf ausgezeichnete Weise implementieren. Prädikatorische und nominatorische Verwendungen von Bildern sind aus der grundlegenden Funktion zur Kontextbildung ableitbar. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2000a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Täuschung, Ähnlichkeit und Immersion: Die Vögel des Zeuxis},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Realismus der Bilder: Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Semantik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Rehkämper, K.& Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {119-135},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P00/P00-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bilder gibt es als solche – von ihrem Begriff her – immer nur für Individuen, die sich in einer bestimmten Weise verhalten, oder die gewisse Handlungen vollziehen. Wenn dies aber der Fall ist, scheint es ratsam, den Begriff "Bild" nicht, wie es gewöhnlich geschieht, als einen Begriff für einen isoliert vorkommenden Gegenstand zu erläutern, sondern als Komponente der Begriffe für bestimmte Verhaltens- oder Handlungsfähigkeiten. Ausgehend von der antiken Zeuxis-Anekdote werden in diesem Sinne erste Schritte zu einem handlungstheoretischen Ähnlichkeitsbegriff versucht.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1999a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Syntaktische Dichte oder Kontinuität - Ein mathematischer Aspekt der Visualistik},<br />
booktitle = {bildgrammatik. interdisziplinäre forschungen zur syntax bildlicher darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {103-119},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P99/P99-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Der Begriff Dichte spielt eine zentrale Rolle in Diskussionen zur Bildsyntax, wird aber selten in Beziehung zum mathematisch verwandten Kontinuumsbegriff gestellt. Dabei ist die Frage, ob Bilder syntaktisch nur als dicht oder gar als kontinuierlich verstanden werden sollten, durchaus relevant, wie anhand von informatischen und neuropsychologischen Argumenten gezeigt wird.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1995a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Understanding Radio Broadcasts On Soccer. The Concept `Mental Image' and Its Use in Spatial Reasoning},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktorialer Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {107-136},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P95/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Most cognitive theories agree that a listener of a sports broadcast on radio usually imagines the scene described; the concept `mental image' appears in a specific sort of explanations. In contrast to this conception, it is argued that this concept should rather be understood as part of a certain kind of grounding explanations of the radio listener's understanding. This particular conception is based on the distinction between `specification' and `implementation' as found in the theory of abstract data types. Its application to the field of spatial concepts leads to a computational system (ANTLIMA) which exemplifies how the expression `mental image' could be used while explaining a speaker's ability to control the resolvability of ambiguities in an objective report of what the speaker sees. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 1994a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bildbeschreibung als Verbindung von visuellem und sprachlichem Raum},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {DISKI},<br />
address = {St. Augustin},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {ISBN 3-929037-71-8 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-929037-71-8'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P94/P94-1-d/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1993a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Connecting Visual and Verbal Space: Preliminary Considerations Concerning the Concept »Mental Image«},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Time, Space, and Movement},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {M. Aurnague, A. Borillo, M. Borillo & M. Bras},<br />
pages = {105-121},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Paul Sabatier},<br />
address = {Toulouse},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P93/P93-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {AI research concerning the connection between seeing and speaking mainly employs what is called reference semantics. Within this framework, the notion of `mental image' is often used while explaining how somebody not situated in the same perceptual context is able to anchor his understanding of an utterance describing the scene visually perceived by the speaker. We give a foundation for considering mental images as propositions with respect to a certain field of concepts: these fields have to provide a syntactically dense set of concepts distinguishing locations. The use of such propositions in the reference semantic explanations of understanding utterances about visually perceived scenes is motivated by applying Kant's idea of the introduction of new types of objects: we conceive spatial relations as relations only applicable to sortal objects, i.e., individuated objects which are synthetically introduced on a syntactically dense field providing their potential locations. The concept `mental image' which results from these preliminary studies is applied to two current projects in AI, one dealing with the semantics of particular spatial prepositions, and the other more generally concerned with the logic of the connection between visual and verbal space.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Anthropologie in der systematischen Bildwissenschaft: Auf der Spur des homo pictor},<br />
booktitle = {Disziplinen der Anthropologie},<br />
editor = {Meyer, S. & Owzar, A.},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
pages = {145-177},<br />
note = {},<br />
publisher = {Waxmann},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Homo pictor and the Linguistic Turn: Revisiting Hans Jonas’ Picture Anthropology},<br />
journal = {Linguistic and Philosophical Investigations},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {144–181},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P10/P10-2/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {There has been a long tradition of characterizing man as the animal that talks. However, the remarkable ability of using pictures also only belongs to human beings, after all we know empirically so far. Are there conceptual reasons for that coincidence? The paper is dedicated to a philosophical programme of “concept-genetic” considerations dealing in particular with the dependencies between those two abilities: The conceptual relation between the competence to use assertive language and the faculty of employing pictures must be conceived of as being much closer than usually expected. Indeed we conclude, there cannot be creatures with only one of them.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte – elektronisch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
url = {www.uni-due.de/germanistik/elise/ausgabe_12006},<br />
hidden = {letzter Zugriff: 25. September 2010},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract ={Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie, wie sie der Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt, eignet - und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Eine Gegenüberstellung der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild führt zu eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden: Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von (darstellenden) Bildern Sprache gegenüber durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. In beiden Fällen hängen die Aufgliederungen mit der Funktion der Kontextbildung zusammen, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung mündet daher in das Programm einer begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, die eine derartige Begründung zu liefern imstande wäre. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Fähigkeiten zum Bild- und Sprachgebrauch },<br />
journal = {Deutsche Zeitschrift für Philosophie},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {54},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {887-905},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-5/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie wie in die Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Ein erster Vergleich der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild listet eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden auf. Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von Bildern gegenüber Sprache durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung weitet sich daher zu einer begriffsgenetischen Skizzierung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, wobei sich die Begriffe des sortalen Gegenstands und des Verhaltenskontextes als zentral herausstellen. Mit ihnen kann die Beziehung zwischen den beiden Fähigkeiten genauer untersucht werden: Sie ergibt sich insbesondere aus der Funktion der Kontextbildung, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Im Rahmen der begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung ergeben sich schließlich Argumente dafür, die Beziehung als eine wechselseitige Abhängigkeit zu charakterisieren, wobei auch eine Vorschlag zur Analyse des Begriffs des inneren Bildes - oder besser: des Vorstellungsvermögens eingeschlossen ist. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Scholz 1998a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. & Scholz, Martin},<br />
title = {Abstraction versus Realism: Not the Real Question},<br />
booktitle = {Computer Visualization – Graphics, Abstraction, and Interactivity},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Strothotte, T. (et al.)},<br />
pages = {379-401},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {Chapter 22},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P98/P98-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {When browsing through a book on computer graphics, one usually finds a lot of more or less interesting pictures that are produced by means of computers. These pictures are embedded in pages of technical texts describing how this image generation was performed and why it provides a better way to do so than other methods. Less space is usually given to the methodological background and the motivation underlying the preoccupation with computer visualization. In this chapter, we want to complement the more technically oriented part of this book with some reflections as to why such techniques can be interesting not only for computer graphics researchers, and where, from a communication-theoretic point of view, they might be of use in our society.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schleicher 1859a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schleicher 1859a,<br />
author = {Schleicher, August},<br />
title = {Zur Morphologie der Sprache},<br />
journal = {Mémoires de l'académdie impériale des sciences de St. Pétersbourg},<br />
year = {1859},<br />
volume = {1?},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1-38},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt 2000,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter},<br />
title = {Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1: : Absenz – Darstellung},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {831-875},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt & George 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt_George_2005a,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter; George, Marion},<br />
title = {Typisch/Typ(us)},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {191-246},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlosser 1952a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schlosser 1952a,<br />
author = {Schlosser, K.},<br />
title = {Der Signalismus in der Kunst der Naturvölker: Biologisch-psychologische Gesetzlichkeiten in den Abweichungen von der Norm des Vorbildes},<br />
year = {1952},<br />
publisher = {Mühlau},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmid 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmid 2009a,<br />
author = {Schmid, Gabriele},<br />
title = {Zwischen Bildern. Die holographische Installation als Handlungsfeld},<br />
booktitle = {holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {161-180},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1998a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Mimesis bei Aristoteles und in den Poetikkommentaren der Renaissance. Zum Wandel des Gedankens von der Nachahmung der Natur in der frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Mimesis und Simulation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Andreas Kablitz & Gerhard Neumann},<br />
pages = {17-53},<br />
publisher = {ombach},<br />
address = {Freiburg im Breisgau},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1996a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Teleologie und Geschichte bei Aristoteles oder Wie kommen nach Aristoteles Anfang, Mitte und Ende in die Geschichte?},<br />
booktitle = {Das Ende. Figuren einer Denkform},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Stierle und Rainer Warning},<br />
pages = {528-563},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider 2009a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit},<br />
title = {Wissenschaftsbilder zwischen digitaler Transformation und Manipulation. Einige Anmerkungen zur Diskussion des “digitalen Bildes”},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {188-200},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schneider 2000a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Ralf},<br />
title = {Grundriß zur kognitiven Theorie der Figurenkonzeption am Beispiel des viktorianischen Romans},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Stauffenburg},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider & Berz 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider & Berz 2002a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit & Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bildtexturen. Punkte, Zeilen, Spalten. I. Textile Processing/II. Bildtelegraphie}<br />
booktitle = {Mimetische Differenzen. Der Spielraum der Medien zwischen Abbildung und Nachbildung}, <br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Flach, Sabine & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
pages = {181-220},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider & Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schneider & Stöckl 2011a,<br />
title = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, Jan Georg & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {erscheint Frühjahr 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2011===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Schönhammer 2011,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Stichwort: Kippbilder},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
howpublished = {PsyDok, Volltextserver der Virtuellen Fachbibliothek Psychologie},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://psydok.sulb.uni-saarland.de/frontdoor.php?source_opus=2756&la=de},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schönhammer 2009a,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Wahrnehmungspsychologie. Sinne, Körper, Bewegung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 2004a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstellung, Zeichen. Philosophische Theorien bildhafter Darstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {2., vollständig überarbeitete Aufl.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Scholz 1998a,<br />
title = {Mimesis. Studien zur literarischen Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Scholz, Bernhard F.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 1991a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstellung, Zeichen. Philosophische Theorien bildhafter Darstellungen},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {(1. Aufl.)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schott 1657a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schott 57a,<br />
author = {Schott, Kaspar},<br />
title = {De Magia Anamorphotica},<br />
booktitle = {Magia Universalis Naturae et Artis},<br />
year = {1657},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Herbipoli},<br />
note = {Teil 1, Buch III},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2001a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Eine kurze Geschichte der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht. Fotografieren in Museen & Archiven & Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, Wolfgang & Jaworek, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {249-257},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter 2003a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Virtuelle Kamera. Zum Fortbestand fotografischer Medien in computergenerierten Bildern}, <br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {88},<br />
pages = {3-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Welt. Analoge und Digitale Bilder - mehr oder weniger Realität?},<br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke},<br />
pages = {335-354},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2004b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Netz und die Virtuelle Realität. Zur Selbstprogrammierung der Gesellschaft durch die universelle Maschine},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Computer/Simulation. Kopie ohne Original oder das Original kontrollierende Kopie},<br />
booktitle = {OriginalKopie. Praktiken des Sekundären},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fehrmann, Gisela et al.},<br />
pages = {139-155},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Notizen zu einer Geschichte des Löschens. Am Beispiel von Video und Robert Rauschenbergs Erased de Kooning-Drawing},<br />
booktitle = {Im Banne der Ungewissheit. Bilder zwischen Medien, Kunst und Menschen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schumacher-Chilla, Doris},<br />
pages = {171-194},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oberhausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2005a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {MetaMorphing. Camerons Analysen der digitalen Bilder in Terminator 2 und The Abyss}, <br />
booktitle = {Mythen, Mütter, Maschinen. Die Filme des James Cameron},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pabst, Eckhard},<br />
pages = {289-315},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeit ist überhaupt nur darzustellen, indem man sie konstruiert (Andreas Gursky)},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {201-218},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {On the Logic of the Digital Archive},<br />
booktitle = {The You Tube Reader},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Vonderau, Patrick & Snickars, Pelle},<br />
pages = {330-346},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2009c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {3D. Zur Theorie, Geschichte und Medienästhetik des technischtransplanen Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen und die Nicht-Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {77-86},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2010a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Fotografie und Fiktionalität},<br />
booktitle = {Die fotografische Wirklichkeit. Inszenierung - Fiktion - Narration},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Blunck, Lars},<br />
pages = {143-158},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2010b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Zeitalter der technischen Nichtreproduzierbarkeit},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
editor = {Schröter, Jens et al.},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {1-38},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter & Thielmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter & Thielmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens & Thielmann, Tristan},<br />
title = {Display I: Analog},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften}<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2010a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Darstellung einer Vorstellung. Das Bild der Welt auf der Pioneer-Plakette},<br />
booktitle = {Atlas der Weltbilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Markschies, C. et al.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schürmann 2008a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Sehen als Praxis. Ethisch-ästhetische Studien zum Verhältnis von Sicht und Einsicht},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulz 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulz 2005a,<br />
author = {Schulz, Martin},<br />
title = {Ordnungen der Bilder. Eine Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Finke},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulze 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulze 2000a,<br />
author = {Schulze, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Die Erlebnis-Gesellschaft. Kultursoziologie der Gegenwart. 8. Auflage. Studienausgabe.},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M., New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schwingeler 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schwingeler 2008a,<br />
author = {Schwingeler, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Raummaschine. Raum und Perspektive im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Werner Hülsbusch},<br />
address = {Boizenburg},<br />
note = {(Reihe Game Studies)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Searle 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Searle 1971,<br />
author = {Searle, John R.},<br />
title = {Sprechakttheorie - Ein sprachphilosophischer Essay},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 2003a,<br />
author = {Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Erscheinens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seel 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 1991a,<br />
author = {Seel, Norbert M.},<br />
title = {Weltwissen und mentale Modelle},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seiterle 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Seiterle 1988a,<br />
author = {Seiterle, G. },<br />
title = {Maske, Ziegenbock und Satyr},<br />
journal = {Antike Welt. Z. für Archäologie und Kulturgeschichte},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seja 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seja 2009a,<br />
author = {Seja, Silvia},<br />
title = {Handlungstheorien des Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sekula 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sekula 2002a,<br />
author = {Sekula, Allan},<br />
title = {Der Handel mit Fotografien},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {255-290},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shannon & Weaver 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shannon & Weaver 1976a,<br />
author = {Shannon, Claude E. & Weaver, Warren},<br />
title = {Mathematische Grundlagen der Informationstheorie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shepard 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shepard 1990a,<br />
author = {Shepard, Roger N.},<br />
title = {Mind sights. Original illusions, ambiguities, and other anomalies, with a commentary on the play of mind in perception and art},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {W. H. Freeman},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shneiderman 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Shneiderman 1983a,<br />
author = {Shneiderman, B.},<br />
title = {Direct Manipulation - A Step Beyond Programming Languages},<br />
journal = {IEEE Computer},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
volume = {16},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {57-69},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shohat & Stam 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Shohat & Stam 1998a,<br />
author = {Shohat, E. & Stam R.},<br />
title = {Narrativizing Visual Culture. Towards a Polycentric Aesthetics},<br />
booktitle = {The Visual Culture Reader},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Mirzoeff, N.},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {26-49},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegert & Brecheis 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{ Siegert & Brecheis 2005a,<br />
author = {Siegert, Gabriele & Brecheis, Dieter },<br />
title = {Werbung in der Medien- und Informationsgesellschaft. Eine kommunikationswissenschaftliche Einführung },<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {VS},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegmund 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegmund 2007a,<br />
author = {Siegmund, J.},<br />
title = {Die Evidenz der Kunst. Künstlerisches Handeln als ästhetische Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Simmel 1995a,<br />
author = {Simmel, G.},<br />
title = {Der Bildrahmen. Ein ästhetischer Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Aufsätze und Abhandlungen 1901-1908 Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Simmel, G.},<br />
pages = {101-108},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1992a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Soziologie. Untersuchungen über die Formen der Vergesellschaftung},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Gesamtausgabe, Bd. 11, hrsg. von Otthein Rammstedt},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1978a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Das individuelle Gesetz. Philosophische Exkurse},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Michael Landmann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a,<br />
author = {Smith, Robert W. & Tatarewicz, Joseph N.},<br />
title = {Replacing a Technology: The Large Space Telescope and CCDs},<br />
journal = {Proceedings of the IEEE},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
volume = {73},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1221-1235},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sobchack 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sobchack 1997a,<br />
author = {Sobchack, Vivian},<br />
title = {Meta-Morphing. Visual Transformation and the Culture of Quick-Change},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minneapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a,<br />
author = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
title = {Figurative Politik. Prolegomena zu einer Kultursoziologie politischen Handelns},<br />
booktitle = {Figurative Politik. Zur Performanz der Macht in der modernen Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
pages = {17-33},<br />
publisher = {Leske und Budrich},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sommer 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sommer 1987a,<br />
author = {Sommer, M.},<br />
title = {Evidenz im Augenblick. Eine Phänomenologie der reinen Empfindung},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sonesson 1992a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Bildbetydelser: Inledning till bildsemiotiken som vetenskap},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Studentlitteratur},<br />
address = {Lund},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sonesson 1989a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Pictorial Concepts},<br />
publisher = {Lund University Press},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sörbom 1966===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sörbom 1966,<br />
author = {Sörbom, Göran},<br />
title = {Mimesis and Art. Studies in the Origin an Early Development of an Aesthetic Vocabulary},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spariosu 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Spariosu 1984,<br />
title = {Mimesis in contemporary theory: An interdisciplinary Approach. Volume I: The Literary and the Philosophical Debate},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Spariosu, Mihai},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Philadelphia/Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spillner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Spillner 1982a,<br />
author = {Spillner, Bernd},<br />
title = {Stilanalyse semiotisch komplexer Texte: Zum Verhältnis von sprachlicher und bil¬dicher Information in Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4/5},<br />
pages = {91–106},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stadler & Kruse 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stadler & Kruse 1995a,<br />
author = {Stadler, Michael & Kruse, Peter},<br />
title = {The Function of Meaning in Cognitive Order Formation.},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {5–21},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Steinbrenner 2009a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Bildtheorien der analytischen Tradition},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {284-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 2004a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Zeichen über Zeichen. Grundlagen einer Theorie der Metabezugnahme},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Synchron Wissenschaftsverlag der Autoren},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 1996a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Kognitivismus in der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a,<br />
title = {Farben: Betrachtungen aus Philosophie und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Glasauer, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a,<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
title = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stiegler 2004a,<br />
author = {Stiegler, Bernd},<br />
title = {Digitale Photographie als epistemologischer Bruch und historische Wende},<br />
booktitle = {Das Gesicht der Welt. Medien in der digitalen Kultur},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Engell & Neitzel},<br />
pages = {105-126},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stierle 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stierle 1984a,<br />
author = {Stierle, Karlheinz},<br />
title = {Das bequeme Verhältnis. Lessings Laokoon und die Entdeckung des ästhetischen Mediums},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, Gunter},<br />
pages = {23-58},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2011a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbekommunikation semiotisch},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch Werbekommunikation},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Nina Janich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {UTB},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {erscheint Mitte 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {The Language-Image-Text. Theoretical and Analytical Inroads into Semiotic Complexity},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {202-226},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Beyond Depicting. Language-Image-Links in the Service of Advertising},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {3-28},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2008a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbetypographie. Formen und Funktionen},<br />
booktitle = {Werbung – grenzenlos. Multimodale Werbetexte im interkulturellen Vergleich},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bendel, Sylvia & Held, Gudrun},<br />
pages = {13–36},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2005a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typography: Body and Dress of a Text – A Signing Mode between Language and Image},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {204-214},<br />
note = {Special Issue “The New Typography”},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2004b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typographie: Körper und Gewand des Textes. Linguistische Überlegungen zu typographischer Gestaltung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Angewandte Linguistik},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {41},<br />
pages = {5-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stöckl 2004a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Die Sprache im Bild – Das Bild in der Sprache. Zur Verknüpfung von Sprache und Bild im massenmedialen Text},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2003a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {„Imagine“: Stilanalyse multimodal. Am Beispiel des TV-Werbespots},<br />
booktitle = {Sprachstil – Zugänge und Anwendungen. Ulla Fix zum 60. Geburtstag},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Barz, Irmhild & Lerchner, Gotthard & Schröder, },<br />
pages = {305-323},<br />
publisher = {Winter},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 1992a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Der ‚picture relation type’ – Ein praktischer Analysemodus zur Beschreibung der vielfältigen Einbettungs- und Verknüpfungsbeziehungen von Bild und Text},<br />
journal = {Papiere zur Linguistik},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {46},<br />
number = {11},<br />
pages = {49-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoesz 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Stoesz 2008a,<br />
author = {Stoesz Brenda Marie},<br />
title = {The Role of Selective Attention in Perceptual Switching. },<br />
year = {2008},<br />
howpublished = {Department of Psychology, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Manitoba},<br />
note = {Thesis Master of Arts Thesis},<br />
hidden = {zuletzt geprüft am 17.03.2011},<br />
url = {mspace.lib.umanitoba.ca/bitstream/1993/3083/1/BStoesz%20-%20MA%20thesis%202008%20revisions.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoichita 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stoichita 1998a,<br />
author = {Stoichita, Victor I.},<br />
title = {Das selbstbewußte Bild. Vom Ursprung der Metamalerei},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauß 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strauß 1998a,<br />
author = {Strauß, Bernd (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Zuschauer},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strenge 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Strenge_1998a,<br />
author = {Strenge, Britta},<br />
title = {Typos/Typologie},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {1587-1595},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Striedter 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Striedter 1984a,<br />
author = {Striedter, K.H.},<br />
title = {Felsbilder der Sahara},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauss 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Strauss 1979a,<br />
author = {Strauss, M.S.},<br />
title = {Abstraction of prototypical information by adults and 10-month-old infants},<br />
journal = {J. of Experimental Psychology: Human Leraning and Memory},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {5},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {618-632},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a,<br />
author = {Strothotte, Thomas & Schlechtweg, Stefan},<br />
title = {Non-photorealistic Computer Graphics: Modeling, Rendering, and Animation},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {San Francisco u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stüber & Stadler 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stüber & Stadler 1999a,<br />
author = {Strüber, Daniel & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Differences in top-down influences on the reversal rate of different categories of reversible figures},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {28},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1185–1196},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sturken & Cartwright 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sturken & Cartwright 2001a,<br />
author = {Sturken, M. & Cartwright L.},<br />
title = {Practices of Looking. An Introduction to Visual Culture},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
address = {Oxford, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch.},<br />
title = {Schreck-Gesichter. Symbole des magischen Alltags},<br />
booktitle = {Symbole des Alltags, Alltag der Symbole},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Blaschitz, G.; et al. },<br />
pages = {517-554},<br />
publisher = {ADV},<br />
address = {Graz},<br />
note = {Festschrift Harry Kühnel zum 65. Geburtstag},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1998a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch. },<br />
title = {Grenzen der Komplexität. Die Kunst als Bild der Wirklichkeit. Neuropsychologische und ethologische Erkenntnisse in der Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Einfachen zur Ganzheitlichkeit. Das Problem der Komplexität auf organismischer und soziokultureller Ebene},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {A.M. Wobus, & U. Wobus},<br />
pages = {167-188},<br />
publisher = {Nova Acta Leopoldina 77(304)},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Szily 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Szily 1999a,<br />
author = {Szily, K.},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelvújítás szótára},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Nap Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==T==<br />
===Tatarkiewicz 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tatarkiewicz 2003,<br />
author = {Tatarkiewicz, Wladysaw},<br />
title = {Geschichte der sechs Begriffe. Kunst • Schönheit • Form • Kreativität • Mimesis • Ästhetisches Erlebnis},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thielmann & Schröter 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Thielmann & Schröter 2007a,<br />
title = {Display II: Digital. Navigationen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Thielmann, Tristan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {<em>Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften</em>},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {Jg. 7, H. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tholen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tholen 2003a,<br />
author = {Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
title = {Die Zäsur der Medien. Kulturphilosophische Konturen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a,<br />
author = {Thornhill, R. & Gangestad, S.W. },<br />
title = {Human facial beauty: averageness, symmetry and parasite resistance},<br />
journal = {Human nature},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {237-269},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Thürlemann 1990a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Raum. Beiträge zu einer semiotischen Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Thürlemann 1984a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Die Farbe in der Malerei: Symbolischer und semi-symbolischer Bedeutungsmodus},<br />
booktitle = {Semiotics Unfolding. Proceedings of the Second Congress of the International Association for Semiotic Studies},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Tasso Borbé},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tischner 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tischner 1954a,<br />
author = {Tischner, H.},<br />
title = {Kunst der Südsee},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Todorov 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Todorov 1977,<br />
author = {Todorov, Tzvetan},<br />
title = {Symboltheorien},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {[frz. Original 1977]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Topper 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Topper 00a,<br />
author = {Topper, David},<br />
title = {On Anamorphosis. Setting Some Things Straight},<br />
journal = {Leonardo},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
volume = {33},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {115-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tótfalusi 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tótfalusi 2002a,<br />
author = {Tótfalusi, I.},<br />
title = {Magyar szótörténeti szótár},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Anno Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Totzke 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Totzke 2004a,<br />
author = {Totzke, Rainer},<br />
title = {Buchstaben-Folgen. Schriftlichkeit, Wissenschaft und Heideggers Kritik an der Wissenschaftsideologie},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Welbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Troje & McAdam 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Troje & McAdam 2010a,<br />
author = {Troje, N. F. & McAdam, M.},<br />
title = {The viewing-from-above bias and the silhouette illusion},<br />
journal = {i-Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {143–148},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {i-perception.perceptionweb.com/fulltext/i01/i0408.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Trübner 1940===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Trübner 1940,<br />
title = {Trübners Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: C-F},<br />
year = {1940},<br />
editor = {Alfred Göze},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Art. „darstellen“, S. 27},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tugendhat 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat 1976a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die sprachanalytische Philosophie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst & Wolf, Ursula},<br />
title = {Logisch-semantische Propädeutik},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {(revid. 1986)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==U==<br />
===Ullrich 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ullrich 1997a,<br />
author = {Ullrich, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Digitaler Nominalismus. Zum Status der Computerfotografie},<br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {64},<br />
pages = {63-73},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==V==<br />
===Vaihinger 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vaihinger 1997a,<br />
author = {Vaihinger, Dirk},<br />
title = {Virtualität und Realität – Die Fiktionalisierung der Wirklichkeit und die unendliche Information},<br />
booktitle = {Künstliche Paradiese, Virtuelle Realitäten. Künstliche Räume in Literatur-, Sozial-, und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Krapp, Holger & Wägenbaur, Thomas},<br />
pages = {19-43},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Valenza et al. 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Valenza et al. 1996a,<br />
author = {Valenza, E.; Simion, F.; Cassia, V.M. & Umiltà, C.},<br />
title = {Face preference at birth},<br />
journal = {J. of experimental Psychology (Human Perception and Performance) },<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {892-903},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Varela 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Varela 1990a,<br />
author = {Varela, Francisco J.},<br />
title = {Kognitionswissenschaft, Kognitionstechnik. Eine Skizze aktueller Perspektiven},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===VCQ 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{VCQ 1996a,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Visual Culture Questionnaire},<br />
journal = {October},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
pages = {25-70},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ventola et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ventola et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Ventola, Eija & Guijarro, Moya & Arsenio, Jesús},<br />
title = {The World Told and the World Shown. Multisemiotic Issues},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan},<br />
address = {Basingstoke},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Venus 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Venus 2009a,<br />
author = {Venus, Jochen},<br />
title = {Raumbild und Tätigkeitssimulation. Video- und Computerspiele als Darstellungsmedien des Tätigkeitsempfindens},<br />
booktitle = {Das Raumbild. Bilder jenseits ihrer Flächen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Winter, Gundolf; Schröter, Jens & Barck, Joanna},<br />
pages = {259-280},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vischer 1873a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vischer 1873a,<br />
author = {Vischer, Robert},<br />
title = {Ueber das optische Formgefühl. Ein Beitrag zur Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1873},<br />
publisher = {Credner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Völker 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Völker 2010a,<br />
author = {Völker, Clara},<br />
title = {Mobile Medien. Zur Genealogie des Mobilfunks und zur Ideengeschichte von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vogel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vogel 2003a,<br />
author = {Vogel, Matthias},<br />
title = {Medien als Voraussetzungen für Gedanken},<br />
booktitle = {Medienphilosophie. Beiträge zur Klärung eines Begriffs},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Münker, Stefan; Roesler, Alexander & Sandbothe, Mike},<br />
pages = {107-134 + 213-215 [Anmerkungen]},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Volkelt 1905a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Volkelt 1905a,<br />
author = {Volkelt, Johannes},<br />
title = {System der Ästhetik. Erster Band: Grundlegung der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vorländer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vorländer 2003a,<br />
author = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
title = {Demokratie und Ästhetik. Zur Rehabilitierung eines problematischen Zusammenhangs},<br />
booktitle = {Zur Ästhetik der Demokratie. Formen der politischen Selbstdarstellung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
pages = {11-26},<br />
publisher = {Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==W==<br />
<br />
===Wade et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wade et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Wade, Nicholas J.; Campbel, Robin N.; Ross, Helen E. & Lingelbach, Bernd},<br />
title = {Necker in Scotch perspective},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1–4},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Waldenfels 2010a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Sinne und Künste im Wechselspiel. Modi ästhetischer Erfahrung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Waldenfels 1999a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Ordnungen des Sichtbaren},<br />
booktitle = {Sinnesschwellen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Walton 1973a,<br />
author = {Kendall L. Walton},<br />
title = {Pictures as Make-Believe},<br />
journal = {The Philosophical Review},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
volume = {82},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {283-319},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Walton 1990a,<br />
author = {Walton, Kendall L.},<br />
title = {Mimesis as make-believe : on the foundations of the representational arts},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Harvard Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass. [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warburg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warburg 2008a,<br />
author = {Warburg, Aby},<br />
title = {Der Bilderatlas Mnemosyne (2000)},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Warnke, Martin; unter Mitarbeit von Brink, Claudia},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warnke 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warnke 1984a,<br />
author = {Warnke, Martin},<br />
title = {Politische Architektur in Europa vom Mittelalter bis heute: Repräsentation und Gemeinschaft},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Watt 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Watt 2002a, <br />
author = {Watt, Alan}, <br />
title = {3D-Computergrafik},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weber 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weber 2000a,<br />
author = { Weber, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Windmühlen oder Mauern? Die Archive und der neue Wind in der Informationstechnik},<br />
booktitle = {Digitale Archive - Ein neues Paradigma?},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Metzing, Andreas},<br />
pages = {79-94},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Marburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weiss 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weiss 2009a,<br />
author = {Weiss, G. },<br />
title = {Masken begleiten, erinnern, ehren und erneuern},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wellbery 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wellbery 1977,<br />
author = {Wellbery, David E.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Semiotics in the German Enlightenment},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Yale University},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Werckmeister 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Werckmeister 2005a,<br />
author = {Werckmeister, Otto Karl},<br />
title = {Der Medusa Effekt. Politische Bildstrategien seit dem 11. September 2001},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {form + zweck},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wescher 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wescher 1968a,<br />
author = {Wescher, Herta},<br />
title = {Die Collage / Geschichte eines künstlerischen Ausdrucksmittels},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {DuMont Schauberg},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wheeler 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wheeler 2005a,<br />
author = {Wheeler, Michael},<br />
title = {Reconstructing the Cognitive World: The Next Step},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2008a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Die Sichtbarkeit des Bildes. Geschichte und Perspektiven der formalen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main, New York},<br />
note = {Mit einem aktuellen Vorwort des Autors zur Neuausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2005a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Artifizielle Präsenz. Studien zur Philosophie des Bildes.},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wiesing 2004a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Pragmatismus und Performativität des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {115-128},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2000a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Phänomene im Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wimmer 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wimmer 1991a,<br />
author = {Wimmer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Fabrikation der Fiktion?},<br />
booktitle = {Digitaler Schein. Ästhetik der digitalen Medien},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Rötzer, }, <br />
pages = {519-533},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winkler 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Winkler 2003a,<br />
author = {Winkler, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Zugriff. Thesen zur Umorganisation der gesellschaftlichen Bildarchive unter den Bedingungen des Digitalen},<br />
booktitle = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang; Heidenreich, Stefan & Holl, Ute},<br />
pages = {144-148},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winner 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Winner 1962a,<br />
author = {Winner, Matthias},<br />
title = {Gemalte Kunsttheorie. Zu Gustave Courbets ‚Allégorie réelle‘ und der Tradition},<br />
journal = {Jahrbuch der Berliner Museen},<br />
year = {4},<br />
volume = {1962},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {150-185},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wirth 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wirth 2004a,<br />
author = {Wirth, Uwe},<br />
title = {Das Vorwort als performative, paratextuelle und parergonale Rahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Rhetorik. Figuration und Performanz},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fohrmann, Jürgen},<br />
pages = {603-628},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Whitfield 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Whitfield 1999a,<br />
author = {Whitfield, S.},<br />
title = {Lucio Fontana},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Hayward Gallery Publ.},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witsch 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witsch 2008a,<br />
author = {Witsch, Monika},<br />
title = {Kultur und Bildung: Ein Beitrag für eine kulturwissenschaftliche Grundlegung von Bildung im Anschluss an Georg Simmel, Ernst Cassirer und Richard Hönigswald},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witte 2010a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Zur Geschichte der Bildung. Eine philosophische Kritik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2009a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Selbstbild und Bildung. Ein Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildung – Argumentation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Helmer, K.; Herchert, G. & Löwenstein, S.},<br />
pages = {81-100},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reihe: Beiträge zur Theorie der Argumentation in der Pädagogik. Herausgegeben von Andreas Dörpinghaus und Karl Helmer. Band 5},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1990a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus logico-philosophicus},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Tagebücher 1914-1916; Philosophische Untersuchungen. [7. Aufl.]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1971a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Philosophische Untersuchungen},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1922===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1922,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus},<br />
year = {1922},<br />
publisher = {Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wollheim 1982a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Sehen-als, sehen-in und bildliche Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Objekte der Kunst},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
pages = {192-210},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Looser, Max},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 1978,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Are the Criteria of Identity that Hold für a Work of Art in the Different Arts Aesthetically Relevant?},<br />
journal = {Ratio},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {20},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {29-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 2001a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {On Pictorial Representation},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
pages = {215-2268},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {Neuabdruck in: Gerwen, Rob van (Hg.). Richard Wollheim on the Art of Painting: Art as Representation and Expression. Cambridge UP, 2001},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==X==<br />
==Y==<br />
==Z==<br />
===Zaloscer 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Zaloscer 1974a,<br />
author = {Zaloscer, Hilde},<br />
title = {Versuch einer Phänomenologie des Rahmens},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Ästhetik und allgemeine Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {189-224},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zeune 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zeune 1997a,<br />
author = {Zeune, Joachim},<br />
title = {Burgen. Symbole der Macht. Ein neues Bild der mittelalterlichen Burg},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Pustet},<br />
address = {Regensburg},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zimmer 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zimmer 1995a,<br />
author = {Zimmer, A. C.},<br />
title = {Multistability – More than just a Freak Phenomenon},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {99–138},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==Fehlerhafte Angaben==<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, Jörg R. J.},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
note = {'''''Achtung!!Reihenfolge der Autoren ist verkehrt!!! Bitte korrigieren!!!''''' },<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.uni-due.de/imperia/md/content/elise/2006_-_schirra___hombach.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<!--- Die folgende Zeile muß immer am Ende der Seite stehen!! --><br />
<!--- Nicht entfernen und keinen Biblio-Eintrag danach setzen --><br />
<bibexport/></div>
Mark Ludwig
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Werbung&diff=5944
Werbung
2011-06-21T14:07:20Z
<p>Mark Ludwig: /* Werberelevante Aspekte der Bildkommunikation */</p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Unterpunkte--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
[[Kategorie:Unterpunkt]]<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Wiki)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
[[Kategorie:Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Glossar)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
Unterpunkt zu: [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--beides sollte in der Regel der gleiche Text sein--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Abschnitt bitte nicht ändern--><br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt; Überschriften gegebenenfalls anpassen--><br />
=====Werbung: Grundlagen und Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
Werbung stellt ein dynamisches wie heterogenes Phänomen dar mit dem sich nach anfänglichen Vorbehalten heute eine Reihe von Disziplinen mit unterschiedlicher Perspektivierung beschäftigen, unter anderem bestehen wirtschaftwissenschaftliche, psychologische, soziologische, semiotische sowie kommunikationswissenschaftliche Zugänge. Einhergehend mit den gesellschaftlichen wie medienspezifischen Veränderungen der vergangenen Jahrzehnte sowie der Vielzahl der Beobachtungsperspektiven auf den Forschungsgegenstand, hat sich mittlerweile eine kaum mehr überschaubare Anzahl an Definitionsversuchen herausgebildet. <br />
<br />
In einem kommunikationswissenschaftlich geprägten, die generell gebräuchlichen Begriffsbestimmungen zusammenfassenden Zugriff kann Werbung in einer zeitgemäßen Definition nach Siegert als ein geplanter Kommunikationsprozess definiert werden, der „gezielt Wissen, Meinungen, Einstellungen und/oder Verhalten über und zu Produkten, Dienstleistungen, Unternehmen, Marken oder Ideen beeinflussen“ (<bib id='Siegert & Brecheis 2005a'></bib>: S. 26) will. Verbreitung findet Werbung hierbei maßgeblich über unterschiedliche Werbemittel (z. B. Anzeige, Plakat, TV- oder Radiospot) und Werbeträger (z. B. Massenmedien, Werbeträger im öffentlichen Raum wie Litfaßsäulen). <br />
<br />
Zu unterscheiden ist ferner zwischen sogenannter Above-the-Line- und Below-the-Line-Werbung. Als Above-the-Line wird hierbei zumeist klassische, über Massenmedien (Anzeigen, Spots, etc.) und Außenwerbung (Plakate, Citylights, etc.) vermittelte Werbung verstanden, mit dem Begriff Below-the-Line-Werbung bezeichnet man davon abweichende Formen wie Guerilla Marketing oder Product Placement. Der noch in den 1950er Jahren gebräuchliche und synonym verwendete Begriff der Reklame findet hingegen heute kaum mehr Verwendung, wohl auch weil Werbung sich nicht auf das Bekanntmachen oder Anpreisen (frz.: réclamer: ausrufen, anpreisen), wie es der wortgeschichtliche Ursprung des Wortes Reklame suggeriert, von Produkten, Marken oder Unternehmen reduzieren lässt.<br />
<br />
<!--Anmerkung zwischen <ref> und </ref> im laufenden Text--><br />
<!--Literaturverweise im laufenden Text <bib id='Jonas 61a'>Jonas 1961</bib> --><br />
<!-- ... id im Literaturverzeichnis nachsehen, gegebenenfalls neu einfügen --><br />
<!-- ... (siehe Link "Sammlung" in Bibliographie-Box --><br />
<!-- Bilder als thumbs einsetzen, Muster: [[Datei:Beispiel.png|thumb|Bildtitel]] --><br />
<br />
=====Entwicklung der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung=====<br />
<br />
Bis ins die 20er Jahre des 19. Jahrhunderts spielten Bilder in der werblichen Kommunikation kaum eine Rolle, Anzeigen verzichteten zumeist gänzlich auf Illustrationen oder andere Gestaltungsmittel (<bib id='Schierl 2001a'></bib>: S. 42). Mit der Professionalisierung der Werbung und technischen Entwicklungen der Massenpresse veränderte sich schließlich auch die Gestaltungsweise von Werbung. So erscheinen in den 1820er Jahren in der englischen Provinzpresse erste Holzschnitte zu Anzeigen, in den 1860er Jahren wird das Illustrieren von Anzeigen dann auf einer breiteren Basis üblich. <br />
<br />
Um die Jahrhundertwende setzt sich schließlich ein neuer plakativer Stil durch, bei dem das Bild eine beherrschende Stellung einnimmt (vgl. ebd.). Anzeigen oder auch Plakate für Litfaßsäulen werden in dieser Zeit häufig von Künstlern produziert und beinhalteten bildliche Elemente (vgl. (<bib id='Haas 1995a'></bib>). So entwarf etwa der französische Künstler Henri Toulouse-Lautrec Plakate für das Pariser Varieté Moulin Rouge (Abb.1). <br />
<br />
In den 1920er Jahren werden schließlich im Zuge neuer technischer Möglichkeiten in zunehmender Weise auch Fotografien eingesetzt. Insgesamt zeichnet sich bis heute eine Entwicklung ab, in der in der Gestaltung von Werbemitteln Illustrationen immer seltener eingesetzt und durch den Einsatz von Fotografien weitestgehend ersetzt werden. <br />
Mit der Entwicklung und Verbreitung des Fernsehens sowie in den vergangenen Jahrzehnten neu entstandenen Möglichkeiten der Verbreitung von bewegten und nicht-bewegten Bildern in den so genannten Neuen Medien hat sich die Dominanz der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung weiter verstärkt (vgl. (<bib id='Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a'></bib>: S. 18); (<bib id='Schierl 2003a'></bib>). Inhaltsanalytische Studien bestätigen, dass in der werblichen Kommunikation bildliche Gestaltungsmittel zunehmend Verwendung finden (vgl. (<bib id='Schierl 2001a'></bib>).<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
=====Werberelevante Aspekte der Bildkommunikation=====<br />
<br />
Aufgrund ihres spezifischen Zeichencharakters weisen Bilder Merkmale auf, die aus einer werblich geprägten Perspektive eine Reihe vorteilhafter Kommunikationsmöglichkeiten eröffnen. Vor dem Hintergrund eines generell zu konstatierenden „information overload“ und einer damit verknüpften zunehmend flüchtiger und selektiver werdenden Informationsaufnahme wird Bildkommunikation in der Werbung insbesondere genutzt, um das eigene Informationsangebot aus der Fülle der Angebote abheben zu können (<bib id='Kroeber-Riel 1996a'></bib>: S.7) und damit die Aufmerksamkeit des Rezipienten auf das Produkt zu lenken (<bib id='Schierl 2001a'></bib>: S.79-159).<br />
<br />
Da Bilder besonders schnell erfasst werden und Emotionen generieren bzw. verstärken können (<bib id='Weidenmann 1988a'></bib>; <bib id='Messaris 1997a'></bib>), eignen sich Bilder hierzu in besonderer Weise. Wie in verschiedenen Studien gezeigt werden konnte (vgl. u.a. <bib id='Garcia 1990a'></bib> und <bib id='Garcia 1997a'></bib>), generieren Bilder mehr Aufmerksamkeit als Texte und verfügen darüber hinaus über ein höheres Aktivierungspotenzial. Dem Bild kommt demnach in der werblichen Kommunikation eine außerordentliche Bedeutung als „Lead in“ zu (vgl. u. a. <bib id='Schierl 2001a'></bib>). <br />
<br />
Ein für die werbliche Kommunikation ebenfalls bedeutender Aspekt ist das im Vergleich zu Texten hohe semantische Potenzial von Bildern. So lassen sich Objekteigenschaften (Farbe, Form, etc.) der beworbenen Produkte mit Bildern genauer darstellen, da hierfür oftmals entsprechende Begriffe fehlen (<bib id='Gibson 1982b'></bib>: S.290). Wichtig erscheint darüber hinaus der hohe Wiedererkennungswert von Bildern, der sowohl Imageaufbau und -bindung wie als auch Markenaufbau und -bindung erleichtert.<br />
<br />
In der werblichen Kommunikation wird zudem die Tatsache genutzt, dass aufgrund der Analogizität von Bildern in der bildlichen Vermittlung von Ereignissen in Massenmedien nicht ohne weiteres möglich ist, bestimmte Aspekte auszublenden. So sind ist zunehmenden Maße auch im redaktionellen Teil von Medien Werbebotschaften visuell präsent, im Ressort Sport beispielsweise auf Trikots der Sportler, Spielgeräten oder in Form von Bandenwerbung (vgl. <bib id='Schierl & Ludwig 2011a'></bib>). <br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
=====Auswirkungen auf andere Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
Verknüpfte Bereiche:<br />
- Bildverwendungstypen<br />
- Bilder als Zeichen<br />
- Bildsemantik<br />
- Bild und Sprache<br />
- Bildwahrnehmung<br />
- Bilder als Medien<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
<!--den folgenden Befehl, der die drei rechten Kästen einfügt, nicht verändern--><br />
<!--Anmerkungen und Literatur wird automatisch eingesetzt --><br />
<!--Literatur muß dazu mit entsprechender Bezeichnung in der Bibliogryphy-Seite eingetragen sein--><br />
<!-- ... dazu den "Sammlung"-Link im Literaturkasten verwenden --><br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
{{GlosTab3}}<br />
''Verantwortlich:'' <br />
<br />
<!--in der folgenden Zeile XXX durch Benutzernamen ersetzen--><br />
* [[Benutzer:Thomas Schierl|Schierl. Thomas]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Mark Ludwig|Ludwig, Mark]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Hartmut Stöckl|Stöckl, Hartmut]]<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Mark Ludwig
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Werbung&diff=5939
Werbung
2011-06-21T14:00:05Z
<p>Mark Ludwig: /* Entwicklung der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung */</p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Unterpunkte--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
[[Kategorie:Unterpunkt]]<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Wiki)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
[[Kategorie:Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Glossar)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
Unterpunkt zu: [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--beides sollte in der Regel der gleiche Text sein--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Abschnitt bitte nicht ändern--><br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt; Überschriften gegebenenfalls anpassen--><br />
=====Werbung: Grundlagen und Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
Werbung stellt ein dynamisches wie heterogenes Phänomen dar mit dem sich nach anfänglichen Vorbehalten heute eine Reihe von Disziplinen mit unterschiedlicher Perspektivierung beschäftigen, unter anderem bestehen wirtschaftwissenschaftliche, psychologische, soziologische, semiotische sowie kommunikationswissenschaftliche Zugänge. Einhergehend mit den gesellschaftlichen wie medienspezifischen Veränderungen der vergangenen Jahrzehnte sowie der Vielzahl der Beobachtungsperspektiven auf den Forschungsgegenstand, hat sich mittlerweile eine kaum mehr überschaubare Anzahl an Definitionsversuchen herausgebildet. <br />
<br />
In einem kommunikationswissenschaftlich geprägten, die generell gebräuchlichen Begriffsbestimmungen zusammenfassenden Zugriff kann Werbung in einer zeitgemäßen Definition nach Siegert als ein geplanter Kommunikationsprozess definiert werden, der „gezielt Wissen, Meinungen, Einstellungen und/oder Verhalten über und zu Produkten, Dienstleistungen, Unternehmen, Marken oder Ideen beeinflussen“ (<bib id='Siegert & Brecheis 2005a'></bib>: S. 26) will. Verbreitung findet Werbung hierbei maßgeblich über unterschiedliche Werbemittel (z. B. Anzeige, Plakat, TV- oder Radiospot) und Werbeträger (z. B. Massenmedien, Werbeträger im öffentlichen Raum wie Litfaßsäulen). <br />
<br />
Zu unterscheiden ist ferner zwischen sogenannter Above-the-Line- und Below-the-Line-Werbung. Als Above-the-Line wird hierbei zumeist klassische, über Massenmedien (Anzeigen, Spots, etc.) und Außenwerbung (Plakate, Citylights, etc.) vermittelte Werbung verstanden, mit dem Begriff Below-the-Line-Werbung bezeichnet man davon abweichende Formen wie Guerilla Marketing oder Product Placement. Der noch in den 1950er Jahren gebräuchliche und synonym verwendete Begriff der Reklame findet hingegen heute kaum mehr Verwendung, wohl auch weil Werbung sich nicht auf das Bekanntmachen oder Anpreisen (frz.: réclamer: ausrufen, anpreisen), wie es der wortgeschichtliche Ursprung des Wortes Reklame suggeriert, von Produkten, Marken oder Unternehmen reduzieren lässt.<br />
<br />
<!--Anmerkung zwischen <ref> und </ref> im laufenden Text--><br />
<!--Literaturverweise im laufenden Text <bib id='Jonas 61a'>Jonas 1961</bib> --><br />
<!-- ... id im Literaturverzeichnis nachsehen, gegebenenfalls neu einfügen --><br />
<!-- ... (siehe Link "Sammlung" in Bibliographie-Box --><br />
<!-- Bilder als thumbs einsetzen, Muster: [[Datei:Beispiel.png|thumb|Bildtitel]] --><br />
<br />
=====Entwicklung der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung=====<br />
<br />
Bis ins die 20er Jahre des 19. Jahrhunderts spielten Bilder in der werblichen Kommunikation kaum eine Rolle, Anzeigen verzichteten zumeist gänzlich auf Illustrationen oder andere Gestaltungsmittel (<bib id='Schierl 2001a'></bib>: S. 42). Mit der Professionalisierung der Werbung und technischen Entwicklungen der Massenpresse veränderte sich schließlich auch die Gestaltungsweise von Werbung. So erscheinen in den 1820er Jahren in der englischen Provinzpresse erste Holzschnitte zu Anzeigen, in den 1860er Jahren wird das Illustrieren von Anzeigen dann auf einer breiteren Basis üblich. <br />
<br />
Um die Jahrhundertwende setzt sich schließlich ein neuer plakativer Stil durch, bei dem das Bild eine beherrschende Stellung einnimmt (vgl. ebd.). Anzeigen oder auch Plakate für Litfaßsäulen werden in dieser Zeit häufig von Künstlern produziert und beinhalteten bildliche Elemente (vgl. (<bib id='Haas 1995a'></bib>). So entwarf etwa der französische Künstler Henri Toulouse-Lautrec Plakate für das Pariser Varieté Moulin Rouge (Abb.1). <br />
<br />
In den 1920er Jahren werden schließlich im Zuge neuer technischer Möglichkeiten in zunehmender Weise auch Fotografien eingesetzt. Insgesamt zeichnet sich bis heute eine Entwicklung ab, in der in der Gestaltung von Werbemitteln Illustrationen immer seltener eingesetzt und durch den Einsatz von Fotografien weitestgehend ersetzt werden. <br />
Mit der Entwicklung und Verbreitung des Fernsehens sowie in den vergangenen Jahrzehnten neu entstandenen Möglichkeiten der Verbreitung von bewegten und nicht-bewegten Bildern in den so genannten Neuen Medien hat sich die Dominanz der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung weiter verstärkt (vgl. (<bib id='Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a'></bib>: S. 18); (<bib id='Schierl 2003a'></bib>). Inhaltsanalytische Studien bestätigen, dass in der werblichen Kommunikation bildliche Gestaltungsmittel zunehmend Verwendung finden (vgl. (<bib id='Schierl 2001a'></bib>).<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
=====Werberelevante Aspekte der Bildkommunikation=====<br />
<br />
Aufgrund ihres spezifischen Zeichencharakters weisen Bilder Merkmale auf, die aus einer werblich geprägten Perspektive eine Reihe vorteilhafter Kommunikationsmöglichkeiten eröffnen. Vor dem Hintergrund eines generell zu konstatierenden „information overload“ und einer damit verknüpften zunehmend flüchtiger und selektiver werdenden Informationsaufnahme wird Bildkommunikation in der Werbung insbesondere genutzt, um das eigene Informationsangebot aus der Fülle der Angebote abheben zu können (Kroeber-Riel 1996: 7) und damit die Aufmerksamkeit des Rezipienten auf das Produkt zu lenken (vgl. Schierl 2001: 79-159).<br />
<br />
Da Bilder besonders schnell erfasst werden und Emotionen generieren bzw. verstärken können (Weidenmann 1988; Messaris 1997), eignen sich Bilder hierzu in besonderer Weise. Wie in verschiedenen Studien gezeigt werden konnte (vgl. u.a. Garcia 1990 und 1997), generieren Bilder mehr Aufmerksamkeit als Texte und verfügen darüber hinaus über ein höheres Aktivierungspotenzial. Dem Bild kommt demnach in der werblichen Kommunikation eine außerordentliche Bedeutung als „Lead in“ zu (vgl. u. a. Schierl 2001). <br />
<br />
Ein für die werbliche Kommunikation ebenfalls bedeutender Aspekt ist das im Vergleich zu Texten hohe semantische Potenzial von Bildern. So lassen sich Objekteigenschaften (Farbe, Form, etc.) der beworbenen Produkte mit Bildern genauer darstellen, da hierfür oftmals entsprechende Begriffe fehlen (Gibson 1982: 290). Wichtig erscheint darüber hinaus der hohe Wiedererkennungswert von Bildern, der sowohl Imageaufbau und -bindung wie als auch Markenaufbau und -bindung erleichtert.<br />
<br />
In der werblichen Kommunikation wird zudem die Tatsache genutzt, dass aufgrund der Analogizität von Bildern in der bildlichen Vermittlung von Ereignissen in Massenmedien nicht ohne weiteres möglich ist, bestimmte Aspekte auszublenden. So sind ist zunehmenden Maße auch im redaktionellen Teil von Medien Werbebotschaften visuell präsent, im Ressort Sport beispielsweise auf Trikots der Sportler, Spielgeräten oder in Form von Bandenwerbung (vgl. Schierl/ Ludwig 2011). <br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
=====Auswirkungen auf andere Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
Verknüpfte Bereiche:<br />
- Bildverwendungstypen<br />
- Bilder als Zeichen<br />
- Bildsemantik<br />
- Bild und Sprache<br />
- Bildwahrnehmung<br />
- Bilder als Medien<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
<!--den folgenden Befehl, der die drei rechten Kästen einfügt, nicht verändern--><br />
<!--Anmerkungen und Literatur wird automatisch eingesetzt --><br />
<!--Literatur muß dazu mit entsprechender Bezeichnung in der Bibliogryphy-Seite eingetragen sein--><br />
<!-- ... dazu den "Sammlung"-Link im Literaturkasten verwenden --><br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
{{GlosTab3}}<br />
''Verantwortlich:'' <br />
<br />
<!--in der folgenden Zeile XXX durch Benutzernamen ersetzen--><br />
* [[Benutzer:Thomas Schierl|Schierl. Thomas]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Mark Ludwig|Ludwig, Mark]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Hartmut Stöckl|Stöckl, Hartmut]]<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Mark Ludwig
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Werbung&diff=5937
Werbung
2011-06-21T13:57:22Z
<p>Mark Ludwig: /* Entwicklung der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung */</p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Unterpunkte--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
[[Kategorie:Unterpunkt]]<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Wiki)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
[[Kategorie:Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Glossar)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
Unterpunkt zu: [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--beides sollte in der Regel der gleiche Text sein--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Abschnitt bitte nicht ändern--><br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt; Überschriften gegebenenfalls anpassen--><br />
=====Werbung: Grundlagen und Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
Werbung stellt ein dynamisches wie heterogenes Phänomen dar mit dem sich nach anfänglichen Vorbehalten heute eine Reihe von Disziplinen mit unterschiedlicher Perspektivierung beschäftigen, unter anderem bestehen wirtschaftwissenschaftliche, psychologische, soziologische, semiotische sowie kommunikationswissenschaftliche Zugänge. Einhergehend mit den gesellschaftlichen wie medienspezifischen Veränderungen der vergangenen Jahrzehnte sowie der Vielzahl der Beobachtungsperspektiven auf den Forschungsgegenstand, hat sich mittlerweile eine kaum mehr überschaubare Anzahl an Definitionsversuchen herausgebildet. <br />
<br />
In einem kommunikationswissenschaftlich geprägten, die generell gebräuchlichen Begriffsbestimmungen zusammenfassenden Zugriff kann Werbung in einer zeitgemäßen Definition nach Siegert als ein geplanter Kommunikationsprozess definiert werden, der „gezielt Wissen, Meinungen, Einstellungen und/oder Verhalten über und zu Produkten, Dienstleistungen, Unternehmen, Marken oder Ideen beeinflussen“ (<bib id='Siegert & Brecheis 2005a'></bib>: S. 26) will. Verbreitung findet Werbung hierbei maßgeblich über unterschiedliche Werbemittel (z. B. Anzeige, Plakat, TV- oder Radiospot) und Werbeträger (z. B. Massenmedien, Werbeträger im öffentlichen Raum wie Litfaßsäulen). <br />
<br />
Zu unterscheiden ist ferner zwischen sogenannter Above-the-Line- und Below-the-Line-Werbung. Als Above-the-Line wird hierbei zumeist klassische, über Massenmedien (Anzeigen, Spots, etc.) und Außenwerbung (Plakate, Citylights, etc.) vermittelte Werbung verstanden, mit dem Begriff Below-the-Line-Werbung bezeichnet man davon abweichende Formen wie Guerilla Marketing oder Product Placement. Der noch in den 1950er Jahren gebräuchliche und synonym verwendete Begriff der Reklame findet hingegen heute kaum mehr Verwendung, wohl auch weil Werbung sich nicht auf das Bekanntmachen oder Anpreisen (frz.: réclamer: ausrufen, anpreisen), wie es der wortgeschichtliche Ursprung des Wortes Reklame suggeriert, von Produkten, Marken oder Unternehmen reduzieren lässt.<br />
<br />
<!--Anmerkung zwischen <ref> und </ref> im laufenden Text--><br />
<!--Literaturverweise im laufenden Text <bib id='Jonas 61a'>Jonas 1961</bib> --><br />
<!-- ... id im Literaturverzeichnis nachsehen, gegebenenfalls neu einfügen --><br />
<!-- ... (siehe Link "Sammlung" in Bibliographie-Box --><br />
<!-- Bilder als thumbs einsetzen, Muster: [[Datei:Beispiel.png|thumb|Bildtitel]] --><br />
<br />
=====Entwicklung der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung=====<br />
<br />
Bis ins die 20er Jahre des 19. Jahrhunderts spielten Bilder in der werblichen Kommunikation kaum eine Rolle, Anzeigen verzichteten zumeist gänzlich auf Illustrationen oder andere Gestaltungsmittel (<bib id='Schierl 2001a'></bib>: S. 42). Mit der Professionalisierung der Werbung und technischen Entwicklungen der Massenpresse veränderte sich schließlich auch die Gestaltungsweise von Werbung. So erscheinen in den 1820er Jahren in der englischen Provinzpresse erste Holzschnitte zu Anzeigen, in den 1860er Jahren wird das Illustrieren von Anzeigen dann auf einer breiteren Basis üblich. <br />
<br />
Um die Jahrhundertwende setzt sich schließlich ein neuer plakativer Stil durch, bei dem das Bild eine beherrschende Stellung einnimmt (vgl. ebd.). Anzeigen oder auch Plakate für Litfaßsäulen werden in dieser Zeit häufig von Künstlern produziert und beinhalteten bildliche Elemente (vgl. (<bib id='Haas 1995a'>). So entwarf etwa der französische Künstler Henri Toulouse-Lautrec Plakate für das Pariser Varieté Moulin Rouge (Abb.1). <br />
<br />
In den 1920er Jahren werden schließlich im Zuge neuer technischer Möglichkeiten in zunehmender Weise auch Fotografien eingesetzt. Insgesamt zeichnet sich bis heute eine Entwicklung ab, in der in der Gestaltung von Werbemitteln Illustrationen immer seltener eingesetzt und durch den Einsatz von Fotografien weitestgehend ersetzt werden. <br />
Mit der Entwicklung und Verbreitung des Fernsehens sowie in den vergangenen Jahrzehnten neu entstandenen Möglichkeiten der Verbreitung von bewegten und nicht-bewegten Bildern in den so genannten Neuen Medien hat sich die Dominanz der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung weiter verstärkt (vgl. (<bib id='Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a'></bib>: S. 18); (<bib id='Schierl 2003a'>). Inhaltsanalytische Studien bestätigen, dass in der werblichen Kommunikation bildliche Gestaltungsmittel zunehmend Verwendung finden (vgl. (<bib id='Schierl 2001a'>).<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
=====Werberelevante Aspekte der Bildkommunikation=====<br />
<br />
Aufgrund ihres spezifischen Zeichencharakters weisen Bilder Merkmale auf, die aus einer werblich geprägten Perspektive eine Reihe vorteilhafter Kommunikationsmöglichkeiten eröffnen. Vor dem Hintergrund eines generell zu konstatierenden „information overload“ und einer damit verknüpften zunehmend flüchtiger und selektiver werdenden Informationsaufnahme wird Bildkommunikation in der Werbung insbesondere genutzt, um das eigene Informationsangebot aus der Fülle der Angebote abheben zu können (Kroeber-Riel 1996: 7) und damit die Aufmerksamkeit des Rezipienten auf das Produkt zu lenken (vgl. Schierl 2001: 79-159).<br />
<br />
Da Bilder besonders schnell erfasst werden und Emotionen generieren bzw. verstärken können (Weidenmann 1988; Messaris 1997), eignen sich Bilder hierzu in besonderer Weise. Wie in verschiedenen Studien gezeigt werden konnte (vgl. u.a. Garcia 1990 und 1997), generieren Bilder mehr Aufmerksamkeit als Texte und verfügen darüber hinaus über ein höheres Aktivierungspotenzial. Dem Bild kommt demnach in der werblichen Kommunikation eine außerordentliche Bedeutung als „Lead in“ zu (vgl. u. a. Schierl 2001). <br />
<br />
Ein für die werbliche Kommunikation ebenfalls bedeutender Aspekt ist das im Vergleich zu Texten hohe semantische Potenzial von Bildern. So lassen sich Objekteigenschaften (Farbe, Form, etc.) der beworbenen Produkte mit Bildern genauer darstellen, da hierfür oftmals entsprechende Begriffe fehlen (Gibson 1982: 290). Wichtig erscheint darüber hinaus der hohe Wiedererkennungswert von Bildern, der sowohl Imageaufbau und -bindung wie als auch Markenaufbau und -bindung erleichtert.<br />
<br />
In der werblichen Kommunikation wird zudem die Tatsache genutzt, dass aufgrund der Analogizität von Bildern in der bildlichen Vermittlung von Ereignissen in Massenmedien nicht ohne weiteres möglich ist, bestimmte Aspekte auszublenden. So sind ist zunehmenden Maße auch im redaktionellen Teil von Medien Werbebotschaften visuell präsent, im Ressort Sport beispielsweise auf Trikots der Sportler, Spielgeräten oder in Form von Bandenwerbung (vgl. Schierl/ Ludwig 2011). <br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
=====Auswirkungen auf andere Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
Verknüpfte Bereiche:<br />
- Bildverwendungstypen<br />
- Bilder als Zeichen<br />
- Bildsemantik<br />
- Bild und Sprache<br />
- Bildwahrnehmung<br />
- Bilder als Medien<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
<!--den folgenden Befehl, der die drei rechten Kästen einfügt, nicht verändern--><br />
<!--Anmerkungen und Literatur wird automatisch eingesetzt --><br />
<!--Literatur muß dazu mit entsprechender Bezeichnung in der Bibliogryphy-Seite eingetragen sein--><br />
<!-- ... dazu den "Sammlung"-Link im Literaturkasten verwenden --><br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
{{GlosTab3}}<br />
''Verantwortlich:'' <br />
<br />
<!--in der folgenden Zeile XXX durch Benutzernamen ersetzen--><br />
* [[Benutzer:Thomas Schierl|Schierl. Thomas]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Mark Ludwig|Ludwig, Mark]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Hartmut Stöckl|Stöckl, Hartmut]]<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Mark Ludwig
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Werbung&diff=5931
Werbung
2011-06-21T13:45:36Z
<p>Mark Ludwig: /* Werbung: Grundlagen und Begriffe */</p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Unterpunkte--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
[[Kategorie:Unterpunkt]]<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Wiki)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
[[Kategorie:Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Glossar)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
Unterpunkt zu: [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--beides sollte in der Regel der gleiche Text sein--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Abschnitt bitte nicht ändern--><br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt; Überschriften gegebenenfalls anpassen--><br />
=====Werbung: Grundlagen und Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
Werbung stellt ein dynamisches wie heterogenes Phänomen dar mit dem sich nach anfänglichen Vorbehalten heute eine Reihe von Disziplinen mit unterschiedlicher Perspektivierung beschäftigen, unter anderem bestehen wirtschaftwissenschaftliche, psychologische, soziologische, semiotische sowie kommunikationswissenschaftliche Zugänge. Einhergehend mit den gesellschaftlichen wie medienspezifischen Veränderungen der vergangenen Jahrzehnte sowie der Vielzahl der Beobachtungsperspektiven auf den Forschungsgegenstand, hat sich mittlerweile eine kaum mehr überschaubare Anzahl an Definitionsversuchen herausgebildet. <br />
<br />
In einem kommunikationswissenschaftlich geprägten, die generell gebräuchlichen Begriffsbestimmungen zusammenfassenden Zugriff kann Werbung in einer zeitgemäßen Definition nach Siegert als ein geplanter Kommunikationsprozess definiert werden, der „gezielt Wissen, Meinungen, Einstellungen und/oder Verhalten über und zu Produkten, Dienstleistungen, Unternehmen, Marken oder Ideen beeinflussen“ (<bib id='Siegert & Brecheis 2005a'></bib>: S. 26) will. Verbreitung findet Werbung hierbei maßgeblich über unterschiedliche Werbemittel (z. B. Anzeige, Plakat, TV- oder Radiospot) und Werbeträger (z. B. Massenmedien, Werbeträger im öffentlichen Raum wie Litfaßsäulen). <br />
<br />
Zu unterscheiden ist ferner zwischen sogenannter Above-the-Line- und Below-the-Line-Werbung. Als Above-the-Line wird hierbei zumeist klassische, über Massenmedien (Anzeigen, Spots, etc.) und Außenwerbung (Plakate, Citylights, etc.) vermittelte Werbung verstanden, mit dem Begriff Below-the-Line-Werbung bezeichnet man davon abweichende Formen wie Guerilla Marketing oder Product Placement. Der noch in den 1950er Jahren gebräuchliche und synonym verwendete Begriff der Reklame findet hingegen heute kaum mehr Verwendung, wohl auch weil Werbung sich nicht auf das Bekanntmachen oder Anpreisen (frz.: réclamer: ausrufen, anpreisen), wie es der wortgeschichtliche Ursprung des Wortes Reklame suggeriert, von Produkten, Marken oder Unternehmen reduzieren lässt.<br />
<br />
<!--Anmerkung zwischen <ref> und </ref> im laufenden Text--><br />
<!--Literaturverweise im laufenden Text <bib id='Jonas 61a'>Jonas 1961</bib> --><br />
<!-- ... id im Literaturverzeichnis nachsehen, gegebenenfalls neu einfügen --><br />
<!-- ... (siehe Link "Sammlung" in Bibliographie-Box --><br />
<!-- Bilder als thumbs einsetzen, Muster: [[Datei:Beispiel.png|thumb|Bildtitel]] --><br />
<br />
=====Entwicklung der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung=====<br />
<br />
Bis ins die 20er Jahre des 19. Jahrhunderts spielten Bilder in der werblichen Kommunikation kaum eine Rolle, Anzeigen verzichteten zumeist gänzlich auf Illustrationen oder andere Gestaltungsmittel (vgl. Schierl 2001: 42). Mit der Professionalisierung der Werbung und technischen Entwicklungen der Massenpresse veränderte sich schließlich auch die Gestaltungsweise von Werbung. So erscheinen in den 1820er Jahren in der englischen Provinzpresse erste Holzschnitte zu Anzeigen, in den 1860er Jahren wird das Illustrieren von Anzeigen dann auf einer breiteren Basis üblich. <br />
<br />
Um die Jahrhundertwende setzt sich schließlich ein neuer plakativer Stil durch, bei dem das Bild eine beherrschende Stellung einnimmt (vgl. ebd.). Anzeigen oder auch Plakate für Litfaßsäulen werden in dieser Zeit häufig von Künstlern produziert und beinhalteten bildliche Elemente (vgl. Haas 1995). So entwarf etwa der französische Künstler Henri Toulouse-Lautrec Plakate für das Pariser Varieté Moulin Rouge (Abb.1). <br />
<br />
In den 1920er Jahren werden schließlich im Zuge neuer technischer Möglichkeiten in zunehmender Weise auch Fotografien eingesetzt. Insgesamt zeichnet sich bis heute eine Entwicklung ab, in der in der Gestaltung von Werbemitteln Illustrationen immer seltener eingesetzt und durch den Einsatz von Fotografien weitestgehend ersetzt werden. <br />
Mit der Entwicklung und Verbreitung des Fernsehens sowie in den vergangenen Jahrzehnten neu entstandenen Möglichkeiten der Verbreitung von bewegten und nicht-bewegten Bildern in den so genannten Neuen Medien hat sich die Dominanz der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung weiter verstärkt (vgl. Kroeber-Riel/Esch 2000:18; Schierl 2003). Inhaltsanalytische Studien bestätigen, dass in der werblichen Kommunikation bildliche Gestaltungsmittel zunehmend Verwendung finden (vgl. Schierl 2001).<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
=====Werberelevante Aspekte der Bildkommunikation=====<br />
<br />
Aufgrund ihres spezifischen Zeichencharakters weisen Bilder Merkmale auf, die aus einer werblich geprägten Perspektive eine Reihe vorteilhafter Kommunikationsmöglichkeiten eröffnen. Vor dem Hintergrund eines generell zu konstatierenden „information overload“ und einer damit verknüpften zunehmend flüchtiger und selektiver werdenden Informationsaufnahme wird Bildkommunikation in der Werbung insbesondere genutzt, um das eigene Informationsangebot aus der Fülle der Angebote abheben zu können (Kroeber-Riel 1996: 7) und damit die Aufmerksamkeit des Rezipienten auf das Produkt zu lenken (vgl. Schierl 2001: 79-159).<br />
<br />
Da Bilder besonders schnell erfasst werden und Emotionen generieren bzw. verstärken können (Weidenmann 1988; Messaris 1997), eignen sich Bilder hierzu in besonderer Weise. Wie in verschiedenen Studien gezeigt werden konnte (vgl. u.a. Garcia 1990 und 1997), generieren Bilder mehr Aufmerksamkeit als Texte und verfügen darüber hinaus über ein höheres Aktivierungspotenzial. Dem Bild kommt demnach in der werblichen Kommunikation eine außerordentliche Bedeutung als „Lead in“ zu (vgl. u. a. Schierl 2001). <br />
<br />
Ein für die werbliche Kommunikation ebenfalls bedeutender Aspekt ist das im Vergleich zu Texten hohe semantische Potenzial von Bildern. So lassen sich Objekteigenschaften (Farbe, Form, etc.) der beworbenen Produkte mit Bildern genauer darstellen, da hierfür oftmals entsprechende Begriffe fehlen (Gibson 1982: 290). Wichtig erscheint darüber hinaus der hohe Wiedererkennungswert von Bildern, der sowohl Imageaufbau und -bindung wie als auch Markenaufbau und -bindung erleichtert.<br />
<br />
In der werblichen Kommunikation wird zudem die Tatsache genutzt, dass aufgrund der Analogizität von Bildern in der bildlichen Vermittlung von Ereignissen in Massenmedien nicht ohne weiteres möglich ist, bestimmte Aspekte auszublenden. So sind ist zunehmenden Maße auch im redaktionellen Teil von Medien Werbebotschaften visuell präsent, im Ressort Sport beispielsweise auf Trikots der Sportler, Spielgeräten oder in Form von Bandenwerbung (vgl. Schierl/ Ludwig 2011). <br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
=====Auswirkungen auf andere Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
Verknüpfte Bereiche:<br />
- Bildverwendungstypen<br />
- Bilder als Zeichen<br />
- Bildsemantik<br />
- Bild und Sprache<br />
- Bildwahrnehmung<br />
- Bilder als Medien<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
<!--den folgenden Befehl, der die drei rechten Kästen einfügt, nicht verändern--><br />
<!--Anmerkungen und Literatur wird automatisch eingesetzt --><br />
<!--Literatur muß dazu mit entsprechender Bezeichnung in der Bibliogryphy-Seite eingetragen sein--><br />
<!-- ... dazu den "Sammlung"-Link im Literaturkasten verwenden --><br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
{{GlosTab3}}<br />
''Verantwortlich:'' <br />
<br />
<!--in der folgenden Zeile XXX durch Benutzernamen ersetzen--><br />
* [[Benutzer:Thomas Schierl|Schierl. Thomas]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Mark Ludwig|Ludwig, Mark]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Hartmut Stöckl|Stöckl, Hartmut]]<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Mark Ludwig
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Bibliography&diff=5927
Bibliography
2011-06-21T13:40:41Z
<p>Mark Ludwig: /* S */</p>
<hr />
<div>===Kris & Kurz 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kris & Kurz 1995a,<br />
author = {Kris, Ernst & Kurz, Otto},<br />
title = {Die Legende vom Künstler. Ein geschichtlicher Versuch},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {mit einem Vorwort von Ernst H. Gombrich},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 2000a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Vor einem Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser Verlag},<br />
address = {München/Wien},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Reinold Werner},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Panofsky 2002a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Sinn und Deutung in der bildenden Kunst (Meaning in the Visual Arts)},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Dumont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<!--- Dies ist eine Kommentarzeile --><br />
<!--- In diese Seite kommen alle bibliographischen Daten rein, --><br />
<!--- also wirklich a l l e für dieses Glossar. --><br />
<!--- Wer es kennt, wird erkennen, dass wir uns an BibTex orientieren. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- !!!!! Bitte erst mal durchsuchen, ob der geplante Eintrag !!! --><br />
<!--- !!!!! hier nicht schon unter anderer Bezeichnung steht! !!! --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Ein Schema für neue Einträge wird hier oben automatisch --><br />
<!--- eingeblendet, wenn ein neuer Literaturverweis in einer Seite --><br />
<!--- eingebaut wurde und man dem entsprechenden Link dort im --><br />
<!--- Literaturverzeichnis folgt. Bitte nach Anlegen nach unten kopieren, --><br />
<!--- so dass eine alphabetisch geordnete Liste erhalten bleibt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Derzeit sind folgende Formen möglich Monographie (=book), --> <br />
<!--- Sammelband (= Proceedings), Artikel in Sammelband (= inproceedings),--><br />
<!--- Zeitschriftenartikel (= article), Rest (= misc.) --><br />
<!--- (An einer Übersetzung dieser Typbezeichnungen wird gearbeitet) --><br />
<!--- In allen sind die jeweils üblichen Felder verfügbar; weitere Daten --><br />
<!--- können im Feld note deponiert werden -- die werden jeweils am Ende --><br />
<!--- der damit produzierten Literaturangabe angezeigt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Nun die Einträge; wenn möglich die Namen (1. Zeile nach bibentry) --><br />
<!--- alle nach gleichem Schema bauen und alphabetisch geordnet eintragen.--><br />
<!--- Angabe des Jahres am Besten immer mit fortlaufendem Kleinbuchstaben --><br />
<!--- indizieren, auch wenn noch kein zweites Werk des Autors im gleichen --><br />
<!--- Jahr aufgenommen wurde; kann ja noch kommen. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Wenn ein als Identifier benutzter Nachname mit einem Sonderzeichen --><br />
<!--- (insbesondere Umlaut) beginnt, bitte die Normalumschrift benutzen, --><br />
<!--- sonst sind die Literaturangaben auf den Seiten falsch geordnet. --><br />
<!--- Den korrekt geschriebenen Namen zwischen den <bib>Klammern nutzen. --><br />
{{GlossarBoxSub}}__TOC__</div><br />
<!--- --><br />
<br />
==A==<br />
===Adelmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelmann 2009a, <br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adelmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Adelmann 2004a, <br />
author = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Digitale Animationen in dokumentarischen Fernsehformaten?}, <br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung}, <br />
year = {2004}, <br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke}, <br />
pages = {387-406}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adelung 1811===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelung 1811, <br />
editor = {Adelung, Johann Christoph}, <br />
title = {Grammatisch-kritisches Wörterbuch der hochdeutschen Mundart: mit beständiger Vergleichung der übrigen Mundarten, besonders aber der Oberdeutschen. Erster Teil: A-E. Mit D. W. Soltau's Beyträgen; revidirt und berichtiget von Franz Xaver Schönberger, Doctor der freyen Künste und Philosophie},<br />
year = {1811}, <br />
publisher = {Bauer}, <br />
address = {Wien}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adorno 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Adorno 2003,<br />
author = {Adorno, Theodor W.},<br />
title = {Gesammelte Schriften, Bd. 7: Ästhetische Theorie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Alpers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alpers 1985a,<br />
author = {Alpers, Svetlana},<br />
title = {Kunst als Beschreibung. Holländische Malerei des 17. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Amelunxen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Amelunxen 1996a, <br />
author = {Amelunxen, Hubertus}, <br />
title = {Fotografie nach der Fotografie}, <br />
year = {1996}, <br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Dresden u.a.}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Appadurai 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Appadurai 2003a, <br />
author = {Appadurai, Arjun},<br />
title = {Archive and Aspiration},<br />
booktitle = {Information is Alive},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Brouwer, Joke; Mulder, Arjen},<br />
pages = {14-25},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Rotterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1997,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Poetik. Griechisch/Deutsch},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Manfred Fuhrmann},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {Übers. und Hrsg.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995c,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Physik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 6; Übers.: Hans Günter Zekl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995b,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Nikomachische Ethik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 3; Übers.: Eugen Rolfes},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995a,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Metaphysik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 5; Übers.: Hermann Bonitz},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a,<br />
author = {Asemissen, Hermann Ulrich & Schweikhart, Gunter},<br />
title = {Malerei als Thema der Malerei},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Attneave 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Attneave 1971a,<br />
author = {Attneave, F.},<br />
title = {Multistability in perception},<br />
journal = {Sci.Am 225},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
volume = {225},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Auerbach 1946===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Auerbach 1946,<br />
author = {Auerbach, Erich},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Dargestellte Wirklichkeit in der abendländischen Literatur [1946]},<br />
year = {<sup>10</sup>2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen/Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Augustinus 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Augustinus 2002,<br />
author = {Augustinus},<br />
title = {Was ist Zeit? Confessiones XI/Bekenntnisse 11},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {lateinisch-deutsche Ausgabe, eingeleitet, übersetzt und mit Anmerkungen versehen von Norbert Fischer},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Austin 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Austin 1972a,<br />
author = {Austin, John L.},<br />
title = {Zur Theorie der Sprechakte},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {orig.: How to do things with Words, 1962},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==B==<br />
===Baader 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baader 2003a,<br />
author = {Baader, Hannah},<br />
title = {Paragone},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {263},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bachmann-Medick 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bachmann-Medick 2006a,<br />
author = {Bachmann-Medick, Doris},<br />
title = {Cultural Turns. Neuorientierungen in den Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Badakshi 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Badakshi 2006a,<br />
author = {Badakshi, Harun},<br />
title = {Körper in/aus Zahlen. Digitale Bildgebung in der Medizin},<br />
booktitle = {The Picture's Image. Wissenschaftliche Visualisierung als Komposit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Hinterwaldner, Inge; Buschhaus, Markus},<br />
pages = {199-205},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Badt 1963a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Badt 1963a,<br />
author = {Badt, Kurt },<br />
title = {Raumphantasien und Raumillusionen. Wesen der Plastik}<br />
year = {1963},<br />
publisher = {DuMont}, <br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Balázs 2001a,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der Geist des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Balázs 2001b,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der sichtbare Mensch},<br />
booktitle = {Texte zur Theorie des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {v. F. Albersmeier},<br />
publisher = {Philip Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
pages = {224-233},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baltrušaitis 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baltrušaitis 77a,<br />
author = {Baltrušaitis, Jurgis},<br />
title = {Anamorphic Art},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Chadwyck-Healey},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {(aus dem Französischen von W.J. Strachan, zuerst: Paris 1969)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1977a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetoric of the Image},<br />
booktitle = {Image, Music, Text},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
editor = {Stephen Heath},<br />
pages = {32–51},<br />
publisher = {Fontana},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {orig. 1964 in Communications},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1964a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetorik des Bildes (1964)},<br />
booktitle = {Der entgegenkommende und der stumpfe Sinn. Kritische Essays III},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Hornig, Dieter},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barthes 1989a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Die helle Kammer. Bemerkung zur Photographie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batchen 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Batchen 1998a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Photogenics/Fotogenik},<br />
journal = {Camera Austria},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {62/63},<br />
pages = {5-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batchen 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Batchen 2000a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Ectoplasm. Photography in the Digital Age},<br />
booktitle = {Over Exposed. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Squiers, Carol},<br />
pages = {9.23},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batteux 1746/1770===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Batteux 1746/1770,<br />
author = {Batteux, Charles},<br />
title = {Einschränkung der schönen Künste auf einen einzigen Grundsatz},<br />
year = {<sup>3</sup>1770},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Aus dem Französischen übersetzt und mit Abhandlungen begleitet von Johann Adolf Schlegel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baudrillard 1978a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Agonie des Realen},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baudrillard 2000a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Das perfekte Verbrechen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {von Amelunxen},<br />
pages = {256-260},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baumberger 2010===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baumberger 2010,<br />
author = {Baumberger, Christoph},<br />
title = {Gebaute Zeichen. Eine Symboltheorie der Architektur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Ontos},<br />
address = {Heusenstamm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baxandall 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baxandall 1972a,<br />
author = {Baxandall, Michael},<br />
title = {Painting and Experience in Fifteenth Century Italy. A Primer in the Social History of Pictorial Style},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Clarendon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bayer 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bayer 1984,<br />
author = {Bayer, Udo},<br />
title = {Laokoon – Momente einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gunter Gebauer},<br />
pages = {59-101},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bechtloff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bechtloff 2001a,<br />
author = {Bechtloff, Dieter (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Choreographie der Gewalt}, <br />
journal = {Kunstforum International}, <br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Hefte 153, 155 & 156},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Heft 153: Der gerissene Faden. Nichtlineare Techniken in der Kunst; Heft 156: Plateau der Menschheit},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beckmann 1995===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beckmann 1995,<br />
author = {Beckmann, Jan P.},<br />
title = {Wilhelm von Ockham},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beil 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beil 2010a,<br />
author = {Beil, Benjamin},<br />
title = {First Person Perspectives. Point of View und figurenzentrierte Erzählformen im Film und im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belach & Jacobsen 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belach & Jacobsen 93,<br />
author = {Belach, Helga & Jacobsen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {CinemaScope. Zur Geschichte der Breitwandfilme},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Spiess},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Stiftung Deutsche Kinemathek},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beller 2005a,<br />
author = {Beller Hans},<br />
title = {Aspekte der Filmmontage - Eine Art Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch der Filmmontage. Praxis und Prinzipien des Filmschnitts},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Beller Hans},<br />
publisher = {TR-Verlagsunion},<br />
address = {München},<br />
pages = {9-33},<br />
note = {5., gegenüber der 4. unveränderte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2008a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Florenz und Bagdad. Eine westöstliche Geschichte des Blicks},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2004a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bild und Kult. Eine Geschichte des Bildes vor dem Zeitalter der Kunst},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {6. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2002a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte. Eine Revision nach zehn Jahren},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Verlag C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2., erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2001a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bildanthropologie. Entwürfe für eine Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 1983a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte?},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Kunstverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting & Haustein 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting & Haustein 1998a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans & Haustein, Lydia},<br />
title = {Das Erbe der Bilder. Kunst und moderne Medien in den Kulturen der Welt},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Benkő 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Benkő 1976a,<br />
editor = {Benkő, L.},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelv történeti-etimológiai szótára. I-IV},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bergson 1948a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bergson 1948a,<br />
author = {Bergson, Henri},<br />
title = {Das Mögliche und das Wirkliche},<br />
booktitle = {Denken und Schöpferisches Werden. Aufsätze und Vorträge},<br />
year = {1948},<br />
editor = {Bergson, H.},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Meisenheim am Glan},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {110-125},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bernays 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernays 1970a,<br />
author = {Bernays, Jacob},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der verlorenen Abhandlung des Aristoteles über Wirkung der Tragödie},<br />
year = {1970}<br />
publisher = {G. Olms},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bernhardt et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernhardt et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Bernhardt, Petra; Hadj-Abdou, Leila; Liebhart, Karin & Pribersky, Andreas},<br />
title = {EUropäische Bildpolitiken. Politische Bildanalyse an Beispielen der EU-Politik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {facultas UTB},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bertram et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bertram et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bertram, Georg W.; Lauer, David; Liptow, Jasper; & Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {In der Welt der Sprache: Konsequenzen des semantischen Holismus},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp}, <br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Berz 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Berz 2009a,<br />
author = {Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bitmapped Graphic},<br />
booktitle = {Zeitkritische Medien},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Volmar, Axel},<br />
pages = {127-154},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bevers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bevers 1985a,<br />
author = {Bevers, Antonius M.},<br />
title = {Dynamik der Formen bei Georg Simmel. Eine Studie über die methodische und theoretische Einheit eines Gesamtwerkes},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Duncker & Humblot},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Sozialwissenschaftliche Abhandlungen der Görres-Gesellschaft, Band 13},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beyme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beyme 2004a,<br />
author = {Beyme, Klaus von},<br />
title = {Politische Ikonologie der modernen Architektur},<br />
booktitle = {Politikwissenschaft als Kulturwissenschaft. Theorien, Methoden, Problemstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schwelling, Birgit},<br />
pages = {351-372},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bieger 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bieger 2007a,<br />
author = {Bieger, Laura},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Immersion. Raum-Erleben zwischen Welt und Bild},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Black 1972===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Black 1972,<br />
author = {Black, Max},<br />
title = {How do Pictures represent?},<br />
booktitle = {Art, Perception, and Reality},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gombrich, E.H.; Hochberg, Julian & Black, Max},<br />
pages = {95-130},<br />
publisher = {John Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blanke 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Blanke 2003,<br />
author = {Blanke, Börries},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Sinn. Das ikonische Zeichen zwischen strukturalistischer Semiotik und analytischer Philosophie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Reihe Bildwissenschaft, Bd. 4},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Block 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Block 1990a,<br />
author = {Block, Ned},<br />
title = {The Computer Model of the Mind},<br />
booktitle = {Thinking. An Invitation to Cognitive Science, Vol. 3},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {D. N. Osherson & E. E. Smith},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bloomfield 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bloomfield 1933a,<br />
author = {Bloomfield, Leonard},<br />
title = {Language},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Henry Holt and Co},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1986a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Annäherungen an die Aktualität der Rhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Wirklichkeiten in denen wir leben},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
pages = {104-136},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1969a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeitsbegriff und Möglichkeit des Romans},<br />
booktitle = {Nachahmung und Illusion. Poetik und Hermeneutik 1},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Hans Robert Jauß},<br />
pages = {9-27},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Blumenberg 1957a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {'Nachahmung der Natur'. Zur Vorgeschichte der Idee des schöpferischen Menschen},<br />
journal = {Studium Generale},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {5},<br />
pages = {266-283},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2008a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Augenmaß. Zur Genese der ikonischen Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Mersman, Birgit & Spies, Christian},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 2007a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2005a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild und die hermeneutische Reflexion},<br />
booktitle = {Dimensionen des Hermeneutischen. Heidegger und Gadamer},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Martin-Heidegger-Gesellschaft},<br />
pages = {23-35},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Schriftenreihe Band 7},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Sprache? Anmerkungen zur Logik der Bilder (2004)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {34-53},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild in der Kunstwissenschaft. Interview mit Gottfried Boehm},<br />
booktitle = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {11-21},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm 2001a,<br />
title = {Homo Pictor},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Saur},<br />
address = {München / Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1999a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zwischen Auge und Hand. Bilder als Instrumente der Erkenntnis (1999)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {94-113},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1994a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Wiederkehr der Bilder},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1994b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Bilderfrage},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Gottfried Boehm},<br />
pages = {325-343},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1994c,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1985a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Der Andere als Prototyp},<br />
booktitle = {Bildnis und Individuum. Über den Ursprung der Porträtmalerei in der italienischen Renaissance},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1978a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zu einer Hermeneutik des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Die Hermeneutik und die Wissenschaft},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Gadamer, Hans-Georg & Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {444-471},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a,<br />
title = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried; Mersmann, Birgit; Spies, Christian},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Böhme 2004a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Der Raum leiblicher Anwesenheit und der Raum als Medium von Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böhme 1999a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böcking 2008===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böcking 2008,<br />
author = {Böcking, Saskia},<br />
title = {Grenzen der Fiktion? Von Suspension of Disbelief zu einer Toleranztheorie für die Filmrezeption.},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bogen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bogen 2005a,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen},<br />
title = {Kunstgeschichte/Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus },<br />
pages = {52-67},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bonsiepe 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bonsiepe 1968a,<br />
author = {Bonsiepe, Gui},<br />
title = {Visuell/Verbale Rhetorik},<br />
journal = {Format: Zeitschrift für visuelle Kommunikation},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {17},<br />
pages = {11–18},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bousso 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bousso 2002a,<br />
author = {Bousso, Raphael},<br />
title = {The Holographic Principle},<br />
journal = {Reviews of Modern Physics},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {74},<br />
pages = {825-874},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brachfeld 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brachfeld_1976a,<br />
author = {Brachfeld, Otto},<br />
title = {Image},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {215-217},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandt 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandt 1999a,<br />
author = {Brandt, Reinhard},<br />
title = {Die Wirklichkeit der Bilder. Sehen und Erkennen – Vom Spiegel zum Kunstbild},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandom 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandom 2000a,<br />
author = {Brandom, Robert},<br />
title = {Expressive Vernunft. Begründung, Repräsentation und diskursive Festlegung (1994)},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Gilmer, Eva & Vetter, Hermann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2007a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Galilei der Künstler. Der Mond. Die Sonne. Die Hand},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2005a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Darwins Korallen. Die frühen Evolutionsdiagramme und die Tradition der Naturgeschichte},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Klaus Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bredekamp 2004a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Drehmomente. Merkmale und Ansprüche des Iconic Turn},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Turn. Die neue Macht der Bilder},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Maar, Christa & Burda, Hubert},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {A Neglected Tradition? Art History as Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2000a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Antikensehnsucht und Maschinenglauben. Die Geschichte der Kunstkammer und die Zukunft der Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 1994a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Die digitale Kunstkammer. Ein Interview mit Horst Bredekamp},<br />
journal = {Texte zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst; Schneider, Birgit; Dünkel, Vera},<br />
title = {Das Technische Bild. Kompendium für eine Stilgeschichte wissenschaftlicher Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst & Schneider, Pablo},<br />
title = {Visuelle Argumentationen. Die Mysterien der Repräsentation und die Berechenbarkeit der Welt},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2010a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildakts. Frankfurter Adorno-Vorlesungen 2007},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brentano 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brentano 1930a,<br />
author = {Brentano, Franz},<br />
title = {Wahrheit und Evidenz},<br />
year = {1930},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {(1975??)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Pitts, Michael A. & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right parietal brain activity precedes perceptual alternation during binocular rivalry},<br />
journal = {Hum. Brain Mapping},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/20690124},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Landis, Theodor & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right parietal brain activity precedes perceptual alternation of bistable stimuli},<br />
journal = {Cereb. Cortex 19},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {55-65},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brugger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger 1999a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter},<br />
title = {One hundred years of an ambiguous figure: happy birthday, duck/rabbit},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
number = {???},<br />
pages = {973–977},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brugger & Brugger 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger & Brugger 1993a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter & Brugger, Susanne},<br />
title = {The easterbunny in october: I is it disguised as a duck},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
number = {???},<br />
pages = {577–578},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brunet 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brunet 2008a,<br />
author = {Brunet, François},<br />
title = {A Better Example is a Photograph': On the Exemplary Value of Photographs in C. S. Peirce's Reflection on Signs},<br />
booktitle = {The Meaning of Photography},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Kelsey, Robin; Stimson, Blake},<br />
pages = {34-49},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Williamstown},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bruno 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bruno 2007a,<br />
author = {Bruno, Giuliana},<br />
title = {Public Intimacy. Architecture and the Visual Arts},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bryson 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bryson 2001a,<br />
author = {Norman Bryson},<br />
title = {Das Sehen und die Malerei},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 2000a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Die Krise der Psychologie},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Velbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Achim Eschbach und Jens Kapitzky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Büttner 2003a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank},<br />
title = {Perspektive},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {265},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher 2011a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {“Man sieht, was man hört“. Multimodales Verstehen als interaktionale Aneignung. Handlungstheoretische Medienanalyse.},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Jan Georg Schneider & Hartmut Stöckl},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher2010a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {Multimodales Verstehen oder Rezeption als Interaktion. Theoretische und empirische Grundlagen einers systematischen Analyse der Multimodalität},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Hajo Diekmannshenke & Michael Klemm & Hartmut Stöckl},<br />
pages = {121-156},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchner 1665===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchner 1665,<br />
author = {August Buchner},<br />
title = {Poet}<br />
year = {1665},<br />
publisher = {???}, <br />
address = {Wittenberg},<br />
note = {hrsg. v. Otto Prätorius},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchwald 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchwald 1989a,<br />
author = {Buchwald, Jed Z.},<br />
title = {The Rise of the Wave Theory of Light},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1933a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Axiomatik der Sprachwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1934a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1934a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Sprachtheorie. Die Darstellungsfunktion der Sprache},<br />
year = {<sup>2</sup>1965},<br />
publisher = {Fischer },<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bürger 1784===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bürger 1784,<br />
author = {Bürger, Gottfried August},<br />
title = {Von der Popularität der Poesie [1784]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Günter und Hiltrud Hintzschel}, <br />
pages = {725-730},<br />
publisher = {Hanser}, <br />
address = {München}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1784},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burckhardt 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Burckhardt 2001a,<br />
author = {Burckhardt, Jacob},<br />
title = {Der Cicerone. Eine Anleitung zum Genuss der Kunstwerke Italiens},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Kritische Gesamtausgabe},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {B. Roeck et al.}, <br />
pages = {Bd. 2},<br />
publisher = {Beck}, <br />
address = {München/Basel}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1855},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burke 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Burke 2003a,<br />
author = {Burke, Peter},<br />
title = {Augenzeugenschaft. Bilder als historische Quellen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Busch 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Busch 2004a,<br />
author = {Busch, Kathrin},<br />
title = {Geschicktes Geben. Aporien der Gabe bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Busch & Därmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Busch & Därmann 2007a,<br />
title = {pathos. Konturen eines kulturwissenschaftlichen Grundbegriffes},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Busch, Kathrin; Därmann, Iris},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Butler 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Butler 2001a,<br />
author = {Butler, Judith},<br />
title = {Psyche der Macht. Das Subjekt der Unterwerfung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner & Gottdank 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Büttner & Gottdank 2009a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank & Gottdank, Andrea},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Ikonographie. Wege zur Deutung von Bildinhalten},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==C==<br />
===Caglioti 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Caglioti 1995a,<br />
author = {Caglioti, G.},<br />
title = {Perception of ambiguous figures: A qualitative Model based on Synergetics and Quantum Mechanics},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {463–478.},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Campe 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Campe 2006a,<br />
author = {Campe, R.},<br />
title = {Epoche der Evidenz. Knoten in einem terminologischen Netzwerk zwischen Descartes und Kant},<br />
booktitle = {Intellektuelle Anschauung. Figurationen von Evidenz zwischen Kunst und Wissen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Peters, S. & Schäfer, M.J. },<br />
pages = {5-43},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carani 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carani 1986a,<br />
author = {Carani, Marie},<br />
title = {Le corpus Pellan: une relecture sémiotique},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carbone 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carbone 2001a,<br />
author = {Mauro Carbone},<br />
title = {La visibilité de l’invisible},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a,<br />
author = {Carlbom, Ingrid; Paciorek, Joseph},<br />
title = {Planar Geometric Projections and Viewing Transformations},<br />
journal = {ACM Computing Surveys},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {465-502},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carnap 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carnap 1947a,<br />
author = {Carnap, Rudolf},<br />
title = {Meaning and Necessity: A Study in Semantics and Modal Logic},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, IL},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2007a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {The World at a Glance},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2005a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {Earth-Mapping. Artists Reshaping Landscape},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2002a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {Representing Place. Landscape Painting and Maps},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 2010a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Birgit Recki},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 2009a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Der Begriff der symbolischen Form im Aufbau der Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
pages = {63-92},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Marion Lauschke},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1990a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Versuch über den Menschen. Einführung in eine Philosophie der Kultur},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1989a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Zur Logik der Kulturwissenschaften. Fünf Studien},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {5., unveränd. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 1930a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Mythischer, ästhetischer und theoretischer Raum (1930)},<br />
booktitle = {Ernst Cassirer: Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 17},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {B. Recki},<br />
pages = {411-436 [1931]},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1929a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1925a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1925a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Zweiter Teil: Das mythische Denken},<br />
year = {1925},<br />
publisher = {Cassirer, Bruno},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1923a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Erster Teil: Die Sprache},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===CCALED===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{CCALED-4,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Collins Cobuild Advanced Learner’s English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
publisher = {Collins},<br />
address = {Glasgow},<br />
note = {4<sup>th</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cha & Rautzenberg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cha & Rautzenberg 08a,<br />
author = {Cha, Kyung-Ho & Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
title = {Einleitung: Im Theater des Sehens. Anamorphose als Bild und philosophische Metapher},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {dies.},<br />
pages = {7-22},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chomsky 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chomsky 1957a,<br />
author = {Chomsky, Noam},<br />
title = {Syntactic Structures},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Christian 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Christian 2009a,<br />
author = {Christian, Alexander},<br />
title = {Piktogramme, Kritischer Beitrag zu einer Begriffsbestimmung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Shaker},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cipolla et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cipolla et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Cipolla, Roberto & Battiato, Sebastiano & Farinella, Giovanni Maria },<br />
title = {Computer Vision: Detection, Recognition and Reconstruction},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin, Heidelberg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Collingwood 1945===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Collingwood 1945,<br />
author = {Collingwood, Robin},<br />
title = {Die Idee der Natur [The Idea of Nature (1945)]},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {Übers.: Martin Suhr},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, M. R.; Roberts A. R.; Barbee A. P.; Druen P. B.; Wu Cheng-Huan},<br />
title = {„Their ideas of beauty are, on the wohle, the same as ours“: consistency and variability in the cross-cultural perception of female physical attractiveness},<br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {68},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-279},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham 1986a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, M.R.},<br />
title = {Measuring the physical in physical attractiveness: Quasi-experiments on the sociobiology of female facial beauty}, <br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {50},<br />
number = {}, <br />
pages = {925-935},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==D==<br />
===Damisch 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Damisch 1987a,<br />
author = {Damisch, Hubert},<br />
title = {L'origine de la perspective},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Flammarion},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Darwin 1872a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Darwin 1872a,<br />
author = {Darwin, Charles},<br />
title = {On the Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals},<br />
year = {1872},<br />
publisher = {Murray},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davidson 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Davidson 2004a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
title = {Drei Spielarten des Wissens},<br />
booktitle = {Subjektiv, intersubjektiv, objektiv},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
pages = {339-363},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davies 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Davies 1991,<br />
author = {Davies, David},<br />
title = {Works, Texts, and Contexts. Goodman on the Literary Artwork},<br />
journal = {Canadian Journal of Philosophy},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {331-346},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Deleuze 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Deleuze 1989a,<br />
author = {Deleuze, Gilles},<br />
title = {Das Bewegungs-Bild. Kino1},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M},<br />
note = {a. d. Franz. v. U. Christians und U. Bokelmann; Erstveröffentlichung 1983},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Demuth 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Demuth 2007a,<br />
author = {Demuth, Volker},<br />
title = {Extreme Expeditionen. Digitale, hybride und künstlerische Räume},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {89-104},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Depaulo 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Depaulo 1992a,<br />
author = {DePaulo, B. M. },<br />
title = {Nonverbal Behavior and Self Presentation},<br />
journal = {Psychological Bulletin},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {111},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {203-243},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Derrida 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 2007a,<br />
author = {Jacques Derrida},<br />
title = {Aufzeichnungen eines Blinden. Das Selbstporträt und andere Ruinen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Derrida 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 1992a,<br />
author = {Derrida, J.},<br />
title = {Die Wahrheit in der Malerei},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===de Duve 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{de Duve 1990a,<br />
author = {de Duve, Thierry},<br />
title = {The Monochrome and the Blank Canvas},<br />
booktitle = {Reconstructiong Modernism. Art in New York, Paris and Montreal 1945-1964},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Guilbaut, Serge},<br />
pages = {244-310},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge/Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===de Schonen et.al. 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{de Schonen et.al. 1994a,<br />
author = {de Schonen, S.; Deruelle, C.; Pascalis, O.; & Mancini, J.},<br />
title = {About funcional brain specialization.The development of face recognition (Functional cerebral specialization in the development of face recognition / A propos de la notion de specialisation cerebrale fonctionnelle: le developpement de la reconnaissance des visages)},<br />
journal = {Psychologie francaise},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {259-274},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Diderot 1751===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Diderot 1751,<br />
author = {Denis Diderot},<br />
title = {Brief über die Taubstummen [1751},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Schriften. Erster Band},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Friedrich Bassenge},<br />
pages = {27-97},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 1999a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Was wir sehen blickt uns an. Zur Metapsychologie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Didi-Huberman 2005a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {L’espace danse – Der Raum tanzt},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {16-30},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Diekmannshenke, Hajo & Klemm, Michael & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {erscheint Ende 2010},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dion 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dion 2002a,<br />
author = {Dion, K. K.},<br />
title = {Cultural Perspectives on Facial Attractiveness},<br />
booktitle = {Facial Attractiveness. Evolutionary, Cognitive, and Social Perspectives},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Rhodes, G. & Zebrowitz, L.A.},<br />
pages = {239-260},<br />
publisher = {Ablex},<br />
address = {Westport, CT},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ditzinger 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ditzinger 2006a,<br />
author = {Ditzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Illusionen des Sehens. Eine Reise in die Welt der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Elsevier, Spektrum, Akad. Verl.},<br />
address = {München, Heidelberg},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2002a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Malerei im Bilderstreit. Eine Revision aus Anlass des Rubenspreis-Jubiläums},<br />
booktitle = {10 x Malerei. Rubenspreis der Stadt Siegen in Werken der Sammlung Lambrecht-Schadeberg},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {19-34},<br />
publisher = {Museum für Gegenwartskunst },<br />
address = {Siegen},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dobbe 1999a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Querelle des Anciens, des Modernes et des Postmodernes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2007a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian},<br />
title = {Figuren der visuellen Rhetorik in werblichen Gesamttexten},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {71–112},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2001a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian },<br />
title = {Ein Funktionenmodell für Bildtexte},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Klaus Sachs-Hombach},<br />
pages = {29-39},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Döring 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Döring 2009a,<br />
author = {Döring, Sabine},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie der Gefühle},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Döring, Sabine},<br />
pages = {12-65},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drechsel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Drechsel 2006a,<br />
author = {Drechsel, Benjamin},<br />
title = {Was ist ein politisches Bild? Einige Überlegungen zur Entwicklung der Politikwissenschaft als Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Moderne. Kulturwissenschaftliches Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {106-120},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1989a,<br />
author = {Drosdowsi, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Etymologie. Herkunftwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache.},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {2. völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1988a,<br />
author = {Drosdowski, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Stilwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache. Die Verwendung der Wörter im Satz.},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {7., völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {= DUDEN Band 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dubois 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubois 1998a,<br />
author = {Dubois, Philippe},<br />
title = {Der fotografische Akt. Versuch über ein theoretisches Dispositiv},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Dresden, Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dubos 1760-61===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubos 1760-61,<br />
author = {Du Bos, Jean-Baptiste},<br />
title = {Kritische Betrachtungen über die Poesie und Malerey, 3 Teile},<br />
year = {1760-1761},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Übers.: Gottfried Benediktus Funk},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Duden 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Duden 1999a,<br />
author = {Duden},<br />
title = {Das große Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache in zehn Bänden},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dudenredaktion 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dudenredaktion 2003a,<br />
author = {Dudenredaktion (Hg.)},<br />
title = {DUDEN. Das Stilwörterbuch.},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {8. völlig neu bearbeitete Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Durand 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Durand 1987a,<br />
author = {Durand, Jacques},<br />
title = {Rhetorical Figures in the Advertising Image},<br />
booktitle = {Marketing and Semiotics},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Sebeok, J.U. },<br />
pages = {295–318},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==E==<br />
===Ebert 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ebert 1979a,<br />
author = {Ebert, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Montage Editing Schnitt},<br />
journal = {Filmkritik},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {547-558},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eco 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eco 1998,<br />
author = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
title = {Lector in fabula. Die Mitarbeit der Interpretation in erzählenden Texten},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {dtv},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eddiks 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Eddiks 2004a,<br />
author = {Eddiks, Christina},<br />
title = {Dem Emblem auf der Spur},<br />
howpublished = {},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
note = {Diplomarbeit},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kisd.de/~tom/diplom/christina_emblematik.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Edgerton 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Edgerton 2002a,<br />
author = {Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Die Entdeckung der Perspektive},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. & Ch. Sütterlin},<br />
title = {Im Banne der Angst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte menschlicher Abwehrsymbolik},<br />
year = {1992}, <br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. & Ch. Sütterlin},<br />
title = {Weltsprache Kunst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte bildlicher Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2008}, <br />
publisher = {Brandstätter},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt. I. },<br />
title = {Die Biologie menschlichen Verhaltens. Lehrbuch der Humanethologie},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt I. },<br />
title = {The expressive behavior of the deaf- and blind born},<br />
booktitle = {Social Communication and Movement},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {M. v. Cranach & I. Vine},<br />
pages = {163-194},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ekman 1973b,<br />
author = {Ekman, P. },<br />
title = {Cross cultural studies of facial expression},<br />
booktitle = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Ekman, P.},<br />
pages = {169-222},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ekman 1973a,<br />
editor = {Ekman, P. },<br />
title = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Elgin 1992,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Notation},<br />
booktitle = {A Companion to Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Cooper, David},<br />
pages = {307-309},<br />
publisher = {Blackwell},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1983===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elgin 1983,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {With Reference to Reference},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elkins 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 2003a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {Visual Studies. A Skeptical Introduction},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elkins 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 1999a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {The Domain of Images},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ellgring 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ellgring 1989a,<br />
author = {Ellgring, H.},<br />
title = {Nonverbal communication in depression},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Else 1958===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Else 1958,<br />
author = {Else, Gerald F.},<br />
title = {Imitation in the fifth century},<br />
journal = {Classical Philology},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
volume = {53},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {73-90},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Enright 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Enright 1987a,<br />
author = {Enright, J. T.},<br />
title = {Perspective vergence: oculomotor responses to line drawings},<br />
journal = {Vision Res},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1513–1526},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst 2002a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gibt es eine spezifische Videozität?},<br />
booktitle = {REC - Video als mediales Phänomen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf; Hoffmann, Hilde & Nohr, Rolf F.},<br />
pages = {14-29},<br />
publisher = {VDG},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang & Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Digitale Bildarchivierung. Der Wölfflin-Kalkül},<br />
booktitle = {Konfigurationen. Zwischen Kunst und Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Schade, Sigrid & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
pages = {306-320},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst et al. 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ernst et al. 2003a,<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang et al.},<br />
title = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Esposito 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Esposito 1998,<br />
author = {Esposito, Elena},<br />
title = {Fiktion und Virtualität},<br />
booktitle = {edien, Computer Realität. Wirklichkeitsvorstellungen und Neue Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {269-296},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Etcoff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Etcoff 2001a,<br />
author = {Etcoff, N. },<br />
title = {Nur die Schönsten überleben. Die Ästhetik des Menschen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eusterschulte 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eusterschulte 2001,<br />
author = {Eusterschulte, Anne},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 5: L-Musi},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Gert Ueding},<br />
pages = {Sp. 1232-1294},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==F==<br />
===Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a,<br />
author = {Fahlenbrach, Kathrin & Viehoff, Reinhold},<br />
title = {Medienikonen des Krieges. Die symbolische Entthronung Saddams als Versuch strategischer Ikonisierung},<br />
booktitle = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
pages = {356-387},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fantz 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fantz 1966a,<br />
author = {Fantz, R.L. },<br />
title = {Pattern discrimination and selective attention as determinants of perceptual development from birth},<br />
booktitle = {Perceptual Development in Children},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Kidd, A.H. & Rivoire, J.L},<br />
pages = {143-173},<br />
publisher = {University Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Farago 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Farago 1992a,<br />
author = {Farago, Claire J.},<br />
title = {Leonardo da Vinci’s Paragone. A Critical Interpretation with a New Edition of the Text in the Codex Urbinas},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leiden/New York/Kopenhagen/Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ferino-Pagden 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ferino-Pagden 2009a,<br />
title = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S. },<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fiedler 1991a,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2 Bd., hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991b,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Über den Ursprung der künstlerischen Tätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {111-220},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 1, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991c,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Aphorismen},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {7-105},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991d,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Zur neueren Kunsttheorie},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {247-290},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiske 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiske 2001a,<br />
author = {Fiske, John },<br />
title = {Videotech},<br />
booktitle = {Grundlagentexte zur Fernsehwissenschaft. Theorie - Geschichte - Analyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf et al.},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Konstanz},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {484-502},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Floch 1998a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean Marie},<br />
title = {The Contribution of Structural Semiotics to the Design of a Hypermarket},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Research in Marketing },<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1995a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Identités visuelles},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Presses Universitaires de France},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1990a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Sémiotique, marketing et communication},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Presses Universitaires de France.},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flügge et al. 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flügge et al. 2007a,<br />
author = {Flügge, Matthias; Kudielka, Robert & Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Vorwort und Dank},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {6-9},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flusser 1994===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flusser 1994,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Abbild – Vorbild},<br />
booktitle = {Was heißt „Darstellen“? },<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Christiaan L. Hart Nibbrig},<br />
pages = {34-48},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foley et al. 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foley et al. 1990a,<br />
author = {Foley, James D.; van Dam; Feiner & Hughes },<br />
title = {Computer Graphics. Principles and Practice},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Addison Wesley},<br />
address = {Reading, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foster & Krauss 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Foster & Krauss 1996a,<br />
author = {Foster, H. & Krauss, R.},<br />
title = {Introduction},<br />
journal = {October},<br />
pages = {3-4},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Foucault 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foucault 1976a,<br />
author = {Foucault, Michael},<br />
title = {Überwachen und Strafen},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fox 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fox 2006a,<br />
author = {Fox, Mark},<br />
title = {Quantum Optics. An Introduction},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frank & Lange 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frank & Lange 10a,<br />
author = {Frank, Gustav & Lange, Barbara},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft. Bilder in der visuellen Kultur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freedberg 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Freedberg 1991a,<br />
author = {Freedberg, David},<br />
title = {The Power of Images. Studies in the History and Theory of Response (1989)},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frege 1892===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frege 1892,<br />
author = {Frege, Gottlob},<br />
title = {Über Sinn und Bedeutung, zitiert nach der Ausgabe in: Frege, Gottlob: Funktion, Begriff, Bedeutung},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {G. Patzig},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {40-65},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1946a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die Verdrängung},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {247-261},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1946b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946b,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Das Unbewußte},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {263-303},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fuhrmann 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fuhrmann 2003,<br />
author = {Fuhrmann, Manfred},<br />
title = {Die Dichtungstheorie der Antike. Aristoteles – Horaz – 'Longin' Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Artemis & Winkler},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf und Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==G==<br />
<br />
===Gaede 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gaede 1981a,<br />
author = {Gaede, Werner},<br />
title = {Vom Wort zum Bild: Kreativ-Methoden der Visualisierung},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
publisher = {Langen Müller/Herbig},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Galison 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Galison 1997a,<br />
author = {Galison, Peter},<br />
title = {Image and Logic. A Material Culture of Microphysics},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ganz & Henkel 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ganz & Henkel 2004a,<br />
title = {Rahmen-Diskurse. Kultbilder im konfessionellen Zeitalter},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Ganz, David; Henkel, Georg},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Garcia 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gardner 1990,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Color Design},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Garcia 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Garcia 1997,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Evolutions},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gardner 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gardner 1985a,<br />
author = {Gardner, Howard},<br />
title = {The Mind’s New Science. A History of the Cognitive Revolution},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Basic Books},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gebauer & Wulf 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gebauer & Wulf 1992a,<br />
author = {Gebauer, Gunter & Wulf, Christoph},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Kultur – Kunst - Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Der Mensch. Seine Natur und seine Stellung in der Welt},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Aula},<br />
address = {Wiebelsheim},<br />
note = {14. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004b,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Urmensch und Spätkultur. Philosophische Ergebnisse und Aussagen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Kolstermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {6., erw. Aufl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 1961a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Forschung. Zur Selbstbegegnung und Selbstentdeckung des Menschen},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a,<br />
author = {Geiger, Susi & Henn-Memmesheimer, Beate},<br />
title = {Visuell-verbale Textgestaltung von Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {1/2},<br />
pages = {55–74},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gellius 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gellius 1987a,<br />
author = {Gellius, A.},<br />
title = {Attische Nächte...},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Ü: H. Berthold},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerhardus et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gerhardus et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Gerhardus, Dietfried & Kledzik, S.M. & Reitzig, G.H.},<br />
title = {Schlüssiges Argumentieren – Logisch-propädeutisches Lehr- und Arbeitsbuch},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Gerstengrabe, Carina; Lang, Katharina & Schneider, Anna},<br />
title = {Wasserzeichen. Vom 13. Jahrhundert bis zum Digital Watermarking. Kulturen des Kopierschutzes<br />
II},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {9-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982a,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung und Umwelt. Der ökologische Ansatz in der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Urban & Schwarzenberg},<br />
address = {München, Wien u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982b,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Die Sinne und der Prozeß der Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Huber},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glock 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Glock 2000a,<br />
author = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
title = {Aspektwahrnehmung},<br />
booktitle = {Wittgenstein-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
pages = {43},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glüher 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Glüher 1998a,<br />
author = {Glüher, Gebhard},<br />
title = {Von der Theorie der Fotografie zur Theorie des digitalen Bildes},<br />
journal = {Kritische Berichte},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {23-31},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldie 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goldie 2000a,<br />
author = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
title = {The Emotions. A Philosophical Exploration},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldie 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Goldie 2010a,<br />
title = {The Oxford Handbook of Philosophy of Emotion},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 2002a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Phaidon},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {6},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1977a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gondek 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gondek 1997a,<br />
author = {Gondek, Hans-Dieter},<br />
title = {Der Blick – zwischen Sartre und Lacan. Ein Kommentar zum VII. Kapitel des Seminar XI},<br />
journal = {Riss. Zeitschrift für Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {37/38},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gooch & Gooch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gooch & Gooch 2001a,<br />
author = {Gooch, Bruce & Gooch, Amy},<br />
title = {Non-Photorealistic Rendering},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Natick, MA. },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1968a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Languages of Art},<br />
year = {1968, 2. rev. Aufl. 1976},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {dt.: Sprachen der Kunst. Suhrkamp 1998},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman & Elgin 1988===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman & Elgin 1988,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson & Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Reconceptions in Philosophy and Other Arts and Sciences},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {Deutsch: <em>Revisionen. Philosophie und andere Künste und Wissenschaften</em>. Frankfurt a. M.: Suhrkamp, 1993},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goren et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Goren et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Goren, C. C., Sarty, M., & Wu, P. Y.},<br />
title = { Visual following and pattern discrimination of face-like stimuli by newborn infants},<br />
journal = {Pediatrics},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {544-549},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/1165958?dopt=abstract},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_Kruse_2009a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Roland Barthes: Zeichen, Kommunikation und Mythos},<br />
booktitle = {Schlüsselwerke der Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Hepp, Andreas; Krotz, Friedrich & Thomas, Tanja},<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {VS/GWV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Empathische Cues und die Möglichkeit einer Affekt-Sprache des Films},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4},<br />
pages = {289-298},<br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2008b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008b,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Gewalt als Erlebnis. Die somatische Decodierung als Strategie des Filmerlebens in CLOVERFIELD},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4}, <br />
pages = {299-312},<br />
note = {}, <br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_Kruse_2009a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Roland Barthes: Zeichen, Kommunikation und Mythos},<br />
booktitle = {Schlüsselwerke der Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Hepp, Andreas; Krotz, Friedrich & Thomas, Tanja},<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {VS/GWV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_2010a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars},<br />
title = {Die Evolution des Cyborgs. Künstliche Lebensformen im japanischen Anime Ergo Proxy (2006)},<br />
booktitle = {Japan - Europa. Wechselwirkungen zwischen den Kulturen im Film und den darstellenden Künsten},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Adachi-Rabe, Kayo; Becker, Andreas; Mundhenke, Florian},<br />
pages = {213-230},<br />
publisher = {Büchner Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grammer et al. 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grammer et al. 2002a,<br />
author = {Grammer, Karl, Fink, B. & Renninger, L. A.},<br />
title = {Dynamic Systems and Inferential Information Processing in Human Communication},<br />
journal = {Neuroendocrinology Letters},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {Suppl. 4},<br />
pages = {15-22},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Graumann 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graumann 1966a,<br />
author = {Graumann, Carl Friedrich},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der Verhaltensbeobachtung},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Meyer, Ernst & Maier, Hans}, <br />
booktitle = {Fernsehen in der Lehrerbildung, Neue Forschungsansätze in Pädagogik},<br />
publisher = {Manz},<br />
pages = {86-107},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gregory 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gregory 2000a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Ambiguity of ‘ambiguity’},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1139-1142},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.richardgregory.org/papers/editorials/ambiguity-of-ambiguity.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gregory 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gregory 1997a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Eye and brain. The psychology of seeing},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Princeton University Press},<br />
address = {Princeton, N.J},<br />
note = {5. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1970a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Du sens, Teil I},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Essais Sémiotiques},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1966a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Sémantique structurale},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Semantik. Braunschweig: Vieweg, 1971},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas & Courtés 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas & Courtés 1979a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien & Courtés, Joseph},<br />
title = {Sémiotique: Dictionnaire raisonné de la théorie du langage},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hachette},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greenberg 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Greenberg 1997a,<br />
author = {Greenberg, Clement},<br />
title = {Zu einem neuen Laokoon},<br />
booktitle = {Clement Greenberg – Die Essenz der Modere. Ausgewählte Essays und Kritiken},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lüdeking, Karlheinz},<br />
pages = {56-81},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Dresden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grieshofer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grieshofer 2009a,<br />
author = {Grieshofer, F. },<br />
title = {Masken im Brennpunkt musealer Sammeltätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grimm 1860===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Grimm 1860,<br />
title = {Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: Biermörder-D},<br />
year = {1860},<br />
editor = {Jacob Grimm & Wilhelm Grimm},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grittmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grittmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Grittmann, Elke},<br />
title = {Das politische Bild. Fotojournalismus und Pressefotografie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Groß et al. 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Groß et al. 1981a,<br />
author = {Gross, C.G.; Bruce, C.J.; Desimone, R.; Fleming, J. & Gattass, R.},<br />
title = {Cortical visual areas of the temporal lobe: Three areas in the macaque},<br />
booktitle = {Cortical Sensory Organization. Vol. 2: Multiple Visual Areas},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
editor = {C.N. Woolsey},<br />
pages = {187-216},<br />
publisher = {Humana Press},<br />
address = {Totowa N.J.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Günzel 2006a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Bildtheoretische Analyse von Computerspielen in der Perspektive Erste Person},<br />
journal = {IMAGE},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {31-43},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2008a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Realität des Simulationsbildes. Raum im Computerspiel},<br />
booktitle = {Die Realität der Imagination - Architektur und das digitale Bild},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
pages = {127-136},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weimar}, <br />
note = {10. internationales Bauhaus-Kolloquium},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2009a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Simulation und Perspektive. Der bildtheoretische Ansatz in der Computerspielforschung},<br />
booktitle = {Shooter: Eine multdisziplinäre Einführung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Bopp, Matthias; Wiemer, Serjoscha & Nohr,Rolf F.},<br />
pages = {331-352},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2010a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Geste des Manipulierens. Zu Gebrauch statischer und beweglicher Digitalbilder}, <br />
booktitle = {Freeze Frames. Zum Verhältnis von Fotografie und Film},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmann & Gerlin},<br />
pages = {114-129},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==H==<br />
<br />
===Haas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haas 1995a,<br />
author = {Haas, Stefan},<br />
title = {Psychologen, Künstler, Ökonomen. Das Selbstverständnis der Werbetreibenden zwischen Fin de siècle und Nachkriegszeit},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderwelt des Alltags. Werbung in der Konsumgesellschaft des 19. und 20. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Borscheid, Peter & Wischermann, Clemens},<br />
pages = {78-89},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
===Habermas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1995a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Theorie des kommunikativen Handelns (1981), 2 Bd.},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Habermas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1973a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Erkenntnis und Interesse},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002a,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Die Entropie der Fotografie. Skizzen zu einer Genealogie der digitalelektronischen Bildaufzeichnung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf},<br />
pages = {195-238},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002b,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Es gibt kein ,digitales Bild'. Eine medienepistemologische Anmerkung},<br />
booktitle = {Licht und Leitung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Engel},<br />
pages = {103-112},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Haken 1995===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haken 1995,<br />
author = {Haken, Hermann},<br />
title = {Some basic concepts of Synergetics with respect of multistability in perception, phase transmissions and formation of meaning},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {23–44},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halawa 2008a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Wie sind Bilder möglich? Argumente für eine semiotische Fundierung des Bildbegriffs},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halbfass 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halbfass 1972a,<br />
author = {Halbfass, W.},<br />
title = {Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gründer, K. & Ritter, J. },<br />
pages = {Sp. 829-834},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halliday 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halliday 1996a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {Language as a Social Semiotic},<br />
booktitle = {The Communication Theory Reader},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Cobley, Paul},<br />
pages = {359-383},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halliday 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halliday 1985a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {An Introduction to Functional Grammar},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Edward Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hansen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hansen 2005a,<br />
author = {Hansen, S. },<br />
title = {Neolithische Figuralplastik im südlichen Karpatenbecken},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Harris 1756===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Harris 1756,<br />
author = {James Harris},<br />
title = {Drey Abhandlungen. Die erste über die Kunst, die andere über die Music, Mahlerey und Poesie, die dritte über die Glückseligkeit},<br />
year = {1756},<br />
publisher = {Schuster},<br />
address = {Danzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hasselbeck 1979===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hasselbeck 1979,<br />
author = {Hasselbeck, Otto},<br />
title = {Illusion und Fiktion. Lessings Beitrag zur poetologischen Diskussion über das Verhältnis von Kunst und Wirklichkeit},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hauschild 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hauschild 1982a,<br />
author = {Hauschild, Thomas},<br />
title = {Der böse Blick. Ideengeschichtliche und sozialpsychologische Untersuchungen, Beiträge zur Ethnomedizin, Ethnobotanik und Ethnozoologie},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1826===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1826,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Kunst. Vorlesung von 1826},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Gethmann-Siefert, Annemarie; Kwon, Jeong-Im & Berr, Karsten},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1830===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1830,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Enzyklopädie der philosophischen Wissenschaften im Grundrisse [1830]},<br />
year = {<sup>6</sup>1959},<br />
editor = {Friedhelm Nicolin und Otto Pöggeler},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1835===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1835,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Einleitung in die Ästhetik. Mit den beiden Vorreden von Heinrich Gustav Hotho [1835]},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hegel 1970a,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über die Ästhetik II},<br />
booktitle = {Werke},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
editor = {E. Moldenhauer & K. M. Michel},<br />
pages = {Bd. 14},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1835},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heidegger 1986a,<br />
author = {Martin Heidegger},<br />
title = {Ursprung des Kunstwerkes (1935/36)},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ditzingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1950a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidegger 1950a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Die Zeit des Weltbildes},<br />
booktitle = {Holzwege},<br />
year = {1950},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {69-104},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidenreich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidenreich 2001a,<br />
author = {Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Effekte der Digitalisierung: Berechenbarkeit und Suche},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, Wolfgang & Jaworek, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {259-262},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heider 2009a,<br />
author = {Heider, Don},<br />
title = {Living Virtually. Researching New Worlds},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang Publishing},<br />
address = {New Yor},<br />
note = {(Digital Formations vol. 47)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 2001a,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Abhandlung über den Ursprung der Sprache (1772)},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Irmscher, Hans Dietrich},<br />
publisher = {Philipp Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 1800===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 1800,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Sämtliche Werke. Bd. 22: Kalligone [1800]},<br />
year = {1880},<br />
editor = {Bernhard Suphan},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hernadi 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hernadi 1991,<br />
author = {Hernadi, Paul},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
title = {Reconceiving Notation and Performance},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetic Education},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herter 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Herter 1947a,<br />
author = {Herter, H. },<br />
title = {Vom dionysischen Tanz zum komischen Spiel. Die Anfänge der Attischen Komödie},<br />
journal = {Darstellung und Deutung},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {Iserlohn},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heßler 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Heßler 2006a, <br />
author = {Heßler, Martina},<br />
title = {Von der doppelten Unsichtbarkeit digitaler Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Ressource}, <br />
publisher = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden ={letzter Kontrollaufruf: 07.08.2010},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2006/3/Hessler/dippArticle.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hick 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hick 99a,<br />
author = {Hick, Ulrike},<br />
title = {Geschichte der optischen Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hickethier 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hickethier 1995a,<br />
author = {Hickethier, Knut},<br />
title = {Dispositiv Fernsehen – Skizze eines Modells},<br />
journal = {Montage/av},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1}<br />
pages = {63-83},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: },<br />
url = {www.montage-av.de/pdf/041_1995/04_1_Knut_Hickethier_Dispositiv_Fernsehen.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hildebrand 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hildebrand 1969a,<br />
author = {Hildebrand, Adolf von},<br />
title = {Das Problem der Form},<br />
booktitle = {Hildebrand: Gesammelte Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Bock, H.},<br />
pages = {41-350},<br />
publisher = {Westdeutscher Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln/Opladen},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1903},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hinterwaldner 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hinterwaldner 2008a,<br />
author = {Hinterwaldner, Inge},<br />
title = {Simulationsmodelle. Zur Verhältnisbestimmung von Modellierung und Bildgebung in interaktiven Echtzeitsimulationen},<br />
booktitle = {Visuelle Modelle},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Reichle, Ingeborg; Siegel, Steffen & Spelten, Achim},<br />
pages = {301-316},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hjelmslev 1954a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {La stratification du langage},<br />
booktitle = {Essais linguistiques},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
editor = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Nordisk Sprog- od Kulturforlag},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1943a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hjelmslev 1943a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {Omkring sprogteoriens grundlæggelse},<br />
year = {1943},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Dt. Prolegomena zu einer Sprachtheorie. München: Hueber},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hochberg 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hochberg 1977a,<br />
author = {Hochberg, Julian E.},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hofmann 2000a,<br />
author = {Hoffman, Donald D.},<br />
title = {Visuelle Intelligenz. Wie die Welt im Kopf entsteht},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hofmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Hofmann, Werner },<br />
title = {Spielräume und Raumverstecke},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {10-22},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2010a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Bildüberschreibungen. Wie Sprechtexte Nachrichtenfilme lesbar machen (und umgekehrt)},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, Hajo; Klemm, Michael & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
pages = {231-254},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {erscheint Ende 2010},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2009a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Der Wort-Bild-Reißverschluss. Über die performative Dynamik audiovisueller Transkriptivität},<br />
booktitle = {Oberfläche und Performanz. Untersuchungen zur Sprache als dynamischer Gestalt},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Linke, Angelika & Feilke, Helmuth},<br />
pages = {389-406},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2007a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Audiovisuelle Hermeneutik: Am Beispiel des TV-Spots der Kampagne ‚Du bist Deutschland’},<br />
booktitle = {Linguistische Hermeneutik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hermanns, Fritz},<br />
pages = {389–428},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly & Jäger 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly & Jäger 2011a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner & Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptionstheoretische Medienanalyse. Vom Anders-lesbar-Machen durch intermediale Bezugnahmepraktiken},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, Jan Georg & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {erscheint Frühjahr 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holmes 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holmes 1980a,<br />
author = {Holmes, Sir Oliver Wendell},<br />
title = {Das Stereoskop und der Stereograph},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie I. 1839-1912},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {114-122},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Originalausgabe 1859},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holschbach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holschbach 2003a,<br />
author = {Holschbach, Susanne},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Diskurse der Fotografie. Fotokritik am Ende des fotografischen Zeitalters},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {7-21},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {BD. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hömberg & Karasek 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hömberg & Karasek 2008a,<br />
author = {Hömberg, Walter & Karasek, Johannes},<br />
title = {Der Schweißfleck der Kanzlerkandidatin. Bildmanipulation, Bildfälschung und Bildethik im Zeitalter der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
journal = {Communicatio Socialis},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {276-293},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hopkins 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hopkins 1998a,<br />
author = {Hopkins, Robert},<br />
title = {Picture, Image and Experience},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Huber 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Huber 2004a,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Bild Beobachter Milieu. Entwurf einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1820a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1820a,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über das vergleichende Sprachstudium in Beziehung auf die verschiedenen Epochen der Sprachentwicklung [1820]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 4: 1820-1822},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
editor = {Albert Leitzmann},<br />
pages = {1-34},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1830-1835===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1830-1835,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über die Verschiedenheit des menschlichen Sprachbaues und ihren Einfluß auf die geistige Entwicklung des Menschengeschlechts [1830-1835]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 7.1},<br />
year = {1907},<br />
editor = {Albert Leitzmann},<br />
pages = {1-344},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 2006,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Phantasie und Bildbewußtsein},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {herausgegeben und eingeleitet von Eduard Marbach, Text nach Husserliana, Band XXIII},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1993a,<br />
author = {Husserl, E.},<br />
title = {Logische Untersuchungen. Elemente einer phänomenologischen Aufklärung der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {Teil II/Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1980a,<br />
author = {Edmund Husserl},<br />
title = {Phantasie, Bildbewusstsein, Erinnerung. Zur Phänomenologie der anschaulichen Vergegenwärtigungen. Texte aus dem Nachlass (1898-1925) (Husserliana XXIII)},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag / Boston / Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hyman 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hyman 2006a,<br />
author = {Hyman, John},<br />
title = {The Objective Eye: Color, Form, and Reality in the Theory of Art},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {UP},<br />
address = {Chicago },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hynes 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hynes 2005a,<br />
author = {Hynes, Maria},<br />
title = {Rethinking Reductionism},<br />
journal = {Culture Machine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {online journal},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.culturemachine.net/index.php/cm/article/viewArticle/33/41},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==I==<br />
===Imdahl 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1996a,<br />
author = {Max Imdahl},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Max Imdahl, Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {Wiederauflage der Schrift von 1974},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<!--- ===Imdahl 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1974a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {Wiederabruck}, <br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
--><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1987a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Farbe. Kunsttheoretische Reflexionen in Frankreich},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==J==<br />
===Jäger & Knauer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jäger & Knauer 2009a,<br />
title = {Bilder als historische Quellen? Dimensionen der Debatte um historische Bildforschung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jäger, Jens & Knauer, Martin},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jansen 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jansen 2005,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Aristoteles und das Problem des Neuen: Wie kreativ sind Veränderungsprinzipien?},<br />
booktitle = {Kreativität. XX. Deutscher Kongress für Philosophie. 26.-30. September 2005 in Berlin. Sektionsbeiträge, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Günter Abel},<br />
pages = {15-25},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag der TU Berlin},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jansen 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jansen 2002,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Tun und Können. Ein systematischer Kommentar zu Aristoteles' Theorie der Vermögen im neunten Buch der „Metaphysik”},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Hänsel-Hohenhausen},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jäger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2008a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptive Verhältnisse. Zur Logik intra- und intermedialer Bezugnahmen in ästhetischen Diskursen},<br />
booktitle = {Transkription und Fassung in der Musik des 20. Jahrhunderts. Beiträge des Kolloquiums in der Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur, Mainz, vom 5. bis 6. März 2004},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Gabriele Buschmeier & Ulrich Konrad & Albrecht Riethmüller},<br />
pages = {103-134},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jäger 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2002a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptivität. Zur medialen Logik der kulturellen Semantik},<br />
booktitle = {Transkribieren - Medien/Lektüre},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Ludwig Jäger & Georg Stanitzek},<br />
pages = {19-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jaubert 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jaubert 1998a,<br />
author = {Jaubert, Alain},<br />
title = {Fotos, die lügen: Politik mit gefälschten Bildern},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Äthenaum},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jean Paul 1795===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jean Paul 1795,<br />
author = {Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Ueber die natürliche Magie der Einbildungskraft [1795]},<br />
booktitle = {Ausgewählte Werke. Bd. 7/8: Leben des Qunitus Fixlein, aus fünfzehn Zettelschaften gezogen, nebst einem Mußtheil und einigen Jus de tablette},<br />
year = {1847},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jewitt 2009a,<br />
title = {The Routledge Handbook of Multimodal Analysis},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jewitt, Carey},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt & Oyama 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jewitt & Oyama 2001a,<br />
author = {Jewitt, Carey & Oyama, Rumiko},<br />
title = {Visual Meaning. A Social-Semiotic Approach},<br />
booktitle = {Handbook of Visual Analysis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Theo van Leeuwen & Carey Jewitt},<br />
pages = {134–156},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnson, Neil F. et al.???},<br />
title = {Information Hiding. Steganography and Watermarking - Attacks and Countermeasures},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Boston, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1996a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Der Computer im Kopf. Formen und Verfahren der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1983a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Mental Models. Towards a cognitive science of language, inference, and conciousness},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnston 2006a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Sean},<br />
title = {Holographic Visions. A History of New Science},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnston, V.S.; Hagel, R.; Franklin, M.; Fink, B. & Grammer, K.},<br />
title = {Male Facial attractiveness. Evidence for hormone-mediated adaptive design},<br />
journal = {Evolution and Human Behavior},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {251-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston & Franklin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston & Franklin 1993a,<br />
author = {Johnston, V.S. & Franklin, M.},<br />
title = {Is beauty in the eye of the beholder?},<br />
journal = {Ethology and Sociobiology},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {14},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {183-199},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1973a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Homo pictor. Von der Freiheit des Bildens},<br />
booktitle = {Organismus und Freiheit. Ansätze zu einer philosophischen Biologie},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
pages = {226-257},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1963===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1963,<br />
author = {Hans Jonas},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens. Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
booktitle = {Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit. Drei Aufsätze zur Lehre vom Menschen},<br />
year = {1963},<br />
editor = {Hans Jonas},<br />
pages = {26-43},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Jonas 1961a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens – Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Philosophische Forschung},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {161–176},<br />
note = {Wieder abgedruckt in: Jonas, Hans: <em>Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit – Zur Lehre vom Menschen</em>. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1987, 26–43},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Juhász et al. 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Juhász et al. 1999a,<br />
editor = {Juhász, J.; Szőke, I.; Nagy, G.O. & Kovalovszky, M.},<br />
title = {Magyar értelmező szótár},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jung 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jung 2003a,<br />
title = {Holographic Network},<br />
year = {2003a},<br />
editor = {Jung, Dieter},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bramsche},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==K==<br />
===Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a,<br />
author = {Kamlah, Wilhelm & Lorenzen, Paul},<br />
title = {Logische Propädeutik - Vorschule des vernünftigen Redens},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {BI Wissenschaftsverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl. (<sup>1</sup>1967, <sup>3</sup>1996)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a,<br />
author = {Kanizsa, G. & Luccio, R.},<br />
title = {Multistability as a research tool in experimental phenomenology},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {47–68},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1974a,<br />
author = {Kant, I.},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1787a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1787a,<br />
author = {Kant, I.},<br />
title = {Kritik der reinen Vernunft},<br />
year = {1787},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kant 1960a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Logik},<br />
booktitle = {Kant: Werke in 12 Bänden},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Weischedel, W.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Bd. VI},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1977a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Werkausgabe Band X, hrsg. von Wilhelm Weischedel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kardaun 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kardaun 1993,<br />
author = {Kardaun, Maria},<br />
title = {Der Mimesisbegriff in der griechischen Antike. Neubetrachtung eines umstrittenen Begriffes als Ansatz zu einer neuen Interpretation der platonischen Kunstauffassung},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {North-Holland},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/New York/Oxford/Tokyo},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kecskesi 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kecskesi 1982a,<br />
author = {Kecskesi, M. },<br />
title = {Kunst aus dem alten Afrika},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Pinguin},<br />
address = {Innsbruck},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kemp 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kemp 1974a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Disegno. Beiträge zu einer Geschichte des Begriffs zwischen 1547 und 1607},<br />
journal = {Marburger Jahrbuch für Kunstwissenschaf},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {219-240},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kittler 2002a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Computergrafik. Eine halbtechnische Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Hertha},<br />
pages = {178-194},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 2002b,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Optische Medien. Berliner Vorlesung 1999},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kjørup 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjørup 1978,<br />
author = {Kjørup, Søren},<br />
title = {Pictorial Speech Acts},<br />
journal = {Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {55-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1779===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Klopstock 1779,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ueber Sprache und Dichtkunst. Fragmente},<br />
year = {1779},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {243-258},<br />
publisher = {Heroldsche Buchhandlung},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1774===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klopstock 1774,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Werke und Briefe. Historisch-kritische Ausgabe. Bd. 7.1: Die deutsche Gelehrtenrepublik [1774]},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {Hurlebusch, Rose-Marie},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kluge 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kluge 2002a,<br />
author = {Kluge, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Etymologisches Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache.},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Seebold, Elmar},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter.},<br />
address = {Berlin, New York},<br />
note = {24. durchgesehene und erweiterte Auflage.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knieper & Müller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Knieper & Müller 2005a,<br />
author = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===König & Obrist 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{König & Obrist 1993a,<br />
title = {Der zerbrochene Spiegel. Positionen zur Malerei},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {König, Kasper & Obrist, Hans-Ulrich},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog Kunsthalle Wien / Deichtorhallen Hamburg},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Koller 1954===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Koller 1954,<br />
author = {Koller, Hermann},<br />
title = {Die Mimesis in der Antike. Nachahmung, Darstellung, Ausdruck},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kondor 2008a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Embedded Thinking: Multimedia and the New Rationality},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007c,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna },<br />
title = {Multimodal Integration: From a Philosophical Point of View},<br />
booktitle = {Proceedings of the IADIS International Conference: Mobile Learning },<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Arnedillo-Sanchez, Immaculada},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007b,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {The Mobile Image: Experience on the Move},<br />
booktitle = {obile Studies: Paradigms and Perspectives},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Nyíri, Kristóf},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Passagen},<br />
address = {Vienna},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Old Patterns, New Bewitchments},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophy of the Information Society: Papers of the 30th International Wittgenstein Symposium},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hrachovec, H.; Pichler. A. & Wang, J.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Konersmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Konersmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Konersmann, Ralf},<br />
title = {Kulturelle Tatsachen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kornmeier et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, Jürgen; Hein, Christine Maira & Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Multistable perception: When bottom-up and top-down coincide},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {69},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138–147},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kornmeier & Bach 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier & Bach 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, & Jürgen Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Object perception: When our brain is impressed but we do not notice it},<br />
journal = {Journal of Vision},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {7},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Korte 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Korte 2003a,<br />
author = {Korte, Helmut},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Systematische Filmanalyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {ESB},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kracauer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kracauer 1992a,<br />
author = {Kracauer, Siegfried},<br />
title = {Der verbotene Blick},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille & Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Kultur, Technik, Kulturtechnik: Wider die Diskursivierung der Kultur},<br />
booktitle = {Bild, Schrift, Zahl},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krauss 1999a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Reinventing the Medium},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {25,},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {289-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Winter},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 2000a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {A Voyage on the North Sea. Art in the Age of the Post-Medium Condition},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress 2010a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther},<br />
title = {Multimodality. A Social-Semiotic Approach to Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 2001a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Multimodal Discourse. The Modes and Media of Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 1996a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Reading Images. The Grammar of Visual Design},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krewani 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Krewani 2003a,<br />
author = {Krewani, Anna Maria},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Malerei bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=973507624},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
hidden = {Dissertation},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kripke 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kripke 1972a,<br />
author = {Kripke, Saul A.},<br />
title = {Naming and Necessity},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Natural Language},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Davidson, D. & Harman, G.},<br />
pages = {253-355, 763-769},<br />
publisher = {Reidel},<br />
address = {Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krkac 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krkac 2010a,<br />
author = {Krkac, Kristijan},<br />
title = {Wittgensteins’s Dubbit III},<br />
journal = {Wittgenstein-Studien},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {121-149},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kroeber-Riel 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kroeber-Riel 1996a,<br />
author = { Kroeber-Riel, Werner},<br />
title = { Bildkommunikation. Imagerystrategien für die Werbung },<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Vahlen},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{ Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a,<br />
author = { Kroeber-Riel, Werner & Esch, Franz-Rudolf},<br />
title = { Strategie und Technik der Werbung. Verhaltenswissenschaftliche Ansätze},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krüger 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krüger 2001a,<br />
author = {Krüger, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als Schleier des Unsichtbaren. Ästhetische Illusion in der Kunst der frühen Neuzeit in Italien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kruse 2003a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Christiane},<br />
title = {Wozu Menschen malen. Historische Begründungen eines Bildmediums},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse & Stadler 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kruse & Stadler 1995a,<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Papers originally presented at the International Symposium on Perceptual Multistability and Semantic Ambiguity held at the University of Bremen, Germany, March 22-25, 1993},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kruse et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Peter; Strüber, D. & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Significance of perceptual multistability for research on cognitive self-organization},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {69–84},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kudielka 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kudielka 2005a,<br />
author = {Kudielka, Robert},<br />
title = {Gegenstände der Betrachtung – Orte der Erfahrung. Zum Wandel der Kunstauffassung im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {44-57},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kulvicki 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kulvicki 2006a,<br />
author = {Kulvicki, John},<br />
title = {On Images: Their Structure and Content},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Oxford UP},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Külpe 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Külpe 1923a,<br />
author = {Külpe, Oswald},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über Logik},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Künzli 1996/1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Künzli 1996/1997a,<br />
author = {Künzli, Hansjörg},<br />
title = {Über die Haltbarkeit digitaler Daten},<br />
journal = {Rundbrief Fotografie},<br />
year = {1996/1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Sonderheft 3},<br />
pages = {5-8},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==L==<br />
===Lacan 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lacan 1987a,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jacques},<br />
title = {Die vier Grundbegriffe der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weinheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lakoff 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff 1987a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George},<br />
title = {Women, fire, and dangerous things – What categories reveal about the mind},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Chicago University Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lammert 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lammert 2007a,<br />
author = {Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Die vertrauten Sichtweisen sind umzustoßen. Zum Raum der Nachkriegszeit in ungewohnten Begegnungen},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {55-69},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst}<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Langer 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Langer 1984a,<br />
author = {Langer, Susanne},<br />
title = {Philosophie auf neuem Wege. Das Symbol im Denken, im Ritus und in der Kunst},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Langlois & Roggman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Langlois & Roggman 1990a,<br />
author = {Langlois, J.H. & Roggman I.A.},<br />
title = {Attractive faces are only average},<br />
journal = {American Psychol. Society},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
volume = {1/2},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {115-121},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lanz 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lanz 1971a,<br />
author = {Lanz, Jakob},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter},<br />
pages = {Spalte 89-100},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a,<br />
author = {Laplanche, Jean; Pontalis, Jean-Bertrand},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Das Vokabular der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Laplanche, Jean; Pontalis, Jean-Bertrand},<br />
pages = {37-38},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Latour 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Latour 2007a,<br />
author = {Latour, Bruno},<br />
title = {Eine neue Soziologie für eine neue Gesellschaft. Einführung in die Akteur-Netzwerk-Theorie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Law & Whittaker 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Law & Whittaker 1988a,<br />
author = {Law, John & Whittaker, John},<br />
title = {On the Art of Representation. Notes on the Politics of Visualisation},<br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, Gordon & Law, John},<br />
pages = {160-183},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leeuwen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leeuwen 2005a,<br />
author = {Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Introducing Social Semiotics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lefebvre 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lefebvre 2007a,<br />
author = {Lefebvre, Martin},<br />
title = {The Art of Pointing: On Peirce, Indexicality, and Photographic Images},<br />
booktitle = {Photography Theory},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Elkins, James},<br />
pages = {220-244},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York u. a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lenzen 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lenzen 1997a,<br />
author = {Lenzen, Dieter},<br />
title = {Lebenslauf oder Humanontogenese? Vom Erziehungssystem zum kurativen System – von der Erziehungswissenschaft zur Humanvitologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildung und Weiterbildung im Erziehungssystem. Lebenslauf und Humanontogenese als Medium und Form},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lenzen, D. & Luhmann, N.},<br />
pages = {228-247},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leopold & Logothetis 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Leopold & Logothetis 1999a,<br />
author = {Leopold, David A. & Logothetis, Nikos K.},<br />
title = {Multistable phenomena: changing views in perception},<br />
journal = {Trends Cogn. Sci. (Regul. Ed.)},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {254–264},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leroi-Gourhan 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leroi-Gourhan 1971a,<br />
author = {Leroi-Gourhan, André},<br />
title = {Präshistorische Kunst},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Herder},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1788===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1788,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon: Paralipomena [Erstveröffentlichung 1788]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe. Bd. 5/2. Werke 1766-169},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Wilfried Barner},<br />
pages = {207-321},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1766===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1766,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie [1766]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe in zwölf Bänden. Bd. 5/2: Werke 1766-1769},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Wilfried Bahner},<br />
pages = {11-206},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1974a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie},<br />
booktitle = {Werke, Bd. 6},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Göpfert, H. G.},<br />
pages = {7-187},<br />
publisher = {Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1766},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lévi-Strauss 1958a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lévi-Strauss 1958a,<br />
author = {Lévi-Straus, Claude},<br />
title = {Anthropologie structurale},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
publisher = {Plon},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Anthropologie. Frankfurt/Main: Suhrkamp},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990b,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Autographic and Allographic Art Revisited},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
pages = {89-106},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {What a Musical Work is},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
pages = {63-88},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levinson 1983a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Stephen C.},<br />
title = {Pragmatics},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lichtblau 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lichtblau 2009a,<br />
author = {Lichtblau, Klaus},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Georg Simmel: Soziologische Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Lichtblau, Klaus},<br />
pages = {7-27},<br />
publisher = {VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Licklider 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Licklider 1960a,<br />
author = {Licklider, J.},<br />
title = {Man-Computer Symbiosis},<br />
journal = {IRE Transactions on Human Factors in Electronics},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {4-11},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liebsch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liebsch 2001a,<br />
author = {Liebsch, Dimitri},<br />
title = {Die Geburt der ästhetischen Bildung aus dem Körper der antiken Plastik. Zur Bildungssemantik im ästhetischen Diskurs zwischen 1750 und 1800},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liesbrock 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Liesbrock 2010a,<br />
title = {Ad Reinhardt: Letzte Bilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Liesbrock, Heinz},<br />
publisher = {Josef Albers Museum Quadrat Bottrop},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2004a,<br />
author = {Liessmann, Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Reiz und Rührung. Über ästhetische Empfindungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2009a,<br />
author = {Liessmann Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Ästhetische Empfindungen. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas-WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lipps 1903a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lipps 1903a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor},<br />
title = {Grundlegung der Ästhetik. Erster Teil},<br />
year = {1903},<br />
publisher = {Leopold Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lipps 1920a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lipps 1920a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor },<br />
title = {»Zur Einfühlung«, in: Psychologische Untersuchungen 2/3, 1913},<br />
booktitle = {Die ästhetische Betrachtung und die bildende Kunst},<br />
year = {1920},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {111-491},<br />
publisher = {Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Löbner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Löbner 2003a,<br />
author = {Löbner, Sebastian},<br />
title = {Semantik. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Locke 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Locke 1975a,<br />
author = {Locke, J.},<br />
title = {An Essay Concerning Human Understanding},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {hg. von Niddich, P. H.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Logothetis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Logothetis 1998a,<br />
author = {Logothetis, N. K.},<br />
journal = {Philos. Trans. R. Soc. Lond., B, Biol. Sci.},<br />
title = {Single units and conscious vision},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {353},<br />
number = {1377},<br />
pages = {1801–1818},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lopes 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lopes 1996a,<br />
author = {Lopes, Dominic},<br />
title = {Understanding Pictures},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Claredon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1970a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Elemente der Sprachkritik – Eine Alternative zum Dogmatismus und Skeptizismus in der Analytischen Philosophie},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1990a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Einführung in die philosophische Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {(<sup>2</sup>1992)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lovejoy 1936===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lovejoy 1936,<br />
author = {Lovejoy, Arthur O.},<br />
title = {Die große Kette der Wesen. Geschichte eines Gedankens [The Great Chain of Being. A Study in the History of an Idea (1936)]},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1997a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Kunst der Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1996a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Realität der Massenmedien},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Luhmann 1993a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Form der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = { Hans Ulrich Gumbrecht & K. Ludwig Pfeiffer},<br />
pages = {349-366},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lunenfeld 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lunenfeld 2002a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Digitale Fotografie. Das dubitative Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografies},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {158-177},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lynch & Edgerton 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lynch & Edgerton 1988a,<br />
author = {Lynch, Michael & Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Digital Image Processing. Re-presentational Craft in Contemporary Astronomy}, <br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, Gordon & Law, John},<br />
pages = {184-220},<br />
publisher = {???}, <br />
address = {London u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==M==<br />
===Mach 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mach 1987a,<br />
author = {Mach, Ernst},<br />
title = {Die Analyse der Empfindungen und das Verhältnis des Physischen zum Psychischen},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Macpherson 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Macpherson 1996a,<br />
author = {Macpherson, Fiona},<br />
title = {Ambiguous Figures and the Content of Experience},<br />
journal = {Nous},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {82-117},<br />
note = {2006?},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Majetschak 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Majetschak 1997,<br />
title = {Auge und Hand. Konrad Fiedlers Kunsttheorie im Kontext},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manovich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manovich 2001a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {The Language of New Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge/MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manovich 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Manovich 2005a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {Die Poetik des erweiterten Raums},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {A. Lammert, M. Diers, R. Kudielka & G. Mattenklott},<br />
pages = {337-350},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manow 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manow 2008a,<br />
author = {Manow, Philip},<br />
title = {Im Schatten des Königs. Die politische Anatomie demokratischer Repräsentation},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Marshall 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Marshall 1968a,<br />
title = {Gellius: Noctes Atticae XIII, 17},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Marshall, P.K.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxonii},<br />
note = {Scriptorum Classicorum Bibliotheca Oxoniensis},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Martinec & Salway 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Martinec & Salway 2005a,<br />
author = {Martinec, Radan & Salway, Andrew},<br />
title = {A System for Image-Text-Relations in New (and Old) Media},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {337–371},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Massey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Massey 2007a,<br />
author = {Massey, Lyle},<br />
title = {Picturing Space, Displacing Bodies. Anamorphosis in Early Modern Theories of Perspective},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Pennsylvania State University Press},<br />
address = {University Park, Pa},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Maul 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Maul 2007a,<br />
author = {Maul, Stefan M.},<br />
title = {Gilgamesch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Babylonischen [auf der Grundlage von zum Teil noch unveröffentlichten Textzeugnissen neu und vollständig] übersetzt und mit einem Nachwort versehen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mead 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mead 1968a,<br />
author = {Mead, George Herbert},<br />
title = {Geist, Identität und Gesellschaft aus der Sicht des Sozialbehaviorismus},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {Original: <em>Mind, Self, and Society</em>. Hg. v. Charles W. Morris. Chicago, 1934},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meier 1757===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meier 1757,<br />
author = {Georg Friedrich Meier},<br />
title = {Betrachtungen über den ersten Grundsatz aller Schönen Künste und Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1757},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Halle},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meinhardt 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meinhardt 1997a,<br />
author = {Meinhardt, Johannes},<br />
title = {Ende der Malerei und Malerei nach dem Ende der Malerei},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mendelsohn 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mendelsohn 1982a,<br />
author = {Mendelsohn, Leatrice},<br />
title = {Paragoni. Benedetto Varchi’s Due Lezioni and Cinquecento Art Theory},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ann Arbor},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Menzer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Menzer 1992a,<br />
author = {Menzer, Ursula},<br />
title = {Subjektive und objektive Kultur. Georg Simmels Philosophie der Geschlechter vor dem Hintergrund seines Kultur-Begriffs},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Centaurus},<br />
address = {Pfaffenweiler},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 2003a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophisches Essays},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1993a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Die Prosa der Welt},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1966a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Phänomenologie der Wahrnehmung (1945)},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Walter de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen übersetzt und eingeführt durch eine Vorrede von Boehm, Rudolf},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1961a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophische Essays.}<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {neu bearbeitet, kommentiert und mit einer Einleitung versehen von Bermes, Christian (2003)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 1994a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Der Zweifel Cézannes (1948)},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Gottfried Boehm},<br />
pages = {39-59},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 2006a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Kino und die neue Psychologie (1947)},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie des Films},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Dimitri Liebsch},<br />
pages = {70-84},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mersch 2006a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Mediale Paradoxa. Einleitung in eine negative Medienphilosophie},<br />
journal = {Sic et Non. Zeitschrift für Philosophie und Kultur im Netz},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.sicetnon.org/content/perform/Mersch_Medienphilosophie_sw.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersch 2003a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Wort, Bild, Ton, Zahl – Modalitäten medialen Darstellens},<br />
booktitle = {Die Medien der Künste. Beiträge zur Theorie des Darstellens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
pages = {9-49},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2002a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Was sich zeigt. Materialität, Präsenz, Ereignis},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersmann 08a,<br />
author = {Mersmann, Jasmin},<br />
title = {Wandelgänge. Monumentale Anamorphosen im 17. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Cha, Kyung-Ho & Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
pages = {23-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Messaris 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{ Messaris 1997a,<br />
author = { Messaris, Paul},<br />
title = { Visual Persuasion: The Role of Images in Advertising},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {Thousand Oaks},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metscher 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metscher 2001,<br />
author = {Metscher, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metz 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metz 1972a,<br />
author = {Metz, Christian},<br />
title = {Semiologie des Films (1968)},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Koch, Renate},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzger 2008a,<br />
author = {Metzger, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gesetze des Sehens},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Klotz},<br />
address = {Taunus},<br />
note = {4. unveränd. Aufl., Repr. nach d. 3., völlig neu bearb. Aufl. 1975.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzinger 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Metzinger 2000a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Philosophische Perspektiven auf das Selbstbewusstsein: Die Selbstmodell-Theorie der Subjektivität},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Selbst},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Greve, W. },<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Psychologie Verlagsunion},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {Zitiert aus der überarbeiteten Online-Version},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.philosophie.uni-mainz.de/metzinger/publikationen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzinger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzinger 1999a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Subjekt und Selbstmodell. Die Perspektivität phänomenalen Bewusstseins vor dem Hintergrund einer naturalistischen Theorie mentaler Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meyer 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meyer 2001a,<br />
author = {Meyer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mediokratie. Die Kolonisierung der Politik durch das Mediensystem},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Michalsky 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Michalsky 2005a,<br />
author = {Michalsky, Tanja},<br />
title = {Raum visualisieren. Zur Genese des modernen Raumverständnisses in den Medien der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Ortsgespräche. Raum und Kommunikation im 19. und 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Geppert, Alexander C.T.; Jensen, Uffa & Weinhold, Jörn},<br />
pages = {292ff ??},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mirzoeff 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mirzoeff 2007a,<br />
author = {Mirzoeff, Nicholas},<br />
title = {Von Bildern und Helden. Sichtbarkeit im Krieg der Bilder},<br />
booktitle = {Feindbilder. Ideologien und visuelle Strategien der Kulturen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Haustein, Lydia; Scherer, Bernd & Hager, Martin},<br />
pages = {135-156},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2008a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. Thomas},<br />
title = {Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Gustav Frank},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2007a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.},<br />
title = {Realismus im digitalen Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderfragen. Die Bildwissenschaften im Aufbruch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Belting, Hans},<br />
pages = {237-256},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2006a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {Den Terror klonen. Der Krieg der Bilder 2001-2004},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Worlds. Neue Bilderwelten und Wissensräume},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Maar, Christa & Burda, Hubert},<br />
pages = {255-285},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2005a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. Thomas},<br />
title = {What Do Pictures Want? The Lives and Loves of Images},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1994a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.},<br />
title = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Representation},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1992a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {The Reconfigured Eye. Visual Truth in the Post-Photographic Era},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 1992b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {"The Pictorial Turn"},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
booktitle = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Repräsentation},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
publisher = {Universität of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1986a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {Iconology. Image, Text, Ideology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mojsisch 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mojsisch 1983a,<br />
author = {Mojsisch, Burkhard},<br />
title = {Meister Eckhart. Analogie, Univozität und Einheit},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mondzain 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mondzain 2006a,<br />
author = {Mondzain, Marie-José},<br />
title = {Können Bilder töten?},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich, Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Morris 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Morris 1994a,<br />
author = {Morris, D.},<br />
title = {Das Tier Mensch},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mülder-Bach 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mülder-Bach 1998,<br />
author = {Inka Mülder-Bach},<br />
title = {Im Zeichen Pygmalions. Das Modell der Statue und die Entdeckung der „Darstellung“ im 18. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1997a,<br />
author = {Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {Politische Bildstrategien im amerikanischen Präsidentschaftswahlkampf, 1828-1996},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1985a,<br />
author = {Müller, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {DUDEN Bedeutungswörterbuch = DUDEN Band 10},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a,<br />
author = {Müller-Beck, H. & Albrecht, G. },<br />
title = {Die Anfänge der Kunst vor 30'000 Jahren},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Theiss},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Münkler 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Münkler 2009a,<br />
author = {Münkler, Herfried},<br />
title = {Visualisierungsstrategien im politischen Machtkampf: Der Übergang vom Personenverband zum institutionellen Territorialstaat},<br />
booktitle = {Strategien der Visualisierung. Verbildlichung als Mittel politischer Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Münkler, Herfried & Hacke, Jens},<br />
pages = {23-51},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Musterle & Roessler 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Musterle & Roessler 1986a,<br />
author = {Musterle, W.A. & Roessler, O.E.},<br />
title = {Computer faces: The human Lorenz Matrix},<br />
journal = {Bio Systems},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {61-80},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==N==<br />
===Naef 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Naef 2007a,<br />
author = {Naef, Silvia},<br />
title = {Bilder und Bilderverbot im Islam},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {C. H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nänni 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nänni 2008a,<br />
author = {Nänni, Jürg},<br />
title = {Visuelle Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Niggli},<br />
address = {Sulgen},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
url = {www.worldcat.org/oclc/254718373},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006a,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc},<br />
title = {Am Grund der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006b,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc & Ferrari, Federico},<br />
title = {Die Haut der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Neuhaus 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Neuhaus 2006a,<br />
author = {Neuhaus, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Als William Gibson den Cyberspace erfand ... - Die Faszination für ein Vielzweck-Symbol aus der Science Fiction-Literatur},<br />
journal = {Telepolis},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.heise.de/tp/r4/artikel/23/23727/1.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Niederée & Heyer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Niederée & Heyer 2003a,<br />
author = {Niederée, R. & Heyer, D.},<br />
title = {The Dual Nature of Picture Perception: A Challenge to Current General Accounts of Visual Perception},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into pictures. An interdisciplinary approach to pictorial space},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, Heiko; Schwartz, Robert & Atherton, Margaret},<br />
pages = {77–98},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nietzsche 1870-1873===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nietzsche 1870-1873,<br />
author = {Nietzsche, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Ueber Wahrheit und Lüge im aussermoralischen Sinne [1870-1873]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke. Kritische Studienausgabe in 15 Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Giorgio Colli und Mazzino Montinari},<br />
pages = {873-890},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nivelle 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nivelle 1971,<br />
author = {Nivelle, Armand},<br />
title = {Kunst- und Dichtungstheorien zwischen Aufklärung und Klassik},<br />
year = {2. Auflage 1971},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nöth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nöth 2000a,<br />
author = {Nöth, Winfried},<br />
title = {Der Zusammenhang von Text und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Text- und Gesprächslinguistik. Handbücher zur Sprach- und Kommunikationswissenschaft 16},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Klaus Brinker et al.},<br />
pages = {489–496},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Novitz 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Novitz 1977,<br />
author = {Novitz, David},<br />
title = {Pictures and their Use in Communication. A philosphical Essay},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==O==<br />
===OED===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{OED-3,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Oxford English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
url = {dictionary.oed.com},<br />
note = {3<sup>rd</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Öhlschläger 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Oehlschläger 2005a,<br />
author = {Öhlschläger, C.},<br />
title = {Evidenz und Ereignis. Musils poetische ‚Momentaufnahmen‘ im Kontext der Moderne},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {203-216},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ohler 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ohler 1994a,<br />
author = {Ohler, Peter},<br />
title = {Kognitive Filmpsychologie. Verarbeitung und mentale Repräsentation narrativer Filme},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {MAkS Publikationen},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Okolowitz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Okolowitz 2006a,<br />
author = {Okolowitz, Herbert},<br />
title = {Virtualität bei G.W. Leibniz. Eine Retrospektive},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Diss. Universität Augsburg},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=98278726X},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ott 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ott 2007a,<br />
author = {Ott, Michaela},<br />
title = {Der unbestimmte Raum in Philosophie und Film},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==P==<br />
===Pang 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pang 2002a,<br />
author = {Pang, Alex Soojung-Kim},<br />
title = {Technologie und Ästhetik der Astrofotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Ordnungen der Sichtbarkeit. Fotografie in Wissenschaft, Kunst und Technologie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Geimer, Peter},<br />
pages = {101-141},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 1924a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Panofsky 1924a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Die Perspektive als symbolische Form (1924)},<br />
booktitle = {Erwin Panofsky, Deutschsprachige Aufsätze Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Michels, K. & Warnke, M.},<br />
pages = {664-757},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Erstpublikation in: <em>Vorträge der Bibliothek Warburg (1924/25)</em>. Leipzig, 1927, 258-330},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paret 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1960a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Textbelege zum islamischen Bilderverbot},<br />
booktitle = {Das Werk des Künstlers. Studien zur Ikonographie und Formgeschichte},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Hans Fegers},<br />
pages = {36-48},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paret 1968===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1968a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Das islamische Bilderverbot und die Schia},<br />
booktitle = {Festschrift Werner Caskel. Zum siebzigsten Geburtstag 5. März 1966 gewidmet von Freunden und Schülern},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Erwin Gräf},<br />
pages = {242-232},<br />
publisher = {Brill},<br />
address = {Leiden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2009a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1900 bis 1949},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2008a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1949 bis heute},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2006a,<br />
title = {Visual History. Ein Studienbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck und Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Paul 2005a,<br />
author = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Der Bilderkrieg. Inszenierungen, Bilder und Perspektiven der "Operation Irakische Freiheit"},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Perrault 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Perrault 1964a,<br />
author = {Perrault, Charles},<br />
title = {Parallèle des Anciens et des Modernes en ce qui regarde les Arts et les Sciences},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {orig.: Paris (4 Bde): 1688, 1690, 1692, 1694; Faksimileausgabe mit einer Einführung von Hans Robert Jauss und einem Kommentar von Max Imdahl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pesch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pesch 2001a,<br />
author = {Pesch, Martin},<br />
title = {Raumbilder-Bildräume. Zu den Arbeiten von Julia Ziegler},<br />
journal = {Kunstforum International},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {153},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Petersen 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Petersen 2000,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {Mimesis – Imitatio – Nachahmung. Eine Geschichte der europäischen Poetik},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Petersen 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Petersen 1992,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {‚Mimesis’ versus ‚Nachahmung’. Die Poetik des Aristoteles – nochmals neu gelesen},<br />
journal = {Arcadia. Zeitschrift für vergleichende Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {3-46},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a,<br />
title = {Der Künstler als Kunstwerk. Selbstporträts vom Mittelalter bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich & von Rosen, Valeska},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a,<br />
title = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget 1956a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1956a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {The Child’s Construction of Space},<br />
year = {1956},<br />
publisher = {Routledge / Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget et al. 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget et al. 1960a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean; Inhelder, B. & Szemenska, I.},<br />
title = {The Child’s Conception of Geometry},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
publisher = {Harper},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1978a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {Das Weltbild des Kindes},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {dtv/Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pias 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pias 2003a,<br />
author = {Pias, Claus},<br />
title = {Das digitale Bild gibt es nicht. Über das (Nicht-)Wissen der Bilder und die informatische Illusion},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2003/01/pias/pias.pdf}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Piccolino & Wade 2006a,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco & Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early examples of ambiguity (1)},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {861–864},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Piccolino & Wade 2006b,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco &. Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early examples of ambiguity (2)},<br />
booktitle = {Perception 35 (8)},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {1003–1006},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pillow 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pillow 2003,<br />
author = {Pillow, Kirk},<br />
title = {Did Goodman's Distinction Survive LeWitt?},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {61},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {365-380},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pitts et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pitts et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Pitts, Michael A.; Gavin, William J. & Nerger, Janice L.},<br />
title = {Early top-down influences on bistable perception revealed by event-related potentials},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {11–24},<br />
volume = {67},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 1991b,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Timaios},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke VIII},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Hülser, Karlheinz},<br />
pages = {197-425},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 2008a,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Politeia},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke, Band 2},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Ursula},<br />
pages = {195-537},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Plessner 1928a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Die Stufen des Organischen und der Mensch},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {W. de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {<sup>3</sup>1975},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1982a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Trieb und Leidenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Mit anderen Augen},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Plessner, Helmuth}, <br />
pages = {110-123},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1989a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Zur Anthropologie der Nachahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, G.},<br />
pages = {176-184},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plinius 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Plinius 2004,<br />
title = {G. Plinius Secundus d. Ä: Naturkunde / Naturalis historia : lateinisch-deutsch},<br />
year = {1990–2004},<br />
editor = {Roderich König et al.},<br />
publisher = {Artemis},<br />
address = {Zürich},<br />
note = {unkritische Ausgabe des lateinischen Textes mit Übersetzung und Erläuterungen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plümacher 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plümacher 1999a,<br />
author = {Plümacher, Martina},<br />
title = {Wohlgeformtheitsbedingugen für Bilder?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pöppel 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pöppel 1982a,<br />
author = {Pöppel, E.},<br />
title = {Lust und Schmerz},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Severin & Siedler},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pollmeier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pollmeier 2005a,<br />
author = {Pollmeier, Klaus},<br />
title = {Vom Baryt zum Bit. Zur Konservierung analoger und digitaler fotografischer Bilder. Digitale Bildverarbeitung, eine Erweiterung oder radikale Veränderung der Fotografie?},<br />
howpublished = {Ludwigsburg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
note = {Hasenpflug (Red.): Dokumentation des Symposiums am 12./13. November 2004 im Museum Folkwang, Essen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Popper 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Popper 2002a,<br />
author = {Popper, Karl R.},<br />
title = {Alle Menschen sind Philosophen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Bohnet, Heidi & Stadler, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München/Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pratschke 2005a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Digitale Form},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pratschke 2008a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Interaktion mit Bildern. Digitale Bildgeschichte am Beispiel grafischer Benutzeroberflächen},<br />
booktitle = {Technische Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bredekamp, Horst et al.},<br />
pages = {68-80},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Predelli 1999===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Predelli 1999,<br />
author = {Predelli, Stefano},<br />
title = {Goodman and the Score},<br />
journal = {British Journal of Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138-147},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pross 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pross 1972a,<br />
author = {Pross, Harry},<br />
title = {Medienforschung. Film, Funk, Presse, Fernsehen},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Habel},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Puttfarken 1991a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {The Dispute about Disegno and Colorito in Venice. Paolo Pino, Lodovico Dolce and Titian},<br />
booktitle = {Kunst und Kunsttheorie 1400–1900},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Peter Glanz et al.},<br />
pages = {75-95},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Puttfarken 1985a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {Roger de Piles‘ Theory of Art},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New Haven/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Q==<br />
==R==<br />
===Rager 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rager 1997a,<br />
author = {Rager, Dietmar},<br />
title = {Aspekte Sehen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob/ & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Raphael 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Raphael 1986a,<br />
author = {Raphael, Max},<br />
title = {Raumgestaltungen. Der Beginn der modernen Kunst im Kubismus und im Werk von Georges Braque}, <br />
year = {1986, Erstausgabe 1949},<br />
publisher = {Campus}<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M./New York},<br />
note = {hg. v. H.-J. Heinrichs},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rastier 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rastier 1972a,<br />
author = {Rastier, François },<br />
title = {Systematiques des isotopies},<br />
booktitle = {Essais de sémiotique poétique},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Greimas, A.J.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Larousse},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Recki 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Recki 2004a,<br />
author = {Recki, Birgit},<br />
title = {Kultur als Praxis. Eine Einführung in Ernst Cassirers Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Akademie-Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Renz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Renz 2006a,<br />
author = {Renz, U.},<br />
title = {Schönheit. Eine Wissenschaft für sich},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Berlin Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riedel 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Riedel 2005a,<br />
author = {Riedel, W.},<br />
title = {Endogene Bilder. Anthropologie und Poetik bei Gottfried Benn},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {163-202},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rieger 2009a,<br />
author = {Rieger, Stefan},<br />
title = {Holographie. Das Versprechen der Ganzheit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {87-106},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger & Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rieger & Schröter 2009a,<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen}, <br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riegl 1931a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Riegl 1931a,<br />
author = {Riegl, Alois},<br />
title = {Das holländische Gruppenporträt},<br />
year = {1931},<br />
publisher = {Staatsdruckerei},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1902},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rimmele 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rimmele 2010a,<br />
author = {Rimmele, Marius},<br />
title = {Das Triptychon als Metapher, Körper und Ort. Semantisierungen eines Bildträgers},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ritchin 1990a,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {In Our Image: The Coming Revolution in Photography. How Computer Technology is Changing our View of the World},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ritchin 1990b,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {Photojournalism in the Age of Computers},<br />
booktitle = {The Critical Image. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Squiers},<br />
pages = {28-37},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Seattle},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roch 1998a,<br />
author = {Roch, Axel},<br />
title = {Radartechnologie und Computergraphik. Zur Geschichte der Beleuchtungsmodelle in computergenerierten Bildern},<br />
booktitle = {Geschichte der Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Faßler, Manfred & Halbach, Wulf R.},<br />
pages = {227-254},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rock 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rock 1985a,<br />
author = {Rock, Irvin},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung. Vom visuellen Reiz zum Sehen u. Erkennen},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Spektrum-der-Wissenschaft-Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roloff 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roloff_1972a,<br />
author = {Roloff, D.},<br />
title = {Eidolon, Eikon, Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd.2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {330-332},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Róna-Tas 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Róna-Tas 1999a,<br />
author = {Róna-Tas, A.},<br />
title = {Hungarians and Europe in the Early Middle Ages. An Introduction to Early Hungarian History},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {CEU Press},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rorty 1967a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rorty 1967a,<br />
author = {Rorty, Richard},<br />
title = {The Linguistic Turn: Essays in Philosophical Method},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press.},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 2005a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Materie und Geist. Eine philosophische Untersuchung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ros 1999a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Was ist Philosophie?},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophieren über Philosophie}<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Raatzsch, Richard},<br />
pages = {36–58},<br />
publisher = {Leipziger Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ros 1989a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {“Bedeutung”, “Idee” und “Begriff” – Zur Behandlung einiger bedeutungstheoretischer Paradoxien durch Leibniz},<br />
journal = {Studia Leibnitiana},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {133-154},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1989/90a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1989/90a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Begründung und Begriff. Wandlungen des Verständnisses begrifflicher Argumentationen},<br />
year = {1989/90},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {3 Bände},<br />
hidden = {B. I: Antike, Spätantike und Mittelalter; B. II: Neuzeit; B. III: Moderne},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1979a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Objektkonstitution und elementare Sprachhandlungsbegriffe},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Königstein/Ts.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosch 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosch 1978a,<br />
author = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
title = {Principles of categorization}<br />
booktitle = {Cognition and Categorization},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
pages = {27-48},<br />
publisher = {Hillsdale},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosler 2000a,<br />
author = {Rosler, Martha},<br />
title = {Bildsimulationen, Computermanipulationen: einige Überlegungen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV. 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {von Amelunxen, Hubertus},<br />
pages = {129-170},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roth 2000a,<br />
author = {Roth, Peter},<br />
title = {Virtualis als Sprachschöpfung mittelalterlicher Theologen},<br />
booktitle = {Die Anwesenheit des Abwesenden. Theologische Annäherungen an Begriff und Phänomene von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Roth, Peter; Schreiber, Stefan & Siemons, Stefan},<br />
pages = {33-42},<br />
publisher = {Wißner},<br />
address = {Augsburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Royce 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Royce 1998a,<br />
author = {Royce, Terry},<br />
title = {Synergy on the Page: Exploring Intersemiotic Complementarity in Page-based Multimodal Text},<br />
journal = {JASFL Occasional Papers},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {25-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rötzer 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rötzer 1993a,<br />
author = {Rötzer, Florian},<br />
title = {Cyberspace. Zum medialen Gesamtkunstwerk},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ruff 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ruff 2009a,<br />
author = {Ruff, Thomas},<br />
title = {Jpegs},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ryan 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ryan 2001,<br />
author = {Ryan, Marie-Laure},<br />
title = {arrative as Virtual Reality. Immersion and Interactivity in Literature and Electronic Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {The Johns Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore & London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==S==<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Medium},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005b,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005a,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2004a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als kommunikatives Medium. Elemente einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003b,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Was ist Bildkompetenz?},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1999a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, },<br />
title = {Gibt es ein Bildalphabet?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {57-66},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1995a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Piktoriale Einstellungen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktoraler Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {195-211},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 1993a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Philosophische Psychologie im 19. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Prädikative und modale Bildtheorie },<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik. Theorien - Methoden - Fallbeispiele},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H.; Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {97-119},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-2/index.html},<br />
abstract ={Gegenstände sind immer nur dann Bilder, wenn jemand sie als solche benutzt. Hierbei können Bilder eine Vielzahl von Funktionen übernehmen. Lassen sich diese verschiedenen Funktionen oder Verwendungsweisen vielleicht aus einer einzigen Grundfunktion ableiten? Und sofern das so ist: Was wäre, ließe sich zweitens fragen, diese Grundfunktion von Bildern und in welcher Relation, ergibt sich als dritte Frage, steht sie zu den Verwendungsweisen von Sprache? Eine positive Beantwortung der ersten Frage voraussetzend werden zwei Kandidaten für die zweite Frage untersucht und diskutiert: Während die prädikative Theorie die grundlegende Bildverwendung in etwa paraphrasiert mit „… sieht so und so aus“ (bzw. „Der Gegenstand, der so und so aussieht, …“), schlägt die modale Theorie eine Verwendungsweise vor analog zu „An einem anderen (auch fiktiven) Ort oder einer anderen (auch hypothetischen) Zeit ist der Fall, daß so und so.“ },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Medientheorie, visuelle Kultur und Bildanthropologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {393-424},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.JRJS.de/Work/Papers/P09/P09-1/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachsse 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachsse 1974a,<br />
author = {Sachsse, Hans},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Kybernetik. Unter besonderer Berücksichtigung von technischen und biologischen Wirkungsgefügen},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Vieweg},<br />
address = {Braunschweig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 2007a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Le Sens du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1990a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Semiotics of Visual Language},<br />
publisher = {Indiana University Press},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
address = {Bloomington, IN},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1987a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {Englisch: Semiotics of Visual Language. Bloomington, Indianapolis: Indiana University Press.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1986a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie et syntax visuelle: Une analyse de Mascerade de Pellan},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 2008a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Transfigurements: On the True Sense of Art},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 1998a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Shades. Of Painting at the Limit},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Salomon 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2006a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {Transformations and Projections in Computer Graphics},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Salomon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2008a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {A Concise Introduction to Data Compression},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sander 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sander 1962a,<br />
author = {Sander, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Experimentelle Ergebnisse der Gestaltpsychologie},<br />
booktitle = {Ganzheitspsychoplogie. Grundlagen, Ergebnisse, Anwendungen: gesammelte Abhandlungen},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sander, Friedrich & Volkelt, Hans},<br />
pages = {73–122},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck'sche Verlagsbuchhandlung},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1962a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Blick},<br />
booktitle = {Das Sein und das Nichts},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Skizze einer Theorie der Emotionen},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {255-321},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1994b,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Das Imaginäre. Phänomenologische Psychologie der Einbildungskraft (1940)},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-2, hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994c,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Die Imagination (1936)},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {97-254},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1999a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Die Suche nach dem Absoluten. Texte zur bildenden Kunst},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sauer 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sauer 2008a,<br />
author = {Sauer, Martina},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmen von Sinn vor jeder sprachlichen oder gedanklichen Fassung? Frage an Ernst Cassirer},<br />
journal = {Kunstgeschichte. Texte zur Diskussion},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.kunstgeschichte-ejournal.net/discussion/2008/Sauer},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saussure 1916a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saussure 1916a,<br />
author = {Saussure, Ferdinand de },<br />
title = {Cours de linguistique générale},<br />
year = {1916},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Deutsch: Grundfragen der allgemeinen Sprachwissenschaft. 3. Aufl. Berlin 2001.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saxena & Sahay 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saxena & Sahay 2005a,<br />
author = {Saxena, Anupam & Sahay, Birendra},<br />
title = {Computer Aided Engineering Design},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scheler 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scheler 1928a,<br />
author = {Scheler, Max},<br />
title = {Die Stellung des Menschen im Kosmos},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {Otto Reichl Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schier 2005a,<br />
author = {Schier, W. },<br />
title = {Die Maske von Uivar},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W. },<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl 2001a ===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schierl 2001a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas},<br />
title = { Text und Bild in der Werbung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl 2003a ===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schierl 2003a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas},<br />
title = {Werbung im Fernsehen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl & Ludwig 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schierl & Ludwig 2011a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas & Ludwig, Mark},<br />
title = {Produktpolitik als Strategie der Visualisierung des Fußballsports in den Medien},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
journal ={Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
volume = {32},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schirra 2007a,<br />
editor = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Computational Visualistics and Picture Morphology},<br />
publisher = {IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
note = {Themenbeiheft zu Band 5},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Projects/Image/IMAGE5-Themenbeiheft.pdf},<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Begriffsgenetische Betrachtungen in der Bildwissenschaft: Fünf Thesen},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Medium. Kunstgeschichtliche und philosophische Grundlagen der interdisziplinären Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {197-215},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-3/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 2005a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Foundation of Computational Visualistics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {ISBN: 3-8350-6015-5 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-8350-6015-5'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra 2005b,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Ein Disziplinen-Mandala für die Bildwissenschaft - Kleine Provokation zu einem Neuen Fach},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-1/index.html},<br />
journal ={IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
pages = {30-45},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Von der Bildwissenschaft als einer Disziplin, die über die Grenzen von Kunstgeschichte oder Kunstwissenschaft hinausgeht und sich wissenschaftlich mit allen Aspekten des Umgehens mit Bildern und verwandten visuellen Repräsentations- und Zeichensystemen befaßt, wird erst seit etwa der Mitte der 1990'er Jahre gesprochen. In den folgenden Überlegungen geht es insbesondere um die Bildwissenschaft als den Versuch, ein Fachgebiet zu etablieren, in dem ein modernes Verständnis dessen, was eine etablierte Disziplin sein kann, verwirklicht sein soll. Zentrales Kriterium für in dem hier gemeinten Sinne "Neue" Disziplinen ist ihre Interdisziplinarität und die dadurch bedingte starke Methodenpluralität. Grundsätzlich muß daher die Frage geklärt werden, wie das Verhältnis der Teildisziplinen zueinander, insbesondere das Wechselspiel der jeweils eingesetzten Methoden betreffend, zu denken ist. Dem Forschungssujet der Bildwissenschaft entsprechend soll in dem Beitrag versucht werden, das Beziehungsgeflecht der beteiligten Elterndisziplinen (zumindest teilweise) in Form eines Bildes anzugeben. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2005c,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Computervisualistik},<br />
booktitle = { Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {268-280},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bausteine vieler Disziplinen müssen in eine allgemeine Bildwissenschaft integriert werden. Als Beitrag aus der Informatik versteht sich die Computervisualistik, die alle Aspekte rechnergestützten Umgangs mit Bildern umfaßt. Zwei Grundbegriffe der Informatik werden vorgestellt und bestimmen, auf den Begriff "Bild" angewendet, den methodologischen Kern der Computervisualistik. Als Beitrag der Informatik zum Gegenstand der Bildtheorie werden interaktive Bilder betrachtet. Schließlich werden die Beziehungen zu anderen "Bildwissenschaften" kurz umrissen. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2001a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bilder &nbsp;&nbsp; —— &nbsp;&nbsp; Kontextbilder},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln – Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Pragmatik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {77-100},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P01/P01-5/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bildkommunikation und die Verständigung mit Aussagen scheinen wenig gemein zu haben. Genauere logisch-pragmatische Analysen der Kontextrelativität von Aussagen zeigen jedoch eine enge systematische Abhängigkeit beider Kommunikationsformen im Begriff der Kontextbildung, den Bilder auf ausgezeichnete Weise implementieren. Prädikatorische und nominatorische Verwendungen von Bildern sind aus der grundlegenden Funktion zur Kontextbildung ableitbar. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2000a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Täuschung, Ähnlichkeit und Immersion: Die Vögel des Zeuxis},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Realismus der Bilder: Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Semantik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Rehkämper, K.& Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {119-135},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P00/P00-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bilder gibt es als solche – von ihrem Begriff her – immer nur für Individuen, die sich in einer bestimmten Weise verhalten, oder die gewisse Handlungen vollziehen. Wenn dies aber der Fall ist, scheint es ratsam, den Begriff "Bild" nicht, wie es gewöhnlich geschieht, als einen Begriff für einen isoliert vorkommenden Gegenstand zu erläutern, sondern als Komponente der Begriffe für bestimmte Verhaltens- oder Handlungsfähigkeiten. Ausgehend von der antiken Zeuxis-Anekdote werden in diesem Sinne erste Schritte zu einem handlungstheoretischen Ähnlichkeitsbegriff versucht.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1999a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Syntaktische Dichte oder Kontinuität - Ein mathematischer Aspekt der Visualistik},<br />
booktitle = {bildgrammatik. interdisziplinäre forschungen zur syntax bildlicher darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {103-119},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P99/P99-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Der Begriff Dichte spielt eine zentrale Rolle in Diskussionen zur Bildsyntax, wird aber selten in Beziehung zum mathematisch verwandten Kontinuumsbegriff gestellt. Dabei ist die Frage, ob Bilder syntaktisch nur als dicht oder gar als kontinuierlich verstanden werden sollten, durchaus relevant, wie anhand von informatischen und neuropsychologischen Argumenten gezeigt wird.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1995a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Understanding Radio Broadcasts On Soccer. The Concept `Mental Image' and Its Use in Spatial Reasoning},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktorialer Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {107-136},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P95/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Most cognitive theories agree that a listener of a sports broadcast on radio usually imagines the scene described; the concept `mental image' appears in a specific sort of explanations. In contrast to this conception, it is argued that this concept should rather be understood as part of a certain kind of grounding explanations of the radio listener's understanding. This particular conception is based on the distinction between `specification' and `implementation' as found in the theory of abstract data types. Its application to the field of spatial concepts leads to a computational system (ANTLIMA) which exemplifies how the expression `mental image' could be used while explaining a speaker's ability to control the resolvability of ambiguities in an objective report of what the speaker sees. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 1994a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bildbeschreibung als Verbindung von visuellem und sprachlichem Raum},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {DISKI},<br />
address = {St. Augustin},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {ISBN 3-929037-71-8 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-929037-71-8'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P94/P94-1-d/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1993a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Connecting Visual and Verbal Space: Preliminary Considerations Concerning the Concept »Mental Image«},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Time, Space, and Movement},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {M. Aurnague, A. Borillo, M. Borillo & M. Bras},<br />
pages = {105-121},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Paul Sabatier},<br />
address = {Toulouse},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P93/P93-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {AI research concerning the connection between seeing and speaking mainly employs what is called reference semantics. Within this framework, the notion of `mental image' is often used while explaining how somebody not situated in the same perceptual context is able to anchor his understanding of an utterance describing the scene visually perceived by the speaker. We give a foundation for considering mental images as propositions with respect to a certain field of concepts: these fields have to provide a syntactically dense set of concepts distinguishing locations. The use of such propositions in the reference semantic explanations of understanding utterances about visually perceived scenes is motivated by applying Kant's idea of the introduction of new types of objects: we conceive spatial relations as relations only applicable to sortal objects, i.e., individuated objects which are synthetically introduced on a syntactically dense field providing their potential locations. The concept `mental image' which results from these preliminary studies is applied to two current projects in AI, one dealing with the semantics of particular spatial prepositions, and the other more generally concerned with the logic of the connection between visual and verbal space.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Anthropologie in der systematischen Bildwissenschaft: Auf der Spur des homo pictor},<br />
booktitle = {Disziplinen der Anthropologie},<br />
editor = {Meyer, S. & Owzar, A.},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
pages = {145-177},<br />
note = {},<br />
publisher = {Waxmann},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Homo pictor and the Linguistic Turn: Revisiting Hans Jonas’ Picture Anthropology},<br />
journal = {Linguistic and Philosophical Investigations},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {144–181},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P10/P10-2/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {There has been a long tradition of characterizing man as the animal that talks. However, the remarkable ability of using pictures also only belongs to human beings, after all we know empirically so far. Are there conceptual reasons for that coincidence? The paper is dedicated to a philosophical programme of “concept-genetic” considerations dealing in particular with the dependencies between those two abilities: The conceptual relation between the competence to use assertive language and the faculty of employing pictures must be conceived of as being much closer than usually expected. Indeed we conclude, there cannot be creatures with only one of them.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte – elektronisch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
url = {www.uni-due.de/germanistik/elise/ausgabe_12006},<br />
hidden = {letzter Zugriff: 25. September 2010},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract ={Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie, wie sie der Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt, eignet - und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Eine Gegenüberstellung der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild führt zu eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden: Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von (darstellenden) Bildern Sprache gegenüber durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. In beiden Fällen hängen die Aufgliederungen mit der Funktion der Kontextbildung zusammen, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung mündet daher in das Programm einer begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, die eine derartige Begründung zu liefern imstande wäre. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Fähigkeiten zum Bild- und Sprachgebrauch },<br />
journal = {Deutsche Zeitschrift für Philosophie},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {54},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {887-905},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-5/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie wie in die Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Ein erster Vergleich der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild listet eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden auf. Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von Bildern gegenüber Sprache durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung weitet sich daher zu einer begriffsgenetischen Skizzierung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, wobei sich die Begriffe des sortalen Gegenstands und des Verhaltenskontextes als zentral herausstellen. Mit ihnen kann die Beziehung zwischen den beiden Fähigkeiten genauer untersucht werden: Sie ergibt sich insbesondere aus der Funktion der Kontextbildung, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Im Rahmen der begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung ergeben sich schließlich Argumente dafür, die Beziehung als eine wechselseitige Abhängigkeit zu charakterisieren, wobei auch eine Vorschlag zur Analyse des Begriffs des inneren Bildes - oder besser: des Vorstellungsvermögens eingeschlossen ist. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Scholz 1998a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. & Scholz, Martin},<br />
title = {Abstraction versus Realism: Not the Real Question},<br />
booktitle = {Computer Visualization – Graphics, Abstraction, and Interactivity},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Strothotte, T. (et al.)},<br />
pages = {379-401},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {Chapter 22},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P98/P98-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {When browsing through a book on computer graphics, one usually finds a lot of more or less interesting pictures that are produced by means of computers. These pictures are embedded in pages of technical texts describing how this image generation was performed and why it provides a better way to do so than other methods. Less space is usually given to the methodological background and the motivation underlying the preoccupation with computer visualization. In this chapter, we want to complement the more technically oriented part of this book with some reflections as to why such techniques can be interesting not only for computer graphics researchers, and where, from a communication-theoretic point of view, they might be of use in our society.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schleicher 1859a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schleicher 1859a,<br />
author = {Schleicher, August},<br />
title = {Zur Morphologie der Sprache},<br />
journal = {Mémoires de l'académdie impériale des sciences de St. Pétersbourg},<br />
year = {1859},<br />
volume = {1?},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1-38},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt 2000,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter},<br />
title = {Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1: : Absenz – Darstellung},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {831-875},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt & George 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt_George_2005a,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter; George, Marion},<br />
title = {Typisch/Typ(us)},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {191-246},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlosser 1952a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schlosser 1952a,<br />
author = {Schlosser, K.},<br />
title = {Der Signalismus in der Kunst der Naturvölker: Biologisch-psychologische Gesetzlichkeiten in den Abweichungen von der Norm des Vorbildes},<br />
year = {1952},<br />
publisher = {Mühlau},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmid 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmid 2009a,<br />
author = {Schmid, Gabriele},<br />
title = {Zwischen Bildern. Die holographische Installation als Handlungsfeld},<br />
booktitle = {holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {161-180},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1998a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Mimesis bei Aristoteles und in den Poetikkommentaren der Renaissance. Zum Wandel des Gedankens von der Nachahmung der Natur in der frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Mimesis und Simulation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Andreas Kablitz & Gerhard Neumann},<br />
pages = {17-53},<br />
publisher = {ombach},<br />
address = {Freiburg im Breisgau},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1996a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Teleologie und Geschichte bei Aristoteles oder Wie kommen nach Aristoteles Anfang, Mitte und Ende in die Geschichte?},<br />
booktitle = {Das Ende. Figuren einer Denkform},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Stierle und Rainer Warning},<br />
pages = {528-563},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider 2009a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit},<br />
title = {Wissenschaftsbilder zwischen digitaler Transformation und Manipulation. Einige Anmerkungen zur Diskussion des “digitalen Bildes”},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {188-200},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schneider 2000a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Ralf},<br />
title = {Grundriß zur kognitiven Theorie der Figurenkonzeption am Beispiel des viktorianischen Romans},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Stauffenburg},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider & Berz 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider & Berz 2002a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit & Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bildtexturen. Punkte, Zeilen, Spalten. I. Textile Processing/II. Bildtelegraphie}<br />
booktitle = {Mimetische Differenzen. Der Spielraum der Medien zwischen Abbildung und Nachbildung}, <br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Flach, Sabine & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
pages = {181-220},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider & Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schneider & Stöckl 2011a,<br />
title = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, Jan Georg & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {erscheint Frühjahr 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2011===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Schönhammer 2011,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Stichwort: Kippbilder},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
howpublished = {PsyDok, Volltextserver der Virtuellen Fachbibliothek Psychologie},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://psydok.sulb.uni-saarland.de/frontdoor.php?source_opus=2756&la=de},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schönhammer 2009a,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Wahrnehmungspsychologie. Sinne, Körper, Bewegung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 2004a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstellung, Zeichen. Philosophische Theorien bildhafter Darstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {2., vollständig überarbeitete Aufl.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Scholz 1998a,<br />
title = {Mimesis. Studien zur literarischen Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Scholz, Bernhard F.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 1991a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstellung, Zeichen. Philosophische Theorien bildhafter Darstellungen},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {(1. Aufl.)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schott 1657a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schott 57a,<br />
author = {Schott, Kaspar},<br />
title = {De Magia Anamorphotica},<br />
booktitle = {Magia Universalis Naturae et Artis},<br />
year = {1657},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Herbipoli},<br />
note = {Teil 1, Buch III},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2001a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Eine kurze Geschichte der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht. Fotografieren in Museen & Archiven & Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, Wolfgang & Jaworek, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {249-257},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter 2003a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Virtuelle Kamera. Zum Fortbestand fotografischer Medien in computergenerierten Bildern}, <br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {88},<br />
pages = {3-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Welt. Analoge und Digitale Bilder - mehr oder weniger Realität?},<br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke},<br />
pages = {335-354},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2004b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Netz und die Virtuelle Realität. Zur Selbstprogrammierung der Gesellschaft durch die universelle Maschine},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Computer/Simulation. Kopie ohne Original oder das Original kontrollierende Kopie},<br />
booktitle = {OriginalKopie. Praktiken des Sekundären},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fehrmann, Gisela et al.},<br />
pages = {139-155},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Notizen zu einer Geschichte des Löschens. Am Beispiel von Video und Robert Rauschenbergs Erased de Kooning-Drawing},<br />
booktitle = {Im Banne der Ungewissheit. Bilder zwischen Medien, Kunst und Menschen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schumacher-Chilla, Doris},<br />
pages = {171-194},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oberhausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2005a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {MetaMorphing. Camerons Analysen der digitalen Bilder in Terminator 2 und The Abyss}, <br />
booktitle = {Mythen, Mütter, Maschinen. Die Filme des James Cameron},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pabst, Eckhard},<br />
pages = {289-315},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeit ist überhaupt nur darzustellen, indem man sie konstruiert (Andreas Gursky)},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {201-218},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {On the Logic of the Digital Archive},<br />
booktitle = {The You Tube Reader},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Vonderau, Patrick & Snickars, Pelle},<br />
pages = {330-346},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2009c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {3D. Zur Theorie, Geschichte und Medienästhetik des technischtransplanen Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen und die Nicht-Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {77-86},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2010a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Fotografie und Fiktionalität},<br />
booktitle = {Die fotografische Wirklichkeit. Inszenierung - Fiktion - Narration},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Blunck, Lars},<br />
pages = {143-158},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2010b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Zeitalter der technischen Nichtreproduzierbarkeit},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
editor = {Schröter, Jens et al.},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {1-38},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter & Thielmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter & Thielmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens & Thielmann, Tristan},<br />
title = {Display I: Analog},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften}<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2010a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Darstellung einer Vorstellung. Das Bild der Welt auf der Pioneer-Plakette},<br />
booktitle = {Atlas der Weltbilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Markschies, C. et al.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schürmann 2008a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Sehen als Praxis. Ethisch-ästhetische Studien zum Verhältnis von Sicht und Einsicht},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulz 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulz 2005a,<br />
author = {Schulz, Martin},<br />
title = {Ordnungen der Bilder. Eine Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Finke},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulze 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulze 2000a,<br />
author = {Schulze, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Die Erlebnis-Gesellschaft. Kultursoziologie der Gegenwart. 8. Auflage. Studienausgabe.},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M., New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schwingeler 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schwingeler 2008a,<br />
author = {Schwingeler, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Raummaschine. Raum und Perspektive im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Werner Hülsbusch},<br />
address = {Boizenburg},<br />
note = {(Reihe Game Studies)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Searle 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Searle 1971,<br />
author = {Searle, John R.},<br />
title = {Sprechakttheorie - Ein sprachphilosophischer Essay},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 2003a,<br />
author = {Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Erscheinens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seel 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 1991a,<br />
author = {Seel, Norbert M.},<br />
title = {Weltwissen und mentale Modelle},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seiterle 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Seiterle 1988a,<br />
author = {Seiterle, G. },<br />
title = {Maske, Ziegenbock und Satyr},<br />
journal = {Antike Welt. Z. für Archäologie und Kulturgeschichte},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seja 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seja 2009a,<br />
author = {Seja, Silvia},<br />
title = {Handlungstheorien des Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sekula 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sekula 2002a,<br />
author = {Sekula, Allan},<br />
title = {Der Handel mit Fotografien},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {255-290},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shannon & Weaver 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shannon & Weaver 1976a,<br />
author = {Shannon, Claude E. & Weaver, Warren},<br />
title = {Mathematische Grundlagen der Informationstheorie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shepard 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shepard 1990a,<br />
author = {Shepard, Roger N.},<br />
title = {Mind sights. Original illusions, ambiguities, and other anomalies, with a commentary on the play of mind in perception and art},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {W. H. Freeman},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shneiderman 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Shneiderman 1983a,<br />
author = {Shneiderman, B.},<br />
title = {Direct Manipulation - A Step Beyond Programming Languages},<br />
journal = {IEEE Computer},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
volume = {16},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {57-69},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shohat & Stam 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Shohat & Stam 1998a,<br />
author = {Shohat, E. & Stam R.},<br />
title = {Narrativizing Visual Culture. Towards a Polycentric Aesthetics},<br />
booktitle = {The Visual Culture Reader},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Mirzoeff, N.},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {26-49},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegert & Brecheis 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{ Siegert & Brecheis 2005a,<br />
author = {Siegert, Gabriele & Brecheis, Dieter },<br />
title = {Werbung in der Medien- und Informationsgesellschaft. Eine kommunikationswissenschaftliche Einführung },<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {VS},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegmund 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegmund 2007a,<br />
author = {Siegmund, J.},<br />
title = {Die Evidenz der Kunst. Künstlerisches Handeln als ästhetische Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Simmel 1995a,<br />
author = {Simmel, G.},<br />
title = {Der Bildrahmen. Ein ästhetischer Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Aufsätze und Abhandlungen 1901-1908 Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Simmel, G.},<br />
pages = {101-108},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1992a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Soziologie. Untersuchungen über die Formen der Vergesellschaftung},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Gesamtausgabe, Bd. 11, hrsg. von Otthein Rammstedt},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1978a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Das individuelle Gesetz. Philosophische Exkurse},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Michael Landmann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a,<br />
author = {Smith, Robert W. & Tatarewicz, Joseph N.},<br />
title = {Replacing a Technology: The Large Space Telescope and CCDs},<br />
journal = {Proceedings of the IEEE},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
volume = {73},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1221-1235},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sobchack 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sobchack 1997a,<br />
author = {Sobchack, Vivian},<br />
title = {Meta-Morphing. Visual Transformation and the Culture of Quick-Change},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minneapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a,<br />
author = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
title = {Figurative Politik. Prolegomena zu einer Kultursoziologie politischen Handelns},<br />
booktitle = {Figurative Politik. Zur Performanz der Macht in der modernen Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
pages = {17-33},<br />
publisher = {Leske und Budrich},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sommer 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sommer 1987a,<br />
author = {Sommer, M.},<br />
title = {Evidenz im Augenblick. Eine Phänomenologie der reinen Empfindung},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sonesson 1992a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Bildbetydelser: Inledning till bildsemiotiken som vetenskap},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Studentlitteratur},<br />
address = {Lund},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sonesson 1989a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Pictorial Concepts},<br />
publisher = {Lund University Press},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sörbom 1966===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sörbom 1966,<br />
author = {Sörbom, Göran},<br />
title = {Mimesis and Art. Studies in the Origin an Early Development of an Aesthetic Vocabulary},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spariosu 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Spariosu 1984,<br />
title = {Mimesis in contemporary theory: An interdisciplinary Approach. Volume I: The Literary and the Philosophical Debate},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Spariosu, Mihai},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Philadelphia/Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spillner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Spillner 1982a,<br />
author = {Spillner, Bernd},<br />
title = {Stilanalyse semiotisch komplexer Texte: Zum Verhältnis von sprachlicher und bil¬dicher Information in Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4/5},<br />
pages = {91–106},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stadler & Kruse 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stadler & Kruse 1995a,<br />
author = {Stadler, Michael & Kruse, Peter},<br />
title = {The Function of Meaning in Cognitive Order Formation.},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {5–21},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Steinbrenner 2009a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Bildtheorien der analytischen Tradition},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {284-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 2004a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Zeichen über Zeichen. Grundlagen einer Theorie der Metabezugnahme},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Synchron Wissenschaftsverlag der Autoren},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 1996a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Kognitivismus in der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a,<br />
title = {Farben: Betrachtungen aus Philosophie und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Glasauer, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a,<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
title = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stiegler 2004a,<br />
author = {Stiegler, Bernd},<br />
title = {Digitale Photographie als epistemologischer Bruch und historische Wende},<br />
booktitle = {Das Gesicht der Welt. Medien in der digitalen Kultur},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Engell & Neitzel},<br />
pages = {105-126},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stierle 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stierle 1984a,<br />
author = {Stierle, Karlheinz},<br />
title = {Das bequeme Verhältnis. Lessings Laokoon und die Entdeckung des ästhetischen Mediums},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, Gunter},<br />
pages = {23-58},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2011a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbekommunikation semiotisch},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch Werbekommunikation},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Nina Janich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {UTB},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {erscheint Mitte 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {The Language-Image-Text. Theoretical and Analytical Inroads into Semiotic Complexity},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {202-226},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Beyond Depicting. Language-Image-Links in the Service of Advertising},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {3-28},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2008a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbetypographie. Formen und Funktionen},<br />
booktitle = {Werbung – grenzenlos. Multimodale Werbetexte im interkulturellen Vergleich},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bendel, Sylvia & Held, Gudrun},<br />
pages = {13–36},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2005a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typography: Body and Dress of a Text – A Signing Mode between Language and Image},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {204-214},<br />
note = {Special Issue “The New Typography”},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2004b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typographie: Körper und Gewand des Textes. Linguistische Überlegungen zu typographischer Gestaltung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Angewandte Linguistik},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {41},<br />
pages = {5-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stöckl 2004a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Die Sprache im Bild – Das Bild in der Sprache. Zur Verknüpfung von Sprache und Bild im massenmedialen Text},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2003a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {„Imagine“: Stilanalyse multimodal. Am Beispiel des TV-Werbespots},<br />
booktitle = {Sprachstil – Zugänge und Anwendungen. Ulla Fix zum 60. Geburtstag},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Barz, Irmhild & Lerchner, Gotthard & Schröder, },<br />
pages = {305-323},<br />
publisher = {Winter},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 1992a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Der ‚picture relation type’ – Ein praktischer Analysemodus zur Beschreibung der vielfältigen Einbettungs- und Verknüpfungsbeziehungen von Bild und Text},<br />
journal = {Papiere zur Linguistik},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {46},<br />
number = {11},<br />
pages = {49-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoesz 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Stoesz 2008a,<br />
author = {Stoesz Brenda Marie},<br />
title = {The Role of Selective Attention in Perceptual Switching. },<br />
year = {2008},<br />
howpublished = {Department of Psychology, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Manitoba},<br />
note = {Thesis Master of Arts Thesis},<br />
hidden = {zuletzt geprüft am 17.03.2011},<br />
url = {mspace.lib.umanitoba.ca/bitstream/1993/3083/1/BStoesz%20-%20MA%20thesis%202008%20revisions.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoichita 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stoichita 1998a,<br />
author = {Stoichita, Victor I.},<br />
title = {Das selbstbewußte Bild. Vom Ursprung der Metamalerei},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauß 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strauß 1998a,<br />
author = {Strauß, Bernd (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Zuschauer},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strenge 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Strenge_1998a,<br />
author = {Strenge, Britta},<br />
title = {Typos/Typologie},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {1587-1595},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Striedter 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Striedter 1984a,<br />
author = {Striedter, K.H.},<br />
title = {Felsbilder der Sahara},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauss 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Strauss 1979a,<br />
author = {Strauss, M.S.},<br />
title = {Abstraction of prototypical information by adults and 10-month-old infants},<br />
journal = {J. of Experimental Psychology: Human Leraning and Memory},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {5},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {618-632},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a,<br />
author = {Strothotte, Thomas & Schlechtweg, Stefan},<br />
title = {Non-photorealistic Computer Graphics: Modeling, Rendering, and Animation},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {San Francisco u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stüber & Stadler 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stüber & Stadler 1999a,<br />
author = {Strüber, Daniel & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Differences in top-down influences on the reversal rate of different categories of reversible figures},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {28},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1185–1196},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sturken & Cartwright 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sturken & Cartwright 2001a,<br />
author = {Sturken, M. & Cartwright L.},<br />
title = {Practices of Looking. An Introduction to Visual Culture},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
address = {Oxford, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch.},<br />
title = {Schreck-Gesichter. Symbole des magischen Alltags},<br />
booktitle = {Symbole des Alltags, Alltag der Symbole},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Blaschitz, G.; et al. },<br />
pages = {517-554},<br />
publisher = {ADV},<br />
address = {Graz},<br />
note = {Festschrift Harry Kühnel zum 65. Geburtstag},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1998a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch. },<br />
title = {Grenzen der Komplexität. Die Kunst als Bild der Wirklichkeit. Neuropsychologische und ethologische Erkenntnisse in der Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Einfachen zur Ganzheitlichkeit. Das Problem der Komplexität auf organismischer und soziokultureller Ebene},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {A.M. Wobus, & U. Wobus},<br />
pages = {167-188},<br />
publisher = {Nova Acta Leopoldina 77(304)},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Szily 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Szily 1999a,<br />
author = {Szily, K.},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelvújítás szótára},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Nap Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==T==<br />
===Tatarkiewicz 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tatarkiewicz 2003,<br />
author = {Tatarkiewicz, Wladysaw},<br />
title = {Geschichte der sechs Begriffe. Kunst • Schönheit • Form • Kreativität • Mimesis • Ästhetisches Erlebnis},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thielmann & Schröter 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Thielmann & Schröter 2007a,<br />
title = {Display II: Digital. Navigationen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Thielmann, Tristan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {<em>Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften</em>},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {Jg. 7, H. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tholen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tholen 2003a,<br />
author = {Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
title = {Die Zäsur der Medien. Kulturphilosophische Konturen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a,<br />
author = {Thornhill, R. & Gangestad, S.W. },<br />
title = {Human facial beauty: averageness, symmetry and parasite resistance},<br />
journal = {Human nature},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {237-269},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Thürlemann 1990a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Raum. Beiträge zu einer semiotischen Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Thürlemann 1984a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Die Farbe in der Malerei: Symbolischer und semi-symbolischer Bedeutungsmodus},<br />
booktitle = {Semiotics Unfolding. Proceedings of the Second Congress of the International Association for Semiotic Studies},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Tasso Borbé},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tischner 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tischner 1954a,<br />
author = {Tischner, H.},<br />
title = {Kunst der Südsee},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Todorov 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Todorov 1977,<br />
author = {Todorov, Tzvetan},<br />
title = {Symboltheorien},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {[frz. Original 1977]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Topper 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Topper 00a,<br />
author = {Topper, David},<br />
title = {On Anamorphosis. Setting Some Things Straight},<br />
journal = {Leonardo},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
volume = {33},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {115-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tótfalusi 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tótfalusi 2002a,<br />
author = {Tótfalusi, I.},<br />
title = {Magyar szótörténeti szótár},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Anno Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Totzke 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Totzke 2004a,<br />
author = {Totzke, Rainer},<br />
title = {Buchstaben-Folgen. Schriftlichkeit, Wissenschaft und Heideggers Kritik an der Wissenschaftsideologie},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Welbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Troje & McAdam 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Troje & McAdam 2010a,<br />
author = {Troje, N. F. & McAdam, M.},<br />
title = {The viewing-from-above bias and the silhouette illusion},<br />
journal = {i-Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {143–148},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {i-perception.perceptionweb.com/fulltext/i01/i0408.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Trübner 1940===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Trübner 1940,<br />
title = {Trübners Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: C-F},<br />
year = {1940},<br />
editor = {Alfred Göze},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Art. „darstellen“, S. 27},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tugendhat 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat 1976a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die sprachanalytische Philosophie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst & Wolf, Ursula},<br />
title = {Logisch-semantische Propädeutik},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {(revid. 1986)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==U==<br />
===Ullrich 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ullrich 1997a,<br />
author = {Ullrich, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Digitaler Nominalismus. Zum Status der Computerfotografie},<br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {64},<br />
pages = {63-73},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==V==<br />
===Vaihinger 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vaihinger 1997a,<br />
author = {Vaihinger, Dirk},<br />
title = {Virtualität und Realität – Die Fiktionalisierung der Wirklichkeit und die unendliche Information},<br />
booktitle = {Künstliche Paradiese, Virtuelle Realitäten. Künstliche Räume in Literatur-, Sozial-, und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Krapp, Holger & Wägenbaur, Thomas},<br />
pages = {19-43},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Valenza et al. 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Valenza et al. 1996a,<br />
author = {Valenza, E.; Simion, F.; Cassia, V.M. & Umiltà, C.},<br />
title = {Face preference at birth},<br />
journal = {J. of experimental Psychology (Human Perception and Performance) },<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {892-903},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Varela 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Varela 1990a,<br />
author = {Varela, Francisco J.},<br />
title = {Kognitionswissenschaft, Kognitionstechnik. Eine Skizze aktueller Perspektiven},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===VCQ 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{VCQ 1996a,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Visual Culture Questionnaire},<br />
journal = {October},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
pages = {25-70},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ventola et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ventola et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Ventola, Eija & Guijarro, Moya & Arsenio, Jesús},<br />
title = {The World Told and the World Shown. Multisemiotic Issues},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan},<br />
address = {Basingstoke},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Venus 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Venus 2009a,<br />
author = {Venus, Jochen},<br />
title = {Raumbild und Tätigkeitssimulation. Video- und Computerspiele als Darstellungsmedien des Tätigkeitsempfindens},<br />
booktitle = {Das Raumbild. Bilder jenseits ihrer Flächen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Winter, Gundolf; Schröter, Jens & Barck, Joanna},<br />
pages = {259-280},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vischer 1873a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vischer 1873a,<br />
author = {Vischer, Robert},<br />
title = {Ueber das optische Formgefühl. Ein Beitrag zur Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1873},<br />
publisher = {Credner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Völker 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Völker 2010a,<br />
author = {Völker, Clara},<br />
title = {Mobile Medien. Zur Genealogie des Mobilfunks und zur Ideengeschichte von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vogel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vogel 2003a,<br />
author = {Vogel, Matthias},<br />
title = {Medien als Voraussetzungen für Gedanken},<br />
booktitle = {Medienphilosophie. Beiträge zur Klärung eines Begriffs},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Münker, Stefan; Roesler, Alexander & Sandbothe, Mike},<br />
pages = {107-134 + 213-215 [Anmerkungen]},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Volkelt 1905a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Volkelt 1905a,<br />
author = {Volkelt, Johannes},<br />
title = {System der Ästhetik. Erster Band: Grundlegung der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vorländer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vorländer 2003a,<br />
author = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
title = {Demokratie und Ästhetik. Zur Rehabilitierung eines problematischen Zusammenhangs},<br />
booktitle = {Zur Ästhetik der Demokratie. Formen der politischen Selbstdarstellung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
pages = {11-26},<br />
publisher = {Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==W==<br />
<br />
===Wade et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wade et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Wade, Nicholas J.; Campbel, Robin N.; Ross, Helen E. & Lingelbach, Bernd},<br />
title = {Necker in Scotch perspective},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1–4},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Waldenfels 2010a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Sinne und Künste im Wechselspiel. Modi ästhetischer Erfahrung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Waldenfels 1999a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Ordnungen des Sichtbaren},<br />
booktitle = {Sinnesschwellen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Walton 1973a,<br />
author = {Kendall L. Walton},<br />
title = {Pictures as Make-Believe},<br />
journal = {The Philosophical Review},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
volume = {82},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {283-319},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Walton 1990a,<br />
author = {Walton, Kendall L.},<br />
title = {Mimesis as make-believe : on the foundations of the representational arts},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Harvard Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass. [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warburg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warburg 2008a,<br />
author = {Warburg, Aby},<br />
title = {Der Bilderatlas Mnemosyne (2000)},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Warnke, Martin; unter Mitarbeit von Brink, Claudia},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warnke 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warnke 1984a,<br />
author = {Warnke, Martin},<br />
title = {Politische Architektur in Europa vom Mittelalter bis heute: Repräsentation und Gemeinschaft},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Watt 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Watt 2002a, <br />
author = {Watt, Alan}, <br />
title = {3D-Computergrafik},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weber 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weber 2000a,<br />
author = { Weber, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Windmühlen oder Mauern? Die Archive und der neue Wind in der Informationstechnik},<br />
booktitle = {Digitale Archive - Ein neues Paradigma?},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Metzing, Andreas},<br />
pages = {79-94},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Marburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weiss 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weiss 2009a,<br />
author = {Weiss, G. },<br />
title = {Masken begleiten, erinnern, ehren und erneuern},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wellbery 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wellbery 1977,<br />
author = {Wellbery, David E.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Semiotics in the German Enlightenment},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Yale University},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Werckmeister 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Werckmeister 2005a,<br />
author = {Werckmeister, Otto Karl},<br />
title = {Der Medusa Effekt. Politische Bildstrategien seit dem 11. September 2001},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {form + zweck},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wescher 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wescher 1968a,<br />
author = {Wescher, Herta},<br />
title = {Die Collage / Geschichte eines künstlerischen Ausdrucksmittels},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {DuMont Schauberg},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wheeler 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wheeler 2005a,<br />
author = {Wheeler, Michael},<br />
title = {Reconstructing the Cognitive World: The Next Step},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2008a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Die Sichtbarkeit des Bildes. Geschichte und Perspektiven der formalen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main, New York},<br />
note = {Mit einem aktuellen Vorwort des Autors zur Neuausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2005a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Artifizielle Präsenz. Studien zur Philosophie des Bildes.},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wiesing 2004a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Pragmatismus und Performativität des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {115-128},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2000a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Phänomene im Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wimmer 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wimmer 1991a,<br />
author = {Wimmer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Fabrikation der Fiktion?},<br />
booktitle = {Digitaler Schein. Ästhetik der digitalen Medien},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Rötzer, }, <br />
pages = {519-533},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winkler 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Winkler 2003a,<br />
author = {Winkler, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Zugriff. Thesen zur Umorganisation der gesellschaftlichen Bildarchive unter den Bedingungen des Digitalen},<br />
booktitle = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang; Heidenreich, Stefan & Holl, Ute},<br />
pages = {144-148},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winner 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Winner 1962a,<br />
author = {Winner, Matthias},<br />
title = {Gemalte Kunsttheorie. Zu Gustave Courbets ‚Allégorie réelle‘ und der Tradition},<br />
journal = {Jahrbuch der Berliner Museen},<br />
year = {4},<br />
volume = {1962},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {150-185},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wirth 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wirth 2004a,<br />
author = {Wirth, Uwe},<br />
title = {Das Vorwort als performative, paratextuelle und parergonale Rahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Rhetorik. Figuration und Performanz},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fohrmann, Jürgen},<br />
pages = {603-628},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Whitfield 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Whitfield 1999a,<br />
author = {Whitfield, S.},<br />
title = {Lucio Fontana},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Hayward Gallery Publ.},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witsch 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witsch 2008a,<br />
author = {Witsch, Monika},<br />
title = {Kultur und Bildung: Ein Beitrag für eine kulturwissenschaftliche Grundlegung von Bildung im Anschluss an Georg Simmel, Ernst Cassirer und Richard Hönigswald},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witte 2010a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Zur Geschichte der Bildung. Eine philosophische Kritik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2009a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Selbstbild und Bildung. Ein Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildung – Argumentation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Helmer, K.; Herchert, G. & Löwenstein, S.},<br />
pages = {81-100},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reihe: Beiträge zur Theorie der Argumentation in der Pädagogik. Herausgegeben von Andreas Dörpinghaus und Karl Helmer. Band 5},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1990a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus logico-philosophicus},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Tagebücher 1914-1916; Philosophische Untersuchungen. [7. Aufl.]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1971a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Philosophische Untersuchungen},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1922===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1922,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus},<br />
year = {1922},<br />
publisher = {Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wollheim 1982a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Sehen-als, sehen-in und bildliche Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Objekte der Kunst},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
pages = {192-210},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Looser, Max},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 1978,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Are the Criteria of Identity that Hold für a Work of Art in the Different Arts Aesthetically Relevant?},<br />
journal = {Ratio},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {20},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {29-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 2001a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {On Pictorial Representation},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
pages = {215-2268},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {Neuabdruck in: Gerwen, Rob van (Hg.). Richard Wollheim on the Art of Painting: Art as Representation and Expression. Cambridge UP, 2001},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==X==<br />
==Y==<br />
==Z==<br />
===Zaloscer 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Zaloscer 1974a,<br />
author = {Zaloscer, Hilde},<br />
title = {Versuch einer Phänomenologie des Rahmens},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Ästhetik und allgemeine Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {189-224},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zeune 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zeune 1997a,<br />
author = {Zeune, Joachim},<br />
title = {Burgen. Symbole der Macht. Ein neues Bild der mittelalterlichen Burg},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Pustet},<br />
address = {Regensburg},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zimmer 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zimmer 1995a,<br />
author = {Zimmer, A. C.},<br />
title = {Multistability – More than just a Freak Phenomenon},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {99–138},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==Fehlerhafte Angaben==<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, Jörg R. J.},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
note = {'''''Achtung!!Reihenfolge der Autoren ist verkehrt!!! Bitte korrigieren!!!''''' },<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.uni-due.de/imperia/md/content/elise/2006_-_schirra___hombach.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<!--- Die folgende Zeile muß immer am Ende der Seite stehen!! --><br />
<!--- Nicht entfernen und keinen Biblio-Eintrag danach setzen --><br />
<bibexport/></div>
Mark Ludwig
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Bibliography&diff=5922
Bibliography
2011-06-21T13:35:26Z
<p>Mark Ludwig: /* S */</p>
<hr />
<div>===Kris & Kurz 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kris & Kurz 1995a,<br />
author = {Kris, Ernst & Kurz, Otto},<br />
title = {Die Legende vom Künstler. Ein geschichtlicher Versuch},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {mit einem Vorwort von Ernst H. Gombrich},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 2000a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Vor einem Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser Verlag},<br />
address = {München/Wien},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Reinold Werner},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Panofsky 2002a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Sinn und Deutung in der bildenden Kunst (Meaning in the Visual Arts)},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Dumont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<!--- Dies ist eine Kommentarzeile --><br />
<!--- In diese Seite kommen alle bibliographischen Daten rein, --><br />
<!--- also wirklich a l l e für dieses Glossar. --><br />
<!--- Wer es kennt, wird erkennen, dass wir uns an BibTex orientieren. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- !!!!! Bitte erst mal durchsuchen, ob der geplante Eintrag !!! --><br />
<!--- !!!!! hier nicht schon unter anderer Bezeichnung steht! !!! --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Ein Schema für neue Einträge wird hier oben automatisch --><br />
<!--- eingeblendet, wenn ein neuer Literaturverweis in einer Seite --><br />
<!--- eingebaut wurde und man dem entsprechenden Link dort im --><br />
<!--- Literaturverzeichnis folgt. Bitte nach Anlegen nach unten kopieren, --><br />
<!--- so dass eine alphabetisch geordnete Liste erhalten bleibt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Derzeit sind folgende Formen möglich Monographie (=book), --> <br />
<!--- Sammelband (= Proceedings), Artikel in Sammelband (= inproceedings),--><br />
<!--- Zeitschriftenartikel (= article), Rest (= misc.) --><br />
<!--- (An einer Übersetzung dieser Typbezeichnungen wird gearbeitet) --><br />
<!--- In allen sind die jeweils üblichen Felder verfügbar; weitere Daten --><br />
<!--- können im Feld note deponiert werden -- die werden jeweils am Ende --><br />
<!--- der damit produzierten Literaturangabe angezeigt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Nun die Einträge; wenn möglich die Namen (1. Zeile nach bibentry) --><br />
<!--- alle nach gleichem Schema bauen und alphabetisch geordnet eintragen.--><br />
<!--- Angabe des Jahres am Besten immer mit fortlaufendem Kleinbuchstaben --><br />
<!--- indizieren, auch wenn noch kein zweites Werk des Autors im gleichen --><br />
<!--- Jahr aufgenommen wurde; kann ja noch kommen. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Wenn ein als Identifier benutzter Nachname mit einem Sonderzeichen --><br />
<!--- (insbesondere Umlaut) beginnt, bitte die Normalumschrift benutzen, --><br />
<!--- sonst sind die Literaturangaben auf den Seiten falsch geordnet. --><br />
<!--- Den korrekt geschriebenen Namen zwischen den <bib>Klammern nutzen. --><br />
{{GlossarBoxSub}}__TOC__</div><br />
<!--- --><br />
<br />
==A==<br />
===Adelmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelmann 2009a, <br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adelmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Adelmann 2004a, <br />
author = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Digitale Animationen in dokumentarischen Fernsehformaten?}, <br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung}, <br />
year = {2004}, <br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke}, <br />
pages = {387-406}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adelung 1811===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelung 1811, <br />
editor = {Adelung, Johann Christoph}, <br />
title = {Grammatisch-kritisches Wörterbuch der hochdeutschen Mundart: mit beständiger Vergleichung der übrigen Mundarten, besonders aber der Oberdeutschen. Erster Teil: A-E. Mit D. W. Soltau's Beyträgen; revidirt und berichtiget von Franz Xaver Schönberger, Doctor der freyen Künste und Philosophie},<br />
year = {1811}, <br />
publisher = {Bauer}, <br />
address = {Wien}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adorno 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Adorno 2003,<br />
author = {Adorno, Theodor W.},<br />
title = {Gesammelte Schriften, Bd. 7: Ästhetische Theorie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Alpers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alpers 1985a,<br />
author = {Alpers, Svetlana},<br />
title = {Kunst als Beschreibung. Holländische Malerei des 17. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Amelunxen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Amelunxen 1996a, <br />
author = {Amelunxen, Hubertus}, <br />
title = {Fotografie nach der Fotografie}, <br />
year = {1996}, <br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Dresden u.a.}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Appadurai 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Appadurai 2003a, <br />
author = {Appadurai, Arjun},<br />
title = {Archive and Aspiration},<br />
booktitle = {Information is Alive},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Brouwer, Joke; Mulder, Arjen},<br />
pages = {14-25},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Rotterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1997,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Poetik. Griechisch/Deutsch},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Manfred Fuhrmann},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {Übers. und Hrsg.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995c,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Physik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 6; Übers.: Hans Günter Zekl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995b,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Nikomachische Ethik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 3; Übers.: Eugen Rolfes},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995a,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Metaphysik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 5; Übers.: Hermann Bonitz},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a,<br />
author = {Asemissen, Hermann Ulrich & Schweikhart, Gunter},<br />
title = {Malerei als Thema der Malerei},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Attneave 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Attneave 1971a,<br />
author = {Attneave, F.},<br />
title = {Multistability in perception},<br />
journal = {Sci.Am 225},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
volume = {225},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Auerbach 1946===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Auerbach 1946,<br />
author = {Auerbach, Erich},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Dargestellte Wirklichkeit in der abendländischen Literatur [1946]},<br />
year = {<sup>10</sup>2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen/Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Augustinus 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Augustinus 2002,<br />
author = {Augustinus},<br />
title = {Was ist Zeit? Confessiones XI/Bekenntnisse 11},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {lateinisch-deutsche Ausgabe, eingeleitet, übersetzt und mit Anmerkungen versehen von Norbert Fischer},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Austin 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Austin 1972a,<br />
author = {Austin, John L.},<br />
title = {Zur Theorie der Sprechakte},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {orig.: How to do things with Words, 1962},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==B==<br />
===Baader 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baader 2003a,<br />
author = {Baader, Hannah},<br />
title = {Paragone},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {263},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bachmann-Medick 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bachmann-Medick 2006a,<br />
author = {Bachmann-Medick, Doris},<br />
title = {Cultural Turns. Neuorientierungen in den Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Badakshi 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Badakshi 2006a,<br />
author = {Badakshi, Harun},<br />
title = {Körper in/aus Zahlen. Digitale Bildgebung in der Medizin},<br />
booktitle = {The Picture's Image. Wissenschaftliche Visualisierung als Komposit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Hinterwaldner, Inge; Buschhaus, Markus},<br />
pages = {199-205},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Badt 1963a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Badt 1963a,<br />
author = {Badt, Kurt },<br />
title = {Raumphantasien und Raumillusionen. Wesen der Plastik}<br />
year = {1963},<br />
publisher = {DuMont}, <br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Balázs 2001a,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der Geist des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Balázs 2001b,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der sichtbare Mensch},<br />
booktitle = {Texte zur Theorie des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {v. F. Albersmeier},<br />
publisher = {Philip Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
pages = {224-233},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baltrušaitis 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baltrušaitis 77a,<br />
author = {Baltrušaitis, Jurgis},<br />
title = {Anamorphic Art},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Chadwyck-Healey},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {(aus dem Französischen von W.J. Strachan, zuerst: Paris 1969)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1977a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetoric of the Image},<br />
booktitle = {Image, Music, Text},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
editor = {Stephen Heath},<br />
pages = {32–51},<br />
publisher = {Fontana},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {orig. 1964 in Communications},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1964a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetorik des Bildes (1964)},<br />
booktitle = {Der entgegenkommende und der stumpfe Sinn. Kritische Essays III},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Hornig, Dieter},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barthes 1989a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Die helle Kammer. Bemerkung zur Photographie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batchen 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Batchen 1998a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Photogenics/Fotogenik},<br />
journal = {Camera Austria},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {62/63},<br />
pages = {5-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batchen 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Batchen 2000a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Ectoplasm. Photography in the Digital Age},<br />
booktitle = {Over Exposed. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Squiers, Carol},<br />
pages = {9.23},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batteux 1746/1770===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Batteux 1746/1770,<br />
author = {Batteux, Charles},<br />
title = {Einschränkung der schönen Künste auf einen einzigen Grundsatz},<br />
year = {<sup>3</sup>1770},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Aus dem Französischen übersetzt und mit Abhandlungen begleitet von Johann Adolf Schlegel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baudrillard 1978a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Agonie des Realen},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baudrillard 2000a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Das perfekte Verbrechen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {von Amelunxen},<br />
pages = {256-260},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baumberger 2010===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baumberger 2010,<br />
author = {Baumberger, Christoph},<br />
title = {Gebaute Zeichen. Eine Symboltheorie der Architektur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Ontos},<br />
address = {Heusenstamm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baxandall 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baxandall 1972a,<br />
author = {Baxandall, Michael},<br />
title = {Painting and Experience in Fifteenth Century Italy. A Primer in the Social History of Pictorial Style},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Clarendon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bayer 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bayer 1984,<br />
author = {Bayer, Udo},<br />
title = {Laokoon – Momente einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gunter Gebauer},<br />
pages = {59-101},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bechtloff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bechtloff 2001a,<br />
author = {Bechtloff, Dieter (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Choreographie der Gewalt}, <br />
journal = {Kunstforum International}, <br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Hefte 153, 155 & 156},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Heft 153: Der gerissene Faden. Nichtlineare Techniken in der Kunst; Heft 156: Plateau der Menschheit},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beckmann 1995===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beckmann 1995,<br />
author = {Beckmann, Jan P.},<br />
title = {Wilhelm von Ockham},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beil 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beil 2010a,<br />
author = {Beil, Benjamin},<br />
title = {First Person Perspectives. Point of View und figurenzentrierte Erzählformen im Film und im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belach & Jacobsen 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belach & Jacobsen 93,<br />
author = {Belach, Helga & Jacobsen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {CinemaScope. Zur Geschichte der Breitwandfilme},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Spiess},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Stiftung Deutsche Kinemathek},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beller 2005a,<br />
author = {Beller Hans},<br />
title = {Aspekte der Filmmontage - Eine Art Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch der Filmmontage. Praxis und Prinzipien des Filmschnitts},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Beller Hans},<br />
publisher = {TR-Verlagsunion},<br />
address = {München},<br />
pages = {9-33},<br />
note = {5., gegenüber der 4. unveränderte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2008a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Florenz und Bagdad. Eine westöstliche Geschichte des Blicks},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2004a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bild und Kult. Eine Geschichte des Bildes vor dem Zeitalter der Kunst},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {6. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2002a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte. Eine Revision nach zehn Jahren},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Verlag C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2., erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2001a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bildanthropologie. Entwürfe für eine Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 1983a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte?},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Kunstverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting & Haustein 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting & Haustein 1998a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans & Haustein, Lydia},<br />
title = {Das Erbe der Bilder. Kunst und moderne Medien in den Kulturen der Welt},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Benkő 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Benkő 1976a,<br />
editor = {Benkő, L.},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelv történeti-etimológiai szótára. I-IV},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bergson 1948a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bergson 1948a,<br />
author = {Bergson, Henri},<br />
title = {Das Mögliche und das Wirkliche},<br />
booktitle = {Denken und Schöpferisches Werden. Aufsätze und Vorträge},<br />
year = {1948},<br />
editor = {Bergson, H.},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Meisenheim am Glan},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {110-125},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bernays 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernays 1970a,<br />
author = {Bernays, Jacob},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der verlorenen Abhandlung des Aristoteles über Wirkung der Tragödie},<br />
year = {1970}<br />
publisher = {G. Olms},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bernhardt et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernhardt et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Bernhardt, Petra; Hadj-Abdou, Leila; Liebhart, Karin & Pribersky, Andreas},<br />
title = {EUropäische Bildpolitiken. Politische Bildanalyse an Beispielen der EU-Politik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {facultas UTB},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bertram et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bertram et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bertram, Georg W.; Lauer, David; Liptow, Jasper; & Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {In der Welt der Sprache: Konsequenzen des semantischen Holismus},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp}, <br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Berz 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Berz 2009a,<br />
author = {Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bitmapped Graphic},<br />
booktitle = {Zeitkritische Medien},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Volmar, Axel},<br />
pages = {127-154},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bevers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bevers 1985a,<br />
author = {Bevers, Antonius M.},<br />
title = {Dynamik der Formen bei Georg Simmel. Eine Studie über die methodische und theoretische Einheit eines Gesamtwerkes},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Duncker & Humblot},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Sozialwissenschaftliche Abhandlungen der Görres-Gesellschaft, Band 13},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beyme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beyme 2004a,<br />
author = {Beyme, Klaus von},<br />
title = {Politische Ikonologie der modernen Architektur},<br />
booktitle = {Politikwissenschaft als Kulturwissenschaft. Theorien, Methoden, Problemstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schwelling, Birgit},<br />
pages = {351-372},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bieger 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bieger 2007a,<br />
author = {Bieger, Laura},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Immersion. Raum-Erleben zwischen Welt und Bild},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Black 1972===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Black 1972,<br />
author = {Black, Max},<br />
title = {How do Pictures represent?},<br />
booktitle = {Art, Perception, and Reality},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gombrich, E.H.; Hochberg, Julian & Black, Max},<br />
pages = {95-130},<br />
publisher = {John Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blanke 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Blanke 2003,<br />
author = {Blanke, Börries},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Sinn. Das ikonische Zeichen zwischen strukturalistischer Semiotik und analytischer Philosophie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Reihe Bildwissenschaft, Bd. 4},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Block 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Block 1990a,<br />
author = {Block, Ned},<br />
title = {The Computer Model of the Mind},<br />
booktitle = {Thinking. An Invitation to Cognitive Science, Vol. 3},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {D. N. Osherson & E. E. Smith},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bloomfield 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bloomfield 1933a,<br />
author = {Bloomfield, Leonard},<br />
title = {Language},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Henry Holt and Co},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1986a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Annäherungen an die Aktualität der Rhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Wirklichkeiten in denen wir leben},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
pages = {104-136},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1969a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeitsbegriff und Möglichkeit des Romans},<br />
booktitle = {Nachahmung und Illusion. Poetik und Hermeneutik 1},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Hans Robert Jauß},<br />
pages = {9-27},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Blumenberg 1957a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {'Nachahmung der Natur'. Zur Vorgeschichte der Idee des schöpferischen Menschen},<br />
journal = {Studium Generale},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {5},<br />
pages = {266-283},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2008a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Augenmaß. Zur Genese der ikonischen Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Mersman, Birgit & Spies, Christian},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 2007a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2005a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild und die hermeneutische Reflexion},<br />
booktitle = {Dimensionen des Hermeneutischen. Heidegger und Gadamer},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Martin-Heidegger-Gesellschaft},<br />
pages = {23-35},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Schriftenreihe Band 7},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Sprache? Anmerkungen zur Logik der Bilder (2004)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {34-53},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild in der Kunstwissenschaft. Interview mit Gottfried Boehm},<br />
booktitle = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {11-21},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm 2001a,<br />
title = {Homo Pictor},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Saur},<br />
address = {München / Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1999a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zwischen Auge und Hand. Bilder als Instrumente der Erkenntnis (1999)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {94-113},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1994a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Wiederkehr der Bilder},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1994b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Bilderfrage},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Gottfried Boehm},<br />
pages = {325-343},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1994c,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1985a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Der Andere als Prototyp},<br />
booktitle = {Bildnis und Individuum. Über den Ursprung der Porträtmalerei in der italienischen Renaissance},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1978a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zu einer Hermeneutik des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Die Hermeneutik und die Wissenschaft},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Gadamer, Hans-Georg & Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {444-471},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a,<br />
title = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried; Mersmann, Birgit; Spies, Christian},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Böhme 2004a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Der Raum leiblicher Anwesenheit und der Raum als Medium von Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böhme 1999a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böcking 2008===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böcking 2008,<br />
author = {Böcking, Saskia},<br />
title = {Grenzen der Fiktion? Von Suspension of Disbelief zu einer Toleranztheorie für die Filmrezeption.},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bogen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bogen 2005a,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen},<br />
title = {Kunstgeschichte/Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus },<br />
pages = {52-67},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bonsiepe 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bonsiepe 1968a,<br />
author = {Bonsiepe, Gui},<br />
title = {Visuell/Verbale Rhetorik},<br />
journal = {Format: Zeitschrift für visuelle Kommunikation},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {17},<br />
pages = {11–18},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bousso 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bousso 2002a,<br />
author = {Bousso, Raphael},<br />
title = {The Holographic Principle},<br />
journal = {Reviews of Modern Physics},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {74},<br />
pages = {825-874},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brachfeld 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brachfeld_1976a,<br />
author = {Brachfeld, Otto},<br />
title = {Image},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {215-217},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandt 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandt 1999a,<br />
author = {Brandt, Reinhard},<br />
title = {Die Wirklichkeit der Bilder. Sehen und Erkennen – Vom Spiegel zum Kunstbild},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandom 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandom 2000a,<br />
author = {Brandom, Robert},<br />
title = {Expressive Vernunft. Begründung, Repräsentation und diskursive Festlegung (1994)},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Gilmer, Eva & Vetter, Hermann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2007a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Galilei der Künstler. Der Mond. Die Sonne. Die Hand},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2005a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Darwins Korallen. Die frühen Evolutionsdiagramme und die Tradition der Naturgeschichte},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Klaus Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bredekamp 2004a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Drehmomente. Merkmale und Ansprüche des Iconic Turn},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Turn. Die neue Macht der Bilder},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Maar, Christa & Burda, Hubert},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {A Neglected Tradition? Art History as Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2000a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Antikensehnsucht und Maschinenglauben. Die Geschichte der Kunstkammer und die Zukunft der Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 1994a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Die digitale Kunstkammer. Ein Interview mit Horst Bredekamp},<br />
journal = {Texte zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst; Schneider, Birgit; Dünkel, Vera},<br />
title = {Das Technische Bild. Kompendium für eine Stilgeschichte wissenschaftlicher Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst & Schneider, Pablo},<br />
title = {Visuelle Argumentationen. Die Mysterien der Repräsentation und die Berechenbarkeit der Welt},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2010a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildakts. Frankfurter Adorno-Vorlesungen 2007},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brentano 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brentano 1930a,<br />
author = {Brentano, Franz},<br />
title = {Wahrheit und Evidenz},<br />
year = {1930},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {(1975??)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Pitts, Michael A. & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right parietal brain activity precedes perceptual alternation during binocular rivalry},<br />
journal = {Hum. Brain Mapping},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/20690124},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Landis, Theodor & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right parietal brain activity precedes perceptual alternation of bistable stimuli},<br />
journal = {Cereb. Cortex 19},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {55-65},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brugger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger 1999a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter},<br />
title = {One hundred years of an ambiguous figure: happy birthday, duck/rabbit},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
number = {???},<br />
pages = {973–977},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brugger & Brugger 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger & Brugger 1993a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter & Brugger, Susanne},<br />
title = {The easterbunny in october: I is it disguised as a duck},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
number = {???},<br />
pages = {577–578},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brunet 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brunet 2008a,<br />
author = {Brunet, François},<br />
title = {A Better Example is a Photograph': On the Exemplary Value of Photographs in C. S. Peirce's Reflection on Signs},<br />
booktitle = {The Meaning of Photography},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Kelsey, Robin; Stimson, Blake},<br />
pages = {34-49},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Williamstown},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bruno 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bruno 2007a,<br />
author = {Bruno, Giuliana},<br />
title = {Public Intimacy. Architecture and the Visual Arts},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bryson 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bryson 2001a,<br />
author = {Norman Bryson},<br />
title = {Das Sehen und die Malerei},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 2000a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Die Krise der Psychologie},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Velbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Achim Eschbach und Jens Kapitzky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Büttner 2003a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank},<br />
title = {Perspektive},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {265},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher 2011a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {“Man sieht, was man hört“. Multimodales Verstehen als interaktionale Aneignung. Handlungstheoretische Medienanalyse.},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Jan Georg Schneider & Hartmut Stöckl},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher2010a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {Multimodales Verstehen oder Rezeption als Interaktion. Theoretische und empirische Grundlagen einers systematischen Analyse der Multimodalität},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Hajo Diekmannshenke & Michael Klemm & Hartmut Stöckl},<br />
pages = {121-156},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchner 1665===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchner 1665,<br />
author = {August Buchner},<br />
title = {Poet}<br />
year = {1665},<br />
publisher = {???}, <br />
address = {Wittenberg},<br />
note = {hrsg. v. Otto Prätorius},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchwald 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchwald 1989a,<br />
author = {Buchwald, Jed Z.},<br />
title = {The Rise of the Wave Theory of Light},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1933a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Axiomatik der Sprachwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1934a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1934a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Sprachtheorie. Die Darstellungsfunktion der Sprache},<br />
year = {<sup>2</sup>1965},<br />
publisher = {Fischer },<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bürger 1784===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bürger 1784,<br />
author = {Bürger, Gottfried August},<br />
title = {Von der Popularität der Poesie [1784]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Günter und Hiltrud Hintzschel}, <br />
pages = {725-730},<br />
publisher = {Hanser}, <br />
address = {München}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1784},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burckhardt 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Burckhardt 2001a,<br />
author = {Burckhardt, Jacob},<br />
title = {Der Cicerone. Eine Anleitung zum Genuss der Kunstwerke Italiens},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Kritische Gesamtausgabe},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {B. Roeck et al.}, <br />
pages = {Bd. 2},<br />
publisher = {Beck}, <br />
address = {München/Basel}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1855},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burke 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Burke 2003a,<br />
author = {Burke, Peter},<br />
title = {Augenzeugenschaft. Bilder als historische Quellen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Busch 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Busch 2004a,<br />
author = {Busch, Kathrin},<br />
title = {Geschicktes Geben. Aporien der Gabe bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Busch & Därmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Busch & Därmann 2007a,<br />
title = {pathos. Konturen eines kulturwissenschaftlichen Grundbegriffes},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Busch, Kathrin; Därmann, Iris},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Butler 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Butler 2001a,<br />
author = {Butler, Judith},<br />
title = {Psyche der Macht. Das Subjekt der Unterwerfung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner & Gottdank 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Büttner & Gottdank 2009a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank & Gottdank, Andrea},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Ikonographie. Wege zur Deutung von Bildinhalten},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==C==<br />
===Caglioti 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Caglioti 1995a,<br />
author = {Caglioti, G.},<br />
title = {Perception of ambiguous figures: A qualitative Model based on Synergetics and Quantum Mechanics},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {463–478.},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Campe 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Campe 2006a,<br />
author = {Campe, R.},<br />
title = {Epoche der Evidenz. Knoten in einem terminologischen Netzwerk zwischen Descartes und Kant},<br />
booktitle = {Intellektuelle Anschauung. Figurationen von Evidenz zwischen Kunst und Wissen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Peters, S. & Schäfer, M.J. },<br />
pages = {5-43},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carani 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carani 1986a,<br />
author = {Carani, Marie},<br />
title = {Le corpus Pellan: une relecture sémiotique},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carbone 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carbone 2001a,<br />
author = {Mauro Carbone},<br />
title = {La visibilité de l’invisible},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a,<br />
author = {Carlbom, Ingrid; Paciorek, Joseph},<br />
title = {Planar Geometric Projections and Viewing Transformations},<br />
journal = {ACM Computing Surveys},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {465-502},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carnap 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carnap 1947a,<br />
author = {Carnap, Rudolf},<br />
title = {Meaning and Necessity: A Study in Semantics and Modal Logic},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, IL},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2007a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {The World at a Glance},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2005a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {Earth-Mapping. Artists Reshaping Landscape},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2002a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {Representing Place. Landscape Painting and Maps},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 2010a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Birgit Recki},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 2009a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Der Begriff der symbolischen Form im Aufbau der Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
pages = {63-92},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Marion Lauschke},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1990a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Versuch über den Menschen. Einführung in eine Philosophie der Kultur},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1989a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Zur Logik der Kulturwissenschaften. Fünf Studien},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {5., unveränd. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 1930a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Mythischer, ästhetischer und theoretischer Raum (1930)},<br />
booktitle = {Ernst Cassirer: Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 17},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {B. Recki},<br />
pages = {411-436 [1931]},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1929a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1925a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1925a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Zweiter Teil: Das mythische Denken},<br />
year = {1925},<br />
publisher = {Cassirer, Bruno},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1923a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Erster Teil: Die Sprache},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===CCALED===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{CCALED-4,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Collins Cobuild Advanced Learner’s English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
publisher = {Collins},<br />
address = {Glasgow},<br />
note = {4<sup>th</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cha & Rautzenberg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cha & Rautzenberg 08a,<br />
author = {Cha, Kyung-Ho & Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
title = {Einleitung: Im Theater des Sehens. Anamorphose als Bild und philosophische Metapher},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {dies.},<br />
pages = {7-22},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chomsky 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chomsky 1957a,<br />
author = {Chomsky, Noam},<br />
title = {Syntactic Structures},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Christian 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Christian 2009a,<br />
author = {Christian, Alexander},<br />
title = {Piktogramme, Kritischer Beitrag zu einer Begriffsbestimmung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Shaker},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cipolla et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cipolla et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Cipolla, Roberto & Battiato, Sebastiano & Farinella, Giovanni Maria },<br />
title = {Computer Vision: Detection, Recognition and Reconstruction},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin, Heidelberg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Collingwood 1945===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Collingwood 1945,<br />
author = {Collingwood, Robin},<br />
title = {Die Idee der Natur [The Idea of Nature (1945)]},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {Übers.: Martin Suhr},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, M. R.; Roberts A. R.; Barbee A. P.; Druen P. B.; Wu Cheng-Huan},<br />
title = {„Their ideas of beauty are, on the wohle, the same as ours“: consistency and variability in the cross-cultural perception of female physical attractiveness},<br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {68},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-279},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham 1986a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, M.R.},<br />
title = {Measuring the physical in physical attractiveness: Quasi-experiments on the sociobiology of female facial beauty}, <br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {50},<br />
number = {}, <br />
pages = {925-935},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==D==<br />
===Damisch 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Damisch 1987a,<br />
author = {Damisch, Hubert},<br />
title = {L'origine de la perspective},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Flammarion},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Darwin 1872a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Darwin 1872a,<br />
author = {Darwin, Charles},<br />
title = {On the Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals},<br />
year = {1872},<br />
publisher = {Murray},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davidson 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Davidson 2004a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
title = {Drei Spielarten des Wissens},<br />
booktitle = {Subjektiv, intersubjektiv, objektiv},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
pages = {339-363},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davies 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Davies 1991,<br />
author = {Davies, David},<br />
title = {Works, Texts, and Contexts. Goodman on the Literary Artwork},<br />
journal = {Canadian Journal of Philosophy},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {331-346},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Deleuze 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Deleuze 1989a,<br />
author = {Deleuze, Gilles},<br />
title = {Das Bewegungs-Bild. Kino1},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M},<br />
note = {a. d. Franz. v. U. Christians und U. Bokelmann; Erstveröffentlichung 1983},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Demuth 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Demuth 2007a,<br />
author = {Demuth, Volker},<br />
title = {Extreme Expeditionen. Digitale, hybride und künstlerische Räume},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {89-104},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Depaulo 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Depaulo 1992a,<br />
author = {DePaulo, B. M. },<br />
title = {Nonverbal Behavior and Self Presentation},<br />
journal = {Psychological Bulletin},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {111},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {203-243},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Derrida 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 2007a,<br />
author = {Jacques Derrida},<br />
title = {Aufzeichnungen eines Blinden. Das Selbstporträt und andere Ruinen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Derrida 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 1992a,<br />
author = {Derrida, J.},<br />
title = {Die Wahrheit in der Malerei},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===de Duve 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{de Duve 1990a,<br />
author = {de Duve, Thierry},<br />
title = {The Monochrome and the Blank Canvas},<br />
booktitle = {Reconstructiong Modernism. Art in New York, Paris and Montreal 1945-1964},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Guilbaut, Serge},<br />
pages = {244-310},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge/Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===de Schonen et.al. 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{de Schonen et.al. 1994a,<br />
author = {de Schonen, S.; Deruelle, C.; Pascalis, O.; & Mancini, J.},<br />
title = {About funcional brain specialization.The development of face recognition (Functional cerebral specialization in the development of face recognition / A propos de la notion de specialisation cerebrale fonctionnelle: le developpement de la reconnaissance des visages)},<br />
journal = {Psychologie francaise},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {259-274},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Diderot 1751===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Diderot 1751,<br />
author = {Denis Diderot},<br />
title = {Brief über die Taubstummen [1751},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Schriften. Erster Band},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Friedrich Bassenge},<br />
pages = {27-97},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 1999a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Was wir sehen blickt uns an. Zur Metapsychologie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Didi-Huberman 2005a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {L’espace danse – Der Raum tanzt},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {16-30},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Diekmannshenke, Hajo & Klemm, Michael & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {erscheint Ende 2010},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dion 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dion 2002a,<br />
author = {Dion, K. K.},<br />
title = {Cultural Perspectives on Facial Attractiveness},<br />
booktitle = {Facial Attractiveness. Evolutionary, Cognitive, and Social Perspectives},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Rhodes, G. & Zebrowitz, L.A.},<br />
pages = {239-260},<br />
publisher = {Ablex},<br />
address = {Westport, CT},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ditzinger 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ditzinger 2006a,<br />
author = {Ditzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Illusionen des Sehens. Eine Reise in die Welt der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Elsevier, Spektrum, Akad. Verl.},<br />
address = {München, Heidelberg},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2002a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Malerei im Bilderstreit. Eine Revision aus Anlass des Rubenspreis-Jubiläums},<br />
booktitle = {10 x Malerei. Rubenspreis der Stadt Siegen in Werken der Sammlung Lambrecht-Schadeberg},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {19-34},<br />
publisher = {Museum für Gegenwartskunst },<br />
address = {Siegen},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dobbe 1999a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Querelle des Anciens, des Modernes et des Postmodernes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2007a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian},<br />
title = {Figuren der visuellen Rhetorik in werblichen Gesamttexten},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {71–112},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2001a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian },<br />
title = {Ein Funktionenmodell für Bildtexte},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Klaus Sachs-Hombach},<br />
pages = {29-39},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Döring 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Döring 2009a,<br />
author = {Döring, Sabine},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie der Gefühle},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Döring, Sabine},<br />
pages = {12-65},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drechsel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Drechsel 2006a,<br />
author = {Drechsel, Benjamin},<br />
title = {Was ist ein politisches Bild? Einige Überlegungen zur Entwicklung der Politikwissenschaft als Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Moderne. Kulturwissenschaftliches Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {106-120},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1989a,<br />
author = {Drosdowsi, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Etymologie. Herkunftwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache.},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {2. völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1988a,<br />
author = {Drosdowski, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Stilwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache. Die Verwendung der Wörter im Satz.},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {7., völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {= DUDEN Band 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dubois 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubois 1998a,<br />
author = {Dubois, Philippe},<br />
title = {Der fotografische Akt. Versuch über ein theoretisches Dispositiv},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Dresden, Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dubos 1760-61===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubos 1760-61,<br />
author = {Du Bos, Jean-Baptiste},<br />
title = {Kritische Betrachtungen über die Poesie und Malerey, 3 Teile},<br />
year = {1760-1761},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Übers.: Gottfried Benediktus Funk},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Duden 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Duden 1999a,<br />
author = {Duden},<br />
title = {Das große Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache in zehn Bänden},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dudenredaktion 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dudenredaktion 2003a,<br />
author = {Dudenredaktion (Hg.)},<br />
title = {DUDEN. Das Stilwörterbuch.},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {8. völlig neu bearbeitete Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Durand 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Durand 1987a,<br />
author = {Durand, Jacques},<br />
title = {Rhetorical Figures in the Advertising Image},<br />
booktitle = {Marketing and Semiotics},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Sebeok, J.U. },<br />
pages = {295–318},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==E==<br />
===Ebert 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ebert 1979a,<br />
author = {Ebert, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Montage Editing Schnitt},<br />
journal = {Filmkritik},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {547-558},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eco 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eco 1998,<br />
author = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
title = {Lector in fabula. Die Mitarbeit der Interpretation in erzählenden Texten},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {dtv},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eddiks 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Eddiks 2004a,<br />
author = {Eddiks, Christina},<br />
title = {Dem Emblem auf der Spur},<br />
howpublished = {},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
note = {Diplomarbeit},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kisd.de/~tom/diplom/christina_emblematik.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Edgerton 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Edgerton 2002a,<br />
author = {Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Die Entdeckung der Perspektive},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. & Ch. Sütterlin},<br />
title = {Im Banne der Angst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte menschlicher Abwehrsymbolik},<br />
year = {1992}, <br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. & Ch. Sütterlin},<br />
title = {Weltsprache Kunst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte bildlicher Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2008}, <br />
publisher = {Brandstätter},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt. I. },<br />
title = {Die Biologie menschlichen Verhaltens. Lehrbuch der Humanethologie},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt I. },<br />
title = {The expressive behavior of the deaf- and blind born},<br />
booktitle = {Social Communication and Movement},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {M. v. Cranach & I. Vine},<br />
pages = {163-194},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ekman 1973b,<br />
author = {Ekman, P. },<br />
title = {Cross cultural studies of facial expression},<br />
booktitle = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Ekman, P.},<br />
pages = {169-222},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ekman 1973a,<br />
editor = {Ekman, P. },<br />
title = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Elgin 1992,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Notation},<br />
booktitle = {A Companion to Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Cooper, David},<br />
pages = {307-309},<br />
publisher = {Blackwell},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1983===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elgin 1983,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {With Reference to Reference},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elkins 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 2003a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {Visual Studies. A Skeptical Introduction},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elkins 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 1999a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {The Domain of Images},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ellgring 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ellgring 1989a,<br />
author = {Ellgring, H.},<br />
title = {Nonverbal communication in depression},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Else 1958===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Else 1958,<br />
author = {Else, Gerald F.},<br />
title = {Imitation in the fifth century},<br />
journal = {Classical Philology},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
volume = {53},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {73-90},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Enright 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Enright 1987a,<br />
author = {Enright, J. T.},<br />
title = {Perspective vergence: oculomotor responses to line drawings},<br />
journal = {Vision Res},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1513–1526},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst 2002a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gibt es eine spezifische Videozität?},<br />
booktitle = {REC - Video als mediales Phänomen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf; Hoffmann, Hilde & Nohr, Rolf F.},<br />
pages = {14-29},<br />
publisher = {VDG},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang & Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Digitale Bildarchivierung. Der Wölfflin-Kalkül},<br />
booktitle = {Konfigurationen. Zwischen Kunst und Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Schade, Sigrid & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
pages = {306-320},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst et al. 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ernst et al. 2003a,<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang et al.},<br />
title = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Esposito 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Esposito 1998,<br />
author = {Esposito, Elena},<br />
title = {Fiktion und Virtualität},<br />
booktitle = {edien, Computer Realität. Wirklichkeitsvorstellungen und Neue Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {269-296},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Etcoff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Etcoff 2001a,<br />
author = {Etcoff, N. },<br />
title = {Nur die Schönsten überleben. Die Ästhetik des Menschen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eusterschulte 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eusterschulte 2001,<br />
author = {Eusterschulte, Anne},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 5: L-Musi},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Gert Ueding},<br />
pages = {Sp. 1232-1294},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==F==<br />
===Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a,<br />
author = {Fahlenbrach, Kathrin & Viehoff, Reinhold},<br />
title = {Medienikonen des Krieges. Die symbolische Entthronung Saddams als Versuch strategischer Ikonisierung},<br />
booktitle = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
pages = {356-387},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fantz 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fantz 1966a,<br />
author = {Fantz, R.L. },<br />
title = {Pattern discrimination and selective attention as determinants of perceptual development from birth},<br />
booktitle = {Perceptual Development in Children},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Kidd, A.H. & Rivoire, J.L},<br />
pages = {143-173},<br />
publisher = {University Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Farago 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Farago 1992a,<br />
author = {Farago, Claire J.},<br />
title = {Leonardo da Vinci’s Paragone. A Critical Interpretation with a New Edition of the Text in the Codex Urbinas},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leiden/New York/Kopenhagen/Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ferino-Pagden 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ferino-Pagden 2009a,<br />
title = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S. },<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fiedler 1991a,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2 Bd., hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991b,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Über den Ursprung der künstlerischen Tätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {111-220},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 1, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991c,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Aphorismen},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {7-105},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991d,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Zur neueren Kunsttheorie},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {247-290},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiske 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiske 2001a,<br />
author = {Fiske, John },<br />
title = {Videotech},<br />
booktitle = {Grundlagentexte zur Fernsehwissenschaft. Theorie - Geschichte - Analyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf et al.},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Konstanz},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {484-502},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Floch 1998a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean Marie},<br />
title = {The Contribution of Structural Semiotics to the Design of a Hypermarket},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Research in Marketing },<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1995a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Identités visuelles},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Presses Universitaires de France},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1990a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Sémiotique, marketing et communication},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Presses Universitaires de France.},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flügge et al. 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flügge et al. 2007a,<br />
author = {Flügge, Matthias; Kudielka, Robert & Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Vorwort und Dank},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {6-9},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flusser 1994===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flusser 1994,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Abbild – Vorbild},<br />
booktitle = {Was heißt „Darstellen“? },<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Christiaan L. Hart Nibbrig},<br />
pages = {34-48},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foley et al. 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foley et al. 1990a,<br />
author = {Foley, James D.; van Dam; Feiner & Hughes },<br />
title = {Computer Graphics. Principles and Practice},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Addison Wesley},<br />
address = {Reading, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foster & Krauss 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Foster & Krauss 1996a,<br />
author = {Foster, H. & Krauss, R.},<br />
title = {Introduction},<br />
journal = {October},<br />
pages = {3-4},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Foucault 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foucault 1976a,<br />
author = {Foucault, Michael},<br />
title = {Überwachen und Strafen},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fox 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fox 2006a,<br />
author = {Fox, Mark},<br />
title = {Quantum Optics. An Introduction},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frank & Lange 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frank & Lange 10a,<br />
author = {Frank, Gustav & Lange, Barbara},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft. Bilder in der visuellen Kultur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freedberg 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Freedberg 1991a,<br />
author = {Freedberg, David},<br />
title = {The Power of Images. Studies in the History and Theory of Response (1989)},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frege 1892===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frege 1892,<br />
author = {Frege, Gottlob},<br />
title = {Über Sinn und Bedeutung, zitiert nach der Ausgabe in: Frege, Gottlob: Funktion, Begriff, Bedeutung},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {G. Patzig},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {40-65},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1946a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die Verdrängung},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {247-261},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1946b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946b,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Das Unbewußte},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {263-303},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fuhrmann 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fuhrmann 2003,<br />
author = {Fuhrmann, Manfred},<br />
title = {Die Dichtungstheorie der Antike. Aristoteles – Horaz – 'Longin' Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Artemis & Winkler},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf und Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==G==<br />
<br />
===Gaede 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gaede 1981a,<br />
author = {Gaede, Werner},<br />
title = {Vom Wort zum Bild: Kreativ-Methoden der Visualisierung},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
publisher = {Langen Müller/Herbig},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Galison 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Galison 1997a,<br />
author = {Galison, Peter},<br />
title = {Image and Logic. A Material Culture of Microphysics},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ganz & Henkel 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ganz & Henkel 2004a,<br />
title = {Rahmen-Diskurse. Kultbilder im konfessionellen Zeitalter},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Ganz, David; Henkel, Georg},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Garcia 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gardner 1990,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Color Design},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Garcia 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Garcia 1997,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Evolutions},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gardner 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gardner 1985a,<br />
author = {Gardner, Howard},<br />
title = {The Mind’s New Science. A History of the Cognitive Revolution},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Basic Books},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gebauer & Wulf 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gebauer & Wulf 1992a,<br />
author = {Gebauer, Gunter & Wulf, Christoph},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Kultur – Kunst - Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Der Mensch. Seine Natur und seine Stellung in der Welt},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Aula},<br />
address = {Wiebelsheim},<br />
note = {14. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004b,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Urmensch und Spätkultur. Philosophische Ergebnisse und Aussagen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Kolstermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {6., erw. Aufl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 1961a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Forschung. Zur Selbstbegegnung und Selbstentdeckung des Menschen},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a,<br />
author = {Geiger, Susi & Henn-Memmesheimer, Beate},<br />
title = {Visuell-verbale Textgestaltung von Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {1/2},<br />
pages = {55–74},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gellius 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gellius 1987a,<br />
author = {Gellius, A.},<br />
title = {Attische Nächte...},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Ü: H. Berthold},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerhardus et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gerhardus et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Gerhardus, Dietfried & Kledzik, S.M. & Reitzig, G.H.},<br />
title = {Schlüssiges Argumentieren – Logisch-propädeutisches Lehr- und Arbeitsbuch},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Gerstengrabe, Carina; Lang, Katharina & Schneider, Anna},<br />
title = {Wasserzeichen. Vom 13. Jahrhundert bis zum Digital Watermarking. Kulturen des Kopierschutzes<br />
II},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {9-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982a,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung und Umwelt. Der ökologische Ansatz in der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Urban & Schwarzenberg},<br />
address = {München, Wien u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982b,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Die Sinne und der Prozeß der Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Huber},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glock 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Glock 2000a,<br />
author = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
title = {Aspektwahrnehmung},<br />
booktitle = {Wittgenstein-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
pages = {43},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glüher 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Glüher 1998a,<br />
author = {Glüher, Gebhard},<br />
title = {Von der Theorie der Fotografie zur Theorie des digitalen Bildes},<br />
journal = {Kritische Berichte},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {23-31},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldie 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goldie 2000a,<br />
author = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
title = {The Emotions. A Philosophical Exploration},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldie 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Goldie 2010a,<br />
title = {The Oxford Handbook of Philosophy of Emotion},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 2002a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Phaidon},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {6},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1977a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gondek 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gondek 1997a,<br />
author = {Gondek, Hans-Dieter},<br />
title = {Der Blick – zwischen Sartre und Lacan. Ein Kommentar zum VII. Kapitel des Seminar XI},<br />
journal = {Riss. Zeitschrift für Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {37/38},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gooch & Gooch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gooch & Gooch 2001a,<br />
author = {Gooch, Bruce & Gooch, Amy},<br />
title = {Non-Photorealistic Rendering},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Natick, MA. },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1968a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Languages of Art},<br />
year = {1968, 2. rev. Aufl. 1976},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {dt.: Sprachen der Kunst. Suhrkamp 1998},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman & Elgin 1988===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman & Elgin 1988,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson & Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Reconceptions in Philosophy and Other Arts and Sciences},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {Deutsch: <em>Revisionen. Philosophie und andere Künste und Wissenschaften</em>. Frankfurt a. M.: Suhrkamp, 1993},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goren et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Goren et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Goren, C. C., Sarty, M., & Wu, P. Y.},<br />
title = { Visual following and pattern discrimination of face-like stimuli by newborn infants},<br />
journal = {Pediatrics},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {544-549},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/1165958?dopt=abstract},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_Kruse_2009a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Roland Barthes: Zeichen, Kommunikation und Mythos},<br />
booktitle = {Schlüsselwerke der Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Hepp, Andreas; Krotz, Friedrich & Thomas, Tanja},<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {VS/GWV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Empathische Cues und die Möglichkeit einer Affekt-Sprache des Films},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4},<br />
pages = {289-298},<br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2008b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008b,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Gewalt als Erlebnis. Die somatische Decodierung als Strategie des Filmerlebens in CLOVERFIELD},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4}, <br />
pages = {299-312},<br />
note = {}, <br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_Kruse_2009a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Roland Barthes: Zeichen, Kommunikation und Mythos},<br />
booktitle = {Schlüsselwerke der Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Hepp, Andreas; Krotz, Friedrich & Thomas, Tanja},<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {VS/GWV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_2010a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars},<br />
title = {Die Evolution des Cyborgs. Künstliche Lebensformen im japanischen Anime Ergo Proxy (2006)},<br />
booktitle = {Japan - Europa. Wechselwirkungen zwischen den Kulturen im Film und den darstellenden Künsten},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Adachi-Rabe, Kayo; Becker, Andreas; Mundhenke, Florian},<br />
pages = {213-230},<br />
publisher = {Büchner Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grammer et al. 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grammer et al. 2002a,<br />
author = {Grammer, Karl, Fink, B. & Renninger, L. A.},<br />
title = {Dynamic Systems and Inferential Information Processing in Human Communication},<br />
journal = {Neuroendocrinology Letters},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {Suppl. 4},<br />
pages = {15-22},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Graumann 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graumann 1966a,<br />
author = {Graumann, Carl Friedrich},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der Verhaltensbeobachtung},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Meyer, Ernst & Maier, Hans}, <br />
booktitle = {Fernsehen in der Lehrerbildung, Neue Forschungsansätze in Pädagogik},<br />
publisher = {Manz},<br />
pages = {86-107},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gregory 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gregory 2000a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Ambiguity of ‘ambiguity’},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1139-1142},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.richardgregory.org/papers/editorials/ambiguity-of-ambiguity.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gregory 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gregory 1997a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Eye and brain. The psychology of seeing},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Princeton University Press},<br />
address = {Princeton, N.J},<br />
note = {5. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1970a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Du sens, Teil I},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Essais Sémiotiques},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1966a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Sémantique structurale},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Semantik. Braunschweig: Vieweg, 1971},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas & Courtés 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas & Courtés 1979a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien & Courtés, Joseph},<br />
title = {Sémiotique: Dictionnaire raisonné de la théorie du langage},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hachette},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greenberg 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Greenberg 1997a,<br />
author = {Greenberg, Clement},<br />
title = {Zu einem neuen Laokoon},<br />
booktitle = {Clement Greenberg – Die Essenz der Modere. Ausgewählte Essays und Kritiken},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lüdeking, Karlheinz},<br />
pages = {56-81},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Dresden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grieshofer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grieshofer 2009a,<br />
author = {Grieshofer, F. },<br />
title = {Masken im Brennpunkt musealer Sammeltätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grimm 1860===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Grimm 1860,<br />
title = {Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: Biermörder-D},<br />
year = {1860},<br />
editor = {Jacob Grimm & Wilhelm Grimm},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grittmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grittmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Grittmann, Elke},<br />
title = {Das politische Bild. Fotojournalismus und Pressefotografie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Groß et al. 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Groß et al. 1981a,<br />
author = {Gross, C.G.; Bruce, C.J.; Desimone, R.; Fleming, J. & Gattass, R.},<br />
title = {Cortical visual areas of the temporal lobe: Three areas in the macaque},<br />
booktitle = {Cortical Sensory Organization. Vol. 2: Multiple Visual Areas},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
editor = {C.N. Woolsey},<br />
pages = {187-216},<br />
publisher = {Humana Press},<br />
address = {Totowa N.J.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Günzel 2006a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Bildtheoretische Analyse von Computerspielen in der Perspektive Erste Person},<br />
journal = {IMAGE},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {31-43},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2008a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Realität des Simulationsbildes. Raum im Computerspiel},<br />
booktitle = {Die Realität der Imagination - Architektur und das digitale Bild},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
pages = {127-136},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weimar}, <br />
note = {10. internationales Bauhaus-Kolloquium},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2009a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Simulation und Perspektive. Der bildtheoretische Ansatz in der Computerspielforschung},<br />
booktitle = {Shooter: Eine multdisziplinäre Einführung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Bopp, Matthias; Wiemer, Serjoscha & Nohr,Rolf F.},<br />
pages = {331-352},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2010a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Geste des Manipulierens. Zu Gebrauch statischer und beweglicher Digitalbilder}, <br />
booktitle = {Freeze Frames. Zum Verhältnis von Fotografie und Film},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmann & Gerlin},<br />
pages = {114-129},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==H==<br />
<br />
===Haas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haas 1995a,<br />
author = {Haas, Stefan},<br />
title = {Psychologen, Künstler, Ökonomen. Das Selbstverständnis der Werbetreibenden zwischen Fin de siècle und Nachkriegszeit},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderwelt des Alltags. Werbung in der Konsumgesellschaft des 19. und 20. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Borscheid, Peter & Wischermann, Clemens},<br />
pages = {78-89},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
===Habermas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1995a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Theorie des kommunikativen Handelns (1981), 2 Bd.},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Habermas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1973a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Erkenntnis und Interesse},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002a,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Die Entropie der Fotografie. Skizzen zu einer Genealogie der digitalelektronischen Bildaufzeichnung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf},<br />
pages = {195-238},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002b,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Es gibt kein ,digitales Bild'. Eine medienepistemologische Anmerkung},<br />
booktitle = {Licht und Leitung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Engel},<br />
pages = {103-112},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Haken 1995===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haken 1995,<br />
author = {Haken, Hermann},<br />
title = {Some basic concepts of Synergetics with respect of multistability in perception, phase transmissions and formation of meaning},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {23–44},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halawa 2008a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Wie sind Bilder möglich? Argumente für eine semiotische Fundierung des Bildbegriffs},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halbfass 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halbfass 1972a,<br />
author = {Halbfass, W.},<br />
title = {Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gründer, K. & Ritter, J. },<br />
pages = {Sp. 829-834},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halliday 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halliday 1996a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {Language as a Social Semiotic},<br />
booktitle = {The Communication Theory Reader},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Cobley, Paul},<br />
pages = {359-383},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halliday 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halliday 1985a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {An Introduction to Functional Grammar},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Edward Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hansen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hansen 2005a,<br />
author = {Hansen, S. },<br />
title = {Neolithische Figuralplastik im südlichen Karpatenbecken},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Harris 1756===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Harris 1756,<br />
author = {James Harris},<br />
title = {Drey Abhandlungen. Die erste über die Kunst, die andere über die Music, Mahlerey und Poesie, die dritte über die Glückseligkeit},<br />
year = {1756},<br />
publisher = {Schuster},<br />
address = {Danzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hasselbeck 1979===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hasselbeck 1979,<br />
author = {Hasselbeck, Otto},<br />
title = {Illusion und Fiktion. Lessings Beitrag zur poetologischen Diskussion über das Verhältnis von Kunst und Wirklichkeit},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hauschild 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hauschild 1982a,<br />
author = {Hauschild, Thomas},<br />
title = {Der böse Blick. Ideengeschichtliche und sozialpsychologische Untersuchungen, Beiträge zur Ethnomedizin, Ethnobotanik und Ethnozoologie},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1826===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1826,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Kunst. Vorlesung von 1826},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Gethmann-Siefert, Annemarie; Kwon, Jeong-Im & Berr, Karsten},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1830===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1830,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Enzyklopädie der philosophischen Wissenschaften im Grundrisse [1830]},<br />
year = {<sup>6</sup>1959},<br />
editor = {Friedhelm Nicolin und Otto Pöggeler},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1835===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1835,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Einleitung in die Ästhetik. Mit den beiden Vorreden von Heinrich Gustav Hotho [1835]},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hegel 1970a,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über die Ästhetik II},<br />
booktitle = {Werke},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
editor = {E. Moldenhauer & K. M. Michel},<br />
pages = {Bd. 14},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1835},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heidegger 1986a,<br />
author = {Martin Heidegger},<br />
title = {Ursprung des Kunstwerkes (1935/36)},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ditzingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1950a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidegger 1950a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Die Zeit des Weltbildes},<br />
booktitle = {Holzwege},<br />
year = {1950},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {69-104},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidenreich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidenreich 2001a,<br />
author = {Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Effekte der Digitalisierung: Berechenbarkeit und Suche},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, Wolfgang & Jaworek, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {259-262},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heider 2009a,<br />
author = {Heider, Don},<br />
title = {Living Virtually. Researching New Worlds},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang Publishing},<br />
address = {New Yor},<br />
note = {(Digital Formations vol. 47)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 2001a,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Abhandlung über den Ursprung der Sprache (1772)},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Irmscher, Hans Dietrich},<br />
publisher = {Philipp Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 1800===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 1800,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Sämtliche Werke. Bd. 22: Kalligone [1800]},<br />
year = {1880},<br />
editor = {Bernhard Suphan},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hernadi 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hernadi 1991,<br />
author = {Hernadi, Paul},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
title = {Reconceiving Notation and Performance},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetic Education},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herter 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Herter 1947a,<br />
author = {Herter, H. },<br />
title = {Vom dionysischen Tanz zum komischen Spiel. Die Anfänge der Attischen Komödie},<br />
journal = {Darstellung und Deutung},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {Iserlohn},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heßler 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Heßler 2006a, <br />
author = {Heßler, Martina},<br />
title = {Von der doppelten Unsichtbarkeit digitaler Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Ressource}, <br />
publisher = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden ={letzter Kontrollaufruf: 07.08.2010},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2006/3/Hessler/dippArticle.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hick 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hick 99a,<br />
author = {Hick, Ulrike},<br />
title = {Geschichte der optischen Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hickethier 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hickethier 1995a,<br />
author = {Hickethier, Knut},<br />
title = {Dispositiv Fernsehen – Skizze eines Modells},<br />
journal = {Montage/av},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1}<br />
pages = {63-83},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: },<br />
url = {www.montage-av.de/pdf/041_1995/04_1_Knut_Hickethier_Dispositiv_Fernsehen.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hildebrand 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hildebrand 1969a,<br />
author = {Hildebrand, Adolf von},<br />
title = {Das Problem der Form},<br />
booktitle = {Hildebrand: Gesammelte Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Bock, H.},<br />
pages = {41-350},<br />
publisher = {Westdeutscher Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln/Opladen},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1903},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hinterwaldner 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hinterwaldner 2008a,<br />
author = {Hinterwaldner, Inge},<br />
title = {Simulationsmodelle. Zur Verhältnisbestimmung von Modellierung und Bildgebung in interaktiven Echtzeitsimulationen},<br />
booktitle = {Visuelle Modelle},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Reichle, Ingeborg; Siegel, Steffen & Spelten, Achim},<br />
pages = {301-316},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hjelmslev 1954a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {La stratification du langage},<br />
booktitle = {Essais linguistiques},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
editor = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Nordisk Sprog- od Kulturforlag},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1943a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hjelmslev 1943a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {Omkring sprogteoriens grundlæggelse},<br />
year = {1943},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Dt. Prolegomena zu einer Sprachtheorie. München: Hueber},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hochberg 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hochberg 1977a,<br />
author = {Hochberg, Julian E.},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hofmann 2000a,<br />
author = {Hoffman, Donald D.},<br />
title = {Visuelle Intelligenz. Wie die Welt im Kopf entsteht},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hofmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Hofmann, Werner },<br />
title = {Spielräume und Raumverstecke},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {10-22},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2010a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Bildüberschreibungen. Wie Sprechtexte Nachrichtenfilme lesbar machen (und umgekehrt)},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, Hajo; Klemm, Michael & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
pages = {231-254},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {erscheint Ende 2010},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2009a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Der Wort-Bild-Reißverschluss. Über die performative Dynamik audiovisueller Transkriptivität},<br />
booktitle = {Oberfläche und Performanz. Untersuchungen zur Sprache als dynamischer Gestalt},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Linke, Angelika & Feilke, Helmuth},<br />
pages = {389-406},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2007a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Audiovisuelle Hermeneutik: Am Beispiel des TV-Spots der Kampagne ‚Du bist Deutschland’},<br />
booktitle = {Linguistische Hermeneutik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hermanns, Fritz},<br />
pages = {389–428},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly & Jäger 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly & Jäger 2011a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner & Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptionstheoretische Medienanalyse. Vom Anders-lesbar-Machen durch intermediale Bezugnahmepraktiken},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, Jan Georg & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {erscheint Frühjahr 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holmes 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holmes 1980a,<br />
author = {Holmes, Sir Oliver Wendell},<br />
title = {Das Stereoskop und der Stereograph},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie I. 1839-1912},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {114-122},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Originalausgabe 1859},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holschbach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holschbach 2003a,<br />
author = {Holschbach, Susanne},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Diskurse der Fotografie. Fotokritik am Ende des fotografischen Zeitalters},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {7-21},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {BD. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hömberg & Karasek 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hömberg & Karasek 2008a,<br />
author = {Hömberg, Walter & Karasek, Johannes},<br />
title = {Der Schweißfleck der Kanzlerkandidatin. Bildmanipulation, Bildfälschung und Bildethik im Zeitalter der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
journal = {Communicatio Socialis},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {276-293},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hopkins 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hopkins 1998a,<br />
author = {Hopkins, Robert},<br />
title = {Picture, Image and Experience},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Huber 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Huber 2004a,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Bild Beobachter Milieu. Entwurf einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1820a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1820a,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über das vergleichende Sprachstudium in Beziehung auf die verschiedenen Epochen der Sprachentwicklung [1820]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 4: 1820-1822},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
editor = {Albert Leitzmann},<br />
pages = {1-34},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1830-1835===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1830-1835,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über die Verschiedenheit des menschlichen Sprachbaues und ihren Einfluß auf die geistige Entwicklung des Menschengeschlechts [1830-1835]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 7.1},<br />
year = {1907},<br />
editor = {Albert Leitzmann},<br />
pages = {1-344},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 2006,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Phantasie und Bildbewußtsein},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {herausgegeben und eingeleitet von Eduard Marbach, Text nach Husserliana, Band XXIII},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1993a,<br />
author = {Husserl, E.},<br />
title = {Logische Untersuchungen. Elemente einer phänomenologischen Aufklärung der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {Teil II/Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1980a,<br />
author = {Edmund Husserl},<br />
title = {Phantasie, Bildbewusstsein, Erinnerung. Zur Phänomenologie der anschaulichen Vergegenwärtigungen. Texte aus dem Nachlass (1898-1925) (Husserliana XXIII)},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag / Boston / Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hyman 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hyman 2006a,<br />
author = {Hyman, John},<br />
title = {The Objective Eye: Color, Form, and Reality in the Theory of Art},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {UP},<br />
address = {Chicago },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hynes 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hynes 2005a,<br />
author = {Hynes, Maria},<br />
title = {Rethinking Reductionism},<br />
journal = {Culture Machine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {online journal},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.culturemachine.net/index.php/cm/article/viewArticle/33/41},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==I==<br />
===Imdahl 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1996a,<br />
author = {Max Imdahl},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Max Imdahl, Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {Wiederauflage der Schrift von 1974},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<!--- ===Imdahl 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1974a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {Wiederabruck}, <br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
--><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1987a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Farbe. Kunsttheoretische Reflexionen in Frankreich},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==J==<br />
===Jäger & Knauer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jäger & Knauer 2009a,<br />
title = {Bilder als historische Quellen? Dimensionen der Debatte um historische Bildforschung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jäger, Jens & Knauer, Martin},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jansen 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jansen 2005,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Aristoteles und das Problem des Neuen: Wie kreativ sind Veränderungsprinzipien?},<br />
booktitle = {Kreativität. XX. Deutscher Kongress für Philosophie. 26.-30. September 2005 in Berlin. Sektionsbeiträge, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Günter Abel},<br />
pages = {15-25},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag der TU Berlin},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jansen 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jansen 2002,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Tun und Können. Ein systematischer Kommentar zu Aristoteles' Theorie der Vermögen im neunten Buch der „Metaphysik”},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Hänsel-Hohenhausen},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jäger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2008a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptive Verhältnisse. Zur Logik intra- und intermedialer Bezugnahmen in ästhetischen Diskursen},<br />
booktitle = {Transkription und Fassung in der Musik des 20. Jahrhunderts. Beiträge des Kolloquiums in der Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur, Mainz, vom 5. bis 6. März 2004},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Gabriele Buschmeier & Ulrich Konrad & Albrecht Riethmüller},<br />
pages = {103-134},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jäger 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2002a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptivität. Zur medialen Logik der kulturellen Semantik},<br />
booktitle = {Transkribieren - Medien/Lektüre},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Ludwig Jäger & Georg Stanitzek},<br />
pages = {19-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jaubert 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jaubert 1998a,<br />
author = {Jaubert, Alain},<br />
title = {Fotos, die lügen: Politik mit gefälschten Bildern},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Äthenaum},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jean Paul 1795===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jean Paul 1795,<br />
author = {Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Ueber die natürliche Magie der Einbildungskraft [1795]},<br />
booktitle = {Ausgewählte Werke. Bd. 7/8: Leben des Qunitus Fixlein, aus fünfzehn Zettelschaften gezogen, nebst einem Mußtheil und einigen Jus de tablette},<br />
year = {1847},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jewitt 2009a,<br />
title = {The Routledge Handbook of Multimodal Analysis},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jewitt, Carey},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt & Oyama 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jewitt & Oyama 2001a,<br />
author = {Jewitt, Carey & Oyama, Rumiko},<br />
title = {Visual Meaning. A Social-Semiotic Approach},<br />
booktitle = {Handbook of Visual Analysis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Theo van Leeuwen & Carey Jewitt},<br />
pages = {134–156},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnson, Neil F. et al.???},<br />
title = {Information Hiding. Steganography and Watermarking - Attacks and Countermeasures},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Boston, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1996a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Der Computer im Kopf. Formen und Verfahren der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1983a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Mental Models. Towards a cognitive science of language, inference, and conciousness},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnston 2006a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Sean},<br />
title = {Holographic Visions. A History of New Science},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnston, V.S.; Hagel, R.; Franklin, M.; Fink, B. & Grammer, K.},<br />
title = {Male Facial attractiveness. Evidence for hormone-mediated adaptive design},<br />
journal = {Evolution and Human Behavior},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {251-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston & Franklin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston & Franklin 1993a,<br />
author = {Johnston, V.S. & Franklin, M.},<br />
title = {Is beauty in the eye of the beholder?},<br />
journal = {Ethology and Sociobiology},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {14},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {183-199},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1973a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Homo pictor. Von der Freiheit des Bildens},<br />
booktitle = {Organismus und Freiheit. Ansätze zu einer philosophischen Biologie},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
pages = {226-257},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1963===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1963,<br />
author = {Hans Jonas},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens. Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
booktitle = {Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit. Drei Aufsätze zur Lehre vom Menschen},<br />
year = {1963},<br />
editor = {Hans Jonas},<br />
pages = {26-43},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Jonas 1961a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens – Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Philosophische Forschung},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {161–176},<br />
note = {Wieder abgedruckt in: Jonas, Hans: <em>Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit – Zur Lehre vom Menschen</em>. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1987, 26–43},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Juhász et al. 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Juhász et al. 1999a,<br />
editor = {Juhász, J.; Szőke, I.; Nagy, G.O. & Kovalovszky, M.},<br />
title = {Magyar értelmező szótár},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jung 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jung 2003a,<br />
title = {Holographic Network},<br />
year = {2003a},<br />
editor = {Jung, Dieter},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bramsche},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==K==<br />
===Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a,<br />
author = {Kamlah, Wilhelm & Lorenzen, Paul},<br />
title = {Logische Propädeutik - Vorschule des vernünftigen Redens},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {BI Wissenschaftsverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl. (<sup>1</sup>1967, <sup>3</sup>1996)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a,<br />
author = {Kanizsa, G. & Luccio, R.},<br />
title = {Multistability as a research tool in experimental phenomenology},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {47–68},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1974a,<br />
author = {Kant, I.},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1787a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1787a,<br />
author = {Kant, I.},<br />
title = {Kritik der reinen Vernunft},<br />
year = {1787},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kant 1960a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Logik},<br />
booktitle = {Kant: Werke in 12 Bänden},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Weischedel, W.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Bd. VI},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1977a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Werkausgabe Band X, hrsg. von Wilhelm Weischedel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kardaun 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kardaun 1993,<br />
author = {Kardaun, Maria},<br />
title = {Der Mimesisbegriff in der griechischen Antike. Neubetrachtung eines umstrittenen Begriffes als Ansatz zu einer neuen Interpretation der platonischen Kunstauffassung},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {North-Holland},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/New York/Oxford/Tokyo},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kecskesi 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kecskesi 1982a,<br />
author = {Kecskesi, M. },<br />
title = {Kunst aus dem alten Afrika},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Pinguin},<br />
address = {Innsbruck},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kemp 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kemp 1974a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Disegno. Beiträge zu einer Geschichte des Begriffs zwischen 1547 und 1607},<br />
journal = {Marburger Jahrbuch für Kunstwissenschaf},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {219-240},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kittler 2002a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Computergrafik. Eine halbtechnische Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Hertha},<br />
pages = {178-194},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 2002b,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Optische Medien. Berliner Vorlesung 1999},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kjørup 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjørup 1978,<br />
author = {Kjørup, Søren},<br />
title = {Pictorial Speech Acts},<br />
journal = {Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {55-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1779===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Klopstock 1779,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ueber Sprache und Dichtkunst. Fragmente},<br />
year = {1779},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {243-258},<br />
publisher = {Heroldsche Buchhandlung},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1774===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klopstock 1774,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Werke und Briefe. Historisch-kritische Ausgabe. Bd. 7.1: Die deutsche Gelehrtenrepublik [1774]},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {Hurlebusch, Rose-Marie},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kluge 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kluge 2002a,<br />
author = {Kluge, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Etymologisches Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache.},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Seebold, Elmar},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter.},<br />
address = {Berlin, New York},<br />
note = {24. durchgesehene und erweiterte Auflage.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knieper & Müller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Knieper & Müller 2005a,<br />
author = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===König & Obrist 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{König & Obrist 1993a,<br />
title = {Der zerbrochene Spiegel. Positionen zur Malerei},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {König, Kasper & Obrist, Hans-Ulrich},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog Kunsthalle Wien / Deichtorhallen Hamburg},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Koller 1954===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Koller 1954,<br />
author = {Koller, Hermann},<br />
title = {Die Mimesis in der Antike. Nachahmung, Darstellung, Ausdruck},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kondor 2008a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Embedded Thinking: Multimedia and the New Rationality},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007c,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna },<br />
title = {Multimodal Integration: From a Philosophical Point of View},<br />
booktitle = {Proceedings of the IADIS International Conference: Mobile Learning },<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Arnedillo-Sanchez, Immaculada},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007b,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {The Mobile Image: Experience on the Move},<br />
booktitle = {obile Studies: Paradigms and Perspectives},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Nyíri, Kristóf},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Passagen},<br />
address = {Vienna},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Old Patterns, New Bewitchments},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophy of the Information Society: Papers of the 30th International Wittgenstein Symposium},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hrachovec, H.; Pichler. A. & Wang, J.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Konersmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Konersmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Konersmann, Ralf},<br />
title = {Kulturelle Tatsachen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kornmeier et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, Jürgen; Hein, Christine Maira & Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Multistable perception: When bottom-up and top-down coincide},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {69},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138–147},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kornmeier & Bach 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier & Bach 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, & Jürgen Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Object perception: When our brain is impressed but we do not notice it},<br />
journal = {Journal of Vision},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {7},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Korte 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Korte 2003a,<br />
author = {Korte, Helmut},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Systematische Filmanalyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {ESB},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kracauer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kracauer 1992a,<br />
author = {Kracauer, Siegfried},<br />
title = {Der verbotene Blick},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille & Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Kultur, Technik, Kulturtechnik: Wider die Diskursivierung der Kultur},<br />
booktitle = {Bild, Schrift, Zahl},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krauss 1999a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Reinventing the Medium},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {25,},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {289-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Winter},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 2000a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {A Voyage on the North Sea. Art in the Age of the Post-Medium Condition},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress 2010a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther},<br />
title = {Multimodality. A Social-Semiotic Approach to Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 2001a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Multimodal Discourse. The Modes and Media of Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 1996a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Reading Images. The Grammar of Visual Design},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krewani 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Krewani 2003a,<br />
author = {Krewani, Anna Maria},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Malerei bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=973507624},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
hidden = {Dissertation},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kripke 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kripke 1972a,<br />
author = {Kripke, Saul A.},<br />
title = {Naming and Necessity},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Natural Language},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Davidson, D. & Harman, G.},<br />
pages = {253-355, 763-769},<br />
publisher = {Reidel},<br />
address = {Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krkac 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krkac 2010a,<br />
author = {Krkac, Kristijan},<br />
title = {Wittgensteins’s Dubbit III},<br />
journal = {Wittgenstein-Studien},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {121-149},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kroeber-Riel 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kroeber-Riel 1996a,<br />
author = { Kroeber-Riel, Werner},<br />
title = { Bildkommunikation. Imagerystrategien für die Werbung },<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Vahlen},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{ Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a,<br />
author = { Kroeber-Riel, Werner & Esch, Franz-Rudolf},<br />
title = { Strategie und Technik der Werbung. Verhaltenswissenschaftliche Ansätze},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krüger 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krüger 2001a,<br />
author = {Krüger, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als Schleier des Unsichtbaren. Ästhetische Illusion in der Kunst der frühen Neuzeit in Italien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kruse 2003a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Christiane},<br />
title = {Wozu Menschen malen. Historische Begründungen eines Bildmediums},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse & Stadler 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kruse & Stadler 1995a,<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Papers originally presented at the International Symposium on Perceptual Multistability and Semantic Ambiguity held at the University of Bremen, Germany, March 22-25, 1993},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kruse et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Peter; Strüber, D. & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Significance of perceptual multistability for research on cognitive self-organization},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {69–84},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kudielka 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kudielka 2005a,<br />
author = {Kudielka, Robert},<br />
title = {Gegenstände der Betrachtung – Orte der Erfahrung. Zum Wandel der Kunstauffassung im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {44-57},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kulvicki 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kulvicki 2006a,<br />
author = {Kulvicki, John},<br />
title = {On Images: Their Structure and Content},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Oxford UP},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Külpe 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Külpe 1923a,<br />
author = {Külpe, Oswald},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über Logik},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Künzli 1996/1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Künzli 1996/1997a,<br />
author = {Künzli, Hansjörg},<br />
title = {Über die Haltbarkeit digitaler Daten},<br />
journal = {Rundbrief Fotografie},<br />
year = {1996/1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Sonderheft 3},<br />
pages = {5-8},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==L==<br />
===Lacan 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lacan 1987a,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jacques},<br />
title = {Die vier Grundbegriffe der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weinheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lakoff 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff 1987a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George},<br />
title = {Women, fire, and dangerous things – What categories reveal about the mind},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Chicago University Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lammert 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lammert 2007a,<br />
author = {Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Die vertrauten Sichtweisen sind umzustoßen. Zum Raum der Nachkriegszeit in ungewohnten Begegnungen},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {55-69},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst}<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Langer 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Langer 1984a,<br />
author = {Langer, Susanne},<br />
title = {Philosophie auf neuem Wege. Das Symbol im Denken, im Ritus und in der Kunst},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Langlois & Roggman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Langlois & Roggman 1990a,<br />
author = {Langlois, J.H. & Roggman I.A.},<br />
title = {Attractive faces are only average},<br />
journal = {American Psychol. Society},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
volume = {1/2},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {115-121},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lanz 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lanz 1971a,<br />
author = {Lanz, Jakob},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter},<br />
pages = {Spalte 89-100},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a,<br />
author = {Laplanche, Jean; Pontalis, Jean-Bertrand},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Das Vokabular der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Laplanche, Jean; Pontalis, Jean-Bertrand},<br />
pages = {37-38},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Latour 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Latour 2007a,<br />
author = {Latour, Bruno},<br />
title = {Eine neue Soziologie für eine neue Gesellschaft. Einführung in die Akteur-Netzwerk-Theorie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Law & Whittaker 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Law & Whittaker 1988a,<br />
author = {Law, John & Whittaker, John},<br />
title = {On the Art of Representation. Notes on the Politics of Visualisation},<br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, Gordon & Law, John},<br />
pages = {160-183},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leeuwen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leeuwen 2005a,<br />
author = {Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Introducing Social Semiotics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lefebvre 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lefebvre 2007a,<br />
author = {Lefebvre, Martin},<br />
title = {The Art of Pointing: On Peirce, Indexicality, and Photographic Images},<br />
booktitle = {Photography Theory},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Elkins, James},<br />
pages = {220-244},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York u. a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lenzen 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lenzen 1997a,<br />
author = {Lenzen, Dieter},<br />
title = {Lebenslauf oder Humanontogenese? Vom Erziehungssystem zum kurativen System – von der Erziehungswissenschaft zur Humanvitologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildung und Weiterbildung im Erziehungssystem. Lebenslauf und Humanontogenese als Medium und Form},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lenzen, D. & Luhmann, N.},<br />
pages = {228-247},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leopold & Logothetis 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Leopold & Logothetis 1999a,<br />
author = {Leopold, David A. & Logothetis, Nikos K.},<br />
title = {Multistable phenomena: changing views in perception},<br />
journal = {Trends Cogn. Sci. (Regul. Ed.)},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {254–264},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leroi-Gourhan 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leroi-Gourhan 1971a,<br />
author = {Leroi-Gourhan, André},<br />
title = {Präshistorische Kunst},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Herder},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1788===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1788,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon: Paralipomena [Erstveröffentlichung 1788]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe. Bd. 5/2. Werke 1766-169},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Wilfried Barner},<br />
pages = {207-321},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1766===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1766,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie [1766]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe in zwölf Bänden. Bd. 5/2: Werke 1766-1769},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Wilfried Bahner},<br />
pages = {11-206},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1974a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie},<br />
booktitle = {Werke, Bd. 6},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Göpfert, H. G.},<br />
pages = {7-187},<br />
publisher = {Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1766},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lévi-Strauss 1958a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lévi-Strauss 1958a,<br />
author = {Lévi-Straus, Claude},<br />
title = {Anthropologie structurale},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
publisher = {Plon},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Anthropologie. Frankfurt/Main: Suhrkamp},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990b,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Autographic and Allographic Art Revisited},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
pages = {89-106},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {What a Musical Work is},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
pages = {63-88},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levinson 1983a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Stephen C.},<br />
title = {Pragmatics},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lichtblau 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lichtblau 2009a,<br />
author = {Lichtblau, Klaus},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Georg Simmel: Soziologische Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Lichtblau, Klaus},<br />
pages = {7-27},<br />
publisher = {VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Licklider 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Licklider 1960a,<br />
author = {Licklider, J.},<br />
title = {Man-Computer Symbiosis},<br />
journal = {IRE Transactions on Human Factors in Electronics},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {4-11},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liebsch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liebsch 2001a,<br />
author = {Liebsch, Dimitri},<br />
title = {Die Geburt der ästhetischen Bildung aus dem Körper der antiken Plastik. Zur Bildungssemantik im ästhetischen Diskurs zwischen 1750 und 1800},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liesbrock 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Liesbrock 2010a,<br />
title = {Ad Reinhardt: Letzte Bilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Liesbrock, Heinz},<br />
publisher = {Josef Albers Museum Quadrat Bottrop},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2004a,<br />
author = {Liessmann, Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Reiz und Rührung. Über ästhetische Empfindungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2009a,<br />
author = {Liessmann Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Ästhetische Empfindungen. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas-WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lipps 1903a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lipps 1903a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor},<br />
title = {Grundlegung der Ästhetik. Erster Teil},<br />
year = {1903},<br />
publisher = {Leopold Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lipps 1920a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lipps 1920a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor },<br />
title = {»Zur Einfühlung«, in: Psychologische Untersuchungen 2/3, 1913},<br />
booktitle = {Die ästhetische Betrachtung und die bildende Kunst},<br />
year = {1920},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {111-491},<br />
publisher = {Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Löbner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Löbner 2003a,<br />
author = {Löbner, Sebastian},<br />
title = {Semantik. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Locke 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Locke 1975a,<br />
author = {Locke, J.},<br />
title = {An Essay Concerning Human Understanding},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {hg. von Niddich, P. H.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Logothetis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Logothetis 1998a,<br />
author = {Logothetis, N. K.},<br />
journal = {Philos. Trans. R. Soc. Lond., B, Biol. Sci.},<br />
title = {Single units and conscious vision},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {353},<br />
number = {1377},<br />
pages = {1801–1818},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lopes 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lopes 1996a,<br />
author = {Lopes, Dominic},<br />
title = {Understanding Pictures},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Claredon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1970a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Elemente der Sprachkritik – Eine Alternative zum Dogmatismus und Skeptizismus in der Analytischen Philosophie},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1990a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Einführung in die philosophische Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {(<sup>2</sup>1992)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lovejoy 1936===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lovejoy 1936,<br />
author = {Lovejoy, Arthur O.},<br />
title = {Die große Kette der Wesen. Geschichte eines Gedankens [The Great Chain of Being. A Study in the History of an Idea (1936)]},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1997a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Kunst der Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1996a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Realität der Massenmedien},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Luhmann 1993a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Form der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = { Hans Ulrich Gumbrecht & K. Ludwig Pfeiffer},<br />
pages = {349-366},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lunenfeld 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lunenfeld 2002a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Digitale Fotografie. Das dubitative Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografies},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {158-177},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lynch & Edgerton 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lynch & Edgerton 1988a,<br />
author = {Lynch, Michael & Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Digital Image Processing. Re-presentational Craft in Contemporary Astronomy}, <br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, Gordon & Law, John},<br />
pages = {184-220},<br />
publisher = {???}, <br />
address = {London u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==M==<br />
===Mach 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mach 1987a,<br />
author = {Mach, Ernst},<br />
title = {Die Analyse der Empfindungen und das Verhältnis des Physischen zum Psychischen},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Macpherson 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Macpherson 1996a,<br />
author = {Macpherson, Fiona},<br />
title = {Ambiguous Figures and the Content of Experience},<br />
journal = {Nous},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {82-117},<br />
note = {2006?},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Majetschak 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Majetschak 1997,<br />
title = {Auge und Hand. Konrad Fiedlers Kunsttheorie im Kontext},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manovich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manovich 2001a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {The Language of New Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge/MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manovich 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Manovich 2005a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {Die Poetik des erweiterten Raums},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {A. Lammert, M. Diers, R. Kudielka & G. Mattenklott},<br />
pages = {337-350},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manow 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manow 2008a,<br />
author = {Manow, Philip},<br />
title = {Im Schatten des Königs. Die politische Anatomie demokratischer Repräsentation},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Marshall 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Marshall 1968a,<br />
title = {Gellius: Noctes Atticae XIII, 17},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Marshall, P.K.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxonii},<br />
note = {Scriptorum Classicorum Bibliotheca Oxoniensis},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Martinec & Salway 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Martinec & Salway 2005a,<br />
author = {Martinec, Radan & Salway, Andrew},<br />
title = {A System for Image-Text-Relations in New (and Old) Media},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {337–371},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Massey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Massey 2007a,<br />
author = {Massey, Lyle},<br />
title = {Picturing Space, Displacing Bodies. Anamorphosis in Early Modern Theories of Perspective},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Pennsylvania State University Press},<br />
address = {University Park, Pa},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Maul 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Maul 2007a,<br />
author = {Maul, Stefan M.},<br />
title = {Gilgamesch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Babylonischen [auf der Grundlage von zum Teil noch unveröffentlichten Textzeugnissen neu und vollständig] übersetzt und mit einem Nachwort versehen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mead 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mead 1968a,<br />
author = {Mead, George Herbert},<br />
title = {Geist, Identität und Gesellschaft aus der Sicht des Sozialbehaviorismus},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {Original: <em>Mind, Self, and Society</em>. Hg. v. Charles W. Morris. Chicago, 1934},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meier 1757===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meier 1757,<br />
author = {Georg Friedrich Meier},<br />
title = {Betrachtungen über den ersten Grundsatz aller Schönen Künste und Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1757},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Halle},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meinhardt 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meinhardt 1997a,<br />
author = {Meinhardt, Johannes},<br />
title = {Ende der Malerei und Malerei nach dem Ende der Malerei},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mendelsohn 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mendelsohn 1982a,<br />
author = {Mendelsohn, Leatrice},<br />
title = {Paragoni. Benedetto Varchi’s Due Lezioni and Cinquecento Art Theory},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ann Arbor},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Menzer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Menzer 1992a,<br />
author = {Menzer, Ursula},<br />
title = {Subjektive und objektive Kultur. Georg Simmels Philosophie der Geschlechter vor dem Hintergrund seines Kultur-Begriffs},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Centaurus},<br />
address = {Pfaffenweiler},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 2003a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophisches Essays},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1993a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Die Prosa der Welt},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1966a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Phänomenologie der Wahrnehmung (1945)},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Walter de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen übersetzt und eingeführt durch eine Vorrede von Boehm, Rudolf},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1961a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophische Essays.}<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {neu bearbeitet, kommentiert und mit einer Einleitung versehen von Bermes, Christian (2003)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 1994a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Der Zweifel Cézannes (1948)},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Gottfried Boehm},<br />
pages = {39-59},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 2006a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Kino und die neue Psychologie (1947)},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie des Films},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Dimitri Liebsch},<br />
pages = {70-84},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mersch 2006a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Mediale Paradoxa. Einleitung in eine negative Medienphilosophie},<br />
journal = {Sic et Non. Zeitschrift für Philosophie und Kultur im Netz},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.sicetnon.org/content/perform/Mersch_Medienphilosophie_sw.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersch 2003a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Wort, Bild, Ton, Zahl – Modalitäten medialen Darstellens},<br />
booktitle = {Die Medien der Künste. Beiträge zur Theorie des Darstellens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
pages = {9-49},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2002a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Was sich zeigt. Materialität, Präsenz, Ereignis},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersmann 08a,<br />
author = {Mersmann, Jasmin},<br />
title = {Wandelgänge. Monumentale Anamorphosen im 17. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Cha, Kyung-Ho & Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
pages = {23-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Messaris 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{ Messaris 1997a,<br />
author = { Messaris, Paul},<br />
title = { Visual Persuasion: The Role of Images in Advertising},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {Thousand Oaks},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metscher 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metscher 2001,<br />
author = {Metscher, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metz 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metz 1972a,<br />
author = {Metz, Christian},<br />
title = {Semiologie des Films (1968)},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Koch, Renate},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzger 2008a,<br />
author = {Metzger, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gesetze des Sehens},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Klotz},<br />
address = {Taunus},<br />
note = {4. unveränd. Aufl., Repr. nach d. 3., völlig neu bearb. Aufl. 1975.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzinger 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Metzinger 2000a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Philosophische Perspektiven auf das Selbstbewusstsein: Die Selbstmodell-Theorie der Subjektivität},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Selbst},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Greve, W. },<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Psychologie Verlagsunion},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {Zitiert aus der überarbeiteten Online-Version},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.philosophie.uni-mainz.de/metzinger/publikationen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzinger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzinger 1999a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Subjekt und Selbstmodell. Die Perspektivität phänomenalen Bewusstseins vor dem Hintergrund einer naturalistischen Theorie mentaler Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meyer 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meyer 2001a,<br />
author = {Meyer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mediokratie. Die Kolonisierung der Politik durch das Mediensystem},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Michalsky 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Michalsky 2005a,<br />
author = {Michalsky, Tanja},<br />
title = {Raum visualisieren. Zur Genese des modernen Raumverständnisses in den Medien der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Ortsgespräche. Raum und Kommunikation im 19. und 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Geppert, Alexander C.T.; Jensen, Uffa & Weinhold, Jörn},<br />
pages = {292ff ??},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mirzoeff 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mirzoeff 2007a,<br />
author = {Mirzoeff, Nicholas},<br />
title = {Von Bildern und Helden. Sichtbarkeit im Krieg der Bilder},<br />
booktitle = {Feindbilder. Ideologien und visuelle Strategien der Kulturen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Haustein, Lydia; Scherer, Bernd & Hager, Martin},<br />
pages = {135-156},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2008a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. Thomas},<br />
title = {Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Gustav Frank},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2007a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.},<br />
title = {Realismus im digitalen Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderfragen. Die Bildwissenschaften im Aufbruch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Belting, Hans},<br />
pages = {237-256},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2006a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {Den Terror klonen. Der Krieg der Bilder 2001-2004},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Worlds. Neue Bilderwelten und Wissensräume},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Maar, Christa & Burda, Hubert},<br />
pages = {255-285},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2005a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. Thomas},<br />
title = {What Do Pictures Want? The Lives and Loves of Images},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1994a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.},<br />
title = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Representation},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1992a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {The Reconfigured Eye. Visual Truth in the Post-Photographic Era},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 1992b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {"The Pictorial Turn"},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
booktitle = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Repräsentation},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
publisher = {Universität of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1986a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {Iconology. Image, Text, Ideology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mojsisch 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mojsisch 1983a,<br />
author = {Mojsisch, Burkhard},<br />
title = {Meister Eckhart. Analogie, Univozität und Einheit},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mondzain 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mondzain 2006a,<br />
author = {Mondzain, Marie-José},<br />
title = {Können Bilder töten?},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich, Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Morris 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Morris 1994a,<br />
author = {Morris, D.},<br />
title = {Das Tier Mensch},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mülder-Bach 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mülder-Bach 1998,<br />
author = {Inka Mülder-Bach},<br />
title = {Im Zeichen Pygmalions. Das Modell der Statue und die Entdeckung der „Darstellung“ im 18. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1997a,<br />
author = {Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {Politische Bildstrategien im amerikanischen Präsidentschaftswahlkampf, 1828-1996},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1985a,<br />
author = {Müller, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {DUDEN Bedeutungswörterbuch = DUDEN Band 10},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a,<br />
author = {Müller-Beck, H. & Albrecht, G. },<br />
title = {Die Anfänge der Kunst vor 30'000 Jahren},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Theiss},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Münkler 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Münkler 2009a,<br />
author = {Münkler, Herfried},<br />
title = {Visualisierungsstrategien im politischen Machtkampf: Der Übergang vom Personenverband zum institutionellen Territorialstaat},<br />
booktitle = {Strategien der Visualisierung. Verbildlichung als Mittel politischer Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Münkler, Herfried & Hacke, Jens},<br />
pages = {23-51},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Musterle & Roessler 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Musterle & Roessler 1986a,<br />
author = {Musterle, W.A. & Roessler, O.E.},<br />
title = {Computer faces: The human Lorenz Matrix},<br />
journal = {Bio Systems},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {61-80},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==N==<br />
===Naef 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Naef 2007a,<br />
author = {Naef, Silvia},<br />
title = {Bilder und Bilderverbot im Islam},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {C. H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nänni 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nänni 2008a,<br />
author = {Nänni, Jürg},<br />
title = {Visuelle Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Niggli},<br />
address = {Sulgen},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
url = {www.worldcat.org/oclc/254718373},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006a,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc},<br />
title = {Am Grund der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006b,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc & Ferrari, Federico},<br />
title = {Die Haut der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Neuhaus 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Neuhaus 2006a,<br />
author = {Neuhaus, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Als William Gibson den Cyberspace erfand ... - Die Faszination für ein Vielzweck-Symbol aus der Science Fiction-Literatur},<br />
journal = {Telepolis},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.heise.de/tp/r4/artikel/23/23727/1.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Niederée & Heyer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Niederée & Heyer 2003a,<br />
author = {Niederée, R. & Heyer, D.},<br />
title = {The Dual Nature of Picture Perception: A Challenge to Current General Accounts of Visual Perception},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into pictures. An interdisciplinary approach to pictorial space},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, Heiko; Schwartz, Robert & Atherton, Margaret},<br />
pages = {77–98},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nietzsche 1870-1873===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nietzsche 1870-1873,<br />
author = {Nietzsche, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Ueber Wahrheit und Lüge im aussermoralischen Sinne [1870-1873]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke. Kritische Studienausgabe in 15 Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Giorgio Colli und Mazzino Montinari},<br />
pages = {873-890},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nivelle 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nivelle 1971,<br />
author = {Nivelle, Armand},<br />
title = {Kunst- und Dichtungstheorien zwischen Aufklärung und Klassik},<br />
year = {2. Auflage 1971},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nöth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nöth 2000a,<br />
author = {Nöth, Winfried},<br />
title = {Der Zusammenhang von Text und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Text- und Gesprächslinguistik. Handbücher zur Sprach- und Kommunikationswissenschaft 16},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Klaus Brinker et al.},<br />
pages = {489–496},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Novitz 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Novitz 1977,<br />
author = {Novitz, David},<br />
title = {Pictures and their Use in Communication. A philosphical Essay},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==O==<br />
===OED===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{OED-3,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Oxford English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
url = {dictionary.oed.com},<br />
note = {3<sup>rd</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Öhlschläger 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Oehlschläger 2005a,<br />
author = {Öhlschläger, C.},<br />
title = {Evidenz und Ereignis. Musils poetische ‚Momentaufnahmen‘ im Kontext der Moderne},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {203-216},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ohler 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ohler 1994a,<br />
author = {Ohler, Peter},<br />
title = {Kognitive Filmpsychologie. Verarbeitung und mentale Repräsentation narrativer Filme},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {MAkS Publikationen},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Okolowitz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Okolowitz 2006a,<br />
author = {Okolowitz, Herbert},<br />
title = {Virtualität bei G.W. Leibniz. Eine Retrospektive},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Diss. Universität Augsburg},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=98278726X},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ott 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ott 2007a,<br />
author = {Ott, Michaela},<br />
title = {Der unbestimmte Raum in Philosophie und Film},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==P==<br />
===Pang 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pang 2002a,<br />
author = {Pang, Alex Soojung-Kim},<br />
title = {Technologie und Ästhetik der Astrofotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Ordnungen der Sichtbarkeit. Fotografie in Wissenschaft, Kunst und Technologie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Geimer, Peter},<br />
pages = {101-141},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 1924a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Panofsky 1924a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Die Perspektive als symbolische Form (1924)},<br />
booktitle = {Erwin Panofsky, Deutschsprachige Aufsätze Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Michels, K. & Warnke, M.},<br />
pages = {664-757},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Erstpublikation in: <em>Vorträge der Bibliothek Warburg (1924/25)</em>. Leipzig, 1927, 258-330},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paret 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1960a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Textbelege zum islamischen Bilderverbot},<br />
booktitle = {Das Werk des Künstlers. Studien zur Ikonographie und Formgeschichte},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Hans Fegers},<br />
pages = {36-48},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paret 1968===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1968a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Das islamische Bilderverbot und die Schia},<br />
booktitle = {Festschrift Werner Caskel. Zum siebzigsten Geburtstag 5. März 1966 gewidmet von Freunden und Schülern},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Erwin Gräf},<br />
pages = {242-232},<br />
publisher = {Brill},<br />
address = {Leiden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2009a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1900 bis 1949},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2008a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1949 bis heute},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2006a,<br />
title = {Visual History. Ein Studienbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck und Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Paul 2005a,<br />
author = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Der Bilderkrieg. Inszenierungen, Bilder und Perspektiven der "Operation Irakische Freiheit"},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Perrault 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Perrault 1964a,<br />
author = {Perrault, Charles},<br />
title = {Parallèle des Anciens et des Modernes en ce qui regarde les Arts et les Sciences},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {orig.: Paris (4 Bde): 1688, 1690, 1692, 1694; Faksimileausgabe mit einer Einführung von Hans Robert Jauss und einem Kommentar von Max Imdahl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pesch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pesch 2001a,<br />
author = {Pesch, Martin},<br />
title = {Raumbilder-Bildräume. Zu den Arbeiten von Julia Ziegler},<br />
journal = {Kunstforum International},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {153},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Petersen 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Petersen 2000,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {Mimesis – Imitatio – Nachahmung. Eine Geschichte der europäischen Poetik},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Petersen 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Petersen 1992,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {‚Mimesis’ versus ‚Nachahmung’. Die Poetik des Aristoteles – nochmals neu gelesen},<br />
journal = {Arcadia. Zeitschrift für vergleichende Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {3-46},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a,<br />
title = {Der Künstler als Kunstwerk. Selbstporträts vom Mittelalter bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich & von Rosen, Valeska},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a,<br />
title = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget 1956a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1956a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {The Child’s Construction of Space},<br />
year = {1956},<br />
publisher = {Routledge / Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget et al. 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget et al. 1960a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean; Inhelder, B. & Szemenska, I.},<br />
title = {The Child’s Conception of Geometry},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
publisher = {Harper},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1978a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {Das Weltbild des Kindes},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {dtv/Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pias 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pias 2003a,<br />
author = {Pias, Claus},<br />
title = {Das digitale Bild gibt es nicht. Über das (Nicht-)Wissen der Bilder und die informatische Illusion},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2003/01/pias/pias.pdf}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Piccolino & Wade 2006a,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco & Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early examples of ambiguity (1)},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {861–864},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Piccolino & Wade 2006b,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco &. Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early examples of ambiguity (2)},<br />
booktitle = {Perception 35 (8)},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {1003–1006},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pillow 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pillow 2003,<br />
author = {Pillow, Kirk},<br />
title = {Did Goodman's Distinction Survive LeWitt?},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {61},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {365-380},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pitts et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pitts et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Pitts, Michael A.; Gavin, William J. & Nerger, Janice L.},<br />
title = {Early top-down influences on bistable perception revealed by event-related potentials},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {11–24},<br />
volume = {67},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 1991b,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Timaios},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke VIII},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Hülser, Karlheinz},<br />
pages = {197-425},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 2008a,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Politeia},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke, Band 2},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Ursula},<br />
pages = {195-537},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Plessner 1928a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Die Stufen des Organischen und der Mensch},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {W. de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {<sup>3</sup>1975},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1982a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Trieb und Leidenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Mit anderen Augen},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Plessner, Helmuth}, <br />
pages = {110-123},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1989a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Zur Anthropologie der Nachahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, G.},<br />
pages = {176-184},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plinius 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Plinius 2004,<br />
title = {G. Plinius Secundus d. Ä: Naturkunde / Naturalis historia : lateinisch-deutsch},<br />
year = {1990–2004},<br />
editor = {Roderich König et al.},<br />
publisher = {Artemis},<br />
address = {Zürich},<br />
note = {unkritische Ausgabe des lateinischen Textes mit Übersetzung und Erläuterungen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plümacher 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plümacher 1999a,<br />
author = {Plümacher, Martina},<br />
title = {Wohlgeformtheitsbedingugen für Bilder?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pöppel 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pöppel 1982a,<br />
author = {Pöppel, E.},<br />
title = {Lust und Schmerz},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Severin & Siedler},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pollmeier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pollmeier 2005a,<br />
author = {Pollmeier, Klaus},<br />
title = {Vom Baryt zum Bit. Zur Konservierung analoger und digitaler fotografischer Bilder. Digitale Bildverarbeitung, eine Erweiterung oder radikale Veränderung der Fotografie?},<br />
howpublished = {Ludwigsburg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
note = {Hasenpflug (Red.): Dokumentation des Symposiums am 12./13. November 2004 im Museum Folkwang, Essen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Popper 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Popper 2002a,<br />
author = {Popper, Karl R.},<br />
title = {Alle Menschen sind Philosophen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Bohnet, Heidi & Stadler, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München/Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pratschke 2005a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Digitale Form},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pratschke 2008a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Interaktion mit Bildern. Digitale Bildgeschichte am Beispiel grafischer Benutzeroberflächen},<br />
booktitle = {Technische Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bredekamp, Horst et al.},<br />
pages = {68-80},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Predelli 1999===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Predelli 1999,<br />
author = {Predelli, Stefano},<br />
title = {Goodman and the Score},<br />
journal = {British Journal of Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138-147},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pross 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pross 1972a,<br />
author = {Pross, Harry},<br />
title = {Medienforschung. Film, Funk, Presse, Fernsehen},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Habel},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Puttfarken 1991a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {The Dispute about Disegno and Colorito in Venice. Paolo Pino, Lodovico Dolce and Titian},<br />
booktitle = {Kunst und Kunsttheorie 1400–1900},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Peter Glanz et al.},<br />
pages = {75-95},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Puttfarken 1985a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {Roger de Piles‘ Theory of Art},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New Haven/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Q==<br />
==R==<br />
===Rager 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rager 1997a,<br />
author = {Rager, Dietmar},<br />
title = {Aspekte Sehen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob/ & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Raphael 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Raphael 1986a,<br />
author = {Raphael, Max},<br />
title = {Raumgestaltungen. Der Beginn der modernen Kunst im Kubismus und im Werk von Georges Braque}, <br />
year = {1986, Erstausgabe 1949},<br />
publisher = {Campus}<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M./New York},<br />
note = {hg. v. H.-J. Heinrichs},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rastier 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rastier 1972a,<br />
author = {Rastier, François },<br />
title = {Systematiques des isotopies},<br />
booktitle = {Essais de sémiotique poétique},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Greimas, A.J.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Larousse},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Recki 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Recki 2004a,<br />
author = {Recki, Birgit},<br />
title = {Kultur als Praxis. Eine Einführung in Ernst Cassirers Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Akademie-Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Renz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Renz 2006a,<br />
author = {Renz, U.},<br />
title = {Schönheit. Eine Wissenschaft für sich},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Berlin Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riedel 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Riedel 2005a,<br />
author = {Riedel, W.},<br />
title = {Endogene Bilder. Anthropologie und Poetik bei Gottfried Benn},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {163-202},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rieger 2009a,<br />
author = {Rieger, Stefan},<br />
title = {Holographie. Das Versprechen der Ganzheit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {87-106},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger & Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rieger & Schröter 2009a,<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen}, <br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riegl 1931a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Riegl 1931a,<br />
author = {Riegl, Alois},<br />
title = {Das holländische Gruppenporträt},<br />
year = {1931},<br />
publisher = {Staatsdruckerei},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1902},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rimmele 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rimmele 2010a,<br />
author = {Rimmele, Marius},<br />
title = {Das Triptychon als Metapher, Körper und Ort. Semantisierungen eines Bildträgers},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ritchin 1990a,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {In Our Image: The Coming Revolution in Photography. How Computer Technology is Changing our View of the World},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ritchin 1990b,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {Photojournalism in the Age of Computers},<br />
booktitle = {The Critical Image. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Squiers},<br />
pages = {28-37},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Seattle},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roch 1998a,<br />
author = {Roch, Axel},<br />
title = {Radartechnologie und Computergraphik. Zur Geschichte der Beleuchtungsmodelle in computergenerierten Bildern},<br />
booktitle = {Geschichte der Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Faßler, Manfred & Halbach, Wulf R.},<br />
pages = {227-254},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rock 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rock 1985a,<br />
author = {Rock, Irvin},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung. Vom visuellen Reiz zum Sehen u. Erkennen},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Spektrum-der-Wissenschaft-Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roloff 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roloff_1972a,<br />
author = {Roloff, D.},<br />
title = {Eidolon, Eikon, Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd.2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {330-332},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Róna-Tas 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Róna-Tas 1999a,<br />
author = {Róna-Tas, A.},<br />
title = {Hungarians and Europe in the Early Middle Ages. An Introduction to Early Hungarian History},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {CEU Press},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rorty 1967a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rorty 1967a,<br />
author = {Rorty, Richard},<br />
title = {The Linguistic Turn: Essays in Philosophical Method},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press.},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 2005a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Materie und Geist. Eine philosophische Untersuchung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ros 1999a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Was ist Philosophie?},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophieren über Philosophie}<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Raatzsch, Richard},<br />
pages = {36–58},<br />
publisher = {Leipziger Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ros 1989a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {“Bedeutung”, “Idee” und “Begriff” – Zur Behandlung einiger bedeutungstheoretischer Paradoxien durch Leibniz},<br />
journal = {Studia Leibnitiana},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {133-154},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1989/90a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1989/90a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Begründung und Begriff. Wandlungen des Verständnisses begrifflicher Argumentationen},<br />
year = {1989/90},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {3 Bände},<br />
hidden = {B. I: Antike, Spätantike und Mittelalter; B. II: Neuzeit; B. III: Moderne},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1979a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Objektkonstitution und elementare Sprachhandlungsbegriffe},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Königstein/Ts.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosch 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosch 1978a,<br />
author = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
title = {Principles of categorization}<br />
booktitle = {Cognition and Categorization},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
pages = {27-48},<br />
publisher = {Hillsdale},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosler 2000a,<br />
author = {Rosler, Martha},<br />
title = {Bildsimulationen, Computermanipulationen: einige Überlegungen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV. 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {von Amelunxen, Hubertus},<br />
pages = {129-170},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roth 2000a,<br />
author = {Roth, Peter},<br />
title = {Virtualis als Sprachschöpfung mittelalterlicher Theologen},<br />
booktitle = {Die Anwesenheit des Abwesenden. Theologische Annäherungen an Begriff und Phänomene von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Roth, Peter; Schreiber, Stefan & Siemons, Stefan},<br />
pages = {33-42},<br />
publisher = {Wißner},<br />
address = {Augsburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Royce 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Royce 1998a,<br />
author = {Royce, Terry},<br />
title = {Synergy on the Page: Exploring Intersemiotic Complementarity in Page-based Multimodal Text},<br />
journal = {JASFL Occasional Papers},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {25-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rötzer 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rötzer 1993a,<br />
author = {Rötzer, Florian},<br />
title = {Cyberspace. Zum medialen Gesamtkunstwerk},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ruff 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ruff 2009a,<br />
author = {Ruff, Thomas},<br />
title = {Jpegs},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ryan 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ryan 2001,<br />
author = {Ryan, Marie-Laure},<br />
title = {arrative as Virtual Reality. Immersion and Interactivity in Literature and Electronic Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {The Johns Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore & London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==S==<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Medium},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005b,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005a,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2004a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als kommunikatives Medium. Elemente einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003b,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Was ist Bildkompetenz?},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1999a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, },<br />
title = {Gibt es ein Bildalphabet?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {57-66},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1995a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Piktoriale Einstellungen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktoraler Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {195-211},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 1993a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Philosophische Psychologie im 19. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Prädikative und modale Bildtheorie },<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik. Theorien - Methoden - Fallbeispiele},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H.; Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {97-119},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-2/index.html},<br />
abstract ={Gegenstände sind immer nur dann Bilder, wenn jemand sie als solche benutzt. Hierbei können Bilder eine Vielzahl von Funktionen übernehmen. Lassen sich diese verschiedenen Funktionen oder Verwendungsweisen vielleicht aus einer einzigen Grundfunktion ableiten? Und sofern das so ist: Was wäre, ließe sich zweitens fragen, diese Grundfunktion von Bildern und in welcher Relation, ergibt sich als dritte Frage, steht sie zu den Verwendungsweisen von Sprache? Eine positive Beantwortung der ersten Frage voraussetzend werden zwei Kandidaten für die zweite Frage untersucht und diskutiert: Während die prädikative Theorie die grundlegende Bildverwendung in etwa paraphrasiert mit „… sieht so und so aus“ (bzw. „Der Gegenstand, der so und so aussieht, …“), schlägt die modale Theorie eine Verwendungsweise vor analog zu „An einem anderen (auch fiktiven) Ort oder einer anderen (auch hypothetischen) Zeit ist der Fall, daß so und so.“ },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Medientheorie, visuelle Kultur und Bildanthropologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {393-424},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.JRJS.de/Work/Papers/P09/P09-1/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachsse 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachsse 1974a,<br />
author = {Sachsse, Hans},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Kybernetik. Unter besonderer Berücksichtigung von technischen und biologischen Wirkungsgefügen},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Vieweg},<br />
address = {Braunschweig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 2007a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Le Sens du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1990a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Semiotics of Visual Language},<br />
publisher = {Indiana University Press},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
address = {Bloomington, IN},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1987a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {Englisch: Semiotics of Visual Language. Bloomington, Indianapolis: Indiana University Press.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1986a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie et syntax visuelle: Une analyse de Mascerade de Pellan},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 2008a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Transfigurements: On the True Sense of Art},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 1998a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Shades. Of Painting at the Limit},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Salomon 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2006a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {Transformations and Projections in Computer Graphics},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Salomon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2008a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {A Concise Introduction to Data Compression},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sander 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sander 1962a,<br />
author = {Sander, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Experimentelle Ergebnisse der Gestaltpsychologie},<br />
booktitle = {Ganzheitspsychoplogie. Grundlagen, Ergebnisse, Anwendungen: gesammelte Abhandlungen},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sander, Friedrich & Volkelt, Hans},<br />
pages = {73–122},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck'sche Verlagsbuchhandlung},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1962a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Blick},<br />
booktitle = {Das Sein und das Nichts},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Skizze einer Theorie der Emotionen},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {255-321},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1994b,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Das Imaginäre. Phänomenologische Psychologie der Einbildungskraft (1940)},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-2, hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994c,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Die Imagination (1936)},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {97-254},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1999a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Die Suche nach dem Absoluten. Texte zur bildenden Kunst},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sauer 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sauer 2008a,<br />
author = {Sauer, Martina},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmen von Sinn vor jeder sprachlichen oder gedanklichen Fassung? Frage an Ernst Cassirer},<br />
journal = {Kunstgeschichte. Texte zur Diskussion},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.kunstgeschichte-ejournal.net/discussion/2008/Sauer},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saussure 1916a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saussure 1916a,<br />
author = {Saussure, Ferdinand de },<br />
title = {Cours de linguistique générale},<br />
year = {1916},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Deutsch: Grundfragen der allgemeinen Sprachwissenschaft. 3. Aufl. Berlin 2001.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saxena & Sahay 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saxena & Sahay 2005a,<br />
author = {Saxena, Anupam & Sahay, Birendra},<br />
title = {Computer Aided Engineering Design},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scheler 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scheler 1928a,<br />
author = {Scheler, Max},<br />
title = {Die Stellung des Menschen im Kosmos},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {Otto Reichl Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schier 2005a,<br />
author = {Schier, W. },<br />
title = {Die Maske von Uivar},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W. },<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl 2001a ===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schierl 2001a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas},<br />
title = { Text und Bild in der Werbung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl 2003a ===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schierl 2003a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas},<br />
title = {Werbung im Fernsehen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schirra 2007a,<br />
editor = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Computational Visualistics and Picture Morphology},<br />
publisher = {IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
note = {Themenbeiheft zu Band 5},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Projects/Image/IMAGE5-Themenbeiheft.pdf},<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Begriffsgenetische Betrachtungen in der Bildwissenschaft: Fünf Thesen},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Medium. Kunstgeschichtliche und philosophische Grundlagen der interdisziplinären Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {197-215},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-3/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 2005a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Foundation of Computational Visualistics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {ISBN: 3-8350-6015-5 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-8350-6015-5'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra 2005b,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Ein Disziplinen-Mandala für die Bildwissenschaft - Kleine Provokation zu einem Neuen Fach},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-1/index.html},<br />
journal ={IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
pages = {30-45},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Von der Bildwissenschaft als einer Disziplin, die über die Grenzen von Kunstgeschichte oder Kunstwissenschaft hinausgeht und sich wissenschaftlich mit allen Aspekten des Umgehens mit Bildern und verwandten visuellen Repräsentations- und Zeichensystemen befaßt, wird erst seit etwa der Mitte der 1990'er Jahre gesprochen. In den folgenden Überlegungen geht es insbesondere um die Bildwissenschaft als den Versuch, ein Fachgebiet zu etablieren, in dem ein modernes Verständnis dessen, was eine etablierte Disziplin sein kann, verwirklicht sein soll. Zentrales Kriterium für in dem hier gemeinten Sinne "Neue" Disziplinen ist ihre Interdisziplinarität und die dadurch bedingte starke Methodenpluralität. Grundsätzlich muß daher die Frage geklärt werden, wie das Verhältnis der Teildisziplinen zueinander, insbesondere das Wechselspiel der jeweils eingesetzten Methoden betreffend, zu denken ist. Dem Forschungssujet der Bildwissenschaft entsprechend soll in dem Beitrag versucht werden, das Beziehungsgeflecht der beteiligten Elterndisziplinen (zumindest teilweise) in Form eines Bildes anzugeben. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2005c,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Computervisualistik},<br />
booktitle = { Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {268-280},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bausteine vieler Disziplinen müssen in eine allgemeine Bildwissenschaft integriert werden. Als Beitrag aus der Informatik versteht sich die Computervisualistik, die alle Aspekte rechnergestützten Umgangs mit Bildern umfaßt. Zwei Grundbegriffe der Informatik werden vorgestellt und bestimmen, auf den Begriff "Bild" angewendet, den methodologischen Kern der Computervisualistik. Als Beitrag der Informatik zum Gegenstand der Bildtheorie werden interaktive Bilder betrachtet. Schließlich werden die Beziehungen zu anderen "Bildwissenschaften" kurz umrissen. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2001a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bilder &nbsp;&nbsp; —— &nbsp;&nbsp; Kontextbilder},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln – Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Pragmatik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {77-100},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P01/P01-5/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bildkommunikation und die Verständigung mit Aussagen scheinen wenig gemein zu haben. Genauere logisch-pragmatische Analysen der Kontextrelativität von Aussagen zeigen jedoch eine enge systematische Abhängigkeit beider Kommunikationsformen im Begriff der Kontextbildung, den Bilder auf ausgezeichnete Weise implementieren. Prädikatorische und nominatorische Verwendungen von Bildern sind aus der grundlegenden Funktion zur Kontextbildung ableitbar. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2000a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Täuschung, Ähnlichkeit und Immersion: Die Vögel des Zeuxis},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Realismus der Bilder: Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Semantik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Rehkämper, K.& Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {119-135},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P00/P00-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bilder gibt es als solche – von ihrem Begriff her – immer nur für Individuen, die sich in einer bestimmten Weise verhalten, oder die gewisse Handlungen vollziehen. Wenn dies aber der Fall ist, scheint es ratsam, den Begriff "Bild" nicht, wie es gewöhnlich geschieht, als einen Begriff für einen isoliert vorkommenden Gegenstand zu erläutern, sondern als Komponente der Begriffe für bestimmte Verhaltens- oder Handlungsfähigkeiten. Ausgehend von der antiken Zeuxis-Anekdote werden in diesem Sinne erste Schritte zu einem handlungstheoretischen Ähnlichkeitsbegriff versucht.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1999a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Syntaktische Dichte oder Kontinuität - Ein mathematischer Aspekt der Visualistik},<br />
booktitle = {bildgrammatik. interdisziplinäre forschungen zur syntax bildlicher darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {103-119},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P99/P99-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Der Begriff Dichte spielt eine zentrale Rolle in Diskussionen zur Bildsyntax, wird aber selten in Beziehung zum mathematisch verwandten Kontinuumsbegriff gestellt. Dabei ist die Frage, ob Bilder syntaktisch nur als dicht oder gar als kontinuierlich verstanden werden sollten, durchaus relevant, wie anhand von informatischen und neuropsychologischen Argumenten gezeigt wird.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1995a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Understanding Radio Broadcasts On Soccer. The Concept `Mental Image' and Its Use in Spatial Reasoning},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktorialer Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {107-136},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P95/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Most cognitive theories agree that a listener of a sports broadcast on radio usually imagines the scene described; the concept `mental image' appears in a specific sort of explanations. In contrast to this conception, it is argued that this concept should rather be understood as part of a certain kind of grounding explanations of the radio listener's understanding. This particular conception is based on the distinction between `specification' and `implementation' as found in the theory of abstract data types. Its application to the field of spatial concepts leads to a computational system (ANTLIMA) which exemplifies how the expression `mental image' could be used while explaining a speaker's ability to control the resolvability of ambiguities in an objective report of what the speaker sees. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 1994a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bildbeschreibung als Verbindung von visuellem und sprachlichem Raum},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {DISKI},<br />
address = {St. Augustin},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {ISBN 3-929037-71-8 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-929037-71-8'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P94/P94-1-d/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1993a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Connecting Visual and Verbal Space: Preliminary Considerations Concerning the Concept »Mental Image«},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Time, Space, and Movement},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {M. Aurnague, A. Borillo, M. Borillo & M. Bras},<br />
pages = {105-121},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Paul Sabatier},<br />
address = {Toulouse},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P93/P93-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {AI research concerning the connection between seeing and speaking mainly employs what is called reference semantics. Within this framework, the notion of `mental image' is often used while explaining how somebody not situated in the same perceptual context is able to anchor his understanding of an utterance describing the scene visually perceived by the speaker. We give a foundation for considering mental images as propositions with respect to a certain field of concepts: these fields have to provide a syntactically dense set of concepts distinguishing locations. The use of such propositions in the reference semantic explanations of understanding utterances about visually perceived scenes is motivated by applying Kant's idea of the introduction of new types of objects: we conceive spatial relations as relations only applicable to sortal objects, i.e., individuated objects which are synthetically introduced on a syntactically dense field providing their potential locations. The concept `mental image' which results from these preliminary studies is applied to two current projects in AI, one dealing with the semantics of particular spatial prepositions, and the other more generally concerned with the logic of the connection between visual and verbal space.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Anthropologie in der systematischen Bildwissenschaft: Auf der Spur des homo pictor},<br />
booktitle = {Disziplinen der Anthropologie},<br />
editor = {Meyer, S. & Owzar, A.},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
pages = {145-177},<br />
note = {},<br />
publisher = {Waxmann},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Homo pictor and the Linguistic Turn: Revisiting Hans Jonas’ Picture Anthropology},<br />
journal = {Linguistic and Philosophical Investigations},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {144–181},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P10/P10-2/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {There has been a long tradition of characterizing man as the animal that talks. However, the remarkable ability of using pictures also only belongs to human beings, after all we know empirically so far. Are there conceptual reasons for that coincidence? The paper is dedicated to a philosophical programme of “concept-genetic” considerations dealing in particular with the dependencies between those two abilities: The conceptual relation between the competence to use assertive language and the faculty of employing pictures must be conceived of as being much closer than usually expected. Indeed we conclude, there cannot be creatures with only one of them.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte – elektronisch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
url = {www.uni-due.de/germanistik/elise/ausgabe_12006},<br />
hidden = {letzter Zugriff: 25. September 2010},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract ={Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie, wie sie der Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt, eignet - und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Eine Gegenüberstellung der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild führt zu eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden: Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von (darstellenden) Bildern Sprache gegenüber durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. In beiden Fällen hängen die Aufgliederungen mit der Funktion der Kontextbildung zusammen, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung mündet daher in das Programm einer begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, die eine derartige Begründung zu liefern imstande wäre. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Fähigkeiten zum Bild- und Sprachgebrauch },<br />
journal = {Deutsche Zeitschrift für Philosophie},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {54},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {887-905},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-5/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie wie in die Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Ein erster Vergleich der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild listet eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden auf. Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von Bildern gegenüber Sprache durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung weitet sich daher zu einer begriffsgenetischen Skizzierung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, wobei sich die Begriffe des sortalen Gegenstands und des Verhaltenskontextes als zentral herausstellen. Mit ihnen kann die Beziehung zwischen den beiden Fähigkeiten genauer untersucht werden: Sie ergibt sich insbesondere aus der Funktion der Kontextbildung, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Im Rahmen der begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung ergeben sich schließlich Argumente dafür, die Beziehung als eine wechselseitige Abhängigkeit zu charakterisieren, wobei auch eine Vorschlag zur Analyse des Begriffs des inneren Bildes - oder besser: des Vorstellungsvermögens eingeschlossen ist. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Scholz 1998a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. & Scholz, Martin},<br />
title = {Abstraction versus Realism: Not the Real Question},<br />
booktitle = {Computer Visualization – Graphics, Abstraction, and Interactivity},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Strothotte, T. (et al.)},<br />
pages = {379-401},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {Chapter 22},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P98/P98-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {When browsing through a book on computer graphics, one usually finds a lot of more or less interesting pictures that are produced by means of computers. These pictures are embedded in pages of technical texts describing how this image generation was performed and why it provides a better way to do so than other methods. Less space is usually given to the methodological background and the motivation underlying the preoccupation with computer visualization. In this chapter, we want to complement the more technically oriented part of this book with some reflections as to why such techniques can be interesting not only for computer graphics researchers, and where, from a communication-theoretic point of view, they might be of use in our society.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schleicher 1859a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schleicher 1859a,<br />
author = {Schleicher, August},<br />
title = {Zur Morphologie der Sprache},<br />
journal = {Mémoires de l'académdie impériale des sciences de St. Pétersbourg},<br />
year = {1859},<br />
volume = {1?},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1-38},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt 2000,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter},<br />
title = {Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1: : Absenz – Darstellung},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {831-875},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt & George 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt_George_2005a,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter; George, Marion},<br />
title = {Typisch/Typ(us)},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {191-246},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlosser 1952a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schlosser 1952a,<br />
author = {Schlosser, K.},<br />
title = {Der Signalismus in der Kunst der Naturvölker: Biologisch-psychologische Gesetzlichkeiten in den Abweichungen von der Norm des Vorbildes},<br />
year = {1952},<br />
publisher = {Mühlau},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmid 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmid 2009a,<br />
author = {Schmid, Gabriele},<br />
title = {Zwischen Bildern. Die holographische Installation als Handlungsfeld},<br />
booktitle = {holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {161-180},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1998a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Mimesis bei Aristoteles und in den Poetikkommentaren der Renaissance. Zum Wandel des Gedankens von der Nachahmung der Natur in der frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Mimesis und Simulation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Andreas Kablitz & Gerhard Neumann},<br />
pages = {17-53},<br />
publisher = {ombach},<br />
address = {Freiburg im Breisgau},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1996a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Teleologie und Geschichte bei Aristoteles oder Wie kommen nach Aristoteles Anfang, Mitte und Ende in die Geschichte?},<br />
booktitle = {Das Ende. Figuren einer Denkform},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Stierle und Rainer Warning},<br />
pages = {528-563},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider 2009a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit},<br />
title = {Wissenschaftsbilder zwischen digitaler Transformation und Manipulation. Einige Anmerkungen zur Diskussion des “digitalen Bildes”},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {188-200},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schneider 2000a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Ralf},<br />
title = {Grundriß zur kognitiven Theorie der Figurenkonzeption am Beispiel des viktorianischen Romans},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Stauffenburg},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider & Berz 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider & Berz 2002a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit & Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bildtexturen. Punkte, Zeilen, Spalten. I. Textile Processing/II. Bildtelegraphie}<br />
booktitle = {Mimetische Differenzen. Der Spielraum der Medien zwischen Abbildung und Nachbildung}, <br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Flach, Sabine & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
pages = {181-220},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider & Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schneider & Stöckl 2011a,<br />
title = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, Jan Georg & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {erscheint Frühjahr 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2011===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Schönhammer 2011,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Stichwort: Kippbilder},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
howpublished = {PsyDok, Volltextserver der Virtuellen Fachbibliothek Psychologie},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://psydok.sulb.uni-saarland.de/frontdoor.php?source_opus=2756&la=de},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schönhammer 2009a,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Wahrnehmungspsychologie. Sinne, Körper, Bewegung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 2004a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstellung, Zeichen. Philosophische Theorien bildhafter Darstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {2., vollständig überarbeitete Aufl.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Scholz 1998a,<br />
title = {Mimesis. Studien zur literarischen Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Scholz, Bernhard F.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 1991a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstellung, Zeichen. Philosophische Theorien bildhafter Darstellungen},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {(1. Aufl.)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schott 1657a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schott 57a,<br />
author = {Schott, Kaspar},<br />
title = {De Magia Anamorphotica},<br />
booktitle = {Magia Universalis Naturae et Artis},<br />
year = {1657},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Herbipoli},<br />
note = {Teil 1, Buch III},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2001a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Eine kurze Geschichte der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht. Fotografieren in Museen & Archiven & Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, Wolfgang & Jaworek, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {249-257},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter 2003a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Virtuelle Kamera. Zum Fortbestand fotografischer Medien in computergenerierten Bildern}, <br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {88},<br />
pages = {3-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Welt. Analoge und Digitale Bilder - mehr oder weniger Realität?},<br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke},<br />
pages = {335-354},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2004b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Netz und die Virtuelle Realität. Zur Selbstprogrammierung der Gesellschaft durch die universelle Maschine},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Computer/Simulation. Kopie ohne Original oder das Original kontrollierende Kopie},<br />
booktitle = {OriginalKopie. Praktiken des Sekundären},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fehrmann, Gisela et al.},<br />
pages = {139-155},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Notizen zu einer Geschichte des Löschens. Am Beispiel von Video und Robert Rauschenbergs Erased de Kooning-Drawing},<br />
booktitle = {Im Banne der Ungewissheit. Bilder zwischen Medien, Kunst und Menschen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schumacher-Chilla, Doris},<br />
pages = {171-194},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oberhausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2005a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {MetaMorphing. Camerons Analysen der digitalen Bilder in Terminator 2 und The Abyss}, <br />
booktitle = {Mythen, Mütter, Maschinen. Die Filme des James Cameron},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pabst, Eckhard},<br />
pages = {289-315},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeit ist überhaupt nur darzustellen, indem man sie konstruiert (Andreas Gursky)},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {201-218},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {On the Logic of the Digital Archive},<br />
booktitle = {The You Tube Reader},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Vonderau, Patrick & Snickars, Pelle},<br />
pages = {330-346},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2009c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {3D. Zur Theorie, Geschichte und Medienästhetik des technischtransplanen Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen und die Nicht-Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {77-86},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2010a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Fotografie und Fiktionalität},<br />
booktitle = {Die fotografische Wirklichkeit. Inszenierung - Fiktion - Narration},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Blunck, Lars},<br />
pages = {143-158},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2010b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Zeitalter der technischen Nichtreproduzierbarkeit},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
editor = {Schröter, Jens et al.},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {1-38},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter & Thielmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter & Thielmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens & Thielmann, Tristan},<br />
title = {Display I: Analog},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften}<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2010a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Darstellung einer Vorstellung. Das Bild der Welt auf der Pioneer-Plakette},<br />
booktitle = {Atlas der Weltbilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Markschies, C. et al.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schürmann 2008a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Sehen als Praxis. Ethisch-ästhetische Studien zum Verhältnis von Sicht und Einsicht},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulz 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulz 2005a,<br />
author = {Schulz, Martin},<br />
title = {Ordnungen der Bilder. Eine Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Finke},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulze 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulze 2000a,<br />
author = {Schulze, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Die Erlebnis-Gesellschaft. Kultursoziologie der Gegenwart. 8. Auflage. Studienausgabe.},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M., New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schwingeler 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schwingeler 2008a,<br />
author = {Schwingeler, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Raummaschine. Raum und Perspektive im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Werner Hülsbusch},<br />
address = {Boizenburg},<br />
note = {(Reihe Game Studies)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Searle 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Searle 1971,<br />
author = {Searle, John R.},<br />
title = {Sprechakttheorie - Ein sprachphilosophischer Essay},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 2003a,<br />
author = {Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Erscheinens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seel 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 1991a,<br />
author = {Seel, Norbert M.},<br />
title = {Weltwissen und mentale Modelle},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seiterle 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Seiterle 1988a,<br />
author = {Seiterle, G. },<br />
title = {Maske, Ziegenbock und Satyr},<br />
journal = {Antike Welt. Z. für Archäologie und Kulturgeschichte},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seja 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seja 2009a,<br />
author = {Seja, Silvia},<br />
title = {Handlungstheorien des Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sekula 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sekula 2002a,<br />
author = {Sekula, Allan},<br />
title = {Der Handel mit Fotografien},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {255-290},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shannon & Weaver 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shannon & Weaver 1976a,<br />
author = {Shannon, Claude E. & Weaver, Warren},<br />
title = {Mathematische Grundlagen der Informationstheorie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shepard 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shepard 1990a,<br />
author = {Shepard, Roger N.},<br />
title = {Mind sights. Original illusions, ambiguities, and other anomalies, with a commentary on the play of mind in perception and art},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {W. H. Freeman},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shneiderman 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Shneiderman 1983a,<br />
author = {Shneiderman, B.},<br />
title = {Direct Manipulation - A Step Beyond Programming Languages},<br />
journal = {IEEE Computer},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
volume = {16},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {57-69},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shohat & Stam 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Shohat & Stam 1998a,<br />
author = {Shohat, E. & Stam R.},<br />
title = {Narrativizing Visual Culture. Towards a Polycentric Aesthetics},<br />
booktitle = {The Visual Culture Reader},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Mirzoeff, N.},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {26-49},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegert & Brecheis 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{ Siegert & Brecheis 2005a,<br />
author = {Siegert, Gabriele & Brecheis, Dieter },<br />
title = {Werbung in der Medien- und Informationsgesellschaft. Eine kommunikationswissenschaftliche Einführung },<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {VS},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegmund 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegmund 2007a,<br />
author = {Siegmund, J.},<br />
title = {Die Evidenz der Kunst. Künstlerisches Handeln als ästhetische Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Simmel 1995a,<br />
author = {Simmel, G.},<br />
title = {Der Bildrahmen. Ein ästhetischer Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Aufsätze und Abhandlungen 1901-1908 Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Simmel, G.},<br />
pages = {101-108},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1992a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Soziologie. Untersuchungen über die Formen der Vergesellschaftung},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Gesamtausgabe, Bd. 11, hrsg. von Otthein Rammstedt},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1978a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Das individuelle Gesetz. Philosophische Exkurse},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Michael Landmann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a,<br />
author = {Smith, Robert W. & Tatarewicz, Joseph N.},<br />
title = {Replacing a Technology: The Large Space Telescope and CCDs},<br />
journal = {Proceedings of the IEEE},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
volume = {73},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1221-1235},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sobchack 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sobchack 1997a,<br />
author = {Sobchack, Vivian},<br />
title = {Meta-Morphing. Visual Transformation and the Culture of Quick-Change},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minneapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a,<br />
author = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
title = {Figurative Politik. Prolegomena zu einer Kultursoziologie politischen Handelns},<br />
booktitle = {Figurative Politik. Zur Performanz der Macht in der modernen Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
pages = {17-33},<br />
publisher = {Leske und Budrich},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sommer 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sommer 1987a,<br />
author = {Sommer, M.},<br />
title = {Evidenz im Augenblick. Eine Phänomenologie der reinen Empfindung},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sonesson 1992a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Bildbetydelser: Inledning till bildsemiotiken som vetenskap},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Studentlitteratur},<br />
address = {Lund},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sonesson 1989a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Pictorial Concepts},<br />
publisher = {Lund University Press},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sörbom 1966===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sörbom 1966,<br />
author = {Sörbom, Göran},<br />
title = {Mimesis and Art. Studies in the Origin an Early Development of an Aesthetic Vocabulary},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spariosu 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Spariosu 1984,<br />
title = {Mimesis in contemporary theory: An interdisciplinary Approach. Volume I: The Literary and the Philosophical Debate},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Spariosu, Mihai},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Philadelphia/Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spillner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Spillner 1982a,<br />
author = {Spillner, Bernd},<br />
title = {Stilanalyse semiotisch komplexer Texte: Zum Verhältnis von sprachlicher und bil¬dicher Information in Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4/5},<br />
pages = {91–106},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stadler & Kruse 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stadler & Kruse 1995a,<br />
author = {Stadler, Michael & Kruse, Peter},<br />
title = {The Function of Meaning in Cognitive Order Formation.},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {5–21},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Steinbrenner 2009a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Bildtheorien der analytischen Tradition},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {284-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 2004a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Zeichen über Zeichen. Grundlagen einer Theorie der Metabezugnahme},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Synchron Wissenschaftsverlag der Autoren},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 1996a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Kognitivismus in der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a,<br />
title = {Farben: Betrachtungen aus Philosophie und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Glasauer, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a,<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
title = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stiegler 2004a,<br />
author = {Stiegler, Bernd},<br />
title = {Digitale Photographie als epistemologischer Bruch und historische Wende},<br />
booktitle = {Das Gesicht der Welt. Medien in der digitalen Kultur},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Engell & Neitzel},<br />
pages = {105-126},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stierle 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stierle 1984a,<br />
author = {Stierle, Karlheinz},<br />
title = {Das bequeme Verhältnis. Lessings Laokoon und die Entdeckung des ästhetischen Mediums},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, Gunter},<br />
pages = {23-58},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2011a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbekommunikation semiotisch},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch Werbekommunikation},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Nina Janich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {UTB},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {erscheint Mitte 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {The Language-Image-Text. Theoretical and Analytical Inroads into Semiotic Complexity},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {202-226},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Beyond Depicting. Language-Image-Links in the Service of Advertising},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {3-28},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2008a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbetypographie. Formen und Funktionen},<br />
booktitle = {Werbung – grenzenlos. Multimodale Werbetexte im interkulturellen Vergleich},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bendel, Sylvia & Held, Gudrun},<br />
pages = {13–36},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2005a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typography: Body and Dress of a Text – A Signing Mode between Language and Image},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {204-214},<br />
note = {Special Issue “The New Typography”},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2004b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typographie: Körper und Gewand des Textes. Linguistische Überlegungen zu typographischer Gestaltung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Angewandte Linguistik},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {41},<br />
pages = {5-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stöckl 2004a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Die Sprache im Bild – Das Bild in der Sprache. Zur Verknüpfung von Sprache und Bild im massenmedialen Text},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2003a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {„Imagine“: Stilanalyse multimodal. Am Beispiel des TV-Werbespots},<br />
booktitle = {Sprachstil – Zugänge und Anwendungen. Ulla Fix zum 60. Geburtstag},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Barz, Irmhild & Lerchner, Gotthard & Schröder, },<br />
pages = {305-323},<br />
publisher = {Winter},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 1992a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Der ‚picture relation type’ – Ein praktischer Analysemodus zur Beschreibung der vielfältigen Einbettungs- und Verknüpfungsbeziehungen von Bild und Text},<br />
journal = {Papiere zur Linguistik},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {46},<br />
number = {11},<br />
pages = {49-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoesz 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Stoesz 2008a,<br />
author = {Stoesz Brenda Marie},<br />
title = {The Role of Selective Attention in Perceptual Switching. },<br />
year = {2008},<br />
howpublished = {Department of Psychology, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Manitoba},<br />
note = {Thesis Master of Arts Thesis},<br />
hidden = {zuletzt geprüft am 17.03.2011},<br />
url = {mspace.lib.umanitoba.ca/bitstream/1993/3083/1/BStoesz%20-%20MA%20thesis%202008%20revisions.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoichita 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stoichita 1998a,<br />
author = {Stoichita, Victor I.},<br />
title = {Das selbstbewußte Bild. Vom Ursprung der Metamalerei},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauß 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strauß 1998a,<br />
author = {Strauß, Bernd (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Zuschauer},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strenge 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Strenge_1998a,<br />
author = {Strenge, Britta},<br />
title = {Typos/Typologie},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {1587-1595},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Striedter 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Striedter 1984a,<br />
author = {Striedter, K.H.},<br />
title = {Felsbilder der Sahara},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauss 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Strauss 1979a,<br />
author = {Strauss, M.S.},<br />
title = {Abstraction of prototypical information by adults and 10-month-old infants},<br />
journal = {J. of Experimental Psychology: Human Leraning and Memory},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {5},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {618-632},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a,<br />
author = {Strothotte, Thomas & Schlechtweg, Stefan},<br />
title = {Non-photorealistic Computer Graphics: Modeling, Rendering, and Animation},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {San Francisco u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stüber & Stadler 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stüber & Stadler 1999a,<br />
author = {Strüber, Daniel & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Differences in top-down influences on the reversal rate of different categories of reversible figures},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {28},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1185–1196},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sturken & Cartwright 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sturken & Cartwright 2001a,<br />
author = {Sturken, M. & Cartwright L.},<br />
title = {Practices of Looking. An Introduction to Visual Culture},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
address = {Oxford, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch.},<br />
title = {Schreck-Gesichter. Symbole des magischen Alltags},<br />
booktitle = {Symbole des Alltags, Alltag der Symbole},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Blaschitz, G.; et al. },<br />
pages = {517-554},<br />
publisher = {ADV},<br />
address = {Graz},<br />
note = {Festschrift Harry Kühnel zum 65. Geburtstag},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1998a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch. },<br />
title = {Grenzen der Komplexität. Die Kunst als Bild der Wirklichkeit. Neuropsychologische und ethologische Erkenntnisse in der Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Einfachen zur Ganzheitlichkeit. Das Problem der Komplexität auf organismischer und soziokultureller Ebene},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {A.M. Wobus, & U. Wobus},<br />
pages = {167-188},<br />
publisher = {Nova Acta Leopoldina 77(304)},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Szily 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Szily 1999a,<br />
author = {Szily, K.},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelvújítás szótára},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Nap Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==T==<br />
===Tatarkiewicz 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tatarkiewicz 2003,<br />
author = {Tatarkiewicz, Wladysaw},<br />
title = {Geschichte der sechs Begriffe. Kunst • Schönheit • Form • Kreativität • Mimesis • Ästhetisches Erlebnis},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thielmann & Schröter 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Thielmann & Schröter 2007a,<br />
title = {Display II: Digital. Navigationen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Thielmann, Tristan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {<em>Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften</em>},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {Jg. 7, H. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tholen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tholen 2003a,<br />
author = {Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
title = {Die Zäsur der Medien. Kulturphilosophische Konturen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a,<br />
author = {Thornhill, R. & Gangestad, S.W. },<br />
title = {Human facial beauty: averageness, symmetry and parasite resistance},<br />
journal = {Human nature},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {237-269},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Thürlemann 1990a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Raum. Beiträge zu einer semiotischen Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Thürlemann 1984a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Die Farbe in der Malerei: Symbolischer und semi-symbolischer Bedeutungsmodus},<br />
booktitle = {Semiotics Unfolding. Proceedings of the Second Congress of the International Association for Semiotic Studies},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Tasso Borbé},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tischner 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tischner 1954a,<br />
author = {Tischner, H.},<br />
title = {Kunst der Südsee},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Todorov 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Todorov 1977,<br />
author = {Todorov, Tzvetan},<br />
title = {Symboltheorien},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {[frz. Original 1977]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Topper 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Topper 00a,<br />
author = {Topper, David},<br />
title = {On Anamorphosis. Setting Some Things Straight},<br />
journal = {Leonardo},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
volume = {33},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {115-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tótfalusi 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tótfalusi 2002a,<br />
author = {Tótfalusi, I.},<br />
title = {Magyar szótörténeti szótár},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Anno Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Totzke 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Totzke 2004a,<br />
author = {Totzke, Rainer},<br />
title = {Buchstaben-Folgen. Schriftlichkeit, Wissenschaft und Heideggers Kritik an der Wissenschaftsideologie},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Welbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Troje & McAdam 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Troje & McAdam 2010a,<br />
author = {Troje, N. F. & McAdam, M.},<br />
title = {The viewing-from-above bias and the silhouette illusion},<br />
journal = {i-Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {143–148},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {i-perception.perceptionweb.com/fulltext/i01/i0408.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Trübner 1940===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Trübner 1940,<br />
title = {Trübners Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: C-F},<br />
year = {1940},<br />
editor = {Alfred Göze},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Art. „darstellen“, S. 27},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tugendhat 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat 1976a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die sprachanalytische Philosophie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst & Wolf, Ursula},<br />
title = {Logisch-semantische Propädeutik},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {(revid. 1986)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==U==<br />
===Ullrich 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ullrich 1997a,<br />
author = {Ullrich, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Digitaler Nominalismus. Zum Status der Computerfotografie},<br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {64},<br />
pages = {63-73},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==V==<br />
===Vaihinger 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vaihinger 1997a,<br />
author = {Vaihinger, Dirk},<br />
title = {Virtualität und Realität – Die Fiktionalisierung der Wirklichkeit und die unendliche Information},<br />
booktitle = {Künstliche Paradiese, Virtuelle Realitäten. Künstliche Räume in Literatur-, Sozial-, und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Krapp, Holger & Wägenbaur, Thomas},<br />
pages = {19-43},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Valenza et al. 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Valenza et al. 1996a,<br />
author = {Valenza, E.; Simion, F.; Cassia, V.M. & Umiltà, C.},<br />
title = {Face preference at birth},<br />
journal = {J. of experimental Psychology (Human Perception and Performance) },<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {892-903},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Varela 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Varela 1990a,<br />
author = {Varela, Francisco J.},<br />
title = {Kognitionswissenschaft, Kognitionstechnik. Eine Skizze aktueller Perspektiven},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===VCQ 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{VCQ 1996a,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Visual Culture Questionnaire},<br />
journal = {October},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
pages = {25-70},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ventola et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ventola et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Ventola, Eija & Guijarro, Moya & Arsenio, Jesús},<br />
title = {The World Told and the World Shown. Multisemiotic Issues},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan},<br />
address = {Basingstoke},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Venus 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Venus 2009a,<br />
author = {Venus, Jochen},<br />
title = {Raumbild und Tätigkeitssimulation. Video- und Computerspiele als Darstellungsmedien des Tätigkeitsempfindens},<br />
booktitle = {Das Raumbild. Bilder jenseits ihrer Flächen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Winter, Gundolf; Schröter, Jens & Barck, Joanna},<br />
pages = {259-280},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vischer 1873a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vischer 1873a,<br />
author = {Vischer, Robert},<br />
title = {Ueber das optische Formgefühl. Ein Beitrag zur Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1873},<br />
publisher = {Credner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Völker 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Völker 2010a,<br />
author = {Völker, Clara},<br />
title = {Mobile Medien. Zur Genealogie des Mobilfunks und zur Ideengeschichte von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vogel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vogel 2003a,<br />
author = {Vogel, Matthias},<br />
title = {Medien als Voraussetzungen für Gedanken},<br />
booktitle = {Medienphilosophie. Beiträge zur Klärung eines Begriffs},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Münker, Stefan; Roesler, Alexander & Sandbothe, Mike},<br />
pages = {107-134 + 213-215 [Anmerkungen]},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Volkelt 1905a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Volkelt 1905a,<br />
author = {Volkelt, Johannes},<br />
title = {System der Ästhetik. Erster Band: Grundlegung der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vorländer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vorländer 2003a,<br />
author = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
title = {Demokratie und Ästhetik. Zur Rehabilitierung eines problematischen Zusammenhangs},<br />
booktitle = {Zur Ästhetik der Demokratie. Formen der politischen Selbstdarstellung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
pages = {11-26},<br />
publisher = {Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==W==<br />
<br />
===Wade et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wade et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Wade, Nicholas J.; Campbel, Robin N.; Ross, Helen E. & Lingelbach, Bernd},<br />
title = {Necker in Scotch perspective},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1–4},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Waldenfels 2010a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Sinne und Künste im Wechselspiel. Modi ästhetischer Erfahrung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Waldenfels 1999a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Ordnungen des Sichtbaren},<br />
booktitle = {Sinnesschwellen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Walton 1973a,<br />
author = {Kendall L. Walton},<br />
title = {Pictures as Make-Believe},<br />
journal = {The Philosophical Review},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
volume = {82},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {283-319},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Walton 1990a,<br />
author = {Walton, Kendall L.},<br />
title = {Mimesis as make-believe : on the foundations of the representational arts},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Harvard Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass. [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warburg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warburg 2008a,<br />
author = {Warburg, Aby},<br />
title = {Der Bilderatlas Mnemosyne (2000)},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Warnke, Martin; unter Mitarbeit von Brink, Claudia},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warnke 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warnke 1984a,<br />
author = {Warnke, Martin},<br />
title = {Politische Architektur in Europa vom Mittelalter bis heute: Repräsentation und Gemeinschaft},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Watt 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Watt 2002a, <br />
author = {Watt, Alan}, <br />
title = {3D-Computergrafik},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weber 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weber 2000a,<br />
author = { Weber, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Windmühlen oder Mauern? Die Archive und der neue Wind in der Informationstechnik},<br />
booktitle = {Digitale Archive - Ein neues Paradigma?},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Metzing, Andreas},<br />
pages = {79-94},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Marburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weiss 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weiss 2009a,<br />
author = {Weiss, G. },<br />
title = {Masken begleiten, erinnern, ehren und erneuern},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wellbery 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wellbery 1977,<br />
author = {Wellbery, David E.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Semiotics in the German Enlightenment},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Yale University},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Werckmeister 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Werckmeister 2005a,<br />
author = {Werckmeister, Otto Karl},<br />
title = {Der Medusa Effekt. Politische Bildstrategien seit dem 11. September 2001},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {form + zweck},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wescher 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wescher 1968a,<br />
author = {Wescher, Herta},<br />
title = {Die Collage / Geschichte eines künstlerischen Ausdrucksmittels},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {DuMont Schauberg},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wheeler 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wheeler 2005a,<br />
author = {Wheeler, Michael},<br />
title = {Reconstructing the Cognitive World: The Next Step},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2008a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Die Sichtbarkeit des Bildes. Geschichte und Perspektiven der formalen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main, New York},<br />
note = {Mit einem aktuellen Vorwort des Autors zur Neuausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2005a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Artifizielle Präsenz. Studien zur Philosophie des Bildes.},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wiesing 2004a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Pragmatismus und Performativität des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {115-128},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2000a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Phänomene im Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wimmer 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wimmer 1991a,<br />
author = {Wimmer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Fabrikation der Fiktion?},<br />
booktitle = {Digitaler Schein. Ästhetik der digitalen Medien},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Rötzer, }, <br />
pages = {519-533},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winkler 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Winkler 2003a,<br />
author = {Winkler, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Zugriff. Thesen zur Umorganisation der gesellschaftlichen Bildarchive unter den Bedingungen des Digitalen},<br />
booktitle = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang; Heidenreich, Stefan & Holl, Ute},<br />
pages = {144-148},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winner 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Winner 1962a,<br />
author = {Winner, Matthias},<br />
title = {Gemalte Kunsttheorie. Zu Gustave Courbets ‚Allégorie réelle‘ und der Tradition},<br />
journal = {Jahrbuch der Berliner Museen},<br />
year = {4},<br />
volume = {1962},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {150-185},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wirth 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wirth 2004a,<br />
author = {Wirth, Uwe},<br />
title = {Das Vorwort als performative, paratextuelle und parergonale Rahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Rhetorik. Figuration und Performanz},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fohrmann, Jürgen},<br />
pages = {603-628},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Whitfield 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Whitfield 1999a,<br />
author = {Whitfield, S.},<br />
title = {Lucio Fontana},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Hayward Gallery Publ.},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witsch 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witsch 2008a,<br />
author = {Witsch, Monika},<br />
title = {Kultur und Bildung: Ein Beitrag für eine kulturwissenschaftliche Grundlegung von Bildung im Anschluss an Georg Simmel, Ernst Cassirer und Richard Hönigswald},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witte 2010a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Zur Geschichte der Bildung. Eine philosophische Kritik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2009a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Selbstbild und Bildung. Ein Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildung – Argumentation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Helmer, K.; Herchert, G. & Löwenstein, S.},<br />
pages = {81-100},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reihe: Beiträge zur Theorie der Argumentation in der Pädagogik. Herausgegeben von Andreas Dörpinghaus und Karl Helmer. Band 5},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1990a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus logico-philosophicus},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Tagebücher 1914-1916; Philosophische Untersuchungen. [7. Aufl.]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1971a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Philosophische Untersuchungen},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1922===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1922,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus},<br />
year = {1922},<br />
publisher = {Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wollheim 1982a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Sehen-als, sehen-in und bildliche Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Objekte der Kunst},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
pages = {192-210},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Looser, Max},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 1978,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Are the Criteria of Identity that Hold für a Work of Art in the Different Arts Aesthetically Relevant?},<br />
journal = {Ratio},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {20},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {29-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 2001a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {On Pictorial Representation},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
pages = {215-2268},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {Neuabdruck in: Gerwen, Rob van (Hg.). Richard Wollheim on the Art of Painting: Art as Representation and Expression. Cambridge UP, 2001},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==X==<br />
==Y==<br />
==Z==<br />
===Zaloscer 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Zaloscer 1974a,<br />
author = {Zaloscer, Hilde},<br />
title = {Versuch einer Phänomenologie des Rahmens},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Ästhetik und allgemeine Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {189-224},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zeune 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zeune 1997a,<br />
author = {Zeune, Joachim},<br />
title = {Burgen. Symbole der Macht. Ein neues Bild der mittelalterlichen Burg},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Pustet},<br />
address = {Regensburg},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zimmer 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zimmer 1995a,<br />
author = {Zimmer, A. C.},<br />
title = {Multistability – More than just a Freak Phenomenon},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {99–138},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==Fehlerhafte Angaben==<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, Jörg R. J.},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
note = {'''''Achtung!!Reihenfolge der Autoren ist verkehrt!!! Bitte korrigieren!!!''''' },<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.uni-due.de/imperia/md/content/elise/2006_-_schirra___hombach.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<!--- Die folgende Zeile muß immer am Ende der Seite stehen!! --><br />
<!--- Nicht entfernen und keinen Biblio-Eintrag danach setzen --><br />
<bibexport/></div>
Mark Ludwig
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Bibliography&diff=5920
Bibliography
2011-06-21T13:33:11Z
<p>Mark Ludwig: /* M */</p>
<hr />
<div>===Kris & Kurz 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kris & Kurz 1995a,<br />
author = {Kris, Ernst & Kurz, Otto},<br />
title = {Die Legende vom Künstler. Ein geschichtlicher Versuch},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {mit einem Vorwort von Ernst H. Gombrich},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 2000a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Vor einem Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser Verlag},<br />
address = {München/Wien},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Reinold Werner},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Panofsky 2002a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Sinn und Deutung in der bildenden Kunst (Meaning in the Visual Arts)},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Dumont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<!--- Dies ist eine Kommentarzeile --><br />
<!--- In diese Seite kommen alle bibliographischen Daten rein, --><br />
<!--- also wirklich a l l e für dieses Glossar. --><br />
<!--- Wer es kennt, wird erkennen, dass wir uns an BibTex orientieren. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- !!!!! Bitte erst mal durchsuchen, ob der geplante Eintrag !!! --><br />
<!--- !!!!! hier nicht schon unter anderer Bezeichnung steht! !!! --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Ein Schema für neue Einträge wird hier oben automatisch --><br />
<!--- eingeblendet, wenn ein neuer Literaturverweis in einer Seite --><br />
<!--- eingebaut wurde und man dem entsprechenden Link dort im --><br />
<!--- Literaturverzeichnis folgt. Bitte nach Anlegen nach unten kopieren, --><br />
<!--- so dass eine alphabetisch geordnete Liste erhalten bleibt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Derzeit sind folgende Formen möglich Monographie (=book), --> <br />
<!--- Sammelband (= Proceedings), Artikel in Sammelband (= inproceedings),--><br />
<!--- Zeitschriftenartikel (= article), Rest (= misc.) --><br />
<!--- (An einer Übersetzung dieser Typbezeichnungen wird gearbeitet) --><br />
<!--- In allen sind die jeweils üblichen Felder verfügbar; weitere Daten --><br />
<!--- können im Feld note deponiert werden -- die werden jeweils am Ende --><br />
<!--- der damit produzierten Literaturangabe angezeigt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Nun die Einträge; wenn möglich die Namen (1. Zeile nach bibentry) --><br />
<!--- alle nach gleichem Schema bauen und alphabetisch geordnet eintragen.--><br />
<!--- Angabe des Jahres am Besten immer mit fortlaufendem Kleinbuchstaben --><br />
<!--- indizieren, auch wenn noch kein zweites Werk des Autors im gleichen --><br />
<!--- Jahr aufgenommen wurde; kann ja noch kommen. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Wenn ein als Identifier benutzter Nachname mit einem Sonderzeichen --><br />
<!--- (insbesondere Umlaut) beginnt, bitte die Normalumschrift benutzen, --><br />
<!--- sonst sind die Literaturangaben auf den Seiten falsch geordnet. --><br />
<!--- Den korrekt geschriebenen Namen zwischen den <bib>Klammern nutzen. --><br />
{{GlossarBoxSub}}__TOC__</div><br />
<!--- --><br />
<br />
==A==<br />
===Adelmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelmann 2009a, <br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adelmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Adelmann 2004a, <br />
author = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Digitale Animationen in dokumentarischen Fernsehformaten?}, <br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung}, <br />
year = {2004}, <br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke}, <br />
pages = {387-406}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adelung 1811===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelung 1811, <br />
editor = {Adelung, Johann Christoph}, <br />
title = {Grammatisch-kritisches Wörterbuch der hochdeutschen Mundart: mit beständiger Vergleichung der übrigen Mundarten, besonders aber der Oberdeutschen. Erster Teil: A-E. Mit D. W. Soltau's Beyträgen; revidirt und berichtiget von Franz Xaver Schönberger, Doctor der freyen Künste und Philosophie},<br />
year = {1811}, <br />
publisher = {Bauer}, <br />
address = {Wien}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adorno 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Adorno 2003,<br />
author = {Adorno, Theodor W.},<br />
title = {Gesammelte Schriften, Bd. 7: Ästhetische Theorie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Alpers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alpers 1985a,<br />
author = {Alpers, Svetlana},<br />
title = {Kunst als Beschreibung. Holländische Malerei des 17. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Amelunxen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Amelunxen 1996a, <br />
author = {Amelunxen, Hubertus}, <br />
title = {Fotografie nach der Fotografie}, <br />
year = {1996}, <br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Dresden u.a.}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Appadurai 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Appadurai 2003a, <br />
author = {Appadurai, Arjun},<br />
title = {Archive and Aspiration},<br />
booktitle = {Information is Alive},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Brouwer, Joke; Mulder, Arjen},<br />
pages = {14-25},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Rotterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1997,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Poetik. Griechisch/Deutsch},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Manfred Fuhrmann},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {Übers. und Hrsg.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995c,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Physik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 6; Übers.: Hans Günter Zekl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995b,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Nikomachische Ethik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 3; Übers.: Eugen Rolfes},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995a,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Metaphysik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 5; Übers.: Hermann Bonitz},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a,<br />
author = {Asemissen, Hermann Ulrich & Schweikhart, Gunter},<br />
title = {Malerei als Thema der Malerei},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Attneave 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Attneave 1971a,<br />
author = {Attneave, F.},<br />
title = {Multistability in perception},<br />
journal = {Sci.Am 225},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
volume = {225},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Auerbach 1946===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Auerbach 1946,<br />
author = {Auerbach, Erich},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Dargestellte Wirklichkeit in der abendländischen Literatur [1946]},<br />
year = {<sup>10</sup>2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen/Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Augustinus 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Augustinus 2002,<br />
author = {Augustinus},<br />
title = {Was ist Zeit? Confessiones XI/Bekenntnisse 11},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {lateinisch-deutsche Ausgabe, eingeleitet, übersetzt und mit Anmerkungen versehen von Norbert Fischer},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Austin 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Austin 1972a,<br />
author = {Austin, John L.},<br />
title = {Zur Theorie der Sprechakte},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {orig.: How to do things with Words, 1962},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==B==<br />
===Baader 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baader 2003a,<br />
author = {Baader, Hannah},<br />
title = {Paragone},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {263},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bachmann-Medick 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bachmann-Medick 2006a,<br />
author = {Bachmann-Medick, Doris},<br />
title = {Cultural Turns. Neuorientierungen in den Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Badakshi 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Badakshi 2006a,<br />
author = {Badakshi, Harun},<br />
title = {Körper in/aus Zahlen. Digitale Bildgebung in der Medizin},<br />
booktitle = {The Picture's Image. Wissenschaftliche Visualisierung als Komposit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Hinterwaldner, Inge; Buschhaus, Markus},<br />
pages = {199-205},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Badt 1963a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Badt 1963a,<br />
author = {Badt, Kurt },<br />
title = {Raumphantasien und Raumillusionen. Wesen der Plastik}<br />
year = {1963},<br />
publisher = {DuMont}, <br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Balázs 2001a,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der Geist des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Balázs 2001b,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der sichtbare Mensch},<br />
booktitle = {Texte zur Theorie des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {v. F. Albersmeier},<br />
publisher = {Philip Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
pages = {224-233},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baltrušaitis 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baltrušaitis 77a,<br />
author = {Baltrušaitis, Jurgis},<br />
title = {Anamorphic Art},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Chadwyck-Healey},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {(aus dem Französischen von W.J. Strachan, zuerst: Paris 1969)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1977a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetoric of the Image},<br />
booktitle = {Image, Music, Text},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
editor = {Stephen Heath},<br />
pages = {32–51},<br />
publisher = {Fontana},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {orig. 1964 in Communications},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1964a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetorik des Bildes (1964)},<br />
booktitle = {Der entgegenkommende und der stumpfe Sinn. Kritische Essays III},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Hornig, Dieter},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barthes 1989a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Die helle Kammer. Bemerkung zur Photographie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batchen 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Batchen 1998a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Photogenics/Fotogenik},<br />
journal = {Camera Austria},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {62/63},<br />
pages = {5-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batchen 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Batchen 2000a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Ectoplasm. Photography in the Digital Age},<br />
booktitle = {Over Exposed. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Squiers, Carol},<br />
pages = {9.23},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batteux 1746/1770===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Batteux 1746/1770,<br />
author = {Batteux, Charles},<br />
title = {Einschränkung der schönen Künste auf einen einzigen Grundsatz},<br />
year = {<sup>3</sup>1770},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Aus dem Französischen übersetzt und mit Abhandlungen begleitet von Johann Adolf Schlegel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baudrillard 1978a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Agonie des Realen},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baudrillard 2000a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Das perfekte Verbrechen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {von Amelunxen},<br />
pages = {256-260},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baumberger 2010===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baumberger 2010,<br />
author = {Baumberger, Christoph},<br />
title = {Gebaute Zeichen. Eine Symboltheorie der Architektur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Ontos},<br />
address = {Heusenstamm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baxandall 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baxandall 1972a,<br />
author = {Baxandall, Michael},<br />
title = {Painting and Experience in Fifteenth Century Italy. A Primer in the Social History of Pictorial Style},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Clarendon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bayer 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bayer 1984,<br />
author = {Bayer, Udo},<br />
title = {Laokoon – Momente einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gunter Gebauer},<br />
pages = {59-101},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bechtloff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bechtloff 2001a,<br />
author = {Bechtloff, Dieter (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Choreographie der Gewalt}, <br />
journal = {Kunstforum International}, <br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Hefte 153, 155 & 156},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Heft 153: Der gerissene Faden. Nichtlineare Techniken in der Kunst; Heft 156: Plateau der Menschheit},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beckmann 1995===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beckmann 1995,<br />
author = {Beckmann, Jan P.},<br />
title = {Wilhelm von Ockham},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beil 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beil 2010a,<br />
author = {Beil, Benjamin},<br />
title = {First Person Perspectives. Point of View und figurenzentrierte Erzählformen im Film und im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belach & Jacobsen 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belach & Jacobsen 93,<br />
author = {Belach, Helga & Jacobsen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {CinemaScope. Zur Geschichte der Breitwandfilme},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Spiess},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Stiftung Deutsche Kinemathek},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beller 2005a,<br />
author = {Beller Hans},<br />
title = {Aspekte der Filmmontage - Eine Art Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch der Filmmontage. Praxis und Prinzipien des Filmschnitts},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Beller Hans},<br />
publisher = {TR-Verlagsunion},<br />
address = {München},<br />
pages = {9-33},<br />
note = {5., gegenüber der 4. unveränderte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2008a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Florenz und Bagdad. Eine westöstliche Geschichte des Blicks},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2004a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bild und Kult. Eine Geschichte des Bildes vor dem Zeitalter der Kunst},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {6. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2002a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte. Eine Revision nach zehn Jahren},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Verlag C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2., erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2001a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bildanthropologie. Entwürfe für eine Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 1983a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte?},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Kunstverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting & Haustein 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting & Haustein 1998a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans & Haustein, Lydia},<br />
title = {Das Erbe der Bilder. Kunst und moderne Medien in den Kulturen der Welt},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Benkő 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Benkő 1976a,<br />
editor = {Benkő, L.},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelv történeti-etimológiai szótára. I-IV},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bergson 1948a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bergson 1948a,<br />
author = {Bergson, Henri},<br />
title = {Das Mögliche und das Wirkliche},<br />
booktitle = {Denken und Schöpferisches Werden. Aufsätze und Vorträge},<br />
year = {1948},<br />
editor = {Bergson, H.},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Meisenheim am Glan},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {110-125},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bernays 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernays 1970a,<br />
author = {Bernays, Jacob},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der verlorenen Abhandlung des Aristoteles über Wirkung der Tragödie},<br />
year = {1970}<br />
publisher = {G. Olms},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bernhardt et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernhardt et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Bernhardt, Petra; Hadj-Abdou, Leila; Liebhart, Karin & Pribersky, Andreas},<br />
title = {EUropäische Bildpolitiken. Politische Bildanalyse an Beispielen der EU-Politik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {facultas UTB},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bertram et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bertram et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bertram, Georg W.; Lauer, David; Liptow, Jasper; & Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {In der Welt der Sprache: Konsequenzen des semantischen Holismus},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp}, <br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Berz 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Berz 2009a,<br />
author = {Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bitmapped Graphic},<br />
booktitle = {Zeitkritische Medien},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Volmar, Axel},<br />
pages = {127-154},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bevers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bevers 1985a,<br />
author = {Bevers, Antonius M.},<br />
title = {Dynamik der Formen bei Georg Simmel. Eine Studie über die methodische und theoretische Einheit eines Gesamtwerkes},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Duncker & Humblot},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Sozialwissenschaftliche Abhandlungen der Görres-Gesellschaft, Band 13},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beyme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beyme 2004a,<br />
author = {Beyme, Klaus von},<br />
title = {Politische Ikonologie der modernen Architektur},<br />
booktitle = {Politikwissenschaft als Kulturwissenschaft. Theorien, Methoden, Problemstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schwelling, Birgit},<br />
pages = {351-372},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bieger 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bieger 2007a,<br />
author = {Bieger, Laura},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Immersion. Raum-Erleben zwischen Welt und Bild},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Black 1972===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Black 1972,<br />
author = {Black, Max},<br />
title = {How do Pictures represent?},<br />
booktitle = {Art, Perception, and Reality},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gombrich, E.H.; Hochberg, Julian & Black, Max},<br />
pages = {95-130},<br />
publisher = {John Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blanke 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Blanke 2003,<br />
author = {Blanke, Börries},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Sinn. Das ikonische Zeichen zwischen strukturalistischer Semiotik und analytischer Philosophie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Reihe Bildwissenschaft, Bd. 4},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Block 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Block 1990a,<br />
author = {Block, Ned},<br />
title = {The Computer Model of the Mind},<br />
booktitle = {Thinking. An Invitation to Cognitive Science, Vol. 3},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {D. N. Osherson & E. E. Smith},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bloomfield 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bloomfield 1933a,<br />
author = {Bloomfield, Leonard},<br />
title = {Language},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Henry Holt and Co},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1986a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Annäherungen an die Aktualität der Rhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Wirklichkeiten in denen wir leben},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
pages = {104-136},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1969a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeitsbegriff und Möglichkeit des Romans},<br />
booktitle = {Nachahmung und Illusion. Poetik und Hermeneutik 1},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Hans Robert Jauß},<br />
pages = {9-27},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Blumenberg 1957a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {'Nachahmung der Natur'. Zur Vorgeschichte der Idee des schöpferischen Menschen},<br />
journal = {Studium Generale},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {5},<br />
pages = {266-283},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2008a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Augenmaß. Zur Genese der ikonischen Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Mersman, Birgit & Spies, Christian},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 2007a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2005a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild und die hermeneutische Reflexion},<br />
booktitle = {Dimensionen des Hermeneutischen. Heidegger und Gadamer},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Martin-Heidegger-Gesellschaft},<br />
pages = {23-35},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Schriftenreihe Band 7},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Sprache? Anmerkungen zur Logik der Bilder (2004)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {34-53},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild in der Kunstwissenschaft. Interview mit Gottfried Boehm},<br />
booktitle = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {11-21},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm 2001a,<br />
title = {Homo Pictor},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Saur},<br />
address = {München / Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1999a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zwischen Auge und Hand. Bilder als Instrumente der Erkenntnis (1999)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {94-113},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1994a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Wiederkehr der Bilder},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1994b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Bilderfrage},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Gottfried Boehm},<br />
pages = {325-343},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1994c,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1985a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Der Andere als Prototyp},<br />
booktitle = {Bildnis und Individuum. Über den Ursprung der Porträtmalerei in der italienischen Renaissance},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1978a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zu einer Hermeneutik des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Die Hermeneutik und die Wissenschaft},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Gadamer, Hans-Georg & Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {444-471},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a,<br />
title = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried; Mersmann, Birgit; Spies, Christian},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Böhme 2004a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Der Raum leiblicher Anwesenheit und der Raum als Medium von Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böhme 1999a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böcking 2008===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böcking 2008,<br />
author = {Böcking, Saskia},<br />
title = {Grenzen der Fiktion? Von Suspension of Disbelief zu einer Toleranztheorie für die Filmrezeption.},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bogen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bogen 2005a,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen},<br />
title = {Kunstgeschichte/Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus },<br />
pages = {52-67},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bonsiepe 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bonsiepe 1968a,<br />
author = {Bonsiepe, Gui},<br />
title = {Visuell/Verbale Rhetorik},<br />
journal = {Format: Zeitschrift für visuelle Kommunikation},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {17},<br />
pages = {11–18},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bousso 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bousso 2002a,<br />
author = {Bousso, Raphael},<br />
title = {The Holographic Principle},<br />
journal = {Reviews of Modern Physics},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {74},<br />
pages = {825-874},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brachfeld 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brachfeld_1976a,<br />
author = {Brachfeld, Otto},<br />
title = {Image},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {215-217},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandt 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandt 1999a,<br />
author = {Brandt, Reinhard},<br />
title = {Die Wirklichkeit der Bilder. Sehen und Erkennen – Vom Spiegel zum Kunstbild},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandom 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandom 2000a,<br />
author = {Brandom, Robert},<br />
title = {Expressive Vernunft. Begründung, Repräsentation und diskursive Festlegung (1994)},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Gilmer, Eva & Vetter, Hermann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2007a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Galilei der Künstler. Der Mond. Die Sonne. Die Hand},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2005a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Darwins Korallen. Die frühen Evolutionsdiagramme und die Tradition der Naturgeschichte},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Klaus Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bredekamp 2004a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Drehmomente. Merkmale und Ansprüche des Iconic Turn},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Turn. Die neue Macht der Bilder},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Maar, Christa & Burda, Hubert},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {A Neglected Tradition? Art History as Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2000a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Antikensehnsucht und Maschinenglauben. Die Geschichte der Kunstkammer und die Zukunft der Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 1994a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Die digitale Kunstkammer. Ein Interview mit Horst Bredekamp},<br />
journal = {Texte zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst; Schneider, Birgit; Dünkel, Vera},<br />
title = {Das Technische Bild. Kompendium für eine Stilgeschichte wissenschaftlicher Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst & Schneider, Pablo},<br />
title = {Visuelle Argumentationen. Die Mysterien der Repräsentation und die Berechenbarkeit der Welt},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2010a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildakts. Frankfurter Adorno-Vorlesungen 2007},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brentano 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brentano 1930a,<br />
author = {Brentano, Franz},<br />
title = {Wahrheit und Evidenz},<br />
year = {1930},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {(1975??)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Pitts, Michael A. & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right parietal brain activity precedes perceptual alternation during binocular rivalry},<br />
journal = {Hum. Brain Mapping},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/20690124},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Landis, Theodor & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right parietal brain activity precedes perceptual alternation of bistable stimuli},<br />
journal = {Cereb. Cortex 19},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {55-65},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brugger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger 1999a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter},<br />
title = {One hundred years of an ambiguous figure: happy birthday, duck/rabbit},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
number = {???},<br />
pages = {973–977},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brugger & Brugger 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger & Brugger 1993a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter & Brugger, Susanne},<br />
title = {The easterbunny in october: I is it disguised as a duck},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
number = {???},<br />
pages = {577–578},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brunet 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brunet 2008a,<br />
author = {Brunet, François},<br />
title = {A Better Example is a Photograph': On the Exemplary Value of Photographs in C. S. Peirce's Reflection on Signs},<br />
booktitle = {The Meaning of Photography},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Kelsey, Robin; Stimson, Blake},<br />
pages = {34-49},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Williamstown},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bruno 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bruno 2007a,<br />
author = {Bruno, Giuliana},<br />
title = {Public Intimacy. Architecture and the Visual Arts},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bryson 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bryson 2001a,<br />
author = {Norman Bryson},<br />
title = {Das Sehen und die Malerei},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 2000a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Die Krise der Psychologie},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Velbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Achim Eschbach und Jens Kapitzky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Büttner 2003a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank},<br />
title = {Perspektive},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {265},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher 2011a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {“Man sieht, was man hört“. Multimodales Verstehen als interaktionale Aneignung. Handlungstheoretische Medienanalyse.},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Jan Georg Schneider & Hartmut Stöckl},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher2010a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {Multimodales Verstehen oder Rezeption als Interaktion. Theoretische und empirische Grundlagen einers systematischen Analyse der Multimodalität},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Hajo Diekmannshenke & Michael Klemm & Hartmut Stöckl},<br />
pages = {121-156},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchner 1665===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchner 1665,<br />
author = {August Buchner},<br />
title = {Poet}<br />
year = {1665},<br />
publisher = {???}, <br />
address = {Wittenberg},<br />
note = {hrsg. v. Otto Prätorius},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchwald 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchwald 1989a,<br />
author = {Buchwald, Jed Z.},<br />
title = {The Rise of the Wave Theory of Light},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1933a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Axiomatik der Sprachwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1934a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1934a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Sprachtheorie. Die Darstellungsfunktion der Sprache},<br />
year = {<sup>2</sup>1965},<br />
publisher = {Fischer },<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bürger 1784===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bürger 1784,<br />
author = {Bürger, Gottfried August},<br />
title = {Von der Popularität der Poesie [1784]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Günter und Hiltrud Hintzschel}, <br />
pages = {725-730},<br />
publisher = {Hanser}, <br />
address = {München}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1784},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burckhardt 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Burckhardt 2001a,<br />
author = {Burckhardt, Jacob},<br />
title = {Der Cicerone. Eine Anleitung zum Genuss der Kunstwerke Italiens},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Kritische Gesamtausgabe},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {B. Roeck et al.}, <br />
pages = {Bd. 2},<br />
publisher = {Beck}, <br />
address = {München/Basel}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1855},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burke 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Burke 2003a,<br />
author = {Burke, Peter},<br />
title = {Augenzeugenschaft. Bilder als historische Quellen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Busch 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Busch 2004a,<br />
author = {Busch, Kathrin},<br />
title = {Geschicktes Geben. Aporien der Gabe bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Busch & Därmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Busch & Därmann 2007a,<br />
title = {pathos. Konturen eines kulturwissenschaftlichen Grundbegriffes},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Busch, Kathrin; Därmann, Iris},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Butler 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Butler 2001a,<br />
author = {Butler, Judith},<br />
title = {Psyche der Macht. Das Subjekt der Unterwerfung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner & Gottdank 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Büttner & Gottdank 2009a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank & Gottdank, Andrea},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Ikonographie. Wege zur Deutung von Bildinhalten},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==C==<br />
===Caglioti 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Caglioti 1995a,<br />
author = {Caglioti, G.},<br />
title = {Perception of ambiguous figures: A qualitative Model based on Synergetics and Quantum Mechanics},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {463–478.},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Campe 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Campe 2006a,<br />
author = {Campe, R.},<br />
title = {Epoche der Evidenz. Knoten in einem terminologischen Netzwerk zwischen Descartes und Kant},<br />
booktitle = {Intellektuelle Anschauung. Figurationen von Evidenz zwischen Kunst und Wissen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Peters, S. & Schäfer, M.J. },<br />
pages = {5-43},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carani 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carani 1986a,<br />
author = {Carani, Marie},<br />
title = {Le corpus Pellan: une relecture sémiotique},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carbone 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carbone 2001a,<br />
author = {Mauro Carbone},<br />
title = {La visibilité de l’invisible},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a,<br />
author = {Carlbom, Ingrid; Paciorek, Joseph},<br />
title = {Planar Geometric Projections and Viewing Transformations},<br />
journal = {ACM Computing Surveys},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {465-502},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carnap 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carnap 1947a,<br />
author = {Carnap, Rudolf},<br />
title = {Meaning and Necessity: A Study in Semantics and Modal Logic},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, IL},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2007a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {The World at a Glance},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2005a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {Earth-Mapping. Artists Reshaping Landscape},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2002a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {Representing Place. Landscape Painting and Maps},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 2010a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Birgit Recki},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 2009a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Der Begriff der symbolischen Form im Aufbau der Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
pages = {63-92},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Marion Lauschke},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1990a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Versuch über den Menschen. Einführung in eine Philosophie der Kultur},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1989a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Zur Logik der Kulturwissenschaften. Fünf Studien},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {5., unveränd. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 1930a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Mythischer, ästhetischer und theoretischer Raum (1930)},<br />
booktitle = {Ernst Cassirer: Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 17},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {B. Recki},<br />
pages = {411-436 [1931]},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1929a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1925a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1925a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Zweiter Teil: Das mythische Denken},<br />
year = {1925},<br />
publisher = {Cassirer, Bruno},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1923a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Erster Teil: Die Sprache},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===CCALED===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{CCALED-4,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Collins Cobuild Advanced Learner’s English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
publisher = {Collins},<br />
address = {Glasgow},<br />
note = {4<sup>th</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cha & Rautzenberg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cha & Rautzenberg 08a,<br />
author = {Cha, Kyung-Ho & Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
title = {Einleitung: Im Theater des Sehens. Anamorphose als Bild und philosophische Metapher},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {dies.},<br />
pages = {7-22},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chomsky 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chomsky 1957a,<br />
author = {Chomsky, Noam},<br />
title = {Syntactic Structures},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Christian 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Christian 2009a,<br />
author = {Christian, Alexander},<br />
title = {Piktogramme, Kritischer Beitrag zu einer Begriffsbestimmung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Shaker},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cipolla et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cipolla et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Cipolla, Roberto & Battiato, Sebastiano & Farinella, Giovanni Maria },<br />
title = {Computer Vision: Detection, Recognition and Reconstruction},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin, Heidelberg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Collingwood 1945===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Collingwood 1945,<br />
author = {Collingwood, Robin},<br />
title = {Die Idee der Natur [The Idea of Nature (1945)]},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {Übers.: Martin Suhr},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, M. R.; Roberts A. R.; Barbee A. P.; Druen P. B.; Wu Cheng-Huan},<br />
title = {„Their ideas of beauty are, on the wohle, the same as ours“: consistency and variability in the cross-cultural perception of female physical attractiveness},<br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {68},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-279},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham 1986a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, M.R.},<br />
title = {Measuring the physical in physical attractiveness: Quasi-experiments on the sociobiology of female facial beauty}, <br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {50},<br />
number = {}, <br />
pages = {925-935},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==D==<br />
===Damisch 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Damisch 1987a,<br />
author = {Damisch, Hubert},<br />
title = {L'origine de la perspective},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Flammarion},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Darwin 1872a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Darwin 1872a,<br />
author = {Darwin, Charles},<br />
title = {On the Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals},<br />
year = {1872},<br />
publisher = {Murray},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davidson 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Davidson 2004a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
title = {Drei Spielarten des Wissens},<br />
booktitle = {Subjektiv, intersubjektiv, objektiv},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
pages = {339-363},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davies 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Davies 1991,<br />
author = {Davies, David},<br />
title = {Works, Texts, and Contexts. Goodman on the Literary Artwork},<br />
journal = {Canadian Journal of Philosophy},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {331-346},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Deleuze 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Deleuze 1989a,<br />
author = {Deleuze, Gilles},<br />
title = {Das Bewegungs-Bild. Kino1},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M},<br />
note = {a. d. Franz. v. U. Christians und U. Bokelmann; Erstveröffentlichung 1983},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Demuth 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Demuth 2007a,<br />
author = {Demuth, Volker},<br />
title = {Extreme Expeditionen. Digitale, hybride und künstlerische Räume},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {89-104},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Depaulo 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Depaulo 1992a,<br />
author = {DePaulo, B. M. },<br />
title = {Nonverbal Behavior and Self Presentation},<br />
journal = {Psychological Bulletin},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {111},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {203-243},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Derrida 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 2007a,<br />
author = {Jacques Derrida},<br />
title = {Aufzeichnungen eines Blinden. Das Selbstporträt und andere Ruinen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Derrida 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 1992a,<br />
author = {Derrida, J.},<br />
title = {Die Wahrheit in der Malerei},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===de Duve 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{de Duve 1990a,<br />
author = {de Duve, Thierry},<br />
title = {The Monochrome and the Blank Canvas},<br />
booktitle = {Reconstructiong Modernism. Art in New York, Paris and Montreal 1945-1964},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Guilbaut, Serge},<br />
pages = {244-310},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge/Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===de Schonen et.al. 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{de Schonen et.al. 1994a,<br />
author = {de Schonen, S.; Deruelle, C.; Pascalis, O.; & Mancini, J.},<br />
title = {About funcional brain specialization.The development of face recognition (Functional cerebral specialization in the development of face recognition / A propos de la notion de specialisation cerebrale fonctionnelle: le developpement de la reconnaissance des visages)},<br />
journal = {Psychologie francaise},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {259-274},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Diderot 1751===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Diderot 1751,<br />
author = {Denis Diderot},<br />
title = {Brief über die Taubstummen [1751},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Schriften. Erster Band},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Friedrich Bassenge},<br />
pages = {27-97},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 1999a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Was wir sehen blickt uns an. Zur Metapsychologie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Didi-Huberman 2005a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {L’espace danse – Der Raum tanzt},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {16-30},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Diekmannshenke, Hajo & Klemm, Michael & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {erscheint Ende 2010},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dion 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dion 2002a,<br />
author = {Dion, K. K.},<br />
title = {Cultural Perspectives on Facial Attractiveness},<br />
booktitle = {Facial Attractiveness. Evolutionary, Cognitive, and Social Perspectives},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Rhodes, G. & Zebrowitz, L.A.},<br />
pages = {239-260},<br />
publisher = {Ablex},<br />
address = {Westport, CT},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ditzinger 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ditzinger 2006a,<br />
author = {Ditzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Illusionen des Sehens. Eine Reise in die Welt der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Elsevier, Spektrum, Akad. Verl.},<br />
address = {München, Heidelberg},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2002a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Malerei im Bilderstreit. Eine Revision aus Anlass des Rubenspreis-Jubiläums},<br />
booktitle = {10 x Malerei. Rubenspreis der Stadt Siegen in Werken der Sammlung Lambrecht-Schadeberg},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {19-34},<br />
publisher = {Museum für Gegenwartskunst },<br />
address = {Siegen},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dobbe 1999a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Querelle des Anciens, des Modernes et des Postmodernes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2007a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian},<br />
title = {Figuren der visuellen Rhetorik in werblichen Gesamttexten},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {71–112},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2001a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian },<br />
title = {Ein Funktionenmodell für Bildtexte},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Klaus Sachs-Hombach},<br />
pages = {29-39},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Döring 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Döring 2009a,<br />
author = {Döring, Sabine},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie der Gefühle},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Döring, Sabine},<br />
pages = {12-65},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drechsel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Drechsel 2006a,<br />
author = {Drechsel, Benjamin},<br />
title = {Was ist ein politisches Bild? Einige Überlegungen zur Entwicklung der Politikwissenschaft als Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Moderne. Kulturwissenschaftliches Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {106-120},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1989a,<br />
author = {Drosdowsi, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Etymologie. Herkunftwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache.},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {2. völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1988a,<br />
author = {Drosdowski, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Stilwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache. Die Verwendung der Wörter im Satz.},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {7., völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {= DUDEN Band 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dubois 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubois 1998a,<br />
author = {Dubois, Philippe},<br />
title = {Der fotografische Akt. Versuch über ein theoretisches Dispositiv},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Dresden, Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dubos 1760-61===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubos 1760-61,<br />
author = {Du Bos, Jean-Baptiste},<br />
title = {Kritische Betrachtungen über die Poesie und Malerey, 3 Teile},<br />
year = {1760-1761},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Übers.: Gottfried Benediktus Funk},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Duden 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Duden 1999a,<br />
author = {Duden},<br />
title = {Das große Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache in zehn Bänden},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dudenredaktion 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dudenredaktion 2003a,<br />
author = {Dudenredaktion (Hg.)},<br />
title = {DUDEN. Das Stilwörterbuch.},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {8. völlig neu bearbeitete Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Durand 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Durand 1987a,<br />
author = {Durand, Jacques},<br />
title = {Rhetorical Figures in the Advertising Image},<br />
booktitle = {Marketing and Semiotics},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Sebeok, J.U. },<br />
pages = {295–318},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==E==<br />
===Ebert 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ebert 1979a,<br />
author = {Ebert, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Montage Editing Schnitt},<br />
journal = {Filmkritik},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {547-558},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eco 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eco 1998,<br />
author = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
title = {Lector in fabula. Die Mitarbeit der Interpretation in erzählenden Texten},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {dtv},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eddiks 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Eddiks 2004a,<br />
author = {Eddiks, Christina},<br />
title = {Dem Emblem auf der Spur},<br />
howpublished = {},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
note = {Diplomarbeit},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kisd.de/~tom/diplom/christina_emblematik.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Edgerton 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Edgerton 2002a,<br />
author = {Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Die Entdeckung der Perspektive},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. & Ch. Sütterlin},<br />
title = {Im Banne der Angst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte menschlicher Abwehrsymbolik},<br />
year = {1992}, <br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. & Ch. Sütterlin},<br />
title = {Weltsprache Kunst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte bildlicher Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2008}, <br />
publisher = {Brandstätter},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt. I. },<br />
title = {Die Biologie menschlichen Verhaltens. Lehrbuch der Humanethologie},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt I. },<br />
title = {The expressive behavior of the deaf- and blind born},<br />
booktitle = {Social Communication and Movement},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {M. v. Cranach & I. Vine},<br />
pages = {163-194},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ekman 1973b,<br />
author = {Ekman, P. },<br />
title = {Cross cultural studies of facial expression},<br />
booktitle = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Ekman, P.},<br />
pages = {169-222},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ekman 1973a,<br />
editor = {Ekman, P. },<br />
title = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Elgin 1992,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Notation},<br />
booktitle = {A Companion to Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Cooper, David},<br />
pages = {307-309},<br />
publisher = {Blackwell},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1983===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elgin 1983,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {With Reference to Reference},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elkins 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 2003a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {Visual Studies. A Skeptical Introduction},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elkins 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 1999a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {The Domain of Images},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ellgring 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ellgring 1989a,<br />
author = {Ellgring, H.},<br />
title = {Nonverbal communication in depression},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Else 1958===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Else 1958,<br />
author = {Else, Gerald F.},<br />
title = {Imitation in the fifth century},<br />
journal = {Classical Philology},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
volume = {53},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {73-90},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Enright 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Enright 1987a,<br />
author = {Enright, J. T.},<br />
title = {Perspective vergence: oculomotor responses to line drawings},<br />
journal = {Vision Res},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1513–1526},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst 2002a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gibt es eine spezifische Videozität?},<br />
booktitle = {REC - Video als mediales Phänomen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf; Hoffmann, Hilde & Nohr, Rolf F.},<br />
pages = {14-29},<br />
publisher = {VDG},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang & Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Digitale Bildarchivierung. Der Wölfflin-Kalkül},<br />
booktitle = {Konfigurationen. Zwischen Kunst und Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Schade, Sigrid & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
pages = {306-320},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst et al. 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ernst et al. 2003a,<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang et al.},<br />
title = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Esposito 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Esposito 1998,<br />
author = {Esposito, Elena},<br />
title = {Fiktion und Virtualität},<br />
booktitle = {edien, Computer Realität. Wirklichkeitsvorstellungen und Neue Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {269-296},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Etcoff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Etcoff 2001a,<br />
author = {Etcoff, N. },<br />
title = {Nur die Schönsten überleben. Die Ästhetik des Menschen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eusterschulte 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eusterschulte 2001,<br />
author = {Eusterschulte, Anne},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 5: L-Musi},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Gert Ueding},<br />
pages = {Sp. 1232-1294},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==F==<br />
===Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a,<br />
author = {Fahlenbrach, Kathrin & Viehoff, Reinhold},<br />
title = {Medienikonen des Krieges. Die symbolische Entthronung Saddams als Versuch strategischer Ikonisierung},<br />
booktitle = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
pages = {356-387},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fantz 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fantz 1966a,<br />
author = {Fantz, R.L. },<br />
title = {Pattern discrimination and selective attention as determinants of perceptual development from birth},<br />
booktitle = {Perceptual Development in Children},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Kidd, A.H. & Rivoire, J.L},<br />
pages = {143-173},<br />
publisher = {University Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Farago 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Farago 1992a,<br />
author = {Farago, Claire J.},<br />
title = {Leonardo da Vinci’s Paragone. A Critical Interpretation with a New Edition of the Text in the Codex Urbinas},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leiden/New York/Kopenhagen/Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ferino-Pagden 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ferino-Pagden 2009a,<br />
title = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S. },<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fiedler 1991a,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2 Bd., hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991b,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Über den Ursprung der künstlerischen Tätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {111-220},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 1, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991c,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Aphorismen},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {7-105},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991d,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Zur neueren Kunsttheorie},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {247-290},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiske 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiske 2001a,<br />
author = {Fiske, John },<br />
title = {Videotech},<br />
booktitle = {Grundlagentexte zur Fernsehwissenschaft. Theorie - Geschichte - Analyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf et al.},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Konstanz},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {484-502},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Floch 1998a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean Marie},<br />
title = {The Contribution of Structural Semiotics to the Design of a Hypermarket},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Research in Marketing },<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1995a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Identités visuelles},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Presses Universitaires de France},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1990a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Sémiotique, marketing et communication},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Presses Universitaires de France.},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flügge et al. 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flügge et al. 2007a,<br />
author = {Flügge, Matthias; Kudielka, Robert & Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Vorwort und Dank},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {6-9},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flusser 1994===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flusser 1994,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Abbild – Vorbild},<br />
booktitle = {Was heißt „Darstellen“? },<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Christiaan L. Hart Nibbrig},<br />
pages = {34-48},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foley et al. 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foley et al. 1990a,<br />
author = {Foley, James D.; van Dam; Feiner & Hughes },<br />
title = {Computer Graphics. Principles and Practice},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Addison Wesley},<br />
address = {Reading, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foster & Krauss 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Foster & Krauss 1996a,<br />
author = {Foster, H. & Krauss, R.},<br />
title = {Introduction},<br />
journal = {October},<br />
pages = {3-4},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Foucault 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foucault 1976a,<br />
author = {Foucault, Michael},<br />
title = {Überwachen und Strafen},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fox 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fox 2006a,<br />
author = {Fox, Mark},<br />
title = {Quantum Optics. An Introduction},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frank & Lange 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frank & Lange 10a,<br />
author = {Frank, Gustav & Lange, Barbara},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft. Bilder in der visuellen Kultur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freedberg 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Freedberg 1991a,<br />
author = {Freedberg, David},<br />
title = {The Power of Images. Studies in the History and Theory of Response (1989)},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frege 1892===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frege 1892,<br />
author = {Frege, Gottlob},<br />
title = {Über Sinn und Bedeutung, zitiert nach der Ausgabe in: Frege, Gottlob: Funktion, Begriff, Bedeutung},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {G. Patzig},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {40-65},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1946a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die Verdrängung},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {247-261},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1946b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946b,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Das Unbewußte},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {263-303},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fuhrmann 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fuhrmann 2003,<br />
author = {Fuhrmann, Manfred},<br />
title = {Die Dichtungstheorie der Antike. Aristoteles – Horaz – 'Longin' Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Artemis & Winkler},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf und Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==G==<br />
<br />
===Gaede 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gaede 1981a,<br />
author = {Gaede, Werner},<br />
title = {Vom Wort zum Bild: Kreativ-Methoden der Visualisierung},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
publisher = {Langen Müller/Herbig},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Galison 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Galison 1997a,<br />
author = {Galison, Peter},<br />
title = {Image and Logic. A Material Culture of Microphysics},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ganz & Henkel 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ganz & Henkel 2004a,<br />
title = {Rahmen-Diskurse. Kultbilder im konfessionellen Zeitalter},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Ganz, David; Henkel, Georg},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Garcia 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gardner 1990,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Color Design},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Garcia 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Garcia 1997,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Evolutions},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gardner 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gardner 1985a,<br />
author = {Gardner, Howard},<br />
title = {The Mind’s New Science. A History of the Cognitive Revolution},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Basic Books},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gebauer & Wulf 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gebauer & Wulf 1992a,<br />
author = {Gebauer, Gunter & Wulf, Christoph},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Kultur – Kunst - Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Der Mensch. Seine Natur und seine Stellung in der Welt},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Aula},<br />
address = {Wiebelsheim},<br />
note = {14. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004b,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Urmensch und Spätkultur. Philosophische Ergebnisse und Aussagen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Kolstermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {6., erw. Aufl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 1961a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Forschung. Zur Selbstbegegnung und Selbstentdeckung des Menschen},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a,<br />
author = {Geiger, Susi & Henn-Memmesheimer, Beate},<br />
title = {Visuell-verbale Textgestaltung von Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {1/2},<br />
pages = {55–74},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gellius 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gellius 1987a,<br />
author = {Gellius, A.},<br />
title = {Attische Nächte...},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Ü: H. Berthold},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerhardus et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gerhardus et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Gerhardus, Dietfried & Kledzik, S.M. & Reitzig, G.H.},<br />
title = {Schlüssiges Argumentieren – Logisch-propädeutisches Lehr- und Arbeitsbuch},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Gerstengrabe, Carina; Lang, Katharina & Schneider, Anna},<br />
title = {Wasserzeichen. Vom 13. Jahrhundert bis zum Digital Watermarking. Kulturen des Kopierschutzes<br />
II},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {9-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982a,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung und Umwelt. Der ökologische Ansatz in der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Urban & Schwarzenberg},<br />
address = {München, Wien u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982b,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Die Sinne und der Prozeß der Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Huber},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glock 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Glock 2000a,<br />
author = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
title = {Aspektwahrnehmung},<br />
booktitle = {Wittgenstein-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
pages = {43},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glüher 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Glüher 1998a,<br />
author = {Glüher, Gebhard},<br />
title = {Von der Theorie der Fotografie zur Theorie des digitalen Bildes},<br />
journal = {Kritische Berichte},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {23-31},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldie 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goldie 2000a,<br />
author = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
title = {The Emotions. A Philosophical Exploration},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldie 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Goldie 2010a,<br />
title = {The Oxford Handbook of Philosophy of Emotion},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 2002a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Phaidon},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {6},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1977a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gondek 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gondek 1997a,<br />
author = {Gondek, Hans-Dieter},<br />
title = {Der Blick – zwischen Sartre und Lacan. Ein Kommentar zum VII. Kapitel des Seminar XI},<br />
journal = {Riss. Zeitschrift für Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {37/38},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gooch & Gooch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gooch & Gooch 2001a,<br />
author = {Gooch, Bruce & Gooch, Amy},<br />
title = {Non-Photorealistic Rendering},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Natick, MA. },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1968a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Languages of Art},<br />
year = {1968, 2. rev. Aufl. 1976},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {dt.: Sprachen der Kunst. Suhrkamp 1998},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman & Elgin 1988===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman & Elgin 1988,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson & Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Reconceptions in Philosophy and Other Arts and Sciences},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {Deutsch: <em>Revisionen. Philosophie und andere Künste und Wissenschaften</em>. Frankfurt a. M.: Suhrkamp, 1993},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goren et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Goren et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Goren, C. C., Sarty, M., & Wu, P. Y.},<br />
title = { Visual following and pattern discrimination of face-like stimuli by newborn infants},<br />
journal = {Pediatrics},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {544-549},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/1165958?dopt=abstract},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_Kruse_2009a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Roland Barthes: Zeichen, Kommunikation und Mythos},<br />
booktitle = {Schlüsselwerke der Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Hepp, Andreas; Krotz, Friedrich & Thomas, Tanja},<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {VS/GWV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Empathische Cues und die Möglichkeit einer Affekt-Sprache des Films},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4},<br />
pages = {289-298},<br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2008b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008b,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Gewalt als Erlebnis. Die somatische Decodierung als Strategie des Filmerlebens in CLOVERFIELD},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4}, <br />
pages = {299-312},<br />
note = {}, <br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_Kruse_2009a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Roland Barthes: Zeichen, Kommunikation und Mythos},<br />
booktitle = {Schlüsselwerke der Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Hepp, Andreas; Krotz, Friedrich & Thomas, Tanja},<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {VS/GWV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_2010a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars},<br />
title = {Die Evolution des Cyborgs. Künstliche Lebensformen im japanischen Anime Ergo Proxy (2006)},<br />
booktitle = {Japan - Europa. Wechselwirkungen zwischen den Kulturen im Film und den darstellenden Künsten},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Adachi-Rabe, Kayo; Becker, Andreas; Mundhenke, Florian},<br />
pages = {213-230},<br />
publisher = {Büchner Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grammer et al. 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grammer et al. 2002a,<br />
author = {Grammer, Karl, Fink, B. & Renninger, L. A.},<br />
title = {Dynamic Systems and Inferential Information Processing in Human Communication},<br />
journal = {Neuroendocrinology Letters},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {Suppl. 4},<br />
pages = {15-22},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Graumann 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graumann 1966a,<br />
author = {Graumann, Carl Friedrich},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der Verhaltensbeobachtung},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Meyer, Ernst & Maier, Hans}, <br />
booktitle = {Fernsehen in der Lehrerbildung, Neue Forschungsansätze in Pädagogik},<br />
publisher = {Manz},<br />
pages = {86-107},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gregory 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gregory 2000a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Ambiguity of ‘ambiguity’},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1139-1142},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.richardgregory.org/papers/editorials/ambiguity-of-ambiguity.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gregory 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gregory 1997a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Eye and brain. The psychology of seeing},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Princeton University Press},<br />
address = {Princeton, N.J},<br />
note = {5. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1970a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Du sens, Teil I},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Essais Sémiotiques},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1966a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Sémantique structurale},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Semantik. Braunschweig: Vieweg, 1971},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas & Courtés 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas & Courtés 1979a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien & Courtés, Joseph},<br />
title = {Sémiotique: Dictionnaire raisonné de la théorie du langage},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hachette},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greenberg 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Greenberg 1997a,<br />
author = {Greenberg, Clement},<br />
title = {Zu einem neuen Laokoon},<br />
booktitle = {Clement Greenberg – Die Essenz der Modere. Ausgewählte Essays und Kritiken},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lüdeking, Karlheinz},<br />
pages = {56-81},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Dresden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grieshofer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grieshofer 2009a,<br />
author = {Grieshofer, F. },<br />
title = {Masken im Brennpunkt musealer Sammeltätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grimm 1860===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Grimm 1860,<br />
title = {Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: Biermörder-D},<br />
year = {1860},<br />
editor = {Jacob Grimm & Wilhelm Grimm},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grittmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grittmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Grittmann, Elke},<br />
title = {Das politische Bild. Fotojournalismus und Pressefotografie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Groß et al. 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Groß et al. 1981a,<br />
author = {Gross, C.G.; Bruce, C.J.; Desimone, R.; Fleming, J. & Gattass, R.},<br />
title = {Cortical visual areas of the temporal lobe: Three areas in the macaque},<br />
booktitle = {Cortical Sensory Organization. Vol. 2: Multiple Visual Areas},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
editor = {C.N. Woolsey},<br />
pages = {187-216},<br />
publisher = {Humana Press},<br />
address = {Totowa N.J.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Günzel 2006a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Bildtheoretische Analyse von Computerspielen in der Perspektive Erste Person},<br />
journal = {IMAGE},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {31-43},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2008a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Realität des Simulationsbildes. Raum im Computerspiel},<br />
booktitle = {Die Realität der Imagination - Architektur und das digitale Bild},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
pages = {127-136},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weimar}, <br />
note = {10. internationales Bauhaus-Kolloquium},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2009a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Simulation und Perspektive. Der bildtheoretische Ansatz in der Computerspielforschung},<br />
booktitle = {Shooter: Eine multdisziplinäre Einführung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Bopp, Matthias; Wiemer, Serjoscha & Nohr,Rolf F.},<br />
pages = {331-352},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2010a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Geste des Manipulierens. Zu Gebrauch statischer und beweglicher Digitalbilder}, <br />
booktitle = {Freeze Frames. Zum Verhältnis von Fotografie und Film},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmann & Gerlin},<br />
pages = {114-129},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==H==<br />
<br />
===Haas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haas 1995a,<br />
author = {Haas, Stefan},<br />
title = {Psychologen, Künstler, Ökonomen. Das Selbstverständnis der Werbetreibenden zwischen Fin de siècle und Nachkriegszeit},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderwelt des Alltags. Werbung in der Konsumgesellschaft des 19. und 20. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Borscheid, Peter & Wischermann, Clemens},<br />
pages = {78-89},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
===Habermas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1995a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Theorie des kommunikativen Handelns (1981), 2 Bd.},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Habermas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1973a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Erkenntnis und Interesse},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002a,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Die Entropie der Fotografie. Skizzen zu einer Genealogie der digitalelektronischen Bildaufzeichnung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf},<br />
pages = {195-238},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002b,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Es gibt kein ,digitales Bild'. Eine medienepistemologische Anmerkung},<br />
booktitle = {Licht und Leitung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Engel},<br />
pages = {103-112},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Haken 1995===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haken 1995,<br />
author = {Haken, Hermann},<br />
title = {Some basic concepts of Synergetics with respect of multistability in perception, phase transmissions and formation of meaning},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {23–44},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halawa 2008a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Wie sind Bilder möglich? Argumente für eine semiotische Fundierung des Bildbegriffs},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halbfass 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halbfass 1972a,<br />
author = {Halbfass, W.},<br />
title = {Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gründer, K. & Ritter, J. },<br />
pages = {Sp. 829-834},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halliday 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halliday 1996a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {Language as a Social Semiotic},<br />
booktitle = {The Communication Theory Reader},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Cobley, Paul},<br />
pages = {359-383},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halliday 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halliday 1985a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {An Introduction to Functional Grammar},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Edward Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hansen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hansen 2005a,<br />
author = {Hansen, S. },<br />
title = {Neolithische Figuralplastik im südlichen Karpatenbecken},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Harris 1756===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Harris 1756,<br />
author = {James Harris},<br />
title = {Drey Abhandlungen. Die erste über die Kunst, die andere über die Music, Mahlerey und Poesie, die dritte über die Glückseligkeit},<br />
year = {1756},<br />
publisher = {Schuster},<br />
address = {Danzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hasselbeck 1979===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hasselbeck 1979,<br />
author = {Hasselbeck, Otto},<br />
title = {Illusion und Fiktion. Lessings Beitrag zur poetologischen Diskussion über das Verhältnis von Kunst und Wirklichkeit},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hauschild 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hauschild 1982a,<br />
author = {Hauschild, Thomas},<br />
title = {Der böse Blick. Ideengeschichtliche und sozialpsychologische Untersuchungen, Beiträge zur Ethnomedizin, Ethnobotanik und Ethnozoologie},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1826===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1826,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Kunst. Vorlesung von 1826},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Gethmann-Siefert, Annemarie; Kwon, Jeong-Im & Berr, Karsten},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1830===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1830,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Enzyklopädie der philosophischen Wissenschaften im Grundrisse [1830]},<br />
year = {<sup>6</sup>1959},<br />
editor = {Friedhelm Nicolin und Otto Pöggeler},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1835===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1835,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Einleitung in die Ästhetik. Mit den beiden Vorreden von Heinrich Gustav Hotho [1835]},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hegel 1970a,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über die Ästhetik II},<br />
booktitle = {Werke},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
editor = {E. Moldenhauer & K. M. Michel},<br />
pages = {Bd. 14},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1835},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heidegger 1986a,<br />
author = {Martin Heidegger},<br />
title = {Ursprung des Kunstwerkes (1935/36)},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ditzingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1950a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidegger 1950a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Die Zeit des Weltbildes},<br />
booktitle = {Holzwege},<br />
year = {1950},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {69-104},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidenreich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidenreich 2001a,<br />
author = {Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Effekte der Digitalisierung: Berechenbarkeit und Suche},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, Wolfgang & Jaworek, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {259-262},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heider 2009a,<br />
author = {Heider, Don},<br />
title = {Living Virtually. Researching New Worlds},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang Publishing},<br />
address = {New Yor},<br />
note = {(Digital Formations vol. 47)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 2001a,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Abhandlung über den Ursprung der Sprache (1772)},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Irmscher, Hans Dietrich},<br />
publisher = {Philipp Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 1800===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 1800,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Sämtliche Werke. Bd. 22: Kalligone [1800]},<br />
year = {1880},<br />
editor = {Bernhard Suphan},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hernadi 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hernadi 1991,<br />
author = {Hernadi, Paul},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
title = {Reconceiving Notation and Performance},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetic Education},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herter 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Herter 1947a,<br />
author = {Herter, H. },<br />
title = {Vom dionysischen Tanz zum komischen Spiel. Die Anfänge der Attischen Komödie},<br />
journal = {Darstellung und Deutung},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {Iserlohn},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heßler 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Heßler 2006a, <br />
author = {Heßler, Martina},<br />
title = {Von der doppelten Unsichtbarkeit digitaler Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Ressource}, <br />
publisher = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden ={letzter Kontrollaufruf: 07.08.2010},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2006/3/Hessler/dippArticle.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hick 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hick 99a,<br />
author = {Hick, Ulrike},<br />
title = {Geschichte der optischen Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hickethier 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hickethier 1995a,<br />
author = {Hickethier, Knut},<br />
title = {Dispositiv Fernsehen – Skizze eines Modells},<br />
journal = {Montage/av},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1}<br />
pages = {63-83},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: },<br />
url = {www.montage-av.de/pdf/041_1995/04_1_Knut_Hickethier_Dispositiv_Fernsehen.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hildebrand 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hildebrand 1969a,<br />
author = {Hildebrand, Adolf von},<br />
title = {Das Problem der Form},<br />
booktitle = {Hildebrand: Gesammelte Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Bock, H.},<br />
pages = {41-350},<br />
publisher = {Westdeutscher Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln/Opladen},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1903},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hinterwaldner 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hinterwaldner 2008a,<br />
author = {Hinterwaldner, Inge},<br />
title = {Simulationsmodelle. Zur Verhältnisbestimmung von Modellierung und Bildgebung in interaktiven Echtzeitsimulationen},<br />
booktitle = {Visuelle Modelle},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Reichle, Ingeborg; Siegel, Steffen & Spelten, Achim},<br />
pages = {301-316},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hjelmslev 1954a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {La stratification du langage},<br />
booktitle = {Essais linguistiques},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
editor = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Nordisk Sprog- od Kulturforlag},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1943a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hjelmslev 1943a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {Omkring sprogteoriens grundlæggelse},<br />
year = {1943},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Dt. Prolegomena zu einer Sprachtheorie. München: Hueber},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hochberg 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hochberg 1977a,<br />
author = {Hochberg, Julian E.},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hofmann 2000a,<br />
author = {Hoffman, Donald D.},<br />
title = {Visuelle Intelligenz. Wie die Welt im Kopf entsteht},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hofmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Hofmann, Werner },<br />
title = {Spielräume und Raumverstecke},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {10-22},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2010a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Bildüberschreibungen. Wie Sprechtexte Nachrichtenfilme lesbar machen (und umgekehrt)},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, Hajo; Klemm, Michael & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
pages = {231-254},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {erscheint Ende 2010},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2009a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Der Wort-Bild-Reißverschluss. Über die performative Dynamik audiovisueller Transkriptivität},<br />
booktitle = {Oberfläche und Performanz. Untersuchungen zur Sprache als dynamischer Gestalt},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Linke, Angelika & Feilke, Helmuth},<br />
pages = {389-406},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2007a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Audiovisuelle Hermeneutik: Am Beispiel des TV-Spots der Kampagne ‚Du bist Deutschland’},<br />
booktitle = {Linguistische Hermeneutik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hermanns, Fritz},<br />
pages = {389–428},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly & Jäger 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly & Jäger 2011a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner & Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptionstheoretische Medienanalyse. Vom Anders-lesbar-Machen durch intermediale Bezugnahmepraktiken},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, Jan Georg & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {erscheint Frühjahr 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holmes 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holmes 1980a,<br />
author = {Holmes, Sir Oliver Wendell},<br />
title = {Das Stereoskop und der Stereograph},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie I. 1839-1912},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {114-122},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Originalausgabe 1859},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holschbach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holschbach 2003a,<br />
author = {Holschbach, Susanne},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Diskurse der Fotografie. Fotokritik am Ende des fotografischen Zeitalters},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {7-21},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {BD. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hömberg & Karasek 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hömberg & Karasek 2008a,<br />
author = {Hömberg, Walter & Karasek, Johannes},<br />
title = {Der Schweißfleck der Kanzlerkandidatin. Bildmanipulation, Bildfälschung und Bildethik im Zeitalter der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
journal = {Communicatio Socialis},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {276-293},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hopkins 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hopkins 1998a,<br />
author = {Hopkins, Robert},<br />
title = {Picture, Image and Experience},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Huber 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Huber 2004a,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Bild Beobachter Milieu. Entwurf einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1820a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1820a,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über das vergleichende Sprachstudium in Beziehung auf die verschiedenen Epochen der Sprachentwicklung [1820]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 4: 1820-1822},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
editor = {Albert Leitzmann},<br />
pages = {1-34},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1830-1835===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1830-1835,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über die Verschiedenheit des menschlichen Sprachbaues und ihren Einfluß auf die geistige Entwicklung des Menschengeschlechts [1830-1835]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 7.1},<br />
year = {1907},<br />
editor = {Albert Leitzmann},<br />
pages = {1-344},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 2006,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Phantasie und Bildbewußtsein},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {herausgegeben und eingeleitet von Eduard Marbach, Text nach Husserliana, Band XXIII},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1993a,<br />
author = {Husserl, E.},<br />
title = {Logische Untersuchungen. Elemente einer phänomenologischen Aufklärung der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {Teil II/Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1980a,<br />
author = {Edmund Husserl},<br />
title = {Phantasie, Bildbewusstsein, Erinnerung. Zur Phänomenologie der anschaulichen Vergegenwärtigungen. Texte aus dem Nachlass (1898-1925) (Husserliana XXIII)},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag / Boston / Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hyman 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hyman 2006a,<br />
author = {Hyman, John},<br />
title = {The Objective Eye: Color, Form, and Reality in the Theory of Art},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {UP},<br />
address = {Chicago },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hynes 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hynes 2005a,<br />
author = {Hynes, Maria},<br />
title = {Rethinking Reductionism},<br />
journal = {Culture Machine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {online journal},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.culturemachine.net/index.php/cm/article/viewArticle/33/41},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==I==<br />
===Imdahl 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1996a,<br />
author = {Max Imdahl},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Max Imdahl, Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {Wiederauflage der Schrift von 1974},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<!--- ===Imdahl 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1974a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {Wiederabruck}, <br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
--><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1987a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Farbe. Kunsttheoretische Reflexionen in Frankreich},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==J==<br />
===Jäger & Knauer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jäger & Knauer 2009a,<br />
title = {Bilder als historische Quellen? Dimensionen der Debatte um historische Bildforschung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jäger, Jens & Knauer, Martin},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jansen 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jansen 2005,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Aristoteles und das Problem des Neuen: Wie kreativ sind Veränderungsprinzipien?},<br />
booktitle = {Kreativität. XX. Deutscher Kongress für Philosophie. 26.-30. September 2005 in Berlin. Sektionsbeiträge, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Günter Abel},<br />
pages = {15-25},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag der TU Berlin},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jansen 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jansen 2002,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Tun und Können. Ein systematischer Kommentar zu Aristoteles' Theorie der Vermögen im neunten Buch der „Metaphysik”},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Hänsel-Hohenhausen},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jäger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2008a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptive Verhältnisse. Zur Logik intra- und intermedialer Bezugnahmen in ästhetischen Diskursen},<br />
booktitle = {Transkription und Fassung in der Musik des 20. Jahrhunderts. Beiträge des Kolloquiums in der Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur, Mainz, vom 5. bis 6. März 2004},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Gabriele Buschmeier & Ulrich Konrad & Albrecht Riethmüller},<br />
pages = {103-134},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jäger 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2002a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptivität. Zur medialen Logik der kulturellen Semantik},<br />
booktitle = {Transkribieren - Medien/Lektüre},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Ludwig Jäger & Georg Stanitzek},<br />
pages = {19-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jaubert 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jaubert 1998a,<br />
author = {Jaubert, Alain},<br />
title = {Fotos, die lügen: Politik mit gefälschten Bildern},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Äthenaum},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jean Paul 1795===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jean Paul 1795,<br />
author = {Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Ueber die natürliche Magie der Einbildungskraft [1795]},<br />
booktitle = {Ausgewählte Werke. Bd. 7/8: Leben des Qunitus Fixlein, aus fünfzehn Zettelschaften gezogen, nebst einem Mußtheil und einigen Jus de tablette},<br />
year = {1847},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jewitt 2009a,<br />
title = {The Routledge Handbook of Multimodal Analysis},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jewitt, Carey},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt & Oyama 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jewitt & Oyama 2001a,<br />
author = {Jewitt, Carey & Oyama, Rumiko},<br />
title = {Visual Meaning. A Social-Semiotic Approach},<br />
booktitle = {Handbook of Visual Analysis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Theo van Leeuwen & Carey Jewitt},<br />
pages = {134–156},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnson, Neil F. et al.???},<br />
title = {Information Hiding. Steganography and Watermarking - Attacks and Countermeasures},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Boston, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1996a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Der Computer im Kopf. Formen und Verfahren der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1983a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Mental Models. Towards a cognitive science of language, inference, and conciousness},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnston 2006a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Sean},<br />
title = {Holographic Visions. A History of New Science},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnston, V.S.; Hagel, R.; Franklin, M.; Fink, B. & Grammer, K.},<br />
title = {Male Facial attractiveness. Evidence for hormone-mediated adaptive design},<br />
journal = {Evolution and Human Behavior},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {251-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston & Franklin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston & Franklin 1993a,<br />
author = {Johnston, V.S. & Franklin, M.},<br />
title = {Is beauty in the eye of the beholder?},<br />
journal = {Ethology and Sociobiology},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {14},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {183-199},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1973a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Homo pictor. Von der Freiheit des Bildens},<br />
booktitle = {Organismus und Freiheit. Ansätze zu einer philosophischen Biologie},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
pages = {226-257},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1963===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1963,<br />
author = {Hans Jonas},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens. Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
booktitle = {Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit. Drei Aufsätze zur Lehre vom Menschen},<br />
year = {1963},<br />
editor = {Hans Jonas},<br />
pages = {26-43},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Jonas 1961a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens – Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Philosophische Forschung},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {161–176},<br />
note = {Wieder abgedruckt in: Jonas, Hans: <em>Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit – Zur Lehre vom Menschen</em>. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1987, 26–43},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Juhász et al. 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Juhász et al. 1999a,<br />
editor = {Juhász, J.; Szőke, I.; Nagy, G.O. & Kovalovszky, M.},<br />
title = {Magyar értelmező szótár},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jung 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jung 2003a,<br />
title = {Holographic Network},<br />
year = {2003a},<br />
editor = {Jung, Dieter},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bramsche},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==K==<br />
===Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a,<br />
author = {Kamlah, Wilhelm & Lorenzen, Paul},<br />
title = {Logische Propädeutik - Vorschule des vernünftigen Redens},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {BI Wissenschaftsverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl. (<sup>1</sup>1967, <sup>3</sup>1996)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a,<br />
author = {Kanizsa, G. & Luccio, R.},<br />
title = {Multistability as a research tool in experimental phenomenology},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {47–68},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1974a,<br />
author = {Kant, I.},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1787a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1787a,<br />
author = {Kant, I.},<br />
title = {Kritik der reinen Vernunft},<br />
year = {1787},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kant 1960a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Logik},<br />
booktitle = {Kant: Werke in 12 Bänden},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Weischedel, W.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Bd. VI},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1977a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Werkausgabe Band X, hrsg. von Wilhelm Weischedel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kardaun 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kardaun 1993,<br />
author = {Kardaun, Maria},<br />
title = {Der Mimesisbegriff in der griechischen Antike. Neubetrachtung eines umstrittenen Begriffes als Ansatz zu einer neuen Interpretation der platonischen Kunstauffassung},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {North-Holland},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/New York/Oxford/Tokyo},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kecskesi 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kecskesi 1982a,<br />
author = {Kecskesi, M. },<br />
title = {Kunst aus dem alten Afrika},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Pinguin},<br />
address = {Innsbruck},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kemp 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kemp 1974a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Disegno. Beiträge zu einer Geschichte des Begriffs zwischen 1547 und 1607},<br />
journal = {Marburger Jahrbuch für Kunstwissenschaf},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {219-240},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kittler 2002a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Computergrafik. Eine halbtechnische Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Hertha},<br />
pages = {178-194},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 2002b,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Optische Medien. Berliner Vorlesung 1999},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kjørup 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjørup 1978,<br />
author = {Kjørup, Søren},<br />
title = {Pictorial Speech Acts},<br />
journal = {Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {55-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1779===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Klopstock 1779,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ueber Sprache und Dichtkunst. Fragmente},<br />
year = {1779},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {243-258},<br />
publisher = {Heroldsche Buchhandlung},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1774===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klopstock 1774,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Werke und Briefe. Historisch-kritische Ausgabe. Bd. 7.1: Die deutsche Gelehrtenrepublik [1774]},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {Hurlebusch, Rose-Marie},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kluge 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kluge 2002a,<br />
author = {Kluge, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Etymologisches Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache.},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Seebold, Elmar},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter.},<br />
address = {Berlin, New York},<br />
note = {24. durchgesehene und erweiterte Auflage.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knieper & Müller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Knieper & Müller 2005a,<br />
author = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===König & Obrist 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{König & Obrist 1993a,<br />
title = {Der zerbrochene Spiegel. Positionen zur Malerei},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {König, Kasper & Obrist, Hans-Ulrich},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog Kunsthalle Wien / Deichtorhallen Hamburg},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Koller 1954===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Koller 1954,<br />
author = {Koller, Hermann},<br />
title = {Die Mimesis in der Antike. Nachahmung, Darstellung, Ausdruck},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kondor 2008a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Embedded Thinking: Multimedia and the New Rationality},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007c,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna },<br />
title = {Multimodal Integration: From a Philosophical Point of View},<br />
booktitle = {Proceedings of the IADIS International Conference: Mobile Learning },<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Arnedillo-Sanchez, Immaculada},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007b,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {The Mobile Image: Experience on the Move},<br />
booktitle = {obile Studies: Paradigms and Perspectives},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Nyíri, Kristóf},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Passagen},<br />
address = {Vienna},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Old Patterns, New Bewitchments},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophy of the Information Society: Papers of the 30th International Wittgenstein Symposium},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hrachovec, H.; Pichler. A. & Wang, J.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Konersmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Konersmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Konersmann, Ralf},<br />
title = {Kulturelle Tatsachen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kornmeier et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, Jürgen; Hein, Christine Maira & Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Multistable perception: When bottom-up and top-down coincide},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {69},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138–147},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kornmeier & Bach 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier & Bach 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, & Jürgen Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Object perception: When our brain is impressed but we do not notice it},<br />
journal = {Journal of Vision},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {7},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Korte 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Korte 2003a,<br />
author = {Korte, Helmut},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Systematische Filmanalyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {ESB},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kracauer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kracauer 1992a,<br />
author = {Kracauer, Siegfried},<br />
title = {Der verbotene Blick},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille & Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Kultur, Technik, Kulturtechnik: Wider die Diskursivierung der Kultur},<br />
booktitle = {Bild, Schrift, Zahl},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krauss 1999a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Reinventing the Medium},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {25,},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {289-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Winter},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 2000a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {A Voyage on the North Sea. Art in the Age of the Post-Medium Condition},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress 2010a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther},<br />
title = {Multimodality. A Social-Semiotic Approach to Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 2001a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Multimodal Discourse. The Modes and Media of Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 1996a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Reading Images. The Grammar of Visual Design},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krewani 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Krewani 2003a,<br />
author = {Krewani, Anna Maria},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Malerei bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=973507624},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
hidden = {Dissertation},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kripke 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kripke 1972a,<br />
author = {Kripke, Saul A.},<br />
title = {Naming and Necessity},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Natural Language},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Davidson, D. & Harman, G.},<br />
pages = {253-355, 763-769},<br />
publisher = {Reidel},<br />
address = {Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krkac 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krkac 2010a,<br />
author = {Krkac, Kristijan},<br />
title = {Wittgensteins’s Dubbit III},<br />
journal = {Wittgenstein-Studien},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {121-149},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kroeber-Riel 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kroeber-Riel 1996a,<br />
author = { Kroeber-Riel, Werner},<br />
title = { Bildkommunikation. Imagerystrategien für die Werbung },<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Vahlen},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{ Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a,<br />
author = { Kroeber-Riel, Werner & Esch, Franz-Rudolf},<br />
title = { Strategie und Technik der Werbung. Verhaltenswissenschaftliche Ansätze},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krüger 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krüger 2001a,<br />
author = {Krüger, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als Schleier des Unsichtbaren. Ästhetische Illusion in der Kunst der frühen Neuzeit in Italien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kruse 2003a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Christiane},<br />
title = {Wozu Menschen malen. Historische Begründungen eines Bildmediums},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse & Stadler 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kruse & Stadler 1995a,<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Papers originally presented at the International Symposium on Perceptual Multistability and Semantic Ambiguity held at the University of Bremen, Germany, March 22-25, 1993},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kruse et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Peter; Strüber, D. & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Significance of perceptual multistability for research on cognitive self-organization},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {69–84},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kudielka 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kudielka 2005a,<br />
author = {Kudielka, Robert},<br />
title = {Gegenstände der Betrachtung – Orte der Erfahrung. Zum Wandel der Kunstauffassung im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {44-57},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kulvicki 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kulvicki 2006a,<br />
author = {Kulvicki, John},<br />
title = {On Images: Their Structure and Content},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Oxford UP},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Külpe 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Külpe 1923a,<br />
author = {Külpe, Oswald},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über Logik},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Künzli 1996/1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Künzli 1996/1997a,<br />
author = {Künzli, Hansjörg},<br />
title = {Über die Haltbarkeit digitaler Daten},<br />
journal = {Rundbrief Fotografie},<br />
year = {1996/1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Sonderheft 3},<br />
pages = {5-8},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==L==<br />
===Lacan 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lacan 1987a,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jacques},<br />
title = {Die vier Grundbegriffe der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weinheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lakoff 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff 1987a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George},<br />
title = {Women, fire, and dangerous things – What categories reveal about the mind},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Chicago University Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lammert 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lammert 2007a,<br />
author = {Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Die vertrauten Sichtweisen sind umzustoßen. Zum Raum der Nachkriegszeit in ungewohnten Begegnungen},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {55-69},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst}<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Langer 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Langer 1984a,<br />
author = {Langer, Susanne},<br />
title = {Philosophie auf neuem Wege. Das Symbol im Denken, im Ritus und in der Kunst},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Langlois & Roggman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Langlois & Roggman 1990a,<br />
author = {Langlois, J.H. & Roggman I.A.},<br />
title = {Attractive faces are only average},<br />
journal = {American Psychol. Society},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
volume = {1/2},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {115-121},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lanz 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lanz 1971a,<br />
author = {Lanz, Jakob},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter},<br />
pages = {Spalte 89-100},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a,<br />
author = {Laplanche, Jean; Pontalis, Jean-Bertrand},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Das Vokabular der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Laplanche, Jean; Pontalis, Jean-Bertrand},<br />
pages = {37-38},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Latour 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Latour 2007a,<br />
author = {Latour, Bruno},<br />
title = {Eine neue Soziologie für eine neue Gesellschaft. Einführung in die Akteur-Netzwerk-Theorie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Law & Whittaker 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Law & Whittaker 1988a,<br />
author = {Law, John & Whittaker, John},<br />
title = {On the Art of Representation. Notes on the Politics of Visualisation},<br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, Gordon & Law, John},<br />
pages = {160-183},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leeuwen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leeuwen 2005a,<br />
author = {Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Introducing Social Semiotics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lefebvre 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lefebvre 2007a,<br />
author = {Lefebvre, Martin},<br />
title = {The Art of Pointing: On Peirce, Indexicality, and Photographic Images},<br />
booktitle = {Photography Theory},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Elkins, James},<br />
pages = {220-244},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York u. a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lenzen 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lenzen 1997a,<br />
author = {Lenzen, Dieter},<br />
title = {Lebenslauf oder Humanontogenese? Vom Erziehungssystem zum kurativen System – von der Erziehungswissenschaft zur Humanvitologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildung und Weiterbildung im Erziehungssystem. Lebenslauf und Humanontogenese als Medium und Form},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lenzen, D. & Luhmann, N.},<br />
pages = {228-247},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leopold & Logothetis 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Leopold & Logothetis 1999a,<br />
author = {Leopold, David A. & Logothetis, Nikos K.},<br />
title = {Multistable phenomena: changing views in perception},<br />
journal = {Trends Cogn. Sci. (Regul. Ed.)},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {254–264},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leroi-Gourhan 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leroi-Gourhan 1971a,<br />
author = {Leroi-Gourhan, André},<br />
title = {Präshistorische Kunst},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Herder},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1788===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1788,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon: Paralipomena [Erstveröffentlichung 1788]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe. Bd. 5/2. Werke 1766-169},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Wilfried Barner},<br />
pages = {207-321},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1766===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1766,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie [1766]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe in zwölf Bänden. Bd. 5/2: Werke 1766-1769},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Wilfried Bahner},<br />
pages = {11-206},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1974a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie},<br />
booktitle = {Werke, Bd. 6},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Göpfert, H. G.},<br />
pages = {7-187},<br />
publisher = {Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1766},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lévi-Strauss 1958a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lévi-Strauss 1958a,<br />
author = {Lévi-Straus, Claude},<br />
title = {Anthropologie structurale},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
publisher = {Plon},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Anthropologie. Frankfurt/Main: Suhrkamp},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990b,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Autographic and Allographic Art Revisited},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
pages = {89-106},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {What a Musical Work is},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
pages = {63-88},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levinson 1983a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Stephen C.},<br />
title = {Pragmatics},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lichtblau 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lichtblau 2009a,<br />
author = {Lichtblau, Klaus},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Georg Simmel: Soziologische Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Lichtblau, Klaus},<br />
pages = {7-27},<br />
publisher = {VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Licklider 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Licklider 1960a,<br />
author = {Licklider, J.},<br />
title = {Man-Computer Symbiosis},<br />
journal = {IRE Transactions on Human Factors in Electronics},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {4-11},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liebsch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liebsch 2001a,<br />
author = {Liebsch, Dimitri},<br />
title = {Die Geburt der ästhetischen Bildung aus dem Körper der antiken Plastik. Zur Bildungssemantik im ästhetischen Diskurs zwischen 1750 und 1800},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liesbrock 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Liesbrock 2010a,<br />
title = {Ad Reinhardt: Letzte Bilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Liesbrock, Heinz},<br />
publisher = {Josef Albers Museum Quadrat Bottrop},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2004a,<br />
author = {Liessmann, Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Reiz und Rührung. Über ästhetische Empfindungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2009a,<br />
author = {Liessmann Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Ästhetische Empfindungen. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas-WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lipps 1903a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lipps 1903a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor},<br />
title = {Grundlegung der Ästhetik. Erster Teil},<br />
year = {1903},<br />
publisher = {Leopold Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lipps 1920a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lipps 1920a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor },<br />
title = {»Zur Einfühlung«, in: Psychologische Untersuchungen 2/3, 1913},<br />
booktitle = {Die ästhetische Betrachtung und die bildende Kunst},<br />
year = {1920},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {111-491},<br />
publisher = {Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Löbner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Löbner 2003a,<br />
author = {Löbner, Sebastian},<br />
title = {Semantik. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Locke 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Locke 1975a,<br />
author = {Locke, J.},<br />
title = {An Essay Concerning Human Understanding},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {hg. von Niddich, P. H.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Logothetis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Logothetis 1998a,<br />
author = {Logothetis, N. K.},<br />
journal = {Philos. Trans. R. Soc. Lond., B, Biol. Sci.},<br />
title = {Single units and conscious vision},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {353},<br />
number = {1377},<br />
pages = {1801–1818},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lopes 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lopes 1996a,<br />
author = {Lopes, Dominic},<br />
title = {Understanding Pictures},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Claredon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1970a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Elemente der Sprachkritik – Eine Alternative zum Dogmatismus und Skeptizismus in der Analytischen Philosophie},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1990a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Einführung in die philosophische Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {(<sup>2</sup>1992)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lovejoy 1936===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lovejoy 1936,<br />
author = {Lovejoy, Arthur O.},<br />
title = {Die große Kette der Wesen. Geschichte eines Gedankens [The Great Chain of Being. A Study in the History of an Idea (1936)]},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1997a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Kunst der Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1996a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Realität der Massenmedien},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Luhmann 1993a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Form der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = { Hans Ulrich Gumbrecht & K. Ludwig Pfeiffer},<br />
pages = {349-366},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lunenfeld 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lunenfeld 2002a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Digitale Fotografie. Das dubitative Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografies},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {158-177},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lynch & Edgerton 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lynch & Edgerton 1988a,<br />
author = {Lynch, Michael & Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Digital Image Processing. Re-presentational Craft in Contemporary Astronomy}, <br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, Gordon & Law, John},<br />
pages = {184-220},<br />
publisher = {???}, <br />
address = {London u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==M==<br />
===Mach 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mach 1987a,<br />
author = {Mach, Ernst},<br />
title = {Die Analyse der Empfindungen und das Verhältnis des Physischen zum Psychischen},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Macpherson 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Macpherson 1996a,<br />
author = {Macpherson, Fiona},<br />
title = {Ambiguous Figures and the Content of Experience},<br />
journal = {Nous},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {82-117},<br />
note = {2006?},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Majetschak 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Majetschak 1997,<br />
title = {Auge und Hand. Konrad Fiedlers Kunsttheorie im Kontext},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manovich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manovich 2001a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {The Language of New Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge/MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manovich 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Manovich 2005a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {Die Poetik des erweiterten Raums},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {A. Lammert, M. Diers, R. Kudielka & G. Mattenklott},<br />
pages = {337-350},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manow 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manow 2008a,<br />
author = {Manow, Philip},<br />
title = {Im Schatten des Königs. Die politische Anatomie demokratischer Repräsentation},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Marshall 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Marshall 1968a,<br />
title = {Gellius: Noctes Atticae XIII, 17},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Marshall, P.K.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxonii},<br />
note = {Scriptorum Classicorum Bibliotheca Oxoniensis},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Martinec & Salway 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Martinec & Salway 2005a,<br />
author = {Martinec, Radan & Salway, Andrew},<br />
title = {A System for Image-Text-Relations in New (and Old) Media},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {337–371},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Massey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Massey 2007a,<br />
author = {Massey, Lyle},<br />
title = {Picturing Space, Displacing Bodies. Anamorphosis in Early Modern Theories of Perspective},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Pennsylvania State University Press},<br />
address = {University Park, Pa},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Maul 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Maul 2007a,<br />
author = {Maul, Stefan M.},<br />
title = {Gilgamesch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Babylonischen [auf der Grundlage von zum Teil noch unveröffentlichten Textzeugnissen neu und vollständig] übersetzt und mit einem Nachwort versehen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mead 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mead 1968a,<br />
author = {Mead, George Herbert},<br />
title = {Geist, Identität und Gesellschaft aus der Sicht des Sozialbehaviorismus},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {Original: <em>Mind, Self, and Society</em>. Hg. v. Charles W. Morris. Chicago, 1934},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meier 1757===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meier 1757,<br />
author = {Georg Friedrich Meier},<br />
title = {Betrachtungen über den ersten Grundsatz aller Schönen Künste und Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1757},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Halle},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meinhardt 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meinhardt 1997a,<br />
author = {Meinhardt, Johannes},<br />
title = {Ende der Malerei und Malerei nach dem Ende der Malerei},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mendelsohn 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mendelsohn 1982a,<br />
author = {Mendelsohn, Leatrice},<br />
title = {Paragoni. Benedetto Varchi’s Due Lezioni and Cinquecento Art Theory},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ann Arbor},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Menzer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Menzer 1992a,<br />
author = {Menzer, Ursula},<br />
title = {Subjektive und objektive Kultur. Georg Simmels Philosophie der Geschlechter vor dem Hintergrund seines Kultur-Begriffs},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Centaurus},<br />
address = {Pfaffenweiler},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 2003a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophisches Essays},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1993a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Die Prosa der Welt},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1966a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Phänomenologie der Wahrnehmung (1945)},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Walter de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen übersetzt und eingeführt durch eine Vorrede von Boehm, Rudolf},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1961a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophische Essays.}<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {neu bearbeitet, kommentiert und mit einer Einleitung versehen von Bermes, Christian (2003)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 1994a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Der Zweifel Cézannes (1948)},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Gottfried Boehm},<br />
pages = {39-59},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 2006a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Kino und die neue Psychologie (1947)},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie des Films},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Dimitri Liebsch},<br />
pages = {70-84},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mersch 2006a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Mediale Paradoxa. Einleitung in eine negative Medienphilosophie},<br />
journal = {Sic et Non. Zeitschrift für Philosophie und Kultur im Netz},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.sicetnon.org/content/perform/Mersch_Medienphilosophie_sw.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersch 2003a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Wort, Bild, Ton, Zahl – Modalitäten medialen Darstellens},<br />
booktitle = {Die Medien der Künste. Beiträge zur Theorie des Darstellens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
pages = {9-49},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2002a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Was sich zeigt. Materialität, Präsenz, Ereignis},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersmann 08a,<br />
author = {Mersmann, Jasmin},<br />
title = {Wandelgänge. Monumentale Anamorphosen im 17. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Cha, Kyung-Ho & Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
pages = {23-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Messaris 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{ Messaris 1997a,<br />
author = { Messaris, Paul},<br />
title = { Visual Persuasion: The Role of Images in Advertising},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {Thousand Oaks},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metscher 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metscher 2001,<br />
author = {Metscher, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metz 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metz 1972a,<br />
author = {Metz, Christian},<br />
title = {Semiologie des Films (1968)},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Koch, Renate},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzger 2008a,<br />
author = {Metzger, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gesetze des Sehens},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Klotz},<br />
address = {Taunus},<br />
note = {4. unveränd. Aufl., Repr. nach d. 3., völlig neu bearb. Aufl. 1975.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzinger 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Metzinger 2000a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Philosophische Perspektiven auf das Selbstbewusstsein: Die Selbstmodell-Theorie der Subjektivität},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Selbst},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Greve, W. },<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Psychologie Verlagsunion},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {Zitiert aus der überarbeiteten Online-Version},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.philosophie.uni-mainz.de/metzinger/publikationen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzinger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzinger 1999a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Subjekt und Selbstmodell. Die Perspektivität phänomenalen Bewusstseins vor dem Hintergrund einer naturalistischen Theorie mentaler Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meyer 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meyer 2001a,<br />
author = {Meyer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mediokratie. Die Kolonisierung der Politik durch das Mediensystem},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Michalsky 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Michalsky 2005a,<br />
author = {Michalsky, Tanja},<br />
title = {Raum visualisieren. Zur Genese des modernen Raumverständnisses in den Medien der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Ortsgespräche. Raum und Kommunikation im 19. und 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Geppert, Alexander C.T.; Jensen, Uffa & Weinhold, Jörn},<br />
pages = {292ff ??},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mirzoeff 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mirzoeff 2007a,<br />
author = {Mirzoeff, Nicholas},<br />
title = {Von Bildern und Helden. Sichtbarkeit im Krieg der Bilder},<br />
booktitle = {Feindbilder. Ideologien und visuelle Strategien der Kulturen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Haustein, Lydia; Scherer, Bernd & Hager, Martin},<br />
pages = {135-156},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2008a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. Thomas},<br />
title = {Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Gustav Frank},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2007a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.},<br />
title = {Realismus im digitalen Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderfragen. Die Bildwissenschaften im Aufbruch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Belting, Hans},<br />
pages = {237-256},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2006a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {Den Terror klonen. Der Krieg der Bilder 2001-2004},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Worlds. Neue Bilderwelten und Wissensräume},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Maar, Christa & Burda, Hubert},<br />
pages = {255-285},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2005a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. Thomas},<br />
title = {What Do Pictures Want? The Lives and Loves of Images},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1994a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.},<br />
title = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Representation},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1992a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {The Reconfigured Eye. Visual Truth in the Post-Photographic Era},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 1992b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {"The Pictorial Turn"},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
booktitle = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Repräsentation},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
publisher = {Universität of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1986a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {Iconology. Image, Text, Ideology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mojsisch 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mojsisch 1983a,<br />
author = {Mojsisch, Burkhard},<br />
title = {Meister Eckhart. Analogie, Univozität und Einheit},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mondzain 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mondzain 2006a,<br />
author = {Mondzain, Marie-José},<br />
title = {Können Bilder töten?},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich, Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Morris 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Morris 1994a,<br />
author = {Morris, D.},<br />
title = {Das Tier Mensch},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mülder-Bach 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mülder-Bach 1998,<br />
author = {Inka Mülder-Bach},<br />
title = {Im Zeichen Pygmalions. Das Modell der Statue und die Entdeckung der „Darstellung“ im 18. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1997a,<br />
author = {Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {Politische Bildstrategien im amerikanischen Präsidentschaftswahlkampf, 1828-1996},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1985a,<br />
author = {Müller, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {DUDEN Bedeutungswörterbuch = DUDEN Band 10},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a,<br />
author = {Müller-Beck, H. & Albrecht, G. },<br />
title = {Die Anfänge der Kunst vor 30'000 Jahren},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Theiss},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Münkler 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Münkler 2009a,<br />
author = {Münkler, Herfried},<br />
title = {Visualisierungsstrategien im politischen Machtkampf: Der Übergang vom Personenverband zum institutionellen Territorialstaat},<br />
booktitle = {Strategien der Visualisierung. Verbildlichung als Mittel politischer Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Münkler, Herfried & Hacke, Jens},<br />
pages = {23-51},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Musterle & Roessler 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Musterle & Roessler 1986a,<br />
author = {Musterle, W.A. & Roessler, O.E.},<br />
title = {Computer faces: The human Lorenz Matrix},<br />
journal = {Bio Systems},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {61-80},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==N==<br />
===Naef 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Naef 2007a,<br />
author = {Naef, Silvia},<br />
title = {Bilder und Bilderverbot im Islam},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {C. H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nänni 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nänni 2008a,<br />
author = {Nänni, Jürg},<br />
title = {Visuelle Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Niggli},<br />
address = {Sulgen},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
url = {www.worldcat.org/oclc/254718373},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006a,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc},<br />
title = {Am Grund der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006b,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc & Ferrari, Federico},<br />
title = {Die Haut der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Neuhaus 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Neuhaus 2006a,<br />
author = {Neuhaus, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Als William Gibson den Cyberspace erfand ... - Die Faszination für ein Vielzweck-Symbol aus der Science Fiction-Literatur},<br />
journal = {Telepolis},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.heise.de/tp/r4/artikel/23/23727/1.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Niederée & Heyer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Niederée & Heyer 2003a,<br />
author = {Niederée, R. & Heyer, D.},<br />
title = {The Dual Nature of Picture Perception: A Challenge to Current General Accounts of Visual Perception},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into pictures. An interdisciplinary approach to pictorial space},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, Heiko; Schwartz, Robert & Atherton, Margaret},<br />
pages = {77–98},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nietzsche 1870-1873===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nietzsche 1870-1873,<br />
author = {Nietzsche, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Ueber Wahrheit und Lüge im aussermoralischen Sinne [1870-1873]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke. Kritische Studienausgabe in 15 Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Giorgio Colli und Mazzino Montinari},<br />
pages = {873-890},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nivelle 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nivelle 1971,<br />
author = {Nivelle, Armand},<br />
title = {Kunst- und Dichtungstheorien zwischen Aufklärung und Klassik},<br />
year = {2. Auflage 1971},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nöth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nöth 2000a,<br />
author = {Nöth, Winfried},<br />
title = {Der Zusammenhang von Text und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Text- und Gesprächslinguistik. Handbücher zur Sprach- und Kommunikationswissenschaft 16},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Klaus Brinker et al.},<br />
pages = {489–496},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Novitz 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Novitz 1977,<br />
author = {Novitz, David},<br />
title = {Pictures and their Use in Communication. A philosphical Essay},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==O==<br />
===OED===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{OED-3,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Oxford English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
url = {dictionary.oed.com},<br />
note = {3<sup>rd</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Öhlschläger 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Oehlschläger 2005a,<br />
author = {Öhlschläger, C.},<br />
title = {Evidenz und Ereignis. Musils poetische ‚Momentaufnahmen‘ im Kontext der Moderne},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {203-216},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ohler 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ohler 1994a,<br />
author = {Ohler, Peter},<br />
title = {Kognitive Filmpsychologie. Verarbeitung und mentale Repräsentation narrativer Filme},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {MAkS Publikationen},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Okolowitz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Okolowitz 2006a,<br />
author = {Okolowitz, Herbert},<br />
title = {Virtualität bei G.W. Leibniz. Eine Retrospektive},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Diss. Universität Augsburg},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=98278726X},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ott 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ott 2007a,<br />
author = {Ott, Michaela},<br />
title = {Der unbestimmte Raum in Philosophie und Film},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==P==<br />
===Pang 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pang 2002a,<br />
author = {Pang, Alex Soojung-Kim},<br />
title = {Technologie und Ästhetik der Astrofotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Ordnungen der Sichtbarkeit. Fotografie in Wissenschaft, Kunst und Technologie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Geimer, Peter},<br />
pages = {101-141},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 1924a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Panofsky 1924a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Die Perspektive als symbolische Form (1924)},<br />
booktitle = {Erwin Panofsky, Deutschsprachige Aufsätze Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Michels, K. & Warnke, M.},<br />
pages = {664-757},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Erstpublikation in: <em>Vorträge der Bibliothek Warburg (1924/25)</em>. Leipzig, 1927, 258-330},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paret 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1960a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Textbelege zum islamischen Bilderverbot},<br />
booktitle = {Das Werk des Künstlers. Studien zur Ikonographie und Formgeschichte},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Hans Fegers},<br />
pages = {36-48},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paret 1968===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1968a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Das islamische Bilderverbot und die Schia},<br />
booktitle = {Festschrift Werner Caskel. Zum siebzigsten Geburtstag 5. März 1966 gewidmet von Freunden und Schülern},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Erwin Gräf},<br />
pages = {242-232},<br />
publisher = {Brill},<br />
address = {Leiden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2009a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1900 bis 1949},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2008a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1949 bis heute},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2006a,<br />
title = {Visual History. Ein Studienbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck und Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Paul 2005a,<br />
author = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Der Bilderkrieg. Inszenierungen, Bilder und Perspektiven der "Operation Irakische Freiheit"},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Perrault 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Perrault 1964a,<br />
author = {Perrault, Charles},<br />
title = {Parallèle des Anciens et des Modernes en ce qui regarde les Arts et les Sciences},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {orig.: Paris (4 Bde): 1688, 1690, 1692, 1694; Faksimileausgabe mit einer Einführung von Hans Robert Jauss und einem Kommentar von Max Imdahl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pesch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pesch 2001a,<br />
author = {Pesch, Martin},<br />
title = {Raumbilder-Bildräume. Zu den Arbeiten von Julia Ziegler},<br />
journal = {Kunstforum International},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {153},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Petersen 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Petersen 2000,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {Mimesis – Imitatio – Nachahmung. Eine Geschichte der europäischen Poetik},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Petersen 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Petersen 1992,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {‚Mimesis’ versus ‚Nachahmung’. Die Poetik des Aristoteles – nochmals neu gelesen},<br />
journal = {Arcadia. Zeitschrift für vergleichende Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {3-46},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a,<br />
title = {Der Künstler als Kunstwerk. Selbstporträts vom Mittelalter bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich & von Rosen, Valeska},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a,<br />
title = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget 1956a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1956a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {The Child’s Construction of Space},<br />
year = {1956},<br />
publisher = {Routledge / Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget et al. 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget et al. 1960a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean; Inhelder, B. & Szemenska, I.},<br />
title = {The Child’s Conception of Geometry},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
publisher = {Harper},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1978a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {Das Weltbild des Kindes},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {dtv/Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pias 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pias 2003a,<br />
author = {Pias, Claus},<br />
title = {Das digitale Bild gibt es nicht. Über das (Nicht-)Wissen der Bilder und die informatische Illusion},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2003/01/pias/pias.pdf}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Piccolino & Wade 2006a,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco & Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early examples of ambiguity (1)},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {861–864},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Piccolino & Wade 2006b,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco &. Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early examples of ambiguity (2)},<br />
booktitle = {Perception 35 (8)},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {1003–1006},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pillow 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pillow 2003,<br />
author = {Pillow, Kirk},<br />
title = {Did Goodman's Distinction Survive LeWitt?},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {61},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {365-380},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pitts et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pitts et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Pitts, Michael A.; Gavin, William J. & Nerger, Janice L.},<br />
title = {Early top-down influences on bistable perception revealed by event-related potentials},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {11–24},<br />
volume = {67},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 1991b,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Timaios},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke VIII},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Hülser, Karlheinz},<br />
pages = {197-425},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 2008a,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Politeia},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke, Band 2},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Ursula},<br />
pages = {195-537},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Plessner 1928a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Die Stufen des Organischen und der Mensch},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {W. de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {<sup>3</sup>1975},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1982a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Trieb und Leidenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Mit anderen Augen},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Plessner, Helmuth}, <br />
pages = {110-123},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1989a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Zur Anthropologie der Nachahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, G.},<br />
pages = {176-184},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plinius 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Plinius 2004,<br />
title = {G. Plinius Secundus d. Ä: Naturkunde / Naturalis historia : lateinisch-deutsch},<br />
year = {1990–2004},<br />
editor = {Roderich König et al.},<br />
publisher = {Artemis},<br />
address = {Zürich},<br />
note = {unkritische Ausgabe des lateinischen Textes mit Übersetzung und Erläuterungen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plümacher 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plümacher 1999a,<br />
author = {Plümacher, Martina},<br />
title = {Wohlgeformtheitsbedingugen für Bilder?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pöppel 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pöppel 1982a,<br />
author = {Pöppel, E.},<br />
title = {Lust und Schmerz},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Severin & Siedler},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pollmeier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pollmeier 2005a,<br />
author = {Pollmeier, Klaus},<br />
title = {Vom Baryt zum Bit. Zur Konservierung analoger und digitaler fotografischer Bilder. Digitale Bildverarbeitung, eine Erweiterung oder radikale Veränderung der Fotografie?},<br />
howpublished = {Ludwigsburg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
note = {Hasenpflug (Red.): Dokumentation des Symposiums am 12./13. November 2004 im Museum Folkwang, Essen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Popper 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Popper 2002a,<br />
author = {Popper, Karl R.},<br />
title = {Alle Menschen sind Philosophen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Bohnet, Heidi & Stadler, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München/Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pratschke 2005a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Digitale Form},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pratschke 2008a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Interaktion mit Bildern. Digitale Bildgeschichte am Beispiel grafischer Benutzeroberflächen},<br />
booktitle = {Technische Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bredekamp, Horst et al.},<br />
pages = {68-80},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Predelli 1999===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Predelli 1999,<br />
author = {Predelli, Stefano},<br />
title = {Goodman and the Score},<br />
journal = {British Journal of Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138-147},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pross 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pross 1972a,<br />
author = {Pross, Harry},<br />
title = {Medienforschung. Film, Funk, Presse, Fernsehen},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Habel},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Puttfarken 1991a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {The Dispute about Disegno and Colorito in Venice. Paolo Pino, Lodovico Dolce and Titian},<br />
booktitle = {Kunst und Kunsttheorie 1400–1900},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Peter Glanz et al.},<br />
pages = {75-95},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Puttfarken 1985a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {Roger de Piles‘ Theory of Art},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New Haven/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Q==<br />
==R==<br />
===Rager 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rager 1997a,<br />
author = {Rager, Dietmar},<br />
title = {Aspekte Sehen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob/ & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Raphael 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Raphael 1986a,<br />
author = {Raphael, Max},<br />
title = {Raumgestaltungen. Der Beginn der modernen Kunst im Kubismus und im Werk von Georges Braque}, <br />
year = {1986, Erstausgabe 1949},<br />
publisher = {Campus}<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M./New York},<br />
note = {hg. v. H.-J. Heinrichs},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rastier 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rastier 1972a,<br />
author = {Rastier, François },<br />
title = {Systematiques des isotopies},<br />
booktitle = {Essais de sémiotique poétique},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Greimas, A.J.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Larousse},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Recki 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Recki 2004a,<br />
author = {Recki, Birgit},<br />
title = {Kultur als Praxis. Eine Einführung in Ernst Cassirers Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Akademie-Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Renz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Renz 2006a,<br />
author = {Renz, U.},<br />
title = {Schönheit. Eine Wissenschaft für sich},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Berlin Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riedel 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Riedel 2005a,<br />
author = {Riedel, W.},<br />
title = {Endogene Bilder. Anthropologie und Poetik bei Gottfried Benn},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {163-202},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rieger 2009a,<br />
author = {Rieger, Stefan},<br />
title = {Holographie. Das Versprechen der Ganzheit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {87-106},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger & Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rieger & Schröter 2009a,<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen}, <br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riegl 1931a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Riegl 1931a,<br />
author = {Riegl, Alois},<br />
title = {Das holländische Gruppenporträt},<br />
year = {1931},<br />
publisher = {Staatsdruckerei},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1902},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rimmele 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rimmele 2010a,<br />
author = {Rimmele, Marius},<br />
title = {Das Triptychon als Metapher, Körper und Ort. Semantisierungen eines Bildträgers},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ritchin 1990a,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {In Our Image: The Coming Revolution in Photography. How Computer Technology is Changing our View of the World},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ritchin 1990b,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {Photojournalism in the Age of Computers},<br />
booktitle = {The Critical Image. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Squiers},<br />
pages = {28-37},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Seattle},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roch 1998a,<br />
author = {Roch, Axel},<br />
title = {Radartechnologie und Computergraphik. Zur Geschichte der Beleuchtungsmodelle in computergenerierten Bildern},<br />
booktitle = {Geschichte der Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Faßler, Manfred & Halbach, Wulf R.},<br />
pages = {227-254},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rock 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rock 1985a,<br />
author = {Rock, Irvin},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung. Vom visuellen Reiz zum Sehen u. Erkennen},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Spektrum-der-Wissenschaft-Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roloff 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roloff_1972a,<br />
author = {Roloff, D.},<br />
title = {Eidolon, Eikon, Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd.2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {330-332},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Róna-Tas 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Róna-Tas 1999a,<br />
author = {Róna-Tas, A.},<br />
title = {Hungarians and Europe in the Early Middle Ages. An Introduction to Early Hungarian History},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {CEU Press},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rorty 1967a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rorty 1967a,<br />
author = {Rorty, Richard},<br />
title = {The Linguistic Turn: Essays in Philosophical Method},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press.},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 2005a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Materie und Geist. Eine philosophische Untersuchung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ros 1999a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Was ist Philosophie?},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophieren über Philosophie}<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Raatzsch, Richard},<br />
pages = {36–58},<br />
publisher = {Leipziger Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ros 1989a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {“Bedeutung”, “Idee” und “Begriff” – Zur Behandlung einiger bedeutungstheoretischer Paradoxien durch Leibniz},<br />
journal = {Studia Leibnitiana},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {133-154},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1989/90a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1989/90a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Begründung und Begriff. Wandlungen des Verständnisses begrifflicher Argumentationen},<br />
year = {1989/90},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {3 Bände},<br />
hidden = {B. I: Antike, Spätantike und Mittelalter; B. II: Neuzeit; B. III: Moderne},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1979a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Objektkonstitution und elementare Sprachhandlungsbegriffe},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Königstein/Ts.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosch 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosch 1978a,<br />
author = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
title = {Principles of categorization}<br />
booktitle = {Cognition and Categorization},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
pages = {27-48},<br />
publisher = {Hillsdale},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosler 2000a,<br />
author = {Rosler, Martha},<br />
title = {Bildsimulationen, Computermanipulationen: einige Überlegungen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV. 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {von Amelunxen, Hubertus},<br />
pages = {129-170},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roth 2000a,<br />
author = {Roth, Peter},<br />
title = {Virtualis als Sprachschöpfung mittelalterlicher Theologen},<br />
booktitle = {Die Anwesenheit des Abwesenden. Theologische Annäherungen an Begriff und Phänomene von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Roth, Peter; Schreiber, Stefan & Siemons, Stefan},<br />
pages = {33-42},<br />
publisher = {Wißner},<br />
address = {Augsburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Royce 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Royce 1998a,<br />
author = {Royce, Terry},<br />
title = {Synergy on the Page: Exploring Intersemiotic Complementarity in Page-based Multimodal Text},<br />
journal = {JASFL Occasional Papers},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {25-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rötzer 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rötzer 1993a,<br />
author = {Rötzer, Florian},<br />
title = {Cyberspace. Zum medialen Gesamtkunstwerk},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ruff 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ruff 2009a,<br />
author = {Ruff, Thomas},<br />
title = {Jpegs},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ryan 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ryan 2001,<br />
author = {Ryan, Marie-Laure},<br />
title = {arrative as Virtual Reality. Immersion and Interactivity in Literature and Electronic Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {The Johns Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore & London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==S==<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Medium},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005b,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005a,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2004a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als kommunikatives Medium. Elemente einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003b,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Was ist Bildkompetenz?},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1999a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, },<br />
title = {Gibt es ein Bildalphabet?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {57-66},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1995a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Piktoriale Einstellungen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktoraler Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {195-211},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 1993a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Philosophische Psychologie im 19. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Prädikative und modale Bildtheorie },<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik. Theorien - Methoden - Fallbeispiele},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H.; Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {97-119},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-2/index.html},<br />
abstract ={Gegenstände sind immer nur dann Bilder, wenn jemand sie als solche benutzt. Hierbei können Bilder eine Vielzahl von Funktionen übernehmen. Lassen sich diese verschiedenen Funktionen oder Verwendungsweisen vielleicht aus einer einzigen Grundfunktion ableiten? Und sofern das so ist: Was wäre, ließe sich zweitens fragen, diese Grundfunktion von Bildern und in welcher Relation, ergibt sich als dritte Frage, steht sie zu den Verwendungsweisen von Sprache? Eine positive Beantwortung der ersten Frage voraussetzend werden zwei Kandidaten für die zweite Frage untersucht und diskutiert: Während die prädikative Theorie die grundlegende Bildverwendung in etwa paraphrasiert mit „… sieht so und so aus“ (bzw. „Der Gegenstand, der so und so aussieht, …“), schlägt die modale Theorie eine Verwendungsweise vor analog zu „An einem anderen (auch fiktiven) Ort oder einer anderen (auch hypothetischen) Zeit ist der Fall, daß so und so.“ },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Medientheorie, visuelle Kultur und Bildanthropologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {393-424},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.JRJS.de/Work/Papers/P09/P09-1/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachsse 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachsse 1974a,<br />
author = {Sachsse, Hans},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Kybernetik. Unter besonderer Berücksichtigung von technischen und biologischen Wirkungsgefügen},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Vieweg},<br />
address = {Braunschweig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 2007a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Le Sens du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1990a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Semiotics of Visual Language},<br />
publisher = {Indiana University Press},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
address = {Bloomington, IN},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1987a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {Englisch: Semiotics of Visual Language. Bloomington, Indianapolis: Indiana University Press.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1986a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie et syntax visuelle: Une analyse de Mascerade de Pellan},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 2008a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Transfigurements: On the True Sense of Art},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 1998a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Shades. Of Painting at the Limit},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Salomon 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2006a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {Transformations and Projections in Computer Graphics},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Salomon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2008a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {A Concise Introduction to Data Compression},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sander 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sander 1962a,<br />
author = {Sander, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Experimentelle Ergebnisse der Gestaltpsychologie},<br />
booktitle = {Ganzheitspsychoplogie. Grundlagen, Ergebnisse, Anwendungen: gesammelte Abhandlungen},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sander, Friedrich & Volkelt, Hans},<br />
pages = {73–122},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck'sche Verlagsbuchhandlung},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1962a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Blick},<br />
booktitle = {Das Sein und das Nichts},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Skizze einer Theorie der Emotionen},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {255-321},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1994b,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Das Imaginäre. Phänomenologische Psychologie der Einbildungskraft (1940)},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-2, hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994c,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Die Imagination (1936)},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {97-254},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1999a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Die Suche nach dem Absoluten. Texte zur bildenden Kunst},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sauer 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sauer 2008a,<br />
author = {Sauer, Martina},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmen von Sinn vor jeder sprachlichen oder gedanklichen Fassung? Frage an Ernst Cassirer},<br />
journal = {Kunstgeschichte. Texte zur Diskussion},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.kunstgeschichte-ejournal.net/discussion/2008/Sauer},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saussure 1916a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saussure 1916a,<br />
author = {Saussure, Ferdinand de },<br />
title = {Cours de linguistique générale},<br />
year = {1916},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Deutsch: Grundfragen der allgemeinen Sprachwissenschaft. 3. Aufl. Berlin 2001.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saxena & Sahay 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saxena & Sahay 2005a,<br />
author = {Saxena, Anupam & Sahay, Birendra},<br />
title = {Computer Aided Engineering Design},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scheler 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scheler 1928a,<br />
author = {Scheler, Max},<br />
title = {Die Stellung des Menschen im Kosmos},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {Otto Reichl Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schier 2005a,<br />
author = {Schier, W. },<br />
title = {Die Maske von Uivar},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W. },<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schirra 2007a,<br />
editor = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Computational Visualistics and Picture Morphology},<br />
publisher = {IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
note = {Themenbeiheft zu Band 5},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Projects/Image/IMAGE5-Themenbeiheft.pdf},<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Begriffsgenetische Betrachtungen in der Bildwissenschaft: Fünf Thesen},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Medium. Kunstgeschichtliche und philosophische Grundlagen der interdisziplinären Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {197-215},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-3/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 2005a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Foundation of Computational Visualistics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {ISBN: 3-8350-6015-5 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-8350-6015-5'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra 2005b,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Ein Disziplinen-Mandala für die Bildwissenschaft - Kleine Provokation zu einem Neuen Fach},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-1/index.html},<br />
journal ={IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
pages = {30-45},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Von der Bildwissenschaft als einer Disziplin, die über die Grenzen von Kunstgeschichte oder Kunstwissenschaft hinausgeht und sich wissenschaftlich mit allen Aspekten des Umgehens mit Bildern und verwandten visuellen Repräsentations- und Zeichensystemen befaßt, wird erst seit etwa der Mitte der 1990'er Jahre gesprochen. In den folgenden Überlegungen geht es insbesondere um die Bildwissenschaft als den Versuch, ein Fachgebiet zu etablieren, in dem ein modernes Verständnis dessen, was eine etablierte Disziplin sein kann, verwirklicht sein soll. Zentrales Kriterium für in dem hier gemeinten Sinne "Neue" Disziplinen ist ihre Interdisziplinarität und die dadurch bedingte starke Methodenpluralität. Grundsätzlich muß daher die Frage geklärt werden, wie das Verhältnis der Teildisziplinen zueinander, insbesondere das Wechselspiel der jeweils eingesetzten Methoden betreffend, zu denken ist. Dem Forschungssujet der Bildwissenschaft entsprechend soll in dem Beitrag versucht werden, das Beziehungsgeflecht der beteiligten Elterndisziplinen (zumindest teilweise) in Form eines Bildes anzugeben. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2005c,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Computervisualistik},<br />
booktitle = { Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {268-280},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bausteine vieler Disziplinen müssen in eine allgemeine Bildwissenschaft integriert werden. Als Beitrag aus der Informatik versteht sich die Computervisualistik, die alle Aspekte rechnergestützten Umgangs mit Bildern umfaßt. Zwei Grundbegriffe der Informatik werden vorgestellt und bestimmen, auf den Begriff "Bild" angewendet, den methodologischen Kern der Computervisualistik. Als Beitrag der Informatik zum Gegenstand der Bildtheorie werden interaktive Bilder betrachtet. Schließlich werden die Beziehungen zu anderen "Bildwissenschaften" kurz umrissen. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2001a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bilder &nbsp;&nbsp; —— &nbsp;&nbsp; Kontextbilder},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln – Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Pragmatik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {77-100},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P01/P01-5/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bildkommunikation und die Verständigung mit Aussagen scheinen wenig gemein zu haben. Genauere logisch-pragmatische Analysen der Kontextrelativität von Aussagen zeigen jedoch eine enge systematische Abhängigkeit beider Kommunikationsformen im Begriff der Kontextbildung, den Bilder auf ausgezeichnete Weise implementieren. Prädikatorische und nominatorische Verwendungen von Bildern sind aus der grundlegenden Funktion zur Kontextbildung ableitbar. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2000a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Täuschung, Ähnlichkeit und Immersion: Die Vögel des Zeuxis},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Realismus der Bilder: Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Semantik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Rehkämper, K.& Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {119-135},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P00/P00-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bilder gibt es als solche – von ihrem Begriff her – immer nur für Individuen, die sich in einer bestimmten Weise verhalten, oder die gewisse Handlungen vollziehen. Wenn dies aber der Fall ist, scheint es ratsam, den Begriff "Bild" nicht, wie es gewöhnlich geschieht, als einen Begriff für einen isoliert vorkommenden Gegenstand zu erläutern, sondern als Komponente der Begriffe für bestimmte Verhaltens- oder Handlungsfähigkeiten. Ausgehend von der antiken Zeuxis-Anekdote werden in diesem Sinne erste Schritte zu einem handlungstheoretischen Ähnlichkeitsbegriff versucht.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1999a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Syntaktische Dichte oder Kontinuität - Ein mathematischer Aspekt der Visualistik},<br />
booktitle = {bildgrammatik. interdisziplinäre forschungen zur syntax bildlicher darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {103-119},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P99/P99-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Der Begriff Dichte spielt eine zentrale Rolle in Diskussionen zur Bildsyntax, wird aber selten in Beziehung zum mathematisch verwandten Kontinuumsbegriff gestellt. Dabei ist die Frage, ob Bilder syntaktisch nur als dicht oder gar als kontinuierlich verstanden werden sollten, durchaus relevant, wie anhand von informatischen und neuropsychologischen Argumenten gezeigt wird.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1995a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Understanding Radio Broadcasts On Soccer. The Concept `Mental Image' and Its Use in Spatial Reasoning},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktorialer Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {107-136},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P95/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Most cognitive theories agree that a listener of a sports broadcast on radio usually imagines the scene described; the concept `mental image' appears in a specific sort of explanations. In contrast to this conception, it is argued that this concept should rather be understood as part of a certain kind of grounding explanations of the radio listener's understanding. This particular conception is based on the distinction between `specification' and `implementation' as found in the theory of abstract data types. Its application to the field of spatial concepts leads to a computational system (ANTLIMA) which exemplifies how the expression `mental image' could be used while explaining a speaker's ability to control the resolvability of ambiguities in an objective report of what the speaker sees. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 1994a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bildbeschreibung als Verbindung von visuellem und sprachlichem Raum},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {DISKI},<br />
address = {St. Augustin},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {ISBN 3-929037-71-8 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-929037-71-8'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P94/P94-1-d/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1993a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Connecting Visual and Verbal Space: Preliminary Considerations Concerning the Concept »Mental Image«},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Time, Space, and Movement},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {M. Aurnague, A. Borillo, M. Borillo & M. Bras},<br />
pages = {105-121},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Paul Sabatier},<br />
address = {Toulouse},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P93/P93-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {AI research concerning the connection between seeing and speaking mainly employs what is called reference semantics. Within this framework, the notion of `mental image' is often used while explaining how somebody not situated in the same perceptual context is able to anchor his understanding of an utterance describing the scene visually perceived by the speaker. We give a foundation for considering mental images as propositions with respect to a certain field of concepts: these fields have to provide a syntactically dense set of concepts distinguishing locations. The use of such propositions in the reference semantic explanations of understanding utterances about visually perceived scenes is motivated by applying Kant's idea of the introduction of new types of objects: we conceive spatial relations as relations only applicable to sortal objects, i.e., individuated objects which are synthetically introduced on a syntactically dense field providing their potential locations. The concept `mental image' which results from these preliminary studies is applied to two current projects in AI, one dealing with the semantics of particular spatial prepositions, and the other more generally concerned with the logic of the connection between visual and verbal space.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Anthropologie in der systematischen Bildwissenschaft: Auf der Spur des homo pictor},<br />
booktitle = {Disziplinen der Anthropologie},<br />
editor = {Meyer, S. & Owzar, A.},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
pages = {145-177},<br />
note = {},<br />
publisher = {Waxmann},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Homo pictor and the Linguistic Turn: Revisiting Hans Jonas’ Picture Anthropology},<br />
journal = {Linguistic and Philosophical Investigations},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {144–181},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P10/P10-2/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {There has been a long tradition of characterizing man as the animal that talks. However, the remarkable ability of using pictures also only belongs to human beings, after all we know empirically so far. Are there conceptual reasons for that coincidence? The paper is dedicated to a philosophical programme of “concept-genetic” considerations dealing in particular with the dependencies between those two abilities: The conceptual relation between the competence to use assertive language and the faculty of employing pictures must be conceived of as being much closer than usually expected. Indeed we conclude, there cannot be creatures with only one of them.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte – elektronisch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
url = {www.uni-due.de/germanistik/elise/ausgabe_12006},<br />
hidden = {letzter Zugriff: 25. September 2010},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract ={Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie, wie sie der Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt, eignet - und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Eine Gegenüberstellung der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild führt zu eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden: Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von (darstellenden) Bildern Sprache gegenüber durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. In beiden Fällen hängen die Aufgliederungen mit der Funktion der Kontextbildung zusammen, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung mündet daher in das Programm einer begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, die eine derartige Begründung zu liefern imstande wäre. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Fähigkeiten zum Bild- und Sprachgebrauch },<br />
journal = {Deutsche Zeitschrift für Philosophie},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {54},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {887-905},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-5/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie wie in die Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Ein erster Vergleich der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild listet eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden auf. Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von Bildern gegenüber Sprache durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung weitet sich daher zu einer begriffsgenetischen Skizzierung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, wobei sich die Begriffe des sortalen Gegenstands und des Verhaltenskontextes als zentral herausstellen. Mit ihnen kann die Beziehung zwischen den beiden Fähigkeiten genauer untersucht werden: Sie ergibt sich insbesondere aus der Funktion der Kontextbildung, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Im Rahmen der begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung ergeben sich schließlich Argumente dafür, die Beziehung als eine wechselseitige Abhängigkeit zu charakterisieren, wobei auch eine Vorschlag zur Analyse des Begriffs des inneren Bildes - oder besser: des Vorstellungsvermögens eingeschlossen ist. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Scholz 1998a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. & Scholz, Martin},<br />
title = {Abstraction versus Realism: Not the Real Question},<br />
booktitle = {Computer Visualization – Graphics, Abstraction, and Interactivity},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Strothotte, T. (et al.)},<br />
pages = {379-401},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {Chapter 22},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P98/P98-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {When browsing through a book on computer graphics, one usually finds a lot of more or less interesting pictures that are produced by means of computers. These pictures are embedded in pages of technical texts describing how this image generation was performed and why it provides a better way to do so than other methods. Less space is usually given to the methodological background and the motivation underlying the preoccupation with computer visualization. In this chapter, we want to complement the more technically oriented part of this book with some reflections as to why such techniques can be interesting not only for computer graphics researchers, and where, from a communication-theoretic point of view, they might be of use in our society.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schleicher 1859a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schleicher 1859a,<br />
author = {Schleicher, August},<br />
title = {Zur Morphologie der Sprache},<br />
journal = {Mémoires de l'académdie impériale des sciences de St. Pétersbourg},<br />
year = {1859},<br />
volume = {1?},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1-38},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt 2000,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter},<br />
title = {Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1: : Absenz – Darstellung},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {831-875},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt & George 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt_George_2005a,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter; George, Marion},<br />
title = {Typisch/Typ(us)},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {191-246},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlosser 1952a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schlosser 1952a,<br />
author = {Schlosser, K.},<br />
title = {Der Signalismus in der Kunst der Naturvölker: Biologisch-psychologische Gesetzlichkeiten in den Abweichungen von der Norm des Vorbildes},<br />
year = {1952},<br />
publisher = {Mühlau},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmid 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmid 2009a,<br />
author = {Schmid, Gabriele},<br />
title = {Zwischen Bildern. Die holographische Installation als Handlungsfeld},<br />
booktitle = {holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {161-180},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1998a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Mimesis bei Aristoteles und in den Poetikkommentaren der Renaissance. Zum Wandel des Gedankens von der Nachahmung der Natur in der frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Mimesis und Simulation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Andreas Kablitz & Gerhard Neumann},<br />
pages = {17-53},<br />
publisher = {ombach},<br />
address = {Freiburg im Breisgau},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1996a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Teleologie und Geschichte bei Aristoteles oder Wie kommen nach Aristoteles Anfang, Mitte und Ende in die Geschichte?},<br />
booktitle = {Das Ende. Figuren einer Denkform},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Stierle und Rainer Warning},<br />
pages = {528-563},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider 2009a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit},<br />
title = {Wissenschaftsbilder zwischen digitaler Transformation und Manipulation. Einige Anmerkungen zur Diskussion des “digitalen Bildes”},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {188-200},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schneider 2000a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Ralf},<br />
title = {Grundriß zur kognitiven Theorie der Figurenkonzeption am Beispiel des viktorianischen Romans},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Stauffenburg},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider & Berz 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider & Berz 2002a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit & Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bildtexturen. Punkte, Zeilen, Spalten. I. Textile Processing/II. Bildtelegraphie}<br />
booktitle = {Mimetische Differenzen. Der Spielraum der Medien zwischen Abbildung und Nachbildung}, <br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Flach, Sabine & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
pages = {181-220},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider & Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schneider & Stöckl 2011a,<br />
title = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, Jan Georg & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {erscheint Frühjahr 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2011===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Schönhammer 2011,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Stichwort: Kippbilder},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
howpublished = {PsyDok, Volltextserver der Virtuellen Fachbibliothek Psychologie},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://psydok.sulb.uni-saarland.de/frontdoor.php?source_opus=2756&la=de},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schönhammer 2009a,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Wahrnehmungspsychologie. Sinne, Körper, Bewegung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 2004a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstellung, Zeichen. Philosophische Theorien bildhafter Darstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {2., vollständig überarbeitete Aufl.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Scholz 1998a,<br />
title = {Mimesis. Studien zur literarischen Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Scholz, Bernhard F.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 1991a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstellung, Zeichen. Philosophische Theorien bildhafter Darstellungen},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {(1. Aufl.)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schott 1657a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schott 57a,<br />
author = {Schott, Kaspar},<br />
title = {De Magia Anamorphotica},<br />
booktitle = {Magia Universalis Naturae et Artis},<br />
year = {1657},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Herbipoli},<br />
note = {Teil 1, Buch III},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2001a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Eine kurze Geschichte der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht. Fotografieren in Museen & Archiven & Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, Wolfgang & Jaworek, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {249-257},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter 2003a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Virtuelle Kamera. Zum Fortbestand fotografischer Medien in computergenerierten Bildern}, <br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {88},<br />
pages = {3-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Welt. Analoge und Digitale Bilder - mehr oder weniger Realität?},<br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke},<br />
pages = {335-354},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2004b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Netz und die Virtuelle Realität. Zur Selbstprogrammierung der Gesellschaft durch die universelle Maschine},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Computer/Simulation. Kopie ohne Original oder das Original kontrollierende Kopie},<br />
booktitle = {OriginalKopie. Praktiken des Sekundären},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fehrmann, Gisela et al.},<br />
pages = {139-155},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Notizen zu einer Geschichte des Löschens. Am Beispiel von Video und Robert Rauschenbergs Erased de Kooning-Drawing},<br />
booktitle = {Im Banne der Ungewissheit. Bilder zwischen Medien, Kunst und Menschen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schumacher-Chilla, Doris},<br />
pages = {171-194},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oberhausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2005a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {MetaMorphing. Camerons Analysen der digitalen Bilder in Terminator 2 und The Abyss}, <br />
booktitle = {Mythen, Mütter, Maschinen. Die Filme des James Cameron},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pabst, Eckhard},<br />
pages = {289-315},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeit ist überhaupt nur darzustellen, indem man sie konstruiert (Andreas Gursky)},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {201-218},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {On the Logic of the Digital Archive},<br />
booktitle = {The You Tube Reader},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Vonderau, Patrick & Snickars, Pelle},<br />
pages = {330-346},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2009c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {3D. Zur Theorie, Geschichte und Medienästhetik des technischtransplanen Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen und die Nicht-Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {77-86},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2010a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Fotografie und Fiktionalität},<br />
booktitle = {Die fotografische Wirklichkeit. Inszenierung - Fiktion - Narration},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Blunck, Lars},<br />
pages = {143-158},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2010b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Zeitalter der technischen Nichtreproduzierbarkeit},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
editor = {Schröter, Jens et al.},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {1-38},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter & Thielmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter & Thielmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens & Thielmann, Tristan},<br />
title = {Display I: Analog},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften}<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2010a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Darstellung einer Vorstellung. Das Bild der Welt auf der Pioneer-Plakette},<br />
booktitle = {Atlas der Weltbilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Markschies, C. et al.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schürmann 2008a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Sehen als Praxis. Ethisch-ästhetische Studien zum Verhältnis von Sicht und Einsicht},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulz 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulz 2005a,<br />
author = {Schulz, Martin},<br />
title = {Ordnungen der Bilder. Eine Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Finke},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulze 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulze 2000a,<br />
author = {Schulze, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Die Erlebnis-Gesellschaft. Kultursoziologie der Gegenwart. 8. Auflage. Studienausgabe.},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M., New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schwingeler 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schwingeler 2008a,<br />
author = {Schwingeler, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Raummaschine. Raum und Perspektive im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Werner Hülsbusch},<br />
address = {Boizenburg},<br />
note = {(Reihe Game Studies)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Searle 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Searle 1971,<br />
author = {Searle, John R.},<br />
title = {Sprechakttheorie - Ein sprachphilosophischer Essay},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 2003a,<br />
author = {Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Erscheinens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seel 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 1991a,<br />
author = {Seel, Norbert M.},<br />
title = {Weltwissen und mentale Modelle},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seiterle 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Seiterle 1988a,<br />
author = {Seiterle, G. },<br />
title = {Maske, Ziegenbock und Satyr},<br />
journal = {Antike Welt. Z. für Archäologie und Kulturgeschichte},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seja 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seja 2009a,<br />
author = {Seja, Silvia},<br />
title = {Handlungstheorien des Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sekula 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sekula 2002a,<br />
author = {Sekula, Allan},<br />
title = {Der Handel mit Fotografien},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {255-290},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shannon & Weaver 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shannon & Weaver 1976a,<br />
author = {Shannon, Claude E. & Weaver, Warren},<br />
title = {Mathematische Grundlagen der Informationstheorie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shepard 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shepard 1990a,<br />
author = {Shepard, Roger N.},<br />
title = {Mind sights. Original illusions, ambiguities, and other anomalies, with a commentary on the play of mind in perception and art},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {W. H. Freeman},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shneiderman 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Shneiderman 1983a,<br />
author = {Shneiderman, B.},<br />
title = {Direct Manipulation - A Step Beyond Programming Languages},<br />
journal = {IEEE Computer},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
volume = {16},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {57-69},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shohat & Stam 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Shohat & Stam 1998a,<br />
author = {Shohat, E. & Stam R.},<br />
title = {Narrativizing Visual Culture. Towards a Polycentric Aesthetics},<br />
booktitle = {The Visual Culture Reader},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Mirzoeff, N.},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {26-49},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegert & Brecheis 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{ Siegert & Brecheis 2005a,<br />
author = {Siegert, Gabriele & Brecheis, Dieter },<br />
title = {Werbung in der Medien- und Informationsgesellschaft. Eine kommunikationswissenschaftliche Einführung },<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {VS},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegmund 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegmund 2007a,<br />
author = {Siegmund, J.},<br />
title = {Die Evidenz der Kunst. Künstlerisches Handeln als ästhetische Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Simmel 1995a,<br />
author = {Simmel, G.},<br />
title = {Der Bildrahmen. Ein ästhetischer Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Aufsätze und Abhandlungen 1901-1908 Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Simmel, G.},<br />
pages = {101-108},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1992a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Soziologie. Untersuchungen über die Formen der Vergesellschaftung},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Gesamtausgabe, Bd. 11, hrsg. von Otthein Rammstedt},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1978a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Das individuelle Gesetz. Philosophische Exkurse},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Michael Landmann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a,<br />
author = {Smith, Robert W. & Tatarewicz, Joseph N.},<br />
title = {Replacing a Technology: The Large Space Telescope and CCDs},<br />
journal = {Proceedings of the IEEE},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
volume = {73},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1221-1235},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sobchack 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sobchack 1997a,<br />
author = {Sobchack, Vivian},<br />
title = {Meta-Morphing. Visual Transformation and the Culture of Quick-Change},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minneapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a,<br />
author = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
title = {Figurative Politik. Prolegomena zu einer Kultursoziologie politischen Handelns},<br />
booktitle = {Figurative Politik. Zur Performanz der Macht in der modernen Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
pages = {17-33},<br />
publisher = {Leske und Budrich},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sommer 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sommer 1987a,<br />
author = {Sommer, M.},<br />
title = {Evidenz im Augenblick. Eine Phänomenologie der reinen Empfindung},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sonesson 1992a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Bildbetydelser: Inledning till bildsemiotiken som vetenskap},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Studentlitteratur},<br />
address = {Lund},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sonesson 1989a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Pictorial Concepts},<br />
publisher = {Lund University Press},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sörbom 1966===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sörbom 1966,<br />
author = {Sörbom, Göran},<br />
title = {Mimesis and Art. Studies in the Origin an Early Development of an Aesthetic Vocabulary},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spariosu 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Spariosu 1984,<br />
title = {Mimesis in contemporary theory: An interdisciplinary Approach. Volume I: The Literary and the Philosophical Debate},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Spariosu, Mihai},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Philadelphia/Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spillner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Spillner 1982a,<br />
author = {Spillner, Bernd},<br />
title = {Stilanalyse semiotisch komplexer Texte: Zum Verhältnis von sprachlicher und bil¬dicher Information in Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4/5},<br />
pages = {91–106},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stadler & Kruse 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stadler & Kruse 1995a,<br />
author = {Stadler, Michael & Kruse, Peter},<br />
title = {The Function of Meaning in Cognitive Order Formation.},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {5–21},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Steinbrenner 2009a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Bildtheorien der analytischen Tradition},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {284-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 2004a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Zeichen über Zeichen. Grundlagen einer Theorie der Metabezugnahme},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Synchron Wissenschaftsverlag der Autoren},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 1996a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Kognitivismus in der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a,<br />
title = {Farben: Betrachtungen aus Philosophie und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Glasauer, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a,<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
title = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stiegler 2004a,<br />
author = {Stiegler, Bernd},<br />
title = {Digitale Photographie als epistemologischer Bruch und historische Wende},<br />
booktitle = {Das Gesicht der Welt. Medien in der digitalen Kultur},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Engell & Neitzel},<br />
pages = {105-126},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stierle 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stierle 1984a,<br />
author = {Stierle, Karlheinz},<br />
title = {Das bequeme Verhältnis. Lessings Laokoon und die Entdeckung des ästhetischen Mediums},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, Gunter},<br />
pages = {23-58},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2011a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbekommunikation semiotisch},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch Werbekommunikation},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Nina Janich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {UTB},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {erscheint Mitte 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {The Language-Image-Text. Theoretical and Analytical Inroads into Semiotic Complexity},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {202-226},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Beyond Depicting. Language-Image-Links in the Service of Advertising},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {3-28},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2008a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbetypographie. Formen und Funktionen},<br />
booktitle = {Werbung – grenzenlos. Multimodale Werbetexte im interkulturellen Vergleich},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bendel, Sylvia & Held, Gudrun},<br />
pages = {13–36},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2005a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typography: Body and Dress of a Text – A Signing Mode between Language and Image},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {204-214},<br />
note = {Special Issue “The New Typography”},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2004b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typographie: Körper und Gewand des Textes. Linguistische Überlegungen zu typographischer Gestaltung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Angewandte Linguistik},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {41},<br />
pages = {5-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stöckl 2004a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Die Sprache im Bild – Das Bild in der Sprache. Zur Verknüpfung von Sprache und Bild im massenmedialen Text},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2003a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {„Imagine“: Stilanalyse multimodal. Am Beispiel des TV-Werbespots},<br />
booktitle = {Sprachstil – Zugänge und Anwendungen. Ulla Fix zum 60. Geburtstag},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Barz, Irmhild & Lerchner, Gotthard & Schröder, },<br />
pages = {305-323},<br />
publisher = {Winter},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 1992a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Der ‚picture relation type’ – Ein praktischer Analysemodus zur Beschreibung der vielfältigen Einbettungs- und Verknüpfungsbeziehungen von Bild und Text},<br />
journal = {Papiere zur Linguistik},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {46},<br />
number = {11},<br />
pages = {49-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoesz 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Stoesz 2008a,<br />
author = {Stoesz Brenda Marie},<br />
title = {The Role of Selective Attention in Perceptual Switching. },<br />
year = {2008},<br />
howpublished = {Department of Psychology, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Manitoba},<br />
note = {Thesis Master of Arts Thesis},<br />
hidden = {zuletzt geprüft am 17.03.2011},<br />
url = {mspace.lib.umanitoba.ca/bitstream/1993/3083/1/BStoesz%20-%20MA%20thesis%202008%20revisions.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoichita 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stoichita 1998a,<br />
author = {Stoichita, Victor I.},<br />
title = {Das selbstbewußte Bild. Vom Ursprung der Metamalerei},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauß 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strauß 1998a,<br />
author = {Strauß, Bernd (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Zuschauer},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strenge 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Strenge_1998a,<br />
author = {Strenge, Britta},<br />
title = {Typos/Typologie},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {1587-1595},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Striedter 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Striedter 1984a,<br />
author = {Striedter, K.H.},<br />
title = {Felsbilder der Sahara},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauss 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Strauss 1979a,<br />
author = {Strauss, M.S.},<br />
title = {Abstraction of prototypical information by adults and 10-month-old infants},<br />
journal = {J. of Experimental Psychology: Human Leraning and Memory},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {5},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {618-632},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a,<br />
author = {Strothotte, Thomas & Schlechtweg, Stefan},<br />
title = {Non-photorealistic Computer Graphics: Modeling, Rendering, and Animation},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {San Francisco u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stüber & Stadler 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stüber & Stadler 1999a,<br />
author = {Strüber, Daniel & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Differences in top-down influences on the reversal rate of different categories of reversible figures},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {28},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1185–1196},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sturken & Cartwright 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sturken & Cartwright 2001a,<br />
author = {Sturken, M. & Cartwright L.},<br />
title = {Practices of Looking. An Introduction to Visual Culture},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
address = {Oxford, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch.},<br />
title = {Schreck-Gesichter. Symbole des magischen Alltags},<br />
booktitle = {Symbole des Alltags, Alltag der Symbole},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Blaschitz, G.; et al. },<br />
pages = {517-554},<br />
publisher = {ADV},<br />
address = {Graz},<br />
note = {Festschrift Harry Kühnel zum 65. Geburtstag},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1998a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch. },<br />
title = {Grenzen der Komplexität. Die Kunst als Bild der Wirklichkeit. Neuropsychologische und ethologische Erkenntnisse in der Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Einfachen zur Ganzheitlichkeit. Das Problem der Komplexität auf organismischer und soziokultureller Ebene},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {A.M. Wobus, & U. Wobus},<br />
pages = {167-188},<br />
publisher = {Nova Acta Leopoldina 77(304)},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Szily 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Szily 1999a,<br />
author = {Szily, K.},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelvújítás szótára},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Nap Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==T==<br />
===Tatarkiewicz 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tatarkiewicz 2003,<br />
author = {Tatarkiewicz, Wladysaw},<br />
title = {Geschichte der sechs Begriffe. Kunst • Schönheit • Form • Kreativität • Mimesis • Ästhetisches Erlebnis},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thielmann & Schröter 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Thielmann & Schröter 2007a,<br />
title = {Display II: Digital. Navigationen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Thielmann, Tristan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {<em>Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften</em>},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {Jg. 7, H. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tholen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tholen 2003a,<br />
author = {Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
title = {Die Zäsur der Medien. Kulturphilosophische Konturen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a,<br />
author = {Thornhill, R. & Gangestad, S.W. },<br />
title = {Human facial beauty: averageness, symmetry and parasite resistance},<br />
journal = {Human nature},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {237-269},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Thürlemann 1990a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Raum. Beiträge zu einer semiotischen Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Thürlemann 1984a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Die Farbe in der Malerei: Symbolischer und semi-symbolischer Bedeutungsmodus},<br />
booktitle = {Semiotics Unfolding. Proceedings of the Second Congress of the International Association for Semiotic Studies},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Tasso Borbé},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tischner 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tischner 1954a,<br />
author = {Tischner, H.},<br />
title = {Kunst der Südsee},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Todorov 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Todorov 1977,<br />
author = {Todorov, Tzvetan},<br />
title = {Symboltheorien},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {[frz. Original 1977]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Topper 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Topper 00a,<br />
author = {Topper, David},<br />
title = {On Anamorphosis. Setting Some Things Straight},<br />
journal = {Leonardo},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
volume = {33},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {115-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tótfalusi 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tótfalusi 2002a,<br />
author = {Tótfalusi, I.},<br />
title = {Magyar szótörténeti szótár},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Anno Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Totzke 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Totzke 2004a,<br />
author = {Totzke, Rainer},<br />
title = {Buchstaben-Folgen. Schriftlichkeit, Wissenschaft und Heideggers Kritik an der Wissenschaftsideologie},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Welbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Troje & McAdam 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Troje & McAdam 2010a,<br />
author = {Troje, N. F. & McAdam, M.},<br />
title = {The viewing-from-above bias and the silhouette illusion},<br />
journal = {i-Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {143–148},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {i-perception.perceptionweb.com/fulltext/i01/i0408.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Trübner 1940===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Trübner 1940,<br />
title = {Trübners Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: C-F},<br />
year = {1940},<br />
editor = {Alfred Göze},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Art. „darstellen“, S. 27},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tugendhat 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat 1976a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die sprachanalytische Philosophie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst & Wolf, Ursula},<br />
title = {Logisch-semantische Propädeutik},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {(revid. 1986)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==U==<br />
===Ullrich 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ullrich 1997a,<br />
author = {Ullrich, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Digitaler Nominalismus. Zum Status der Computerfotografie},<br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {64},<br />
pages = {63-73},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==V==<br />
===Vaihinger 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vaihinger 1997a,<br />
author = {Vaihinger, Dirk},<br />
title = {Virtualität und Realität – Die Fiktionalisierung der Wirklichkeit und die unendliche Information},<br />
booktitle = {Künstliche Paradiese, Virtuelle Realitäten. Künstliche Räume in Literatur-, Sozial-, und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Krapp, Holger & Wägenbaur, Thomas},<br />
pages = {19-43},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Valenza et al. 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Valenza et al. 1996a,<br />
author = {Valenza, E.; Simion, F.; Cassia, V.M. & Umiltà, C.},<br />
title = {Face preference at birth},<br />
journal = {J. of experimental Psychology (Human Perception and Performance) },<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {892-903},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Varela 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Varela 1990a,<br />
author = {Varela, Francisco J.},<br />
title = {Kognitionswissenschaft, Kognitionstechnik. Eine Skizze aktueller Perspektiven},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===VCQ 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{VCQ 1996a,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Visual Culture Questionnaire},<br />
journal = {October},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
pages = {25-70},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ventola et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ventola et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Ventola, Eija & Guijarro, Moya & Arsenio, Jesús},<br />
title = {The World Told and the World Shown. Multisemiotic Issues},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan},<br />
address = {Basingstoke},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Venus 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Venus 2009a,<br />
author = {Venus, Jochen},<br />
title = {Raumbild und Tätigkeitssimulation. Video- und Computerspiele als Darstellungsmedien des Tätigkeitsempfindens},<br />
booktitle = {Das Raumbild. Bilder jenseits ihrer Flächen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Winter, Gundolf; Schröter, Jens & Barck, Joanna},<br />
pages = {259-280},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vischer 1873a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vischer 1873a,<br />
author = {Vischer, Robert},<br />
title = {Ueber das optische Formgefühl. Ein Beitrag zur Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1873},<br />
publisher = {Credner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Völker 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Völker 2010a,<br />
author = {Völker, Clara},<br />
title = {Mobile Medien. Zur Genealogie des Mobilfunks und zur Ideengeschichte von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vogel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vogel 2003a,<br />
author = {Vogel, Matthias},<br />
title = {Medien als Voraussetzungen für Gedanken},<br />
booktitle = {Medienphilosophie. Beiträge zur Klärung eines Begriffs},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Münker, Stefan; Roesler, Alexander & Sandbothe, Mike},<br />
pages = {107-134 + 213-215 [Anmerkungen]},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Volkelt 1905a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Volkelt 1905a,<br />
author = {Volkelt, Johannes},<br />
title = {System der Ästhetik. Erster Band: Grundlegung der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vorländer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vorländer 2003a,<br />
author = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
title = {Demokratie und Ästhetik. Zur Rehabilitierung eines problematischen Zusammenhangs},<br />
booktitle = {Zur Ästhetik der Demokratie. Formen der politischen Selbstdarstellung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
pages = {11-26},<br />
publisher = {Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==W==<br />
<br />
===Wade et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wade et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Wade, Nicholas J.; Campbel, Robin N.; Ross, Helen E. & Lingelbach, Bernd},<br />
title = {Necker in Scotch perspective},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1–4},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Waldenfels 2010a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Sinne und Künste im Wechselspiel. Modi ästhetischer Erfahrung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Waldenfels 1999a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Ordnungen des Sichtbaren},<br />
booktitle = {Sinnesschwellen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Walton 1973a,<br />
author = {Kendall L. Walton},<br />
title = {Pictures as Make-Believe},<br />
journal = {The Philosophical Review},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
volume = {82},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {283-319},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Walton 1990a,<br />
author = {Walton, Kendall L.},<br />
title = {Mimesis as make-believe : on the foundations of the representational arts},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Harvard Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass. [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warburg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warburg 2008a,<br />
author = {Warburg, Aby},<br />
title = {Der Bilderatlas Mnemosyne (2000)},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Warnke, Martin; unter Mitarbeit von Brink, Claudia},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warnke 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warnke 1984a,<br />
author = {Warnke, Martin},<br />
title = {Politische Architektur in Europa vom Mittelalter bis heute: Repräsentation und Gemeinschaft},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Watt 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Watt 2002a, <br />
author = {Watt, Alan}, <br />
title = {3D-Computergrafik},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weber 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weber 2000a,<br />
author = { Weber, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Windmühlen oder Mauern? Die Archive und der neue Wind in der Informationstechnik},<br />
booktitle = {Digitale Archive - Ein neues Paradigma?},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Metzing, Andreas},<br />
pages = {79-94},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Marburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weiss 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weiss 2009a,<br />
author = {Weiss, G. },<br />
title = {Masken begleiten, erinnern, ehren und erneuern},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wellbery 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wellbery 1977,<br />
author = {Wellbery, David E.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Semiotics in the German Enlightenment},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Yale University},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Werckmeister 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Werckmeister 2005a,<br />
author = {Werckmeister, Otto Karl},<br />
title = {Der Medusa Effekt. Politische Bildstrategien seit dem 11. September 2001},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {form + zweck},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wescher 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wescher 1968a,<br />
author = {Wescher, Herta},<br />
title = {Die Collage / Geschichte eines künstlerischen Ausdrucksmittels},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {DuMont Schauberg},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wheeler 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wheeler 2005a,<br />
author = {Wheeler, Michael},<br />
title = {Reconstructing the Cognitive World: The Next Step},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2008a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Die Sichtbarkeit des Bildes. Geschichte und Perspektiven der formalen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main, New York},<br />
note = {Mit einem aktuellen Vorwort des Autors zur Neuausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2005a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Artifizielle Präsenz. Studien zur Philosophie des Bildes.},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wiesing 2004a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Pragmatismus und Performativität des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {115-128},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2000a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Phänomene im Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wimmer 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wimmer 1991a,<br />
author = {Wimmer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Fabrikation der Fiktion?},<br />
booktitle = {Digitaler Schein. Ästhetik der digitalen Medien},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Rötzer, }, <br />
pages = {519-533},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winkler 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Winkler 2003a,<br />
author = {Winkler, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Zugriff. Thesen zur Umorganisation der gesellschaftlichen Bildarchive unter den Bedingungen des Digitalen},<br />
booktitle = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang; Heidenreich, Stefan & Holl, Ute},<br />
pages = {144-148},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winner 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Winner 1962a,<br />
author = {Winner, Matthias},<br />
title = {Gemalte Kunsttheorie. Zu Gustave Courbets ‚Allégorie réelle‘ und der Tradition},<br />
journal = {Jahrbuch der Berliner Museen},<br />
year = {4},<br />
volume = {1962},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {150-185},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wirth 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wirth 2004a,<br />
author = {Wirth, Uwe},<br />
title = {Das Vorwort als performative, paratextuelle und parergonale Rahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Rhetorik. Figuration und Performanz},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fohrmann, Jürgen},<br />
pages = {603-628},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Whitfield 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Whitfield 1999a,<br />
author = {Whitfield, S.},<br />
title = {Lucio Fontana},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Hayward Gallery Publ.},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witsch 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witsch 2008a,<br />
author = {Witsch, Monika},<br />
title = {Kultur und Bildung: Ein Beitrag für eine kulturwissenschaftliche Grundlegung von Bildung im Anschluss an Georg Simmel, Ernst Cassirer und Richard Hönigswald},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witte 2010a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Zur Geschichte der Bildung. Eine philosophische Kritik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2009a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Selbstbild und Bildung. Ein Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildung – Argumentation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Helmer, K.; Herchert, G. & Löwenstein, S.},<br />
pages = {81-100},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reihe: Beiträge zur Theorie der Argumentation in der Pädagogik. Herausgegeben von Andreas Dörpinghaus und Karl Helmer. Band 5},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1990a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus logico-philosophicus},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Tagebücher 1914-1916; Philosophische Untersuchungen. [7. Aufl.]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1971a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Philosophische Untersuchungen},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1922===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1922,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus},<br />
year = {1922},<br />
publisher = {Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wollheim 1982a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Sehen-als, sehen-in und bildliche Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Objekte der Kunst},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
pages = {192-210},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Looser, Max},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 1978,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Are the Criteria of Identity that Hold für a Work of Art in the Different Arts Aesthetically Relevant?},<br />
journal = {Ratio},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {20},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {29-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 2001a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {On Pictorial Representation},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
pages = {215-2268},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {Neuabdruck in: Gerwen, Rob van (Hg.). Richard Wollheim on the Art of Painting: Art as Representation and Expression. Cambridge UP, 2001},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==X==<br />
==Y==<br />
==Z==<br />
===Zaloscer 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Zaloscer 1974a,<br />
author = {Zaloscer, Hilde},<br />
title = {Versuch einer Phänomenologie des Rahmens},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Ästhetik und allgemeine Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {189-224},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zeune 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zeune 1997a,<br />
author = {Zeune, Joachim},<br />
title = {Burgen. Symbole der Macht. Ein neues Bild der mittelalterlichen Burg},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Pustet},<br />
address = {Regensburg},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zimmer 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zimmer 1995a,<br />
author = {Zimmer, A. C.},<br />
title = {Multistability – More than just a Freak Phenomenon},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {99–138},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==Fehlerhafte Angaben==<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, Jörg R. J.},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
note = {'''''Achtung!!Reihenfolge der Autoren ist verkehrt!!! Bitte korrigieren!!!''''' },<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.uni-due.de/imperia/md/content/elise/2006_-_schirra___hombach.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<!--- Die folgende Zeile muß immer am Ende der Seite stehen!! --><br />
<!--- Nicht entfernen und keinen Biblio-Eintrag danach setzen --><br />
<bibexport/></div>
Mark Ludwig
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Bibliography&diff=5917
Bibliography
2011-06-21T13:31:41Z
<p>Mark Ludwig: /* K */</p>
<hr />
<div>===Kris & Kurz 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kris & Kurz 1995a,<br />
author = {Kris, Ernst & Kurz, Otto},<br />
title = {Die Legende vom Künstler. Ein geschichtlicher Versuch},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {mit einem Vorwort von Ernst H. Gombrich},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 2000a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Vor einem Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser Verlag},<br />
address = {München/Wien},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Reinold Werner},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Panofsky 2002a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Sinn und Deutung in der bildenden Kunst (Meaning in the Visual Arts)},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Dumont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<!--- Dies ist eine Kommentarzeile --><br />
<!--- In diese Seite kommen alle bibliographischen Daten rein, --><br />
<!--- also wirklich a l l e für dieses Glossar. --><br />
<!--- Wer es kennt, wird erkennen, dass wir uns an BibTex orientieren. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- !!!!! Bitte erst mal durchsuchen, ob der geplante Eintrag !!! --><br />
<!--- !!!!! hier nicht schon unter anderer Bezeichnung steht! !!! --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Ein Schema für neue Einträge wird hier oben automatisch --><br />
<!--- eingeblendet, wenn ein neuer Literaturverweis in einer Seite --><br />
<!--- eingebaut wurde und man dem entsprechenden Link dort im --><br />
<!--- Literaturverzeichnis folgt. Bitte nach Anlegen nach unten kopieren, --><br />
<!--- so dass eine alphabetisch geordnete Liste erhalten bleibt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Derzeit sind folgende Formen möglich Monographie (=book), --> <br />
<!--- Sammelband (= Proceedings), Artikel in Sammelband (= inproceedings),--><br />
<!--- Zeitschriftenartikel (= article), Rest (= misc.) --><br />
<!--- (An einer Übersetzung dieser Typbezeichnungen wird gearbeitet) --><br />
<!--- In allen sind die jeweils üblichen Felder verfügbar; weitere Daten --><br />
<!--- können im Feld note deponiert werden -- die werden jeweils am Ende --><br />
<!--- der damit produzierten Literaturangabe angezeigt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Nun die Einträge; wenn möglich die Namen (1. Zeile nach bibentry) --><br />
<!--- alle nach gleichem Schema bauen und alphabetisch geordnet eintragen.--><br />
<!--- Angabe des Jahres am Besten immer mit fortlaufendem Kleinbuchstaben --><br />
<!--- indizieren, auch wenn noch kein zweites Werk des Autors im gleichen --><br />
<!--- Jahr aufgenommen wurde; kann ja noch kommen. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Wenn ein als Identifier benutzter Nachname mit einem Sonderzeichen --><br />
<!--- (insbesondere Umlaut) beginnt, bitte die Normalumschrift benutzen, --><br />
<!--- sonst sind die Literaturangaben auf den Seiten falsch geordnet. --><br />
<!--- Den korrekt geschriebenen Namen zwischen den <bib>Klammern nutzen. --><br />
{{GlossarBoxSub}}__TOC__</div><br />
<!--- --><br />
<br />
==A==<br />
===Adelmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelmann 2009a, <br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adelmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Adelmann 2004a, <br />
author = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Digitale Animationen in dokumentarischen Fernsehformaten?}, <br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung}, <br />
year = {2004}, <br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke}, <br />
pages = {387-406}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adelung 1811===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelung 1811, <br />
editor = {Adelung, Johann Christoph}, <br />
title = {Grammatisch-kritisches Wörterbuch der hochdeutschen Mundart: mit beständiger Vergleichung der übrigen Mundarten, besonders aber der Oberdeutschen. Erster Teil: A-E. Mit D. W. Soltau's Beyträgen; revidirt und berichtiget von Franz Xaver Schönberger, Doctor der freyen Künste und Philosophie},<br />
year = {1811}, <br />
publisher = {Bauer}, <br />
address = {Wien}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adorno 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Adorno 2003,<br />
author = {Adorno, Theodor W.},<br />
title = {Gesammelte Schriften, Bd. 7: Ästhetische Theorie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Alpers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alpers 1985a,<br />
author = {Alpers, Svetlana},<br />
title = {Kunst als Beschreibung. Holländische Malerei des 17. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Amelunxen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Amelunxen 1996a, <br />
author = {Amelunxen, Hubertus}, <br />
title = {Fotografie nach der Fotografie}, <br />
year = {1996}, <br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Dresden u.a.}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Appadurai 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Appadurai 2003a, <br />
author = {Appadurai, Arjun},<br />
title = {Archive and Aspiration},<br />
booktitle = {Information is Alive},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Brouwer, Joke; Mulder, Arjen},<br />
pages = {14-25},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Rotterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1997,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Poetik. Griechisch/Deutsch},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Manfred Fuhrmann},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {Übers. und Hrsg.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995c,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Physik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 6; Übers.: Hans Günter Zekl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995b,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Nikomachische Ethik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 3; Übers.: Eugen Rolfes},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995a,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Metaphysik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 5; Übers.: Hermann Bonitz},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a,<br />
author = {Asemissen, Hermann Ulrich & Schweikhart, Gunter},<br />
title = {Malerei als Thema der Malerei},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Attneave 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Attneave 1971a,<br />
author = {Attneave, F.},<br />
title = {Multistability in perception},<br />
journal = {Sci.Am 225},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
volume = {225},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Auerbach 1946===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Auerbach 1946,<br />
author = {Auerbach, Erich},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Dargestellte Wirklichkeit in der abendländischen Literatur [1946]},<br />
year = {<sup>10</sup>2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen/Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Augustinus 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Augustinus 2002,<br />
author = {Augustinus},<br />
title = {Was ist Zeit? Confessiones XI/Bekenntnisse 11},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {lateinisch-deutsche Ausgabe, eingeleitet, übersetzt und mit Anmerkungen versehen von Norbert Fischer},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Austin 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Austin 1972a,<br />
author = {Austin, John L.},<br />
title = {Zur Theorie der Sprechakte},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {orig.: How to do things with Words, 1962},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==B==<br />
===Baader 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baader 2003a,<br />
author = {Baader, Hannah},<br />
title = {Paragone},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {263},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bachmann-Medick 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bachmann-Medick 2006a,<br />
author = {Bachmann-Medick, Doris},<br />
title = {Cultural Turns. Neuorientierungen in den Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Badakshi 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Badakshi 2006a,<br />
author = {Badakshi, Harun},<br />
title = {Körper in/aus Zahlen. Digitale Bildgebung in der Medizin},<br />
booktitle = {The Picture's Image. Wissenschaftliche Visualisierung als Komposit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Hinterwaldner, Inge; Buschhaus, Markus},<br />
pages = {199-205},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Badt 1963a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Badt 1963a,<br />
author = {Badt, Kurt },<br />
title = {Raumphantasien und Raumillusionen. Wesen der Plastik}<br />
year = {1963},<br />
publisher = {DuMont}, <br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Balázs 2001a,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der Geist des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Balázs 2001b,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der sichtbare Mensch},<br />
booktitle = {Texte zur Theorie des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {v. F. Albersmeier},<br />
publisher = {Philip Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
pages = {224-233},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baltrušaitis 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baltrušaitis 77a,<br />
author = {Baltrušaitis, Jurgis},<br />
title = {Anamorphic Art},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Chadwyck-Healey},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {(aus dem Französischen von W.J. Strachan, zuerst: Paris 1969)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1977a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetoric of the Image},<br />
booktitle = {Image, Music, Text},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
editor = {Stephen Heath},<br />
pages = {32–51},<br />
publisher = {Fontana},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {orig. 1964 in Communications},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1964a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetorik des Bildes (1964)},<br />
booktitle = {Der entgegenkommende und der stumpfe Sinn. Kritische Essays III},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Hornig, Dieter},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barthes 1989a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Die helle Kammer. Bemerkung zur Photographie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batchen 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Batchen 1998a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Photogenics/Fotogenik},<br />
journal = {Camera Austria},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {62/63},<br />
pages = {5-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batchen 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Batchen 2000a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Ectoplasm. Photography in the Digital Age},<br />
booktitle = {Over Exposed. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Squiers, Carol},<br />
pages = {9.23},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batteux 1746/1770===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Batteux 1746/1770,<br />
author = {Batteux, Charles},<br />
title = {Einschränkung der schönen Künste auf einen einzigen Grundsatz},<br />
year = {<sup>3</sup>1770},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Aus dem Französischen übersetzt und mit Abhandlungen begleitet von Johann Adolf Schlegel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baudrillard 1978a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Agonie des Realen},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baudrillard 2000a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Das perfekte Verbrechen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {von Amelunxen},<br />
pages = {256-260},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baumberger 2010===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baumberger 2010,<br />
author = {Baumberger, Christoph},<br />
title = {Gebaute Zeichen. Eine Symboltheorie der Architektur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Ontos},<br />
address = {Heusenstamm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baxandall 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baxandall 1972a,<br />
author = {Baxandall, Michael},<br />
title = {Painting and Experience in Fifteenth Century Italy. A Primer in the Social History of Pictorial Style},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Clarendon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bayer 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bayer 1984,<br />
author = {Bayer, Udo},<br />
title = {Laokoon – Momente einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gunter Gebauer},<br />
pages = {59-101},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bechtloff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bechtloff 2001a,<br />
author = {Bechtloff, Dieter (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Choreographie der Gewalt}, <br />
journal = {Kunstforum International}, <br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Hefte 153, 155 & 156},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Heft 153: Der gerissene Faden. Nichtlineare Techniken in der Kunst; Heft 156: Plateau der Menschheit},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beckmann 1995===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beckmann 1995,<br />
author = {Beckmann, Jan P.},<br />
title = {Wilhelm von Ockham},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beil 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beil 2010a,<br />
author = {Beil, Benjamin},<br />
title = {First Person Perspectives. Point of View und figurenzentrierte Erzählformen im Film und im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belach & Jacobsen 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belach & Jacobsen 93,<br />
author = {Belach, Helga & Jacobsen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {CinemaScope. Zur Geschichte der Breitwandfilme},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Spiess},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Stiftung Deutsche Kinemathek},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beller 2005a,<br />
author = {Beller Hans},<br />
title = {Aspekte der Filmmontage - Eine Art Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch der Filmmontage. Praxis und Prinzipien des Filmschnitts},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Beller Hans},<br />
publisher = {TR-Verlagsunion},<br />
address = {München},<br />
pages = {9-33},<br />
note = {5., gegenüber der 4. unveränderte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2008a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Florenz und Bagdad. Eine westöstliche Geschichte des Blicks},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2004a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bild und Kult. Eine Geschichte des Bildes vor dem Zeitalter der Kunst},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {6. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2002a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte. Eine Revision nach zehn Jahren},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Verlag C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2., erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2001a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bildanthropologie. Entwürfe für eine Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 1983a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte?},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Kunstverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting & Haustein 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting & Haustein 1998a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans & Haustein, Lydia},<br />
title = {Das Erbe der Bilder. Kunst und moderne Medien in den Kulturen der Welt},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Benkő 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Benkő 1976a,<br />
editor = {Benkő, L.},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelv történeti-etimológiai szótára. I-IV},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bergson 1948a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bergson 1948a,<br />
author = {Bergson, Henri},<br />
title = {Das Mögliche und das Wirkliche},<br />
booktitle = {Denken und Schöpferisches Werden. Aufsätze und Vorträge},<br />
year = {1948},<br />
editor = {Bergson, H.},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Meisenheim am Glan},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {110-125},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bernays 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernays 1970a,<br />
author = {Bernays, Jacob},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der verlorenen Abhandlung des Aristoteles über Wirkung der Tragödie},<br />
year = {1970}<br />
publisher = {G. Olms},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bernhardt et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernhardt et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Bernhardt, Petra; Hadj-Abdou, Leila; Liebhart, Karin & Pribersky, Andreas},<br />
title = {EUropäische Bildpolitiken. Politische Bildanalyse an Beispielen der EU-Politik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {facultas UTB},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bertram et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bertram et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bertram, Georg W.; Lauer, David; Liptow, Jasper; & Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {In der Welt der Sprache: Konsequenzen des semantischen Holismus},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp}, <br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Berz 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Berz 2009a,<br />
author = {Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bitmapped Graphic},<br />
booktitle = {Zeitkritische Medien},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Volmar, Axel},<br />
pages = {127-154},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bevers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bevers 1985a,<br />
author = {Bevers, Antonius M.},<br />
title = {Dynamik der Formen bei Georg Simmel. Eine Studie über die methodische und theoretische Einheit eines Gesamtwerkes},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Duncker & Humblot},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Sozialwissenschaftliche Abhandlungen der Görres-Gesellschaft, Band 13},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beyme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beyme 2004a,<br />
author = {Beyme, Klaus von},<br />
title = {Politische Ikonologie der modernen Architektur},<br />
booktitle = {Politikwissenschaft als Kulturwissenschaft. Theorien, Methoden, Problemstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schwelling, Birgit},<br />
pages = {351-372},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bieger 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bieger 2007a,<br />
author = {Bieger, Laura},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Immersion. Raum-Erleben zwischen Welt und Bild},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Black 1972===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Black 1972,<br />
author = {Black, Max},<br />
title = {How do Pictures represent?},<br />
booktitle = {Art, Perception, and Reality},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gombrich, E.H.; Hochberg, Julian & Black, Max},<br />
pages = {95-130},<br />
publisher = {John Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blanke 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Blanke 2003,<br />
author = {Blanke, Börries},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Sinn. Das ikonische Zeichen zwischen strukturalistischer Semiotik und analytischer Philosophie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Reihe Bildwissenschaft, Bd. 4},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Block 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Block 1990a,<br />
author = {Block, Ned},<br />
title = {The Computer Model of the Mind},<br />
booktitle = {Thinking. An Invitation to Cognitive Science, Vol. 3},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {D. N. Osherson & E. E. Smith},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bloomfield 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bloomfield 1933a,<br />
author = {Bloomfield, Leonard},<br />
title = {Language},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Henry Holt and Co},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1986a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Annäherungen an die Aktualität der Rhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Wirklichkeiten in denen wir leben},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
pages = {104-136},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1969a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeitsbegriff und Möglichkeit des Romans},<br />
booktitle = {Nachahmung und Illusion. Poetik und Hermeneutik 1},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Hans Robert Jauß},<br />
pages = {9-27},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Blumenberg 1957a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {'Nachahmung der Natur'. Zur Vorgeschichte der Idee des schöpferischen Menschen},<br />
journal = {Studium Generale},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {5},<br />
pages = {266-283},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2008a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Augenmaß. Zur Genese der ikonischen Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Mersman, Birgit & Spies, Christian},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 2007a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2005a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild und die hermeneutische Reflexion},<br />
booktitle = {Dimensionen des Hermeneutischen. Heidegger und Gadamer},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Martin-Heidegger-Gesellschaft},<br />
pages = {23-35},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Schriftenreihe Band 7},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Sprache? Anmerkungen zur Logik der Bilder (2004)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {34-53},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild in der Kunstwissenschaft. Interview mit Gottfried Boehm},<br />
booktitle = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {11-21},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm 2001a,<br />
title = {Homo Pictor},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Saur},<br />
address = {München / Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1999a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zwischen Auge und Hand. Bilder als Instrumente der Erkenntnis (1999)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {94-113},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1994a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Wiederkehr der Bilder},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1994b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Bilderfrage},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Gottfried Boehm},<br />
pages = {325-343},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1994c,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1985a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Der Andere als Prototyp},<br />
booktitle = {Bildnis und Individuum. Über den Ursprung der Porträtmalerei in der italienischen Renaissance},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1978a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zu einer Hermeneutik des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Die Hermeneutik und die Wissenschaft},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Gadamer, Hans-Georg & Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {444-471},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a,<br />
title = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried; Mersmann, Birgit; Spies, Christian},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Böhme 2004a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Der Raum leiblicher Anwesenheit und der Raum als Medium von Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böhme 1999a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böcking 2008===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böcking 2008,<br />
author = {Böcking, Saskia},<br />
title = {Grenzen der Fiktion? Von Suspension of Disbelief zu einer Toleranztheorie für die Filmrezeption.},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bogen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bogen 2005a,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen},<br />
title = {Kunstgeschichte/Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus },<br />
pages = {52-67},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bonsiepe 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bonsiepe 1968a,<br />
author = {Bonsiepe, Gui},<br />
title = {Visuell/Verbale Rhetorik},<br />
journal = {Format: Zeitschrift für visuelle Kommunikation},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {17},<br />
pages = {11–18},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bousso 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bousso 2002a,<br />
author = {Bousso, Raphael},<br />
title = {The Holographic Principle},<br />
journal = {Reviews of Modern Physics},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {74},<br />
pages = {825-874},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brachfeld 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brachfeld_1976a,<br />
author = {Brachfeld, Otto},<br />
title = {Image},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {215-217},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandt 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandt 1999a,<br />
author = {Brandt, Reinhard},<br />
title = {Die Wirklichkeit der Bilder. Sehen und Erkennen – Vom Spiegel zum Kunstbild},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandom 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandom 2000a,<br />
author = {Brandom, Robert},<br />
title = {Expressive Vernunft. Begründung, Repräsentation und diskursive Festlegung (1994)},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Gilmer, Eva & Vetter, Hermann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2007a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Galilei der Künstler. Der Mond. Die Sonne. Die Hand},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2005a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Darwins Korallen. Die frühen Evolutionsdiagramme und die Tradition der Naturgeschichte},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Klaus Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bredekamp 2004a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Drehmomente. Merkmale und Ansprüche des Iconic Turn},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Turn. Die neue Macht der Bilder},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Maar, Christa & Burda, Hubert},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {A Neglected Tradition? Art History as Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2000a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Antikensehnsucht und Maschinenglauben. Die Geschichte der Kunstkammer und die Zukunft der Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 1994a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Die digitale Kunstkammer. Ein Interview mit Horst Bredekamp},<br />
journal = {Texte zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst; Schneider, Birgit; Dünkel, Vera},<br />
title = {Das Technische Bild. Kompendium für eine Stilgeschichte wissenschaftlicher Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst & Schneider, Pablo},<br />
title = {Visuelle Argumentationen. Die Mysterien der Repräsentation und die Berechenbarkeit der Welt},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2010a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildakts. Frankfurter Adorno-Vorlesungen 2007},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brentano 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brentano 1930a,<br />
author = {Brentano, Franz},<br />
title = {Wahrheit und Evidenz},<br />
year = {1930},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {(1975??)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Pitts, Michael A. & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right parietal brain activity precedes perceptual alternation during binocular rivalry},<br />
journal = {Hum. Brain Mapping},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/20690124},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Landis, Theodor & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right parietal brain activity precedes perceptual alternation of bistable stimuli},<br />
journal = {Cereb. Cortex 19},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {55-65},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brugger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger 1999a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter},<br />
title = {One hundred years of an ambiguous figure: happy birthday, duck/rabbit},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
number = {???},<br />
pages = {973–977},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brugger & Brugger 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger & Brugger 1993a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter & Brugger, Susanne},<br />
title = {The easterbunny in october: I is it disguised as a duck},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
number = {???},<br />
pages = {577–578},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brunet 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brunet 2008a,<br />
author = {Brunet, François},<br />
title = {A Better Example is a Photograph': On the Exemplary Value of Photographs in C. S. Peirce's Reflection on Signs},<br />
booktitle = {The Meaning of Photography},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Kelsey, Robin; Stimson, Blake},<br />
pages = {34-49},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Williamstown},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bruno 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bruno 2007a,<br />
author = {Bruno, Giuliana},<br />
title = {Public Intimacy. Architecture and the Visual Arts},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bryson 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bryson 2001a,<br />
author = {Norman Bryson},<br />
title = {Das Sehen und die Malerei},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 2000a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Die Krise der Psychologie},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Velbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Achim Eschbach und Jens Kapitzky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Büttner 2003a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank},<br />
title = {Perspektive},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {265},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher 2011a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {“Man sieht, was man hört“. Multimodales Verstehen als interaktionale Aneignung. Handlungstheoretische Medienanalyse.},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Jan Georg Schneider & Hartmut Stöckl},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher2010a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {Multimodales Verstehen oder Rezeption als Interaktion. Theoretische und empirische Grundlagen einers systematischen Analyse der Multimodalität},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Hajo Diekmannshenke & Michael Klemm & Hartmut Stöckl},<br />
pages = {121-156},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchner 1665===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchner 1665,<br />
author = {August Buchner},<br />
title = {Poet}<br />
year = {1665},<br />
publisher = {???}, <br />
address = {Wittenberg},<br />
note = {hrsg. v. Otto Prätorius},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchwald 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchwald 1989a,<br />
author = {Buchwald, Jed Z.},<br />
title = {The Rise of the Wave Theory of Light},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1933a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Axiomatik der Sprachwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1934a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1934a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Sprachtheorie. Die Darstellungsfunktion der Sprache},<br />
year = {<sup>2</sup>1965},<br />
publisher = {Fischer },<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bürger 1784===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bürger 1784,<br />
author = {Bürger, Gottfried August},<br />
title = {Von der Popularität der Poesie [1784]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Günter und Hiltrud Hintzschel}, <br />
pages = {725-730},<br />
publisher = {Hanser}, <br />
address = {München}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1784},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burckhardt 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Burckhardt 2001a,<br />
author = {Burckhardt, Jacob},<br />
title = {Der Cicerone. Eine Anleitung zum Genuss der Kunstwerke Italiens},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Kritische Gesamtausgabe},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {B. Roeck et al.}, <br />
pages = {Bd. 2},<br />
publisher = {Beck}, <br />
address = {München/Basel}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1855},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burke 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Burke 2003a,<br />
author = {Burke, Peter},<br />
title = {Augenzeugenschaft. Bilder als historische Quellen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Busch 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Busch 2004a,<br />
author = {Busch, Kathrin},<br />
title = {Geschicktes Geben. Aporien der Gabe bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Busch & Därmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Busch & Därmann 2007a,<br />
title = {pathos. Konturen eines kulturwissenschaftlichen Grundbegriffes},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Busch, Kathrin; Därmann, Iris},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Butler 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Butler 2001a,<br />
author = {Butler, Judith},<br />
title = {Psyche der Macht. Das Subjekt der Unterwerfung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner & Gottdank 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Büttner & Gottdank 2009a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank & Gottdank, Andrea},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Ikonographie. Wege zur Deutung von Bildinhalten},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==C==<br />
===Caglioti 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Caglioti 1995a,<br />
author = {Caglioti, G.},<br />
title = {Perception of ambiguous figures: A qualitative Model based on Synergetics and Quantum Mechanics},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {463–478.},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Campe 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Campe 2006a,<br />
author = {Campe, R.},<br />
title = {Epoche der Evidenz. Knoten in einem terminologischen Netzwerk zwischen Descartes und Kant},<br />
booktitle = {Intellektuelle Anschauung. Figurationen von Evidenz zwischen Kunst und Wissen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Peters, S. & Schäfer, M.J. },<br />
pages = {5-43},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carani 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carani 1986a,<br />
author = {Carani, Marie},<br />
title = {Le corpus Pellan: une relecture sémiotique},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carbone 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carbone 2001a,<br />
author = {Mauro Carbone},<br />
title = {La visibilité de l’invisible},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a,<br />
author = {Carlbom, Ingrid; Paciorek, Joseph},<br />
title = {Planar Geometric Projections and Viewing Transformations},<br />
journal = {ACM Computing Surveys},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {465-502},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carnap 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carnap 1947a,<br />
author = {Carnap, Rudolf},<br />
title = {Meaning and Necessity: A Study in Semantics and Modal Logic},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, IL},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2007a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {The World at a Glance},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2005a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {Earth-Mapping. Artists Reshaping Landscape},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2002a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {Representing Place. Landscape Painting and Maps},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 2010a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Birgit Recki},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 2009a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Der Begriff der symbolischen Form im Aufbau der Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
pages = {63-92},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Marion Lauschke},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1990a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Versuch über den Menschen. Einführung in eine Philosophie der Kultur},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1989a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Zur Logik der Kulturwissenschaften. Fünf Studien},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {5., unveränd. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 1930a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Mythischer, ästhetischer und theoretischer Raum (1930)},<br />
booktitle = {Ernst Cassirer: Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 17},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {B. Recki},<br />
pages = {411-436 [1931]},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1929a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1925a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1925a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Zweiter Teil: Das mythische Denken},<br />
year = {1925},<br />
publisher = {Cassirer, Bruno},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1923a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Erster Teil: Die Sprache},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===CCALED===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{CCALED-4,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Collins Cobuild Advanced Learner’s English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
publisher = {Collins},<br />
address = {Glasgow},<br />
note = {4<sup>th</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cha & Rautzenberg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cha & Rautzenberg 08a,<br />
author = {Cha, Kyung-Ho & Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
title = {Einleitung: Im Theater des Sehens. Anamorphose als Bild und philosophische Metapher},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {dies.},<br />
pages = {7-22},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chomsky 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chomsky 1957a,<br />
author = {Chomsky, Noam},<br />
title = {Syntactic Structures},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Christian 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Christian 2009a,<br />
author = {Christian, Alexander},<br />
title = {Piktogramme, Kritischer Beitrag zu einer Begriffsbestimmung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Shaker},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cipolla et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cipolla et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Cipolla, Roberto & Battiato, Sebastiano & Farinella, Giovanni Maria },<br />
title = {Computer Vision: Detection, Recognition and Reconstruction},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin, Heidelberg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Collingwood 1945===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Collingwood 1945,<br />
author = {Collingwood, Robin},<br />
title = {Die Idee der Natur [The Idea of Nature (1945)]},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {Übers.: Martin Suhr},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, M. R.; Roberts A. R.; Barbee A. P.; Druen P. B.; Wu Cheng-Huan},<br />
title = {„Their ideas of beauty are, on the wohle, the same as ours“: consistency and variability in the cross-cultural perception of female physical attractiveness},<br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {68},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-279},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham 1986a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, M.R.},<br />
title = {Measuring the physical in physical attractiveness: Quasi-experiments on the sociobiology of female facial beauty}, <br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {50},<br />
number = {}, <br />
pages = {925-935},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==D==<br />
===Damisch 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Damisch 1987a,<br />
author = {Damisch, Hubert},<br />
title = {L'origine de la perspective},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Flammarion},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Darwin 1872a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Darwin 1872a,<br />
author = {Darwin, Charles},<br />
title = {On the Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals},<br />
year = {1872},<br />
publisher = {Murray},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davidson 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Davidson 2004a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
title = {Drei Spielarten des Wissens},<br />
booktitle = {Subjektiv, intersubjektiv, objektiv},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
pages = {339-363},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davies 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Davies 1991,<br />
author = {Davies, David},<br />
title = {Works, Texts, and Contexts. Goodman on the Literary Artwork},<br />
journal = {Canadian Journal of Philosophy},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {331-346},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Deleuze 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Deleuze 1989a,<br />
author = {Deleuze, Gilles},<br />
title = {Das Bewegungs-Bild. Kino1},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M},<br />
note = {a. d. Franz. v. U. Christians und U. Bokelmann; Erstveröffentlichung 1983},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Demuth 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Demuth 2007a,<br />
author = {Demuth, Volker},<br />
title = {Extreme Expeditionen. Digitale, hybride und künstlerische Räume},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {89-104},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Depaulo 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Depaulo 1992a,<br />
author = {DePaulo, B. M. },<br />
title = {Nonverbal Behavior and Self Presentation},<br />
journal = {Psychological Bulletin},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {111},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {203-243},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Derrida 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 2007a,<br />
author = {Jacques Derrida},<br />
title = {Aufzeichnungen eines Blinden. Das Selbstporträt und andere Ruinen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Derrida 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 1992a,<br />
author = {Derrida, J.},<br />
title = {Die Wahrheit in der Malerei},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===de Duve 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{de Duve 1990a,<br />
author = {de Duve, Thierry},<br />
title = {The Monochrome and the Blank Canvas},<br />
booktitle = {Reconstructiong Modernism. Art in New York, Paris and Montreal 1945-1964},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Guilbaut, Serge},<br />
pages = {244-310},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge/Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===de Schonen et.al. 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{de Schonen et.al. 1994a,<br />
author = {de Schonen, S.; Deruelle, C.; Pascalis, O.; & Mancini, J.},<br />
title = {About funcional brain specialization.The development of face recognition (Functional cerebral specialization in the development of face recognition / A propos de la notion de specialisation cerebrale fonctionnelle: le developpement de la reconnaissance des visages)},<br />
journal = {Psychologie francaise},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {259-274},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Diderot 1751===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Diderot 1751,<br />
author = {Denis Diderot},<br />
title = {Brief über die Taubstummen [1751},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Schriften. Erster Band},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Friedrich Bassenge},<br />
pages = {27-97},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 1999a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Was wir sehen blickt uns an. Zur Metapsychologie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Didi-Huberman 2005a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {L’espace danse – Der Raum tanzt},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {16-30},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Diekmannshenke, Hajo & Klemm, Michael & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {erscheint Ende 2010},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dion 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dion 2002a,<br />
author = {Dion, K. K.},<br />
title = {Cultural Perspectives on Facial Attractiveness},<br />
booktitle = {Facial Attractiveness. Evolutionary, Cognitive, and Social Perspectives},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Rhodes, G. & Zebrowitz, L.A.},<br />
pages = {239-260},<br />
publisher = {Ablex},<br />
address = {Westport, CT},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ditzinger 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ditzinger 2006a,<br />
author = {Ditzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Illusionen des Sehens. Eine Reise in die Welt der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Elsevier, Spektrum, Akad. Verl.},<br />
address = {München, Heidelberg},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2002a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Malerei im Bilderstreit. Eine Revision aus Anlass des Rubenspreis-Jubiläums},<br />
booktitle = {10 x Malerei. Rubenspreis der Stadt Siegen in Werken der Sammlung Lambrecht-Schadeberg},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {19-34},<br />
publisher = {Museum für Gegenwartskunst },<br />
address = {Siegen},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dobbe 1999a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Querelle des Anciens, des Modernes et des Postmodernes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2007a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian},<br />
title = {Figuren der visuellen Rhetorik in werblichen Gesamttexten},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {71–112},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2001a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian },<br />
title = {Ein Funktionenmodell für Bildtexte},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Klaus Sachs-Hombach},<br />
pages = {29-39},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Döring 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Döring 2009a,<br />
author = {Döring, Sabine},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie der Gefühle},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Döring, Sabine},<br />
pages = {12-65},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drechsel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Drechsel 2006a,<br />
author = {Drechsel, Benjamin},<br />
title = {Was ist ein politisches Bild? Einige Überlegungen zur Entwicklung der Politikwissenschaft als Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Moderne. Kulturwissenschaftliches Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {106-120},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1989a,<br />
author = {Drosdowsi, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Etymologie. Herkunftwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache.},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {2. völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1988a,<br />
author = {Drosdowski, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Stilwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache. Die Verwendung der Wörter im Satz.},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {7., völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {= DUDEN Band 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dubois 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubois 1998a,<br />
author = {Dubois, Philippe},<br />
title = {Der fotografische Akt. Versuch über ein theoretisches Dispositiv},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Dresden, Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dubos 1760-61===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubos 1760-61,<br />
author = {Du Bos, Jean-Baptiste},<br />
title = {Kritische Betrachtungen über die Poesie und Malerey, 3 Teile},<br />
year = {1760-1761},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Übers.: Gottfried Benediktus Funk},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Duden 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Duden 1999a,<br />
author = {Duden},<br />
title = {Das große Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache in zehn Bänden},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dudenredaktion 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dudenredaktion 2003a,<br />
author = {Dudenredaktion (Hg.)},<br />
title = {DUDEN. Das Stilwörterbuch.},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {8. völlig neu bearbeitete Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Durand 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Durand 1987a,<br />
author = {Durand, Jacques},<br />
title = {Rhetorical Figures in the Advertising Image},<br />
booktitle = {Marketing and Semiotics},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Sebeok, J.U. },<br />
pages = {295–318},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==E==<br />
===Ebert 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ebert 1979a,<br />
author = {Ebert, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Montage Editing Schnitt},<br />
journal = {Filmkritik},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {547-558},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eco 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eco 1998,<br />
author = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
title = {Lector in fabula. Die Mitarbeit der Interpretation in erzählenden Texten},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {dtv},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eddiks 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Eddiks 2004a,<br />
author = {Eddiks, Christina},<br />
title = {Dem Emblem auf der Spur},<br />
howpublished = {},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
note = {Diplomarbeit},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kisd.de/~tom/diplom/christina_emblematik.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Edgerton 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Edgerton 2002a,<br />
author = {Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Die Entdeckung der Perspektive},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. & Ch. Sütterlin},<br />
title = {Im Banne der Angst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte menschlicher Abwehrsymbolik},<br />
year = {1992}, <br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. & Ch. Sütterlin},<br />
title = {Weltsprache Kunst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte bildlicher Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2008}, <br />
publisher = {Brandstätter},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt. I. },<br />
title = {Die Biologie menschlichen Verhaltens. Lehrbuch der Humanethologie},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt I. },<br />
title = {The expressive behavior of the deaf- and blind born},<br />
booktitle = {Social Communication and Movement},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {M. v. Cranach & I. Vine},<br />
pages = {163-194},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ekman 1973b,<br />
author = {Ekman, P. },<br />
title = {Cross cultural studies of facial expression},<br />
booktitle = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Ekman, P.},<br />
pages = {169-222},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ekman 1973a,<br />
editor = {Ekman, P. },<br />
title = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Elgin 1992,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Notation},<br />
booktitle = {A Companion to Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Cooper, David},<br />
pages = {307-309},<br />
publisher = {Blackwell},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1983===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elgin 1983,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {With Reference to Reference},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elkins 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 2003a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {Visual Studies. A Skeptical Introduction},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elkins 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 1999a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {The Domain of Images},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ellgring 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ellgring 1989a,<br />
author = {Ellgring, H.},<br />
title = {Nonverbal communication in depression},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Else 1958===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Else 1958,<br />
author = {Else, Gerald F.},<br />
title = {Imitation in the fifth century},<br />
journal = {Classical Philology},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
volume = {53},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {73-90},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Enright 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Enright 1987a,<br />
author = {Enright, J. T.},<br />
title = {Perspective vergence: oculomotor responses to line drawings},<br />
journal = {Vision Res},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1513–1526},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst 2002a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gibt es eine spezifische Videozität?},<br />
booktitle = {REC - Video als mediales Phänomen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf; Hoffmann, Hilde & Nohr, Rolf F.},<br />
pages = {14-29},<br />
publisher = {VDG},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang & Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Digitale Bildarchivierung. Der Wölfflin-Kalkül},<br />
booktitle = {Konfigurationen. Zwischen Kunst und Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Schade, Sigrid & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
pages = {306-320},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst et al. 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ernst et al. 2003a,<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang et al.},<br />
title = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Esposito 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Esposito 1998,<br />
author = {Esposito, Elena},<br />
title = {Fiktion und Virtualität},<br />
booktitle = {edien, Computer Realität. Wirklichkeitsvorstellungen und Neue Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {269-296},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Etcoff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Etcoff 2001a,<br />
author = {Etcoff, N. },<br />
title = {Nur die Schönsten überleben. Die Ästhetik des Menschen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eusterschulte 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eusterschulte 2001,<br />
author = {Eusterschulte, Anne},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 5: L-Musi},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Gert Ueding},<br />
pages = {Sp. 1232-1294},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==F==<br />
===Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a,<br />
author = {Fahlenbrach, Kathrin & Viehoff, Reinhold},<br />
title = {Medienikonen des Krieges. Die symbolische Entthronung Saddams als Versuch strategischer Ikonisierung},<br />
booktitle = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
pages = {356-387},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fantz 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fantz 1966a,<br />
author = {Fantz, R.L. },<br />
title = {Pattern discrimination and selective attention as determinants of perceptual development from birth},<br />
booktitle = {Perceptual Development in Children},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Kidd, A.H. & Rivoire, J.L},<br />
pages = {143-173},<br />
publisher = {University Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Farago 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Farago 1992a,<br />
author = {Farago, Claire J.},<br />
title = {Leonardo da Vinci’s Paragone. A Critical Interpretation with a New Edition of the Text in the Codex Urbinas},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leiden/New York/Kopenhagen/Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ferino-Pagden 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ferino-Pagden 2009a,<br />
title = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S. },<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fiedler 1991a,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2 Bd., hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991b,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Über den Ursprung der künstlerischen Tätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {111-220},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 1, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991c,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Aphorismen},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {7-105},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991d,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Zur neueren Kunsttheorie},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {247-290},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiske 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiske 2001a,<br />
author = {Fiske, John },<br />
title = {Videotech},<br />
booktitle = {Grundlagentexte zur Fernsehwissenschaft. Theorie - Geschichte - Analyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf et al.},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Konstanz},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {484-502},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Floch 1998a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean Marie},<br />
title = {The Contribution of Structural Semiotics to the Design of a Hypermarket},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Research in Marketing },<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1995a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Identités visuelles},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Presses Universitaires de France},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1990a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Sémiotique, marketing et communication},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Presses Universitaires de France.},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flügge et al. 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flügge et al. 2007a,<br />
author = {Flügge, Matthias; Kudielka, Robert & Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Vorwort und Dank},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {6-9},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flusser 1994===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flusser 1994,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Abbild – Vorbild},<br />
booktitle = {Was heißt „Darstellen“? },<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Christiaan L. Hart Nibbrig},<br />
pages = {34-48},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foley et al. 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foley et al. 1990a,<br />
author = {Foley, James D.; van Dam; Feiner & Hughes },<br />
title = {Computer Graphics. Principles and Practice},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Addison Wesley},<br />
address = {Reading, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foster & Krauss 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Foster & Krauss 1996a,<br />
author = {Foster, H. & Krauss, R.},<br />
title = {Introduction},<br />
journal = {October},<br />
pages = {3-4},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Foucault 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foucault 1976a,<br />
author = {Foucault, Michael},<br />
title = {Überwachen und Strafen},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fox 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fox 2006a,<br />
author = {Fox, Mark},<br />
title = {Quantum Optics. An Introduction},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frank & Lange 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frank & Lange 10a,<br />
author = {Frank, Gustav & Lange, Barbara},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft. Bilder in der visuellen Kultur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freedberg 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Freedberg 1991a,<br />
author = {Freedberg, David},<br />
title = {The Power of Images. Studies in the History and Theory of Response (1989)},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frege 1892===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frege 1892,<br />
author = {Frege, Gottlob},<br />
title = {Über Sinn und Bedeutung, zitiert nach der Ausgabe in: Frege, Gottlob: Funktion, Begriff, Bedeutung},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {G. Patzig},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {40-65},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1946a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die Verdrängung},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {247-261},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1946b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946b,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Das Unbewußte},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {263-303},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fuhrmann 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fuhrmann 2003,<br />
author = {Fuhrmann, Manfred},<br />
title = {Die Dichtungstheorie der Antike. Aristoteles – Horaz – 'Longin' Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Artemis & Winkler},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf und Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==G==<br />
<br />
===Gaede 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gaede 1981a,<br />
author = {Gaede, Werner},<br />
title = {Vom Wort zum Bild: Kreativ-Methoden der Visualisierung},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
publisher = {Langen Müller/Herbig},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Galison 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Galison 1997a,<br />
author = {Galison, Peter},<br />
title = {Image and Logic. A Material Culture of Microphysics},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ganz & Henkel 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ganz & Henkel 2004a,<br />
title = {Rahmen-Diskurse. Kultbilder im konfessionellen Zeitalter},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Ganz, David; Henkel, Georg},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Garcia 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gardner 1990,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Color Design},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Garcia 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Garcia 1997,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Evolutions},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gardner 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gardner 1985a,<br />
author = {Gardner, Howard},<br />
title = {The Mind’s New Science. A History of the Cognitive Revolution},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Basic Books},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gebauer & Wulf 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gebauer & Wulf 1992a,<br />
author = {Gebauer, Gunter & Wulf, Christoph},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Kultur – Kunst - Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Der Mensch. Seine Natur und seine Stellung in der Welt},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Aula},<br />
address = {Wiebelsheim},<br />
note = {14. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004b,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Urmensch und Spätkultur. Philosophische Ergebnisse und Aussagen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Kolstermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {6., erw. Aufl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 1961a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Forschung. Zur Selbstbegegnung und Selbstentdeckung des Menschen},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a,<br />
author = {Geiger, Susi & Henn-Memmesheimer, Beate},<br />
title = {Visuell-verbale Textgestaltung von Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {1/2},<br />
pages = {55–74},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gellius 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gellius 1987a,<br />
author = {Gellius, A.},<br />
title = {Attische Nächte...},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Ü: H. Berthold},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerhardus et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gerhardus et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Gerhardus, Dietfried & Kledzik, S.M. & Reitzig, G.H.},<br />
title = {Schlüssiges Argumentieren – Logisch-propädeutisches Lehr- und Arbeitsbuch},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Gerstengrabe, Carina; Lang, Katharina & Schneider, Anna},<br />
title = {Wasserzeichen. Vom 13. Jahrhundert bis zum Digital Watermarking. Kulturen des Kopierschutzes<br />
II},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {9-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982a,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung und Umwelt. Der ökologische Ansatz in der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Urban & Schwarzenberg},<br />
address = {München, Wien u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982b,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Die Sinne und der Prozeß der Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Huber},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glock 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Glock 2000a,<br />
author = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
title = {Aspektwahrnehmung},<br />
booktitle = {Wittgenstein-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
pages = {43},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glüher 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Glüher 1998a,<br />
author = {Glüher, Gebhard},<br />
title = {Von der Theorie der Fotografie zur Theorie des digitalen Bildes},<br />
journal = {Kritische Berichte},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {23-31},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldie 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goldie 2000a,<br />
author = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
title = {The Emotions. A Philosophical Exploration},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldie 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Goldie 2010a,<br />
title = {The Oxford Handbook of Philosophy of Emotion},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 2002a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Phaidon},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {6},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1977a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gondek 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gondek 1997a,<br />
author = {Gondek, Hans-Dieter},<br />
title = {Der Blick – zwischen Sartre und Lacan. Ein Kommentar zum VII. Kapitel des Seminar XI},<br />
journal = {Riss. Zeitschrift für Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {37/38},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gooch & Gooch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gooch & Gooch 2001a,<br />
author = {Gooch, Bruce & Gooch, Amy},<br />
title = {Non-Photorealistic Rendering},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Natick, MA. },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1968a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Languages of Art},<br />
year = {1968, 2. rev. Aufl. 1976},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {dt.: Sprachen der Kunst. Suhrkamp 1998},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman & Elgin 1988===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman & Elgin 1988,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson & Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Reconceptions in Philosophy and Other Arts and Sciences},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {Deutsch: <em>Revisionen. Philosophie und andere Künste und Wissenschaften</em>. Frankfurt a. M.: Suhrkamp, 1993},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goren et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Goren et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Goren, C. C., Sarty, M., & Wu, P. Y.},<br />
title = { Visual following and pattern discrimination of face-like stimuli by newborn infants},<br />
journal = {Pediatrics},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {544-549},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/1165958?dopt=abstract},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_Kruse_2009a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Roland Barthes: Zeichen, Kommunikation und Mythos},<br />
booktitle = {Schlüsselwerke der Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Hepp, Andreas; Krotz, Friedrich & Thomas, Tanja},<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {VS/GWV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Empathische Cues und die Möglichkeit einer Affekt-Sprache des Films},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4},<br />
pages = {289-298},<br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2008b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008b,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Gewalt als Erlebnis. Die somatische Decodierung als Strategie des Filmerlebens in CLOVERFIELD},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4}, <br />
pages = {299-312},<br />
note = {}, <br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_Kruse_2009a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Roland Barthes: Zeichen, Kommunikation und Mythos},<br />
booktitle = {Schlüsselwerke der Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Hepp, Andreas; Krotz, Friedrich & Thomas, Tanja},<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {VS/GWV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_2010a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars},<br />
title = {Die Evolution des Cyborgs. Künstliche Lebensformen im japanischen Anime Ergo Proxy (2006)},<br />
booktitle = {Japan - Europa. Wechselwirkungen zwischen den Kulturen im Film und den darstellenden Künsten},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Adachi-Rabe, Kayo; Becker, Andreas; Mundhenke, Florian},<br />
pages = {213-230},<br />
publisher = {Büchner Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grammer et al. 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grammer et al. 2002a,<br />
author = {Grammer, Karl, Fink, B. & Renninger, L. A.},<br />
title = {Dynamic Systems and Inferential Information Processing in Human Communication},<br />
journal = {Neuroendocrinology Letters},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {Suppl. 4},<br />
pages = {15-22},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Graumann 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graumann 1966a,<br />
author = {Graumann, Carl Friedrich},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der Verhaltensbeobachtung},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Meyer, Ernst & Maier, Hans}, <br />
booktitle = {Fernsehen in der Lehrerbildung, Neue Forschungsansätze in Pädagogik},<br />
publisher = {Manz},<br />
pages = {86-107},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gregory 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gregory 2000a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Ambiguity of ‘ambiguity’},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1139-1142},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.richardgregory.org/papers/editorials/ambiguity-of-ambiguity.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gregory 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gregory 1997a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Eye and brain. The psychology of seeing},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Princeton University Press},<br />
address = {Princeton, N.J},<br />
note = {5. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1970a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Du sens, Teil I},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Essais Sémiotiques},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1966a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Sémantique structurale},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Semantik. Braunschweig: Vieweg, 1971},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas & Courtés 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas & Courtés 1979a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien & Courtés, Joseph},<br />
title = {Sémiotique: Dictionnaire raisonné de la théorie du langage},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hachette},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greenberg 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Greenberg 1997a,<br />
author = {Greenberg, Clement},<br />
title = {Zu einem neuen Laokoon},<br />
booktitle = {Clement Greenberg – Die Essenz der Modere. Ausgewählte Essays und Kritiken},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lüdeking, Karlheinz},<br />
pages = {56-81},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Dresden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grieshofer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grieshofer 2009a,<br />
author = {Grieshofer, F. },<br />
title = {Masken im Brennpunkt musealer Sammeltätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grimm 1860===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Grimm 1860,<br />
title = {Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: Biermörder-D},<br />
year = {1860},<br />
editor = {Jacob Grimm & Wilhelm Grimm},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grittmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grittmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Grittmann, Elke},<br />
title = {Das politische Bild. Fotojournalismus und Pressefotografie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Groß et al. 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Groß et al. 1981a,<br />
author = {Gross, C.G.; Bruce, C.J.; Desimone, R.; Fleming, J. & Gattass, R.},<br />
title = {Cortical visual areas of the temporal lobe: Three areas in the macaque},<br />
booktitle = {Cortical Sensory Organization. Vol. 2: Multiple Visual Areas},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
editor = {C.N. Woolsey},<br />
pages = {187-216},<br />
publisher = {Humana Press},<br />
address = {Totowa N.J.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Günzel 2006a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Bildtheoretische Analyse von Computerspielen in der Perspektive Erste Person},<br />
journal = {IMAGE},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {31-43},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2008a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Realität des Simulationsbildes. Raum im Computerspiel},<br />
booktitle = {Die Realität der Imagination - Architektur und das digitale Bild},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
pages = {127-136},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weimar}, <br />
note = {10. internationales Bauhaus-Kolloquium},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2009a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Simulation und Perspektive. Der bildtheoretische Ansatz in der Computerspielforschung},<br />
booktitle = {Shooter: Eine multdisziplinäre Einführung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Bopp, Matthias; Wiemer, Serjoscha & Nohr,Rolf F.},<br />
pages = {331-352},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2010a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Geste des Manipulierens. Zu Gebrauch statischer und beweglicher Digitalbilder}, <br />
booktitle = {Freeze Frames. Zum Verhältnis von Fotografie und Film},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmann & Gerlin},<br />
pages = {114-129},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==H==<br />
<br />
===Haas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haas 1995a,<br />
author = {Haas, Stefan},<br />
title = {Psychologen, Künstler, Ökonomen. Das Selbstverständnis der Werbetreibenden zwischen Fin de siècle und Nachkriegszeit},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderwelt des Alltags. Werbung in der Konsumgesellschaft des 19. und 20. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Borscheid, Peter & Wischermann, Clemens},<br />
pages = {78-89},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
===Habermas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1995a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Theorie des kommunikativen Handelns (1981), 2 Bd.},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Habermas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1973a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Erkenntnis und Interesse},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002a,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Die Entropie der Fotografie. Skizzen zu einer Genealogie der digitalelektronischen Bildaufzeichnung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf},<br />
pages = {195-238},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002b,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Es gibt kein ,digitales Bild'. Eine medienepistemologische Anmerkung},<br />
booktitle = {Licht und Leitung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Engel},<br />
pages = {103-112},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Haken 1995===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haken 1995,<br />
author = {Haken, Hermann},<br />
title = {Some basic concepts of Synergetics with respect of multistability in perception, phase transmissions and formation of meaning},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {23–44},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halawa 2008a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Wie sind Bilder möglich? Argumente für eine semiotische Fundierung des Bildbegriffs},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halbfass 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halbfass 1972a,<br />
author = {Halbfass, W.},<br />
title = {Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gründer, K. & Ritter, J. },<br />
pages = {Sp. 829-834},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halliday 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halliday 1996a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {Language as a Social Semiotic},<br />
booktitle = {The Communication Theory Reader},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Cobley, Paul},<br />
pages = {359-383},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halliday 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halliday 1985a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {An Introduction to Functional Grammar},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Edward Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hansen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hansen 2005a,<br />
author = {Hansen, S. },<br />
title = {Neolithische Figuralplastik im südlichen Karpatenbecken},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Harris 1756===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Harris 1756,<br />
author = {James Harris},<br />
title = {Drey Abhandlungen. Die erste über die Kunst, die andere über die Music, Mahlerey und Poesie, die dritte über die Glückseligkeit},<br />
year = {1756},<br />
publisher = {Schuster},<br />
address = {Danzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hasselbeck 1979===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hasselbeck 1979,<br />
author = {Hasselbeck, Otto},<br />
title = {Illusion und Fiktion. Lessings Beitrag zur poetologischen Diskussion über das Verhältnis von Kunst und Wirklichkeit},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hauschild 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hauschild 1982a,<br />
author = {Hauschild, Thomas},<br />
title = {Der böse Blick. Ideengeschichtliche und sozialpsychologische Untersuchungen, Beiträge zur Ethnomedizin, Ethnobotanik und Ethnozoologie},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1826===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1826,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Kunst. Vorlesung von 1826},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Gethmann-Siefert, Annemarie; Kwon, Jeong-Im & Berr, Karsten},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1830===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1830,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Enzyklopädie der philosophischen Wissenschaften im Grundrisse [1830]},<br />
year = {<sup>6</sup>1959},<br />
editor = {Friedhelm Nicolin und Otto Pöggeler},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1835===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1835,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Einleitung in die Ästhetik. Mit den beiden Vorreden von Heinrich Gustav Hotho [1835]},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hegel 1970a,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über die Ästhetik II},<br />
booktitle = {Werke},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
editor = {E. Moldenhauer & K. M. Michel},<br />
pages = {Bd. 14},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1835},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heidegger 1986a,<br />
author = {Martin Heidegger},<br />
title = {Ursprung des Kunstwerkes (1935/36)},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ditzingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1950a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidegger 1950a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Die Zeit des Weltbildes},<br />
booktitle = {Holzwege},<br />
year = {1950},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {69-104},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidenreich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidenreich 2001a,<br />
author = {Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Effekte der Digitalisierung: Berechenbarkeit und Suche},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, Wolfgang & Jaworek, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {259-262},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heider 2009a,<br />
author = {Heider, Don},<br />
title = {Living Virtually. Researching New Worlds},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang Publishing},<br />
address = {New Yor},<br />
note = {(Digital Formations vol. 47)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 2001a,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Abhandlung über den Ursprung der Sprache (1772)},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Irmscher, Hans Dietrich},<br />
publisher = {Philipp Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 1800===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 1800,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Sämtliche Werke. Bd. 22: Kalligone [1800]},<br />
year = {1880},<br />
editor = {Bernhard Suphan},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hernadi 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hernadi 1991,<br />
author = {Hernadi, Paul},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
title = {Reconceiving Notation and Performance},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetic Education},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herter 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Herter 1947a,<br />
author = {Herter, H. },<br />
title = {Vom dionysischen Tanz zum komischen Spiel. Die Anfänge der Attischen Komödie},<br />
journal = {Darstellung und Deutung},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {Iserlohn},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heßler 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Heßler 2006a, <br />
author = {Heßler, Martina},<br />
title = {Von der doppelten Unsichtbarkeit digitaler Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Ressource}, <br />
publisher = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden ={letzter Kontrollaufruf: 07.08.2010},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2006/3/Hessler/dippArticle.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hick 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hick 99a,<br />
author = {Hick, Ulrike},<br />
title = {Geschichte der optischen Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hickethier 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hickethier 1995a,<br />
author = {Hickethier, Knut},<br />
title = {Dispositiv Fernsehen – Skizze eines Modells},<br />
journal = {Montage/av},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1}<br />
pages = {63-83},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: },<br />
url = {www.montage-av.de/pdf/041_1995/04_1_Knut_Hickethier_Dispositiv_Fernsehen.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hildebrand 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hildebrand 1969a,<br />
author = {Hildebrand, Adolf von},<br />
title = {Das Problem der Form},<br />
booktitle = {Hildebrand: Gesammelte Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Bock, H.},<br />
pages = {41-350},<br />
publisher = {Westdeutscher Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln/Opladen},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1903},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hinterwaldner 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hinterwaldner 2008a,<br />
author = {Hinterwaldner, Inge},<br />
title = {Simulationsmodelle. Zur Verhältnisbestimmung von Modellierung und Bildgebung in interaktiven Echtzeitsimulationen},<br />
booktitle = {Visuelle Modelle},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Reichle, Ingeborg; Siegel, Steffen & Spelten, Achim},<br />
pages = {301-316},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hjelmslev 1954a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {La stratification du langage},<br />
booktitle = {Essais linguistiques},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
editor = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Nordisk Sprog- od Kulturforlag},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1943a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hjelmslev 1943a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {Omkring sprogteoriens grundlæggelse},<br />
year = {1943},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Dt. Prolegomena zu einer Sprachtheorie. München: Hueber},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hochberg 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hochberg 1977a,<br />
author = {Hochberg, Julian E.},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hofmann 2000a,<br />
author = {Hoffman, Donald D.},<br />
title = {Visuelle Intelligenz. Wie die Welt im Kopf entsteht},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hofmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Hofmann, Werner },<br />
title = {Spielräume und Raumverstecke},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {10-22},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2010a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Bildüberschreibungen. Wie Sprechtexte Nachrichtenfilme lesbar machen (und umgekehrt)},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, Hajo; Klemm, Michael & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
pages = {231-254},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {erscheint Ende 2010},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2009a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Der Wort-Bild-Reißverschluss. Über die performative Dynamik audiovisueller Transkriptivität},<br />
booktitle = {Oberfläche und Performanz. Untersuchungen zur Sprache als dynamischer Gestalt},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Linke, Angelika & Feilke, Helmuth},<br />
pages = {389-406},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2007a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Audiovisuelle Hermeneutik: Am Beispiel des TV-Spots der Kampagne ‚Du bist Deutschland’},<br />
booktitle = {Linguistische Hermeneutik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hermanns, Fritz},<br />
pages = {389–428},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly & Jäger 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly & Jäger 2011a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner & Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptionstheoretische Medienanalyse. Vom Anders-lesbar-Machen durch intermediale Bezugnahmepraktiken},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, Jan Georg & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {erscheint Frühjahr 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holmes 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holmes 1980a,<br />
author = {Holmes, Sir Oliver Wendell},<br />
title = {Das Stereoskop und der Stereograph},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie I. 1839-1912},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {114-122},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Originalausgabe 1859},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holschbach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holschbach 2003a,<br />
author = {Holschbach, Susanne},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Diskurse der Fotografie. Fotokritik am Ende des fotografischen Zeitalters},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {7-21},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {BD. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hömberg & Karasek 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hömberg & Karasek 2008a,<br />
author = {Hömberg, Walter & Karasek, Johannes},<br />
title = {Der Schweißfleck der Kanzlerkandidatin. Bildmanipulation, Bildfälschung und Bildethik im Zeitalter der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
journal = {Communicatio Socialis},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {276-293},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hopkins 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hopkins 1998a,<br />
author = {Hopkins, Robert},<br />
title = {Picture, Image and Experience},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Huber 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Huber 2004a,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Bild Beobachter Milieu. Entwurf einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1820a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1820a,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über das vergleichende Sprachstudium in Beziehung auf die verschiedenen Epochen der Sprachentwicklung [1820]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 4: 1820-1822},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
editor = {Albert Leitzmann},<br />
pages = {1-34},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1830-1835===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1830-1835,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über die Verschiedenheit des menschlichen Sprachbaues und ihren Einfluß auf die geistige Entwicklung des Menschengeschlechts [1830-1835]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 7.1},<br />
year = {1907},<br />
editor = {Albert Leitzmann},<br />
pages = {1-344},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 2006,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Phantasie und Bildbewußtsein},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {herausgegeben und eingeleitet von Eduard Marbach, Text nach Husserliana, Band XXIII},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1993a,<br />
author = {Husserl, E.},<br />
title = {Logische Untersuchungen. Elemente einer phänomenologischen Aufklärung der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {Teil II/Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1980a,<br />
author = {Edmund Husserl},<br />
title = {Phantasie, Bildbewusstsein, Erinnerung. Zur Phänomenologie der anschaulichen Vergegenwärtigungen. Texte aus dem Nachlass (1898-1925) (Husserliana XXIII)},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag / Boston / Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hyman 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hyman 2006a,<br />
author = {Hyman, John},<br />
title = {The Objective Eye: Color, Form, and Reality in the Theory of Art},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {UP},<br />
address = {Chicago },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hynes 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hynes 2005a,<br />
author = {Hynes, Maria},<br />
title = {Rethinking Reductionism},<br />
journal = {Culture Machine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {online journal},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.culturemachine.net/index.php/cm/article/viewArticle/33/41},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==I==<br />
===Imdahl 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1996a,<br />
author = {Max Imdahl},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Max Imdahl, Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {Wiederauflage der Schrift von 1974},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<!--- ===Imdahl 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1974a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {Wiederabruck}, <br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
--><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1987a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Farbe. Kunsttheoretische Reflexionen in Frankreich},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==J==<br />
===Jäger & Knauer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jäger & Knauer 2009a,<br />
title = {Bilder als historische Quellen? Dimensionen der Debatte um historische Bildforschung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jäger, Jens & Knauer, Martin},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jansen 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jansen 2005,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Aristoteles und das Problem des Neuen: Wie kreativ sind Veränderungsprinzipien?},<br />
booktitle = {Kreativität. XX. Deutscher Kongress für Philosophie. 26.-30. September 2005 in Berlin. Sektionsbeiträge, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Günter Abel},<br />
pages = {15-25},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag der TU Berlin},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jansen 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jansen 2002,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Tun und Können. Ein systematischer Kommentar zu Aristoteles' Theorie der Vermögen im neunten Buch der „Metaphysik”},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Hänsel-Hohenhausen},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jäger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2008a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptive Verhältnisse. Zur Logik intra- und intermedialer Bezugnahmen in ästhetischen Diskursen},<br />
booktitle = {Transkription und Fassung in der Musik des 20. Jahrhunderts. Beiträge des Kolloquiums in der Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur, Mainz, vom 5. bis 6. März 2004},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Gabriele Buschmeier & Ulrich Konrad & Albrecht Riethmüller},<br />
pages = {103-134},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jäger 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2002a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptivität. Zur medialen Logik der kulturellen Semantik},<br />
booktitle = {Transkribieren - Medien/Lektüre},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Ludwig Jäger & Georg Stanitzek},<br />
pages = {19-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jaubert 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jaubert 1998a,<br />
author = {Jaubert, Alain},<br />
title = {Fotos, die lügen: Politik mit gefälschten Bildern},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Äthenaum},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jean Paul 1795===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jean Paul 1795,<br />
author = {Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Ueber die natürliche Magie der Einbildungskraft [1795]},<br />
booktitle = {Ausgewählte Werke. Bd. 7/8: Leben des Qunitus Fixlein, aus fünfzehn Zettelschaften gezogen, nebst einem Mußtheil und einigen Jus de tablette},<br />
year = {1847},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jewitt 2009a,<br />
title = {The Routledge Handbook of Multimodal Analysis},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jewitt, Carey},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt & Oyama 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jewitt & Oyama 2001a,<br />
author = {Jewitt, Carey & Oyama, Rumiko},<br />
title = {Visual Meaning. A Social-Semiotic Approach},<br />
booktitle = {Handbook of Visual Analysis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Theo van Leeuwen & Carey Jewitt},<br />
pages = {134–156},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnson, Neil F. et al.???},<br />
title = {Information Hiding. Steganography and Watermarking - Attacks and Countermeasures},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Boston, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1996a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Der Computer im Kopf. Formen und Verfahren der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1983a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Mental Models. Towards a cognitive science of language, inference, and conciousness},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnston 2006a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Sean},<br />
title = {Holographic Visions. A History of New Science},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnston, V.S.; Hagel, R.; Franklin, M.; Fink, B. & Grammer, K.},<br />
title = {Male Facial attractiveness. Evidence for hormone-mediated adaptive design},<br />
journal = {Evolution and Human Behavior},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {251-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston & Franklin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston & Franklin 1993a,<br />
author = {Johnston, V.S. & Franklin, M.},<br />
title = {Is beauty in the eye of the beholder?},<br />
journal = {Ethology and Sociobiology},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {14},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {183-199},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1973a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Homo pictor. Von der Freiheit des Bildens},<br />
booktitle = {Organismus und Freiheit. Ansätze zu einer philosophischen Biologie},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
pages = {226-257},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1963===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1963,<br />
author = {Hans Jonas},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens. Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
booktitle = {Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit. Drei Aufsätze zur Lehre vom Menschen},<br />
year = {1963},<br />
editor = {Hans Jonas},<br />
pages = {26-43},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Jonas 1961a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens – Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Philosophische Forschung},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {161–176},<br />
note = {Wieder abgedruckt in: Jonas, Hans: <em>Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit – Zur Lehre vom Menschen</em>. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1987, 26–43},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Juhász et al. 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Juhász et al. 1999a,<br />
editor = {Juhász, J.; Szőke, I.; Nagy, G.O. & Kovalovszky, M.},<br />
title = {Magyar értelmező szótár},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jung 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jung 2003a,<br />
title = {Holographic Network},<br />
year = {2003a},<br />
editor = {Jung, Dieter},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bramsche},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==K==<br />
===Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a,<br />
author = {Kamlah, Wilhelm & Lorenzen, Paul},<br />
title = {Logische Propädeutik - Vorschule des vernünftigen Redens},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {BI Wissenschaftsverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl. (<sup>1</sup>1967, <sup>3</sup>1996)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a,<br />
author = {Kanizsa, G. & Luccio, R.},<br />
title = {Multistability as a research tool in experimental phenomenology},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {47–68},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1974a,<br />
author = {Kant, I.},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1787a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1787a,<br />
author = {Kant, I.},<br />
title = {Kritik der reinen Vernunft},<br />
year = {1787},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kant 1960a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Logik},<br />
booktitle = {Kant: Werke in 12 Bänden},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Weischedel, W.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Bd. VI},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1977a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Werkausgabe Band X, hrsg. von Wilhelm Weischedel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kardaun 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kardaun 1993,<br />
author = {Kardaun, Maria},<br />
title = {Der Mimesisbegriff in der griechischen Antike. Neubetrachtung eines umstrittenen Begriffes als Ansatz zu einer neuen Interpretation der platonischen Kunstauffassung},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {North-Holland},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/New York/Oxford/Tokyo},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kecskesi 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kecskesi 1982a,<br />
author = {Kecskesi, M. },<br />
title = {Kunst aus dem alten Afrika},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Pinguin},<br />
address = {Innsbruck},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kemp 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kemp 1974a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Disegno. Beiträge zu einer Geschichte des Begriffs zwischen 1547 und 1607},<br />
journal = {Marburger Jahrbuch für Kunstwissenschaf},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {219-240},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kittler 2002a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Computergrafik. Eine halbtechnische Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Hertha},<br />
pages = {178-194},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 2002b,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Optische Medien. Berliner Vorlesung 1999},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kjørup 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjørup 1978,<br />
author = {Kjørup, Søren},<br />
title = {Pictorial Speech Acts},<br />
journal = {Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {55-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1779===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Klopstock 1779,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ueber Sprache und Dichtkunst. Fragmente},<br />
year = {1779},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {243-258},<br />
publisher = {Heroldsche Buchhandlung},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1774===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klopstock 1774,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Werke und Briefe. Historisch-kritische Ausgabe. Bd. 7.1: Die deutsche Gelehrtenrepublik [1774]},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {Hurlebusch, Rose-Marie},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kluge 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kluge 2002a,<br />
author = {Kluge, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Etymologisches Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache.},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Seebold, Elmar},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter.},<br />
address = {Berlin, New York},<br />
note = {24. durchgesehene und erweiterte Auflage.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knieper & Müller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Knieper & Müller 2005a,<br />
author = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===König & Obrist 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{König & Obrist 1993a,<br />
title = {Der zerbrochene Spiegel. Positionen zur Malerei},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {König, Kasper & Obrist, Hans-Ulrich},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog Kunsthalle Wien / Deichtorhallen Hamburg},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Koller 1954===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Koller 1954,<br />
author = {Koller, Hermann},<br />
title = {Die Mimesis in der Antike. Nachahmung, Darstellung, Ausdruck},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kondor 2008a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Embedded Thinking: Multimedia and the New Rationality},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007c,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna },<br />
title = {Multimodal Integration: From a Philosophical Point of View},<br />
booktitle = {Proceedings of the IADIS International Conference: Mobile Learning },<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Arnedillo-Sanchez, Immaculada},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007b,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {The Mobile Image: Experience on the Move},<br />
booktitle = {obile Studies: Paradigms and Perspectives},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Nyíri, Kristóf},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Passagen},<br />
address = {Vienna},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Old Patterns, New Bewitchments},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophy of the Information Society: Papers of the 30th International Wittgenstein Symposium},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hrachovec, H.; Pichler. A. & Wang, J.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Konersmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Konersmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Konersmann, Ralf},<br />
title = {Kulturelle Tatsachen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kornmeier et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, Jürgen; Hein, Christine Maira & Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Multistable perception: When bottom-up and top-down coincide},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {69},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138–147},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kornmeier & Bach 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier & Bach 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, & Jürgen Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Object perception: When our brain is impressed but we do not notice it},<br />
journal = {Journal of Vision},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {7},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Korte 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Korte 2003a,<br />
author = {Korte, Helmut},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Systematische Filmanalyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {ESB},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kracauer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kracauer 1992a,<br />
author = {Kracauer, Siegfried},<br />
title = {Der verbotene Blick},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille & Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Kultur, Technik, Kulturtechnik: Wider die Diskursivierung der Kultur},<br />
booktitle = {Bild, Schrift, Zahl},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krauss 1999a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Reinventing the Medium},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {25,},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {289-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Winter},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 2000a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {A Voyage on the North Sea. Art in the Age of the Post-Medium Condition},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress 2010a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther},<br />
title = {Multimodality. A Social-Semiotic Approach to Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 2001a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Multimodal Discourse. The Modes and Media of Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 1996a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Reading Images. The Grammar of Visual Design},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krewani 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Krewani 2003a,<br />
author = {Krewani, Anna Maria},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Malerei bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=973507624},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
hidden = {Dissertation},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kripke 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kripke 1972a,<br />
author = {Kripke, Saul A.},<br />
title = {Naming and Necessity},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Natural Language},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Davidson, D. & Harman, G.},<br />
pages = {253-355, 763-769},<br />
publisher = {Reidel},<br />
address = {Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krkac 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krkac 2010a,<br />
author = {Krkac, Kristijan},<br />
title = {Wittgensteins’s Dubbit III},<br />
journal = {Wittgenstein-Studien},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {121-149},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kroeber-Riel 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kroeber-Riel 1996a,<br />
author = { Kroeber-Riel, Werner},<br />
title = { Bildkommunikation. Imagerystrategien für die Werbung },<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Vahlen},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{ Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a,<br />
author = { Kroeber-Riel, Werner & Esch, Franz-Rudolf},<br />
title = { Strategie und Technik der Werbung. Verhaltenswissenschaftliche Ansätze},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krüger 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krüger 2001a,<br />
author = {Krüger, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als Schleier des Unsichtbaren. Ästhetische Illusion in der Kunst der frühen Neuzeit in Italien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kruse 2003a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Christiane},<br />
title = {Wozu Menschen malen. Historische Begründungen eines Bildmediums},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse & Stadler 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kruse & Stadler 1995a,<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Papers originally presented at the International Symposium on Perceptual Multistability and Semantic Ambiguity held at the University of Bremen, Germany, March 22-25, 1993},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kruse et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Peter; Strüber, D. & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Significance of perceptual multistability for research on cognitive self-organization},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {69–84},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kudielka 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kudielka 2005a,<br />
author = {Kudielka, Robert},<br />
title = {Gegenstände der Betrachtung – Orte der Erfahrung. Zum Wandel der Kunstauffassung im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {44-57},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kulvicki 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kulvicki 2006a,<br />
author = {Kulvicki, John},<br />
title = {On Images: Their Structure and Content},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Oxford UP},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Külpe 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Külpe 1923a,<br />
author = {Külpe, Oswald},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über Logik},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Künzli 1996/1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Künzli 1996/1997a,<br />
author = {Künzli, Hansjörg},<br />
title = {Über die Haltbarkeit digitaler Daten},<br />
journal = {Rundbrief Fotografie},<br />
year = {1996/1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Sonderheft 3},<br />
pages = {5-8},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==L==<br />
===Lacan 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lacan 1987a,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jacques},<br />
title = {Die vier Grundbegriffe der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weinheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lakoff 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff 1987a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George},<br />
title = {Women, fire, and dangerous things – What categories reveal about the mind},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Chicago University Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lammert 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lammert 2007a,<br />
author = {Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Die vertrauten Sichtweisen sind umzustoßen. Zum Raum der Nachkriegszeit in ungewohnten Begegnungen},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {55-69},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst}<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Langer 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Langer 1984a,<br />
author = {Langer, Susanne},<br />
title = {Philosophie auf neuem Wege. Das Symbol im Denken, im Ritus und in der Kunst},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Langlois & Roggman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Langlois & Roggman 1990a,<br />
author = {Langlois, J.H. & Roggman I.A.},<br />
title = {Attractive faces are only average},<br />
journal = {American Psychol. Society},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
volume = {1/2},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {115-121},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lanz 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lanz 1971a,<br />
author = {Lanz, Jakob},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter},<br />
pages = {Spalte 89-100},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a,<br />
author = {Laplanche, Jean; Pontalis, Jean-Bertrand},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Das Vokabular der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Laplanche, Jean; Pontalis, Jean-Bertrand},<br />
pages = {37-38},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Latour 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Latour 2007a,<br />
author = {Latour, Bruno},<br />
title = {Eine neue Soziologie für eine neue Gesellschaft. Einführung in die Akteur-Netzwerk-Theorie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Law & Whittaker 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Law & Whittaker 1988a,<br />
author = {Law, John & Whittaker, John},<br />
title = {On the Art of Representation. Notes on the Politics of Visualisation},<br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, Gordon & Law, John},<br />
pages = {160-183},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leeuwen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leeuwen 2005a,<br />
author = {Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Introducing Social Semiotics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lefebvre 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lefebvre 2007a,<br />
author = {Lefebvre, Martin},<br />
title = {The Art of Pointing: On Peirce, Indexicality, and Photographic Images},<br />
booktitle = {Photography Theory},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Elkins, James},<br />
pages = {220-244},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York u. a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lenzen 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lenzen 1997a,<br />
author = {Lenzen, Dieter},<br />
title = {Lebenslauf oder Humanontogenese? Vom Erziehungssystem zum kurativen System – von der Erziehungswissenschaft zur Humanvitologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildung und Weiterbildung im Erziehungssystem. Lebenslauf und Humanontogenese als Medium und Form},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lenzen, D. & Luhmann, N.},<br />
pages = {228-247},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leopold & Logothetis 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Leopold & Logothetis 1999a,<br />
author = {Leopold, David A. & Logothetis, Nikos K.},<br />
title = {Multistable phenomena: changing views in perception},<br />
journal = {Trends Cogn. Sci. (Regul. Ed.)},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {254–264},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leroi-Gourhan 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leroi-Gourhan 1971a,<br />
author = {Leroi-Gourhan, André},<br />
title = {Präshistorische Kunst},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Herder},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1788===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1788,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon: Paralipomena [Erstveröffentlichung 1788]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe. Bd. 5/2. Werke 1766-169},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Wilfried Barner},<br />
pages = {207-321},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1766===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1766,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie [1766]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe in zwölf Bänden. Bd. 5/2: Werke 1766-1769},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Wilfried Bahner},<br />
pages = {11-206},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1974a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie},<br />
booktitle = {Werke, Bd. 6},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Göpfert, H. G.},<br />
pages = {7-187},<br />
publisher = {Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1766},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lévi-Strauss 1958a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lévi-Strauss 1958a,<br />
author = {Lévi-Straus, Claude},<br />
title = {Anthropologie structurale},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
publisher = {Plon},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Anthropologie. Frankfurt/Main: Suhrkamp},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990b,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Autographic and Allographic Art Revisited},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
pages = {89-106},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {What a Musical Work is},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
pages = {63-88},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levinson 1983a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Stephen C.},<br />
title = {Pragmatics},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lichtblau 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lichtblau 2009a,<br />
author = {Lichtblau, Klaus},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Georg Simmel: Soziologische Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Lichtblau, Klaus},<br />
pages = {7-27},<br />
publisher = {VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Licklider 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Licklider 1960a,<br />
author = {Licklider, J.},<br />
title = {Man-Computer Symbiosis},<br />
journal = {IRE Transactions on Human Factors in Electronics},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {4-11},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liebsch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liebsch 2001a,<br />
author = {Liebsch, Dimitri},<br />
title = {Die Geburt der ästhetischen Bildung aus dem Körper der antiken Plastik. Zur Bildungssemantik im ästhetischen Diskurs zwischen 1750 und 1800},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liesbrock 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Liesbrock 2010a,<br />
title = {Ad Reinhardt: Letzte Bilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Liesbrock, Heinz},<br />
publisher = {Josef Albers Museum Quadrat Bottrop},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2004a,<br />
author = {Liessmann, Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Reiz und Rührung. Über ästhetische Empfindungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2009a,<br />
author = {Liessmann Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Ästhetische Empfindungen. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas-WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lipps 1903a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lipps 1903a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor},<br />
title = {Grundlegung der Ästhetik. Erster Teil},<br />
year = {1903},<br />
publisher = {Leopold Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lipps 1920a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lipps 1920a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor },<br />
title = {»Zur Einfühlung«, in: Psychologische Untersuchungen 2/3, 1913},<br />
booktitle = {Die ästhetische Betrachtung und die bildende Kunst},<br />
year = {1920},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {111-491},<br />
publisher = {Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Löbner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Löbner 2003a,<br />
author = {Löbner, Sebastian},<br />
title = {Semantik. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Locke 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Locke 1975a,<br />
author = {Locke, J.},<br />
title = {An Essay Concerning Human Understanding},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {hg. von Niddich, P. H.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Logothetis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Logothetis 1998a,<br />
author = {Logothetis, N. K.},<br />
journal = {Philos. Trans. R. Soc. Lond., B, Biol. Sci.},<br />
title = {Single units and conscious vision},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {353},<br />
number = {1377},<br />
pages = {1801–1818},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lopes 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lopes 1996a,<br />
author = {Lopes, Dominic},<br />
title = {Understanding Pictures},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Claredon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1970a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Elemente der Sprachkritik – Eine Alternative zum Dogmatismus und Skeptizismus in der Analytischen Philosophie},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1990a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Einführung in die philosophische Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {(<sup>2</sup>1992)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lovejoy 1936===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lovejoy 1936,<br />
author = {Lovejoy, Arthur O.},<br />
title = {Die große Kette der Wesen. Geschichte eines Gedankens [The Great Chain of Being. A Study in the History of an Idea (1936)]},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1997a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Kunst der Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1996a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Realität der Massenmedien},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Luhmann 1993a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Form der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = { Hans Ulrich Gumbrecht & K. Ludwig Pfeiffer},<br />
pages = {349-366},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lunenfeld 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lunenfeld 2002a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Digitale Fotografie. Das dubitative Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografies},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {158-177},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lynch & Edgerton 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lynch & Edgerton 1988a,<br />
author = {Lynch, Michael & Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Digital Image Processing. Re-presentational Craft in Contemporary Astronomy}, <br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, Gordon & Law, John},<br />
pages = {184-220},<br />
publisher = {???}, <br />
address = {London u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==M==<br />
===Mach 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mach 1987a,<br />
author = {Mach, Ernst},<br />
title = {Die Analyse der Empfindungen und das Verhältnis des Physischen zum Psychischen},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Macpherson 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Macpherson 1996a,<br />
author = {Macpherson, Fiona},<br />
title = {Ambiguous Figures and the Content of Experience},<br />
journal = {Nous},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {82-117},<br />
note = {2006?},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Majetschak 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Majetschak 1997,<br />
title = {Auge und Hand. Konrad Fiedlers Kunsttheorie im Kontext},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manovich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manovich 2001a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {The Language of New Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge/MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manovich 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Manovich 2005a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {Die Poetik des erweiterten Raums},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {A. Lammert, M. Diers, R. Kudielka & G. Mattenklott},<br />
pages = {337-350},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manow 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manow 2008a,<br />
author = {Manow, Philip},<br />
title = {Im Schatten des Königs. Die politische Anatomie demokratischer Repräsentation},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Marshall 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Marshall 1968a,<br />
title = {Gellius: Noctes Atticae XIII, 17},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Marshall, P.K.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxonii},<br />
note = {Scriptorum Classicorum Bibliotheca Oxoniensis},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Martinec & Salway 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Martinec & Salway 2005a,<br />
author = {Martinec, Radan & Salway, Andrew},<br />
title = {A System for Image-Text-Relations in New (and Old) Media},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {337–371},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Massey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Massey 2007a,<br />
author = {Massey, Lyle},<br />
title = {Picturing Space, Displacing Bodies. Anamorphosis in Early Modern Theories of Perspective},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Pennsylvania State University Press},<br />
address = {University Park, Pa},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Maul 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Maul 2007a,<br />
author = {Maul, Stefan M.},<br />
title = {Gilgamesch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Babylonischen [auf der Grundlage von zum Teil noch unveröffentlichten Textzeugnissen neu und vollständig] übersetzt und mit einem Nachwort versehen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mead 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mead 1968a,<br />
author = {Mead, George Herbert},<br />
title = {Geist, Identität und Gesellschaft aus der Sicht des Sozialbehaviorismus},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {Original: <em>Mind, Self, and Society</em>. Hg. v. Charles W. Morris. Chicago, 1934},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meier 1757===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meier 1757,<br />
author = {Georg Friedrich Meier},<br />
title = {Betrachtungen über den ersten Grundsatz aller Schönen Künste und Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1757},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Halle},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meinhardt 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meinhardt 1997a,<br />
author = {Meinhardt, Johannes},<br />
title = {Ende der Malerei und Malerei nach dem Ende der Malerei},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mendelsohn 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mendelsohn 1982a,<br />
author = {Mendelsohn, Leatrice},<br />
title = {Paragoni. Benedetto Varchi’s Due Lezioni and Cinquecento Art Theory},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ann Arbor},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Menzer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Menzer 1992a,<br />
author = {Menzer, Ursula},<br />
title = {Subjektive und objektive Kultur. Georg Simmels Philosophie der Geschlechter vor dem Hintergrund seines Kultur-Begriffs},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Centaurus},<br />
address = {Pfaffenweiler},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 2003a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophisches Essays},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1993a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Die Prosa der Welt},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1966a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Phänomenologie der Wahrnehmung (1945)},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Walter de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen übersetzt und eingeführt durch eine Vorrede von Boehm, Rudolf},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1961a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophische Essays.}<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {neu bearbeitet, kommentiert und mit einer Einleitung versehen von Bermes, Christian (2003)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 1994a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Der Zweifel Cézannes (1948)},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Gottfried Boehm},<br />
pages = {39-59},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 2006a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Kino und die neue Psychologie (1947)},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie des Films},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Dimitri Liebsch},<br />
pages = {70-84},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mersch 2006a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Mediale Paradoxa. Einleitung in eine negative Medienphilosophie},<br />
journal = {Sic et Non. Zeitschrift für Philosophie und Kultur im Netz},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.sicetnon.org/content/perform/Mersch_Medienphilosophie_sw.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersch 2003a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Wort, Bild, Ton, Zahl – Modalitäten medialen Darstellens},<br />
booktitle = {Die Medien der Künste. Beiträge zur Theorie des Darstellens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
pages = {9-49},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2002a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Was sich zeigt. Materialität, Präsenz, Ereignis},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersmann 08a,<br />
author = {Mersmann, Jasmin},<br />
title = {Wandelgänge. Monumentale Anamorphosen im 17. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Cha, Kyung-Ho & Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
pages = {23-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metscher 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metscher 2001,<br />
author = {Metscher, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metz 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metz 1972a,<br />
author = {Metz, Christian},<br />
title = {Semiologie des Films (1968)},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Koch, Renate},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzger 2008a,<br />
author = {Metzger, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gesetze des Sehens},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Klotz},<br />
address = {Taunus},<br />
note = {4. unveränd. Aufl., Repr. nach d. 3., völlig neu bearb. Aufl. 1975.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzinger 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Metzinger 2000a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Philosophische Perspektiven auf das Selbstbewusstsein: Die Selbstmodell-Theorie der Subjektivität},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Selbst},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Greve, W. },<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Psychologie Verlagsunion},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {Zitiert aus der überarbeiteten Online-Version},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.philosophie.uni-mainz.de/metzinger/publikationen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzinger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzinger 1999a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Subjekt und Selbstmodell. Die Perspektivität phänomenalen Bewusstseins vor dem Hintergrund einer naturalistischen Theorie mentaler Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meyer 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meyer 2001a,<br />
author = {Meyer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mediokratie. Die Kolonisierung der Politik durch das Mediensystem},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Michalsky 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Michalsky 2005a,<br />
author = {Michalsky, Tanja},<br />
title = {Raum visualisieren. Zur Genese des modernen Raumverständnisses in den Medien der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Ortsgespräche. Raum und Kommunikation im 19. und 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Geppert, Alexander C.T.; Jensen, Uffa & Weinhold, Jörn},<br />
pages = {292ff ??},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mirzoeff 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mirzoeff 2007a,<br />
author = {Mirzoeff, Nicholas},<br />
title = {Von Bildern und Helden. Sichtbarkeit im Krieg der Bilder},<br />
booktitle = {Feindbilder. Ideologien und visuelle Strategien der Kulturen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Haustein, Lydia; Scherer, Bernd & Hager, Martin},<br />
pages = {135-156},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2008a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. Thomas},<br />
title = {Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Gustav Frank},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2007a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.},<br />
title = {Realismus im digitalen Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderfragen. Die Bildwissenschaften im Aufbruch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Belting, Hans},<br />
pages = {237-256},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2006a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {Den Terror klonen. Der Krieg der Bilder 2001-2004},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Worlds. Neue Bilderwelten und Wissensräume},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Maar, Christa & Burda, Hubert},<br />
pages = {255-285},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2005a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. Thomas},<br />
title = {What Do Pictures Want? The Lives and Loves of Images},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1994a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.},<br />
title = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Representation},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1992a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {The Reconfigured Eye. Visual Truth in the Post-Photographic Era},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 1992b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {"The Pictorial Turn"},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
booktitle = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Repräsentation},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
publisher = {Universität of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1986a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {Iconology. Image, Text, Ideology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mojsisch 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mojsisch 1983a,<br />
author = {Mojsisch, Burkhard},<br />
title = {Meister Eckhart. Analogie, Univozität und Einheit},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mondzain 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mondzain 2006a,<br />
author = {Mondzain, Marie-José},<br />
title = {Können Bilder töten?},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich, Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Morris 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Morris 1994a,<br />
author = {Morris, D.},<br />
title = {Das Tier Mensch},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mülder-Bach 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mülder-Bach 1998,<br />
author = {Inka Mülder-Bach},<br />
title = {Im Zeichen Pygmalions. Das Modell der Statue und die Entdeckung der „Darstellung“ im 18. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1997a,<br />
author = {Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {Politische Bildstrategien im amerikanischen Präsidentschaftswahlkampf, 1828-1996},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1985a,<br />
author = {Müller, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {DUDEN Bedeutungswörterbuch = DUDEN Band 10},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a,<br />
author = {Müller-Beck, H. & Albrecht, G. },<br />
title = {Die Anfänge der Kunst vor 30'000 Jahren},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Theiss},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Münkler 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Münkler 2009a,<br />
author = {Münkler, Herfried},<br />
title = {Visualisierungsstrategien im politischen Machtkampf: Der Übergang vom Personenverband zum institutionellen Territorialstaat},<br />
booktitle = {Strategien der Visualisierung. Verbildlichung als Mittel politischer Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Münkler, Herfried & Hacke, Jens},<br />
pages = {23-51},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Musterle & Roessler 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Musterle & Roessler 1986a,<br />
author = {Musterle, W.A. & Roessler, O.E.},<br />
title = {Computer faces: The human Lorenz Matrix},<br />
journal = {Bio Systems},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {61-80},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==N==<br />
===Naef 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Naef 2007a,<br />
author = {Naef, Silvia},<br />
title = {Bilder und Bilderverbot im Islam},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {C. H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nänni 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nänni 2008a,<br />
author = {Nänni, Jürg},<br />
title = {Visuelle Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Niggli},<br />
address = {Sulgen},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
url = {www.worldcat.org/oclc/254718373},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006a,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc},<br />
title = {Am Grund der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006b,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc & Ferrari, Federico},<br />
title = {Die Haut der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Neuhaus 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Neuhaus 2006a,<br />
author = {Neuhaus, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Als William Gibson den Cyberspace erfand ... - Die Faszination für ein Vielzweck-Symbol aus der Science Fiction-Literatur},<br />
journal = {Telepolis},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.heise.de/tp/r4/artikel/23/23727/1.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Niederée & Heyer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Niederée & Heyer 2003a,<br />
author = {Niederée, R. & Heyer, D.},<br />
title = {The Dual Nature of Picture Perception: A Challenge to Current General Accounts of Visual Perception},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into pictures. An interdisciplinary approach to pictorial space},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, Heiko; Schwartz, Robert & Atherton, Margaret},<br />
pages = {77–98},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nietzsche 1870-1873===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nietzsche 1870-1873,<br />
author = {Nietzsche, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Ueber Wahrheit und Lüge im aussermoralischen Sinne [1870-1873]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke. Kritische Studienausgabe in 15 Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Giorgio Colli und Mazzino Montinari},<br />
pages = {873-890},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nivelle 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nivelle 1971,<br />
author = {Nivelle, Armand},<br />
title = {Kunst- und Dichtungstheorien zwischen Aufklärung und Klassik},<br />
year = {2. Auflage 1971},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nöth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nöth 2000a,<br />
author = {Nöth, Winfried},<br />
title = {Der Zusammenhang von Text und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Text- und Gesprächslinguistik. Handbücher zur Sprach- und Kommunikationswissenschaft 16},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Klaus Brinker et al.},<br />
pages = {489–496},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Novitz 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Novitz 1977,<br />
author = {Novitz, David},<br />
title = {Pictures and their Use in Communication. A philosphical Essay},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==O==<br />
===OED===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{OED-3,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Oxford English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
url = {dictionary.oed.com},<br />
note = {3<sup>rd</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Öhlschläger 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Oehlschläger 2005a,<br />
author = {Öhlschläger, C.},<br />
title = {Evidenz und Ereignis. Musils poetische ‚Momentaufnahmen‘ im Kontext der Moderne},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {203-216},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ohler 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ohler 1994a,<br />
author = {Ohler, Peter},<br />
title = {Kognitive Filmpsychologie. Verarbeitung und mentale Repräsentation narrativer Filme},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {MAkS Publikationen},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Okolowitz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Okolowitz 2006a,<br />
author = {Okolowitz, Herbert},<br />
title = {Virtualität bei G.W. Leibniz. Eine Retrospektive},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Diss. Universität Augsburg},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=98278726X},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ott 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ott 2007a,<br />
author = {Ott, Michaela},<br />
title = {Der unbestimmte Raum in Philosophie und Film},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==P==<br />
===Pang 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pang 2002a,<br />
author = {Pang, Alex Soojung-Kim},<br />
title = {Technologie und Ästhetik der Astrofotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Ordnungen der Sichtbarkeit. Fotografie in Wissenschaft, Kunst und Technologie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Geimer, Peter},<br />
pages = {101-141},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 1924a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Panofsky 1924a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Die Perspektive als symbolische Form (1924)},<br />
booktitle = {Erwin Panofsky, Deutschsprachige Aufsätze Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Michels, K. & Warnke, M.},<br />
pages = {664-757},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Erstpublikation in: <em>Vorträge der Bibliothek Warburg (1924/25)</em>. Leipzig, 1927, 258-330},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paret 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1960a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Textbelege zum islamischen Bilderverbot},<br />
booktitle = {Das Werk des Künstlers. Studien zur Ikonographie und Formgeschichte},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Hans Fegers},<br />
pages = {36-48},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paret 1968===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1968a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Das islamische Bilderverbot und die Schia},<br />
booktitle = {Festschrift Werner Caskel. Zum siebzigsten Geburtstag 5. März 1966 gewidmet von Freunden und Schülern},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Erwin Gräf},<br />
pages = {242-232},<br />
publisher = {Brill},<br />
address = {Leiden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2009a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1900 bis 1949},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2008a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1949 bis heute},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2006a,<br />
title = {Visual History. Ein Studienbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck und Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Paul 2005a,<br />
author = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Der Bilderkrieg. Inszenierungen, Bilder und Perspektiven der "Operation Irakische Freiheit"},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Perrault 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Perrault 1964a,<br />
author = {Perrault, Charles},<br />
title = {Parallèle des Anciens et des Modernes en ce qui regarde les Arts et les Sciences},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {orig.: Paris (4 Bde): 1688, 1690, 1692, 1694; Faksimileausgabe mit einer Einführung von Hans Robert Jauss und einem Kommentar von Max Imdahl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pesch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pesch 2001a,<br />
author = {Pesch, Martin},<br />
title = {Raumbilder-Bildräume. Zu den Arbeiten von Julia Ziegler},<br />
journal = {Kunstforum International},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {153},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Petersen 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Petersen 2000,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {Mimesis – Imitatio – Nachahmung. Eine Geschichte der europäischen Poetik},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Petersen 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Petersen 1992,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {‚Mimesis’ versus ‚Nachahmung’. Die Poetik des Aristoteles – nochmals neu gelesen},<br />
journal = {Arcadia. Zeitschrift für vergleichende Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {3-46},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a,<br />
title = {Der Künstler als Kunstwerk. Selbstporträts vom Mittelalter bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich & von Rosen, Valeska},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a,<br />
title = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget 1956a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1956a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {The Child’s Construction of Space},<br />
year = {1956},<br />
publisher = {Routledge / Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget et al. 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget et al. 1960a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean; Inhelder, B. & Szemenska, I.},<br />
title = {The Child’s Conception of Geometry},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
publisher = {Harper},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1978a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {Das Weltbild des Kindes},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {dtv/Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pias 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pias 2003a,<br />
author = {Pias, Claus},<br />
title = {Das digitale Bild gibt es nicht. Über das (Nicht-)Wissen der Bilder und die informatische Illusion},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2003/01/pias/pias.pdf}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Piccolino & Wade 2006a,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco & Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early examples of ambiguity (1)},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {861–864},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Piccolino & Wade 2006b,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco &. Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early examples of ambiguity (2)},<br />
booktitle = {Perception 35 (8)},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {1003–1006},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pillow 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pillow 2003,<br />
author = {Pillow, Kirk},<br />
title = {Did Goodman's Distinction Survive LeWitt?},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {61},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {365-380},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pitts et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pitts et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Pitts, Michael A.; Gavin, William J. & Nerger, Janice L.},<br />
title = {Early top-down influences on bistable perception revealed by event-related potentials},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {11–24},<br />
volume = {67},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 1991b,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Timaios},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke VIII},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Hülser, Karlheinz},<br />
pages = {197-425},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 2008a,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Politeia},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke, Band 2},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Ursula},<br />
pages = {195-537},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Plessner 1928a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Die Stufen des Organischen und der Mensch},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {W. de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {<sup>3</sup>1975},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1982a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Trieb und Leidenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Mit anderen Augen},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Plessner, Helmuth}, <br />
pages = {110-123},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1989a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Zur Anthropologie der Nachahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, G.},<br />
pages = {176-184},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plinius 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Plinius 2004,<br />
title = {G. Plinius Secundus d. Ä: Naturkunde / Naturalis historia : lateinisch-deutsch},<br />
year = {1990–2004},<br />
editor = {Roderich König et al.},<br />
publisher = {Artemis},<br />
address = {Zürich},<br />
note = {unkritische Ausgabe des lateinischen Textes mit Übersetzung und Erläuterungen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plümacher 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plümacher 1999a,<br />
author = {Plümacher, Martina},<br />
title = {Wohlgeformtheitsbedingugen für Bilder?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pöppel 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pöppel 1982a,<br />
author = {Pöppel, E.},<br />
title = {Lust und Schmerz},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Severin & Siedler},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pollmeier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pollmeier 2005a,<br />
author = {Pollmeier, Klaus},<br />
title = {Vom Baryt zum Bit. Zur Konservierung analoger und digitaler fotografischer Bilder. Digitale Bildverarbeitung, eine Erweiterung oder radikale Veränderung der Fotografie?},<br />
howpublished = {Ludwigsburg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
note = {Hasenpflug (Red.): Dokumentation des Symposiums am 12./13. November 2004 im Museum Folkwang, Essen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Popper 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Popper 2002a,<br />
author = {Popper, Karl R.},<br />
title = {Alle Menschen sind Philosophen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Bohnet, Heidi & Stadler, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München/Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pratschke 2005a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Digitale Form},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pratschke 2008a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Interaktion mit Bildern. Digitale Bildgeschichte am Beispiel grafischer Benutzeroberflächen},<br />
booktitle = {Technische Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bredekamp, Horst et al.},<br />
pages = {68-80},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Predelli 1999===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Predelli 1999,<br />
author = {Predelli, Stefano},<br />
title = {Goodman and the Score},<br />
journal = {British Journal of Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138-147},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pross 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pross 1972a,<br />
author = {Pross, Harry},<br />
title = {Medienforschung. Film, Funk, Presse, Fernsehen},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Habel},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Puttfarken 1991a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {The Dispute about Disegno and Colorito in Venice. Paolo Pino, Lodovico Dolce and Titian},<br />
booktitle = {Kunst und Kunsttheorie 1400–1900},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Peter Glanz et al.},<br />
pages = {75-95},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Puttfarken 1985a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {Roger de Piles‘ Theory of Art},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New Haven/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Q==<br />
==R==<br />
===Rager 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rager 1997a,<br />
author = {Rager, Dietmar},<br />
title = {Aspekte Sehen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob/ & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Raphael 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Raphael 1986a,<br />
author = {Raphael, Max},<br />
title = {Raumgestaltungen. Der Beginn der modernen Kunst im Kubismus und im Werk von Georges Braque}, <br />
year = {1986, Erstausgabe 1949},<br />
publisher = {Campus}<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M./New York},<br />
note = {hg. v. H.-J. Heinrichs},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rastier 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rastier 1972a,<br />
author = {Rastier, François },<br />
title = {Systematiques des isotopies},<br />
booktitle = {Essais de sémiotique poétique},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Greimas, A.J.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Larousse},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Recki 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Recki 2004a,<br />
author = {Recki, Birgit},<br />
title = {Kultur als Praxis. Eine Einführung in Ernst Cassirers Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Akademie-Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Renz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Renz 2006a,<br />
author = {Renz, U.},<br />
title = {Schönheit. Eine Wissenschaft für sich},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Berlin Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riedel 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Riedel 2005a,<br />
author = {Riedel, W.},<br />
title = {Endogene Bilder. Anthropologie und Poetik bei Gottfried Benn},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {163-202},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rieger 2009a,<br />
author = {Rieger, Stefan},<br />
title = {Holographie. Das Versprechen der Ganzheit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {87-106},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger & Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rieger & Schröter 2009a,<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen}, <br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riegl 1931a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Riegl 1931a,<br />
author = {Riegl, Alois},<br />
title = {Das holländische Gruppenporträt},<br />
year = {1931},<br />
publisher = {Staatsdruckerei},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1902},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rimmele 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rimmele 2010a,<br />
author = {Rimmele, Marius},<br />
title = {Das Triptychon als Metapher, Körper und Ort. Semantisierungen eines Bildträgers},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ritchin 1990a,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {In Our Image: The Coming Revolution in Photography. How Computer Technology is Changing our View of the World},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ritchin 1990b,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {Photojournalism in the Age of Computers},<br />
booktitle = {The Critical Image. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Squiers},<br />
pages = {28-37},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Seattle},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roch 1998a,<br />
author = {Roch, Axel},<br />
title = {Radartechnologie und Computergraphik. Zur Geschichte der Beleuchtungsmodelle in computergenerierten Bildern},<br />
booktitle = {Geschichte der Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Faßler, Manfred & Halbach, Wulf R.},<br />
pages = {227-254},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rock 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rock 1985a,<br />
author = {Rock, Irvin},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung. Vom visuellen Reiz zum Sehen u. Erkennen},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Spektrum-der-Wissenschaft-Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roloff 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roloff_1972a,<br />
author = {Roloff, D.},<br />
title = {Eidolon, Eikon, Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd.2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {330-332},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Róna-Tas 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Róna-Tas 1999a,<br />
author = {Róna-Tas, A.},<br />
title = {Hungarians and Europe in the Early Middle Ages. An Introduction to Early Hungarian History},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {CEU Press},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rorty 1967a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rorty 1967a,<br />
author = {Rorty, Richard},<br />
title = {The Linguistic Turn: Essays in Philosophical Method},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press.},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 2005a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Materie und Geist. Eine philosophische Untersuchung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ros 1999a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Was ist Philosophie?},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophieren über Philosophie}<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Raatzsch, Richard},<br />
pages = {36–58},<br />
publisher = {Leipziger Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ros 1989a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {“Bedeutung”, “Idee” und “Begriff” – Zur Behandlung einiger bedeutungstheoretischer Paradoxien durch Leibniz},<br />
journal = {Studia Leibnitiana},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {133-154},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1989/90a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1989/90a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Begründung und Begriff. Wandlungen des Verständnisses begrifflicher Argumentationen},<br />
year = {1989/90},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {3 Bände},<br />
hidden = {B. I: Antike, Spätantike und Mittelalter; B. II: Neuzeit; B. III: Moderne},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1979a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Objektkonstitution und elementare Sprachhandlungsbegriffe},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Königstein/Ts.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosch 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosch 1978a,<br />
author = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
title = {Principles of categorization}<br />
booktitle = {Cognition and Categorization},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
pages = {27-48},<br />
publisher = {Hillsdale},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosler 2000a,<br />
author = {Rosler, Martha},<br />
title = {Bildsimulationen, Computermanipulationen: einige Überlegungen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV. 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {von Amelunxen, Hubertus},<br />
pages = {129-170},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roth 2000a,<br />
author = {Roth, Peter},<br />
title = {Virtualis als Sprachschöpfung mittelalterlicher Theologen},<br />
booktitle = {Die Anwesenheit des Abwesenden. Theologische Annäherungen an Begriff und Phänomene von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Roth, Peter; Schreiber, Stefan & Siemons, Stefan},<br />
pages = {33-42},<br />
publisher = {Wißner},<br />
address = {Augsburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Royce 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Royce 1998a,<br />
author = {Royce, Terry},<br />
title = {Synergy on the Page: Exploring Intersemiotic Complementarity in Page-based Multimodal Text},<br />
journal = {JASFL Occasional Papers},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {25-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rötzer 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rötzer 1993a,<br />
author = {Rötzer, Florian},<br />
title = {Cyberspace. Zum medialen Gesamtkunstwerk},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ruff 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ruff 2009a,<br />
author = {Ruff, Thomas},<br />
title = {Jpegs},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ryan 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ryan 2001,<br />
author = {Ryan, Marie-Laure},<br />
title = {arrative as Virtual Reality. Immersion and Interactivity in Literature and Electronic Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {The Johns Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore & London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==S==<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Medium},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005b,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005a,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2004a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als kommunikatives Medium. Elemente einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003b,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Was ist Bildkompetenz?},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1999a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, },<br />
title = {Gibt es ein Bildalphabet?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {57-66},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1995a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Piktoriale Einstellungen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktoraler Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {195-211},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 1993a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Philosophische Psychologie im 19. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Prädikative und modale Bildtheorie },<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik. Theorien - Methoden - Fallbeispiele},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H.; Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {97-119},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-2/index.html},<br />
abstract ={Gegenstände sind immer nur dann Bilder, wenn jemand sie als solche benutzt. Hierbei können Bilder eine Vielzahl von Funktionen übernehmen. Lassen sich diese verschiedenen Funktionen oder Verwendungsweisen vielleicht aus einer einzigen Grundfunktion ableiten? Und sofern das so ist: Was wäre, ließe sich zweitens fragen, diese Grundfunktion von Bildern und in welcher Relation, ergibt sich als dritte Frage, steht sie zu den Verwendungsweisen von Sprache? Eine positive Beantwortung der ersten Frage voraussetzend werden zwei Kandidaten für die zweite Frage untersucht und diskutiert: Während die prädikative Theorie die grundlegende Bildverwendung in etwa paraphrasiert mit „… sieht so und so aus“ (bzw. „Der Gegenstand, der so und so aussieht, …“), schlägt die modale Theorie eine Verwendungsweise vor analog zu „An einem anderen (auch fiktiven) Ort oder einer anderen (auch hypothetischen) Zeit ist der Fall, daß so und so.“ },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Medientheorie, visuelle Kultur und Bildanthropologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {393-424},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.JRJS.de/Work/Papers/P09/P09-1/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachsse 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachsse 1974a,<br />
author = {Sachsse, Hans},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Kybernetik. Unter besonderer Berücksichtigung von technischen und biologischen Wirkungsgefügen},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Vieweg},<br />
address = {Braunschweig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 2007a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Le Sens du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1990a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Semiotics of Visual Language},<br />
publisher = {Indiana University Press},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
address = {Bloomington, IN},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1987a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {Englisch: Semiotics of Visual Language. Bloomington, Indianapolis: Indiana University Press.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1986a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie et syntax visuelle: Une analyse de Mascerade de Pellan},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 2008a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Transfigurements: On the True Sense of Art},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 1998a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Shades. Of Painting at the Limit},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Salomon 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2006a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {Transformations and Projections in Computer Graphics},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Salomon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2008a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {A Concise Introduction to Data Compression},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sander 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sander 1962a,<br />
author = {Sander, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Experimentelle Ergebnisse der Gestaltpsychologie},<br />
booktitle = {Ganzheitspsychoplogie. Grundlagen, Ergebnisse, Anwendungen: gesammelte Abhandlungen},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sander, Friedrich & Volkelt, Hans},<br />
pages = {73–122},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck'sche Verlagsbuchhandlung},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1962a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Blick},<br />
booktitle = {Das Sein und das Nichts},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Skizze einer Theorie der Emotionen},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {255-321},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1994b,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Das Imaginäre. Phänomenologische Psychologie der Einbildungskraft (1940)},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-2, hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994c,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Die Imagination (1936)},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {97-254},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1999a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Die Suche nach dem Absoluten. Texte zur bildenden Kunst},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sauer 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sauer 2008a,<br />
author = {Sauer, Martina},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmen von Sinn vor jeder sprachlichen oder gedanklichen Fassung? Frage an Ernst Cassirer},<br />
journal = {Kunstgeschichte. Texte zur Diskussion},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.kunstgeschichte-ejournal.net/discussion/2008/Sauer},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saussure 1916a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saussure 1916a,<br />
author = {Saussure, Ferdinand de },<br />
title = {Cours de linguistique générale},<br />
year = {1916},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Deutsch: Grundfragen der allgemeinen Sprachwissenschaft. 3. Aufl. Berlin 2001.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saxena & Sahay 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saxena & Sahay 2005a,<br />
author = {Saxena, Anupam & Sahay, Birendra},<br />
title = {Computer Aided Engineering Design},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scheler 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scheler 1928a,<br />
author = {Scheler, Max},<br />
title = {Die Stellung des Menschen im Kosmos},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {Otto Reichl Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schier 2005a,<br />
author = {Schier, W. },<br />
title = {Die Maske von Uivar},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W. },<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schirra 2007a,<br />
editor = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Computational Visualistics and Picture Morphology},<br />
publisher = {IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
note = {Themenbeiheft zu Band 5},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Projects/Image/IMAGE5-Themenbeiheft.pdf},<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Begriffsgenetische Betrachtungen in der Bildwissenschaft: Fünf Thesen},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Medium. Kunstgeschichtliche und philosophische Grundlagen der interdisziplinären Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {197-215},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-3/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 2005a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Foundation of Computational Visualistics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {ISBN: 3-8350-6015-5 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-8350-6015-5'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra 2005b,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Ein Disziplinen-Mandala für die Bildwissenschaft - Kleine Provokation zu einem Neuen Fach},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-1/index.html},<br />
journal ={IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
pages = {30-45},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Von der Bildwissenschaft als einer Disziplin, die über die Grenzen von Kunstgeschichte oder Kunstwissenschaft hinausgeht und sich wissenschaftlich mit allen Aspekten des Umgehens mit Bildern und verwandten visuellen Repräsentations- und Zeichensystemen befaßt, wird erst seit etwa der Mitte der 1990'er Jahre gesprochen. In den folgenden Überlegungen geht es insbesondere um die Bildwissenschaft als den Versuch, ein Fachgebiet zu etablieren, in dem ein modernes Verständnis dessen, was eine etablierte Disziplin sein kann, verwirklicht sein soll. Zentrales Kriterium für in dem hier gemeinten Sinne "Neue" Disziplinen ist ihre Interdisziplinarität und die dadurch bedingte starke Methodenpluralität. Grundsätzlich muß daher die Frage geklärt werden, wie das Verhältnis der Teildisziplinen zueinander, insbesondere das Wechselspiel der jeweils eingesetzten Methoden betreffend, zu denken ist. Dem Forschungssujet der Bildwissenschaft entsprechend soll in dem Beitrag versucht werden, das Beziehungsgeflecht der beteiligten Elterndisziplinen (zumindest teilweise) in Form eines Bildes anzugeben. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2005c,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Computervisualistik},<br />
booktitle = { Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {268-280},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bausteine vieler Disziplinen müssen in eine allgemeine Bildwissenschaft integriert werden. Als Beitrag aus der Informatik versteht sich die Computervisualistik, die alle Aspekte rechnergestützten Umgangs mit Bildern umfaßt. Zwei Grundbegriffe der Informatik werden vorgestellt und bestimmen, auf den Begriff "Bild" angewendet, den methodologischen Kern der Computervisualistik. Als Beitrag der Informatik zum Gegenstand der Bildtheorie werden interaktive Bilder betrachtet. Schließlich werden die Beziehungen zu anderen "Bildwissenschaften" kurz umrissen. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2001a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bilder &nbsp;&nbsp; —— &nbsp;&nbsp; Kontextbilder},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln – Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Pragmatik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {77-100},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P01/P01-5/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bildkommunikation und die Verständigung mit Aussagen scheinen wenig gemein zu haben. Genauere logisch-pragmatische Analysen der Kontextrelativität von Aussagen zeigen jedoch eine enge systematische Abhängigkeit beider Kommunikationsformen im Begriff der Kontextbildung, den Bilder auf ausgezeichnete Weise implementieren. Prädikatorische und nominatorische Verwendungen von Bildern sind aus der grundlegenden Funktion zur Kontextbildung ableitbar. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2000a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Täuschung, Ähnlichkeit und Immersion: Die Vögel des Zeuxis},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Realismus der Bilder: Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Semantik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Rehkämper, K.& Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {119-135},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P00/P00-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bilder gibt es als solche – von ihrem Begriff her – immer nur für Individuen, die sich in einer bestimmten Weise verhalten, oder die gewisse Handlungen vollziehen. Wenn dies aber der Fall ist, scheint es ratsam, den Begriff "Bild" nicht, wie es gewöhnlich geschieht, als einen Begriff für einen isoliert vorkommenden Gegenstand zu erläutern, sondern als Komponente der Begriffe für bestimmte Verhaltens- oder Handlungsfähigkeiten. Ausgehend von der antiken Zeuxis-Anekdote werden in diesem Sinne erste Schritte zu einem handlungstheoretischen Ähnlichkeitsbegriff versucht.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1999a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Syntaktische Dichte oder Kontinuität - Ein mathematischer Aspekt der Visualistik},<br />
booktitle = {bildgrammatik. interdisziplinäre forschungen zur syntax bildlicher darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {103-119},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P99/P99-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Der Begriff Dichte spielt eine zentrale Rolle in Diskussionen zur Bildsyntax, wird aber selten in Beziehung zum mathematisch verwandten Kontinuumsbegriff gestellt. Dabei ist die Frage, ob Bilder syntaktisch nur als dicht oder gar als kontinuierlich verstanden werden sollten, durchaus relevant, wie anhand von informatischen und neuropsychologischen Argumenten gezeigt wird.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1995a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Understanding Radio Broadcasts On Soccer. The Concept `Mental Image' and Its Use in Spatial Reasoning},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktorialer Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {107-136},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P95/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Most cognitive theories agree that a listener of a sports broadcast on radio usually imagines the scene described; the concept `mental image' appears in a specific sort of explanations. In contrast to this conception, it is argued that this concept should rather be understood as part of a certain kind of grounding explanations of the radio listener's understanding. This particular conception is based on the distinction between `specification' and `implementation' as found in the theory of abstract data types. Its application to the field of spatial concepts leads to a computational system (ANTLIMA) which exemplifies how the expression `mental image' could be used while explaining a speaker's ability to control the resolvability of ambiguities in an objective report of what the speaker sees. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 1994a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bildbeschreibung als Verbindung von visuellem und sprachlichem Raum},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {DISKI},<br />
address = {St. Augustin},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {ISBN 3-929037-71-8 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-929037-71-8'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P94/P94-1-d/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1993a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Connecting Visual and Verbal Space: Preliminary Considerations Concerning the Concept »Mental Image«},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Time, Space, and Movement},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {M. Aurnague, A. Borillo, M. Borillo & M. Bras},<br />
pages = {105-121},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Paul Sabatier},<br />
address = {Toulouse},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P93/P93-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {AI research concerning the connection between seeing and speaking mainly employs what is called reference semantics. Within this framework, the notion of `mental image' is often used while explaining how somebody not situated in the same perceptual context is able to anchor his understanding of an utterance describing the scene visually perceived by the speaker. We give a foundation for considering mental images as propositions with respect to a certain field of concepts: these fields have to provide a syntactically dense set of concepts distinguishing locations. The use of such propositions in the reference semantic explanations of understanding utterances about visually perceived scenes is motivated by applying Kant's idea of the introduction of new types of objects: we conceive spatial relations as relations only applicable to sortal objects, i.e., individuated objects which are synthetically introduced on a syntactically dense field providing their potential locations. The concept `mental image' which results from these preliminary studies is applied to two current projects in AI, one dealing with the semantics of particular spatial prepositions, and the other more generally concerned with the logic of the connection between visual and verbal space.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Anthropologie in der systematischen Bildwissenschaft: Auf der Spur des homo pictor},<br />
booktitle = {Disziplinen der Anthropologie},<br />
editor = {Meyer, S. & Owzar, A.},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
pages = {145-177},<br />
note = {},<br />
publisher = {Waxmann},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Homo pictor and the Linguistic Turn: Revisiting Hans Jonas’ Picture Anthropology},<br />
journal = {Linguistic and Philosophical Investigations},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {144–181},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P10/P10-2/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {There has been a long tradition of characterizing man as the animal that talks. However, the remarkable ability of using pictures also only belongs to human beings, after all we know empirically so far. Are there conceptual reasons for that coincidence? The paper is dedicated to a philosophical programme of “concept-genetic” considerations dealing in particular with the dependencies between those two abilities: The conceptual relation between the competence to use assertive language and the faculty of employing pictures must be conceived of as being much closer than usually expected. Indeed we conclude, there cannot be creatures with only one of them.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte – elektronisch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
url = {www.uni-due.de/germanistik/elise/ausgabe_12006},<br />
hidden = {letzter Zugriff: 25. September 2010},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract ={Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie, wie sie der Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt, eignet - und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Eine Gegenüberstellung der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild führt zu eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden: Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von (darstellenden) Bildern Sprache gegenüber durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. In beiden Fällen hängen die Aufgliederungen mit der Funktion der Kontextbildung zusammen, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung mündet daher in das Programm einer begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, die eine derartige Begründung zu liefern imstande wäre. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Fähigkeiten zum Bild- und Sprachgebrauch },<br />
journal = {Deutsche Zeitschrift für Philosophie},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {54},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {887-905},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-5/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie wie in die Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Ein erster Vergleich der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild listet eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden auf. Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von Bildern gegenüber Sprache durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung weitet sich daher zu einer begriffsgenetischen Skizzierung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, wobei sich die Begriffe des sortalen Gegenstands und des Verhaltenskontextes als zentral herausstellen. Mit ihnen kann die Beziehung zwischen den beiden Fähigkeiten genauer untersucht werden: Sie ergibt sich insbesondere aus der Funktion der Kontextbildung, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Im Rahmen der begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung ergeben sich schließlich Argumente dafür, die Beziehung als eine wechselseitige Abhängigkeit zu charakterisieren, wobei auch eine Vorschlag zur Analyse des Begriffs des inneren Bildes - oder besser: des Vorstellungsvermögens eingeschlossen ist. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Scholz 1998a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. & Scholz, Martin},<br />
title = {Abstraction versus Realism: Not the Real Question},<br />
booktitle = {Computer Visualization – Graphics, Abstraction, and Interactivity},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Strothotte, T. (et al.)},<br />
pages = {379-401},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {Chapter 22},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P98/P98-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {When browsing through a book on computer graphics, one usually finds a lot of more or less interesting pictures that are produced by means of computers. These pictures are embedded in pages of technical texts describing how this image generation was performed and why it provides a better way to do so than other methods. Less space is usually given to the methodological background and the motivation underlying the preoccupation with computer visualization. In this chapter, we want to complement the more technically oriented part of this book with some reflections as to why such techniques can be interesting not only for computer graphics researchers, and where, from a communication-theoretic point of view, they might be of use in our society.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schleicher 1859a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schleicher 1859a,<br />
author = {Schleicher, August},<br />
title = {Zur Morphologie der Sprache},<br />
journal = {Mémoires de l'académdie impériale des sciences de St. Pétersbourg},<br />
year = {1859},<br />
volume = {1?},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1-38},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt 2000,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter},<br />
title = {Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1: : Absenz – Darstellung},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {831-875},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt & George 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt_George_2005a,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter; George, Marion},<br />
title = {Typisch/Typ(us)},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {191-246},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlosser 1952a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schlosser 1952a,<br />
author = {Schlosser, K.},<br />
title = {Der Signalismus in der Kunst der Naturvölker: Biologisch-psychologische Gesetzlichkeiten in den Abweichungen von der Norm des Vorbildes},<br />
year = {1952},<br />
publisher = {Mühlau},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmid 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmid 2009a,<br />
author = {Schmid, Gabriele},<br />
title = {Zwischen Bildern. Die holographische Installation als Handlungsfeld},<br />
booktitle = {holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {161-180},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1998a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Mimesis bei Aristoteles und in den Poetikkommentaren der Renaissance. Zum Wandel des Gedankens von der Nachahmung der Natur in der frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Mimesis und Simulation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Andreas Kablitz & Gerhard Neumann},<br />
pages = {17-53},<br />
publisher = {ombach},<br />
address = {Freiburg im Breisgau},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1996a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Teleologie und Geschichte bei Aristoteles oder Wie kommen nach Aristoteles Anfang, Mitte und Ende in die Geschichte?},<br />
booktitle = {Das Ende. Figuren einer Denkform},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Stierle und Rainer Warning},<br />
pages = {528-563},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider 2009a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit},<br />
title = {Wissenschaftsbilder zwischen digitaler Transformation und Manipulation. Einige Anmerkungen zur Diskussion des “digitalen Bildes”},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {188-200},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schneider 2000a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Ralf},<br />
title = {Grundriß zur kognitiven Theorie der Figurenkonzeption am Beispiel des viktorianischen Romans},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Stauffenburg},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider & Berz 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider & Berz 2002a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit & Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bildtexturen. Punkte, Zeilen, Spalten. I. Textile Processing/II. Bildtelegraphie}<br />
booktitle = {Mimetische Differenzen. Der Spielraum der Medien zwischen Abbildung und Nachbildung}, <br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Flach, Sabine & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
pages = {181-220},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider & Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schneider & Stöckl 2011a,<br />
title = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, Jan Georg & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {erscheint Frühjahr 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2011===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Schönhammer 2011,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Stichwort: Kippbilder},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
howpublished = {PsyDok, Volltextserver der Virtuellen Fachbibliothek Psychologie},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://psydok.sulb.uni-saarland.de/frontdoor.php?source_opus=2756&la=de},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schönhammer 2009a,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Wahrnehmungspsychologie. Sinne, Körper, Bewegung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 2004a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstellung, Zeichen. Philosophische Theorien bildhafter Darstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {2., vollständig überarbeitete Aufl.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Scholz 1998a,<br />
title = {Mimesis. Studien zur literarischen Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Scholz, Bernhard F.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 1991a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstellung, Zeichen. Philosophische Theorien bildhafter Darstellungen},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {(1. Aufl.)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schott 1657a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schott 57a,<br />
author = {Schott, Kaspar},<br />
title = {De Magia Anamorphotica},<br />
booktitle = {Magia Universalis Naturae et Artis},<br />
year = {1657},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Herbipoli},<br />
note = {Teil 1, Buch III},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2001a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Eine kurze Geschichte der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht. Fotografieren in Museen & Archiven & Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, Wolfgang & Jaworek, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {249-257},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter 2003a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Virtuelle Kamera. Zum Fortbestand fotografischer Medien in computergenerierten Bildern}, <br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {88},<br />
pages = {3-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Welt. Analoge und Digitale Bilder - mehr oder weniger Realität?},<br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke},<br />
pages = {335-354},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2004b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Netz und die Virtuelle Realität. Zur Selbstprogrammierung der Gesellschaft durch die universelle Maschine},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Computer/Simulation. Kopie ohne Original oder das Original kontrollierende Kopie},<br />
booktitle = {OriginalKopie. Praktiken des Sekundären},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fehrmann, Gisela et al.},<br />
pages = {139-155},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Notizen zu einer Geschichte des Löschens. Am Beispiel von Video und Robert Rauschenbergs Erased de Kooning-Drawing},<br />
booktitle = {Im Banne der Ungewissheit. Bilder zwischen Medien, Kunst und Menschen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schumacher-Chilla, Doris},<br />
pages = {171-194},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oberhausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2005a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {MetaMorphing. Camerons Analysen der digitalen Bilder in Terminator 2 und The Abyss}, <br />
booktitle = {Mythen, Mütter, Maschinen. Die Filme des James Cameron},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pabst, Eckhard},<br />
pages = {289-315},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeit ist überhaupt nur darzustellen, indem man sie konstruiert (Andreas Gursky)},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {201-218},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {On the Logic of the Digital Archive},<br />
booktitle = {The You Tube Reader},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Vonderau, Patrick & Snickars, Pelle},<br />
pages = {330-346},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2009c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {3D. Zur Theorie, Geschichte und Medienästhetik des technischtransplanen Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen und die Nicht-Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {77-86},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2010a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Fotografie und Fiktionalität},<br />
booktitle = {Die fotografische Wirklichkeit. Inszenierung - Fiktion - Narration},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Blunck, Lars},<br />
pages = {143-158},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2010b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Zeitalter der technischen Nichtreproduzierbarkeit},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
editor = {Schröter, Jens et al.},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {1-38},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter & Thielmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter & Thielmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens & Thielmann, Tristan},<br />
title = {Display I: Analog},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften}<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2010a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Darstellung einer Vorstellung. Das Bild der Welt auf der Pioneer-Plakette},<br />
booktitle = {Atlas der Weltbilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Markschies, C. et al.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schürmann 2008a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Sehen als Praxis. Ethisch-ästhetische Studien zum Verhältnis von Sicht und Einsicht},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulz 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulz 2005a,<br />
author = {Schulz, Martin},<br />
title = {Ordnungen der Bilder. Eine Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Finke},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulze 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulze 2000a,<br />
author = {Schulze, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Die Erlebnis-Gesellschaft. Kultursoziologie der Gegenwart. 8. Auflage. Studienausgabe.},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M., New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schwingeler 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schwingeler 2008a,<br />
author = {Schwingeler, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Raummaschine. Raum und Perspektive im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Werner Hülsbusch},<br />
address = {Boizenburg},<br />
note = {(Reihe Game Studies)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Searle 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Searle 1971,<br />
author = {Searle, John R.},<br />
title = {Sprechakttheorie - Ein sprachphilosophischer Essay},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 2003a,<br />
author = {Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Erscheinens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seel 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 1991a,<br />
author = {Seel, Norbert M.},<br />
title = {Weltwissen und mentale Modelle},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seiterle 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Seiterle 1988a,<br />
author = {Seiterle, G. },<br />
title = {Maske, Ziegenbock und Satyr},<br />
journal = {Antike Welt. Z. für Archäologie und Kulturgeschichte},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seja 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seja 2009a,<br />
author = {Seja, Silvia},<br />
title = {Handlungstheorien des Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sekula 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sekula 2002a,<br />
author = {Sekula, Allan},<br />
title = {Der Handel mit Fotografien},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {255-290},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shannon & Weaver 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shannon & Weaver 1976a,<br />
author = {Shannon, Claude E. & Weaver, Warren},<br />
title = {Mathematische Grundlagen der Informationstheorie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shepard 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shepard 1990a,<br />
author = {Shepard, Roger N.},<br />
title = {Mind sights. Original illusions, ambiguities, and other anomalies, with a commentary on the play of mind in perception and art},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {W. H. Freeman},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shneiderman 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Shneiderman 1983a,<br />
author = {Shneiderman, B.},<br />
title = {Direct Manipulation - A Step Beyond Programming Languages},<br />
journal = {IEEE Computer},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
volume = {16},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {57-69},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shohat & Stam 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Shohat & Stam 1998a,<br />
author = {Shohat, E. & Stam R.},<br />
title = {Narrativizing Visual Culture. Towards a Polycentric Aesthetics},<br />
booktitle = {The Visual Culture Reader},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Mirzoeff, N.},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {26-49},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegert & Brecheis 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{ Siegert & Brecheis 2005a,<br />
author = {Siegert, Gabriele & Brecheis, Dieter },<br />
title = {Werbung in der Medien- und Informationsgesellschaft. Eine kommunikationswissenschaftliche Einführung },<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {VS},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegmund 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegmund 2007a,<br />
author = {Siegmund, J.},<br />
title = {Die Evidenz der Kunst. Künstlerisches Handeln als ästhetische Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Simmel 1995a,<br />
author = {Simmel, G.},<br />
title = {Der Bildrahmen. Ein ästhetischer Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Aufsätze und Abhandlungen 1901-1908 Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Simmel, G.},<br />
pages = {101-108},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1992a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Soziologie. Untersuchungen über die Formen der Vergesellschaftung},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Gesamtausgabe, Bd. 11, hrsg. von Otthein Rammstedt},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1978a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Das individuelle Gesetz. Philosophische Exkurse},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Michael Landmann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a,<br />
author = {Smith, Robert W. & Tatarewicz, Joseph N.},<br />
title = {Replacing a Technology: The Large Space Telescope and CCDs},<br />
journal = {Proceedings of the IEEE},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
volume = {73},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1221-1235},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sobchack 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sobchack 1997a,<br />
author = {Sobchack, Vivian},<br />
title = {Meta-Morphing. Visual Transformation and the Culture of Quick-Change},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minneapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a,<br />
author = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
title = {Figurative Politik. Prolegomena zu einer Kultursoziologie politischen Handelns},<br />
booktitle = {Figurative Politik. Zur Performanz der Macht in der modernen Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
pages = {17-33},<br />
publisher = {Leske und Budrich},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sommer 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sommer 1987a,<br />
author = {Sommer, M.},<br />
title = {Evidenz im Augenblick. Eine Phänomenologie der reinen Empfindung},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sonesson 1992a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Bildbetydelser: Inledning till bildsemiotiken som vetenskap},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Studentlitteratur},<br />
address = {Lund},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sonesson 1989a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Pictorial Concepts},<br />
publisher = {Lund University Press},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sörbom 1966===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sörbom 1966,<br />
author = {Sörbom, Göran},<br />
title = {Mimesis and Art. Studies in the Origin an Early Development of an Aesthetic Vocabulary},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spariosu 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Spariosu 1984,<br />
title = {Mimesis in contemporary theory: An interdisciplinary Approach. Volume I: The Literary and the Philosophical Debate},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Spariosu, Mihai},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Philadelphia/Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spillner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Spillner 1982a,<br />
author = {Spillner, Bernd},<br />
title = {Stilanalyse semiotisch komplexer Texte: Zum Verhältnis von sprachlicher und bil¬dicher Information in Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4/5},<br />
pages = {91–106},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stadler & Kruse 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stadler & Kruse 1995a,<br />
author = {Stadler, Michael & Kruse, Peter},<br />
title = {The Function of Meaning in Cognitive Order Formation.},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {5–21},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Steinbrenner 2009a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Bildtheorien der analytischen Tradition},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {284-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 2004a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Zeichen über Zeichen. Grundlagen einer Theorie der Metabezugnahme},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Synchron Wissenschaftsverlag der Autoren},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 1996a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Kognitivismus in der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a,<br />
title = {Farben: Betrachtungen aus Philosophie und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Glasauer, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a,<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
title = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stiegler 2004a,<br />
author = {Stiegler, Bernd},<br />
title = {Digitale Photographie als epistemologischer Bruch und historische Wende},<br />
booktitle = {Das Gesicht der Welt. Medien in der digitalen Kultur},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Engell & Neitzel},<br />
pages = {105-126},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stierle 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stierle 1984a,<br />
author = {Stierle, Karlheinz},<br />
title = {Das bequeme Verhältnis. Lessings Laokoon und die Entdeckung des ästhetischen Mediums},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, Gunter},<br />
pages = {23-58},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2011a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbekommunikation semiotisch},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch Werbekommunikation},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Nina Janich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {UTB},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {erscheint Mitte 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {The Language-Image-Text. Theoretical and Analytical Inroads into Semiotic Complexity},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {202-226},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Beyond Depicting. Language-Image-Links in the Service of Advertising},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {3-28},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2008a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbetypographie. Formen und Funktionen},<br />
booktitle = {Werbung – grenzenlos. Multimodale Werbetexte im interkulturellen Vergleich},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bendel, Sylvia & Held, Gudrun},<br />
pages = {13–36},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2005a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typography: Body and Dress of a Text – A Signing Mode between Language and Image},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {204-214},<br />
note = {Special Issue “The New Typography”},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2004b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typographie: Körper und Gewand des Textes. Linguistische Überlegungen zu typographischer Gestaltung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Angewandte Linguistik},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {41},<br />
pages = {5-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stöckl 2004a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Die Sprache im Bild – Das Bild in der Sprache. Zur Verknüpfung von Sprache und Bild im massenmedialen Text},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2003a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {„Imagine“: Stilanalyse multimodal. Am Beispiel des TV-Werbespots},<br />
booktitle = {Sprachstil – Zugänge und Anwendungen. Ulla Fix zum 60. Geburtstag},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Barz, Irmhild & Lerchner, Gotthard & Schröder, },<br />
pages = {305-323},<br />
publisher = {Winter},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 1992a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Der ‚picture relation type’ – Ein praktischer Analysemodus zur Beschreibung der vielfältigen Einbettungs- und Verknüpfungsbeziehungen von Bild und Text},<br />
journal = {Papiere zur Linguistik},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {46},<br />
number = {11},<br />
pages = {49-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoesz 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Stoesz 2008a,<br />
author = {Stoesz Brenda Marie},<br />
title = {The Role of Selective Attention in Perceptual Switching. },<br />
year = {2008},<br />
howpublished = {Department of Psychology, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Manitoba},<br />
note = {Thesis Master of Arts Thesis},<br />
hidden = {zuletzt geprüft am 17.03.2011},<br />
url = {mspace.lib.umanitoba.ca/bitstream/1993/3083/1/BStoesz%20-%20MA%20thesis%202008%20revisions.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoichita 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stoichita 1998a,<br />
author = {Stoichita, Victor I.},<br />
title = {Das selbstbewußte Bild. Vom Ursprung der Metamalerei},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauß 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strauß 1998a,<br />
author = {Strauß, Bernd (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Zuschauer},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strenge 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Strenge_1998a,<br />
author = {Strenge, Britta},<br />
title = {Typos/Typologie},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {1587-1595},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Striedter 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Striedter 1984a,<br />
author = {Striedter, K.H.},<br />
title = {Felsbilder der Sahara},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauss 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Strauss 1979a,<br />
author = {Strauss, M.S.},<br />
title = {Abstraction of prototypical information by adults and 10-month-old infants},<br />
journal = {J. of Experimental Psychology: Human Leraning and Memory},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {5},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {618-632},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a,<br />
author = {Strothotte, Thomas & Schlechtweg, Stefan},<br />
title = {Non-photorealistic Computer Graphics: Modeling, Rendering, and Animation},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {San Francisco u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stüber & Stadler 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stüber & Stadler 1999a,<br />
author = {Strüber, Daniel & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Differences in top-down influences on the reversal rate of different categories of reversible figures},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {28},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1185–1196},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sturken & Cartwright 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sturken & Cartwright 2001a,<br />
author = {Sturken, M. & Cartwright L.},<br />
title = {Practices of Looking. An Introduction to Visual Culture},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
address = {Oxford, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch.},<br />
title = {Schreck-Gesichter. Symbole des magischen Alltags},<br />
booktitle = {Symbole des Alltags, Alltag der Symbole},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Blaschitz, G.; et al. },<br />
pages = {517-554},<br />
publisher = {ADV},<br />
address = {Graz},<br />
note = {Festschrift Harry Kühnel zum 65. Geburtstag},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1998a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch. },<br />
title = {Grenzen der Komplexität. Die Kunst als Bild der Wirklichkeit. Neuropsychologische und ethologische Erkenntnisse in der Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Einfachen zur Ganzheitlichkeit. Das Problem der Komplexität auf organismischer und soziokultureller Ebene},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {A.M. Wobus, & U. Wobus},<br />
pages = {167-188},<br />
publisher = {Nova Acta Leopoldina 77(304)},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Szily 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Szily 1999a,<br />
author = {Szily, K.},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelvújítás szótára},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Nap Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==T==<br />
===Tatarkiewicz 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tatarkiewicz 2003,<br />
author = {Tatarkiewicz, Wladysaw},<br />
title = {Geschichte der sechs Begriffe. Kunst • Schönheit • Form • Kreativität • Mimesis • Ästhetisches Erlebnis},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thielmann & Schröter 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Thielmann & Schröter 2007a,<br />
title = {Display II: Digital. Navigationen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Thielmann, Tristan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {<em>Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften</em>},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {Jg. 7, H. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tholen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tholen 2003a,<br />
author = {Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
title = {Die Zäsur der Medien. Kulturphilosophische Konturen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a,<br />
author = {Thornhill, R. & Gangestad, S.W. },<br />
title = {Human facial beauty: averageness, symmetry and parasite resistance},<br />
journal = {Human nature},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {237-269},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Thürlemann 1990a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Raum. Beiträge zu einer semiotischen Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Thürlemann 1984a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Die Farbe in der Malerei: Symbolischer und semi-symbolischer Bedeutungsmodus},<br />
booktitle = {Semiotics Unfolding. Proceedings of the Second Congress of the International Association for Semiotic Studies},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Tasso Borbé},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tischner 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tischner 1954a,<br />
author = {Tischner, H.},<br />
title = {Kunst der Südsee},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Todorov 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Todorov 1977,<br />
author = {Todorov, Tzvetan},<br />
title = {Symboltheorien},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {[frz. Original 1977]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Topper 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Topper 00a,<br />
author = {Topper, David},<br />
title = {On Anamorphosis. Setting Some Things Straight},<br />
journal = {Leonardo},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
volume = {33},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {115-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tótfalusi 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tótfalusi 2002a,<br />
author = {Tótfalusi, I.},<br />
title = {Magyar szótörténeti szótár},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Anno Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Totzke 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Totzke 2004a,<br />
author = {Totzke, Rainer},<br />
title = {Buchstaben-Folgen. Schriftlichkeit, Wissenschaft und Heideggers Kritik an der Wissenschaftsideologie},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Welbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Troje & McAdam 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Troje & McAdam 2010a,<br />
author = {Troje, N. F. & McAdam, M.},<br />
title = {The viewing-from-above bias and the silhouette illusion},<br />
journal = {i-Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {143–148},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {i-perception.perceptionweb.com/fulltext/i01/i0408.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Trübner 1940===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Trübner 1940,<br />
title = {Trübners Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: C-F},<br />
year = {1940},<br />
editor = {Alfred Göze},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Art. „darstellen“, S. 27},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tugendhat 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat 1976a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die sprachanalytische Philosophie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst & Wolf, Ursula},<br />
title = {Logisch-semantische Propädeutik},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {(revid. 1986)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==U==<br />
===Ullrich 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ullrich 1997a,<br />
author = {Ullrich, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Digitaler Nominalismus. Zum Status der Computerfotografie},<br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {64},<br />
pages = {63-73},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==V==<br />
===Vaihinger 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vaihinger 1997a,<br />
author = {Vaihinger, Dirk},<br />
title = {Virtualität und Realität – Die Fiktionalisierung der Wirklichkeit und die unendliche Information},<br />
booktitle = {Künstliche Paradiese, Virtuelle Realitäten. Künstliche Räume in Literatur-, Sozial-, und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Krapp, Holger & Wägenbaur, Thomas},<br />
pages = {19-43},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Valenza et al. 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Valenza et al. 1996a,<br />
author = {Valenza, E.; Simion, F.; Cassia, V.M. & Umiltà, C.},<br />
title = {Face preference at birth},<br />
journal = {J. of experimental Psychology (Human Perception and Performance) },<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {892-903},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Varela 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Varela 1990a,<br />
author = {Varela, Francisco J.},<br />
title = {Kognitionswissenschaft, Kognitionstechnik. Eine Skizze aktueller Perspektiven},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===VCQ 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{VCQ 1996a,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Visual Culture Questionnaire},<br />
journal = {October},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
pages = {25-70},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ventola et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ventola et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Ventola, Eija & Guijarro, Moya & Arsenio, Jesús},<br />
title = {The World Told and the World Shown. Multisemiotic Issues},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan},<br />
address = {Basingstoke},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Venus 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Venus 2009a,<br />
author = {Venus, Jochen},<br />
title = {Raumbild und Tätigkeitssimulation. Video- und Computerspiele als Darstellungsmedien des Tätigkeitsempfindens},<br />
booktitle = {Das Raumbild. Bilder jenseits ihrer Flächen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Winter, Gundolf; Schröter, Jens & Barck, Joanna},<br />
pages = {259-280},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vischer 1873a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vischer 1873a,<br />
author = {Vischer, Robert},<br />
title = {Ueber das optische Formgefühl. Ein Beitrag zur Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1873},<br />
publisher = {Credner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Völker 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Völker 2010a,<br />
author = {Völker, Clara},<br />
title = {Mobile Medien. Zur Genealogie des Mobilfunks und zur Ideengeschichte von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vogel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vogel 2003a,<br />
author = {Vogel, Matthias},<br />
title = {Medien als Voraussetzungen für Gedanken},<br />
booktitle = {Medienphilosophie. Beiträge zur Klärung eines Begriffs},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Münker, Stefan; Roesler, Alexander & Sandbothe, Mike},<br />
pages = {107-134 + 213-215 [Anmerkungen]},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Volkelt 1905a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Volkelt 1905a,<br />
author = {Volkelt, Johannes},<br />
title = {System der Ästhetik. Erster Band: Grundlegung der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vorländer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vorländer 2003a,<br />
author = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
title = {Demokratie und Ästhetik. Zur Rehabilitierung eines problematischen Zusammenhangs},<br />
booktitle = {Zur Ästhetik der Demokratie. Formen der politischen Selbstdarstellung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
pages = {11-26},<br />
publisher = {Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==W==<br />
<br />
===Wade et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wade et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Wade, Nicholas J.; Campbel, Robin N.; Ross, Helen E. & Lingelbach, Bernd},<br />
title = {Necker in Scotch perspective},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1–4},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Waldenfels 2010a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Sinne und Künste im Wechselspiel. Modi ästhetischer Erfahrung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Waldenfels 1999a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Ordnungen des Sichtbaren},<br />
booktitle = {Sinnesschwellen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Walton 1973a,<br />
author = {Kendall L. Walton},<br />
title = {Pictures as Make-Believe},<br />
journal = {The Philosophical Review},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
volume = {82},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {283-319},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Walton 1990a,<br />
author = {Walton, Kendall L.},<br />
title = {Mimesis as make-believe : on the foundations of the representational arts},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Harvard Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass. [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warburg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warburg 2008a,<br />
author = {Warburg, Aby},<br />
title = {Der Bilderatlas Mnemosyne (2000)},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Warnke, Martin; unter Mitarbeit von Brink, Claudia},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warnke 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warnke 1984a,<br />
author = {Warnke, Martin},<br />
title = {Politische Architektur in Europa vom Mittelalter bis heute: Repräsentation und Gemeinschaft},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Watt 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Watt 2002a, <br />
author = {Watt, Alan}, <br />
title = {3D-Computergrafik},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weber 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weber 2000a,<br />
author = { Weber, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Windmühlen oder Mauern? Die Archive und der neue Wind in der Informationstechnik},<br />
booktitle = {Digitale Archive - Ein neues Paradigma?},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Metzing, Andreas},<br />
pages = {79-94},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Marburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weiss 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weiss 2009a,<br />
author = {Weiss, G. },<br />
title = {Masken begleiten, erinnern, ehren und erneuern},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wellbery 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wellbery 1977,<br />
author = {Wellbery, David E.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Semiotics in the German Enlightenment},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Yale University},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Werckmeister 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Werckmeister 2005a,<br />
author = {Werckmeister, Otto Karl},<br />
title = {Der Medusa Effekt. Politische Bildstrategien seit dem 11. September 2001},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {form + zweck},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wescher 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wescher 1968a,<br />
author = {Wescher, Herta},<br />
title = {Die Collage / Geschichte eines künstlerischen Ausdrucksmittels},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {DuMont Schauberg},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wheeler 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wheeler 2005a,<br />
author = {Wheeler, Michael},<br />
title = {Reconstructing the Cognitive World: The Next Step},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2008a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Die Sichtbarkeit des Bildes. Geschichte und Perspektiven der formalen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main, New York},<br />
note = {Mit einem aktuellen Vorwort des Autors zur Neuausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2005a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Artifizielle Präsenz. Studien zur Philosophie des Bildes.},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wiesing 2004a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Pragmatismus und Performativität des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {115-128},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2000a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Phänomene im Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wimmer 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wimmer 1991a,<br />
author = {Wimmer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Fabrikation der Fiktion?},<br />
booktitle = {Digitaler Schein. Ästhetik der digitalen Medien},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Rötzer, }, <br />
pages = {519-533},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winkler 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Winkler 2003a,<br />
author = {Winkler, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Zugriff. Thesen zur Umorganisation der gesellschaftlichen Bildarchive unter den Bedingungen des Digitalen},<br />
booktitle = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang; Heidenreich, Stefan & Holl, Ute},<br />
pages = {144-148},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winner 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Winner 1962a,<br />
author = {Winner, Matthias},<br />
title = {Gemalte Kunsttheorie. Zu Gustave Courbets ‚Allégorie réelle‘ und der Tradition},<br />
journal = {Jahrbuch der Berliner Museen},<br />
year = {4},<br />
volume = {1962},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {150-185},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wirth 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wirth 2004a,<br />
author = {Wirth, Uwe},<br />
title = {Das Vorwort als performative, paratextuelle und parergonale Rahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Rhetorik. Figuration und Performanz},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fohrmann, Jürgen},<br />
pages = {603-628},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Whitfield 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Whitfield 1999a,<br />
author = {Whitfield, S.},<br />
title = {Lucio Fontana},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Hayward Gallery Publ.},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witsch 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witsch 2008a,<br />
author = {Witsch, Monika},<br />
title = {Kultur und Bildung: Ein Beitrag für eine kulturwissenschaftliche Grundlegung von Bildung im Anschluss an Georg Simmel, Ernst Cassirer und Richard Hönigswald},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witte 2010a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Zur Geschichte der Bildung. Eine philosophische Kritik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2009a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Selbstbild und Bildung. Ein Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildung – Argumentation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Helmer, K.; Herchert, G. & Löwenstein, S.},<br />
pages = {81-100},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reihe: Beiträge zur Theorie der Argumentation in der Pädagogik. Herausgegeben von Andreas Dörpinghaus und Karl Helmer. Band 5},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1990a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus logico-philosophicus},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Tagebücher 1914-1916; Philosophische Untersuchungen. [7. Aufl.]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1971a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Philosophische Untersuchungen},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1922===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1922,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus},<br />
year = {1922},<br />
publisher = {Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wollheim 1982a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Sehen-als, sehen-in und bildliche Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Objekte der Kunst},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
pages = {192-210},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Looser, Max},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 1978,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Are the Criteria of Identity that Hold für a Work of Art in the Different Arts Aesthetically Relevant?},<br />
journal = {Ratio},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {20},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {29-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 2001a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {On Pictorial Representation},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
pages = {215-2268},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {Neuabdruck in: Gerwen, Rob van (Hg.). Richard Wollheim on the Art of Painting: Art as Representation and Expression. Cambridge UP, 2001},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==X==<br />
==Y==<br />
==Z==<br />
===Zaloscer 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Zaloscer 1974a,<br />
author = {Zaloscer, Hilde},<br />
title = {Versuch einer Phänomenologie des Rahmens},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Ästhetik und allgemeine Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {189-224},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zeune 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zeune 1997a,<br />
author = {Zeune, Joachim},<br />
title = {Burgen. Symbole der Macht. Ein neues Bild der mittelalterlichen Burg},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Pustet},<br />
address = {Regensburg},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zimmer 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zimmer 1995a,<br />
author = {Zimmer, A. C.},<br />
title = {Multistability – More than just a Freak Phenomenon},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {99–138},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==Fehlerhafte Angaben==<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, Jörg R. J.},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
note = {'''''Achtung!!Reihenfolge der Autoren ist verkehrt!!! Bitte korrigieren!!!''''' },<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.uni-due.de/imperia/md/content/elise/2006_-_schirra___hombach.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<!--- Die folgende Zeile muß immer am Ende der Seite stehen!! --><br />
<!--- Nicht entfernen und keinen Biblio-Eintrag danach setzen --><br />
<bibexport/></div>
Mark Ludwig
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Bibliography&diff=5906
Bibliography
2011-06-21T13:13:12Z
<p>Mark Ludwig: /* S */</p>
<hr />
<div>===Didi-Huberman 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 2000a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Vor einem Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser Verlag},<br />
address = {München/Wien},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Reinold Werner},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Panofsky 2002a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Sinn und Deutung in der bildenden Kunst (Meaning in the Visual Arts)},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Dumont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<!--- Dies ist eine Kommentarzeile --><br />
<!--- In diese Seite kommen alle bibliographischen Daten rein, --><br />
<!--- also wirklich a l l e für dieses Glossar. --><br />
<!--- Wer es kennt, wird erkennen, dass wir uns an BibTex orientieren. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- !!!!! Bitte erst mal durchsuchen, ob der geplante Eintrag !!! --><br />
<!--- !!!!! hier nicht schon unter anderer Bezeichnung steht! !!! --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Ein Schema für neue Einträge wird hier oben automatisch --><br />
<!--- eingeblendet, wenn ein neuer Literaturverweis in einer Seite --><br />
<!--- eingebaut wurde und man dem entsprechenden Link dort im --><br />
<!--- Literaturverzeichnis folgt. Bitte nach Anlegen nach unten kopieren, --><br />
<!--- so dass eine alphabetisch geordnete Liste erhalten bleibt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Derzeit sind folgende Formen möglich Monographie (=book), --> <br />
<!--- Sammelband (= Proceedings), Artikel in Sammelband (= inproceedings),--><br />
<!--- Zeitschriftenartikel (= article), Rest (= misc.) --><br />
<!--- (An einer Übersetzung dieser Typbezeichnungen wird gearbeitet) --><br />
<!--- In allen sind die jeweils üblichen Felder verfügbar; weitere Daten --><br />
<!--- können im Feld note deponiert werden -- die werden jeweils am Ende --><br />
<!--- der damit produzierten Literaturangabe angezeigt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Nun die Einträge; wenn möglich die Namen (1. Zeile nach bibentry) --><br />
<!--- alle nach gleichem Schema bauen und alphabetisch geordnet eintragen.--><br />
<!--- Angabe des Jahres am Besten immer mit fortlaufendem Kleinbuchstaben --><br />
<!--- indizieren, auch wenn noch kein zweites Werk des Autors im gleichen --><br />
<!--- Jahr aufgenommen wurde; kann ja noch kommen. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Wenn ein als Identifier benutzter Nachname mit einem Sonderzeichen --><br />
<!--- (insbesondere Umlaut) beginnt, bitte die Normalumschrift benutzen, --><br />
<!--- sonst sind die Literaturangaben auf den Seiten falsch geordnet. --><br />
<!--- Den korrekt geschriebenen Namen zwischen den <bib>Klammern nutzen. --><br />
{{GlossarBoxSub}}__TOC__</div><br />
<!--- --><br />
<br />
==A==<br />
===Adelmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelmann 2009a, <br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adelmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Adelmann 2004a, <br />
author = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Digitale Animationen in dokumentarischen Fernsehformaten?}, <br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung}, <br />
year = {2004}, <br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke}, <br />
pages = {387-406}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adelung 1811===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelung 1811, <br />
editor = {Adelung, Johann Christoph}, <br />
title = {Grammatisch-kritisches Wörterbuch der hochdeutschen Mundart: mit beständiger Vergleichung der übrigen Mundarten, besonders aber der Oberdeutschen. Erster Teil: A-E. Mit D. W. Soltau's Beyträgen; revidirt und berichtiget von Franz Xaver Schönberger, Doctor der freyen Künste und Philosophie},<br />
year = {1811}, <br />
publisher = {Bauer}, <br />
address = {Wien}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adorno 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Adorno 2003,<br />
author = {Adorno, Theodor W.},<br />
title = {Gesammelte Schriften, Bd. 7: Ästhetische Theorie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Alpers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alpers 1985a,<br />
author = {Alpers, Svetlana},<br />
title = {Kunst als Beschreibung. Holländische Malerei des 17. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Amelunxen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Amelunxen 1996a, <br />
author = {Amelunxen, Hubertus}, <br />
title = {Fotografie nach der Fotografie}, <br />
year = {1996}, <br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Dresden u.a.}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Appadurai 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Appadurai 2003a, <br />
author = {Appadurai, Arjun},<br />
title = {Archive and Aspiration},<br />
booktitle = {Information is Alive},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Brouwer, Joke; Mulder, Arjen},<br />
pages = {14-25},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Rotterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1997,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Poetik. Griechisch/Deutsch},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Manfred Fuhrmann},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {Übers. und Hrsg.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995c,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Physik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 6; Übers.: Hans Günter Zekl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995b,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Nikomachische Ethik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 3; Übers.: Eugen Rolfes},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995a,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Metaphysik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 5; Übers.: Hermann Bonitz},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a,<br />
author = {Asemissen, Hermann Ulrich & Schweikhart, Gunter},<br />
title = {Malerei als Thema der Malerei},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Attneave 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Attneave 1971a,<br />
author = {Attneave, F.},<br />
title = {Multistability in perception},<br />
journal = {Sci.Am 225},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
volume = {225},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Auerbach 1946===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Auerbach 1946,<br />
author = {Auerbach, Erich},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Dargestellte Wirklichkeit in der abendländischen Literatur [1946]},<br />
year = {<sup>10</sup>2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen/Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Augustinus 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Augustinus 2002,<br />
author = {Augustinus},<br />
title = {Was ist Zeit? Confessiones XI/Bekenntnisse 11},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {lateinisch-deutsche Ausgabe, eingeleitet, übersetzt und mit Anmerkungen versehen von Norbert Fischer},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Austin 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Austin 1972a,<br />
author = {Austin, John L.},<br />
title = {Zur Theorie der Sprechakte},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {orig.: How to do things with Words, 1962},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==B==<br />
===Baader 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baader 2003a,<br />
author = {Baader, Hannah},<br />
title = {Paragone},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {263},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bachmann-Medick 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bachmann-Medick 2006a,<br />
author = {Bachmann-Medick, Doris},<br />
title = {Cultural Turns. Neuorientierungen in den Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Badakshi 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Badakshi 2006a,<br />
author = {Badakshi, Harun},<br />
title = {Körper in/aus Zahlen. Digitale Bildgebung in der Medizin},<br />
booktitle = {The Picture's Image. Wissenschaftliche Visualisierung als Komposit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Hinterwaldner, Inge; Buschhaus, Markus},<br />
pages = {199-205},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Badt 1963a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Badt 1963a,<br />
author = {Badt, Kurt },<br />
title = {Raumphantasien und Raumillusionen. Wesen der Plastik}<br />
year = {1963},<br />
publisher = {DuMont}, <br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Balázs 2001a,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der Geist des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Balázs 2001b,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der sichtbare Mensch},<br />
booktitle = {Texte zur Theorie des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {v. F. Albersmeier},<br />
publisher = {Philip Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
pages = {224-233},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baltrušaitis 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baltrušaitis 77a,<br />
author = {Baltrušaitis, Jurgis},<br />
title = {Anamorphic Art},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Chadwyck-Healey},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {(aus dem Französischen von W.J. Strachan, zuerst: Paris 1969)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1977a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetoric of the Image},<br />
booktitle = {Image, Music, Text},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
editor = {Stephen Heath},<br />
pages = {32–51},<br />
publisher = {Fontana},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {orig. 1964 in Communications},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1964a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetorik des Bildes (1964)},<br />
booktitle = {Der entgegenkommende und der stumpfe Sinn. Kritische Essays III},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Hornig, Dieter},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barthes 1989a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Die helle Kammer. Bemerkung zur Photographie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batchen 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Batchen 1998a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Photogenics/Fotogenik},<br />
journal = {Camera Austria},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {62/63},<br />
pages = {5-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batchen 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Batchen 2000a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Ectoplasm. Photography in the Digital Age},<br />
booktitle = {Over Exposed. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Squiers, Carol},<br />
pages = {9.23},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batteux 1746/1770===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Batteux 1746/1770,<br />
author = {Batteux, Charles},<br />
title = {Einschränkung der schönen Künste auf einen einzigen Grundsatz},<br />
year = {<sup>3</sup>1770},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Aus dem Französischen übersetzt und mit Abhandlungen begleitet von Johann Adolf Schlegel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baudrillard 1978a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Agonie des Realen},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baudrillard 2000a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Das perfekte Verbrechen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {von Amelunxen},<br />
pages = {256-260},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baumberger 2010===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baumberger 2010,<br />
author = {Baumberger, Christoph},<br />
title = {Gebaute Zeichen. Eine Symboltheorie der Architektur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Ontos},<br />
address = {Heusenstamm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baxandall 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baxandall 1972a,<br />
author = {Baxandall, Michael},<br />
title = {Painting and Experience in Fifteenth Century Italy. A Primer in the Social History of Pictorial Style},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Clarendon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bayer 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bayer 1984,<br />
author = {Bayer, Udo},<br />
title = {Laokoon – Momente einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gunter Gebauer},<br />
pages = {59-101},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bechtloff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bechtloff 2001a,<br />
author = {Bechtloff, Dieter (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Choreographie der Gewalt}, <br />
journal = {Kunstforum International}, <br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Hefte 153, 155 & 156},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Heft 153: Der gerissene Faden. Nichtlineare Techniken in der Kunst; Heft 156: Plateau der Menschheit},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beckmann 1995===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beckmann 1995,<br />
author = {Beckmann, Jan P.},<br />
title = {Wilhelm von Ockham},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beil 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beil 2010a,<br />
author = {Beil, Benjamin},<br />
title = {First Person Perspectives. Point of View und figurenzentrierte Erzählformen im Film und im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belach & Jacobsen 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belach & Jacobsen 93,<br />
author = {Belach, Helga & Jacobsen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {CinemaScope. Zur Geschichte der Breitwandfilme},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Spiess},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Stiftung Deutsche Kinemathek},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beller 2005a,<br />
author = {Beller Hans},<br />
title = {Aspekte der Filmmontage - Eine Art Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch der Filmmontage. Praxis und Prinzipien des Filmschnitts},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Beller Hans},<br />
publisher = {TR-Verlagsunion},<br />
address = {München},<br />
pages = {9-33},<br />
note = {5., gegenüber der 4. unveränderte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2008a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Florenz und Bagdad. Eine westöstliche Geschichte des Blicks},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2004a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bild und Kult. Eine Geschichte des Bildes vor dem Zeitalter der Kunst},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {6. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2002a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte. Eine Revision nach zehn Jahren (1995)},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Dieser Text erschien in seiner ersten Fassung noch mit einem Fragezeichen im Titel. Vgl. ders. (1983): Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte?, München: Deutscher Kunstverlag.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2001a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bildanthropologie. Entwürfe für eine Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 1983a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte?},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Kunstverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting & Haustein 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting & Haustein 1998a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans & Haustein, Lydia},<br />
title = {Das Erbe der Bilder. Kunst und moderne Medien in den Kulturen der Welt},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Benkő 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Benkő 1976a,<br />
editor = {Benkő, L.},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelv történeti-etimológiai szótára. I-IV},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bergson 1948a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bergson 1948a,<br />
author = {Bergson, Henri},<br />
title = {Das Mögliche und das Wirkliche},<br />
booktitle = {Denken und Schöpferisches Werden. Aufsätze und Vorträge},<br />
year = {1948},<br />
editor = {Bergson, H.},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Meisenheim am Glan},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {110-125},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bernays 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernays 1970a,<br />
author = {Bernays, Jacob},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der verlorenen Abhandlung des Aristoteles über Wirkung der Tragödie},<br />
year = {1970}<br />
publisher = {G. Olms},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bernhardt et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernhardt et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Bernhardt, Petra; Hadj-Abdou, Leila; Liebhart, Karin & Pribersky, Andreas},<br />
title = {EUropäische Bildpolitiken. Politische Bildanalyse an Beispielen der EU-Politik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {facultas UTB},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bertram et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bertram et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bertram, Georg W.; Lauer, David; Liptow, Jasper; & Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {In der Welt der Sprache: Konsequenzen des semantischen Holismus},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp}, <br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Berz 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Berz 2009a,<br />
author = {Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bitmapped Graphic},<br />
booktitle = {Zeitkritische Medien},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Volmar, Axel},<br />
pages = {127-154},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bevers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bevers 1985a,<br />
author = {Bevers, Antonius M.},<br />
title = {Dynamik der Formen bei Georg Simmel. Eine Studie über die methodische und theoretische Einheit eines Gesamtwerkes},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Duncker & Humblot},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Sozialwissenschaftliche Abhandlungen der Görres-Gesellschaft, Band 13},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beyme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beyme 2004a,<br />
author = {Beyme, Klaus von},<br />
title = {Politische Ikonologie der modernen Architektur},<br />
booktitle = {Politikwissenschaft als Kulturwissenschaft. Theorien, Methoden, Problemstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schwelling, Birgit},<br />
pages = {351-372},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bieger 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bieger 2007a,<br />
author = {Bieger, Laura},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Immersion. Raum-Erleben zwischen Welt und Bild},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Black 1972===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Black 1972,<br />
author = {Black, Max},<br />
title = {How do Pictures represent?},<br />
booktitle = {Art, Perception, and Reality},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gombrich, E.H.; Hochberg, Julian & Black, Max},<br />
pages = {95-130},<br />
publisher = {John Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blanke 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Blanke 2003,<br />
author = {Blanke, Börries},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Sinn. Das ikonische Zeichen zwischen strukturalistischer Semiotik und analytischer Philosophie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Reihe Bildwissenschaft, Bd. 4},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Block 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Block 1990a,<br />
author = {Block, Ned},<br />
title = {The Computer Model of the Mind},<br />
booktitle = {Thinking. An Invitation to Cognitive Science, Vol. 3},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {D. N. Osherson & E. E. Smith},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bloomfield 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bloomfield 1933a,<br />
author = {Bloomfield, Leonard},<br />
title = {Language},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Henry Holt and Co},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1986a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Annäherungen an die Aktualität der Rhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Wirklichkeiten in denen wir leben},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
pages = {104-136},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1969a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeitsbegriff und Möglichkeit des Romans},<br />
booktitle = {Nachahmung und Illusion. Poetik und Hermeneutik 1},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Hans Robert Jauß},<br />
pages = {9-27},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Blumenberg 1957a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {'Nachahmung der Natur'. Zur Vorgeschichte der Idee des schöpferischen Menschen},<br />
journal = {Studium Generale},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {5},<br />
pages = {266-283},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2008a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Augenmaß. Zur Genese der ikonischen Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Mersman, Birgit & Spies, Christian},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 2007a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2005a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild und die hermeneutische Reflexion},<br />
booktitle = {Dimensionen des Hermeneutischen. Heidegger und Gadamer},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Martin-Heidegger-Gesellschaft},<br />
pages = {23-35},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Schriftenreihe Band 7},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Sprache? Anmerkungen zur Logik der Bilder (2004)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {34-53},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild in der Kunstwissenschaft. Interview mit Gottfried Boehm},<br />
booktitle = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {11-21},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm 2001a,<br />
title = {Homo Pictor},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Saur},<br />
address = {München / Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1999a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zwischen Auge und Hand. Bilder als Instrumente der Erkenntnis (1999)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {94-113},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1994a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Wiederkehr der Bilder},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1994b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Bilderfrage},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Gottfried Boehm},<br />
pages = {325-343},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1994c,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1985a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Der Andere als Prototyp},<br />
booktitle = {Bildnis und Individuum. Über den Ursprung der Porträtmalerei in der italienischen Renaissance},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1978a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zu einer Hermeneutik des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Die Hermeneutik und die Wissenschaft},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Gadamer, Hans-Georg & Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {444-471},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a,<br />
title = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried; Mersmann, Birgit; Spies, Christian},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Böhme 2004a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Der Raum leiblicher Anwesenheit und der Raum als Medium von Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böhme 1999a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böcking 2008===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böcking 2008,<br />
author = {Böcking, Saskia},<br />
title = {Grenzen der Fiktion? Von Suspension of Disbelief zu einer Toleranztheorie für die Filmrezeption.},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bogen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bogen 2005a,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen},<br />
title = {Kunstgeschichte/Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus },<br />
pages = {52-67},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bonsiepe 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bonsiepe 1968a,<br />
author = {Bonsiepe, Gui},<br />
title = {Visuell/Verbale Rhetorik},<br />
journal = {Format: Zeitschrift für visuelle Kommunikation},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {17},<br />
pages = {11–18},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bousso 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bousso 2002a,<br />
author = {Bousso, Raphael},<br />
title = {The Holographic Principle},<br />
journal = {Reviews of Modern Physics},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {74},<br />
pages = {825-874},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brachfeld 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brachfeld_1976a,<br />
author = {Brachfeld, Otto},<br />
title = {Image},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {215-217},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandt 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandt 1999a,<br />
author = {Brandt, Reinhard},<br />
title = {Die Wirklichkeit der Bilder. Sehen und Erkennen – Vom Spiegel zum Kunstbild},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandom 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandom 2000a,<br />
author = {Brandom, Robert},<br />
title = {Expressive Vernunft. Begründung, Repräsentation und diskursive Festlegung (1994)},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Gilmer, Eva & Vetter, Hermann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2007a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Galilei der Künstler. Der Mond. Die Sonne. Die Hand},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2005a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Darwins Korallen. Die frühen Evolutionsdiagramme und die Tradition der Naturgeschichte},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Klaus Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bredekamp 2004a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Drehmomente. Merkmale und Ansprüche des Iconic Turn},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Turn. Die neue Macht der Bilder},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Maar, Christa & Burda, Hubert},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {A Neglected Tradition? Art History as Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2000a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Antikensehnsucht und Maschinenglauben. Die Geschichte der Kunstkammer und die Zukunft der Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 1994a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Die digitale Kunstkammer. Ein Interview mit Horst Bredekamp},<br />
journal = {Texte zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst; Schneider, Birgit; Dünkel, Vera},<br />
title = {Das Technische Bild. Kompendium für eine Stilgeschichte wissenschaftlicher Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst & Schneider, Pablo},<br />
title = {Visuelle Argumentationen. Die Mysterien der Repräsentation und die Berechenbarkeit der Welt},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2010a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildakts. Frankfurter Adorno-Vorlesungen 2007},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brentano 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brentano 1930a,<br />
author = {Brentano, Franz},<br />
title = {Wahrheit und Evidenz},<br />
year = {1930},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {(1975??)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Pitts, Michael A. & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right parietal brain activity precedes perceptual alternation during binocular rivalry},<br />
journal = {Hum. Brain Mapping},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/20690124},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Landis, Theodor & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right parietal brain activity precedes perceptual alternation of bistable stimuli},<br />
journal = {Cereb. Cortex 19},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {55-65},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brugger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger 1999a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter},<br />
title = {One hundred years of an ambiguous figure: happy birthday, duck/rabbit},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
number = {???},<br />
pages = {973–977},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brugger & Brugger 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger & Brugger 1993a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter & Brugger, Susanne},<br />
title = {The easterbunny in october: I is it disguised as a duck},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
number = {???},<br />
pages = {577–578},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brunet 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brunet 2008a,<br />
author = {Brunet, François},<br />
title = {A Better Example is a Photograph': On the Exemplary Value of Photographs in C. S. Peirce's Reflection on Signs},<br />
booktitle = {The Meaning of Photography},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Kelsey, Robin; Stimson, Blake},<br />
pages = {34-49},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Williamstown},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bruno 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bruno 2007a,<br />
author = {Bruno, Giuliana},<br />
title = {Public Intimacy. Architecture and the Visual Arts},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bryson 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bryson 2001a,<br />
author = {Norman Bryson},<br />
title = {Das Sehen und die Malerei},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 2000a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Die Krise der Psychologie},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Velbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Achim Eschbach und Jens Kapitzky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Büttner 2003a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank},<br />
title = {Perspektive},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {265},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher 2011a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {“Man sieht, was man hört“. Multimodales Verstehen als interaktionale Aneignung. Handlungstheoretische Medienanalyse.},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Jan Georg Schneider & Hartmut Stöckl},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher2010a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {Multimodales Verstehen oder Rezeption als Interaktion. Theoretische und empirische Grundlagen einers systematischen Analyse der Multimodalität},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Hajo Diekmannshenke & Michael Klemm & Hartmut Stöckl},<br />
pages = {121-156},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchner 1665===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchner 1665,<br />
author = {August Buchner},<br />
title = {Poet}<br />
year = {1665},<br />
publisher = {???}, <br />
address = {Wittenberg},<br />
note = {hrsg. v. Otto Prätorius},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchwald 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchwald 1989a,<br />
author = {Buchwald, Jed Z.},<br />
title = {The Rise of the Wave Theory of Light},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1933a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Axiomatik der Sprachwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1934a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1934a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Sprachtheorie. Die Darstellungsfunktion der Sprache},<br />
year = {<sup>2</sup>1965},<br />
publisher = {Fischer },<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bürger 1784===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bürger 1784,<br />
author = {Bürger, Gottfried August},<br />
title = {Von der Popularität der Poesie [1784]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Günter und Hiltrud Hintzschel}, <br />
pages = {725-730},<br />
publisher = {Hanser}, <br />
address = {München}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1784},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burckhardt 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Burckhardt 2001a,<br />
author = {Burckhardt, Jacob},<br />
title = {Der Cicerone. Eine Anleitung zum Genuss der Kunstwerke Italiens},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Kritische Gesamtausgabe},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {B. Roeck et al.}, <br />
pages = {Bd. 2},<br />
publisher = {Beck}, <br />
address = {München/Basel}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1855},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burke 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Burke 2003a,<br />
author = {Burke, Peter},<br />
title = {Augenzeugenschaft. Bilder als historische Quellen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Busch 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Busch 2004a,<br />
author = {Busch, Kathrin},<br />
title = {Geschicktes Geben. Aporien der Gabe bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Busch & Därmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Busch & Därmann 2007a,<br />
title = {pathos. Konturen eines kulturwissenschaftlichen Grundbegriffes},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Busch, Kathrin; Därmann, Iris},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Butler 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Butler 2001a,<br />
author = {Butler, Judith},<br />
title = {Psyche der Macht. Das Subjekt der Unterwerfung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner & Gottdank 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Büttner & Gottdank 2009a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank & Gottdank, Andrea},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Ikonographie. Wege zur Deutung von Bildinhalten},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==C==<br />
===Caglioti 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Caglioti 1995a,<br />
author = {Caglioti, G.},<br />
title = {Perception of ambiguous figures: A qualitative Model based on Synergetics and Quantum Mechanics},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {463–478.},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Campe 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Campe 2006a,<br />
author = {Campe, R.},<br />
title = {Epoche der Evidenz. Knoten in einem terminologischen Netzwerk zwischen Descartes und Kant},<br />
booktitle = {Intellektuelle Anschauung. Figurationen von Evidenz zwischen Kunst und Wissen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Peters, S. & Schäfer, M.J. },<br />
pages = {5-43},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carani 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carani 1986a,<br />
author = {Carani, Marie},<br />
title = {Le corpus Pellan: une relecture sémiotique},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carbone 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carbone 2001a,<br />
author = {Mauro Carbone},<br />
title = {La visibilité de l’invisible},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a,<br />
author = {Carlbom, Ingrid; Paciorek, Joseph},<br />
title = {Planar Geometric Projections and Viewing Transformations},<br />
journal = {ACM Computing Surveys},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {465-502},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carnap 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carnap 1947a,<br />
author = {Carnap, Rudolf},<br />
title = {Meaning and Necessity: A Study in Semantics and Modal Logic},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, IL},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2007a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {The World at a Glance},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2005a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {Earth-Mapping. Artists Reshaping Landscape},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2002a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {Representing Place. Landscape Painting and Maps},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 2010a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Birgit Recki},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 2009a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Der Begriff der symbolischen Form im Aufbau der Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
pages = {63-92},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Marion Lauschke},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1990a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Versuch über den Menschen. Einführung in eine Philosophie der Kultur},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1989a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Zur Logik der Kulturwissenschaften. Fünf Studien},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {5., unveränd. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 1930a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Mythischer, ästhetischer und theoretischer Raum (1930)},<br />
booktitle = {Ernst Cassirer: Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 17},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {B. Recki},<br />
pages = {411-436 [1931]},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1929a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1925a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1925a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Zweiter Teil: Das mythische Denken},<br />
year = {1925},<br />
publisher = {Cassirer, Bruno},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1923a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Erster Teil: Die Sprache},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===CCALED===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{CCALED-4,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Collins Cobuild Advanced Learner’s English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
publisher = {Collins},<br />
address = {Glasgow},<br />
note = {4<sup>th</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cha & Rautzenberg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cha & Rautzenberg 08a,<br />
author = {Cha, Kyung-Ho & Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
title = {Einleitung: Im Theater des Sehens. Anamorphose als Bild und philosophische Metapher},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {dies.},<br />
pages = {7-22},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chomsky 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chomsky 1957a,<br />
author = {Chomsky, Noam},<br />
title = {Syntactic Structures},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Christian 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Christian 2009a,<br />
author = {Christian, Alexander},<br />
title = {Piktogramme, Kritischer Beitrag zu einer Begriffsbestimmung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Shaker},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cipolla et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cipolla et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Cipolla, Roberto & Battiato, Sebastiano & Farinella, Giovanni Maria },<br />
title = {Computer Vision: Detection, Recognition and Reconstruction},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin, Heidelberg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Collingwood 1945===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Collingwood 1945,<br />
author = {Collingwood, Robin},<br />
title = {Die Idee der Natur [The Idea of Nature (1945)]},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {Übers.: Martin Suhr},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, M. R.; Roberts A. R.; Barbee A. P.; Druen P. B.; Wu Cheng-Huan},<br />
title = {„Their ideas of beauty are, on the wohle, the same as ours“: consistency and variability in the cross-cultural perception of female physical attractiveness},<br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {68},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-279},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham 1986a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, M.R.},<br />
title = {Measuring the physical in physical attractiveness: Quasi-experiments on the sociobiology of female facial beauty}, <br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {50},<br />
number = {}, <br />
pages = {925-935},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==D==<br />
===Damisch 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Damisch 1987a,<br />
author = {Damisch, Hubert},<br />
title = {L'origine de la perspective},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Flammarion},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Darwin 1872a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Darwin 1872a,<br />
author = {Darwin, Charles},<br />
title = {On the Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals},<br />
year = {1872},<br />
publisher = {Murray},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davidson 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Davidson 2004a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
title = {Drei Spielarten des Wissens},<br />
booktitle = {Subjektiv, intersubjektiv, objektiv},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
pages = {339-363},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davies 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Davies 1991,<br />
author = {Davies, David},<br />
title = {Works, Texts, and Contexts. Goodman on the Literary Artwork},<br />
journal = {Canadian Journal of Philosophy},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {331-346},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Deleuze 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Deleuze 1989a,<br />
author = {Deleuze, Gilles},<br />
title = {Das Bewegungs-Bild. Kino1},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M},<br />
note = {a. d. Franz. v. U. Christians und U. Bokelmann; Erstveröffentlichung 1983},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Demuth 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Demuth 2007a,<br />
author = {Demuth, Volker},<br />
title = {Extreme Expeditionen. Digitale, hybride und künstlerische Räume},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {89-104},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Depaulo 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Depaulo 1992a,<br />
author = {DePaulo, B. M. },<br />
title = {Nonverbal Behavior and Self Presentation},<br />
journal = {Psychological Bulletin},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {111},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {203-243},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Derrida 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 2007a,<br />
author = {Jacques Derrida},<br />
title = {Aufzeichnungen eines Blinden. Das Selbstporträt und andere Ruinen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Derrida 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 1992a,<br />
author = {Derrida, J.},<br />
title = {Die Wahrheit in der Malerei},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===de Duve 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{de Duve 1990a,<br />
author = {de Duve, Thierry},<br />
title = {The Monochrome and the Blank Canvas},<br />
booktitle = {Reconstructiong Modernism. Art in New York, Paris and Montreal 1945-1964},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Guilbaut, Serge},<br />
pages = {244-310},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge/Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===de Schonen et.al. 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{de Schonen et.al. 1994a,<br />
author = {de Schonen, S.; Deruelle, C.; Pascalis, O.; & Mancini, J.},<br />
title = {About funcional brain specialization.The development of face recognition (Functional cerebral specialization in the development of face recognition / A propos de la notion de specialisation cerebrale fonctionnelle: le developpement de la reconnaissance des visages)},<br />
journal = {Psychologie francaise},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {259-274},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Diderot 1751===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Diderot 1751,<br />
author = {Denis Diderot},<br />
title = {Brief über die Taubstummen [1751},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Schriften. Erster Band},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Friedrich Bassenge},<br />
pages = {27-97},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 1999a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Was wir sehen blickt uns an. Zur Metapsychologie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Didi-Huberman 2005a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {L’espace danse – Der Raum tanzt},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {16-30},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Diekmannshenke, Hajo & Klemm, Michael & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {erscheint Ende 2010},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dion 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dion 2002a,<br />
author = {Dion, K. K.},<br />
title = {Cultural Perspectives on Facial Attractiveness},<br />
booktitle = {Facial Attractiveness. Evolutionary, Cognitive, and Social Perspectives},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Rhodes, G. & Zebrowitz, L.A.},<br />
pages = {239-260},<br />
publisher = {Ablex},<br />
address = {Westport, CT},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ditzinger 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ditzinger 2006a,<br />
author = {Ditzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Illusionen des Sehens. Eine Reise in die Welt der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Elsevier, Spektrum, Akad. Verl.},<br />
address = {München, Heidelberg},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2002a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Malerei im Bilderstreit. Eine Revision aus Anlass des Rubenspreis-Jubiläums},<br />
booktitle = {10 x Malerei. Rubenspreis der Stadt Siegen in Werken der Sammlung Lambrecht-Schadeberg},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {19-34},<br />
publisher = {Museum für Gegenwartskunst },<br />
address = {Siegen},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dobbe 1999a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Querelle des Anciens, des Modernes et des Postmodernes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2007a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian},<br />
title = {Figuren der visuellen Rhetorik in werblichen Gesamttexten},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {71–112},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2001a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian },<br />
title = {Ein Funktionenmodell für Bildtexte},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Klaus Sachs-Hombach},<br />
pages = {29-39},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Döring 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Döring 2009a,<br />
author = {Döring, Sabine},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie der Gefühle},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Döring, Sabine},<br />
pages = {12-65},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drechsel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Drechsel 2006a,<br />
author = {Drechsel, Benjamin},<br />
title = {Was ist ein politisches Bild? Einige Überlegungen zur Entwicklung der Politikwissenschaft als Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Moderne. Kulturwissenschaftliches Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {106-120},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1989a,<br />
author = {Drosdowsi, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Etymologie. Herkunftwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache.},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {2. völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1988a,<br />
author = {Drosdowski, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Stilwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache. Die Verwendung der Wörter im Satz.},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {7., völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {= DUDEN Band 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dubois 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubois 1998a,<br />
author = {Dubois, Philippe},<br />
title = {Der fotografische Akt. Versuch über ein theoretisches Dispositiv},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Dresden, Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dubos 1760-61===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubos 1760-61,<br />
author = {Du Bos, Jean-Baptiste},<br />
title = {Kritische Betrachtungen über die Poesie und Malerey, 3 Teile},<br />
year = {1760-1761},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Übers.: Gottfried Benediktus Funk},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Duden 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Duden 1999a,<br />
author = {Duden},<br />
title = {Das große Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache in zehn Bänden},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dudenredaktion 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dudenredaktion 2003a,<br />
author = {Dudenredaktion (Hg.)},<br />
title = {DUDEN. Das Stilwörterbuch.},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {8. völlig neu bearbeitete Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Durand 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Durand 1987a,<br />
author = {Durand, Jacques},<br />
title = {Rhetorical Figures in the Advertising Image},<br />
booktitle = {Marketing and Semiotics},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Sebeok, J.U. },<br />
pages = {295–318},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==E==<br />
===Ebert 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ebert 1979a,<br />
author = {Ebert, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Montage Editing Schnitt},<br />
journal = {Filmkritik},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {547-558},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eco 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eco 1998,<br />
author = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
title = {Lector in fabula. Die Mitarbeit der Interpretation in erzählenden Texten},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {dtv},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eddiks 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Eddiks 2004a,<br />
author = {Eddiks, Christina},<br />
title = {Dem Emblem auf der Spur},<br />
howpublished = {},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
note = {Diplomarbeit},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kisd.de/~tom/diplom/christina_emblematik.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Edgerton 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Edgerton 2002a,<br />
author = {Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Die Entdeckung der Perspektive},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. & Ch. Sütterlin},<br />
title = {Im Banne der Angst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte menschlicher Abwehrsymbolik},<br />
year = {1992}, <br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. & Ch. Sütterlin},<br />
title = {Weltsprache Kunst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte bildlicher Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2008}, <br />
publisher = {Brandstätter},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt. I. },<br />
title = {Die Biologie menschlichen Verhaltens. Lehrbuch der Humanethologie},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt I. },<br />
title = {The expressive behavior of the deaf- and blind born},<br />
booktitle = {Social Communication and Movement},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {M. v. Cranach & I. Vine},<br />
pages = {163-194},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ekman 1973b,<br />
author = {Ekman, P. },<br />
title = {Cross cultural studies of facial expression},<br />
booktitle = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Ekman, P.},<br />
pages = {169-222},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ekman 1973a,<br />
editor = {Ekman, P. },<br />
title = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Elgin 1992,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Notation},<br />
booktitle = {A Companion to Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Cooper, David},<br />
pages = {307-309},<br />
publisher = {Blackwell},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1983===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elgin 1983,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {With Reference to Reference},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elkins 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 2003a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {Visual Studies. A Skeptical Introduction},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elkins 1999===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 1999,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {The Domain of Images},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ellgring 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ellgring 1989a,<br />
author = {Ellgring, H.},<br />
title = {Nonverbal communication in depression},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Else 1958===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Else 1958,<br />
author = {Else, Gerald F.},<br />
title = {Imitation in the fifth century},<br />
journal = {Classical Philology},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
volume = {53},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {73-90},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Enright 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Enright 1987a,<br />
author = {Enright, J. T.},<br />
title = {Perspective vergence: oculomotor responses to line drawings},<br />
journal = {Vision Res},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1513–1526},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst 2002a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gibt es eine spezifische Videozität?},<br />
booktitle = {REC - Video als mediales Phänomen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf; Hoffmann, Hilde & Nohr, Rolf F.},<br />
pages = {14-29},<br />
publisher = {VDG},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang & Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Digitale Bildarchivierung. Der Wölfflin-Kalkül},<br />
booktitle = {Konfigurationen. Zwischen Kunst und Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Schade, Sigrid & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
pages = {306-320},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst et al. 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ernst et al. 2003a,<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang et al.},<br />
title = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Esposito 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Esposito 1998,<br />
author = {Esposito, Elena},<br />
title = {Fiktion und Virtualität},<br />
booktitle = {edien, Computer Realität. Wirklichkeitsvorstellungen und Neue Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {269-296},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Etcoff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Etcoff 2001a,<br />
author = {Etcoff, N. },<br />
title = {Nur die Schönsten überleben. Die Ästhetik des Menschen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eusterschulte 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eusterschulte 2001,<br />
author = {Eusterschulte, Anne},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 5: L-Musi},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Gert Ueding},<br />
pages = {Sp. 1232-1294},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==F==<br />
===Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a,<br />
author = {Fahlenbrach, Kathrin & Viehoff, Reinhold},<br />
title = {Medienikonen des Krieges. Die symbolische Entthronung Saddams als Versuch strategischer Ikonisierung},<br />
booktitle = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
pages = {356-387},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fantz 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fantz 1966a,<br />
author = {Fantz, R.L. },<br />
title = {Pattern discrimination and selective attention as determinants of perceptual development from birth},<br />
booktitle = {Perceptual Development in Children},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Kidd, A.H. & Rivoire, J.L},<br />
pages = {143-173},<br />
publisher = {University Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Farago 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Farago 1992a,<br />
author = {Farago, Claire J.},<br />
title = {Leonardo da Vinci’s Paragone. A Critical Interpretation with a New Edition of the Text in the Codex Urbinas},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leiden/New York/Kopenhagen/Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ferino-Pagden 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ferino-Pagden 2009a,<br />
title = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S. },<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fiedler 1991a,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2 Bd., hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991b,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Über den Ursprung der künstlerischen Tätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {111-220},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 1, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991c,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Aphorismen},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {7-105},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991d,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Zur neueren Kunsttheorie},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {247-290},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiske 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiske 2001a,<br />
author = {Fiske, John },<br />
title = {Videotech},<br />
booktitle = {Grundlagentexte zur Fernsehwissenschaft. Theorie - Geschichte - Analyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf et al.},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Konstanz},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {484-502},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Floch 1998a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean Marie},<br />
title = {The Contribution of Structural Semiotics to the Design of a Hypermarket},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Research in Marketing },<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1995a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Identités visuelles},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Presses Universitaires de France},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1990a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Sémiotique, marketing et communication},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Presses Universitaires de France.},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flügge et al. 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flügge et al. 2007a,<br />
author = {Flügge, Matthias; Kudielka, Robert & Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Vorwort und Dank},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {6-9},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flusser 1994===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flusser 1994,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Abbild – Vorbild},<br />
booktitle = {Was heißt „Darstellen“? },<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Christiaan L. Hart Nibbrig},<br />
pages = {34-48},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foley et al. 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foley et al. 1990a,<br />
author = {Foley, James D.; van Dam; Feiner & Hughes },<br />
title = {Computer Graphics. Principles and Practice},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Addison Wesley},<br />
address = {Reading, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foster & Krauss 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Foster & Krauss 1996a,<br />
author = {Foster, H. & Krauss, R.},<br />
title = {Introduction},<br />
journal = {October},<br />
pages = {3-4},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Foucault 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foucault 1976a,<br />
author = {Foucault, Michael},<br />
title = {Überwachen und Strafen},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fox 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fox 2006a,<br />
author = {Fox, Mark},<br />
title = {Quantum Optics. An Introduction},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frank & Lange 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frank & Lange 10a,<br />
author = {Frank, Gustav & Lange, Barbara},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft. Bilder in der visuellen Kultur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freedberg 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Freedberg 1991a,<br />
author = {Freedberg, David},<br />
title = {The Power of Images. Studies in the History and Theory of Response (1989)},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frege 1892===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frege 1892,<br />
author = {Frege, Gottlob},<br />
title = {Über Sinn und Bedeutung, zitiert nach der Ausgabe in: Frege, Gottlob: Funktion, Begriff, Bedeutung},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {G. Patzig},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {40-65},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1946a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die Verdrängung},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {247-261},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1946b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946b,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Das Unbewußte},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {263-303},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fuhrmann 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fuhrmann 2003,<br />
author = {Fuhrmann, Manfred},<br />
title = {Die Dichtungstheorie der Antike. Aristoteles – Horaz – 'Longin' Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Artemis & Winkler},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf und Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==G==<br />
<br />
===Gaede 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gaede 1981a,<br />
author = {Gaede, Werner},<br />
title = {Vom Wort zum Bild: Kreativ-Methoden der Visualisierung},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
publisher = {Langen Müller/Herbig},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Galison 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Galison 1997a,<br />
author = {Galison, Peter},<br />
title = {Image and Logic. A Material Culture of Microphysics},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ganz & Henkel 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ganz & Henkel 2004a,<br />
title = {Rahmen-Diskurse. Kultbilder im konfessionellen Zeitalter},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Ganz, David; Henkel, Georg},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Garcia 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gardner 1990,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Color Design},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Garcia 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Garcia 1997,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Evolutions},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gardner 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gardner 1985a,<br />
author = {Gardner, Howard},<br />
title = {The Mind’s New Science. A History of the Cognitive Revolution},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Basic Books},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gebauer & Wulf 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gebauer & Wulf 1992a,<br />
author = {Gebauer, Gunter & Wulf, Christoph},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Kultur – Kunst - Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Der Mensch. Seine Natur und seine Stellung in der Welt},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Aula},<br />
address = {Wiebelsheim},<br />
note = {14. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004b,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Urmensch und Spätkultur. Philosophische Ergebnisse und Aussagen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Kolstermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {6., erw. Aufl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 1961a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Forschung. Zur Selbstbegegnung und Selbstentdeckung des Menschen},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a,<br />
author = {Geiger, Susi & Henn-Memmesheimer, Beate},<br />
title = {Visuell-verbale Textgestaltung von Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {1/2},<br />
pages = {55–74},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gellius 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gellius 1987a,<br />
author = {Gellius, A.},<br />
title = {Attische Nächte...},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Ü: H. Berthold},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerhardus et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gerhardus et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Gerhardus, Dietfried & Kledzik, S.M. & Reitzig, G.H.},<br />
title = {Schlüssiges Argumentieren – Logisch-propädeutisches Lehr- und Arbeitsbuch},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Gerstengrabe, Carina; Lang, Katharina & Schneider, Anna},<br />
title = {Wasserzeichen. Vom 13. Jahrhundert bis zum Digital Watermarking. Kulturen des Kopierschutzes<br />
II},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {9-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982a,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung und Umwelt. Der ökologische Ansatz in der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Urban & Schwarzenberg},<br />
address = {München, Wien u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982b,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Die Sinne und der Prozeß der Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Huber},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glock 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Glock 2000a,<br />
author = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
title = {Aspektwahrnehmung},<br />
booktitle = {Wittgenstein-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
pages = {43},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glüher 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Glüher 1998a,<br />
author = {Glüher, Gebhard},<br />
title = {Von der Theorie der Fotografie zur Theorie des digitalen Bildes},<br />
journal = {Kritische Berichte},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {23-31},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldie 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goldie 2000a,<br />
author = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
title = {The Emotions. A Philosophical Exploration},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldie 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Goldie 2010a,<br />
title = {The Oxford Handbook of Philosophy of Emotion},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 2002a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Phaidon},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {6},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1977a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gondek 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gondek 1997a,<br />
author = {Gondek, Hans-Dieter},<br />
title = {Der Blick – zwischen Sartre und Lacan. Ein Kommentar zum VII. Kapitel des Seminar XI},<br />
journal = {Riss. Zeitschrift für Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {37/38},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gooch & Gooch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gooch & Gooch 2001a,<br />
author = {Gooch, Bruce & Gooch, Amy},<br />
title = {Non-Photorealistic Rendering},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Natick, MA. },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1968a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Languages of Art},<br />
year = {1968, 2. rev. Aufl. 1976},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {dt.: Sprachen der Kunst. Suhrkamp 1998},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman & Elgin 1988===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman & Elgin 1988,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson & Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Reconceptions in Philosophy and Other Arts and Sciences},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {Deutsch: <em>Revisionen. Philosophie und andere Künste und Wissenschaften</em>. Frankfurt a. M.: Suhrkamp, 1993},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goren et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Goren et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Goren, C. C., Sarty, M., & Wu, P. Y.},<br />
title = { Visual following and pattern discrimination of face-like stimuli by newborn infants},<br />
journal = {Pediatrics},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {544-549},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/1165958?dopt=abstract},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_Kruse_2009a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Roland Barthes: Zeichen, Kommunikation und Mythos},<br />
booktitle = {Schlüsselwerke der Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Hepp, Andreas; Krotz, Friedrich & Thomas, Tanja},<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {VS/GWV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Empathische Cues und die Möglichkeit einer Affekt-Sprache des Films},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4},<br />
pages = {289-298},<br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2008b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008b,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Gewalt als Erlebnis. Die somatische Decodierung als Strategie des Filmerlebens in CLOVERFIELD},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4}, <br />
pages = {299-312},<br />
note = {}, <br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_Kruse_2009a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Roland Barthes: Zeichen, Kommunikation und Mythos},<br />
booktitle = {Schlüsselwerke der Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Hepp, Andreas; Krotz, Friedrich & Thomas, Tanja},<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {VS/GWV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_2010a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars},<br />
title = {Die Evolution des Cyborgs. Künstliche Lebensformen im japanischen Anime Ergo Proxy (2006)},<br />
booktitle = {Japan - Europa. Wechselwirkungen zwischen den Kulturen im Film und den darstellenden Künsten},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Adachi-Rabe, Kayo; Becker, Andreas; Mundhenke, Florian},<br />
pages = {213-230},<br />
publisher = {Büchner Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grammer et al. 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grammer et al. 2002a,<br />
author = {Grammer, Karl, Fink, B. & Renninger, L. A.},<br />
title = {Dynamic Systems and Inferential Information Processing in Human Communication},<br />
journal = {Neuroendocrinology Letters},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {Suppl. 4},<br />
pages = {15-22},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Graumann 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graumann 1966a,<br />
author = {Graumann, Carl Friedrich},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der Verhaltensbeobachtung},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Meyer, Ernst & Maier, Hans}, <br />
booktitle = {Fernsehen in der Lehrerbildung, Neue Forschungsansätze in Pädagogik},<br />
publisher = {Manz},<br />
pages = {86-107},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gregory 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gregory 2000a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Ambiguity of ‘ambiguity’},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1139-1142},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.richardgregory.org/papers/editorials/ambiguity-of-ambiguity.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gregory 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gregory 1997a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Eye and brain. The psychology of seeing},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Princeton University Press},<br />
address = {Princeton, N.J},<br />
note = {5. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1970a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Du sens, Teil I},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Essais Sémiotiques},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1966a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Sémantique structurale},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Semantik. Braunschweig: Vieweg, 1971},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas & Courtés 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas & Courtés 1979a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien & Courtés, Joseph},<br />
title = {Sémiotique: Dictionnaire raisonné de la théorie du langage},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hachette},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greenberg 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Greenberg 1997a,<br />
author = {Greenberg, Clement},<br />
title = {Zu einem neuen Laokoon},<br />
booktitle = {Clement Greenberg – Die Essenz der Modere. Ausgewählte Essays und Kritiken},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lüdeking, Karlheinz},<br />
pages = {56-81},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Dresden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grieshofer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grieshofer 2009a,<br />
author = {Grieshofer, F. },<br />
title = {Masken im Brennpunkt musealer Sammeltätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grimm 1860===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Grimm 1860,<br />
title = {Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: Biermörder-D},<br />
year = {1860},<br />
editor = {Jacob Grimm & Wilhelm Grimm},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grittmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grittmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Grittmann, Elke},<br />
title = {Das politische Bild. Fotojournalismus und Pressefotografie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Groß et al. 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Groß et al. 1981a,<br />
author = {Gross, C.G.; Bruce, C.J.; Desimone, R.; Fleming, J. & Gattass, R.},<br />
title = {Cortical visual areas of the temporal lobe: Three areas in the macaque},<br />
booktitle = {Cortical Sensory Organization. Vol. 2: Multiple Visual Areas},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
editor = {C.N. Woolsey},<br />
pages = {187-216},<br />
publisher = {Humana Press},<br />
address = {Totowa N.J.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Günzel 2006a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Bildtheoretische Analyse von Computerspielen in der Perspektive Erste Person},<br />
journal = {IMAGE},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {31-43},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2008a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Realität des Simulationsbildes. Raum im Computerspiel},<br />
booktitle = {Die Realität der Imagination - Architektur und das digitale Bild},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
pages = {127-136},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weimar}, <br />
note = {10. internationales Bauhaus-Kolloquium},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2009a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Simulation und Perspektive. Der bildtheoretische Ansatz in der Computerspielforschung},<br />
booktitle = {Shooter: Eine multdisziplinäre Einführung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Bopp, Matthias; Wiemer, Serjoscha & Nohr,Rolf F.},<br />
pages = {331-352},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2010a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Geste des Manipulierens. Zu Gebrauch statischer und beweglicher Digitalbilder}, <br />
booktitle = {Freeze Frames. Zum Verhältnis von Fotografie und Film},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmann & Gerlin},<br />
pages = {114-129},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==H==<br />
<br />
===Haas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haas 1995a,<br />
author = {Haas, Stefan},<br />
title = {Psychologen, Künstler, Ökonomen. Das Selbstverständnis der Werbetreibenden zwischen Fin de siècle und Nachkriegszeit},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderwelt des Alltags. Werbung in der Konsumgesellschaft des 19. und 20. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Borscheid, Peter & Wischermann, Clemens},<br />
pages = {78-89},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
===Habermas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1995a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Theorie des kommunikativen Handelns (1981), 2 Bd.},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Habermas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1973a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Erkenntnis und Interesse},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002a,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Die Entropie der Fotografie. Skizzen zu einer Genealogie der digitalelektronischen Bildaufzeichnung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf},<br />
pages = {195-238},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002b,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Es gibt kein ,digitales Bild'. Eine medienepistemologische Anmerkung},<br />
booktitle = {Licht und Leitung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Engel},<br />
pages = {103-112},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Haken 1995===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haken 1995,<br />
author = {Haken, Hermann},<br />
title = {Some basic concepts of Synergetics with respect of multistability in perception, phase transmissions and formation of meaning},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {23–44},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halawa 2008a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Wie sind Bilder möglich? Argumente für eine semiotische Fundierung des Bildbegriffs},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halbfass 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halbfass 1972a,<br />
author = {Halbfass, W.},<br />
title = {Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gründer, K. & Ritter, J. },<br />
pages = {Sp. 829-834},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halliday 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halliday 1996a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {Language as a Social Semiotic},<br />
booktitle = {The Communication Theory Reader},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Cobley, Paul},<br />
pages = {359-383},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halliday 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halliday 1985a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {An Introduction to Functional Grammar},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Edward Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hansen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hansen 2005a,<br />
author = {Hansen, S. },<br />
title = {Neolithische Figuralplastik im südlichen Karpatenbecken},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Harris 1756===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Harris 1756,<br />
author = {James Harris},<br />
title = {Drey Abhandlungen. Die erste über die Kunst, die andere über die Music, Mahlerey und Poesie, die dritte über die Glückseligkeit},<br />
year = {1756},<br />
publisher = {Schuster},<br />
address = {Danzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hasselbeck 1979===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hasselbeck 1979,<br />
author = {Hasselbeck, Otto},<br />
title = {Illusion und Fiktion. Lessings Beitrag zur poetologischen Diskussion über das Verhältnis von Kunst und Wirklichkeit},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hauschild 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hauschild 1982a,<br />
author = {Hauschild, Thomas},<br />
title = {Der böse Blick. Ideengeschichtliche und sozialpsychologische Untersuchungen, Beiträge zur Ethnomedizin, Ethnobotanik und Ethnozoologie},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1826===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1826,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Kunst. Vorlesung von 1826},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Gethmann-Siefert, Annemarie; Kwon, Jeong-Im & Berr, Karsten},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1830===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1830,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Enzyklopädie der philosophischen Wissenschaften im Grundrisse [1830]},<br />
year = {<sup>6</sup>1959},<br />
editor = {Friedhelm Nicolin und Otto Pöggeler},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1835===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1835,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Einleitung in die Ästhetik. Mit den beiden Vorreden von Heinrich Gustav Hotho [1835]},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hegel 1970a,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über die Ästhetik II},<br />
booktitle = {Werke},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
editor = {E. Moldenhauer & K. M. Michel},<br />
pages = {Bd. 14},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1835},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heidegger 1986a,<br />
author = {Martin Heidegger},<br />
title = {Ursprung des Kunstwerkes (1935/36)},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ditzingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1950a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidegger 1950a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Die Zeit des Weltbildes},<br />
booktitle = {Holzwege},<br />
year = {1950},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {69-104},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidenreich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidenreich 2001a,<br />
author = {Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Effekte der Digitalisierung: Berechenbarkeit und Suche},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, Wolfgang & Jaworek, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {259-262},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heider 2009a,<br />
author = {Heider, Don},<br />
title = {Living Virtually. Researching New Worlds},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang Publishing},<br />
address = {New Yor},<br />
note = {(Digital Formations vol. 47)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 2001a,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Abhandlung über den Ursprung der Sprache (1772)},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Irmscher, Hans Dietrich},<br />
publisher = {Philipp Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 1800===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 1800,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Sämtliche Werke. Bd. 22: Kalligone [1800]},<br />
year = {1880},<br />
editor = {Bernhard Suphan},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hernadi 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hernadi 1991,<br />
author = {Hernadi, Paul},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
title = {Reconceiving Notation and Performance},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetic Education},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herter 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Herter 1947a,<br />
author = {Herter, H. },<br />
title = {Vom dionysischen Tanz zum komischen Spiel. Die Anfänge der Attischen Komödie},<br />
journal = {Darstellung und Deutung},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {Iserlohn},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heßler 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Heßler 2006a, <br />
author = {Heßler, Martina},<br />
title = {Von der doppelten Unsichtbarkeit digitaler Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Ressource}, <br />
publisher = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden ={letzter Kontrollaufruf: 07.08.2010},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2006/3/Hessler/dippArticle.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hick 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hick 99a,<br />
author = {Hick, Ulrike},<br />
title = {Geschichte der optischen Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hickethier 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hickethier 1995a,<br />
author = {Hickethier, Knut},<br />
title = {Dispositiv Fernsehen – Skizze eines Modells},<br />
journal = {Montage/av},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1}<br />
pages = {63-83},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: },<br />
url = {www.montage-av.de/pdf/041_1995/04_1_Knut_Hickethier_Dispositiv_Fernsehen.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hildebrand 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hildebrand 1969a,<br />
author = {Hildebrand, Adolf von},<br />
title = {Das Problem der Form},<br />
booktitle = {Hildebrand: Gesammelte Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Bock, H.},<br />
pages = {41-350},<br />
publisher = {Westdeutscher Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln/Opladen},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1903},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hinterwaldner 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hinterwaldner 2008a,<br />
author = {Hinterwaldner, Inge},<br />
title = {Simulationsmodelle. Zur Verhältnisbestimmung von Modellierung und Bildgebung in interaktiven Echtzeitsimulationen},<br />
booktitle = {Visuelle Modelle},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Reichle, Ingeborg; Siegel, Steffen & Spelten, Achim},<br />
pages = {301-316},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hjelmslev 1954a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {La stratification du langage},<br />
booktitle = {Essais linguistiques},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
editor = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Nordisk Sprog- od Kulturforlag},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1943a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hjelmslev 1943a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {Omkring sprogteoriens grundlæggelse},<br />
year = {1943},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Dt. Prolegomena zu einer Sprachtheorie. München: Hueber},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hochberg 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hochberg 1977a,<br />
author = {Hochberg, Julian E.},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hofmann 2000a,<br />
author = {Hoffman, Donald D.},<br />
title = {Visuelle Intelligenz. Wie die Welt im Kopf entsteht},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hofmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Hofmann, Werner },<br />
title = {Spielräume und Raumverstecke},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {10-22},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2010a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Bildüberschreibungen. Wie Sprechtexte Nachrichtenfilme lesbar machen (und umgekehrt)},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, Hajo; Klemm, Michael & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
pages = {231-254},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {erscheint Ende 2010},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2009a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Der Wort-Bild-Reißverschluss. Über die performative Dynamik audiovisueller Transkriptivität},<br />
booktitle = {Oberfläche und Performanz. Untersuchungen zur Sprache als dynamischer Gestalt},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Linke, Angelika & Feilke, Helmuth},<br />
pages = {389-406},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2007a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Audiovisuelle Hermeneutik: Am Beispiel des TV-Spots der Kampagne ‚Du bist Deutschland’},<br />
booktitle = {Linguistische Hermeneutik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hermanns, Fritz},<br />
pages = {389–428},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly & Jäger 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly & Jäger 2011a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner & Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptionstheoretische Medienanalyse. Vom Anders-lesbar-Machen durch intermediale Bezugnahmepraktiken},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, Jan Georg & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {erscheint Frühjahr 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holmes 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holmes 1980a,<br />
author = {Holmes, Sir Oliver Wendell},<br />
title = {Das Stereoskop und der Stereograph},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie I. 1839-1912},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {114-122},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Originalausgabe 1859},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holschbach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holschbach 2003a,<br />
author = {Holschbach, Susanne},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Diskurse der Fotografie. Fotokritik am Ende des fotografischen Zeitalters},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {7-21},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {BD. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hömberg & Karasek 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hömberg & Karasek 2008a,<br />
author = {Hömberg, Walter & Karasek, Johannes},<br />
title = {Der Schweißfleck der Kanzlerkandidatin. Bildmanipulation, Bildfälschung und Bildethik im Zeitalter der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
journal = {Communicatio Socialis},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {276-293},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hopkins 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hopkins 1998a,<br />
author = {Hopkins, Robert},<br />
title = {Picture, Image and Experience},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Huber 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Huber 2004a,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Bild Beobachter Milieu. Entwurf einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1820a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1820a,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über das vergleichende Sprachstudium in Beziehung auf die verschiedenen Epochen der Sprachentwicklung [1820]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 4: 1820-1822},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
editor = {Albert Leitzmann},<br />
pages = {1-34},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1830-1835===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1830-1835,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über die Verschiedenheit des menschlichen Sprachbaues und ihren Einfluß auf die geistige Entwicklung des Menschengeschlechts [1830-1835]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 7.1},<br />
year = {1907},<br />
editor = {Albert Leitzmann},<br />
pages = {1-344},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 2006,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Phantasie und Bildbewußtsein},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {herausgegeben und eingeleitet von Eduard Marbach, Text nach Husserliana, Band XXIII},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1993a,<br />
author = {Husserl, E.},<br />
title = {Logische Untersuchungen. Elemente einer phänomenologischen Aufklärung der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {Teil II/Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1980a,<br />
author = {Edmund Husserl},<br />
title = {Phantasie, Bildbewusstsein, Erinnerung. Zur Phänomenologie der anschaulichen Vergegenwärtigungen. Texte aus dem Nachlass (1898-1925) (Husserliana XXIII)},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag / Boston / Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hyman 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hyman 2006a,<br />
author = {Hyman, John},<br />
title = {The Objective Eye: Color, Form, and Reality in the Theory of Art},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {UP},<br />
address = {Chicago },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hynes 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hynes 2005a,<br />
author = {Hynes, Maria},<br />
title = {Rethinking Reductionism},<br />
journal = {Culture Machine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {online journal},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.culturemachine.net/index.php/cm/article/viewArticle/33/41},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==I==<br />
===Imdahl 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1996a,<br />
author = {Max Imdahl},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Max Imdahl, Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {Wiederauflage der Schrift von 1974},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<!--- ===Imdahl 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1974a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {Wiederabruck}, <br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
--><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1987a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Farbe. Kunsttheoretische Reflexionen in Frankreich},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==J==<br />
===Jäger & Knauer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jäger & Knauer 2009a,<br />
title = {Bilder als historische Quellen? Dimensionen der Debatte um historische Bildforschung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jäger, Jens & Knauer, Martin},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jansen 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jansen 2005,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Aristoteles und das Problem des Neuen: Wie kreativ sind Veränderungsprinzipien?},<br />
booktitle = {Kreativität. XX. Deutscher Kongress für Philosophie. 26.-30. September 2005 in Berlin. Sektionsbeiträge, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Günter Abel},<br />
pages = {15-25},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag der TU Berlin},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jansen 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jansen 2002,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Tun und Können. Ein systematischer Kommentar zu Aristoteles' Theorie der Vermögen im neunten Buch der „Metaphysik”},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Hänsel-Hohenhausen},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jäger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2008a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptive Verhältnisse. Zur Logik intra- und intermedialer Bezugnahmen in ästhetischen Diskursen},<br />
booktitle = {Transkription und Fassung in der Musik des 20. Jahrhunderts. Beiträge des Kolloquiums in der Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur, Mainz, vom 5. bis 6. März 2004},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Gabriele Buschmeier & Ulrich Konrad & Albrecht Riethmüller},<br />
pages = {103-134},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jäger 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2002a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptivität. Zur medialen Logik der kulturellen Semantik},<br />
booktitle = {Transkribieren - Medien/Lektüre},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Ludwig Jäger & Georg Stanitzek},<br />
pages = {19-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jaubert 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jaubert 1998a,<br />
author = {Jaubert, Alain},<br />
title = {Fotos, die lügen: Politik mit gefälschten Bildern},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Äthenaum},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jean Paul 1795===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jean Paul 1795,<br />
author = {Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Ueber die natürliche Magie der Einbildungskraft [1795]},<br />
booktitle = {Ausgewählte Werke. Bd. 7/8: Leben des Qunitus Fixlein, aus fünfzehn Zettelschaften gezogen, nebst einem Mußtheil und einigen Jus de tablette},<br />
year = {1847},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jewitt 2009a,<br />
title = {The Routledge Handbook of Multimodal Analysis},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jewitt, Carey},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt & Oyama 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jewitt & Oyama 2001a,<br />
author = {Jewitt, Carey & Oyama, Rumiko},<br />
title = {Visual Meaning. A Social-Semiotic Approach},<br />
booktitle = {Handbook of Visual Analysis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Theo van Leeuwen & Carey Jewitt},<br />
pages = {134–156},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnson, Neil F. et al.???},<br />
title = {Information Hiding. Steganography and Watermarking - Attacks and Countermeasures},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Boston, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1996a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Der Computer im Kopf. Formen und Verfahren der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1983a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Mental Models. Towards a cognitive science of language, inference, and conciousness},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnston 2006a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Sean},<br />
title = {Holographic Visions. A History of New Science},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnston, V.S.; Hagel, R.; Franklin, M.; Fink, B. & Grammer, K.},<br />
title = {Male Facial attractiveness. Evidence for hormone-mediated adaptive design},<br />
journal = {Evolution and Human Behavior},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {251-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston & Franklin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston & Franklin 1993a,<br />
author = {Johnston, V.S. & Franklin, M.},<br />
title = {Is beauty in the eye of the beholder?},<br />
journal = {Ethology and Sociobiology},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {14},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {183-199},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1973a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Homo pictor. Von der Freiheit des Bildens},<br />
booktitle = {Organismus und Freiheit. Ansätze zu einer philosophischen Biologie},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
pages = {226-257},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1963===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1963,<br />
author = {Hans Jonas},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens. Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
booktitle = {Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit. Drei Aufsätze zur Lehre vom Menschen},<br />
year = {1963},<br />
editor = {Hans Jonas},<br />
pages = {26-43},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Jonas 1961a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens – Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Philosophische Forschung},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {161–176},<br />
note = {Wieder abgedruckt in: Jonas, Hans: <em>Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit – Zur Lehre vom Menschen</em>. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1987, 26–43},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Juhász et al. 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Juhász et al. 1999a,<br />
editor = {Juhász, J.; Szőke, I.; Nagy, G.O. & Kovalovszky, M.},<br />
title = {Magyar értelmező szótár},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jung 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jung 2003a,<br />
title = {Holographic Network},<br />
year = {2003a},<br />
editor = {Jung, Dieter},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bramsche},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==K==<br />
===Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a,<br />
author = {Kamlah, Wilhelm & Lorenzen, Paul},<br />
title = {Logische Propädeutik - Vorschule des vernünftigen Redens},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {BI Wissenschaftsverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl. (<sup>1</sup>1967, <sup>3</sup>1996)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a,<br />
author = {Kanizsa, G. & Luccio, R.},<br />
title = {Multistability as a research tool in experimental phenomenology},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {47–68},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1974a,<br />
author = {Kant, I.},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1787a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1787a,<br />
author = {Kant, I.},<br />
title = {Kritik der reinen Vernunft},<br />
year = {1787},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kant 1960a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Logik},<br />
booktitle = {Kant: Werke in 12 Bänden},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Weischedel, W.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Bd. VI},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1977a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Werkausgabe Band X, hrsg. von Wilhelm Weischedel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kardaun 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kardaun 1993,<br />
author = {Kardaun, Maria},<br />
title = {Der Mimesisbegriff in der griechischen Antike. Neubetrachtung eines umstrittenen Begriffes als Ansatz zu einer neuen Interpretation der platonischen Kunstauffassung},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {North-Holland},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/New York/Oxford/Tokyo},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kecskesi 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kecskesi 1982a,<br />
author = {Kecskesi, M. },<br />
title = {Kunst aus dem alten Afrika},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Pinguin},<br />
address = {Innsbruck},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kemp 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kemp 1974a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Disegno. Beiträge zu einer Geschichte des Begriffs zwischen 1547 und 1607},<br />
journal = {Marburger Jahrbuch für Kunstwissenschaf},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {219-240},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kittler 2002a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Computergrafik. Eine halbtechnische Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Hertha},<br />
pages = {178-194},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 2002b,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Optische Medien. Berliner Vorlesung 1999},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kjørup 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjørup 1978,<br />
author = {Kjørup, Søren},<br />
title = {Pictorial Speech Acts},<br />
journal = {Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {55-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1779===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Klopstock 1779,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ueber Sprache und Dichtkunst. Fragmente},<br />
year = {1779},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {243-258},<br />
publisher = {Heroldsche Buchhandlung},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1774===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klopstock 1774,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Werke und Briefe. Historisch-kritische Ausgabe. Bd. 7.1: Die deutsche Gelehrtenrepublik [1774]},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {Hurlebusch, Rose-Marie},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kluge 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kluge 2002a,<br />
author = {Kluge, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Etymologisches Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache.},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Seebold, Elmar},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter.},<br />
address = {Berlin, New York},<br />
note = {24. durchgesehene und erweiterte Auflage.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knieper & Müller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Knieper & Müller 2005a,<br />
author = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===König & Obrist 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{König & Obrist 1993a,<br />
title = {Der zerbrochene Spiegel. Positionen zur Malerei},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {König, Kasper & Obrist, Hans-Ulrich},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog Kunsthalle Wien / Deichtorhallen Hamburg},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Koller 1954===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Koller 1954,<br />
author = {Koller, Hermann},<br />
title = {Die Mimesis in der Antike. Nachahmung, Darstellung, Ausdruck},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kondor 2008a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Embedded Thinking: Multimedia and the New Rationality},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007c,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna },<br />
title = {Multimodal Integration: From a Philosophical Point of View},<br />
booktitle = {Proceedings of the IADIS International Conference: Mobile Learning },<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Arnedillo-Sanchez, Immaculada},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007b,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {The Mobile Image: Experience on the Move},<br />
booktitle = {obile Studies: Paradigms and Perspectives},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Nyíri, Kristóf},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Passagen},<br />
address = {Vienna},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Old Patterns, New Bewitchments},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophy of the Information Society: Papers of the 30th International Wittgenstein Symposium},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hrachovec, H.; Pichler. A. & Wang, J.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Konersmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Konersmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Konersmann, Ralf},<br />
title = {Kulturelle Tatsachen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kornmeier et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, Jürgen; Hein, Christine Maira & Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Multistable perception: When bottom-up and top-down coincide},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {69},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138–147},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kornmeier & Bach 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier & Bach 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, & Jürgen Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Object perception: When our brain is impressed but we do not notice it},<br />
journal = {Journal of Vision},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {7},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Korte 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Korte 2003a,<br />
author = {Korte, Helmut},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Systematische Filmanalyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {ESB},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kracauer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kracauer 1992a,<br />
author = {Kracauer, Siegfried},<br />
title = {Der verbotene Blick},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille & Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Kultur, Technik, Kulturtechnik: Wider die Diskursivierung der Kultur},<br />
booktitle = {Bild, Schrift, Zahl},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krauss 1999a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Reinventing the Medium},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {25,},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {289-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Winter},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 2000a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {A Voyage on the North Sea. Art in the Age of the Post-Medium Condition},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress 2010a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther},<br />
title = {Multimodality. A Social-Semiotic Approach to Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 2001a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Multimodal Discourse. The Modes and Media of Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 1996a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Reading Images. The Grammar of Visual Design},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krewani 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Krewani 2003a,<br />
author = {Krewani, Anna Maria},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Malerei bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=973507624},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
hidden = {Dissertation},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kripke 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kripke 1972a,<br />
author = {Kripke, Saul A.},<br />
title = {Naming and Necessity},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Natural Language},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Davidson, D. & Harman, G.},<br />
pages = {253-355, 763-769},<br />
publisher = {Reidel},<br />
address = {Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krkac 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krkac 2010a,<br />
author = {Krkac, Kristijan},<br />
title = {Wittgensteins’s Dubbit III},<br />
journal = {Wittgenstein-Studien},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {121-149},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krüger 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krüger 2001a,<br />
author = {Krüger, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als Schleier des Unsichtbaren. Ästhetische Illusion in der Kunst der frühen Neuzeit in Italien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kruse 2003a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Christiane},<br />
title = {Wozu Menschen malen. Historische Begründungen eines Bildmediums},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse & Stadler 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kruse & Stadler 1995a,<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Papers originally presented at the International Symposium on Perceptual Multistability and Semantic Ambiguity held at the University of Bremen, Germany, March 22-25, 1993},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kruse et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Peter; Strüber, D. & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Significance of perceptual multistability for research on cognitive self-organization},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {69–84},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kudielka 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kudielka 2005a,<br />
author = {Kudielka, Robert},<br />
title = {Gegenstände der Betrachtung – Orte der Erfahrung. Zum Wandel der Kunstauffassung im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {44-57},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kulvicki 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kulvicki 2006a,<br />
author = {Kulvicki, John},<br />
title = {On Images: Their Structure and Content},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Oxford UP},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Külpe 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Külpe 1923a,<br />
author = {Külpe, Oswald},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über Logik},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Künzli 1996/1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Künzli 1996/1997a,<br />
author = {Künzli, Hansjörg},<br />
title = {Über die Haltbarkeit digitaler Daten},<br />
journal = {Rundbrief Fotografie},<br />
year = {1996/1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Sonderheft 3},<br />
pages = {5-8},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==L==<br />
===Lacan 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lacan 1987a,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jacques},<br />
title = {Die vier Grundbegriffe der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weinheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lakoff 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff 1987a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George},<br />
title = {Women, fire, and dangerous things – What categories reveal about the mind},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Chicago University Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lammert 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lammert 2007a,<br />
author = {Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Die vertrauten Sichtweisen sind umzustoßen. Zum Raum der Nachkriegszeit in ungewohnten Begegnungen},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {55-69},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst}<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Langer 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Langer 1984a,<br />
author = {Langer, Susanne},<br />
title = {Philosophie auf neuem Wege. Das Symbol im Denken, im Ritus und in der Kunst},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Langlois & Roggman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Langlois & Roggman 1990a,<br />
author = {Langlois, J.H. & Roggman I.A.},<br />
title = {Attractive faces are only average},<br />
journal = {American Psychol. Society},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
volume = {1/2},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {115-121},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lanz 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lanz 1971a,<br />
author = {Lanz, Jakob},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter},<br />
pages = {Spalte 89-100},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a,<br />
author = {Laplanche, Jean; Pontalis, Jean-Bertrand},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Das Vokabular der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Laplanche, Jean; Pontalis, Jean-Bertrand},<br />
pages = {37-38},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Latour 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Latour 2007a,<br />
author = {Latour, Bruno},<br />
title = {Eine neue Soziologie für eine neue Gesellschaft. Einführung in die Akteur-Netzwerk-Theorie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Law & Whittaker 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Law & Whittaker 1988a,<br />
author = {Law, John & Whittaker, John},<br />
title = {On the Art of Representation. Notes on the Politics of Visualisation},<br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, Gordon & Law, John},<br />
pages = {160-183},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leeuwen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leeuwen 2005a,<br />
author = {Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Introducing Social Semiotics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lefebvre 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lefebvre 2007a,<br />
author = {Lefebvre, Martin},<br />
title = {The Art of Pointing: On Peirce, Indexicality, and Photographic Images},<br />
booktitle = {Photography Theory},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Elkins, James},<br />
pages = {220-244},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York u. a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lenzen 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lenzen 1997a,<br />
author = {Lenzen, Dieter},<br />
title = {Lebenslauf oder Humanontogenese? Vom Erziehungssystem zum kurativen System – von der Erziehungswissenschaft zur Humanvitologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildung und Weiterbildung im Erziehungssystem. Lebenslauf und Humanontogenese als Medium und Form},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lenzen, D. & Luhmann, N.},<br />
pages = {228-247},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leopold & Logothetis 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Leopold & Logothetis 1999a,<br />
author = {Leopold, David A. & Logothetis, Nikos K.},<br />
title = {Multistable phenomena: changing views in perception},<br />
journal = {Trends Cogn. Sci. (Regul. Ed.)},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {254–264},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leroi-Gourhan 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leroi-Gourhan 1971a,<br />
author = {Leroi-Gourhan, André},<br />
title = {Präshistorische Kunst},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Herder},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1788===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1788,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon: Paralipomena [Erstveröffentlichung 1788]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe. Bd. 5/2. Werke 1766-169},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Wilfried Barner},<br />
pages = {207-321},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1766===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1766,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie [1766]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe in zwölf Bänden. Bd. 5/2: Werke 1766-1769},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Wilfried Bahner},<br />
pages = {11-206},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1974a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie},<br />
booktitle = {Werke, Bd. 6},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Göpfert, H. G.},<br />
pages = {7-187},<br />
publisher = {Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1766},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lévi-Strauss 1958a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lévi-Strauss 1958a,<br />
author = {Lévi-Straus, Claude},<br />
title = {Anthropologie structurale},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
publisher = {Plon},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Anthropologie. Frankfurt/Main: Suhrkamp},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990b,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Autographic and Allographic Art Revisited},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
pages = {89-106},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {What a Musical Work is},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
pages = {63-88},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levinson 1983a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Stephen C.},<br />
title = {Pragmatics},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lichtblau 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lichtblau 2009a,<br />
author = {Lichtblau, Klaus},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Georg Simmel: Soziologische Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Lichtblau, Klaus},<br />
pages = {7-27},<br />
publisher = {VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Licklider 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Licklider 1960a,<br />
author = {Licklider, J.},<br />
title = {Man-Computer Symbiosis},<br />
journal = {IRE Transactions on Human Factors in Electronics},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {4-11},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liebsch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liebsch 2001a,<br />
author = {Liebsch, Dimitri},<br />
title = {Die Geburt der ästhetischen Bildung aus dem Körper der antiken Plastik. Zur Bildungssemantik im ästhetischen Diskurs zwischen 1750 und 1800},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liesbrock 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Liesbrock 2010a,<br />
title = {Ad Reinhardt: Letzte Bilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Liesbrock, Heinz},<br />
publisher = {Josef Albers Museum Quadrat Bottrop},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2004a,<br />
author = {Liessmann, Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Reiz und Rührung. Über ästhetische Empfindungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2009a,<br />
author = {Liessmann Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Ästhetische Empfindungen. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas-WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lipps 1903a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lipps 1903a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor},<br />
title = {Grundlegung der Ästhetik. Erster Teil},<br />
year = {1903},<br />
publisher = {Leopold Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lipps 1920a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lipps 1920a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor },<br />
title = {»Zur Einfühlung«, in: Psychologische Untersuchungen 2/3, 1913},<br />
booktitle = {Die ästhetische Betrachtung und die bildende Kunst},<br />
year = {1920},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {111-491},<br />
publisher = {Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Löbner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Löbner 2003a,<br />
author = {Löbner, Sebastian},<br />
title = {Semantik. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Locke 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Locke 1975a,<br />
author = {Locke, J.},<br />
title = {An Essay Concerning Human Understanding},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {hg. von Niddich, P. H.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Logothetis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Logothetis 1998a,<br />
author = {Logothetis, N. K.},<br />
journal = {Philos. Trans. R. Soc. Lond., B, Biol. Sci.},<br />
title = {Single units and conscious vision},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {353},<br />
number = {1377},<br />
pages = {1801–1818},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lopes 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lopes 1996a,<br />
author = {Lopes, Dominic},<br />
title = {Understanding Pictures},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Claredon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1970a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Elemente der Sprachkritik – Eine Alternative zum Dogmatismus und Skeptizismus in der Analytischen Philosophie},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1990a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Einführung in die philosophische Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {(<sup>2</sup>1992)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lovejoy 1936===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lovejoy 1936,<br />
author = {Lovejoy, Arthur O.},<br />
title = {Die große Kette der Wesen. Geschichte eines Gedankens [The Great Chain of Being. A Study in the History of an Idea (1936)]},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1997a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Kunst der Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1996a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Realität der Massenmedien},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Luhmann 1993a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Form der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = { Hans Ulrich Gumbrecht & K. Ludwig Pfeiffer},<br />
pages = {349-366},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lunenfeld 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lunenfeld 2002a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Digitale Fotografie. Das dubitative Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografies},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {158-177},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lynch & Edgerton 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lynch & Edgerton 1988a,<br />
author = {Lynch, Michael & Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Digital Image Processing. Re-presentational Craft in Contemporary Astronomy}, <br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, Gordon & Law, John},<br />
pages = {184-220},<br />
publisher = {???}, <br />
address = {London u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==M==<br />
===Mach 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mach 1987a,<br />
author = {Mach, Ernst},<br />
title = {Die Analyse der Empfindungen und das Verhältnis des Physischen zum Psychischen},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Macpherson 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Macpherson 1996a,<br />
author = {Macpherson, Fiona},<br />
title = {Ambiguous Figures and the Content of Experience},<br />
journal = {Nous},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {82-117},<br />
note = {2006?},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Majetschak 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Majetschak 1997,<br />
title = {Auge und Hand. Konrad Fiedlers Kunsttheorie im Kontext},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manovich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manovich 2001a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {The Language of New Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge/MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manovich 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Manovich 2005a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {Die Poetik des erweiterten Raums},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {A. Lammert, M. Diers, R. Kudielka & G. Mattenklott},<br />
pages = {337-350},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manow 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manow 2008a,<br />
author = {Manow, Philip},<br />
title = {Im Schatten des Königs. Die politische Anatomie demokratischer Repräsentation},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Marshall 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Marshall 1968a,<br />
title = {Gellius: Noctes Atticae XIII, 17},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Marshall, P.K.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxonii},<br />
note = {Scriptorum Classicorum Bibliotheca Oxoniensis},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Martinec & Salway 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Martinec & Salway 2005a,<br />
author = {Martinec, Radan & Salway, Andrew},<br />
title = {A System for Image-Text-Relations in New (and Old) Media},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {337–371},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Massey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Massey 2007a,<br />
author = {Massey, Lyle},<br />
title = {Picturing Space, Displacing Bodies. Anamorphosis in Early Modern Theories of Perspective},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Pennsylvania State University Press},<br />
address = {University Park, Pa},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Maul 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Maul 2007a,<br />
author = {Maul, Stefan M.},<br />
title = {Gilgamesch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Babylonischen [auf der Grundlage von zum Teil noch unveröffentlichten Textzeugnissen neu und vollständig] übersetzt und mit einem Nachwort versehen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mead 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mead 1968a,<br />
author = {Mead, George Herbert},<br />
title = {Geist, Identität und Gesellschaft aus der Sicht des Sozialbehaviorismus},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {Original: <em>Mind, Self, and Society</em>. Hg. v. Charles W. Morris. Chicago, 1934},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meier 1757===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meier 1757,<br />
author = {Georg Friedrich Meier},<br />
title = {Betrachtungen über den ersten Grundsatz aller Schönen Künste und Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1757},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Halle},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meinhardt 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meinhardt 1997a,<br />
author = {Meinhardt, Johannes},<br />
title = {Ende der Malerei und Malerei nach dem Ende der Malerei},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mendelsohn 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mendelsohn 1982a,<br />
author = {Mendelsohn, Leatrice},<br />
title = {Paragoni. Benedetto Varchi’s Due Lezioni and Cinquecento Art Theory},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ann Arbor},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Menzer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Menzer 1992a,<br />
author = {Menzer, Ursula},<br />
title = {Subjektive und objektive Kultur. Georg Simmels Philosophie der Geschlechter vor dem Hintergrund seines Kultur-Begriffs},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Centaurus},<br />
address = {Pfaffenweiler},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 2003a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophisches Essays},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1993a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Die Prosa der Welt},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1966a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Phänomenologie der Wahrnehmung (1945)},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Walter de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen übersetzt und eingeführt durch eine Vorrede von Boehm, Rudolf},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1961a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophische Essays.}<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {neu bearbeitet, kommentiert und mit einer Einleitung versehen von Bermes, Christian (2003)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 1994a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Der Zweifel Cézannes (1948)},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Gottfried Boehm},<br />
pages = {39-59},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 2006a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Kino und die neue Psychologie (1947)},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie des Films},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Dimitri Liebsch},<br />
pages = {70-84},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mersch 2006a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Mediale Paradoxa. Einleitung in eine negative Medienphilosophie},<br />
journal = {Sic et Non. Zeitschrift für Philosophie und Kultur im Netz},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.sicetnon.org/content/perform/Mersch_Medienphilosophie_sw.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersch 2003a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Wort, Bild, Ton, Zahl – Modalitäten medialen Darstellens},<br />
booktitle = {Die Medien der Künste. Beiträge zur Theorie des Darstellens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
pages = {9-49},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2002a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Was sich zeigt. Materialität, Präsenz, Ereignis},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersmann 08a,<br />
author = {Mersmann, Jasmin},<br />
title = {Wandelgänge. Monumentale Anamorphosen im 17. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Cha, Kyung-Ho & Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
pages = {23-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metscher 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metscher 2001,<br />
author = {Metscher, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metz 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metz 1972a,<br />
author = {Metz, Christian},<br />
title = {Semiologie des Films (1968)},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Koch, Renate},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzger 2008a,<br />
author = {Metzger, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gesetze des Sehens},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Klotz},<br />
address = {Taunus},<br />
note = {4. unveränd. Aufl., Repr. nach d. 3., völlig neu bearb. Aufl. 1975.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzinger 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Metzinger 2000a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Philosophische Perspektiven auf das Selbstbewusstsein: Die Selbstmodell-Theorie der Subjektivität},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Selbst},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Greve, W. },<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Psychologie Verlagsunion},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {Zitiert aus der überarbeiteten Online-Version},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.philosophie.uni-mainz.de/metzinger/publikationen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzinger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzinger 1999a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Subjekt und Selbstmodell. Die Perspektivität phänomenalen Bewusstseins vor dem Hintergrund einer naturalistischen Theorie mentaler Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meyer 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meyer 2001a,<br />
author = {Meyer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mediokratie. Die Kolonisierung der Politik durch das Mediensystem},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Michalsky 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Michalsky 2005a,<br />
author = {Michalsky, Tanja},<br />
title = {Raum visualisieren. Zur Genese des modernen Raumverständnisses in den Medien der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Ortsgespräche. Raum und Kommunikation im 19. und 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Geppert, Alexander C.T.; Jensen, Uffa & Weinhold, Jörn},<br />
pages = {292ff ??},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mirzoeff 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mirzoeff 2007a,<br />
author = {Mirzoeff, Nicholas},<br />
title = {Von Bildern und Helden. Sichtbarkeit im Krieg der Bilder},<br />
booktitle = {Feindbilder. Ideologien und visuelle Strategien der Kulturen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Haustein, Lydia; Scherer, Bernd & Hager, Martin},<br />
pages = {135-156},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2008a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. Thomas},<br />
title = {Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Gustav Frank},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2007a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.},<br />
title = {Realismus im digitalen Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderfragen. Die Bildwissenschaften im Aufbruch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Belting, Hans},<br />
pages = {237-256},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2006a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {Den Terror klonen. Der Krieg der Bilder 2001-2004},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Worlds. Neue Bilderwelten und Wissensräume},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Maar, Christa & Burda, Hubert},<br />
pages = {255-285},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2005a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. Thomas},<br />
title = {What Do Pictures Want? The Lives and Loves of Images},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1994a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.},<br />
title = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Representation},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1992a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {The Reconfigured Eye. Visual Truth in the Post-Photographic Era},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 1992b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {"The Pictorial Turn"},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
booktitle = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Repräsentation},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
publisher = {Universität of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1986a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {Iconology. Image, Text, Ideology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mojsisch 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mojsisch 1983a,<br />
author = {Mojsisch, Burkhard},<br />
title = {Meister Eckhart. Analogie, Univozität und Einheit},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mondzain 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mondzain 2006a,<br />
author = {Mondzain, Marie-José},<br />
title = {Können Bilder töten?},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich, Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Morris 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Morris 1994a,<br />
author = {Morris, D.},<br />
title = {Das Tier Mensch},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mülder-Bach 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mülder-Bach 1998,<br />
author = {Inka Mülder-Bach},<br />
title = {Im Zeichen Pygmalions. Das Modell der Statue und die Entdeckung der „Darstellung“ im 18. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1997a,<br />
author = {Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {Politische Bildstrategien im amerikanischen Präsidentschaftswahlkampf, 1828-1996},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1985a,<br />
author = {Müller, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {DUDEN Bedeutungswörterbuch = DUDEN Band 10},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a,<br />
author = {Müller-Beck, H. & Albrecht, G. },<br />
title = {Die Anfänge der Kunst vor 30'000 Jahren},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Theiss},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Münkler 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Münkler 2009a,<br />
author = {Münkler, Herfried},<br />
title = {Visualisierungsstrategien im politischen Machtkampf: Der Übergang vom Personenverband zum institutionellen Territorialstaat},<br />
booktitle = {Strategien der Visualisierung. Verbildlichung als Mittel politischer Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Münkler, Herfried & Hacke, Jens},<br />
pages = {23-51},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Musterle & Roessler 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Musterle & Roessler 1986a,<br />
author = {Musterle, W.A. & Roessler, O.E.},<br />
title = {Computer faces: The human Lorenz Matrix},<br />
journal = {Bio Systems},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {61-80},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==N==<br />
===Naef 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Naef 2007a,<br />
author = {Naef, Silvia},<br />
title = {Bilder und Bilderverbot im Islam},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {C. H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nänni 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nänni 2008a,<br />
author = {Nänni, Jürg},<br />
title = {Visuelle Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Niggli},<br />
address = {Sulgen},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
url = {www.worldcat.org/oclc/254718373},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006a,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc},<br />
title = {Am Grund der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006b,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc & Ferrari, Federico},<br />
title = {Die Haut der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Neuhaus 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Neuhaus 2006a,<br />
author = {Neuhaus, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Als William Gibson den Cyberspace erfand ... - Die Faszination für ein Vielzweck-Symbol aus der Science Fiction-Literatur},<br />
journal = {Telepolis},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.heise.de/tp/r4/artikel/23/23727/1.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Niederée & Heyer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Niederée & Heyer 2003a,<br />
author = {Niederée, R. & Heyer, D.},<br />
title = {The Dual Nature of Picture Perception: A Challenge to Current General Accounts of Visual Perception},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into pictures. An interdisciplinary approach to pictorial space},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, Heiko; Schwartz, Robert & Atherton, Margaret},<br />
pages = {77–98},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nietzsche 1870-1873===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nietzsche 1870-1873,<br />
author = {Nietzsche, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Ueber Wahrheit und Lüge im aussermoralischen Sinne [1870-1873]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke. Kritische Studienausgabe in 15 Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Giorgio Colli und Mazzino Montinari},<br />
pages = {873-890},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nivelle 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nivelle 1971,<br />
author = {Nivelle, Armand},<br />
title = {Kunst- und Dichtungstheorien zwischen Aufklärung und Klassik},<br />
year = {2. Auflage 1971},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nöth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nöth 2000a,<br />
author = {Nöth, Winfried},<br />
title = {Der Zusammenhang von Text und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Text- und Gesprächslinguistik. Handbücher zur Sprach- und Kommunikationswissenschaft 16},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Klaus Brinker et al.},<br />
pages = {489–496},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Novitz 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Novitz 1977,<br />
author = {Novitz, David},<br />
title = {Pictures and their Use in Communication. A philosphical Essay},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==O==<br />
===OED===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{OED-3,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Oxford English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
url = {dictionary.oed.com},<br />
note = {3<sup>rd</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Öhlschläger 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Oehlschläger 2005a,<br />
author = {Öhlschläger, C.},<br />
title = {Evidenz und Ereignis. Musils poetische ‚Momentaufnahmen‘ im Kontext der Moderne},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {203-216},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ohler 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ohler 1994a,<br />
author = {Ohler, Peter},<br />
title = {Kognitive Filmpsychologie. Verarbeitung und mentale Repräsentation narrativer Filme},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {MAkS Publikationen},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Okolowitz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Okolowitz 2006a,<br />
author = {Okolowitz, Herbert},<br />
title = {Virtualität bei G.W. Leibniz. Eine Retrospektive},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Diss. Universität Augsburg},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=98278726X},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ott 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ott 2007a,<br />
author = {Ott, Michaela},<br />
title = {Der unbestimmte Raum in Philosophie und Film},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==P==<br />
===Pang 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pang 2002a,<br />
author = {Pang, Alex Soojung-Kim},<br />
title = {Technologie und Ästhetik der Astrofotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Ordnungen der Sichtbarkeit. Fotografie in Wissenschaft, Kunst und Technologie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Geimer, Peter},<br />
pages = {101-141},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 1924a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Panofsky 1924a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Die Perspektive als symbolische Form (1924)},<br />
booktitle = {Erwin Panofsky, Deutschsprachige Aufsätze Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Michels, K. & Warnke, M.},<br />
pages = {664-757},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Erstpublikation in: <em>Vorträge der Bibliothek Warburg (1924/25)</em>. Leipzig, 1927, 258-330},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paret 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1960a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Textbelege zum islamischen Bilderverbot},<br />
booktitle = {Das Werk des Künstlers. Studien zur Ikonographie und Formgeschichte},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Hans Fegers},<br />
pages = {36-48},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paret 1968===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1968a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Das islamische Bilderverbot und die Schia},<br />
booktitle = {Festschrift Werner Caskel. Zum siebzigsten Geburtstag 5. März 1966 gewidmet von Freunden und Schülern},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Erwin Gräf},<br />
pages = {242-232},<br />
publisher = {Brill},<br />
address = {Leiden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2009a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1900 bis 1949},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2008a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1949 bis heute},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2006a,<br />
title = {Visual History. Ein Studienbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck und Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Paul 2005a,<br />
author = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Der Bilderkrieg. Inszenierungen, Bilder und Perspektiven der "Operation Irakische Freiheit"},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Perrault 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Perrault 1964a,<br />
author = {Perrault, Charles},<br />
title = {Parallèle des Anciens et des Modernes en ce qui regarde les Arts et les Sciences},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {orig.: Paris (4 Bde): 1688, 1690, 1692, 1694; Faksimileausgabe mit einer Einführung von Hans Robert Jauss und einem Kommentar von Max Imdahl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pesch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pesch 2001a,<br />
author = {Pesch, Martin},<br />
title = {Raumbilder-Bildräume. Zu den Arbeiten von Julia Ziegler},<br />
journal = {Kunstforum International},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {153},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Petersen 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Petersen 2000,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {Mimesis – Imitatio – Nachahmung. Eine Geschichte der europäischen Poetik},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Petersen 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Petersen 1992,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {‚Mimesis’ versus ‚Nachahmung’. Die Poetik des Aristoteles – nochmals neu gelesen},<br />
journal = {Arcadia. Zeitschrift für vergleichende Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {3-46},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a,<br />
title = {Der Künstler als Kunstwerk. Selbstporträts vom Mittelalter bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich & von Rosen, Valeska},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a,<br />
title = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget 1956a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1956a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {The Child’s Construction of Space},<br />
year = {1956},<br />
publisher = {Routledge / Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget et al. 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget et al. 1960a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean; Inhelder, B. & Szemenska, I.},<br />
title = {The Child’s Conception of Geometry},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
publisher = {Harper},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1978a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {Das Weltbild des Kindes},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {dtv/Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pias 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pias 2003a,<br />
author = {Pias, Claus},<br />
title = {Das digitale Bild gibt es nicht. Über das (Nicht-)Wissen der Bilder und die informatische Illusion},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2003/01/pias/pias.pdf}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Piccolino & Wade 2006a,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco & Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early examples of ambiguity (1)},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {861–864},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Piccolino & Wade 2006b,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco &. Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early examples of ambiguity (2)},<br />
booktitle = {Perception 35 (8)},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {1003–1006},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pillow 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pillow 2003,<br />
author = {Pillow, Kirk},<br />
title = {Did Goodman's Distinction Survive LeWitt?},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {61},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {365-380},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pitts et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pitts et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Pitts, Michael A.; Gavin, William J. & Nerger, Janice L.},<br />
title = {Early top-down influences on bistable perception revealed by event-related potentials},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {11–24},<br />
volume = {67},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 1991b,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Timaios},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke VIII},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Hülser, Karlheinz},<br />
pages = {197-425},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 2008a,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Politeia},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke, Band 2},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Ursula},<br />
pages = {195-537},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Plessner 1928a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Die Stufen des Organischen und der Mensch},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {W. de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {<sup>3</sup>1975},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1982a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Trieb und Leidenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Mit anderen Augen},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Plessner, Helmuth}, <br />
pages = {110-123},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1989a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Zur Anthropologie der Nachahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, G.},<br />
pages = {176-184},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plinius 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Plinius 2004,<br />
title = {G. Plinius Secundus d. Ä: Naturkunde / Naturalis historia : lateinisch-deutsch},<br />
year = {1990–2004},<br />
editor = {Roderich König et al.},<br />
publisher = {Artemis},<br />
address = {Zürich},<br />
note = {unkritische Ausgabe des lateinischen Textes mit Übersetzung und Erläuterungen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plümacher 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plümacher 1999a,<br />
author = {Plümacher, Martina},<br />
title = {Wohlgeformtheitsbedingugen für Bilder?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pöppel 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pöppel 1982a,<br />
author = {Pöppel, E.},<br />
title = {Lust und Schmerz},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Severin & Siedler},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pollmeier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pollmeier 2005a,<br />
author = {Pollmeier, Klaus},<br />
title = {Vom Baryt zum Bit. Zur Konservierung analoger und digitaler fotografischer Bilder. Digitale Bildverarbeitung, eine Erweiterung oder radikale Veränderung der Fotografie?},<br />
howpublished = {Ludwigsburg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
note = {Hasenpflug (Red.): Dokumentation des Symposiums am 12./13. November 2004 im Museum Folkwang, Essen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Popper 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Popper 2002a,<br />
author = {Popper, Karl R.},<br />
title = {Alle Menschen sind Philosophen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Bohnet, Heidi & Stadler, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München/Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pratschke 2005a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Digitale Form},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pratschke 2008a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Interaktion mit Bildern. Digitale Bildgeschichte am Beispiel grafischer Benutzeroberflächen},<br />
booktitle = {Technische Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bredekamp, Horst et al.},<br />
pages = {68-80},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Predelli 1999===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Predelli 1999,<br />
author = {Predelli, Stefano},<br />
title = {Goodman and the Score},<br />
journal = {British Journal of Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138-147},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pross 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pross 1972a,<br />
author = {Pross, Harry},<br />
title = {Medienforschung. Film, Funk, Presse, Fernsehen},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Habel},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Puttfarken 1991a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {The Dispute about Disegno and Colorito in Venice. Paolo Pino, Lodovico Dolce and Titian},<br />
booktitle = {Kunst und Kunsttheorie 1400–1900},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Peter Glanz et al.},<br />
pages = {75-95},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Puttfarken 1985a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {Roger de Piles‘ Theory of Art},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New Haven/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Q==<br />
==R==<br />
===Rager 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rager 1997a,<br />
author = {Rager, Dietmar},<br />
title = {Aspekte Sehen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob/ & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Raphael 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Raphael 1986a,<br />
author = {Raphael, Max},<br />
title = {Raumgestaltungen. Der Beginn der modernen Kunst im Kubismus und im Werk von Georges Braque}, <br />
year = {1986, Erstausgabe 1949},<br />
publisher = {Campus}<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M./New York},<br />
note = {hg. v. H.-J. Heinrichs},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rastier 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rastier 1972a,<br />
author = {Rastier, François },<br />
title = {Systematiques des isotopies},<br />
booktitle = {Essais de sémiotique poétique},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Greimas, A.J.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Larousse},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Recki 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Recki 2004a,<br />
author = {Recki, Birgit},<br />
title = {Kultur als Praxis. Eine Einführung in Ernst Cassirers Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Akademie-Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Renz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Renz 2006a,<br />
author = {Renz, U.},<br />
title = {Schönheit. Eine Wissenschaft für sich},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Berlin Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riedel 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Riedel 2005a,<br />
author = {Riedel, W.},<br />
title = {Endogene Bilder. Anthropologie und Poetik bei Gottfried Benn},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {163-202},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rieger 2009a,<br />
author = {Rieger, Stefan},<br />
title = {Holographie. Das Versprechen der Ganzheit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {87-106},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger & Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rieger & Schröter 2009a,<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen}, <br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riegl 1931a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Riegl 1931a,<br />
author = {Riegl, Alois},<br />
title = {Das holländische Gruppenporträt},<br />
year = {1931},<br />
publisher = {Staatsdruckerei},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1902},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rimmele 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rimmele 2010a,<br />
author = {Rimmele, Marius},<br />
title = {Das Triptychon als Metapher, Körper und Ort. Semantisierungen eines Bildträgers},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ritchin 1990a,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {In Our Image: The Coming Revolution in Photography. How Computer Technology is Changing our View of the World},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ritchin 1990b,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {Photojournalism in the Age of Computers},<br />
booktitle = {The Critical Image. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Squiers},<br />
pages = {28-37},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Seattle},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roch 1998a,<br />
author = {Roch, Axel},<br />
title = {Radartechnologie und Computergraphik. Zur Geschichte der Beleuchtungsmodelle in computergenerierten Bildern},<br />
booktitle = {Geschichte der Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Faßler, Manfred & Halbach, Wulf R.},<br />
pages = {227-254},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rock 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rock 1985a,<br />
author = {Rock, Irvin},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung. Vom visuellen Reiz zum Sehen u. Erkennen},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Spektrum-der-Wissenschaft-Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roloff 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roloff_1972a,<br />
author = {Roloff, D.},<br />
title = {Eidolon, Eikon, Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd.2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {330-332},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Róna-Tas 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Róna-Tas 1999a,<br />
author = {Róna-Tas, A.},<br />
title = {Hungarians and Europe in the Early Middle Ages. An Introduction to Early Hungarian History},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {CEU Press},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rorty 1967a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rorty 1967a,<br />
author = {Rorty, Richard},<br />
title = {The Linguistic Turn: Essays in Philosophical Method},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press.},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 2005a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Materie und Geist. Eine philosophische Untersuchung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ros 1999a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Was ist Philosophie?},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophieren über Philosophie}<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Raatzsch, Richard},<br />
pages = {36–58},<br />
publisher = {Leipziger Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ros 1989a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {“Bedeutung”, “Idee” und “Begriff” – Zur Behandlung einiger bedeutungstheoretischer Paradoxien durch Leibniz},<br />
journal = {Studia Leibnitiana},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {133-154},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1989/90a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1989/90a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Begründung und Begriff. Wandlungen des Verständnisses begrifflicher Argumentationen},<br />
year = {1989/90},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {3 Bände},<br />
hidden = {B. I: Antike, Spätantike und Mittelalter; B. II: Neuzeit; B. III: Moderne},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1979a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Objektkonstitution und elementare Sprachhandlungsbegriffe},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Königstein/Ts.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosch 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosch 1978a,<br />
author = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
title = {Principles of categorization}<br />
booktitle = {Cognition and Categorization},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
pages = {27-48},<br />
publisher = {Hillsdale},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosler 2000a,<br />
author = {Rosler, Martha},<br />
title = {Bildsimulationen, Computermanipulationen: einige Überlegungen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV. 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {von Amelunxen, Hubertus},<br />
pages = {129-170},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roth 2000a,<br />
author = {Roth, Peter},<br />
title = {Virtualis als Sprachschöpfung mittelalterlicher Theologen},<br />
booktitle = {Die Anwesenheit des Abwesenden. Theologische Annäherungen an Begriff und Phänomene von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Roth, Peter; Schreiber, Stefan & Siemons, Stefan},<br />
pages = {33-42},<br />
publisher = {Wißner},<br />
address = {Augsburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Royce 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Royce 1998a,<br />
author = {Royce, Terry},<br />
title = {Synergy on the Page: Exploring Intersemiotic Complementarity in Page-based Multimodal Text},<br />
journal = {JASFL Occasional Papers},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {25-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rötzer 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rötzer 1993a,<br />
author = {Rötzer, Florian},<br />
title = {Cyberspace. Zum medialen Gesamtkunstwerk},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ruff 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ruff 2009a,<br />
author = {Ruff, Thomas},<br />
title = {Jpegs},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ryan 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ryan 2001,<br />
author = {Ryan, Marie-Laure},<br />
title = {arrative as Virtual Reality. Immersion and Interactivity in Literature and Electronic Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {The Johns Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore & London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==S==<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Medium},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005b,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005a,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2004a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als kommunikatives Medium. Elemente einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003b,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Was ist Bildkompetenz?},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1999a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, },<br />
title = {Gibt es ein Bildalphabet?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {57-66},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1995a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Piktoriale Einstellungen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktoraler Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {195-211},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 1993a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Philosophische Psychologie im 19. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Prädikative und modale Bildtheorie },<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik. Theorien - Methoden - Fallbeispiele},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H.; Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {97-119},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-2/index.html},<br />
abstract ={Gegenstände sind immer nur dann Bilder, wenn jemand sie als solche benutzt. Hierbei können Bilder eine Vielzahl von Funktionen übernehmen. Lassen sich diese verschiedenen Funktionen oder Verwendungsweisen vielleicht aus einer einzigen Grundfunktion ableiten? Und sofern das so ist: Was wäre, ließe sich zweitens fragen, diese Grundfunktion von Bildern und in welcher Relation, ergibt sich als dritte Frage, steht sie zu den Verwendungsweisen von Sprache? Eine positive Beantwortung der ersten Frage voraussetzend werden zwei Kandidaten für die zweite Frage untersucht und diskutiert: Während die prädikative Theorie die grundlegende Bildverwendung in etwa paraphrasiert mit „… sieht so und so aus“ (bzw. „Der Gegenstand, der so und so aussieht, …“), schlägt die modale Theorie eine Verwendungsweise vor analog zu „An einem anderen (auch fiktiven) Ort oder einer anderen (auch hypothetischen) Zeit ist der Fall, daß so und so.“ },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Medientheorie, visuelle Kultur und Bildanthropologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {393-424},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.JRJS.de/Work/Papers/P09/P09-1/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachsse 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachsse 1974a,<br />
author = {Sachsse, Hans},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Kybernetik. Unter besonderer Berücksichtigung von technischen und biologischen Wirkungsgefügen},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Vieweg},<br />
address = {Braunschweig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 2007a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Le Sens du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1990a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Semiotics of Visual Language},<br />
publisher = {Indiana University Press},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
address = {Bloomington, IN},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1987a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {Englisch: Semiotics of Visual Language. Bloomington, Indianapolis: Indiana University Press.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1986a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie et syntax visuelle: Une analyse de Mascerade de Pellan},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 2008a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Transfigurements: On the True Sense of Art},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 1998a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Shades. Of Painting at the Limit},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Salomon 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2006a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {Transformations and Projections in Computer Graphics},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Salomon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2008a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {A Concise Introduction to Data Compression},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sander 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sander 1962a,<br />
author = {Sander, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Experimentelle Ergebnisse der Gestaltpsychologie},<br />
booktitle = {Ganzheitspsychoplogie. Grundlagen, Ergebnisse, Anwendungen: gesammelte Abhandlungen},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sander, Friedrich & Volkelt, Hans},<br />
pages = {73–122},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck'sche Verlagsbuchhandlung},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1962a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Blick},<br />
booktitle = {Das Sein und das Nichts},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Skizze einer Theorie der Emotionen},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {255-321},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1994b,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Das Imaginäre. Phänomenologische Psychologie der Einbildungskraft (1940)},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-2, hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994c,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Die Imagination (1936)},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {97-254},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1999a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Die Suche nach dem Absoluten. Texte zur bildenden Kunst},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sauer 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sauer 2008a,<br />
author = {Sauer, Martina},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmen von Sinn vor jeder sprachlichen oder gedanklichen Fassung? Frage an Ernst Cassirer},<br />
journal = {Kunstgeschichte. Texte zur Diskussion},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.kunstgeschichte-ejournal.net/discussion/2008/Sauer},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saussure 1916a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saussure 1916a,<br />
author = {Saussure, Ferdinand de },<br />
title = {Cours de linguistique générale},<br />
year = {1916},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Deutsch: Grundfragen der allgemeinen Sprachwissenschaft. 3. Aufl. Berlin 2001.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saxena & Sahay 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saxena & Sahay 2005a,<br />
author = {Saxena, Anupam & Sahay, Birendra},<br />
title = {Computer Aided Engineering Design},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scheler 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scheler 1928a,<br />
author = {Scheler, Max},<br />
title = {Die Stellung des Menschen im Kosmos},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {Otto Reichl Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schier 2005a,<br />
author = {Schier, W. },<br />
title = {Die Maske von Uivar},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W. },<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schirra 2007a,<br />
editor = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Computational Visualistics and Picture Morphology},<br />
publisher = {IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
note = {Themenbeiheft zu Band 5},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Projects/Image/IMAGE5-Themenbeiheft.pdf},<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Begriffsgenetische Betrachtungen in der Bildwissenschaft: Fünf Thesen},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Medium. Kunstgeschichtliche und philosophische Grundlagen der interdisziplinären Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {197-215},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-3/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 2005a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Foundation of Computational Visualistics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {ISBN: 3-8350-6015-5 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-8350-6015-5'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra 2005b,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Ein Disziplinen-Mandala für die Bildwissenschaft - Kleine Provokation zu einem Neuen Fach},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-1/index.html},<br />
journal ={IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
pages = {30-45},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Von der Bildwissenschaft als einer Disziplin, die über die Grenzen von Kunstgeschichte oder Kunstwissenschaft hinausgeht und sich wissenschaftlich mit allen Aspekten des Umgehens mit Bildern und verwandten visuellen Repräsentations- und Zeichensystemen befaßt, wird erst seit etwa der Mitte der 1990'er Jahre gesprochen. In den folgenden Überlegungen geht es insbesondere um die Bildwissenschaft als den Versuch, ein Fachgebiet zu etablieren, in dem ein modernes Verständnis dessen, was eine etablierte Disziplin sein kann, verwirklicht sein soll. Zentrales Kriterium für in dem hier gemeinten Sinne "Neue" Disziplinen ist ihre Interdisziplinarität und die dadurch bedingte starke Methodenpluralität. Grundsätzlich muß daher die Frage geklärt werden, wie das Verhältnis der Teildisziplinen zueinander, insbesondere das Wechselspiel der jeweils eingesetzten Methoden betreffend, zu denken ist. Dem Forschungssujet der Bildwissenschaft entsprechend soll in dem Beitrag versucht werden, das Beziehungsgeflecht der beteiligten Elterndisziplinen (zumindest teilweise) in Form eines Bildes anzugeben. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2005c,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Computervisualistik},<br />
booktitle = { Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {268-280},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bausteine vieler Disziplinen müssen in eine allgemeine Bildwissenschaft integriert werden. Als Beitrag aus der Informatik versteht sich die Computervisualistik, die alle Aspekte rechnergestützten Umgangs mit Bildern umfaßt. Zwei Grundbegriffe der Informatik werden vorgestellt und bestimmen, auf den Begriff "Bild" angewendet, den methodologischen Kern der Computervisualistik. Als Beitrag der Informatik zum Gegenstand der Bildtheorie werden interaktive Bilder betrachtet. Schließlich werden die Beziehungen zu anderen "Bildwissenschaften" kurz umrissen. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2001a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bilder &nbsp;&nbsp; —— &nbsp;&nbsp; Kontextbilder},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln – Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Pragmatik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {77-100},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P01/P01-5/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bildkommunikation und die Verständigung mit Aussagen scheinen wenig gemein zu haben. Genauere logisch-pragmatische Analysen der Kontextrelativität von Aussagen zeigen jedoch eine enge systematische Abhängigkeit beider Kommunikationsformen im Begriff der Kontextbildung, den Bilder auf ausgezeichnete Weise implementieren. Prädikatorische und nominatorische Verwendungen von Bildern sind aus der grundlegenden Funktion zur Kontextbildung ableitbar. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2000a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Täuschung, Ähnlichkeit und Immersion: Die Vögel des Zeuxis},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Realismus der Bilder: Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Semantik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Rehkämper, K.& Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {119-135},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P00/P00-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bilder gibt es als solche – von ihrem Begriff her – immer nur für Individuen, die sich in einer bestimmten Weise verhalten, oder die gewisse Handlungen vollziehen. Wenn dies aber der Fall ist, scheint es ratsam, den Begriff "Bild" nicht, wie es gewöhnlich geschieht, als einen Begriff für einen isoliert vorkommenden Gegenstand zu erläutern, sondern als Komponente der Begriffe für bestimmte Verhaltens- oder Handlungsfähigkeiten. Ausgehend von der antiken Zeuxis-Anekdote werden in diesem Sinne erste Schritte zu einem handlungstheoretischen Ähnlichkeitsbegriff versucht.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1999a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Syntaktische Dichte oder Kontinuität - Ein mathematischer Aspekt der Visualistik},<br />
booktitle = {bildgrammatik. interdisziplinäre forschungen zur syntax bildlicher darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {103-119},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P99/P99-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Der Begriff Dichte spielt eine zentrale Rolle in Diskussionen zur Bildsyntax, wird aber selten in Beziehung zum mathematisch verwandten Kontinuumsbegriff gestellt. Dabei ist die Frage, ob Bilder syntaktisch nur als dicht oder gar als kontinuierlich verstanden werden sollten, durchaus relevant, wie anhand von informatischen und neuropsychologischen Argumenten gezeigt wird.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1995a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Understanding Radio Broadcasts On Soccer. The Concept `Mental Image' and Its Use in Spatial Reasoning},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktorialer Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {107-136},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P95/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Most cognitive theories agree that a listener of a sports broadcast on radio usually imagines the scene described; the concept `mental image' appears in a specific sort of explanations. In contrast to this conception, it is argued that this concept should rather be understood as part of a certain kind of grounding explanations of the radio listener's understanding. This particular conception is based on the distinction between `specification' and `implementation' as found in the theory of abstract data types. Its application to the field of spatial concepts leads to a computational system (ANTLIMA) which exemplifies how the expression `mental image' could be used while explaining a speaker's ability to control the resolvability of ambiguities in an objective report of what the speaker sees. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 1994a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bildbeschreibung als Verbindung von visuellem und sprachlichem Raum},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {DISKI},<br />
address = {St. Augustin},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {ISBN 3-929037-71-8 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-929037-71-8'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P94/P94-1-d/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1993a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Connecting Visual and Verbal Space: Preliminary Considerations Concerning the Concept »Mental Image«},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Time, Space, and Movement},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {M. Aurnague, A. Borillo, M. Borillo & M. Bras},<br />
pages = {105-121},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Paul Sabatier},<br />
address = {Toulouse},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P93/P93-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {AI research concerning the connection between seeing and speaking mainly employs what is called reference semantics. Within this framework, the notion of `mental image' is often used while explaining how somebody not situated in the same perceptual context is able to anchor his understanding of an utterance describing the scene visually perceived by the speaker. We give a foundation for considering mental images as propositions with respect to a certain field of concepts: these fields have to provide a syntactically dense set of concepts distinguishing locations. The use of such propositions in the reference semantic explanations of understanding utterances about visually perceived scenes is motivated by applying Kant's idea of the introduction of new types of objects: we conceive spatial relations as relations only applicable to sortal objects, i.e., individuated objects which are synthetically introduced on a syntactically dense field providing their potential locations. The concept `mental image' which results from these preliminary studies is applied to two current projects in AI, one dealing with the semantics of particular spatial prepositions, and the other more generally concerned with the logic of the connection between visual and verbal space.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Anthropologie in der systematischen Bildwissenschaft: Auf der Spur des homo pictor},<br />
booktitle = {Disziplinen der Anthropologie},<br />
editor = {Meyer, S. & Owzar, A.},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
pages = {145-177},<br />
note = {},<br />
publisher = {Waxmann},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Homo pictor and the Linguistic Turn: Revisiting Hans Jonas’ Picture Anthropology},<br />
journal = {Linguistic and Philosophical Investigations},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {144–181},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P10/P10-2/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {There has been a long tradition of characterizing man as the animal that talks. However, the remarkable ability of using pictures also only belongs to human beings, after all we know empirically so far. Are there conceptual reasons for that coincidence? The paper is dedicated to a philosophical programme of “concept-genetic” considerations dealing in particular with the dependencies between those two abilities: The conceptual relation between the competence to use assertive language and the faculty of employing pictures must be conceived of as being much closer than usually expected. Indeed we conclude, there cannot be creatures with only one of them.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte – elektronisch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
url = {www.uni-due.de/germanistik/elise/ausgabe_12006},<br />
hidden = {letzter Zugriff: 25. September 2010},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract ={Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie, wie sie der Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt, eignet - und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Eine Gegenüberstellung der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild führt zu eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden: Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von (darstellenden) Bildern Sprache gegenüber durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. In beiden Fällen hängen die Aufgliederungen mit der Funktion der Kontextbildung zusammen, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung mündet daher in das Programm einer begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, die eine derartige Begründung zu liefern imstande wäre. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Fähigkeiten zum Bild- und Sprachgebrauch },<br />
journal = {Deutsche Zeitschrift für Philosophie},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {54},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {887-905},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-5/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie wie in die Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Ein erster Vergleich der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild listet eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden auf. Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von Bildern gegenüber Sprache durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung weitet sich daher zu einer begriffsgenetischen Skizzierung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, wobei sich die Begriffe des sortalen Gegenstands und des Verhaltenskontextes als zentral herausstellen. Mit ihnen kann die Beziehung zwischen den beiden Fähigkeiten genauer untersucht werden: Sie ergibt sich insbesondere aus der Funktion der Kontextbildung, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Im Rahmen der begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung ergeben sich schließlich Argumente dafür, die Beziehung als eine wechselseitige Abhängigkeit zu charakterisieren, wobei auch eine Vorschlag zur Analyse des Begriffs des inneren Bildes - oder besser: des Vorstellungsvermögens eingeschlossen ist. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Scholz 1998a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. & Scholz, Martin},<br />
title = {Abstraction versus Realism: Not the Real Question},<br />
booktitle = {Computer Visualization – Graphics, Abstraction, and Interactivity},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Strothotte, T. (et al.)},<br />
pages = {379-401},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {Chapter 22},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P98/P98-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {When browsing through a book on computer graphics, one usually finds a lot of more or less interesting pictures that are produced by means of computers. These pictures are embedded in pages of technical texts describing how this image generation was performed and why it provides a better way to do so than other methods. Less space is usually given to the methodological background and the motivation underlying the preoccupation with computer visualization. In this chapter, we want to complement the more technically oriented part of this book with some reflections as to why such techniques can be interesting not only for computer graphics researchers, and where, from a communication-theoretic point of view, they might be of use in our society.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schleicher 1859a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schleicher 1859a,<br />
author = {Schleicher, August},<br />
title = {Zur Morphologie der Sprache},<br />
journal = {Mémoires de l'académdie impériale des sciences de St. Pétersbourg},<br />
year = {1859},<br />
volume = {1?},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1-38},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt 2000,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter},<br />
title = {Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1: : Absenz – Darstellung},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {831-875},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt & George 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt_George_2005a,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter; George, Marion},<br />
title = {Typisch/Typ(us)},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {191-246},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlosser 1952a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schlosser 1952a,<br />
author = {Schlosser, K.},<br />
title = {Der Signalismus in der Kunst der Naturvölker: Biologisch-psychologische Gesetzlichkeiten in den Abweichungen von der Norm des Vorbildes},<br />
year = {1952},<br />
publisher = {Mühlau},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmid 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmid 2009a,<br />
author = {Schmid, Gabriele},<br />
title = {Zwischen Bildern. Die holographische Installation als Handlungsfeld},<br />
booktitle = {holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {161-180},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1998a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Mimesis bei Aristoteles und in den Poetikkommentaren der Renaissance. Zum Wandel des Gedankens von der Nachahmung der Natur in der frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Mimesis und Simulation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Andreas Kablitz & Gerhard Neumann},<br />
pages = {17-53},<br />
publisher = {ombach},<br />
address = {Freiburg im Breisgau},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1996a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Teleologie und Geschichte bei Aristoteles oder Wie kommen nach Aristoteles Anfang, Mitte und Ende in die Geschichte?},<br />
booktitle = {Das Ende. Figuren einer Denkform},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Stierle und Rainer Warning},<br />
pages = {528-563},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider 2009a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit},<br />
title = {Wissenschaftsbilder zwischen digitaler Transformation und Manipulation. Einige Anmerkungen zur Diskussion des “digitalen Bildes”},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {188-200},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schneider 2000a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Ralf},<br />
title = {Grundriß zur kognitiven Theorie der Figurenkonzeption am Beispiel des viktorianischen Romans},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Stauffenburg},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider & Berz 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider & Berz 2002a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit & Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bildtexturen. Punkte, Zeilen, Spalten. I. Textile Processing/II. Bildtelegraphie}<br />
booktitle = {Mimetische Differenzen. Der Spielraum der Medien zwischen Abbildung und Nachbildung}, <br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Flach, Sabine & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
pages = {181-220},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider & Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schneider & Stöckl 2011a,<br />
title = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, Jan Georg & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {erscheint Frühjahr 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2011===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Schönhammer 2011,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Stichwort: Kippbilder},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
howpublished = {PsyDok, Volltextserver der Virtuellen Fachbibliothek Psychologie},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://psydok.sulb.uni-saarland.de/frontdoor.php?source_opus=2756&la=de},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schönhammer 2009a,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Wahrnehmungspsychologie. Sinne, Körper, Bewegung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 2004a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstellung, Zeichen. Philosophische Theorien bildhafter Darstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {2., vollständig überarbeitete Aufl.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Scholz 1998a,<br />
title = {Mimesis. Studien zur literarischen Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Scholz, Bernhard F.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 1991a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstellung, Zeichen. Philosophische Theorien bildhafter Darstellungen},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {(1. Aufl.)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schott 1657a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schott 57a,<br />
author = {Schott, Kaspar},<br />
title = {De Magia Anamorphotica},<br />
booktitle = {Magia Universalis Naturae et Artis},<br />
year = {1657},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Herbipoli},<br />
note = {Teil 1, Buch III},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2001a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Eine kurze Geschichte der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht. Fotografieren in Museen & Archiven & Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, Wolfgang & Jaworek, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {249-257},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter 2003a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Virtuelle Kamera. Zum Fortbestand fotografischer Medien in computergenerierten Bildern}, <br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {88},<br />
pages = {3-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Welt. Analoge und Digitale Bilder - mehr oder weniger Realität?},<br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke},<br />
pages = {335-354},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2004b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Netz und die Virtuelle Realität. Zur Selbstprogrammierung der Gesellschaft durch die universelle Maschine},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Computer/Simulation. Kopie ohne Original oder das Original kontrollierende Kopie},<br />
booktitle = {OriginalKopie. Praktiken des Sekundären},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fehrmann, Gisela et al.},<br />
pages = {139-155},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Notizen zu einer Geschichte des Löschens. Am Beispiel von Video und Robert Rauschenbergs Erased de Kooning-Drawing},<br />
booktitle = {Im Banne der Ungewissheit. Bilder zwischen Medien, Kunst und Menschen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schumacher-Chilla, Doris},<br />
pages = {171-194},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oberhausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2005a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {MetaMorphing. Camerons Analysen der digitalen Bilder in Terminator 2 und The Abyss}, <br />
booktitle = {Mythen, Mütter, Maschinen. Die Filme des James Cameron},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pabst, Eckhard},<br />
pages = {289-315},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeit ist überhaupt nur darzustellen, indem man sie konstruiert (Andreas Gursky)},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {201-218},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {On the Logic of the Digital Archive},<br />
booktitle = {The You Tube Reader},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Vonderau, Patrick & Snickars, Pelle},<br />
pages = {330-346},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2009c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {3D. Zur Theorie, Geschichte und Medienästhetik des technischtransplanen Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen und die Nicht-Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {77-86},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2010a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Fotografie und Fiktionalität},<br />
booktitle = {Die fotografische Wirklichkeit. Inszenierung - Fiktion - Narration},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Blunck, Lars},<br />
pages = {143-158},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2010b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Zeitalter der technischen Nichtreproduzierbarkeit},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
editor = {Schröter, Jens et al.},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {1-38},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter & Thielmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter & Thielmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens & Thielmann, Tristan},<br />
title = {Display I: Analog},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften}<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2010a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Darstellung einer Vorstellung. Das Bild der Welt auf der Pioneer-Plakette},<br />
booktitle = {Atlas der Weltbilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Markschies, C. et al.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schürmann 2008a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Sehen als Praxis. Ethisch-ästhetische Studien zum Verhältnis von Sicht und Einsicht},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulz 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulz 2005a,<br />
author = {Schulz, Martin},<br />
title = {Ordnungen der Bilder. Eine Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Finke},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulze 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulze 2000a,<br />
author = {Schulze, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Die Erlebnis-Gesellschaft. Kultursoziologie der Gegenwart. 8. Auflage. Studienausgabe.},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M., New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schwingeler 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schwingeler 2008a,<br />
author = {Schwingeler, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Raummaschine. Raum und Perspektive im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Werner Hülsbusch},<br />
address = {Boizenburg},<br />
note = {(Reihe Game Studies)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Searle 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Searle 1971,<br />
author = {Searle, John R.},<br />
title = {Sprechakttheorie - Ein sprachphilosophischer Essay},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 2003a,<br />
author = {Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Erscheinens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seel 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 1991a,<br />
author = {Seel, Norbert M.},<br />
title = {Weltwissen und mentale Modelle},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seiterle 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Seiterle 1988a,<br />
author = {Seiterle, G. },<br />
title = {Maske, Ziegenbock und Satyr},<br />
journal = {Antike Welt. Z. für Archäologie und Kulturgeschichte},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seja 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seja 2009a,<br />
author = {Seja, Silvia},<br />
title = {Handlungstheorien des Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sekula 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sekula 2002a,<br />
author = {Sekula, Allan},<br />
title = {Der Handel mit Fotografien},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {255-290},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shannon & Weaver 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shannon & Weaver 1976a,<br />
author = {Shannon, Claude E. & Weaver, Warren},<br />
title = {Mathematische Grundlagen der Informationstheorie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shepard 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shepard 1990a,<br />
author = {Shepard, Roger N.},<br />
title = {Mind sights. Original illusions, ambiguities, and other anomalies, with a commentary on the play of mind in perception and art},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {W. H. Freeman},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shneiderman 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Shneiderman 1983a,<br />
author = {Shneiderman, B.},<br />
title = {Direct Manipulation - A Step Beyond Programming Languages},<br />
journal = {IEEE Computer},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
volume = {16},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {57-69},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shohat & Stam 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Shohat & Stam 1998a,<br />
author = {Shohat, E. & Stam R.},<br />
title = {Narrativizing Visual Culture. Towards a Polycentric Aesthetics},<br />
booktitle = {The Visual Culture Reader},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Mirzoeff, N.},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {26-49},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegert & Brecheis 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{ Siegert & Brecheis 2005a,<br />
author = {Siegert, Gabriele & Brecheis, Dieter },<br />
title = {Werbung in der Medien- und Informationsgesellschaft. Eine kommunikationswissenschaftliche Einführung },<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {VS},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegmund 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegmund 2007a,<br />
author = {Siegmund, J.},<br />
title = {Die Evidenz der Kunst. Künstlerisches Handeln als ästhetische Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Simmel 1995a,<br />
author = {Simmel, G.},<br />
title = {Der Bildrahmen. Ein ästhetischer Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Aufsätze und Abhandlungen 1901-1908 Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Simmel, G.},<br />
pages = {101-108},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1992a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Soziologie. Untersuchungen über die Formen der Vergesellschaftung},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Gesamtausgabe, Bd. 11, hrsg. von Otthein Rammstedt},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1978a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Das individuelle Gesetz. Philosophische Exkurse},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Michael Landmann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a,<br />
author = {Smith, Robert W. & Tatarewicz, Joseph N.},<br />
title = {Replacing a Technology: The Large Space Telescope and CCDs},<br />
journal = {Proceedings of the IEEE},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
volume = {73},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1221-1235},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sobchack 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sobchack 1997a,<br />
author = {Sobchack, Vivian},<br />
title = {Meta-Morphing. Visual Transformation and the Culture of Quick-Change},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minneapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a,<br />
author = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
title = {Figurative Politik. Prolegomena zu einer Kultursoziologie politischen Handelns},<br />
booktitle = {Figurative Politik. Zur Performanz der Macht in der modernen Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
pages = {17-33},<br />
publisher = {Leske und Budrich},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sommer 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sommer 1987a,<br />
author = {Sommer, M.},<br />
title = {Evidenz im Augenblick. Eine Phänomenologie der reinen Empfindung},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sonesson 1992a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Bildbetydelser: Inledning till bildsemiotiken som vetenskap},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Studentlitteratur},<br />
address = {Lund},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sonesson 1989a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Pictorial Concepts},<br />
publisher = {Lund University Press},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sörbom 1966===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sörbom 1966,<br />
author = {Sörbom, Göran},<br />
title = {Mimesis and Art. Studies in the Origin an Early Development of an Aesthetic Vocabulary},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spariosu 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Spariosu 1984,<br />
title = {Mimesis in contemporary theory: An interdisciplinary Approach. Volume I: The Literary and the Philosophical Debate},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Spariosu, Mihai},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Philadelphia/Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spillner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Spillner 1982a,<br />
author = {Spillner, Bernd},<br />
title = {Stilanalyse semiotisch komplexer Texte: Zum Verhältnis von sprachlicher und bil¬dicher Information in Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4/5},<br />
pages = {91–106},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stadler & Kruse 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stadler & Kruse 1995a,<br />
author = {Stadler, Michael & Kruse, Peter},<br />
title = {The Function of Meaning in Cognitive Order Formation.},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {5–21},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Steinbrenner 2009a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Bildtheorien der analytischen Tradition},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {284-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 2004a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Zeichen über Zeichen. Grundlagen einer Theorie der Metabezugnahme},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Synchron Wissenschaftsverlag der Autoren},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 1996a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Kognitivismus in der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a,<br />
title = {Farben: Betrachtungen aus Philosophie und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Glasauer, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a,<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
title = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stiegler 2004a,<br />
author = {Stiegler, Bernd},<br />
title = {Digitale Photographie als epistemologischer Bruch und historische Wende},<br />
booktitle = {Das Gesicht der Welt. Medien in der digitalen Kultur},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Engell & Neitzel},<br />
pages = {105-126},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stierle 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stierle 1984a,<br />
author = {Stierle, Karlheinz},<br />
title = {Das bequeme Verhältnis. Lessings Laokoon und die Entdeckung des ästhetischen Mediums},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, Gunter},<br />
pages = {23-58},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2011a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbekommunikation semiotisch},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch Werbekommunikation},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Nina Janich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {UTB},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {erscheint Mitte 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {The Language-Image-Text. Theoretical and Analytical Inroads into Semiotic Complexity},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {202-226},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Beyond Depicting. Language-Image-Links in the Service of Advertising},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {3-28},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2008a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbetypographie. Formen und Funktionen},<br />
booktitle = {Werbung – grenzenlos. Multimodale Werbetexte im interkulturellen Vergleich},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bendel, Sylvia & Held, Gudrun},<br />
pages = {13–36},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2005a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typography: Body and Dress of a Text – A Signing Mode between Language and Image},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {204-214},<br />
note = {Special Issue “The New Typography”},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2004b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typographie: Körper und Gewand des Textes. Linguistische Überlegungen zu typographischer Gestaltung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Angewandte Linguistik},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {41},<br />
pages = {5-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stöckl 2004a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Die Sprache im Bild – Das Bild in der Sprache. Zur Verknüpfung von Sprache und Bild im massenmedialen Text},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2003a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {„Imagine“: Stilanalyse multimodal. Am Beispiel des TV-Werbespots},<br />
booktitle = {Sprachstil – Zugänge und Anwendungen. Ulla Fix zum 60. Geburtstag},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Barz, Irmhild & Lerchner, Gotthard & Schröder, },<br />
pages = {305-323},<br />
publisher = {Winter},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 1992a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Der ‚picture relation type’ – Ein praktischer Analysemodus zur Beschreibung der vielfältigen Einbettungs- und Verknüpfungsbeziehungen von Bild und Text},<br />
journal = {Papiere zur Linguistik},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {46},<br />
number = {11},<br />
pages = {49-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoesz 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Stoesz 2008a,<br />
author = {Stoesz Brenda Marie},<br />
title = {The Role of Selective Attention in Perceptual Switching. },<br />
year = {2008},<br />
howpublished = {Department of Psychology, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Manitoba},<br />
note = {Thesis Master of Arts Thesis},<br />
hidden = {zuletzt geprüft am 17.03.2011},<br />
url = {mspace.lib.umanitoba.ca/bitstream/1993/3083/1/BStoesz%20-%20MA%20thesis%202008%20revisions.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoichita 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stoichita 1998a,<br />
author = {Stoichita, Victor I.},<br />
title = {Das selbstbewußte Bild. Vom Ursprung der Metamalerei},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauß 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strauß 1998a,<br />
author = {Strauß, Bernd (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Zuschauer},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strenge 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Strenge_1998a,<br />
author = {Strenge, Britta},<br />
title = {Typos/Typologie},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {1587-1595},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Striedter 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Striedter 1984a,<br />
author = {Striedter, K.H.},<br />
title = {Felsbilder der Sahara},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauss 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Strauss 1979a,<br />
author = {Strauss, M.S.},<br />
title = {Abstraction of prototypical information by adults and 10-month-old infants},<br />
journal = {J. of Experimental Psychology: Human Leraning and Memory},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {5},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {618-632},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a,<br />
author = {Strothotte, Thomas & Schlechtweg, Stefan},<br />
title = {Non-photorealistic Computer Graphics: Modeling, Rendering, and Animation},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {San Francisco u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stüber & Stadler 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stüber & Stadler 1999a,<br />
author = {Strüber, Daniel & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Differences in top-down influences on the reversal rate of different categories of reversible figures},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {28},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1185–1196},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sturken & Cartwright 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sturken & Cartwright 2001a,<br />
author = {Sturken, M. & Cartwright L.},<br />
title = {Practices of Looking. An Introduction to Visual Culture},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
address = {Oxford, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch.},<br />
title = {Schreck-Gesichter. Symbole des magischen Alltags},<br />
booktitle = {Symbole des Alltags, Alltag der Symbole},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Blaschitz, G.; et al. },<br />
pages = {517-554},<br />
publisher = {ADV},<br />
address = {Graz},<br />
note = {Festschrift Harry Kühnel zum 65. Geburtstag},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1998a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch. },<br />
title = {Grenzen der Komplexität. Die Kunst als Bild der Wirklichkeit. Neuropsychologische und ethologische Erkenntnisse in der Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Einfachen zur Ganzheitlichkeit. Das Problem der Komplexität auf organismischer und soziokultureller Ebene},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {A.M. Wobus, & U. Wobus},<br />
pages = {167-188},<br />
publisher = {Nova Acta Leopoldina 77(304)},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Szily 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Szily 1999a,<br />
author = {Szily, K.},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelvújítás szótára},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Nap Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==T==<br />
===Tatarkiewicz 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tatarkiewicz 2003,<br />
author = {Tatarkiewicz, Wladysaw},<br />
title = {Geschichte der sechs Begriffe. Kunst • Schönheit • Form • Kreativität • Mimesis • Ästhetisches Erlebnis},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thielmann & Schröter 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Thielmann & Schröter 2007a,<br />
title = {Display II: Digital. Navigationen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Thielmann, Tristan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {<em>Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften</em>},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {Jg. 7, H. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tholen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tholen 2003a,<br />
author = {Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
title = {Die Zäsur der Medien. Kulturphilosophische Konturen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a,<br />
author = {Thornhill, R. & Gangestad, S.W. },<br />
title = {Human facial beauty: averageness, symmetry and parasite resistance},<br />
journal = {Human nature},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {237-269},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Thürlemann 1990a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Raum. Beiträge zu einer semiotischen Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Thürlemann 1984a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Die Farbe in der Malerei: Symbolischer und semi-symbolischer Bedeutungsmodus},<br />
booktitle = {Semiotics Unfolding. Proceedings of the Second Congress of the International Association for Semiotic Studies},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Tasso Borbé},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tischner 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tischner 1954a,<br />
author = {Tischner, H.},<br />
title = {Kunst der Südsee},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Todorov 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Todorov 1977,<br />
author = {Todorov, Tzvetan},<br />
title = {Symboltheorien},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {[frz. Original 1977]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Topper 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Topper 00a,<br />
author = {Topper, David},<br />
title = {On Anamorphosis. Setting Some Things Straight},<br />
journal = {Leonardo},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
volume = {33},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {115-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tótfalusi 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tótfalusi 2002a,<br />
author = {Tótfalusi, I.},<br />
title = {Magyar szótörténeti szótár},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Anno Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Totzke 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Totzke 2004a,<br />
author = {Totzke, Rainer},<br />
title = {Buchstaben-Folgen. Schriftlichkeit, Wissenschaft und Heideggers Kritik an der Wissenschaftsideologie},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Welbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Troje & McAdam 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Troje & McAdam 2010a,<br />
author = {Troje, N. F. & McAdam, M.},<br />
title = {The viewing-from-above bias and the silhouette illusion},<br />
journal = {i-Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {143–148},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {i-perception.perceptionweb.com/fulltext/i01/i0408.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Trübner 1940===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Trübner 1940,<br />
title = {Trübners Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: C-F},<br />
year = {1940},<br />
editor = {Alfred Göze},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Art. „darstellen“, S. 27},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tugendhat 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat 1976a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die sprachanalytische Philosophie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst & Wolf, Ursula},<br />
title = {Logisch-semantische Propädeutik},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {(revid. 1986)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==U==<br />
===Ullrich 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ullrich 1997a,<br />
author = {Ullrich, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Digitaler Nominalismus. Zum Status der Computerfotografie},<br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {64},<br />
pages = {63-73},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==V==<br />
===Vaihinger 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vaihinger 1997a,<br />
author = {Vaihinger, Dirk},<br />
title = {Virtualität und Realität – Die Fiktionalisierung der Wirklichkeit und die unendliche Information},<br />
booktitle = {Künstliche Paradiese, Virtuelle Realitäten. Künstliche Räume in Literatur-, Sozial-, und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Krapp, Holger & Wägenbaur, Thomas},<br />
pages = {19-43},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Valenza et al. 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Valenza et al. 1996a,<br />
author = {Valenza, E.; Simion, F.; Cassia, V.M. & Umiltà, C.},<br />
title = {Face preference at birth},<br />
journal = {J. of experimental Psychology (Human Perception and Performance) },<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {892-903},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Varela 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Varela 1990a,<br />
author = {Varela, Francisco J.},<br />
title = {Kognitionswissenschaft, Kognitionstechnik. Eine Skizze aktueller Perspektiven},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===VCQ 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{VCQ 1996a,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Visual Culture Questionnaire},<br />
journal = {October},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
pages = {25-70},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ventola et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ventola et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Ventola, Eija & Guijarro, Moya & Arsenio, Jesús},<br />
title = {The World Told and the World Shown. Multisemiotic Issues},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan},<br />
address = {Basingstoke},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Venus 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Venus 2009a,<br />
author = {Venus, Jochen},<br />
title = {Raumbild und Tätigkeitssimulation. Video- und Computerspiele als Darstellungsmedien des Tätigkeitsempfindens},<br />
booktitle = {Das Raumbild. Bilder jenseits ihrer Flächen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Winter, Gundolf; Schröter, Jens & Barck, Joanna},<br />
pages = {259-280},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vischer 1873a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vischer 1873a,<br />
author = {Vischer, Robert},<br />
title = {Ueber das optische Formgefühl. Ein Beitrag zur Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1873},<br />
publisher = {Credner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Völker 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Völker 2010a,<br />
author = {Völker, Clara},<br />
title = {Mobile Medien. Zur Genealogie des Mobilfunks und zur Ideengeschichte von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vogel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vogel 2003a,<br />
author = {Vogel, Matthias},<br />
title = {Medien als Voraussetzungen für Gedanken},<br />
booktitle = {Medienphilosophie. Beiträge zur Klärung eines Begriffs},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Münker, Stefan; Roesler, Alexander & Sandbothe, Mike},<br />
pages = {107-134 + 213-215 [Anmerkungen]},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Volkelt 1905a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Volkelt 1905a,<br />
author = {Volkelt, Johannes},<br />
title = {System der Ästhetik. Erster Band: Grundlegung der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vorländer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vorländer 2003a,<br />
author = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
title = {Demokratie und Ästhetik. Zur Rehabilitierung eines problematischen Zusammenhangs},<br />
booktitle = {Zur Ästhetik der Demokratie. Formen der politischen Selbstdarstellung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
pages = {11-26},<br />
publisher = {Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==W==<br />
<br />
===Wade et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wade et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Wade, Nicholas J.; Campbel, Robin N.; Ross, Helen E. & Lingelbach, Bernd},<br />
title = {Necker in Scotch perspective},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1–4},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Waldenfels 2010a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Sinne und Künste im Wechselspiel. Modi ästhetischer Erfahrung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Waldenfels 1999a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Ordnungen des Sichtbaren},<br />
booktitle = {Sinnesschwellen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Walton 1973a,<br />
author = {Kendall L. Walton},<br />
title = {Pictures as Make-Believe},<br />
journal = {The Philosophical Review},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
volume = {82},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {283-319},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Walton 1990a,<br />
author = {Walton, Kendall L.},<br />
title = {Mimesis as make-believe : on the foundations of the representational arts},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Harvard Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass. [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warburg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warburg 2008a,<br />
author = {Warburg, Aby},<br />
title = {Der Bilderatlas Mnemosyne (2000)},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Warnke, Martin; unter Mitarbeit von Brink, Claudia},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warnke 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warnke 1984a,<br />
author = {Warnke, Martin},<br />
title = {Politische Architektur in Europa vom Mittelalter bis heute: Repräsentation und Gemeinschaft},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Watt 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Watt 2002a, <br />
author = {Watt, Alan}, <br />
title = {3D-Computergrafik},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weber 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weber 2000a,<br />
author = { Weber, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Windmühlen oder Mauern? Die Archive und der neue Wind in der Informationstechnik},<br />
booktitle = {Digitale Archive - Ein neues Paradigma?},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Metzing, Andreas},<br />
pages = {79-94},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Marburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weiss 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weiss 2009a,<br />
author = {Weiss, G. },<br />
title = {Masken begleiten, erinnern, ehren und erneuern},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wellbery 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wellbery 1977,<br />
author = {Wellbery, David E.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Semiotics in the German Enlightenment},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Yale University},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Werckmeister 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Werckmeister 2005a,<br />
author = {Werckmeister, Otto Karl},<br />
title = {Der Medusa Effekt. Politische Bildstrategien seit dem 11. September 2001},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {form + zweck},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wescher 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wescher 1968a,<br />
author = {Wescher, Herta},<br />
title = {Die Collage / Geschichte eines künstlerischen Ausdrucksmittels},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {DuMont Schauberg},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wheeler 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wheeler 2005a,<br />
author = {Wheeler, Michael},<br />
title = {Reconstructing the Cognitive World: The Next Step},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2008a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Die Sichtbarkeit des Bildes. Geschichte und Perspektiven der formalen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main, New York},<br />
note = {Mit einem aktuellen Vorwort des Autors zur Neuausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2005a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Artifizielle Präsenz. Studien zur Philosophie des Bildes.},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wiesing 2004a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Pragmatismus und Performativität des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {115-128},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2000a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Phänomene im Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wimmer 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wimmer 1991a,<br />
author = {Wimmer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Fabrikation der Fiktion?},<br />
booktitle = {Digitaler Schein. Ästhetik der digitalen Medien},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Rötzer, }, <br />
pages = {519-533},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winkler 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Winkler 2003a,<br />
author = {Winkler, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Zugriff. Thesen zur Umorganisation der gesellschaftlichen Bildarchive unter den Bedingungen des Digitalen},<br />
booktitle = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang; Heidenreich, Stefan & Holl, Ute},<br />
pages = {144-148},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winner 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Winner 1962a,<br />
author = {Winner, Matthias},<br />
title = {Gemalte Kunsttheorie. Zu Gustave Courbets ‚Allégorie réelle‘ und der Tradition},<br />
journal = {Jahrbuch der Berliner Museen},<br />
year = {4},<br />
volume = {1962},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {150-185},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wirth 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wirth 2004a,<br />
author = {Wirth, Uwe},<br />
title = {Das Vorwort als performative, paratextuelle und parergonale Rahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Rhetorik. Figuration und Performanz},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fohrmann, Jürgen},<br />
pages = {603-628},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Whitfield 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Whitfield 1999a,<br />
author = {Whitfield, S.},<br />
title = {Lucio Fontana},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Hayward Gallery Publ.},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witsch 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witsch 2008a,<br />
author = {Witsch, Monika},<br />
title = {Kultur und Bildung: Ein Beitrag für eine kulturwissenschaftliche Grundlegung von Bildung im Anschluss an Georg Simmel, Ernst Cassirer und Richard Hönigswald},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witte 2010a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Zur Geschichte der Bildung. Eine philosophische Kritik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2009a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Selbstbild und Bildung. Ein Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildung – Argumentation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Helmer, K.; Herchert, G. & Löwenstein, S.},<br />
pages = {81-100},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reihe: Beiträge zur Theorie der Argumentation in der Pädagogik. Herausgegeben von Andreas Dörpinghaus und Karl Helmer. Band 5},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1990a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus logico-philosophicus},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Tagebücher 1914-1916; Philosophische Untersuchungen. [7. Aufl.]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1971a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Philosophische Untersuchungen},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1922===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1922,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus},<br />
year = {1922},<br />
publisher = {Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wollheim 1982a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Sehen-als, sehen-in und bildliche Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Objekte der Kunst},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
pages = {192-210},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Looser, Max},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 1978,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Are the Criteria of Identity that Hold für a Work of Art in the Different Arts Aesthetically Relevant?},<br />
journal = {Ratio},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {20},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {29-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 2001a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {On Pictorial Representation},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
pages = {215-2268},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {Neuabdruck in: Gerwen, Rob van (Hg.). Richard Wollheim on the Art of Painting: Art as Representation and Expression. Cambridge UP, 2001},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==X==<br />
==Y==<br />
==Z==<br />
===Zaloscer 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Zaloscer 1974a,<br />
author = {Zaloscer, Hilde},<br />
title = {Versuch einer Phänomenologie des Rahmens},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Ästhetik und allgemeine Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {189-224},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zeune 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zeune 1997a,<br />
author = {Zeune, Joachim},<br />
title = {Burgen. Symbole der Macht. Ein neues Bild der mittelalterlichen Burg},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Pustet},<br />
address = {Regensburg},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zimmer 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zimmer 1995a,<br />
author = {Zimmer, A. C.},<br />
title = {Multistability – More than just a Freak Phenomenon},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {99–138},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==Fehlerhafte Angaben==<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, Jörg R. J.},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
note = {'''''Achtung!!Reihenfolge der Autoren ist verkehrt!!! Bitte korrigieren!!!''''' },<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.uni-due.de/imperia/md/content/elise/2006_-_schirra___hombach.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<!--- Die folgende Zeile muß immer am Ende der Seite stehen!! --><br />
<!--- Nicht entfernen und keinen Biblio-Eintrag danach setzen --><br />
<bibexport/></div>
Mark Ludwig
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Bibliography&diff=5896
Bibliography
2011-06-21T12:53:01Z
<p>Mark Ludwig: /* Haas 1995a */</p>
<hr />
<div><!--- Dies ist eine Kommentarzeile --><br />
<!--- In diese Seite kommen alle bibliographischen Daten rein, --><br />
<!--- also wirklich a l l e für dieses Glossar. --><br />
<!--- Wer es kennt, wird erkennen, dass wir uns an BibTex orientieren. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- !!!!! Bitte erst mal durchsuchen, ob der geplante Eintrag !!! --><br />
<!--- !!!!! hier nicht schon unter anderer Bezeichnung steht! !!! --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Ein Schema für neue Einträge wird hier oben automatisch --><br />
<!--- eingeblendet, wenn ein neuer Literaturverweis in einer Seite --><br />
<!--- eingebaut wurde und man dem entsprechenden Link dort im --><br />
<!--- Literaturverzeichnis folgt. Bitte nach Anlegen nach unten kopieren, --><br />
<!--- so dass eine alphabetisch geordnete Liste erhalten bleibt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Derzeit sind folgende Formen möglich Monographie (=book), --> <br />
<!--- Sammelband (= Proceedings), Artikel in Sammelband (= inproceedings),--><br />
<!--- Zeitschriftenartikel (= article), Rest (= misc.) --><br />
<!--- (An einer Übersetzung dieser Typbezeichnungen wird gearbeitet) --><br />
<!--- In allen sind die jeweils üblichen Felder verfügbar; weitere Daten --><br />
<!--- können im Feld note deponiert werden -- die werden jeweils am Ende --><br />
<!--- der damit produzierten Literaturangabe angezeigt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Nun die Einträge; wenn möglich die Namen (1. Zeile nach bibentry) --><br />
<!--- alle nach gleichem Schema bauen und alphabetisch geordnet eintragen.--><br />
<!--- Angabe des Jahres am Besten immer mit fortlaufendem Kleinbuchstaben --><br />
<!--- indizieren, auch wenn noch kein zweites Werk des Autors im gleichen --><br />
<!--- Jahr aufgenommen wurde; kann ja noch kommen. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Wenn ein als Identifier benutzter Nachname mit einem Sonderzeichen --><br />
<!--- (insbesondere Umlaut) beginnt, bitte die Normalumschrift benutzen, --><br />
<!--- sonst sind die Literaturangaben auf den Seiten falsch geordnet. --><br />
<!--- Den korrekt geschriebenen Namen zwischen den <bib>Klammern nutzen. --><br />
{{GlossarBoxSub}}__TOC__</div><br />
<!--- --><br />
<br />
==A==<br />
===Adelmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelmann 2009a, <br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adelmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Adelmann 2004a, <br />
author = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Digitale Animationen in dokumentarischen Fernsehformaten?}, <br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung}, <br />
year = {2004}, <br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke}, <br />
pages = {387-406}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adelung 1811===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelung 1811, <br />
editor = {Adelung, Johann Christoph}, <br />
title = {Grammatisch-kritisches Wörterbuch der hochdeutschen Mundart: mit beständiger Vergleichung der übrigen Mundarten, besonders aber der Oberdeutschen. Erster Teil: A-E. Mit D. W. Soltau's Beyträgen; revidirt und berichtiget von Franz Xaver Schönberger, Doctor der freyen Künste und Philosophie},<br />
year = {1811}, <br />
publisher = {Bauer}, <br />
address = {Wien}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adorno 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Adorno 2003,<br />
author = {Adorno, Theodor W.},<br />
title = {Gesammelte Schriften, Bd. 7: Ästhetische Theorie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Alpers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alpers 1985a,<br />
author = {Alpers, Svetlana},<br />
title = {Kunst als Beschreibung. Holländische Malerei des 17. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Amelunxen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Amelunxen 1996a, <br />
author = {Amelunxen, Hubertus}, <br />
title = {Fotografie nach der Fotografie}, <br />
year = {1996}, <br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Dresden u.a.}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Appadurai 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Appadurai 2003a, <br />
author = {Appadurai, Arjun},<br />
title = {Archive and Aspiration},<br />
booktitle = {Information is Alive},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Brouwer, Joke; Mulder, Arjen},<br />
pages = {14-25},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Rotterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1997,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Poetik. Griechisch/Deutsch},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Manfred Fuhrmann},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {Übers. und Hrsg.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995c,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Physik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 6; Übers.: Hans Günter Zekl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995b,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Nikomachische Ethik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 3; Übers.: Eugen Rolfes},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995a,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Metaphysik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 5; Übers.: Hermann Bonitz},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a,<br />
author = {Asemissen, Hermann Ulrich & Schweikhart, Gunter},<br />
title = {Malerei als Thema der Malerei},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Attneave 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Attneave 1971a,<br />
author = {Attneave, F.},<br />
title = {Multistability in perception},<br />
journal = {Sci.Am 225},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
volume = {225},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Auerbach 1946===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Auerbach 1946,<br />
author = {Auerbach, Erich},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Dargestellte Wirklichkeit in der abendländischen Literatur [1946]},<br />
year = {<sup>10</sup>2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen/Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Augustinus 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Augustinus 2002,<br />
author = {Augustinus},<br />
title = {Was ist Zeit? Confessiones XI/Bekenntnisse 11},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {lateinisch-deutsche Ausgabe, eingeleitet, übersetzt und mit Anmerkungen versehen von Norbert Fischer},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Austin 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Austin 1972a,<br />
author = {Austin, John L.},<br />
title = {Zur Theorie der Sprechakte},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {orig.: How to do things with Words, 1962},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==B==<br />
===Baader 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baader 2003a,<br />
author = {Baader, Hannah},<br />
title = {Paragone},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {263},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bachmann-Medick 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bachmann-Medick 2006a,<br />
author = {Bachmann-Medick, Doris},<br />
title = {Cultural Turns. Neuorientierungen in den Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Badakshi 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Badakshi 2006a,<br />
author = {Badakshi, Harun},<br />
title = {Körper in/aus Zahlen. Digitale Bildgebung in der Medizin},<br />
booktitle = {The Picture's Image. Wissenschaftliche Visualisierung als Komposit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Hinterwaldner, Inge; Buschhaus, Markus},<br />
pages = {199-205},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Badt 1963a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Badt 1963a,<br />
author = {Badt, Kurt },<br />
title = {Raumphantasien und Raumillusionen. Wesen der Plastik}<br />
year = {1963},<br />
publisher = {DuMont}, <br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Balázs 2001a,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der Geist des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Balázs 2001b,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der sichtbare Mensch},<br />
booktitle = {Texte zur Theorie des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {v. F. Albersmeier},<br />
publisher = {Philip Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
pages = {224-233},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baltrušaitis 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baltrušaitis 77a,<br />
author = {Baltrušaitis, Jurgis},<br />
title = {Anamorphic Art},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Chadwyck-Healey},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {(aus dem Französischen von W.J. Strachan, zuerst: Paris 1969)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1977a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetoric of the Image},<br />
booktitle = {Image, Music, Text},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
editor = {Stephen Heath},<br />
pages = {32–51},<br />
publisher = {Fontana},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {orig. 1964 in Communications},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1964a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetorik des Bildes (1964)},<br />
booktitle = {Der entgegenkommende und der stumpfe Sinn. Kritische Essays III},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Hornig, Dieter},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barthes 1989a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Die helle Kammer. Bemerkung zur Photographie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batchen 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Batchen 1998a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Photogenics/Fotogenik},<br />
journal = {Camera Austria},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {62/63},<br />
pages = {5-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batchen 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Batchen 2000a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Ectoplasm. Photography in the Digital Age},<br />
booktitle = {Over Exposed. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Squiers, Carol},<br />
pages = {9.23},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batteux 1746/1770===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Batteux 1746/1770,<br />
author = {Batteux, Charles},<br />
title = {Einschränkung der schönen Künste auf einen einzigen Grundsatz},<br />
year = {<sup>3</sup>1770},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Aus dem Französischen übersetzt und mit Abhandlungen begleitet von Johann Adolf Schlegel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baudrillard 1978a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Agonie des Realen},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baudrillard 2000a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Das perfekte Verbrechen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {von Amelunxen},<br />
pages = {256-260},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baumberger 2010===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baumberger 2010,<br />
author = {Baumberger, Christoph},<br />
title = {Gebaute Zeichen. Eine Symboltheorie der Architektur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Ontos},<br />
address = {Heusenstamm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baxandall 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baxandall 1972a,<br />
author = {Baxandall, Michael},<br />
title = {Painting and Experience in Fifteenth Century Italy. A Primer in the Social History of Pictorial Style},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Clarendon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bayer 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bayer 1984,<br />
author = {Bayer, Udo},<br />
title = {Laokoon – Momente einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gunter Gebauer},<br />
pages = {59-101},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bechtloff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bechtloff 2001a,<br />
author = {Bechtloff, Dieter (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Choreographie der Gewalt}, <br />
journal = {Kunstforum International}, <br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Hefte 153, 155 & 156},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Heft 153: Der gerissene Faden. Nichtlineare Techniken in der Kunst; Heft 156: Plateau der Menschheit},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beckmann 1995===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beckmann 1995,<br />
author = {Beckmann, Jan P.},<br />
title = {Wilhelm von Ockham},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beil 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beil 2010a,<br />
author = {Beil, Benjamin},<br />
title = {First Person Perspectives. Point of View und figurenzentrierte Erzählformen im Film und im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belach & Jacobsen 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belach & Jacobsen 93,<br />
author = {Belach, Helga & Jacobsen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {CinemaScope. Zur Geschichte der Breitwandfilme},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Spiess},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Stiftung Deutsche Kinemathek},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beller 2005a,<br />
author = {Beller Hans},<br />
title = {Aspekte der Filmmontage - Eine Art Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch der Filmmontage. Praxis und Prinzipien des Filmschnitts},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Beller Hans},<br />
publisher = {TR-Verlagsunion},<br />
address = {München},<br />
pages = {9-33},<br />
note = {5., gegenüber der 4. unveränderte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2008a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Florenz und Bagdad. Eine westöstliche Geschichte des Blicks},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2004a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bild und Kult. Eine Geschichte des Bildes vor dem Zeitalter der Kunst},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {6. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2002a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte. Eine Revision nach zehn Jahren (1995)},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Dieser Text erschien in seiner ersten Fassung noch mit einem Fragezeichen im Titel. Vgl. ders. (1983): Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte?, München: Deutscher Kunstverlag.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2001a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bildanthropologie. Entwürfe für eine Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 1983a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte?},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Kunstverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting & Haustein 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting & Haustein 1998a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans & Haustein, Lydia},<br />
title = {Das Erbe der Bilder. Kunst und moderne Medien in den Kulturen der Welt},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Benkő 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Benkő 1976a,<br />
editor = {Benkő, L.},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelv történeti-etimológiai szótára. I-IV},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bergson 1948a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bergson 1948a,<br />
author = {Bergson, Henri},<br />
title = {Das Mögliche und das Wirkliche},<br />
booktitle = {Denken und Schöpferisches Werden. Aufsätze und Vorträge},<br />
year = {1948},<br />
editor = {Bergson, H.},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Meisenheim am Glan},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {110-125},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bernays 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernays 1970a,<br />
author = {Bernays, Jacob},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der verlorenen Abhandlung des Aristoteles über Wirkung der Tragödie},<br />
year = {1970}<br />
publisher = {G. Olms},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bernhardt et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernhardt et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Bernhardt, Petra; Hadj-Abdou, Leila; Liebhart, Karin & Pribersky, Andreas},<br />
title = {EUropäische Bildpolitiken. Politische Bildanalyse an Beispielen der EU-Politik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {facultas UTB},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bertram et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bertram et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bertram, Georg W.; Lauer, David; Liptow, Jasper; & Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {In der Welt der Sprache: Konsequenzen des semantischen Holismus},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp}, <br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Berz 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Berz 2009a,<br />
author = {Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bitmapped Graphic},<br />
booktitle = {Zeitkritische Medien},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Volmar, Axel},<br />
pages = {127-154},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bevers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bevers 1985a,<br />
author = {Bevers, Antonius M.},<br />
title = {Dynamik der Formen bei Georg Simmel. Eine Studie über die methodische und theoretische Einheit eines Gesamtwerkes},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Duncker & Humblot},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Sozialwissenschaftliche Abhandlungen der Görres-Gesellschaft, Band 13},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beyme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beyme 2004a,<br />
author = {Beyme, Klaus von},<br />
title = {Politische Ikonologie der modernen Architektur},<br />
booktitle = {Politikwissenschaft als Kulturwissenschaft. Theorien, Methoden, Problemstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schwelling, Birgit},<br />
pages = {351-372},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bieger 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bieger 2007a,<br />
author = {Bieger, Laura},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Immersion. Raum-Erleben zwischen Welt und Bild},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Black 1972===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Black 1972,<br />
author = {Black, Max},<br />
title = {How do Pictures represent?},<br />
booktitle = {Art, Perception, and Reality},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gombrich, E.H.; Hochberg, Julian & Black, Max},<br />
pages = {95-130},<br />
publisher = {John Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blanke 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Blanke 2003,<br />
author = {Blanke, Börries},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Sinn. Das ikonische Zeichen zwischen strukturalistischer Semiotik und analytischer Philosophie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Reihe Bildwissenschaft, Bd. 4},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Block 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Block 1990a,<br />
author = {Block, Ned},<br />
title = {The Computer Model of the Mind},<br />
booktitle = {Thinking. An Invitation to Cognitive Science, Vol. 3},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {D. N. Osherson & E. E. Smith},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bloomfield 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bloomfield 1933a,<br />
author = {Bloomfield, Leonard},<br />
title = {Language},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Henry Holt and Co},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1986a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Annäherungen an die Aktualität der Rhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Wirklichkeiten in denen wir leben},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
pages = {104-136},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1969a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeitsbegriff und Möglichkeit des Romans},<br />
booktitle = {Nachahmung und Illusion. Poetik und Hermeneutik 1},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Hans Robert Jauß},<br />
pages = {9-27},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Blumenberg 1957a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {'Nachahmung der Natur'. Zur Vorgeschichte der Idee des schöpferischen Menschen},<br />
journal = {Studium Generale},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {5},<br />
pages = {266-283},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2008a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Augenmaß. Zur Genese der ikonischen Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Mersman, Birgit & Spies, Christian},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 2007a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2005a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild und die hermeneutische Reflexion},<br />
booktitle = {Dimensionen des Hermeneutischen. Heidegger und Gadamer},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Martin-Heidegger-Gesellschaft},<br />
pages = {23-35},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Schriftenreihe Band 7},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Sprache? Anmerkungen zur Logik der Bilder (2004)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {34-53},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild in der Kunstwissenschaft. Interview mit Gottfried Boehm},<br />
booktitle = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {11-21},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm 2001a,<br />
title = {Homo Pictor},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Saur},<br />
address = {München / Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1999a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zwischen Auge und Hand. Bilder als Instrumente der Erkenntnis (1999)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {94-113},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1994a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Wiederkehr der Bilder},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1994b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Bilderfrage},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Gottfried Boehm},<br />
pages = {325-343},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1994c,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1985a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Der Andere als Prototyp},<br />
booktitle = {Bildnis und Individuum. Über den Ursprung der Porträtmalerei in der italienischen Renaissance},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1978a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zu einer Hermeneutik des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Die Hermeneutik und die Wissenschaft},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Gadamer, Hans-Georg & Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {444-471},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a,<br />
title = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried; Mersmann, Birgit; Spies, Christian},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Böhme 2004a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Der Raum leiblicher Anwesenheit und der Raum als Medium von Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böhme 1999a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böcking 2008===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böcking 2008,<br />
author = {Böcking, Saskia},<br />
title = {Grenzen der Fiktion? Von Suspension of Disbelief zu einer Toleranztheorie für die Filmrezeption.},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bogen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bogen 2005a,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen},<br />
title = {Kunstgeschichte/Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus },<br />
pages = {52-67},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bonsiepe 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bonsiepe 1968a,<br />
author = {Bonsiepe, Gui},<br />
title = {Visuell/Verbale Rhetorik},<br />
journal = {Format: Zeitschrift für visuelle Kommunikation},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {17},<br />
pages = {11–18},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bousso 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bousso 2002a,<br />
author = {Bousso, Raphael},<br />
title = {The Holographic Principle},<br />
journal = {Reviews of Modern Physics},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {74},<br />
pages = {825-874},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brachfeld 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brachfeld_1976a,<br />
author = {Brachfeld, Otto},<br />
title = {Image},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {215-217},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandt 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandt 1999a,<br />
author = {Brandt, Reinhard},<br />
title = {Die Wirklichkeit der Bilder. Sehen und Erkennen – Vom Spiegel zum Kunstbild},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandom 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandom 2000a,<br />
author = {Brandom, Robert},<br />
title = {Expressive Vernunft. Begründung, Repräsentation und diskursive Festlegung (1994)},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Gilmer, Eva & Vetter, Hermann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2007a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Galilei der Künstler. Der Mond. Die Sonne. Die Hand},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2005a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Darwins Korallen. Die frühen Evolutionsdiagramme und die Tradition der Naturgeschichte},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Klaus Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bredekamp 2004a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Drehmomente. Merkmale und Ansprüche des Iconic Turn},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Turn. Die neue Macht der Bilder},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Maar, Christa & Burda, Hubert},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {A Neglected Tradition? Art History as Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2000a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Antikensehnsucht und Maschinenglauben. Die Geschichte der Kunstkammer und die Zukunft der Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 1994a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Die digitale Kunstkammer. Ein Interview mit Horst Bredekamp},<br />
journal = {Texte zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst; Schneider, Birgit; Dünkel, Vera},<br />
title = {Das Technische Bild. Kompendium für eine Stilgeschichte wissenschaftlicher Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst & Schneider, Pablo},<br />
title = {Visuelle Argumentationen. Die Mysterien der Repräsentation und die Berechenbarkeit der Welt},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2010a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildakts. Frankfurter Adorno-Vorlesungen 2007},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brentano 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brentano 1930a,<br />
author = {Brentano, Franz},<br />
title = {Wahrheit und Evidenz},<br />
year = {1930},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {(1975??)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Pitts, Michael A. & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right parietal brain activity precedes perceptual alternation during binocular rivalry},<br />
journal = {Hum. Brain Mapping},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/20690124},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Landis, Theodor & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right parietal brain activity precedes perceptual alternation of bistable stimuli},<br />
journal = {Cereb. Cortex 19},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {55-65},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brugger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger 1999a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter},<br />
title = {One hundred years of an ambiguous figure: happy birthday, duck/rabbit},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
number = {???},<br />
pages = {973–977},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brugger & Brugger 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger & Brugger 1993a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter & Brugger, Susanne},<br />
title = {The easterbunny in october: I is it disguised as a duck},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
number = {???},<br />
pages = {577–578},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brunet 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brunet 2008a,<br />
author = {Brunet, François},<br />
title = {A Better Example is a Photograph': On the Exemplary Value of Photographs in C. S. Peirce's Reflection on Signs},<br />
booktitle = {The Meaning of Photography},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Kelsey, Robin; Stimson, Blake},<br />
pages = {34-49},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Williamstown},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bruno 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bruno 2007a,<br />
author = {Bruno, Giuliana},<br />
title = {Public Intimacy. Architecture and the Visual Arts},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bryson 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bryson 2001a,<br />
author = {Norman Bryson},<br />
title = {Das Sehen und die Malerei},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 2000a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Die Krise der Psychologie},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Velbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Achim Eschbach und Jens Kapitzky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Büttner 2003a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank},<br />
title = {Perspektive},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {265},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher 2011a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {“Man sieht, was man hört“. Multimodales Verstehen als interaktionale Aneignung. Handlungstheoretische Medienanalyse.},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Jan Georg Schneider & Hartmut Stöckl},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher2010a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {Multimodales Verstehen oder Rezeption als Interaktion. Theoretische und empirische Grundlagen einers systematischen Analyse der Multimodalität},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Hajo Diekmannshenke & Michael Klemm & Hartmut Stöckl},<br />
pages = {121-156},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchner 1665===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchner 1665,<br />
author = {August Buchner},<br />
title = {Poet}<br />
year = {1665},<br />
publisher = {???}, <br />
address = {Wittenberg},<br />
note = {hrsg. v. Otto Prätorius},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchwald 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchwald 1989a,<br />
author = {Buchwald, Jed Z.},<br />
title = {The Rise of the Wave Theory of Light},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1933a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Axiomatik der Sprachwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1934a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1934a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Sprachtheorie. Die Darstellungsfunktion der Sprache},<br />
year = {<sup>2</sup>1965},<br />
publisher = {Fischer },<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bürger 1784===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bürger 1784,<br />
author = {Bürger, Gottfried August},<br />
title = {Von der Popularität der Poesie [1784]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Günter und Hiltrud Hintzschel}, <br />
pages = {725-730},<br />
publisher = {Hanser}, <br />
address = {München}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1784},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burckhardt 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Burckhardt 2001a,<br />
author = {Burckhardt, Jacob},<br />
title = {Der Cicerone. Eine Anleitung zum Genuss der Kunstwerke Italiens},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Kritische Gesamtausgabe},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {B. Roeck et al.}, <br />
pages = {Bd. 2},<br />
publisher = {Beck}, <br />
address = {München/Basel}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1855},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burke 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Burke 2003a,<br />
author = {Burke, Peter},<br />
title = {Augenzeugenschaft. Bilder als historische Quellen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Busch 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Busch 2004a,<br />
author = {Busch, Kathrin},<br />
title = {Geschicktes Geben. Aporien der Gabe bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Busch & Därmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Busch & Därmann 2007a,<br />
title = {pathos. Konturen eines kulturwissenschaftlichen Grundbegriffes},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Busch, Kathrin; Därmann, Iris},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Butler 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Butler 2001a,<br />
author = {Butler, Judith},<br />
title = {Psyche der Macht. Das Subjekt der Unterwerfung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner & Gottdank 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Büttner & Gottdank 2009a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank & Gottdank, Andrea},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Ikonographie. Wege zur Deutung von Bildinhalten},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==C==<br />
===Caglioti 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Caglioti 1995a,<br />
author = {Caglioti, G.},<br />
title = {Perception of ambiguous figures: A qualitative Model based on Synergetics and Quantum Mechanics},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {463–478.},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Campe 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Campe 2006a,<br />
author = {Campe, R.},<br />
title = {Epoche der Evidenz. Knoten in einem terminologischen Netzwerk zwischen Descartes und Kant},<br />
booktitle = {Intellektuelle Anschauung. Figurationen von Evidenz zwischen Kunst und Wissen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Peters, S. & Schäfer, M.J. },<br />
pages = {5-43},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carani 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carani 1986a,<br />
author = {Carani, Marie},<br />
title = {Le corpus Pellan: une relecture sémiotique},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carbone 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carbone 2001a,<br />
author = {Mauro Carbone},<br />
title = {La visibilité de l’invisible},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a,<br />
author = {Carlbom, Ingrid; Paciorek, Joseph},<br />
title = {Planar Geometric Projections and Viewing Transformations},<br />
journal = {ACM Computing Surveys},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {465-502},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carnap 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carnap 1947a,<br />
author = {Carnap, Rudolf},<br />
title = {Meaning and Necessity: A Study in Semantics and Modal Logic},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, IL},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2007a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {The World at a Glance},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2005a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {Earth-Mapping. Artists Reshaping Landscape},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2002a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {Representing Place. Landscape Painting and Maps},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 2010a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Birgit Recki},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 2009a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Der Begriff der symbolischen Form im Aufbau der Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
pages = {63-92},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Marion Lauschke},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1990a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Versuch über den Menschen. Einführung in eine Philosophie der Kultur},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1989a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Zur Logik der Kulturwissenschaften. Fünf Studien},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {5., unveränd. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 1930a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Mythischer, ästhetischer und theoretischer Raum (1930)},<br />
booktitle = {Ernst Cassirer: Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 17},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {B. Recki},<br />
pages = {411-436 [1931]},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1929a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1925a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1925a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Zweiter Teil: Das mythische Denken},<br />
year = {1925},<br />
publisher = {Cassirer, Bruno},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1923a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Erster Teil: Die Sprache},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===CCALED===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{CCALED-4,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Collins Cobuild Advanced Learner’s English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
publisher = {Collins},<br />
address = {Glasgow},<br />
note = {4<sup>th</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cha & Rautzenberg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cha & Rautzenberg 08a,<br />
author = {Cha, Kyung-Ho & Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
title = {Einleitung: Im Theater des Sehens. Anamorphose als Bild und philosophische Metapher},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {dies.},<br />
pages = {7-22},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chomsky 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chomsky 1957a,<br />
author = {Chomsky, Noam},<br />
title = {Syntactic Structures},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Christian 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Christian 2009a,<br />
author = {Christian, Alexander},<br />
title = {Piktogramme, Kritischer Beitrag zu einer Begriffsbestimmung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Shaker},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cipolla et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cipolla et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Cipolla, Roberto & Battiato, Sebastiano & Farinella, Giovanni Maria },<br />
title = {Computer Vision: Detection, Recognition and Reconstruction},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin, Heidelberg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Collingwood 1945===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Collingwood 1945,<br />
author = {Collingwood, Robin},<br />
title = {Die Idee der Natur [The Idea of Nature (1945)]},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {Übers.: Martin Suhr},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, M. R.; Roberts A. R.; Barbee A. P.; Druen P. B.; Wu Cheng-Huan},<br />
title = {„Their ideas of beauty are, on the wohle, the same as ours“: consistency and variability in the cross-cultural perception of female physical attractiveness},<br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {68},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-279},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham 1986a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, M.R.},<br />
title = {Measuring the physical in physical attractiveness: Quasi-experiments on the sociobiology of female facial beauty}, <br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {50},<br />
number = {}, <br />
pages = {925-935},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==D==<br />
===Damisch 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Damisch 1987a,<br />
author = {Damisch, Hubert},<br />
title = {L'origine de la perspective},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Flammarion},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Darwin 1872a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Darwin 1872a,<br />
author = {Darwin, Charles},<br />
title = {On the Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals},<br />
year = {1872},<br />
publisher = {Murray},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davidson 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Davidson 2004a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
title = {Drei Spielarten des Wissens},<br />
booktitle = {Subjektiv, intersubjektiv, objektiv},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
pages = {339-363},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davies 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Davies 1991,<br />
author = {Davies, David},<br />
title = {Works, Texts, and Contexts. Goodman on the Literary Artwork},<br />
journal = {Canadian Journal of Philosophy},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {331-346},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Deleuze 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Deleuze 1989a,<br />
author = {Deleuze, Gilles},<br />
title = {Das Bewegungs-Bild. Kino1},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M},<br />
note = {a. d. Franz. v. U. Christians und U. Bokelmann; Erstveröffentlichung 1983},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Demuth 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Demuth 2007a,<br />
author = {Demuth, Volker},<br />
title = {Extreme Expeditionen. Digitale, hybride und künstlerische Räume},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {89-104},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Depaulo 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Depaulo 1992a,<br />
author = {DePaulo, B. M. },<br />
title = {Nonverbal Behavior and Self Presentation},<br />
journal = {Psychological Bulletin},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {111},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {203-243},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Derrida 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 2007a,<br />
author = {Jacques Derrida},<br />
title = {Aufzeichnungen eines Blinden. Das Selbstporträt und andere Ruinen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Derrida 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 1992a,<br />
author = {Derrida, J.},<br />
title = {Die Wahrheit in der Malerei},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===de Duve 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{de Duve 1990a,<br />
author = {de Duve, Thierry},<br />
title = {The Monochrome and the Blank Canvas},<br />
booktitle = {Reconstructiong Modernism. Art in New York, Paris and Montreal 1945-1964},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Guilbaut, Serge},<br />
pages = {244-310},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge/Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===de Schonen et.al. 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{de Schonen et.al. 1994a,<br />
author = {de Schonen, S.; Deruelle, C.; Pascalis, O.; & Mancini, J.},<br />
title = {About funcional brain specialization.The development of face recognition (Functional cerebral specialization in the development of face recognition / A propos de la notion de specialisation cerebrale fonctionnelle: le developpement de la reconnaissance des visages)},<br />
journal = {Psychologie francaise},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {259-274},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Diderot 1751===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Diderot 1751,<br />
author = {Denis Diderot},<br />
title = {Brief über die Taubstummen [1751},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Schriften. Erster Band},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Friedrich Bassenge},<br />
pages = {27-97},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 1999a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Was wir sehen blickt uns an. Zur Metapsychologie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Didi-Huberman 2005a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {L’espace danse – Der Raum tanzt},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {16-30},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Diekmannshenke, Hajo & Klemm, Michael & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {erscheint Ende 2010},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dion 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dion 2002a,<br />
author = {Dion, K. K.},<br />
title = {Cultural Perspectives on Facial Attractiveness},<br />
booktitle = {Facial Attractiveness. Evolutionary, Cognitive, and Social Perspectives},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Rhodes, G. & Zebrowitz, L.A.},<br />
pages = {239-260},<br />
publisher = {Ablex},<br />
address = {Westport, CT},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ditzinger 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ditzinger 2006a,<br />
author = {Ditzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Illusionen des Sehens. Eine Reise in die Welt der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Elsevier, Spektrum, Akad. Verl.},<br />
address = {München, Heidelberg},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2002a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Malerei im Bilderstreit. Eine Revision aus Anlass des Rubenspreis-Jubiläums},<br />
booktitle = {10 x Malerei. Rubenspreis der Stadt Siegen in Werken der Sammlung Lambrecht-Schadeberg},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {19-34},<br />
publisher = {Museum für Gegenwartskunst },<br />
address = {Siegen},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dobbe 1999a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Querelle des Anciens, des Modernes et des Postmodernes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2007a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian},<br />
title = {Figuren der visuellen Rhetorik in werblichen Gesamttexten},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {71–112},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2001a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian },<br />
title = {Ein Funktionenmodell für Bildtexte},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Klaus Sachs-Hombach},<br />
pages = {29-39},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Döring 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Döring 2009a,<br />
author = {Döring, Sabine},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie der Gefühle},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Döring, Sabine},<br />
pages = {12-65},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drechsel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Drechsel 2006a,<br />
author = {Drechsel, Benjamin},<br />
title = {Was ist ein politisches Bild? Einige Überlegungen zur Entwicklung der Politikwissenschaft als Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Moderne. Kulturwissenschaftliches Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {106-120},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1989a,<br />
author = {Drosdowsi, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Etymologie. Herkunftwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache.},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {2. völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1988a,<br />
author = {Drosdowski, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Stilwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache. Die Verwendung der Wörter im Satz.},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {7., völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {= DUDEN Band 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dubois 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubois 1998a,<br />
author = {Dubois, Philippe},<br />
title = {Der fotografische Akt. Versuch über ein theoretisches Dispositiv},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Dresden, Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dubos 1760-61===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubos 1760-61,<br />
author = {Du Bos, Jean-Baptiste},<br />
title = {Kritische Betrachtungen über die Poesie und Malerey, 3 Teile},<br />
year = {1760-1761},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Übers.: Gottfried Benediktus Funk},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Duden 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Duden 1999a,<br />
author = {Duden},<br />
title = {Das große Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache in zehn Bänden},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dudenredaktion 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dudenredaktion 2003a,<br />
author = {Dudenredaktion (Hg.)},<br />
title = {DUDEN. Das Stilwörterbuch.},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {8. völlig neu bearbeitete Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Durand 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Durand 1987a,<br />
author = {Durand, Jacques},<br />
title = {Rhetorical Figures in the Advertising Image},<br />
booktitle = {Marketing and Semiotics},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Sebeok, J.U. },<br />
pages = {295–318},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==E==<br />
===Ebert 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ebert 1979a,<br />
author = {Ebert, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Montage Editing Schnitt},<br />
journal = {Filmkritik},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {547-558},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eco 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eco 1998,<br />
author = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
title = {Lector in fabula. Die Mitarbeit der Interpretation in erzählenden Texten},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {dtv},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eddiks 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Eddiks 2004a,<br />
author = {Eddiks, Christina},<br />
title = {Dem Emblem auf der Spur},<br />
howpublished = {},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
note = {Diplomarbeit},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kisd.de/~tom/diplom/christina_emblematik.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Edgerton 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Edgerton 2002a,<br />
author = {Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Die Entdeckung der Perspektive},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. & Ch. Sütterlin},<br />
title = {Im Banne der Angst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte menschlicher Abwehrsymbolik},<br />
year = {1992}, <br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. & Ch. Sütterlin},<br />
title = {Weltsprache Kunst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte bildlicher Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2008}, <br />
publisher = {Brandstätter},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt. I. },<br />
title = {Die Biologie menschlichen Verhaltens. Lehrbuch der Humanethologie},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt I. },<br />
title = {The expressive behavior of the deaf- and blind born},<br />
booktitle = {Social Communication and Movement},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {M. v. Cranach & I. Vine},<br />
pages = {163-194},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ekman 1973b,<br />
author = {Ekman, P. },<br />
title = {Cross cultural studies of facial expression},<br />
booktitle = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Ekman, P.},<br />
pages = {169-222},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ekman 1973a,<br />
editor = {Ekman, P. },<br />
title = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Elgin 1992,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Notation},<br />
booktitle = {A Companion to Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Cooper, David},<br />
pages = {307-309},<br />
publisher = {Blackwell},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1983===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elgin 1983,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {With Reference to Reference},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elkins 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 2003a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {Visual Studies. A Skeptical Introduction},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elkins 1999===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 1999,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {The Domain of Images},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ellgring 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ellgring 1989a,<br />
author = {Ellgring, H.},<br />
title = {Nonverbal communication in depression},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Else 1958===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Else 1958,<br />
author = {Else, Gerald F.},<br />
title = {Imitation in the fifth century},<br />
journal = {Classical Philology},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
volume = {53},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {73-90},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Enright 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Enright 1987a,<br />
author = {Enright, J. T.},<br />
title = {Perspective vergence: oculomotor responses to line drawings},<br />
journal = {Vision Res},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1513–1526},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst 2002a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gibt es eine spezifische Videozität?},<br />
booktitle = {REC - Video als mediales Phänomen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf; Hoffmann, Hilde & Nohr, Rolf F.},<br />
pages = {14-29},<br />
publisher = {VDG},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang & Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Digitale Bildarchivierung. Der Wölfflin-Kalkül},<br />
booktitle = {Konfigurationen. Zwischen Kunst und Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Schade, Sigrid & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
pages = {306-320},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst et al. 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ernst et al. 2003a,<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang et al.},<br />
title = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Esposito 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Esposito 1998,<br />
author = {Esposito, Elena},<br />
title = {Fiktion und Virtualität},<br />
booktitle = {edien, Computer Realität. Wirklichkeitsvorstellungen und Neue Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {269-296},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Etcoff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Etcoff 2001a,<br />
author = {Etcoff, N. },<br />
title = {Nur die Schönsten überleben. Die Ästhetik des Menschen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eusterschulte 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eusterschulte 2001,<br />
author = {Eusterschulte, Anne},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 5: L-Musi},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Gert Ueding},<br />
pages = {Sp. 1232-1294},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==F==<br />
===Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a,<br />
author = {Fahlenbrach, Kathrin & Viehoff, Reinhold},<br />
title = {Medienikonen des Krieges. Die symbolische Entthronung Saddams als Versuch strategischer Ikonisierung},<br />
booktitle = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
pages = {356-387},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fantz 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fantz 1966a,<br />
author = {Fantz, R.L. },<br />
title = {Pattern discrimination and selective attention as determinants of perceptual development from birth},<br />
booktitle = {Perceptual Development in Children},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Kidd, A.H. & Rivoire, J.L},<br />
pages = {143-173},<br />
publisher = {University Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Farago 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Farago 1992a,<br />
author = {Farago, Claire J.},<br />
title = {Leonardo da Vinci’s Paragone. A Critical Interpretation with a New Edition of the Text in the Codex Urbinas},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leiden/New York/Kopenhagen/Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ferino-Pagden 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ferino-Pagden 2009a,<br />
title = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S. },<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fiedler 1991a,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2 Bd., hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991b,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Über den Ursprung der künstlerischen Tätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {111-220},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 1, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991c,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Aphorismen},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {7-105},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991d,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Zur neueren Kunsttheorie},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {247-290},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiske 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiske 2001a,<br />
author = {Fiske, John },<br />
title = {Videotech},<br />
booktitle = {Grundlagentexte zur Fernsehwissenschaft. Theorie - Geschichte - Analyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf et al.},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Konstanz},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {484-502},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Floch 1998a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean Marie},<br />
title = {The Contribution of Structural Semiotics to the Design of a Hypermarket},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Research in Marketing },<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1995a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Identités visuelles},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Presses Universitaires de France},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1990a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Sémiotique, marketing et communication},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Presses Universitaires de France.},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flügge et al. 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flügge et al. 2007a,<br />
author = {Flügge, Matthias; Kudielka, Robert & Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Vorwort und Dank},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {6-9},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flusser 1994===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flusser 1994,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Abbild – Vorbild},<br />
booktitle = {Was heißt „Darstellen“? },<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Christiaan L. Hart Nibbrig},<br />
pages = {34-48},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foley et al. 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foley et al. 1990a,<br />
author = {Foley, James D.; van Dam; Feiner & Hughes },<br />
title = {Computer Graphics. Principles and Practice},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Addison Wesley},<br />
address = {Reading, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foster & Krauss 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Foster & Krauss 1996a,<br />
author = {Foster, H. & Krauss, R.},<br />
title = {Introduction},<br />
journal = {October},<br />
pages = {3-4},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Foucault 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foucault 1976a,<br />
author = {Foucault, Michael},<br />
title = {Überwachen und Strafen},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fox 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fox 2006a,<br />
author = {Fox, Mark},<br />
title = {Quantum Optics. An Introduction},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frank & Lange 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frank & Lange 10a,<br />
author = {Frank, Gustav & Lange, Barbara},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft. Bilder in der visuellen Kultur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freedberg 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Freedberg 1991a,<br />
author = {Freedberg, David},<br />
title = {The Power of Images. Studies in the History and Theory of Response (1989)},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frege 1892===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frege 1892,<br />
author = {Frege, Gottlob},<br />
title = {Über Sinn und Bedeutung, zitiert nach der Ausgabe in: Frege, Gottlob: Funktion, Begriff, Bedeutung},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {G. Patzig},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {40-65},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1946a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die Verdrängung},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {247-261},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1946b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946b,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Das Unbewußte},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {263-303},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fuhrmann 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fuhrmann 2003,<br />
author = {Fuhrmann, Manfred},<br />
title = {Die Dichtungstheorie der Antike. Aristoteles – Horaz – 'Longin' Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Artemis & Winkler},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf und Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==G==<br />
<br />
===Gaede 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gaede 1981a,<br />
author = {Gaede, Werner},<br />
title = {Vom Wort zum Bild: Kreativ-Methoden der Visualisierung},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
publisher = {Langen Müller/Herbig},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Galison 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Galison 1997a,<br />
author = {Galison, Peter},<br />
title = {Image and Logic. A Material Culture of Microphysics},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ganz & Henkel 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ganz & Henkel 2004a,<br />
title = {Rahmen-Diskurse. Kultbilder im konfessionellen Zeitalter},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Ganz, David; Henkel, Georg},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Garcia 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gardner 1990,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Color Design},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Garcia 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Garcia 1997,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Evolutions},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gardner 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gardner 1985a,<br />
author = {Gardner, Howard},<br />
title = {The Mind’s New Science. A History of the Cognitive Revolution},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Basic Books},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gebauer & Wulf 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gebauer & Wulf 1992a,<br />
author = {Gebauer, Gunter & Wulf, Christoph},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Kultur – Kunst - Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Der Mensch. Seine Natur und seine Stellung in der Welt},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Aula},<br />
address = {Wiebelsheim},<br />
note = {14. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004b,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Urmensch und Spätkultur. Philosophische Ergebnisse und Aussagen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Kolstermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {6., erw. Aufl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 1961a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Forschung. Zur Selbstbegegnung und Selbstentdeckung des Menschen},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a,<br />
author = {Geiger, Susi & Henn-Memmesheimer, Beate},<br />
title = {Visuell-verbale Textgestaltung von Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {1/2},<br />
pages = {55–74},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gellius 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gellius 1987a,<br />
author = {Gellius, A.},<br />
title = {Attische Nächte...},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Ü: H. Berthold},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerhardus et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gerhardus et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Gerhardus, Dietfried & Kledzik, S.M. & Reitzig, G.H.},<br />
title = {Schlüssiges Argumentieren – Logisch-propädeutisches Lehr- und Arbeitsbuch},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Gerstengrabe, Carina; Lang, Katharina & Schneider, Anna},<br />
title = {Wasserzeichen. Vom 13. Jahrhundert bis zum Digital Watermarking. Kulturen des Kopierschutzes<br />
II},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {9-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982a,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung und Umwelt. Der ökologische Ansatz in der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Urban & Schwarzenberg},<br />
address = {München, Wien u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982b,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Die Sinne und der Prozeß der Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Huber},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glock 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Glock 2000a,<br />
author = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
title = {Aspektwahrnehmung},<br />
booktitle = {Wittgenstein-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
pages = {43},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glüher 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Glüher 1998a,<br />
author = {Glüher, Gebhard},<br />
title = {Von der Theorie der Fotografie zur Theorie des digitalen Bildes},<br />
journal = {Kritische Berichte},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {23-31},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldie 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goldie 2000a,<br />
author = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
title = {The Emotions. A Philosophical Exploration},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldie 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Goldie 2010a,<br />
title = {The Oxford Handbook of Philosophy of Emotion},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 2002a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Phaidon},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {6},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1977a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gondek 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gondek 1997a,<br />
author = {Gondek, Hans-Dieter},<br />
title = {Der Blick – zwischen Sartre und Lacan. Ein Kommentar zum VII. Kapitel des Seminar XI},<br />
journal = {Riss. Zeitschrift für Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {37/38},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gooch & Gooch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gooch & Gooch 2001a,<br />
author = {Gooch, Bruce & Gooch, Amy},<br />
title = {Non-Photorealistic Rendering},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Natick, MA. },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1968a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Languages of Art},<br />
year = {1968, 2. rev. Aufl. 1976},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {dt.: Sprachen der Kunst. Suhrkamp 1998},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman & Elgin 1988===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman & Elgin 1988,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson & Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Reconceptions in Philosophy and Other Arts and Sciences},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {Deutsch: <em>Revisionen. Philosophie und andere Künste und Wissenschaften</em>. Frankfurt a. M.: Suhrkamp, 1993},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goren et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Goren et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Goren, C. C., Sarty, M., & Wu, P. Y.},<br />
title = { Visual following and pattern discrimination of face-like stimuli by newborn infants},<br />
journal = {Pediatrics},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {544-549},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/1165958?dopt=abstract},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_Kruse_2009a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Roland Barthes: Zeichen, Kommunikation und Mythos},<br />
booktitle = {Schlüsselwerke der Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Hepp, Andreas; Krotz, Friedrich & Thomas, Tanja},<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {VS/GWV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Empathische Cues und die Möglichkeit einer Affekt-Sprache des Films},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4},<br />
pages = {289-298},<br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2008b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008b,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Gewalt als Erlebnis. Die somatische Decodierung als Strategie des Filmerlebens in CLOVERFIELD},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4}, <br />
pages = {299-312},<br />
note = {}, <br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_Kruse_2009a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Roland Barthes: Zeichen, Kommunikation und Mythos},<br />
booktitle = {Schlüsselwerke der Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Hepp, Andreas; Krotz, Friedrich & Thomas, Tanja},<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {VS/GWV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_2010a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars},<br />
title = {Die Evolution des Cyborgs. Künstliche Lebensformen im japanischen Anime Ergo Proxy (2006)},<br />
booktitle = {Japan - Europa. Wechselwirkungen zwischen den Kulturen im Film und den darstellenden Künsten},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Adachi-Rabe, Kayo; Becker, Andreas; Mundhenke, Florian},<br />
pages = {213-230},<br />
publisher = {Büchner Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grammer et al. 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grammer et al. 2002a,<br />
author = {Grammer, Karl, Fink, B. & Renninger, L. A.},<br />
title = {Dynamic Systems and Inferential Information Processing in Human Communication},<br />
journal = {Neuroendocrinology Letters},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {Suppl. 4},<br />
pages = {15-22},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Graumann 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graumann 1966a,<br />
author = {Graumann, Carl Friedrich},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der Verhaltensbeobachtung},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Meyer, Ernst & Maier, Hans}, <br />
booktitle = {Fernsehen in der Lehrerbildung, Neue Forschungsansätze in Pädagogik},<br />
publisher = {Manz},<br />
pages = {86-107},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gregory 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gregory 2000a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Ambiguity of ‘ambiguity’},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1139-1142},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.richardgregory.org/papers/editorials/ambiguity-of-ambiguity.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gregory 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gregory 1997a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Eye and brain. The psychology of seeing},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Princeton University Press},<br />
address = {Princeton, N.J},<br />
note = {5. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1970a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Du sens, Teil I},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Essais Sémiotiques},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1966a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Sémantique structurale},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Semantik. Braunschweig: Vieweg, 1971},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas & Courtés 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas & Courtés 1979a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien & Courtés, Joseph},<br />
title = {Sémiotique: Dictionnaire raisonné de la théorie du langage},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hachette},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greenberg 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Greenberg 1997a,<br />
author = {Greenberg, Clement},<br />
title = {Zu einem neuen Laokoon},<br />
booktitle = {Clement Greenberg – Die Essenz der Modere. Ausgewählte Essays und Kritiken},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lüdeking, Karlheinz},<br />
pages = {56-81},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Dresden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grieshofer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grieshofer 2009a,<br />
author = {Grieshofer, F. },<br />
title = {Masken im Brennpunkt musealer Sammeltätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grimm 1860===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Grimm 1860,<br />
title = {Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: Biermörder-D},<br />
year = {1860},<br />
editor = {Jacob Grimm & Wilhelm Grimm},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grittmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grittmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Grittmann, Elke},<br />
title = {Das politische Bild. Fotojournalismus und Pressefotografie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Groß et al. 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Groß et al. 1981a,<br />
author = {Gross, C.G.; Bruce, C.J.; Desimone, R.; Fleming, J. & Gattass, R.},<br />
title = {Cortical visual areas of the temporal lobe: Three areas in the macaque},<br />
booktitle = {Cortical Sensory Organization. Vol. 2: Multiple Visual Areas},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
editor = {C.N. Woolsey},<br />
pages = {187-216},<br />
publisher = {Humana Press},<br />
address = {Totowa N.J.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Günzel 2006a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Bildtheoretische Analyse von Computerspielen in der Perspektive Erste Person},<br />
journal = {IMAGE},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {31-43},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2008a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Realität des Simulationsbildes. Raum im Computerspiel},<br />
booktitle = {Die Realität der Imagination - Architektur und das digitale Bild},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
pages = {127-136},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weimar}, <br />
note = {10. internationales Bauhaus-Kolloquium},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2009a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Simulation und Perspektive. Der bildtheoretische Ansatz in der Computerspielforschung},<br />
booktitle = {Shooter: Eine multdisziplinäre Einführung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Bopp, Matthias; Wiemer, Serjoscha & Nohr,Rolf F.},<br />
pages = {331-352},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2010a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Geste des Manipulierens. Zu Gebrauch statischer und beweglicher Digitalbilder}, <br />
booktitle = {Freeze Frames. Zum Verhältnis von Fotografie und Film},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmann & Gerlin},<br />
pages = {114-129},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==H==<br />
<br />
===Haas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haas 1995a,<br />
author = {Haas, Stefan},<br />
title = {Psychologen, Künstler, Ökonomen. Das Selbstverständnis der Werbetreibenden zwischen Fin de siècle und Nachkriegszeit},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderwelt des Alltags. Werbung in der Konsumgesellschaft des 19. und 20. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Borscheid, Peter & Wischermann, Clemens},<br />
pages = {78-89},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
===Habermas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1995a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Theorie des kommunikativen Handelns (1981), 2 Bd.},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Habermas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1973a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Erkenntnis und Interesse},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002a,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Die Entropie der Fotografie. Skizzen zu einer Genealogie der digitalelektronischen Bildaufzeichnung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf},<br />
pages = {195-238},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002b,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Es gibt kein ,digitales Bild'. Eine medienepistemologische Anmerkung},<br />
booktitle = {Licht und Leitung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Engel},<br />
pages = {103-112},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Haken 1995===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haken 1995,<br />
author = {Haken, Hermann},<br />
title = {Some basic concepts of Synergetics with respect of multistability in perception, phase transmissions and formation of meaning},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {23–44},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halawa 2008a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Wie sind Bilder möglich? Argumente für eine semiotische Fundierung des Bildbegriffs},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halbfass 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halbfass 1972a,<br />
author = {Halbfass, W.},<br />
title = {Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gründer, K. & Ritter, J. },<br />
pages = {Sp. 829-834},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halliday 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halliday 1996a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {Language as a Social Semiotic},<br />
booktitle = {The Communication Theory Reader},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Cobley, Paul},<br />
pages = {359-383},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halliday 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halliday 1985a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {An Introduction to Functional Grammar},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Edward Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hansen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hansen 2005a,<br />
author = {Hansen, S. },<br />
title = {Neolithische Figuralplastik im südlichen Karpatenbecken},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Harris 1756===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Harris 1756,<br />
author = {James Harris},<br />
title = {Drey Abhandlungen. Die erste über die Kunst, die andere über die Music, Mahlerey und Poesie, die dritte über die Glückseligkeit},<br />
year = {1756},<br />
publisher = {Schuster},<br />
address = {Danzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hasselbeck 1979===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hasselbeck 1979,<br />
author = {Hasselbeck, Otto},<br />
title = {Illusion und Fiktion. Lessings Beitrag zur poetologischen Diskussion über das Verhältnis von Kunst und Wirklichkeit},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hauschild 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hauschild 1982a,<br />
author = {Hauschild, Thomas},<br />
title = {Der böse Blick. Ideengeschichtliche und sozialpsychologische Untersuchungen, Beiträge zur Ethnomedizin, Ethnobotanik und Ethnozoologie},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1826===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1826,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Kunst. Vorlesung von 1826},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Gethmann-Siefert, Annemarie; Kwon, Jeong-Im & Berr, Karsten},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1830===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1830,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Enzyklopädie der philosophischen Wissenschaften im Grundrisse [1830]},<br />
year = {<sup>6</sup>1959},<br />
editor = {Friedhelm Nicolin und Otto Pöggeler},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1835===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1835,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Einleitung in die Ästhetik. Mit den beiden Vorreden von Heinrich Gustav Hotho [1835]},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hegel 1970a,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über die Ästhetik II},<br />
booktitle = {Werke},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
editor = {E. Moldenhauer & K. M. Michel},<br />
pages = {Bd. 14},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1835},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heidegger 1986a,<br />
author = {Martin Heidegger},<br />
title = {Ursprung des Kunstwerkes (1935/36)},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ditzingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1950a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidegger 1950a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Die Zeit des Weltbildes},<br />
booktitle = {Holzwege},<br />
year = {1950},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {69-104},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidenreich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidenreich 2001a,<br />
author = {Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Effekte der Digitalisierung: Berechenbarkeit und Suche},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, Wolfgang & Jaworek, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {259-262},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heider 2009a,<br />
author = {Heider, Don},<br />
title = {Living Virtually. Researching New Worlds},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang Publishing},<br />
address = {New Yor},<br />
note = {(Digital Formations vol. 47)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 2001a,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Abhandlung über den Ursprung der Sprache (1772)},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Irmscher, Hans Dietrich},<br />
publisher = {Philipp Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 1800===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 1800,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Sämtliche Werke. Bd. 22: Kalligone [1800]},<br />
year = {1880},<br />
editor = {Bernhard Suphan},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hernadi 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hernadi 1991,<br />
author = {Hernadi, Paul},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
title = {Reconceiving Notation and Performance},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetic Education},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herter 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Herter 1947a,<br />
author = {Herter, H. },<br />
title = {Vom dionysischen Tanz zum komischen Spiel. Die Anfänge der Attischen Komödie},<br />
journal = {Darstellung und Deutung},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {Iserlohn},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heßler 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Heßler 2006a, <br />
author = {Heßler, Martina},<br />
title = {Von der doppelten Unsichtbarkeit digitaler Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Ressource}, <br />
publisher = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden ={letzter Kontrollaufruf: 07.08.2010},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2006/3/Hessler/dippArticle.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hick 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hick 99a,<br />
author = {Hick, Ulrike},<br />
title = {Geschichte der optischen Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hickethier 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hickethier 1995a,<br />
author = {Hickethier, Knut},<br />
title = {Dispositiv Fernsehen – Skizze eines Modells},<br />
journal = {Montage/av},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1}<br />
pages = {63-83},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: },<br />
url = {www.montage-av.de/pdf/041_1995/04_1_Knut_Hickethier_Dispositiv_Fernsehen.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hildebrand 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hildebrand 1969a,<br />
author = {Hildebrand, Adolf von},<br />
title = {Das Problem der Form},<br />
booktitle = {Hildebrand: Gesammelte Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Bock, H.},<br />
pages = {41-350},<br />
publisher = {Westdeutscher Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln/Opladen},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1903},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hinterwaldner 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hinterwaldner 2008a,<br />
author = {Hinterwaldner, Inge},<br />
title = {Simulationsmodelle. Zur Verhältnisbestimmung von Modellierung und Bildgebung in interaktiven Echtzeitsimulationen},<br />
booktitle = {Visuelle Modelle},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Reichle, Ingeborg; Siegel, Steffen & Spelten, Achim},<br />
pages = {301-316},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hjelmslev 1954a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {La stratification du langage},<br />
booktitle = {Essais linguistiques},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
editor = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Nordisk Sprog- od Kulturforlag},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1943a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hjelmslev 1943a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {Omkring sprogteoriens grundlæggelse},<br />
year = {1943},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Dt. Prolegomena zu einer Sprachtheorie. München: Hueber},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hochberg 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hochberg 1977a,<br />
author = {Hochberg, Julian E.},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hofmann 2000a,<br />
author = {Hoffman, Donald D.},<br />
title = {Visuelle Intelligenz. Wie die Welt im Kopf entsteht},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hofmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Hofmann, Werner },<br />
title = {Spielräume und Raumverstecke},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {10-22},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2010a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Bildüberschreibungen. Wie Sprechtexte Nachrichtenfilme lesbar machen (und umgekehrt)},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, Hajo; Klemm, Michael & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
pages = {231-254},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {erscheint Ende 2010},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2009a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Der Wort-Bild-Reißverschluss. Über die performative Dynamik audiovisueller Transkriptivität},<br />
booktitle = {Oberfläche und Performanz. Untersuchungen zur Sprache als dynamischer Gestalt},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Linke, Angelika & Feilke, Helmuth},<br />
pages = {389-406},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2007a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Audiovisuelle Hermeneutik: Am Beispiel des TV-Spots der Kampagne ‚Du bist Deutschland’},<br />
booktitle = {Linguistische Hermeneutik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hermanns, Fritz},<br />
pages = {389–428},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly & Jäger 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly & Jäger 2011a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner & Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptionstheoretische Medienanalyse. Vom Anders-lesbar-Machen durch intermediale Bezugnahmepraktiken},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, Jan Georg & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {erscheint Frühjahr 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holmes 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holmes 1980a,<br />
author = {Holmes, Sir Oliver Wendell},<br />
title = {Das Stereoskop und der Stereograph},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie I. 1839-1912},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {114-122},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Originalausgabe 1859},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holschbach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holschbach 2003a,<br />
author = {Holschbach, Susanne},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Diskurse der Fotografie. Fotokritik am Ende des fotografischen Zeitalters},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {7-21},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {BD. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hömberg & Karasek 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hömberg & Karasek 2008a,<br />
author = {Hömberg, Walter & Karasek, Johannes},<br />
title = {Der Schweißfleck der Kanzlerkandidatin. Bildmanipulation, Bildfälschung und Bildethik im Zeitalter der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
journal = {Communicatio Socialis},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {276-293},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hopkins 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hopkins 1998a,<br />
author = {Hopkins, Robert},<br />
title = {Picture, Image and Experience},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Huber 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Huber 2004a,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Bild Beobachter Milieu. Entwurf einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1820a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1820a,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über das vergleichende Sprachstudium in Beziehung auf die verschiedenen Epochen der Sprachentwicklung [1820]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 4: 1820-1822},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
editor = {Albert Leitzmann},<br />
pages = {1-34},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1830-1835===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1830-1835,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über die Verschiedenheit des menschlichen Sprachbaues und ihren Einfluß auf die geistige Entwicklung des Menschengeschlechts [1830-1835]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 7.1},<br />
year = {1907},<br />
editor = {Albert Leitzmann},<br />
pages = {1-344},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 2006,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Phantasie und Bildbewußtsein},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {herausgegeben und eingeleitet von Eduard Marbach, Text nach Husserliana, Band XXIII},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1993a,<br />
author = {Husserl, E.},<br />
title = {Logische Untersuchungen. Elemente einer phänomenologischen Aufklärung der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {Teil II/Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1980a,<br />
author = {Edmund Husserl},<br />
title = {Phantasie, Bildbewusstsein, Erinnerung. Zur Phänomenologie der anschaulichen Vergegenwärtigungen. Texte aus dem Nachlass (1898-1925) (Husserliana XXIII)},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag / Boston / Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hyman 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hyman 2006a,<br />
author = {Hyman, John},<br />
title = {The Objective Eye: Color, Form, and Reality in the Theory of Art},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {UP},<br />
address = {Chicago },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hynes 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hynes 2005a,<br />
author = {Hynes, Maria},<br />
title = {Rethinking Reductionism},<br />
journal = {Culture Machine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {online journal},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.culturemachine.net/index.php/cm/article/viewArticle/33/41},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==I==<br />
===Imdahl 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1996a,<br />
author = {Max Imdahl},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Max Imdahl, Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {Wiederauflage der Schrift von 1974},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<!--- ===Imdahl 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1974a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {Wiederabruck}, <br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
--><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1987a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Farbe. Kunsttheoretische Reflexionen in Frankreich},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==J==<br />
===Jäger & Knauer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jäger & Knauer 2009a,<br />
title = {Bilder als historische Quellen? Dimensionen der Debatte um historische Bildforschung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jäger, Jens & Knauer, Martin},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jansen 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jansen 2005,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Aristoteles und das Problem des Neuen: Wie kreativ sind Veränderungsprinzipien?},<br />
booktitle = {Kreativität. XX. Deutscher Kongress für Philosophie. 26.-30. September 2005 in Berlin. Sektionsbeiträge, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Günter Abel},<br />
pages = {15-25},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag der TU Berlin},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jansen 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jansen 2002,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Tun und Können. Ein systematischer Kommentar zu Aristoteles' Theorie der Vermögen im neunten Buch der „Metaphysik”},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Hänsel-Hohenhausen},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jäger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2008a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptive Verhältnisse. Zur Logik intra- und intermedialer Bezugnahmen in ästhetischen Diskursen},<br />
booktitle = {Transkription und Fassung in der Musik des 20. Jahrhunderts. Beiträge des Kolloquiums in der Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur, Mainz, vom 5. bis 6. März 2004},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Gabriele Buschmeier & Ulrich Konrad & Albrecht Riethmüller},<br />
pages = {103-134},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jäger 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2002a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptivität. Zur medialen Logik der kulturellen Semantik},<br />
booktitle = {Transkribieren - Medien/Lektüre},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Ludwig Jäger & Georg Stanitzek},<br />
pages = {19-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jaubert 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jaubert 1998a,<br />
author = {Jaubert, Alain},<br />
title = {Fotos, die lügen: Politik mit gefälschten Bildern},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Äthenaum},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jean Paul 1795===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jean Paul 1795,<br />
author = {Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Ueber die natürliche Magie der Einbildungskraft [1795]},<br />
booktitle = {Ausgewählte Werke. Bd. 7/8: Leben des Qunitus Fixlein, aus fünfzehn Zettelschaften gezogen, nebst einem Mußtheil und einigen Jus de tablette},<br />
year = {1847},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jewitt 2009a,<br />
title = {The Routledge Handbook of Multimodal Analysis},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jewitt, Carey},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt & Oyama 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jewitt & Oyama 2001a,<br />
author = {Jewitt, Carey & Oyama, Rumiko},<br />
title = {Visual Meaning. A Social-Semiotic Approach},<br />
booktitle = {Handbook of Visual Analysis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Theo van Leeuwen & Carey Jewitt},<br />
pages = {134–156},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnson, Neil F. et al.???},<br />
title = {Information Hiding. Steganography and Watermarking - Attacks and Countermeasures},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Boston, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1996a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Der Computer im Kopf. Formen und Verfahren der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1983a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Mental Models. Towards a cognitive science of language, inference, and conciousness},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnston 2006a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Sean},<br />
title = {Holographic Visions. A History of New Science},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnston, V.S.; Hagel, R.; Franklin, M.; Fink, B. & Grammer, K.},<br />
title = {Male Facial attractiveness. Evidence for hormone-mediated adaptive design},<br />
journal = {Evolution and Human Behavior},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {251-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston & Franklin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston & Franklin 1993a,<br />
author = {Johnston, V.S. & Franklin, M.},<br />
title = {Is beauty in the eye of the beholder?},<br />
journal = {Ethology and Sociobiology},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {14},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {183-199},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1973a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Homo pictor. Von der Freiheit des Bildens},<br />
booktitle = {Organismus und Freiheit. Ansätze zu einer philosophischen Biologie},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
pages = {226-257},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1963===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1963,<br />
author = {Hans Jonas},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens. Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
booktitle = {Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit. Drei Aufsätze zur Lehre vom Menschen},<br />
year = {1963},<br />
editor = {Hans Jonas},<br />
pages = {26-43},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Jonas 1961a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens – Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Philosophische Forschung},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {161–176},<br />
note = {Wieder abgedruckt in: Jonas, Hans: <em>Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit – Zur Lehre vom Menschen</em>. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1987, 26–43},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Juhász et al. 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Juhász et al. 1999a,<br />
editor = {Juhász, J.; Szőke, I.; Nagy, G.O. & Kovalovszky, M.},<br />
title = {Magyar értelmező szótár},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jung 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jung 2003a,<br />
title = {Holographic Network},<br />
year = {2003a},<br />
editor = {Jung, Dieter},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bramsche},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==K==<br />
===Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a,<br />
author = {Kamlah, Wilhelm & Lorenzen, Paul},<br />
title = {Logische Propädeutik - Vorschule des vernünftigen Redens},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {BI Wissenschaftsverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl. (<sup>1</sup>1967, <sup>3</sup>1996)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a,<br />
author = {Kanizsa, G. & Luccio, R.},<br />
title = {Multistability as a research tool in experimental phenomenology},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {47–68},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1974a,<br />
author = {Kant, I.},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1787a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1787a,<br />
author = {Kant, I.},<br />
title = {Kritik der reinen Vernunft},<br />
year = {1787},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kant 1960a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Logik},<br />
booktitle = {Kant: Werke in 12 Bänden},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Weischedel, W.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Bd. VI},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1977a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Werkausgabe Band X, hrsg. von Wilhelm Weischedel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kardaun 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kardaun 1993,<br />
author = {Kardaun, Maria},<br />
title = {Der Mimesisbegriff in der griechischen Antike. Neubetrachtung eines umstrittenen Begriffes als Ansatz zu einer neuen Interpretation der platonischen Kunstauffassung},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {North-Holland},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/New York/Oxford/Tokyo},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kecskesi 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kecskesi 1982a,<br />
author = {Kecskesi, M. },<br />
title = {Kunst aus dem alten Afrika},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Pinguin},<br />
address = {Innsbruck},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kemp 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kemp 1974a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Disegno. Beiträge zu einer Geschichte des Begriffs zwischen 1547 und 1607},<br />
journal = {Marburger Jahrbuch für Kunstwissenschaf},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {219-240},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kittler 2002a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Computergrafik. Eine halbtechnische Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Hertha},<br />
pages = {178-194},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 2002b,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Optische Medien. Berliner Vorlesung 1999},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kjørup 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjørup 1978,<br />
author = {Kjørup, Søren},<br />
title = {Pictorial Speech Acts},<br />
journal = {Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {55-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1779===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Klopstock 1779,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ueber Sprache und Dichtkunst. Fragmente},<br />
year = {1779},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {243-258},<br />
publisher = {Heroldsche Buchhandlung},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1774===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klopstock 1774,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Werke und Briefe. Historisch-kritische Ausgabe. Bd. 7.1: Die deutsche Gelehrtenrepublik [1774]},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {Hurlebusch, Rose-Marie},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kluge 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kluge 2002a,<br />
author = {Kluge, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Etymologisches Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache.},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Seebold, Elmar},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter.},<br />
address = {Berlin, New York},<br />
note = {24. durchgesehene und erweiterte Auflage.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knieper & Müller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Knieper & Müller 2005a,<br />
author = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===König & Obrist 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{König & Obrist 1993a,<br />
title = {Der zerbrochene Spiegel. Positionen zur Malerei},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {König, Kasper & Obrist, Hans-Ulrich},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog Kunsthalle Wien / Deichtorhallen Hamburg},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Koller 1954===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Koller 1954,<br />
author = {Koller, Hermann},<br />
title = {Die Mimesis in der Antike. Nachahmung, Darstellung, Ausdruck},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kondor 2008a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Embedded Thinking: Multimedia and the New Rationality},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007c,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna },<br />
title = {Multimodal Integration: From a Philosophical Point of View},<br />
booktitle = {Proceedings of the IADIS International Conference: Mobile Learning },<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Arnedillo-Sanchez, Immaculada},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007b,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {The Mobile Image: Experience on the Move},<br />
booktitle = {obile Studies: Paradigms and Perspectives},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Nyíri, Kristóf},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Passagen},<br />
address = {Vienna},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Old Patterns, New Bewitchments},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophy of the Information Society: Papers of the 30th International Wittgenstein Symposium},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hrachovec, H.; Pichler. A. & Wang, J.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Konersmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Konersmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Konersmann, Ralf},<br />
title = {Kulturelle Tatsachen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kornmeier et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, Jürgen; Hein, Christine Maira & Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Multistable perception: When bottom-up and top-down coincide},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {69},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138–147},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kornmeier & Bach 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier & Bach 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, & Jürgen Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Object perception: When our brain is impressed but we do not notice it},<br />
journal = {Journal of Vision},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {7},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Korte 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Korte 2003a,<br />
author = {Korte, Helmut},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Systematische Filmanalyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {ESB},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kracauer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kracauer 1992a,<br />
author = {Kracauer, Siegfried},<br />
title = {Der verbotene Blick},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille & Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Kultur, Technik, Kulturtechnik: Wider die Diskursivierung der Kultur},<br />
booktitle = {Bild, Schrift, Zahl},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krauss 1999a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Reinventing the Medium},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {25,},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {289-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Winter},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 2000a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {A Voyage on the North Sea. Art in the Age of the Post-Medium Condition},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress 2010a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther},<br />
title = {Multimodality. A Social-Semiotic Approach to Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 2001a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Multimodal Discourse. The Modes and Media of Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 1996a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Reading Images. The Grammar of Visual Design},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krewani 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Krewani 2003a,<br />
author = {Krewani, Anna Maria},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Malerei bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=973507624},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
hidden = {Dissertation},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kripke 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kripke 1972a,<br />
author = {Kripke, Saul A.},<br />
title = {Naming and Necessity},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Natural Language},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Davidson, D. & Harman, G.},<br />
pages = {253-355, 763-769},<br />
publisher = {Reidel},<br />
address = {Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krkac 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krkac 2010a,<br />
author = {Krkac, Kristijan},<br />
title = {Wittgensteins’s Dubbit III},<br />
journal = {Wittgenstein-Studien},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {121-149},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krüger 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krüger 2001a,<br />
author = {Krüger, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als Schleier des Unsichtbaren. Ästhetische Illusion in der Kunst der frühen Neuzeit in Italien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kruse 2003a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Christiane},<br />
title = {Wozu Menschen malen. Historische Begründungen eines Bildmediums},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse & Stadler 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kruse & Stadler 1995a,<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Papers originally presented at the International Symposium on Perceptual Multistability and Semantic Ambiguity held at the University of Bremen, Germany, March 22-25, 1993},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kruse et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Peter; Strüber, D. & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Significance of perceptual multistability for research on cognitive self-organization},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {69–84},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kudielka 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kudielka 2005a,<br />
author = {Kudielka, Robert},<br />
title = {Gegenstände der Betrachtung – Orte der Erfahrung. Zum Wandel der Kunstauffassung im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {44-57},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kulvicki 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kulvicki 2006a,<br />
author = {Kulvicki, John},<br />
title = {On Images: Their Structure and Content},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Oxford UP},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Külpe 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Külpe 1923a,<br />
author = {Külpe, Oswald},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über Logik},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Künzli 1996/1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Künzli 1996/1997a,<br />
author = {Künzli, Hansjörg},<br />
title = {Über die Haltbarkeit digitaler Daten},<br />
journal = {Rundbrief Fotografie},<br />
year = {1996/1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Sonderheft 3},<br />
pages = {5-8},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==L==<br />
===Lacan 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lacan 1987a,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jacques},<br />
title = {Die vier Grundbegriffe der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weinheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lakoff 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff 1987a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George},<br />
title = {Women, fire, and dangerous things – What categories reveal about the mind},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Chicago University Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lammert 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lammert 2007a,<br />
author = {Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Die vertrauten Sichtweisen sind umzustoßen. Zum Raum der Nachkriegszeit in ungewohnten Begegnungen},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {55-69},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst}<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Langer 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Langer 1984a,<br />
author = {Langer, Susanne},<br />
title = {Philosophie auf neuem Wege. Das Symbol im Denken, im Ritus und in der Kunst},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Langlois & Roggman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Langlois & Roggman 1990a,<br />
author = {Langlois, J.H. & Roggman I.A.},<br />
title = {Attractive faces are only average},<br />
journal = {American Psychol. Society},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
volume = {1/2},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {115-121},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lanz 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lanz 1971a,<br />
author = {Lanz, Jakob},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter},<br />
pages = {Spalte 89-100},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a,<br />
author = {Laplanche, Jean; Pontalis, Jean-Bertrand},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Das Vokabular der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Laplanche, Jean; Pontalis, Jean-Bertrand},<br />
pages = {37-38},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Latour 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Latour 2007a,<br />
author = {Latour, Bruno},<br />
title = {Eine neue Soziologie für eine neue Gesellschaft. Einführung in die Akteur-Netzwerk-Theorie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Law & Whittaker 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Law & Whittaker 1988a,<br />
author = {Law, John & Whittaker, John},<br />
title = {On the Art of Representation. Notes on the Politics of Visualisation},<br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, Gordon & Law, John},<br />
pages = {160-183},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leeuwen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leeuwen 2005a,<br />
author = {Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Introducing Social Semiotics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lefebvre 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lefebvre 2007a,<br />
author = {Lefebvre, Martin},<br />
title = {The Art of Pointing: On Peirce, Indexicality, and Photographic Images},<br />
booktitle = {Photography Theory},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Elkins, James},<br />
pages = {220-244},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York u. a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lenzen 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lenzen 1997a,<br />
author = {Lenzen, Dieter},<br />
title = {Lebenslauf oder Humanontogenese? Vom Erziehungssystem zum kurativen System – von der Erziehungswissenschaft zur Humanvitologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildung und Weiterbildung im Erziehungssystem. Lebenslauf und Humanontogenese als Medium und Form},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lenzen, D. & Luhmann, N.},<br />
pages = {228-247},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leopold & Logothetis 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Leopold & Logothetis 1999a,<br />
author = {Leopold, David A. & Logothetis, Nikos K.},<br />
title = {Multistable phenomena: changing views in perception},<br />
journal = {Trends Cogn. Sci. (Regul. Ed.)},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {254–264},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leroi-Gourhan 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leroi-Gourhan 1971a,<br />
author = {Leroi-Gourhan, André},<br />
title = {Präshistorische Kunst},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Herder},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1788===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1788,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon: Paralipomena [Erstveröffentlichung 1788]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe. Bd. 5/2. Werke 1766-169},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Wilfried Barner},<br />
pages = {207-321},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1766===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1766,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie [1766]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe in zwölf Bänden. Bd. 5/2: Werke 1766-1769},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Wilfried Bahner},<br />
pages = {11-206},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1974a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie},<br />
booktitle = {Werke, Bd. 6},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Göpfert, H. G.},<br />
pages = {7-187},<br />
publisher = {Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1766},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lévi-Strauss 1958a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lévi-Strauss 1958a,<br />
author = {Lévi-Straus, Claude},<br />
title = {Anthropologie structurale},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
publisher = {Plon},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Anthropologie. Frankfurt/Main: Suhrkamp},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990b,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Autographic and Allographic Art Revisited},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
pages = {89-106},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {What a Musical Work is},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
pages = {63-88},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levinson 1983a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Stephen C.},<br />
title = {Pragmatics},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lichtblau 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lichtblau 2009a,<br />
author = {Lichtblau, Klaus},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Georg Simmel: Soziologische Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Lichtblau, Klaus},<br />
pages = {7-27},<br />
publisher = {VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Licklider 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Licklider 1960a,<br />
author = {Licklider, J.},<br />
title = {Man-Computer Symbiosis},<br />
journal = {IRE Transactions on Human Factors in Electronics},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {4-11},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liebsch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liebsch 2001a,<br />
author = {Liebsch, Dimitri},<br />
title = {Die Geburt der ästhetischen Bildung aus dem Körper der antiken Plastik. Zur Bildungssemantik im ästhetischen Diskurs zwischen 1750 und 1800},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liesbrock 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Liesbrock 2010a,<br />
title = {Ad Reinhardt: Letzte Bilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Liesbrock, Heinz},<br />
publisher = {Josef Albers Museum Quadrat Bottrop},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2004a,<br />
author = {Liessmann, Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Reiz und Rührung. Über ästhetische Empfindungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2009a,<br />
author = {Liessmann Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Ästhetische Empfindungen. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas-WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lipps 1903a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lipps 1903a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor},<br />
title = {Grundlegung der Ästhetik. Erster Teil},<br />
year = {1903},<br />
publisher = {Leopold Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lipps 1920a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lipps 1920a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor },<br />
title = {»Zur Einfühlung«, in: Psychologische Untersuchungen 2/3, 1913},<br />
booktitle = {Die ästhetische Betrachtung und die bildende Kunst},<br />
year = {1920},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {111-491},<br />
publisher = {Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Löbner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Löbner 2003a,<br />
author = {Löbner, Sebastian},<br />
title = {Semantik. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Locke 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Locke 1975a,<br />
author = {Locke, J.},<br />
title = {An Essay Concerning Human Understanding},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {hg. von Niddich, P. H.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Logothetis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Logothetis 1998a,<br />
author = {Logothetis, N. K.},<br />
journal = {Philos. Trans. R. Soc. Lond., B, Biol. Sci.},<br />
title = {Single units and conscious vision},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {353},<br />
number = {1377},<br />
pages = {1801–1818},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lopes 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lopes 1996a,<br />
author = {Lopes, Dominic},<br />
title = {Understanding Pictures},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Claredon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1970a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Elemente der Sprachkritik – Eine Alternative zum Dogmatismus und Skeptizismus in der Analytischen Philosophie},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1990a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Einführung in die philosophische Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {(<sup>2</sup>1992)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lovejoy 1936===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lovejoy 1936,<br />
author = {Lovejoy, Arthur O.},<br />
title = {Die große Kette der Wesen. Geschichte eines Gedankens [The Great Chain of Being. A Study in the History of an Idea (1936)]},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1997a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Kunst der Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1996a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Realität der Massenmedien},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Luhmann 1993a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Form der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = { Hans Ulrich Gumbrecht & K. Ludwig Pfeiffer},<br />
pages = {349-366},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lunenfeld 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lunenfeld 2002a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Digitale Fotografie. Das dubitative Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografies},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {158-177},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lynch & Edgerton 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lynch & Edgerton 1988a,<br />
author = {Lynch, Michael & Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Digital Image Processing. Re-presentational Craft in Contemporary Astronomy}, <br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, Gordon & Law, John},<br />
pages = {184-220},<br />
publisher = {???}, <br />
address = {London u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==M==<br />
===Mach 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mach 1987a,<br />
author = {Mach, Ernst},<br />
title = {Die Analyse der Empfindungen und das Verhältnis des Physischen zum Psychischen},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Macpherson 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Macpherson 1996a,<br />
author = {Macpherson, Fiona},<br />
title = {Ambiguous Figures and the Content of Experience},<br />
journal = {Nous},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {82-117},<br />
note = {2006?},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Majetschak 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Majetschak 1997,<br />
title = {Auge und Hand. Konrad Fiedlers Kunsttheorie im Kontext},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manovich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manovich 2001a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {The Language of New Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge/MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manovich 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Manovich 2005a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {Die Poetik des erweiterten Raums},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {A. Lammert, M. Diers, R. Kudielka & G. Mattenklott},<br />
pages = {337-350},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manow 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manow 2008a,<br />
author = {Manow, Philip},<br />
title = {Im Schatten des Königs. Die politische Anatomie demokratischer Repräsentation},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Marshall 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Marshall 1968a,<br />
title = {Gellius: Noctes Atticae XIII, 17},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Marshall, P.K.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxonii},<br />
note = {Scriptorum Classicorum Bibliotheca Oxoniensis},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Martinec & Salway 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Martinec & Salway 2005a,<br />
author = {Martinec, Radan & Salway, Andrew},<br />
title = {A System for Image-Text-Relations in New (and Old) Media},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {337–371},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Massey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Massey 2007a,<br />
author = {Massey, Lyle},<br />
title = {Picturing Space, Displacing Bodies. Anamorphosis in Early Modern Theories of Perspective},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Pennsylvania State University Press},<br />
address = {University Park, Pa},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Maul 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Maul 2007a,<br />
author = {Maul, Stefan M.},<br />
title = {Gilgamesch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Babylonischen [auf der Grundlage von zum Teil noch unveröffentlichten Textzeugnissen neu und vollständig] übersetzt und mit einem Nachwort versehen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mead 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mead 1968a,<br />
author = {Mead, George Herbert},<br />
title = {Geist, Identität und Gesellschaft aus der Sicht des Sozialbehaviorismus},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {Original: <em>Mind, Self, and Society</em>. Hg. v. Charles W. Morris. Chicago, 1934},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meier 1757===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meier 1757,<br />
author = {Georg Friedrich Meier},<br />
title = {Betrachtungen über den ersten Grundsatz aller Schönen Künste und Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1757},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Halle},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meinhardt 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meinhardt 1997a,<br />
author = {Meinhardt, Johannes},<br />
title = {Ende der Malerei und Malerei nach dem Ende der Malerei},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mendelsohn 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mendelsohn 1982a,<br />
author = {Mendelsohn, Leatrice},<br />
title = {Paragoni. Benedetto Varchi’s Due Lezioni and Cinquecento Art Theory},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ann Arbor},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Menzer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Menzer 1992a,<br />
author = {Menzer, Ursula},<br />
title = {Subjektive und objektive Kultur. Georg Simmels Philosophie der Geschlechter vor dem Hintergrund seines Kultur-Begriffs},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Centaurus},<br />
address = {Pfaffenweiler},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 2003a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophisches Essays},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1993a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Die Prosa der Welt},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1966a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Phänomenologie der Wahrnehmung (1945)},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Walter de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen übersetzt und eingeführt durch eine Vorrede von Boehm, Rudolf},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1961a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophische Essays.}<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {neu bearbeitet, kommentiert und mit einer Einleitung versehen von Bermes, Christian (2003)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 1994a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Der Zweifel Cézannes (1948)},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Gottfried Boehm},<br />
pages = {39-59},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 2006a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Kino und die neue Psychologie (1947)},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie des Films},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Dimitri Liebsch},<br />
pages = {70-84},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mersch 2006a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Mediale Paradoxa. Einleitung in eine negative Medienphilosophie},<br />
journal = {Sic et Non. Zeitschrift für Philosophie und Kultur im Netz},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.sicetnon.org/content/perform/Mersch_Medienphilosophie_sw.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersch 2003a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Wort, Bild, Ton, Zahl – Modalitäten medialen Darstellens},<br />
booktitle = {Die Medien der Künste. Beiträge zur Theorie des Darstellens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
pages = {9-49},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2002a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Was sich zeigt. Materialität, Präsenz, Ereignis},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersmann 08a,<br />
author = {Mersmann, Jasmin},<br />
title = {Wandelgänge. Monumentale Anamorphosen im 17. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Cha, Kyung-Ho & Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
pages = {23-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metscher 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metscher 2001,<br />
author = {Metscher, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metz 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metz 1972a,<br />
author = {Metz, Christian},<br />
title = {Semiologie des Films (1968)},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Koch, Renate},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzger 2008a,<br />
author = {Metzger, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gesetze des Sehens},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Klotz},<br />
address = {Taunus},<br />
note = {4. unveränd. Aufl., Repr. nach d. 3., völlig neu bearb. Aufl. 1975.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzinger 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Metzinger 2000a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Philosophische Perspektiven auf das Selbstbewusstsein: Die Selbstmodell-Theorie der Subjektivität},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Selbst},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Greve, W. },<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Psychologie Verlagsunion},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {Zitiert aus der überarbeiteten Online-Version},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.philosophie.uni-mainz.de/metzinger/publikationen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzinger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzinger 1999a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Subjekt und Selbstmodell. Die Perspektivität phänomenalen Bewusstseins vor dem Hintergrund einer naturalistischen Theorie mentaler Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meyer 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meyer 2001a,<br />
author = {Meyer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mediokratie. Die Kolonisierung der Politik durch das Mediensystem},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Michalsky 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Michalsky 2005a,<br />
author = {Michalsky, Tanja},<br />
title = {Raum visualisieren. Zur Genese des modernen Raumverständnisses in den Medien der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Ortsgespräche. Raum und Kommunikation im 19. und 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Geppert, Alexander C.T.; Jensen, Uffa & Weinhold, Jörn},<br />
pages = {292ff ??},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mirzoeff 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mirzoeff 2007a,<br />
author = {Mirzoeff, Nicholas},<br />
title = {Von Bildern und Helden. Sichtbarkeit im Krieg der Bilder},<br />
booktitle = {Feindbilder. Ideologien und visuelle Strategien der Kulturen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Haustein, Lydia; Scherer, Bernd & Hager, Martin},<br />
pages = {135-156},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2008a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. Thomas},<br />
title = {Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Gustav Frank},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2007a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.},<br />
title = {Realismus im digitalen Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderfragen. Die Bildwissenschaften im Aufbruch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Belting, Hans},<br />
pages = {237-256},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2006a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {Den Terror klonen. Der Krieg der Bilder 2001-2004},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Worlds. Neue Bilderwelten und Wissensräume},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Maar, Christa & Burda, Hubert},<br />
pages = {255-285},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2005a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. Thomas},<br />
title = {What Do Pictures Want? The Lives and Loves of Images},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1994a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.},<br />
title = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Representation},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1992a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {The Reconfigured Eye. Visual Truth in the Post-Photographic Era},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 1992b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {"The Pictorial Turn"},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
booktitle = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Repräsentation},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
publisher = {Universität of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1986a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {Iconology. Image, Text, Ideology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mojsisch 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mojsisch 1983a,<br />
author = {Mojsisch, Burkhard},<br />
title = {Meister Eckhart. Analogie, Univozität und Einheit},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mondzain 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mondzain 2006a,<br />
author = {Mondzain, Marie-José},<br />
title = {Können Bilder töten?},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich, Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Morris 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Morris 1994a,<br />
author = {Morris, D.},<br />
title = {Das Tier Mensch},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mülder-Bach 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mülder-Bach 1998,<br />
author = {Inka Mülder-Bach},<br />
title = {Im Zeichen Pygmalions. Das Modell der Statue und die Entdeckung der „Darstellung“ im 18. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1997a,<br />
author = {Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {Politische Bildstrategien im amerikanischen Präsidentschaftswahlkampf, 1828-1996},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1985a,<br />
author = {Müller, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {DUDEN Bedeutungswörterbuch = DUDEN Band 10},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a,<br />
author = {Müller-Beck, H. & Albrecht, G. },<br />
title = {Die Anfänge der Kunst vor 30'000 Jahren},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Theiss},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Münkler 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Münkler 2009a,<br />
author = {Münkler, Herfried},<br />
title = {Visualisierungsstrategien im politischen Machtkampf: Der Übergang vom Personenverband zum institutionellen Territorialstaat},<br />
booktitle = {Strategien der Visualisierung. Verbildlichung als Mittel politischer Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Münkler, Herfried & Hacke, Jens},<br />
pages = {23-51},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Musterle & Roessler 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Musterle & Roessler 1986a,<br />
author = {Musterle, W.A. & Roessler, O.E.},<br />
title = {Computer faces: The human Lorenz Matrix},<br />
journal = {Bio Systems},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {61-80},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==N==<br />
===Naef 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Naef 2007a,<br />
author = {Naef, Silvia},<br />
title = {Bilder und Bilderverbot im Islam},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {C. H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nänni 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nänni 2008a,<br />
author = {Nänni, Jürg},<br />
title = {Visuelle Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Niggli},<br />
address = {Sulgen},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
url = {www.worldcat.org/oclc/254718373},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006a,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc},<br />
title = {Am Grund der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006b,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc & Ferrari, Federico},<br />
title = {Die Haut der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Neuhaus 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Neuhaus 2006a,<br />
author = {Neuhaus, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Als William Gibson den Cyberspace erfand ... - Die Faszination für ein Vielzweck-Symbol aus der Science Fiction-Literatur},<br />
journal = {Telepolis},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.heise.de/tp/r4/artikel/23/23727/1.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Niederée & Heyer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Niederée & Heyer 2003a,<br />
author = {Niederée, R. & Heyer, D.},<br />
title = {The Dual Nature of Picture Perception: A Challenge to Current General Accounts of Visual Perception},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into pictures. An interdisciplinary approach to pictorial space},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, Heiko; Schwartz, Robert & Atherton, Margaret},<br />
pages = {77–98},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nietzsche 1870-1873===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nietzsche 1870-1873,<br />
author = {Nietzsche, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Ueber Wahrheit und Lüge im aussermoralischen Sinne [1870-1873]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke. Kritische Studienausgabe in 15 Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Giorgio Colli und Mazzino Montinari},<br />
pages = {873-890},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nivelle 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nivelle 1971,<br />
author = {Nivelle, Armand},<br />
title = {Kunst- und Dichtungstheorien zwischen Aufklärung und Klassik},<br />
year = {2. Auflage 1971},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nöth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nöth 2000a,<br />
author = {Nöth, Winfried},<br />
title = {Der Zusammenhang von Text und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Text- und Gesprächslinguistik. Handbücher zur Sprach- und Kommunikationswissenschaft 16},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Klaus Brinker et al.},<br />
pages = {489–496},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Novitz 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Novitz 1977,<br />
author = {Novitz, David},<br />
title = {Pictures and their Use in Communication. A philosphical Essay},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==O==<br />
===OED===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{OED-3,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Oxford English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
url = {dictionary.oed.com},<br />
note = {3<sup>rd</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Öhlschläger 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Oehlschläger 2005a,<br />
author = {Öhlschläger, C.},<br />
title = {Evidenz und Ereignis. Musils poetische ‚Momentaufnahmen‘ im Kontext der Moderne},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {203-216},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ohler 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ohler 1994a,<br />
author = {Ohler, Peter},<br />
title = {Kognitive Filmpsychologie. Verarbeitung und mentale Repräsentation narrativer Filme},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {MAkS Publikationen},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Okolowitz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Okolowitz 2006a,<br />
author = {Okolowitz, Herbert},<br />
title = {Virtualität bei G.W. Leibniz. Eine Retrospektive},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Diss. Universität Augsburg},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=98278726X},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ott 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ott 2007a,<br />
author = {Ott, Michaela},<br />
title = {Der unbestimmte Raum in Philosophie und Film},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==P==<br />
===Pang 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pang 2002a,<br />
author = {Pang, Alex Soojung-Kim},<br />
title = {Technologie und Ästhetik der Astrofotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Ordnungen der Sichtbarkeit. Fotografie in Wissenschaft, Kunst und Technologie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Geimer, Peter},<br />
pages = {101-141},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 1924a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Panofsky 1924a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Die Perspektive als symbolische Form (1924)},<br />
booktitle = {Erwin Panofsky, Deutschsprachige Aufsätze Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Michels, K. & Warnke, M.},<br />
pages = {664-757},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Erstpublikation in: <em>Vorträge der Bibliothek Warburg (1924/25)</em>. Leipzig, 1927, 258-330},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paret 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1960a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Textbelege zum islamischen Bilderverbot},<br />
booktitle = {Das Werk des Künstlers. Studien zur Ikonographie und Formgeschichte},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Hans Fegers},<br />
pages = {36-48},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paret 1968===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1968a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Das islamische Bilderverbot und die Schia},<br />
booktitle = {Festschrift Werner Caskel. Zum siebzigsten Geburtstag 5. März 1966 gewidmet von Freunden und Schülern},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Erwin Gräf},<br />
pages = {242-232},<br />
publisher = {Brill},<br />
address = {Leiden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2009a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1900 bis 1949},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2008a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1949 bis heute},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2006a,<br />
title = {Visual History. Ein Studienbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck und Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Paul 2005a,<br />
author = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Der Bilderkrieg. Inszenierungen, Bilder und Perspektiven der "Operation Irakische Freiheit"},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Perrault 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Perrault 1964a,<br />
author = {Perrault, Charles},<br />
title = {Parallèle des Anciens et des Modernes en ce qui regarde les Arts et les Sciences},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {orig.: Paris (4 Bde): 1688, 1690, 1692, 1694; Faksimileausgabe mit einer Einführung von Hans Robert Jauss und einem Kommentar von Max Imdahl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pesch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pesch 2001a,<br />
author = {Pesch, Martin},<br />
title = {Raumbilder-Bildräume. Zu den Arbeiten von Julia Ziegler},<br />
journal = {Kunstforum International},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {153},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Petersen 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Petersen 2000,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {Mimesis – Imitatio – Nachahmung. Eine Geschichte der europäischen Poetik},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Petersen 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Petersen 1992,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {‚Mimesis’ versus ‚Nachahmung’. Die Poetik des Aristoteles – nochmals neu gelesen},<br />
journal = {Arcadia. Zeitschrift für vergleichende Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {3-46},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a,<br />
title = {Der Künstler als Kunstwerk. Selbstporträts vom Mittelalter bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich & von Rosen, Valeska},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a,<br />
title = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget 1956a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1956a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {The Child’s Construction of Space},<br />
year = {1956},<br />
publisher = {Routledge / Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget et al. 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget et al. 1960a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean; Inhelder, B. & Szemenska, I.},<br />
title = {The Child’s Conception of Geometry},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
publisher = {Harper},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1978a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {Das Weltbild des Kindes},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {dtv/Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pias 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pias 2003a,<br />
author = {Pias, Claus},<br />
title = {Das digitale Bild gibt es nicht. Über das (Nicht-)Wissen der Bilder und die informatische Illusion},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2003/01/pias/pias.pdf}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Piccolino & Wade 2006a,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco & Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early examples of ambiguity (1)},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {861–864},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Piccolino & Wade 2006b,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco &. Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early examples of ambiguity (2)},<br />
booktitle = {Perception 35 (8)},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {1003–1006},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pillow 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pillow 2003,<br />
author = {Pillow, Kirk},<br />
title = {Did Goodman's Distinction Survive LeWitt?},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {61},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {365-380},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pitts et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pitts et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Pitts, Michael A.; Gavin, William J. & Nerger, Janice L.},<br />
title = {Early top-down influences on bistable perception revealed by event-related potentials},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {11–24},<br />
volume = {67},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 1991b,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Timaios},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke VIII},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Hülser, Karlheinz},<br />
pages = {197-425},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 2008a,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Politeia},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke, Band 2},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Ursula},<br />
pages = {195-537},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Plessner 1928a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Die Stufen des Organischen und der Mensch},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {W. de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {<sup>3</sup>1975},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1982a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Trieb und Leidenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Mit anderen Augen},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Plessner, Helmuth}, <br />
pages = {110-123},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1989a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Zur Anthropologie der Nachahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, G.},<br />
pages = {176-184},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plinius 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Plinius 2004,<br />
title = {G. Plinius Secundus d. Ä: Naturkunde / Naturalis historia : lateinisch-deutsch},<br />
year = {1990–2004},<br />
editor = {Roderich König et al.},<br />
publisher = {Artemis},<br />
address = {Zürich},<br />
note = {unkritische Ausgabe des lateinischen Textes mit Übersetzung und Erläuterungen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plümacher 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plümacher 1999a,<br />
author = {Plümacher, Martina},<br />
title = {Wohlgeformtheitsbedingugen für Bilder?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pöppel 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pöppel 1982a,<br />
author = {Pöppel, E.},<br />
title = {Lust und Schmerz},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Severin & Siedler},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pollmeier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pollmeier 2005a,<br />
author = {Pollmeier, Klaus},<br />
title = {Vom Baryt zum Bit. Zur Konservierung analoger und digitaler fotografischer Bilder. Digitale Bildverarbeitung, eine Erweiterung oder radikale Veränderung der Fotografie?},<br />
howpublished = {Ludwigsburg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
note = {Hasenpflug (Red.): Dokumentation des Symposiums am 12./13. November 2004 im Museum Folkwang, Essen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Popper 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Popper 2002a,<br />
author = {Popper, Karl R.},<br />
title = {Alle Menschen sind Philosophen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Bohnet, Heidi & Stadler, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München/Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pratschke 2005a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Digitale Form},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pratschke 2008a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Interaktion mit Bildern. Digitale Bildgeschichte am Beispiel grafischer Benutzeroberflächen},<br />
booktitle = {Technische Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bredekamp, Horst et al.},<br />
pages = {68-80},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Predelli 1999===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Predelli 1999,<br />
author = {Predelli, Stefano},<br />
title = {Goodman and the Score},<br />
journal = {British Journal of Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138-147},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pross 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pross 1972a,<br />
author = {Pross, Harry},<br />
title = {Medienforschung. Film, Funk, Presse, Fernsehen},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Habel},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Puttfarken 1991a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {The Dispute about Disegno and Colorito in Venice. Paolo Pino, Lodovico Dolce and Titian},<br />
booktitle = {Kunst und Kunsttheorie 1400–1900},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Peter Glanz et al.},<br />
pages = {75-95},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Puttfarken 1985a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {Roger de Piles‘ Theory of Art},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New Haven/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Q==<br />
==R==<br />
===Rager 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rager 1997a,<br />
author = {Rager, Dietmar},<br />
title = {Aspekte Sehen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob/ & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Raphael 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Raphael 1986a,<br />
author = {Raphael, Max},<br />
title = {Raumgestaltungen. Der Beginn der modernen Kunst im Kubismus und im Werk von Georges Braque}, <br />
year = {1986, Erstausgabe 1949},<br />
publisher = {Campus}<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M./New York},<br />
note = {hg. v. H.-J. Heinrichs},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rastier 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rastier 1972a,<br />
author = {Rastier, François },<br />
title = {Systematiques des isotopies},<br />
booktitle = {Essais de sémiotique poétique},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Greimas, A.J.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Larousse},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Recki 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Recki 2004a,<br />
author = {Recki, Birgit},<br />
title = {Kultur als Praxis. Eine Einführung in Ernst Cassirers Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Akademie-Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Renz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Renz 2006a,<br />
author = {Renz, U.},<br />
title = {Schönheit. Eine Wissenschaft für sich},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Berlin Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riedel 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Riedel 2005a,<br />
author = {Riedel, W.},<br />
title = {Endogene Bilder. Anthropologie und Poetik bei Gottfried Benn},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {163-202},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rieger 2009a,<br />
author = {Rieger, Stefan},<br />
title = {Holographie. Das Versprechen der Ganzheit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {87-106},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger & Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rieger & Schröter 2009a,<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen}, <br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riegl 1931a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Riegl 1931a,<br />
author = {Riegl, Alois},<br />
title = {Das holländische Gruppenporträt},<br />
year = {1931},<br />
publisher = {Staatsdruckerei},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1902},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rimmele 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rimmele 2010a,<br />
author = {Rimmele, Marius},<br />
title = {Das Triptychon als Metapher, Körper und Ort. Semantisierungen eines Bildträgers},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ritchin 1990a,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {In Our Image: The Coming Revolution in Photography. How Computer Technology is Changing our View of the World},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ritchin 1990b,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {Photojournalism in the Age of Computers},<br />
booktitle = {The Critical Image. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Squiers},<br />
pages = {28-37},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Seattle},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roch 1998a,<br />
author = {Roch, Axel},<br />
title = {Radartechnologie und Computergraphik. Zur Geschichte der Beleuchtungsmodelle in computergenerierten Bildern},<br />
booktitle = {Geschichte der Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Faßler, Manfred & Halbach, Wulf R.},<br />
pages = {227-254},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rock 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rock 1985a,<br />
author = {Rock, Irvin},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung. Vom visuellen Reiz zum Sehen u. Erkennen},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Spektrum-der-Wissenschaft-Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roloff 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roloff_1972a,<br />
author = {Roloff, D.},<br />
title = {Eidolon, Eikon, Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd.2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {330-332},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Róna-Tas 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Róna-Tas 1999a,<br />
author = {Róna-Tas, A.},<br />
title = {Hungarians and Europe in the Early Middle Ages. An Introduction to Early Hungarian History},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {CEU Press},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rorty 1967a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rorty 1967a,<br />
author = {Rorty, Richard},<br />
title = {The Linguistic Turn: Essays in Philosophical Method},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press.},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 2005a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Materie und Geist. Eine philosophische Untersuchung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ros 1999a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Was ist Philosophie?},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophieren über Philosophie}<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Raatzsch, Richard},<br />
pages = {36–58},<br />
publisher = {Leipziger Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ros 1989a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {“Bedeutung”, “Idee” und “Begriff” – Zur Behandlung einiger bedeutungstheoretischer Paradoxien durch Leibniz},<br />
journal = {Studia Leibnitiana},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {133-154},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1989/90a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1989/90a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Begründung und Begriff. Wandlungen des Verständnisses begrifflicher Argumentationen},<br />
year = {1989/90},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {3 Bände},<br />
hidden = {B. I: Antike, Spätantike und Mittelalter; B. II: Neuzeit; B. III: Moderne},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1979a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Objektkonstitution und elementare Sprachhandlungsbegriffe},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Königstein/Ts.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosch 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosch 1978a,<br />
author = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
title = {Principles of categorization}<br />
booktitle = {Cognition and Categorization},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
pages = {27-48},<br />
publisher = {Hillsdale},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosler 2000a,<br />
author = {Rosler, Martha},<br />
title = {Bildsimulationen, Computermanipulationen: einige Überlegungen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV. 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {von Amelunxen, Hubertus},<br />
pages = {129-170},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roth 2000a,<br />
author = {Roth, Peter},<br />
title = {Virtualis als Sprachschöpfung mittelalterlicher Theologen},<br />
booktitle = {Die Anwesenheit des Abwesenden. Theologische Annäherungen an Begriff und Phänomene von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Roth, Peter; Schreiber, Stefan & Siemons, Stefan},<br />
pages = {33-42},<br />
publisher = {Wißner},<br />
address = {Augsburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Royce 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Royce 1998a,<br />
author = {Royce, Terry},<br />
title = {Synergy on the Page: Exploring Intersemiotic Complementarity in Page-based Multimodal Text},<br />
journal = {JASFL Occasional Papers},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {25-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rötzer 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rötzer 1993a,<br />
author = {Rötzer, Florian},<br />
title = {Cyberspace. Zum medialen Gesamtkunstwerk},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ruff 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ruff 2009a,<br />
author = {Ruff, Thomas},<br />
title = {Jpegs},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ryan 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ryan 2001,<br />
author = {Ryan, Marie-Laure},<br />
title = {arrative as Virtual Reality. Immersion and Interactivity in Literature and Electronic Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {The Johns Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore & London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==S==<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Medium},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005b,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005a,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2004a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als kommunikatives Medium. Elemente einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003b,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Was ist Bildkompetenz?},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1999a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, },<br />
title = {Gibt es ein Bildalphabet?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {57-66},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1995a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Piktoriale Einstellungen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktoraler Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {195-211},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 1993a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Philosophische Psychologie im 19. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Prädikative und modale Bildtheorie },<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik. Theorien - Methoden - Fallbeispiele},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H.; Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {97-119},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-2/index.html},<br />
abstract ={Gegenstände sind immer nur dann Bilder, wenn jemand sie als solche benutzt. Hierbei können Bilder eine Vielzahl von Funktionen übernehmen. Lassen sich diese verschiedenen Funktionen oder Verwendungsweisen vielleicht aus einer einzigen Grundfunktion ableiten? Und sofern das so ist: Was wäre, ließe sich zweitens fragen, diese Grundfunktion von Bildern und in welcher Relation, ergibt sich als dritte Frage, steht sie zu den Verwendungsweisen von Sprache? Eine positive Beantwortung der ersten Frage voraussetzend werden zwei Kandidaten für die zweite Frage untersucht und diskutiert: Während die prädikative Theorie die grundlegende Bildverwendung in etwa paraphrasiert mit „… sieht so und so aus“ (bzw. „Der Gegenstand, der so und so aussieht, …“), schlägt die modale Theorie eine Verwendungsweise vor analog zu „An einem anderen (auch fiktiven) Ort oder einer anderen (auch hypothetischen) Zeit ist der Fall, daß so und so.“ },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Medientheorie, visuelle Kultur und Bildanthropologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {393-424},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.JRJS.de/Work/Papers/P09/P09-1/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachsse 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachsse 1974a,<br />
author = {Sachsse, Hans},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Kybernetik. Unter besonderer Berücksichtigung von technischen und biologischen Wirkungsgefügen},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Vieweg},<br />
address = {Braunschweig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 2007a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Le Sens du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1990a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Semiotics of Visual Language},<br />
publisher = {Indiana University Press},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
address = {Bloomington, IN},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1987a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {Englisch: Semiotics of Visual Language. Bloomington, Indianapolis: Indiana University Press.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1986a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie et syntax visuelle: Une analyse de Mascerade de Pellan},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 2008a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Transfigurements: On the True Sense of Art},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 1998a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Shades. Of Painting at the Limit},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Salomon 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2006a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {Transformations and Projections in Computer Graphics},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Salomon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2008a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {A Concise Introduction to Data Compression},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sander 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sander 1962a,<br />
author = {Sander, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Experimentelle Ergebnisse der Gestaltpsychologie},<br />
booktitle = {Ganzheitspsychoplogie. Grundlagen, Ergebnisse, Anwendungen: gesammelte Abhandlungen},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sander, Friedrich & Volkelt, Hans},<br />
pages = {73–122},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck'sche Verlagsbuchhandlung},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1962a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Blick},<br />
booktitle = {Das Sein und das Nichts},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Skizze einer Theorie der Emotionen},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {255-321},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1994b,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Das Imaginäre. Phänomenologische Psychologie der Einbildungskraft (1940)},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-2, hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994c,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Die Imagination (1936)},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {97-254},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1999a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Die Suche nach dem Absoluten. Texte zur bildenden Kunst},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sauer 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sauer 2008a,<br />
author = {Sauer, Martina},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmen von Sinn vor jeder sprachlichen oder gedanklichen Fassung? Frage an Ernst Cassirer},<br />
journal = {Kunstgeschichte. Texte zur Diskussion},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.kunstgeschichte-ejournal.net/discussion/2008/Sauer},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saussure 1916a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saussure 1916a,<br />
author = {Saussure, Ferdinand de },<br />
title = {Cours de linguistique générale},<br />
year = {1916},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Deutsch: Grundfragen der allgemeinen Sprachwissenschaft. 3. Aufl. Berlin 2001.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saxena & Sahay 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saxena & Sahay 2005a,<br />
author = {Saxena, Anupam & Sahay, Birendra},<br />
title = {Computer Aided Engineering Design},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scheler 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scheler 1928a,<br />
author = {Scheler, Max},<br />
title = {Die Stellung des Menschen im Kosmos},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {Otto Reichl Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schier 2005a,<br />
author = {Schier, W. },<br />
title = {Die Maske von Uivar},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W. },<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schirra 2007a,<br />
editor = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Computational Visualistics and Picture Morphology},<br />
publisher = {IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
note = {Themenbeiheft zu Band 5},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Projects/Image/IMAGE5-Themenbeiheft.pdf},<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Begriffsgenetische Betrachtungen in der Bildwissenschaft: Fünf Thesen},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Medium. Kunstgeschichtliche und philosophische Grundlagen der interdisziplinären Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {197-215},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-3/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 2005a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Foundation of Computational Visualistics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {ISBN: 3-8350-6015-5 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-8350-6015-5'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra 2005b,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Ein Disziplinen-Mandala für die Bildwissenschaft - Kleine Provokation zu einem Neuen Fach},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-1/index.html},<br />
journal ={IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
pages = {30-45},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Von der Bildwissenschaft als einer Disziplin, die über die Grenzen von Kunstgeschichte oder Kunstwissenschaft hinausgeht und sich wissenschaftlich mit allen Aspekten des Umgehens mit Bildern und verwandten visuellen Repräsentations- und Zeichensystemen befaßt, wird erst seit etwa der Mitte der 1990'er Jahre gesprochen. In den folgenden Überlegungen geht es insbesondere um die Bildwissenschaft als den Versuch, ein Fachgebiet zu etablieren, in dem ein modernes Verständnis dessen, was eine etablierte Disziplin sein kann, verwirklicht sein soll. Zentrales Kriterium für in dem hier gemeinten Sinne "Neue" Disziplinen ist ihre Interdisziplinarität und die dadurch bedingte starke Methodenpluralität. Grundsätzlich muß daher die Frage geklärt werden, wie das Verhältnis der Teildisziplinen zueinander, insbesondere das Wechselspiel der jeweils eingesetzten Methoden betreffend, zu denken ist. Dem Forschungssujet der Bildwissenschaft entsprechend soll in dem Beitrag versucht werden, das Beziehungsgeflecht der beteiligten Elterndisziplinen (zumindest teilweise) in Form eines Bildes anzugeben. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2005c,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Computervisualistik},<br />
booktitle = { Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {268-280},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bausteine vieler Disziplinen müssen in eine allgemeine Bildwissenschaft integriert werden. Als Beitrag aus der Informatik versteht sich die Computervisualistik, die alle Aspekte rechnergestützten Umgangs mit Bildern umfaßt. Zwei Grundbegriffe der Informatik werden vorgestellt und bestimmen, auf den Begriff "Bild" angewendet, den methodologischen Kern der Computervisualistik. Als Beitrag der Informatik zum Gegenstand der Bildtheorie werden interaktive Bilder betrachtet. Schließlich werden die Beziehungen zu anderen "Bildwissenschaften" kurz umrissen. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2001a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bilder &nbsp;&nbsp; —— &nbsp;&nbsp; Kontextbilder},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln – Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Pragmatik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {77-100},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P01/P01-5/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bildkommunikation und die Verständigung mit Aussagen scheinen wenig gemein zu haben. Genauere logisch-pragmatische Analysen der Kontextrelativität von Aussagen zeigen jedoch eine enge systematische Abhängigkeit beider Kommunikationsformen im Begriff der Kontextbildung, den Bilder auf ausgezeichnete Weise implementieren. Prädikatorische und nominatorische Verwendungen von Bildern sind aus der grundlegenden Funktion zur Kontextbildung ableitbar. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2000a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Täuschung, Ähnlichkeit und Immersion: Die Vögel des Zeuxis},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Realismus der Bilder: Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Semantik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Rehkämper, K.& Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {119-135},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P00/P00-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bilder gibt es als solche – von ihrem Begriff her – immer nur für Individuen, die sich in einer bestimmten Weise verhalten, oder die gewisse Handlungen vollziehen. Wenn dies aber der Fall ist, scheint es ratsam, den Begriff "Bild" nicht, wie es gewöhnlich geschieht, als einen Begriff für einen isoliert vorkommenden Gegenstand zu erläutern, sondern als Komponente der Begriffe für bestimmte Verhaltens- oder Handlungsfähigkeiten. Ausgehend von der antiken Zeuxis-Anekdote werden in diesem Sinne erste Schritte zu einem handlungstheoretischen Ähnlichkeitsbegriff versucht.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1999a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Syntaktische Dichte oder Kontinuität - Ein mathematischer Aspekt der Visualistik},<br />
booktitle = {bildgrammatik. interdisziplinäre forschungen zur syntax bildlicher darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {103-119},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P99/P99-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Der Begriff Dichte spielt eine zentrale Rolle in Diskussionen zur Bildsyntax, wird aber selten in Beziehung zum mathematisch verwandten Kontinuumsbegriff gestellt. Dabei ist die Frage, ob Bilder syntaktisch nur als dicht oder gar als kontinuierlich verstanden werden sollten, durchaus relevant, wie anhand von informatischen und neuropsychologischen Argumenten gezeigt wird.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1995a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Understanding Radio Broadcasts On Soccer. The Concept `Mental Image' and Its Use in Spatial Reasoning},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktorialer Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {107-136},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P95/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Most cognitive theories agree that a listener of a sports broadcast on radio usually imagines the scene described; the concept `mental image' appears in a specific sort of explanations. In contrast to this conception, it is argued that this concept should rather be understood as part of a certain kind of grounding explanations of the radio listener's understanding. This particular conception is based on the distinction between `specification' and `implementation' as found in the theory of abstract data types. Its application to the field of spatial concepts leads to a computational system (ANTLIMA) which exemplifies how the expression `mental image' could be used while explaining a speaker's ability to control the resolvability of ambiguities in an objective report of what the speaker sees. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 1994a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bildbeschreibung als Verbindung von visuellem und sprachlichem Raum},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {DISKI},<br />
address = {St. Augustin},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {ISBN 3-929037-71-8 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-929037-71-8'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P94/P94-1-d/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1993a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Connecting Visual and Verbal Space: Preliminary Considerations Concerning the Concept »Mental Image«},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Time, Space, and Movement},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {M. Aurnague, A. Borillo, M. Borillo & M. Bras},<br />
pages = {105-121},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Paul Sabatier},<br />
address = {Toulouse},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P93/P93-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {AI research concerning the connection between seeing and speaking mainly employs what is called reference semantics. Within this framework, the notion of `mental image' is often used while explaining how somebody not situated in the same perceptual context is able to anchor his understanding of an utterance describing the scene visually perceived by the speaker. We give a foundation for considering mental images as propositions with respect to a certain field of concepts: these fields have to provide a syntactically dense set of concepts distinguishing locations. The use of such propositions in the reference semantic explanations of understanding utterances about visually perceived scenes is motivated by applying Kant's idea of the introduction of new types of objects: we conceive spatial relations as relations only applicable to sortal objects, i.e., individuated objects which are synthetically introduced on a syntactically dense field providing their potential locations. The concept `mental image' which results from these preliminary studies is applied to two current projects in AI, one dealing with the semantics of particular spatial prepositions, and the other more generally concerned with the logic of the connection between visual and verbal space.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Anthropologie in der systematischen Bildwissenschaft: Auf der Spur des homo pictor},<br />
booktitle = {Disziplinen der Anthropologie},<br />
editor = {Meyer, S. & Owzar, A.},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
pages = {145-177},<br />
note = {},<br />
publisher = {Waxmann},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Homo pictor and the Linguistic Turn: Revisiting Hans Jonas’ Picture Anthropology},<br />
journal = {Linguistic and Philosophical Investigations},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {144–181},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P10/P10-2/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {There has been a long tradition of characterizing man as the animal that talks. However, the remarkable ability of using pictures also only belongs to human beings, after all we know empirically so far. Are there conceptual reasons for that coincidence? The paper is dedicated to a philosophical programme of “concept-genetic” considerations dealing in particular with the dependencies between those two abilities: The conceptual relation between the competence to use assertive language and the faculty of employing pictures must be conceived of as being much closer than usually expected. Indeed we conclude, there cannot be creatures with only one of them.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte – elektronisch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
url = {www.uni-due.de/germanistik/elise/ausgabe_12006},<br />
hidden = {letzter Zugriff: 25. September 2010},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract ={Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie, wie sie der Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt, eignet - und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Eine Gegenüberstellung der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild führt zu eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden: Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von (darstellenden) Bildern Sprache gegenüber durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. In beiden Fällen hängen die Aufgliederungen mit der Funktion der Kontextbildung zusammen, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung mündet daher in das Programm einer begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, die eine derartige Begründung zu liefern imstande wäre. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Fähigkeiten zum Bild- und Sprachgebrauch },<br />
journal = {Deutsche Zeitschrift für Philosophie},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {54},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {887-905},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-5/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie wie in die Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Ein erster Vergleich der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild listet eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden auf. Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von Bildern gegenüber Sprache durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung weitet sich daher zu einer begriffsgenetischen Skizzierung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, wobei sich die Begriffe des sortalen Gegenstands und des Verhaltenskontextes als zentral herausstellen. Mit ihnen kann die Beziehung zwischen den beiden Fähigkeiten genauer untersucht werden: Sie ergibt sich insbesondere aus der Funktion der Kontextbildung, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Im Rahmen der begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung ergeben sich schließlich Argumente dafür, die Beziehung als eine wechselseitige Abhängigkeit zu charakterisieren, wobei auch eine Vorschlag zur Analyse des Begriffs des inneren Bildes - oder besser: des Vorstellungsvermögens eingeschlossen ist. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Scholz 1998a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. & Scholz, Martin},<br />
title = {Abstraction versus Realism: Not the Real Question},<br />
booktitle = {Computer Visualization – Graphics, Abstraction, and Interactivity},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Strothotte, T. (et al.)},<br />
pages = {379-401},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {Chapter 22},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P98/P98-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {When browsing through a book on computer graphics, one usually finds a lot of more or less interesting pictures that are produced by means of computers. These pictures are embedded in pages of technical texts describing how this image generation was performed and why it provides a better way to do so than other methods. Less space is usually given to the methodological background and the motivation underlying the preoccupation with computer visualization. In this chapter, we want to complement the more technically oriented part of this book with some reflections as to why such techniques can be interesting not only for computer graphics researchers, and where, from a communication-theoretic point of view, they might be of use in our society.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schleicher 1859a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schleicher 1859a,<br />
author = {Schleicher, August},<br />
title = {Zur Morphologie der Sprache},<br />
journal = {Mémoires de l'académdie impériale des sciences de St. Pétersbourg},<br />
year = {1859},<br />
volume = {1?},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1-38},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt 2000,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter},<br />
title = {Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1: : Absenz – Darstellung},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {831-875},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt & George 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt_George_2005a,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter; George, Marion},<br />
title = {Typisch/Typ(us)},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {191-246},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlosser 1952a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schlosser 1952a,<br />
author = {Schlosser, K.},<br />
title = {Der Signalismus in der Kunst der Naturvölker: Biologisch-psychologische Gesetzlichkeiten in den Abweichungen von der Norm des Vorbildes},<br />
year = {1952},<br />
publisher = {Mühlau},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmid 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmid 2009a,<br />
author = {Schmid, Gabriele},<br />
title = {Zwischen Bildern. Die holographische Installation als Handlungsfeld},<br />
booktitle = {holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {161-180},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1998a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Mimesis bei Aristoteles und in den Poetikkommentaren der Renaissance. Zum Wandel des Gedankens von der Nachahmung der Natur in der frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Mimesis und Simulation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Andreas Kablitz & Gerhard Neumann},<br />
pages = {17-53},<br />
publisher = {ombach},<br />
address = {Freiburg im Breisgau},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1996a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Teleologie und Geschichte bei Aristoteles oder Wie kommen nach Aristoteles Anfang, Mitte und Ende in die Geschichte?},<br />
booktitle = {Das Ende. Figuren einer Denkform},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Stierle und Rainer Warning},<br />
pages = {528-563},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider 2009a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit},<br />
title = {Wissenschaftsbilder zwischen digitaler Transformation und Manipulation. Einige Anmerkungen zur Diskussion des “digitalen Bildes”},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {188-200},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schneider 2000a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Ralf},<br />
title = {Grundriß zur kognitiven Theorie der Figurenkonzeption am Beispiel des viktorianischen Romans},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Stauffenburg},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider & Berz 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider & Berz 2002a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit & Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bildtexturen. Punkte, Zeilen, Spalten. I. Textile Processing/II. Bildtelegraphie}<br />
booktitle = {Mimetische Differenzen. Der Spielraum der Medien zwischen Abbildung und Nachbildung}, <br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Flach, Sabine & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
pages = {181-220},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider & Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schneider & Stöckl 2011a,<br />
title = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, Jan Georg & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {erscheint Frühjahr 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2011===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Schönhammer 2011,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Stichwort: Kippbilder},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
howpublished = {PsyDok, Volltextserver der Virtuellen Fachbibliothek Psychologie},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://psydok.sulb.uni-saarland.de/frontdoor.php?source_opus=2756&la=de},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schönhammer 2009a,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Wahrnehmungspsychologie. Sinne, Körper, Bewegung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 2004a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstellung, Zeichen. Philosophische Theorien bildhafter Darstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {2., vollständig überarbeitete Aufl.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Scholz 1998a,<br />
title = {Mimesis. Studien zur literarischen Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Scholz, Bernhard F.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 1991a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstellung, Zeichen. Philosophische Theorien bildhafter Darstellungen},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {(1. Aufl.)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schott 1657a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schott 57a,<br />
author = {Schott, Kaspar},<br />
title = {De Magia Anamorphotica},<br />
booktitle = {Magia Universalis Naturae et Artis},<br />
year = {1657},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Herbipoli},<br />
note = {Teil 1, Buch III},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2001a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Eine kurze Geschichte der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht. Fotografieren in Museen & Archiven & Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, Wolfgang & Jaworek, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {249-257},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter 2003a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Virtuelle Kamera. Zum Fortbestand fotografischer Medien in computergenerierten Bildern}, <br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {88},<br />
pages = {3-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Welt. Analoge und Digitale Bilder - mehr oder weniger Realität?},<br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke},<br />
pages = {335-354},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2004b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Netz und die Virtuelle Realität. Zur Selbstprogrammierung der Gesellschaft durch die universelle Maschine},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Computer/Simulation. Kopie ohne Original oder das Original kontrollierende Kopie},<br />
booktitle = {OriginalKopie. Praktiken des Sekundären},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fehrmann, Gisela et al.},<br />
pages = {139-155},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Notizen zu einer Geschichte des Löschens. Am Beispiel von Video und Robert Rauschenbergs Erased de Kooning-Drawing},<br />
booktitle = {Im Banne der Ungewissheit. Bilder zwischen Medien, Kunst und Menschen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schumacher-Chilla, Doris},<br />
pages = {171-194},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oberhausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2005a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {MetaMorphing. Camerons Analysen der digitalen Bilder in Terminator 2 und The Abyss}, <br />
booktitle = {Mythen, Mütter, Maschinen. Die Filme des James Cameron},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pabst, Eckhard},<br />
pages = {289-315},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeit ist überhaupt nur darzustellen, indem man sie konstruiert (Andreas Gursky)},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {201-218},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {On the Logic of the Digital Archive},<br />
booktitle = {The You Tube Reader},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Vonderau, Patrick & Snickars, Pelle},<br />
pages = {330-346},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2009c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {3D. Zur Theorie, Geschichte und Medienästhetik des technischtransplanen Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen und die Nicht-Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {77-86},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2010a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Fotografie und Fiktionalität},<br />
booktitle = {Die fotografische Wirklichkeit. Inszenierung - Fiktion - Narration},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Blunck, Lars},<br />
pages = {143-158},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2010b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Zeitalter der technischen Nichtreproduzierbarkeit},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
editor = {Schröter, Jens et al.},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {1-38},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter & Thielmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter & Thielmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens & Thielmann, Tristan},<br />
title = {Display I: Analog},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften}<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2010a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Darstellung einer Vorstellung. Das Bild der Welt auf der Pioneer-Plakette},<br />
booktitle = {Atlas der Weltbilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Markschies, C. et al.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schürmann 2008a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Sehen als Praxis. Ethisch-ästhetische Studien zum Verhältnis von Sicht und Einsicht},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulz 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulz 2005a,<br />
author = {Schulz, Martin},<br />
title = {Ordnungen der Bilder. Eine Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Finke},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulze 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulze 2000a,<br />
author = {Schulze, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Die Erlebnis-Gesellschaft. Kultursoziologie der Gegenwart. 8. Auflage. Studienausgabe.},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M., New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schwingeler 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schwingeler 2008a,<br />
author = {Schwingeler, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Raummaschine. Raum und Perspektive im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Werner Hülsbusch},<br />
address = {Boizenburg},<br />
note = {(Reihe Game Studies)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Searle 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Searle 1971,<br />
author = {Searle, John R.},<br />
title = {Sprechakttheorie - Ein sprachphilosophischer Essay},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 2003a,<br />
author = {Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Erscheinens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seel 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 1991a,<br />
author = {Seel, Norbert M.},<br />
title = {Weltwissen und mentale Modelle},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seiterle 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Seiterle 1988a,<br />
author = {Seiterle, G. },<br />
title = {Maske, Ziegenbock und Satyr},<br />
journal = {Antike Welt. Z. für Archäologie und Kulturgeschichte},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seja 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seja 2009a,<br />
author = {Seja, Silvia},<br />
title = {Handlungstheorien des Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sekula 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sekula 2002a,<br />
author = {Sekula, Allan},<br />
title = {Der Handel mit Fotografien},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {255-290},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shannon & Weaver 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shannon & Weaver 1976a,<br />
author = {Shannon, Claude E. & Weaver, Warren},<br />
title = {Mathematische Grundlagen der Informationstheorie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shepard 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shepard 1990a,<br />
author = {Shepard, Roger N.},<br />
title = {Mind sights. Original illusions, ambiguities, and other anomalies, with a commentary on the play of mind in perception and art},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {W. H. Freeman},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shneiderman 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Shneiderman 1983a,<br />
author = {Shneiderman, B.},<br />
title = {Direct Manipulation - A Step Beyond Programming Languages},<br />
journal = {IEEE Computer},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
volume = {16},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {57-69},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shohat & Stam 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Shohat & Stam 1998a,<br />
author = {Shohat, E. & Stam R.},<br />
title = {Narrativizing Visual Culture. Towards a Polycentric Aesthetics},<br />
booktitle = {The Visual Culture Reader},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Mirzoeff, N.},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {26-49},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegmund 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegmund 2007a,<br />
author = {Siegmund, J.},<br />
title = {Die Evidenz der Kunst. Künstlerisches Handeln als ästhetische Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Simmel 1995a,<br />
author = {Simmel, G.},<br />
title = {Der Bildrahmen. Ein ästhetischer Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Aufsätze und Abhandlungen 1901-1908 Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Simmel, G.},<br />
pages = {101-108},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1992a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Soziologie. Untersuchungen über die Formen der Vergesellschaftung},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Gesamtausgabe, Bd. 11, hrsg. von Otthein Rammstedt},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1978a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Das individuelle Gesetz. Philosophische Exkurse},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Michael Landmann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a,<br />
author = {Smith, Robert W. & Tatarewicz, Joseph N.},<br />
title = {Replacing a Technology: The Large Space Telescope and CCDs},<br />
journal = {Proceedings of the IEEE},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
volume = {73},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1221-1235},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sobchack 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sobchack 1997a,<br />
author = {Sobchack, Vivian},<br />
title = {Meta-Morphing. Visual Transformation and the Culture of Quick-Change},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minneapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a,<br />
author = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
title = {Figurative Politik. Prolegomena zu einer Kultursoziologie politischen Handelns},<br />
booktitle = {Figurative Politik. Zur Performanz der Macht in der modernen Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
pages = {17-33},<br />
publisher = {Leske und Budrich},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sommer 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sommer 1987a,<br />
author = {Sommer, M.},<br />
title = {Evidenz im Augenblick. Eine Phänomenologie der reinen Empfindung},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sonesson 1992a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Bildbetydelser: Inledning till bildsemiotiken som vetenskap},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Studentlitteratur},<br />
address = {Lund},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sonesson 1989a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Pictorial Concepts},<br />
publisher = {Lund University Press},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sörbom 1966===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sörbom 1966,<br />
author = {Sörbom, Göran},<br />
title = {Mimesis and Art. Studies in the Origin an Early Development of an Aesthetic Vocabulary},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spariosu 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Spariosu 1984,<br />
title = {Mimesis in contemporary theory: An interdisciplinary Approach. Volume I: The Literary and the Philosophical Debate},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Spariosu, Mihai},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Philadelphia/Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spillner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Spillner 1982a,<br />
author = {Spillner, Bernd},<br />
title = {Stilanalyse semiotisch komplexer Texte: Zum Verhältnis von sprachlicher und bil¬dicher Information in Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4/5},<br />
pages = {91–106},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stadler & Kruse 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stadler & Kruse 1995a,<br />
author = {Stadler, Michael & Kruse, Peter},<br />
title = {The Function of Meaning in Cognitive Order Formation.},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {5–21},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Steinbrenner 2009a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Bildtheorien der analytischen Tradition},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {284-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 2004a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Zeichen über Zeichen. Grundlagen einer Theorie der Metabezugnahme},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Synchron Wissenschaftsverlag der Autoren},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 1996a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Kognitivismus in der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a,<br />
title = {Farben: Betrachtungen aus Philosophie und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Glasauer, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a,<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
title = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stiegler 2004a,<br />
author = {Stiegler, Bernd},<br />
title = {Digitale Photographie als epistemologischer Bruch und historische Wende},<br />
booktitle = {Das Gesicht der Welt. Medien in der digitalen Kultur},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Engell & Neitzel},<br />
pages = {105-126},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stierle 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stierle 1984a,<br />
author = {Stierle, Karlheinz},<br />
title = {Das bequeme Verhältnis. Lessings Laokoon und die Entdeckung des ästhetischen Mediums},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, Gunter},<br />
pages = {23-58},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2011a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbekommunikation semiotisch},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch Werbekommunikation},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Nina Janich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {UTB},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {erscheint Mitte 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {The Language-Image-Text. Theoretical and Analytical Inroads into Semiotic Complexity},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {202-226},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Beyond Depicting. Language-Image-Links in the Service of Advertising},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {3-28},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2008a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbetypographie. Formen und Funktionen},<br />
booktitle = {Werbung – grenzenlos. Multimodale Werbetexte im interkulturellen Vergleich},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bendel, Sylvia & Held, Gudrun},<br />
pages = {13–36},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2005a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typography: Body and Dress of a Text – A Signing Mode between Language and Image},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {204-214},<br />
note = {Special Issue “The New Typography”},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2004b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typographie: Körper und Gewand des Textes. Linguistische Überlegungen zu typographischer Gestaltung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Angewandte Linguistik},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {41},<br />
pages = {5-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stöckl 2004a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Die Sprache im Bild – Das Bild in der Sprache. Zur Verknüpfung von Sprache und Bild im massenmedialen Text},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2003a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {„Imagine“: Stilanalyse multimodal. Am Beispiel des TV-Werbespots},<br />
booktitle = {Sprachstil – Zugänge und Anwendungen. Ulla Fix zum 60. Geburtstag},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Barz, Irmhild & Lerchner, Gotthard & Schröder, },<br />
pages = {305-323},<br />
publisher = {Winter},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 1992a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Der ‚picture relation type’ – Ein praktischer Analysemodus zur Beschreibung der vielfältigen Einbettungs- und Verknüpfungsbeziehungen von Bild und Text},<br />
journal = {Papiere zur Linguistik},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {46},<br />
number = {11},<br />
pages = {49-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoesz 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Stoesz 2008a,<br />
author = {Stoesz Brenda Marie},<br />
title = {The Role of Selective Attention in Perceptual Switching. },<br />
year = {2008},<br />
howpublished = {Department of Psychology, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Manitoba},<br />
note = {Thesis Master of Arts Thesis},<br />
hidden = {zuletzt geprüft am 17.03.2011},<br />
url = {mspace.lib.umanitoba.ca/bitstream/1993/3083/1/BStoesz%20-%20MA%20thesis%202008%20revisions.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoichita 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stoichita 1998a,<br />
author = {Stoichita, Victor I.},<br />
title = {Das selbstbewußte Bild. Vom Ursprung der Metamalerei},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauß 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strauß 1998a,<br />
author = {Strauß, Bernd (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Zuschauer},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strenge 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Strenge_1998a,<br />
author = {Strenge, Britta},<br />
title = {Typos/Typologie},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {1587-1595},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Striedter 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Striedter 1984a,<br />
author = {Striedter, K.H.},<br />
title = {Felsbilder der Sahara},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauss 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Strauss 1979a,<br />
author = {Strauss, M.S.},<br />
title = {Abstraction of prototypical information by adults and 10-month-old infants},<br />
journal = {J. of Experimental Psychology: Human Leraning and Memory},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {5},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {618-632},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a,<br />
author = {Strothotte, Thomas & Schlechtweg, Stefan},<br />
title = {Non-photorealistic Computer Graphics: Modeling, Rendering, and Animation},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {San Francisco u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stüber & Stadler 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stüber & Stadler 1999a,<br />
author = {Strüber, Daniel & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Differences in top-down influences on the reversal rate of different categories of reversible figures},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {28},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1185–1196},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sturken & Cartwright 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sturken & Cartwright 2001a,<br />
author = {Sturken, M. & Cartwright L.},<br />
title = {Practices of Looking. An Introduction to Visual Culture},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
address = {Oxford, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch.},<br />
title = {Schreck-Gesichter. Symbole des magischen Alltags},<br />
booktitle = {Symbole des Alltags, Alltag der Symbole},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Blaschitz, G.; et al. },<br />
pages = {517-554},<br />
publisher = {ADV},<br />
address = {Graz},<br />
note = {Festschrift Harry Kühnel zum 65. Geburtstag},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1998a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch. },<br />
title = {Grenzen der Komplexität. Die Kunst als Bild der Wirklichkeit. Neuropsychologische und ethologische Erkenntnisse in der Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Einfachen zur Ganzheitlichkeit. Das Problem der Komplexität auf organismischer und soziokultureller Ebene},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {A.M. Wobus, & U. Wobus},<br />
pages = {167-188},<br />
publisher = {Nova Acta Leopoldina 77(304)},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Szily 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Szily 1999a,<br />
author = {Szily, K.},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelvújítás szótára},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Nap Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==T==<br />
===Tatarkiewicz 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tatarkiewicz 2003,<br />
author = {Tatarkiewicz, Wladysaw},<br />
title = {Geschichte der sechs Begriffe. Kunst • Schönheit • Form • Kreativität • Mimesis • Ästhetisches Erlebnis},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thielmann & Schröter 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Thielmann & Schröter 2007a,<br />
title = {Display II: Digital. Navigationen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Thielmann, Tristan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {<em>Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften</em>},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {Jg. 7, H. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tholen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tholen 2003a,<br />
author = {Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
title = {Die Zäsur der Medien. Kulturphilosophische Konturen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a,<br />
author = {Thornhill, R. & Gangestad, S.W. },<br />
title = {Human facial beauty: averageness, symmetry and parasite resistance},<br />
journal = {Human nature},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {237-269},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Thürlemann 1990a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Raum. Beiträge zu einer semiotischen Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Thürlemann 1984a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Die Farbe in der Malerei: Symbolischer und semi-symbolischer Bedeutungsmodus},<br />
booktitle = {Semiotics Unfolding. Proceedings of the Second Congress of the International Association for Semiotic Studies},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Tasso Borbé},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tischner 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tischner 1954a,<br />
author = {Tischner, H.},<br />
title = {Kunst der Südsee},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Todorov 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Todorov 1977,<br />
author = {Todorov, Tzvetan},<br />
title = {Symboltheorien},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {[frz. Original 1977]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Topper 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Topper 00a,<br />
author = {Topper, David},<br />
title = {On Anamorphosis. Setting Some Things Straight},<br />
journal = {Leonardo},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
volume = {33},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {115-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tótfalusi 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tótfalusi 2002a,<br />
author = {Tótfalusi, I.},<br />
title = {Magyar szótörténeti szótár},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Anno Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Totzke 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Totzke 2004a,<br />
author = {Totzke, Rainer},<br />
title = {Buchstaben-Folgen. Schriftlichkeit, Wissenschaft und Heideggers Kritik an der Wissenschaftsideologie},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Welbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Troje & McAdam 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Troje & McAdam 2010a,<br />
author = {Troje, N. F. & McAdam, M.},<br />
title = {The viewing-from-above bias and the silhouette illusion},<br />
journal = {i-Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {143–148},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {i-perception.perceptionweb.com/fulltext/i01/i0408.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Trübner 1940===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Trübner 1940,<br />
title = {Trübners Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: C-F},<br />
year = {1940},<br />
editor = {Alfred Göze},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Art. „darstellen“, S. 27},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tugendhat 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat 1976a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die sprachanalytische Philosophie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst & Wolf, Ursula},<br />
title = {Logisch-semantische Propädeutik},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {(revid. 1986)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==U==<br />
===Ullrich 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ullrich 1997a,<br />
author = {Ullrich, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Digitaler Nominalismus. Zum Status der Computerfotografie},<br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {64},<br />
pages = {63-73},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==V==<br />
===Vaihinger 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vaihinger 1997a,<br />
author = {Vaihinger, Dirk},<br />
title = {Virtualität und Realität – Die Fiktionalisierung der Wirklichkeit und die unendliche Information},<br />
booktitle = {Künstliche Paradiese, Virtuelle Realitäten. Künstliche Räume in Literatur-, Sozial-, und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Krapp, Holger & Wägenbaur, Thomas},<br />
pages = {19-43},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Valenza et al. 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Valenza et al. 1996a,<br />
author = {Valenza, E.; Simion, F.; Cassia, V.M. & Umiltà, C.},<br />
title = {Face preference at birth},<br />
journal = {J. of experimental Psychology (Human Perception and Performance) },<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {892-903},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Varela 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Varela 1990a,<br />
author = {Varela, Francisco J.},<br />
title = {Kognitionswissenschaft, Kognitionstechnik. Eine Skizze aktueller Perspektiven},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===VCQ 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{VCQ 1996a,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Visual Culture Questionnaire},<br />
journal = {October},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
pages = {25-70},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ventola et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ventola et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Ventola, Eija & Guijarro, Moya & Arsenio, Jesús},<br />
title = {The World Told and the World Shown. Multisemiotic Issues},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan},<br />
address = {Basingstoke},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Venus 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Venus 2009a,<br />
author = {Venus, Jochen},<br />
title = {Raumbild und Tätigkeitssimulation. Video- und Computerspiele als Darstellungsmedien des Tätigkeitsempfindens},<br />
booktitle = {Das Raumbild. Bilder jenseits ihrer Flächen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Winter, Gundolf; Schröter, Jens & Barck, Joanna},<br />
pages = {259-280},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vischer 1873a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vischer 1873a,<br />
author = {Vischer, Robert},<br />
title = {Ueber das optische Formgefühl. Ein Beitrag zur Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1873},<br />
publisher = {Credner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Völker 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Völker 2010a,<br />
author = {Völker, Clara},<br />
title = {Mobile Medien. Zur Genealogie des Mobilfunks und zur Ideengeschichte von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vogel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vogel 2003a,<br />
author = {Vogel, Matthias},<br />
title = {Medien als Voraussetzungen für Gedanken},<br />
booktitle = {Medienphilosophie. Beiträge zur Klärung eines Begriffs},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Münker, Stefan; Roesler, Alexander & Sandbothe, Mike},<br />
pages = {107-134 + 213-215 [Anmerkungen]},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Volkelt 1905a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Volkelt 1905a,<br />
author = {Volkelt, Johannes},<br />
title = {System der Ästhetik. Erster Band: Grundlegung der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vorländer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vorländer 2003a,<br />
author = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
title = {Demokratie und Ästhetik. Zur Rehabilitierung eines problematischen Zusammenhangs},<br />
booktitle = {Zur Ästhetik der Demokratie. Formen der politischen Selbstdarstellung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
pages = {11-26},<br />
publisher = {Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==W==<br />
<br />
===Wade et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wade et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Wade, Nicholas J.; Campbel, Robin N.; Ross, Helen E. & Lingelbach, Bernd},<br />
title = {Necker in Scotch perspective},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1–4},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Waldenfels 2010a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Sinne und Künste im Wechselspiel. Modi ästhetischer Erfahrung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Waldenfels 1999a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Ordnungen des Sichtbaren},<br />
booktitle = {Sinnesschwellen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Walton 1973a,<br />
author = {Kendall L. Walton},<br />
title = {Pictures as Make-Believe},<br />
journal = {The Philosophical Review},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
volume = {82},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {283-319},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Walton 1990a,<br />
author = {Walton, Kendall L.},<br />
title = {Mimesis as make-believe : on the foundations of the representational arts},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Harvard Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass. [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warburg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warburg 2008a,<br />
author = {Warburg, Aby},<br />
title = {Der Bilderatlas Mnemosyne (2000)},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Warnke, Martin; unter Mitarbeit von Brink, Claudia},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warnke 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warnke 1984a,<br />
author = {Warnke, Martin},<br />
title = {Politische Architektur in Europa vom Mittelalter bis heute: Repräsentation und Gemeinschaft},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Watt 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Watt 2002a, <br />
author = {Watt, Alan}, <br />
title = {3D-Computergrafik},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weber 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weber 2000a,<br />
author = { Weber, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Windmühlen oder Mauern? Die Archive und der neue Wind in der Informationstechnik},<br />
booktitle = {Digitale Archive - Ein neues Paradigma?},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Metzing, Andreas},<br />
pages = {79-94},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Marburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weiss 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weiss 2009a,<br />
author = {Weiss, G. },<br />
title = {Masken begleiten, erinnern, ehren und erneuern},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wellbery 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wellbery 1977,<br />
author = {Wellbery, David E.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Semiotics in the German Enlightenment},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Yale University},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Werckmeister 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Werckmeister 2005a,<br />
author = {Werckmeister, Otto Karl},<br />
title = {Der Medusa Effekt. Politische Bildstrategien seit dem 11. September 2001},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {form + zweck},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wescher 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wescher 1968a,<br />
author = {Wescher, Herta},<br />
title = {Die Collage / Geschichte eines künstlerischen Ausdrucksmittels},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {DuMont Schauberg},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wheeler 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wheeler 2005a,<br />
author = {Wheeler, Michael},<br />
title = {Reconstructing the Cognitive World: The Next Step},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2008a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Die Sichtbarkeit des Bildes. Geschichte und Perspektiven der formalen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main, New York},<br />
note = {Mit einem aktuellen Vorwort des Autors zur Neuausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2005a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Artifizielle Präsenz. Studien zur Philosophie des Bildes.},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wiesing 2004a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Pragmatismus und Performativität des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {115-128},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2000a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Phänomene im Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wimmer 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wimmer 1991a,<br />
author = {Wimmer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Fabrikation der Fiktion?},<br />
booktitle = {Digitaler Schein. Ästhetik der digitalen Medien},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Rötzer, }, <br />
pages = {519-533},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winkler 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Winkler 2003a,<br />
author = {Winkler, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Zugriff. Thesen zur Umorganisation der gesellschaftlichen Bildarchive unter den Bedingungen des Digitalen},<br />
booktitle = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang; Heidenreich, Stefan & Holl, Ute},<br />
pages = {144-148},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winner 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Winner 1962a,<br />
author = {Winner, Matthias},<br />
title = {Gemalte Kunsttheorie. Zu Gustave Courbets ‚Allégorie réelle‘ und der Tradition},<br />
journal = {Jahrbuch der Berliner Museen},<br />
year = {4},<br />
volume = {1962},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {150-185},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wirth 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wirth 2004a,<br />
author = {Wirth, Uwe},<br />
title = {Das Vorwort als performative, paratextuelle und parergonale Rahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Rhetorik. Figuration und Performanz},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fohrmann, Jürgen},<br />
pages = {603-628},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Whitfield 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Whitfield 1999a,<br />
author = {Whitfield, S.},<br />
title = {Lucio Fontana},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Hayward Gallery Publ.},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witsch 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witsch 2008a,<br />
author = {Witsch, Monika},<br />
title = {Kultur und Bildung: Ein Beitrag für eine kulturwissenschaftliche Grundlegung von Bildung im Anschluss an Georg Simmel, Ernst Cassirer und Richard Hönigswald},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witte 2010a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Zur Geschichte der Bildung. Eine philosophische Kritik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2009a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Selbstbild und Bildung. Ein Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildung – Argumentation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Helmer, K.; Herchert, G. & Löwenstein, S.},<br />
pages = {81-100},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reihe: Beiträge zur Theorie der Argumentation in der Pädagogik. Herausgegeben von Andreas Dörpinghaus und Karl Helmer. Band 5},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1990a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus logico-philosophicus},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Tagebücher 1914-1916; Philosophische Untersuchungen. [7. Aufl.]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1971a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Philosophische Untersuchungen},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1922===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1922,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus},<br />
year = {1922},<br />
publisher = {Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wollheim 1982a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Sehen-als, sehen-in und bildliche Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Objekte der Kunst},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
pages = {192-210},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Looser, Max},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 1978,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Are the Criteria of Identity that Hold für a Work of Art in the Different Arts Aesthetically Relevant?},<br />
journal = {Ratio},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {20},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {29-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 2001a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {On Pictorial Representation},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
pages = {215-2268},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {Neuabdruck in: Gerwen, Rob van (Hg.). Richard Wollheim on the Art of Painting: Art as Representation and Expression. Cambridge UP, 2001},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==X==<br />
==Y==<br />
==Z==<br />
===Zaloscer 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Zaloscer 1974a,<br />
author = {Zaloscer, Hilde},<br />
title = {Versuch einer Phänomenologie des Rahmens},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Ästhetik und allgemeine Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {189-224},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zeune 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zeune 1997a,<br />
author = {Zeune, Joachim},<br />
title = {Burgen. Symbole der Macht. Ein neues Bild der mittelalterlichen Burg},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Pustet},<br />
address = {Regensburg},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zimmer 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zimmer 1995a,<br />
author = {Zimmer, A. C.},<br />
title = {Multistability – More than just a Freak Phenomenon},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {99–138},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==Fehlerhafte Angaben==<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, Jörg R. J.},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
note = {'''''Achtung!!Reihenfolge der Autoren ist verkehrt!!! Bitte korrigieren!!!''''' },<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.uni-due.de/imperia/md/content/elise/2006_-_schirra___hombach.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<!--- Die folgende Zeile muß immer am Ende der Seite stehen!! --><br />
<!--- Nicht entfernen und keinen Biblio-Eintrag danach setzen --><br />
<bibexport/></div>
Mark Ludwig
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Bibliography&diff=5895
Bibliography
2011-06-21T12:51:38Z
<p>Mark Ludwig: /* H */</p>
<hr />
<div><!--- Dies ist eine Kommentarzeile --><br />
<!--- In diese Seite kommen alle bibliographischen Daten rein, --><br />
<!--- also wirklich a l l e für dieses Glossar. --><br />
<!--- Wer es kennt, wird erkennen, dass wir uns an BibTex orientieren. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- !!!!! Bitte erst mal durchsuchen, ob der geplante Eintrag !!! --><br />
<!--- !!!!! hier nicht schon unter anderer Bezeichnung steht! !!! --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Ein Schema für neue Einträge wird hier oben automatisch --><br />
<!--- eingeblendet, wenn ein neuer Literaturverweis in einer Seite --><br />
<!--- eingebaut wurde und man dem entsprechenden Link dort im --><br />
<!--- Literaturverzeichnis folgt. Bitte nach Anlegen nach unten kopieren, --><br />
<!--- so dass eine alphabetisch geordnete Liste erhalten bleibt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Derzeit sind folgende Formen möglich Monographie (=book), --> <br />
<!--- Sammelband (= Proceedings), Artikel in Sammelband (= inproceedings),--><br />
<!--- Zeitschriftenartikel (= article), Rest (= misc.) --><br />
<!--- (An einer Übersetzung dieser Typbezeichnungen wird gearbeitet) --><br />
<!--- In allen sind die jeweils üblichen Felder verfügbar; weitere Daten --><br />
<!--- können im Feld note deponiert werden -- die werden jeweils am Ende --><br />
<!--- der damit produzierten Literaturangabe angezeigt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Nun die Einträge; wenn möglich die Namen (1. Zeile nach bibentry) --><br />
<!--- alle nach gleichem Schema bauen und alphabetisch geordnet eintragen.--><br />
<!--- Angabe des Jahres am Besten immer mit fortlaufendem Kleinbuchstaben --><br />
<!--- indizieren, auch wenn noch kein zweites Werk des Autors im gleichen --><br />
<!--- Jahr aufgenommen wurde; kann ja noch kommen. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Wenn ein als Identifier benutzter Nachname mit einem Sonderzeichen --><br />
<!--- (insbesondere Umlaut) beginnt, bitte die Normalumschrift benutzen, --><br />
<!--- sonst sind die Literaturangaben auf den Seiten falsch geordnet. --><br />
<!--- Den korrekt geschriebenen Namen zwischen den <bib>Klammern nutzen. --><br />
{{GlossarBoxSub}}__TOC__</div><br />
<!--- --><br />
<br />
==A==<br />
===Adelmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelmann 2009a, <br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adelmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Adelmann 2004a, <br />
author = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Digitale Animationen in dokumentarischen Fernsehformaten?}, <br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung}, <br />
year = {2004}, <br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke}, <br />
pages = {387-406}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adelung 1811===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelung 1811, <br />
editor = {Adelung, Johann Christoph}, <br />
title = {Grammatisch-kritisches Wörterbuch der hochdeutschen Mundart: mit beständiger Vergleichung der übrigen Mundarten, besonders aber der Oberdeutschen. Erster Teil: A-E. Mit D. W. Soltau's Beyträgen; revidirt und berichtiget von Franz Xaver Schönberger, Doctor der freyen Künste und Philosophie},<br />
year = {1811}, <br />
publisher = {Bauer}, <br />
address = {Wien}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adorno 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Adorno 2003,<br />
author = {Adorno, Theodor W.},<br />
title = {Gesammelte Schriften, Bd. 7: Ästhetische Theorie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Alpers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alpers 1985a,<br />
author = {Alpers, Svetlana},<br />
title = {Kunst als Beschreibung. Holländische Malerei des 17. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Amelunxen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Amelunxen 1996a, <br />
author = {Amelunxen, Hubertus}, <br />
title = {Fotografie nach der Fotografie}, <br />
year = {1996}, <br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Dresden u.a.}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Appadurai 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Appadurai 2003a, <br />
author = {Appadurai, Arjun},<br />
title = {Archive and Aspiration},<br />
booktitle = {Information is Alive},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Brouwer, Joke; Mulder, Arjen},<br />
pages = {14-25},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Rotterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1997,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Poetik. Griechisch/Deutsch},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Manfred Fuhrmann},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {Übers. und Hrsg.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995c,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Physik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 6; Übers.: Hans Günter Zekl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995b,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Nikomachische Ethik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 3; Übers.: Eugen Rolfes},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995a,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Metaphysik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 5; Übers.: Hermann Bonitz},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a,<br />
author = {Asemissen, Hermann Ulrich & Schweikhart, Gunter},<br />
title = {Malerei als Thema der Malerei},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Attneave 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Attneave 1971a,<br />
author = {Attneave, F.},<br />
title = {Multistability in perception},<br />
journal = {Sci.Am 225},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
volume = {225},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Auerbach 1946===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Auerbach 1946,<br />
author = {Auerbach, Erich},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Dargestellte Wirklichkeit in der abendländischen Literatur [1946]},<br />
year = {<sup>10</sup>2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen/Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Augustinus 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Augustinus 2002,<br />
author = {Augustinus},<br />
title = {Was ist Zeit? Confessiones XI/Bekenntnisse 11},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {lateinisch-deutsche Ausgabe, eingeleitet, übersetzt und mit Anmerkungen versehen von Norbert Fischer},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Austin 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Austin 1972a,<br />
author = {Austin, John L.},<br />
title = {Zur Theorie der Sprechakte},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {orig.: How to do things with Words, 1962},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==B==<br />
===Baader 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baader 2003a,<br />
author = {Baader, Hannah},<br />
title = {Paragone},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {263},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bachmann-Medick 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bachmann-Medick 2006a,<br />
author = {Bachmann-Medick, Doris},<br />
title = {Cultural Turns. Neuorientierungen in den Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Badakshi 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Badakshi 2006a,<br />
author = {Badakshi, Harun},<br />
title = {Körper in/aus Zahlen. Digitale Bildgebung in der Medizin},<br />
booktitle = {The Picture's Image. Wissenschaftliche Visualisierung als Komposit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Hinterwaldner, Inge; Buschhaus, Markus},<br />
pages = {199-205},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Badt 1963a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Badt 1963a,<br />
author = {Badt, Kurt },<br />
title = {Raumphantasien und Raumillusionen. Wesen der Plastik}<br />
year = {1963},<br />
publisher = {DuMont}, <br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Balázs 2001a,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der Geist des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Balázs 2001b,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der sichtbare Mensch},<br />
booktitle = {Texte zur Theorie des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {v. F. Albersmeier},<br />
publisher = {Philip Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
pages = {224-233},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baltrušaitis 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baltrušaitis 77a,<br />
author = {Baltrušaitis, Jurgis},<br />
title = {Anamorphic Art},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Chadwyck-Healey},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {(aus dem Französischen von W.J. Strachan, zuerst: Paris 1969)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1977a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetoric of the Image},<br />
booktitle = {Image, Music, Text},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
editor = {Stephen Heath},<br />
pages = {32–51},<br />
publisher = {Fontana},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {orig. 1964 in Communications},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1964a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetorik des Bildes (1964)},<br />
booktitle = {Der entgegenkommende und der stumpfe Sinn. Kritische Essays III},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Hornig, Dieter},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barthes 1989a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Die helle Kammer. Bemerkung zur Photographie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batchen 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Batchen 1998a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Photogenics/Fotogenik},<br />
journal = {Camera Austria},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {62/63},<br />
pages = {5-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batchen 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Batchen 2000a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Ectoplasm. Photography in the Digital Age},<br />
booktitle = {Over Exposed. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Squiers, Carol},<br />
pages = {9.23},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batteux 1746/1770===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Batteux 1746/1770,<br />
author = {Batteux, Charles},<br />
title = {Einschränkung der schönen Künste auf einen einzigen Grundsatz},<br />
year = {<sup>3</sup>1770},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Aus dem Französischen übersetzt und mit Abhandlungen begleitet von Johann Adolf Schlegel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baudrillard 1978a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Agonie des Realen},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baudrillard 2000a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Das perfekte Verbrechen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {von Amelunxen},<br />
pages = {256-260},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baumberger 2010===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baumberger 2010,<br />
author = {Baumberger, Christoph},<br />
title = {Gebaute Zeichen. Eine Symboltheorie der Architektur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Ontos},<br />
address = {Heusenstamm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baxandall 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baxandall 1972a,<br />
author = {Baxandall, Michael},<br />
title = {Painting and Experience in Fifteenth Century Italy. A Primer in the Social History of Pictorial Style},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Clarendon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bayer 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bayer 1984,<br />
author = {Bayer, Udo},<br />
title = {Laokoon – Momente einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gunter Gebauer},<br />
pages = {59-101},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bechtloff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bechtloff 2001a,<br />
author = {Bechtloff, Dieter (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Choreographie der Gewalt}, <br />
journal = {Kunstforum International}, <br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Hefte 153, 155 & 156},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Heft 153: Der gerissene Faden. Nichtlineare Techniken in der Kunst; Heft 156: Plateau der Menschheit},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beckmann 1995===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beckmann 1995,<br />
author = {Beckmann, Jan P.},<br />
title = {Wilhelm von Ockham},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beil 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beil 2010a,<br />
author = {Beil, Benjamin},<br />
title = {First Person Perspectives. Point of View und figurenzentrierte Erzählformen im Film und im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belach & Jacobsen 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belach & Jacobsen 93,<br />
author = {Belach, Helga & Jacobsen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {CinemaScope. Zur Geschichte der Breitwandfilme},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Spiess},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Stiftung Deutsche Kinemathek},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beller 2005a,<br />
author = {Beller Hans},<br />
title = {Aspekte der Filmmontage - Eine Art Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch der Filmmontage. Praxis und Prinzipien des Filmschnitts},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Beller Hans},<br />
publisher = {TR-Verlagsunion},<br />
address = {München},<br />
pages = {9-33},<br />
note = {5., gegenüber der 4. unveränderte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2008a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Florenz und Bagdad. Eine westöstliche Geschichte des Blicks},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2004a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bild und Kult. Eine Geschichte des Bildes vor dem Zeitalter der Kunst},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {6. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2002a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte. Eine Revision nach zehn Jahren (1995)},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Dieser Text erschien in seiner ersten Fassung noch mit einem Fragezeichen im Titel. Vgl. ders. (1983): Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte?, München: Deutscher Kunstverlag.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2001a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bildanthropologie. Entwürfe für eine Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 1983a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte?},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Kunstverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting & Haustein 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting & Haustein 1998a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans & Haustein, Lydia},<br />
title = {Das Erbe der Bilder. Kunst und moderne Medien in den Kulturen der Welt},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Benkő 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Benkő 1976a,<br />
editor = {Benkő, L.},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelv történeti-etimológiai szótára. I-IV},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bergson 1948a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bergson 1948a,<br />
author = {Bergson, Henri},<br />
title = {Das Mögliche und das Wirkliche},<br />
booktitle = {Denken und Schöpferisches Werden. Aufsätze und Vorträge},<br />
year = {1948},<br />
editor = {Bergson, H.},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Meisenheim am Glan},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {110-125},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bernays 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernays 1970a,<br />
author = {Bernays, Jacob},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der verlorenen Abhandlung des Aristoteles über Wirkung der Tragödie},<br />
year = {1970}<br />
publisher = {G. Olms},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bernhardt et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernhardt et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Bernhardt, Petra; Hadj-Abdou, Leila; Liebhart, Karin & Pribersky, Andreas},<br />
title = {EUropäische Bildpolitiken. Politische Bildanalyse an Beispielen der EU-Politik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {facultas UTB},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bertram et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bertram et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bertram, Georg W.; Lauer, David; Liptow, Jasper; & Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {In der Welt der Sprache: Konsequenzen des semantischen Holismus},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp}, <br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Berz 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Berz 2009a,<br />
author = {Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bitmapped Graphic},<br />
booktitle = {Zeitkritische Medien},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Volmar, Axel},<br />
pages = {127-154},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bevers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bevers 1985a,<br />
author = {Bevers, Antonius M.},<br />
title = {Dynamik der Formen bei Georg Simmel. Eine Studie über die methodische und theoretische Einheit eines Gesamtwerkes},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Duncker & Humblot},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Sozialwissenschaftliche Abhandlungen der Görres-Gesellschaft, Band 13},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beyme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beyme 2004a,<br />
author = {Beyme, Klaus von},<br />
title = {Politische Ikonologie der modernen Architektur},<br />
booktitle = {Politikwissenschaft als Kulturwissenschaft. Theorien, Methoden, Problemstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schwelling, Birgit},<br />
pages = {351-372},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bieger 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bieger 2007a,<br />
author = {Bieger, Laura},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Immersion. Raum-Erleben zwischen Welt und Bild},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Black 1972===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Black 1972,<br />
author = {Black, Max},<br />
title = {How do Pictures represent?},<br />
booktitle = {Art, Perception, and Reality},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gombrich, E.H.; Hochberg, Julian & Black, Max},<br />
pages = {95-130},<br />
publisher = {John Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blanke 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Blanke 2003,<br />
author = {Blanke, Börries},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Sinn. Das ikonische Zeichen zwischen strukturalistischer Semiotik und analytischer Philosophie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Reihe Bildwissenschaft, Bd. 4},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Block 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Block 1990a,<br />
author = {Block, Ned},<br />
title = {The Computer Model of the Mind},<br />
booktitle = {Thinking. An Invitation to Cognitive Science, Vol. 3},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {D. N. Osherson & E. E. Smith},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bloomfield 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bloomfield 1933a,<br />
author = {Bloomfield, Leonard},<br />
title = {Language},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Henry Holt and Co},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1986a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Annäherungen an die Aktualität der Rhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Wirklichkeiten in denen wir leben},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
pages = {104-136},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1969a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeitsbegriff und Möglichkeit des Romans},<br />
booktitle = {Nachahmung und Illusion. Poetik und Hermeneutik 1},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Hans Robert Jauß},<br />
pages = {9-27},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Blumenberg 1957a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {'Nachahmung der Natur'. Zur Vorgeschichte der Idee des schöpferischen Menschen},<br />
journal = {Studium Generale},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {5},<br />
pages = {266-283},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2008a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Augenmaß. Zur Genese der ikonischen Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Mersman, Birgit & Spies, Christian},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 2007a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2005a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild und die hermeneutische Reflexion},<br />
booktitle = {Dimensionen des Hermeneutischen. Heidegger und Gadamer},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Martin-Heidegger-Gesellschaft},<br />
pages = {23-35},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Schriftenreihe Band 7},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Sprache? Anmerkungen zur Logik der Bilder (2004)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {34-53},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild in der Kunstwissenschaft. Interview mit Gottfried Boehm},<br />
booktitle = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {11-21},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm 2001a,<br />
title = {Homo Pictor},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Saur},<br />
address = {München / Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1999a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zwischen Auge und Hand. Bilder als Instrumente der Erkenntnis (1999)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {94-113},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1994a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Wiederkehr der Bilder},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1994b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Bilderfrage},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Gottfried Boehm},<br />
pages = {325-343},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1994c,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1985a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Der Andere als Prototyp},<br />
booktitle = {Bildnis und Individuum. Über den Ursprung der Porträtmalerei in der italienischen Renaissance},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1978a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zu einer Hermeneutik des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Die Hermeneutik und die Wissenschaft},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Gadamer, Hans-Georg & Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {444-471},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a,<br />
title = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried; Mersmann, Birgit; Spies, Christian},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Böhme 2004a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Der Raum leiblicher Anwesenheit und der Raum als Medium von Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böhme 1999a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böcking 2008===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böcking 2008,<br />
author = {Böcking, Saskia},<br />
title = {Grenzen der Fiktion? Von Suspension of Disbelief zu einer Toleranztheorie für die Filmrezeption.},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bogen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bogen 2005a,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen},<br />
title = {Kunstgeschichte/Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus },<br />
pages = {52-67},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bonsiepe 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bonsiepe 1968a,<br />
author = {Bonsiepe, Gui},<br />
title = {Visuell/Verbale Rhetorik},<br />
journal = {Format: Zeitschrift für visuelle Kommunikation},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {17},<br />
pages = {11–18},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bousso 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bousso 2002a,<br />
author = {Bousso, Raphael},<br />
title = {The Holographic Principle},<br />
journal = {Reviews of Modern Physics},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {74},<br />
pages = {825-874},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brachfeld 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brachfeld_1976a,<br />
author = {Brachfeld, Otto},<br />
title = {Image},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {215-217},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandt 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandt 1999a,<br />
author = {Brandt, Reinhard},<br />
title = {Die Wirklichkeit der Bilder. Sehen und Erkennen – Vom Spiegel zum Kunstbild},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandom 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandom 2000a,<br />
author = {Brandom, Robert},<br />
title = {Expressive Vernunft. Begründung, Repräsentation und diskursive Festlegung (1994)},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Gilmer, Eva & Vetter, Hermann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2007a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Galilei der Künstler. Der Mond. Die Sonne. Die Hand},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2005a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Darwins Korallen. Die frühen Evolutionsdiagramme und die Tradition der Naturgeschichte},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Klaus Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bredekamp 2004a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Drehmomente. Merkmale und Ansprüche des Iconic Turn},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Turn. Die neue Macht der Bilder},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Maar, Christa & Burda, Hubert},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {A Neglected Tradition? Art History as Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2000a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Antikensehnsucht und Maschinenglauben. Die Geschichte der Kunstkammer und die Zukunft der Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 1994a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Die digitale Kunstkammer. Ein Interview mit Horst Bredekamp},<br />
journal = {Texte zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst; Schneider, Birgit; Dünkel, Vera},<br />
title = {Das Technische Bild. Kompendium für eine Stilgeschichte wissenschaftlicher Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst & Schneider, Pablo},<br />
title = {Visuelle Argumentationen. Die Mysterien der Repräsentation und die Berechenbarkeit der Welt},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2010a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildakts. Frankfurter Adorno-Vorlesungen 2007},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brentano 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brentano 1930a,<br />
author = {Brentano, Franz},<br />
title = {Wahrheit und Evidenz},<br />
year = {1930},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {(1975??)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Pitts, Michael A. & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right parietal brain activity precedes perceptual alternation during binocular rivalry},<br />
journal = {Hum. Brain Mapping},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/20690124},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Landis, Theodor & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right parietal brain activity precedes perceptual alternation of bistable stimuli},<br />
journal = {Cereb. Cortex 19},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {55-65},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brugger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger 1999a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter},<br />
title = {One hundred years of an ambiguous figure: happy birthday, duck/rabbit},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
number = {???},<br />
pages = {973–977},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brugger & Brugger 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger & Brugger 1993a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter & Brugger, Susanne},<br />
title = {The easterbunny in october: I is it disguised as a duck},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
number = {???},<br />
pages = {577–578},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brunet 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brunet 2008a,<br />
author = {Brunet, François},<br />
title = {A Better Example is a Photograph': On the Exemplary Value of Photographs in C. S. Peirce's Reflection on Signs},<br />
booktitle = {The Meaning of Photography},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Kelsey, Robin; Stimson, Blake},<br />
pages = {34-49},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Williamstown},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bruno 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bruno 2007a,<br />
author = {Bruno, Giuliana},<br />
title = {Public Intimacy. Architecture and the Visual Arts},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bryson 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bryson 2001a,<br />
author = {Norman Bryson},<br />
title = {Das Sehen und die Malerei},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 2000a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Die Krise der Psychologie},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Velbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Achim Eschbach und Jens Kapitzky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Büttner 2003a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank},<br />
title = {Perspektive},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {265},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher 2011a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {“Man sieht, was man hört“. Multimodales Verstehen als interaktionale Aneignung. Handlungstheoretische Medienanalyse.},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Jan Georg Schneider & Hartmut Stöckl},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher2010a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {Multimodales Verstehen oder Rezeption als Interaktion. Theoretische und empirische Grundlagen einers systematischen Analyse der Multimodalität},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Hajo Diekmannshenke & Michael Klemm & Hartmut Stöckl},<br />
pages = {121-156},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchner 1665===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchner 1665,<br />
author = {August Buchner},<br />
title = {Poet}<br />
year = {1665},<br />
publisher = {???}, <br />
address = {Wittenberg},<br />
note = {hrsg. v. Otto Prätorius},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchwald 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchwald 1989a,<br />
author = {Buchwald, Jed Z.},<br />
title = {The Rise of the Wave Theory of Light},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1933a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Axiomatik der Sprachwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1934a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1934a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Sprachtheorie. Die Darstellungsfunktion der Sprache},<br />
year = {<sup>2</sup>1965},<br />
publisher = {Fischer },<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bürger 1784===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bürger 1784,<br />
author = {Bürger, Gottfried August},<br />
title = {Von der Popularität der Poesie [1784]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Günter und Hiltrud Hintzschel}, <br />
pages = {725-730},<br />
publisher = {Hanser}, <br />
address = {München}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1784},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burckhardt 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Burckhardt 2001a,<br />
author = {Burckhardt, Jacob},<br />
title = {Der Cicerone. Eine Anleitung zum Genuss der Kunstwerke Italiens},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Kritische Gesamtausgabe},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {B. Roeck et al.}, <br />
pages = {Bd. 2},<br />
publisher = {Beck}, <br />
address = {München/Basel}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1855},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burke 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Burke 2003a,<br />
author = {Burke, Peter},<br />
title = {Augenzeugenschaft. Bilder als historische Quellen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Busch 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Busch 2004a,<br />
author = {Busch, Kathrin},<br />
title = {Geschicktes Geben. Aporien der Gabe bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Busch & Därmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Busch & Därmann 2007a,<br />
title = {pathos. Konturen eines kulturwissenschaftlichen Grundbegriffes},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Busch, Kathrin; Därmann, Iris},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Butler 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Butler 2001a,<br />
author = {Butler, Judith},<br />
title = {Psyche der Macht. Das Subjekt der Unterwerfung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner & Gottdank 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Büttner & Gottdank 2009a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank & Gottdank, Andrea},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Ikonographie. Wege zur Deutung von Bildinhalten},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==C==<br />
===Caglioti 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Caglioti 1995a,<br />
author = {Caglioti, G.},<br />
title = {Perception of ambiguous figures: A qualitative Model based on Synergetics and Quantum Mechanics},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {463–478.},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Campe 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Campe 2006a,<br />
author = {Campe, R.},<br />
title = {Epoche der Evidenz. Knoten in einem terminologischen Netzwerk zwischen Descartes und Kant},<br />
booktitle = {Intellektuelle Anschauung. Figurationen von Evidenz zwischen Kunst und Wissen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Peters, S. & Schäfer, M.J. },<br />
pages = {5-43},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carani 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carani 1986a,<br />
author = {Carani, Marie},<br />
title = {Le corpus Pellan: une relecture sémiotique},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carbone 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carbone 2001a,<br />
author = {Mauro Carbone},<br />
title = {La visibilité de l’invisible},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a,<br />
author = {Carlbom, Ingrid; Paciorek, Joseph},<br />
title = {Planar Geometric Projections and Viewing Transformations},<br />
journal = {ACM Computing Surveys},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {465-502},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carnap 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carnap 1947a,<br />
author = {Carnap, Rudolf},<br />
title = {Meaning and Necessity: A Study in Semantics and Modal Logic},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, IL},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2007a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {The World at a Glance},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2005a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {Earth-Mapping. Artists Reshaping Landscape},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2002a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {Representing Place. Landscape Painting and Maps},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 2010a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Birgit Recki},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 2009a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Der Begriff der symbolischen Form im Aufbau der Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
pages = {63-92},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Marion Lauschke},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1990a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Versuch über den Menschen. Einführung in eine Philosophie der Kultur},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1989a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Zur Logik der Kulturwissenschaften. Fünf Studien},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {5., unveränd. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 1930a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Mythischer, ästhetischer und theoretischer Raum (1930)},<br />
booktitle = {Ernst Cassirer: Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 17},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {B. Recki},<br />
pages = {411-436 [1931]},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1929a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1925a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1925a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Zweiter Teil: Das mythische Denken},<br />
year = {1925},<br />
publisher = {Cassirer, Bruno},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1923a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Erster Teil: Die Sprache},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===CCALED===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{CCALED-4,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Collins Cobuild Advanced Learner’s English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
publisher = {Collins},<br />
address = {Glasgow},<br />
note = {4<sup>th</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cha & Rautzenberg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cha & Rautzenberg 08a,<br />
author = {Cha, Kyung-Ho & Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
title = {Einleitung: Im Theater des Sehens. Anamorphose als Bild und philosophische Metapher},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {dies.},<br />
pages = {7-22},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chomsky 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chomsky 1957a,<br />
author = {Chomsky, Noam},<br />
title = {Syntactic Structures},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Christian 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Christian 2009a,<br />
author = {Christian, Alexander},<br />
title = {Piktogramme, Kritischer Beitrag zu einer Begriffsbestimmung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Shaker},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cipolla et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cipolla et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Cipolla, Roberto & Battiato, Sebastiano & Farinella, Giovanni Maria },<br />
title = {Computer Vision: Detection, Recognition and Reconstruction},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin, Heidelberg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Collingwood 1945===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Collingwood 1945,<br />
author = {Collingwood, Robin},<br />
title = {Die Idee der Natur [The Idea of Nature (1945)]},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {Übers.: Martin Suhr},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, M. R.; Roberts A. R.; Barbee A. P.; Druen P. B.; Wu Cheng-Huan},<br />
title = {„Their ideas of beauty are, on the wohle, the same as ours“: consistency and variability in the cross-cultural perception of female physical attractiveness},<br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {68},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-279},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham 1986a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, M.R.},<br />
title = {Measuring the physical in physical attractiveness: Quasi-experiments on the sociobiology of female facial beauty}, <br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {50},<br />
number = {}, <br />
pages = {925-935},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==D==<br />
===Damisch 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Damisch 1987a,<br />
author = {Damisch, Hubert},<br />
title = {L'origine de la perspective},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Flammarion},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Darwin 1872a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Darwin 1872a,<br />
author = {Darwin, Charles},<br />
title = {On the Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals},<br />
year = {1872},<br />
publisher = {Murray},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davidson 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Davidson 2004a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
title = {Drei Spielarten des Wissens},<br />
booktitle = {Subjektiv, intersubjektiv, objektiv},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
pages = {339-363},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davies 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Davies 1991,<br />
author = {Davies, David},<br />
title = {Works, Texts, and Contexts. Goodman on the Literary Artwork},<br />
journal = {Canadian Journal of Philosophy},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {331-346},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Deleuze 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Deleuze 1989a,<br />
author = {Deleuze, Gilles},<br />
title = {Das Bewegungs-Bild. Kino1},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M},<br />
note = {a. d. Franz. v. U. Christians und U. Bokelmann; Erstveröffentlichung 1983},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Demuth 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Demuth 2007a,<br />
author = {Demuth, Volker},<br />
title = {Extreme Expeditionen. Digitale, hybride und künstlerische Räume},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {89-104},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Depaulo 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Depaulo 1992a,<br />
author = {DePaulo, B. M. },<br />
title = {Nonverbal Behavior and Self Presentation},<br />
journal = {Psychological Bulletin},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {111},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {203-243},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Derrida 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 2007a,<br />
author = {Jacques Derrida},<br />
title = {Aufzeichnungen eines Blinden. Das Selbstporträt und andere Ruinen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Derrida 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 1992a,<br />
author = {Derrida, J.},<br />
title = {Die Wahrheit in der Malerei},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===de Duve 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{de Duve 1990a,<br />
author = {de Duve, Thierry},<br />
title = {The Monochrome and the Blank Canvas},<br />
booktitle = {Reconstructiong Modernism. Art in New York, Paris and Montreal 1945-1964},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Guilbaut, Serge},<br />
pages = {244-310},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge/Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===de Schonen et.al. 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{de Schonen et.al. 1994a,<br />
author = {de Schonen, S.; Deruelle, C.; Pascalis, O.; & Mancini, J.},<br />
title = {About funcional brain specialization.The development of face recognition (Functional cerebral specialization in the development of face recognition / A propos de la notion de specialisation cerebrale fonctionnelle: le developpement de la reconnaissance des visages)},<br />
journal = {Psychologie francaise},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {259-274},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Diderot 1751===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Diderot 1751,<br />
author = {Denis Diderot},<br />
title = {Brief über die Taubstummen [1751},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Schriften. Erster Band},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Friedrich Bassenge},<br />
pages = {27-97},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 1999a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Was wir sehen blickt uns an. Zur Metapsychologie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Didi-Huberman 2005a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {L’espace danse – Der Raum tanzt},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {16-30},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Diekmannshenke, Hajo & Klemm, Michael & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {erscheint Ende 2010},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dion 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dion 2002a,<br />
author = {Dion, K. K.},<br />
title = {Cultural Perspectives on Facial Attractiveness},<br />
booktitle = {Facial Attractiveness. Evolutionary, Cognitive, and Social Perspectives},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Rhodes, G. & Zebrowitz, L.A.},<br />
pages = {239-260},<br />
publisher = {Ablex},<br />
address = {Westport, CT},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ditzinger 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ditzinger 2006a,<br />
author = {Ditzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Illusionen des Sehens. Eine Reise in die Welt der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Elsevier, Spektrum, Akad. Verl.},<br />
address = {München, Heidelberg},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2002a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Malerei im Bilderstreit. Eine Revision aus Anlass des Rubenspreis-Jubiläums},<br />
booktitle = {10 x Malerei. Rubenspreis der Stadt Siegen in Werken der Sammlung Lambrecht-Schadeberg},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {19-34},<br />
publisher = {Museum für Gegenwartskunst },<br />
address = {Siegen},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dobbe 1999a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Querelle des Anciens, des Modernes et des Postmodernes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2007a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian},<br />
title = {Figuren der visuellen Rhetorik in werblichen Gesamttexten},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {71–112},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2001a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian },<br />
title = {Ein Funktionenmodell für Bildtexte},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Klaus Sachs-Hombach},<br />
pages = {29-39},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Döring 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Döring 2009a,<br />
author = {Döring, Sabine},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie der Gefühle},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Döring, Sabine},<br />
pages = {12-65},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drechsel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Drechsel 2006a,<br />
author = {Drechsel, Benjamin},<br />
title = {Was ist ein politisches Bild? Einige Überlegungen zur Entwicklung der Politikwissenschaft als Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Moderne. Kulturwissenschaftliches Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {106-120},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1989a,<br />
author = {Drosdowsi, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Etymologie. Herkunftwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache.},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {2. völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1988a,<br />
author = {Drosdowski, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Stilwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache. Die Verwendung der Wörter im Satz.},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {7., völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {= DUDEN Band 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dubois 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubois 1998a,<br />
author = {Dubois, Philippe},<br />
title = {Der fotografische Akt. Versuch über ein theoretisches Dispositiv},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Dresden, Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dubos 1760-61===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubos 1760-61,<br />
author = {Du Bos, Jean-Baptiste},<br />
title = {Kritische Betrachtungen über die Poesie und Malerey, 3 Teile},<br />
year = {1760-1761},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Übers.: Gottfried Benediktus Funk},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Duden 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Duden 1999a,<br />
author = {Duden},<br />
title = {Das große Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache in zehn Bänden},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dudenredaktion 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dudenredaktion 2003a,<br />
author = {Dudenredaktion (Hg.)},<br />
title = {DUDEN. Das Stilwörterbuch.},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {8. völlig neu bearbeitete Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Durand 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Durand 1987a,<br />
author = {Durand, Jacques},<br />
title = {Rhetorical Figures in the Advertising Image},<br />
booktitle = {Marketing and Semiotics},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Sebeok, J.U. },<br />
pages = {295–318},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==E==<br />
===Ebert 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ebert 1979a,<br />
author = {Ebert, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Montage Editing Schnitt},<br />
journal = {Filmkritik},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {547-558},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eco 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eco 1998,<br />
author = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
title = {Lector in fabula. Die Mitarbeit der Interpretation in erzählenden Texten},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {dtv},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eddiks 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Eddiks 2004a,<br />
author = {Eddiks, Christina},<br />
title = {Dem Emblem auf der Spur},<br />
howpublished = {},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
note = {Diplomarbeit},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kisd.de/~tom/diplom/christina_emblematik.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Edgerton 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Edgerton 2002a,<br />
author = {Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Die Entdeckung der Perspektive},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. & Ch. Sütterlin},<br />
title = {Im Banne der Angst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte menschlicher Abwehrsymbolik},<br />
year = {1992}, <br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. & Ch. Sütterlin},<br />
title = {Weltsprache Kunst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte bildlicher Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2008}, <br />
publisher = {Brandstätter},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt. I. },<br />
title = {Die Biologie menschlichen Verhaltens. Lehrbuch der Humanethologie},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt I. },<br />
title = {The expressive behavior of the deaf- and blind born},<br />
booktitle = {Social Communication and Movement},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {M. v. Cranach & I. Vine},<br />
pages = {163-194},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ekman 1973b,<br />
author = {Ekman, P. },<br />
title = {Cross cultural studies of facial expression},<br />
booktitle = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Ekman, P.},<br />
pages = {169-222},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ekman 1973a,<br />
editor = {Ekman, P. },<br />
title = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Elgin 1992,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Notation},<br />
booktitle = {A Companion to Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Cooper, David},<br />
pages = {307-309},<br />
publisher = {Blackwell},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1983===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elgin 1983,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {With Reference to Reference},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elkins 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 2003a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {Visual Studies. A Skeptical Introduction},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elkins 1999===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 1999,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {The Domain of Images},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ellgring 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ellgring 1989a,<br />
author = {Ellgring, H.},<br />
title = {Nonverbal communication in depression},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Else 1958===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Else 1958,<br />
author = {Else, Gerald F.},<br />
title = {Imitation in the fifth century},<br />
journal = {Classical Philology},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
volume = {53},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {73-90},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Enright 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Enright 1987a,<br />
author = {Enright, J. T.},<br />
title = {Perspective vergence: oculomotor responses to line drawings},<br />
journal = {Vision Res},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1513–1526},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst 2002a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gibt es eine spezifische Videozität?},<br />
booktitle = {REC - Video als mediales Phänomen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf; Hoffmann, Hilde & Nohr, Rolf F.},<br />
pages = {14-29},<br />
publisher = {VDG},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang & Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Digitale Bildarchivierung. Der Wölfflin-Kalkül},<br />
booktitle = {Konfigurationen. Zwischen Kunst und Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Schade, Sigrid & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
pages = {306-320},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst et al. 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ernst et al. 2003a,<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang et al.},<br />
title = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Esposito 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Esposito 1998,<br />
author = {Esposito, Elena},<br />
title = {Fiktion und Virtualität},<br />
booktitle = {edien, Computer Realität. Wirklichkeitsvorstellungen und Neue Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {269-296},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Etcoff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Etcoff 2001a,<br />
author = {Etcoff, N. },<br />
title = {Nur die Schönsten überleben. Die Ästhetik des Menschen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eusterschulte 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eusterschulte 2001,<br />
author = {Eusterschulte, Anne},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 5: L-Musi},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Gert Ueding},<br />
pages = {Sp. 1232-1294},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==F==<br />
===Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a,<br />
author = {Fahlenbrach, Kathrin & Viehoff, Reinhold},<br />
title = {Medienikonen des Krieges. Die symbolische Entthronung Saddams als Versuch strategischer Ikonisierung},<br />
booktitle = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
pages = {356-387},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fantz 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fantz 1966a,<br />
author = {Fantz, R.L. },<br />
title = {Pattern discrimination and selective attention as determinants of perceptual development from birth},<br />
booktitle = {Perceptual Development in Children},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Kidd, A.H. & Rivoire, J.L},<br />
pages = {143-173},<br />
publisher = {University Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Farago 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Farago 1992a,<br />
author = {Farago, Claire J.},<br />
title = {Leonardo da Vinci’s Paragone. A Critical Interpretation with a New Edition of the Text in the Codex Urbinas},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leiden/New York/Kopenhagen/Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ferino-Pagden 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ferino-Pagden 2009a,<br />
title = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S. },<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fiedler 1991a,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2 Bd., hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991b,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Über den Ursprung der künstlerischen Tätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {111-220},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 1, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991c,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Aphorismen},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {7-105},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991d,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Zur neueren Kunsttheorie},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {247-290},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiske 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiske 2001a,<br />
author = {Fiske, John },<br />
title = {Videotech},<br />
booktitle = {Grundlagentexte zur Fernsehwissenschaft. Theorie - Geschichte - Analyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf et al.},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Konstanz},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {484-502},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Floch 1998a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean Marie},<br />
title = {The Contribution of Structural Semiotics to the Design of a Hypermarket},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Research in Marketing },<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1995a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Identités visuelles},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Presses Universitaires de France},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1990a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Sémiotique, marketing et communication},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Presses Universitaires de France.},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flügge et al. 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flügge et al. 2007a,<br />
author = {Flügge, Matthias; Kudielka, Robert & Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Vorwort und Dank},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {6-9},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flusser 1994===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flusser 1994,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Abbild – Vorbild},<br />
booktitle = {Was heißt „Darstellen“? },<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Christiaan L. Hart Nibbrig},<br />
pages = {34-48},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foley et al. 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foley et al. 1990a,<br />
author = {Foley, James D.; van Dam; Feiner & Hughes },<br />
title = {Computer Graphics. Principles and Practice},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Addison Wesley},<br />
address = {Reading, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foster & Krauss 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Foster & Krauss 1996a,<br />
author = {Foster, H. & Krauss, R.},<br />
title = {Introduction},<br />
journal = {October},<br />
pages = {3-4},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Foucault 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foucault 1976a,<br />
author = {Foucault, Michael},<br />
title = {Überwachen und Strafen},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fox 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fox 2006a,<br />
author = {Fox, Mark},<br />
title = {Quantum Optics. An Introduction},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frank & Lange 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frank & Lange 10a,<br />
author = {Frank, Gustav & Lange, Barbara},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft. Bilder in der visuellen Kultur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freedberg 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Freedberg 1991a,<br />
author = {Freedberg, David},<br />
title = {The Power of Images. Studies in the History and Theory of Response (1989)},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frege 1892===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frege 1892,<br />
author = {Frege, Gottlob},<br />
title = {Über Sinn und Bedeutung, zitiert nach der Ausgabe in: Frege, Gottlob: Funktion, Begriff, Bedeutung},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {G. Patzig},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {40-65},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1946a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die Verdrängung},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {247-261},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1946b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946b,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Das Unbewußte},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {263-303},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fuhrmann 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fuhrmann 2003,<br />
author = {Fuhrmann, Manfred},<br />
title = {Die Dichtungstheorie der Antike. Aristoteles – Horaz – 'Longin' Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Artemis & Winkler},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf und Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==G==<br />
<br />
===Gaede 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gaede 1981a,<br />
author = {Gaede, Werner},<br />
title = {Vom Wort zum Bild: Kreativ-Methoden der Visualisierung},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
publisher = {Langen Müller/Herbig},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Galison 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Galison 1997a,<br />
author = {Galison, Peter},<br />
title = {Image and Logic. A Material Culture of Microphysics},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ganz & Henkel 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ganz & Henkel 2004a,<br />
title = {Rahmen-Diskurse. Kultbilder im konfessionellen Zeitalter},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Ganz, David; Henkel, Georg},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Garcia 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gardner 1990,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Color Design},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Garcia 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Garcia 1997,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Evolutions},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gardner 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gardner 1985a,<br />
author = {Gardner, Howard},<br />
title = {The Mind’s New Science. A History of the Cognitive Revolution},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Basic Books},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gebauer & Wulf 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gebauer & Wulf 1992a,<br />
author = {Gebauer, Gunter & Wulf, Christoph},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Kultur – Kunst - Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Der Mensch. Seine Natur und seine Stellung in der Welt},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Aula},<br />
address = {Wiebelsheim},<br />
note = {14. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004b,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Urmensch und Spätkultur. Philosophische Ergebnisse und Aussagen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Kolstermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {6., erw. Aufl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 1961a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Forschung. Zur Selbstbegegnung und Selbstentdeckung des Menschen},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a,<br />
author = {Geiger, Susi & Henn-Memmesheimer, Beate},<br />
title = {Visuell-verbale Textgestaltung von Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {1/2},<br />
pages = {55–74},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gellius 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gellius 1987a,<br />
author = {Gellius, A.},<br />
title = {Attische Nächte...},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Ü: H. Berthold},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerhardus et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gerhardus et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Gerhardus, Dietfried & Kledzik, S.M. & Reitzig, G.H.},<br />
title = {Schlüssiges Argumentieren – Logisch-propädeutisches Lehr- und Arbeitsbuch},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Gerstengrabe, Carina; Lang, Katharina & Schneider, Anna},<br />
title = {Wasserzeichen. Vom 13. Jahrhundert bis zum Digital Watermarking. Kulturen des Kopierschutzes<br />
II},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {9-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982a,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung und Umwelt. Der ökologische Ansatz in der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Urban & Schwarzenberg},<br />
address = {München, Wien u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982b,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Die Sinne und der Prozeß der Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Huber},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glock 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Glock 2000a,<br />
author = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
title = {Aspektwahrnehmung},<br />
booktitle = {Wittgenstein-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
pages = {43},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glüher 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Glüher 1998a,<br />
author = {Glüher, Gebhard},<br />
title = {Von der Theorie der Fotografie zur Theorie des digitalen Bildes},<br />
journal = {Kritische Berichte},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {23-31},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldie 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goldie 2000a,<br />
author = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
title = {The Emotions. A Philosophical Exploration},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldie 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Goldie 2010a,<br />
title = {The Oxford Handbook of Philosophy of Emotion},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 2002a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Phaidon},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {6},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1977a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gondek 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gondek 1997a,<br />
author = {Gondek, Hans-Dieter},<br />
title = {Der Blick – zwischen Sartre und Lacan. Ein Kommentar zum VII. Kapitel des Seminar XI},<br />
journal = {Riss. Zeitschrift für Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {37/38},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gooch & Gooch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gooch & Gooch 2001a,<br />
author = {Gooch, Bruce & Gooch, Amy},<br />
title = {Non-Photorealistic Rendering},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Natick, MA. },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1968a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Languages of Art},<br />
year = {1968, 2. rev. Aufl. 1976},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {dt.: Sprachen der Kunst. Suhrkamp 1998},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman & Elgin 1988===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman & Elgin 1988,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson & Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Reconceptions in Philosophy and Other Arts and Sciences},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {Deutsch: <em>Revisionen. Philosophie und andere Künste und Wissenschaften</em>. Frankfurt a. M.: Suhrkamp, 1993},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goren et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Goren et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Goren, C. C., Sarty, M., & Wu, P. Y.},<br />
title = { Visual following and pattern discrimination of face-like stimuli by newborn infants},<br />
journal = {Pediatrics},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {544-549},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/1165958?dopt=abstract},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_Kruse_2009a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Roland Barthes: Zeichen, Kommunikation und Mythos},<br />
booktitle = {Schlüsselwerke der Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Hepp, Andreas; Krotz, Friedrich & Thomas, Tanja},<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {VS/GWV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Empathische Cues und die Möglichkeit einer Affekt-Sprache des Films},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4},<br />
pages = {289-298},<br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2008b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008b,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Gewalt als Erlebnis. Die somatische Decodierung als Strategie des Filmerlebens in CLOVERFIELD},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4}, <br />
pages = {299-312},<br />
note = {}, <br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_Kruse_2009a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Roland Barthes: Zeichen, Kommunikation und Mythos},<br />
booktitle = {Schlüsselwerke der Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Hepp, Andreas; Krotz, Friedrich & Thomas, Tanja},<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {VS/GWV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_2010a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars},<br />
title = {Die Evolution des Cyborgs. Künstliche Lebensformen im japanischen Anime Ergo Proxy (2006)},<br />
booktitle = {Japan - Europa. Wechselwirkungen zwischen den Kulturen im Film und den darstellenden Künsten},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Adachi-Rabe, Kayo; Becker, Andreas; Mundhenke, Florian},<br />
pages = {213-230},<br />
publisher = {Büchner Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grammer et al. 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grammer et al. 2002a,<br />
author = {Grammer, Karl, Fink, B. & Renninger, L. A.},<br />
title = {Dynamic Systems and Inferential Information Processing in Human Communication},<br />
journal = {Neuroendocrinology Letters},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {Suppl. 4},<br />
pages = {15-22},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Graumann 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graumann 1966a,<br />
author = {Graumann, Carl Friedrich},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der Verhaltensbeobachtung},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Meyer, Ernst & Maier, Hans}, <br />
booktitle = {Fernsehen in der Lehrerbildung, Neue Forschungsansätze in Pädagogik},<br />
publisher = {Manz},<br />
pages = {86-107},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gregory 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gregory 2000a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Ambiguity of ‘ambiguity’},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1139-1142},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.richardgregory.org/papers/editorials/ambiguity-of-ambiguity.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gregory 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gregory 1997a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Eye and brain. The psychology of seeing},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Princeton University Press},<br />
address = {Princeton, N.J},<br />
note = {5. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1970a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Du sens, Teil I},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Essais Sémiotiques},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1966a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Sémantique structurale},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Semantik. Braunschweig: Vieweg, 1971},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas & Courtés 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas & Courtés 1979a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien & Courtés, Joseph},<br />
title = {Sémiotique: Dictionnaire raisonné de la théorie du langage},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hachette},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greenberg 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Greenberg 1997a,<br />
author = {Greenberg, Clement},<br />
title = {Zu einem neuen Laokoon},<br />
booktitle = {Clement Greenberg – Die Essenz der Modere. Ausgewählte Essays und Kritiken},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lüdeking, Karlheinz},<br />
pages = {56-81},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Dresden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grieshofer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grieshofer 2009a,<br />
author = {Grieshofer, F. },<br />
title = {Masken im Brennpunkt musealer Sammeltätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grimm 1860===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Grimm 1860,<br />
title = {Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: Biermörder-D},<br />
year = {1860},<br />
editor = {Jacob Grimm & Wilhelm Grimm},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grittmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grittmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Grittmann, Elke},<br />
title = {Das politische Bild. Fotojournalismus und Pressefotografie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Groß et al. 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Groß et al. 1981a,<br />
author = {Gross, C.G.; Bruce, C.J.; Desimone, R.; Fleming, J. & Gattass, R.},<br />
title = {Cortical visual areas of the temporal lobe: Three areas in the macaque},<br />
booktitle = {Cortical Sensory Organization. Vol. 2: Multiple Visual Areas},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
editor = {C.N. Woolsey},<br />
pages = {187-216},<br />
publisher = {Humana Press},<br />
address = {Totowa N.J.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Günzel 2006a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Bildtheoretische Analyse von Computerspielen in der Perspektive Erste Person},<br />
journal = {IMAGE},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {31-43},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2008a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Realität des Simulationsbildes. Raum im Computerspiel},<br />
booktitle = {Die Realität der Imagination - Architektur und das digitale Bild},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
pages = {127-136},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weimar}, <br />
note = {10. internationales Bauhaus-Kolloquium},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2009a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Simulation und Perspektive. Der bildtheoretische Ansatz in der Computerspielforschung},<br />
booktitle = {Shooter: Eine multdisziplinäre Einführung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Bopp, Matthias; Wiemer, Serjoscha & Nohr,Rolf F.},<br />
pages = {331-352},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2010a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Geste des Manipulierens. Zu Gebrauch statischer und beweglicher Digitalbilder}, <br />
booktitle = {Freeze Frames. Zum Verhältnis von Fotografie und Film},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmann & Gerlin},<br />
pages = {114-129},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==H==<br />
<br />
===Haas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haas 1995a,<br />
author = {Haas, Stefan},<br />
title = {Psychologen, Künstler, Ökonomen. Das Selbstverständnis der Werbetreibenden zwischen Fin de siècle und Nachkriegszeit},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderwelt des Alltags. Werbung in der Konsumgesellschaft des 19. und 20. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Borscheid, Peter; Wischermann, Clemens},<br />
pages = {78-89},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
===Habermas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1995a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Theorie des kommunikativen Handelns (1981), 2 Bd.},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Habermas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1973a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Erkenntnis und Interesse},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002a,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Die Entropie der Fotografie. Skizzen zu einer Genealogie der digitalelektronischen Bildaufzeichnung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf},<br />
pages = {195-238},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002b,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Es gibt kein ,digitales Bild'. Eine medienepistemologische Anmerkung},<br />
booktitle = {Licht und Leitung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Engel},<br />
pages = {103-112},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Haken 1995===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haken 1995,<br />
author = {Haken, Hermann},<br />
title = {Some basic concepts of Synergetics with respect of multistability in perception, phase transmissions and formation of meaning},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {23–44},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halawa 2008a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Wie sind Bilder möglich? Argumente für eine semiotische Fundierung des Bildbegriffs},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halbfass 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halbfass 1972a,<br />
author = {Halbfass, W.},<br />
title = {Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gründer, K. & Ritter, J. },<br />
pages = {Sp. 829-834},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halliday 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halliday 1996a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {Language as a Social Semiotic},<br />
booktitle = {The Communication Theory Reader},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Cobley, Paul},<br />
pages = {359-383},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halliday 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halliday 1985a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {An Introduction to Functional Grammar},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Edward Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hansen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hansen 2005a,<br />
author = {Hansen, S. },<br />
title = {Neolithische Figuralplastik im südlichen Karpatenbecken},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Harris 1756===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Harris 1756,<br />
author = {James Harris},<br />
title = {Drey Abhandlungen. Die erste über die Kunst, die andere über die Music, Mahlerey und Poesie, die dritte über die Glückseligkeit},<br />
year = {1756},<br />
publisher = {Schuster},<br />
address = {Danzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hasselbeck 1979===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hasselbeck 1979,<br />
author = {Hasselbeck, Otto},<br />
title = {Illusion und Fiktion. Lessings Beitrag zur poetologischen Diskussion über das Verhältnis von Kunst und Wirklichkeit},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hauschild 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hauschild 1982a,<br />
author = {Hauschild, Thomas},<br />
title = {Der böse Blick. Ideengeschichtliche und sozialpsychologische Untersuchungen, Beiträge zur Ethnomedizin, Ethnobotanik und Ethnozoologie},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1826===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1826,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Kunst. Vorlesung von 1826},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Gethmann-Siefert, Annemarie; Kwon, Jeong-Im & Berr, Karsten},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1830===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1830,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Enzyklopädie der philosophischen Wissenschaften im Grundrisse [1830]},<br />
year = {<sup>6</sup>1959},<br />
editor = {Friedhelm Nicolin und Otto Pöggeler},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1835===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1835,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Einleitung in die Ästhetik. Mit den beiden Vorreden von Heinrich Gustav Hotho [1835]},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hegel 1970a,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über die Ästhetik II},<br />
booktitle = {Werke},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
editor = {E. Moldenhauer & K. M. Michel},<br />
pages = {Bd. 14},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1835},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heidegger 1986a,<br />
author = {Martin Heidegger},<br />
title = {Ursprung des Kunstwerkes (1935/36)},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ditzingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1950a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidegger 1950a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Die Zeit des Weltbildes},<br />
booktitle = {Holzwege},<br />
year = {1950},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {69-104},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidenreich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidenreich 2001a,<br />
author = {Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Effekte der Digitalisierung: Berechenbarkeit und Suche},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, Wolfgang & Jaworek, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {259-262},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heider 2009a,<br />
author = {Heider, Don},<br />
title = {Living Virtually. Researching New Worlds},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang Publishing},<br />
address = {New Yor},<br />
note = {(Digital Formations vol. 47)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 2001a,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Abhandlung über den Ursprung der Sprache (1772)},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Irmscher, Hans Dietrich},<br />
publisher = {Philipp Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 1800===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 1800,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Sämtliche Werke. Bd. 22: Kalligone [1800]},<br />
year = {1880},<br />
editor = {Bernhard Suphan},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hernadi 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hernadi 1991,<br />
author = {Hernadi, Paul},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
title = {Reconceiving Notation and Performance},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetic Education},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herter 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Herter 1947a,<br />
author = {Herter, H. },<br />
title = {Vom dionysischen Tanz zum komischen Spiel. Die Anfänge der Attischen Komödie},<br />
journal = {Darstellung und Deutung},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {Iserlohn},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heßler 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Heßler 2006a, <br />
author = {Heßler, Martina},<br />
title = {Von der doppelten Unsichtbarkeit digitaler Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Ressource}, <br />
publisher = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden ={letzter Kontrollaufruf: 07.08.2010},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2006/3/Hessler/dippArticle.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hick 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hick 99a,<br />
author = {Hick, Ulrike},<br />
title = {Geschichte der optischen Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hickethier 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hickethier 1995a,<br />
author = {Hickethier, Knut},<br />
title = {Dispositiv Fernsehen – Skizze eines Modells},<br />
journal = {Montage/av},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1}<br />
pages = {63-83},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: },<br />
url = {www.montage-av.de/pdf/041_1995/04_1_Knut_Hickethier_Dispositiv_Fernsehen.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hildebrand 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hildebrand 1969a,<br />
author = {Hildebrand, Adolf von},<br />
title = {Das Problem der Form},<br />
booktitle = {Hildebrand: Gesammelte Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Bock, H.},<br />
pages = {41-350},<br />
publisher = {Westdeutscher Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln/Opladen},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1903},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hinterwaldner 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hinterwaldner 2008a,<br />
author = {Hinterwaldner, Inge},<br />
title = {Simulationsmodelle. Zur Verhältnisbestimmung von Modellierung und Bildgebung in interaktiven Echtzeitsimulationen},<br />
booktitle = {Visuelle Modelle},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Reichle, Ingeborg; Siegel, Steffen & Spelten, Achim},<br />
pages = {301-316},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hjelmslev 1954a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {La stratification du langage},<br />
booktitle = {Essais linguistiques},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
editor = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Nordisk Sprog- od Kulturforlag},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1943a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hjelmslev 1943a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {Omkring sprogteoriens grundlæggelse},<br />
year = {1943},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Dt. Prolegomena zu einer Sprachtheorie. München: Hueber},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hochberg 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hochberg 1977a,<br />
author = {Hochberg, Julian E.},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hofmann 2000a,<br />
author = {Hoffman, Donald D.},<br />
title = {Visuelle Intelligenz. Wie die Welt im Kopf entsteht},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hofmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Hofmann, Werner },<br />
title = {Spielräume und Raumverstecke},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {10-22},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2010a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Bildüberschreibungen. Wie Sprechtexte Nachrichtenfilme lesbar machen (und umgekehrt)},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, Hajo; Klemm, Michael & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
pages = {231-254},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {erscheint Ende 2010},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2009a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Der Wort-Bild-Reißverschluss. Über die performative Dynamik audiovisueller Transkriptivität},<br />
booktitle = {Oberfläche und Performanz. Untersuchungen zur Sprache als dynamischer Gestalt},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Linke, Angelika & Feilke, Helmuth},<br />
pages = {389-406},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2007a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Audiovisuelle Hermeneutik: Am Beispiel des TV-Spots der Kampagne ‚Du bist Deutschland’},<br />
booktitle = {Linguistische Hermeneutik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hermanns, Fritz},<br />
pages = {389–428},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly & Jäger 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly & Jäger 2011a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner & Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptionstheoretische Medienanalyse. Vom Anders-lesbar-Machen durch intermediale Bezugnahmepraktiken},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, Jan Georg & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {erscheint Frühjahr 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holmes 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holmes 1980a,<br />
author = {Holmes, Sir Oliver Wendell},<br />
title = {Das Stereoskop und der Stereograph},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie I. 1839-1912},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {114-122},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Originalausgabe 1859},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holschbach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holschbach 2003a,<br />
author = {Holschbach, Susanne},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Diskurse der Fotografie. Fotokritik am Ende des fotografischen Zeitalters},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {7-21},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {BD. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hömberg & Karasek 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hömberg & Karasek 2008a,<br />
author = {Hömberg, Walter & Karasek, Johannes},<br />
title = {Der Schweißfleck der Kanzlerkandidatin. Bildmanipulation, Bildfälschung und Bildethik im Zeitalter der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
journal = {Communicatio Socialis},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {276-293},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hopkins 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hopkins 1998a,<br />
author = {Hopkins, Robert},<br />
title = {Picture, Image and Experience},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Huber 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Huber 2004a,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Bild Beobachter Milieu. Entwurf einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1820a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1820a,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über das vergleichende Sprachstudium in Beziehung auf die verschiedenen Epochen der Sprachentwicklung [1820]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 4: 1820-1822},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
editor = {Albert Leitzmann},<br />
pages = {1-34},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1830-1835===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1830-1835,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über die Verschiedenheit des menschlichen Sprachbaues und ihren Einfluß auf die geistige Entwicklung des Menschengeschlechts [1830-1835]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 7.1},<br />
year = {1907},<br />
editor = {Albert Leitzmann},<br />
pages = {1-344},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 2006,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Phantasie und Bildbewußtsein},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {herausgegeben und eingeleitet von Eduard Marbach, Text nach Husserliana, Band XXIII},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1993a,<br />
author = {Husserl, E.},<br />
title = {Logische Untersuchungen. Elemente einer phänomenologischen Aufklärung der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {Teil II/Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1980a,<br />
author = {Edmund Husserl},<br />
title = {Phantasie, Bildbewusstsein, Erinnerung. Zur Phänomenologie der anschaulichen Vergegenwärtigungen. Texte aus dem Nachlass (1898-1925) (Husserliana XXIII)},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag / Boston / Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hyman 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hyman 2006a,<br />
author = {Hyman, John},<br />
title = {The Objective Eye: Color, Form, and Reality in the Theory of Art},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {UP},<br />
address = {Chicago },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hynes 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hynes 2005a,<br />
author = {Hynes, Maria},<br />
title = {Rethinking Reductionism},<br />
journal = {Culture Machine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {online journal},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.culturemachine.net/index.php/cm/article/viewArticle/33/41},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==I==<br />
===Imdahl 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1996a,<br />
author = {Max Imdahl},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Max Imdahl, Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {Wiederauflage der Schrift von 1974},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<!--- ===Imdahl 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1974a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {Wiederabruck}, <br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
--><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1987a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Farbe. Kunsttheoretische Reflexionen in Frankreich},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==J==<br />
===Jäger & Knauer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jäger & Knauer 2009a,<br />
title = {Bilder als historische Quellen? Dimensionen der Debatte um historische Bildforschung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jäger, Jens & Knauer, Martin},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jansen 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jansen 2005,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Aristoteles und das Problem des Neuen: Wie kreativ sind Veränderungsprinzipien?},<br />
booktitle = {Kreativität. XX. Deutscher Kongress für Philosophie. 26.-30. September 2005 in Berlin. Sektionsbeiträge, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Günter Abel},<br />
pages = {15-25},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag der TU Berlin},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jansen 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jansen 2002,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Tun und Können. Ein systematischer Kommentar zu Aristoteles' Theorie der Vermögen im neunten Buch der „Metaphysik”},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Hänsel-Hohenhausen},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jäger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2008a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptive Verhältnisse. Zur Logik intra- und intermedialer Bezugnahmen in ästhetischen Diskursen},<br />
booktitle = {Transkription und Fassung in der Musik des 20. Jahrhunderts. Beiträge des Kolloquiums in der Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur, Mainz, vom 5. bis 6. März 2004},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Gabriele Buschmeier & Ulrich Konrad & Albrecht Riethmüller},<br />
pages = {103-134},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jäger 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2002a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptivität. Zur medialen Logik der kulturellen Semantik},<br />
booktitle = {Transkribieren - Medien/Lektüre},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Ludwig Jäger & Georg Stanitzek},<br />
pages = {19-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jaubert 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jaubert 1998a,<br />
author = {Jaubert, Alain},<br />
title = {Fotos, die lügen: Politik mit gefälschten Bildern},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Äthenaum},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jean Paul 1795===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jean Paul 1795,<br />
author = {Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Ueber die natürliche Magie der Einbildungskraft [1795]},<br />
booktitle = {Ausgewählte Werke. Bd. 7/8: Leben des Qunitus Fixlein, aus fünfzehn Zettelschaften gezogen, nebst einem Mußtheil und einigen Jus de tablette},<br />
year = {1847},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jewitt 2009a,<br />
title = {The Routledge Handbook of Multimodal Analysis},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jewitt, Carey},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt & Oyama 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jewitt & Oyama 2001a,<br />
author = {Jewitt, Carey & Oyama, Rumiko},<br />
title = {Visual Meaning. A Social-Semiotic Approach},<br />
booktitle = {Handbook of Visual Analysis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Theo van Leeuwen & Carey Jewitt},<br />
pages = {134–156},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnson, Neil F. et al.???},<br />
title = {Information Hiding. Steganography and Watermarking - Attacks and Countermeasures},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Boston, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1996a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Der Computer im Kopf. Formen und Verfahren der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1983a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Mental Models. Towards a cognitive science of language, inference, and conciousness},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnston 2006a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Sean},<br />
title = {Holographic Visions. A History of New Science},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnston, V.S.; Hagel, R.; Franklin, M.; Fink, B. & Grammer, K.},<br />
title = {Male Facial attractiveness. Evidence for hormone-mediated adaptive design},<br />
journal = {Evolution and Human Behavior},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {251-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston & Franklin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston & Franklin 1993a,<br />
author = {Johnston, V.S. & Franklin, M.},<br />
title = {Is beauty in the eye of the beholder?},<br />
journal = {Ethology and Sociobiology},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {14},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {183-199},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1973a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Homo pictor. Von der Freiheit des Bildens},<br />
booktitle = {Organismus und Freiheit. Ansätze zu einer philosophischen Biologie},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
pages = {226-257},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1963===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1963,<br />
author = {Hans Jonas},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens. Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
booktitle = {Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit. Drei Aufsätze zur Lehre vom Menschen},<br />
year = {1963},<br />
editor = {Hans Jonas},<br />
pages = {26-43},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Jonas 1961a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens – Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Philosophische Forschung},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {161–176},<br />
note = {Wieder abgedruckt in: Jonas, Hans: <em>Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit – Zur Lehre vom Menschen</em>. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1987, 26–43},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Juhász et al. 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Juhász et al. 1999a,<br />
editor = {Juhász, J.; Szőke, I.; Nagy, G.O. & Kovalovszky, M.},<br />
title = {Magyar értelmező szótár},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jung 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jung 2003a,<br />
title = {Holographic Network},<br />
year = {2003a},<br />
editor = {Jung, Dieter},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bramsche},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==K==<br />
===Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a,<br />
author = {Kamlah, Wilhelm & Lorenzen, Paul},<br />
title = {Logische Propädeutik - Vorschule des vernünftigen Redens},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {BI Wissenschaftsverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl. (<sup>1</sup>1967, <sup>3</sup>1996)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a,<br />
author = {Kanizsa, G. & Luccio, R.},<br />
title = {Multistability as a research tool in experimental phenomenology},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {47–68},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1974a,<br />
author = {Kant, I.},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1787a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1787a,<br />
author = {Kant, I.},<br />
title = {Kritik der reinen Vernunft},<br />
year = {1787},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kant 1960a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Logik},<br />
booktitle = {Kant: Werke in 12 Bänden},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Weischedel, W.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Bd. VI},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1977a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Werkausgabe Band X, hrsg. von Wilhelm Weischedel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kardaun 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kardaun 1993,<br />
author = {Kardaun, Maria},<br />
title = {Der Mimesisbegriff in der griechischen Antike. Neubetrachtung eines umstrittenen Begriffes als Ansatz zu einer neuen Interpretation der platonischen Kunstauffassung},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {North-Holland},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/New York/Oxford/Tokyo},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kecskesi 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kecskesi 1982a,<br />
author = {Kecskesi, M. },<br />
title = {Kunst aus dem alten Afrika},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Pinguin},<br />
address = {Innsbruck},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kemp 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kemp 1974a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Disegno. Beiträge zu einer Geschichte des Begriffs zwischen 1547 und 1607},<br />
journal = {Marburger Jahrbuch für Kunstwissenschaf},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {219-240},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kittler 2002a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Computergrafik. Eine halbtechnische Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Hertha},<br />
pages = {178-194},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 2002b,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Optische Medien. Berliner Vorlesung 1999},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kjørup 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjørup 1978,<br />
author = {Kjørup, Søren},<br />
title = {Pictorial Speech Acts},<br />
journal = {Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {55-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1779===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Klopstock 1779,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ueber Sprache und Dichtkunst. Fragmente},<br />
year = {1779},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {243-258},<br />
publisher = {Heroldsche Buchhandlung},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1774===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klopstock 1774,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Werke und Briefe. Historisch-kritische Ausgabe. Bd. 7.1: Die deutsche Gelehrtenrepublik [1774]},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {Hurlebusch, Rose-Marie},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kluge 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kluge 2002a,<br />
author = {Kluge, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Etymologisches Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache.},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Seebold, Elmar},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter.},<br />
address = {Berlin, New York},<br />
note = {24. durchgesehene und erweiterte Auflage.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knieper & Müller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Knieper & Müller 2005a,<br />
author = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===König & Obrist 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{König & Obrist 1993a,<br />
title = {Der zerbrochene Spiegel. Positionen zur Malerei},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {König, Kasper & Obrist, Hans-Ulrich},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog Kunsthalle Wien / Deichtorhallen Hamburg},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Koller 1954===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Koller 1954,<br />
author = {Koller, Hermann},<br />
title = {Die Mimesis in der Antike. Nachahmung, Darstellung, Ausdruck},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kondor 2008a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Embedded Thinking: Multimedia and the New Rationality},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007c,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna },<br />
title = {Multimodal Integration: From a Philosophical Point of View},<br />
booktitle = {Proceedings of the IADIS International Conference: Mobile Learning },<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Arnedillo-Sanchez, Immaculada},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007b,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {The Mobile Image: Experience on the Move},<br />
booktitle = {obile Studies: Paradigms and Perspectives},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Nyíri, Kristóf},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Passagen},<br />
address = {Vienna},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Old Patterns, New Bewitchments},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophy of the Information Society: Papers of the 30th International Wittgenstein Symposium},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hrachovec, H.; Pichler. A. & Wang, J.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Konersmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Konersmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Konersmann, Ralf},<br />
title = {Kulturelle Tatsachen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kornmeier et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, Jürgen; Hein, Christine Maira & Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Multistable perception: When bottom-up and top-down coincide},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {69},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138–147},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kornmeier & Bach 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier & Bach 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, & Jürgen Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Object perception: When our brain is impressed but we do not notice it},<br />
journal = {Journal of Vision},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {7},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Korte 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Korte 2003a,<br />
author = {Korte, Helmut},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Systematische Filmanalyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {ESB},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kracauer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kracauer 1992a,<br />
author = {Kracauer, Siegfried},<br />
title = {Der verbotene Blick},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille & Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Kultur, Technik, Kulturtechnik: Wider die Diskursivierung der Kultur},<br />
booktitle = {Bild, Schrift, Zahl},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krauss 1999a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Reinventing the Medium},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {25,},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {289-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Winter},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 2000a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {A Voyage on the North Sea. Art in the Age of the Post-Medium Condition},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress 2010a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther},<br />
title = {Multimodality. A Social-Semiotic Approach to Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 2001a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Multimodal Discourse. The Modes and Media of Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 1996a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Reading Images. The Grammar of Visual Design},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krewani 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Krewani 2003a,<br />
author = {Krewani, Anna Maria},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Malerei bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=973507624},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
hidden = {Dissertation},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kripke 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kripke 1972a,<br />
author = {Kripke, Saul A.},<br />
title = {Naming and Necessity},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Natural Language},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Davidson, D. & Harman, G.},<br />
pages = {253-355, 763-769},<br />
publisher = {Reidel},<br />
address = {Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krkac 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krkac 2010a,<br />
author = {Krkac, Kristijan},<br />
title = {Wittgensteins’s Dubbit III},<br />
journal = {Wittgenstein-Studien},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {121-149},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krüger 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krüger 2001a,<br />
author = {Krüger, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als Schleier des Unsichtbaren. Ästhetische Illusion in der Kunst der frühen Neuzeit in Italien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kruse 2003a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Christiane},<br />
title = {Wozu Menschen malen. Historische Begründungen eines Bildmediums},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse & Stadler 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kruse & Stadler 1995a,<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Papers originally presented at the International Symposium on Perceptual Multistability and Semantic Ambiguity held at the University of Bremen, Germany, March 22-25, 1993},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kruse et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Peter; Strüber, D. & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Significance of perceptual multistability for research on cognitive self-organization},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {69–84},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kudielka 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kudielka 2005a,<br />
author = {Kudielka, Robert},<br />
title = {Gegenstände der Betrachtung – Orte der Erfahrung. Zum Wandel der Kunstauffassung im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {44-57},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kulvicki 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kulvicki 2006a,<br />
author = {Kulvicki, John},<br />
title = {On Images: Their Structure and Content},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Oxford UP},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Külpe 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Külpe 1923a,<br />
author = {Külpe, Oswald},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über Logik},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Künzli 1996/1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Künzli 1996/1997a,<br />
author = {Künzli, Hansjörg},<br />
title = {Über die Haltbarkeit digitaler Daten},<br />
journal = {Rundbrief Fotografie},<br />
year = {1996/1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Sonderheft 3},<br />
pages = {5-8},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==L==<br />
===Lacan 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lacan 1987a,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jacques},<br />
title = {Die vier Grundbegriffe der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weinheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lakoff 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff 1987a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George},<br />
title = {Women, fire, and dangerous things – What categories reveal about the mind},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Chicago University Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lammert 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lammert 2007a,<br />
author = {Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Die vertrauten Sichtweisen sind umzustoßen. Zum Raum der Nachkriegszeit in ungewohnten Begegnungen},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {55-69},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst}<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Langer 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Langer 1984a,<br />
author = {Langer, Susanne},<br />
title = {Philosophie auf neuem Wege. Das Symbol im Denken, im Ritus und in der Kunst},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Langlois & Roggman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Langlois & Roggman 1990a,<br />
author = {Langlois, J.H. & Roggman I.A.},<br />
title = {Attractive faces are only average},<br />
journal = {American Psychol. Society},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
volume = {1/2},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {115-121},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lanz 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lanz 1971a,<br />
author = {Lanz, Jakob},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter},<br />
pages = {Spalte 89-100},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a,<br />
author = {Laplanche, Jean; Pontalis, Jean-Bertrand},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Das Vokabular der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Laplanche, Jean; Pontalis, Jean-Bertrand},<br />
pages = {37-38},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Latour 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Latour 2007a,<br />
author = {Latour, Bruno},<br />
title = {Eine neue Soziologie für eine neue Gesellschaft. Einführung in die Akteur-Netzwerk-Theorie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Law & Whittaker 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Law & Whittaker 1988a,<br />
author = {Law, John & Whittaker, John},<br />
title = {On the Art of Representation. Notes on the Politics of Visualisation},<br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, Gordon & Law, John},<br />
pages = {160-183},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leeuwen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leeuwen 2005a,<br />
author = {Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Introducing Social Semiotics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lefebvre 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lefebvre 2007a,<br />
author = {Lefebvre, Martin},<br />
title = {The Art of Pointing: On Peirce, Indexicality, and Photographic Images},<br />
booktitle = {Photography Theory},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Elkins, James},<br />
pages = {220-244},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York u. a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lenzen 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lenzen 1997a,<br />
author = {Lenzen, Dieter},<br />
title = {Lebenslauf oder Humanontogenese? Vom Erziehungssystem zum kurativen System – von der Erziehungswissenschaft zur Humanvitologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildung und Weiterbildung im Erziehungssystem. Lebenslauf und Humanontogenese als Medium und Form},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lenzen, D. & Luhmann, N.},<br />
pages = {228-247},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leopold & Logothetis 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Leopold & Logothetis 1999a,<br />
author = {Leopold, David A. & Logothetis, Nikos K.},<br />
title = {Multistable phenomena: changing views in perception},<br />
journal = {Trends Cogn. Sci. (Regul. Ed.)},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {254–264},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leroi-Gourhan 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leroi-Gourhan 1971a,<br />
author = {Leroi-Gourhan, André},<br />
title = {Präshistorische Kunst},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Herder},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1788===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1788,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon: Paralipomena [Erstveröffentlichung 1788]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe. Bd. 5/2. Werke 1766-169},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Wilfried Barner},<br />
pages = {207-321},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1766===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1766,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie [1766]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe in zwölf Bänden. Bd. 5/2: Werke 1766-1769},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Wilfried Bahner},<br />
pages = {11-206},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1974a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie},<br />
booktitle = {Werke, Bd. 6},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Göpfert, H. G.},<br />
pages = {7-187},<br />
publisher = {Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1766},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lévi-Strauss 1958a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lévi-Strauss 1958a,<br />
author = {Lévi-Straus, Claude},<br />
title = {Anthropologie structurale},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
publisher = {Plon},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Anthropologie. Frankfurt/Main: Suhrkamp},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990b,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Autographic and Allographic Art Revisited},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
pages = {89-106},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {What a Musical Work is},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
pages = {63-88},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levinson 1983a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Stephen C.},<br />
title = {Pragmatics},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lichtblau 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lichtblau 2009a,<br />
author = {Lichtblau, Klaus},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Georg Simmel: Soziologische Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Lichtblau, Klaus},<br />
pages = {7-27},<br />
publisher = {VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Licklider 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Licklider 1960a,<br />
author = {Licklider, J.},<br />
title = {Man-Computer Symbiosis},<br />
journal = {IRE Transactions on Human Factors in Electronics},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {4-11},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liebsch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liebsch 2001a,<br />
author = {Liebsch, Dimitri},<br />
title = {Die Geburt der ästhetischen Bildung aus dem Körper der antiken Plastik. Zur Bildungssemantik im ästhetischen Diskurs zwischen 1750 und 1800},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liesbrock 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Liesbrock 2010a,<br />
title = {Ad Reinhardt: Letzte Bilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Liesbrock, Heinz},<br />
publisher = {Josef Albers Museum Quadrat Bottrop},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2004a,<br />
author = {Liessmann, Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Reiz und Rührung. Über ästhetische Empfindungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2009a,<br />
author = {Liessmann Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Ästhetische Empfindungen. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas-WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lipps 1903a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lipps 1903a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor},<br />
title = {Grundlegung der Ästhetik. Erster Teil},<br />
year = {1903},<br />
publisher = {Leopold Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lipps 1920a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lipps 1920a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor },<br />
title = {»Zur Einfühlung«, in: Psychologische Untersuchungen 2/3, 1913},<br />
booktitle = {Die ästhetische Betrachtung und die bildende Kunst},<br />
year = {1920},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {111-491},<br />
publisher = {Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Löbner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Löbner 2003a,<br />
author = {Löbner, Sebastian},<br />
title = {Semantik. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Locke 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Locke 1975a,<br />
author = {Locke, J.},<br />
title = {An Essay Concerning Human Understanding},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {hg. von Niddich, P. H.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Logothetis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Logothetis 1998a,<br />
author = {Logothetis, N. K.},<br />
journal = {Philos. Trans. R. Soc. Lond., B, Biol. Sci.},<br />
title = {Single units and conscious vision},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {353},<br />
number = {1377},<br />
pages = {1801–1818},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lopes 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lopes 1996a,<br />
author = {Lopes, Dominic},<br />
title = {Understanding Pictures},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Claredon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1970a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Elemente der Sprachkritik – Eine Alternative zum Dogmatismus und Skeptizismus in der Analytischen Philosophie},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1990a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Einführung in die philosophische Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {(<sup>2</sup>1992)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lovejoy 1936===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lovejoy 1936,<br />
author = {Lovejoy, Arthur O.},<br />
title = {Die große Kette der Wesen. Geschichte eines Gedankens [The Great Chain of Being. A Study in the History of an Idea (1936)]},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1997a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Kunst der Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1996a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Realität der Massenmedien},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Luhmann 1993a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Form der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = { Hans Ulrich Gumbrecht & K. Ludwig Pfeiffer},<br />
pages = {349-366},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lunenfeld 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lunenfeld 2002a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Digitale Fotografie. Das dubitative Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografies},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {158-177},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lynch & Edgerton 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lynch & Edgerton 1988a,<br />
author = {Lynch, Michael & Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Digital Image Processing. Re-presentational Craft in Contemporary Astronomy}, <br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, Gordon & Law, John},<br />
pages = {184-220},<br />
publisher = {???}, <br />
address = {London u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==M==<br />
===Mach 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mach 1987a,<br />
author = {Mach, Ernst},<br />
title = {Die Analyse der Empfindungen und das Verhältnis des Physischen zum Psychischen},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Macpherson 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Macpherson 1996a,<br />
author = {Macpherson, Fiona},<br />
title = {Ambiguous Figures and the Content of Experience},<br />
journal = {Nous},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {82-117},<br />
note = {2006?},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Majetschak 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Majetschak 1997,<br />
title = {Auge und Hand. Konrad Fiedlers Kunsttheorie im Kontext},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manovich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manovich 2001a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {The Language of New Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge/MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manovich 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Manovich 2005a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {Die Poetik des erweiterten Raums},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {A. Lammert, M. Diers, R. Kudielka & G. Mattenklott},<br />
pages = {337-350},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manow 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manow 2008a,<br />
author = {Manow, Philip},<br />
title = {Im Schatten des Königs. Die politische Anatomie demokratischer Repräsentation},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Marshall 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Marshall 1968a,<br />
title = {Gellius: Noctes Atticae XIII, 17},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Marshall, P.K.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxonii},<br />
note = {Scriptorum Classicorum Bibliotheca Oxoniensis},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Martinec & Salway 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Martinec & Salway 2005a,<br />
author = {Martinec, Radan & Salway, Andrew},<br />
title = {A System for Image-Text-Relations in New (and Old) Media},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {337–371},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Massey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Massey 2007a,<br />
author = {Massey, Lyle},<br />
title = {Picturing Space, Displacing Bodies. Anamorphosis in Early Modern Theories of Perspective},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Pennsylvania State University Press},<br />
address = {University Park, Pa},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Maul 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Maul 2007a,<br />
author = {Maul, Stefan M.},<br />
title = {Gilgamesch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Babylonischen [auf der Grundlage von zum Teil noch unveröffentlichten Textzeugnissen neu und vollständig] übersetzt und mit einem Nachwort versehen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mead 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mead 1968a,<br />
author = {Mead, George Herbert},<br />
title = {Geist, Identität und Gesellschaft aus der Sicht des Sozialbehaviorismus},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {Original: <em>Mind, Self, and Society</em>. Hg. v. Charles W. Morris. Chicago, 1934},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meier 1757===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meier 1757,<br />
author = {Georg Friedrich Meier},<br />
title = {Betrachtungen über den ersten Grundsatz aller Schönen Künste und Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1757},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Halle},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meinhardt 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meinhardt 1997a,<br />
author = {Meinhardt, Johannes},<br />
title = {Ende der Malerei und Malerei nach dem Ende der Malerei},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mendelsohn 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mendelsohn 1982a,<br />
author = {Mendelsohn, Leatrice},<br />
title = {Paragoni. Benedetto Varchi’s Due Lezioni and Cinquecento Art Theory},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ann Arbor},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Menzer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Menzer 1992a,<br />
author = {Menzer, Ursula},<br />
title = {Subjektive und objektive Kultur. Georg Simmels Philosophie der Geschlechter vor dem Hintergrund seines Kultur-Begriffs},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Centaurus},<br />
address = {Pfaffenweiler},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 2003a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophisches Essays},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1993a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Die Prosa der Welt},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1966a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Phänomenologie der Wahrnehmung (1945)},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Walter de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen übersetzt und eingeführt durch eine Vorrede von Boehm, Rudolf},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1961a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophische Essays.}<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {neu bearbeitet, kommentiert und mit einer Einleitung versehen von Bermes, Christian (2003)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 1994a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Der Zweifel Cézannes (1948)},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Gottfried Boehm},<br />
pages = {39-59},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 2006a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Kino und die neue Psychologie (1947)},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie des Films},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Dimitri Liebsch},<br />
pages = {70-84},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mersch 2006a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Mediale Paradoxa. Einleitung in eine negative Medienphilosophie},<br />
journal = {Sic et Non. Zeitschrift für Philosophie und Kultur im Netz},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.sicetnon.org/content/perform/Mersch_Medienphilosophie_sw.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersch 2003a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Wort, Bild, Ton, Zahl – Modalitäten medialen Darstellens},<br />
booktitle = {Die Medien der Künste. Beiträge zur Theorie des Darstellens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
pages = {9-49},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2002a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Was sich zeigt. Materialität, Präsenz, Ereignis},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersmann 08a,<br />
author = {Mersmann, Jasmin},<br />
title = {Wandelgänge. Monumentale Anamorphosen im 17. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Cha, Kyung-Ho & Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
pages = {23-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metscher 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metscher 2001,<br />
author = {Metscher, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metz 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metz 1972a,<br />
author = {Metz, Christian},<br />
title = {Semiologie des Films (1968)},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Koch, Renate},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzger 2008a,<br />
author = {Metzger, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gesetze des Sehens},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Klotz},<br />
address = {Taunus},<br />
note = {4. unveränd. Aufl., Repr. nach d. 3., völlig neu bearb. Aufl. 1975.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzinger 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Metzinger 2000a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Philosophische Perspektiven auf das Selbstbewusstsein: Die Selbstmodell-Theorie der Subjektivität},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Selbst},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Greve, W. },<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Psychologie Verlagsunion},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {Zitiert aus der überarbeiteten Online-Version},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.philosophie.uni-mainz.de/metzinger/publikationen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzinger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzinger 1999a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Subjekt und Selbstmodell. Die Perspektivität phänomenalen Bewusstseins vor dem Hintergrund einer naturalistischen Theorie mentaler Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meyer 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meyer 2001a,<br />
author = {Meyer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mediokratie. Die Kolonisierung der Politik durch das Mediensystem},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Michalsky 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Michalsky 2005a,<br />
author = {Michalsky, Tanja},<br />
title = {Raum visualisieren. Zur Genese des modernen Raumverständnisses in den Medien der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Ortsgespräche. Raum und Kommunikation im 19. und 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Geppert, Alexander C.T.; Jensen, Uffa & Weinhold, Jörn},<br />
pages = {292ff ??},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mirzoeff 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mirzoeff 2007a,<br />
author = {Mirzoeff, Nicholas},<br />
title = {Von Bildern und Helden. Sichtbarkeit im Krieg der Bilder},<br />
booktitle = {Feindbilder. Ideologien und visuelle Strategien der Kulturen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Haustein, Lydia; Scherer, Bernd & Hager, Martin},<br />
pages = {135-156},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2008a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. Thomas},<br />
title = {Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Gustav Frank},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2007a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.},<br />
title = {Realismus im digitalen Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderfragen. Die Bildwissenschaften im Aufbruch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Belting, Hans},<br />
pages = {237-256},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2006a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {Den Terror klonen. Der Krieg der Bilder 2001-2004},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Worlds. Neue Bilderwelten und Wissensräume},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Maar, Christa & Burda, Hubert},<br />
pages = {255-285},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2005a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. Thomas},<br />
title = {What Do Pictures Want? The Lives and Loves of Images},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1994a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.},<br />
title = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Representation},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1992a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {The Reconfigured Eye. Visual Truth in the Post-Photographic Era},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 1992b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {"The Pictorial Turn"},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
booktitle = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Repräsentation},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
publisher = {Universität of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1986a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {Iconology. Image, Text, Ideology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mojsisch 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mojsisch 1983a,<br />
author = {Mojsisch, Burkhard},<br />
title = {Meister Eckhart. Analogie, Univozität und Einheit},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mondzain 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mondzain 2006a,<br />
author = {Mondzain, Marie-José},<br />
title = {Können Bilder töten?},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich, Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Morris 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Morris 1994a,<br />
author = {Morris, D.},<br />
title = {Das Tier Mensch},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mülder-Bach 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mülder-Bach 1998,<br />
author = {Inka Mülder-Bach},<br />
title = {Im Zeichen Pygmalions. Das Modell der Statue und die Entdeckung der „Darstellung“ im 18. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1997a,<br />
author = {Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {Politische Bildstrategien im amerikanischen Präsidentschaftswahlkampf, 1828-1996},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1985a,<br />
author = {Müller, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {DUDEN Bedeutungswörterbuch = DUDEN Band 10},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a,<br />
author = {Müller-Beck, H. & Albrecht, G. },<br />
title = {Die Anfänge der Kunst vor 30'000 Jahren},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Theiss},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Münkler 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Münkler 2009a,<br />
author = {Münkler, Herfried},<br />
title = {Visualisierungsstrategien im politischen Machtkampf: Der Übergang vom Personenverband zum institutionellen Territorialstaat},<br />
booktitle = {Strategien der Visualisierung. Verbildlichung als Mittel politischer Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Münkler, Herfried & Hacke, Jens},<br />
pages = {23-51},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Musterle & Roessler 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Musterle & Roessler 1986a,<br />
author = {Musterle, W.A. & Roessler, O.E.},<br />
title = {Computer faces: The human Lorenz Matrix},<br />
journal = {Bio Systems},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {61-80},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==N==<br />
===Naef 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Naef 2007a,<br />
author = {Naef, Silvia},<br />
title = {Bilder und Bilderverbot im Islam},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {C. H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nänni 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nänni 2008a,<br />
author = {Nänni, Jürg},<br />
title = {Visuelle Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Niggli},<br />
address = {Sulgen},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
url = {www.worldcat.org/oclc/254718373},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006a,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc},<br />
title = {Am Grund der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006b,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc & Ferrari, Federico},<br />
title = {Die Haut der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Neuhaus 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Neuhaus 2006a,<br />
author = {Neuhaus, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Als William Gibson den Cyberspace erfand ... - Die Faszination für ein Vielzweck-Symbol aus der Science Fiction-Literatur},<br />
journal = {Telepolis},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.heise.de/tp/r4/artikel/23/23727/1.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Niederée & Heyer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Niederée & Heyer 2003a,<br />
author = {Niederée, R. & Heyer, D.},<br />
title = {The Dual Nature of Picture Perception: A Challenge to Current General Accounts of Visual Perception},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into pictures. An interdisciplinary approach to pictorial space},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, Heiko; Schwartz, Robert & Atherton, Margaret},<br />
pages = {77–98},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nietzsche 1870-1873===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nietzsche 1870-1873,<br />
author = {Nietzsche, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Ueber Wahrheit und Lüge im aussermoralischen Sinne [1870-1873]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke. Kritische Studienausgabe in 15 Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Giorgio Colli und Mazzino Montinari},<br />
pages = {873-890},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nivelle 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nivelle 1971,<br />
author = {Nivelle, Armand},<br />
title = {Kunst- und Dichtungstheorien zwischen Aufklärung und Klassik},<br />
year = {2. Auflage 1971},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nöth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nöth 2000a,<br />
author = {Nöth, Winfried},<br />
title = {Der Zusammenhang von Text und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Text- und Gesprächslinguistik. Handbücher zur Sprach- und Kommunikationswissenschaft 16},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Klaus Brinker et al.},<br />
pages = {489–496},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Novitz 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Novitz 1977,<br />
author = {Novitz, David},<br />
title = {Pictures and their Use in Communication. A philosphical Essay},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==O==<br />
===OED===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{OED-3,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Oxford English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
url = {dictionary.oed.com},<br />
note = {3<sup>rd</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Öhlschläger 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Oehlschläger 2005a,<br />
author = {Öhlschläger, C.},<br />
title = {Evidenz und Ereignis. Musils poetische ‚Momentaufnahmen‘ im Kontext der Moderne},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {203-216},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ohler 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ohler 1994a,<br />
author = {Ohler, Peter},<br />
title = {Kognitive Filmpsychologie. Verarbeitung und mentale Repräsentation narrativer Filme},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {MAkS Publikationen},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Okolowitz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Okolowitz 2006a,<br />
author = {Okolowitz, Herbert},<br />
title = {Virtualität bei G.W. Leibniz. Eine Retrospektive},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Diss. Universität Augsburg},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=98278726X},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ott 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ott 2007a,<br />
author = {Ott, Michaela},<br />
title = {Der unbestimmte Raum in Philosophie und Film},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==P==<br />
===Pang 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pang 2002a,<br />
author = {Pang, Alex Soojung-Kim},<br />
title = {Technologie und Ästhetik der Astrofotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Ordnungen der Sichtbarkeit. Fotografie in Wissenschaft, Kunst und Technologie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Geimer, Peter},<br />
pages = {101-141},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 1924a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Panofsky 1924a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Die Perspektive als symbolische Form (1924)},<br />
booktitle = {Erwin Panofsky, Deutschsprachige Aufsätze Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Michels, K. & Warnke, M.},<br />
pages = {664-757},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Erstpublikation in: <em>Vorträge der Bibliothek Warburg (1924/25)</em>. Leipzig, 1927, 258-330},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paret 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1960a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Textbelege zum islamischen Bilderverbot},<br />
booktitle = {Das Werk des Künstlers. Studien zur Ikonographie und Formgeschichte},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Hans Fegers},<br />
pages = {36-48},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paret 1968===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1968a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Das islamische Bilderverbot und die Schia},<br />
booktitle = {Festschrift Werner Caskel. Zum siebzigsten Geburtstag 5. März 1966 gewidmet von Freunden und Schülern},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Erwin Gräf},<br />
pages = {242-232},<br />
publisher = {Brill},<br />
address = {Leiden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2009a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1900 bis 1949},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2008a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1949 bis heute},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2006a,<br />
title = {Visual History. Ein Studienbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck und Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Paul 2005a,<br />
author = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Der Bilderkrieg. Inszenierungen, Bilder und Perspektiven der "Operation Irakische Freiheit"},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Perrault 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Perrault 1964a,<br />
author = {Perrault, Charles},<br />
title = {Parallèle des Anciens et des Modernes en ce qui regarde les Arts et les Sciences},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {orig.: Paris (4 Bde): 1688, 1690, 1692, 1694; Faksimileausgabe mit einer Einführung von Hans Robert Jauss und einem Kommentar von Max Imdahl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pesch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pesch 2001a,<br />
author = {Pesch, Martin},<br />
title = {Raumbilder-Bildräume. Zu den Arbeiten von Julia Ziegler},<br />
journal = {Kunstforum International},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {153},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Petersen 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Petersen 2000,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {Mimesis – Imitatio – Nachahmung. Eine Geschichte der europäischen Poetik},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Petersen 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Petersen 1992,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {‚Mimesis’ versus ‚Nachahmung’. Die Poetik des Aristoteles – nochmals neu gelesen},<br />
journal = {Arcadia. Zeitschrift für vergleichende Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {3-46},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a,<br />
title = {Der Künstler als Kunstwerk. Selbstporträts vom Mittelalter bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich & von Rosen, Valeska},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a,<br />
title = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget 1956a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1956a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {The Child’s Construction of Space},<br />
year = {1956},<br />
publisher = {Routledge / Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget et al. 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget et al. 1960a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean; Inhelder, B. & Szemenska, I.},<br />
title = {The Child’s Conception of Geometry},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
publisher = {Harper},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1978a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {Das Weltbild des Kindes},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {dtv/Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pias 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pias 2003a,<br />
author = {Pias, Claus},<br />
title = {Das digitale Bild gibt es nicht. Über das (Nicht-)Wissen der Bilder und die informatische Illusion},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2003/01/pias/pias.pdf}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Piccolino & Wade 2006a,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco & Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early examples of ambiguity (1)},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {861–864},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Piccolino & Wade 2006b,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco &. Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early examples of ambiguity (2)},<br />
booktitle = {Perception 35 (8)},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {1003–1006},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pillow 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pillow 2003,<br />
author = {Pillow, Kirk},<br />
title = {Did Goodman's Distinction Survive LeWitt?},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {61},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {365-380},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pitts et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pitts et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Pitts, Michael A.; Gavin, William J. & Nerger, Janice L.},<br />
title = {Early top-down influences on bistable perception revealed by event-related potentials},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {11–24},<br />
volume = {67},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 1991b,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Timaios},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke VIII},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Hülser, Karlheinz},<br />
pages = {197-425},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 2008a,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Politeia},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke, Band 2},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Ursula},<br />
pages = {195-537},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Plessner 1928a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Die Stufen des Organischen und der Mensch},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {W. de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {<sup>3</sup>1975},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1982a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Trieb und Leidenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Mit anderen Augen},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Plessner, Helmuth}, <br />
pages = {110-123},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1989a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Zur Anthropologie der Nachahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, G.},<br />
pages = {176-184},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plinius 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Plinius 2004,<br />
title = {G. Plinius Secundus d. Ä: Naturkunde / Naturalis historia : lateinisch-deutsch},<br />
year = {1990–2004},<br />
editor = {Roderich König et al.},<br />
publisher = {Artemis},<br />
address = {Zürich},<br />
note = {unkritische Ausgabe des lateinischen Textes mit Übersetzung und Erläuterungen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plümacher 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plümacher 1999a,<br />
author = {Plümacher, Martina},<br />
title = {Wohlgeformtheitsbedingugen für Bilder?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pöppel 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pöppel 1982a,<br />
author = {Pöppel, E.},<br />
title = {Lust und Schmerz},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Severin & Siedler},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pollmeier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pollmeier 2005a,<br />
author = {Pollmeier, Klaus},<br />
title = {Vom Baryt zum Bit. Zur Konservierung analoger und digitaler fotografischer Bilder. Digitale Bildverarbeitung, eine Erweiterung oder radikale Veränderung der Fotografie?},<br />
howpublished = {Ludwigsburg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
note = {Hasenpflug (Red.): Dokumentation des Symposiums am 12./13. November 2004 im Museum Folkwang, Essen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Popper 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Popper 2002a,<br />
author = {Popper, Karl R.},<br />
title = {Alle Menschen sind Philosophen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Bohnet, Heidi & Stadler, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München/Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pratschke 2005a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Digitale Form},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pratschke 2008a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Interaktion mit Bildern. Digitale Bildgeschichte am Beispiel grafischer Benutzeroberflächen},<br />
booktitle = {Technische Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bredekamp, Horst et al.},<br />
pages = {68-80},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Predelli 1999===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Predelli 1999,<br />
author = {Predelli, Stefano},<br />
title = {Goodman and the Score},<br />
journal = {British Journal of Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138-147},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pross 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pross 1972a,<br />
author = {Pross, Harry},<br />
title = {Medienforschung. Film, Funk, Presse, Fernsehen},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Habel},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Puttfarken 1991a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {The Dispute about Disegno and Colorito in Venice. Paolo Pino, Lodovico Dolce and Titian},<br />
booktitle = {Kunst und Kunsttheorie 1400–1900},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Peter Glanz et al.},<br />
pages = {75-95},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Puttfarken 1985a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {Roger de Piles‘ Theory of Art},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New Haven/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Q==<br />
==R==<br />
===Rager 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rager 1997a,<br />
author = {Rager, Dietmar},<br />
title = {Aspekte Sehen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob/ & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Raphael 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Raphael 1986a,<br />
author = {Raphael, Max},<br />
title = {Raumgestaltungen. Der Beginn der modernen Kunst im Kubismus und im Werk von Georges Braque}, <br />
year = {1986, Erstausgabe 1949},<br />
publisher = {Campus}<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M./New York},<br />
note = {hg. v. H.-J. Heinrichs},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rastier 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rastier 1972a,<br />
author = {Rastier, François },<br />
title = {Systematiques des isotopies},<br />
booktitle = {Essais de sémiotique poétique},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Greimas, A.J.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Larousse},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Recki 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Recki 2004a,<br />
author = {Recki, Birgit},<br />
title = {Kultur als Praxis. Eine Einführung in Ernst Cassirers Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Akademie-Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Renz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Renz 2006a,<br />
author = {Renz, U.},<br />
title = {Schönheit. Eine Wissenschaft für sich},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Berlin Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riedel 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Riedel 2005a,<br />
author = {Riedel, W.},<br />
title = {Endogene Bilder. Anthropologie und Poetik bei Gottfried Benn},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {163-202},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rieger 2009a,<br />
author = {Rieger, Stefan},<br />
title = {Holographie. Das Versprechen der Ganzheit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {87-106},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger & Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rieger & Schröter 2009a,<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen}, <br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riegl 1931a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Riegl 1931a,<br />
author = {Riegl, Alois},<br />
title = {Das holländische Gruppenporträt},<br />
year = {1931},<br />
publisher = {Staatsdruckerei},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1902},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rimmele 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rimmele 2010a,<br />
author = {Rimmele, Marius},<br />
title = {Das Triptychon als Metapher, Körper und Ort. Semantisierungen eines Bildträgers},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ritchin 1990a,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {In Our Image: The Coming Revolution in Photography. How Computer Technology is Changing our View of the World},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ritchin 1990b,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {Photojournalism in the Age of Computers},<br />
booktitle = {The Critical Image. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Squiers},<br />
pages = {28-37},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Seattle},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roch 1998a,<br />
author = {Roch, Axel},<br />
title = {Radartechnologie und Computergraphik. Zur Geschichte der Beleuchtungsmodelle in computergenerierten Bildern},<br />
booktitle = {Geschichte der Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Faßler, Manfred & Halbach, Wulf R.},<br />
pages = {227-254},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rock 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rock 1985a,<br />
author = {Rock, Irvin},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung. Vom visuellen Reiz zum Sehen u. Erkennen},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Spektrum-der-Wissenschaft-Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roloff 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roloff_1972a,<br />
author = {Roloff, D.},<br />
title = {Eidolon, Eikon, Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd.2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {330-332},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Róna-Tas 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Róna-Tas 1999a,<br />
author = {Róna-Tas, A.},<br />
title = {Hungarians and Europe in the Early Middle Ages. An Introduction to Early Hungarian History},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {CEU Press},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rorty 1967a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rorty 1967a,<br />
author = {Rorty, Richard},<br />
title = {The Linguistic Turn: Essays in Philosophical Method},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press.},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 2005a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Materie und Geist. Eine philosophische Untersuchung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ros 1999a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Was ist Philosophie?},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophieren über Philosophie}<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Raatzsch, Richard},<br />
pages = {36–58},<br />
publisher = {Leipziger Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ros 1989a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {“Bedeutung”, “Idee” und “Begriff” – Zur Behandlung einiger bedeutungstheoretischer Paradoxien durch Leibniz},<br />
journal = {Studia Leibnitiana},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {133-154},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1989/90a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1989/90a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Begründung und Begriff. Wandlungen des Verständnisses begrifflicher Argumentationen},<br />
year = {1989/90},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {3 Bände},<br />
hidden = {B. I: Antike, Spätantike und Mittelalter; B. II: Neuzeit; B. III: Moderne},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1979a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Objektkonstitution und elementare Sprachhandlungsbegriffe},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Königstein/Ts.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosch 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosch 1978a,<br />
author = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
title = {Principles of categorization}<br />
booktitle = {Cognition and Categorization},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
pages = {27-48},<br />
publisher = {Hillsdale},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosler 2000a,<br />
author = {Rosler, Martha},<br />
title = {Bildsimulationen, Computermanipulationen: einige Überlegungen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV. 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {von Amelunxen, Hubertus},<br />
pages = {129-170},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roth 2000a,<br />
author = {Roth, Peter},<br />
title = {Virtualis als Sprachschöpfung mittelalterlicher Theologen},<br />
booktitle = {Die Anwesenheit des Abwesenden. Theologische Annäherungen an Begriff und Phänomene von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Roth, Peter; Schreiber, Stefan & Siemons, Stefan},<br />
pages = {33-42},<br />
publisher = {Wißner},<br />
address = {Augsburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Royce 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Royce 1998a,<br />
author = {Royce, Terry},<br />
title = {Synergy on the Page: Exploring Intersemiotic Complementarity in Page-based Multimodal Text},<br />
journal = {JASFL Occasional Papers},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {25-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rötzer 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rötzer 1993a,<br />
author = {Rötzer, Florian},<br />
title = {Cyberspace. Zum medialen Gesamtkunstwerk},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ruff 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ruff 2009a,<br />
author = {Ruff, Thomas},<br />
title = {Jpegs},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ryan 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ryan 2001,<br />
author = {Ryan, Marie-Laure},<br />
title = {arrative as Virtual Reality. Immersion and Interactivity in Literature and Electronic Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {The Johns Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore & London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==S==<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Medium},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005b,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005a,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2004a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als kommunikatives Medium. Elemente einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003b,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Was ist Bildkompetenz?},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1999a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, },<br />
title = {Gibt es ein Bildalphabet?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {57-66},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1995a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Piktoriale Einstellungen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktoraler Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {195-211},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 1993a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Philosophische Psychologie im 19. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Prädikative und modale Bildtheorie },<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik. Theorien - Methoden - Fallbeispiele},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H.; Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {97-119},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-2/index.html},<br />
abstract ={Gegenstände sind immer nur dann Bilder, wenn jemand sie als solche benutzt. Hierbei können Bilder eine Vielzahl von Funktionen übernehmen. Lassen sich diese verschiedenen Funktionen oder Verwendungsweisen vielleicht aus einer einzigen Grundfunktion ableiten? Und sofern das so ist: Was wäre, ließe sich zweitens fragen, diese Grundfunktion von Bildern und in welcher Relation, ergibt sich als dritte Frage, steht sie zu den Verwendungsweisen von Sprache? Eine positive Beantwortung der ersten Frage voraussetzend werden zwei Kandidaten für die zweite Frage untersucht und diskutiert: Während die prädikative Theorie die grundlegende Bildverwendung in etwa paraphrasiert mit „… sieht so und so aus“ (bzw. „Der Gegenstand, der so und so aussieht, …“), schlägt die modale Theorie eine Verwendungsweise vor analog zu „An einem anderen (auch fiktiven) Ort oder einer anderen (auch hypothetischen) Zeit ist der Fall, daß so und so.“ },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Medientheorie, visuelle Kultur und Bildanthropologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {393-424},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.JRJS.de/Work/Papers/P09/P09-1/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachsse 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachsse 1974a,<br />
author = {Sachsse, Hans},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Kybernetik. Unter besonderer Berücksichtigung von technischen und biologischen Wirkungsgefügen},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Vieweg},<br />
address = {Braunschweig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 2007a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Le Sens du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1990a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Semiotics of Visual Language},<br />
publisher = {Indiana University Press},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
address = {Bloomington, IN},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1987a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {Englisch: Semiotics of Visual Language. Bloomington, Indianapolis: Indiana University Press.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1986a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie et syntax visuelle: Une analyse de Mascerade de Pellan},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 2008a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Transfigurements: On the True Sense of Art},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 1998a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Shades. Of Painting at the Limit},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Salomon 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2006a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {Transformations and Projections in Computer Graphics},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Salomon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2008a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {A Concise Introduction to Data Compression},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sander 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sander 1962a,<br />
author = {Sander, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Experimentelle Ergebnisse der Gestaltpsychologie},<br />
booktitle = {Ganzheitspsychoplogie. Grundlagen, Ergebnisse, Anwendungen: gesammelte Abhandlungen},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sander, Friedrich & Volkelt, Hans},<br />
pages = {73–122},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck'sche Verlagsbuchhandlung},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1962a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Blick},<br />
booktitle = {Das Sein und das Nichts},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Skizze einer Theorie der Emotionen},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {255-321},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1994b,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Das Imaginäre. Phänomenologische Psychologie der Einbildungskraft (1940)},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-2, hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994c,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Die Imagination (1936)},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {97-254},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1999a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Die Suche nach dem Absoluten. Texte zur bildenden Kunst},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sauer 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sauer 2008a,<br />
author = {Sauer, Martina},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmen von Sinn vor jeder sprachlichen oder gedanklichen Fassung? Frage an Ernst Cassirer},<br />
journal = {Kunstgeschichte. Texte zur Diskussion},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.kunstgeschichte-ejournal.net/discussion/2008/Sauer},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saussure 1916a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saussure 1916a,<br />
author = {Saussure, Ferdinand de },<br />
title = {Cours de linguistique générale},<br />
year = {1916},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Deutsch: Grundfragen der allgemeinen Sprachwissenschaft. 3. Aufl. Berlin 2001.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saxena & Sahay 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saxena & Sahay 2005a,<br />
author = {Saxena, Anupam & Sahay, Birendra},<br />
title = {Computer Aided Engineering Design},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scheler 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scheler 1928a,<br />
author = {Scheler, Max},<br />
title = {Die Stellung des Menschen im Kosmos},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {Otto Reichl Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schier 2005a,<br />
author = {Schier, W. },<br />
title = {Die Maske von Uivar},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W. },<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schirra 2007a,<br />
editor = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Computational Visualistics and Picture Morphology},<br />
publisher = {IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
note = {Themenbeiheft zu Band 5},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Projects/Image/IMAGE5-Themenbeiheft.pdf},<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Begriffsgenetische Betrachtungen in der Bildwissenschaft: Fünf Thesen},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Medium. Kunstgeschichtliche und philosophische Grundlagen der interdisziplinären Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {197-215},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-3/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 2005a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Foundation of Computational Visualistics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {ISBN: 3-8350-6015-5 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-8350-6015-5'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra 2005b,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Ein Disziplinen-Mandala für die Bildwissenschaft - Kleine Provokation zu einem Neuen Fach},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-1/index.html},<br />
journal ={IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
pages = {30-45},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Von der Bildwissenschaft als einer Disziplin, die über die Grenzen von Kunstgeschichte oder Kunstwissenschaft hinausgeht und sich wissenschaftlich mit allen Aspekten des Umgehens mit Bildern und verwandten visuellen Repräsentations- und Zeichensystemen befaßt, wird erst seit etwa der Mitte der 1990'er Jahre gesprochen. In den folgenden Überlegungen geht es insbesondere um die Bildwissenschaft als den Versuch, ein Fachgebiet zu etablieren, in dem ein modernes Verständnis dessen, was eine etablierte Disziplin sein kann, verwirklicht sein soll. Zentrales Kriterium für in dem hier gemeinten Sinne "Neue" Disziplinen ist ihre Interdisziplinarität und die dadurch bedingte starke Methodenpluralität. Grundsätzlich muß daher die Frage geklärt werden, wie das Verhältnis der Teildisziplinen zueinander, insbesondere das Wechselspiel der jeweils eingesetzten Methoden betreffend, zu denken ist. Dem Forschungssujet der Bildwissenschaft entsprechend soll in dem Beitrag versucht werden, das Beziehungsgeflecht der beteiligten Elterndisziplinen (zumindest teilweise) in Form eines Bildes anzugeben. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2005c,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Computervisualistik},<br />
booktitle = { Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {268-280},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bausteine vieler Disziplinen müssen in eine allgemeine Bildwissenschaft integriert werden. Als Beitrag aus der Informatik versteht sich die Computervisualistik, die alle Aspekte rechnergestützten Umgangs mit Bildern umfaßt. Zwei Grundbegriffe der Informatik werden vorgestellt und bestimmen, auf den Begriff "Bild" angewendet, den methodologischen Kern der Computervisualistik. Als Beitrag der Informatik zum Gegenstand der Bildtheorie werden interaktive Bilder betrachtet. Schließlich werden die Beziehungen zu anderen "Bildwissenschaften" kurz umrissen. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2001a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bilder &nbsp;&nbsp; —— &nbsp;&nbsp; Kontextbilder},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln – Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Pragmatik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {77-100},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P01/P01-5/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bildkommunikation und die Verständigung mit Aussagen scheinen wenig gemein zu haben. Genauere logisch-pragmatische Analysen der Kontextrelativität von Aussagen zeigen jedoch eine enge systematische Abhängigkeit beider Kommunikationsformen im Begriff der Kontextbildung, den Bilder auf ausgezeichnete Weise implementieren. Prädikatorische und nominatorische Verwendungen von Bildern sind aus der grundlegenden Funktion zur Kontextbildung ableitbar. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2000a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Täuschung, Ähnlichkeit und Immersion: Die Vögel des Zeuxis},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Realismus der Bilder: Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Semantik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Rehkämper, K.& Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {119-135},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P00/P00-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bilder gibt es als solche – von ihrem Begriff her – immer nur für Individuen, die sich in einer bestimmten Weise verhalten, oder die gewisse Handlungen vollziehen. Wenn dies aber der Fall ist, scheint es ratsam, den Begriff "Bild" nicht, wie es gewöhnlich geschieht, als einen Begriff für einen isoliert vorkommenden Gegenstand zu erläutern, sondern als Komponente der Begriffe für bestimmte Verhaltens- oder Handlungsfähigkeiten. Ausgehend von der antiken Zeuxis-Anekdote werden in diesem Sinne erste Schritte zu einem handlungstheoretischen Ähnlichkeitsbegriff versucht.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1999a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Syntaktische Dichte oder Kontinuität - Ein mathematischer Aspekt der Visualistik},<br />
booktitle = {bildgrammatik. interdisziplinäre forschungen zur syntax bildlicher darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {103-119},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P99/P99-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Der Begriff Dichte spielt eine zentrale Rolle in Diskussionen zur Bildsyntax, wird aber selten in Beziehung zum mathematisch verwandten Kontinuumsbegriff gestellt. Dabei ist die Frage, ob Bilder syntaktisch nur als dicht oder gar als kontinuierlich verstanden werden sollten, durchaus relevant, wie anhand von informatischen und neuropsychologischen Argumenten gezeigt wird.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1995a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Understanding Radio Broadcasts On Soccer. The Concept `Mental Image' and Its Use in Spatial Reasoning},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktorialer Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {107-136},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P95/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Most cognitive theories agree that a listener of a sports broadcast on radio usually imagines the scene described; the concept `mental image' appears in a specific sort of explanations. In contrast to this conception, it is argued that this concept should rather be understood as part of a certain kind of grounding explanations of the radio listener's understanding. This particular conception is based on the distinction between `specification' and `implementation' as found in the theory of abstract data types. Its application to the field of spatial concepts leads to a computational system (ANTLIMA) which exemplifies how the expression `mental image' could be used while explaining a speaker's ability to control the resolvability of ambiguities in an objective report of what the speaker sees. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 1994a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bildbeschreibung als Verbindung von visuellem und sprachlichem Raum},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {DISKI},<br />
address = {St. Augustin},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {ISBN 3-929037-71-8 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-929037-71-8'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P94/P94-1-d/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1993a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Connecting Visual and Verbal Space: Preliminary Considerations Concerning the Concept »Mental Image«},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Time, Space, and Movement},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {M. Aurnague, A. Borillo, M. Borillo & M. Bras},<br />
pages = {105-121},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Paul Sabatier},<br />
address = {Toulouse},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P93/P93-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {AI research concerning the connection between seeing and speaking mainly employs what is called reference semantics. Within this framework, the notion of `mental image' is often used while explaining how somebody not situated in the same perceptual context is able to anchor his understanding of an utterance describing the scene visually perceived by the speaker. We give a foundation for considering mental images as propositions with respect to a certain field of concepts: these fields have to provide a syntactically dense set of concepts distinguishing locations. The use of such propositions in the reference semantic explanations of understanding utterances about visually perceived scenes is motivated by applying Kant's idea of the introduction of new types of objects: we conceive spatial relations as relations only applicable to sortal objects, i.e., individuated objects which are synthetically introduced on a syntactically dense field providing their potential locations. The concept `mental image' which results from these preliminary studies is applied to two current projects in AI, one dealing with the semantics of particular spatial prepositions, and the other more generally concerned with the logic of the connection between visual and verbal space.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Anthropologie in der systematischen Bildwissenschaft: Auf der Spur des homo pictor},<br />
booktitle = {Disziplinen der Anthropologie},<br />
editor = {Meyer, S. & Owzar, A.},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
pages = {145-177},<br />
note = {},<br />
publisher = {Waxmann},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Homo pictor and the Linguistic Turn: Revisiting Hans Jonas’ Picture Anthropology},<br />
journal = {Linguistic and Philosophical Investigations},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {144–181},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P10/P10-2/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {There has been a long tradition of characterizing man as the animal that talks. However, the remarkable ability of using pictures also only belongs to human beings, after all we know empirically so far. Are there conceptual reasons for that coincidence? The paper is dedicated to a philosophical programme of “concept-genetic” considerations dealing in particular with the dependencies between those two abilities: The conceptual relation between the competence to use assertive language and the faculty of employing pictures must be conceived of as being much closer than usually expected. Indeed we conclude, there cannot be creatures with only one of them.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte – elektronisch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
url = {www.uni-due.de/germanistik/elise/ausgabe_12006},<br />
hidden = {letzter Zugriff: 25. September 2010},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract ={Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie, wie sie der Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt, eignet - und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Eine Gegenüberstellung der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild führt zu eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden: Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von (darstellenden) Bildern Sprache gegenüber durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. In beiden Fällen hängen die Aufgliederungen mit der Funktion der Kontextbildung zusammen, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung mündet daher in das Programm einer begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, die eine derartige Begründung zu liefern imstande wäre. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Fähigkeiten zum Bild- und Sprachgebrauch },<br />
journal = {Deutsche Zeitschrift für Philosophie},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {54},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {887-905},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-5/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie wie in die Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Ein erster Vergleich der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild listet eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden auf. Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von Bildern gegenüber Sprache durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung weitet sich daher zu einer begriffsgenetischen Skizzierung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, wobei sich die Begriffe des sortalen Gegenstands und des Verhaltenskontextes als zentral herausstellen. Mit ihnen kann die Beziehung zwischen den beiden Fähigkeiten genauer untersucht werden: Sie ergibt sich insbesondere aus der Funktion der Kontextbildung, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Im Rahmen der begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung ergeben sich schließlich Argumente dafür, die Beziehung als eine wechselseitige Abhängigkeit zu charakterisieren, wobei auch eine Vorschlag zur Analyse des Begriffs des inneren Bildes - oder besser: des Vorstellungsvermögens eingeschlossen ist. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Scholz 1998a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. & Scholz, Martin},<br />
title = {Abstraction versus Realism: Not the Real Question},<br />
booktitle = {Computer Visualization – Graphics, Abstraction, and Interactivity},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Strothotte, T. (et al.)},<br />
pages = {379-401},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {Chapter 22},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P98/P98-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {When browsing through a book on computer graphics, one usually finds a lot of more or less interesting pictures that are produced by means of computers. These pictures are embedded in pages of technical texts describing how this image generation was performed and why it provides a better way to do so than other methods. Less space is usually given to the methodological background and the motivation underlying the preoccupation with computer visualization. In this chapter, we want to complement the more technically oriented part of this book with some reflections as to why such techniques can be interesting not only for computer graphics researchers, and where, from a communication-theoretic point of view, they might be of use in our society.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schleicher 1859a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schleicher 1859a,<br />
author = {Schleicher, August},<br />
title = {Zur Morphologie der Sprache},<br />
journal = {Mémoires de l'académdie impériale des sciences de St. Pétersbourg},<br />
year = {1859},<br />
volume = {1?},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1-38},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt 2000,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter},<br />
title = {Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1: : Absenz – Darstellung},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {831-875},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt & George 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt_George_2005a,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter; George, Marion},<br />
title = {Typisch/Typ(us)},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {191-246},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlosser 1952a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schlosser 1952a,<br />
author = {Schlosser, K.},<br />
title = {Der Signalismus in der Kunst der Naturvölker: Biologisch-psychologische Gesetzlichkeiten in den Abweichungen von der Norm des Vorbildes},<br />
year = {1952},<br />
publisher = {Mühlau},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmid 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmid 2009a,<br />
author = {Schmid, Gabriele},<br />
title = {Zwischen Bildern. Die holographische Installation als Handlungsfeld},<br />
booktitle = {holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {161-180},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1998a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Mimesis bei Aristoteles und in den Poetikkommentaren der Renaissance. Zum Wandel des Gedankens von der Nachahmung der Natur in der frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Mimesis und Simulation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Andreas Kablitz & Gerhard Neumann},<br />
pages = {17-53},<br />
publisher = {ombach},<br />
address = {Freiburg im Breisgau},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1996a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Teleologie und Geschichte bei Aristoteles oder Wie kommen nach Aristoteles Anfang, Mitte und Ende in die Geschichte?},<br />
booktitle = {Das Ende. Figuren einer Denkform},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Stierle und Rainer Warning},<br />
pages = {528-563},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider 2009a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit},<br />
title = {Wissenschaftsbilder zwischen digitaler Transformation und Manipulation. Einige Anmerkungen zur Diskussion des “digitalen Bildes”},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {188-200},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schneider 2000a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Ralf},<br />
title = {Grundriß zur kognitiven Theorie der Figurenkonzeption am Beispiel des viktorianischen Romans},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Stauffenburg},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider & Berz 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider & Berz 2002a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit & Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bildtexturen. Punkte, Zeilen, Spalten. I. Textile Processing/II. Bildtelegraphie}<br />
booktitle = {Mimetische Differenzen. Der Spielraum der Medien zwischen Abbildung und Nachbildung}, <br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Flach, Sabine & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
pages = {181-220},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider & Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schneider & Stöckl 2011a,<br />
title = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, Jan Georg & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {erscheint Frühjahr 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2011===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Schönhammer 2011,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Stichwort: Kippbilder},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
howpublished = {PsyDok, Volltextserver der Virtuellen Fachbibliothek Psychologie},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://psydok.sulb.uni-saarland.de/frontdoor.php?source_opus=2756&la=de},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schönhammer 2009a,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Wahrnehmungspsychologie. Sinne, Körper, Bewegung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 2004a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstellung, Zeichen. Philosophische Theorien bildhafter Darstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {2., vollständig überarbeitete Aufl.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Scholz 1998a,<br />
title = {Mimesis. Studien zur literarischen Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Scholz, Bernhard F.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 1991a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstellung, Zeichen. Philosophische Theorien bildhafter Darstellungen},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {(1. Aufl.)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schott 1657a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schott 57a,<br />
author = {Schott, Kaspar},<br />
title = {De Magia Anamorphotica},<br />
booktitle = {Magia Universalis Naturae et Artis},<br />
year = {1657},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Herbipoli},<br />
note = {Teil 1, Buch III},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2001a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Eine kurze Geschichte der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht. Fotografieren in Museen & Archiven & Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, Wolfgang & Jaworek, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {249-257},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter 2003a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Virtuelle Kamera. Zum Fortbestand fotografischer Medien in computergenerierten Bildern}, <br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {88},<br />
pages = {3-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Welt. Analoge und Digitale Bilder - mehr oder weniger Realität?},<br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke},<br />
pages = {335-354},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2004b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Netz und die Virtuelle Realität. Zur Selbstprogrammierung der Gesellschaft durch die universelle Maschine},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Computer/Simulation. Kopie ohne Original oder das Original kontrollierende Kopie},<br />
booktitle = {OriginalKopie. Praktiken des Sekundären},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fehrmann, Gisela et al.},<br />
pages = {139-155},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Notizen zu einer Geschichte des Löschens. Am Beispiel von Video und Robert Rauschenbergs Erased de Kooning-Drawing},<br />
booktitle = {Im Banne der Ungewissheit. Bilder zwischen Medien, Kunst und Menschen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schumacher-Chilla, Doris},<br />
pages = {171-194},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oberhausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2005a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {MetaMorphing. Camerons Analysen der digitalen Bilder in Terminator 2 und The Abyss}, <br />
booktitle = {Mythen, Mütter, Maschinen. Die Filme des James Cameron},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pabst, Eckhard},<br />
pages = {289-315},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeit ist überhaupt nur darzustellen, indem man sie konstruiert (Andreas Gursky)},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {201-218},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {On the Logic of the Digital Archive},<br />
booktitle = {The You Tube Reader},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Vonderau, Patrick & Snickars, Pelle},<br />
pages = {330-346},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2009c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {3D. Zur Theorie, Geschichte und Medienästhetik des technischtransplanen Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen und die Nicht-Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {77-86},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2010a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Fotografie und Fiktionalität},<br />
booktitle = {Die fotografische Wirklichkeit. Inszenierung - Fiktion - Narration},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Blunck, Lars},<br />
pages = {143-158},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2010b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Zeitalter der technischen Nichtreproduzierbarkeit},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
editor = {Schröter, Jens et al.},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {1-38},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter & Thielmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter & Thielmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens & Thielmann, Tristan},<br />
title = {Display I: Analog},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften}<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2010a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Darstellung einer Vorstellung. Das Bild der Welt auf der Pioneer-Plakette},<br />
booktitle = {Atlas der Weltbilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Markschies, C. et al.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schürmann 2008a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Sehen als Praxis. Ethisch-ästhetische Studien zum Verhältnis von Sicht und Einsicht},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulz 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulz 2005a,<br />
author = {Schulz, Martin},<br />
title = {Ordnungen der Bilder. Eine Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Finke},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulze 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulze 2000a,<br />
author = {Schulze, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Die Erlebnis-Gesellschaft. Kultursoziologie der Gegenwart. 8. Auflage. Studienausgabe.},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M., New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schwingeler 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schwingeler 2008a,<br />
author = {Schwingeler, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Raummaschine. Raum und Perspektive im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Werner Hülsbusch},<br />
address = {Boizenburg},<br />
note = {(Reihe Game Studies)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Searle 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Searle 1971,<br />
author = {Searle, John R.},<br />
title = {Sprechakttheorie - Ein sprachphilosophischer Essay},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 2003a,<br />
author = {Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Erscheinens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seel 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 1991a,<br />
author = {Seel, Norbert M.},<br />
title = {Weltwissen und mentale Modelle},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seiterle 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Seiterle 1988a,<br />
author = {Seiterle, G. },<br />
title = {Maske, Ziegenbock und Satyr},<br />
journal = {Antike Welt. Z. für Archäologie und Kulturgeschichte},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seja 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seja 2009a,<br />
author = {Seja, Silvia},<br />
title = {Handlungstheorien des Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sekula 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sekula 2002a,<br />
author = {Sekula, Allan},<br />
title = {Der Handel mit Fotografien},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {255-290},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shannon & Weaver 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shannon & Weaver 1976a,<br />
author = {Shannon, Claude E. & Weaver, Warren},<br />
title = {Mathematische Grundlagen der Informationstheorie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shepard 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shepard 1990a,<br />
author = {Shepard, Roger N.},<br />
title = {Mind sights. Original illusions, ambiguities, and other anomalies, with a commentary on the play of mind in perception and art},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {W. H. Freeman},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shneiderman 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Shneiderman 1983a,<br />
author = {Shneiderman, B.},<br />
title = {Direct Manipulation - A Step Beyond Programming Languages},<br />
journal = {IEEE Computer},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
volume = {16},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {57-69},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shohat & Stam 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Shohat & Stam 1998a,<br />
author = {Shohat, E. & Stam R.},<br />
title = {Narrativizing Visual Culture. Towards a Polycentric Aesthetics},<br />
booktitle = {The Visual Culture Reader},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Mirzoeff, N.},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {26-49},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegmund 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegmund 2007a,<br />
author = {Siegmund, J.},<br />
title = {Die Evidenz der Kunst. Künstlerisches Handeln als ästhetische Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Simmel 1995a,<br />
author = {Simmel, G.},<br />
title = {Der Bildrahmen. Ein ästhetischer Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Aufsätze und Abhandlungen 1901-1908 Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Simmel, G.},<br />
pages = {101-108},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1992a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Soziologie. Untersuchungen über die Formen der Vergesellschaftung},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Gesamtausgabe, Bd. 11, hrsg. von Otthein Rammstedt},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1978a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Das individuelle Gesetz. Philosophische Exkurse},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Michael Landmann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a,<br />
author = {Smith, Robert W. & Tatarewicz, Joseph N.},<br />
title = {Replacing a Technology: The Large Space Telescope and CCDs},<br />
journal = {Proceedings of the IEEE},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
volume = {73},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1221-1235},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sobchack 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sobchack 1997a,<br />
author = {Sobchack, Vivian},<br />
title = {Meta-Morphing. Visual Transformation and the Culture of Quick-Change},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minneapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a,<br />
author = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
title = {Figurative Politik. Prolegomena zu einer Kultursoziologie politischen Handelns},<br />
booktitle = {Figurative Politik. Zur Performanz der Macht in der modernen Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
pages = {17-33},<br />
publisher = {Leske und Budrich},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sommer 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sommer 1987a,<br />
author = {Sommer, M.},<br />
title = {Evidenz im Augenblick. Eine Phänomenologie der reinen Empfindung},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sonesson 1992a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Bildbetydelser: Inledning till bildsemiotiken som vetenskap},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Studentlitteratur},<br />
address = {Lund},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sonesson 1989a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Pictorial Concepts},<br />
publisher = {Lund University Press},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sörbom 1966===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sörbom 1966,<br />
author = {Sörbom, Göran},<br />
title = {Mimesis and Art. Studies in the Origin an Early Development of an Aesthetic Vocabulary},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spariosu 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Spariosu 1984,<br />
title = {Mimesis in contemporary theory: An interdisciplinary Approach. Volume I: The Literary and the Philosophical Debate},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Spariosu, Mihai},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Philadelphia/Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spillner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Spillner 1982a,<br />
author = {Spillner, Bernd},<br />
title = {Stilanalyse semiotisch komplexer Texte: Zum Verhältnis von sprachlicher und bil¬dicher Information in Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4/5},<br />
pages = {91–106},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stadler & Kruse 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stadler & Kruse 1995a,<br />
author = {Stadler, Michael & Kruse, Peter},<br />
title = {The Function of Meaning in Cognitive Order Formation.},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {5–21},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Steinbrenner 2009a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Bildtheorien der analytischen Tradition},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {284-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 2004a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Zeichen über Zeichen. Grundlagen einer Theorie der Metabezugnahme},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Synchron Wissenschaftsverlag der Autoren},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 1996a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Kognitivismus in der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a,<br />
title = {Farben: Betrachtungen aus Philosophie und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Glasauer, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a,<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
title = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stiegler 2004a,<br />
author = {Stiegler, Bernd},<br />
title = {Digitale Photographie als epistemologischer Bruch und historische Wende},<br />
booktitle = {Das Gesicht der Welt. Medien in der digitalen Kultur},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Engell & Neitzel},<br />
pages = {105-126},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stierle 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stierle 1984a,<br />
author = {Stierle, Karlheinz},<br />
title = {Das bequeme Verhältnis. Lessings Laokoon und die Entdeckung des ästhetischen Mediums},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, Gunter},<br />
pages = {23-58},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2011a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbekommunikation semiotisch},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch Werbekommunikation},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Nina Janich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {UTB},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {erscheint Mitte 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {The Language-Image-Text. Theoretical and Analytical Inroads into Semiotic Complexity},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {202-226},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Beyond Depicting. Language-Image-Links in the Service of Advertising},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {3-28},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2008a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbetypographie. Formen und Funktionen},<br />
booktitle = {Werbung – grenzenlos. Multimodale Werbetexte im interkulturellen Vergleich},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bendel, Sylvia & Held, Gudrun},<br />
pages = {13–36},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2005a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typography: Body and Dress of a Text – A Signing Mode between Language and Image},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {204-214},<br />
note = {Special Issue “The New Typography”},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2004b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typographie: Körper und Gewand des Textes. Linguistische Überlegungen zu typographischer Gestaltung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Angewandte Linguistik},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {41},<br />
pages = {5-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stöckl 2004a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Die Sprache im Bild – Das Bild in der Sprache. Zur Verknüpfung von Sprache und Bild im massenmedialen Text},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2003a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {„Imagine“: Stilanalyse multimodal. Am Beispiel des TV-Werbespots},<br />
booktitle = {Sprachstil – Zugänge und Anwendungen. Ulla Fix zum 60. Geburtstag},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Barz, Irmhild & Lerchner, Gotthard & Schröder, },<br />
pages = {305-323},<br />
publisher = {Winter},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 1992a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Der ‚picture relation type’ – Ein praktischer Analysemodus zur Beschreibung der vielfältigen Einbettungs- und Verknüpfungsbeziehungen von Bild und Text},<br />
journal = {Papiere zur Linguistik},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {46},<br />
number = {11},<br />
pages = {49-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoesz 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Stoesz 2008a,<br />
author = {Stoesz Brenda Marie},<br />
title = {The Role of Selective Attention in Perceptual Switching. },<br />
year = {2008},<br />
howpublished = {Department of Psychology, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Manitoba},<br />
note = {Thesis Master of Arts Thesis},<br />
hidden = {zuletzt geprüft am 17.03.2011},<br />
url = {mspace.lib.umanitoba.ca/bitstream/1993/3083/1/BStoesz%20-%20MA%20thesis%202008%20revisions.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoichita 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stoichita 1998a,<br />
author = {Stoichita, Victor I.},<br />
title = {Das selbstbewußte Bild. Vom Ursprung der Metamalerei},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauß 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strauß 1998a,<br />
author = {Strauß, Bernd (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Zuschauer},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strenge 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Strenge_1998a,<br />
author = {Strenge, Britta},<br />
title = {Typos/Typologie},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {1587-1595},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Striedter 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Striedter 1984a,<br />
author = {Striedter, K.H.},<br />
title = {Felsbilder der Sahara},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauss 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Strauss 1979a,<br />
author = {Strauss, M.S.},<br />
title = {Abstraction of prototypical information by adults and 10-month-old infants},<br />
journal = {J. of Experimental Psychology: Human Leraning and Memory},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {5},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {618-632},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a,<br />
author = {Strothotte, Thomas & Schlechtweg, Stefan},<br />
title = {Non-photorealistic Computer Graphics: Modeling, Rendering, and Animation},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {San Francisco u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stüber & Stadler 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stüber & Stadler 1999a,<br />
author = {Strüber, Daniel & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Differences in top-down influences on the reversal rate of different categories of reversible figures},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {28},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1185–1196},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sturken & Cartwright 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sturken & Cartwright 2001a,<br />
author = {Sturken, M. & Cartwright L.},<br />
title = {Practices of Looking. An Introduction to Visual Culture},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
address = {Oxford, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch.},<br />
title = {Schreck-Gesichter. Symbole des magischen Alltags},<br />
booktitle = {Symbole des Alltags, Alltag der Symbole},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Blaschitz, G.; et al. },<br />
pages = {517-554},<br />
publisher = {ADV},<br />
address = {Graz},<br />
note = {Festschrift Harry Kühnel zum 65. Geburtstag},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1998a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch. },<br />
title = {Grenzen der Komplexität. Die Kunst als Bild der Wirklichkeit. Neuropsychologische und ethologische Erkenntnisse in der Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Einfachen zur Ganzheitlichkeit. Das Problem der Komplexität auf organismischer und soziokultureller Ebene},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {A.M. Wobus, & U. Wobus},<br />
pages = {167-188},<br />
publisher = {Nova Acta Leopoldina 77(304)},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Szily 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Szily 1999a,<br />
author = {Szily, K.},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelvújítás szótára},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Nap Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==T==<br />
===Tatarkiewicz 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tatarkiewicz 2003,<br />
author = {Tatarkiewicz, Wladysaw},<br />
title = {Geschichte der sechs Begriffe. Kunst • Schönheit • Form • Kreativität • Mimesis • Ästhetisches Erlebnis},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thielmann & Schröter 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Thielmann & Schröter 2007a,<br />
title = {Display II: Digital. Navigationen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Thielmann, Tristan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {<em>Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften</em>},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {Jg. 7, H. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tholen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tholen 2003a,<br />
author = {Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
title = {Die Zäsur der Medien. Kulturphilosophische Konturen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a,<br />
author = {Thornhill, R. & Gangestad, S.W. },<br />
title = {Human facial beauty: averageness, symmetry and parasite resistance},<br />
journal = {Human nature},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {237-269},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Thürlemann 1990a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Raum. Beiträge zu einer semiotischen Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Thürlemann 1984a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Die Farbe in der Malerei: Symbolischer und semi-symbolischer Bedeutungsmodus},<br />
booktitle = {Semiotics Unfolding. Proceedings of the Second Congress of the International Association for Semiotic Studies},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Tasso Borbé},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tischner 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tischner 1954a,<br />
author = {Tischner, H.},<br />
title = {Kunst der Südsee},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Todorov 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Todorov 1977,<br />
author = {Todorov, Tzvetan},<br />
title = {Symboltheorien},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {[frz. Original 1977]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Topper 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Topper 00a,<br />
author = {Topper, David},<br />
title = {On Anamorphosis. Setting Some Things Straight},<br />
journal = {Leonardo},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
volume = {33},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {115-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tótfalusi 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tótfalusi 2002a,<br />
author = {Tótfalusi, I.},<br />
title = {Magyar szótörténeti szótár},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Anno Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Totzke 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Totzke 2004a,<br />
author = {Totzke, Rainer},<br />
title = {Buchstaben-Folgen. Schriftlichkeit, Wissenschaft und Heideggers Kritik an der Wissenschaftsideologie},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Welbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Troje & McAdam 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Troje & McAdam 2010a,<br />
author = {Troje, N. F. & McAdam, M.},<br />
title = {The viewing-from-above bias and the silhouette illusion},<br />
journal = {i-Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {143–148},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {i-perception.perceptionweb.com/fulltext/i01/i0408.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Trübner 1940===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Trübner 1940,<br />
title = {Trübners Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: C-F},<br />
year = {1940},<br />
editor = {Alfred Göze},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Art. „darstellen“, S. 27},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tugendhat 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat 1976a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die sprachanalytische Philosophie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst & Wolf, Ursula},<br />
title = {Logisch-semantische Propädeutik},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {(revid. 1986)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==U==<br />
===Ullrich 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ullrich 1997a,<br />
author = {Ullrich, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Digitaler Nominalismus. Zum Status der Computerfotografie},<br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {64},<br />
pages = {63-73},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==V==<br />
===Vaihinger 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vaihinger 1997a,<br />
author = {Vaihinger, Dirk},<br />
title = {Virtualität und Realität – Die Fiktionalisierung der Wirklichkeit und die unendliche Information},<br />
booktitle = {Künstliche Paradiese, Virtuelle Realitäten. Künstliche Räume in Literatur-, Sozial-, und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Krapp, Holger & Wägenbaur, Thomas},<br />
pages = {19-43},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Valenza et al. 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Valenza et al. 1996a,<br />
author = {Valenza, E.; Simion, F.; Cassia, V.M. & Umiltà, C.},<br />
title = {Face preference at birth},<br />
journal = {J. of experimental Psychology (Human Perception and Performance) },<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {892-903},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Varela 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Varela 1990a,<br />
author = {Varela, Francisco J.},<br />
title = {Kognitionswissenschaft, Kognitionstechnik. Eine Skizze aktueller Perspektiven},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===VCQ 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{VCQ 1996a,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Visual Culture Questionnaire},<br />
journal = {October},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
pages = {25-70},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ventola et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ventola et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Ventola, Eija & Guijarro, Moya & Arsenio, Jesús},<br />
title = {The World Told and the World Shown. Multisemiotic Issues},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan},<br />
address = {Basingstoke},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Venus 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Venus 2009a,<br />
author = {Venus, Jochen},<br />
title = {Raumbild und Tätigkeitssimulation. Video- und Computerspiele als Darstellungsmedien des Tätigkeitsempfindens},<br />
booktitle = {Das Raumbild. Bilder jenseits ihrer Flächen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Winter, Gundolf; Schröter, Jens & Barck, Joanna},<br />
pages = {259-280},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vischer 1873a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vischer 1873a,<br />
author = {Vischer, Robert},<br />
title = {Ueber das optische Formgefühl. Ein Beitrag zur Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1873},<br />
publisher = {Credner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Völker 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Völker 2010a,<br />
author = {Völker, Clara},<br />
title = {Mobile Medien. Zur Genealogie des Mobilfunks und zur Ideengeschichte von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vogel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vogel 2003a,<br />
author = {Vogel, Matthias},<br />
title = {Medien als Voraussetzungen für Gedanken},<br />
booktitle = {Medienphilosophie. Beiträge zur Klärung eines Begriffs},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Münker, Stefan; Roesler, Alexander & Sandbothe, Mike},<br />
pages = {107-134 + 213-215 [Anmerkungen]},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Volkelt 1905a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Volkelt 1905a,<br />
author = {Volkelt, Johannes},<br />
title = {System der Ästhetik. Erster Band: Grundlegung der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vorländer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vorländer 2003a,<br />
author = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
title = {Demokratie und Ästhetik. Zur Rehabilitierung eines problematischen Zusammenhangs},<br />
booktitle = {Zur Ästhetik der Demokratie. Formen der politischen Selbstdarstellung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
pages = {11-26},<br />
publisher = {Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==W==<br />
<br />
===Wade et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wade et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Wade, Nicholas J.; Campbel, Robin N.; Ross, Helen E. & Lingelbach, Bernd},<br />
title = {Necker in Scotch perspective},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1–4},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Waldenfels 2010a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Sinne und Künste im Wechselspiel. Modi ästhetischer Erfahrung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Waldenfels 1999a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Ordnungen des Sichtbaren},<br />
booktitle = {Sinnesschwellen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Walton 1973a,<br />
author = {Kendall L. Walton},<br />
title = {Pictures as Make-Believe},<br />
journal = {The Philosophical Review},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
volume = {82},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {283-319},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Walton 1990a,<br />
author = {Walton, Kendall L.},<br />
title = {Mimesis as make-believe : on the foundations of the representational arts},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Harvard Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass. [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warburg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warburg 2008a,<br />
author = {Warburg, Aby},<br />
title = {Der Bilderatlas Mnemosyne (2000)},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Warnke, Martin; unter Mitarbeit von Brink, Claudia},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warnke 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warnke 1984a,<br />
author = {Warnke, Martin},<br />
title = {Politische Architektur in Europa vom Mittelalter bis heute: Repräsentation und Gemeinschaft},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Watt 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Watt 2002a, <br />
author = {Watt, Alan}, <br />
title = {3D-Computergrafik},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weber 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weber 2000a,<br />
author = { Weber, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Windmühlen oder Mauern? Die Archive und der neue Wind in der Informationstechnik},<br />
booktitle = {Digitale Archive - Ein neues Paradigma?},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Metzing, Andreas},<br />
pages = {79-94},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Marburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weiss 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weiss 2009a,<br />
author = {Weiss, G. },<br />
title = {Masken begleiten, erinnern, ehren und erneuern},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wellbery 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wellbery 1977,<br />
author = {Wellbery, David E.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Semiotics in the German Enlightenment},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Yale University},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Werckmeister 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Werckmeister 2005a,<br />
author = {Werckmeister, Otto Karl},<br />
title = {Der Medusa Effekt. Politische Bildstrategien seit dem 11. September 2001},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {form + zweck},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wescher 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wescher 1968a,<br />
author = {Wescher, Herta},<br />
title = {Die Collage / Geschichte eines künstlerischen Ausdrucksmittels},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {DuMont Schauberg},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wheeler 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wheeler 2005a,<br />
author = {Wheeler, Michael},<br />
title = {Reconstructing the Cognitive World: The Next Step},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2008a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Die Sichtbarkeit des Bildes. Geschichte und Perspektiven der formalen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main, New York},<br />
note = {Mit einem aktuellen Vorwort des Autors zur Neuausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2005a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Artifizielle Präsenz. Studien zur Philosophie des Bildes.},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wiesing 2004a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Pragmatismus und Performativität des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {115-128},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2000a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Phänomene im Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wimmer 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wimmer 1991a,<br />
author = {Wimmer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Fabrikation der Fiktion?},<br />
booktitle = {Digitaler Schein. Ästhetik der digitalen Medien},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Rötzer, }, <br />
pages = {519-533},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winkler 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Winkler 2003a,<br />
author = {Winkler, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Zugriff. Thesen zur Umorganisation der gesellschaftlichen Bildarchive unter den Bedingungen des Digitalen},<br />
booktitle = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang; Heidenreich, Stefan & Holl, Ute},<br />
pages = {144-148},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winner 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Winner 1962a,<br />
author = {Winner, Matthias},<br />
title = {Gemalte Kunsttheorie. Zu Gustave Courbets ‚Allégorie réelle‘ und der Tradition},<br />
journal = {Jahrbuch der Berliner Museen},<br />
year = {4},<br />
volume = {1962},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {150-185},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wirth 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wirth 2004a,<br />
author = {Wirth, Uwe},<br />
title = {Das Vorwort als performative, paratextuelle und parergonale Rahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Rhetorik. Figuration und Performanz},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fohrmann, Jürgen},<br />
pages = {603-628},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Whitfield 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Whitfield 1999a,<br />
author = {Whitfield, S.},<br />
title = {Lucio Fontana},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Hayward Gallery Publ.},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witsch 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witsch 2008a,<br />
author = {Witsch, Monika},<br />
title = {Kultur und Bildung: Ein Beitrag für eine kulturwissenschaftliche Grundlegung von Bildung im Anschluss an Georg Simmel, Ernst Cassirer und Richard Hönigswald},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witte 2010a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Zur Geschichte der Bildung. Eine philosophische Kritik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2009a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Selbstbild und Bildung. Ein Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildung – Argumentation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Helmer, K.; Herchert, G. & Löwenstein, S.},<br />
pages = {81-100},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reihe: Beiträge zur Theorie der Argumentation in der Pädagogik. Herausgegeben von Andreas Dörpinghaus und Karl Helmer. Band 5},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1990a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus logico-philosophicus},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Tagebücher 1914-1916; Philosophische Untersuchungen. [7. Aufl.]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1971a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Philosophische Untersuchungen},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1922===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1922,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus},<br />
year = {1922},<br />
publisher = {Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wollheim 1982a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Sehen-als, sehen-in und bildliche Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Objekte der Kunst},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
pages = {192-210},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Looser, Max},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 1978,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Are the Criteria of Identity that Hold für a Work of Art in the Different Arts Aesthetically Relevant?},<br />
journal = {Ratio},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {20},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {29-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 2001a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {On Pictorial Representation},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
pages = {215-2268},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {Neuabdruck in: Gerwen, Rob van (Hg.). Richard Wollheim on the Art of Painting: Art as Representation and Expression. Cambridge UP, 2001},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==X==<br />
==Y==<br />
==Z==<br />
===Zaloscer 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Zaloscer 1974a,<br />
author = {Zaloscer, Hilde},<br />
title = {Versuch einer Phänomenologie des Rahmens},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Ästhetik und allgemeine Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {189-224},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zeune 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zeune 1997a,<br />
author = {Zeune, Joachim},<br />
title = {Burgen. Symbole der Macht. Ein neues Bild der mittelalterlichen Burg},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Pustet},<br />
address = {Regensburg},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zimmer 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zimmer 1995a,<br />
author = {Zimmer, A. C.},<br />
title = {Multistability – More than just a Freak Phenomenon},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {99–138},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==Fehlerhafte Angaben==<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, Jörg R. J.},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
note = {'''''Achtung!!Reihenfolge der Autoren ist verkehrt!!! Bitte korrigieren!!!''''' },<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.uni-due.de/imperia/md/content/elise/2006_-_schirra___hombach.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<!--- Die folgende Zeile muß immer am Ende der Seite stehen!! --><br />
<!--- Nicht entfernen und keinen Biblio-Eintrag danach setzen --><br />
<bibexport/></div>
Mark Ludwig
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Bibliography&diff=5894
Bibliography
2011-06-21T12:47:03Z
<p>Mark Ludwig: /* G */</p>
<hr />
<div><!--- Dies ist eine Kommentarzeile --><br />
<!--- In diese Seite kommen alle bibliographischen Daten rein, --><br />
<!--- also wirklich a l l e für dieses Glossar. --><br />
<!--- Wer es kennt, wird erkennen, dass wir uns an BibTex orientieren. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- !!!!! Bitte erst mal durchsuchen, ob der geplante Eintrag !!! --><br />
<!--- !!!!! hier nicht schon unter anderer Bezeichnung steht! !!! --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Ein Schema für neue Einträge wird hier oben automatisch --><br />
<!--- eingeblendet, wenn ein neuer Literaturverweis in einer Seite --><br />
<!--- eingebaut wurde und man dem entsprechenden Link dort im --><br />
<!--- Literaturverzeichnis folgt. Bitte nach Anlegen nach unten kopieren, --><br />
<!--- so dass eine alphabetisch geordnete Liste erhalten bleibt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Derzeit sind folgende Formen möglich Monographie (=book), --> <br />
<!--- Sammelband (= Proceedings), Artikel in Sammelband (= inproceedings),--><br />
<!--- Zeitschriftenartikel (= article), Rest (= misc.) --><br />
<!--- (An einer Übersetzung dieser Typbezeichnungen wird gearbeitet) --><br />
<!--- In allen sind die jeweils üblichen Felder verfügbar; weitere Daten --><br />
<!--- können im Feld note deponiert werden -- die werden jeweils am Ende --><br />
<!--- der damit produzierten Literaturangabe angezeigt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Nun die Einträge; wenn möglich die Namen (1. Zeile nach bibentry) --><br />
<!--- alle nach gleichem Schema bauen und alphabetisch geordnet eintragen.--><br />
<!--- Angabe des Jahres am Besten immer mit fortlaufendem Kleinbuchstaben --><br />
<!--- indizieren, auch wenn noch kein zweites Werk des Autors im gleichen --><br />
<!--- Jahr aufgenommen wurde; kann ja noch kommen. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Wenn ein als Identifier benutzter Nachname mit einem Sonderzeichen --><br />
<!--- (insbesondere Umlaut) beginnt, bitte die Normalumschrift benutzen, --><br />
<!--- sonst sind die Literaturangaben auf den Seiten falsch geordnet. --><br />
<!--- Den korrekt geschriebenen Namen zwischen den <bib>Klammern nutzen. --><br />
{{GlossarBoxSub}}__TOC__</div><br />
<!--- --><br />
<br />
==A==<br />
===Adelmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelmann 2009a, <br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adelmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Adelmann 2004a, <br />
author = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Digitale Animationen in dokumentarischen Fernsehformaten?}, <br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung}, <br />
year = {2004}, <br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke}, <br />
pages = {387-406}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adelung 1811===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelung 1811, <br />
editor = {Adelung, Johann Christoph}, <br />
title = {Grammatisch-kritisches Wörterbuch der hochdeutschen Mundart: mit beständiger Vergleichung der übrigen Mundarten, besonders aber der Oberdeutschen. Erster Teil: A-E. Mit D. W. Soltau's Beyträgen; revidirt und berichtiget von Franz Xaver Schönberger, Doctor der freyen Künste und Philosophie},<br />
year = {1811}, <br />
publisher = {Bauer}, <br />
address = {Wien}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adorno 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Adorno 2003,<br />
author = {Adorno, Theodor W.},<br />
title = {Gesammelte Schriften, Bd. 7: Ästhetische Theorie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Alpers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alpers 1985a,<br />
author = {Alpers, Svetlana},<br />
title = {Kunst als Beschreibung. Holländische Malerei des 17. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Amelunxen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Amelunxen 1996a, <br />
author = {Amelunxen, Hubertus}, <br />
title = {Fotografie nach der Fotografie}, <br />
year = {1996}, <br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Dresden u.a.}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Appadurai 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Appadurai 2003a, <br />
author = {Appadurai, Arjun},<br />
title = {Archive and Aspiration},<br />
booktitle = {Information is Alive},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Brouwer, Joke; Mulder, Arjen},<br />
pages = {14-25},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Rotterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1997,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Poetik. Griechisch/Deutsch},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Manfred Fuhrmann},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {Übers. und Hrsg.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995c,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Physik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 6; Übers.: Hans Günter Zekl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995b,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Nikomachische Ethik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 3; Übers.: Eugen Rolfes},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995a,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Metaphysik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 5; Übers.: Hermann Bonitz},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a,<br />
author = {Asemissen, Hermann Ulrich & Schweikhart, Gunter},<br />
title = {Malerei als Thema der Malerei},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Attneave 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Attneave 1971a,<br />
author = {Attneave, F.},<br />
title = {Multistability in perception},<br />
journal = {Sci.Am 225},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
volume = {225},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Auerbach 1946===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Auerbach 1946,<br />
author = {Auerbach, Erich},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Dargestellte Wirklichkeit in der abendländischen Literatur [1946]},<br />
year = {<sup>10</sup>2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen/Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Augustinus 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Augustinus 2002,<br />
author = {Augustinus},<br />
title = {Was ist Zeit? Confessiones XI/Bekenntnisse 11},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {lateinisch-deutsche Ausgabe, eingeleitet, übersetzt und mit Anmerkungen versehen von Norbert Fischer},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Austin 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Austin 1972a,<br />
author = {Austin, John L.},<br />
title = {Zur Theorie der Sprechakte},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {orig.: How to do things with Words, 1962},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==B==<br />
===Baader 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baader 2003a,<br />
author = {Baader, Hannah},<br />
title = {Paragone},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {263},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bachmann-Medick 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bachmann-Medick 2006a,<br />
author = {Bachmann-Medick, Doris},<br />
title = {Cultural Turns. Neuorientierungen in den Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Badakshi 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Badakshi 2006a,<br />
author = {Badakshi, Harun},<br />
title = {Körper in/aus Zahlen. Digitale Bildgebung in der Medizin},<br />
booktitle = {The Picture's Image. Wissenschaftliche Visualisierung als Komposit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Hinterwaldner, Inge; Buschhaus, Markus},<br />
pages = {199-205},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Badt 1963a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Badt 1963a,<br />
author = {Badt, Kurt },<br />
title = {Raumphantasien und Raumillusionen. Wesen der Plastik}<br />
year = {1963},<br />
publisher = {DuMont}, <br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Balázs 2001a,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der Geist des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Balázs 2001b,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der sichtbare Mensch},<br />
booktitle = {Texte zur Theorie des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {v. F. Albersmeier},<br />
publisher = {Philip Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
pages = {224-233},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baltrušaitis 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baltrušaitis 77a,<br />
author = {Baltrušaitis, Jurgis},<br />
title = {Anamorphic Art},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Chadwyck-Healey},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {(aus dem Französischen von W.J. Strachan, zuerst: Paris 1969)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1977a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetoric of the Image},<br />
booktitle = {Image, Music, Text},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
editor = {Stephen Heath},<br />
pages = {32–51},<br />
publisher = {Fontana},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {orig. 1964 in Communications},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1964a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetorik des Bildes (1964)},<br />
booktitle = {Der entgegenkommende und der stumpfe Sinn. Kritische Essays III},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Hornig, Dieter},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barthes 1989a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Die helle Kammer. Bemerkung zur Photographie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batchen 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Batchen 1998a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Photogenics/Fotogenik},<br />
journal = {Camera Austria},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {62/63},<br />
pages = {5-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batchen 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Batchen 2000a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Ectoplasm. Photography in the Digital Age},<br />
booktitle = {Over Exposed. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Squiers, Carol},<br />
pages = {9.23},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batteux 1746/1770===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Batteux 1746/1770,<br />
author = {Batteux, Charles},<br />
title = {Einschränkung der schönen Künste auf einen einzigen Grundsatz},<br />
year = {<sup>3</sup>1770},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Aus dem Französischen übersetzt und mit Abhandlungen begleitet von Johann Adolf Schlegel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baudrillard 1978a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Agonie des Realen},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baudrillard 2000a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Das perfekte Verbrechen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {von Amelunxen},<br />
pages = {256-260},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baumberger 2010===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baumberger 2010,<br />
author = {Baumberger, Christoph},<br />
title = {Gebaute Zeichen. Eine Symboltheorie der Architektur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Ontos},<br />
address = {Heusenstamm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baxandall 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baxandall 1972a,<br />
author = {Baxandall, Michael},<br />
title = {Painting and Experience in Fifteenth Century Italy. A Primer in the Social History of Pictorial Style},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Clarendon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bayer 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bayer 1984,<br />
author = {Bayer, Udo},<br />
title = {Laokoon – Momente einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gunter Gebauer},<br />
pages = {59-101},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bechtloff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bechtloff 2001a,<br />
author = {Bechtloff, Dieter (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Choreographie der Gewalt}, <br />
journal = {Kunstforum International}, <br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Hefte 153, 155 & 156},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Heft 153: Der gerissene Faden. Nichtlineare Techniken in der Kunst; Heft 156: Plateau der Menschheit},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beckmann 1995===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beckmann 1995,<br />
author = {Beckmann, Jan P.},<br />
title = {Wilhelm von Ockham},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beil 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beil 2010a,<br />
author = {Beil, Benjamin},<br />
title = {First Person Perspectives. Point of View und figurenzentrierte Erzählformen im Film und im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belach & Jacobsen 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belach & Jacobsen 93,<br />
author = {Belach, Helga & Jacobsen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {CinemaScope. Zur Geschichte der Breitwandfilme},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Spiess},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Stiftung Deutsche Kinemathek},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beller 2005a,<br />
author = {Beller Hans},<br />
title = {Aspekte der Filmmontage - Eine Art Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch der Filmmontage. Praxis und Prinzipien des Filmschnitts},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Beller Hans},<br />
publisher = {TR-Verlagsunion},<br />
address = {München},<br />
pages = {9-33},<br />
note = {5., gegenüber der 4. unveränderte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2008a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Florenz und Bagdad. Eine westöstliche Geschichte des Blicks},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2004a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bild und Kult. Eine Geschichte des Bildes vor dem Zeitalter der Kunst},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {6. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2002a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte. Eine Revision nach zehn Jahren (1995)},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Dieser Text erschien in seiner ersten Fassung noch mit einem Fragezeichen im Titel. Vgl. ders. (1983): Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte?, München: Deutscher Kunstverlag.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2001a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bildanthropologie. Entwürfe für eine Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 1983a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte?},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Kunstverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting & Haustein 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting & Haustein 1998a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans & Haustein, Lydia},<br />
title = {Das Erbe der Bilder. Kunst und moderne Medien in den Kulturen der Welt},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Benkő 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Benkő 1976a,<br />
editor = {Benkő, L.},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelv történeti-etimológiai szótára. I-IV},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bergson 1948a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bergson 1948a,<br />
author = {Bergson, Henri},<br />
title = {Das Mögliche und das Wirkliche},<br />
booktitle = {Denken und Schöpferisches Werden. Aufsätze und Vorträge},<br />
year = {1948},<br />
editor = {Bergson, H.},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Meisenheim am Glan},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {110-125},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bernays 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernays 1970a,<br />
author = {Bernays, Jacob},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der verlorenen Abhandlung des Aristoteles über Wirkung der Tragödie},<br />
year = {1970}<br />
publisher = {G. Olms},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bernhardt et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernhardt et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Bernhardt, Petra; Hadj-Abdou, Leila; Liebhart, Karin & Pribersky, Andreas},<br />
title = {EUropäische Bildpolitiken. Politische Bildanalyse an Beispielen der EU-Politik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {facultas UTB},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bertram et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bertram et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bertram, Georg W.; Lauer, David; Liptow, Jasper; & Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {In der Welt der Sprache: Konsequenzen des semantischen Holismus},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp}, <br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Berz 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Berz 2009a,<br />
author = {Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bitmapped Graphic},<br />
booktitle = {Zeitkritische Medien},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Volmar, Axel},<br />
pages = {127-154},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bevers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bevers 1985a,<br />
author = {Bevers, Antonius M.},<br />
title = {Dynamik der Formen bei Georg Simmel. Eine Studie über die methodische und theoretische Einheit eines Gesamtwerkes},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Duncker & Humblot},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Sozialwissenschaftliche Abhandlungen der Görres-Gesellschaft, Band 13},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beyme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beyme 2004a,<br />
author = {Beyme, Klaus von},<br />
title = {Politische Ikonologie der modernen Architektur},<br />
booktitle = {Politikwissenschaft als Kulturwissenschaft. Theorien, Methoden, Problemstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schwelling, Birgit},<br />
pages = {351-372},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bieger 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bieger 2007a,<br />
author = {Bieger, Laura},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Immersion. Raum-Erleben zwischen Welt und Bild},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Black 1972===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Black 1972,<br />
author = {Black, Max},<br />
title = {How do Pictures represent?},<br />
booktitle = {Art, Perception, and Reality},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gombrich, E.H.; Hochberg, Julian & Black, Max},<br />
pages = {95-130},<br />
publisher = {John Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blanke 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Blanke 2003,<br />
author = {Blanke, Börries},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Sinn. Das ikonische Zeichen zwischen strukturalistischer Semiotik und analytischer Philosophie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Reihe Bildwissenschaft, Bd. 4},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Block 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Block 1990a,<br />
author = {Block, Ned},<br />
title = {The Computer Model of the Mind},<br />
booktitle = {Thinking. An Invitation to Cognitive Science, Vol. 3},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {D. N. Osherson & E. E. Smith},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bloomfield 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bloomfield 1933a,<br />
author = {Bloomfield, Leonard},<br />
title = {Language},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Henry Holt and Co},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1986a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Annäherungen an die Aktualität der Rhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Wirklichkeiten in denen wir leben},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
pages = {104-136},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1969a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeitsbegriff und Möglichkeit des Romans},<br />
booktitle = {Nachahmung und Illusion. Poetik und Hermeneutik 1},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Hans Robert Jauß},<br />
pages = {9-27},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Blumenberg 1957a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {'Nachahmung der Natur'. Zur Vorgeschichte der Idee des schöpferischen Menschen},<br />
journal = {Studium Generale},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {5},<br />
pages = {266-283},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2008a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Augenmaß. Zur Genese der ikonischen Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Mersman, Birgit & Spies, Christian},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 2007a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2005a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild und die hermeneutische Reflexion},<br />
booktitle = {Dimensionen des Hermeneutischen. Heidegger und Gadamer},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Martin-Heidegger-Gesellschaft},<br />
pages = {23-35},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Schriftenreihe Band 7},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Sprache? Anmerkungen zur Logik der Bilder (2004)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {34-53},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild in der Kunstwissenschaft. Interview mit Gottfried Boehm},<br />
booktitle = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {11-21},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm 2001a,<br />
title = {Homo Pictor},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Saur},<br />
address = {München / Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1999a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zwischen Auge und Hand. Bilder als Instrumente der Erkenntnis (1999)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {94-113},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1994a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Wiederkehr der Bilder},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1994b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Bilderfrage},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Gottfried Boehm},<br />
pages = {325-343},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1994c,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1985a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Der Andere als Prototyp},<br />
booktitle = {Bildnis und Individuum. Über den Ursprung der Porträtmalerei in der italienischen Renaissance},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1978a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zu einer Hermeneutik des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Die Hermeneutik und die Wissenschaft},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Gadamer, Hans-Georg & Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {444-471},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a,<br />
title = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried; Mersmann, Birgit; Spies, Christian},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Böhme 2004a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Der Raum leiblicher Anwesenheit und der Raum als Medium von Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böhme 1999a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böcking 2008===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böcking 2008,<br />
author = {Böcking, Saskia},<br />
title = {Grenzen der Fiktion? Von Suspension of Disbelief zu einer Toleranztheorie für die Filmrezeption.},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bogen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bogen 2005a,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen},<br />
title = {Kunstgeschichte/Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus },<br />
pages = {52-67},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bonsiepe 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bonsiepe 1968a,<br />
author = {Bonsiepe, Gui},<br />
title = {Visuell/Verbale Rhetorik},<br />
journal = {Format: Zeitschrift für visuelle Kommunikation},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {17},<br />
pages = {11–18},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bousso 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bousso 2002a,<br />
author = {Bousso, Raphael},<br />
title = {The Holographic Principle},<br />
journal = {Reviews of Modern Physics},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {74},<br />
pages = {825-874},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brachfeld 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brachfeld_1976a,<br />
author = {Brachfeld, Otto},<br />
title = {Image},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {215-217},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandt 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandt 1999a,<br />
author = {Brandt, Reinhard},<br />
title = {Die Wirklichkeit der Bilder. Sehen und Erkennen – Vom Spiegel zum Kunstbild},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandom 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandom 2000a,<br />
author = {Brandom, Robert},<br />
title = {Expressive Vernunft. Begründung, Repräsentation und diskursive Festlegung (1994)},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Gilmer, Eva & Vetter, Hermann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2007a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Galilei der Künstler. Der Mond. Die Sonne. Die Hand},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2005a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Darwins Korallen. Die frühen Evolutionsdiagramme und die Tradition der Naturgeschichte},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Klaus Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bredekamp 2004a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Drehmomente. Merkmale und Ansprüche des Iconic Turn},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Turn. Die neue Macht der Bilder},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Maar, Christa & Burda, Hubert},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {A Neglected Tradition? Art History as Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2000a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Antikensehnsucht und Maschinenglauben. Die Geschichte der Kunstkammer und die Zukunft der Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 1994a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Die digitale Kunstkammer. Ein Interview mit Horst Bredekamp},<br />
journal = {Texte zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst; Schneider, Birgit; Dünkel, Vera},<br />
title = {Das Technische Bild. Kompendium für eine Stilgeschichte wissenschaftlicher Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst & Schneider, Pablo},<br />
title = {Visuelle Argumentationen. Die Mysterien der Repräsentation und die Berechenbarkeit der Welt},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2010a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildakts. Frankfurter Adorno-Vorlesungen 2007},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brentano 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brentano 1930a,<br />
author = {Brentano, Franz},<br />
title = {Wahrheit und Evidenz},<br />
year = {1930},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {(1975??)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Pitts, Michael A. & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right parietal brain activity precedes perceptual alternation during binocular rivalry},<br />
journal = {Hum. Brain Mapping},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/20690124},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Landis, Theodor & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right parietal brain activity precedes perceptual alternation of bistable stimuli},<br />
journal = {Cereb. Cortex 19},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {55-65},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brugger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger 1999a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter},<br />
title = {One hundred years of an ambiguous figure: happy birthday, duck/rabbit},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
number = {???},<br />
pages = {973–977},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brugger & Brugger 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger & Brugger 1993a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter & Brugger, Susanne},<br />
title = {The easterbunny in october: I is it disguised as a duck},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
number = {???},<br />
pages = {577–578},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brunet 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brunet 2008a,<br />
author = {Brunet, François},<br />
title = {A Better Example is a Photograph': On the Exemplary Value of Photographs in C. S. Peirce's Reflection on Signs},<br />
booktitle = {The Meaning of Photography},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Kelsey, Robin; Stimson, Blake},<br />
pages = {34-49},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Williamstown},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bruno 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bruno 2007a,<br />
author = {Bruno, Giuliana},<br />
title = {Public Intimacy. Architecture and the Visual Arts},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bryson 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bryson 2001a,<br />
author = {Norman Bryson},<br />
title = {Das Sehen und die Malerei},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 2000a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Die Krise der Psychologie},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Velbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Achim Eschbach und Jens Kapitzky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Büttner 2003a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank},<br />
title = {Perspektive},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {265},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher 2011a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {“Man sieht, was man hört“. Multimodales Verstehen als interaktionale Aneignung. Handlungstheoretische Medienanalyse.},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Jan Georg Schneider & Hartmut Stöckl},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher2010a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {Multimodales Verstehen oder Rezeption als Interaktion. Theoretische und empirische Grundlagen einers systematischen Analyse der Multimodalität},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Hajo Diekmannshenke & Michael Klemm & Hartmut Stöckl},<br />
pages = {121-156},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchner 1665===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchner 1665,<br />
author = {August Buchner},<br />
title = {Poet}<br />
year = {1665},<br />
publisher = {???}, <br />
address = {Wittenberg},<br />
note = {hrsg. v. Otto Prätorius},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchwald 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchwald 1989a,<br />
author = {Buchwald, Jed Z.},<br />
title = {The Rise of the Wave Theory of Light},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1933a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Axiomatik der Sprachwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1934a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1934a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Sprachtheorie. Die Darstellungsfunktion der Sprache},<br />
year = {<sup>2</sup>1965},<br />
publisher = {Fischer },<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bürger 1784===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bürger 1784,<br />
author = {Bürger, Gottfried August},<br />
title = {Von der Popularität der Poesie [1784]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Günter und Hiltrud Hintzschel}, <br />
pages = {725-730},<br />
publisher = {Hanser}, <br />
address = {München}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1784},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burckhardt 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Burckhardt 2001a,<br />
author = {Burckhardt, Jacob},<br />
title = {Der Cicerone. Eine Anleitung zum Genuss der Kunstwerke Italiens},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Kritische Gesamtausgabe},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {B. Roeck et al.}, <br />
pages = {Bd. 2},<br />
publisher = {Beck}, <br />
address = {München/Basel}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1855},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burke 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Burke 2003a,<br />
author = {Burke, Peter},<br />
title = {Augenzeugenschaft. Bilder als historische Quellen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Busch 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Busch 2004a,<br />
author = {Busch, Kathrin},<br />
title = {Geschicktes Geben. Aporien der Gabe bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Busch & Därmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Busch & Därmann 2007a,<br />
title = {pathos. Konturen eines kulturwissenschaftlichen Grundbegriffes},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Busch, Kathrin; Därmann, Iris},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Butler 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Butler 2001a,<br />
author = {Butler, Judith},<br />
title = {Psyche der Macht. Das Subjekt der Unterwerfung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner & Gottdank 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Büttner & Gottdank 2009a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank & Gottdank, Andrea},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Ikonographie. Wege zur Deutung von Bildinhalten},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==C==<br />
===Caglioti 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Caglioti 1995a,<br />
author = {Caglioti, G.},<br />
title = {Perception of ambiguous figures: A qualitative Model based on Synergetics and Quantum Mechanics},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {463–478.},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Campe 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Campe 2006a,<br />
author = {Campe, R.},<br />
title = {Epoche der Evidenz. Knoten in einem terminologischen Netzwerk zwischen Descartes und Kant},<br />
booktitle = {Intellektuelle Anschauung. Figurationen von Evidenz zwischen Kunst und Wissen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Peters, S. & Schäfer, M.J. },<br />
pages = {5-43},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carani 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carani 1986a,<br />
author = {Carani, Marie},<br />
title = {Le corpus Pellan: une relecture sémiotique},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carbone 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carbone 2001a,<br />
author = {Mauro Carbone},<br />
title = {La visibilité de l’invisible},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a,<br />
author = {Carlbom, Ingrid; Paciorek, Joseph},<br />
title = {Planar Geometric Projections and Viewing Transformations},<br />
journal = {ACM Computing Surveys},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {465-502},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carnap 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carnap 1947a,<br />
author = {Carnap, Rudolf},<br />
title = {Meaning and Necessity: A Study in Semantics and Modal Logic},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, IL},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2007a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {The World at a Glance},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2005a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {Earth-Mapping. Artists Reshaping Landscape},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2002a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {Representing Place. Landscape Painting and Maps},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 2010a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Birgit Recki},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 2009a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Der Begriff der symbolischen Form im Aufbau der Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
pages = {63-92},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Marion Lauschke},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1990a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Versuch über den Menschen. Einführung in eine Philosophie der Kultur},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1989a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Zur Logik der Kulturwissenschaften. Fünf Studien},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {5., unveränd. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 1930a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Mythischer, ästhetischer und theoretischer Raum (1930)},<br />
booktitle = {Ernst Cassirer: Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 17},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {B. Recki},<br />
pages = {411-436 [1931]},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1929a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1925a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1925a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Zweiter Teil: Das mythische Denken},<br />
year = {1925},<br />
publisher = {Cassirer, Bruno},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1923a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Erster Teil: Die Sprache},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===CCALED===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{CCALED-4,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Collins Cobuild Advanced Learner’s English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
publisher = {Collins},<br />
address = {Glasgow},<br />
note = {4<sup>th</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cha & Rautzenberg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cha & Rautzenberg 08a,<br />
author = {Cha, Kyung-Ho & Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
title = {Einleitung: Im Theater des Sehens. Anamorphose als Bild und philosophische Metapher},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {dies.},<br />
pages = {7-22},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chomsky 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chomsky 1957a,<br />
author = {Chomsky, Noam},<br />
title = {Syntactic Structures},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Christian 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Christian 2009a,<br />
author = {Christian, Alexander},<br />
title = {Piktogramme, Kritischer Beitrag zu einer Begriffsbestimmung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Shaker},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cipolla et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cipolla et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Cipolla, Roberto & Battiato, Sebastiano & Farinella, Giovanni Maria },<br />
title = {Computer Vision: Detection, Recognition and Reconstruction},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin, Heidelberg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Collingwood 1945===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Collingwood 1945,<br />
author = {Collingwood, Robin},<br />
title = {Die Idee der Natur [The Idea of Nature (1945)]},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {Übers.: Martin Suhr},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, M. R.; Roberts A. R.; Barbee A. P.; Druen P. B.; Wu Cheng-Huan},<br />
title = {„Their ideas of beauty are, on the wohle, the same as ours“: consistency and variability in the cross-cultural perception of female physical attractiveness},<br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {68},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-279},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham 1986a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, M.R.},<br />
title = {Measuring the physical in physical attractiveness: Quasi-experiments on the sociobiology of female facial beauty}, <br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {50},<br />
number = {}, <br />
pages = {925-935},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==D==<br />
===Damisch 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Damisch 1987a,<br />
author = {Damisch, Hubert},<br />
title = {L'origine de la perspective},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Flammarion},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Darwin 1872a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Darwin 1872a,<br />
author = {Darwin, Charles},<br />
title = {On the Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals},<br />
year = {1872},<br />
publisher = {Murray},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davidson 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Davidson 2004a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
title = {Drei Spielarten des Wissens},<br />
booktitle = {Subjektiv, intersubjektiv, objektiv},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
pages = {339-363},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davies 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Davies 1991,<br />
author = {Davies, David},<br />
title = {Works, Texts, and Contexts. Goodman on the Literary Artwork},<br />
journal = {Canadian Journal of Philosophy},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {331-346},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Deleuze 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Deleuze 1989a,<br />
author = {Deleuze, Gilles},<br />
title = {Das Bewegungs-Bild. Kino1},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M},<br />
note = {a. d. Franz. v. U. Christians und U. Bokelmann; Erstveröffentlichung 1983},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Demuth 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Demuth 2007a,<br />
author = {Demuth, Volker},<br />
title = {Extreme Expeditionen. Digitale, hybride und künstlerische Räume},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {89-104},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Depaulo 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Depaulo 1992a,<br />
author = {DePaulo, B. M. },<br />
title = {Nonverbal Behavior and Self Presentation},<br />
journal = {Psychological Bulletin},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {111},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {203-243},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Derrida 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 2007a,<br />
author = {Jacques Derrida},<br />
title = {Aufzeichnungen eines Blinden. Das Selbstporträt und andere Ruinen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Derrida 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 1992a,<br />
author = {Derrida, J.},<br />
title = {Die Wahrheit in der Malerei},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===de Duve 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{de Duve 1990a,<br />
author = {de Duve, Thierry},<br />
title = {The Monochrome and the Blank Canvas},<br />
booktitle = {Reconstructiong Modernism. Art in New York, Paris and Montreal 1945-1964},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Guilbaut, Serge},<br />
pages = {244-310},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge/Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===de Schonen et.al. 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{de Schonen et.al. 1994a,<br />
author = {de Schonen, S.; Deruelle, C.; Pascalis, O.; & Mancini, J.},<br />
title = {About funcional brain specialization.The development of face recognition (Functional cerebral specialization in the development of face recognition / A propos de la notion de specialisation cerebrale fonctionnelle: le developpement de la reconnaissance des visages)},<br />
journal = {Psychologie francaise},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {259-274},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Diderot 1751===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Diderot 1751,<br />
author = {Denis Diderot},<br />
title = {Brief über die Taubstummen [1751},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Schriften. Erster Band},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Friedrich Bassenge},<br />
pages = {27-97},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 1999a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Was wir sehen blickt uns an. Zur Metapsychologie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Didi-Huberman 2005a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {L’espace danse – Der Raum tanzt},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {16-30},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Diekmannshenke, Hajo & Klemm, Michael & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {erscheint Ende 2010},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dion 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dion 2002a,<br />
author = {Dion, K. K.},<br />
title = {Cultural Perspectives on Facial Attractiveness},<br />
booktitle = {Facial Attractiveness. Evolutionary, Cognitive, and Social Perspectives},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Rhodes, G. & Zebrowitz, L.A.},<br />
pages = {239-260},<br />
publisher = {Ablex},<br />
address = {Westport, CT},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ditzinger 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ditzinger 2006a,<br />
author = {Ditzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Illusionen des Sehens. Eine Reise in die Welt der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Elsevier, Spektrum, Akad. Verl.},<br />
address = {München, Heidelberg},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2002a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Malerei im Bilderstreit. Eine Revision aus Anlass des Rubenspreis-Jubiläums},<br />
booktitle = {10 x Malerei. Rubenspreis der Stadt Siegen in Werken der Sammlung Lambrecht-Schadeberg},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {19-34},<br />
publisher = {Museum für Gegenwartskunst },<br />
address = {Siegen},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dobbe 1999a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Querelle des Anciens, des Modernes et des Postmodernes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2007a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian},<br />
title = {Figuren der visuellen Rhetorik in werblichen Gesamttexten},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {71–112},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2001a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian },<br />
title = {Ein Funktionenmodell für Bildtexte},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Klaus Sachs-Hombach},<br />
pages = {29-39},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Döring 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Döring 2009a,<br />
author = {Döring, Sabine},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie der Gefühle},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Döring, Sabine},<br />
pages = {12-65},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drechsel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Drechsel 2006a,<br />
author = {Drechsel, Benjamin},<br />
title = {Was ist ein politisches Bild? Einige Überlegungen zur Entwicklung der Politikwissenschaft als Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Moderne. Kulturwissenschaftliches Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {106-120},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1989a,<br />
author = {Drosdowsi, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Etymologie. Herkunftwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache.},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {2. völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1988a,<br />
author = {Drosdowski, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Stilwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache. Die Verwendung der Wörter im Satz.},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {7., völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {= DUDEN Band 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dubois 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubois 1998a,<br />
author = {Dubois, Philippe},<br />
title = {Der fotografische Akt. Versuch über ein theoretisches Dispositiv},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Dresden, Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dubos 1760-61===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubos 1760-61,<br />
author = {Du Bos, Jean-Baptiste},<br />
title = {Kritische Betrachtungen über die Poesie und Malerey, 3 Teile},<br />
year = {1760-1761},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Übers.: Gottfried Benediktus Funk},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Duden 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Duden 1999a,<br />
author = {Duden},<br />
title = {Das große Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache in zehn Bänden},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dudenredaktion 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dudenredaktion 2003a,<br />
author = {Dudenredaktion (Hg.)},<br />
title = {DUDEN. Das Stilwörterbuch.},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {8. völlig neu bearbeitete Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Durand 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Durand 1987a,<br />
author = {Durand, Jacques},<br />
title = {Rhetorical Figures in the Advertising Image},<br />
booktitle = {Marketing and Semiotics},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Sebeok, J.U. },<br />
pages = {295–318},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==E==<br />
===Ebert 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ebert 1979a,<br />
author = {Ebert, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Montage Editing Schnitt},<br />
journal = {Filmkritik},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {547-558},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eco 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eco 1998,<br />
author = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
title = {Lector in fabula. Die Mitarbeit der Interpretation in erzählenden Texten},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {dtv},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eddiks 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Eddiks 2004a,<br />
author = {Eddiks, Christina},<br />
title = {Dem Emblem auf der Spur},<br />
howpublished = {},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
note = {Diplomarbeit},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kisd.de/~tom/diplom/christina_emblematik.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Edgerton 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Edgerton 2002a,<br />
author = {Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Die Entdeckung der Perspektive},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. & Ch. Sütterlin},<br />
title = {Im Banne der Angst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte menschlicher Abwehrsymbolik},<br />
year = {1992}, <br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. & Ch. Sütterlin},<br />
title = {Weltsprache Kunst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte bildlicher Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2008}, <br />
publisher = {Brandstätter},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt. I. },<br />
title = {Die Biologie menschlichen Verhaltens. Lehrbuch der Humanethologie},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt I. },<br />
title = {The expressive behavior of the deaf- and blind born},<br />
booktitle = {Social Communication and Movement},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {M. v. Cranach & I. Vine},<br />
pages = {163-194},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ekman 1973b,<br />
author = {Ekman, P. },<br />
title = {Cross cultural studies of facial expression},<br />
booktitle = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Ekman, P.},<br />
pages = {169-222},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ekman 1973a,<br />
editor = {Ekman, P. },<br />
title = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Elgin 1992,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Notation},<br />
booktitle = {A Companion to Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Cooper, David},<br />
pages = {307-309},<br />
publisher = {Blackwell},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1983===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elgin 1983,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {With Reference to Reference},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elkins 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 2003a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {Visual Studies. A Skeptical Introduction},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elkins 1999===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 1999,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {The Domain of Images},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ellgring 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ellgring 1989a,<br />
author = {Ellgring, H.},<br />
title = {Nonverbal communication in depression},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Else 1958===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Else 1958,<br />
author = {Else, Gerald F.},<br />
title = {Imitation in the fifth century},<br />
journal = {Classical Philology},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
volume = {53},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {73-90},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Enright 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Enright 1987a,<br />
author = {Enright, J. T.},<br />
title = {Perspective vergence: oculomotor responses to line drawings},<br />
journal = {Vision Res},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1513–1526},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst 2002a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gibt es eine spezifische Videozität?},<br />
booktitle = {REC - Video als mediales Phänomen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf; Hoffmann, Hilde & Nohr, Rolf F.},<br />
pages = {14-29},<br />
publisher = {VDG},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang & Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Digitale Bildarchivierung. Der Wölfflin-Kalkül},<br />
booktitle = {Konfigurationen. Zwischen Kunst und Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Schade, Sigrid & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
pages = {306-320},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst et al. 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ernst et al. 2003a,<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang et al.},<br />
title = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Esposito 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Esposito 1998,<br />
author = {Esposito, Elena},<br />
title = {Fiktion und Virtualität},<br />
booktitle = {edien, Computer Realität. Wirklichkeitsvorstellungen und Neue Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {269-296},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Etcoff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Etcoff 2001a,<br />
author = {Etcoff, N. },<br />
title = {Nur die Schönsten überleben. Die Ästhetik des Menschen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eusterschulte 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eusterschulte 2001,<br />
author = {Eusterschulte, Anne},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 5: L-Musi},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Gert Ueding},<br />
pages = {Sp. 1232-1294},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==F==<br />
===Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a,<br />
author = {Fahlenbrach, Kathrin & Viehoff, Reinhold},<br />
title = {Medienikonen des Krieges. Die symbolische Entthronung Saddams als Versuch strategischer Ikonisierung},<br />
booktitle = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
pages = {356-387},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fantz 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fantz 1966a,<br />
author = {Fantz, R.L. },<br />
title = {Pattern discrimination and selective attention as determinants of perceptual development from birth},<br />
booktitle = {Perceptual Development in Children},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Kidd, A.H. & Rivoire, J.L},<br />
pages = {143-173},<br />
publisher = {University Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Farago 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Farago 1992a,<br />
author = {Farago, Claire J.},<br />
title = {Leonardo da Vinci’s Paragone. A Critical Interpretation with a New Edition of the Text in the Codex Urbinas},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leiden/New York/Kopenhagen/Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ferino-Pagden 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ferino-Pagden 2009a,<br />
title = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S. },<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fiedler 1991a,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2 Bd., hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991b,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Über den Ursprung der künstlerischen Tätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {111-220},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 1, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991c,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Aphorismen},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {7-105},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991d,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Zur neueren Kunsttheorie},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {247-290},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiske 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiske 2001a,<br />
author = {Fiske, John },<br />
title = {Videotech},<br />
booktitle = {Grundlagentexte zur Fernsehwissenschaft. Theorie - Geschichte - Analyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf et al.},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Konstanz},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {484-502},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Floch 1998a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean Marie},<br />
title = {The Contribution of Structural Semiotics to the Design of a Hypermarket},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Research in Marketing },<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1995a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Identités visuelles},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Presses Universitaires de France},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1990a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Sémiotique, marketing et communication},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Presses Universitaires de France.},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flügge et al. 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flügge et al. 2007a,<br />
author = {Flügge, Matthias; Kudielka, Robert & Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Vorwort und Dank},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {6-9},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flusser 1994===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flusser 1994,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Abbild – Vorbild},<br />
booktitle = {Was heißt „Darstellen“? },<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Christiaan L. Hart Nibbrig},<br />
pages = {34-48},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foley et al. 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foley et al. 1990a,<br />
author = {Foley, James D.; van Dam; Feiner & Hughes },<br />
title = {Computer Graphics. Principles and Practice},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Addison Wesley},<br />
address = {Reading, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foster & Krauss 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Foster & Krauss 1996a,<br />
author = {Foster, H. & Krauss, R.},<br />
title = {Introduction},<br />
journal = {October},<br />
pages = {3-4},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Foucault 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foucault 1976a,<br />
author = {Foucault, Michael},<br />
title = {Überwachen und Strafen},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fox 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fox 2006a,<br />
author = {Fox, Mark},<br />
title = {Quantum Optics. An Introduction},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frank & Lange 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frank & Lange 10a,<br />
author = {Frank, Gustav & Lange, Barbara},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft. Bilder in der visuellen Kultur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freedberg 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Freedberg 1991a,<br />
author = {Freedberg, David},<br />
title = {The Power of Images. Studies in the History and Theory of Response (1989)},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frege 1892===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frege 1892,<br />
author = {Frege, Gottlob},<br />
title = {Über Sinn und Bedeutung, zitiert nach der Ausgabe in: Frege, Gottlob: Funktion, Begriff, Bedeutung},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {G. Patzig},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {40-65},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1946a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die Verdrängung},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {247-261},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1946b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946b,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Das Unbewußte},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {263-303},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fuhrmann 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fuhrmann 2003,<br />
author = {Fuhrmann, Manfred},<br />
title = {Die Dichtungstheorie der Antike. Aristoteles – Horaz – 'Longin' Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Artemis & Winkler},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf und Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==G==<br />
<br />
===Gaede 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gaede 1981a,<br />
author = {Gaede, Werner},<br />
title = {Vom Wort zum Bild: Kreativ-Methoden der Visualisierung},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
publisher = {Langen Müller/Herbig},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Galison 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Galison 1997a,<br />
author = {Galison, Peter},<br />
title = {Image and Logic. A Material Culture of Microphysics},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ganz & Henkel 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ganz & Henkel 2004a,<br />
title = {Rahmen-Diskurse. Kultbilder im konfessionellen Zeitalter},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Ganz, David; Henkel, Georg},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Garcia 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gardner 1990,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Color Design},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Garcia 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Garcia 1997,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Evolutions},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gardner 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gardner 1985a,<br />
author = {Gardner, Howard},<br />
title = {The Mind’s New Science. A History of the Cognitive Revolution},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Basic Books},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gebauer & Wulf 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gebauer & Wulf 1992a,<br />
author = {Gebauer, Gunter & Wulf, Christoph},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Kultur – Kunst - Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Der Mensch. Seine Natur und seine Stellung in der Welt},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Aula},<br />
address = {Wiebelsheim},<br />
note = {14. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004b,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Urmensch und Spätkultur. Philosophische Ergebnisse und Aussagen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Kolstermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {6., erw. Aufl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 1961a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Forschung. Zur Selbstbegegnung und Selbstentdeckung des Menschen},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a,<br />
author = {Geiger, Susi & Henn-Memmesheimer, Beate},<br />
title = {Visuell-verbale Textgestaltung von Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {1/2},<br />
pages = {55–74},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gellius 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gellius 1987a,<br />
author = {Gellius, A.},<br />
title = {Attische Nächte...},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Ü: H. Berthold},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerhardus et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gerhardus et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Gerhardus, Dietfried & Kledzik, S.M. & Reitzig, G.H.},<br />
title = {Schlüssiges Argumentieren – Logisch-propädeutisches Lehr- und Arbeitsbuch},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Gerstengrabe, Carina; Lang, Katharina & Schneider, Anna},<br />
title = {Wasserzeichen. Vom 13. Jahrhundert bis zum Digital Watermarking. Kulturen des Kopierschutzes<br />
II},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {9-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982a,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung und Umwelt. Der ökologische Ansatz in der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Urban & Schwarzenberg},<br />
address = {München, Wien u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982b,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Die Sinne und der Prozeß der Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Huber},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glock 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Glock 2000a,<br />
author = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
title = {Aspektwahrnehmung},<br />
booktitle = {Wittgenstein-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
pages = {43},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glüher 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Glüher 1998a,<br />
author = {Glüher, Gebhard},<br />
title = {Von der Theorie der Fotografie zur Theorie des digitalen Bildes},<br />
journal = {Kritische Berichte},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {23-31},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldie 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goldie 2000a,<br />
author = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
title = {The Emotions. A Philosophical Exploration},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldie 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Goldie 2010a,<br />
title = {The Oxford Handbook of Philosophy of Emotion},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 2002a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Phaidon},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {6},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1977a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gondek 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gondek 1997a,<br />
author = {Gondek, Hans-Dieter},<br />
title = {Der Blick – zwischen Sartre und Lacan. Ein Kommentar zum VII. Kapitel des Seminar XI},<br />
journal = {Riss. Zeitschrift für Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {37/38},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gooch & Gooch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gooch & Gooch 2001a,<br />
author = {Gooch, Bruce & Gooch, Amy},<br />
title = {Non-Photorealistic Rendering},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Natick, MA. },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1968a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Languages of Art},<br />
year = {1968, 2. rev. Aufl. 1976},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {dt.: Sprachen der Kunst. Suhrkamp 1998},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman & Elgin 1988===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman & Elgin 1988,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson & Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Reconceptions in Philosophy and Other Arts and Sciences},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {Deutsch: <em>Revisionen. Philosophie und andere Künste und Wissenschaften</em>. Frankfurt a. M.: Suhrkamp, 1993},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goren et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Goren et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Goren, C. C., Sarty, M., & Wu, P. Y.},<br />
title = { Visual following and pattern discrimination of face-like stimuli by newborn infants},<br />
journal = {Pediatrics},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {544-549},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/1165958?dopt=abstract},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_Kruse_2009a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Roland Barthes: Zeichen, Kommunikation und Mythos},<br />
booktitle = {Schlüsselwerke der Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Hepp, Andreas; Krotz, Friedrich & Thomas, Tanja},<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {VS/GWV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Empathische Cues und die Möglichkeit einer Affekt-Sprache des Films},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4},<br />
pages = {289-298},<br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2008b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008b,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Gewalt als Erlebnis. Die somatische Decodierung als Strategie des Filmerlebens in CLOVERFIELD},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4}, <br />
pages = {299-312},<br />
note = {}, <br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_Kruse_2009a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Roland Barthes: Zeichen, Kommunikation und Mythos},<br />
booktitle = {Schlüsselwerke der Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Hepp, Andreas; Krotz, Friedrich & Thomas, Tanja},<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {VS/GWV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_2010a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars},<br />
title = {Die Evolution des Cyborgs. Künstliche Lebensformen im japanischen Anime Ergo Proxy (2006)},<br />
booktitle = {Japan - Europa. Wechselwirkungen zwischen den Kulturen im Film und den darstellenden Künsten},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Adachi-Rabe, Kayo; Becker, Andreas; Mundhenke, Florian},<br />
pages = {213-230},<br />
publisher = {Büchner Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grammer et al. 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grammer et al. 2002a,<br />
author = {Grammer, Karl, Fink, B. & Renninger, L. A.},<br />
title = {Dynamic Systems and Inferential Information Processing in Human Communication},<br />
journal = {Neuroendocrinology Letters},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {Suppl. 4},<br />
pages = {15-22},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Graumann 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graumann 1966a,<br />
author = {Graumann, Carl Friedrich},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der Verhaltensbeobachtung},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Meyer, Ernst & Maier, Hans}, <br />
booktitle = {Fernsehen in der Lehrerbildung, Neue Forschungsansätze in Pädagogik},<br />
publisher = {Manz},<br />
pages = {86-107},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gregory 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gregory 2000a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Ambiguity of ‘ambiguity’},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1139-1142},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.richardgregory.org/papers/editorials/ambiguity-of-ambiguity.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gregory 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gregory 1997a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Eye and brain. The psychology of seeing},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Princeton University Press},<br />
address = {Princeton, N.J},<br />
note = {5. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1970a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Du sens, Teil I},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Essais Sémiotiques},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1966a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Sémantique structurale},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Semantik. Braunschweig: Vieweg, 1971},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas & Courtés 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas & Courtés 1979a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien & Courtés, Joseph},<br />
title = {Sémiotique: Dictionnaire raisonné de la théorie du langage},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hachette},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greenberg 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Greenberg 1997a,<br />
author = {Greenberg, Clement},<br />
title = {Zu einem neuen Laokoon},<br />
booktitle = {Clement Greenberg – Die Essenz der Modere. Ausgewählte Essays und Kritiken},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lüdeking, Karlheinz},<br />
pages = {56-81},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Dresden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grieshofer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grieshofer 2009a,<br />
author = {Grieshofer, F. },<br />
title = {Masken im Brennpunkt musealer Sammeltätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grimm 1860===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Grimm 1860,<br />
title = {Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: Biermörder-D},<br />
year = {1860},<br />
editor = {Jacob Grimm & Wilhelm Grimm},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grittmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grittmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Grittmann, Elke},<br />
title = {Das politische Bild. Fotojournalismus und Pressefotografie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Groß et al. 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Groß et al. 1981a,<br />
author = {Gross, C.G.; Bruce, C.J.; Desimone, R.; Fleming, J. & Gattass, R.},<br />
title = {Cortical visual areas of the temporal lobe: Three areas in the macaque},<br />
booktitle = {Cortical Sensory Organization. Vol. 2: Multiple Visual Areas},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
editor = {C.N. Woolsey},<br />
pages = {187-216},<br />
publisher = {Humana Press},<br />
address = {Totowa N.J.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Günzel 2006a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Bildtheoretische Analyse von Computerspielen in der Perspektive Erste Person},<br />
journal = {IMAGE},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {31-43},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2008a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Realität des Simulationsbildes. Raum im Computerspiel},<br />
booktitle = {Die Realität der Imagination - Architektur und das digitale Bild},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
pages = {127-136},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weimar}, <br />
note = {10. internationales Bauhaus-Kolloquium},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2009a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Simulation und Perspektive. Der bildtheoretische Ansatz in der Computerspielforschung},<br />
booktitle = {Shooter: Eine multdisziplinäre Einführung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Bopp, Matthias; Wiemer, Serjoscha & Nohr,Rolf F.},<br />
pages = {331-352},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2010a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Geste des Manipulierens. Zu Gebrauch statischer und beweglicher Digitalbilder}, <br />
booktitle = {Freeze Frames. Zum Verhältnis von Fotografie und Film},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmann & Gerlin},<br />
pages = {114-129},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==H==<br />
<br />
===Habermas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1995a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Theorie des kommunikativen Handelns (1981), 2 Bd.},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Habermas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1973a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Erkenntnis und Interesse},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002a,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Die Entropie der Fotografie. Skizzen zu einer Genealogie der digitalelektronischen Bildaufzeichnung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf},<br />
pages = {195-238},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002b,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Es gibt kein ,digitales Bild'. Eine medienepistemologische Anmerkung},<br />
booktitle = {Licht und Leitung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Engel},<br />
pages = {103-112},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Haken 1995===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haken 1995,<br />
author = {Haken, Hermann},<br />
title = {Some basic concepts of Synergetics with respect of multistability in perception, phase transmissions and formation of meaning},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {23–44},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halawa 2008a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Wie sind Bilder möglich? Argumente für eine semiotische Fundierung des Bildbegriffs},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halbfass 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halbfass 1972a,<br />
author = {Halbfass, W.},<br />
title = {Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gründer, K. & Ritter, J. },<br />
pages = {Sp. 829-834},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halliday 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halliday 1996a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {Language as a Social Semiotic},<br />
booktitle = {The Communication Theory Reader},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Cobley, Paul},<br />
pages = {359-383},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halliday 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halliday 1985a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {An Introduction to Functional Grammar},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Edward Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hansen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hansen 2005a,<br />
author = {Hansen, S. },<br />
title = {Neolithische Figuralplastik im südlichen Karpatenbecken},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Harris 1756===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Harris 1756,<br />
author = {James Harris},<br />
title = {Drey Abhandlungen. Die erste über die Kunst, die andere über die Music, Mahlerey und Poesie, die dritte über die Glückseligkeit},<br />
year = {1756},<br />
publisher = {Schuster},<br />
address = {Danzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hasselbeck 1979===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hasselbeck 1979,<br />
author = {Hasselbeck, Otto},<br />
title = {Illusion und Fiktion. Lessings Beitrag zur poetologischen Diskussion über das Verhältnis von Kunst und Wirklichkeit},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hauschild 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hauschild 1982a,<br />
author = {Hauschild, Thomas},<br />
title = {Der böse Blick. Ideengeschichtliche und sozialpsychologische Untersuchungen, Beiträge zur Ethnomedizin, Ethnobotanik und Ethnozoologie},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1826===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1826,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Kunst. Vorlesung von 1826},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Gethmann-Siefert, Annemarie; Kwon, Jeong-Im & Berr, Karsten},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1830===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1830,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Enzyklopädie der philosophischen Wissenschaften im Grundrisse [1830]},<br />
year = {<sup>6</sup>1959},<br />
editor = {Friedhelm Nicolin und Otto Pöggeler},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1835===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1835,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Einleitung in die Ästhetik. Mit den beiden Vorreden von Heinrich Gustav Hotho [1835]},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hegel 1970a,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über die Ästhetik II},<br />
booktitle = {Werke},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
editor = {E. Moldenhauer & K. M. Michel},<br />
pages = {Bd. 14},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1835},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heidegger 1986a,<br />
author = {Martin Heidegger},<br />
title = {Ursprung des Kunstwerkes (1935/36)},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ditzingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1950a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidegger 1950a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Die Zeit des Weltbildes},<br />
booktitle = {Holzwege},<br />
year = {1950},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {69-104},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidenreich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidenreich 2001a,<br />
author = {Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Effekte der Digitalisierung: Berechenbarkeit und Suche},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, Wolfgang & Jaworek, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {259-262},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heider 2009a,<br />
author = {Heider, Don},<br />
title = {Living Virtually. Researching New Worlds},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang Publishing},<br />
address = {New Yor},<br />
note = {(Digital Formations vol. 47)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 2001a,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Abhandlung über den Ursprung der Sprache (1772)},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Irmscher, Hans Dietrich},<br />
publisher = {Philipp Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 1800===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 1800,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Sämtliche Werke. Bd. 22: Kalligone [1800]},<br />
year = {1880},<br />
editor = {Bernhard Suphan},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hernadi 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hernadi 1991,<br />
author = {Hernadi, Paul},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
title = {Reconceiving Notation and Performance},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetic Education},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herter 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Herter 1947a,<br />
author = {Herter, H. },<br />
title = {Vom dionysischen Tanz zum komischen Spiel. Die Anfänge der Attischen Komödie},<br />
journal = {Darstellung und Deutung},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {Iserlohn},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heßler 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Heßler 2006a, <br />
author = {Heßler, Martina},<br />
title = {Von der doppelten Unsichtbarkeit digitaler Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Ressource}, <br />
publisher = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden ={letzter Kontrollaufruf: 07.08.2010},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2006/3/Hessler/dippArticle.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hick 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hick 99a,<br />
author = {Hick, Ulrike},<br />
title = {Geschichte der optischen Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hickethier 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hickethier 1995a,<br />
author = {Hickethier, Knut},<br />
title = {Dispositiv Fernsehen – Skizze eines Modells},<br />
journal = {Montage/av},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1}<br />
pages = {63-83},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: },<br />
url = {www.montage-av.de/pdf/041_1995/04_1_Knut_Hickethier_Dispositiv_Fernsehen.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hildebrand 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hildebrand 1969a,<br />
author = {Hildebrand, Adolf von},<br />
title = {Das Problem der Form},<br />
booktitle = {Hildebrand: Gesammelte Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Bock, H.},<br />
pages = {41-350},<br />
publisher = {Westdeutscher Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln/Opladen},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1903},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hinterwaldner 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hinterwaldner 2008a,<br />
author = {Hinterwaldner, Inge},<br />
title = {Simulationsmodelle. Zur Verhältnisbestimmung von Modellierung und Bildgebung in interaktiven Echtzeitsimulationen},<br />
booktitle = {Visuelle Modelle},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Reichle, Ingeborg; Siegel, Steffen & Spelten, Achim},<br />
pages = {301-316},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hjelmslev 1954a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {La stratification du langage},<br />
booktitle = {Essais linguistiques},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
editor = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Nordisk Sprog- od Kulturforlag},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1943a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hjelmslev 1943a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {Omkring sprogteoriens grundlæggelse},<br />
year = {1943},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Dt. Prolegomena zu einer Sprachtheorie. München: Hueber},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hochberg 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hochberg 1977a,<br />
author = {Hochberg, Julian E.},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hofmann 2000a,<br />
author = {Hoffman, Donald D.},<br />
title = {Visuelle Intelligenz. Wie die Welt im Kopf entsteht},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hofmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Hofmann, Werner },<br />
title = {Spielräume und Raumverstecke},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {10-22},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2010a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Bildüberschreibungen. Wie Sprechtexte Nachrichtenfilme lesbar machen (und umgekehrt)},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, Hajo; Klemm, Michael & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
pages = {231-254},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {erscheint Ende 2010},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2009a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Der Wort-Bild-Reißverschluss. Über die performative Dynamik audiovisueller Transkriptivität},<br />
booktitle = {Oberfläche und Performanz. Untersuchungen zur Sprache als dynamischer Gestalt},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Linke, Angelika & Feilke, Helmuth},<br />
pages = {389-406},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2007a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Audiovisuelle Hermeneutik: Am Beispiel des TV-Spots der Kampagne ‚Du bist Deutschland’},<br />
booktitle = {Linguistische Hermeneutik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hermanns, Fritz},<br />
pages = {389–428},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly & Jäger 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly & Jäger 2011a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner & Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptionstheoretische Medienanalyse. Vom Anders-lesbar-Machen durch intermediale Bezugnahmepraktiken},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, Jan Georg & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {erscheint Frühjahr 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holmes 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holmes 1980a,<br />
author = {Holmes, Sir Oliver Wendell},<br />
title = {Das Stereoskop und der Stereograph},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie I. 1839-1912},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {114-122},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Originalausgabe 1859},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holschbach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holschbach 2003a,<br />
author = {Holschbach, Susanne},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Diskurse der Fotografie. Fotokritik am Ende des fotografischen Zeitalters},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {7-21},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {BD. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hömberg & Karasek 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hömberg & Karasek 2008a,<br />
author = {Hömberg, Walter & Karasek, Johannes},<br />
title = {Der Schweißfleck der Kanzlerkandidatin. Bildmanipulation, Bildfälschung und Bildethik im Zeitalter der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
journal = {Communicatio Socialis},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {276-293},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hopkins 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hopkins 1998a,<br />
author = {Hopkins, Robert},<br />
title = {Picture, Image and Experience},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Huber 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Huber 2004a,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Bild Beobachter Milieu. Entwurf einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1820a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1820a,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über das vergleichende Sprachstudium in Beziehung auf die verschiedenen Epochen der Sprachentwicklung [1820]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 4: 1820-1822},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
editor = {Albert Leitzmann},<br />
pages = {1-34},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1830-1835===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1830-1835,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über die Verschiedenheit des menschlichen Sprachbaues und ihren Einfluß auf die geistige Entwicklung des Menschengeschlechts [1830-1835]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 7.1},<br />
year = {1907},<br />
editor = {Albert Leitzmann},<br />
pages = {1-344},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 2006,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Phantasie und Bildbewußtsein},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {herausgegeben und eingeleitet von Eduard Marbach, Text nach Husserliana, Band XXIII},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1993a,<br />
author = {Husserl, E.},<br />
title = {Logische Untersuchungen. Elemente einer phänomenologischen Aufklärung der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {Teil II/Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1980a,<br />
author = {Edmund Husserl},<br />
title = {Phantasie, Bildbewusstsein, Erinnerung. Zur Phänomenologie der anschaulichen Vergegenwärtigungen. Texte aus dem Nachlass (1898-1925) (Husserliana XXIII)},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag / Boston / Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hyman 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hyman 2006a,<br />
author = {Hyman, John},<br />
title = {The Objective Eye: Color, Form, and Reality in the Theory of Art},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {UP},<br />
address = {Chicago },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hynes 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hynes 2005a,<br />
author = {Hynes, Maria},<br />
title = {Rethinking Reductionism},<br />
journal = {Culture Machine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {online journal},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.culturemachine.net/index.php/cm/article/viewArticle/33/41},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==I==<br />
===Imdahl 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1996a,<br />
author = {Max Imdahl},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Max Imdahl, Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {Wiederauflage der Schrift von 1974},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<!--- ===Imdahl 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1974a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {Wiederabruck}, <br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
--><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1987a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Farbe. Kunsttheoretische Reflexionen in Frankreich},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==J==<br />
===Jäger & Knauer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jäger & Knauer 2009a,<br />
title = {Bilder als historische Quellen? Dimensionen der Debatte um historische Bildforschung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jäger, Jens & Knauer, Martin},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jansen 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jansen 2005,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Aristoteles und das Problem des Neuen: Wie kreativ sind Veränderungsprinzipien?},<br />
booktitle = {Kreativität. XX. Deutscher Kongress für Philosophie. 26.-30. September 2005 in Berlin. Sektionsbeiträge, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Günter Abel},<br />
pages = {15-25},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag der TU Berlin},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jansen 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jansen 2002,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Tun und Können. Ein systematischer Kommentar zu Aristoteles' Theorie der Vermögen im neunten Buch der „Metaphysik”},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Hänsel-Hohenhausen},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jäger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2008a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptive Verhältnisse. Zur Logik intra- und intermedialer Bezugnahmen in ästhetischen Diskursen},<br />
booktitle = {Transkription und Fassung in der Musik des 20. Jahrhunderts. Beiträge des Kolloquiums in der Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur, Mainz, vom 5. bis 6. März 2004},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Gabriele Buschmeier & Ulrich Konrad & Albrecht Riethmüller},<br />
pages = {103-134},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jäger 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2002a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptivität. Zur medialen Logik der kulturellen Semantik},<br />
booktitle = {Transkribieren - Medien/Lektüre},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Ludwig Jäger & Georg Stanitzek},<br />
pages = {19-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jaubert 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jaubert 1998a,<br />
author = {Jaubert, Alain},<br />
title = {Fotos, die lügen: Politik mit gefälschten Bildern},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Äthenaum},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jean Paul 1795===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jean Paul 1795,<br />
author = {Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Ueber die natürliche Magie der Einbildungskraft [1795]},<br />
booktitle = {Ausgewählte Werke. Bd. 7/8: Leben des Qunitus Fixlein, aus fünfzehn Zettelschaften gezogen, nebst einem Mußtheil und einigen Jus de tablette},<br />
year = {1847},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jewitt 2009a,<br />
title = {The Routledge Handbook of Multimodal Analysis},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jewitt, Carey},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt & Oyama 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jewitt & Oyama 2001a,<br />
author = {Jewitt, Carey & Oyama, Rumiko},<br />
title = {Visual Meaning. A Social-Semiotic Approach},<br />
booktitle = {Handbook of Visual Analysis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Theo van Leeuwen & Carey Jewitt},<br />
pages = {134–156},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnson, Neil F. et al.???},<br />
title = {Information Hiding. Steganography and Watermarking - Attacks and Countermeasures},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Boston, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1996a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Der Computer im Kopf. Formen und Verfahren der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1983a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Mental Models. Towards a cognitive science of language, inference, and conciousness},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnston 2006a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Sean},<br />
title = {Holographic Visions. A History of New Science},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnston, V.S.; Hagel, R.; Franklin, M.; Fink, B. & Grammer, K.},<br />
title = {Male Facial attractiveness. Evidence for hormone-mediated adaptive design},<br />
journal = {Evolution and Human Behavior},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {251-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston & Franklin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston & Franklin 1993a,<br />
author = {Johnston, V.S. & Franklin, M.},<br />
title = {Is beauty in the eye of the beholder?},<br />
journal = {Ethology and Sociobiology},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {14},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {183-199},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1973a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Homo pictor. Von der Freiheit des Bildens},<br />
booktitle = {Organismus und Freiheit. Ansätze zu einer philosophischen Biologie},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
pages = {226-257},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1963===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1963,<br />
author = {Hans Jonas},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens. Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
booktitle = {Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit. Drei Aufsätze zur Lehre vom Menschen},<br />
year = {1963},<br />
editor = {Hans Jonas},<br />
pages = {26-43},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Jonas 1961a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens – Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Philosophische Forschung},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {161–176},<br />
note = {Wieder abgedruckt in: Jonas, Hans: <em>Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit – Zur Lehre vom Menschen</em>. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1987, 26–43},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Juhász et al. 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Juhász et al. 1999a,<br />
editor = {Juhász, J.; Szőke, I.; Nagy, G.O. & Kovalovszky, M.},<br />
title = {Magyar értelmező szótár},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jung 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jung 2003a,<br />
title = {Holographic Network},<br />
year = {2003a},<br />
editor = {Jung, Dieter},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bramsche},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==K==<br />
===Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a,<br />
author = {Kamlah, Wilhelm & Lorenzen, Paul},<br />
title = {Logische Propädeutik - Vorschule des vernünftigen Redens},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {BI Wissenschaftsverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl. (<sup>1</sup>1967, <sup>3</sup>1996)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a,<br />
author = {Kanizsa, G. & Luccio, R.},<br />
title = {Multistability as a research tool in experimental phenomenology},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {47–68},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1974a,<br />
author = {Kant, I.},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1787a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1787a,<br />
author = {Kant, I.},<br />
title = {Kritik der reinen Vernunft},<br />
year = {1787},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kant 1960a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Logik},<br />
booktitle = {Kant: Werke in 12 Bänden},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Weischedel, W.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Bd. VI},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1977a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Werkausgabe Band X, hrsg. von Wilhelm Weischedel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kardaun 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kardaun 1993,<br />
author = {Kardaun, Maria},<br />
title = {Der Mimesisbegriff in der griechischen Antike. Neubetrachtung eines umstrittenen Begriffes als Ansatz zu einer neuen Interpretation der platonischen Kunstauffassung},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {North-Holland},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/New York/Oxford/Tokyo},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kecskesi 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kecskesi 1982a,<br />
author = {Kecskesi, M. },<br />
title = {Kunst aus dem alten Afrika},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Pinguin},<br />
address = {Innsbruck},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kemp 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kemp 1974a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Disegno. Beiträge zu einer Geschichte des Begriffs zwischen 1547 und 1607},<br />
journal = {Marburger Jahrbuch für Kunstwissenschaf},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {219-240},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kittler 2002a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Computergrafik. Eine halbtechnische Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Hertha},<br />
pages = {178-194},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 2002b,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Optische Medien. Berliner Vorlesung 1999},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kjørup 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjørup 1978,<br />
author = {Kjørup, Søren},<br />
title = {Pictorial Speech Acts},<br />
journal = {Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {55-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1779===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Klopstock 1779,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ueber Sprache und Dichtkunst. Fragmente},<br />
year = {1779},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {243-258},<br />
publisher = {Heroldsche Buchhandlung},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1774===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klopstock 1774,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Werke und Briefe. Historisch-kritische Ausgabe. Bd. 7.1: Die deutsche Gelehrtenrepublik [1774]},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {Hurlebusch, Rose-Marie},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kluge 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kluge 2002a,<br />
author = {Kluge, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Etymologisches Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache.},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Seebold, Elmar},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter.},<br />
address = {Berlin, New York},<br />
note = {24. durchgesehene und erweiterte Auflage.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knieper & Müller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Knieper & Müller 2005a,<br />
author = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===König & Obrist 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{König & Obrist 1993a,<br />
title = {Der zerbrochene Spiegel. Positionen zur Malerei},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {König, Kasper & Obrist, Hans-Ulrich},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog Kunsthalle Wien / Deichtorhallen Hamburg},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Koller 1954===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Koller 1954,<br />
author = {Koller, Hermann},<br />
title = {Die Mimesis in der Antike. Nachahmung, Darstellung, Ausdruck},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kondor 2008a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Embedded Thinking: Multimedia and the New Rationality},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007c,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna },<br />
title = {Multimodal Integration: From a Philosophical Point of View},<br />
booktitle = {Proceedings of the IADIS International Conference: Mobile Learning },<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Arnedillo-Sanchez, Immaculada},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007b,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {The Mobile Image: Experience on the Move},<br />
booktitle = {obile Studies: Paradigms and Perspectives},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Nyíri, Kristóf},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Passagen},<br />
address = {Vienna},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Old Patterns, New Bewitchments},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophy of the Information Society: Papers of the 30th International Wittgenstein Symposium},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hrachovec, H.; Pichler. A. & Wang, J.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Konersmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Konersmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Konersmann, Ralf},<br />
title = {Kulturelle Tatsachen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kornmeier et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, Jürgen; Hein, Christine Maira & Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Multistable perception: When bottom-up and top-down coincide},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {69},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138–147},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kornmeier & Bach 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier & Bach 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, & Jürgen Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Object perception: When our brain is impressed but we do not notice it},<br />
journal = {Journal of Vision},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {7},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Korte 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Korte 2003a,<br />
author = {Korte, Helmut},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Systematische Filmanalyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {ESB},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kracauer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kracauer 1992a,<br />
author = {Kracauer, Siegfried},<br />
title = {Der verbotene Blick},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille & Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Kultur, Technik, Kulturtechnik: Wider die Diskursivierung der Kultur},<br />
booktitle = {Bild, Schrift, Zahl},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krauss 1999a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Reinventing the Medium},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {25,},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {289-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Winter},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 2000a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {A Voyage on the North Sea. Art in the Age of the Post-Medium Condition},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress 2010a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther},<br />
title = {Multimodality. A Social-Semiotic Approach to Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 2001a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Multimodal Discourse. The Modes and Media of Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 1996a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Reading Images. The Grammar of Visual Design},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krewani 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Krewani 2003a,<br />
author = {Krewani, Anna Maria},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Malerei bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=973507624},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
hidden = {Dissertation},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kripke 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kripke 1972a,<br />
author = {Kripke, Saul A.},<br />
title = {Naming and Necessity},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Natural Language},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Davidson, D. & Harman, G.},<br />
pages = {253-355, 763-769},<br />
publisher = {Reidel},<br />
address = {Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krkac 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krkac 2010a,<br />
author = {Krkac, Kristijan},<br />
title = {Wittgensteins’s Dubbit III},<br />
journal = {Wittgenstein-Studien},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {121-149},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krüger 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krüger 2001a,<br />
author = {Krüger, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als Schleier des Unsichtbaren. Ästhetische Illusion in der Kunst der frühen Neuzeit in Italien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kruse 2003a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Christiane},<br />
title = {Wozu Menschen malen. Historische Begründungen eines Bildmediums},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse & Stadler 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kruse & Stadler 1995a,<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Papers originally presented at the International Symposium on Perceptual Multistability and Semantic Ambiguity held at the University of Bremen, Germany, March 22-25, 1993},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kruse et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Peter; Strüber, D. & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Significance of perceptual multistability for research on cognitive self-organization},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {69–84},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kudielka 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kudielka 2005a,<br />
author = {Kudielka, Robert},<br />
title = {Gegenstände der Betrachtung – Orte der Erfahrung. Zum Wandel der Kunstauffassung im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {44-57},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kulvicki 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kulvicki 2006a,<br />
author = {Kulvicki, John},<br />
title = {On Images: Their Structure and Content},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Oxford UP},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Külpe 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Külpe 1923a,<br />
author = {Külpe, Oswald},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über Logik},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Künzli 1996/1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Künzli 1996/1997a,<br />
author = {Künzli, Hansjörg},<br />
title = {Über die Haltbarkeit digitaler Daten},<br />
journal = {Rundbrief Fotografie},<br />
year = {1996/1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Sonderheft 3},<br />
pages = {5-8},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==L==<br />
===Lacan 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lacan 1987a,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jacques},<br />
title = {Die vier Grundbegriffe der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weinheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lakoff 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff 1987a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George},<br />
title = {Women, fire, and dangerous things – What categories reveal about the mind},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Chicago University Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lammert 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lammert 2007a,<br />
author = {Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Die vertrauten Sichtweisen sind umzustoßen. Zum Raum der Nachkriegszeit in ungewohnten Begegnungen},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {55-69},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst}<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Langer 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Langer 1984a,<br />
author = {Langer, Susanne},<br />
title = {Philosophie auf neuem Wege. Das Symbol im Denken, im Ritus und in der Kunst},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Langlois & Roggman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Langlois & Roggman 1990a,<br />
author = {Langlois, J.H. & Roggman I.A.},<br />
title = {Attractive faces are only average},<br />
journal = {American Psychol. Society},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
volume = {1/2},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {115-121},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lanz 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lanz 1971a,<br />
author = {Lanz, Jakob},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter},<br />
pages = {Spalte 89-100},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a,<br />
author = {Laplanche, Jean; Pontalis, Jean-Bertrand},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Das Vokabular der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Laplanche, Jean; Pontalis, Jean-Bertrand},<br />
pages = {37-38},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Latour 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Latour 2007a,<br />
author = {Latour, Bruno},<br />
title = {Eine neue Soziologie für eine neue Gesellschaft. Einführung in die Akteur-Netzwerk-Theorie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Law & Whittaker 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Law & Whittaker 1988a,<br />
author = {Law, John & Whittaker, John},<br />
title = {On the Art of Representation. Notes on the Politics of Visualisation},<br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, Gordon & Law, John},<br />
pages = {160-183},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leeuwen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leeuwen 2005a,<br />
author = {Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Introducing Social Semiotics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lefebvre 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lefebvre 2007a,<br />
author = {Lefebvre, Martin},<br />
title = {The Art of Pointing: On Peirce, Indexicality, and Photographic Images},<br />
booktitle = {Photography Theory},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Elkins, James},<br />
pages = {220-244},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York u. a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lenzen 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lenzen 1997a,<br />
author = {Lenzen, Dieter},<br />
title = {Lebenslauf oder Humanontogenese? Vom Erziehungssystem zum kurativen System – von der Erziehungswissenschaft zur Humanvitologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildung und Weiterbildung im Erziehungssystem. Lebenslauf und Humanontogenese als Medium und Form},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lenzen, D. & Luhmann, N.},<br />
pages = {228-247},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leopold & Logothetis 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Leopold & Logothetis 1999a,<br />
author = {Leopold, David A. & Logothetis, Nikos K.},<br />
title = {Multistable phenomena: changing views in perception},<br />
journal = {Trends Cogn. Sci. (Regul. Ed.)},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {254–264},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leroi-Gourhan 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leroi-Gourhan 1971a,<br />
author = {Leroi-Gourhan, André},<br />
title = {Präshistorische Kunst},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Herder},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1788===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1788,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon: Paralipomena [Erstveröffentlichung 1788]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe. Bd. 5/2. Werke 1766-169},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Wilfried Barner},<br />
pages = {207-321},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1766===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1766,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie [1766]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe in zwölf Bänden. Bd. 5/2: Werke 1766-1769},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Wilfried Bahner},<br />
pages = {11-206},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1974a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie},<br />
booktitle = {Werke, Bd. 6},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Göpfert, H. G.},<br />
pages = {7-187},<br />
publisher = {Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1766},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lévi-Strauss 1958a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lévi-Strauss 1958a,<br />
author = {Lévi-Straus, Claude},<br />
title = {Anthropologie structurale},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
publisher = {Plon},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Anthropologie. Frankfurt/Main: Suhrkamp},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990b,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Autographic and Allographic Art Revisited},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
pages = {89-106},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {What a Musical Work is},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
pages = {63-88},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levinson 1983a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Stephen C.},<br />
title = {Pragmatics},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lichtblau 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lichtblau 2009a,<br />
author = {Lichtblau, Klaus},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Georg Simmel: Soziologische Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Lichtblau, Klaus},<br />
pages = {7-27},<br />
publisher = {VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Licklider 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Licklider 1960a,<br />
author = {Licklider, J.},<br />
title = {Man-Computer Symbiosis},<br />
journal = {IRE Transactions on Human Factors in Electronics},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {4-11},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liebsch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liebsch 2001a,<br />
author = {Liebsch, Dimitri},<br />
title = {Die Geburt der ästhetischen Bildung aus dem Körper der antiken Plastik. Zur Bildungssemantik im ästhetischen Diskurs zwischen 1750 und 1800},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liesbrock 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Liesbrock 2010a,<br />
title = {Ad Reinhardt: Letzte Bilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Liesbrock, Heinz},<br />
publisher = {Josef Albers Museum Quadrat Bottrop},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2004a,<br />
author = {Liessmann, Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Reiz und Rührung. Über ästhetische Empfindungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2009a,<br />
author = {Liessmann Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Ästhetische Empfindungen. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas-WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lipps 1903a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lipps 1903a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor},<br />
title = {Grundlegung der Ästhetik. Erster Teil},<br />
year = {1903},<br />
publisher = {Leopold Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lipps 1920a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lipps 1920a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor },<br />
title = {»Zur Einfühlung«, in: Psychologische Untersuchungen 2/3, 1913},<br />
booktitle = {Die ästhetische Betrachtung und die bildende Kunst},<br />
year = {1920},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {111-491},<br />
publisher = {Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Löbner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Löbner 2003a,<br />
author = {Löbner, Sebastian},<br />
title = {Semantik. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Locke 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Locke 1975a,<br />
author = {Locke, J.},<br />
title = {An Essay Concerning Human Understanding},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {hg. von Niddich, P. H.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Logothetis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Logothetis 1998a,<br />
author = {Logothetis, N. K.},<br />
journal = {Philos. Trans. R. Soc. Lond., B, Biol. Sci.},<br />
title = {Single units and conscious vision},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {353},<br />
number = {1377},<br />
pages = {1801–1818},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lopes 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lopes 1996a,<br />
author = {Lopes, Dominic},<br />
title = {Understanding Pictures},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Claredon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1970a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Elemente der Sprachkritik – Eine Alternative zum Dogmatismus und Skeptizismus in der Analytischen Philosophie},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1990a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Einführung in die philosophische Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {(<sup>2</sup>1992)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lovejoy 1936===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lovejoy 1936,<br />
author = {Lovejoy, Arthur O.},<br />
title = {Die große Kette der Wesen. Geschichte eines Gedankens [The Great Chain of Being. A Study in the History of an Idea (1936)]},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1997a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Kunst der Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1996a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Realität der Massenmedien},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Luhmann 1993a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Form der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = { Hans Ulrich Gumbrecht & K. Ludwig Pfeiffer},<br />
pages = {349-366},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lunenfeld 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lunenfeld 2002a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Digitale Fotografie. Das dubitative Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografies},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {158-177},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lynch & Edgerton 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lynch & Edgerton 1988a,<br />
author = {Lynch, Michael & Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Digital Image Processing. Re-presentational Craft in Contemporary Astronomy}, <br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, Gordon & Law, John},<br />
pages = {184-220},<br />
publisher = {???}, <br />
address = {London u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==M==<br />
===Mach 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mach 1987a,<br />
author = {Mach, Ernst},<br />
title = {Die Analyse der Empfindungen und das Verhältnis des Physischen zum Psychischen},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Macpherson 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Macpherson 1996a,<br />
author = {Macpherson, Fiona},<br />
title = {Ambiguous Figures and the Content of Experience},<br />
journal = {Nous},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {82-117},<br />
note = {2006?},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Majetschak 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Majetschak 1997,<br />
title = {Auge und Hand. Konrad Fiedlers Kunsttheorie im Kontext},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manovich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manovich 2001a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {The Language of New Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge/MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manovich 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Manovich 2005a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {Die Poetik des erweiterten Raums},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {A. Lammert, M. Diers, R. Kudielka & G. Mattenklott},<br />
pages = {337-350},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manow 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manow 2008a,<br />
author = {Manow, Philip},<br />
title = {Im Schatten des Königs. Die politische Anatomie demokratischer Repräsentation},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Marshall 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Marshall 1968a,<br />
title = {Gellius: Noctes Atticae XIII, 17},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Marshall, P.K.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxonii},<br />
note = {Scriptorum Classicorum Bibliotheca Oxoniensis},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Martinec & Salway 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Martinec & Salway 2005a,<br />
author = {Martinec, Radan & Salway, Andrew},<br />
title = {A System for Image-Text-Relations in New (and Old) Media},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {337–371},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Massey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Massey 2007a,<br />
author = {Massey, Lyle},<br />
title = {Picturing Space, Displacing Bodies. Anamorphosis in Early Modern Theories of Perspective},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Pennsylvania State University Press},<br />
address = {University Park, Pa},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Maul 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Maul 2007a,<br />
author = {Maul, Stefan M.},<br />
title = {Gilgamesch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Babylonischen [auf der Grundlage von zum Teil noch unveröffentlichten Textzeugnissen neu und vollständig] übersetzt und mit einem Nachwort versehen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mead 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mead 1968a,<br />
author = {Mead, George Herbert},<br />
title = {Geist, Identität und Gesellschaft aus der Sicht des Sozialbehaviorismus},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {Original: <em>Mind, Self, and Society</em>. Hg. v. Charles W. Morris. Chicago, 1934},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meier 1757===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meier 1757,<br />
author = {Georg Friedrich Meier},<br />
title = {Betrachtungen über den ersten Grundsatz aller Schönen Künste und Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1757},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Halle},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meinhardt 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meinhardt 1997a,<br />
author = {Meinhardt, Johannes},<br />
title = {Ende der Malerei und Malerei nach dem Ende der Malerei},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mendelsohn 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mendelsohn 1982a,<br />
author = {Mendelsohn, Leatrice},<br />
title = {Paragoni. Benedetto Varchi’s Due Lezioni and Cinquecento Art Theory},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ann Arbor},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Menzer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Menzer 1992a,<br />
author = {Menzer, Ursula},<br />
title = {Subjektive und objektive Kultur. Georg Simmels Philosophie der Geschlechter vor dem Hintergrund seines Kultur-Begriffs},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Centaurus},<br />
address = {Pfaffenweiler},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 2003a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophisches Essays},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1993a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Die Prosa der Welt},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1966a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Phänomenologie der Wahrnehmung (1945)},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Walter de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen übersetzt und eingeführt durch eine Vorrede von Boehm, Rudolf},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1961a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophische Essays.}<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {neu bearbeitet, kommentiert und mit einer Einleitung versehen von Bermes, Christian (2003)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 1994a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Der Zweifel Cézannes (1948)},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Gottfried Boehm},<br />
pages = {39-59},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 2006a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Kino und die neue Psychologie (1947)},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie des Films},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Dimitri Liebsch},<br />
pages = {70-84},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mersch 2006a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Mediale Paradoxa. Einleitung in eine negative Medienphilosophie},<br />
journal = {Sic et Non. Zeitschrift für Philosophie und Kultur im Netz},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.sicetnon.org/content/perform/Mersch_Medienphilosophie_sw.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersch 2003a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Wort, Bild, Ton, Zahl – Modalitäten medialen Darstellens},<br />
booktitle = {Die Medien der Künste. Beiträge zur Theorie des Darstellens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
pages = {9-49},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2002a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Was sich zeigt. Materialität, Präsenz, Ereignis},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersmann 08a,<br />
author = {Mersmann, Jasmin},<br />
title = {Wandelgänge. Monumentale Anamorphosen im 17. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Cha, Kyung-Ho & Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
pages = {23-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metscher 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metscher 2001,<br />
author = {Metscher, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metz 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metz 1972a,<br />
author = {Metz, Christian},<br />
title = {Semiologie des Films (1968)},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Koch, Renate},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzger 2008a,<br />
author = {Metzger, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gesetze des Sehens},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Klotz},<br />
address = {Taunus},<br />
note = {4. unveränd. Aufl., Repr. nach d. 3., völlig neu bearb. Aufl. 1975.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzinger 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Metzinger 2000a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Philosophische Perspektiven auf das Selbstbewusstsein: Die Selbstmodell-Theorie der Subjektivität},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Selbst},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Greve, W. },<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Psychologie Verlagsunion},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {Zitiert aus der überarbeiteten Online-Version},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.philosophie.uni-mainz.de/metzinger/publikationen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzinger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzinger 1999a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Subjekt und Selbstmodell. Die Perspektivität phänomenalen Bewusstseins vor dem Hintergrund einer naturalistischen Theorie mentaler Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meyer 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meyer 2001a,<br />
author = {Meyer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mediokratie. Die Kolonisierung der Politik durch das Mediensystem},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Michalsky 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Michalsky 2005a,<br />
author = {Michalsky, Tanja},<br />
title = {Raum visualisieren. Zur Genese des modernen Raumverständnisses in den Medien der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Ortsgespräche. Raum und Kommunikation im 19. und 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Geppert, Alexander C.T.; Jensen, Uffa & Weinhold, Jörn},<br />
pages = {292ff ??},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mirzoeff 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mirzoeff 2007a,<br />
author = {Mirzoeff, Nicholas},<br />
title = {Von Bildern und Helden. Sichtbarkeit im Krieg der Bilder},<br />
booktitle = {Feindbilder. Ideologien und visuelle Strategien der Kulturen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Haustein, Lydia; Scherer, Bernd & Hager, Martin},<br />
pages = {135-156},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2008a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. Thomas},<br />
title = {Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Gustav Frank},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2007a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.},<br />
title = {Realismus im digitalen Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderfragen. Die Bildwissenschaften im Aufbruch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Belting, Hans},<br />
pages = {237-256},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2006a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {Den Terror klonen. Der Krieg der Bilder 2001-2004},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Worlds. Neue Bilderwelten und Wissensräume},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Maar, Christa & Burda, Hubert},<br />
pages = {255-285},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2005a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. Thomas},<br />
title = {What Do Pictures Want? The Lives and Loves of Images},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1994a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.},<br />
title = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Representation},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1992a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {The Reconfigured Eye. Visual Truth in the Post-Photographic Era},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 1992b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {"The Pictorial Turn"},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
booktitle = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Repräsentation},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
publisher = {Universität of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1986a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {Iconology. Image, Text, Ideology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mojsisch 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mojsisch 1983a,<br />
author = {Mojsisch, Burkhard},<br />
title = {Meister Eckhart. Analogie, Univozität und Einheit},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mondzain 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mondzain 2006a,<br />
author = {Mondzain, Marie-José},<br />
title = {Können Bilder töten?},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich, Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Morris 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Morris 1994a,<br />
author = {Morris, D.},<br />
title = {Das Tier Mensch},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mülder-Bach 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mülder-Bach 1998,<br />
author = {Inka Mülder-Bach},<br />
title = {Im Zeichen Pygmalions. Das Modell der Statue und die Entdeckung der „Darstellung“ im 18. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1997a,<br />
author = {Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {Politische Bildstrategien im amerikanischen Präsidentschaftswahlkampf, 1828-1996},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1985a,<br />
author = {Müller, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {DUDEN Bedeutungswörterbuch = DUDEN Band 10},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a,<br />
author = {Müller-Beck, H. & Albrecht, G. },<br />
title = {Die Anfänge der Kunst vor 30'000 Jahren},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Theiss},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Münkler 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Münkler 2009a,<br />
author = {Münkler, Herfried},<br />
title = {Visualisierungsstrategien im politischen Machtkampf: Der Übergang vom Personenverband zum institutionellen Territorialstaat},<br />
booktitle = {Strategien der Visualisierung. Verbildlichung als Mittel politischer Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Münkler, Herfried & Hacke, Jens},<br />
pages = {23-51},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Musterle & Roessler 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Musterle & Roessler 1986a,<br />
author = {Musterle, W.A. & Roessler, O.E.},<br />
title = {Computer faces: The human Lorenz Matrix},<br />
journal = {Bio Systems},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {61-80},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==N==<br />
===Naef 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Naef 2007a,<br />
author = {Naef, Silvia},<br />
title = {Bilder und Bilderverbot im Islam},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {C. H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nänni 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nänni 2008a,<br />
author = {Nänni, Jürg},<br />
title = {Visuelle Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Niggli},<br />
address = {Sulgen},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
url = {www.worldcat.org/oclc/254718373},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006a,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc},<br />
title = {Am Grund der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006b,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc & Ferrari, Federico},<br />
title = {Die Haut der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Neuhaus 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Neuhaus 2006a,<br />
author = {Neuhaus, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Als William Gibson den Cyberspace erfand ... - Die Faszination für ein Vielzweck-Symbol aus der Science Fiction-Literatur},<br />
journal = {Telepolis},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.heise.de/tp/r4/artikel/23/23727/1.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Niederée & Heyer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Niederée & Heyer 2003a,<br />
author = {Niederée, R. & Heyer, D.},<br />
title = {The Dual Nature of Picture Perception: A Challenge to Current General Accounts of Visual Perception},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into pictures. An interdisciplinary approach to pictorial space},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, Heiko; Schwartz, Robert & Atherton, Margaret},<br />
pages = {77–98},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nietzsche 1870-1873===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nietzsche 1870-1873,<br />
author = {Nietzsche, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Ueber Wahrheit und Lüge im aussermoralischen Sinne [1870-1873]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke. Kritische Studienausgabe in 15 Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Giorgio Colli und Mazzino Montinari},<br />
pages = {873-890},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nivelle 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nivelle 1971,<br />
author = {Nivelle, Armand},<br />
title = {Kunst- und Dichtungstheorien zwischen Aufklärung und Klassik},<br />
year = {2. Auflage 1971},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nöth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nöth 2000a,<br />
author = {Nöth, Winfried},<br />
title = {Der Zusammenhang von Text und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Text- und Gesprächslinguistik. Handbücher zur Sprach- und Kommunikationswissenschaft 16},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Klaus Brinker et al.},<br />
pages = {489–496},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Novitz 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Novitz 1977,<br />
author = {Novitz, David},<br />
title = {Pictures and their Use in Communication. A philosphical Essay},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==O==<br />
===OED===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{OED-3,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Oxford English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
url = {dictionary.oed.com},<br />
note = {3<sup>rd</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Öhlschläger 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Oehlschläger 2005a,<br />
author = {Öhlschläger, C.},<br />
title = {Evidenz und Ereignis. Musils poetische ‚Momentaufnahmen‘ im Kontext der Moderne},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {203-216},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ohler 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ohler 1994a,<br />
author = {Ohler, Peter},<br />
title = {Kognitive Filmpsychologie. Verarbeitung und mentale Repräsentation narrativer Filme},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {MAkS Publikationen},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Okolowitz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Okolowitz 2006a,<br />
author = {Okolowitz, Herbert},<br />
title = {Virtualität bei G.W. Leibniz. Eine Retrospektive},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Diss. Universität Augsburg},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=98278726X},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ott 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ott 2007a,<br />
author = {Ott, Michaela},<br />
title = {Der unbestimmte Raum in Philosophie und Film},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==P==<br />
===Pang 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pang 2002a,<br />
author = {Pang, Alex Soojung-Kim},<br />
title = {Technologie und Ästhetik der Astrofotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Ordnungen der Sichtbarkeit. Fotografie in Wissenschaft, Kunst und Technologie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Geimer, Peter},<br />
pages = {101-141},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 1924a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Panofsky 1924a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Die Perspektive als symbolische Form (1924)},<br />
booktitle = {Erwin Panofsky, Deutschsprachige Aufsätze Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Michels, K. & Warnke, M.},<br />
pages = {664-757},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Erstpublikation in: <em>Vorträge der Bibliothek Warburg (1924/25)</em>. Leipzig, 1927, 258-330},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paret 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1960a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Textbelege zum islamischen Bilderverbot},<br />
booktitle = {Das Werk des Künstlers. Studien zur Ikonographie und Formgeschichte},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Hans Fegers},<br />
pages = {36-48},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paret 1968===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1968a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Das islamische Bilderverbot und die Schia},<br />
booktitle = {Festschrift Werner Caskel. Zum siebzigsten Geburtstag 5. März 1966 gewidmet von Freunden und Schülern},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Erwin Gräf},<br />
pages = {242-232},<br />
publisher = {Brill},<br />
address = {Leiden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2009a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1900 bis 1949},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2008a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1949 bis heute},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2006a,<br />
title = {Visual History. Ein Studienbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck und Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Paul 2005a,<br />
author = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Der Bilderkrieg. Inszenierungen, Bilder und Perspektiven der "Operation Irakische Freiheit"},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Perrault 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Perrault 1964a,<br />
author = {Perrault, Charles},<br />
title = {Parallèle des Anciens et des Modernes en ce qui regarde les Arts et les Sciences},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {orig.: Paris (4 Bde): 1688, 1690, 1692, 1694; Faksimileausgabe mit einer Einführung von Hans Robert Jauss und einem Kommentar von Max Imdahl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pesch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pesch 2001a,<br />
author = {Pesch, Martin},<br />
title = {Raumbilder-Bildräume. Zu den Arbeiten von Julia Ziegler},<br />
journal = {Kunstforum International},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {153},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Petersen 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Petersen 2000,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {Mimesis – Imitatio – Nachahmung. Eine Geschichte der europäischen Poetik},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Petersen 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Petersen 1992,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {‚Mimesis’ versus ‚Nachahmung’. Die Poetik des Aristoteles – nochmals neu gelesen},<br />
journal = {Arcadia. Zeitschrift für vergleichende Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {3-46},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a,<br />
title = {Der Künstler als Kunstwerk. Selbstporträts vom Mittelalter bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich & von Rosen, Valeska},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a,<br />
title = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget 1956a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1956a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {The Child’s Construction of Space},<br />
year = {1956},<br />
publisher = {Routledge / Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget et al. 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget et al. 1960a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean; Inhelder, B. & Szemenska, I.},<br />
title = {The Child’s Conception of Geometry},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
publisher = {Harper},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1978a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {Das Weltbild des Kindes},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {dtv/Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pias 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pias 2003a,<br />
author = {Pias, Claus},<br />
title = {Das digitale Bild gibt es nicht. Über das (Nicht-)Wissen der Bilder und die informatische Illusion},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2003/01/pias/pias.pdf}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Piccolino & Wade 2006a,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco & Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early examples of ambiguity (1)},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {861–864},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Piccolino & Wade 2006b,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco &. Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early examples of ambiguity (2)},<br />
booktitle = {Perception 35 (8)},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {1003–1006},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pillow 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pillow 2003,<br />
author = {Pillow, Kirk},<br />
title = {Did Goodman's Distinction Survive LeWitt?},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {61},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {365-380},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pitts et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pitts et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Pitts, Michael A.; Gavin, William J. & Nerger, Janice L.},<br />
title = {Early top-down influences on bistable perception revealed by event-related potentials},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {11–24},<br />
volume = {67},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 1991b,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Timaios},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke VIII},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Hülser, Karlheinz},<br />
pages = {197-425},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 2008a,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Politeia},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke, Band 2},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Ursula},<br />
pages = {195-537},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Plessner 1928a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Die Stufen des Organischen und der Mensch},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {W. de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {<sup>3</sup>1975},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1982a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Trieb und Leidenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Mit anderen Augen},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Plessner, Helmuth}, <br />
pages = {110-123},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1989a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Zur Anthropologie der Nachahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, G.},<br />
pages = {176-184},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plinius 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Plinius 2004,<br />
title = {G. Plinius Secundus d. Ä: Naturkunde / Naturalis historia : lateinisch-deutsch},<br />
year = {1990–2004},<br />
editor = {Roderich König et al.},<br />
publisher = {Artemis},<br />
address = {Zürich},<br />
note = {unkritische Ausgabe des lateinischen Textes mit Übersetzung und Erläuterungen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plümacher 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plümacher 1999a,<br />
author = {Plümacher, Martina},<br />
title = {Wohlgeformtheitsbedingugen für Bilder?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pöppel 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pöppel 1982a,<br />
author = {Pöppel, E.},<br />
title = {Lust und Schmerz},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Severin & Siedler},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pollmeier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pollmeier 2005a,<br />
author = {Pollmeier, Klaus},<br />
title = {Vom Baryt zum Bit. Zur Konservierung analoger und digitaler fotografischer Bilder. Digitale Bildverarbeitung, eine Erweiterung oder radikale Veränderung der Fotografie?},<br />
howpublished = {Ludwigsburg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
note = {Hasenpflug (Red.): Dokumentation des Symposiums am 12./13. November 2004 im Museum Folkwang, Essen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Popper 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Popper 2002a,<br />
author = {Popper, Karl R.},<br />
title = {Alle Menschen sind Philosophen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Bohnet, Heidi & Stadler, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München/Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pratschke 2005a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Digitale Form},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pratschke 2008a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Interaktion mit Bildern. Digitale Bildgeschichte am Beispiel grafischer Benutzeroberflächen},<br />
booktitle = {Technische Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bredekamp, Horst et al.},<br />
pages = {68-80},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Predelli 1999===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Predelli 1999,<br />
author = {Predelli, Stefano},<br />
title = {Goodman and the Score},<br />
journal = {British Journal of Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138-147},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pross 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pross 1972a,<br />
author = {Pross, Harry},<br />
title = {Medienforschung. Film, Funk, Presse, Fernsehen},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Habel},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Puttfarken 1991a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {The Dispute about Disegno and Colorito in Venice. Paolo Pino, Lodovico Dolce and Titian},<br />
booktitle = {Kunst und Kunsttheorie 1400–1900},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Peter Glanz et al.},<br />
pages = {75-95},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Puttfarken 1985a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {Roger de Piles‘ Theory of Art},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New Haven/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Q==<br />
==R==<br />
===Rager 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rager 1997a,<br />
author = {Rager, Dietmar},<br />
title = {Aspekte Sehen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob/ & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Raphael 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Raphael 1986a,<br />
author = {Raphael, Max},<br />
title = {Raumgestaltungen. Der Beginn der modernen Kunst im Kubismus und im Werk von Georges Braque}, <br />
year = {1986, Erstausgabe 1949},<br />
publisher = {Campus}<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M./New York},<br />
note = {hg. v. H.-J. Heinrichs},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rastier 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rastier 1972a,<br />
author = {Rastier, François },<br />
title = {Systematiques des isotopies},<br />
booktitle = {Essais de sémiotique poétique},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Greimas, A.J.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Larousse},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Recki 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Recki 2004a,<br />
author = {Recki, Birgit},<br />
title = {Kultur als Praxis. Eine Einführung in Ernst Cassirers Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Akademie-Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Renz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Renz 2006a,<br />
author = {Renz, U.},<br />
title = {Schönheit. Eine Wissenschaft für sich},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Berlin Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riedel 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Riedel 2005a,<br />
author = {Riedel, W.},<br />
title = {Endogene Bilder. Anthropologie und Poetik bei Gottfried Benn},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {163-202},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rieger 2009a,<br />
author = {Rieger, Stefan},<br />
title = {Holographie. Das Versprechen der Ganzheit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {87-106},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger & Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rieger & Schröter 2009a,<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen}, <br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riegl 1931a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Riegl 1931a,<br />
author = {Riegl, Alois},<br />
title = {Das holländische Gruppenporträt},<br />
year = {1931},<br />
publisher = {Staatsdruckerei},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1902},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rimmele 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rimmele 2010a,<br />
author = {Rimmele, Marius},<br />
title = {Das Triptychon als Metapher, Körper und Ort. Semantisierungen eines Bildträgers},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ritchin 1990a,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {In Our Image: The Coming Revolution in Photography. How Computer Technology is Changing our View of the World},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ritchin 1990b,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {Photojournalism in the Age of Computers},<br />
booktitle = {The Critical Image. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Squiers},<br />
pages = {28-37},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Seattle},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roch 1998a,<br />
author = {Roch, Axel},<br />
title = {Radartechnologie und Computergraphik. Zur Geschichte der Beleuchtungsmodelle in computergenerierten Bildern},<br />
booktitle = {Geschichte der Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Faßler, Manfred & Halbach, Wulf R.},<br />
pages = {227-254},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rock 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rock 1985a,<br />
author = {Rock, Irvin},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung. Vom visuellen Reiz zum Sehen u. Erkennen},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Spektrum-der-Wissenschaft-Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roloff 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roloff_1972a,<br />
author = {Roloff, D.},<br />
title = {Eidolon, Eikon, Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd.2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {330-332},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Róna-Tas 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Róna-Tas 1999a,<br />
author = {Róna-Tas, A.},<br />
title = {Hungarians and Europe in the Early Middle Ages. An Introduction to Early Hungarian History},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {CEU Press},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rorty 1967a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rorty 1967a,<br />
author = {Rorty, Richard},<br />
title = {The Linguistic Turn: Essays in Philosophical Method},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press.},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 2005a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Materie und Geist. Eine philosophische Untersuchung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ros 1999a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Was ist Philosophie?},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophieren über Philosophie}<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Raatzsch, Richard},<br />
pages = {36–58},<br />
publisher = {Leipziger Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ros 1989a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {“Bedeutung”, “Idee” und “Begriff” – Zur Behandlung einiger bedeutungstheoretischer Paradoxien durch Leibniz},<br />
journal = {Studia Leibnitiana},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {133-154},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1989/90a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1989/90a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Begründung und Begriff. Wandlungen des Verständnisses begrifflicher Argumentationen},<br />
year = {1989/90},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {3 Bände},<br />
hidden = {B. I: Antike, Spätantike und Mittelalter; B. II: Neuzeit; B. III: Moderne},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1979a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Objektkonstitution und elementare Sprachhandlungsbegriffe},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Königstein/Ts.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosch 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosch 1978a,<br />
author = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
title = {Principles of categorization}<br />
booktitle = {Cognition and Categorization},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
pages = {27-48},<br />
publisher = {Hillsdale},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosler 2000a,<br />
author = {Rosler, Martha},<br />
title = {Bildsimulationen, Computermanipulationen: einige Überlegungen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV. 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {von Amelunxen, Hubertus},<br />
pages = {129-170},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roth 2000a,<br />
author = {Roth, Peter},<br />
title = {Virtualis als Sprachschöpfung mittelalterlicher Theologen},<br />
booktitle = {Die Anwesenheit des Abwesenden. Theologische Annäherungen an Begriff und Phänomene von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Roth, Peter; Schreiber, Stefan & Siemons, Stefan},<br />
pages = {33-42},<br />
publisher = {Wißner},<br />
address = {Augsburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Royce 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Royce 1998a,<br />
author = {Royce, Terry},<br />
title = {Synergy on the Page: Exploring Intersemiotic Complementarity in Page-based Multimodal Text},<br />
journal = {JASFL Occasional Papers},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {25-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rötzer 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rötzer 1993a,<br />
author = {Rötzer, Florian},<br />
title = {Cyberspace. Zum medialen Gesamtkunstwerk},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ruff 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ruff 2009a,<br />
author = {Ruff, Thomas},<br />
title = {Jpegs},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ryan 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ryan 2001,<br />
author = {Ryan, Marie-Laure},<br />
title = {arrative as Virtual Reality. Immersion and Interactivity in Literature and Electronic Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {The Johns Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore & London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==S==<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Medium},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005b,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005a,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2004a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als kommunikatives Medium. Elemente einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003b,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Was ist Bildkompetenz?},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1999a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, },<br />
title = {Gibt es ein Bildalphabet?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {57-66},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1995a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Piktoriale Einstellungen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktoraler Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {195-211},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 1993a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Philosophische Psychologie im 19. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Prädikative und modale Bildtheorie },<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik. Theorien - Methoden - Fallbeispiele},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H.; Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {97-119},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-2/index.html},<br />
abstract ={Gegenstände sind immer nur dann Bilder, wenn jemand sie als solche benutzt. Hierbei können Bilder eine Vielzahl von Funktionen übernehmen. Lassen sich diese verschiedenen Funktionen oder Verwendungsweisen vielleicht aus einer einzigen Grundfunktion ableiten? Und sofern das so ist: Was wäre, ließe sich zweitens fragen, diese Grundfunktion von Bildern und in welcher Relation, ergibt sich als dritte Frage, steht sie zu den Verwendungsweisen von Sprache? Eine positive Beantwortung der ersten Frage voraussetzend werden zwei Kandidaten für die zweite Frage untersucht und diskutiert: Während die prädikative Theorie die grundlegende Bildverwendung in etwa paraphrasiert mit „… sieht so und so aus“ (bzw. „Der Gegenstand, der so und so aussieht, …“), schlägt die modale Theorie eine Verwendungsweise vor analog zu „An einem anderen (auch fiktiven) Ort oder einer anderen (auch hypothetischen) Zeit ist der Fall, daß so und so.“ },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Medientheorie, visuelle Kultur und Bildanthropologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {393-424},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.JRJS.de/Work/Papers/P09/P09-1/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachsse 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachsse 1974a,<br />
author = {Sachsse, Hans},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Kybernetik. Unter besonderer Berücksichtigung von technischen und biologischen Wirkungsgefügen},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Vieweg},<br />
address = {Braunschweig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 2007a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Le Sens du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1990a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Semiotics of Visual Language},<br />
publisher = {Indiana University Press},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
address = {Bloomington, IN},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1987a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {Englisch: Semiotics of Visual Language. Bloomington, Indianapolis: Indiana University Press.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1986a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie et syntax visuelle: Une analyse de Mascerade de Pellan},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 2008a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Transfigurements: On the True Sense of Art},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 1998a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Shades. Of Painting at the Limit},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Salomon 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2006a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {Transformations and Projections in Computer Graphics},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Salomon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2008a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {A Concise Introduction to Data Compression},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sander 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sander 1962a,<br />
author = {Sander, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Experimentelle Ergebnisse der Gestaltpsychologie},<br />
booktitle = {Ganzheitspsychoplogie. Grundlagen, Ergebnisse, Anwendungen: gesammelte Abhandlungen},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sander, Friedrich & Volkelt, Hans},<br />
pages = {73–122},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck'sche Verlagsbuchhandlung},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1962a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Blick},<br />
booktitle = {Das Sein und das Nichts},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Skizze einer Theorie der Emotionen},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {255-321},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1994b,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Das Imaginäre. Phänomenologische Psychologie der Einbildungskraft (1940)},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-2, hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994c,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Die Imagination (1936)},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {97-254},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1999a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Die Suche nach dem Absoluten. Texte zur bildenden Kunst},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sauer 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sauer 2008a,<br />
author = {Sauer, Martina},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmen von Sinn vor jeder sprachlichen oder gedanklichen Fassung? Frage an Ernst Cassirer},<br />
journal = {Kunstgeschichte. Texte zur Diskussion},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.kunstgeschichte-ejournal.net/discussion/2008/Sauer},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saussure 1916a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saussure 1916a,<br />
author = {Saussure, Ferdinand de },<br />
title = {Cours de linguistique générale},<br />
year = {1916},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Deutsch: Grundfragen der allgemeinen Sprachwissenschaft. 3. Aufl. Berlin 2001.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saxena & Sahay 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saxena & Sahay 2005a,<br />
author = {Saxena, Anupam & Sahay, Birendra},<br />
title = {Computer Aided Engineering Design},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scheler 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scheler 1928a,<br />
author = {Scheler, Max},<br />
title = {Die Stellung des Menschen im Kosmos},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {Otto Reichl Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schier 2005a,<br />
author = {Schier, W. },<br />
title = {Die Maske von Uivar},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W. },<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schirra 2007a,<br />
editor = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Computational Visualistics and Picture Morphology},<br />
publisher = {IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
note = {Themenbeiheft zu Band 5},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Projects/Image/IMAGE5-Themenbeiheft.pdf},<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Begriffsgenetische Betrachtungen in der Bildwissenschaft: Fünf Thesen},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Medium. Kunstgeschichtliche und philosophische Grundlagen der interdisziplinären Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {197-215},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-3/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 2005a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Foundation of Computational Visualistics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {ISBN: 3-8350-6015-5 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-8350-6015-5'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra 2005b,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Ein Disziplinen-Mandala für die Bildwissenschaft - Kleine Provokation zu einem Neuen Fach},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-1/index.html},<br />
journal ={IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
pages = {30-45},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Von der Bildwissenschaft als einer Disziplin, die über die Grenzen von Kunstgeschichte oder Kunstwissenschaft hinausgeht und sich wissenschaftlich mit allen Aspekten des Umgehens mit Bildern und verwandten visuellen Repräsentations- und Zeichensystemen befaßt, wird erst seit etwa der Mitte der 1990'er Jahre gesprochen. In den folgenden Überlegungen geht es insbesondere um die Bildwissenschaft als den Versuch, ein Fachgebiet zu etablieren, in dem ein modernes Verständnis dessen, was eine etablierte Disziplin sein kann, verwirklicht sein soll. Zentrales Kriterium für in dem hier gemeinten Sinne "Neue" Disziplinen ist ihre Interdisziplinarität und die dadurch bedingte starke Methodenpluralität. Grundsätzlich muß daher die Frage geklärt werden, wie das Verhältnis der Teildisziplinen zueinander, insbesondere das Wechselspiel der jeweils eingesetzten Methoden betreffend, zu denken ist. Dem Forschungssujet der Bildwissenschaft entsprechend soll in dem Beitrag versucht werden, das Beziehungsgeflecht der beteiligten Elterndisziplinen (zumindest teilweise) in Form eines Bildes anzugeben. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2005c,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Computervisualistik},<br />
booktitle = { Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {268-280},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bausteine vieler Disziplinen müssen in eine allgemeine Bildwissenschaft integriert werden. Als Beitrag aus der Informatik versteht sich die Computervisualistik, die alle Aspekte rechnergestützten Umgangs mit Bildern umfaßt. Zwei Grundbegriffe der Informatik werden vorgestellt und bestimmen, auf den Begriff "Bild" angewendet, den methodologischen Kern der Computervisualistik. Als Beitrag der Informatik zum Gegenstand der Bildtheorie werden interaktive Bilder betrachtet. Schließlich werden die Beziehungen zu anderen "Bildwissenschaften" kurz umrissen. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2001a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bilder &nbsp;&nbsp; —— &nbsp;&nbsp; Kontextbilder},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln – Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Pragmatik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {77-100},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P01/P01-5/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bildkommunikation und die Verständigung mit Aussagen scheinen wenig gemein zu haben. Genauere logisch-pragmatische Analysen der Kontextrelativität von Aussagen zeigen jedoch eine enge systematische Abhängigkeit beider Kommunikationsformen im Begriff der Kontextbildung, den Bilder auf ausgezeichnete Weise implementieren. Prädikatorische und nominatorische Verwendungen von Bildern sind aus der grundlegenden Funktion zur Kontextbildung ableitbar. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2000a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Täuschung, Ähnlichkeit und Immersion: Die Vögel des Zeuxis},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Realismus der Bilder: Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Semantik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Rehkämper, K.& Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {119-135},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P00/P00-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bilder gibt es als solche – von ihrem Begriff her – immer nur für Individuen, die sich in einer bestimmten Weise verhalten, oder die gewisse Handlungen vollziehen. Wenn dies aber der Fall ist, scheint es ratsam, den Begriff "Bild" nicht, wie es gewöhnlich geschieht, als einen Begriff für einen isoliert vorkommenden Gegenstand zu erläutern, sondern als Komponente der Begriffe für bestimmte Verhaltens- oder Handlungsfähigkeiten. Ausgehend von der antiken Zeuxis-Anekdote werden in diesem Sinne erste Schritte zu einem handlungstheoretischen Ähnlichkeitsbegriff versucht.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1999a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Syntaktische Dichte oder Kontinuität - Ein mathematischer Aspekt der Visualistik},<br />
booktitle = {bildgrammatik. interdisziplinäre forschungen zur syntax bildlicher darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {103-119},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P99/P99-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Der Begriff Dichte spielt eine zentrale Rolle in Diskussionen zur Bildsyntax, wird aber selten in Beziehung zum mathematisch verwandten Kontinuumsbegriff gestellt. Dabei ist die Frage, ob Bilder syntaktisch nur als dicht oder gar als kontinuierlich verstanden werden sollten, durchaus relevant, wie anhand von informatischen und neuropsychologischen Argumenten gezeigt wird.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1995a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Understanding Radio Broadcasts On Soccer. The Concept `Mental Image' and Its Use in Spatial Reasoning},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktorialer Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {107-136},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P95/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Most cognitive theories agree that a listener of a sports broadcast on radio usually imagines the scene described; the concept `mental image' appears in a specific sort of explanations. In contrast to this conception, it is argued that this concept should rather be understood as part of a certain kind of grounding explanations of the radio listener's understanding. This particular conception is based on the distinction between `specification' and `implementation' as found in the theory of abstract data types. Its application to the field of spatial concepts leads to a computational system (ANTLIMA) which exemplifies how the expression `mental image' could be used while explaining a speaker's ability to control the resolvability of ambiguities in an objective report of what the speaker sees. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 1994a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bildbeschreibung als Verbindung von visuellem und sprachlichem Raum},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {DISKI},<br />
address = {St. Augustin},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {ISBN 3-929037-71-8 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-929037-71-8'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P94/P94-1-d/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1993a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Connecting Visual and Verbal Space: Preliminary Considerations Concerning the Concept »Mental Image«},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Time, Space, and Movement},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {M. Aurnague, A. Borillo, M. Borillo & M. Bras},<br />
pages = {105-121},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Paul Sabatier},<br />
address = {Toulouse},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P93/P93-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {AI research concerning the connection between seeing and speaking mainly employs what is called reference semantics. Within this framework, the notion of `mental image' is often used while explaining how somebody not situated in the same perceptual context is able to anchor his understanding of an utterance describing the scene visually perceived by the speaker. We give a foundation for considering mental images as propositions with respect to a certain field of concepts: these fields have to provide a syntactically dense set of concepts distinguishing locations. The use of such propositions in the reference semantic explanations of understanding utterances about visually perceived scenes is motivated by applying Kant's idea of the introduction of new types of objects: we conceive spatial relations as relations only applicable to sortal objects, i.e., individuated objects which are synthetically introduced on a syntactically dense field providing their potential locations. The concept `mental image' which results from these preliminary studies is applied to two current projects in AI, one dealing with the semantics of particular spatial prepositions, and the other more generally concerned with the logic of the connection between visual and verbal space.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Anthropologie in der systematischen Bildwissenschaft: Auf der Spur des homo pictor},<br />
booktitle = {Disziplinen der Anthropologie},<br />
editor = {Meyer, S. & Owzar, A.},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
pages = {145-177},<br />
note = {},<br />
publisher = {Waxmann},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Homo pictor and the Linguistic Turn: Revisiting Hans Jonas’ Picture Anthropology},<br />
journal = {Linguistic and Philosophical Investigations},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {144–181},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P10/P10-2/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {There has been a long tradition of characterizing man as the animal that talks. However, the remarkable ability of using pictures also only belongs to human beings, after all we know empirically so far. Are there conceptual reasons for that coincidence? The paper is dedicated to a philosophical programme of “concept-genetic” considerations dealing in particular with the dependencies between those two abilities: The conceptual relation between the competence to use assertive language and the faculty of employing pictures must be conceived of as being much closer than usually expected. Indeed we conclude, there cannot be creatures with only one of them.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte – elektronisch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
url = {www.uni-due.de/germanistik/elise/ausgabe_12006},<br />
hidden = {letzter Zugriff: 25. September 2010},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract ={Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie, wie sie der Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt, eignet - und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Eine Gegenüberstellung der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild führt zu eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden: Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von (darstellenden) Bildern Sprache gegenüber durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. In beiden Fällen hängen die Aufgliederungen mit der Funktion der Kontextbildung zusammen, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung mündet daher in das Programm einer begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, die eine derartige Begründung zu liefern imstande wäre. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Fähigkeiten zum Bild- und Sprachgebrauch },<br />
journal = {Deutsche Zeitschrift für Philosophie},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {54},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {887-905},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-5/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie wie in die Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Ein erster Vergleich der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild listet eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden auf. Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von Bildern gegenüber Sprache durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung weitet sich daher zu einer begriffsgenetischen Skizzierung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, wobei sich die Begriffe des sortalen Gegenstands und des Verhaltenskontextes als zentral herausstellen. Mit ihnen kann die Beziehung zwischen den beiden Fähigkeiten genauer untersucht werden: Sie ergibt sich insbesondere aus der Funktion der Kontextbildung, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Im Rahmen der begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung ergeben sich schließlich Argumente dafür, die Beziehung als eine wechselseitige Abhängigkeit zu charakterisieren, wobei auch eine Vorschlag zur Analyse des Begriffs des inneren Bildes - oder besser: des Vorstellungsvermögens eingeschlossen ist. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Scholz 1998a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. & Scholz, Martin},<br />
title = {Abstraction versus Realism: Not the Real Question},<br />
booktitle = {Computer Visualization – Graphics, Abstraction, and Interactivity},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Strothotte, T. (et al.)},<br />
pages = {379-401},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {Chapter 22},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P98/P98-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {When browsing through a book on computer graphics, one usually finds a lot of more or less interesting pictures that are produced by means of computers. These pictures are embedded in pages of technical texts describing how this image generation was performed and why it provides a better way to do so than other methods. Less space is usually given to the methodological background and the motivation underlying the preoccupation with computer visualization. In this chapter, we want to complement the more technically oriented part of this book with some reflections as to why such techniques can be interesting not only for computer graphics researchers, and where, from a communication-theoretic point of view, they might be of use in our society.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schleicher 1859a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schleicher 1859a,<br />
author = {Schleicher, August},<br />
title = {Zur Morphologie der Sprache},<br />
journal = {Mémoires de l'académdie impériale des sciences de St. Pétersbourg},<br />
year = {1859},<br />
volume = {1?},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1-38},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt 2000,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter},<br />
title = {Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1: : Absenz – Darstellung},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {831-875},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt & George 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt_George_2005a,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter; George, Marion},<br />
title = {Typisch/Typ(us)},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {191-246},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlosser 1952a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schlosser 1952a,<br />
author = {Schlosser, K.},<br />
title = {Der Signalismus in der Kunst der Naturvölker: Biologisch-psychologische Gesetzlichkeiten in den Abweichungen von der Norm des Vorbildes},<br />
year = {1952},<br />
publisher = {Mühlau},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmid 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmid 2009a,<br />
author = {Schmid, Gabriele},<br />
title = {Zwischen Bildern. Die holographische Installation als Handlungsfeld},<br />
booktitle = {holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {161-180},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1998a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Mimesis bei Aristoteles und in den Poetikkommentaren der Renaissance. Zum Wandel des Gedankens von der Nachahmung der Natur in der frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Mimesis und Simulation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Andreas Kablitz & Gerhard Neumann},<br />
pages = {17-53},<br />
publisher = {ombach},<br />
address = {Freiburg im Breisgau},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1996a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Teleologie und Geschichte bei Aristoteles oder Wie kommen nach Aristoteles Anfang, Mitte und Ende in die Geschichte?},<br />
booktitle = {Das Ende. Figuren einer Denkform},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Stierle und Rainer Warning},<br />
pages = {528-563},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider 2009a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit},<br />
title = {Wissenschaftsbilder zwischen digitaler Transformation und Manipulation. Einige Anmerkungen zur Diskussion des “digitalen Bildes”},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {188-200},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schneider 2000a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Ralf},<br />
title = {Grundriß zur kognitiven Theorie der Figurenkonzeption am Beispiel des viktorianischen Romans},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Stauffenburg},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider & Berz 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider & Berz 2002a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit & Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bildtexturen. Punkte, Zeilen, Spalten. I. Textile Processing/II. Bildtelegraphie}<br />
booktitle = {Mimetische Differenzen. Der Spielraum der Medien zwischen Abbildung und Nachbildung}, <br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Flach, Sabine & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
pages = {181-220},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider & Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schneider & Stöckl 2011a,<br />
title = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, Jan Georg & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {erscheint Frühjahr 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2011===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Schönhammer 2011,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Stichwort: Kippbilder},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
howpublished = {PsyDok, Volltextserver der Virtuellen Fachbibliothek Psychologie},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://psydok.sulb.uni-saarland.de/frontdoor.php?source_opus=2756&la=de},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schönhammer 2009a,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Wahrnehmungspsychologie. Sinne, Körper, Bewegung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 2004a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstellung, Zeichen. Philosophische Theorien bildhafter Darstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {2., vollständig überarbeitete Aufl.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Scholz 1998a,<br />
title = {Mimesis. Studien zur literarischen Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Scholz, Bernhard F.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 1991a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstellung, Zeichen. Philosophische Theorien bildhafter Darstellungen},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {(1. Aufl.)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schott 1657a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schott 57a,<br />
author = {Schott, Kaspar},<br />
title = {De Magia Anamorphotica},<br />
booktitle = {Magia Universalis Naturae et Artis},<br />
year = {1657},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Herbipoli},<br />
note = {Teil 1, Buch III},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2001a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Eine kurze Geschichte der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht. Fotografieren in Museen & Archiven & Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, Wolfgang & Jaworek, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {249-257},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter 2003a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Virtuelle Kamera. Zum Fortbestand fotografischer Medien in computergenerierten Bildern}, <br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {88},<br />
pages = {3-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Welt. Analoge und Digitale Bilder - mehr oder weniger Realität?},<br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke},<br />
pages = {335-354},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2004b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Netz und die Virtuelle Realität. Zur Selbstprogrammierung der Gesellschaft durch die universelle Maschine},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Computer/Simulation. Kopie ohne Original oder das Original kontrollierende Kopie},<br />
booktitle = {OriginalKopie. Praktiken des Sekundären},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fehrmann, Gisela et al.},<br />
pages = {139-155},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Notizen zu einer Geschichte des Löschens. Am Beispiel von Video und Robert Rauschenbergs Erased de Kooning-Drawing},<br />
booktitle = {Im Banne der Ungewissheit. Bilder zwischen Medien, Kunst und Menschen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schumacher-Chilla, Doris},<br />
pages = {171-194},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oberhausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2005a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {MetaMorphing. Camerons Analysen der digitalen Bilder in Terminator 2 und The Abyss}, <br />
booktitle = {Mythen, Mütter, Maschinen. Die Filme des James Cameron},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pabst, Eckhard},<br />
pages = {289-315},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeit ist überhaupt nur darzustellen, indem man sie konstruiert (Andreas Gursky)},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {201-218},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {On the Logic of the Digital Archive},<br />
booktitle = {The You Tube Reader},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Vonderau, Patrick & Snickars, Pelle},<br />
pages = {330-346},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2009c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {3D. Zur Theorie, Geschichte und Medienästhetik des technischtransplanen Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen und die Nicht-Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {77-86},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2010a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Fotografie und Fiktionalität},<br />
booktitle = {Die fotografische Wirklichkeit. Inszenierung - Fiktion - Narration},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Blunck, Lars},<br />
pages = {143-158},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2010b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Zeitalter der technischen Nichtreproduzierbarkeit},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
editor = {Schröter, Jens et al.},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {1-38},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter & Thielmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter & Thielmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens & Thielmann, Tristan},<br />
title = {Display I: Analog},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften}<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2010a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Darstellung einer Vorstellung. Das Bild der Welt auf der Pioneer-Plakette},<br />
booktitle = {Atlas der Weltbilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Markschies, C. et al.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schürmann 2008a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Sehen als Praxis. Ethisch-ästhetische Studien zum Verhältnis von Sicht und Einsicht},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulz 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulz 2005a,<br />
author = {Schulz, Martin},<br />
title = {Ordnungen der Bilder. Eine Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Finke},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulze 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulze 2000a,<br />
author = {Schulze, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Die Erlebnis-Gesellschaft. Kultursoziologie der Gegenwart. 8. Auflage. Studienausgabe.},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M., New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schwingeler 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schwingeler 2008a,<br />
author = {Schwingeler, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Raummaschine. Raum und Perspektive im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Werner Hülsbusch},<br />
address = {Boizenburg},<br />
note = {(Reihe Game Studies)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Searle 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Searle 1971,<br />
author = {Searle, John R.},<br />
title = {Sprechakttheorie - Ein sprachphilosophischer Essay},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 2003a,<br />
author = {Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Erscheinens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seel 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 1991a,<br />
author = {Seel, Norbert M.},<br />
title = {Weltwissen und mentale Modelle},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seiterle 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Seiterle 1988a,<br />
author = {Seiterle, G. },<br />
title = {Maske, Ziegenbock und Satyr},<br />
journal = {Antike Welt. Z. für Archäologie und Kulturgeschichte},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seja 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seja 2009a,<br />
author = {Seja, Silvia},<br />
title = {Handlungstheorien des Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sekula 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sekula 2002a,<br />
author = {Sekula, Allan},<br />
title = {Der Handel mit Fotografien},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {255-290},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shannon & Weaver 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shannon & Weaver 1976a,<br />
author = {Shannon, Claude E. & Weaver, Warren},<br />
title = {Mathematische Grundlagen der Informationstheorie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shepard 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shepard 1990a,<br />
author = {Shepard, Roger N.},<br />
title = {Mind sights. Original illusions, ambiguities, and other anomalies, with a commentary on the play of mind in perception and art},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {W. H. Freeman},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shneiderman 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Shneiderman 1983a,<br />
author = {Shneiderman, B.},<br />
title = {Direct Manipulation - A Step Beyond Programming Languages},<br />
journal = {IEEE Computer},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
volume = {16},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {57-69},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shohat & Stam 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Shohat & Stam 1998a,<br />
author = {Shohat, E. & Stam R.},<br />
title = {Narrativizing Visual Culture. Towards a Polycentric Aesthetics},<br />
booktitle = {The Visual Culture Reader},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Mirzoeff, N.},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {26-49},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegmund 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegmund 2007a,<br />
author = {Siegmund, J.},<br />
title = {Die Evidenz der Kunst. Künstlerisches Handeln als ästhetische Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Simmel 1995a,<br />
author = {Simmel, G.},<br />
title = {Der Bildrahmen. Ein ästhetischer Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Aufsätze und Abhandlungen 1901-1908 Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Simmel, G.},<br />
pages = {101-108},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1992a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Soziologie. Untersuchungen über die Formen der Vergesellschaftung},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Gesamtausgabe, Bd. 11, hrsg. von Otthein Rammstedt},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1978a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Das individuelle Gesetz. Philosophische Exkurse},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Michael Landmann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a,<br />
author = {Smith, Robert W. & Tatarewicz, Joseph N.},<br />
title = {Replacing a Technology: The Large Space Telescope and CCDs},<br />
journal = {Proceedings of the IEEE},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
volume = {73},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1221-1235},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sobchack 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sobchack 1997a,<br />
author = {Sobchack, Vivian},<br />
title = {Meta-Morphing. Visual Transformation and the Culture of Quick-Change},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minneapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a,<br />
author = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
title = {Figurative Politik. Prolegomena zu einer Kultursoziologie politischen Handelns},<br />
booktitle = {Figurative Politik. Zur Performanz der Macht in der modernen Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
pages = {17-33},<br />
publisher = {Leske und Budrich},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sommer 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sommer 1987a,<br />
author = {Sommer, M.},<br />
title = {Evidenz im Augenblick. Eine Phänomenologie der reinen Empfindung},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sonesson 1992a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Bildbetydelser: Inledning till bildsemiotiken som vetenskap},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Studentlitteratur},<br />
address = {Lund},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sonesson 1989a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Pictorial Concepts},<br />
publisher = {Lund University Press},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sörbom 1966===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sörbom 1966,<br />
author = {Sörbom, Göran},<br />
title = {Mimesis and Art. Studies in the Origin an Early Development of an Aesthetic Vocabulary},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spariosu 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Spariosu 1984,<br />
title = {Mimesis in contemporary theory: An interdisciplinary Approach. Volume I: The Literary and the Philosophical Debate},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Spariosu, Mihai},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Philadelphia/Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spillner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Spillner 1982a,<br />
author = {Spillner, Bernd},<br />
title = {Stilanalyse semiotisch komplexer Texte: Zum Verhältnis von sprachlicher und bil¬dicher Information in Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4/5},<br />
pages = {91–106},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stadler & Kruse 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stadler & Kruse 1995a,<br />
author = {Stadler, Michael & Kruse, Peter},<br />
title = {The Function of Meaning in Cognitive Order Formation.},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {5–21},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Steinbrenner 2009a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Bildtheorien der analytischen Tradition},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {284-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 2004a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Zeichen über Zeichen. Grundlagen einer Theorie der Metabezugnahme},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Synchron Wissenschaftsverlag der Autoren},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 1996a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Kognitivismus in der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a,<br />
title = {Farben: Betrachtungen aus Philosophie und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Glasauer, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a,<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
title = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stiegler 2004a,<br />
author = {Stiegler, Bernd},<br />
title = {Digitale Photographie als epistemologischer Bruch und historische Wende},<br />
booktitle = {Das Gesicht der Welt. Medien in der digitalen Kultur},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Engell & Neitzel},<br />
pages = {105-126},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stierle 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stierle 1984a,<br />
author = {Stierle, Karlheinz},<br />
title = {Das bequeme Verhältnis. Lessings Laokoon und die Entdeckung des ästhetischen Mediums},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, Gunter},<br />
pages = {23-58},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2011a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbekommunikation semiotisch},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch Werbekommunikation},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Nina Janich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {UTB},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {erscheint Mitte 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {The Language-Image-Text. Theoretical and Analytical Inroads into Semiotic Complexity},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {202-226},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Beyond Depicting. Language-Image-Links in the Service of Advertising},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {3-28},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2008a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbetypographie. Formen und Funktionen},<br />
booktitle = {Werbung – grenzenlos. Multimodale Werbetexte im interkulturellen Vergleich},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bendel, Sylvia & Held, Gudrun},<br />
pages = {13–36},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2005a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typography: Body and Dress of a Text – A Signing Mode between Language and Image},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {204-214},<br />
note = {Special Issue “The New Typography”},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2004b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typographie: Körper und Gewand des Textes. Linguistische Überlegungen zu typographischer Gestaltung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Angewandte Linguistik},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {41},<br />
pages = {5-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stöckl 2004a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Die Sprache im Bild – Das Bild in der Sprache. Zur Verknüpfung von Sprache und Bild im massenmedialen Text},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2003a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {„Imagine“: Stilanalyse multimodal. Am Beispiel des TV-Werbespots},<br />
booktitle = {Sprachstil – Zugänge und Anwendungen. Ulla Fix zum 60. Geburtstag},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Barz, Irmhild & Lerchner, Gotthard & Schröder, },<br />
pages = {305-323},<br />
publisher = {Winter},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 1992a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Der ‚picture relation type’ – Ein praktischer Analysemodus zur Beschreibung der vielfältigen Einbettungs- und Verknüpfungsbeziehungen von Bild und Text},<br />
journal = {Papiere zur Linguistik},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {46},<br />
number = {11},<br />
pages = {49-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoesz 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Stoesz 2008a,<br />
author = {Stoesz Brenda Marie},<br />
title = {The Role of Selective Attention in Perceptual Switching. },<br />
year = {2008},<br />
howpublished = {Department of Psychology, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Manitoba},<br />
note = {Thesis Master of Arts Thesis},<br />
hidden = {zuletzt geprüft am 17.03.2011},<br />
url = {mspace.lib.umanitoba.ca/bitstream/1993/3083/1/BStoesz%20-%20MA%20thesis%202008%20revisions.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoichita 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stoichita 1998a,<br />
author = {Stoichita, Victor I.},<br />
title = {Das selbstbewußte Bild. Vom Ursprung der Metamalerei},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauß 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strauß 1998a,<br />
author = {Strauß, Bernd (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Zuschauer},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strenge 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Strenge_1998a,<br />
author = {Strenge, Britta},<br />
title = {Typos/Typologie},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {1587-1595},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Striedter 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Striedter 1984a,<br />
author = {Striedter, K.H.},<br />
title = {Felsbilder der Sahara},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauss 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Strauss 1979a,<br />
author = {Strauss, M.S.},<br />
title = {Abstraction of prototypical information by adults and 10-month-old infants},<br />
journal = {J. of Experimental Psychology: Human Leraning and Memory},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {5},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {618-632},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a,<br />
author = {Strothotte, Thomas & Schlechtweg, Stefan},<br />
title = {Non-photorealistic Computer Graphics: Modeling, Rendering, and Animation},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {San Francisco u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stüber & Stadler 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stüber & Stadler 1999a,<br />
author = {Strüber, Daniel & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Differences in top-down influences on the reversal rate of different categories of reversible figures},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {28},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1185–1196},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sturken & Cartwright 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sturken & Cartwright 2001a,<br />
author = {Sturken, M. & Cartwright L.},<br />
title = {Practices of Looking. An Introduction to Visual Culture},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
address = {Oxford, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch.},<br />
title = {Schreck-Gesichter. Symbole des magischen Alltags},<br />
booktitle = {Symbole des Alltags, Alltag der Symbole},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Blaschitz, G.; et al. },<br />
pages = {517-554},<br />
publisher = {ADV},<br />
address = {Graz},<br />
note = {Festschrift Harry Kühnel zum 65. Geburtstag},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1998a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch. },<br />
title = {Grenzen der Komplexität. Die Kunst als Bild der Wirklichkeit. Neuropsychologische und ethologische Erkenntnisse in der Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Einfachen zur Ganzheitlichkeit. Das Problem der Komplexität auf organismischer und soziokultureller Ebene},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {A.M. Wobus, & U. Wobus},<br />
pages = {167-188},<br />
publisher = {Nova Acta Leopoldina 77(304)},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Szily 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Szily 1999a,<br />
author = {Szily, K.},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelvújítás szótára},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Nap Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==T==<br />
===Tatarkiewicz 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tatarkiewicz 2003,<br />
author = {Tatarkiewicz, Wladysaw},<br />
title = {Geschichte der sechs Begriffe. Kunst • Schönheit • Form • Kreativität • Mimesis • Ästhetisches Erlebnis},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thielmann & Schröter 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Thielmann & Schröter 2007a,<br />
title = {Display II: Digital. Navigationen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Thielmann, Tristan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {<em>Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften</em>},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {Jg. 7, H. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tholen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tholen 2003a,<br />
author = {Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
title = {Die Zäsur der Medien. Kulturphilosophische Konturen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a,<br />
author = {Thornhill, R. & Gangestad, S.W. },<br />
title = {Human facial beauty: averageness, symmetry and parasite resistance},<br />
journal = {Human nature},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {237-269},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Thürlemann 1990a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Raum. Beiträge zu einer semiotischen Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Thürlemann 1984a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Die Farbe in der Malerei: Symbolischer und semi-symbolischer Bedeutungsmodus},<br />
booktitle = {Semiotics Unfolding. Proceedings of the Second Congress of the International Association for Semiotic Studies},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Tasso Borbé},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tischner 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tischner 1954a,<br />
author = {Tischner, H.},<br />
title = {Kunst der Südsee},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Todorov 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Todorov 1977,<br />
author = {Todorov, Tzvetan},<br />
title = {Symboltheorien},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {[frz. Original 1977]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Topper 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Topper 00a,<br />
author = {Topper, David},<br />
title = {On Anamorphosis. Setting Some Things Straight},<br />
journal = {Leonardo},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
volume = {33},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {115-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tótfalusi 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tótfalusi 2002a,<br />
author = {Tótfalusi, I.},<br />
title = {Magyar szótörténeti szótár},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Anno Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Totzke 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Totzke 2004a,<br />
author = {Totzke, Rainer},<br />
title = {Buchstaben-Folgen. Schriftlichkeit, Wissenschaft und Heideggers Kritik an der Wissenschaftsideologie},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Welbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Troje & McAdam 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Troje & McAdam 2010a,<br />
author = {Troje, N. F. & McAdam, M.},<br />
title = {The viewing-from-above bias and the silhouette illusion},<br />
journal = {i-Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {143–148},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {i-perception.perceptionweb.com/fulltext/i01/i0408.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Trübner 1940===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Trübner 1940,<br />
title = {Trübners Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: C-F},<br />
year = {1940},<br />
editor = {Alfred Göze},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Art. „darstellen“, S. 27},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tugendhat 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat 1976a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die sprachanalytische Philosophie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst & Wolf, Ursula},<br />
title = {Logisch-semantische Propädeutik},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {(revid. 1986)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==U==<br />
===Ullrich 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ullrich 1997a,<br />
author = {Ullrich, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Digitaler Nominalismus. Zum Status der Computerfotografie},<br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {64},<br />
pages = {63-73},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==V==<br />
===Vaihinger 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vaihinger 1997a,<br />
author = {Vaihinger, Dirk},<br />
title = {Virtualität und Realität – Die Fiktionalisierung der Wirklichkeit und die unendliche Information},<br />
booktitle = {Künstliche Paradiese, Virtuelle Realitäten. Künstliche Räume in Literatur-, Sozial-, und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Krapp, Holger & Wägenbaur, Thomas},<br />
pages = {19-43},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Valenza et al. 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Valenza et al. 1996a,<br />
author = {Valenza, E.; Simion, F.; Cassia, V.M. & Umiltà, C.},<br />
title = {Face preference at birth},<br />
journal = {J. of experimental Psychology (Human Perception and Performance) },<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {892-903},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Varela 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Varela 1990a,<br />
author = {Varela, Francisco J.},<br />
title = {Kognitionswissenschaft, Kognitionstechnik. Eine Skizze aktueller Perspektiven},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===VCQ 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{VCQ 1996a,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Visual Culture Questionnaire},<br />
journal = {October},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
pages = {25-70},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ventola et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ventola et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Ventola, Eija & Guijarro, Moya & Arsenio, Jesús},<br />
title = {The World Told and the World Shown. Multisemiotic Issues},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan},<br />
address = {Basingstoke},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Venus 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Venus 2009a,<br />
author = {Venus, Jochen},<br />
title = {Raumbild und Tätigkeitssimulation. Video- und Computerspiele als Darstellungsmedien des Tätigkeitsempfindens},<br />
booktitle = {Das Raumbild. Bilder jenseits ihrer Flächen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Winter, Gundolf; Schröter, Jens & Barck, Joanna},<br />
pages = {259-280},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vischer 1873a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vischer 1873a,<br />
author = {Vischer, Robert},<br />
title = {Ueber das optische Formgefühl. Ein Beitrag zur Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1873},<br />
publisher = {Credner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Völker 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Völker 2010a,<br />
author = {Völker, Clara},<br />
title = {Mobile Medien. Zur Genealogie des Mobilfunks und zur Ideengeschichte von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vogel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vogel 2003a,<br />
author = {Vogel, Matthias},<br />
title = {Medien als Voraussetzungen für Gedanken},<br />
booktitle = {Medienphilosophie. Beiträge zur Klärung eines Begriffs},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Münker, Stefan; Roesler, Alexander & Sandbothe, Mike},<br />
pages = {107-134 + 213-215 [Anmerkungen]},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Volkelt 1905a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Volkelt 1905a,<br />
author = {Volkelt, Johannes},<br />
title = {System der Ästhetik. Erster Band: Grundlegung der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vorländer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vorländer 2003a,<br />
author = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
title = {Demokratie und Ästhetik. Zur Rehabilitierung eines problematischen Zusammenhangs},<br />
booktitle = {Zur Ästhetik der Demokratie. Formen der politischen Selbstdarstellung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
pages = {11-26},<br />
publisher = {Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==W==<br />
<br />
===Wade et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wade et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Wade, Nicholas J.; Campbel, Robin N.; Ross, Helen E. & Lingelbach, Bernd},<br />
title = {Necker in Scotch perspective},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1–4},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Waldenfels 2010a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Sinne und Künste im Wechselspiel. Modi ästhetischer Erfahrung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Waldenfels 1999a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Ordnungen des Sichtbaren},<br />
booktitle = {Sinnesschwellen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Walton 1973a,<br />
author = {Kendall L. Walton},<br />
title = {Pictures as Make-Believe},<br />
journal = {The Philosophical Review},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
volume = {82},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {283-319},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Walton 1990a,<br />
author = {Walton, Kendall L.},<br />
title = {Mimesis as make-believe : on the foundations of the representational arts},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Harvard Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass. [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warburg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warburg 2008a,<br />
author = {Warburg, Aby},<br />
title = {Der Bilderatlas Mnemosyne (2000)},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Warnke, Martin; unter Mitarbeit von Brink, Claudia},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warnke 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warnke 1984a,<br />
author = {Warnke, Martin},<br />
title = {Politische Architektur in Europa vom Mittelalter bis heute: Repräsentation und Gemeinschaft},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Watt 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Watt 2002a, <br />
author = {Watt, Alan}, <br />
title = {3D-Computergrafik},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weber 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weber 2000a,<br />
author = { Weber, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Windmühlen oder Mauern? Die Archive und der neue Wind in der Informationstechnik},<br />
booktitle = {Digitale Archive - Ein neues Paradigma?},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Metzing, Andreas},<br />
pages = {79-94},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Marburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weiss 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weiss 2009a,<br />
author = {Weiss, G. },<br />
title = {Masken begleiten, erinnern, ehren und erneuern},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wellbery 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wellbery 1977,<br />
author = {Wellbery, David E.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Semiotics in the German Enlightenment},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Yale University},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Werckmeister 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Werckmeister 2005a,<br />
author = {Werckmeister, Otto Karl},<br />
title = {Der Medusa Effekt. Politische Bildstrategien seit dem 11. September 2001},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {form + zweck},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wescher 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wescher 1968a,<br />
author = {Wescher, Herta},<br />
title = {Die Collage / Geschichte eines künstlerischen Ausdrucksmittels},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {DuMont Schauberg},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wheeler 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wheeler 2005a,<br />
author = {Wheeler, Michael},<br />
title = {Reconstructing the Cognitive World: The Next Step},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2008a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Die Sichtbarkeit des Bildes. Geschichte und Perspektiven der formalen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main, New York},<br />
note = {Mit einem aktuellen Vorwort des Autors zur Neuausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2005a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Artifizielle Präsenz. Studien zur Philosophie des Bildes.},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wiesing 2004a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Pragmatismus und Performativität des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {115-128},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2000a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Phänomene im Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wimmer 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wimmer 1991a,<br />
author = {Wimmer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Fabrikation der Fiktion?},<br />
booktitle = {Digitaler Schein. Ästhetik der digitalen Medien},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Rötzer, }, <br />
pages = {519-533},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winkler 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Winkler 2003a,<br />
author = {Winkler, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Zugriff. Thesen zur Umorganisation der gesellschaftlichen Bildarchive unter den Bedingungen des Digitalen},<br />
booktitle = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang; Heidenreich, Stefan & Holl, Ute},<br />
pages = {144-148},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winner 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Winner 1962a,<br />
author = {Winner, Matthias},<br />
title = {Gemalte Kunsttheorie. Zu Gustave Courbets ‚Allégorie réelle‘ und der Tradition},<br />
journal = {Jahrbuch der Berliner Museen},<br />
year = {4},<br />
volume = {1962},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {150-185},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wirth 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wirth 2004a,<br />
author = {Wirth, Uwe},<br />
title = {Das Vorwort als performative, paratextuelle und parergonale Rahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Rhetorik. Figuration und Performanz},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fohrmann, Jürgen},<br />
pages = {603-628},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Whitfield 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Whitfield 1999a,<br />
author = {Whitfield, S.},<br />
title = {Lucio Fontana},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Hayward Gallery Publ.},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witsch 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witsch 2008a,<br />
author = {Witsch, Monika},<br />
title = {Kultur und Bildung: Ein Beitrag für eine kulturwissenschaftliche Grundlegung von Bildung im Anschluss an Georg Simmel, Ernst Cassirer und Richard Hönigswald},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witte 2010a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Zur Geschichte der Bildung. Eine philosophische Kritik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2009a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Selbstbild und Bildung. Ein Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildung – Argumentation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Helmer, K.; Herchert, G. & Löwenstein, S.},<br />
pages = {81-100},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reihe: Beiträge zur Theorie der Argumentation in der Pädagogik. Herausgegeben von Andreas Dörpinghaus und Karl Helmer. Band 5},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1990a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus logico-philosophicus},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Tagebücher 1914-1916; Philosophische Untersuchungen. [7. Aufl.]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1971a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Philosophische Untersuchungen},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1922===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1922,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus},<br />
year = {1922},<br />
publisher = {Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wollheim 1982a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Sehen-als, sehen-in und bildliche Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Objekte der Kunst},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
pages = {192-210},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Looser, Max},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 1978,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Are the Criteria of Identity that Hold für a Work of Art in the Different Arts Aesthetically Relevant?},<br />
journal = {Ratio},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {20},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {29-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 2001a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {On Pictorial Representation},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
pages = {215-2268},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {Neuabdruck in: Gerwen, Rob van (Hg.). Richard Wollheim on the Art of Painting: Art as Representation and Expression. Cambridge UP, 2001},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==X==<br />
==Y==<br />
==Z==<br />
===Zaloscer 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Zaloscer 1974a,<br />
author = {Zaloscer, Hilde},<br />
title = {Versuch einer Phänomenologie des Rahmens},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Ästhetik und allgemeine Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {189-224},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zeune 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zeune 1997a,<br />
author = {Zeune, Joachim},<br />
title = {Burgen. Symbole der Macht. Ein neues Bild der mittelalterlichen Burg},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Pustet},<br />
address = {Regensburg},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zimmer 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zimmer 1995a,<br />
author = {Zimmer, A. C.},<br />
title = {Multistability – More than just a Freak Phenomenon},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {99–138},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==Fehlerhafte Angaben==<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, Jörg R. J.},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
note = {'''''Achtung!!Reihenfolge der Autoren ist verkehrt!!! Bitte korrigieren!!!''''' },<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.uni-due.de/imperia/md/content/elise/2006_-_schirra___hombach.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<!--- Die folgende Zeile muß immer am Ende der Seite stehen!! --><br />
<!--- Nicht entfernen und keinen Biblio-Eintrag danach setzen --><br />
<bibexport/></div>
Mark Ludwig
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Bibliography&diff=5893
Bibliography
2011-06-21T12:42:39Z
<p>Mark Ludwig: /* G */</p>
<hr />
<div><!--- Dies ist eine Kommentarzeile --><br />
<!--- In diese Seite kommen alle bibliographischen Daten rein, --><br />
<!--- also wirklich a l l e für dieses Glossar. --><br />
<!--- Wer es kennt, wird erkennen, dass wir uns an BibTex orientieren. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- !!!!! Bitte erst mal durchsuchen, ob der geplante Eintrag !!! --><br />
<!--- !!!!! hier nicht schon unter anderer Bezeichnung steht! !!! --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Ein Schema für neue Einträge wird hier oben automatisch --><br />
<!--- eingeblendet, wenn ein neuer Literaturverweis in einer Seite --><br />
<!--- eingebaut wurde und man dem entsprechenden Link dort im --><br />
<!--- Literaturverzeichnis folgt. Bitte nach Anlegen nach unten kopieren, --><br />
<!--- so dass eine alphabetisch geordnete Liste erhalten bleibt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Derzeit sind folgende Formen möglich Monographie (=book), --> <br />
<!--- Sammelband (= Proceedings), Artikel in Sammelband (= inproceedings),--><br />
<!--- Zeitschriftenartikel (= article), Rest (= misc.) --><br />
<!--- (An einer Übersetzung dieser Typbezeichnungen wird gearbeitet) --><br />
<!--- In allen sind die jeweils üblichen Felder verfügbar; weitere Daten --><br />
<!--- können im Feld note deponiert werden -- die werden jeweils am Ende --><br />
<!--- der damit produzierten Literaturangabe angezeigt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Nun die Einträge; wenn möglich die Namen (1. Zeile nach bibentry) --><br />
<!--- alle nach gleichem Schema bauen und alphabetisch geordnet eintragen.--><br />
<!--- Angabe des Jahres am Besten immer mit fortlaufendem Kleinbuchstaben --><br />
<!--- indizieren, auch wenn noch kein zweites Werk des Autors im gleichen --><br />
<!--- Jahr aufgenommen wurde; kann ja noch kommen. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Wenn ein als Identifier benutzter Nachname mit einem Sonderzeichen --><br />
<!--- (insbesondere Umlaut) beginnt, bitte die Normalumschrift benutzen, --><br />
<!--- sonst sind die Literaturangaben auf den Seiten falsch geordnet. --><br />
<!--- Den korrekt geschriebenen Namen zwischen den <bib>Klammern nutzen. --><br />
{{GlossarBoxSub}}__TOC__</div><br />
<!--- --><br />
<br />
==A==<br />
===Adelmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelmann 2009a, <br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adelmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Adelmann 2004a, <br />
author = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Digitale Animationen in dokumentarischen Fernsehformaten?}, <br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung}, <br />
year = {2004}, <br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke}, <br />
pages = {387-406}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adelung 1811===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelung 1811, <br />
editor = {Adelung, Johann Christoph}, <br />
title = {Grammatisch-kritisches Wörterbuch der hochdeutschen Mundart: mit beständiger Vergleichung der übrigen Mundarten, besonders aber der Oberdeutschen. Erster Teil: A-E. Mit D. W. Soltau's Beyträgen; revidirt und berichtiget von Franz Xaver Schönberger, Doctor der freyen Künste und Philosophie},<br />
year = {1811}, <br />
publisher = {Bauer}, <br />
address = {Wien}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adorno 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Adorno 2003,<br />
author = {Adorno, Theodor W.},<br />
title = {Gesammelte Schriften, Bd. 7: Ästhetische Theorie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Alpers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alpers 1985a,<br />
author = {Alpers, Svetlana},<br />
title = {Kunst als Beschreibung. Holländische Malerei des 17. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Amelunxen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Amelunxen 1996a, <br />
author = {Amelunxen, Hubertus}, <br />
title = {Fotografie nach der Fotografie}, <br />
year = {1996}, <br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Dresden u.a.}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Appadurai 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Appadurai 2003a, <br />
author = {Appadurai, Arjun},<br />
title = {Archive and Aspiration},<br />
booktitle = {Information is Alive},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Brouwer, Joke; Mulder, Arjen},<br />
pages = {14-25},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Rotterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1997,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Poetik. Griechisch/Deutsch},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Manfred Fuhrmann},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {Übers. und Hrsg.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995c,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Physik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 6; Übers.: Hans Günter Zekl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995b,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Nikomachische Ethik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 3; Übers.: Eugen Rolfes},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995a,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Metaphysik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 5; Übers.: Hermann Bonitz},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a,<br />
author = {Asemissen, Hermann Ulrich & Schweikhart, Gunter},<br />
title = {Malerei als Thema der Malerei},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Attneave 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Attneave 1971a,<br />
author = {Attneave, F.},<br />
title = {Multistability in perception},<br />
journal = {Sci.Am 225},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
volume = {225},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Auerbach 1946===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Auerbach 1946,<br />
author = {Auerbach, Erich},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Dargestellte Wirklichkeit in der abendländischen Literatur [1946]},<br />
year = {<sup>10</sup>2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen/Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Augustinus 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Augustinus 2002,<br />
author = {Augustinus},<br />
title = {Was ist Zeit? Confessiones XI/Bekenntnisse 11},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {lateinisch-deutsche Ausgabe, eingeleitet, übersetzt und mit Anmerkungen versehen von Norbert Fischer},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Austin 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Austin 1972a,<br />
author = {Austin, John L.},<br />
title = {Zur Theorie der Sprechakte},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {orig.: How to do things with Words, 1962},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==B==<br />
===Baader 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baader 2003a,<br />
author = {Baader, Hannah},<br />
title = {Paragone},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {263},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bachmann-Medick 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bachmann-Medick 2006a,<br />
author = {Bachmann-Medick, Doris},<br />
title = {Cultural Turns. Neuorientierungen in den Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Badakshi 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Badakshi 2006a,<br />
author = {Badakshi, Harun},<br />
title = {Körper in/aus Zahlen. Digitale Bildgebung in der Medizin},<br />
booktitle = {The Picture's Image. Wissenschaftliche Visualisierung als Komposit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Hinterwaldner, Inge; Buschhaus, Markus},<br />
pages = {199-205},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Badt 1963a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Badt 1963a,<br />
author = {Badt, Kurt },<br />
title = {Raumphantasien und Raumillusionen. Wesen der Plastik}<br />
year = {1963},<br />
publisher = {DuMont}, <br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Balázs 2001a,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der Geist des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Balázs 2001b,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der sichtbare Mensch},<br />
booktitle = {Texte zur Theorie des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {v. F. Albersmeier},<br />
publisher = {Philip Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
pages = {224-233},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baltrušaitis 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baltrušaitis 77a,<br />
author = {Baltrušaitis, Jurgis},<br />
title = {Anamorphic Art},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Chadwyck-Healey},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {(aus dem Französischen von W.J. Strachan, zuerst: Paris 1969)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1977a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetoric of the Image},<br />
booktitle = {Image, Music, Text},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
editor = {Stephen Heath},<br />
pages = {32–51},<br />
publisher = {Fontana},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {orig. 1964 in Communications},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1964a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetorik des Bildes (1964)},<br />
booktitle = {Der entgegenkommende und der stumpfe Sinn. Kritische Essays III},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Hornig, Dieter},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barthes 1989a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Die helle Kammer. Bemerkung zur Photographie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batchen 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Batchen 1998a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Photogenics/Fotogenik},<br />
journal = {Camera Austria},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {62/63},<br />
pages = {5-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batchen 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Batchen 2000a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Ectoplasm. Photography in the Digital Age},<br />
booktitle = {Over Exposed. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Squiers, Carol},<br />
pages = {9.23},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batteux 1746/1770===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Batteux 1746/1770,<br />
author = {Batteux, Charles},<br />
title = {Einschränkung der schönen Künste auf einen einzigen Grundsatz},<br />
year = {<sup>3</sup>1770},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Aus dem Französischen übersetzt und mit Abhandlungen begleitet von Johann Adolf Schlegel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baudrillard 1978a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Agonie des Realen},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baudrillard 2000a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Das perfekte Verbrechen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {von Amelunxen},<br />
pages = {256-260},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baumberger 2010===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baumberger 2010,<br />
author = {Baumberger, Christoph},<br />
title = {Gebaute Zeichen. Eine Symboltheorie der Architektur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Ontos},<br />
address = {Heusenstamm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baxandall 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baxandall 1972a,<br />
author = {Baxandall, Michael},<br />
title = {Painting and Experience in Fifteenth Century Italy. A Primer in the Social History of Pictorial Style},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Clarendon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bayer 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bayer 1984,<br />
author = {Bayer, Udo},<br />
title = {Laokoon – Momente einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gunter Gebauer},<br />
pages = {59-101},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bechtloff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bechtloff 2001a,<br />
author = {Bechtloff, Dieter (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Choreographie der Gewalt}, <br />
journal = {Kunstforum International}, <br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Hefte 153, 155 & 156},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Heft 153: Der gerissene Faden. Nichtlineare Techniken in der Kunst; Heft 156: Plateau der Menschheit},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beckmann 1995===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beckmann 1995,<br />
author = {Beckmann, Jan P.},<br />
title = {Wilhelm von Ockham},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beil 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beil 2010a,<br />
author = {Beil, Benjamin},<br />
title = {First Person Perspectives. Point of View und figurenzentrierte Erzählformen im Film und im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belach & Jacobsen 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belach & Jacobsen 93,<br />
author = {Belach, Helga & Jacobsen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {CinemaScope. Zur Geschichte der Breitwandfilme},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Spiess},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Stiftung Deutsche Kinemathek},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beller 2005a,<br />
author = {Beller Hans},<br />
title = {Aspekte der Filmmontage - Eine Art Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch der Filmmontage. Praxis und Prinzipien des Filmschnitts},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Beller Hans},<br />
publisher = {TR-Verlagsunion},<br />
address = {München},<br />
pages = {9-33},<br />
note = {5., gegenüber der 4. unveränderte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2008a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Florenz und Bagdad. Eine westöstliche Geschichte des Blicks},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2004a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bild und Kult. Eine Geschichte des Bildes vor dem Zeitalter der Kunst},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {6. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2002a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte. Eine Revision nach zehn Jahren (1995)},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Dieser Text erschien in seiner ersten Fassung noch mit einem Fragezeichen im Titel. Vgl. ders. (1983): Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte?, München: Deutscher Kunstverlag.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2001a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bildanthropologie. Entwürfe für eine Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 1983a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte?},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Kunstverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting & Haustein 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting & Haustein 1998a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans & Haustein, Lydia},<br />
title = {Das Erbe der Bilder. Kunst und moderne Medien in den Kulturen der Welt},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Benkő 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Benkő 1976a,<br />
editor = {Benkő, L.},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelv történeti-etimológiai szótára. I-IV},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bergson 1948a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bergson 1948a,<br />
author = {Bergson, Henri},<br />
title = {Das Mögliche und das Wirkliche},<br />
booktitle = {Denken und Schöpferisches Werden. Aufsätze und Vorträge},<br />
year = {1948},<br />
editor = {Bergson, H.},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Meisenheim am Glan},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {110-125},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bernays 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernays 1970a,<br />
author = {Bernays, Jacob},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der verlorenen Abhandlung des Aristoteles über Wirkung der Tragödie},<br />
year = {1970}<br />
publisher = {G. Olms},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bernhardt et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernhardt et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Bernhardt, Petra; Hadj-Abdou, Leila; Liebhart, Karin & Pribersky, Andreas},<br />
title = {EUropäische Bildpolitiken. Politische Bildanalyse an Beispielen der EU-Politik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {facultas UTB},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bertram et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bertram et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bertram, Georg W.; Lauer, David; Liptow, Jasper; & Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {In der Welt der Sprache: Konsequenzen des semantischen Holismus},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp}, <br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Berz 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Berz 2009a,<br />
author = {Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bitmapped Graphic},<br />
booktitle = {Zeitkritische Medien},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Volmar, Axel},<br />
pages = {127-154},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bevers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bevers 1985a,<br />
author = {Bevers, Antonius M.},<br />
title = {Dynamik der Formen bei Georg Simmel. Eine Studie über die methodische und theoretische Einheit eines Gesamtwerkes},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Duncker & Humblot},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Sozialwissenschaftliche Abhandlungen der Görres-Gesellschaft, Band 13},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beyme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beyme 2004a,<br />
author = {Beyme, Klaus von},<br />
title = {Politische Ikonologie der modernen Architektur},<br />
booktitle = {Politikwissenschaft als Kulturwissenschaft. Theorien, Methoden, Problemstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schwelling, Birgit},<br />
pages = {351-372},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bieger 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bieger 2007a,<br />
author = {Bieger, Laura},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Immersion. Raum-Erleben zwischen Welt und Bild},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Black 1972===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Black 1972,<br />
author = {Black, Max},<br />
title = {How do Pictures represent?},<br />
booktitle = {Art, Perception, and Reality},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gombrich, E.H.; Hochberg, Julian & Black, Max},<br />
pages = {95-130},<br />
publisher = {John Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blanke 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Blanke 2003,<br />
author = {Blanke, Börries},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Sinn. Das ikonische Zeichen zwischen strukturalistischer Semiotik und analytischer Philosophie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Reihe Bildwissenschaft, Bd. 4},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Block 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Block 1990a,<br />
author = {Block, Ned},<br />
title = {The Computer Model of the Mind},<br />
booktitle = {Thinking. An Invitation to Cognitive Science, Vol. 3},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {D. N. Osherson & E. E. Smith},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bloomfield 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bloomfield 1933a,<br />
author = {Bloomfield, Leonard},<br />
title = {Language},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Henry Holt and Co},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1986a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Annäherungen an die Aktualität der Rhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Wirklichkeiten in denen wir leben},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
pages = {104-136},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1969a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeitsbegriff und Möglichkeit des Romans},<br />
booktitle = {Nachahmung und Illusion. Poetik und Hermeneutik 1},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Hans Robert Jauß},<br />
pages = {9-27},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Blumenberg 1957a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {'Nachahmung der Natur'. Zur Vorgeschichte der Idee des schöpferischen Menschen},<br />
journal = {Studium Generale},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {5},<br />
pages = {266-283},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2008a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Augenmaß. Zur Genese der ikonischen Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Mersman, Birgit & Spies, Christian},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 2007a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2005a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild und die hermeneutische Reflexion},<br />
booktitle = {Dimensionen des Hermeneutischen. Heidegger und Gadamer},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Martin-Heidegger-Gesellschaft},<br />
pages = {23-35},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Schriftenreihe Band 7},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Sprache? Anmerkungen zur Logik der Bilder (2004)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {34-53},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild in der Kunstwissenschaft. Interview mit Gottfried Boehm},<br />
booktitle = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {11-21},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm 2001a,<br />
title = {Homo Pictor},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Saur},<br />
address = {München / Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1999a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zwischen Auge und Hand. Bilder als Instrumente der Erkenntnis (1999)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {94-113},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1994a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Wiederkehr der Bilder},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1994b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Bilderfrage},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Gottfried Boehm},<br />
pages = {325-343},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1994c,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1985a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Der Andere als Prototyp},<br />
booktitle = {Bildnis und Individuum. Über den Ursprung der Porträtmalerei in der italienischen Renaissance},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1978a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zu einer Hermeneutik des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Die Hermeneutik und die Wissenschaft},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Gadamer, Hans-Georg & Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {444-471},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a,<br />
title = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried; Mersmann, Birgit; Spies, Christian},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Böhme 2004a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Der Raum leiblicher Anwesenheit und der Raum als Medium von Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böhme 1999a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böcking 2008===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böcking 2008,<br />
author = {Böcking, Saskia},<br />
title = {Grenzen der Fiktion? Von Suspension of Disbelief zu einer Toleranztheorie für die Filmrezeption.},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bogen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bogen 2005a,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen},<br />
title = {Kunstgeschichte/Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus },<br />
pages = {52-67},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bonsiepe 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bonsiepe 1968a,<br />
author = {Bonsiepe, Gui},<br />
title = {Visuell/Verbale Rhetorik},<br />
journal = {Format: Zeitschrift für visuelle Kommunikation},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {17},<br />
pages = {11–18},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bousso 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bousso 2002a,<br />
author = {Bousso, Raphael},<br />
title = {The Holographic Principle},<br />
journal = {Reviews of Modern Physics},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {74},<br />
pages = {825-874},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brachfeld 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brachfeld_1976a,<br />
author = {Brachfeld, Otto},<br />
title = {Image},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {215-217},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandt 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandt 1999a,<br />
author = {Brandt, Reinhard},<br />
title = {Die Wirklichkeit der Bilder. Sehen und Erkennen – Vom Spiegel zum Kunstbild},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandom 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandom 2000a,<br />
author = {Brandom, Robert},<br />
title = {Expressive Vernunft. Begründung, Repräsentation und diskursive Festlegung (1994)},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Gilmer, Eva & Vetter, Hermann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2007a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Galilei der Künstler. Der Mond. Die Sonne. Die Hand},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2005a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Darwins Korallen. Die frühen Evolutionsdiagramme und die Tradition der Naturgeschichte},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Klaus Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bredekamp 2004a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Drehmomente. Merkmale und Ansprüche des Iconic Turn},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Turn. Die neue Macht der Bilder},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Maar, Christa & Burda, Hubert},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {A Neglected Tradition? Art History as Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2000a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Antikensehnsucht und Maschinenglauben. Die Geschichte der Kunstkammer und die Zukunft der Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 1994a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Die digitale Kunstkammer. Ein Interview mit Horst Bredekamp},<br />
journal = {Texte zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst; Schneider, Birgit; Dünkel, Vera},<br />
title = {Das Technische Bild. Kompendium für eine Stilgeschichte wissenschaftlicher Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst & Schneider, Pablo},<br />
title = {Visuelle Argumentationen. Die Mysterien der Repräsentation und die Berechenbarkeit der Welt},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2010a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildakts. Frankfurter Adorno-Vorlesungen 2007},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brentano 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brentano 1930a,<br />
author = {Brentano, Franz},<br />
title = {Wahrheit und Evidenz},<br />
year = {1930},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {(1975??)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Pitts, Michael A. & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right parietal brain activity precedes perceptual alternation during binocular rivalry},<br />
journal = {Hum. Brain Mapping},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/20690124},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Landis, Theodor & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right parietal brain activity precedes perceptual alternation of bistable stimuli},<br />
journal = {Cereb. Cortex 19},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {55-65},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brugger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger 1999a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter},<br />
title = {One hundred years of an ambiguous figure: happy birthday, duck/rabbit},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
number = {???},<br />
pages = {973–977},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brugger & Brugger 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger & Brugger 1993a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter & Brugger, Susanne},<br />
title = {The easterbunny in october: I is it disguised as a duck},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
number = {???},<br />
pages = {577–578},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brunet 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brunet 2008a,<br />
author = {Brunet, François},<br />
title = {A Better Example is a Photograph': On the Exemplary Value of Photographs in C. S. Peirce's Reflection on Signs},<br />
booktitle = {The Meaning of Photography},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Kelsey, Robin; Stimson, Blake},<br />
pages = {34-49},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Williamstown},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bruno 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bruno 2007a,<br />
author = {Bruno, Giuliana},<br />
title = {Public Intimacy. Architecture and the Visual Arts},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bryson 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bryson 2001a,<br />
author = {Norman Bryson},<br />
title = {Das Sehen und die Malerei},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 2000a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Die Krise der Psychologie},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Velbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Achim Eschbach und Jens Kapitzky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Büttner 2003a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank},<br />
title = {Perspektive},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {265},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher 2011a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {“Man sieht, was man hört“. Multimodales Verstehen als interaktionale Aneignung. Handlungstheoretische Medienanalyse.},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Jan Georg Schneider & Hartmut Stöckl},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher2010a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {Multimodales Verstehen oder Rezeption als Interaktion. Theoretische und empirische Grundlagen einers systematischen Analyse der Multimodalität},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Hajo Diekmannshenke & Michael Klemm & Hartmut Stöckl},<br />
pages = {121-156},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchner 1665===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchner 1665,<br />
author = {August Buchner},<br />
title = {Poet}<br />
year = {1665},<br />
publisher = {???}, <br />
address = {Wittenberg},<br />
note = {hrsg. v. Otto Prätorius},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchwald 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchwald 1989a,<br />
author = {Buchwald, Jed Z.},<br />
title = {The Rise of the Wave Theory of Light},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1933a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Axiomatik der Sprachwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1934a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1934a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Sprachtheorie. Die Darstellungsfunktion der Sprache},<br />
year = {<sup>2</sup>1965},<br />
publisher = {Fischer },<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bürger 1784===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bürger 1784,<br />
author = {Bürger, Gottfried August},<br />
title = {Von der Popularität der Poesie [1784]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Günter und Hiltrud Hintzschel}, <br />
pages = {725-730},<br />
publisher = {Hanser}, <br />
address = {München}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1784},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burckhardt 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Burckhardt 2001a,<br />
author = {Burckhardt, Jacob},<br />
title = {Der Cicerone. Eine Anleitung zum Genuss der Kunstwerke Italiens},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Kritische Gesamtausgabe},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {B. Roeck et al.}, <br />
pages = {Bd. 2},<br />
publisher = {Beck}, <br />
address = {München/Basel}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1855},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burke 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Burke 2003a,<br />
author = {Burke, Peter},<br />
title = {Augenzeugenschaft. Bilder als historische Quellen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Busch 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Busch 2004a,<br />
author = {Busch, Kathrin},<br />
title = {Geschicktes Geben. Aporien der Gabe bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Busch & Därmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Busch & Därmann 2007a,<br />
title = {pathos. Konturen eines kulturwissenschaftlichen Grundbegriffes},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Busch, Kathrin; Därmann, Iris},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Butler 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Butler 2001a,<br />
author = {Butler, Judith},<br />
title = {Psyche der Macht. Das Subjekt der Unterwerfung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner & Gottdank 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Büttner & Gottdank 2009a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank & Gottdank, Andrea},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Ikonographie. Wege zur Deutung von Bildinhalten},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==C==<br />
===Caglioti 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Caglioti 1995a,<br />
author = {Caglioti, G.},<br />
title = {Perception of ambiguous figures: A qualitative Model based on Synergetics and Quantum Mechanics},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {463–478.},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Campe 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Campe 2006a,<br />
author = {Campe, R.},<br />
title = {Epoche der Evidenz. Knoten in einem terminologischen Netzwerk zwischen Descartes und Kant},<br />
booktitle = {Intellektuelle Anschauung. Figurationen von Evidenz zwischen Kunst und Wissen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Peters, S. & Schäfer, M.J. },<br />
pages = {5-43},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carani 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carani 1986a,<br />
author = {Carani, Marie},<br />
title = {Le corpus Pellan: une relecture sémiotique},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carbone 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carbone 2001a,<br />
author = {Mauro Carbone},<br />
title = {La visibilité de l’invisible},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a,<br />
author = {Carlbom, Ingrid; Paciorek, Joseph},<br />
title = {Planar Geometric Projections and Viewing Transformations},<br />
journal = {ACM Computing Surveys},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {465-502},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carnap 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carnap 1947a,<br />
author = {Carnap, Rudolf},<br />
title = {Meaning and Necessity: A Study in Semantics and Modal Logic},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, IL},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2007a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {The World at a Glance},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2005a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {Earth-Mapping. Artists Reshaping Landscape},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2002a,<br />
author = {Edward S. Casey},<br />
title = {Representing Place. Landscape Painting and Maps},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 2010a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Birgit Recki},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 2009a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Der Begriff der symbolischen Form im Aufbau der Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
pages = {63-92},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Marion Lauschke},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1990a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Versuch über den Menschen. Einführung in eine Philosophie der Kultur},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1989a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Zur Logik der Kulturwissenschaften. Fünf Studien},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {5., unveränd. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 1930a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Mythischer, ästhetischer und theoretischer Raum (1930)},<br />
booktitle = {Ernst Cassirer: Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 17},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {B. Recki},<br />
pages = {411-436 [1931]},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1929a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1925a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1925a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Zweiter Teil: Das mythische Denken},<br />
year = {1925},<br />
publisher = {Cassirer, Bruno},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1923a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Erster Teil: Die Sprache},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===CCALED===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{CCALED-4,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Collins Cobuild Advanced Learner’s English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
publisher = {Collins},<br />
address = {Glasgow},<br />
note = {4<sup>th</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cha & Rautzenberg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cha & Rautzenberg 08a,<br />
author = {Cha, Kyung-Ho & Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
title = {Einleitung: Im Theater des Sehens. Anamorphose als Bild und philosophische Metapher},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {dies.},<br />
pages = {7-22},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chomsky 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chomsky 1957a,<br />
author = {Chomsky, Noam},<br />
title = {Syntactic Structures},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Christian 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Christian 2009a,<br />
author = {Christian, Alexander},<br />
title = {Piktogramme, Kritischer Beitrag zu einer Begriffsbestimmung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Shaker},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cipolla et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cipolla et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Cipolla, Roberto & Battiato, Sebastiano & Farinella, Giovanni Maria },<br />
title = {Computer Vision: Detection, Recognition and Reconstruction},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin, Heidelberg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Collingwood 1945===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Collingwood 1945,<br />
author = {Collingwood, Robin},<br />
title = {Die Idee der Natur [The Idea of Nature (1945)]},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {Übers.: Martin Suhr},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, M. R.; Roberts A. R.; Barbee A. P.; Druen P. B.; Wu Cheng-Huan},<br />
title = {„Their ideas of beauty are, on the wohle, the same as ours“: consistency and variability in the cross-cultural perception of female physical attractiveness},<br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {68},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-279},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham 1986a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, M.R.},<br />
title = {Measuring the physical in physical attractiveness: Quasi-experiments on the sociobiology of female facial beauty}, <br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {50},<br />
number = {}, <br />
pages = {925-935},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==D==<br />
===Damisch 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Damisch 1987a,<br />
author = {Damisch, Hubert},<br />
title = {L'origine de la perspective},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Flammarion},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Darwin 1872a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Darwin 1872a,<br />
author = {Darwin, Charles},<br />
title = {On the Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals},<br />
year = {1872},<br />
publisher = {Murray},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davidson 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Davidson 2004a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
title = {Drei Spielarten des Wissens},<br />
booktitle = {Subjektiv, intersubjektiv, objektiv},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
pages = {339-363},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davies 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Davies 1991,<br />
author = {Davies, David},<br />
title = {Works, Texts, and Contexts. Goodman on the Literary Artwork},<br />
journal = {Canadian Journal of Philosophy},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {331-346},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Deleuze 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Deleuze 1989a,<br />
author = {Deleuze, Gilles},<br />
title = {Das Bewegungs-Bild. Kino1},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M},<br />
note = {a. d. Franz. v. U. Christians und U. Bokelmann; Erstveröffentlichung 1983},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Demuth 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Demuth 2007a,<br />
author = {Demuth, Volker},<br />
title = {Extreme Expeditionen. Digitale, hybride und künstlerische Räume},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {89-104},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Depaulo 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Depaulo 1992a,<br />
author = {DePaulo, B. M. },<br />
title = {Nonverbal Behavior and Self Presentation},<br />
journal = {Psychological Bulletin},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {111},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {203-243},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Derrida 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 2007a,<br />
author = {Jacques Derrida},<br />
title = {Aufzeichnungen eines Blinden. Das Selbstporträt und andere Ruinen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Derrida 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 1992a,<br />
author = {Derrida, J.},<br />
title = {Die Wahrheit in der Malerei},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===de Duve 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{de Duve 1990a,<br />
author = {de Duve, Thierry},<br />
title = {The Monochrome and the Blank Canvas},<br />
booktitle = {Reconstructiong Modernism. Art in New York, Paris and Montreal 1945-1964},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Guilbaut, Serge},<br />
pages = {244-310},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge/Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===de Schonen et.al. 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{de Schonen et.al. 1994a,<br />
author = {de Schonen, S.; Deruelle, C.; Pascalis, O.; & Mancini, J.},<br />
title = {About funcional brain specialization.The development of face recognition (Functional cerebral specialization in the development of face recognition / A propos de la notion de specialisation cerebrale fonctionnelle: le developpement de la reconnaissance des visages)},<br />
journal = {Psychologie francaise},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {259-274},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Diderot 1751===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Diderot 1751,<br />
author = {Denis Diderot},<br />
title = {Brief über die Taubstummen [1751},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Schriften. Erster Band},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Friedrich Bassenge},<br />
pages = {27-97},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 1999a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Was wir sehen blickt uns an. Zur Metapsychologie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Didi-Huberman 2005a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {L’espace danse – Der Raum tanzt},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {16-30},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Diekmannshenke, Hajo & Klemm, Michael & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {erscheint Ende 2010},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dion 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dion 2002a,<br />
author = {Dion, K. K.},<br />
title = {Cultural Perspectives on Facial Attractiveness},<br />
booktitle = {Facial Attractiveness. Evolutionary, Cognitive, and Social Perspectives},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Rhodes, G. & Zebrowitz, L.A.},<br />
pages = {239-260},<br />
publisher = {Ablex},<br />
address = {Westport, CT},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ditzinger 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ditzinger 2006a,<br />
author = {Ditzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Illusionen des Sehens. Eine Reise in die Welt der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Elsevier, Spektrum, Akad. Verl.},<br />
address = {München, Heidelberg},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2002a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Malerei im Bilderstreit. Eine Revision aus Anlass des Rubenspreis-Jubiläums},<br />
booktitle = {10 x Malerei. Rubenspreis der Stadt Siegen in Werken der Sammlung Lambrecht-Schadeberg},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {19-34},<br />
publisher = {Museum für Gegenwartskunst },<br />
address = {Siegen},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dobbe 1999a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Querelle des Anciens, des Modernes et des Postmodernes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2007a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian},<br />
title = {Figuren der visuellen Rhetorik in werblichen Gesamttexten},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {71–112},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2001a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian },<br />
title = {Ein Funktionenmodell für Bildtexte},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Klaus Sachs-Hombach},<br />
pages = {29-39},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Döring 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Döring 2009a,<br />
author = {Döring, Sabine},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie der Gefühle},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Döring, Sabine},<br />
pages = {12-65},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drechsel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Drechsel 2006a,<br />
author = {Drechsel, Benjamin},<br />
title = {Was ist ein politisches Bild? Einige Überlegungen zur Entwicklung der Politikwissenschaft als Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Moderne. Kulturwissenschaftliches Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {106-120},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1989a,<br />
author = {Drosdowsi, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Etymologie. Herkunftwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache.},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {2. völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1988a,<br />
author = {Drosdowski, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Stilwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache. Die Verwendung der Wörter im Satz.},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {7., völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {= DUDEN Band 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dubois 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubois 1998a,<br />
author = {Dubois, Philippe},<br />
title = {Der fotografische Akt. Versuch über ein theoretisches Dispositiv},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Dresden, Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dubos 1760-61===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubos 1760-61,<br />
author = {Du Bos, Jean-Baptiste},<br />
title = {Kritische Betrachtungen über die Poesie und Malerey, 3 Teile},<br />
year = {1760-1761},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Übers.: Gottfried Benediktus Funk},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Duden 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Duden 1999a,<br />
author = {Duden},<br />
title = {Das große Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache in zehn Bänden},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dudenredaktion 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dudenredaktion 2003a,<br />
author = {Dudenredaktion (Hg.)},<br />
title = {DUDEN. Das Stilwörterbuch.},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {8. völlig neu bearbeitete Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Durand 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Durand 1987a,<br />
author = {Durand, Jacques},<br />
title = {Rhetorical Figures in the Advertising Image},<br />
booktitle = {Marketing and Semiotics},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Sebeok, J.U. },<br />
pages = {295–318},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==E==<br />
===Ebert 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ebert 1979a,<br />
author = {Ebert, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Montage Editing Schnitt},<br />
journal = {Filmkritik},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {547-558},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eco 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eco 1998,<br />
author = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
title = {Lector in fabula. Die Mitarbeit der Interpretation in erzählenden Texten},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {dtv},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eddiks 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Eddiks 2004a,<br />
author = {Eddiks, Christina},<br />
title = {Dem Emblem auf der Spur},<br />
howpublished = {},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
note = {Diplomarbeit},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kisd.de/~tom/diplom/christina_emblematik.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Edgerton 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Edgerton 2002a,<br />
author = {Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Die Entdeckung der Perspektive},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. & Ch. Sütterlin},<br />
title = {Im Banne der Angst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte menschlicher Abwehrsymbolik},<br />
year = {1992}, <br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I. & Ch. Sütterlin},<br />
title = {Weltsprache Kunst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte bildlicher Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2008}, <br />
publisher = {Brandstätter},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt. I. },<br />
title = {Die Biologie menschlichen Verhaltens. Lehrbuch der Humanethologie},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt I. },<br />
title = {The expressive behavior of the deaf- and blind born},<br />
booktitle = {Social Communication and Movement},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {M. v. Cranach & I. Vine},<br />
pages = {163-194},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ekman 1973b,<br />
author = {Ekman, P. },<br />
title = {Cross cultural studies of facial expression},<br />
booktitle = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Ekman, P.},<br />
pages = {169-222},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ekman 1973a,<br />
editor = {Ekman, P. },<br />
title = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Elgin 1992,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Notation},<br />
booktitle = {A Companion to Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Cooper, David},<br />
pages = {307-309},<br />
publisher = {Blackwell},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1983===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elgin 1983,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {With Reference to Reference},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elkins 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 2003a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {Visual Studies. A Skeptical Introduction},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elkins 1999===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 1999,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {The Domain of Images},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ellgring 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ellgring 1989a,<br />
author = {Ellgring, H.},<br />
title = {Nonverbal communication in depression},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Else 1958===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Else 1958,<br />
author = {Else, Gerald F.},<br />
title = {Imitation in the fifth century},<br />
journal = {Classical Philology},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
volume = {53},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {73-90},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Enright 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Enright 1987a,<br />
author = {Enright, J. T.},<br />
title = {Perspective vergence: oculomotor responses to line drawings},<br />
journal = {Vision Res},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1513–1526},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst 2002a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gibt es eine spezifische Videozität?},<br />
booktitle = {REC - Video als mediales Phänomen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf; Hoffmann, Hilde & Nohr, Rolf F.},<br />
pages = {14-29},<br />
publisher = {VDG},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang & Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Digitale Bildarchivierung. Der Wölfflin-Kalkül},<br />
booktitle = {Konfigurationen. Zwischen Kunst und Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Schade, Sigrid & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
pages = {306-320},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst et al. 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ernst et al. 2003a,<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang et al.},<br />
title = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Esposito 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Esposito 1998,<br />
author = {Esposito, Elena},<br />
title = {Fiktion und Virtualität},<br />
booktitle = {edien, Computer Realität. Wirklichkeitsvorstellungen und Neue Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {269-296},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Etcoff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Etcoff 2001a,<br />
author = {Etcoff, N. },<br />
title = {Nur die Schönsten überleben. Die Ästhetik des Menschen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eusterschulte 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eusterschulte 2001,<br />
author = {Eusterschulte, Anne},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 5: L-Musi},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Gert Ueding},<br />
pages = {Sp. 1232-1294},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==F==<br />
===Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a,<br />
author = {Fahlenbrach, Kathrin & Viehoff, Reinhold},<br />
title = {Medienikonen des Krieges. Die symbolische Entthronung Saddams als Versuch strategischer Ikonisierung},<br />
booktitle = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
pages = {356-387},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fantz 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fantz 1966a,<br />
author = {Fantz, R.L. },<br />
title = {Pattern discrimination and selective attention as determinants of perceptual development from birth},<br />
booktitle = {Perceptual Development in Children},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Kidd, A.H. & Rivoire, J.L},<br />
pages = {143-173},<br />
publisher = {University Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Farago 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Farago 1992a,<br />
author = {Farago, Claire J.},<br />
title = {Leonardo da Vinci’s Paragone. A Critical Interpretation with a New Edition of the Text in the Codex Urbinas},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leiden/New York/Kopenhagen/Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ferino-Pagden 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ferino-Pagden 2009a,<br />
title = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S. },<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fiedler 1991a,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2 Bd., hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991b,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Über den Ursprung der künstlerischen Tätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {111-220},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 1, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991c,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Aphorismen},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {7-105},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991d,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Zur neueren Kunsttheorie},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {247-290},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2, hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiske 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiske 2001a,<br />
author = {Fiske, John },<br />
title = {Videotech},<br />
booktitle = {Grundlagentexte zur Fernsehwissenschaft. Theorie - Geschichte - Analyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf et al.},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Konstanz},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {484-502},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Floch 1998a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean Marie},<br />
title = {The Contribution of Structural Semiotics to the Design of a Hypermarket},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Research in Marketing },<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1995a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Identités visuelles},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Presses Universitaires de France},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1990a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Sémiotique, marketing et communication},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Presses Universitaires de France.},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flügge et al. 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flügge et al. 2007a,<br />
author = {Flügge, Matthias; Kudielka, Robert & Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Vorwort und Dank},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {6-9},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flusser 1994===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flusser 1994,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Abbild – Vorbild},<br />
booktitle = {Was heißt „Darstellen“? },<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Christiaan L. Hart Nibbrig},<br />
pages = {34-48},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foley et al. 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foley et al. 1990a,<br />
author = {Foley, James D.; van Dam; Feiner & Hughes },<br />
title = {Computer Graphics. Principles and Practice},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Addison Wesley},<br />
address = {Reading, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foster & Krauss 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Foster & Krauss 1996a,<br />
author = {Foster, H. & Krauss, R.},<br />
title = {Introduction},<br />
journal = {October},<br />
pages = {3-4},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Foucault 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foucault 1976a,<br />
author = {Foucault, Michael},<br />
title = {Überwachen und Strafen},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fox 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fox 2006a,<br />
author = {Fox, Mark},<br />
title = {Quantum Optics. An Introduction},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frank & Lange 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frank & Lange 10a,<br />
author = {Frank, Gustav & Lange, Barbara},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft. Bilder in der visuellen Kultur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freedberg 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Freedberg 1991a,<br />
author = {Freedberg, David},<br />
title = {The Power of Images. Studies in the History and Theory of Response (1989)},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frege 1892===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frege 1892,<br />
author = {Frege, Gottlob},<br />
title = {Über Sinn und Bedeutung, zitiert nach der Ausgabe in: Frege, Gottlob: Funktion, Begriff, Bedeutung},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {G. Patzig},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {40-65},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1946a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die Verdrängung},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {247-261},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1946b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946b,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Das Unbewußte},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {263-303},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fuhrmann 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fuhrmann 2003,<br />
author = {Fuhrmann, Manfred},<br />
title = {Die Dichtungstheorie der Antike. Aristoteles – Horaz – 'Longin' Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Artemis & Winkler},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf und Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==G==<br />
<br />
===Gaede 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gaede 1981a,<br />
author = {Gaede, Werner},<br />
title = {Vom Wort zum Bild: Kreativ-Methoden der Visualisierung},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
publisher = {Langen Müller/Herbig},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Galison 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Galison 1997a,<br />
author = {Galison, Peter},<br />
title = {Image and Logic. A Material Culture of Microphysics},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ganz & Henkel 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ganz & Henkel 2004a,<br />
title = {Rahmen-Diskurse. Kultbilder im konfessionellen Zeitalter},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Ganz, David; Henkel, Georg},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Garcia 1990===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gardner 1990,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Color Design},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gardner 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gardner 1985a,<br />
author = {Gardner, Howard},<br />
title = {The Mind’s New Science. A History of the Cognitive Revolution},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Basic Books},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gebauer & Wulf 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gebauer & Wulf 1992a,<br />
author = {Gebauer, Gunter & Wulf, Christoph},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Kultur – Kunst - Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Der Mensch. Seine Natur und seine Stellung in der Welt},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Aula},<br />
address = {Wiebelsheim},<br />
note = {14. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004b,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Urmensch und Spätkultur. Philosophische Ergebnisse und Aussagen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Kolstermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {6., erw. Aufl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 1961a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Forschung. Zur Selbstbegegnung und Selbstentdeckung des Menschen},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a,<br />
author = {Geiger, Susi & Henn-Memmesheimer, Beate},<br />
title = {Visuell-verbale Textgestaltung von Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {1/2},<br />
pages = {55–74},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gellius 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gellius 1987a,<br />
author = {Gellius, A.},<br />
title = {Attische Nächte...},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Ü: H. Berthold},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerhardus et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gerhardus et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Gerhardus, Dietfried & Kledzik, S.M. & Reitzig, G.H.},<br />
title = {Schlüssiges Argumentieren – Logisch-propädeutisches Lehr- und Arbeitsbuch},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Gerstengrabe, Carina; Lang, Katharina & Schneider, Anna},<br />
title = {Wasserzeichen. Vom 13. Jahrhundert bis zum Digital Watermarking. Kulturen des Kopierschutzes<br />
II},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {9-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982a,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung und Umwelt. Der ökologische Ansatz in der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Urban & Schwarzenberg},<br />
address = {München, Wien u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glock 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Glock 2000a,<br />
author = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
title = {Aspektwahrnehmung},<br />
booktitle = {Wittgenstein-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
pages = {43},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glüher 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Glüher 1998a,<br />
author = {Glüher, Gebhard},<br />
title = {Von der Theorie der Fotografie zur Theorie des digitalen Bildes},<br />
journal = {Kritische Berichte},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {23-31},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldie 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goldie 2000a,<br />
author = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
title = {The Emotions. A Philosophical Exploration},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldie 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Goldie 2010a,<br />
title = {The Oxford Handbook of Philosophy of Emotion},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 2002a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Phaidon},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {6},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1977a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gondek 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gondek 1997a,<br />
author = {Gondek, Hans-Dieter},<br />
title = {Der Blick – zwischen Sartre und Lacan. Ein Kommentar zum VII. Kapitel des Seminar XI},<br />
journal = {Riss. Zeitschrift für Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {37/38},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gooch & Gooch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gooch & Gooch 2001a,<br />
author = {Gooch, Bruce & Gooch, Amy},<br />
title = {Non-Photorealistic Rendering},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Natick, MA. },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1968a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Languages of Art},<br />
year = {1968, 2. rev. Aufl. 1976},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {dt.: Sprachen der Kunst. Suhrkamp 1998},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman & Elgin 1988===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman & Elgin 1988,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson & Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Reconceptions in Philosophy and Other Arts and Sciences},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {Deutsch: <em>Revisionen. Philosophie und andere Künste und Wissenschaften</em>. Frankfurt a. M.: Suhrkamp, 1993},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goren et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Goren et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Goren, C. C., Sarty, M., & Wu, P. Y.},<br />
title = { Visual following and pattern discrimination of face-like stimuli by newborn infants},<br />
journal = {Pediatrics},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {544-549},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/1165958?dopt=abstract},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_Kruse_2009a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Roland Barthes: Zeichen, Kommunikation und Mythos},<br />
booktitle = {Schlüsselwerke der Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Hepp, Andreas; Krotz, Friedrich & Thomas, Tanja},<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {VS/GWV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Empathische Cues und die Möglichkeit einer Affekt-Sprache des Films},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4},<br />
pages = {289-298},<br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2008b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008b,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Gewalt als Erlebnis. Die somatische Decodierung als Strategie des Filmerlebens in CLOVERFIELD},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4}, <br />
pages = {299-312},<br />
note = {}, <br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_Kruse_2009a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Roland Barthes: Zeichen, Kommunikation und Mythos},<br />
booktitle = {Schlüsselwerke der Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Hepp, Andreas; Krotz, Friedrich & Thomas, Tanja},<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {VS/GWV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_2010a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars},<br />
title = {Die Evolution des Cyborgs. Künstliche Lebensformen im japanischen Anime Ergo Proxy (2006)},<br />
booktitle = {Japan - Europa. Wechselwirkungen zwischen den Kulturen im Film und den darstellenden Künsten},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Adachi-Rabe, Kayo; Becker, Andreas; Mundhenke, Florian},<br />
pages = {213-230},<br />
publisher = {Büchner Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grammer et al. 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grammer et al. 2002a,<br />
author = {Grammer, Karl, Fink, B. & Renninger, L. A.},<br />
title = {Dynamic Systems and Inferential Information Processing in Human Communication},<br />
journal = {Neuroendocrinology Letters},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {Suppl. 4},<br />
pages = {15-22},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Graumann 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graumann 1966a,<br />
author = {Graumann, Carl Friedrich},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der Verhaltensbeobachtung},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Meyer, Ernst & Maier, Hans}, <br />
booktitle = {Fernsehen in der Lehrerbildung, Neue Forschungsansätze in Pädagogik},<br />
publisher = {Manz},<br />
pages = {86-107},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gregory 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gregory 2000a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Ambiguity of ‘ambiguity’},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1139-1142},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.richardgregory.org/papers/editorials/ambiguity-of-ambiguity.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gregory 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gregory 1997a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Eye and brain. The psychology of seeing},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Princeton University Press},<br />
address = {Princeton, N.J},<br />
note = {5. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1970a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Du sens, Teil I},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Essais Sémiotiques},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1966a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Sémantique structurale},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Semantik. Braunschweig: Vieweg, 1971},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas & Courtés 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas & Courtés 1979a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien & Courtés, Joseph},<br />
title = {Sémiotique: Dictionnaire raisonné de la théorie du langage},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hachette},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greenberg 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Greenberg 1997a,<br />
author = {Greenberg, Clement},<br />
title = {Zu einem neuen Laokoon},<br />
booktitle = {Clement Greenberg – Die Essenz der Modere. Ausgewählte Essays und Kritiken},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lüdeking, Karlheinz},<br />
pages = {56-81},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Dresden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grieshofer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grieshofer 2009a,<br />
author = {Grieshofer, F. },<br />
title = {Masken im Brennpunkt musealer Sammeltätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grimm 1860===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Grimm 1860,<br />
title = {Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: Biermörder-D},<br />
year = {1860},<br />
editor = {Jacob Grimm & Wilhelm Grimm},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grittmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grittmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Grittmann, Elke},<br />
title = {Das politische Bild. Fotojournalismus und Pressefotografie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Groß et al. 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Groß et al. 1981a,<br />
author = {Gross, C.G.; Bruce, C.J.; Desimone, R.; Fleming, J. & Gattass, R.},<br />
title = {Cortical visual areas of the temporal lobe: Three areas in the macaque},<br />
booktitle = {Cortical Sensory Organization. Vol. 2: Multiple Visual Areas},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
editor = {C.N. Woolsey},<br />
pages = {187-216},<br />
publisher = {Humana Press},<br />
address = {Totowa N.J.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Günzel 2006a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Bildtheoretische Analyse von Computerspielen in der Perspektive Erste Person},<br />
journal = {IMAGE},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {31-43},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2008a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Realität des Simulationsbildes. Raum im Computerspiel},<br />
booktitle = {Die Realität der Imagination - Architektur und das digitale Bild},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
pages = {127-136},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weimar}, <br />
note = {10. internationales Bauhaus-Kolloquium},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2009a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Simulation und Perspektive. Der bildtheoretische Ansatz in der Computerspielforschung},<br />
booktitle = {Shooter: Eine multdisziplinäre Einführung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Bopp, Matthias; Wiemer, Serjoscha & Nohr,Rolf F.},<br />
pages = {331-352},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2010a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Geste des Manipulierens. Zu Gebrauch statischer und beweglicher Digitalbilder}, <br />
booktitle = {Freeze Frames. Zum Verhältnis von Fotografie und Film},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmann & Gerlin},<br />
pages = {114-129},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==H==<br />
<br />
===Habermas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1995a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Theorie des kommunikativen Handelns (1981), 2 Bd.},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Habermas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1973a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Erkenntnis und Interesse},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002a,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Die Entropie der Fotografie. Skizzen zu einer Genealogie der digitalelektronischen Bildaufzeichnung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf},<br />
pages = {195-238},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002b,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Es gibt kein ,digitales Bild'. Eine medienepistemologische Anmerkung},<br />
booktitle = {Licht und Leitung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Engel},<br />
pages = {103-112},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Haken 1995===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haken 1995,<br />
author = {Haken, Hermann},<br />
title = {Some basic concepts of Synergetics with respect of multistability in perception, phase transmissions and formation of meaning},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {23–44},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halawa 2008a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Wie sind Bilder möglich? Argumente für eine semiotische Fundierung des Bildbegriffs},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halbfass 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halbfass 1972a,<br />
author = {Halbfass, W.},<br />
title = {Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gründer, K. & Ritter, J. },<br />
pages = {Sp. 829-834},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halliday 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halliday 1996a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {Language as a Social Semiotic},<br />
booktitle = {The Communication Theory Reader},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Cobley, Paul},<br />
pages = {359-383},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halliday 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halliday 1985a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {An Introduction to Functional Grammar},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Edward Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hansen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hansen 2005a,<br />
author = {Hansen, S. },<br />
title = {Neolithische Figuralplastik im südlichen Karpatenbecken},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Harris 1756===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Harris 1756,<br />
author = {James Harris},<br />
title = {Drey Abhandlungen. Die erste über die Kunst, die andere über die Music, Mahlerey und Poesie, die dritte über die Glückseligkeit},<br />
year = {1756},<br />
publisher = {Schuster},<br />
address = {Danzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hasselbeck 1979===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hasselbeck 1979,<br />
author = {Hasselbeck, Otto},<br />
title = {Illusion und Fiktion. Lessings Beitrag zur poetologischen Diskussion über das Verhältnis von Kunst und Wirklichkeit},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hauschild 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hauschild 1982a,<br />
author = {Hauschild, Thomas},<br />
title = {Der böse Blick. Ideengeschichtliche und sozialpsychologische Untersuchungen, Beiträge zur Ethnomedizin, Ethnobotanik und Ethnozoologie},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1826===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1826,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Kunst. Vorlesung von 1826},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Gethmann-Siefert, Annemarie; Kwon, Jeong-Im & Berr, Karsten},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1830===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1830,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Enzyklopädie der philosophischen Wissenschaften im Grundrisse [1830]},<br />
year = {<sup>6</sup>1959},<br />
editor = {Friedhelm Nicolin und Otto Pöggeler},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1835===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1835,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Einleitung in die Ästhetik. Mit den beiden Vorreden von Heinrich Gustav Hotho [1835]},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hegel 1970a,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über die Ästhetik II},<br />
booktitle = {Werke},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
editor = {E. Moldenhauer & K. M. Michel},<br />
pages = {Bd. 14},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1835},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heidegger 1986a,<br />
author = {Martin Heidegger},<br />
title = {Ursprung des Kunstwerkes (1935/36)},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ditzingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1950a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidegger 1950a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Die Zeit des Weltbildes},<br />
booktitle = {Holzwege},<br />
year = {1950},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {69-104},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidenreich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidenreich 2001a,<br />
author = {Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Effekte der Digitalisierung: Berechenbarkeit und Suche},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, Wolfgang & Jaworek, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {259-262},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heider 2009a,<br />
author = {Heider, Don},<br />
title = {Living Virtually. Researching New Worlds},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang Publishing},<br />
address = {New Yor},<br />
note = {(Digital Formations vol. 47)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 2001a,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Abhandlung über den Ursprung der Sprache (1772)},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Irmscher, Hans Dietrich},<br />
publisher = {Philipp Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 1800===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 1800,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Sämtliche Werke. Bd. 22: Kalligone [1800]},<br />
year = {1880},<br />
editor = {Bernhard Suphan},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hernadi 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hernadi 1991,<br />
author = {Hernadi, Paul},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
title = {Reconceiving Notation and Performance},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetic Education},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herter 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Herter 1947a,<br />
author = {Herter, H. },<br />
title = {Vom dionysischen Tanz zum komischen Spiel. Die Anfänge der Attischen Komödie},<br />
journal = {Darstellung und Deutung},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {Iserlohn},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heßler 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Heßler 2006a, <br />
author = {Heßler, Martina},<br />
title = {Von der doppelten Unsichtbarkeit digitaler Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Ressource}, <br />
publisher = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden ={letzter Kontrollaufruf: 07.08.2010},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2006/3/Hessler/dippArticle.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hick 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hick 99a,<br />
author = {Hick, Ulrike},<br />
title = {Geschichte der optischen Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hickethier 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hickethier 1995a,<br />
author = {Hickethier, Knut},<br />
title = {Dispositiv Fernsehen – Skizze eines Modells},<br />
journal = {Montage/av},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1}<br />
pages = {63-83},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: },<br />
url = {www.montage-av.de/pdf/041_1995/04_1_Knut_Hickethier_Dispositiv_Fernsehen.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hildebrand 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hildebrand 1969a,<br />
author = {Hildebrand, Adolf von},<br />
title = {Das Problem der Form},<br />
booktitle = {Hildebrand: Gesammelte Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Bock, H.},<br />
pages = {41-350},<br />
publisher = {Westdeutscher Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln/Opladen},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1903},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hinterwaldner 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hinterwaldner 2008a,<br />
author = {Hinterwaldner, Inge},<br />
title = {Simulationsmodelle. Zur Verhältnisbestimmung von Modellierung und Bildgebung in interaktiven Echtzeitsimulationen},<br />
booktitle = {Visuelle Modelle},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Reichle, Ingeborg; Siegel, Steffen & Spelten, Achim},<br />
pages = {301-316},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hjelmslev 1954a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {La stratification du langage},<br />
booktitle = {Essais linguistiques},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
editor = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Nordisk Sprog- od Kulturforlag},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1943a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hjelmslev 1943a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {Omkring sprogteoriens grundlæggelse},<br />
year = {1943},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Dt. Prolegomena zu einer Sprachtheorie. München: Hueber},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hochberg 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hochberg 1977a,<br />
author = {Hochberg, Julian E.},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hofmann 2000a,<br />
author = {Hoffman, Donald D.},<br />
title = {Visuelle Intelligenz. Wie die Welt im Kopf entsteht},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hofmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Hofmann, Werner },<br />
title = {Spielräume und Raumverstecke},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {10-22},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2010a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Bildüberschreibungen. Wie Sprechtexte Nachrichtenfilme lesbar machen (und umgekehrt)},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, Hajo; Klemm, Michael & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
pages = {231-254},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {erscheint Ende 2010},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2009a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Der Wort-Bild-Reißverschluss. Über die performative Dynamik audiovisueller Transkriptivität},<br />
booktitle = {Oberfläche und Performanz. Untersuchungen zur Sprache als dynamischer Gestalt},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Linke, Angelika & Feilke, Helmuth},<br />
pages = {389-406},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2007a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Audiovisuelle Hermeneutik: Am Beispiel des TV-Spots der Kampagne ‚Du bist Deutschland’},<br />
booktitle = {Linguistische Hermeneutik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hermanns, Fritz},<br />
pages = {389–428},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly & Jäger 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly & Jäger 2011a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner & Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptionstheoretische Medienanalyse. Vom Anders-lesbar-Machen durch intermediale Bezugnahmepraktiken},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, Jan Georg & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {erscheint Frühjahr 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holmes 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holmes 1980a,<br />
author = {Holmes, Sir Oliver Wendell},<br />
title = {Das Stereoskop und der Stereograph},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie I. 1839-1912},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {114-122},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Originalausgabe 1859},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holschbach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holschbach 2003a,<br />
author = {Holschbach, Susanne},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Diskurse der Fotografie. Fotokritik am Ende des fotografischen Zeitalters},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {7-21},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {BD. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hömberg & Karasek 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hömberg & Karasek 2008a,<br />
author = {Hömberg, Walter & Karasek, Johannes},<br />
title = {Der Schweißfleck der Kanzlerkandidatin. Bildmanipulation, Bildfälschung und Bildethik im Zeitalter der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
journal = {Communicatio Socialis},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {276-293},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hopkins 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hopkins 1998a,<br />
author = {Hopkins, Robert},<br />
title = {Picture, Image and Experience},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Huber 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Huber 2004a,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Bild Beobachter Milieu. Entwurf einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1820a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1820a,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über das vergleichende Sprachstudium in Beziehung auf die verschiedenen Epochen der Sprachentwicklung [1820]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 4: 1820-1822},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
editor = {Albert Leitzmann},<br />
pages = {1-34},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1830-1835===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1830-1835,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über die Verschiedenheit des menschlichen Sprachbaues und ihren Einfluß auf die geistige Entwicklung des Menschengeschlechts [1830-1835]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 7.1},<br />
year = {1907},<br />
editor = {Albert Leitzmann},<br />
pages = {1-344},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 2006,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Phantasie und Bildbewußtsein},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {herausgegeben und eingeleitet von Eduard Marbach, Text nach Husserliana, Band XXIII},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1993a,<br />
author = {Husserl, E.},<br />
title = {Logische Untersuchungen. Elemente einer phänomenologischen Aufklärung der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {Teil II/Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1980a,<br />
author = {Edmund Husserl},<br />
title = {Phantasie, Bildbewusstsein, Erinnerung. Zur Phänomenologie der anschaulichen Vergegenwärtigungen. Texte aus dem Nachlass (1898-1925) (Husserliana XXIII)},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag / Boston / Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hyman 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hyman 2006a,<br />
author = {Hyman, John},<br />
title = {The Objective Eye: Color, Form, and Reality in the Theory of Art},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {UP},<br />
address = {Chicago },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hynes 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hynes 2005a,<br />
author = {Hynes, Maria},<br />
title = {Rethinking Reductionism},<br />
journal = {Culture Machine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {online journal},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.culturemachine.net/index.php/cm/article/viewArticle/33/41},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==I==<br />
===Imdahl 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1996a,<br />
author = {Max Imdahl},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Max Imdahl, Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {Wiederauflage der Schrift von 1974},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<!--- ===Imdahl 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1974a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {Wiederabruck}, <br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
--><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1987a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Farbe. Kunsttheoretische Reflexionen in Frankreich},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==J==<br />
===Jäger & Knauer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jäger & Knauer 2009a,<br />
title = {Bilder als historische Quellen? Dimensionen der Debatte um historische Bildforschung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jäger, Jens & Knauer, Martin},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jansen 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jansen 2005,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Aristoteles und das Problem des Neuen: Wie kreativ sind Veränderungsprinzipien?},<br />
booktitle = {Kreativität. XX. Deutscher Kongress für Philosophie. 26.-30. September 2005 in Berlin. Sektionsbeiträge, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Günter Abel},<br />
pages = {15-25},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag der TU Berlin},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jansen 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jansen 2002,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Tun und Können. Ein systematischer Kommentar zu Aristoteles' Theorie der Vermögen im neunten Buch der „Metaphysik”},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Hänsel-Hohenhausen},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jäger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2008a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptive Verhältnisse. Zur Logik intra- und intermedialer Bezugnahmen in ästhetischen Diskursen},<br />
booktitle = {Transkription und Fassung in der Musik des 20. Jahrhunderts. Beiträge des Kolloquiums in der Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur, Mainz, vom 5. bis 6. März 2004},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Gabriele Buschmeier & Ulrich Konrad & Albrecht Riethmüller},<br />
pages = {103-134},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jäger 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2002a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptivität. Zur medialen Logik der kulturellen Semantik},<br />
booktitle = {Transkribieren - Medien/Lektüre},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Ludwig Jäger & Georg Stanitzek},<br />
pages = {19-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jaubert 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jaubert 1998a,<br />
author = {Jaubert, Alain},<br />
title = {Fotos, die lügen: Politik mit gefälschten Bildern},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Äthenaum},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jean Paul 1795===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jean Paul 1795,<br />
author = {Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Ueber die natürliche Magie der Einbildungskraft [1795]},<br />
booktitle = {Ausgewählte Werke. Bd. 7/8: Leben des Qunitus Fixlein, aus fünfzehn Zettelschaften gezogen, nebst einem Mußtheil und einigen Jus de tablette},<br />
year = {1847},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jewitt 2009a,<br />
title = {The Routledge Handbook of Multimodal Analysis},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jewitt, Carey},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt & Oyama 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jewitt & Oyama 2001a,<br />
author = {Jewitt, Carey & Oyama, Rumiko},<br />
title = {Visual Meaning. A Social-Semiotic Approach},<br />
booktitle = {Handbook of Visual Analysis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Theo van Leeuwen & Carey Jewitt},<br />
pages = {134–156},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnson, Neil F. et al.???},<br />
title = {Information Hiding. Steganography and Watermarking - Attacks and Countermeasures},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Boston, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1996a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Der Computer im Kopf. Formen und Verfahren der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1983a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Mental Models. Towards a cognitive science of language, inference, and conciousness},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnston 2006a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Sean},<br />
title = {Holographic Visions. A History of New Science},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnston, V.S.; Hagel, R.; Franklin, M.; Fink, B. & Grammer, K.},<br />
title = {Male Facial attractiveness. Evidence for hormone-mediated adaptive design},<br />
journal = {Evolution and Human Behavior},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {251-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston & Franklin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston & Franklin 1993a,<br />
author = {Johnston, V.S. & Franklin, M.},<br />
title = {Is beauty in the eye of the beholder?},<br />
journal = {Ethology and Sociobiology},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {14},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {183-199},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1973a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Homo pictor. Von der Freiheit des Bildens},<br />
booktitle = {Organismus und Freiheit. Ansätze zu einer philosophischen Biologie},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
pages = {226-257},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1963===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1963,<br />
author = {Hans Jonas},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens. Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
booktitle = {Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit. Drei Aufsätze zur Lehre vom Menschen},<br />
year = {1963},<br />
editor = {Hans Jonas},<br />
pages = {26-43},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Jonas 1961a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens – Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Philosophische Forschung},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {161–176},<br />
note = {Wieder abgedruckt in: Jonas, Hans: <em>Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit – Zur Lehre vom Menschen</em>. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1987, 26–43},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Juhász et al. 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Juhász et al. 1999a,<br />
editor = {Juhász, J.; Szőke, I.; Nagy, G.O. & Kovalovszky, M.},<br />
title = {Magyar értelmező szótár},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jung 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jung 2003a,<br />
title = {Holographic Network},<br />
year = {2003a},<br />
editor = {Jung, Dieter},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bramsche},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==K==<br />
===Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a,<br />
author = {Kamlah, Wilhelm & Lorenzen, Paul},<br />
title = {Logische Propädeutik - Vorschule des vernünftigen Redens},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {BI Wissenschaftsverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl. (<sup>1</sup>1967, <sup>3</sup>1996)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a,<br />
author = {Kanizsa, G. & Luccio, R.},<br />
title = {Multistability as a research tool in experimental phenomenology},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {47–68},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1974a,<br />
author = {Kant, I.},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1787a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1787a,<br />
author = {Kant, I.},<br />
title = {Kritik der reinen Vernunft},<br />
year = {1787},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kant 1960a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Logik},<br />
booktitle = {Kant: Werke in 12 Bänden},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Weischedel, W.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Bd. VI},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1977a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Werkausgabe Band X, hrsg. von Wilhelm Weischedel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kardaun 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kardaun 1993,<br />
author = {Kardaun, Maria},<br />
title = {Der Mimesisbegriff in der griechischen Antike. Neubetrachtung eines umstrittenen Begriffes als Ansatz zu einer neuen Interpretation der platonischen Kunstauffassung},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {North-Holland},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/New York/Oxford/Tokyo},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kecskesi 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kecskesi 1982a,<br />
author = {Kecskesi, M. },<br />
title = {Kunst aus dem alten Afrika},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Pinguin},<br />
address = {Innsbruck},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kemp 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kemp 1974a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Disegno. Beiträge zu einer Geschichte des Begriffs zwischen 1547 und 1607},<br />
journal = {Marburger Jahrbuch für Kunstwissenschaf},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {219-240},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kittler 2002a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Computergrafik. Eine halbtechnische Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Hertha},<br />
pages = {178-194},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 2002b,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Optische Medien. Berliner Vorlesung 1999},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kjørup 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjørup 1978,<br />
author = {Kjørup, Søren},<br />
title = {Pictorial Speech Acts},<br />
journal = {Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {55-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1779===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Klopstock 1779,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ueber Sprache und Dichtkunst. Fragmente},<br />
year = {1779},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {243-258},<br />
publisher = {Heroldsche Buchhandlung},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1774===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klopstock 1774,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Werke und Briefe. Historisch-kritische Ausgabe. Bd. 7.1: Die deutsche Gelehrtenrepublik [1774]},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {Hurlebusch, Rose-Marie},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kluge 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kluge 2002a,<br />
author = {Kluge, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Etymologisches Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache.},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Seebold, Elmar},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter.},<br />
address = {Berlin, New York},<br />
note = {24. durchgesehene und erweiterte Auflage.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knieper & Müller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Knieper & Müller 2005a,<br />
author = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===König & Obrist 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{König & Obrist 1993a,<br />
title = {Der zerbrochene Spiegel. Positionen zur Malerei},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {König, Kasper & Obrist, Hans-Ulrich},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog Kunsthalle Wien / Deichtorhallen Hamburg},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Koller 1954===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Koller 1954,<br />
author = {Koller, Hermann},<br />
title = {Die Mimesis in der Antike. Nachahmung, Darstellung, Ausdruck},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kondor 2008a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Embedded Thinking: Multimedia and the New Rationality},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007c,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna },<br />
title = {Multimodal Integration: From a Philosophical Point of View},<br />
booktitle = {Proceedings of the IADIS International Conference: Mobile Learning },<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Arnedillo-Sanchez, Immaculada},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007b,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {The Mobile Image: Experience on the Move},<br />
booktitle = {obile Studies: Paradigms and Perspectives},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Nyíri, Kristóf},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Passagen},<br />
address = {Vienna},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Old Patterns, New Bewitchments},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophy of the Information Society: Papers of the 30th International Wittgenstein Symposium},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hrachovec, H.; Pichler. A. & Wang, J.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Konersmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Konersmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Konersmann, Ralf},<br />
title = {Kulturelle Tatsachen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kornmeier et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, Jürgen; Hein, Christine Maira & Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Multistable perception: When bottom-up and top-down coincide},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {69},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138–147},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kornmeier & Bach 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier & Bach 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, & Jürgen Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Object perception: When our brain is impressed but we do not notice it},<br />
journal = {Journal of Vision},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {7},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Korte 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Korte 2003a,<br />
author = {Korte, Helmut},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Systematische Filmanalyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {ESB},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kracauer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kracauer 1992a,<br />
author = {Kracauer, Siegfried},<br />
title = {Der verbotene Blick},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille & Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Kultur, Technik, Kulturtechnik: Wider die Diskursivierung der Kultur},<br />
booktitle = {Bild, Schrift, Zahl},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krauss 1999a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Reinventing the Medium},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {25,},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {289-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Winter},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 2000a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {A Voyage on the North Sea. Art in the Age of the Post-Medium Condition},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress 2010a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther},<br />
title = {Multimodality. A Social-Semiotic Approach to Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 2001a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Multimodal Discourse. The Modes and Media of Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 1996a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Reading Images. The Grammar of Visual Design},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krewani 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Krewani 2003a,<br />
author = {Krewani, Anna Maria},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Malerei bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=973507624},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
hidden = {Dissertation},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kripke 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kripke 1972a,<br />
author = {Kripke, Saul A.},<br />
title = {Naming and Necessity},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Natural Language},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Davidson, D. & Harman, G.},<br />
pages = {253-355, 763-769},<br />
publisher = {Reidel},<br />
address = {Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krkac 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krkac 2010a,<br />
author = {Krkac, Kristijan},<br />
title = {Wittgensteins’s Dubbit III},<br />
journal = {Wittgenstein-Studien},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {121-149},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krüger 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krüger 2001a,<br />
author = {Krüger, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als Schleier des Unsichtbaren. Ästhetische Illusion in der Kunst der frühen Neuzeit in Italien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kruse 2003a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Christiane},<br />
title = {Wozu Menschen malen. Historische Begründungen eines Bildmediums},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse & Stadler 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kruse & Stadler 1995a,<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Papers originally presented at the International Symposium on Perceptual Multistability and Semantic Ambiguity held at the University of Bremen, Germany, March 22-25, 1993},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kruse et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Peter; Strüber, D. & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Significance of perceptual multistability for research on cognitive self-organization},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {69–84},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kudielka 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kudielka 2005a,<br />
author = {Kudielka, Robert},<br />
title = {Gegenstände der Betrachtung – Orte der Erfahrung. Zum Wandel der Kunstauffassung im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {44-57},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kulvicki 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kulvicki 2006a,<br />
author = {Kulvicki, John},<br />
title = {On Images: Their Structure and Content},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Oxford UP},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Külpe 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Külpe 1923a,<br />
author = {Külpe, Oswald},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über Logik},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Künzli 1996/1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Künzli 1996/1997a,<br />
author = {Künzli, Hansjörg},<br />
title = {Über die Haltbarkeit digitaler Daten},<br />
journal = {Rundbrief Fotografie},<br />
year = {1996/1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Sonderheft 3},<br />
pages = {5-8},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==L==<br />
===Lacan 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lacan 1987a,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jacques},<br />
title = {Die vier Grundbegriffe der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Weinheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lakoff 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff 1987a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George},<br />
title = {Women, fire, and dangerous things – What categories reveal about the mind},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Chicago University Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lammert 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lammert 2007a,<br />
author = {Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Die vertrauten Sichtweisen sind umzustoßen. Zum Raum der Nachkriegszeit in ungewohnten Begegnungen},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {55-69},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst}<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Langer 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Langer 1984a,<br />
author = {Langer, Susanne},<br />
title = {Philosophie auf neuem Wege. Das Symbol im Denken, im Ritus und in der Kunst},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Langlois & Roggman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Langlois & Roggman 1990a,<br />
author = {Langlois, J.H. & Roggman I.A.},<br />
title = {Attractive faces are only average},<br />
journal = {American Psychol. Society},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
volume = {1/2},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {115-121},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lanz 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lanz 1971a,<br />
author = {Lanz, Jakob},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter},<br />
pages = {Spalte 89-100},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a,<br />
author = {Laplanche, Jean; Pontalis, Jean-Bertrand},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Das Vokabular der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Laplanche, Jean; Pontalis, Jean-Bertrand},<br />
pages = {37-38},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Latour 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Latour 2007a,<br />
author = {Latour, Bruno},<br />
title = {Eine neue Soziologie für eine neue Gesellschaft. Einführung in die Akteur-Netzwerk-Theorie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Law & Whittaker 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Law & Whittaker 1988a,<br />
author = {Law, John & Whittaker, John},<br />
title = {On the Art of Representation. Notes on the Politics of Visualisation},<br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, Gordon & Law, John},<br />
pages = {160-183},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leeuwen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leeuwen 2005a,<br />
author = {Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Introducing Social Semiotics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lefebvre 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lefebvre 2007a,<br />
author = {Lefebvre, Martin},<br />
title = {The Art of Pointing: On Peirce, Indexicality, and Photographic Images},<br />
booktitle = {Photography Theory},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Elkins, James},<br />
pages = {220-244},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York u. a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lenzen 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lenzen 1997a,<br />
author = {Lenzen, Dieter},<br />
title = {Lebenslauf oder Humanontogenese? Vom Erziehungssystem zum kurativen System – von der Erziehungswissenschaft zur Humanvitologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildung und Weiterbildung im Erziehungssystem. Lebenslauf und Humanontogenese als Medium und Form},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lenzen, D. & Luhmann, N.},<br />
pages = {228-247},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leopold & Logothetis 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Leopold & Logothetis 1999a,<br />
author = {Leopold, David A. & Logothetis, Nikos K.},<br />
title = {Multistable phenomena: changing views in perception},<br />
journal = {Trends Cogn. Sci. (Regul. Ed.)},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {254–264},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leroi-Gourhan 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leroi-Gourhan 1971a,<br />
author = {Leroi-Gourhan, André},<br />
title = {Präshistorische Kunst},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Herder},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1788===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1788,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon: Paralipomena [Erstveröffentlichung 1788]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe. Bd. 5/2. Werke 1766-169},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Wilfried Barner},<br />
pages = {207-321},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1766===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1766,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie [1766]},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe in zwölf Bänden. Bd. 5/2: Werke 1766-1769},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Wilfried Bahner},<br />
pages = {11-206},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1974a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie},<br />
booktitle = {Werke, Bd. 6},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Göpfert, H. G.},<br />
pages = {7-187},<br />
publisher = {Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1766},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lévi-Strauss 1958a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lévi-Strauss 1958a,<br />
author = {Lévi-Straus, Claude},<br />
title = {Anthropologie structurale},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
publisher = {Plon},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Anthropologie. Frankfurt/Main: Suhrkamp},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990b,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Autographic and Allographic Art Revisited},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
pages = {89-106},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {What a Musical Work is},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
pages = {63-88},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levinson 1983a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Stephen C.},<br />
title = {Pragmatics},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lichtblau 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lichtblau 2009a,<br />
author = {Lichtblau, Klaus},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Georg Simmel: Soziologische Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Lichtblau, Klaus},<br />
pages = {7-27},<br />
publisher = {VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Licklider 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Licklider 1960a,<br />
author = {Licklider, J.},<br />
title = {Man-Computer Symbiosis},<br />
journal = {IRE Transactions on Human Factors in Electronics},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {4-11},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liebsch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liebsch 2001a,<br />
author = {Liebsch, Dimitri},<br />
title = {Die Geburt der ästhetischen Bildung aus dem Körper der antiken Plastik. Zur Bildungssemantik im ästhetischen Diskurs zwischen 1750 und 1800},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liesbrock 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Liesbrock 2010a,<br />
title = {Ad Reinhardt: Letzte Bilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Liesbrock, Heinz},<br />
publisher = {Josef Albers Museum Quadrat Bottrop},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2004a,<br />
author = {Liessmann, Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Reiz und Rührung. Über ästhetische Empfindungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2009a,<br />
author = {Liessmann Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Ästhetische Empfindungen. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas-WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lipps 1903a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lipps 1903a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor},<br />
title = {Grundlegung der Ästhetik. Erster Teil},<br />
year = {1903},<br />
publisher = {Leopold Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lipps 1920a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lipps 1920a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor },<br />
title = {»Zur Einfühlung«, in: Psychologische Untersuchungen 2/3, 1913},<br />
booktitle = {Die ästhetische Betrachtung und die bildende Kunst},<br />
year = {1920},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {111-491},<br />
publisher = {Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Löbner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Löbner 2003a,<br />
author = {Löbner, Sebastian},<br />
title = {Semantik. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Locke 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Locke 1975a,<br />
author = {Locke, J.},<br />
title = {An Essay Concerning Human Understanding},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {hg. von Niddich, P. H.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Logothetis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Logothetis 1998a,<br />
author = {Logothetis, N. K.},<br />
journal = {Philos. Trans. R. Soc. Lond., B, Biol. Sci.},<br />
title = {Single units and conscious vision},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {353},<br />
number = {1377},<br />
pages = {1801–1818},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lopes 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lopes 1996a,<br />
author = {Lopes, Dominic},<br />
title = {Understanding Pictures},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Claredon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1970a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Elemente der Sprachkritik – Eine Alternative zum Dogmatismus und Skeptizismus in der Analytischen Philosophie},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1990a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Einführung in die philosophische Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {(<sup>2</sup>1992)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lovejoy 1936===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lovejoy 1936,<br />
author = {Lovejoy, Arthur O.},<br />
title = {Die große Kette der Wesen. Geschichte eines Gedankens [The Great Chain of Being. A Study in the History of an Idea (1936)]},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1997a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Kunst der Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1996a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Realität der Massenmedien},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Luhmann 1993a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Form der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = { Hans Ulrich Gumbrecht & K. Ludwig Pfeiffer},<br />
pages = {349-366},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lunenfeld 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lunenfeld 2002a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Digitale Fotografie. Das dubitative Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografies},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {158-177},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lynch & Edgerton 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lynch & Edgerton 1988a,<br />
author = {Lynch, Michael & Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Digital Image Processing. Re-presentational Craft in Contemporary Astronomy}, <br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, Gordon & Law, John},<br />
pages = {184-220},<br />
publisher = {???}, <br />
address = {London u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==M==<br />
===Mach 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mach 1987a,<br />
author = {Mach, Ernst},<br />
title = {Die Analyse der Empfindungen und das Verhältnis des Physischen zum Psychischen},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Macpherson 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Macpherson 1996a,<br />
author = {Macpherson, Fiona},<br />
title = {Ambiguous Figures and the Content of Experience},<br />
journal = {Nous},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {82-117},<br />
note = {2006?},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Majetschak 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Majetschak 1997,<br />
title = {Auge und Hand. Konrad Fiedlers Kunsttheorie im Kontext},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manovich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manovich 2001a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {The Language of New Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge/MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manovich 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Manovich 2005a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {Die Poetik des erweiterten Raums},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {A. Lammert, M. Diers, R. Kudielka & G. Mattenklott},<br />
pages = {337-350},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manow 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manow 2008a,<br />
author = {Manow, Philip},<br />
title = {Im Schatten des Königs. Die politische Anatomie demokratischer Repräsentation},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Marshall 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Marshall 1968a,<br />
title = {Gellius: Noctes Atticae XIII, 17},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Marshall, P.K.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oxonii},<br />
note = {Scriptorum Classicorum Bibliotheca Oxoniensis},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Martinec & Salway 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Martinec & Salway 2005a,<br />
author = {Martinec, Radan & Salway, Andrew},<br />
title = {A System for Image-Text-Relations in New (and Old) Media},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {337–371},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Massey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Massey 2007a,<br />
author = {Massey, Lyle},<br />
title = {Picturing Space, Displacing Bodies. Anamorphosis in Early Modern Theories of Perspective},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Pennsylvania State University Press},<br />
address = {University Park, Pa},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Maul 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Maul 2007a,<br />
author = {Maul, Stefan M.},<br />
title = {Gilgamesch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Babylonischen [auf der Grundlage von zum Teil noch unveröffentlichten Textzeugnissen neu und vollständig] übersetzt und mit einem Nachwort versehen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mead 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mead 1968a,<br />
author = {Mead, George Herbert},<br />
title = {Geist, Identität und Gesellschaft aus der Sicht des Sozialbehaviorismus},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {Original: <em>Mind, Self, and Society</em>. Hg. v. Charles W. Morris. Chicago, 1934},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meier 1757===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meier 1757,<br />
author = {Georg Friedrich Meier},<br />
title = {Betrachtungen über den ersten Grundsatz aller Schönen Künste und Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1757},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Halle},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meinhardt 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meinhardt 1997a,<br />
author = {Meinhardt, Johannes},<br />
title = {Ende der Malerei und Malerei nach dem Ende der Malerei},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mendelsohn 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mendelsohn 1982a,<br />
author = {Mendelsohn, Leatrice},<br />
title = {Paragoni. Benedetto Varchi’s Due Lezioni and Cinquecento Art Theory},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ann Arbor},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Menzer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Menzer 1992a,<br />
author = {Menzer, Ursula},<br />
title = {Subjektive und objektive Kultur. Georg Simmels Philosophie der Geschlechter vor dem Hintergrund seines Kultur-Begriffs},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Centaurus},<br />
address = {Pfaffenweiler},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 2003a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophisches Essays},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1993a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Die Prosa der Welt},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1966a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Phänomenologie der Wahrnehmung (1945)},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Walter de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen übersetzt und eingeführt durch eine Vorrede von Boehm, Rudolf},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1961a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophische Essays.}<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {neu bearbeitet, kommentiert und mit einer Einleitung versehen von Bermes, Christian (2003)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 1994a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Der Zweifel Cézannes (1948)},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Gottfried Boehm},<br />
pages = {39-59},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 2006a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Kino und die neue Psychologie (1947)},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie des Films},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Dimitri Liebsch},<br />
pages = {70-84},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mersch 2006a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Mediale Paradoxa. Einleitung in eine negative Medienphilosophie},<br />
journal = {Sic et Non. Zeitschrift für Philosophie und Kultur im Netz},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.sicetnon.org/content/perform/Mersch_Medienphilosophie_sw.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersch 2003a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Wort, Bild, Ton, Zahl – Modalitäten medialen Darstellens},<br />
booktitle = {Die Medien der Künste. Beiträge zur Theorie des Darstellens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
pages = {9-49},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2002a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Was sich zeigt. Materialität, Präsenz, Ereignis},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersmann 08a,<br />
author = {Mersmann, Jasmin},<br />
title = {Wandelgänge. Monumentale Anamorphosen im 17. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Cha, Kyung-Ho & Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
pages = {23-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metscher 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metscher 2001,<br />
author = {Metscher, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metz 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metz 1972a,<br />
author = {Metz, Christian},<br />
title = {Semiologie des Films (1968)},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Koch, Renate},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzger 2008a,<br />
author = {Metzger, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gesetze des Sehens},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Klotz},<br />
address = {Taunus},<br />
note = {4. unveränd. Aufl., Repr. nach d. 3., völlig neu bearb. Aufl. 1975.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzinger 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Metzinger 2000a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Philosophische Perspektiven auf das Selbstbewusstsein: Die Selbstmodell-Theorie der Subjektivität},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Selbst},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Greve, W. },<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Psychologie Verlagsunion},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {Zitiert aus der überarbeiteten Online-Version},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.philosophie.uni-mainz.de/metzinger/publikationen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzinger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzinger 1999a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Subjekt und Selbstmodell. Die Perspektivität phänomenalen Bewusstseins vor dem Hintergrund einer naturalistischen Theorie mentaler Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meyer 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meyer 2001a,<br />
author = {Meyer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mediokratie. Die Kolonisierung der Politik durch das Mediensystem},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Michalsky 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Michalsky 2005a,<br />
author = {Michalsky, Tanja},<br />
title = {Raum visualisieren. Zur Genese des modernen Raumverständnisses in den Medien der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Ortsgespräche. Raum und Kommunikation im 19. und 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Geppert, Alexander C.T.; Jensen, Uffa & Weinhold, Jörn},<br />
pages = {292ff ??},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mirzoeff 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mirzoeff 2007a,<br />
author = {Mirzoeff, Nicholas},<br />
title = {Von Bildern und Helden. Sichtbarkeit im Krieg der Bilder},<br />
booktitle = {Feindbilder. Ideologien und visuelle Strategien der Kulturen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Haustein, Lydia; Scherer, Bernd & Hager, Martin},<br />
pages = {135-156},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2008a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. Thomas},<br />
title = {Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Gustav Frank},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2007a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.},<br />
title = {Realismus im digitalen Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderfragen. Die Bildwissenschaften im Aufbruch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Belting, Hans},<br />
pages = {237-256},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2006a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {Den Terror klonen. Der Krieg der Bilder 2001-2004},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Worlds. Neue Bilderwelten und Wissensräume},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Maar, Christa & Burda, Hubert},<br />
pages = {255-285},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2005a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. Thomas},<br />
title = {What Do Pictures Want? The Lives and Loves of Images},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1994a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.},<br />
title = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Representation},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1992a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {The Reconfigured Eye. Visual Truth in the Post-Photographic Era},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Cambridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 1992b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {"The Pictorial Turn"},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
booktitle = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Repräsentation},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
publisher = {Universität of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1986a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. T.},<br />
title = {Iconology. Image, Text, Ideology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mojsisch 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mojsisch 1983a,<br />
author = {Mojsisch, Burkhard},<br />
title = {Meister Eckhart. Analogie, Univozität und Einheit},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mondzain 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mondzain 2006a,<br />
author = {Mondzain, Marie-José},<br />
title = {Können Bilder töten?},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich, Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Morris 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Morris 1994a,<br />
author = {Morris, D.},<br />
title = {Das Tier Mensch},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mülder-Bach 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mülder-Bach 1998,<br />
author = {Inka Mülder-Bach},<br />
title = {Im Zeichen Pygmalions. Das Modell der Statue und die Entdeckung der „Darstellung“ im 18. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1997a,<br />
author = {Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {Politische Bildstrategien im amerikanischen Präsidentschaftswahlkampf, 1828-1996},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1985a,<br />
author = {Müller, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {DUDEN Bedeutungswörterbuch = DUDEN Band 10},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a,<br />
author = {Müller-Beck, H. & Albrecht, G. },<br />
title = {Die Anfänge der Kunst vor 30'000 Jahren},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Theiss},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Münkler 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Münkler 2009a,<br />
author = {Münkler, Herfried},<br />
title = {Visualisierungsstrategien im politischen Machtkampf: Der Übergang vom Personenverband zum institutionellen Territorialstaat},<br />
booktitle = {Strategien der Visualisierung. Verbildlichung als Mittel politischer Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Münkler, Herfried & Hacke, Jens},<br />
pages = {23-51},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Musterle & Roessler 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Musterle & Roessler 1986a,<br />
author = {Musterle, W.A. & Roessler, O.E.},<br />
title = {Computer faces: The human Lorenz Matrix},<br />
journal = {Bio Systems},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {61-80},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==N==<br />
===Naef 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Naef 2007a,<br />
author = {Naef, Silvia},<br />
title = {Bilder und Bilderverbot im Islam},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {C. H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nänni 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nänni 2008a,<br />
author = {Nänni, Jürg},<br />
title = {Visuelle Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Niggli},<br />
address = {Sulgen},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
url = {www.worldcat.org/oclc/254718373},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006a,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc},<br />
title = {Am Grund der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006b,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc & Ferrari, Federico},<br />
title = {Die Haut der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Neuhaus 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Neuhaus 2006a,<br />
author = {Neuhaus, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Als William Gibson den Cyberspace erfand ... - Die Faszination für ein Vielzweck-Symbol aus der Science Fiction-Literatur},<br />
journal = {Telepolis},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.heise.de/tp/r4/artikel/23/23727/1.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Niederée & Heyer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Niederée & Heyer 2003a,<br />
author = {Niederée, R. & Heyer, D.},<br />
title = {The Dual Nature of Picture Perception: A Challenge to Current General Accounts of Visual Perception},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into pictures. An interdisciplinary approach to pictorial space},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, Heiko; Schwartz, Robert & Atherton, Margaret},<br />
pages = {77–98},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nietzsche 1870-1873===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nietzsche 1870-1873,<br />
author = {Nietzsche, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Ueber Wahrheit und Lüge im aussermoralischen Sinne [1870-1873]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke. Kritische Studienausgabe in 15 Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Giorgio Colli und Mazzino Montinari},<br />
pages = {873-890},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nivelle 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nivelle 1971,<br />
author = {Nivelle, Armand},<br />
title = {Kunst- und Dichtungstheorien zwischen Aufklärung und Klassik},<br />
year = {2. Auflage 1971},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nöth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nöth 2000a,<br />
author = {Nöth, Winfried},<br />
title = {Der Zusammenhang von Text und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Text- und Gesprächslinguistik. Handbücher zur Sprach- und Kommunikationswissenschaft 16},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Klaus Brinker et al.},<br />
pages = {489–496},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Novitz 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Novitz 1977,<br />
author = {Novitz, David},<br />
title = {Pictures and their Use in Communication. A philosphical Essay},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==O==<br />
===OED===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{OED-3,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Oxford English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
url = {dictionary.oed.com},<br />
note = {3<sup>rd</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Öhlschläger 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Oehlschläger 2005a,<br />
author = {Öhlschläger, C.},<br />
title = {Evidenz und Ereignis. Musils poetische ‚Momentaufnahmen‘ im Kontext der Moderne},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {203-216},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ohler 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ohler 1994a,<br />
author = {Ohler, Peter},<br />
title = {Kognitive Filmpsychologie. Verarbeitung und mentale Repräsentation narrativer Filme},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {MAkS Publikationen},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Okolowitz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Okolowitz 2006a,<br />
author = {Okolowitz, Herbert},<br />
title = {Virtualität bei G.W. Leibniz. Eine Retrospektive},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Diss. Universität Augsburg},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=98278726X},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ott 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ott 2007a,<br />
author = {Ott, Michaela},<br />
title = {Der unbestimmte Raum in Philosophie und Film},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==P==<br />
===Pang 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pang 2002a,<br />
author = {Pang, Alex Soojung-Kim},<br />
title = {Technologie und Ästhetik der Astrofotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Ordnungen der Sichtbarkeit. Fotografie in Wissenschaft, Kunst und Technologie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Geimer, Peter},<br />
pages = {101-141},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 1924a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Panofsky 1924a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Die Perspektive als symbolische Form (1924)},<br />
booktitle = {Erwin Panofsky, Deutschsprachige Aufsätze Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Michels, K. & Warnke, M.},<br />
pages = {664-757},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Erstpublikation in: <em>Vorträge der Bibliothek Warburg (1924/25)</em>. Leipzig, 1927, 258-330},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paret 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1960a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Textbelege zum islamischen Bilderverbot},<br />
booktitle = {Das Werk des Künstlers. Studien zur Ikonographie und Formgeschichte},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Hans Fegers},<br />
pages = {36-48},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paret 1968===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1968a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Das islamische Bilderverbot und die Schia},<br />
booktitle = {Festschrift Werner Caskel. Zum siebzigsten Geburtstag 5. März 1966 gewidmet von Freunden und Schülern},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Erwin Gräf},<br />
pages = {242-232},<br />
publisher = {Brill},<br />
address = {Leiden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2009a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1900 bis 1949},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2008a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1949 bis heute},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2006a,<br />
title = {Visual History. Ein Studienbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck und Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Paul 2005a,<br />
author = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Der Bilderkrieg. Inszenierungen, Bilder und Perspektiven der "Operation Irakische Freiheit"},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Perrault 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Perrault 1964a,<br />
author = {Perrault, Charles},<br />
title = {Parallèle des Anciens et des Modernes en ce qui regarde les Arts et les Sciences},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {orig.: Paris (4 Bde): 1688, 1690, 1692, 1694; Faksimileausgabe mit einer Einführung von Hans Robert Jauss und einem Kommentar von Max Imdahl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pesch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pesch 2001a,<br />
author = {Pesch, Martin},<br />
title = {Raumbilder-Bildräume. Zu den Arbeiten von Julia Ziegler},<br />
journal = {Kunstforum International},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {153},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Petersen 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Petersen 2000,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {Mimesis – Imitatio – Nachahmung. Eine Geschichte der europäischen Poetik},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Petersen 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Petersen 1992,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {‚Mimesis’ versus ‚Nachahmung’. Die Poetik des Aristoteles – nochmals neu gelesen},<br />
journal = {Arcadia. Zeitschrift für vergleichende Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {3-46},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a,<br />
title = {Der Künstler als Kunstwerk. Selbstporträts vom Mittelalter bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich & von Rosen, Valeska},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a,<br />
title = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget 1956a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1956a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {The Child’s Construction of Space},<br />
year = {1956},<br />
publisher = {Routledge / Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget et al. 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget et al. 1960a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean; Inhelder, B. & Szemenska, I.},<br />
title = {The Child’s Conception of Geometry},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
publisher = {Harper},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1978a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {Das Weltbild des Kindes},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {dtv/Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pias 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pias 2003a,<br />
author = {Pias, Claus},<br />
title = {Das digitale Bild gibt es nicht. Über das (Nicht-)Wissen der Bilder und die informatische Illusion},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2003/01/pias/pias.pdf}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Piccolino & Wade 2006a,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco & Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early examples of ambiguity (1)},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {861–864},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Piccolino & Wade 2006b,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco &. Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early examples of ambiguity (2)},<br />
booktitle = {Perception 35 (8)},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {1003–1006},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pillow 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pillow 2003,<br />
author = {Pillow, Kirk},<br />
title = {Did Goodman's Distinction Survive LeWitt?},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {61},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {365-380},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pitts et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pitts et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Pitts, Michael A.; Gavin, William J. & Nerger, Janice L.},<br />
title = {Early top-down influences on bistable perception revealed by event-related potentials},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {11–24},<br />
volume = {67},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 1991b,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Timaios},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke VIII},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Hülser, Karlheinz},<br />
pages = {197-425},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 2008a,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Politeia},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke, Band 2},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Ursula},<br />
pages = {195-537},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Plessner 1928a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Die Stufen des Organischen und der Mensch},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {W. de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {<sup>3</sup>1975},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1982a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Trieb und Leidenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Mit anderen Augen},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Plessner, Helmuth}, <br />
pages = {110-123},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1989a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Zur Anthropologie der Nachahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, G.},<br />
pages = {176-184},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plinius 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Plinius 2004,<br />
title = {G. Plinius Secundus d. Ä: Naturkunde / Naturalis historia : lateinisch-deutsch},<br />
year = {1990–2004},<br />
editor = {Roderich König et al.},<br />
publisher = {Artemis},<br />
address = {Zürich},<br />
note = {unkritische Ausgabe des lateinischen Textes mit Übersetzung und Erläuterungen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plümacher 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plümacher 1999a,<br />
author = {Plümacher, Martina},<br />
title = {Wohlgeformtheitsbedingugen für Bilder?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pöppel 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pöppel 1982a,<br />
author = {Pöppel, E.},<br />
title = {Lust und Schmerz},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Severin & Siedler},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pollmeier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pollmeier 2005a,<br />
author = {Pollmeier, Klaus},<br />
title = {Vom Baryt zum Bit. Zur Konservierung analoger und digitaler fotografischer Bilder. Digitale Bildverarbeitung, eine Erweiterung oder radikale Veränderung der Fotografie?},<br />
howpublished = {Ludwigsburg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
note = {Hasenpflug (Red.): Dokumentation des Symposiums am 12./13. November 2004 im Museum Folkwang, Essen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Popper 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Popper 2002a,<br />
author = {Popper, Karl R.},<br />
title = {Alle Menschen sind Philosophen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Bohnet, Heidi & Stadler, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München/Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pratschke 2005a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Digitale Form},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pratschke 2008a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Interaktion mit Bildern. Digitale Bildgeschichte am Beispiel grafischer Benutzeroberflächen},<br />
booktitle = {Technische Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bredekamp, Horst et al.},<br />
pages = {68-80},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Predelli 1999===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Predelli 1999,<br />
author = {Predelli, Stefano},<br />
title = {Goodman and the Score},<br />
journal = {British Journal of Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138-147},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pross 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pross 1972a,<br />
author = {Pross, Harry},<br />
title = {Medienforschung. Film, Funk, Presse, Fernsehen},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Habel},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Puttfarken 1991a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {The Dispute about Disegno and Colorito in Venice. Paolo Pino, Lodovico Dolce and Titian},<br />
booktitle = {Kunst und Kunsttheorie 1400–1900},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Peter Glanz et al.},<br />
pages = {75-95},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Puttfarken 1985a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {Roger de Piles‘ Theory of Art},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New Haven/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Q==<br />
==R==<br />
===Rager 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rager 1997a,<br />
author = {Rager, Dietmar},<br />
title = {Aspekte Sehen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob/ & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Raphael 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Raphael 1986a,<br />
author = {Raphael, Max},<br />
title = {Raumgestaltungen. Der Beginn der modernen Kunst im Kubismus und im Werk von Georges Braque}, <br />
year = {1986, Erstausgabe 1949},<br />
publisher = {Campus}<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M./New York},<br />
note = {hg. v. H.-J. Heinrichs},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rastier 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rastier 1972a,<br />
author = {Rastier, François },<br />
title = {Systematiques des isotopies},<br />
booktitle = {Essais de sémiotique poétique},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Greimas, A.J.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Larousse},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Recki 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Recki 2004a,<br />
author = {Recki, Birgit},<br />
title = {Kultur als Praxis. Eine Einführung in Ernst Cassirers Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Akademie-Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Renz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Renz 2006a,<br />
author = {Renz, U.},<br />
title = {Schönheit. Eine Wissenschaft für sich},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Berlin Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riedel 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Riedel 2005a,<br />
author = {Riedel, W.},<br />
title = {Endogene Bilder. Anthropologie und Poetik bei Gottfried Benn},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {163-202},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rieger 2009a,<br />
author = {Rieger, Stefan},<br />
title = {Holographie. Das Versprechen der Ganzheit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {87-106},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger & Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rieger & Schröter 2009a,<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen}, <br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riegl 1931a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Riegl 1931a,<br />
author = {Riegl, Alois},<br />
title = {Das holländische Gruppenporträt},<br />
year = {1931},<br />
publisher = {Staatsdruckerei},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1902},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rimmele 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rimmele 2010a,<br />
author = {Rimmele, Marius},<br />
title = {Das Triptychon als Metapher, Körper und Ort. Semantisierungen eines Bildträgers},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ritchin 1990a,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {In Our Image: The Coming Revolution in Photography. How Computer Technology is Changing our View of the World},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ritchin 1990b,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {Photojournalism in the Age of Computers},<br />
booktitle = {The Critical Image. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Squiers},<br />
pages = {28-37},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Seattle},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roch 1998a,<br />
author = {Roch, Axel},<br />
title = {Radartechnologie und Computergraphik. Zur Geschichte der Beleuchtungsmodelle in computergenerierten Bildern},<br />
booktitle = {Geschichte der Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Faßler, Manfred & Halbach, Wulf R.},<br />
pages = {227-254},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rock 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rock 1985a,<br />
author = {Rock, Irvin},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung. Vom visuellen Reiz zum Sehen u. Erkennen},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Spektrum-der-Wissenschaft-Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roloff 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roloff_1972a,<br />
author = {Roloff, D.},<br />
title = {Eidolon, Eikon, Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd.2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {330-332},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Róna-Tas 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Róna-Tas 1999a,<br />
author = {Róna-Tas, A.},<br />
title = {Hungarians and Europe in the Early Middle Ages. An Introduction to Early Hungarian History},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {CEU Press},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rorty 1967a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rorty 1967a,<br />
author = {Rorty, Richard},<br />
title = {The Linguistic Turn: Essays in Philosophical Method},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press.},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 2005a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Materie und Geist. Eine philosophische Untersuchung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ros 1999a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Was ist Philosophie?},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophieren über Philosophie}<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Raatzsch, Richard},<br />
pages = {36–58},<br />
publisher = {Leipziger Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ros 1989a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {“Bedeutung”, “Idee” und “Begriff” – Zur Behandlung einiger bedeutungstheoretischer Paradoxien durch Leibniz},<br />
journal = {Studia Leibnitiana},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {133-154},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1989/90a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1989/90a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Begründung und Begriff. Wandlungen des Verständnisses begrifflicher Argumentationen},<br />
year = {1989/90},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {3 Bände},<br />
hidden = {B. I: Antike, Spätantike und Mittelalter; B. II: Neuzeit; B. III: Moderne},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1979a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Objektkonstitution und elementare Sprachhandlungsbegriffe},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Königstein/Ts.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosch 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosch 1978a,<br />
author = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
title = {Principles of categorization}<br />
booktitle = {Cognition and Categorization},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
pages = {27-48},<br />
publisher = {Hillsdale},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosler 2000a,<br />
author = {Rosler, Martha},<br />
title = {Bildsimulationen, Computermanipulationen: einige Überlegungen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV. 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {von Amelunxen, Hubertus},<br />
pages = {129-170},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roth 2000a,<br />
author = {Roth, Peter},<br />
title = {Virtualis als Sprachschöpfung mittelalterlicher Theologen},<br />
booktitle = {Die Anwesenheit des Abwesenden. Theologische Annäherungen an Begriff und Phänomene von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Roth, Peter; Schreiber, Stefan & Siemons, Stefan},<br />
pages = {33-42},<br />
publisher = {Wißner},<br />
address = {Augsburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Royce 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Royce 1998a,<br />
author = {Royce, Terry},<br />
title = {Synergy on the Page: Exploring Intersemiotic Complementarity in Page-based Multimodal Text},<br />
journal = {JASFL Occasional Papers},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {25-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rötzer 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rötzer 1993a,<br />
author = {Rötzer, Florian},<br />
title = {Cyberspace. Zum medialen Gesamtkunstwerk},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ruff 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ruff 2009a,<br />
author = {Ruff, Thomas},<br />
title = {Jpegs},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ryan 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ryan 2001,<br />
author = {Ryan, Marie-Laure},<br />
title = {arrative as Virtual Reality. Immersion and Interactivity in Literature and Electronic Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {The Johns Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore & London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==S==<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Medium},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005b,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005a,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2004a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als kommunikatives Medium. Elemente einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003b,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Was ist Bildkompetenz?},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1999a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, },<br />
title = {Gibt es ein Bildalphabet?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {57-66},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1995a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Piktoriale Einstellungen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktoraler Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {195-211},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 1993a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Philosophische Psychologie im 19. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Prädikative und modale Bildtheorie },<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik. Theorien - Methoden - Fallbeispiele},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H.; Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {97-119},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-2/index.html},<br />
abstract ={Gegenstände sind immer nur dann Bilder, wenn jemand sie als solche benutzt. Hierbei können Bilder eine Vielzahl von Funktionen übernehmen. Lassen sich diese verschiedenen Funktionen oder Verwendungsweisen vielleicht aus einer einzigen Grundfunktion ableiten? Und sofern das so ist: Was wäre, ließe sich zweitens fragen, diese Grundfunktion von Bildern und in welcher Relation, ergibt sich als dritte Frage, steht sie zu den Verwendungsweisen von Sprache? Eine positive Beantwortung der ersten Frage voraussetzend werden zwei Kandidaten für die zweite Frage untersucht und diskutiert: Während die prädikative Theorie die grundlegende Bildverwendung in etwa paraphrasiert mit „… sieht so und so aus“ (bzw. „Der Gegenstand, der so und so aussieht, …“), schlägt die modale Theorie eine Verwendungsweise vor analog zu „An einem anderen (auch fiktiven) Ort oder einer anderen (auch hypothetischen) Zeit ist der Fall, daß so und so.“ },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Medientheorie, visuelle Kultur und Bildanthropologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {393-424},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.JRJS.de/Work/Papers/P09/P09-1/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachsse 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachsse 1974a,<br />
author = {Sachsse, Hans},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Kybernetik. Unter besonderer Berücksichtigung von technischen und biologischen Wirkungsgefügen},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Vieweg},<br />
address = {Braunschweig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 2007a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Le Sens du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1990a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Semiotics of Visual Language},<br />
publisher = {Indiana University Press},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
address = {Bloomington, IN},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1987a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {Englisch: Semiotics of Visual Language. Bloomington, Indianapolis: Indiana University Press.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1986a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie et syntax visuelle: Une analyse de Mascerade de Pellan},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 2008a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Transfigurements: On the True Sense of Art},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 1998a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Shades. Of Painting at the Limit},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Salomon 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2006a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {Transformations and Projections in Computer Graphics},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Salomon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2008a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {A Concise Introduction to Data Compression},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sander 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sander 1962a,<br />
author = {Sander, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Experimentelle Ergebnisse der Gestaltpsychologie},<br />
booktitle = {Ganzheitspsychoplogie. Grundlagen, Ergebnisse, Anwendungen: gesammelte Abhandlungen},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sander, Friedrich & Volkelt, Hans},<br />
pages = {73–122},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck'sche Verlagsbuchhandlung},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1962a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Blick},<br />
booktitle = {Das Sein und das Nichts},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Skizze einer Theorie der Emotionen},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {255-321},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1994b,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Das Imaginäre. Phänomenologische Psychologie der Einbildungskraft (1940)},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-2, hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994c,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Die Imagination (1936)},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {97-254},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1999a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Die Suche nach dem Absoluten. Texte zur bildenden Kunst},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sauer 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sauer 2008a,<br />
author = {Sauer, Martina},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmen von Sinn vor jeder sprachlichen oder gedanklichen Fassung? Frage an Ernst Cassirer},<br />
journal = {Kunstgeschichte. Texte zur Diskussion},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.kunstgeschichte-ejournal.net/discussion/2008/Sauer},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saussure 1916a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saussure 1916a,<br />
author = {Saussure, Ferdinand de },<br />
title = {Cours de linguistique générale},<br />
year = {1916},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Deutsch: Grundfragen der allgemeinen Sprachwissenschaft. 3. Aufl. Berlin 2001.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saxena & Sahay 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saxena & Sahay 2005a,<br />
author = {Saxena, Anupam & Sahay, Birendra},<br />
title = {Computer Aided Engineering Design},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scheler 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scheler 1928a,<br />
author = {Scheler, Max},<br />
title = {Die Stellung des Menschen im Kosmos},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {Otto Reichl Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schier 2005a,<br />
author = {Schier, W. },<br />
title = {Die Maske von Uivar},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W. },<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schirra 2007a,<br />
editor = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Computational Visualistics and Picture Morphology},<br />
publisher = {IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
note = {Themenbeiheft zu Band 5},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Projects/Image/IMAGE5-Themenbeiheft.pdf},<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Begriffsgenetische Betrachtungen in der Bildwissenschaft: Fünf Thesen},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Medium. Kunstgeschichtliche und philosophische Grundlagen der interdisziplinären Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {197-215},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-3/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 2005a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Foundation of Computational Visualistics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {ISBN: 3-8350-6015-5 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-8350-6015-5'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra 2005b,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Ein Disziplinen-Mandala für die Bildwissenschaft - Kleine Provokation zu einem Neuen Fach},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-1/index.html},<br />
journal ={IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
pages = {30-45},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Von der Bildwissenschaft als einer Disziplin, die über die Grenzen von Kunstgeschichte oder Kunstwissenschaft hinausgeht und sich wissenschaftlich mit allen Aspekten des Umgehens mit Bildern und verwandten visuellen Repräsentations- und Zeichensystemen befaßt, wird erst seit etwa der Mitte der 1990'er Jahre gesprochen. In den folgenden Überlegungen geht es insbesondere um die Bildwissenschaft als den Versuch, ein Fachgebiet zu etablieren, in dem ein modernes Verständnis dessen, was eine etablierte Disziplin sein kann, verwirklicht sein soll. Zentrales Kriterium für in dem hier gemeinten Sinne "Neue" Disziplinen ist ihre Interdisziplinarität und die dadurch bedingte starke Methodenpluralität. Grundsätzlich muß daher die Frage geklärt werden, wie das Verhältnis der Teildisziplinen zueinander, insbesondere das Wechselspiel der jeweils eingesetzten Methoden betreffend, zu denken ist. Dem Forschungssujet der Bildwissenschaft entsprechend soll in dem Beitrag versucht werden, das Beziehungsgeflecht der beteiligten Elterndisziplinen (zumindest teilweise) in Form eines Bildes anzugeben. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2005c,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Computervisualistik},<br />
booktitle = { Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {268-280},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bausteine vieler Disziplinen müssen in eine allgemeine Bildwissenschaft integriert werden. Als Beitrag aus der Informatik versteht sich die Computervisualistik, die alle Aspekte rechnergestützten Umgangs mit Bildern umfaßt. Zwei Grundbegriffe der Informatik werden vorgestellt und bestimmen, auf den Begriff "Bild" angewendet, den methodologischen Kern der Computervisualistik. Als Beitrag der Informatik zum Gegenstand der Bildtheorie werden interaktive Bilder betrachtet. Schließlich werden die Beziehungen zu anderen "Bildwissenschaften" kurz umrissen. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2001a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bilder &nbsp;&nbsp; —— &nbsp;&nbsp; Kontextbilder},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln – Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Pragmatik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {77-100},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P01/P01-5/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bildkommunikation und die Verständigung mit Aussagen scheinen wenig gemein zu haben. Genauere logisch-pragmatische Analysen der Kontextrelativität von Aussagen zeigen jedoch eine enge systematische Abhängigkeit beider Kommunikationsformen im Begriff der Kontextbildung, den Bilder auf ausgezeichnete Weise implementieren. Prädikatorische und nominatorische Verwendungen von Bildern sind aus der grundlegenden Funktion zur Kontextbildung ableitbar. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2000a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Täuschung, Ähnlichkeit und Immersion: Die Vögel des Zeuxis},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Realismus der Bilder: Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Semantik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Rehkämper, K.& Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {119-135},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P00/P00-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bilder gibt es als solche – von ihrem Begriff her – immer nur für Individuen, die sich in einer bestimmten Weise verhalten, oder die gewisse Handlungen vollziehen. Wenn dies aber der Fall ist, scheint es ratsam, den Begriff "Bild" nicht, wie es gewöhnlich geschieht, als einen Begriff für einen isoliert vorkommenden Gegenstand zu erläutern, sondern als Komponente der Begriffe für bestimmte Verhaltens- oder Handlungsfähigkeiten. Ausgehend von der antiken Zeuxis-Anekdote werden in diesem Sinne erste Schritte zu einem handlungstheoretischen Ähnlichkeitsbegriff versucht.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1999a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Syntaktische Dichte oder Kontinuität - Ein mathematischer Aspekt der Visualistik},<br />
booktitle = {bildgrammatik. interdisziplinäre forschungen zur syntax bildlicher darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {103-119},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P99/P99-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Der Begriff Dichte spielt eine zentrale Rolle in Diskussionen zur Bildsyntax, wird aber selten in Beziehung zum mathematisch verwandten Kontinuumsbegriff gestellt. Dabei ist die Frage, ob Bilder syntaktisch nur als dicht oder gar als kontinuierlich verstanden werden sollten, durchaus relevant, wie anhand von informatischen und neuropsychologischen Argumenten gezeigt wird.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1995a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Understanding Radio Broadcasts On Soccer. The Concept `Mental Image' and Its Use in Spatial Reasoning},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktorialer Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {107-136},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P95/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Most cognitive theories agree that a listener of a sports broadcast on radio usually imagines the scene described; the concept `mental image' appears in a specific sort of explanations. In contrast to this conception, it is argued that this concept should rather be understood as part of a certain kind of grounding explanations of the radio listener's understanding. This particular conception is based on the distinction between `specification' and `implementation' as found in the theory of abstract data types. Its application to the field of spatial concepts leads to a computational system (ANTLIMA) which exemplifies how the expression `mental image' could be used while explaining a speaker's ability to control the resolvability of ambiguities in an objective report of what the speaker sees. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 1994a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bildbeschreibung als Verbindung von visuellem und sprachlichem Raum},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {DISKI},<br />
address = {St. Augustin},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {ISBN 3-929037-71-8 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-929037-71-8'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P94/P94-1-d/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1993a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Connecting Visual and Verbal Space: Preliminary Considerations Concerning the Concept »Mental Image«},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Time, Space, and Movement},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {M. Aurnague, A. Borillo, M. Borillo & M. Bras},<br />
pages = {105-121},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Paul Sabatier},<br />
address = {Toulouse},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P93/P93-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {AI research concerning the connection between seeing and speaking mainly employs what is called reference semantics. Within this framework, the notion of `mental image' is often used while explaining how somebody not situated in the same perceptual context is able to anchor his understanding of an utterance describing the scene visually perceived by the speaker. We give a foundation for considering mental images as propositions with respect to a certain field of concepts: these fields have to provide a syntactically dense set of concepts distinguishing locations. The use of such propositions in the reference semantic explanations of understanding utterances about visually perceived scenes is motivated by applying Kant's idea of the introduction of new types of objects: we conceive spatial relations as relations only applicable to sortal objects, i.e., individuated objects which are synthetically introduced on a syntactically dense field providing their potential locations. The concept `mental image' which results from these preliminary studies is applied to two current projects in AI, one dealing with the semantics of particular spatial prepositions, and the other more generally concerned with the logic of the connection between visual and verbal space.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Anthropologie in der systematischen Bildwissenschaft: Auf der Spur des homo pictor},<br />
booktitle = {Disziplinen der Anthropologie},<br />
editor = {Meyer, S. & Owzar, A.},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
pages = {145-177},<br />
note = {},<br />
publisher = {Waxmann},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Homo pictor and the Linguistic Turn: Revisiting Hans Jonas’ Picture Anthropology},<br />
journal = {Linguistic and Philosophical Investigations},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {144–181},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P10/P10-2/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {There has been a long tradition of characterizing man as the animal that talks. However, the remarkable ability of using pictures also only belongs to human beings, after all we know empirically so far. Are there conceptual reasons for that coincidence? The paper is dedicated to a philosophical programme of “concept-genetic” considerations dealing in particular with the dependencies between those two abilities: The conceptual relation between the competence to use assertive language and the faculty of employing pictures must be conceived of as being much closer than usually expected. Indeed we conclude, there cannot be creatures with only one of them.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte – elektronisch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
url = {www.uni-due.de/germanistik/elise/ausgabe_12006},<br />
hidden = {letzter Zugriff: 25. September 2010},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract ={Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie, wie sie der Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt, eignet - und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Eine Gegenüberstellung der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild führt zu eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden: Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von (darstellenden) Bildern Sprache gegenüber durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. In beiden Fällen hängen die Aufgliederungen mit der Funktion der Kontextbildung zusammen, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung mündet daher in das Programm einer begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, die eine derartige Begründung zu liefern imstande wäre. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Fähigkeiten zum Bild- und Sprachgebrauch },<br />
journal = {Deutsche Zeitschrift für Philosophie},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {54},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {887-905},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-5/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie wie in die Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Ein erster Vergleich der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild listet eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden auf. Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von Bildern gegenüber Sprache durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung weitet sich daher zu einer begriffsgenetischen Skizzierung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, wobei sich die Begriffe des sortalen Gegenstands und des Verhaltenskontextes als zentral herausstellen. Mit ihnen kann die Beziehung zwischen den beiden Fähigkeiten genauer untersucht werden: Sie ergibt sich insbesondere aus der Funktion der Kontextbildung, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Im Rahmen der begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung ergeben sich schließlich Argumente dafür, die Beziehung als eine wechselseitige Abhängigkeit zu charakterisieren, wobei auch eine Vorschlag zur Analyse des Begriffs des inneren Bildes - oder besser: des Vorstellungsvermögens eingeschlossen ist. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Scholz 1998a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. & Scholz, Martin},<br />
title = {Abstraction versus Realism: Not the Real Question},<br />
booktitle = {Computer Visualization – Graphics, Abstraction, and Interactivity},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Strothotte, T. (et al.)},<br />
pages = {379-401},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {Chapter 22},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P98/P98-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {When browsing through a book on computer graphics, one usually finds a lot of more or less interesting pictures that are produced by means of computers. These pictures are embedded in pages of technical texts describing how this image generation was performed and why it provides a better way to do so than other methods. Less space is usually given to the methodological background and the motivation underlying the preoccupation with computer visualization. In this chapter, we want to complement the more technically oriented part of this book with some reflections as to why such techniques can be interesting not only for computer graphics researchers, and where, from a communication-theoretic point of view, they might be of use in our society.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schleicher 1859a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schleicher 1859a,<br />
author = {Schleicher, August},<br />
title = {Zur Morphologie der Sprache},<br />
journal = {Mémoires de l'académdie impériale des sciences de St. Pétersbourg},<br />
year = {1859},<br />
volume = {1?},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1-38},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt 2000,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter},<br />
title = {Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1: : Absenz – Darstellung},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {831-875},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt & George 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt_George_2005a,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter; George, Marion},<br />
title = {Typisch/Typ(us)},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {191-246},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlosser 1952a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schlosser 1952a,<br />
author = {Schlosser, K.},<br />
title = {Der Signalismus in der Kunst der Naturvölker: Biologisch-psychologische Gesetzlichkeiten in den Abweichungen von der Norm des Vorbildes},<br />
year = {1952},<br />
publisher = {Mühlau},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmid 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmid 2009a,<br />
author = {Schmid, Gabriele},<br />
title = {Zwischen Bildern. Die holographische Installation als Handlungsfeld},<br />
booktitle = {holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {161-180},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1998a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Mimesis bei Aristoteles und in den Poetikkommentaren der Renaissance. Zum Wandel des Gedankens von der Nachahmung der Natur in der frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Mimesis und Simulation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Andreas Kablitz & Gerhard Neumann},<br />
pages = {17-53},<br />
publisher = {ombach},<br />
address = {Freiburg im Breisgau},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1996a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Teleologie und Geschichte bei Aristoteles oder Wie kommen nach Aristoteles Anfang, Mitte und Ende in die Geschichte?},<br />
booktitle = {Das Ende. Figuren einer Denkform},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Stierle und Rainer Warning},<br />
pages = {528-563},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider 2009a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit},<br />
title = {Wissenschaftsbilder zwischen digitaler Transformation und Manipulation. Einige Anmerkungen zur Diskussion des “digitalen Bildes”},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {188-200},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schneider 2000a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Ralf},<br />
title = {Grundriß zur kognitiven Theorie der Figurenkonzeption am Beispiel des viktorianischen Romans},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Stauffenburg},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider & Berz 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider & Berz 2002a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit & Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bildtexturen. Punkte, Zeilen, Spalten. I. Textile Processing/II. Bildtelegraphie}<br />
booktitle = {Mimetische Differenzen. Der Spielraum der Medien zwischen Abbildung und Nachbildung}, <br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Flach, Sabine & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
pages = {181-220},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider & Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schneider & Stöckl 2011a,<br />
title = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, Jan Georg & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {erscheint Frühjahr 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2011===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Schönhammer 2011,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Stichwort: Kippbilder},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
howpublished = {PsyDok, Volltextserver der Virtuellen Fachbibliothek Psychologie},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://psydok.sulb.uni-saarland.de/frontdoor.php?source_opus=2756&la=de},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schönhammer 2009a,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Wahrnehmungspsychologie. Sinne, Körper, Bewegung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 2004a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstellung, Zeichen. Philosophische Theorien bildhafter Darstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {2., vollständig überarbeitete Aufl.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Scholz 1998a,<br />
title = {Mimesis. Studien zur literarischen Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Scholz, Bernhard F.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 1991a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstellung, Zeichen. Philosophische Theorien bildhafter Darstellungen},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {(1. Aufl.)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schott 1657a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schott 57a,<br />
author = {Schott, Kaspar},<br />
title = {De Magia Anamorphotica},<br />
booktitle = {Magia Universalis Naturae et Artis},<br />
year = {1657},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Herbipoli},<br />
note = {Teil 1, Buch III},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2001a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Eine kurze Geschichte der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht. Fotografieren in Museen & Archiven & Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, Wolfgang & Jaworek, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {249-257},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter 2003a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Virtuelle Kamera. Zum Fortbestand fotografischer Medien in computergenerierten Bildern}, <br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {88},<br />
pages = {3-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Welt. Analoge und Digitale Bilder - mehr oder weniger Realität?},<br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke},<br />
pages = {335-354},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2004b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Netz und die Virtuelle Realität. Zur Selbstprogrammierung der Gesellschaft durch die universelle Maschine},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Computer/Simulation. Kopie ohne Original oder das Original kontrollierende Kopie},<br />
booktitle = {OriginalKopie. Praktiken des Sekundären},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fehrmann, Gisela et al.},<br />
pages = {139-155},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Notizen zu einer Geschichte des Löschens. Am Beispiel von Video und Robert Rauschenbergs Erased de Kooning-Drawing},<br />
booktitle = {Im Banne der Ungewissheit. Bilder zwischen Medien, Kunst und Menschen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schumacher-Chilla, Doris},<br />
pages = {171-194},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oberhausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2005a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {MetaMorphing. Camerons Analysen der digitalen Bilder in Terminator 2 und The Abyss}, <br />
booktitle = {Mythen, Mütter, Maschinen. Die Filme des James Cameron},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pabst, Eckhard},<br />
pages = {289-315},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeit ist überhaupt nur darzustellen, indem man sie konstruiert (Andreas Gursky)},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {201-218},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {On the Logic of the Digital Archive},<br />
booktitle = {The You Tube Reader},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Vonderau, Patrick & Snickars, Pelle},<br />
pages = {330-346},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2009c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {3D. Zur Theorie, Geschichte und Medienästhetik des technischtransplanen Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen und die Nicht-Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {77-86},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2010a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Fotografie und Fiktionalität},<br />
booktitle = {Die fotografische Wirklichkeit. Inszenierung - Fiktion - Narration},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Blunck, Lars},<br />
pages = {143-158},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2010b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Zeitalter der technischen Nichtreproduzierbarkeit},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
editor = {Schröter, Jens et al.},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {1-38},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter & Thielmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter & Thielmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens & Thielmann, Tristan},<br />
title = {Display I: Analog},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften}<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2010a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Darstellung einer Vorstellung. Das Bild der Welt auf der Pioneer-Plakette},<br />
booktitle = {Atlas der Weltbilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Markschies, C. et al.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schürmann 2008a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Sehen als Praxis. Ethisch-ästhetische Studien zum Verhältnis von Sicht und Einsicht},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulz 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulz 2005a,<br />
author = {Schulz, Martin},<br />
title = {Ordnungen der Bilder. Eine Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Finke},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulze 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulze 2000a,<br />
author = {Schulze, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Die Erlebnis-Gesellschaft. Kultursoziologie der Gegenwart. 8. Auflage. Studienausgabe.},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M., New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schwingeler 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schwingeler 2008a,<br />
author = {Schwingeler, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Raummaschine. Raum und Perspektive im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Werner Hülsbusch},<br />
address = {Boizenburg},<br />
note = {(Reihe Game Studies)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Searle 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Searle 1971,<br />
author = {Searle, John R.},<br />
title = {Sprechakttheorie - Ein sprachphilosophischer Essay},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 2003a,<br />
author = {Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Erscheinens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seel 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 1991a,<br />
author = {Seel, Norbert M.},<br />
title = {Weltwissen und mentale Modelle},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seiterle 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Seiterle 1988a,<br />
author = {Seiterle, G. },<br />
title = {Maske, Ziegenbock und Satyr},<br />
journal = {Antike Welt. Z. für Archäologie und Kulturgeschichte},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seja 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seja 2009a,<br />
author = {Seja, Silvia},<br />
title = {Handlungstheorien des Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sekula 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sekula 2002a,<br />
author = {Sekula, Allan},<br />
title = {Der Handel mit Fotografien},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {255-290},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shannon & Weaver 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shannon & Weaver 1976a,<br />
author = {Shannon, Claude E. & Weaver, Warren},<br />
title = {Mathematische Grundlagen der Informationstheorie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shepard 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shepard 1990a,<br />
author = {Shepard, Roger N.},<br />
title = {Mind sights. Original illusions, ambiguities, and other anomalies, with a commentary on the play of mind in perception and art},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {W. H. Freeman},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shneiderman 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Shneiderman 1983a,<br />
author = {Shneiderman, B.},<br />
title = {Direct Manipulation - A Step Beyond Programming Languages},<br />
journal = {IEEE Computer},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
volume = {16},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {57-69},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shohat & Stam 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Shohat & Stam 1998a,<br />
author = {Shohat, E. & Stam R.},<br />
title = {Narrativizing Visual Culture. Towards a Polycentric Aesthetics},<br />
booktitle = {The Visual Culture Reader},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Mirzoeff, N.},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {26-49},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegmund 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegmund 2007a,<br />
author = {Siegmund, J.},<br />
title = {Die Evidenz der Kunst. Künstlerisches Handeln als ästhetische Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Simmel 1995a,<br />
author = {Simmel, G.},<br />
title = {Der Bildrahmen. Ein ästhetischer Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Aufsätze und Abhandlungen 1901-1908 Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Simmel, G.},<br />
pages = {101-108},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1992a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Soziologie. Untersuchungen über die Formen der Vergesellschaftung},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Gesamtausgabe, Bd. 11, hrsg. von Otthein Rammstedt},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1978a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Das individuelle Gesetz. Philosophische Exkurse},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Michael Landmann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a,<br />
author = {Smith, Robert W. & Tatarewicz, Joseph N.},<br />
title = {Replacing a Technology: The Large Space Telescope and CCDs},<br />
journal = {Proceedings of the IEEE},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
volume = {73},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1221-1235},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sobchack 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sobchack 1997a,<br />
author = {Sobchack, Vivian},<br />
title = {Meta-Morphing. Visual Transformation and the Culture of Quick-Change},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minneapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a,<br />
author = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
title = {Figurative Politik. Prolegomena zu einer Kultursoziologie politischen Handelns},<br />
booktitle = {Figurative Politik. Zur Performanz der Macht in der modernen Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
pages = {17-33},<br />
publisher = {Leske und Budrich},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sommer 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sommer 1987a,<br />
author = {Sommer, M.},<br />
title = {Evidenz im Augenblick. Eine Phänomenologie der reinen Empfindung},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sonesson 1992a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Bildbetydelser: Inledning till bildsemiotiken som vetenskap},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Studentlitteratur},<br />
address = {Lund},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sonesson 1989a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Pictorial Concepts},<br />
publisher = {Lund University Press},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sörbom 1966===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sörbom 1966,<br />
author = {Sörbom, Göran},<br />
title = {Mimesis and Art. Studies in the Origin an Early Development of an Aesthetic Vocabulary},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spariosu 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Spariosu 1984,<br />
title = {Mimesis in contemporary theory: An interdisciplinary Approach. Volume I: The Literary and the Philosophical Debate},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Spariosu, Mihai},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Philadelphia/Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spillner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Spillner 1982a,<br />
author = {Spillner, Bernd},<br />
title = {Stilanalyse semiotisch komplexer Texte: Zum Verhältnis von sprachlicher und bil¬dicher Information in Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4/5},<br />
pages = {91–106},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stadler & Kruse 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stadler & Kruse 1995a,<br />
author = {Stadler, Michael & Kruse, Peter},<br />
title = {The Function of Meaning in Cognitive Order Formation.},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {5–21},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Steinbrenner 2009a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Bildtheorien der analytischen Tradition},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {284-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 2004a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Zeichen über Zeichen. Grundlagen einer Theorie der Metabezugnahme},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Synchron Wissenschaftsverlag der Autoren},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 1996a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Kognitivismus in der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a,<br />
title = {Farben: Betrachtungen aus Philosophie und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Glasauer, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a,<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
title = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stiegler 2004a,<br />
author = {Stiegler, Bernd},<br />
title = {Digitale Photographie als epistemologischer Bruch und historische Wende},<br />
booktitle = {Das Gesicht der Welt. Medien in der digitalen Kultur},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Engell & Neitzel},<br />
pages = {105-126},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stierle 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stierle 1984a,<br />
author = {Stierle, Karlheinz},<br />
title = {Das bequeme Verhältnis. Lessings Laokoon und die Entdeckung des ästhetischen Mediums},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, Gunter},<br />
pages = {23-58},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2011a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbekommunikation semiotisch},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch Werbekommunikation},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Nina Janich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {UTB},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {erscheint Mitte 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {The Language-Image-Text. Theoretical and Analytical Inroads into Semiotic Complexity},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {202-226},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Beyond Depicting. Language-Image-Links in the Service of Advertising},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {3-28},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2008a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbetypographie. Formen und Funktionen},<br />
booktitle = {Werbung – grenzenlos. Multimodale Werbetexte im interkulturellen Vergleich},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bendel, Sylvia & Held, Gudrun},<br />
pages = {13–36},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2005a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typography: Body and Dress of a Text – A Signing Mode between Language and Image},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {204-214},<br />
note = {Special Issue “The New Typography”},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2004b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typographie: Körper und Gewand des Textes. Linguistische Überlegungen zu typographischer Gestaltung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Angewandte Linguistik},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {41},<br />
pages = {5-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stöckl 2004a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Die Sprache im Bild – Das Bild in der Sprache. Zur Verknüpfung von Sprache und Bild im massenmedialen Text},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2003a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {„Imagine“: Stilanalyse multimodal. Am Beispiel des TV-Werbespots},<br />
booktitle = {Sprachstil – Zugänge und Anwendungen. Ulla Fix zum 60. Geburtstag},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Barz, Irmhild & Lerchner, Gotthard & Schröder, },<br />
pages = {305-323},<br />
publisher = {Winter},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 1992a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Der ‚picture relation type’ – Ein praktischer Analysemodus zur Beschreibung der vielfältigen Einbettungs- und Verknüpfungsbeziehungen von Bild und Text},<br />
journal = {Papiere zur Linguistik},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {46},<br />
number = {11},<br />
pages = {49-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoesz 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Stoesz 2008a,<br />
author = {Stoesz Brenda Marie},<br />
title = {The Role of Selective Attention in Perceptual Switching. },<br />
year = {2008},<br />
howpublished = {Department of Psychology, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Manitoba},<br />
note = {Thesis Master of Arts Thesis},<br />
hidden = {zuletzt geprüft am 17.03.2011},<br />
url = {mspace.lib.umanitoba.ca/bitstream/1993/3083/1/BStoesz%20-%20MA%20thesis%202008%20revisions.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoichita 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stoichita 1998a,<br />
author = {Stoichita, Victor I.},<br />
title = {Das selbstbewußte Bild. Vom Ursprung der Metamalerei},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauß 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strauß 1998a,<br />
author = {Strauß, Bernd (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Zuschauer},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strenge 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Strenge_1998a,<br />
author = {Strenge, Britta},<br />
title = {Typos/Typologie},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {1587-1595},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Striedter 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Striedter 1984a,<br />
author = {Striedter, K.H.},<br />
title = {Felsbilder der Sahara},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauss 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Strauss 1979a,<br />
author = {Strauss, M.S.},<br />
title = {Abstraction of prototypical information by adults and 10-month-old infants},<br />
journal = {J. of Experimental Psychology: Human Leraning and Memory},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {5},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {618-632},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a,<br />
author = {Strothotte, Thomas & Schlechtweg, Stefan},<br />
title = {Non-photorealistic Computer Graphics: Modeling, Rendering, and Animation},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {San Francisco u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stüber & Stadler 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stüber & Stadler 1999a,<br />
author = {Strüber, Daniel & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Differences in top-down influences on the reversal rate of different categories of reversible figures},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {28},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1185–1196},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sturken & Cartwright 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sturken & Cartwright 2001a,<br />
author = {Sturken, M. & Cartwright L.},<br />
title = {Practices of Looking. An Introduction to Visual Culture},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
address = {Oxford, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch.},<br />
title = {Schreck-Gesichter. Symbole des magischen Alltags},<br />
booktitle = {Symbole des Alltags, Alltag der Symbole},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Blaschitz, G.; et al. },<br />
pages = {517-554},<br />
publisher = {ADV},<br />
address = {Graz},<br />
note = {Festschrift Harry Kühnel zum 65. Geburtstag},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1998a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch. },<br />
title = {Grenzen der Komplexität. Die Kunst als Bild der Wirklichkeit. Neuropsychologische und ethologische Erkenntnisse in der Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Einfachen zur Ganzheitlichkeit. Das Problem der Komplexität auf organismischer und soziokultureller Ebene},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {A.M. Wobus, & U. Wobus},<br />
pages = {167-188},<br />
publisher = {Nova Acta Leopoldina 77(304)},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Szily 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Szily 1999a,<br />
author = {Szily, K.},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelvújítás szótára},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Nap Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==T==<br />
===Tatarkiewicz 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tatarkiewicz 2003,<br />
author = {Tatarkiewicz, Wladysaw},<br />
title = {Geschichte der sechs Begriffe. Kunst • Schönheit • Form • Kreativität • Mimesis • Ästhetisches Erlebnis},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thielmann & Schröter 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Thielmann & Schröter 2007a,<br />
title = {Display II: Digital. Navigationen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Thielmann, Tristan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {<em>Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften</em>},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {Jg. 7, H. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tholen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tholen 2003a,<br />
author = {Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
title = {Die Zäsur der Medien. Kulturphilosophische Konturen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a,<br />
author = {Thornhill, R. & Gangestad, S.W. },<br />
title = {Human facial beauty: averageness, symmetry and parasite resistance},<br />
journal = {Human nature},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {237-269},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Thürlemann 1990a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Raum. Beiträge zu einer semiotischen Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Thürlemann 1984a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Die Farbe in der Malerei: Symbolischer und semi-symbolischer Bedeutungsmodus},<br />
booktitle = {Semiotics Unfolding. Proceedings of the Second Congress of the International Association for Semiotic Studies},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Tasso Borbé},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tischner 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tischner 1954a,<br />
author = {Tischner, H.},<br />
title = {Kunst der Südsee},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Todorov 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Todorov 1977,<br />
author = {Todorov, Tzvetan},<br />
title = {Symboltheorien},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {[frz. Original 1977]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Topper 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Topper 00a,<br />
author = {Topper, David},<br />
title = {On Anamorphosis. Setting Some Things Straight},<br />
journal = {Leonardo},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
volume = {33},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {115-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tótfalusi 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tótfalusi 2002a,<br />
author = {Tótfalusi, I.},<br />
title = {Magyar szótörténeti szótár},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Anno Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Totzke 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Totzke 2004a,<br />
author = {Totzke, Rainer},<br />
title = {Buchstaben-Folgen. Schriftlichkeit, Wissenschaft und Heideggers Kritik an der Wissenschaftsideologie},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Welbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Troje & McAdam 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Troje & McAdam 2010a,<br />
author = {Troje, N. F. & McAdam, M.},<br />
title = {The viewing-from-above bias and the silhouette illusion},<br />
journal = {i-Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {143–148},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {i-perception.perceptionweb.com/fulltext/i01/i0408.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Trübner 1940===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Trübner 1940,<br />
title = {Trübners Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: C-F},<br />
year = {1940},<br />
editor = {Alfred Göze},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Art. „darstellen“, S. 27},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tugendhat 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat 1976a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die sprachanalytische Philosophie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst & Wolf, Ursula},<br />
title = {Logisch-semantische Propädeutik},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {(revid. 1986)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==U==<br />
===Ullrich 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ullrich 1997a,<br />
author = {Ullrich, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Digitaler Nominalismus. Zum Status der Computerfotografie},<br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {64},<br />
pages = {63-73},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==V==<br />
===Vaihinger 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vaihinger 1997a,<br />
author = {Vaihinger, Dirk},<br />
title = {Virtualität und Realität – Die Fiktionalisierung der Wirklichkeit und die unendliche Information},<br />
booktitle = {Künstliche Paradiese, Virtuelle Realitäten. Künstliche Räume in Literatur-, Sozial-, und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Krapp, Holger & Wägenbaur, Thomas},<br />
pages = {19-43},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Valenza et al. 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Valenza et al. 1996a,<br />
author = {Valenza, E.; Simion, F.; Cassia, V.M. & Umiltà, C.},<br />
title = {Face preference at birth},<br />
journal = {J. of experimental Psychology (Human Perception and Performance) },<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {892-903},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Varela 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Varela 1990a,<br />
author = {Varela, Francisco J.},<br />
title = {Kognitionswissenschaft, Kognitionstechnik. Eine Skizze aktueller Perspektiven},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===VCQ 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{VCQ 1996a,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Visual Culture Questionnaire},<br />
journal = {October},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
pages = {25-70},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ventola et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ventola et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Ventola, Eija & Guijarro, Moya & Arsenio, Jesús},<br />
title = {The World Told and the World Shown. Multisemiotic Issues},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan},<br />
address = {Basingstoke},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Venus 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Venus 2009a,<br />
author = {Venus, Jochen},<br />
title = {Raumbild und Tätigkeitssimulation. Video- und Computerspiele als Darstellungsmedien des Tätigkeitsempfindens},<br />
booktitle = {Das Raumbild. Bilder jenseits ihrer Flächen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Winter, Gundolf; Schröter, Jens & Barck, Joanna},<br />
pages = {259-280},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vischer 1873a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vischer 1873a,<br />
author = {Vischer, Robert},<br />
title = {Ueber das optische Formgefühl. Ein Beitrag zur Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1873},<br />
publisher = {Credner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Völker 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Völker 2010a,<br />
author = {Völker, Clara},<br />
title = {Mobile Medien. Zur Genealogie des Mobilfunks und zur Ideengeschichte von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vogel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vogel 2003a,<br />
author = {Vogel, Matthias},<br />
title = {Medien als Voraussetzungen für Gedanken},<br />
booktitle = {Medienphilosophie. Beiträge zur Klärung eines Begriffs},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Münker, Stefan; Roesler, Alexander & Sandbothe, Mike},<br />
pages = {107-134 + 213-215 [Anmerkungen]},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Volkelt 1905a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Volkelt 1905a,<br />
author = {Volkelt, Johannes},<br />
title = {System der Ästhetik. Erster Band: Grundlegung der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vorländer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vorländer 2003a,<br />
author = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
title = {Demokratie und Ästhetik. Zur Rehabilitierung eines problematischen Zusammenhangs},<br />
booktitle = {Zur Ästhetik der Demokratie. Formen der politischen Selbstdarstellung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
pages = {11-26},<br />
publisher = {Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==W==<br />
<br />
===Wade et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wade et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Wade, Nicholas J.; Campbel, Robin N.; Ross, Helen E. & Lingelbach, Bernd},<br />
title = {Necker in Scotch perspective},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1–4},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Waldenfels 2010a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Sinne und Künste im Wechselspiel. Modi ästhetischer Erfahrung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Waldenfels 1999a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Ordnungen des Sichtbaren},<br />
booktitle = {Sinnesschwellen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Walton 1973a,<br />
author = {Kendall L. Walton},<br />
title = {Pictures as Make-Believe},<br />
journal = {The Philosophical Review},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
volume = {82},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {283-319},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Walton 1990a,<br />
author = {Walton, Kendall L.},<br />
title = {Mimesis as make-believe : on the foundations of the representational arts},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Harvard Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass. [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warburg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warburg 2008a,<br />
author = {Warburg, Aby},<br />
title = {Der Bilderatlas Mnemosyne (2000)},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Warnke, Martin; unter Mitarbeit von Brink, Claudia},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warnke 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warnke 1984a,<br />
author = {Warnke, Martin},<br />
title = {Politische Architektur in Europa vom Mittelalter bis heute: Repräsentation und Gemeinschaft},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Watt 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Watt 2002a, <br />
author = {Watt, Alan}, <br />
title = {3D-Computergrafik},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weber 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weber 2000a,<br />
author = { Weber, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Windmühlen oder Mauern? Die Archive und der neue Wind in der Informationstechnik},<br />
booktitle = {Digitale Archive - Ein neues Paradigma?},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Metzing, Andreas},<br />
pages = {79-94},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Marburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weiss 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weiss 2009a,<br />
author = {Weiss, G. },<br />
title = {Masken begleiten, erinnern, ehren und erneuern},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wellbery 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wellbery 1977,<br />
author = {Wellbery, David E.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Semiotics in the German Enlightenment},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Yale University},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Werckmeister 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Werckmeister 2005a,<br />
author = {Werckmeister, Otto Karl},<br />
title = {Der Medusa Effekt. Politische Bildstrategien seit dem 11. September 2001},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {form + zweck},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wescher 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wescher 1968a,<br />
author = {Wescher, Herta},<br />
title = {Die Collage / Geschichte eines künstlerischen Ausdrucksmittels},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {DuMont Schauberg},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wheeler 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wheeler 2005a,<br />
author = {Wheeler, Michael},<br />
title = {Reconstructing the Cognitive World: The Next Step},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2008a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Die Sichtbarkeit des Bildes. Geschichte und Perspektiven der formalen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main, New York},<br />
note = {Mit einem aktuellen Vorwort des Autors zur Neuausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2005a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Artifizielle Präsenz. Studien zur Philosophie des Bildes.},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wiesing 2004a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Pragmatismus und Performativität des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {115-128},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2000a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Phänomene im Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wimmer 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wimmer 1991a,<br />
author = {Wimmer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Fabrikation der Fiktion?},<br />
booktitle = {Digitaler Schein. Ästhetik der digitalen Medien},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Rötzer, }, <br />
pages = {519-533},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winkler 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Winkler 2003a,<br />
author = {Winkler, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Zugriff. Thesen zur Umorganisation der gesellschaftlichen Bildarchive unter den Bedingungen des Digitalen},<br />
booktitle = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang; Heidenreich, Stefan & Holl, Ute},<br />
pages = {144-148},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winner 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Winner 1962a,<br />
author = {Winner, Matthias},<br />
title = {Gemalte Kunsttheorie. Zu Gustave Courbets ‚Allégorie réelle‘ und der Tradition},<br />
journal = {Jahrbuch der Berliner Museen},<br />
year = {4},<br />
volume = {1962},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {150-185},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wirth 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wirth 2004a,<br />
author = {Wirth, Uwe},<br />
title = {Das Vorwort als performative, paratextuelle und parergonale Rahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Rhetorik. Figuration und Performanz},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fohrmann, Jürgen},<br />
pages = {603-628},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Whitfield 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Whitfield 1999a,<br />
author = {Whitfield, S.},<br />
title = {Lucio Fontana},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Hayward Gallery Publ.},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witsch 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witsch 2008a,<br />
author = {Witsch, Monika},<br />
title = {Kultur und Bildung: Ein Beitrag für eine kulturwissenschaftliche Grundlegung von Bildung im Anschluss an Georg Simmel, Ernst Cassirer und Richard Hönigswald},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witte 2010a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Zur Geschichte der Bildung. Eine philosophische Kritik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2009a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Selbstbild und Bildung. Ein Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildung – Argumentation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Helmer, K.; Herchert, G. & Löwenstein, S.},<br />
pages = {81-100},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reihe: Beiträge zur Theorie der Argumentation in der Pädagogik. Herausgegeben von Andreas Dörpinghaus und Karl Helmer. Band 5},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1990a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus logico-philosophicus},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Tagebücher 1914-1916; Philosophische Untersuchungen. [7. Aufl.]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1971a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Philosophische Untersuchungen},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1922===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1922,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus},<br />
year = {1922},<br />
publisher = {Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wollheim 1982a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Sehen-als, sehen-in und bildliche Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Objekte der Kunst},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
pages = {192-210},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Looser, Max},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 1978,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Are the Criteria of Identity that Hold für a Work of Art in the Different Arts Aesthetically Relevant?},<br />
journal = {Ratio},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {20},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {29-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 2001a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {On Pictorial Representation},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
pages = {215-2268},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {Neuabdruck in: Gerwen, Rob van (Hg.). Richard Wollheim on the Art of Painting: Art as Representation and Expression. Cambridge UP, 2001},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==X==<br />
==Y==<br />
==Z==<br />
===Zaloscer 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Zaloscer 1974a,<br />
author = {Zaloscer, Hilde},<br />
title = {Versuch einer Phänomenologie des Rahmens},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Ästhetik und allgemeine Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {189-224},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zeune 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zeune 1997a,<br />
author = {Zeune, Joachim},<br />
title = {Burgen. Symbole der Macht. Ein neues Bild der mittelalterlichen Burg},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Pustet},<br />
address = {Regensburg},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zimmer 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zimmer 1995a,<br />
author = {Zimmer, A. C.},<br />
title = {Multistability – More than just a Freak Phenomenon},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {99–138},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==Fehlerhafte Angaben==<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, Jörg R. J.},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
note = {'''''Achtung!!Reihenfolge der Autoren ist verkehrt!!! Bitte korrigieren!!!''''' },<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.uni-due.de/imperia/md/content/elise/2006_-_schirra___hombach.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<!--- Die folgende Zeile muß immer am Ende der Seite stehen!! --><br />
<!--- Nicht entfernen und keinen Biblio-Eintrag danach setzen --><br />
<bibexport/></div>
Mark Ludwig
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Werbung&diff=5892
Werbung
2011-06-21T12:33:06Z
<p>Mark Ludwig: /* Auswirkungen auf andere Begriffe */</p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Unterpunkte--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
[[Kategorie:Unterpunkt]]<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Wiki)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
[[Kategorie:Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Glossar)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
Unterpunkt zu: [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--beides sollte in der Regel der gleiche Text sein--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Abschnitt bitte nicht ändern--><br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt; Überschriften gegebenenfalls anpassen--><br />
=====Werbung: Grundlagen und Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
Werbung stellt ein dynamisches wie heterogenes Phänomen dar mit dem sich nach anfänglichen Vorbehalten heute eine Reihe von Disziplinen mit unterschiedlicher Perspektivierung beschäftigen, unter anderem bestehen wirtschaftwissenschaftliche, psychologische, soziologische, semiotische sowie kommunikationswissenschaftliche Zugänge. Einhergehend mit den gesellschaftlichen wie medienspezifischen Veränderungen der vergangenen Jahrzehnte sowie der Vielzahl der Beobachtungsperspektiven auf den Forschungsgegenstand, hat sich mittlerweile eine kaum mehr überschaubare Anzahl an Definitionsversuchen herausgebildet. <br />
<br />
In einem kommunikationswissenschaftlich geprägten, die generell gebräuchlichen Begriffsbestimmungen zusammenfassenden Zugriff kann Werbung in einer zeitgemäßen Definition nach Siegert als ein geplanter Kommunikationsprozess definiert werden, der „gezielt Wissen, Meinungen, Einstellungen und/oder Verhalten über und zu Produkten, Dienstleistungen, Unternehmen, Marken oder Ideen beeinflussen“ (Siegert 2005:26) will. Verbreitung findet Werbung hierbei maßgeblich über unterschiedliche Werbemittel (z. B. Anzeige, Plakat, TV- oder Radiospot) und Werbeträger (z. B. Massenmedien, Werbeträger im öffentlichen Raum wie Litfaßsäulen). <br />
<br />
Zu unterscheiden ist ferner zwischen sogenannter Above-the-Line- und Below-the-Line-Werbung. Als Above-the-Line wird hierbei zumeist klassische, über Massenmedien (Anzeigen, Spots, etc.) und Außenwerbung (Plakate, Citylights, etc.) vermittelte Werbung verstanden, mit dem Begriff Below-the-Line-Werbung bezeichnet man davon abweichende Formen wie Guerilla Marketing oder Product Placement. Der noch in den 1950er Jahren gebräuchliche und synonym verwendete Begriff der Reklame findet hingegen heute kaum mehr Verwendung, wohl auch weil Werbung sich nicht auf das Bekanntmachen oder Anpreisen (frz.: réclamer: ausrufen, anpreisen), wie es der wortgeschichtliche Ursprung des Wortes Reklame suggeriert, von Produkten, Marken oder Unternehmen reduzieren lässt.<br />
<br />
<!--Anmerkung zwischen <ref> und </ref> im laufenden Text--><br />
<!--Literaturverweise im laufenden Text <bib id='Jonas 61a'>Jonas 1961</bib> --><br />
<!-- ... id im Literaturverzeichnis nachsehen, gegebenenfalls neu einfügen --><br />
<!-- ... (siehe Link "Sammlung" in Bibliographie-Box --><br />
<!-- Bilder als thumbs einsetzen, Muster: [[Datei:Beispiel.png|thumb|Bildtitel]] --><br />
<br />
=====Entwicklung der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung=====<br />
<br />
Bis ins die 20er Jahre des 19. Jahrhunderts spielten Bilder in der werblichen Kommunikation kaum eine Rolle, Anzeigen verzichteten zumeist gänzlich auf Illustrationen oder andere Gestaltungsmittel (vgl. Schierl 2001: 42). Mit der Professionalisierung der Werbung und technischen Entwicklungen der Massenpresse veränderte sich schließlich auch die Gestaltungsweise von Werbung. So erscheinen in den 1820er Jahren in der englischen Provinzpresse erste Holzschnitte zu Anzeigen, in den 1860er Jahren wird das Illustrieren von Anzeigen dann auf einer breiteren Basis üblich. <br />
<br />
Um die Jahrhundertwende setzt sich schließlich ein neuer plakativer Stil durch, bei dem das Bild eine beherrschende Stellung einnimmt (vgl. ebd.). Anzeigen oder auch Plakate für Litfaßsäulen werden in dieser Zeit häufig von Künstlern produziert und beinhalteten bildliche Elemente (vgl. Haas 1995). So entwarf etwa der französische Künstler Henri Toulouse-Lautrec Plakate für das Pariser Varieté Moulin Rouge (Abb.1). <br />
<br />
In den 1920er Jahren werden schließlich im Zuge neuer technischer Möglichkeiten in zunehmender Weise auch Fotografien eingesetzt. Insgesamt zeichnet sich bis heute eine Entwicklung ab, in der in der Gestaltung von Werbemitteln Illustrationen immer seltener eingesetzt und durch den Einsatz von Fotografien weitestgehend ersetzt werden. <br />
Mit der Entwicklung und Verbreitung des Fernsehens sowie in den vergangenen Jahrzehnten neu entstandenen Möglichkeiten der Verbreitung von bewegten und nicht-bewegten Bildern in den so genannten Neuen Medien hat sich die Dominanz der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung weiter verstärkt (vgl. Kroeber-Riel/Esch 2000:18; Schierl 2003). Inhaltsanalytische Studien bestätigen, dass in der werblichen Kommunikation bildliche Gestaltungsmittel zunehmend Verwendung finden (vgl. Schierl 2001).<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
=====Werberelevante Aspekte der Bildkommunikation=====<br />
<br />
Aufgrund ihres spezifischen Zeichencharakters weisen Bilder Merkmale auf, die aus einer werblich geprägten Perspektive eine Reihe vorteilhafter Kommunikationsmöglichkeiten eröffnen. Vor dem Hintergrund eines generell zu konstatierenden „information overload“ und einer damit verknüpften zunehmend flüchtiger und selektiver werdenden Informationsaufnahme wird Bildkommunikation in der Werbung insbesondere genutzt, um das eigene Informationsangebot aus der Fülle der Angebote abheben zu können (Kroeber-Riel 1996: 7) und damit die Aufmerksamkeit des Rezipienten auf das Produkt zu lenken (vgl. Schierl 2001: 79-159).<br />
<br />
Da Bilder besonders schnell erfasst werden und Emotionen generieren bzw. verstärken können (Weidenmann 1988; Messaris 1997), eignen sich Bilder hierzu in besonderer Weise. Wie in verschiedenen Studien gezeigt werden konnte (vgl. u.a. Garcia 1990 und 1997), generieren Bilder mehr Aufmerksamkeit als Texte und verfügen darüber hinaus über ein höheres Aktivierungspotenzial. Dem Bild kommt demnach in der werblichen Kommunikation eine außerordentliche Bedeutung als „Lead in“ zu (vgl. u. a. Schierl 2001). <br />
<br />
Ein für die werbliche Kommunikation ebenfalls bedeutender Aspekt ist das im Vergleich zu Texten hohe semantische Potenzial von Bildern. So lassen sich Objekteigenschaften (Farbe, Form, etc.) der beworbenen Produkte mit Bildern genauer darstellen, da hierfür oftmals entsprechende Begriffe fehlen (Gibson 1982: 290). Wichtig erscheint darüber hinaus der hohe Wiedererkennungswert von Bildern, der sowohl Imageaufbau und -bindung wie als auch Markenaufbau und -bindung erleichtert.<br />
<br />
In der werblichen Kommunikation wird zudem die Tatsache genutzt, dass aufgrund der Analogizität von Bildern in der bildlichen Vermittlung von Ereignissen in Massenmedien nicht ohne weiteres möglich ist, bestimmte Aspekte auszublenden. So sind ist zunehmenden Maße auch im redaktionellen Teil von Medien Werbebotschaften visuell präsent, im Ressort Sport beispielsweise auf Trikots der Sportler, Spielgeräten oder in Form von Bandenwerbung (vgl. Schierl/ Ludwig 2011). <br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
=====Auswirkungen auf andere Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
Verknüpfte Bereiche:<br />
- Bildverwendungstypen<br />
- Bilder als Zeichen<br />
- Bildsemantik<br />
- Bild und Sprache<br />
- Bildwahrnehmung<br />
- Bilder als Medien<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
<!--den folgenden Befehl, der die drei rechten Kästen einfügt, nicht verändern--><br />
<!--Anmerkungen und Literatur wird automatisch eingesetzt --><br />
<!--Literatur muß dazu mit entsprechender Bezeichnung in der Bibliogryphy-Seite eingetragen sein--><br />
<!-- ... dazu den "Sammlung"-Link im Literaturkasten verwenden --><br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
{{GlosTab3}}<br />
''Verantwortlich:'' <br />
<br />
<!--in der folgenden Zeile XXX durch Benutzernamen ersetzen--><br />
* [[Benutzer:Thomas Schierl|Schierl. Thomas]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Mark Ludwig|Ludwig, Mark]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Hartmut Stöckl|Stöckl, Hartmut]]<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Mark Ludwig
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Werbung&diff=5891
Werbung
2011-06-21T12:31:13Z
<p>Mark Ludwig: /* Werberelevante Aspekte der Bildkommunikation */</p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Unterpunkte--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
[[Kategorie:Unterpunkt]]<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Wiki)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
[[Kategorie:Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Glossar)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
Unterpunkt zu: [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--beides sollte in der Regel der gleiche Text sein--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Abschnitt bitte nicht ändern--><br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt; Überschriften gegebenenfalls anpassen--><br />
=====Werbung: Grundlagen und Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
Werbung stellt ein dynamisches wie heterogenes Phänomen dar mit dem sich nach anfänglichen Vorbehalten heute eine Reihe von Disziplinen mit unterschiedlicher Perspektivierung beschäftigen, unter anderem bestehen wirtschaftwissenschaftliche, psychologische, soziologische, semiotische sowie kommunikationswissenschaftliche Zugänge. Einhergehend mit den gesellschaftlichen wie medienspezifischen Veränderungen der vergangenen Jahrzehnte sowie der Vielzahl der Beobachtungsperspektiven auf den Forschungsgegenstand, hat sich mittlerweile eine kaum mehr überschaubare Anzahl an Definitionsversuchen herausgebildet. <br />
<br />
In einem kommunikationswissenschaftlich geprägten, die generell gebräuchlichen Begriffsbestimmungen zusammenfassenden Zugriff kann Werbung in einer zeitgemäßen Definition nach Siegert als ein geplanter Kommunikationsprozess definiert werden, der „gezielt Wissen, Meinungen, Einstellungen und/oder Verhalten über und zu Produkten, Dienstleistungen, Unternehmen, Marken oder Ideen beeinflussen“ (Siegert 2005:26) will. Verbreitung findet Werbung hierbei maßgeblich über unterschiedliche Werbemittel (z. B. Anzeige, Plakat, TV- oder Radiospot) und Werbeträger (z. B. Massenmedien, Werbeträger im öffentlichen Raum wie Litfaßsäulen). <br />
<br />
Zu unterscheiden ist ferner zwischen sogenannter Above-the-Line- und Below-the-Line-Werbung. Als Above-the-Line wird hierbei zumeist klassische, über Massenmedien (Anzeigen, Spots, etc.) und Außenwerbung (Plakate, Citylights, etc.) vermittelte Werbung verstanden, mit dem Begriff Below-the-Line-Werbung bezeichnet man davon abweichende Formen wie Guerilla Marketing oder Product Placement. Der noch in den 1950er Jahren gebräuchliche und synonym verwendete Begriff der Reklame findet hingegen heute kaum mehr Verwendung, wohl auch weil Werbung sich nicht auf das Bekanntmachen oder Anpreisen (frz.: réclamer: ausrufen, anpreisen), wie es der wortgeschichtliche Ursprung des Wortes Reklame suggeriert, von Produkten, Marken oder Unternehmen reduzieren lässt.<br />
<br />
<!--Anmerkung zwischen <ref> und </ref> im laufenden Text--><br />
<!--Literaturverweise im laufenden Text <bib id='Jonas 61a'>Jonas 1961</bib> --><br />
<!-- ... id im Literaturverzeichnis nachsehen, gegebenenfalls neu einfügen --><br />
<!-- ... (siehe Link "Sammlung" in Bibliographie-Box --><br />
<!-- Bilder als thumbs einsetzen, Muster: [[Datei:Beispiel.png|thumb|Bildtitel]] --><br />
<br />
=====Entwicklung der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung=====<br />
<br />
Bis ins die 20er Jahre des 19. Jahrhunderts spielten Bilder in der werblichen Kommunikation kaum eine Rolle, Anzeigen verzichteten zumeist gänzlich auf Illustrationen oder andere Gestaltungsmittel (vgl. Schierl 2001: 42). Mit der Professionalisierung der Werbung und technischen Entwicklungen der Massenpresse veränderte sich schließlich auch die Gestaltungsweise von Werbung. So erscheinen in den 1820er Jahren in der englischen Provinzpresse erste Holzschnitte zu Anzeigen, in den 1860er Jahren wird das Illustrieren von Anzeigen dann auf einer breiteren Basis üblich. <br />
<br />
Um die Jahrhundertwende setzt sich schließlich ein neuer plakativer Stil durch, bei dem das Bild eine beherrschende Stellung einnimmt (vgl. ebd.). Anzeigen oder auch Plakate für Litfaßsäulen werden in dieser Zeit häufig von Künstlern produziert und beinhalteten bildliche Elemente (vgl. Haas 1995). So entwarf etwa der französische Künstler Henri Toulouse-Lautrec Plakate für das Pariser Varieté Moulin Rouge (Abb.1). <br />
<br />
In den 1920er Jahren werden schließlich im Zuge neuer technischer Möglichkeiten in zunehmender Weise auch Fotografien eingesetzt. Insgesamt zeichnet sich bis heute eine Entwicklung ab, in der in der Gestaltung von Werbemitteln Illustrationen immer seltener eingesetzt und durch den Einsatz von Fotografien weitestgehend ersetzt werden. <br />
Mit der Entwicklung und Verbreitung des Fernsehens sowie in den vergangenen Jahrzehnten neu entstandenen Möglichkeiten der Verbreitung von bewegten und nicht-bewegten Bildern in den so genannten Neuen Medien hat sich die Dominanz der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung weiter verstärkt (vgl. Kroeber-Riel/Esch 2000:18; Schierl 2003). Inhaltsanalytische Studien bestätigen, dass in der werblichen Kommunikation bildliche Gestaltungsmittel zunehmend Verwendung finden (vgl. Schierl 2001).<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
=====Werberelevante Aspekte der Bildkommunikation=====<br />
<br />
Aufgrund ihres spezifischen Zeichencharakters weisen Bilder Merkmale auf, die aus einer werblich geprägten Perspektive eine Reihe vorteilhafter Kommunikationsmöglichkeiten eröffnen. Vor dem Hintergrund eines generell zu konstatierenden „information overload“ und einer damit verknüpften zunehmend flüchtiger und selektiver werdenden Informationsaufnahme wird Bildkommunikation in der Werbung insbesondere genutzt, um das eigene Informationsangebot aus der Fülle der Angebote abheben zu können (Kroeber-Riel 1996: 7) und damit die Aufmerksamkeit des Rezipienten auf das Produkt zu lenken (vgl. Schierl 2001: 79-159).<br />
<br />
Da Bilder besonders schnell erfasst werden und Emotionen generieren bzw. verstärken können (Weidenmann 1988; Messaris 1997), eignen sich Bilder hierzu in besonderer Weise. Wie in verschiedenen Studien gezeigt werden konnte (vgl. u.a. Garcia 1990 und 1997), generieren Bilder mehr Aufmerksamkeit als Texte und verfügen darüber hinaus über ein höheres Aktivierungspotenzial. Dem Bild kommt demnach in der werblichen Kommunikation eine außerordentliche Bedeutung als „Lead in“ zu (vgl. u. a. Schierl 2001). <br />
<br />
Ein für die werbliche Kommunikation ebenfalls bedeutender Aspekt ist das im Vergleich zu Texten hohe semantische Potenzial von Bildern. So lassen sich Objekteigenschaften (Farbe, Form, etc.) der beworbenen Produkte mit Bildern genauer darstellen, da hierfür oftmals entsprechende Begriffe fehlen (Gibson 1982: 290). Wichtig erscheint darüber hinaus der hohe Wiedererkennungswert von Bildern, der sowohl Imageaufbau und -bindung wie als auch Markenaufbau und -bindung erleichtert.<br />
<br />
In der werblichen Kommunikation wird zudem die Tatsache genutzt, dass aufgrund der Analogizität von Bildern in der bildlichen Vermittlung von Ereignissen in Massenmedien nicht ohne weiteres möglich ist, bestimmte Aspekte auszublenden. So sind ist zunehmenden Maße auch im redaktionellen Teil von Medien Werbebotschaften visuell präsent, im Ressort Sport beispielsweise auf Trikots der Sportler, Spielgeräten oder in Form von Bandenwerbung (vgl. Schierl/ Ludwig 2011). <br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
=====Auswirkungen auf andere Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
<!--den folgenden Befehl, der die drei rechten Kästen einfügt, nicht verändern--><br />
<!--Anmerkungen und Literatur wird automatisch eingesetzt --><br />
<!--Literatur muß dazu mit entsprechender Bezeichnung in der Bibliogryphy-Seite eingetragen sein--><br />
<!-- ... dazu den "Sammlung"-Link im Literaturkasten verwenden --><br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
{{GlosTab3}}<br />
''Verantwortlich:'' <br />
<br />
<!--in der folgenden Zeile XXX durch Benutzernamen ersetzen--><br />
* [[Benutzer:Thomas Schierl|Schierl. Thomas]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Mark Ludwig|Ludwig, Mark]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Hartmut Stöckl|Stöckl, Hartmut]]<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Mark Ludwig
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Werbung&diff=5890
Werbung
2011-06-21T12:30:23Z
<p>Mark Ludwig: /* Entwicklung der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung */</p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Unterpunkte--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
[[Kategorie:Unterpunkt]]<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Wiki)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
[[Kategorie:Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Glossar)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
Unterpunkt zu: [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--beides sollte in der Regel der gleiche Text sein--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Abschnitt bitte nicht ändern--><br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt; Überschriften gegebenenfalls anpassen--><br />
=====Werbung: Grundlagen und Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
Werbung stellt ein dynamisches wie heterogenes Phänomen dar mit dem sich nach anfänglichen Vorbehalten heute eine Reihe von Disziplinen mit unterschiedlicher Perspektivierung beschäftigen, unter anderem bestehen wirtschaftwissenschaftliche, psychologische, soziologische, semiotische sowie kommunikationswissenschaftliche Zugänge. Einhergehend mit den gesellschaftlichen wie medienspezifischen Veränderungen der vergangenen Jahrzehnte sowie der Vielzahl der Beobachtungsperspektiven auf den Forschungsgegenstand, hat sich mittlerweile eine kaum mehr überschaubare Anzahl an Definitionsversuchen herausgebildet. <br />
<br />
In einem kommunikationswissenschaftlich geprägten, die generell gebräuchlichen Begriffsbestimmungen zusammenfassenden Zugriff kann Werbung in einer zeitgemäßen Definition nach Siegert als ein geplanter Kommunikationsprozess definiert werden, der „gezielt Wissen, Meinungen, Einstellungen und/oder Verhalten über und zu Produkten, Dienstleistungen, Unternehmen, Marken oder Ideen beeinflussen“ (Siegert 2005:26) will. Verbreitung findet Werbung hierbei maßgeblich über unterschiedliche Werbemittel (z. B. Anzeige, Plakat, TV- oder Radiospot) und Werbeträger (z. B. Massenmedien, Werbeträger im öffentlichen Raum wie Litfaßsäulen). <br />
<br />
Zu unterscheiden ist ferner zwischen sogenannter Above-the-Line- und Below-the-Line-Werbung. Als Above-the-Line wird hierbei zumeist klassische, über Massenmedien (Anzeigen, Spots, etc.) und Außenwerbung (Plakate, Citylights, etc.) vermittelte Werbung verstanden, mit dem Begriff Below-the-Line-Werbung bezeichnet man davon abweichende Formen wie Guerilla Marketing oder Product Placement. Der noch in den 1950er Jahren gebräuchliche und synonym verwendete Begriff der Reklame findet hingegen heute kaum mehr Verwendung, wohl auch weil Werbung sich nicht auf das Bekanntmachen oder Anpreisen (frz.: réclamer: ausrufen, anpreisen), wie es der wortgeschichtliche Ursprung des Wortes Reklame suggeriert, von Produkten, Marken oder Unternehmen reduzieren lässt.<br />
<br />
<!--Anmerkung zwischen <ref> und </ref> im laufenden Text--><br />
<!--Literaturverweise im laufenden Text <bib id='Jonas 61a'>Jonas 1961</bib> --><br />
<!-- ... id im Literaturverzeichnis nachsehen, gegebenenfalls neu einfügen --><br />
<!-- ... (siehe Link "Sammlung" in Bibliographie-Box --><br />
<!-- Bilder als thumbs einsetzen, Muster: [[Datei:Beispiel.png|thumb|Bildtitel]] --><br />
<br />
=====Entwicklung der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung=====<br />
<br />
Bis ins die 20er Jahre des 19. Jahrhunderts spielten Bilder in der werblichen Kommunikation kaum eine Rolle, Anzeigen verzichteten zumeist gänzlich auf Illustrationen oder andere Gestaltungsmittel (vgl. Schierl 2001: 42). Mit der Professionalisierung der Werbung und technischen Entwicklungen der Massenpresse veränderte sich schließlich auch die Gestaltungsweise von Werbung. So erscheinen in den 1820er Jahren in der englischen Provinzpresse erste Holzschnitte zu Anzeigen, in den 1860er Jahren wird das Illustrieren von Anzeigen dann auf einer breiteren Basis üblich. <br />
<br />
Um die Jahrhundertwende setzt sich schließlich ein neuer plakativer Stil durch, bei dem das Bild eine beherrschende Stellung einnimmt (vgl. ebd.). Anzeigen oder auch Plakate für Litfaßsäulen werden in dieser Zeit häufig von Künstlern produziert und beinhalteten bildliche Elemente (vgl. Haas 1995). So entwarf etwa der französische Künstler Henri Toulouse-Lautrec Plakate für das Pariser Varieté Moulin Rouge (Abb.1). <br />
<br />
In den 1920er Jahren werden schließlich im Zuge neuer technischer Möglichkeiten in zunehmender Weise auch Fotografien eingesetzt. Insgesamt zeichnet sich bis heute eine Entwicklung ab, in der in der Gestaltung von Werbemitteln Illustrationen immer seltener eingesetzt und durch den Einsatz von Fotografien weitestgehend ersetzt werden. <br />
Mit der Entwicklung und Verbreitung des Fernsehens sowie in den vergangenen Jahrzehnten neu entstandenen Möglichkeiten der Verbreitung von bewegten und nicht-bewegten Bildern in den so genannten Neuen Medien hat sich die Dominanz der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung weiter verstärkt (vgl. Kroeber-Riel/Esch 2000:18; Schierl 2003). Inhaltsanalytische Studien bestätigen, dass in der werblichen Kommunikation bildliche Gestaltungsmittel zunehmend Verwendung finden (vgl. Schierl 2001).<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
=====Werberelevante Aspekte der Bildkommunikation=====<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
=====Auswirkungen auf andere Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
<!--den folgenden Befehl, der die drei rechten Kästen einfügt, nicht verändern--><br />
<!--Anmerkungen und Literatur wird automatisch eingesetzt --><br />
<!--Literatur muß dazu mit entsprechender Bezeichnung in der Bibliogryphy-Seite eingetragen sein--><br />
<!-- ... dazu den "Sammlung"-Link im Literaturkasten verwenden --><br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
{{GlosTab3}}<br />
''Verantwortlich:'' <br />
<br />
<!--in der folgenden Zeile XXX durch Benutzernamen ersetzen--><br />
* [[Benutzer:Thomas Schierl|Schierl. Thomas]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Mark Ludwig|Ludwig, Mark]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Hartmut Stöckl|Stöckl, Hartmut]]<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Mark Ludwig
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Werbung&diff=5889
Werbung
2011-06-21T12:29:24Z
<p>Mark Ludwig: /* Werbung: Grundlagen und Begriffe */</p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Unterpunkte--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
[[Kategorie:Unterpunkt]]<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Wiki)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
[[Kategorie:Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Glossar)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
Unterpunkt zu: [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--beides sollte in der Regel der gleiche Text sein--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Abschnitt bitte nicht ändern--><br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt; Überschriften gegebenenfalls anpassen--><br />
=====Werbung: Grundlagen und Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
Werbung stellt ein dynamisches wie heterogenes Phänomen dar mit dem sich nach anfänglichen Vorbehalten heute eine Reihe von Disziplinen mit unterschiedlicher Perspektivierung beschäftigen, unter anderem bestehen wirtschaftwissenschaftliche, psychologische, soziologische, semiotische sowie kommunikationswissenschaftliche Zugänge. Einhergehend mit den gesellschaftlichen wie medienspezifischen Veränderungen der vergangenen Jahrzehnte sowie der Vielzahl der Beobachtungsperspektiven auf den Forschungsgegenstand, hat sich mittlerweile eine kaum mehr überschaubare Anzahl an Definitionsversuchen herausgebildet. <br />
<br />
In einem kommunikationswissenschaftlich geprägten, die generell gebräuchlichen Begriffsbestimmungen zusammenfassenden Zugriff kann Werbung in einer zeitgemäßen Definition nach Siegert als ein geplanter Kommunikationsprozess definiert werden, der „gezielt Wissen, Meinungen, Einstellungen und/oder Verhalten über und zu Produkten, Dienstleistungen, Unternehmen, Marken oder Ideen beeinflussen“ (Siegert 2005:26) will. Verbreitung findet Werbung hierbei maßgeblich über unterschiedliche Werbemittel (z. B. Anzeige, Plakat, TV- oder Radiospot) und Werbeträger (z. B. Massenmedien, Werbeträger im öffentlichen Raum wie Litfaßsäulen). <br />
<br />
Zu unterscheiden ist ferner zwischen sogenannter Above-the-Line- und Below-the-Line-Werbung. Als Above-the-Line wird hierbei zumeist klassische, über Massenmedien (Anzeigen, Spots, etc.) und Außenwerbung (Plakate, Citylights, etc.) vermittelte Werbung verstanden, mit dem Begriff Below-the-Line-Werbung bezeichnet man davon abweichende Formen wie Guerilla Marketing oder Product Placement. Der noch in den 1950er Jahren gebräuchliche und synonym verwendete Begriff der Reklame findet hingegen heute kaum mehr Verwendung, wohl auch weil Werbung sich nicht auf das Bekanntmachen oder Anpreisen (frz.: réclamer: ausrufen, anpreisen), wie es der wortgeschichtliche Ursprung des Wortes Reklame suggeriert, von Produkten, Marken oder Unternehmen reduzieren lässt.<br />
<br />
<!--Anmerkung zwischen <ref> und </ref> im laufenden Text--><br />
<!--Literaturverweise im laufenden Text <bib id='Jonas 61a'>Jonas 1961</bib> --><br />
<!-- ... id im Literaturverzeichnis nachsehen, gegebenenfalls neu einfügen --><br />
<!-- ... (siehe Link "Sammlung" in Bibliographie-Box --><br />
<!-- Bilder als thumbs einsetzen, Muster: [[Datei:Beispiel.png|thumb|Bildtitel]] --><br />
<br />
=====Entwicklung der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung=====<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
=====Werberelevante Aspekte der Bildkommunikation=====<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
=====Auswirkungen auf andere Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
<!--den folgenden Befehl, der die drei rechten Kästen einfügt, nicht verändern--><br />
<!--Anmerkungen und Literatur wird automatisch eingesetzt --><br />
<!--Literatur muß dazu mit entsprechender Bezeichnung in der Bibliogryphy-Seite eingetragen sein--><br />
<!-- ... dazu den "Sammlung"-Link im Literaturkasten verwenden --><br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
{{GlosTab3}}<br />
''Verantwortlich:'' <br />
<br />
<!--in der folgenden Zeile XXX durch Benutzernamen ersetzen--><br />
* [[Benutzer:Thomas Schierl|Schierl. Thomas]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Mark Ludwig|Ludwig, Mark]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Hartmut Stöckl|Stöckl, Hartmut]]<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Mark Ludwig
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Werbung&diff=5888
Werbung
2011-06-21T12:28:36Z
<p>Mark Ludwig: /* Werbung: Grundlagen und Begriffe */</p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Unterpunkte--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
[[Kategorie:Unterpunkt]]<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Wiki)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
[[Kategorie:Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Glossar)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
Unterpunkt zu: [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--beides sollte in der Regel der gleiche Text sein--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Abschnitt bitte nicht ändern--><br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt; Überschriften gegebenenfalls anpassen--><br />
=====Werbung: Grundlagen und Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
Werbung stellt ein dynamisches wie heterogenes Phänomen dar mit dem sich nach anfänglichen Vorbehalten heute eine Reihe von Disziplinen mit unterschiedlicher Perspektivierung beschäftigen, unter anderem bestehen wirtschaftwissenschaftliche, psychologische, soziologische, semiotische sowie kommunikationswissenschaftliche Zugänge. Einhergehend mit den gesellschaftlichen wie medienspezifischen Veränderungen der vergangenen Jahrzehnte sowie der Vielzahl der Beobachtungsperspektiven auf den Forschungsgegenstand, hat sich mittlerweile eine kaum mehr überschaubare Anzahl an Definitionsversuchen herausgebildet.<br />
In einem kommunikationswissenschaftlich geprägten, die generell gebräuchlichen Begriffsbestimmungen zusammenfassenden Zugriff kann Werbung in einer zeitgemäßen Definition nach Siegert als ein geplanter Kommunikationsprozess definiert werden, der „gezielt Wissen, Meinungen, Einstellungen und/oder Verhalten über und zu Produkten, Dienstleistungen, Unternehmen, Marken oder Ideen beeinflussen“ (Siegert 2005:26) will. Verbreitung findet Werbung hierbei maßgeblich über unterschiedliche Werbemittel (z. B. Anzeige, Plakat, TV- oder Radiospot) und Werbeträger (z. B. Massenmedien, Werbeträger im öffentlichen Raum wie Litfaßsäulen). <br />
Zu unterscheiden ist ferner zwischen sogenannter Above-the-Line- und Below-the-Line-Werbung. Als Above-the-Line wird hierbei zumeist klassische, über Massenmedien (Anzeigen, Spots, etc.) und Außenwerbung (Plakate, Citylights, etc.) vermittelte Werbung verstanden, mit dem Begriff Below-the-Line-Werbung bezeichnet man davon abweichende Formen wie Guerilla Marketing oder Product Placement. Der noch in den 1950er Jahren gebräuchliche und synonym verwendete Begriff der Reklame findet hingegen heute kaum mehr Verwendung, wohl auch weil Werbung sich nicht auf das Bekanntmachen oder Anpreisen (frz.: réclamer: ausrufen, anpreisen), wie es der wortgeschichtliche Ursprung des Wortes Reklame suggeriert, von Produkten, Marken oder Unternehmen reduzieren lässt.<br />
<br />
<!--Anmerkung zwischen <ref> und </ref> im laufenden Text--><br />
<!--Literaturverweise im laufenden Text <bib id='Jonas 61a'>Jonas 1961</bib> --><br />
<!-- ... id im Literaturverzeichnis nachsehen, gegebenenfalls neu einfügen --><br />
<!-- ... (siehe Link "Sammlung" in Bibliographie-Box --><br />
<!-- Bilder als thumbs einsetzen, Muster: [[Datei:Beispiel.png|thumb|Bildtitel]] --><br />
<br />
=====Entwicklung der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung=====<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
=====Werberelevante Aspekte der Bildkommunikation=====<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
=====Auswirkungen auf andere Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
<!--den folgenden Befehl, der die drei rechten Kästen einfügt, nicht verändern--><br />
<!--Anmerkungen und Literatur wird automatisch eingesetzt --><br />
<!--Literatur muß dazu mit entsprechender Bezeichnung in der Bibliogryphy-Seite eingetragen sein--><br />
<!-- ... dazu den "Sammlung"-Link im Literaturkasten verwenden --><br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
{{GlosTab3}}<br />
''Verantwortlich:'' <br />
<br />
<!--in der folgenden Zeile XXX durch Benutzernamen ersetzen--><br />
* [[Benutzer:Thomas Schierl|Schierl. Thomas]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Mark Ludwig|Ludwig, Mark]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Hartmut Stöckl|Stöckl, Hartmut]]<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Mark Ludwig
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Werbung&diff=5887
Werbung
2011-06-21T12:27:15Z
<p>Mark Ludwig: /* optional Beispiele */</p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Unterpunkte--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
[[Kategorie:Unterpunkt]]<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Wiki)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
[[Kategorie:Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Glossar)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
Unterpunkt zu: [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--beides sollte in der Regel der gleiche Text sein--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Abschnitt bitte nicht ändern--><br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt; Überschriften gegebenenfalls anpassen--><br />
=====Werbung: Grundlagen und Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
<!--Werbung stellt ein dynamisches wie heterogenes Phänomen dar mit dem sich nach anfänglichen Vorbehalten heute eine Reihe von Disziplinen mit unterschiedlicher Perspektivierung beschäftigen, unter anderem bestehen wirtschaftwissenschaftliche, psychologische, soziologische, semiotische sowie kommunikationswissenschaftliche Zugänge. Einhergehend mit den gesellschaftlichen wie medienspezifischen Veränderungen der vergangenen Jahrzehnte sowie der Vielzahl der Beobachtungsperspektiven auf den Forschungsgegenstand, hat sich mittlerweile eine kaum mehr überschaubare Anzahl an Definitionsversuchen herausgebildet.<br />
In einem kommunikationswissenschaftlich geprägten, die generell gebräuchlichen Begriffsbestimmungen zusammenfassenden Zugriff kann Werbung in einer zeitgemäßen Definition nach Siegert als ein geplanter Kommunikationsprozess definiert werden, der „gezielt Wissen, Meinungen, Einstellungen und/oder Verhalten über und zu Produkten, Dienstleistungen, Unternehmen, Marken oder Ideen beeinflussen“ (Siegert 2005:26) will. Verbreitung findet Werbung hierbei maßgeblich über unterschiedliche Werbemittel (z. B. Anzeige, Plakat, TV- oder Radiospot) und Werbeträger (z. B. Massenmedien, Werbeträger im öffentlichen Raum wie Litfaßsäulen). <br />
Zu unterscheiden ist ferner zwischen sogenannter Above-the-Line- und Below-the-Line-Werbung. Als Above-the-Line wird hierbei zumeist klassische, über Massenmedien (Anzeigen, Spots, etc.) und Außenwerbung (Plakate, Citylights, etc.) vermittelte Werbung verstanden, mit dem Begriff Below-the-Line-Werbung bezeichnet man davon abweichende Formen wie Guerilla Marketing oder Product Placement. Der noch in den 1950er Jahren gebräuchliche und synonym verwendete Begriff der Reklame findet hingegen heute kaum mehr Verwendung, wohl auch weil Werbung sich nicht auf das Bekanntmachen oder Anpreisen (frz.: réclamer: ausrufen, anpreisen), wie es der wortgeschichtliche Ursprung des Wortes Reklame suggeriert, von Produkten, Marken oder Unternehmen reduzieren lässt.<br />
--><br />
<!--Anmerkung zwischen <ref> und </ref> im laufenden Text--><br />
<!--Literaturverweise im laufenden Text <bib id='Jonas 61a'>Jonas 1961</bib> --><br />
<!-- ... id im Literaturverzeichnis nachsehen, gegebenenfalls neu einfügen --><br />
<!-- ... (siehe Link "Sammlung" in Bibliographie-Box --><br />
<!-- Bilder als thumbs einsetzen, Muster: [[Datei:Beispiel.png|thumb|Bildtitel]] --><br />
<br />
=====Entwicklung der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung=====<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
=====Werberelevante Aspekte der Bildkommunikation=====<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
=====Auswirkungen auf andere Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
<!--den folgenden Befehl, der die drei rechten Kästen einfügt, nicht verändern--><br />
<!--Anmerkungen und Literatur wird automatisch eingesetzt --><br />
<!--Literatur muß dazu mit entsprechender Bezeichnung in der Bibliogryphy-Seite eingetragen sein--><br />
<!-- ... dazu den "Sammlung"-Link im Literaturkasten verwenden --><br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
{{GlosTab3}}<br />
''Verantwortlich:'' <br />
<br />
<!--in der folgenden Zeile XXX durch Benutzernamen ersetzen--><br />
* [[Benutzer:Thomas Schierl|Schierl. Thomas]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Mark Ludwig|Ludwig, Mark]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Hartmut Stöckl|Stöckl, Hartmut]]<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Mark Ludwig
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Werbung&diff=5886
Werbung
2011-06-21T12:26:33Z
<p>Mark Ludwig: /* Das Bild in Werbung */</p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Unterpunkte--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
[[Kategorie:Unterpunkt]]<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Wiki)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
[[Kategorie:Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Glossar)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
Unterpunkt zu: [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--beides sollte in der Regel der gleiche Text sein--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Abschnitt bitte nicht ändern--><br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt; Überschriften gegebenenfalls anpassen--><br />
=====Werbung: Grundlagen und Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
<!--Werbung stellt ein dynamisches wie heterogenes Phänomen dar mit dem sich nach anfänglichen Vorbehalten heute eine Reihe von Disziplinen mit unterschiedlicher Perspektivierung beschäftigen, unter anderem bestehen wirtschaftwissenschaftliche, psychologische, soziologische, semiotische sowie kommunikationswissenschaftliche Zugänge. Einhergehend mit den gesellschaftlichen wie medienspezifischen Veränderungen der vergangenen Jahrzehnte sowie der Vielzahl der Beobachtungsperspektiven auf den Forschungsgegenstand, hat sich mittlerweile eine kaum mehr überschaubare Anzahl an Definitionsversuchen herausgebildet.<br />
In einem kommunikationswissenschaftlich geprägten, die generell gebräuchlichen Begriffsbestimmungen zusammenfassenden Zugriff kann Werbung in einer zeitgemäßen Definition nach Siegert als ein geplanter Kommunikationsprozess definiert werden, der „gezielt Wissen, Meinungen, Einstellungen und/oder Verhalten über und zu Produkten, Dienstleistungen, Unternehmen, Marken oder Ideen beeinflussen“ (Siegert 2005:26) will. Verbreitung findet Werbung hierbei maßgeblich über unterschiedliche Werbemittel (z. B. Anzeige, Plakat, TV- oder Radiospot) und Werbeträger (z. B. Massenmedien, Werbeträger im öffentlichen Raum wie Litfaßsäulen). <br />
Zu unterscheiden ist ferner zwischen sogenannter Above-the-Line- und Below-the-Line-Werbung. Als Above-the-Line wird hierbei zumeist klassische, über Massenmedien (Anzeigen, Spots, etc.) und Außenwerbung (Plakate, Citylights, etc.) vermittelte Werbung verstanden, mit dem Begriff Below-the-Line-Werbung bezeichnet man davon abweichende Formen wie Guerilla Marketing oder Product Placement. Der noch in den 1950er Jahren gebräuchliche und synonym verwendete Begriff der Reklame findet hingegen heute kaum mehr Verwendung, wohl auch weil Werbung sich nicht auf das Bekanntmachen oder Anpreisen (frz.: réclamer: ausrufen, anpreisen), wie es der wortgeschichtliche Ursprung des Wortes Reklame suggeriert, von Produkten, Marken oder Unternehmen reduzieren lässt.<br />
--><br />
<!--Anmerkung zwischen <ref> und </ref> im laufenden Text--><br />
<!--Literaturverweise im laufenden Text <bib id='Jonas 61a'>Jonas 1961</bib> --><br />
<!-- ... id im Literaturverzeichnis nachsehen, gegebenenfalls neu einfügen --><br />
<!-- ... (siehe Link "Sammlung" in Bibliographie-Box --><br />
<!-- Bilder als thumbs einsetzen, Muster: [[Datei:Beispiel.png|thumb|Bildtitel]] --><br />
<br />
=====Entwicklung der Bildkommunikation in der Werbung=====<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
=====optional Beispiele=====<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
<br />
=====Auswirkungen auf andere Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
<!--den folgenden Befehl, der die drei rechten Kästen einfügt, nicht verändern--><br />
<!--Anmerkungen und Literatur wird automatisch eingesetzt --><br />
<!--Literatur muß dazu mit entsprechender Bezeichnung in der Bibliogryphy-Seite eingetragen sein--><br />
<!-- ... dazu den "Sammlung"-Link im Literaturkasten verwenden --><br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
{{GlosTab3}}<br />
''Verantwortlich:'' <br />
<br />
<!--in der folgenden Zeile XXX durch Benutzernamen ersetzen--><br />
* [[Benutzer:Thomas Schierl|Schierl. Thomas]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Mark Ludwig|Ludwig, Mark]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Hartmut Stöckl|Stöckl, Hartmut]]<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Mark Ludwig
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Werbung&diff=5885
Werbung
2011-06-21T12:25:00Z
<p>Mark Ludwig: /* Werbung */</p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Unterpunkte--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
[[Kategorie:Unterpunkt]]<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Wiki)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
[[Kategorie:Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Glossar)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
Unterpunkt zu: [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--beides sollte in der Regel der gleiche Text sein--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Abschnitt bitte nicht ändern--><br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt; Überschriften gegebenenfalls anpassen--><br />
=====Werbung: Grundlagen und Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
<!--Werbung stellt ein dynamisches wie heterogenes Phänomen dar mit dem sich nach anfänglichen Vorbehalten heute eine Reihe von Disziplinen mit unterschiedlicher Perspektivierung beschäftigen, unter anderem bestehen wirtschaftwissenschaftliche, psychologische, soziologische, semiotische sowie kommunikationswissenschaftliche Zugänge. Einhergehend mit den gesellschaftlichen wie medienspezifischen Veränderungen der vergangenen Jahrzehnte sowie der Vielzahl der Beobachtungsperspektiven auf den Forschungsgegenstand, hat sich mittlerweile eine kaum mehr überschaubare Anzahl an Definitionsversuchen herausgebildet.<br />
In einem kommunikationswissenschaftlich geprägten, die generell gebräuchlichen Begriffsbestimmungen zusammenfassenden Zugriff kann Werbung in einer zeitgemäßen Definition nach Siegert als ein geplanter Kommunikationsprozess definiert werden, der „gezielt Wissen, Meinungen, Einstellungen und/oder Verhalten über und zu Produkten, Dienstleistungen, Unternehmen, Marken oder Ideen beeinflussen“ (Siegert 2005:26) will. Verbreitung findet Werbung hierbei maßgeblich über unterschiedliche Werbemittel (z. B. Anzeige, Plakat, TV- oder Radiospot) und Werbeträger (z. B. Massenmedien, Werbeträger im öffentlichen Raum wie Litfaßsäulen). <br />
Zu unterscheiden ist ferner zwischen sogenannter Above-the-Line- und Below-the-Line-Werbung. Als Above-the-Line wird hierbei zumeist klassische, über Massenmedien (Anzeigen, Spots, etc.) und Außenwerbung (Plakate, Citylights, etc.) vermittelte Werbung verstanden, mit dem Begriff Below-the-Line-Werbung bezeichnet man davon abweichende Formen wie Guerilla Marketing oder Product Placement. Der noch in den 1950er Jahren gebräuchliche und synonym verwendete Begriff der Reklame findet hingegen heute kaum mehr Verwendung, wohl auch weil Werbung sich nicht auf das Bekanntmachen oder Anpreisen (frz.: réclamer: ausrufen, anpreisen), wie es der wortgeschichtliche Ursprung des Wortes Reklame suggeriert, von Produkten, Marken oder Unternehmen reduzieren lässt.<br />
--><br />
<!--Anmerkung zwischen <ref> und </ref> im laufenden Text--><br />
<!--Literaturverweise im laufenden Text <bib id='Jonas 61a'>Jonas 1961</bib> --><br />
<!-- ... id im Literaturverzeichnis nachsehen, gegebenenfalls neu einfügen --><br />
<!-- ... (siehe Link "Sammlung" in Bibliographie-Box --><br />
<!-- Bilder als thumbs einsetzen, Muster: [[Datei:Beispiel.png|thumb|Bildtitel]] --><br />
<br />
=====Das Bild in Werbung=====<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
=====optional Beispiele=====<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
<br />
=====Auswirkungen auf andere Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
<!--den folgenden Befehl, der die drei rechten Kästen einfügt, nicht verändern--><br />
<!--Anmerkungen und Literatur wird automatisch eingesetzt --><br />
<!--Literatur muß dazu mit entsprechender Bezeichnung in der Bibliogryphy-Seite eingetragen sein--><br />
<!-- ... dazu den "Sammlung"-Link im Literaturkasten verwenden --><br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
{{GlosTab3}}<br />
''Verantwortlich:'' <br />
<br />
<!--in der folgenden Zeile XXX durch Benutzernamen ersetzen--><br />
* [[Benutzer:Thomas Schierl|Schierl. Thomas]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Mark Ludwig|Ludwig, Mark]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Hartmut Stöckl|Stöckl, Hartmut]]<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Mark Ludwig
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Benutzer:Mark_Ludwig&diff=5884
Benutzer:Mark Ludwig
2011-06-21T12:20:21Z
<p>Mark Ludwig: </p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Benutzerseiten--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Abschnitt bitte nicht ändern--><br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt --><br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
'''Mark Ludwig''': Beruflicher Werdegang<br />
<br />
seit 2011 Wissenschaftlicher Mitarbeiter am Institut für Kommunikations- und Medienforschung an der DSHS Köln<br />
<br />
2009 - 2011 Lehrkraft für besondere Aufgaben am Institut für Kommunikations- und Medienforschung an der DSHS Köln<br />
<br />
2007 - 2009 Wissenschaftlicher Mitarbeiter am Institut für Kommunikations- und Medienforschung an der DSHS Köln<br />
<br />
2003 - 2007 Wissenschaftliche Hilfskraft am Institut für Kommunikations- und Medienforschung an der DSHS Köln<br />
Ausbildung<br />
<br />
2004 - 2010 Promotionsstudium an der Universität zu Köln<br />
<br />
1999 - 2000 Studium als Erasmus-Stipendiat am University College London<br />
<br />
1996 - 2002 Magister-Studium an der Universität zu Köln<br />
<br />
<!--den folgenden Befehl, der die drei rechten Kästen einfügt, nicht verändern--><br />
<!--Literatur wird automatisch eingesetzt --><br />
<!--Literatur muß dazu in der Bibliography-Seite eingetragen sein--><br />
<!-- ... dazu die Links im Literaturkasten verwenden --><br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxSub}}<br />
[[Datei:NN-Portrait.jpg|center|thumb|Portrait von Nutzer (bitte ersetzen)]]<br />
<!-- ... Datei bitte hochladen und hier einsetzen --><br />
<br />
</div><br />
{{GlossarBoxSub}}<br />
<bibprint/><br />
</div><br />
{{GlossarBoxSub}}<br />
''Verantwortlich für:'' <br />
<br />
* [[Werbung]]<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{BenEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Mark Ludwig
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Werbung&diff=3159
Werbung
2010-10-05T15:00:53Z
<p>Mark Ludwig: /* Engere Begriffsbestimmung */</p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Unterpunkte--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
[[Kategorie:Unterpunkt]]<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Wiki)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
[[Kategorie:Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Glossar)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
Unterpunkt zu: [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--beides sollte in der Regel der gleiche Text sein--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Abschnitt bitte nicht ändern--><br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt; Überschriften gegebenenfalls anpassen--><br />
=====Werbung=====<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<!--Anmerkung zwischen <ref> und </ref> im laufenden Text--><br />
<!--Literaturverweise im laufenden Text <bib id='Jonas 61a'>Jonas 1961</bib> --><br />
<!-- ... id im Literaturverzeichnis nachsehen, gegebenenfalls neu einfügen --><br />
<!-- ... (siehe Link "Sammlung" in Bibliographie-Box --><br />
<!-- Bilder als thumbs einsetzen, Muster: [[Datei:Beispiel.png|thumb|Bildtitel]] --><br />
<br />
=====Das Bild in Werbung=====<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
=====optional Beispiele=====<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
<br />
=====Auswirkungen auf andere Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
<!--den folgenden Befehl, der die drei rechten Kästen einfügt, nicht verändern--><br />
<!--Anmerkungen und Literatur wird automatisch eingesetzt --><br />
<!--Literatur muß dazu mit entsprechender Bezeichnung in der Bibliogryphy-Seite eingetragen sein--><br />
<!-- ... dazu den "Sammlung"-Link im Literaturkasten verwenden --><br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
{{GlosTab3}}<br />
''Verantwortlich:'' <br />
<br />
<!--in der folgenden Zeile XXX durch Benutzernamen ersetzen--><br />
* [[Benutzer:Thomas Schierl|Schierl. Thomas]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Mark Ludwig|Ludwig, Mark]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Hartmut Stöckl|Stöckl, Hartmut]]<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Mark Ludwig
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Werbung&diff=3158
Werbung
2010-10-05T14:59:53Z
<p>Mark Ludwig: /* Darstellung des gr. Zusammenhangs */</p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Unterpunkte--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
[[Kategorie:Unterpunkt]]<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Wiki)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
[[Kategorie:Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Glossar)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
Unterpunkt zu: [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
<!--beides sollte in der Regel der gleiche Text sein--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Abschnitt bitte nicht ändern--><br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt; Überschriften gegebenenfalls anpassen--><br />
=====Werbung=====<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<!--Anmerkung zwischen <ref> und </ref> im laufenden Text--><br />
<!--Literaturverweise im laufenden Text <bib id='Jonas 61a'>Jonas 1961</bib> --><br />
<!-- ... id im Literaturverzeichnis nachsehen, gegebenenfalls neu einfügen --><br />
<!-- ... (siehe Link "Sammlung" in Bibliographie-Box --><br />
<!-- Bilder als thumbs einsetzen, Muster: [[Datei:Beispiel.png|thumb|Bildtitel]] --><br />
<br />
=====Engere Begriffsbestimmung=====<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
<br />
=====optional Beispiele=====<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
<br />
=====Auswirkungen auf andere Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
<!--den folgenden Befehl, der die drei rechten Kästen einfügt, nicht verändern--><br />
<!--Anmerkungen und Literatur wird automatisch eingesetzt --><br />
<!--Literatur muß dazu mit entsprechender Bezeichnung in der Bibliogryphy-Seite eingetragen sein--><br />
<!-- ... dazu den "Sammlung"-Link im Literaturkasten verwenden --><br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
{{GlosTab3}}<br />
''Verantwortlich:'' <br />
<br />
<!--in der folgenden Zeile XXX durch Benutzernamen ersetzen--><br />
* [[Benutzer:Thomas Schierl|Schierl. Thomas]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Mark Ludwig|Ludwig, Mark]]<br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Hartmut Stöckl|Stöckl, Hartmut]]<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Mark Ludwig